Ma Building

THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth

State Publications and Regulations
REGULATION FILING AND PlUBLICAT~ON
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780CMR
2. Name of Agency: THE MASSACHU·SETTS STATE BUIl.DIING· CODE

STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATmONS & STANDARDS
3. This document is reprinted from the Code of Massachusetts Regulations and contains the following:
TIhQ$ is the
Sixth Edition of1l:he Massachusetts State Bui~ding Code

as adopted by t1he
State Board of !BuUdsfrilg Regulations and Standards and filled with the
Office ofilia Secre1tauy of the Commolrllwealth
Under the Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30A, §.6, and Chapter 233, § 75,
this document may be used as evidence of the original documents on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
Compiled as in full force and effect: 1!1J!2008
BUILDING CODE 9/9/85 A true copy attest: I A I
BUIlD(ODE9/9/0~ /1r~~~
"1 "1 1 1 49989
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1~ l l l
&.11.03
• 30.00 WlILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN

Secretary of the Commonwealth
• THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
REGULATION FmL~NG AND PUBLICATION
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780 eMIR
2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILD~NG CODE

STATE BOARD OF BU~lDING REGULATIONS & STANDARDS
780CMR:1 ADMINISTRATION
780CMR:2 DEFINITIONS
•
7~OCMR:3 USE OR OCCUPANY
780CMR:4 SPECIAL USIEAND OCCUPANCY
780CMR:5 GENERAL BUILDING LIM~TATIONS
780CMR:6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
780CMR:7 FIRERESISTANT MATERfiAlS AND CONSTRUCTION
·780CMR:8 INTERIOR FINISHES
180CMR:9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENT~RELYUNIQUE TO MASSACHUSEITS.)
180CMR:10 MEAN OF EGRESS
780CMR:11 ACCESSIB~LD1Y
(780 CMR 11 ~S ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)

180CMR:12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
780CMR:13 ENERGY CONSERVATION
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTn~.ELYUNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
180CMR:14 EXTERIOR WALl. COVER~NGS
780CMR:15 ROOF AND ROOF COVERINGS
Under the Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30A, § 6, and Chapter 233, § 75,
Com piled as in full force and effect: . 1/1/2008
• >:;:;;}~~
WIlLLIAM FRANCllS GALVIN
William Francis Ga~vin, Secretary of the Commonwealth
State PubHcations and Regulations
REGULATION F~LING AND PUBL~CATDON
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780CMR
2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE IBUILDING CODE

STATE BOARD OF BU~LDING REGULATIONS & STANDARDS
7.80 CMR:16 STRUCTURAL LOADS

780 CMR:17 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECT~ONS
• 780 CMR:18
780CMR:19
{SUBSTANTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS CHAPTER ARE UNIQUE TO MASS
ACHUSEITS}
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
(THIS CHAPTER jS UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSlElTS)
CONCRETE
780 CMR:20 LIGHTWEIGHT METALS
780 CMR:21 MASONRY
780 CMR:22 STEEL
780 CMR:23 VVOOD
780 CMR:24 GLASS AND GLAZING
780 CMR:25 GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER
780 CMR:26 PLASTDC
780 CMR:27 ELECTRICAL WIRING, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
(THIS CHAPTER IS EINT~RELYUNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETIS)
780 CMR:28 MECHANICAIL SYSTEMS
'180 CMR:29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS
(THIS CHAPTER IS EINT~RElY UNIQUE- TO MASSACHUSETTS)
Compiled as in full force and effect: 1/1/2008
• ~:;;;:a~~
WILLIAM FRANCKS GALVIN
• THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
State Publicati<?ns and Regulations
REGULATION F~LING AND PUBLICATION
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780C.MR
2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE

STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS & STANDARDS
180 CMR:30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS

(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSEITS)
•
780 CMR:31 SPECIAIL CONSTRUCTION
180 CMR:32 CONSTRUCT~ON~N THE PUBLIC RIGHT .. OF - WAY
780 CMR:33 SITE WORK, DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR:34 REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING
STRUCTURES
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENT~RELYUNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
780 CMR:35 MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, MANUFACTURED IBU~L[)ING COMPO-
NENTSAND MANUFACTURED HOUSING
(THIS CHAPTER is ENT~RELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETIS)
L~ST OF APPENDICES
A: REFERENCED STANDARDS
B: SAMPLE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION FORM
C: RECOMMENDED FASTENING SCHEDULE
D: GUIDANCE FOR SELECT~ONOF FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASSES IN
TABLE 1804.3
Compiled as in full force and effect: 1/112008
• >:;;::;~~
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
REGULATUON FILING AND PUBLICATION
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 78(J) CMR
2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE

STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS & STANDARDS
LIST OF APPENDICES
E: PROCEDURE FOR ACCOUNTING FOR SERIES AND PARALLEL HEAT
FLOWS
F: REFERENCE DATA FORIREPAIR, ADDITION, AND CHANGE OF USE OF
EXISTING BU~LDINGS
•
G: UNIT DEAD LOADS FOR DESIGN PURPOSES
H: HISTORIC BUILDINGS
~: INDEPENDENT STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
J: ENERGY PROVIS~ONS
K: FLOOR PROTECTOR THERMAL CONDUCTIVn-V CALCULAT~ONS
780CMR SPECIAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
R1: CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES LICENSING
R2: CONCRETE TESTmNG PERSONNEL LICENSING
R3: MANAFACTURED BUILDHNGS~BUILDINGS COMPONENTS AND MOBILE
HOMES
R4: USE OF NATIVE LUMBER
R5: CONSTRUCTION SUPERV~SORS
R6: REGISTIRATIONANDENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
R7: CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUILD~NGS,BUILDING
COMMISSIONERS AND LO,CAL INSPECTORS
INDEX
Compiled as in full force and effect: 1/1/2008
• ~:;;::;;~~
WILLiAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Co~monwealth
•
THE MASSACHUSETTS
STATE BUILDING CODE
780CMR
•
Sixth Edition
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Published! by
William Fa Galvm
780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll..DING CODE
FOREWORD and ACKNOWLElDGMENTS

TIlE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE: (780 CMR), SlXI'H EDrrION
FOREWORD
The Sixth Edition of780 CMR ,the Massachusetts State Building Code has been revised from the Fifth Edition to make
•
it consistent with the common code fonnat of the National Code, the Unifonn Building Code and the Southern Building
Code, both in chapter and sub-chapter numbering. The technical content is based on the 1993 edition of the Building
Officials and Code Administrators (BOCA) National Building Code. Extensive technical changes have been made as
a result of reviews by the BBRS teclmical advisory conunittees, listed in this section, and also as required by
Massachusetts General Laws and Specialized Codes and Regulations.
Chapter 36, the One and Two Family Dwelling Code. has been revised from the Fifth to the Sixth Edition to make it
consistent with the 1995 edition of the CABO One and Two Family Dwelling Code to the extent practicable.
Substantive changes have been made as a result of reviews by the BBRS staff, state and municipal building officials,
and technical advisory boards.
The following chapters are considered unique to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in their entirety:
Chapter 1 Administration
Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems
Chapter 11 Accessibility
Chapter 13 Energy Conservation
Chapter 16 Structural Loads
Chapter 18 Foundations and Retaining Walls
Cbapter27 Electrical Wiring and Equipment
Chapter 29 Plumbing and Gasfitting
Chapter 30 Elevator and Conveying Systems
•
Chapter 34 Repair, Alteration and Change ofUse of Existing Buildings
Chapter 35 Manufactured Buildings, Building Components and Mobile Homes
Several differences appear in the fonnat of the Sixth Edition from that of the Fifth Edition; a major change pertaining
to the nwnbering system. Other changes in the content of the Sixth Edition that are different from that of national
building code, are shown in bold-faced, italicized type. Chapters which are significantly different than the national
building code are identified with the parenthetical statement This Chapter is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts.
The Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code (780 CMR) becomes effective on February 28, 1997.
In recognition of the time periods involved in the planning, design and construction of buildings and building related
projects and in order to effect an orderly and equitable transition between the Fifth Edition and Sixth Edition, the State
Board of Building Regulations and Standards implements the following JPOlicy;
From February 28, 1997 to August 27,1997 the Fifth and Sixth Editions of the Massachusetts State Building Code shall
be considered to be concurrently effective. During this perioo; the end user may elect to utilize the provisions of ~
the Fifth Edition in its entirety .or the Sixth Edition in its entirety.
The Fifth Edition will be automatically repealed on August 27, 1997 after which date all users shall comply with the
provisions of the Sixth Edition.
PUROlASING OmONS
The One and Two-Family Dwelling Code, identified in the Sixth Edition as Chapter 36, may be purchased as a separate
package, including Chapter 1, Administration and Enforcement and Appendix A, or it may be purchased as part of the
entire code package.
The Rules and Regulations ofthe Board ofBuilding Regulations and Standards identified as 780 CMR-Rl through
780 CMR-R7, may be purchased as a separate package or as part of the entire code package.
Also available is the Guide to the Sixth Edition ofthe Massachusetts State Building Code. This guide was developed
to assist code users in making the transition between the Fifth Edition and Sixth Edition and is sold as part of the code.
It includes a Chapter\Article Number Cross Reference-Index and a Summary of Major Changes made in the Sixth
Edition relative to the Fifth Edition and the national building code.
The code may be ordered in any manner identified above by calling the State House Bookstore @ (617) 727-28:34.
11 780 CMR - Sixth Edition

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FORWARD AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
AMENDMENT PROCESS
Pursuant to M.GL. c. 143, § 97, 780 CMR is subject to change by amendment. Amendments shall be proposed on
fonns made available at the office of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards. Proposals are offered at public
hearing where the Board hears testimony both for and against the proposals. Proposals are then studied and voted upon
by the Board. Those that are voted "approved" are issued as amendments to 780 CMR and become effective when
published in the Bi-weekly MASSACHUSETTS REGISTER.
All proposals for amendment to 780 CMR must be received at least 60 days prio~ to the public hearing date. Changes
that are voted "approved" are issued on a cycle detennined by the Board; generally not sooner than a two year cycle.
The Board convenes public hearings to entertain changes to the code a minimum of twice each calendar year: in May
and November. Other public hearings may be scheduled as necessary.
Anyone wishing to present a code change proposal should contact the Office of the Board at (617) 727-3200 extension
614 for infonnation on how to file. It is the responsibility of the code user to check the MASSACHUSETIS
REGISTER periodically to determine if amendments have been issued.
BOARDS AND CO!\1MITIEJES

STATE BOARD OF BmJLDlNG REGULAnONS AND STANIDARDS
Professor KentaroTsutsumi, P.E., Chairman Stanley S. Shuman, P.E.
Registen~d Professional Engineer (Structural) "General Contractor of Commercial & Industrial Buildings
Daniel P. O'Sullivan, Vice Chainnan Thomas L. Rogers (Ex-Officio)

Inspector of Buildings (City) Chiefof Inspections
(Gary Moccia, P.E. - Designee)
•
Thomas E. Donovan, General Contractor
of One and Two Family Homes Robert E. Banks
Building Trades Representative
Thomas G.. Gatzunis, P.E.
Inspector of Buildings (Town) Chief William v. Dolan
of
-Head a Local Fire Department
William P. Kramer, P.E.
Registered Professional Engineer Steven Conn (Ex Officio)
(Mechanical) State Fire Marshal ". ,
(Maurice M. Pilette. P.E. Designee)
a
Alexander H. Macleod, RA.

Registered Architect
PAST- MEMBERS.CONTlRJ!BlOTING TO THIS CODE: .
Richard McIntosh Douglas Cole Smith, RA

Inspector of Buildings (Town) Registered Architect
STAFF
Thomas L. Rogers. Administrator .

Robert A. Anderson. Deputy Administrator
Brian Gore, PE, C.Eng., Technical Director _
Thomas M. Riley, Code Development Manager
Marian Doyle, Home Improvement Contractor Program MlUlager
Patricia A. Brennan, Building Code Board of Appeals Mnnager
Anne Marie Rose
Mary Kavanaugh
Julie Allan
Jeffrey Putnam
Heather McEwan
Sean MacDonald
780 CMR - Sixth Edition iii

•
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DlNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDlNG CODE
RESEARCH ASSISTANTS
Andrew Bodnar (Legal Research)
Derek Creaser (Technical Research)
CONSTRUcnON MATERIALS SAFElY BOARD (CMSB)

Professor Kentaro Tsutsumi, P.E., Chainnan Francis Harvey, P.E., R.A.
College of Engineering Harvey and Tracy
Tufts University
Am Shrestinian, P.E., Vice President
. Charles A. 1. Theodore, P.E. The Thompson & Lichtner Co., Inc.
Hometech Consulting Group
Professor Louis C. Tartaglione, P.E.
Terrence Johnston. Laboratory Supervisor Department of Civil Engineering University of Lowell
Testing Laboratory
Metropolitan District Commission James Keefe
The Beacon Companies
Sanford Kaplan
Sanford Constriction Company
Staff Liaison -Thomas M. Riley
FIRE PREVENTION - FIRE PROlECIlON BOARD

John M. Murphy, Chainnan Harold Cutler, P.E.
International Municipal Signalmen's Registered Professional Engineer
Association (Fire Protection)
•
Lt. Michael P. Astkin Lt. Robert Bourke
Massachusetts Fire Prevention Association Massachusetts Fire Prevention Association
Chief James W. Clarke Steven Conn, State Fire Marshal

Massachusetts Fire Chiefs Association (Maurice M. Pilette, P.E.· Designee)
Chief William V. Dolan Carlisle V. Smith, PE

Massachusetts Fire Chiefs Association . Board of Fire Prevention Regulations
Walter B. Adams, AIA Commissioner Martin Pierce

Registered Architect Mass. Fire Chiefs Association
(Paul M. Donga· Designee)
Staff Liaison • Thomas M. Riley
GEOTECHNICAL ADVISORY COMMITIEE

Edmund G. Johnson, P.E., Chainnan PeterK. Taylor, P.E., Vice Chairman
Haley & Aldrich, Inc. Stone & Webster Engineering
Nino Catalano; P.E. Eldon L: Abbot. P.E.

ICOS Boston Parsons Brinkerhoff Quade and Douglas, Inc.
P. A. O'Neill, P.E. David Shields, P.E.

New England Foundation, Co. Geotechnical Engineers, Inc.
Asaf A. Qazilbash, P.E. Dr. Richard M. Simon, P.E.

Asaf A. Qazilbash Associates GZA Associates
Robert Hoyler, P,E,

McPhail Associates
Staff Liaison· Robert A. Anderson
•
IV 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
• Norton S. Remmer. P.E., Chainnan

Norton S. Remmer Consulting Engineers
Dr. John. T. Christian, P.E.

SEISMIC ADVISORY COMMITI'EE
FORWARD AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Kenneth B. Weisner, P.E., Vice Chairman

Le Messurier Consultants
Joseph 1. Zona, PoE.

Consulting Engineer Simpson, Gumpertz, & Heger,lnc.
Francis D. Leathers, P.E. Dr. Cetm Soydemir, PoE.

Geotechnical Engineers. Inc. Haley and Aldrich
Nicholas Mariani, P.E. Wayne Siladi, P.E.

Charles T. Main. Inco Weidlinger Associates, Inc.
Maurice A. Reidy. Jr., P.E. Richard Henige. P.E.

Maurice A. Reidy Engineers Le Messurier Consultants
Professor Kentaro Tsutswni, P.E.

BBRS Representative
Staff Liaison • Brian Gore, P.E.• C. Eng.

MEMA Liaison..John C. Smith Earthquake Program Manager
0
WADS ADVISORY COMMITI'EE

Dr. Frank J. Heger, P.B., Chainnan Stanley S. Shuman. P.E.
Simpson, Gumperti & Heger. Inc. BBRS Member
Rubin M. Zallen, P.E. Michael loliffe. PoE.

Consulting Engineer Zaldastani Associates
Hans WiUiam Hagen, P.E. Edward LeNonnand, P.E.

Lim Consultants Chapin Associates
Arthur L. Brown. P.B. Tom McGarrigle. PoE.

Boston Building Consultants Amman & Whitney
Staff Liaison Brian Gore. P.E., C. Eng.

0
BUILDING OFFICIAL CERTIFICATION COMMITI'EE

(The Standing Certification Committee)
Matthias J. Mulvey. Chairman . David Thyng. P.E.

Massachusetts Building Conunissioners Southeastern Massachusetts Building Officials
and Inspectors Association (Representative) Association (Representative) .
Certified Buildin~ Code Enforcement Officiai Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
Daniel P. O·Sullivan. Vice Chairman

Building Officials of-Western Massachusetts Robert Betit, Member at Large
(Representative) Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official (peter DePesa
Paul 1. Nonni, Member at Large Fred Hanack, P.E.• Member from Academia
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
Robert A. Anderson, BBRS Representative
Don York. Member at Large Certified Building Code Enforcement Official .
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
(Michael Card)
780 CMR • Sixth Edition v

780 Crvm.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
•
ENERGY ADVISORY COMM[fffEE
Thomas M. Riley, William Habib
BBRS Representative Home Builders Association of Massachusetts
Dale Gigandet Melvin Fink

State Fire Marshal Representative Home Builders Association
Anne Gros Charles E. Wheeler

DOER Representative New England Power Service
Michael Andelman, P.E., Ron Moreira

Shooshanian Engineering, Inc Bay State Gas Co.
Jerard Ives, R.A. Michael Ferrante

Jerard Ives Registered Architect Massachusetts Oil Heat Council
Robert Figuerido, P. E. Charles Brewster

Digital Equipment Corp. Accent Sales and Marketing
~ck Johnson.P.E. Jack Desmond

Bard, Rao & Athanas Consulting Engineers, Inc. Cox Engineering
Joel Wedding Robert Thorell

Department ofLabor and Industries Building Commissioner, Westminster
Richard Kramer Mike Martin

Home Builders Association of Greater Springfield Waltham Development Co.
Marian Doyle
BBRS Representative
Harry Smith
mc ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Paul Schlaver
MA Consumer Coalition
Arlie Costine Scott

•
mc Registrant Representative from the Office of the AG
William O'Brien Frank Rosen

NARI Eastern MA Chapter Fund Administrator
Jack Elliott Ken Wade

NARI Western MA Chapter Representative ofthe Attorney General
lECHNICAL CODE COUNCIL

Pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3, there shall be an advisory board known as the technical code council
which shall make recommendations relative to the formulation, promulgation and administration ofthe
state building code. The make-up of the council is available at the Office of the Board ofBuilding
Regulations and Standards.
vi
•
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CON1'EN'f§
Page
Chapter 1: ADMINISTRATION 13
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
101.0: Scope 13
102.0: Applicability 13
103.0: Maintenance 14
104.0: Validity 14
105.0: Office of the inspector of buildings or building conunissioner 14
106.0: Duties and powers of the building official 15
107.0: Duties and powers of the state inspector 17
108.0: Rules & regulations 18
109.0: Approval 19
110.0: Application for permit 19
111.0: Pennits 21
112.0: Demolition of structures 23
113.0: Conditions of permit 23
114.0: Fees 23
115.0: Inspection 24
116.0: Registered architectural and professional engineering services -
construction control 24
117.0: Workmanship 26
118.0: Violations 26
119.0: Stop work order 26
120.0: Certificate of occupancy 27
121.0: Unsafe structures 27
.'
122.0: Board of appeals 28.1
123.0: Construction Materials safety Board 32
124.0: Fire Prevention - Fire Protection Advisory Committee 32
125.0: Structural Peer Review Advisory Conunittee 32
Chapter 2: DEFINITIONS 35
201.0: General 35
202.0: General Definitions 35
Chapter 3: USE OR OCCUPANCY 47

301.0: General 47
302.0: Classification 47
303.0: Assembly use groups 48
304.0: Business use group 49
305.0: Educational use group 49
306.0: Factory and industrial use groups 49
307.0: High hazard use groups 50
308.0: Institutional use groups 54
309.0: Mercantile use group 57
310.0: Residential use groups 58
311.0: Storage use groups 59
312.0: Utility and miscellaneous use group 59
313.0: Mixed use groups 59
ChapteJr 4: SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY 63

401.0: General 63
402.0: Covered mall buildings 63
403.0: High rise buildings 65
•
404.0: Atriums 67
405.0: Underground structures 68
406.0: Open parking structures 69
407.0: Private garages 70
408.0: Public garages 70
409.0: Use Group 1-2 71
9/9105 780 CMR - Sixth Edition

•
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Page
Chapter 4: SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY - continued

410.0: Use Group 1-3 72
411.0: Motion picture projection rooms, screening rooms and sound stages 74
412.0: Stages and platfonns . 75
413.0: Special amusement buildings 78
414.0: Airport traffic control towers 78
415.0: Outdoor processing facilities 79
416.0: HPM facilities 79
417.0: Hazardous materials 83
418.0: Use Groups H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 85
419.0: Application of flanunable finishes 88
420.0: Mobile units 88
421.0: Swimming pools 88
422.0: Existing buildings 92
423.0: Group Residences 93
424.0: Day Care Centers 95
425.0: Summer Camps for Children 99
426.0: Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings 99
427.0: Limited Group Residences 104
428.0: Detoxification Facilities 107
429.0: Group Dwelling Units 109
Chapter 5: GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS 113

501.0: General 113
502.0: Definitions 113
•
503.0: General height and area limitations 113
504.0: Height modifications 115
505.0: Mezzanines 116
506.0: Area modifications '116
507.0: Unlimited areas 117
Chapter 6: TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 119
601.0: General 119

602.0: Construction classification 119
603.0: Types I and 2 construction 121
604.0: Type 3 construction 121
605.0: T}'pe 4 construction 121
606.0: Type 5 construction 121
Chapter 7: FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION 123

701.0: General 123
703.0: Construction documents 124
704.0: Fire tests 124
705.0: Exterior walls 125
706.0: Exterior opening protectives 128
707.0: Fire walls and party walls 128
708.0: Fire wall openings 130
709.0: Fire separation assemblies 130
710.0: Vertical shafts 132
711.0: Fire partitions 133
712.0: Smoke barriers 133
713.0: Floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies 134
•
714.0: Roof construction 136
2 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OFBUlLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
Chapter 7: FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION - continued

715.0: Fireresistance rating of structural members 137
716.0: Fire door assemblies 137
717.0: Fire dampers 138
718.0: Fire windows and shutters 139
719.0: Wired glass 139
720.0: Firestopping and draftstopping 140
721.0: Fireresistive requirements for plaster 141
722.0: Thermal- and sound-insulating materials 142
Chapter 8: INTERIOR FINISHES 143

801.0: General 143
803.0: Interior finish and trim 143
804.0: Application of interior finish 144
805.0: Floor finish 145
806.0: Combustible materials permitted in floors of type 1 and 2 construction 146
807.0: Interior hangings and decorations 146
Chapter 9: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 147

(This chapter is elltire~y unique to Massachusetts)
901.0: General 147
903.0: Fire protection systems approval/acceptance 149
•
904.0: Fire suppression systems 151
905.0: Suppression system agent compatibility 152.1
906.0: Fire sprinkler system 152.1
907.0: Limited area sprinkler systems 154
908.0: Water-spray fixed systems 154
909.0: Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems 155
910.0: Dry-chemical extinguishing systems 155
911.0: Foam extinguishing systems 156
912.0: Halogenated extinguishing systems 156
913.0: Wet-chemical range hood extinguishing systems 157
914.0: Standpipe systems 157
915.0: Fire department connections 158
916.0: Yard hydrants/underground fire mains 159
917.0: Fire protective signaling systems (Fire alann systems) 159
918.0: Automatic fire detection systems 162
919.0: Single- and multiple-station smoke detectors 164
920.0: Fire extinguishers 164
921.0: Smoke control systems 165
922.0: Smoke and heat vents 167
923.0: Supervision 168
924.0: Fire pumps 1~8
Chapter 10: MEANS OF EGRESS 171

1001.0: General 171
t003.0: Construction documents 172
1004.0: Use group and occupancy requirements 172
1005.0: Generallimitations 172
•
1006.0: Types and location of means of egress 173
1007.0: Accessible means of egress 175
1008.0: Occupant load 176
1009.0: Capacity of egress components 177"
1010.0: Number of exits 177
1011.0: Exit access passageways and corridors 178
9/9/05 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 3


Page
Chapter 10: MEANS OF EGRESS - continued

1012.0: Assembly aisles and aisle accessways 180
1013.0: Grandstands 182
1014.0: Stairways 183
1015.0: Smokeproof enclosures 187
1016.0: Ramps 189
1017.0: Means of egress doorways 189
1018.0: Revolving doors 190
1019.0: Horizontal exits 194
1020.0: Level of exit discharge passageways used as an exit element 195
1021.0: Guards 195
1022.0: Handrails '196
1023.0: Exit signs and lights 196
1024.0: Means of egress lighting 197
1025.0: Fire escapes 197
1026.0: Slidescapes 198
1027.0: . Access to roof 198
1028.0: Maintenance of exits 199
Chapter 11: ACCESSffiILITY 201

(780 CMR 11 is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts)
Chapter 12: INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT 203

1201.0: General 203
•
1204.0: Room dimensions 203
1205.0: Light and ventilation required 204
1206.0: Natural light 204
1207.0: Artificial light 204
1208.0: Natural ventilation 204
1209.0: Mechanical ventilation 205
1210.0: Ventilation of special spaces 205
121 ] .0: Access to crawl spaces and attics 205
1212.0: Courts and yards 205
'1213.0: Obstruction of courts and yards 206
1214.0: Sound transmission control in residential buildings 206
1215.0: Ratproofing 207
Chapter 13: ENERGY CONSERVATIQN 209

1301.0: Administration 209
1303.0: Design conditions 220
1304.0: Building envelope requirements 221·
1305.0: Heatin'g, ventilation and air conditioning 231
1306.0: Service water heating 241
1307.0: Electric power distribution 242
1308.0: Lighting systems 242.1
1309.0: Building design by systems analysis 242.7
4 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 6/8/01

780 Cl\.1R: 5TATE BOARD OF Bun..DlNG REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
•
TABLE OF CONTENTS· continued
Page
Chapter 14: EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS 243

1401.0: General 243
1402.0: Defmitions 243
1403.0: Performance requirements 243
1404.0: Malerials 243
1405.0: Veneers 244
1406.0: Combustible materials on the exterior side of exterior walls 248
Chapter 15: ROOF AND ROOF COVElUNGS 251

1501.0: General 251
1503.0: 'Construction documents 251
1504.0: Weather protection 251
1506.0: Fire classification 252
1507.0: Prescriptive requirements 252
1508.0: Flashings 254
1509.0: Roof insulation 255
1510.0: Roofstructures 255
1511.0: Rooftop heliports 256
1512.0: Reroofmg 256
Chapter 16: STRUCTURAL LOADS 257

(TIlls chapter is el2tirely UlJique to Massac!lusetts)
•
1601.0: General 257
1604.0: Design safe load 258
1605.0: Design dead load 258
1606.0: Uniformly distributed live loads 258
1607.0: Design live load 259
1608.0: Live load reduction 259
1609.0: Roofloads 260
1610.0: Snow loads 261
1611.0: Wind loads 271
1612.0: Earthquake loads 278
1613.0: Concentrated loads 296
1614.0: Impact loads 297
1615.0: Special loads 297
1616.0: Combination of loads 298
Chapter 17: STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ·301

(Substantial portions oftlds cluspter are IJmique to Massac!lJusetts)
1701.0: General 301
1703.0: Information required 301
1104.0: Approvals 302
1705.0: Requirements for special tests and inspections 302
1706.0: Design strength of materials 306
1707.0: Alternative test procedure 306
1708.0: Test safe load 306
1709.0: In·situ load tests 306
•
1710.0: Preconstruction load tests 307
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 5

•
Page
Chapter 18: FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS 309

(Tllis cllapter is elltirely unique to Massachusetts)
1801.0: General 309
1802.0: Foundation investigations 309
1803.0: Soil bearing test 309
1804.0: Load bearing value of soils 310
1805.0: Allowable foundation loads 312
1806.0: Depth of footings 313
1807.0: Footing design 313
1808.0: Timber footings and wood foundations 314
1809.0: Steel grillages 314
1810.0: Concrete footings 314
1811 :0: Masomy unit footings 315
1812.0: Foundation walls 315
1813.0: Waterproofing and dampproofing 316
1814.0: Mat, raft and float foundation 318
1815.0: Pier foundations 318
1816.0: Pile foundations 320
1817.0: Allowable pile loads 323
1818.0: Structural steel piles 326
1819.0: Concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles 326
1820.0: Cast-in-place concrete piles 327
1821.0: Precast concrete piles 332
1822.0: Timber piles 332
1823.0: Composite piles 333
1824.0: Concrete filled pipe with core caissons 333
•
1825.0: Retaining walls 334
Chapter 19: CONCRETE 335

1901.0: Concrete design standards 335
1903.0: Seismic requirements for reinforced concrete 335
1904.0: Seismic requirements for plain concrete 338
1905.0: Minimum slab thickness 339
1906.0: Materials 339
1907.0: Durability requirements 340
1908.0: Concrete quality, mixing and placing 343
1909.0: Formwork, embedded pipes, and construction joints 345
1910.0: Details of reinforcement 346
1911.0: Shotcrete 348
1912.0: Concrete-filled pipe columns 348
Chapter 20: LIGHTWEIGHT METALS 351

200 1.0 General 351
2002.0 Materials 351
Chapter 21: MASONRY 353

2101.0: General 353
2104.0: Seismic requirements 355
2105.0: Masonry construction materials 357
2106.0: Lateral stability 359
•
2107.0: Compressive stress requirements 360
2108.0: Lateral support 360
2109.0: Thickness ofmasomy 361
2110.0: Bond 361
6 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
•
Page
Chapter 21: MASONRY - continued

2111.0: Anchorage 362
2112.0: Masonry construction 363
2113.0: Miscellaneous requirements 364
2114.0: Fireplaces and chimneys 364
2115.0: Glass block walls 365
Chapter 22: STEEL 367

2201.0: General 367
2203.0: Structural steel construction 367
2204.0: Seismic requirements for structural steel 369
2205.0: Open web steel joist construction 369
2206.0: Formed steel construction 369
2207.0: Special steel and steel cable structural systems 370
2208.0: Reinforcing steel 371
2209.0: Cast steel construction 371
2210.0: Cast iron construction 371
Chapter 23: WOOD 373

2301.0: General 373
2304.0: Heavy timber construction 374
2305.0: Wood frame construction 375
•
2306.0: Seismic requirements for wood and timber 381
2307.0: Wood structural panels 388
2308.0: Particleboard 390
2309.0: Fiber boards 391
2310.0: Fireretardant treated wood 392
2311.0: Naturally durable and preservative treated wood 393
2312.0: Joist hangers 394
2313.0: Prefabricated components 395
CftJIapterr 24: GLASS AND GLAZllNG 397

2401.0: General 397
2402.0: General requirements for glass 397
2403.0: Wind. snow and dead loads on glass 397
.2404.0: Sloped glazing and s1.·ylights 399
2405.0: Safety glazing 399
2406.0: Glass in handrails and guardrails 401
2407.0: Glazing in racquetball and squash courts 401
.Chapter 25: GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER 403

2501.0: General .403
2502.0: Shear walls 403
.2503.0: Gypsum board materials 403
2504.0: Gypsum construction 405
2505.0: Interior lathing and gypsum plastering 405
2506.0: Portland cement stucco lathing and plastering 405
• 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 7

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Chapter 26: PLASTIC

2601.0: General
TABLE OF CONfENTS - continued
Page
407
407
•
2q02.0: Definitions 407
2603.0: Foam plastic 407
2604.0: General requirements for light transmitting plastics 409
2605.0: Light-transmitting wall panels 410
2606.0: Light-transmitting plastic glazing of unprotected openings 411
2607.0: Light-transmitting plastic roof panels 411
2608.0: Light-transmitting skylight glazing 412
Chapter 27: ELECTRICAL WIRING, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 415

Chapter 28: MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 417

2801.0: General 417
2803.0: Fees 418
2804.0: Inspections and tests 418
2805.0: Plenums 418
2806.0: Drying rooms 418.1
2807.0: Waste and linen handling systems 418.1
2808.0: Refuse vaults 419
2809.0: Medical gases 419
•
2810.0: Oxygen systems 419
2812.0: Power ventors 419
28.13.0: Solid fuel-fired appliances 420
Chapter 29: PLUMBING SYSTEMS 421

(This chapter is elltirely ullique to Massachusetts)
Chapter 30: ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS 423

(This chapter is elltirely unique to Massachusetts) .
3001.0: General 423
Chapter 31: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 425

3101.0: General 425
3102.0: Signs 425
3103.0: Membrane structures 428
3104.0: Temporary structures 430
3105.0: Canopies and awnings 430
3106.0: Pedestrian walkways 431
3107.0: Aood-resi~tant construction 432
3108.0: Radio and television towers 436
3109.0: Radio and television antennas 436
3110.0: Window-cleaning safeguards 436
Chapter 32: CONSTRUCTION IN TIlE PUBLIC RIGHT- OF- WAY 437

3201.0: General 437
•
3202.0: Street encroachments 437
3203.0: Pennissible street projections 437
3204.0: Special and temporary projections 438
3205.0: Awnings and canopies 438

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
Chapter 33 SITE WORK, DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION 441

3301.0: General 441
3302.0: Construction documents and special permits 441
3303.0: Tests 441
3304.0: Protection of public 441
3305.0: Fire hazards 442
3306.0: Maintenance 442
3307.0: Health hazards 442
3308.0: Protection of adjoining property 443
3310.0: Demolition and excavation 443
3311.0: Retaining waIls and partition fences 444
3312.0: Storage of materials and construction equipment 444
3313.0: Removal of waste material 444
3314.0: Stairways 444
3315.0: Lighting 444
Chapter 34 REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE

OF EXISTING STRUCTURES 445
3400.0: Scope 445
3402.0: Implementation 447
3403.0: Hazard index 448
3404.0: Requirements for continuation of the same use group or change to a use group
resulting in a change in hazard index of one or less 448
3405.0: Requirements for change in use group to two or more hazard indices greater 449
3406.0: Compliance alternatives 450
3407.0: Energy provisions for existing buildings 450
3408.0: Structural requirements for existing buildings 451
3409.0: Historic buildings 458
Chapt:eJr 35: MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, MANUFACTURED

BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING 461
3501.0: General 461
3504.0: Approval 462
3505.0: Certification 463
3506.0: Reciprocity 463
3507.0: Assurance inspection 463
3508.0: Responsibility of the local enforcement agencies 463
3509.0: Suspension or revocation of certification 464
1/25108 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUilDING CODE
LIST OF APPENDICES
A: Referenced Standards 649 .
B: Sample Building Permit Application Forms 669
State Building Code Appeals Application Fonns 677
Official Intetpretations 682
C: Recommended Fastening Schedule 709
D: Guidance For Selection of Foundation Material Classes in Table 1804.3 713
E: ProceduretFor Accounting for Series and Parallel Heat Flows 715
F: Reference Data for Repair, Addition, and Change of Use of
Existing BuiDdings 717
G: Unit Dead Loads for Design Purposes 737
H: Historic Buildings 745
I: Independent Structural Engineering Review 751
J: Energy provisions 753
K: Floor protector thermal conductivity calculations 761
L: Schedule of Fees 762.1
780 CMR • SPECIAL RULES AND REGULATIONS

Rl: Concrete Testing Laboratories Licensing 763
R2: Concrete Testing Personnel Licensing 767
R3: Manufactured Buildings, Building Components and Mobile Homes 769
R4: Use of Native Lumber 783
R5: Construction Supervisors 785
R6: Registration and Enforcement of Home Improvement Contractor Program 789
R7: Certification of Inspectors of Buildings, Building Commissioners and Local Inspectors 801
INDEX 807
(pAGES 11 AND 12 ARE RESERVED FOR FUfURE USE.)

• CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATION
(Substantial portions ofthis Chapter are entirely unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 101.0 SCOPE building construction, through structural strength,

101.1 Title: 780 ClVIR shall be known as the adequate means of egress facilities, sanitary
Commonwealth ofMassachusetts State Building conditions, light and ventilation~ energy
Code. conservation and fire safety; and, in general, to
secure safety to life and property from all hazards
101.2 Scope: 780 CMR, in accordance with St. incident to the design, construction, reconstruction,
1984, c. 348, as amended shall control all matters alteration, repair, demolition, removal, use or
concerning; occupancy of buildings, structures or premises.
(a) the construction, reconstruction, alteration,
repair, demolition, removal, inspection, issuance UU.5 Specialized Codes: Specialized codes, rules
and revocation of permits or licenses, installation or regulations pertaining to building construction,
of equipment, classification and definition of any reconstruction, alteration, repair or demolition,
building or structure and use or occupancy of all promulgated, and under the authority ofthe various
buildings and structures ·or parts thereof except I boards which have been authorized by the general
bridges and appurtenant supporting structures court shall be incorporated into 780 CMR. The said
which have been or are to be constructed by, or specialized codes, rules or regulations include, but
are under the custody and control of the are not limited to, those listed in Appendix A.
Department of Public Works (Massachusetts
Highway Department), the Massachusetts HOt.6 R.eferenced standards: The standards
Turnpike Authority, the Massachusetts Bay . referenced in 780 Cl\1R and listed in AppendiX A
Transportation Authority, the Metropolitan shall be considered part of the requirements of
District Commission, or the Massachusetts Port 780 Cl\.1R to the prescribed extent of each such
Authority or for which said agencies have reference. Where differences occur between
maintenance respon~ibility; provisions of 780 CMR and referenced standards,
(b) the rehabilitation and maintenance of existing the provisions of 780 CMR shall apply. The
bUildings; administrative provisions of 780 CMR shall apply to
(c) the standards or requirements for materials to all standards referenced in AppendiX A, other than
be used in connection therewith, including but not the specialized codes in 780 CMR. 101.5.
limited to provisions for safety, ingress and
egress,. energy conservation and sanitary 780 CMR 102.0 APPliCABILITY
conditions; lto2.X GeneraD: The provisions of 780 CMR shall
(d) the establishment of reasonable fees for apply to all matters affecting or relating to buildings
inspections and the issuance of licenses to and structures, as set forth in 780 CMR 101.0 and
individuals engaged as construction supervisors; shall apply with equal force to municipal, county,
(e) the certification of inspectors of buildings, state authorities of or established by the legislature
building commissioners and local inspectors and; and private buildings and structures, except where
(f) the registration of Home Improvement such buildings and structures are otherwise provided
Contractors pursuant to MGL c 142A, except as for by statute. T.he construction, reconstruction,
such matters are otherwise provided for in the alteration, repair, addition, change in use or
Massachusetts General Laws Annotated, or in the occupancy, demolition, removal of all buildings and
rules and regulations authorized for promulgation structures shall comply with 780 CMR.
under the provisions of 780 ClVIR.
(g) other duties and responsibilities as defined in ll02.2 Mattell"S not provided for: Any requirements
780 CMR R1 through R7. that are essential for the structural, fire or sanitary
safety, interior climate comfort of an existing or
101.3 Application of references: Unless otherwise proposed building or structure, or for the safety of
specifically provided for in 780 Cl\1R, aU references the occupants thereof, which are not specifically
to chapter or section numbers, or to pmvisions not provided for by 780 CMrR, shall be determined by
specifically identified by number, shall be construed the building official. The State Board of Building
•
to refer to such chapter, section or provision of Regulations and Standards (hereinafter referred to as
780 Cl\1R. the BBRS) and the Department of Public Safety
shall be notified by the building official in writing
101.4 Intent 780 Cl\AR shall be construed to secure within seven working days of any action taken
its expressed intent, which is to insure public safety, pursuant to 780 CMR 102.2.
health and welfare insofar as they are affected by
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 13

780 ClvlR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll...DING CODE
102.3 Zoning Bylaw Restrictions: When the structures and provided further that the siting and
provisions herein specified for structural strength, fire separation distance comply with the
adequate egress facilities, sanitary conditions, requirements for new structures.
equipment, light and ventilation, energy 780 CMR 103.0 MAINTENANCE
conservation or fire safety conflict with the local 103.1 Gellleral: All buildings and structures and all
zoning bylaws or ordinances, 780 CMR shall control parts thereof, both existing and new, and all systems
the construction or al..!ration of buildings and and equipment therein which are regulated by
structures unless such bylaws or ordinances are 780 CMR shall be maintained in a safe, operable and
promulgated in accordance with the provisions of sanitary condition. All service equipment, means of
M.G.L. c. 143, § 98 . egress, devices and safeguards which are required by
780 C!v.I.R in a building or strocture, or which were
102.4 General bylaw restrictions: When the required by a previous statute in a building or
provisions herein specified for structural strength, . structure, when erected, altered or repaired, shall be
adequate egress facilities, sanitary conditions, maintained in good working order.
equipment, light and ventilation, energy
conservation or fire safety conflict with the local 103.2 Owner responsibility: The owner, as
general bylaws or ordinances, 780 CMR shall defined in 780 C!vIR 2, shall be responsible for
control the construction or alteration of buildings compliance with provisions of780 CMR 103.0.
and structures unless such bylaws or ordinances are
promulgated in accordance with the provisions 780 CMR 104.0 VALIDfIY
M.G.L. c. 143, § 98.
104.1 General: The provisions. of 780 CMR are
102.5 Applicability to Existing Buildings severable, and if any of its provisions shall be held
unconstitutional or otherwise invalid by any court of
102.5.1 General: Existing buildings and competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court
structures shall comply with the provisions of shall not affect or impair any of the remaining
780 CMR 102.5 and all other applicable provisions.
provisions of 780 CMR.
•
102.5.2 Unless specifically provided otherwise in 780 CMR 105.0 OFFICE OF mE
780 CMR, any existing building or structure shall INSPECIOR OF BUILDINGS OR
meet and sha1.l be presumed to meet the provisions BUll.DING COMMISSIONER
ofthe applicable laws, codes, rules or regulations, 105.1 AIPPointment: The chief administrative
bylaws or ordinances in effect at the time such officer of each city or town shall employ and
building or structure was constructed or altered designate an inspector of buildings .or building
and shall be allowed to continue to be occupied commissioner (hereinafter inspector of buildings) as
pursuant to its use and occupancy, provided that well as such other local inspectors as are reasonably
the building or structure shall be maintained in necessary to assist the inspector of buildings to
accordance with 780 CMR 103.0. administer and enforce 780 CMR and of M.G.L.
102.5.3 In cases which applicable codes, rules or c. 22, § 13 A and the rules and regulations made
regulations, bylaws or ordinances were not in use under the authority thereof. The inspector of
at the time of such construction or alteration, the buildings shall report directly to and be solely
provisions of780 CMR 103.0 shall apply. responsible to the appointing authority.
102.5.4 In cases where the provisions of 105.2 Alternate: The inspector of buildings is
780 CMR are less stringent than the applicable authorized to designate an alternate who shall
codes, rules or regulations, bylaws or ordinances exercise all the powers of the inspector of buildings
at the time of such construction or substantial during the temporary absence, disability or conflict
alteration, the applicable provisions of 780 CMR of interest of the inspector of buildings. Said
shall apply, providing such application of these alternate shall be duly qualified pursuant to
provisions does not result in danger to the public, 780 C!v.I.R 105.3.
as detennined by the building official.
102.5.5 Existing buildings or parts or portions 105.3 Qualifications of the Inspector of Buildings:
thereof which are proposed to be enlarged, In accordance with the provisions ofM.G.L. c. 143,
altered, repaired or changed in use or occupancy § 3, each inspector of buildings shall have had at
shall comply with the provisions of780 CMR 34. least five years of experience in the supervision of
building construction or design or in the alternative
•
102.5.6 Moved Structures: Buildings or a four year undergraduate degree in a field related to
structures moved into or within the jurisdiction building construction or design, or any combination
shall comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 34 of education and experience which would confer
provided that any new system shall comply as far equivalent knowledge and ability, as determined by
as practicable with the requirements for new the BBRS. In addition each inspector of buildings
14 ·780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

. 780 Cl\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
• shall have had general knowledge. of the accepted

requirements for building construction, fire
prevention, light, ventilation and safe egress; as well
as a genera.! kriowledgeof other equipment and
materials essential 'for safety, comfort and
convenience of the occ~pants of a buiiding or
105.6 Restriction of employees: No full-time or
part-time building commissioner, inspector of
buildings, or full-time or part-time local inspector as
defined herein shall be engaged in, or ~irectly or
indirectly connected with, the furnishing of labor,
materials or appliances for the construction,
structure. . alteration or maintenance of a building or structure,
Each inspector of buildings shall be certified by or the preparation of plans or of specifications
the BBRS in accordance with the provisions of therefore within the city, town or region for which
780 Cl\1R. R7, the Rules and Regulations for the he or she is appointed, unless he or she is the owner
Certification of Inspectors of Buildings, Building of the building or structure; nor Shall any officer or
Commissioners and Local lnspec~ors. employee associated with the building department
Municipalities may require additional engage in any work which conflicts with his or her
qualifications or .experience 'as are deemed official duties or with the interests of the department.
necessary.
Note: S~M.G.L. c. 143, § 32 (Local Option.Jaw
relative to part-time employees). .
105.4 Qualifications of the local inspector: In
accordance with the provisions of M.G.L. c. 143,
'105.7 RelieffroH11 personal lUabiHty: Insofar as the
-§ 3, each local inspector shall have had at least five
law allows, while acting for the municipality, the
years of experience in ·the supervision of building
building official, charged with the enforcement of -
- construction or design or in the alternative a two
780 CMR shall not be deemed personally liable in
year associates degree in a field related to building
the discharge of his official duties. .
construction or design, or _any combination of
education and experience which wo.uld confer
105.8 Official records: An official record shall be-
equivalent knowledge and ability, as determined by
kept of all business and activities of the department
the BBRS. In ac.fdition, such persons shall have had
specified in the provisions of 780 CMR. In
general knowledge of the accepted requirements for
accordance with the provisions of M.G.L. c. 66,
building construction, fire prevention, light.,
§ 1O(b): all such records shall be open. to public _
ventilation and safe egress; as well -as a general
knowledge of other equipment, 'and mateiials inspection at all appropriate tim~s ~~t aC~9~d_~r£~~'?-·
re~sonable rules to maintaii\ the integrity -and
essential for safety, comfort and conv.enierice -of the
security of such -records.
occupants ofa building or struc~ure.
Each local inspector shall be· 'certified by the
BBRS in accordance with· the provisions of 780 CMR 106.0 IDU11ES AND powERs OF
780 C~ It7, the 'Rules and Regulations for the THE BUILDlrNG OFF1lCIAJL
Certification of Inspectors of Buildings, Building 106.1 General: The inspector. of buildings and local
Commissioners and Local Inspectors. ' inspector (herein after building official) shall
Municipalities may require additional . enforce all of the provisions of780 CMR, 521 CMR
qualifications or experience as. are . deemed (Architectural Access Board) and any other state
necessary. statutes, rules and regulations, or ordinances or
bylaws which empower the building official. The'
105.5 Rep,orting Requirements: 'building official shall act on any question relative to
the mode or manner of construction and materials to
105.5.1 Annual .report by city O!l" ~own clerk:
be used in the construction, reconstruc,tion,
In accordance with the provisions of M.G.L.
alteration, repair, demolition, removal, installation of
c. 143, § 3, the clerk of each city or town shall,
equipment and the location, use; occupancy and
annually, not later than April first, transmit to the
maintenance of all buildings and structures, except
BBRS the names and official address of each
as otherwise sp~cifically provided for by statutory
inspector of buildings, building coiiunissioner and
requirements or as provided for in 780 CMR 109.0.
local inspector as well -as at such other times as
req,,!ired pursuant to 780 CMR R7, the Rules and
106.2 Applications 211ld p'ermits: The building
Regulations for the C~rtification of Inspectors of
qfficiaI 'shall recci·:e;:;pplications and issue permits
Buildings, Building Commissioners and Local
fm the con_stmction, reconstruction, alteration~ "
In~f;·ectors. Such reports, shaH be submitted on
repair, demolition, .remova:1 or change in use or
forms-prescribed by the BB~S for said purpose.
occupcmcy of buildings and structures; inspect the
•
105.5.2. New appointments: The clerk of each premises for which such permits have been issued
city or town shall additionally report to the aBRS, and enforce compliance with t,he provisions of
the name, capacity and status of any new 780 Crvrn..
appointee within the time periods' prescribed in
780 C1v1R R7 on forms prescribed by the BBRS
for said purpose. .
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 C~ - Sixth Edition 15

780 CMR:· STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
106.3 Notices and orders: The building official thereof used solely for reli·gious purposes.
shall issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure
compliance with 780 CMR. 106.5.1 Annual inspection of any premise
licensed by the Alcohol Beverage Control
106.4 Inspections: The building official shallmake Commission· ABCC (per M.G.L. c.lO, § 74):
such inspections as deemed necessary to ensure . Any premise, licensed by the ABCC and from
compliance with 780 CMR, or the building official which alcoholic beverages are sold and are
may accept reports of inspection by qualified agen· l:onsumed on the premises, is required· to be
cies or individuals, which reports shall be in writing inspected annually and said annual certificate of
and be certified by a responsible officer of such inspection is to be signed by the Building Official
agency or. by the respon·sib.le individual. . and by the Head of the Fire Department. .
. .
106.5.1.1 Issuance of a temporary certificate
106.5 Inspection and certification oCspecified use
of inspectron of any premise licensed by the
groups: The bui-}qing official shall periodically
Alcohol Beverage Control Commission •
inspect and certify buildings and struCtures or parts
ABCC (per M.G.L. c. 10'-. § 74): For
thereof in accordance -with Table 106. A building or
premises described in 780 CMR 106.5.1,' a
structure shall not be occupied or continue to be
building official may issue a temporary
occupied without the posting of a valid certificate of
. certificate of inspection, signed by the.head of
inspection where' required by Table 106. A
the fire department; such temporary certificate
certificate of inspection as herein specified shall not
of inspection shall be identified as effective to
be issued until an inspection is made certifying that
a date certain.
the building or structure or parts thereof complies
with aU the applicable requirements of 780 CMR, 106..5.1.1.2 Appeal of the Cailure to issue an
and until the fee is paid as specified in Table 106. annual certificate of
inspection of any
Municipalities ·may increase or waive only in their premises Jicensed by the Alcohol Beverage
entirety for any speCific use group the fees as Control Commission· ABCC (per M.G.L.
specified in s~id Table 106. . c. 10, § 74): Fail'ure by the building official to
issue an annual certificate of inspection, signed
••• a . . . . . . . • "
Exception: Municipalities may revise or modify,
or waive in part those' fees for bu~/dings and
structures or. p·a.rts ..then;!J.f o...... ued by . the
munici.pality, .c-dunty or ·politiCal subdivision
by the head of the ,fire department, mt}.y be
. appealed in accordanc.e with the~requi-relnents
of 780 CMR 122.0. .._"" ., .:.'.'" "., ...
.e
thereof and for b.ui/dings and structures or parts
41 • .
e
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.,oING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
TABLE 106
REQUIRED MINIMUM INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIED USE GROUPS
, (5 ee Ch apters 3 an d 4 tior comp,ete . . 0 f use ~ .roups)
I descnptlon
Maximum Fees for Maximum
Use Minimum
. Us~ Group Use,Group Description Certification Certification
Group Iospections
, Period Period
Assembly - Theaters With stllgeand scenery Semi- Annual One Year $75
A-I
over 400 capacity Movie Theater Semi- Annual One Year ' $75
Assembly. Theaters With stage and scenery Annual One Year $40
A-I .~ .....
400 or less capacity Movie Theater Annual One Year '$40
Assembly - Night Clubs Over 400 capacity Semi Annual One Year $75
A-2
or similar uses 400 or less capacity Annual One Year $40
IAssembly Lecture Over 400 capacily- Semi Annual One Year note a '
A-3 ' Halls. recreation centers. 400 or less capacity Annual One Year $40
tcnninals, elC.
Assembly Churches. low density, recreation Prior to issuance of Five Years . $40
A-4
& similar uses each new certificate
' Asse~bly Stadiums. ~Ieachers, places of Prior to issuance of One Year note b
A-5
outdoor assembly each new certificate'
Special Amusement Special Amusement Buildings or Annually prior to One Year As established by
Buildings or portions portions thereof . issuance of a new the city or town in
"A"
thereof (780 CMR 413.7) certification accordance with
(780 CMR 413.0) 780 CMR 106.5
Educational Educational Prior to issuance' of One Year $40
E
each new certi ficate
Day Care Child day care centers Prior to issuance of One Year $40
'E
(see Chapter 4) each new certificate
Institutional Incapacitated - hospitals, nursing Prior to issuance of Two Years note d
1·2 homes. mental hospitals. certain each new certificate
, , -, , ... ,
day C~~· "fllcilit!cs (see Chapter 4)
;
~nstitutional : Restrained - prisons. jails, Prio'r to issl!.!\nce of. -r~,p '! f:~(S,., _":, ..~_, )}c,e t: - .,
1·3 -it ••
dt;ie-I-.(ron ~~liltrS, etc. each new ceictfic<aie
Residential
-- Hotels. motels, lodging houses, Prior to issuance of One Year note e
R-I
dormitories. etc. (nOle .g) each new certificate
Residential Multi family (note g) Prior to issuance of Five Ye~s note f - .
R-2
each new certificate
Residential Special Detoxification facilities Prior to issuance of Two Years $75
R·I
Occupancy (see Chapter 4) each new certificate
Residential Special Su'mmer camps for children . Annual One Year ,note h
R-2
Occupancy (see chapter 4)
R-3 or Residential SpeciaJ Group Residence Annual One Year note h
R-4 Occupancy (see Chapter 4)
Residential Sp~cial Limited Group Residence Annual One Year· note h
R-5
Occupancy (see Chapter 4)
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 16.1

: 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AJ'iD STANDARDS
. THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll.DING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
.1." •• ".":
16.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULAnONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINlSTRATION
Notes applicable to Table 106 .

Genera): The maximum certification period specified in Table 106 is intended to provide'administrative flexibility.
For those buildings and structures or parts thereof allowing more than one year maximum certification period, the
building official may determine the length of validity of the certificate issued. For example, a building in the R-2 use
group could be issued a certificate valid for one, two, three, four or five years. The total amount of fees charged for
a certificate or certificates issued during the maximum certification period can exceed the fee listed or referenced in
column 4 of Table 106. For example, if the building official issues a certificate valid for two years for a building in
the R-2 use group, the fee charged would be 2/5 times the fee per maximum certification period as detennined for the
building in question using the fonnula in Note it'o .
Note a. For buildings or structures, or parts thereof, in the A-3 Use Group categories, with capacities over 400, the
fee to be charged for the maximum certification period ofone year is $75 for accommodations for up to 5,000 persons,
plus $15 for the accommodations for each additional 1,000 persons or fraction thereof.
Note b. For aU buildings or structures, or parts thereof, in A-5 use group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of one year is $40 for seating accommodations for up to 5;000 persons, plus $8 for the
accommodation for each additional1,OOO·persons or fraction thereof. .
Note c. For all buildings and structures, or parts thereof, in the 1-3 use group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of two years is $75 for each structure containing up to"l 00 beds, plus a $2 charge for each
additional ten beds or fraction thereof over the initial 100 beds.
Note d. For hospitals, nursing homes, sanitariums, and orphanages in the 1-2 use group, the fee to be charged for the
.' maximum certification period oftwo years is $75 for each structure containing up to 100 beds, plus a $2 charge for
each additional ten beds or fraction thereof over the initial] 00 beds. All other buildings or structures or parts thereof
in the 1·2 use group classification shall be charged a fee.of $75 for a two year maximum·certification period.
Note e. For all buildings and structures or parts thereof in the R-l use group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certificati~n period of one year shall be $40 for up to five units plus $2 per unit for all over five units. A unit shall
be defined as follows:
two hotel guest rooms;
two lodging house guest rooms;
two boarding house guest rooms; or
, fOUf donnitory beds .
Note f. For all buildings and structures or parts thereof in the R-2 use group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of five years shall be $75, plus $2 per dwelling unit except that three family dwelling units .shall
be exempt from such fees. .
•
Note g. For purposes of detennining the required number of inspections, the maximum certification period, and the
fees, as specified in Table 106, dormitories are included in the R-I use group classification rather than the R-2.
Note h. Summer camps for children in use group R-2 shall be inspected and certified annually prior to the beginning
of each season. The annual fee shall be $15 for the first 25 residential units: $8 for each additional 25 residential
units; and $15 for each assembly building or use. (A residential unit for this purpose shaH be defined as four b~ds).
106.6 Reports by the Building Official· retainedin the official records as long as the building
or structure to which they relate remains in' existence
106.6.1 Report to Appointing Autthority: The
unless otherwise provided for by law.
building official shall submit to the appointing
authority of the jurisdiction a written report of
operations in a fonn and content and at intervals 780 Cl\1R 107.0 DUfIES AND POWERS OF
as shall be prescribed by the appointing authority.
TIlE STAlE lNSPECfOJR
(M.GL. Co 143, § 3A)
106.6.2 Report to assessors: Pursuant to Jl.07.1 The State inspector: In every city and town
M.G.L. c. 143, § 61, the building official shall 780 CMR shan be enforced by the State Inspector of
give to the assessors of the municipality written the Department of Public Safety, Division of
notice of the granting of pennits for the Inspections, as to any structures or buildings or parts
construction ofany buildings or structures, or for thereof that are owned by the Commonwealth or any
the removal or demolition, or for any substantial departments, commissions, agencies, or authorities
alteration or addition thereto. Such notice shall of the Commonwealth. The state inspector shall
be given within seven days after the granting of have as to such buildings and structures all the
each permit, and shall state the name of the powers of a building commissioner or inspector of
person to whom the" permit was granted and the buildings. AIl buildings and structures owned by
location of the building or structure to be any authority established by the legislature and not
constructed, reconstructed, altered, demolished or owned by th~ Commonwealth shaH be regulated in
removed. accordance \Yith 780 CMR 106.0.
106.6.3 Report to Local Umted! States
Postmaster: Pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3X the 107.2 Otber respollisibUitJies: The state inspector
·building official shall notify the local United shaII make periodic reviews of all local building ,
States Postmaster of the issuance of a building inspection practices, provide technical assistance and
perinit authorizing the construction of any advice to the local building officials in the
building containing ten or more residential units. implementation of 780 CMR, and report in writing
•
his fmdings to the building officials.
106.7 Department records: The building official
shall maintain official records of applications J[@7.3 Review by the Commissioner of Public
received, pennits and certificates issued, inspections Safety: The Commissioner of the Commonwealth
perfonned fees collecte~ reports ofinspections, and of Massachuserts, Department of PubIic Safety shall
notices and orders issued. Such records shall be establish districts which shall be supervised by a
]/19/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 17

TIIE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUILDING CODE
state inspector of the Division of Inspections. The

Commissioner may review, on his own initiative, or
on the application of any state inspector, any action
or refusal or failure ofaction by any building official
the result of which does not comply with the
unifonn implementation of 780 CMR; and may
780CMR R2: the Rules and Regulations for
Concrete Testing Personnel.
108.3.3 Manufactured buildings: No individual,
organization or firm shall be engaged in the
construction of manufactured buildings for use in
••
the Conunonwealth of Massachusetts unless
reverse, modify or annul, in whole or in part, such
approved to construct same by the BBRS in
action except with respect to the specialized codes,
accordance with 780 CMR R3.
provided that an order or action ofthe Commissioner
shall not reverse, modify, annul, or contravene any 108.3.4 Native Lumber: No individual,
order, action, detennination, interpretation or any organization or finn shall engage in the .
decision by the BBRS or the State Building Code production of native lumber for use in structures
Appeals Board. within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
unless registered by the BBRS in accordance with
107.4 Reports: The state inspector shall file with 780 CMR and 780 CMR R4: the Rules and
the BBRS reports of his periodic reviews and Regulations Controlling the Use of Native
recommendations for improvements of building Lumber.
inspection practices. The format and due dates for
108.3.5 Licensing ofConstruction Supervisors:
these reports shall be determined by the BBRS.
108.3.5.1 Except for those structures governed
780 CMR 108.0 RULES AND REGULATIONS by Construction Control in 780 CMR 116.0,
effective July I, 1982, no individual shall be
108.1 Rule making authority: Under authority
engaged in directly supervising persons
granted by S1. 1984,c. 348, as amended, the BBRS
engaged in construction, reconstruction,
is empowered in the interest ofpublic safety, health
alteration, repair, removal or demolition
. and general welfare, to adopt and promulgate rules
involving any activity regulated by any
and regulations, and to interpret and implement the
provision of 780 CMR, unless said individual
provisions of 780 CMR to secure the intent thereof.
is licensed in. accordance the Rules and
•
Regulations for .Licensing Construction
108.2 Amendments and promulgation of rules: Supervisors as set forth in 780 CMR R5.
In accordance with the provisions ofM.G.L. c. 143, No person shall be engaged in the
§ 97, any person may propose amendments to supervision of the field erection of a
780 CMR. Public hearings shall be held in the city
manufactured building unless such person is·
of Boston in May and November of each year, and
licensed in accordance with 780 CMR R5: The
at such other times and places as the BBRS may
Rules and Regulations for the Licensing of
determine, to consider petitions for such
Construction·Supervisors.
amendments. Amendments adopted by the BBRS
shallbe binding and have the full force and effect in Exception: Any Home Owner performing
all cities and towns. work for which a building pennit is required
shall be exempt from the licensing
108.3 Activities requiring licenses, registration or provisions of 780 CMR 108.3.5; provided
certification: that if a Horne Owner engages a person(s)
for hire to do such work, that such Home
108.3.1 Testing laboratories: A testing Owner shall act. as supervisor.. This
laboratory, branch laboratory and/or project exception shall not apply to the field
laboratory shall not test concrete and/or concrete erection of a manufactured buildings·
materials for use in structures subject to constructed pursuant to 780 CMR 35 and
construction control (780 CMR 116.0) and/or 780 CMR R3. For the purposes of
controlled materiaIs (780 CMR 17) unless 780 CMR 108.3.5, a "Homeowner" is
licensed by the BBRS in accordance with defmed as follows: Person(s) who owns a
780 CMR and 780 CMR RI: the Rules and parcel of land on which he/she resides or
Regulations for Licensing of Concrete Testing intends to reside, on which there is, or is
Laboratories. intended to be, a one or twofamily dwelling,
108.3.2 Field technicians: A person shall not attached or detached structures accessory to
engage in the activities offield testing of concrete such use and/or farm structures. A person·
for use in structures subject to construction who constructs more than one home in a
control (780 CMR 116.0) and/or controlled two-year period shall not be considered a
•
materials (780 CMR 17) unless such person is homeowner.
licensed by the BBRS in accordance with
18 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12/12197 (Effective 8/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUJILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
•
108.3.5.2 Exemptions from Construdio/lll those categories of building and structures
Supervisor License requirement: A for which the BBRS does not require a
construction supervisor's license is not license, provided that those municipalities
required for: which have estab-lished licensing
1. roofing, siding, erection of rooftop solar requirements for construction supervisors
collectors, construction ofswimming pools, prior to January 1, 1975, may maintain their
the erection of signs, installation of existing licensing requirements.
replacement windows not involving
108.3.6 Registration of Home Impll'ovemen~
structural modifications, the erection of
Contnlldors: In accordance with the provisions
tents;
of M.G.L. c. 142A, no home improvement
2. projects which are subject to
contractor, or organization or firm shall be
construction control (section 116.0);
involved in the improvement of any ex.isting
3. agricultural buildings which are not
owner occupied one to four family residential
open to the public or otherwise made
building unless said home improvement
available for public use;
contractor has registered with the BBRS in
4. Massachusetts registered engineers and
accordance with the rules and regulations for the
Massachusetts registered architects
registration of Rome Improvement Contractors as
provided such engineers andlor architects
set forth in 780 CMR R6.
comply with the Construction Supervisor
oversight requirements set forth in 780 108.3." Certification of Inspedors ofBuildfings,
CMR R5 generally and 780 CMR Bundling Commissioners and Local Inspectors;
R5.2.12, as applicable; The rules and regulations for the Certification of
5. the practice of any trade licensed by Inspectors of Buildings, Building Commissioners
agencies of the commonwealth (see M.G.L. and Local Inspectors shall be as set forth in
c.112, §81R), provided that any such work 780 CMR lR7.
is within the scope ·of said license,
including, but not limited to wiring, 108.4 Enforcement: Whoever violates the
plumbing gas fitting, fire protection provisions of 780 CMR 108.0 or any rules and
systems, pipefitting, . HVAC and· regulations promulgated hereunder, or who falsifies
•
ref~igeration equipment. or counterfeits a license, registration or certification
issued by tlle BBRS, or who fraudulently issues or
108.3.5.3 No municipality shall be prohibited accepts such a license, registration or certification
from requiring a license for those individuals shall be punished as provided in 780 CMR 118.0 or
engaged in directly supervising persons shall be subject to any other penalty provided for by
engaged in construction, reconstruction, law.
alteration, repair, removal or demolition in
• 11/27/98 . 78.0 CM~ - Sixth .Edit~on 18.1

NON-TEXT PAGE
18.2 780 CMR - S~xth E~ition 11127/98

•
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUillDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
180 CMR 109.0 APPROVAL 780 eMIR 110.0 APPUCATION FOR PERMl'lI'
109.1 Approved materials and equipment: All ] 10.1 Permit application: It shall be unlawful to
materials, equipment and devices approved by the construct, reconstruct, alter, repair, remove or
building official shall be constructed and installed in demolish a building or structure; or to change the
accordance with such approval. use or occupancy of a building or structure; or to
install or alter any equipment for which provision is
109.2 Used materials and equipment: Used made or the installation of which is regulated by
materials, equipment and devices which meet the 780 CMR without first filing a written application
minimum requirements of 780 CMR for new with the building official and obtaining the required
materials, equipment and devices shall be permitted; permit therefor.
however, the building official may require
satisfactoryproofthat such materials, equipment and 110.2 Temporary Stroctures:
devices have been reconditioned, tested, andlor
110.201 General: A building pennit shall be
placed in good and proper working condition prior
required for temporary structures, unless
to approval.
exempted by 780 CMR 110.3. Such permits shall
be limited as to time. of service. but such
109.3 Alternative materials and equipment:
temporary construction shall not be pennitted for
109.3.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR more than one year.
are not intended to limit the appropriate use or 11002.2 Speciall approval: All temporary
installation ofmaterials, appliances, equipment or construction shall conform to the structural
methods ofdesign or construction not specifically strength, fire safety, means of egress, light,
prescribed by 780 CMR, provided that any such ventilation, energy conservation and sanitary
alternative has been approved. Alternative requirements of 780 CMR as necessary to insure
materials, appliances, equipment or methods of the public health, safety and general welfare.
design or construction shall be approved when the
building official is provided acceptable proof and 110.203 Termination of approval: The building
has detennined that said alternative is satisfactory official may terminate such special approval and
and complies with the intent of the provisions of .order the demolition of any such construction at
780 CMR, and that said alternative is, for the the discretion of the building official.
purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that
prescribed in 780 CMR in quality, strength, 110.3 Exemptions: A building pennit is not
effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and required for the following activities, such exemp-
safety.' Compliance with specific perfonnance tion, however, shall not exempt the activity from any
based provisions of 780 CMR, in lieu of a review or permit which may be required pursuant to
prescriptive requirement shall also be permitted as other laws, by-laws, rules and regulations of other
an alternate. jurisdictnons (e.g. zoning, conservation, etc.).
1. One story detached accessory buildings used
109.3.2 Evidence submitted: The building as tool or storage sheds, playhouses and similar
official may require that evidence or proof be uses, provided the floor area does not exceed 120
submitted to substantiate any claims that may be square feet.
made regarding the proposed alternate. 2. Fences six feet in height or less.
109.3.3 Tests: Determination ofacceptance shall 3. Retaining walls which, in the opinion of the
be based on design or test methods or other such building official, are not a threat to the public
standards approved by the BBRS. J!n the safety health or welfare and which retain less than
four feet of unbalanced fill.
~ltl?mative, whe~e the BBRS has not provided
4. - Ordinary repairs as defined in 780 CMR 2.
specific approvals, the building official' may
Ordinary repairs shall not include the cutting
accept. as supporting data to assist in this
away of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the
determination, duly authenticated engineering
removal or cutting of any structural beam, column
reports, formal reports from nationally
or other loadbearing support, or the removal or
acknowledged testing/listing laboratories. reports
change of any required means of egress, or
from other accredited sources. The costs of all
rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the
tests, reports and investigations required under
egre~s requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs
these provisions -shall be Dome by the applicant.
include addition to. alteration of, replacement or
109.3.4 Approval by the Coostroctiolm relocation of any standpipe, water supply,
Materials Safety Board: The building official mechanical system, fire protection system, energy
• may refer such matters to the Construction

Materials Safety Board in accordance with
780 CMR 123.0 for approval.
. 11/27198 .
conservation system or other work affecting
public health or general safety.
Note: Also see 780 CMR 903.1 (Exceptions 1.
and 2.).
780 CMR - Sixt~ Edition 19

5. Greenhouses: A building permit or notice to minor nature. When the quality of the materials is
•
the building official is not required for the con- essential for conformity to 780 CMR, specific
struction ofgreenhouses covered exclusively with information shall be given to establish such quality,
plastic film (in accordance with St. 1983, c. 671). and 780 CMR shall not be cited, or the term "legal"
(This exemption does not apply if the greenhouse or its equivalent used as a substitute for specific
is to be used for large assemblies of people or us- information.
es other than normally expected for this purpose.)
110.8 Engineering Details, Reports, Calculations,
110.4 Form of application: The application for a Plans and Specifications: In the application for a
pennit shall be submitted in such form as pennit for buildings and structures subject to con-
determined by the building official but in all cases struction control in 780 CMR 116.0, the construc-
shall contain, as a minimum, the information tion documents shall contain sufficient plans and de-
required, on the appropriate sample uniform building tails to fully describe the work intended. including,
pennit application forms in Appendix B. The but not limited to all details sufficient to describe the
application for a permit shall be accompanied by the structural, fire protection, fire alarm, mechanical,
required fee as prescribed in 780 CMR 114.0 and light and ventilation, energy conservation, architec-
the construction documents as required in 780 CMR tural access and egress systems. The building official
110.7 and 110.8, where applicable and as required may require such calculations, descriptions narra-
by other sections of 780 CMR. tives and reports deemed necessary to fully describe
the basis of design for each system regulated by
110.5 By whom application is made: Application 780 CMR. In accordance with the provisions of
for a permit shall be made bythe owner or lessee of M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A all plans and specifications
the building or structure, or agent of either. H shall bear the original seal and original signature of
application is made other than by the owner, the a Massachusetts registered professional engineer or
written authorization of the owner shall accompany registered architect responsible for the design, except
the application. Such written authorization shall be as provided in :M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A and any
signed by the owner and shall include a statement of profession or trade as provided in M.G.L. c. 112,
ownership and shall identify the owner's authorized § 60L and M.G.I.. c. 112, § 81R.
agent, or shall grant permission to the lessee to apply When such application for permit must comply
•
for the permit. The full names and addresses of the with the provisions of 780 CMR 4 or 780 CMR 9 or
owner, lessee, applicant and the responsible officers, 780 CMR 34, the building official shall cause one
if the owner or lessee is a corporate body, shall be set of construction documents filed pursuant to
stated in the application. 780 CMR 110.7 to be transmitted simultaneously to
the head of the local fire departmt:nt for his file,
Note: It shall be the responsibility of the review and approval of the items specified in
registered contractor to obtain all permits neces- 780 CMR 903.0 as they relate to the applicable
sary for work covered by the Home Improvement sections of 780 CMR 4, 780 CMR 9 or 780 CMR
Contractor Registration Law, M.G.L. c. 142A. 34. The head of the local fire department shall
An owner who secures his or her own pennits for within ten working days from the date of receipt by
such shall be excluded from the guaranty fund him, approve or disapprove such construction
provisions as defined in M.G.L. c. 142A. Refer to documents. If the head of the local fire department
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A for additional disapproves such construction documents, he or she
information regarding the Home Improvement shall do so, in writing citing the relevant sections of
Contractor Registration Program. noncompliance with 780 CMR or the sections of the
referenced standards of Appendix A. Upon the
110.6 The securing of a building pennit by the request of the head of the local fire department, the
owner, or the owner's authqrized agent, to construct, building offi~ial may grant one or more extensions
reconstruct, alter, repair, demolish, remove, install of time for such review provided, however, that the
equipment or change the use or occupancy of a total review by said head of the local fire department
building or structure, shall not be construed to shall not exceed 30 Calendar days. If such approval,
relieve or otherwise limit the duties and responsibil- disapproval or'request for extension of time is·not
ities ofthe licensed, registered orcertified individual received by the building officiaf within said ten
or finn under the rules and regulations governing the working days, the building official may deem the
issuaI?ce of such license registration or certi~c~tion. construction documents to be in full compliance with
the applicabl~ sections of 780 CMR 4,.780 CMR 9 .
110.7 Construction documents: The application for or 780 CMR 34 and, therefore approved by the head
pennit shall be accompanied by not less than three of the local fire department.
•
sets ofconstruction documents. The building official
is permitted to waive, or modify the requirements 110.9 Existing Buildings: The application for a
for filing construction documents when the building building pennit to reconstruct, alter or change the
official determines that the scope of the work is of a use or occupancy of existing buildings or structures
2,0 78~ C~R - Sixth ~dition 11127/98

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DllNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
•
which are subject to construction control pursuant to 110.13 Amendmenlls to application: Subject to the
780 CMR 116.0, shall be accompanied by a building limitations of 780 CMR 110.14, amendments to a
survey where required by 780 CMR 34 and plan. application or other records accompanying the
AppendixF. same shall be filed prior ao the commencement of the
work for which the amendment to the permit is
110.10 Site pian: A si~e plan shall. be filed showing, sought or issued. Such amendments shall be deemed
to scale, the size and location ofall new construction part of the original application and shall be
and all existing structures on the site, distances from submitted in accordance with 780 CMR 110.0.
lot lines, the established street grades and the
proposed finished grades; and it shall be drawn in 11l0.Jl41 Time limitation of application: An
accordance with an accurate boundary line survey. application for a permit for any proposed work shall
In the case ofdemolition, the site plan shall show all be deemed to have been abandoned six months after
construction to be demolished and the location and the date of filing, unless such application has been
size of all existing structures and construction that diligently prosecuted or a permit shall have been
are to remain on the site or plot. issued; except that the building official shall grant
one or more extensions oftime for additional periods
110.JlJ Independent Structural Engineering not exceeding 90 days each if there is reasonable
Review: cause and upon written request by the owner.
nO.H.•} As a condition for the issuance of a
780 CMR 111.0 PERMITS
building permit, the structural de~ign of the
following described structures shall be reviewed 11.11.1 Adion on application: The building official
by an independent structural engineer to verify shall examine or cause to be examined all applica-
that the design of the primary structure is tions for permits and amendments thereto within 30
conceptually correct and that there are no major days after filing thereof. ][f the application or the
errors in the design: construction documents do not conform to the
I. Buildings which are five stories or more in requirements of 780 CMR and all pertinent laws
height above the lowest floor, including stories under the building official'sjurisdiction. the building
below grade. official shall reject such application in writing,
2. Buildings which enclose a total volume of stating the reasons therefor. If the building official
400,000 cubic feet, including stories below is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the
grade. The volume shall be measured using requirements of 780 CMR and all Jaws and
the outside dimensions of the building. ordinances applicable thereto, the building official
3. Structures in Use Group A, or structures shall issue a permit therefor.
which are partially in Use Group A, which will
be used for public assembly of 300 or more 111.2 Zoning: In accordance with the provisions of
persons. M.G.L. c. 40A or St. 1956, c. 665 as amended, no
4. Structures of unusual complexity or design permit for the construction, alteration, change of use
shall be determined by the BBRS. A building or moving of any building or structure shall be
official may apply to the BBRS for such a issued if such building or structure or use would be
determination on a specific structure. in violation of any zoning ordinance or by-law.
Exemption:Temporary structures erected for a
111.3 Railroad right-or-way: No pennit to build a
period of one year or less.
structure of any kind on land formerly used as a
110.111.•2 Requirements for the review: The railroad right-of-way or any property appurtenant
independent structural engineering review shall be thereto fonnerly used by any railroad company in the
in accordance with the requirements of state shall be issued without first obtaining, after
Appendix I. public hearing, the'consent in writing to the issuance'
of such pennit from the Secretary of the Executive
nO.]J.• 3 Disputes between the structural
Office of Transportation and Construction. all in
engineer responsible for the design ofthe building
accordance with M.G.L. c. 40, § 54A.
or structure and the structural engineering peer
shall be resolved by the structural peer review
111.4 Water Supply: No permit shall be issued for
advisory committee in accordance with 780 CMR
the construction of a building or structure which
125.0.
. wOL!ld necessitate the use of wafer therein. unless a
supply of water is available therefor, either from a
110.12 Structures subject to control: In those
water system operated by a city. town or district, or
structures subject to control as required in 780 CMR
•
from a well located on the land where the building or
116.0, affidavits must be submitted with the permit
structure is to be constructed. or from a water
application that the individuals and testing laborato-
ries responsible 'for carrying out the duties specified corporation or company. as required by M.G.L.
c. 40. § 54.
in 780 CMR 116.0 have been licensed by the BBRS.
11127/9a 780 ~MR - $i~tJ:1. Edition 21
. ".-;"
111.5 Debris: As a condition of issuing a permit for six months each, may be granted in writing by the
the demolition, renovation, rehabilitation or other building commissioner or inspector of buildings.
alteration of a building or structure, M.G.L. c. 40, Work under such a permit in the opinion of the
§ 54 requires that the debris resulting therefrom building commissioner or inspector of buildings,
shall be disposed of in a properly licensed solid must proceed in good faith .continuously to
waste disposal facility as defined by M.G.L. cO. Ill, completion so Jar as is reasonably practicable under
§ 150A. Signature of the pennit applicant, date and the circumstances. It is the sole responsibility of the
number of the building pennit to be issued shall be owner to inform, in writing, the building
indicated on a form provided by the building commissioner or inspector of buildings of any facts
department, and attached to the office copy of the which support an extension of time. The building
building pennit retained by the building department. commissioner or inspector of buildings has no
If the debris will not be disposed of as indicated, the obligation under 780 CMR 111.7 to seek out
holder ofthe permit shall notify the building official, infonnation which may support an extension oftime.
in writing, as to the location where the debris will be The owner may not satisfy this requirement by
disposed. infonning any other municipal andlor state official or
department.
111.6 Workers' Compensation: No pennit shall Forpurposesof780CMR 111.7 any pennit issued
be issued to construct, reconstruct, alter or demolish shall not be considered invalid if such abandonment
a building or structure until acceptable proof of or suspension of work is due to a court order
insurance pursuant to M.G.L. c. 152, § 25C(6} has prohibiting such work as authorized by such permit;
been provided tv the building official. provided, however, in the opinion of the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings, the person
111.7 Hazards to air navigation: Application for so prohibited by such court order, adequately
building new structures or adding to existing defends such action before the court.
structures within airport approaches as defined in
M.G.L. c. 90, §35B and any amendments thereto or 111.9 Previous approvals: 780 CMR shall not
language substituted therefor, must include a require changes in the construction documents,
certification by the applicant that; construction or designated use group of a building
for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued
1. Either a pennit from the Massachusetts
or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the
Aeronautics Commission is not required because
construction of which has been actively prosecuted
the structure is, or will be; a) In an area subject to
within 180 days after the effective date of780 CMR
airport approach regulations adopted pursuant to
and is completed with dispatch.
M.G.L. c. 90, §§ 40A through 401, or; b} in an
approach to Logan International Airport, or; c}
111.10 Signature to permit: The building official's
less than 30 feet above ground level, or;
signature shall be attached to every permit; or the
2. A pennit from the Massachusetts Aeronautics building official shall authorize a subordinate to
Commission is required pursuant to M.G.L. c. 90, affix such signature thereto.
§ 35B and a copy of said permit is enclosed with
the application. 111.11 Approved construction documents: When
Applications for permits to build a new structure or the building official has determined that the
add to an existing structure requiring the filing of a proposed construction confonns to the provisions of
Notice ofProposed Construction or Alteration (FAA 780 CMR and other applicable laws, by-laws, rules
Form 7460-I) with the Federal Aviation and regulations under· hislher jurisdiction, the
Commission shall mail a copy of the completed building official shall stamp or endorse in writing the
. FAA Form 7460-1 to the Massachusetts Aeronautic three sets of construction documents "Approved".
Co~issiein within three business days after One set of the approved construction. documents
submitting said form to the FAA. shall be retained by the building official, one set by
the head of the local fire department and the other set
111.8 Expiration of permit: Any permit issued shall be kept at the construction site, open to
shall be deemed abandoned and invalid unless the inspection of the building official or an authorized
work authorized by it shall have been commenced representative at all reasonable times.
within six months after its issuance; however, for
cause, and upon written request ofthe owner, one or 111.12 Revocation ofpermits: The building official
more extensions of time, for periods not exceeding shall revoke a permit or approval issued under· the 0
22 • •0 • 780 CM~ - Sixth Editi~n IlI~7J98 0

•
ADI\1INISTRATION
•
provisions of 780 Cl\.1R in case of any false the necessary retaining walls and fences in
statement or misrepresentation of fact in the accordance with the provisions of780 Cl\1R 33 .
application or on the plans on which the pennit or
approval was based. 780 CMR 113.0 CONDmONS OF PERl\1IIT
113.1 Payment of fees: A permit shall not be issued
111.13 Approval in part: The building official may until the fees prescribed in 780 Cl\AR 114.0 have
issue a permit for the construction of foundations or been paid.
any other part of a building or structure before the
construction documents for the whole building or R13.2 Compliance with code: The pennit shall be a
structure have been submitted, provided that license to proceed with the work and shall not be
adequate infonnation and detailed statements have construed as authority to violate, cancel or set aside
been filed complying with all of the pertinent any of the provisions of 780 CrviR or any other law
requirements of 780 Cl\1R. Work shall be limited to or regulation, except as specifically stipulated by
that work approved by the partial approval and modification or legally granted variation as
further work shall proceed only when the building described in the application.
permit is amended in accordance with 780 CMR
110.13. The holder of such pennit for the 1113.3 Compliance with permit All work shall
foundation or other parts of a bUilding or structure confonn to the approved application and the
shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the approved construction documents for which the
building operation and without assurance that a permit has been issued and any approved
permit for the entire building or structure will be amendments to the approved application or the
granted. approved construction documents.
Hl.141 Posting of permit: A true copy of the 11113.41 Compliance with site plaun: All new work
building permit shall be kept on the site of shall be located strictly in accordance with the
operations, open to public inspection during the approved site plan.
entire time of prosecution of the work and until the
completion of the same. 780 om 114.0 FEES
• llH.1J.5 Notice of start: At least 24-hour notice of

start of work under a building permit shall be given
to the building official.
780 CMR 112.0 DEMOLITION OF

SlRUCTURES
H4.1 General: A permit to begin work for new .
construction, alteration, removal, demolition or other
building operation shall not be issued until the fees
prescribed in 780 CMR 114.0 shall have been paid
to the department of building inspection or other
authorized agency of the jurisdiction, nor shall an
amendment to a permit necessitating an additional
112.1 Service connections: Before a building or fee be approved until the additional fee has been
structure is demolished or removed, the owner or paid.
agent shall notify all utilities having service
connections within the structure such as water, R114.2 Special fees: The payment of the fee for the
electric, gas, sewer and other connections. A permit construction, alteration, removal or demolition for
to demolish or remove a building or structure shall all work done in connection with or concurrently
not be issued until a release is obtained from the with the work contemplated by a building permit
utilities, stating that their respective service shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit
connections and appurtenant equipment, such as from the payment ofother fees that are prescribed by
meters and regulators, have been removed or sealed . law or ordinance for water taps, sewer connections,
and plugged in a safe manner. electrical permits, erection of signs and display
All debris shall be disposed of in accordance with structures, marquees or other appurtenant
780 CMR Ill.S. structures, or fees of inspections, certificates of
112.2 Notice to adjoining owners: Only when occupancy or other privileges or requirements, both
written notice has been given by the applicant to the within and without the jurisdiction ofthe department
owners of adjoining lots and to the owners of wired of building inspection.
or other facilities, ofwhich the temporary removal is
necessitated by the proposed work, shall a pennit be n14.3 New construction and alterations: The fees
granted for the removal of a building or structure. for plan examination, building permit and
inspections shall be as prescribed in 780 CMR
•
112.3 Lot regulation: Whenever a building or 114.3. I and the building official is authorized to
structure is demolished or removed, the premises establish by approved rules a schedule of unit rates
shall be maintained free from all unsafe or hazardous for buildings and structures of all use groups and
conditions by the proper regulation of the lot, types of construction as classified and defined in
restoration of established grades and the erection of 780 Cl\1R 1,3 and 6.

780 CrvtR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS MD STANDARDS
variations of the approved construction documents

114.3.1 Fee schedule: A fee for each plan
and permit shall be noted and the holder of the
examination, building permit and inspection shall
permit shall be notified of the discrepancies.
be paid in accordance with the fee schedule as
established by the municipality.,
115.6 General: In the discharge of his duties, the
building official shall have the authority to enter at
114.4 Accounting: The building official shall keep
. any reasonable hour any building, structure or
an accurate account of all fees collected; and such
premises in the municipality to enforce the
collected fees shall be deposited in the jurisdiction
provisions of 780 Crvrn..
treasury in accordance with procedures established
If any owner, occupant, or other person refuses,
by the municipality, or ~therwise disposed of as
impedes, inhibits, interferes with, restricts, or
required by law.
obstructs entry and free access to every part of the
structure, operation or premises where inspection
780 CMR 115.0 INSPECTION authorized by 780 CMR is sought, the building
115.1 Preliminary inspection: Before issuing a official, or state inspector may seek, in a court of
pennit, the building official shall, if deemed competent jurisdiction, a search warrant so as to
necessary, examine or cause to be examined all apprise the owner, occupant or other person
buildings, structures and sites for which an concerning the nature of the inspection and
application has been filed for a pennit to construct, justification for it and may seek the assistance of
enlarge, alter, repair, remove, demolish or change police authorities in presenting said warrant.
the use or occupancy thereof.
115.7 Identification: The building official shall
115.2 Required inspections: After issuing a carry proper identification when inspecting
building permit, the building official shall conduct stroctures or premises in the performance of duties
inspections during construction at intervals sufficient under 780 ClVIR.
to ensure compliance with the provisions of
780 CMR. The building official shall inform the 115.8 Jurisdictional cooperation: The assistance
applicant of the required points of inspection at the and cooperation of police. fire, and health
time of application. Upon completion of the work departments and all other officials shall be available
for which a permit has been issued, the building to the building official as required in the
official shall conduct a final inspection pursuant to performance of his duties.
780 ClVIR 115.5. A record of all such examinations
and inspections and of all violations of 780 CMR. 115.9 Coordination of inspections: Whenever in
shall be maintained by the building official. For the enforcement of 780 CMR. or another code or
bUildings and structures subject to construction ordinance, the responsibility of more than one
control, the owner shall provide for special building official of the jurisdiction is involved, it
inspections in accordance with 780 CMR 1705.0. shall be the duty of the building officials involved to
In conjunction with specific construction projects, coordinate their inspections and administrative
the building official may designate specific orders as fully as practicable so that the owners and
inspection points in the course of construction that occupants of the building or structure shall not be
require the contractor or builder to give the building subjected to visits by numerous inspectors or
official 24 hours notice prior to the time when those multiple or conflicting orders. Whenever an
inspections need to be performed. The building inspector from any agency or department observes
official shall make the inspections within 48 hours an apparent or actual violation·ofsome provision of
after notification. some law, ordinance or code not within the
inspector's authority to enforce, the inspector shall
115.3 Approved inspection agencies: The building report the findings to the building official having
official may accept reports of approved inspection jurisdiction.
agencies provided such agencies satisfy the
requirements as to qualifications and reliability. 780 CMR 116.0 REGISfERED
ARCIllTECfURAL AND
115.4 Plant inspection: Where required by the PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING
provisions of 780 ClVIR or by the approved rules,
SERVICES - CONSlRUCI10N CONTROL
materials or assemblies shall be inspected at the
point of manufacture or fabrication in accordance 116.1 General: The provisions of780 CMR 116.0
with 780 CMR 1703.3. define the construction controls required for all
buildings and structures needing registered
115.5 Final inspection: Upon completion of the architectural or registered professional engineering
building or stnlcture, and before issuance of the services, and delineate the responsibilities of such
certificate of occupancy required by 780 CMR professional services together with those services
120.0, a final inspection shall be made. All that are the responsibility of the contractor during
construction.

ADIvfiNISTRAnON
The following structures are exempt from the oontractor maccordance with the requirements
requirements of180 CMR 116.0; ofthe construction documents.
1. Any building containing less than 35,000 2. Review and approval of the quality control
cublic feet ofenclosed space, measured to the ex- procedures for all codeorequired controlled
terior surfaces ofwalls and roofs and to the top of materials. .
a ground supported floor, or in the case of a crawl 3. Be present at intervals appropriate to the
space, to the bottom surface.ofthe craw! space. In stage of construction to become, genera.lly
the case ofbasement floors or levels, the callcula- familiar with the progress and quality of the
tion of enclosed space shall include such spaces. work and to determine, in general, ifthe work
2. Any single or two family dwelling or any is being performed in a manner consistent with
accessory building thereto; the construction documentS.
3. Any building used exclusively for fann
)1116.2.3 Structural Tests and Inspections:
purposes (this exemption does not apply if the
Structural tests and inspection shall be provided in
building is to be used for large assemblies of
accordance with 780 CMR 1705.0.
people or uses other than fann pmposes); and .
4. Retaining walls less than ten feet in height at 116..2.4 Tests and Inspections of nOD structural
all points along the wall as measured from the systems: Tests and inspections of non structural
base ofthe footing to the top ofthe walL systems shall be performed in accordance with
applicable engineering practice standards or
Notwithstanding the exemptions above, professional
lI'eferenced standards listed in Appendix A.
engineering services shall be required folt' activities
which are deemed to constitute the practice of
1ll6.3 Construction cOllltrac~or services: The
engin~nng·as defined in M.G.L. c. 1i2~ § SID,
actual construction of the work shall .be the
except as provided in M.G.L. c. 54A and any legally
responsibility ofthe genemll contractor as identified
required profession or as provided in M.G.L. c. 1X2,
§ 81R. . on the approved building permit and shall involve
the following:
116.1.1 Specialized strudures requiring 1. Execution of all work in accordance with the
construction conO'ol: l'elecommunication towers approved construction documents.
• and similar structures are engineered structures

and shall be subject to the requirements of
780 Cl\1R 116.
116.2 Registered! architeduraH and elllgiDeering

servi\l:es:
2. Execution and control of aU methods of
construction in a safe and satisfactory manner in
accordance with all applicable local, state, and
federal statutes and regulations.
3. Upon completion of the construction, he shalll
certify to the best ofhis knowledge and belief that
such has been done in substantial accord with
116.21 Design: All plans, computations and
780 Cl\1R 116.3 items 1 and 2 and with all
specifications involving new construction, altera a
pertinent devj.ations specifically noted.

!ioris, repairs, expansions or additions or change
in use or occupancy of existing-buildings shaH be
U.6.4 Olll site project IfeprreselDitatiollll: When
prepared by or under the direct supervision of a
applications for unusual designs or magnitude of
Massachusetts registered architect or
construction are filed, or where reference standards
Massachusetts registered professional engineer
require special architectural or engineering.
and shall bear his or ber original signature and
inspections, the building official may require fullo
seal or by the legally recognized professional
time project representation by a registered architect
performing the work, as defined by M.O.L.
or professional engineer in addition to that provided
c. 112, §81R. Said signature and seal shall signify
in 7S0 CMR 116.2.2. The project representative
that the plans, computations and specifications
shalli keep daily records and submit reports as may
meet the applicable provisions of 180 CMR and
be required by the building official. Upon
all accepted engineering practices.
completion of the work, the registered architect or
116.2.2 Architect/engineer responsibilities professional engineer shall file a final report
during construction: The registered architects indicating that the work has been performed in
and registered professional engineers who have accordance witll the approved plans and 780 CMR.
prepared plans, computations and specifications
ll16.4.1 Building permit requirement: This ona
or the registered architects or registered
site project representation requirement shall be
professional engineers who have been retained to
determined prior to the issuance of the bUilding
perfonn construction phase services, shall
pennit and shall be a requisite for the pemnit
perfonn the following tasks for the portion of the
issuance. Refusal by the applicant to provide
work for which they are directly responsible;
such service as required by the building official
I. Review, for confonnance to the design
shall result in the denial of the permit. However,
concept, shop drawings,· samples and other
the applicant may file an appeal as provided in
submittals which are submitted by the
780 CMR 122.0.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1198) 780 CMR • Sixth Edition· 25

780 C?vm.: STATE BOARD OF BUlLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
116.4.2 Fee and costs: All fees and costs related
to the performance of on-site project
representation shall be borne by the owner.
116.5 Building official responsibility: Nothing

contained in 780 CMR 116.0 shall have the effect of
violations until the lapse of 30 days after the
issuance ofthe written notice ofviolation.
118.5 Abatement of violation: The imposition of

the penalties herein prescribed shall not preclude the
legal officer of the jurisdiction from instituting
--.
;
waiving or. limiting the building official's authority appropriate action to prevent unlawful construction
to enforce 780 CMR with respect to examination of or to restraJin, correct or abate a violation, or to
the contract documents, including plans, prevent illegal occupancy of a building, structure or
computations and specifications, and field premises or to stop an illegal act, conduct, business
inspections (see 780 CMR. 106.0). or occupancy of a bUilding or structure on or about
any premises.
780 CMR 117.0 WORKl\1ANSHIP
117.1 General: All work shall be conducted, 118.6 Notice or orders, service and content:
installed and completed in a workmanlike and Every notice: or order authorized by 780 CMR shall
acceptable manner so as to secure the results be in writing and shall be served on, the person
intended by 780 CMR. responsible:
1. personally, by any person authorized by the
780 CMR l1&.O VIOLATIONS building official; or
2. by any person authorized to serve civil
118.1 Unlawful acts: It shall be unlawful for any process by leaving a copy ofthe order or notice at
person, firm or corporation to use, occupy or change the responsible party's last and usual place of
the~or~pmcyofanybuilmngor~crunor abode; or
to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, remove, 3. by sending the party responsibile a copy ofthe
demolish any building or structure or any equipment order by registered or certified mail return receipt
regulated by 780 CMR, or cause same to be done, in requested, ifhe is within the Commonwealth; or
conflict with or in violation of any ofthe provisions 4. if the responsibile party's last and usual place
of780CMR. of abode is unknown, by posting a copy of this
•
order or notice in a conspicuous place on or about
118.2 Notice ofviolation: The building official shall the premises in violation and by publishing it for
serve a notice of violation or order on the person at least three out of five consecutive days in one
respoIlSlole for the erection, construction, alteration. or more newspapers of general circulation
extension, repair, removal, demolition or occupancy wherein the bUilding or premises affected is
of a building or structure in violation of the situated.
provisions of 780 CMR, or in violation of a detail
statement or a plan approved thereunder, or in 780 CMR 119.0 SlOP WORK ORDER
violation of.a pennit or certificate issued under the
provisions of 780 CMR. Such order shall be in 119.1 Notice to owner: Upon notice from the
writing and shall direct the discontinuance of the building official that work on any building or
illegal action or condition and the abatement of the structure is being prosecuted contrary to the
violation. provisions of 780 C:MR. or in an unsafe and
dangerous manner or contrary to the· approved
118.3 Prosecution of violation: If the notice of construction documents submitted in support ofthe
violation is not complied with in the time period building pennit application, such work shall be
specified in said notice of violation, the building immediately stopped. The stop work order shall be
official may institute the appropriate proceedings at in writing and shall be given to ~e owner of the
law or in equity to restrain, correct or abate such property involved, or to the owner's agent, or to the
violation or to require the removal or termination of person doing the work; and shall state the conditions
the unlawful occupancy ofthe building or structure under which work will be pennitted to resume.
in violation of the provisions of 780 CMR or of the
order or direction made pursuant thereto. 119.2 Unla'wful continuance: Any person who shall
continue any work in or about the building or
U8.4 Violation penalties: Whoever violates any structure after having been served with a stop work
provision of 780 Cfv1R, except any specialized code order, except such work as that person is directed to
referenced herein, shall be punishable by a fine of perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition,
not more than $1,000 or by imprisonment for not shall be liable to a fine of not more than $1,000 or
more than one year, or both for each such violation. by imprisonment for not more than one year, or both
•
Each day during which a violation exists. shall for each such violation. Each day during which a
constitute a separate offense. The building official violation exists shall constitute a separate offense.
shall not begin criminal prosecution for such
26 780 Crvm. - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

ADMINISTRAnON
• 780 CMR 120.0 CERTIFICATE OF

OCCUPANCY
120.1 General: New buildings and structunres: A
building or structure hereafter shall not be used or
occupied in whole or in part until the certificate of
use and occupancy shall have been issued by the
building commissioner or inspector of buildings or,
120.5 Posting structures:
120.5.1 Posted use and occupancy: A suitably
designed placard approved by the building official
shall be posted by the owner on all floors of every
building and structure and part thereof designed
for high hazard, storage, mercantile, factory and
industrial or business use (use groups H, S, M, F
when applicable, the state inspector. The certificate and B) as defined in 780 CMR 3. Said placard
shall not be issued until all the work has been shall be securely fastened to the building or
completed in accordance with the provisions of the structure in a readily visible place, stating: the use
approved permits and of the applicable codes for group. the fire grading, the live load and the
which a permit is required, except as provided in occupancy load.
780 CMR 120.3.
120.5.2 Poslted occupancy load: A suitably
120.2 Buildings or structures hereafter altered: designed placard approved by the building official
A building or structure, in whole or in part, altered shall be posted by the owner in every room where
to change from one use group to another; to a practicable of every building and structure and
different use within the same use group; the fire part thereof designed for use as a place of public
grading; the maximum live load capacity; the assembly or as an institutional bUilding for
occupancy load capacity shall not be occupied or harboring people for penal, correctional,
used until the certificate shall have been issued educational, medical or other care or treatment, or
certifying that the work has been completed in as residential buildings used for hotels, lodging
accordance with the provisions of the approved houses, boarding houses, donnitory buildings,
permits and of the applicable codes for which a multiple family dwellings (use groups A, I, R-I
permit is required. Any use or occupancy, which and R-2). Said placard shall designate the
was not discontinued during the work of alteration, maximum occupancy load.
shall be discontinued within 30 days after the 120.5.3 Replacement of posted signs: All
•
. completion of the alteration unless the required posting signs shall be furnished by the owner and
certificate is issued. shall be of permanent design; they shall not be
removed or defaced, and if lost, removed or
Jl.20.3 Temporary occupancy: Upon the request of defaced, shall be immediately replaced.
the holder of a permit, a temporary certificate of
occupancy may be issued before the completion of 120.5.4 Periodic finspection for posting: The
the entire work covered by the pennit, provided that building official may periodically inspect all
such portion or portions shall be occupied safely existing buildings and structures except one and
prior to full completion of the building or structure two family dwellings for compliance with
without endangering life or public welfare. Any 780 CMR in respect to posting; or he may accept
occupancy permitted to continue during the work the report of such inspections from a qualified
shall be discontinued within 30 days after registered engineer or architect or others certified
completion of the work unless a certificate of by the BBRS; and such inspections and reports
occupancy is issued by the building official. shall specify any violation of the requirements of
780 CMR in respect to the posting of floor load,
120.4 Contents of certificate: When a building or fire grading, occupancy load and use group of the
structure is entitled thereto, the building official building or structure.
shall issue a certificate of occupancy within ten days
after written application. Upon completion of the 780 CMR Ul.O UNSAFE STRUCTIJRES
final inspection in accordance with 780CMR 115.5 121.Jl General: The provisions of 780 CMR 121.0
and correction of the violations and discrepancies, are established by M.G.L. c. 143, §§ 6, 7, 8, 9 and
and compliance with 780 CMR 903.4, the certificate 10.
of occupancy shall be issued. The certificate of
occupancy shall specify the following. Jl21.2 Inspection: The building official
1. The edition of the code under which the immediately upon being informed by report or
permit was issued. otherwise that a building or other structure or
2. The use group and occupancy, in accordance anything attached thereto or connected therewith is
with the provisions of 780 CMR 3. dangerous to life or limb or that any building in that
•
3. The type of construction as defined in city or town is unused, uninhabited or abandoned,
780 CMR 6. and open to the weather, shall inspect the same; and
4. The occupant load per floor. he shall forthwith in writing notify the owner to
5. Any special stipulations and conditions ofthe remove it or make it safe if it appears to him to be
building pennit. . dangerous, or to make it secure if it is unused,
uninhabited or abandoned and open to the weather.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AI\TD STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUlLDING CODE
If it appears that such building or structure would be proper fence or otherwise as may be necessary, and
especially unsafe in case of fire, it shall be deemed for this purpose may close a public highway. In the
dangerous within the meaning hereof, and the case of such demolition, the said building official
building official may affix in a conspicuous place shall cause such lot to be leveled to conform with
upon its exterior walls a notice of its dangerous adjacent grades by a inorganic fill. The costs and
condition, which shall not be removed or defaced charges incurred shall constitute a lien upon the land
without authority from him.. upon which the structure is located, and shall be
enforced in an action of contract; and such owner
121.3 Removal or making structure safe: Any shall, for every day's continuance of such refusal or
person so notified shall be allowed until 12:00 noon neglect after being so notified, be punished by a fine
of the day following the service of the notice in in accordance with 780 CMR 118.4. The provisions
which to begin to remove such building or structure of M.G.L. c. 139, § 3A, paragraph two, relative to
or make it safe, or to make it secure, and he shall liens for such debt and the collection of claims for
employ sufficient labor speedily to make it safe or such debt shall apply to any debt referred to in this
remove it or to make it secure; but if the public section, except that the said building official shall act
safety so requires and if the mayor or selectmen so hereunder in place of the mayor or board of
order, the building official may immediately enter selectmen. During the time such order is in effect, it
upon the premises with the necessary workmen and shall be unlawful to use or occupy such structure or
assistants and cause such unsafe structure to be any portion thereof for any purpose. '
made safe or demolished without delay and a proper
fence put up for the protection of passersby, or to be 121.6 Remedy of person ordered to remove a
made secure. dangerous structure or make it safe:
Notwithstanding the provisions of780 CMR 122, an
121.4 Failure to remove or make structure safe, owner, aggrieved by such order may have the remedy
surve)' board, survey report: If an owner of such prescribed by M.G.L. c. 139, § 2: provided that any
unsafe structure refuses or neglects to comply with provision of M.G.L. c. 139, § 2 shall not be
the requirements of such notice within the specified construed so as to hinder, delay or prevent the
•
time limit, and such structure is not made safe or building official from acting and proceeding under
taken down as ordered therein, a careful survey of 780 CMR 121; and provided, further, that this
the premises shall be made by a board consisting; in section shall not prevent the city or town from
a city, of a city engineer, the head of the fire recovering the forfeiture provided in said 780 CMR
department, as such tenn is defined in M.G.L. 121.5 from the date of the service of the original
c. 148, § 1, and one disinterested person to be notice, unless the order is annulled by the jury.
appointed by the building official; and, in a town of
a surveyor, the head of the fire department and one 121.7 Standards for making buildings safe or
disinterested person to be appointed by the building secure: Any owner of a building who has been
official. ill the absenCe of any of the above officers notified that said building shall be made safe or
or individuals, the mayor or selectmen shall . secure under 780 CMR 121.2, shall:
designate one or more officers or other suitable 1. Remove all materials determined by the head
persons in place of the officers so named as of the fire department or building official to be
members of said board. A written report of such dangerous in case of fire.
survey shall be made, and a copy thereof served on 2. Secure all floors accessible from grade
such owner. utilizing one of the following methods so long as
such method is approved by the head of the fire
121.5 Removal of dangerous or abandoned department and building official in writing:
structures: If such survey report as outlined in a. Secure all window and door openings in
780 CMR 121.4 declares such structure to be accordance with the U.S. Fire Administration,
dangerous or to be unused, uninhabited or National Arson Prevention Initiative Board Up
abandoned, and open to the weather, and if the Procedures, continuously until such time as the
owner continues such refusal or neglect, the building building is reoccupied; or
official shall cause it to be made safe or taken down b. Provide 24 hour watchman services,
or to be made secure; and, if the public safety so continuously until such time as the building is
requires, said building official may at once enter the reoccupied; or
structure, the land on which it stands or the abutting c~ Provide a monitored intruder alarm system
land or buildings, with such assistance as he may at the perimeter of all floors accessible from
•
require, and secure the same; and may remove and grade, continuously until such time as the
evict, under the pertinent provisions of M.G.L. building is reoccupied.
c. 239, or otherwise, any tenant or occupant thereof;
and may erect such protection for the public by

ADMINISTRATION
Said owner, as the case may be, shall notify the period of vacancy are restored to fully functional
building official that the approved method chosen condition and subject to 780 CMR 111.2 and M.G.L.
to secure the building has been incorporated. co. 40A. The local building official shall be notified
Said owner shall allow the building official to in writing prior to re-occupancy. If said building is
enter the building for an inspection to ascertain changed in use or occupancy or otherwise renovated
that the building is secured and made safe. Said or altered it shall be subject to the applicable
owner shall allow the head of the fire department provisions of 780 CMR 34.
to enter the building. The bUilding official shall
be supplied with records of maintenance and 121.8 Marking or identifying certain buildings
operation if the provisions of780 CMR 121.7.2.b that are especially unsafe in the case of fire. Any
or c. are used. building official who determines that a building is
3. Maintain any existing fire alarms or sprinkler especially unsafe in case of fire under 780 CMR
systems unless written permission is obtained 121.2, shall notify the head of the fire department
from the head of the fire department in about the existence of said building. The building
accordance with M.G.L. c. 148, § 27A to shut off official, in cooperation with the bead of the fire
or disconnect said alarms or systems. department, shall cause said building to be marked in
4. Maintain utilities unless written permission is accordance with the marking requirements
obtained from the building official to disconnect established by the Board of Fire Prevention
said utilities. Permission to disconnect utilities Regulations in 527 CMR 10.00.
shall not be granted if it will result in inadequate
heat to prevent freezing of an automatic sprinkler 780 CMR 122.0 BOARD OF APPEALS
system or inadequate utilities to maintain any 122.1 State BuUding Code Appeals Board:
other protection systems. Except for actions taken pursuant to 780 CMR
5. The requirements of 780 CMR 121.7.1. 121.0, whoever is aggrieved by an interpretation,
through 4. do not prevent a building official from order, requirement, direction or failure to act under
ordering or taking expeditious, temporary security 780 CMR by any agency or official of the city, town
measures in emergency situations pending the or region, or agency or official of the. State charged
•
completion of the requirements of 780 CMR with the administration or enforcement of 780 CMR
. 121.7.1. through 4. or any of its rules 01: r~gulations, excepting any
For the purposes of 780 CMR 121.7.5., an specialized codes, may appeal directly to the State
"emergency situation" shall be defined as: an Building Code Appeals Board as provided in
unexpected incident, which by its very nature may 780 CMR 122.0.
present a threat to public safety personnel who may Whoever is aggrieved by an interpretation, order,
be required to affect a rescue effort or conduct fire requirement, direction or failure to act under
.extinguishment operations. 780 CMR by any agency or official of a city, town or
Upon refusal or neglect of said owner to comply region charged with the administration or
with such notice, any building official acting under enforcement of780 CMR, excepting any specialized
the authority of 780 CMR 121.3 or 121.5, shall codes, may appeal directly to the State Building
cause to be secured all window and door openings Code Appeals Board or may appeal first to a local or
accessible from grade in accordance with the U.S. regional building code appeals board and if
Fire Administration, National Arson Prevention aggrieved thereby he may then appeal to the State
Initiative Board-up Procedures or other equivalent Building Code Appeals Board as provided in
procedure approved by the head of the fire 780 CMR 122.0.
department, continuously until such time as the In the event an appeal is taken directly to the State
building is reoccupied. Building Code Appeals Board from an
Any building which has been made to conform to interpretation, order, requirement or direction, said
the provisions of 780 CMR 121.7 during vacancy appeal shall be filed as specified in 780 CMR
may be reoccupied under its last permitted use and 122.3.1 with the State Building Code Appeals Board
occupancy classification, provided that any systems not later than 45 days after the service of notice
which were disconnected or shut down during the
•
9/9/05 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 28.1
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
28.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05
780 Cl\1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATrON
thereof of the interpretation, order, requirement or the interpretation, order, requirement, direction or
direction. failure to act which are the grounds of the appeals
In the event the appeal is taken directly to the as well as the particular section or sections of
State Building Code Appeals Board for the failure to 780 CMR which are involved in the appeal and
act, the appeal shall be take.n not later than 45 days the reasons for the appellant advances supporting
after a request to act has been made by the aggrieved the appeal.
person in writing and served upon the appropriate A copy of the appeal shall be served in
building official or chief administrative officer of the accordance with 780 ClVlR. 118.6 by the appellant
state or local agency which fails tei act. on the person or state, regional or local agency
lfthe aggrieved person elects to appeal before the from whose action or inaction the appeal is taken,
local or regional building code appeals board, he on or before entry of the appeal. An affidavit,
shall not be allowed to enter such appeal with the under oath, that such copy has been served shall
State Building Code Appeals Board until such time be filed with the Board forthwith by the appellant.
as the said local or regional board renders a decision,
122.3.2 Stay of Proceedings: Entry of an appeal
unless the reason for appeal to the State Building
shaH stay aU proceedings in furtherance of the
Code Appeals Board is the failure of the local or
action or failure to act appealed from, unless the
regional board to act.
state, regional or local agency or any person
charged with the administration or enforcement of
Jt22.2 Membership:
780 C1v1R presents evidence and the Board or a
122.2.1 Three member panel: The State three member panel or a single member of the
Building Code Appeals Board (hereinafter Board, appointed by the chairman for said
referred to in 780 CMR 122.0 as the Board) shall purpose, finds that upon the evidence presented a
consist of the membership of the BBRS. The stay would involve imminent peril to life or
chairman of the BBRS shall be Chairman of the property. In such an event, stay of all proceedings
Board. The Chainnan ofthe Board may designate shall be waived or the Board or three member
any three members of the Board to act as a three panel or single member may order such other
member panel to hold any public hearing under action necessary to preserve public safety.
•
780 C1v1R 122.0 and to hear testimony and take Before waiving the stay or proceedings, the
evidence. The Chairman of the Board shall select Board or three member panel or single member of
one ofthe three members to act as chairman of the the Board, appointed by the chairman for said
said three member panel. If a three member panel purpose, shall hold a hearing and give the
is so designated, the three member panel shall act appellant and state, regional or local agency or
as the Appeals Board and render a decision as any person claiming that a stay would involve
provided in 780 CI\1R 122.0. imminent peril to life or property, notice in
writing of the hearing not less than 24 hours
122.2.2 Clerk: The administrator of the BBRS
before said hearing.
shall designate a clerk to the BBRS. The clerk
shall keep a detailed record of all decisions and 1l.22.3.3 Documen~s: Upon entry, the clerk shall
appeals and a docket book on file showing the .request in writing from the state, city, regional or
name of each appeal properly indexed and the town officer in charge of the matter on appeal, a
disposition of the appeal. Said docket book shall copy of the record and all other papers and
be open to public inspection at all times during documents relative to the appeal to be transmitted
normal business hours. forthwith to the Board. Said state, city, regional
or town officer shall upon receipt of the request of
122.2.3 Quorum: A majority of the Board shall
the Board transmit forthwith all the papers and
constitute a quorum if the appeal is heard by the
documents and a copy ofthe record relating to the
entire Board.
matter on appeal.
122.3 Appeals procedure for State BIlBDlding Code 1l.22.J.4l Hearings: The chairman of the Board
Appeals Board: shall fix a convenient time and place for a public
hearing. Said hearings shaU be held not later than
122.3.11 Entry: Appeals shall be entered on
30 days after the entry of such appeal, unless such
forms 'provided by the BBRS and shall be
time is extended by agreement with the appellant.
accompanied by an entry fee of $150 or such
Any such party may appear in person or by agent
other amounts as may be detennined by the BBRS
or attorney at such hearing. The chairman or
from time to time.
clerk shall give notice of the time and place of .
The appeal shall be signed by the appellant or
said hearing to aU parties to the hearing and to
his attorney or agent and shaH note the name and
anyone else requesting notice in writing at least
address of the person or agency in whose behalf
ten days prior thereto. Failure to hold a public
the appeal is taken and the name of the person and
hearing within 30 days shall not affect the validity
address wherein service of notice for the appellant
of the appeal or any decision rendered. The
is to be made. The appeal shall also state in detail
Board or three member panel in its hearings
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 29

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDlNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
conducted under this section shall not be bound by decision.

strict rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or
equity. 122.6 Appeals from State Building Code Appeals
Board:: Any person aggrieved by a decision of the
122.3.5 Conduct of Hearing: Hearing shall be
State Building Code Appeals Board may appeal to a
conducted in accordance with the informal/fair
court of law or equity in conformance with M.G.L.
hearing rules as set forth in 801 CMR 1.02.
c. 30A, § 14.
122.4 Decisions:
122.7 Local and regional board of appeals:
122.4.1 Votes required: If the appeal is
122.7.1 Local or regional board of appeals:
conducted by a three member panel, then the
Whoever is aggrieved by an interpretation, order,
concurrence of two of the three members holding
requirement, direction or failure to act under
the public hearing shall be required. If the appeal
780 CMR by any agency or official of a city,
is conducted by the entire Board, then a majority
region or town charged with the administration or
vote of those hearing the case shall be required.
enforcement of 780 CMR or any of its rules and
122.4.2 Standard: The Board or a three member regulations may appeal first to the appeals boar"d
panel may vary the application ofany provision of in that city, region or town or to the State Building
780 CMR in any particular case, may determine Code Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR
the suitability of alternate materials and methods 122.0.
of construction, and provide reasonable interpre- In the event an appeal is taken from an
tations of the provisions of 780 CMR; provided interpretation, order, requirement or direction,
that the Board or a three-member panel finds that said appeal shall be filed with the local or regional
the decision to grant a variance shall not conflict appeals board not later than 45 days after the
with the general objectives set forth M.G.L. service of notice thereof of the interpretation,
c. 143, § 95 or with the general objectives of order, requirement or direction.
780CMR. In the event the appeal is taken for the failure to
122.4.3 Time for decision: The Board shall
within 30 days after such hearing, unless such
time is extended by agreement of the parties, issue
a decision or order reversing, affirming or
modifying in whole or in part the order,
interpretation, requirement, direction or failure to
act, the appeal shall be taken not later than 45
days after a request to act has been made by the
aggrieved person in writing and served to the
appropriate building official or chief
administrative officer of the city, regional or town
agency which fails to act.
•
act which is the subject matter of the appeal. 122.7.2 Membership: Any building code board
Failure to render a decision within 30 days of appeals duly established by ordinance or by law
shall not affect the validity of any such decision or otherwise in a city, region or town and in
or appeal. existence on January 1, 1975, shall qualify as a
Notice of and a copy of the decision shall be local board of appeals under 780 CMR 122.0
sent by the clerk to all parties to the appeal and notwithstanding anything to the contrary
anyone requesting in writing a copy of the contained herein. However, the procedure and
decision. rights for appeals for such board of appeals shall
122.4.4 Contents of decision: All deCisions be .governed by 780 CMR.
shall be in writing and state findings of fact, If a city, region or town had not duly
conclusions and reasons for decisions. Every established by ordinance or bylaw or otherwise a
decision shall indicate thereon the vote of each local or regional building code appeals board prior
member and shall be signed by each member to January 1, 1975, said city, region or town may
voting. A decision shall not be considered by any establish a local or regional board of appeals,
person or agency as a precedent for future de- hereinafter referred to as the local board of
cisions except as provided in 780 CMR 903.2.1. appeals, consisting of five members appointed by
the chief administrative officer of the city, region
122.4.5 Additional powers: The Board or a or town: one member appointed for five years,
three member panel may impose in any decision, one for four years, one for three years, one for two
limitations both as to time and use, and a years and one to serve for one year; and thereafter
continuation of any use permitted may be each new member to serve for five years or until
•
conditioned upon compliance with future his successor has been appointed.
amendments to 780 CMR.
122.7.3 Qualifications oflocal board members:
122.5 Enforcement: Upon receipt of the decision Each member of a local board of appeals
of the Board or a three member panel, the parties to established under 780 CMR 122.7.2 shall have
the appeal shall take action forthwith to comply with had at least five years experience in the
the decision unless a later time is specified in the construction, alteration, repair and maintenance of

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OlF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
building and building codes. At least one member to hearings on a stay as provided in 780 CMR
shall be a registered structural or civil 122.7.7.
professional engineer and one member a Incensed
122.'1.9 Decisions oflocal boards: A concurring
registered architect.
vote ofa majority of atl the members present shall
111.7.4 Chairman of local Oll" regional board: be required for any decision. The local board of
The board shall select one of its members to serve appeals may vary the application of 780 CMR to
as chairman and a detailed record of all any particular 'case, may consider the suitability of
proceedings shall be kept on file in the building alternate materials and methods of construction
department. and may provide reasonable interpretations ofthe
provisions of 780 CMIt; provided that the
112.7.5 Absence of members: During the
decision of the local board shall not conflict with
absence of a member of a local board of appeals
the general objectives of 780 CMR or with the
for reason of disability or disqualification, the
general objectives ofM.G.L. c. 143, § 95. The
chief administrative officer of the city, region or
local board of appeals may impose, in any
town shall designate a substitute who shall meet
decision, limitations both as to time and use, and
the qualifications as outlined in 780 CMR
a continuation of any use permitted may be
122.7.i.
conditioned upon compliance with future
)11207.6 Quorum: A quorum shall be three amendments to 780 CMR.
members.
122.'1.10 Time for decision: The board shall
1122.'.7 Procedures: Entry of appeals shall be within 30 days after such hearing, unless such
governed by 780 CMR 122.3.1 excepting that a time is extended by agreement ofthe parties, issue
city, region or town may set its own entry fee. a decision or order reversing, affirming or
Upon notice of entry of appeal the local modifYing in whole or in part the order,
building commissioner or inspector of buildings interpretation, requirement, direction or failure to
shall transmit a copy of the record and all the act which is the subject matter ofthe appeal.
papers and documents to the local board of Failure to render a decision within 30 days
appeals. shall not affect the validity of any such decision
Entry of an appeal shall stay all proceedings in or appeal.
furtherance ofthe action or failure to act appealed Notice of and a copy of the decision shall be
from, unless the building commissioner or sent by the clerk to all parties to the appeal and to
inspector of buildings certifies in writing to the anyone requesting in writing a copy of the
local board of appeals that a stay would involve decision.
imminent peril to life or property. Notice in
122.7.U Contents of dledsROIn: All decisions
writing of such certification by the building
shall be in writing and state findings of fact,
commissioner or inspector of buildings shall be
conclusions and reasons for the decisions. Every
given the appellant at least 24 hours prior to the
decision shall indicate thereon the vote of each
hearing. In such an event a hearing on such stay
member and shall be signed by each member
shall be given first priority and be the first matter
voting. Any decision shall not be considered by
heard by the local board of appeals at its next
any person or agency as a precedent for future
scheduled meeting. The hearing on the appeal
decisions.
shall be held as soon as possible thereafter in
accordance with 780 CMR. 122.7.8. 122.7.12. Copy of decision: A copy of any
The local board of appeals may establish its decision by a local board of appeals shall be
own rules for procedure not established herein or transmitted to the State Building Code Appeals
not inconsistent with 780 CMR. or With the Board within ten days after the rendering of such
general objectives set forth in'M.G.L. c. 143, decision. If the ~tate Building Code Appeal~
§ 95. . Board disapproves ofthe said'decision'ofthe local
board, it may on its own motion appeal from the
122.7.8 Hearings: All hearings shall be public
decision ofthe local board of appeals according to
and notice of said hearings shall be advertised in
780 CMR·122.0 and call for a hearing de novo.
a newspaper of general circulation in the city,
If the State Building Code Appeals Board does
region or town in which the appeal is taken at
not notifY the local board in writing within 45
least ten days before said hearing. Notice of the
days from the date of the local board's decision,
.hearing, setting forth the date and 'time of said
the said decision shall be' deemed approved; .
hearing, shall be mailed by the local board of
provided that the dedsion shall not conflict with
appeals to all parties and all those who requested
the general objectives of the state building code
notice in writing at least 14 days before said
and the objectives ofM.G.L. c. 143, § 95.
hearing. Said hearings shall be held not later than
30 days after the entry of such appeal, unless such 122.7.13 Enforcement of decision: If said
time is extended by agreement with the appellant. decision is approved by the State Building Code
This ~ectio~ as it ~ertains to notice shall not apply Appeals Board, all parties to the appeal shall take
2/7/97 (Effective.?/28/~?~ 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 31

THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUILDING CODE
•
immediate action in accordance with the decision administering and directing. under the supervision of
of the local board unless the person aggrieved by !he .B.BRS, the. testing and controls for evaluating
such decision appeals to the State Building Code mdlVIdual apphcants, laboratories and firms wishing
Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR 122.0. to become register,ed or licensed.
122.7.14 Review:. Any person, including the
780 CMR 124.0 FIRE PREVENTION -FIRE
State Building Code Appeals Board, aggrieved by
PROTECTION ADVISORY COMMItTEE
a decision of the local board of appeals, whether
or n?t. a previous party to the decision, or any 124.1 Constitution of the Fire Prevention - Fire
mUnicIpal officer or official board of the Protection Advisory Committee: There shall be a
municipality, may, not later than 45 days after the Committee under the control of the BBRS called the
mailing of the decision of the local board, apply Fire Prevention - Fire Protection Advisory
to the State Building Code Appeals Board for a Committee, hereinafter called the FPFP Advisory
hearing de novo before the State Board, in Committee which shall consist of 17 members, two
accordance with the regulations contained in of whom shall be members of the BBRS; one of
780 CMR 122.0. whom shall be the State Fire Marshal or his
designee; one of whom shall be the Commissioner of
780 Cl\1R 123.0 CONSTRUCTION the City of Boston Fire Department or his designee;
MATERIALS SAFETY BOARD all four of whom shall be ex-officio and voting
members of the Committee. and 12 members to be
123.1 Membership: There shall be a board under
appointed by the chairman of the BBRS for a term of
the control of the BBRS called the Construction
one year; two of whom shall be representatives of
Materials Safety Board, hereafter in 780 CMR 123.0
the Fire Chiefs Association of Massachusetts; two of
called the CMSB which shall consist of nine
whom shall be representatives of the Fire Prevention
members, one of whom shall be a member of the
Association of Massachusetts; one of whom shall be
BBRS who shall be ex-officio and a voting member
a representative of the International Municipal
ofthe Board and eight members to be appointed by
Signalmen's Association; one of whom shall be a
the chairman of the BBRS: one of whom shall be a
member of the State Board of Fire Prevention
registered professional engineer who is a structural
Regulations; one of whom shall be a member of the
engineer; one of whom shall be a registered
•
Board of State Examiners of Electricians who
architect; one of whom shall be a representative of
satisfies the requirements of that Board as a systems
a commercial testing laboratory; one of whom shall
contractor holding a certificate C license and is
be a representative of a public testing laboratory;
actively engaged in the business of fire warning
two of whom shall be representatives from the
systems; one of whom shall be a Massachusetts
construction industry; one of whom shall be a
building official; one of whom shall be a
member of a university faculty engaged in research
Massachusetts registered Fire Protection Engineer;
and teaching in structural materials; and one of
one of whom shall be a Massachusetts registered
whom sh~l be a member of a university faculty
professional engineer or architect; one ofwhom shall
engaged In research and teaching in the area of
be a Massachusetts registered professional engineer
theoretical and applied mechanics.
with specific experience in the design and
installation of smoke control systems. and; one of
123.2 Duties: The CMSB will review applications
whom shall be a sprinkler system installer who shall
for registration or licensing of individuals
be certified by the National Institute for Certification
laboratories or firms responsible for the inspection:
in Engineering Technologies (NICET), and; one of
control and testing of construction materials, and
whom shall be a member proposed jointly by the
review applications and pertinent data relevant to all
Massachusetts Burglar and Fire Alarm Association
materials, devices, products and methods of·
and the Automatic Fire Alarm Association and the
construction not.included in 780 CMR; and report-to·
Automatic Fire Alarm Association, New England.
the BBRS their recommendations. The CMSB will
The FPFP Advisory Committee shall elect a
collect information and review cases where
chairman and a vice chairman and each shall serve
disciplinary action against an existing license,
for a term one year.. A member of an. agency or
whether an individual, laboratory or firm, has been
board of the state shall not be eligible for the office
proposed; and make recommendations to the BBRS.
of chairman or vice chairman.
The BBRS will issue applications, receive payment
. for .the r~view of such applications and approvals,
124.2 Purpose: The FPFP A~visory Committee
regIstratIOn and licensing fees, and maintain records
shall review and recommend to the BBRS changes to
for the efficient dispatch of the duties of the CMSB.
780 CMR relating to fire prevention and fire
•
protection and more specifically those matters
123.3 Testing and evaluation groups: The BBRS
contained in 780 CMR 9.
shall establish and maintain testing and evaluation
groups who will have the responsibility of
32 780 CMR .. Sixth Edition 11/27/Q8."

ADMINISTRATION
780CMR 125.0 STRUCTURAL PEER REVIEW members.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE
125.1 Membership: There shall be a Board under 125.3 Purpose: The Structural Peer Review
the control of the BBRS called the Structural Peer Advisory Committee shall mediate any unresolved
Review Advisory Committee, which shall consist of disputes between the engineer of record and the
seven members, six of whom shall be professional reviewing engineer which may result from the
engineelI'S, registered in Massachusetts, each having independent structural engineer review specified in
a minimum of ten years of structural design 780 CMR 110.11.
experience and shall be appointed by the BBRS
from nominations submitted by the Boston 125.4 Procedure: The structurai engineer of record
Association of Structural Engineers, the Boston or the reviewing engineer or the owner or the
Society of Civil Engineers and the American building official shall submit any unresolved
Consulting Engineers Council ofNew England. The disputes cited in Appendix 1-5 (3), to the Structural
seventh member shall be the structural engineer Peer Review Advisory Committee on a form
member of the BBRS who shall serve as chairman provided for this purpose. Said Committee shall
of said Advisory Board. convene a mediation hearing within 30 days from the
receipt of the application and render a decision in
125.2 Quorum: The chairman of said Advisory writing within 30 days following the mediation
Committee shall appoint three of the members to hearing.
mediate the disputes by a majority vote of the three
• 1.1127198. 780 CM~ - Six.th Edition 33 .

780 C?\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
NON-TEXT" PAGE
34 780 CMR .. Sixth Edition

.' .'
217/97 (Effective
.
2/28/97).
•
CHAPTER 2
DEFINITIONS
780 CMR 201.0 GENERAL Admixture: See 780 CMR 1902.0.

201.1 Scope: Unless otherwise expressly stated, the
following words and tenns shall, for the purposes of Aerosol: See 780 CMR 307.2.
780 CJ\.fR, have the meanings shown in 780 CMR 2.
Aerosol cOllltainer: See 780 CMR 301.2.
201.2 Interchangeability: Words used in the
present tense include the future; words used in the Aisie aeeessway: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
masculine gender include the feminine and neuter.
the singular number includes the plural! and the AI,mrm verification: See 780 Cl\iR 902.0.
plural the singular.
Alteration: A clumge or modificaiion ofa bldilding
()V' structure, 01' the service equipment thereof,
201.3 Terms defined in other codes: Where terms
are not defined in 780 CMR and are defined in the that affects safety or health and that is not
plWJ?bing (248 CMR), fire prevention (527 CMR) or dtusified as an ordinary repair.
BOCA mechanical codes or other reference stan-
danis listed in Appendix A, such tenns shall have ARtematingtread stairway: See 780 C.MR 1002.0.
the meanings ascribed to them as in those codes.
AltD1Ulte Inspector: A person appointed to act in
201.4 Terms Dot defined: Where terms are not die absence of the inspector 0/ buildings or
defined through the methods authorized by iodlmng commissioner Bn case of illness,
780 CMR20LO, such tenns shall have the ordinarily disability, or conflicting interest. An alterntlte
•
accepted meanings such as the context implies. iMpector sluUl meet or exceed the minimum
Q84twfications defined by M. GeL. Co 143, § 3 fOI'
dJm inspector ofbuildingsAJuilding commissioner
201.5 Applications ofother laws : Nothi~g herein
cont4ineds1uzJl be deemed to IUlllify any provisions cmd shall be certified in ~cordance with
of the !piling by-laws 0.,.· ordinance of any 1aO CMR R7. See also 780 CMR 105.2
municipality in· the CommolflWealth of
Massachusetts insofar as those provisions deal Anchor: See 780 CMR. 2102.0.
ex.clusivdy with those powen o/regulating zoning
granted by the provisions olM.G.L c:. 40J! and 41 AlIl1chor Store: See 780 CMR.4Q~.2.
orrSt. 1956, te. 665, as amended. .
Approvai: When 8lSed in .780 CMR 35 fop
780 CMR 202.0 GENERAL DEFINITIONS mtlIUlfactlU'ed buildings 01' building components~
approved by the State &tl1'd of Building
Acceleration: See 780 eMR 1612.3. Regulations and StlUltiards, hereinafter knowlfl
dUtheBBRS.
Accepted engineering practice: That which
conforms to accepted principles, tests or standards Approved agency: See 780 CMR 1702.0.
of nationally recognized technical or scientific
authorities.
Approved material, equipm~nt and methods:
Material, equipment and methods evaluated and
Ace~sible: See 780 Cl\1R. 1101.0.
a.pproved (see 780 CMR 109.0).
Accessible route: See 780 Cl\1R.II01.0.
Approved rules: The legally adopted rules of the
code official (see 780 CMR 106.0).
Accessory structure: A building, the occupancy of
whic~ is incidental to that of the main building,
Appurtenant structure: A device or structure
that IS located on the same lot as the main
attached to .the exterior or erected on the roof of a
building.
building designed to support service equipment or
•
used in connection therewith. or for advertising or
Adaptability: See 780 CMRllOl.O.
display purposes. or other similar uses.
Addition: An increase in building area. aggregate
Alrdlitecltural terra cotta: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
floor area, height or number of stories of a
structure (see 780 Cl\fR 3400.3(4».
AIrcea, building: See 780 CMR 502.0.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 35

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE Bun-DING CODE
Area, gross cross-sectional: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Areaway (form of construction): See 780 CMR

3203.2.
Building Co. Enforcement OfficillJ: The term
used to collectively refer to Inspector of
Buildings, Building Commissioners, and Local
Inspectors. All building code enforcement
-e
Attic: See 780 CMR 1202.0. offICials shaH meet or exceed the minimum
qlUlliflCations for the position as defmed by
Automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0. MoG.L c.143, § 3 and shall be certified in
accordance with 780 CMR R7.
Automatic fire suppressio~ system: See 780 CMR
902.0. Building Commissioner: The Administrative chief
ofthe building department in a municipality who
Barricade: See 780 CMR 307.2. is charged with the administration and
enforcement of 780 CMR (See also "Inspector
Base: See 780 CMR 1612.3. ofBuildings" and 780 CMR 105.0). AU building
commissioners shall meet or exeeed the
Base shear: See 780 CMR 1612.3. minimum qUalifICations for the position as
defmed in M.G.L c.143 § 3 andshall be certified
Basement: See 780 CMR 502.0. in accordance with 780 CMR R7.
Bay (part oCa structure): See 780 CMR 1612.3. Building Component: Anysubsystem, subassembly,
or other ~ystem designedfor use in or as part of
B.B.R.S.: .(Massachusetts) Board of Building a structure having concealed elements such as
Regulations and Standards. electric~~ mechanical, plumbing and fire
protection systems and other systems protecting
Bed joint: See 780 CMR 2102.0. health mId safety.
Bleachers: See 780 CMR 1002.0. Building, existing: Any structure occupied prior to
~e date of adoption of the. appropriate code, or
Blocked diaphragm: See 780 CMR 2306.2.
Boiling point: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Box system: A structural system where the vertical

load is carried by bearing walls and structural
one for which a legal building pennit has been
issued. (See also 780 CMR 3400.3.1). For
purposes of energy conservation requirements, a
building which has been legally occupied and/or
used for a period of at least five years.
Building line: The line established by law, beyond

•
framing· and where the lateral stability and
lateral force resisting system consists ofshear which a building shall not extend, except as
walls or braced waiL specificality provided by law.
Brick Building service equipment: The mechanical,

Calcium silicate brick (sand lime brick): See electrical and elevator equipment including
780 CMR 2102.0. piping, wiring, fixtures and other accessories,
Clay or shale: See 780 CMR 2102.0. which provides sanitation, lighting, heating,
Concrete brick: See 780 CMR 2102.0 ventilation, fire protection and transportation
Hollow brick: See 780 CMR 2102.0. facilities essential for the habitable occupancy of
the building or structure for its designated
Building: A structure enclosed within exterior walls occupancy.
or firewalls, built, erected and framed of a
combination ofany materials, whether portable BuDding site: The area occupied by a building or
or fIXed having a roof, to form a structure for structure, including the yards and courts required
the shelter o/persons, animals or property. For for light and ventilation, and such areas that are
the purpose of this definition, "roor shall prescribed for access to the street.
include an awning or similar covering, whether
or notpermanent in nature. The word "building Bulk Merchandizing Retail Building: (See
shall be construed where the context requires as 780 CMR 426.0.) Mercantile Buildings where
though jo//owedfoUowed by the words "or parts sales areas contain:
•
thereor. For application of 780 CMR, each 1. Combustible materials in piles greater
portion of· a building which is completely than 12 feet in height, or combustible
separated from other portions by fire walls materials on pallets, in racks or on shelves
complying with 780 CMR 707.0 shall be where the top of storage is greater than 12
considered as a separate building. feet in height, or

780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFINITIONS
2. Combustible materUds such fJ1S fl'ubber Buttress: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
•
tires, Group A plastics, flammable liquids,
idle panets and commodities with SimilllIl' heat Ceilat': that portion ofa building which is panly
release characteristics, where tl'e top storage or completely belowgrade and having at least ~
is greater than six/en in height. its height below grade,
• 2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition· 36.1

THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUll..DING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
- .

•
DEFINmONS
Cemenntiollls material: See 780 CMR n902.0. ChimDey~ masolllry: See 180 CMR 2102.0.
Central Stillion, Central Station Fire Alarm Systen Closed system: See 780 CMR 307.2.
and Central Station Services: See NFPA 72, as
listed in Appendiz A. CMR.: Code of Massachusetts Regulations;
AppendixA contains a listing ofvarious CMR's
Certificate ofapproval: A written documentfrom jor Massachusetts specialiud codes.
the appropriate code offICial approving an
action, type of1tUlterial, and the like. Code official: See "Building Code Enforcement
O/ficW".
Certificate ofuse and occupancy: The certifreate
. issued by the code offICial which permits the use Combination ofmunicipalities: AWBy two or more
of a building in accordance with the approved cities and/or towns who have agreed to combine
plans and specifu:ations which certifies . in order to share costs necessary for the
compliance with provisions of law for the use administration and enforcement of 780 CMR lUll
and occuPancy ofthe building in its several parts $aid cities and/or towns.
together with any special stipulations or
conditions ofthe building permit. eonar joint: See 780 CMR 2102.9.
Cel1ifICation: Any manufactured building or Combustible dus1l:s: See 780 CMR 307.2.
building component that meets the provisions of
780 CMR 3S and the rules and Fegula/ions Combustible fibers: See 780 CMR 307.2.
pursuant thereto and which has been labeled
accordingly. See also 780 CMR Ri for the Combustible liquids: See 780 CMR 307.2.
cel1ifICation of Building Code Enforcement
OffICials Combustible material: A combustible material is a
material which cannot be classified as non~
Change 0/ use: An alteration by change ofme in combustible in accordance. with 780 CMR
II building heretofore existing to a new use group 704.4.1.1.
which imposes other special provisions ollaw
governing building construction, equipment 01' Compliance assurance program: The system;
means of egress. documentation and methods for assuring that
manufactured buildings, building components,
Child day care center: Any facility opeH'tlted on a building systems and manufactured homes,
regular basis whether known as lH day nursery, including their manufacture, storage transpona c
nursery school, kindergal1en, child plflJl school, tion and assembly, and handling and imtaila c
progressive school child development center, or ttion, conform with 780 CMR JS and the rules
preschool, 01' known under any other name, I2nd regulations promulgatedpursuant thereto.
which receives children not of common
parentage under seven years 01 age Off' omder 16 Commercial Buildilllg: For purposes of energy
yean ofage ifsuch children have special needs conservation requirements only, a commercial
for non-residential custody and care dwing part build;ng is any building other than a low-rise
or all of the day separated from their parents. residential building, as defmed fun 780 CMR 2.0
Child day care centers shall not include: any
pan of ill public school system; an, part of a
private, organized educational system unless the
and 780 CMR. Appendix I, Section J2.0 (See also
Low-rise residential building definition.)
services ofsuch a system are primarily limited to ComQlon path of travel: See 780 CMR 1002.0;
a kindergarten, nursery or related preschool
services; ill Sunday school conducted by a Compressed gas: See 780 CMR 307.2.
religious institution,· a fl8ciJity operated by
religious organization where children art cared C@l!llcrete: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
jor during shon periods of time while persons
responsible for such children are attending C@!l1crete, reinforced: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
religious services; a family day care home, as
defined by M. G.L. Co 28A, § 9; an informal C@unedor: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
cooperative arrangement among neighbors or
relatives; 01' the occasional care ofchildren with
•
Construction documents: All of the written,
or without compensation therefor. graphic and pictorial documents prepared or
assembled foil' describing the design, location and
Chimney: See 780 CMR2102.0.
2120/98 (Effective 3/1198) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 37

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUD..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE Bun..DING CODE
-e
physical characteristics of the elements of the of Massachusetts, and shall be used to treat
project necessary for obtaining a building permit. individutlls acceptable to the program in
The construction drawings shall be drawn to an accordance with 105 CMR 160.000.
appropriate scale.
Diaphragm: See 780 CMR 1612.3, 2102.0 and
Construction, type of: See 780 CMR 602.0. 2306.2.
Type 1: See 780 CMR 603.0.
Type 2: See 780 CMR. 603.0. Dimensions, nominal: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Type 3: See 780 CMR 604.0.
Type 4: See 780 CMR 605.0. Dispensing: See 780 CMR 307:2.
Type 5: See 780 CMR 606.0
Door assembly, fire: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Control area: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Door, fire: See 780 CMR. 702.0.
Corridor: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
DPS: See "Department".
Corrosive: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Draftstopping: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Court: See 780 eMR 1202.0.
Inner: See 780 GMR 1202.0. Dumbwaiter: See 780 CMR 30.
Outer: See 780 CMR. 1202.0.
.Dwellings
Court width: See 780 CMR 1202.0. Boarding house: See 780 CMR 310.2.
Dormitory: See 780 CMR. 310.2.
Cryogenic liquids (OammabRe or oxidizing): See Dwelling unit: See 780 CMR 310.2.
780 CMR. 307.2. Hotel: See 780 CMR 310.2.
Motel: See 780 C:MR. 310.2.
Curb level: See 780 CMR 3203.2. Multipleufamny dWelling: See 780 CMR 310.2.
•
BuDding or wall height: See 780 CMR 3203.2. Multiple single-family dwelling: See 780 CMR
310.2.
Damper, fire: See 780 CMR 702.0. One-family dweUing: See 780 CMR 310.2.
Two-family dwelling: See 7~0 CMR 310.2.
Day care center (child): See "Child dily care
center". Effective height: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
DeOagration: See 780 CMR 307.2. Elevator: 780 CMR30 and 524 CMR.
Freight elevator: See 524 CMR 17.00
Deluge system: See 780 C:MR 902.0. Hand elevator: See 524 CMR 18.00
Hydraulic elevator: See 524GMR
DepIlI1ment: (DPS): The Department of Public Passenger elevator: See S24CMR 17.00
Safety, Division ofInspection. Power elevator: See S24CMR.
Sidewalk elevator: See 524CMR 20.00
Design earthquake: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Elevator repairs: 780 CMR 30 and 524 CMR.
Designated seismic systems: See 780 eMR. 1612.3.
Emergency control station: See 780 CMR 416.2.
Detached storage building: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Equipment, existing: Any equipment regulated by
Detector, heat: See 780 CMR 902.0. 780 eMR which was legally installed prior to the
effective date of 780 CMR, or for which a permit
Detector, smoke: See 780 CMR 902.0. to install has been issued.
Detonation: See 780 CMR 307.2. Escalator: 780 CM:R 30 and 524 CMR.
Detoxification facility: A facility licensed or Exit: See 780 CMR 1002.0.

operated by the Department of Public Health,
•
Division of Alcoholism in accordance with Exit access: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
105 CMR 160.000: Acute Care Inpatient
Substance Abuse Detoxification Treatment Exit discharge: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Services issued by the Department of Public
Health, Division ofAlcoholis~ Commonwealth Exit discbarg~ level of: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
38 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DKNG REGULATION's AND STANDARDS
DEFINITIONS
•
Exi4 horizontal: See 780 CMR 1002.0. Fnreresistance: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Explosive: See 780 CMR 307.2. FArerresnstance mUng: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Exterior envelope: See 780 CMR 1302.0. Firestopping: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Exterior wan finish: See 780 CMR 1402.0. Fire separation assembly: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Fabric awning: See 780 CMR 1609.2. Fire separation distilnce: The distance in feet
measHAred from the building face to the closest
Fabric anopy: See 780 CMR 1609.2. interior lot line, to the center line of OJ street or
public way or to an imagintlry line between two
Fabricated item: See 780 CMR 1702.0. buildings on the same properly.
Fabrication area: See 780 CMR 416.2. Flame spread: See 780 CMR 802.0.
Fire alarm box, manual: See 780 CMR 902.0. Flame spread rating: See 780 CMR 802.0.
Fire area: See 780 CMR 702.0. Flamer~istance: See 780 CMR 802.0.
Fire command station: See 780 CMR 902.0. Flammable: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Fire detector, automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0. Flammable compressed gas: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Fire hazard: The potential degree of fire severity Flammable Uquids: See 780 CMR 307.2.
based on the occupancy of a structure, classified
as high, moderate or low. Flammable soUd: See 780 CMR 307.2.
High: AIl occupancies which involve the storage,
•
sale manufacture or processing of highly Flash point: See 780 CMR 307.2.
combustible, volatile flammable or explosive
products which are capable of burning with Floor ~H'ea, gross: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
extreme rapidity and produce explosions or large
volumes of smoke, poisonous fumes or gases in Floor area, ·net: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
the event of fire.
Moderate: All occupancies which involve the Floor finish: See 780 CMR 802.0.
storage, sale, manufacture or processing of
materials which are capable of burning with Frame
moderate rapidity and a considerable volume of Bn«:ed: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
smoke, but which do not produce either poisonous ConcentricaUy braced fframe: See 780 CMR
fumes or explosions. in the event of fire. 1612.3.
Low: All occupancies which involve the storage, EccentricalUy braced frame: See 780 CMR
sale or manufacture of materials that do not 1612.3.
ordinarily bum rapidly, nor produce excessive Diagonal brace: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
smoke, poisonous fumes or explosions in the Lateral support members: See 780 CMR
event of fire. 1612.3.
Link beam: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Fire partition: See 780 CMR 702.0. . Link beam end web stiffeners: See 780 CMR .
1612.3.
Fire protection: The provision of construction Linlk beam intermediate web stiffener: See
safeguards and exit facilities; and the installation 780 CMR 1612.3.
of fire alann, fire-detecting and fire-extinguishing Link beam rotation angle: See 780 CMR
service equipment to reduce the fire risk, 1612.3.
including the risk involved in the spread of fire by Intermediate moment frame: See 780 CMR
exterior exposure to and from adjoining buildings 1612.3.
and structure. Ordinary moment frame: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Space frame: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Fire protection rating: See 780 CMR 702.0. Special moment frame: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
• Fire protection system: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Fire window: See 780 CMR 702.0.
'}j7J97 (Effective 2/28/9?) .

Frame system
BuiRding: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Danall: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
.78Q CMR - Sixth Edition .' 39

THE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUILDING CODE
•
Moment resisting: See 780 CMR 1612.3. Manlifts: See 524 CMR.
Garage t private: See 780 CMR 407.2. Hoisting and elevating equipment, miscellaneous:
See 524 CMR.
Garage, public: See 780 CMR 408.2.
Incompatible materials: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Grade hallway, grade lobby, grade passageway:
See 780 CMR 1002.0. Inspection t special: See 780 CMR 1705.
Grade plane: See 780 CMR 502.0. Inspector ofbuildings: The administrative chiefof
the building del,artment in a municipality who is
Grandstand: See 780 CMR 1002.0. charged with the administration and
enforcement of 780 CMR. (See also uBuilding
Greenhouse: See 780 CMR 3602. commissioner and Building Code Enforcement
Official"). All inspectors ofbuildings shall meet
Gross leasable area: See 780 CMR 402.2. or exceedthe minimum qualifications defined by
M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and shall be certified in
Habitable space: Space in a structure for living, accordance with 780 CMR R7.
sleeping, eating, or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet
compartments, closets, halls, storage or utility Installing Cpntractor: an individual or firm duly
space and similar areas are not considered licensed to install apparatus, appliances, devices
habitable space. . or accessories relative to Heating, pumping,
process piping and refrigeration systems. (See
Hazard Index: See 780 CMR 3401.0 780 CMR 2801.2.1 and 1301.1.1).
Master and Journeyman Pipefitters:
Hazardous materials: See 780 CMR 307.2. M.G.L c. 146, §§ 81,82,83, 84, 85, 87 and 89.
528 CMR 10.00,11.00, and 13.00
Hazardous production material (HPM): See
Master and Journeyman Refrigeration
780 CMR 416.2.
Technician:
•
M.G.L. c. 146, § 4SA, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
. Head joint: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
88 and 89.
528 CMR 10.00, 11.00 and 13.00
Header (Bonder): See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Exception: heating, pumping, process piping
Health hazard: See 780 CMR 307.2. and refrigeration systems regulated by M.G.L.
c. 142, §§ 4 alld 13, State Board of Examiners
Heated space: See 780 CMR 1302.0. ofPlumbers.
Height:" Inverted pendulum-type structures: See 780 CMR

Building: See 780 CMR 502.0. 1612.3.
Court: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Story: See 780 CMR 502.0. Irritant: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Walls: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Jurisdiction: The governmental unit which has a-
Hereafter: After .the time that 780 CMR becomes dopted 780 CMR under due legislative authority.
effective.
Label: See 780 CMR 1702.0.
Heretofore: Before the time that 780 CMR became
effective. Light-framed wall with shear panels: See
780 CMR 1612.3.
Higb-temperature energy source: See 780 CMR
1612.3. Listed and Listnng: Terms referring to equipment
which is shown in a list published by an approved
Highly toxic: See 780 CMR 307.2. testing agency qualified and equipped for
experimental testing and maintaining an.adequate
Hoist, material platform: See 780 CMR 3002.0. periodic inspectio~' of current productions and
whose listing states that the equipment complies
Hoisting and conveying equipment, special: See with nationally recognized standards, when
•
524CMR. installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
Automotive lift: See 524 CMR. installation instructions.
Conveyors: See 524 CMR.
Freight lift: See 524 CMR. Load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
40 780 .cMR -·Sixth.Edition " J 1/27/98, .

DEFINITIONS
Dead load: See 180 CMR1602.0. lLateral soil load: See 7S0 CMR 1602.0.
Duration of load: See 780 CMR 1602.0. Live load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Earthquake load: See 180 CMR 1602.0. Wind load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Impact load: See 780 CMR. 1602.0.
Internal load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
• 2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 40.1

NON-TEXT PAGE
40.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/20/98 (Effective 3/1198)

•
DEFThTITIONS
ILoadbearing waU system: See 780 CMR ll612.3. Muonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Ashlar facing masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Local enforcement agency: A department Of Ashlar masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
agency in a municipality charged with the Solid masolllry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
enforcement of 180 CMR and appropriate
specialized codes which include, but afe not Muonry limit
limited to, 248 CMR: The State Plumbing and Clay: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Gas Fitting Code, and 527 CMR 12.00: the State Concrete: See 780 CMR2102.0.
Electrical Code. Hollow: See 780 CMIR 2102.0.
Solid: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Local inspector: A person in the municipality who
assists the building commissioner or inspector of Means of egress: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
buildings in the perfomumce ofhis or her duties
and is charged with the enforcement of Member:
780 eMIt. All local inspectors shall meet or Primary: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
exceed the minimum qualifications defmed by Secondary: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
Me G.L c.. 143, § j and shall be certified in
accordan.ce with 780 CMR R7. Membrane: See 780 CMR 3103.2.
Lot: A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit. Membralme structures:

Air·inflated structure: See 780 CMR. 3103.2.
Lot, ~omer: A lot with two adjacent sides abutting Air-slllpported structure: See 780 CIvIR. 3103.2.
upon streets or other public spaces. Double skilll: See 780 CMR 3103.2.
Single skin: See 780 CMR3103.2.
Lot, interior: A lot which faces on one street or with Cable-restrained, air-supportedl structure: See
opposite sides on two streets. 780 CMR 3103.2.
Membnne-covered table structure: See
Lot line: A line dividing one lot from another, or 780 Crvm. 3103.2.
from a street or any public place.
•
Membrane-covered frame structure: See
780 Crvrn. 3103.2.
Lot Ime, interior: Any lot line other than one Noncombustible membrane structure: See
adjoining a street or public space. 780 CMR 3103.2.
1rermt: See 780 CMR 3103.2.
Lot line, street: The lot line dividing a lot from a
street or other public way. Mez:zaillillle: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Lowarise residential building: For pmp()ses of Mobile home: A structure transportable in one Off
energy conservation requirements only, more sectiolU, which is eight bodyfeet or more
residential occupancy buildings (R..2, R 3, R4, or
a
in width and is 32 bodyfeet or more in length,
R..5) three stories or less in height (Exception: for eli which is built on a permanent chassis, flnd
purposes ofenergy conservation requirements, Roo designed to be used as a dwelling with
1 USE GROUP buildings shall be treated as permanent foundation, when connected to the
commercial bUildings). rrequired/flcilities, and includes the plumbing,
heating, air-conditioning and electrical systems
Main windforce-resistirig system: See 780 CJMR contained therein.
16.
Mortar: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Mall: See 780 CMR 402.2.
M@nar, surface-bondhng: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
MaRn building, covered: See 780 CMR 402.2.
M@ving walk: See 780 CMR 30.
Manufactured building: Any building which has
concealed elements, such as electrical, N(jJdve lumber: Native lumber is wood processed m
mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, ghe Commonwealth ofMassachllSetts by IX mill
insulation and other systems affecting health registered in accordance with 780 CMR R4.·
and safety, and which is manufactured and Such wood is ungraded but is stamped or
•
assembled in manufacturingfacilities, on or off certified in accordance wuh the requirements of
the building site.. Also, any building as defmed 780 CMR R4. For the purpose ofthis definition,
above which does not have concealed elements, . llNative lumber shall be restricted to the use in
but which has been approved by the BBRS at the
request of/he manufacturer.

one- and two-story dwellings, barns, sheds, Panel (part of a structure): See 780 CMR 1602.0.
agricwmrmanda«usorybunmngsando~u
structures when permitted by 780 CMR R4. Particleboard: See 780 CMR 2302.1.
. Nominal dimension Penthouse: See 780 CMR 1502.1.

Lumber: See 780 CMR 2302.0.
Permit: An official document or certificate issued by
Noncombustible: This is a general, relative term. Its the authority having jurisdiction which authorizes
precise meaning is defined in 780 CMR for perfonnance ofa specified activity (see 780 CMR
specific applications. 111.1).
Noncombustible building material: See 780 CMR Person: Includes a corporation, fmn, partnership,
704.4.1.1 association, organization and any other group
acting as a unit as well as individuals. It shall
Occupancy: The purpose for which a building or also include an executor, administrator, trustee,
portion thereof is used. receiver or other representative appointed accord-
ing to law. Whenever the word "person" is used in
Occupancy, change of: A change in the purpose or any section of 780 CMR prescribing a penalty or
level of activity within a structure that involves a [me, as to partnerships or associations, the word
change in application of the requirements of shall include the partners or members thereof, and
780CMR. as to corporations, shall include the officer, agent
or members thereof who are responsible for any
Occupant load: See 780 CMR 1002.0. violation of such section..
Occupiable space: See 780 CMR 1202.0. Physical hazard: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Occupied: As applied to a building, shall be Physically disabled person: See 780 CMR 11.
•
construed as though followed by the words "or
intended, arranged or designed to be occupied." Place ofassembly: A room or space accommoda-
ting 50 or more individualsfor religious, recrea-
Official Interpretation: A written interpretation of tional, educational, political, social or amuse-
any provision of 780 CMR, or to its referenced ment purposes, orfor lite consumption offood
standards listed in Appendix A, except or drink, including all connected rooms or space
specialized codes, made by the BBRS, under with a common means ofegress and entrance.
au~oriJy of M.G.L c. 143, § 94(e), or by the
State Building Code Appeals Board under Place of outdoor assembly: Premises used or
authority 0/M. G.L c. 143, § 100. intended to be usedfor public gatherings 0/200
or more individuals in other than buildings.
Op~n system: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Plastic
Organic peroxide: See 780 CMR 307.2. Light·diffusing system: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Plastic glazing: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Oriel window: See 780 CMR 3203.2. Plastic roof panels: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Plastic waD panels: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Owner: Every person wllo alone or jointly or Reinforced plastic, glass fiber: See 780 CMR
severally with others (a) has legal title to any 2602.0.
building or structure; or (b) lias care, charge, or Thermoplastic material: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
control 0/ any building or structure in any Th~rmosetting material: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
capacity including but not limited to agent,
executor, executrix, administrator, administra- Platform: See 780 CMR 412.2.
trix, trustee or guardian of the estate of the
1I0ider oflegal title; or (c) lessee under a written Plenum: An enclosed portion of tke building
letter agreement; or (d) mortgagee in possession; structure, so designed to aI/ow the movement ofair,
or (e) agent, trustee or other person appointed by that forms part 0/ an air distribution system. See
the courts. Each suc" person is bound to comply BOCA National Mechanical Code listed in
•
with tI,e provisions of 780 CMR. Appendix A.
Oxidizer: See 780 CMR 307.2. Pools, swimming, 'hot tubs and spas
Above-groundlon-ground pool: See 780 CMR
P-Delta effect: See 780 CMR 1612.3. 421.2.
Barrier: See 780 CMR 421.2.

780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFINITIONS
• Hot tub: See 780 CMR 421.2.

In-ground pool: See 780 CMR 421.2.
Private swimming pool: See 780 CMR 421.2.

Private swimming pool, indoor: See 780 CMlR
421.2.
Private swimming pool, outdoor: See 780 CMR
Roof: See 780 CMR 1502.0.
Roof ~overing: See 780 CMR 1502.0.
Roof stmcture: See 780 CMR 1502.0.
Rubble masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.

421.2. COUIrSOO rubble: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Random rubble: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Public swimming pool: Rough or ordinary rubble: See 780 CMR
Public outdoor inground swimming pool, Semi- 2102.0.
public outdoor inground swimming pooJ: See
780 CMR421.2. Running bond: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Spa: See 780 ~MR 421.2.
Seismicaresisting system: See 780 CMR 1612.3
Preaction system: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Self'DdosHlI1g: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Premises: A lot, plot or parcel of land, including any
structure thereon. Sensitizer: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Preservative treatment (treated material): See Service passage, RPM: See 780 CMR 416.2.
780 CMR 2302.0.'
Shaft: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Protected construction: See 780 CMR 702.0..
Shall: The term, where used in 780 CMR, shall be
Public way: See 780 CMR 1002.0. construed as mandatory.
Pyrophoric: See 780 CMR 307.2. Shear waH: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
• Radioactive material: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Registered design professional: An architect or

engineer registered or licensed to practice profes-
sional architecture or engineering, as defined by
the statutory requirements of the professional
Sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Closed sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Grolill!llld sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Marquee sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Open sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Portable sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
registration laws of the Commonwealth of Projecting sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Massachusetts. Roolfsign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Temporary sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Repair: The reconstruction or renewal of any part of Wan sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
an existing· structure for the purpose of its
maintenance. SingBe membrane penetration: See 780 CMR
702.0.
Repairs, ordinary: Any maintenance which does
not affect the structure, egress, fire protection Site: A parcel of land bounded by a lot line or a
systems, fire ratings, energy conservation designated portion of a public right-of-way.
provisions, plumbing, sanitary, gas, electrical or
other utilities. A building permit "is not required . Slidescape:" See 780 CMR 1002.0.
for ordinary repairs (also see 780 CMR 903.1,
Exceptions 1 and 2). Smoke banner: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Required: Shall be construed to be mandatory by Smoke compartment: See 780 CMR 702.0..
provisions of 780 CMR.
Smoke detector~ multiple station: See 780 CMR
. Resilient ·stable..mounting system: See 780 CMR 902.0.
1612.3.
Smoke detedor, single station~ See 780 CMR
•
Restraining device: See 780 CMR 1612.3. 902.0.
Elastic: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Fixed: See 780 CMR 1612.3. Smoke detector, system type: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Seismic activated: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
1'1/27/98 780 CMR - Sixth Edition . ..43

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..,DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BU~DING CODE
Specialized code: All bUilding codes, rules or RPM cutoff room: See 780 CMR 416.2.
regulations pertaining to building construction, RPM inside room: See 780 CMR 416.2.
reconstruction, alteration, repair or demolition
promulgated by and under the authority of the Story: See 780 CMR 502.0.
various agencies which have been authorized
from time to time by the General Court of the Story above grade: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Commonwealth ofMassachusetts.
Story drift ratio: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Sprinkler: See 780 CMR 902.0
Story shear: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Sprinkler system, automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Street: A public thoroughfare (such as a street,
Sprinkler system, limited area: See 780 CMR avenue or boulevard) which has been dedicated
902.0. for public use.
Stack bond: See 780 CMR 2102.0. Structure: A combination of materials assembled at
a fixed location to give support or shelter, such as
Stage: See 780 CMR 412.2. a building, framework, retaining wall, tent,
reviewing stand, platfo~, bin, fences over six
Stage, legitimate: See 780 CMR 412.2. feet high, sign, flagpole, recreational tramway,
mast for radio antenna, or the like. The word
Stage, regular: See 780 CMR 412.2. "structure" shall be construed, where the context
requires, as though followed by the words, "or
Stage, thrust: See 780 CMR 412.2. part or parts thereof."
Stairway: See 780 CMR 1002.0. Structure, existing: A structure erected prior to the
date of adoption of the appropriate code or one for
Standpipe system: See 780 CMR 902.0. which a legal building pennit has been issued.
See 780 CMR 34' for further information
•
State Building Code: The illassachusetts State regarding existing buildings.
Building Code and amendments and rules and
regulations thereto as promulgated by the State Supervisory device: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Board of Building Regulations and Standards,
under M.G.L c. 143 §§ 93 through 100. Through-penetration protection system: See
780 CMR 702.0.
State Inspector: An employee of the Division of
Inspection, State Department of Public Safety, Tie, wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
who is charged with administrating and
enforcing 780 CMR relative to any structure or Tile: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
building or parts thereof that are owned by the
Commonwealth or any departments, Tile, structural clay: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
commissions, agencies or authorities of the
Commonwealth. The state inspector is also Tires, bulk storage of: See 780 CMR 307.2.
charged with supervising the enforcement of
780 CMR relative to all buildings and structures Travel Trailer: A vehicular, portable structure
other than those owned by the Commonwealth. built on a chassis and designed to be used for -
See also 780 CMR 107.0. temporary occupancy for travel, recreational or
vacational use; with the manufacturer's perm-
Steel construction, cold-formed: See 780 CMR anent identification {{Travel Trailer," thereon;
2202.0. and when factory equippedfor the road, being of
any length provided its gross weight does not
Steel joist: See 780 CMR 2202.0. exceed 4500 pounds, or being ofany weight pro-
vided its overall length does not exceed 28 feet.
Steel member, structural: See 780 CMR 2202.0.
Use group: The classification of an occupancy in
Stone masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0. accordance with 780 CMR 302.1.
Stone masonry, ashlar: See 780 CMR 2102.0. Vapor retarder: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Stone masonry, rubble: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Storage room, RPM, separate inside: See

780 CMR 416.2.
44 ..
Ventilation: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 11/27/98

•
'.
DEFINITIONS
Vertical opening: See 780 CMR 702.0. Winder: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Voice/alarm signaling system: See 780 CMR Wood shear panel: See 780 CMR 2304.2.
902.0.
Writing (written): The tenn shall be construed to
Wan' include hand~writing, tYPewriting, printing, photo
Apron wall: See 780 CMR 1402.0. offset or any other fonn of reproduction in legible
Cavity wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0. symbols or characters.
Composite wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Dry-stacked!, surface-bonded walls: See
780 CMR2102.0. Written notice: A notification in writing delivered
Faced wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0. in person to the individual 01' parties intended;
Fire separation wall: See 780 CMR 702.0. or delivered at, or sent by certified or registered
Fire wall: See 780 CMR 702.0. mail to the last residential or b84Siness address of
Foundation wall: See 780 CMR 1812.2. legal record.
Honow wall: See 780 CMR 2 I02.0.
LoadbearingwaU: See 780 CMR 1602.1. Wythe: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
. Nonloadbearing wall: See 780 CMR 1602.1.
Parapet wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0. Yard: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Party wall: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Retaining wall: See 780 CMR 1812.2. Zoning: The reservation of certain specified areas
Skeleton or panel wall: See 780 CMR 1402.0. within a community or city for buildings and
Spandrel wall: See 780 CMR 1402.0. structures, or use of land, for certain purposes
Veneered Wall: See 780 CMR 1402.0 with other limitations such as height, lot coverage .
and other stipulated requirements. (See M.O.L.
Water-reactive materials: See 780 CMR 307.2. c. 40A and S1. 1956, c. 665, as amended.) .
Water supply, automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 45

780 C1vfR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE Bun.DING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
CHAPTER 3
USE OR OCCUPANCY
780 CMR 301.0 GENERAL comply with 780 C:MR. 302.1.1.

301.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 Cl\dR 3 shall
control the classification of all 'buildings and Table 302.1J.
structures as to use group. SPECD1C OCCUPANCY AREAS
6
Room or area Separationa'protection
301.2 Application of othel!" Jaws: The provisions of All use groups:
780 CMR 3 shall not be deemed to nullify any Paint shops in occupancies oth- 2 hours~ or J hour and
er than Use Group F employ· automatic fU'C sup-
.provisions of the zoning law, ordinance of any ing hazardous materials in pression system
_1
municipality in the Commonwealth of quantities less than those which
MtUsfJCwetts, or any other statute of the cause classification as Use
. jurisdiction pertaining to the location or occupancy GroupH .
ofbuildings, except as is specifically required by the
provisions of780 CMR.
Waste and soiled linen chute 1 hour
786 CMR 302.0 CLASSIFICATION access rooms
rif!III.=.i.I~1l"I~J~lt.~.~ri:~~~;'
302.1 General: Ali structures shall be classified
with respect to occupancy in one or more ofthe use
groups listed below. Where a structure is proposed Incinerator rooms hours and automatic
2 fire
for a purpose which is not specificaUy provided for suppression system .
in 780 CMR, such structure shall be classified in the
Use Groups A. B. E. I-I. R-I, 1 hour, or automatic fire
use group which the occupancy most nearly R·2: suppression system
resembles. Storage rooms more than SO with smoke partitions
1. Assembly: Use Groups Ao!, Ao2, square feet in area bUl not
(see 780 CMR 303.0) Ao3, Ac4 and AoS more than 100 square feet in
area
-
2. Business: UseGroupB
(see 780 CMR 304.0)
3. Educational: UseGroupE
(see 780 CMR. 305.0)
4. Factory and Industrial: Physical plant maintenance 2 hours~ or 1 hour and au-
(see 780 CMR 306.0) shop and workshop tomatic fire suppression
S. High Hazard Use Groups HoI, H-2, system
(see 780 CMR 307.0): R 3 andH4
a
6. Institutional: Use Groups I-I, Ja2 and Use Groups I~2. 1·3: 1 hour and automatic fire -
Boiler and furnace rooms suppression system
(see 780 CMR. 308.0) 1-3
~~
7. Mercantile: UseGroupM
(see 780 CMR 309.0)
8. Residential: UsecnoupsR·I,R-2.R.
(see 780 CMR310.0) 3, R-4 mdR-S Laundries greater than 100 1 hoW" and automatic fire
9. Storage: Use Groups Sol and S-2
(see 780 CMR. 311.0)
10. Utility and MiscelJane-- Use Group U
ous (see 780 CMR. 312.0)
J01.1I..~ Specific occupsncy arus: Specific Storage rooms more than 100 1 hour and automatic fire
occupancy areas which are incidental to the main square feet in area suppression system
use group shall be separated and protected in
1111.1• •i'I(I;.I.l~:·t~l~
accordance with Table 302.1.1 and shall be
classified in accordance with the main use group Use Group I~2:
Giftlretail shops and laborator- I hoW"; or automatic fire
oftile portion ofthe building in which the specific ies employing hazardous suppression system with
occupancy area is located. Where the building, or quantities less than those which smoke partitions
portion thereof, containing the specific occupancy cause elassificlllion as Use
area is required to be protected with an automatic GroupH
fire suppression system: the separation altemative
Use Group 1-3 padded cells I hour and a.utomatic fire
ofTable 302.1.1 shall not apply. system
Exception: Specific occupancy areas within . Note a. For requirements for flreresistance rated
and serving a dwelling unit are not required to sepurntions and smoke partitions see 780 CI"fR 302. !. !. !.
Note b. 1 square foot =0.093 m"'.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) _ corrected 780 CMR Sixth Edition

0 47
THE MASS.ACHUSETIS STATE BUILDING CODE
302.1.1.1 Separation: Where Table 302.1.1 780 CMR 303.0 ASSEMBLY USE
requires a fireresistance rated separation, the GROUPS
specific occupancy area shall be separated from 303.1 General: All structures which are designed or
the remainder of the building with fire occupied for the gathering together of persons for
separation assemblies (see 780 C,rvrn. 709.0). purposes such as civic, social or religious functions,
Where Table 302.1.1 requires smoke partitions, recreation, food or drink consumption or awaiting
the smoke partitions shall be constructed of transportation, shall be classified as Use Group A-I,
materials consistent with the type of A-2, A-3, A-4 or A-5. A room or space used for
construction and shall be capable of resisting assembly purposes by less than 50 persons and
the passage of smoke. The smoke partitions which is accessory to another use group shall be
shall extend from the floor to the underside of included as a part of that main use group. Other
the fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or buildings or structures which accomodate less than
roof/ceiling assembly or to the underside ofthe 50 but would otherwise qualify as places of
floor or roofdeck above. All doors shall be self- assembly, shall be classified in Use Group B. The
closing or automatic-closing upon detection of teon "Use Group A" shall include Use Groups A-I,
smoke. A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5.
- 302.1.2 Accessory areas: Except for accessory
303.2 Use Group A-I, theaters: This use group
areas of Use Group H in accordance with
shall include all theaters and all other-buildings and
780 CMR 302.1.2.1 and specific occupancy areas
structures intended for the production and viewing
indicated in 780 CMR 302.1.1, where the area ofperforming arts or motion pictures; and which are
devoted to an accessory· occupancy does not
usually provided with fixed seats-including theaters,
occupy more than 10% of any fire area nor more
motion picture theaters and television and radio
than 10% of the allowable area permitted by
studios admitting an audience. Stages and platforms
780 CMR 503.0 based on the accessozy use group, shall comply with 780 CMR 412.0.
a fire separation assembly shall not be required
between the main use group and accessory areas.
•
303.3 Use Group A-2 structures: This use group
The required type of construction and the
shall include all buildings and places of public
automatic fire suppression requirements in
assembly, without theatrical stage accessories,
780 CMR 904.0 shall be based on the main use
designed for occupancy as dance halls, nightclubs
group of the fire area.
and for similar purposes, including all rooms,
302.1.2.1 High-hazard uses: In buildings that lobbies and other spaces cOIUlected thereto with a
are three stories or less in height and equipped common means ofegress and entrance.
throughout with an automatic suppression
system in accordance with 780 CMR 9, an 303.4 Use Group A-3 structures: This use group
occupancy in Use Group F or S is pennitted to shall include all buildings with or without an
have accessory areas of Use Group H-2, H-3 or auditorium in. which persons assemble' for
H-4, provided that such areas do not occupy amusement, entertainment or recreation purposes as
more than 10% of any fire area nor more than well as incidental motion picture, dramatic or
10% of the allowable area pennitted by theatrical presentations, lectures or other similar
780 CMR 503.0 based on the use group of the purposes without theatrical stage other than a raised
accessory area. Afire separation assembly shall platform; and which are principally occupied
not be required between the F or S use group without permanent seating facilities, including art
and the accessory H use group. The maximum galleries, exhibition halls, museums, lecture halls,
quantity of hazardous materials within the' libraries, restaurants other than nightclubs, and rec-
accessory H use group shall not exc~ twice reation centers; and buildings designed for similar
the pennitted exempt amount specified in Table assembly purposes, including passenger terminals.
307.8(1) or Table 307.8(2). The required type of
construction shall be based on the main use 303.5 Use Group A-4 structures: This use group
group oftheflre area. shall include all buildings and structures which are
occupied exclusively for the purpose of worship or
302.2 Mixed use: All buildings and structures that other religious services. .
include more than one use group shall be further
designated as a mixed use and shall comply with 303.6 Use Group A-S, outdoor assembly: This me
780 CMR 313.0. Specific occupancy areas and group shall include structures utilized for outdoor
•
accessory areas complying with 780 CMR 302.1.1 assembly intended for participation in or reviewing
and 302.1.2, respectively, shall be classified in activities, including grandstands (780 CMR 1013.0),
accordance with the main use group. bleachers (780 CMR 1013.0), coliseums, stadiums,
amusement park structures (780 CMR 413.0) and
fair or carnival structures. Such structures shall
comply with all pertinent provisions of 780 CMR.

USE OR OCCUPANCY
• 780 CMR 304.0 BUSINESS USE GROUP

304.1 General: All buildings and structures which
are occupied for the transaction of business, for the
rendering of professional services, or for other
services that involve stocks of goods, wares or
merchandise in limited quantities which are
industrial laboratories and all other industrial and
manufacturing occupancies. The tenn "Use Group
F" shall include Use Groups F-l and F-2.
306.2 Use Group Fal· stll"Uctures: Factory and

industrial occupancies which are not otherwise
incidental to office occupancies or sampl~ purposes, classified as low-hazard, Use Group F-2, shall be
shall be classified as Use Group B. (Also see classified as a moderate-hazard factory and
780 CMR 303.1.) industrial occupancy, Use Group F-l. The
manufacturing processes listed in Table 306.2 are
304.2 List of business occupancies: The indicative of and shall be classified as Use Group Fa
occupancies listed in Table 304.2 are indicative of 1.
and shall be classified as Use Group B.
TabDe306.2
Table 304.2 MODERATE-HAZARD FACTORY AND
BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES
~irport traffic control Fire stations Aircraft Film, photographic
towers Florists and nurseries Appliances Food processing
Animal hospitals, kennels, Laboratories; testing and Athletic equipment Furniture
pounds research Automobiles and other motor Hemp and jute products
Automobile and other Laundries; pickup and vehicles Laundries
motor vehicle showrooms delivery stations and Bakeries Leather and tanneries, ex-
Banks self-service Beverages, alcoholic eluding enameling or
Barber shops Police stations Bicycles japanning
Beauty shops Post offices Boat building Machinery
Car wash Print shops Boiler works Millwork and woodworking,
Civic administration Professional services; attor- Brooms or brushes wood distillation
Clinic, outpatient ney, dentist, physician, Business machines Motion picture and television
Dry-cleaning; pickup and engineer, etc. Cameras and photo equipment filming
•
delivery stations and Radio and television Canneries, including food Musical instruments
self-service stations products Optical goods
Electronic data processing Telecommunications Clothing . Paper mills or products
equipment building Condensed and powdered Plastic products
milk manufacture Printing or publishing
Construction and agricultural Recreational vehicles
780 CMR 305..0 EDUCATIONAL USE machinery Refuse incinerators
GROUP . Disinfectants Shoes
305.1 General: All structures other than those Dry cleaning using other than Soaps and detergents
occupied for business training or vocational training, flammable liquids in clean- Sugar refuieries
ing or dyeing operations or Textile mills, including
which accommodate more than five persons for other than classified in 780 canvas, cotton, cloth,
educational purposes through the 12th grade, shall CMR 307.0 bagging, burlap, carpets
be classified as Use Group E. Electric light plants and and rags
Exception: A room or space occupied for 'power houses Tobacco
educational purposes by less than 50 persons, five Electrolytic reducing works Trailers
Electronics Upholstery and manufacturing
years of age or more, and which is accessory to Engines, including rebuilding shops
another use group shall be classified as a part of
the main use group. 306.3 Use Group F-2 structures: Factory and
305.11..1 Day care facilities: A child day care industrial occupancies which mvolve the fabrication
center which provides care for children more or manufacturing ofnoncombustible materials that,
than two years nine months shall be cl(JJSsified as during finishing, packing or processing, do not
fJ4Se Group E. contribute to a significant fire hazard, shall be
classified as Use Group FaZ. The manufacturing
305.2 Business or vocational trainilllg: Structures processes listed in Table 306.3 are indicative of and
occupied for business training or vocationai training shall be classified as Use Group F-2.
shall be classified in the same use group as the
business or vocation taught. Tablle 306.3
LOW-HAZARD FACTORY AND
7SO CMR 306.0 FACJrORY ANJI) INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES
•
INDUSfRIAL USE GROUPs Beverages, nonalcoholic Gypsum
306.1 General: All structures in which occupants Brick and masonry Ice
Ceramic products Metal fabrication and
are engaged in work or labor in the fabricating, Foundries assembly
assembling or processing of products or materials, Glass products Water pumping plants
shall be classified as Use Group Fa1 or Fa2. This
includes, among otherst factories, assembling plants,
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR Sixth Edition

G 49
780 CMR 307.0 IDGH-HAZARD USE .

GROUPS
307.1 General: All structures which are occupied
for the manufacturing, processing, generation,
storage or other use of hazardous materials in
excess of the exempt quantities specified in
hazardous material in a closed vessel or system
that remains closed during nonnal operations
where vapors emitted by the product are not
liberated outside of the vessel or system and the
product is not exposed to the atmosphere during
nonnal operations; and all uses of compressed
•
780 CMR 307.8 shall be classified as Use Group H- gases. Examples of closed systems for solids and
I, H-2, H-3 or H-4 in accordance with the hazards liquids include product conveyed through a piping
presented by each material as described in 780 C:MR system into a closed vessel, system or piece of
307.3 through 307.6. The tenn "Use Group H" shall equipment.
include Use Groups H-l, H-2, H-3 and H-4.
Combustible dlllsts: Dusts and any similar solid
307.1.1 Information required: Separate floor material sufficiently comminuted for suspension
plans shall be submitted for buildings and in still air which, when so suspended, is capable
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H, of self-sustained combustion.
identifYing the locations of anticipated contents
and processes so as to reflect the nature of each Combustible fibers: Includes readily ignitable and
.occupied portion of every building and structure. free-burning fibers such as cotton, sisal,
A report identifYing all hazardous materials henequen, jute, hemp, tow, cocoa fiber, oakum.
including, but not limited to, mate~als of Use baled waste, baled wastepaper, kapok, hay, straw,
Group H to be stored or utilized,' slrall be excelsior, Spanish moss and ot~er like material.
submitted and the methods of 'protection fr~m
such hazards shall be indicated on the Combustible liquids: Any liquids having a flash
construction documents. point at or above lOO°F (38°e) shall be known as
Class IT or ill liquids. Combustible liquids shall
307.1 Definitions: The following words and tenns be divided into the following classifications:
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3 and as used
.elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown Class D: Liquids having flash points at or above
herein. 100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C).
Aerosol: A product that is dispensed from an Class InA: Liquids having flash points at or above
aerosol container by a propeUant. 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C).
Aerosol container: Metal cans, glass or plastic Class nIB: Liquids havingj/ash points at or above
bottles designed to dispense an aerosol. Metal 200°F (93°C).
cans shall be limited to a maximum size of 33.8
fluid ounces (1000 ml). Glass or plastic bottles Compressed gas: A gas or mixture of gases as
shall be limited to a maximum size of four fluid contained having an absolute pressure exceeding
ounces (118 ml). 40 psi at 70°F (276 kPa at 21°C) or. regardless of
the pressure at 70°F (21°C), having an absolute
Barricade: A structure that consists of a pressure exceeding 140 psi at 130°F (965 kPa at
combination of walls, floor and root: which is S4 C); or any liquid material having a vapor
0
designed to withstand the rapid release ofenergy pressure exceeding 40 psi absolute at lOO°F (276
in an explosion and which is fully confined, kPa at 38°C) as detennined by ASTM D323 listed
partially vented or fully vented; or other effective in Appendix A
method of shielding from explosive materials by
a natural or artificial barrier. Control area: Spaces within a building which are
enclosed and bounded by exterior walls, fire
Boiling point: The temperature at which the vapor walls, fire separation assemblies and roofs, or a
pressure of a liquid equals the atmospheric combination thereof, where quantities of
pressure of 14.7 pounds per square inch (psia) or hazardous materials not exceeding the exempt
760 nun of mercury. Where an accurate boiling amounts are stored. dispensed, used or handled.
point is unavailable for the material in question,
or for mixtures which do not ltave a constant Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible
hoiling point, for the purPoses of this desttuction ot: or irreversible alterations in, living
classification, the 10% ofa distillation performed tissue at the point ofcontact. A chemical shall be
in accordance with ASTM .086 listed in considered a corrosive if, when tested on the
Appendix A shall be used! as the boiling point of intact skin of albino rabbits by the test method
the liquid. described by OOTn 49 CPR Part 173 listed in
Appendix A, such chemical destroys or changes
Oosed system: The use of a solid or liquid irreversibly the structure ofthe tissue at the point
so 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CIvIR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
of contact following an exposure period of four exceeding 40 psia (276 kPa) at lOO°F. (J8°e).
hours. This term shall not refer to action on Flammable liquids shall be known as Class I
inanimate surface. liquids and shall be divided into the following
classifications:
Cryogenic liquids (flammable or oxidizing): Any Class IA: Liquids.having a flashpoint below 73 OF
liquid that has a boiling point below ~200°F (23°C) and having a boiling point below lOO°F
(-129°C). (38°C).
Class m: Liquids having a flash point below
Defllagration: An exothermic reaction, such as the 73 °F (23 °C) and having a boiling point at or
extremely rapid oxidation of ajlammable dust or above 100°F. (J8°C).
vapor in air, in which the reaction progresses Class IC: Liquids having ajlash point at or above
through the unburned material at a rate less than 73°F (23°C) and below lOO°F (38°C).
the velocity of sound. A deflagration can have an
explosive. effect. lFlammabHe soUd: A solid, other than a blasting
agent or explosive, that is capable of causing fire
Detached storage building: A separate single-story through friction, absorption of moisture,
building, without a basement or crawl space, used spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat
for the storage of hazardous mater.ials and located from manufacturing or processing. or which has
an approved distance from all structures. an ignition temperature below 212°F ( 100°C) or
which bums so vigorously and persistently when
Detonation: An exothermic reaction ch'aracterized ignited as to create a serious hazard. A chemical
by the presence of a shock wave in the material shaH be considered a flammable solid as
which establishes and maintains the reaction. The determined in accordance with the test method of
reaction zone progresses through the material at a CPSC 16 CPR; Part 1500.44 listed· in
rate greater than the velocity of sound. The Appendix A, if it ignites and bums with a self~
principal heating mechanism is one of shock sustained flame at a rate greater than 0.1 inch (3
compression. detonations have an explosive nun) per second along its major axis.
effect.
•
lFDasb point: The minimum temperature in degrees
Dispensing: The pouring or transferring of any Fahrenheit at which ajlammable liquid will give
material from a container, tank or similar vessel, off sufficient vapors to form anignitabJe mixture
whereby vapors, dusts, fumes, mists or gases are with air near the surface or in the container, but
liberated to the atmosphere. will not sustain combustion. The flash point of a
liquid shaU be detennined by appropriate test
Explosive: Any chemical compound, mixture or procedure and apparatus as specified in ASTM
device, the primary or common purpose ofwhich D56 and ASTM D93 listed in Appendix A.
is to function by explosion. The term includes, but
is not limited to, dynamite, black powder, pellet Hazard.nIls materials: Those chemicals or
powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety substances which are physical hazards or health
fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord and hazards as defined and classified in 780 C:MR 3
igniters. and the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A,
The term "explosive" includes any material whether the materials are in usable or waste
determined to be within the scope of USC Title condition.
18; Chapter 40 listed in Appendix A and also
includes any material classified as an explosive by Health bazard: A classification of a chemical for
the Hazardous Material Regulations ofDOTn 49 which there is statistically significant evidence
CPR listed in Appendix A. that acute or chronic health effects are capable of
occurring in exposed persons. The term "health
Fl8RmmabDe: Capable of being readily ngnited from hazard II includes chemicals which are
common sources of heat or at a temperature of carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents,
600°F (3 16°C) or less. reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives,
sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins,
Flammable compressed-gas: Either a mixture of neurotoxins, agents which are capable of acting
13% or less (by volume) with air forms a on the hematopoietic system, and agents which
flammable mixture, or the flammable range with damage the lungs, skin, eyes or mucous
air is wider than 12%, regardless of the lower· membranes.
•
limitation. These limitations shall be determined
at atmospheric temperature and pressure. Highly toxic: A chemical falling within any of the
following categories is considered highly toxic.
Flammable liquids: Any liquid that has ajlash point 1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose
below WO°F (38°C). and has a vapor pressure not (LDsJ of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of
2/7197 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 51

780 Crv1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Class II: Class II organic peroxides burn very
•
body weight when administered orally to
albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 rapidly and present a severe reactivity hazard.
grams each. Class ill: Class ill organic peroxides burn rapidly
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose and present a moderate reactivity hazard.
(LD so) of 200 milligrams or less per kilogram
of body weight when administered by Oxidizer: A chemical other than a blasting agent or
continuous contact for 24 hours (er less if explosive that initiates or promotes combustion in
death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare other materials, thereby causing fire either of
skin of albino rabbits weighing between two itself or through the release of oxygen or other
and three kilograms each. gases.
3. A chemical that has a median lethal Class 4: An oxidizer that can undergo an
concentration (LC so) in air of 200 parts per explosive reaction due to contamination or
million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or exposure to thermal or physical shock.
two milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or Additionally, the oxidizer will enhance the
dust, when administered by continuous burning rate and is capable of causing
inhalation for one hour (or less if death occurs spontaneous ignition of combustibles.
within one hour) to albino rats weighing Class 3: An oxidizer that will cause a severe
between 200 and 300 grams each. increase in the burning rate of combustible
materials with which the oxidizer comes in
Incompatible materials: Materials which, when contact or that will undergo vigorous self-
mixed, have the potential to react in a manner that sustained decomposition due to contamination or
generates heat, fumes, gases or by-products which exposure to heat.
are hazardous to life or property. Class 2: An oxidizer that will cause a moderate
increase in the burning rate or that is capable of
Irritant: A chemical, which is not co"osive, but causing spontaneous ignition of combustible
which causes a reversible inflammatory effect on materials with which the oxidizer comes in
living tissue by chemical action at the point of contact.
contact. A chemical shall be considered an irritant Class 1: An oxidizer whose primary hazard is a
if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits
•
slight increase in the burning rate but which does
by the test method ofCPSC 16 CPR; Part 1500.41 not cause spontaneous ignition when the oxidizer
listed in Appendix A for four hours exposure, it comes in contact with combustible material.
results in an empirical score of five or more. A
chemical is an eye irritant if so determined by the Physical hazard: A chemical for which there is
procedure in CPSC 16 CPR; Part I500.421isted in evidence in the referenced standards listed in
AppendixA. Appendix A that it is a combustible liquid,
compressed gas. cryogenic. explosive. flammahle
Open system: The use of a solid or liquid hazardous gas. flammable liquid, flammahle solid, organic
material in a vessel or system that is continuously perOXide. oxidizer, pyrophoric or unstahle
open to the atmosphere during normal operations (reactive) or water-reactive material.
and where vapors are liberated, or the product is
exposed to the atmosphere during normal Pyrophoric: A material that will spontaneously
operations. Examples of open systems for solids ignite in air at or below a temperature of 130°F
and liquids include dispensing from or into open (54°C).
beakers or containers, dip tank and plating tank
operations. Radioactive material: Any material or combination
of material that spontaneously emits ionizing
Organic peroxide: An organic compound that radiation.
contains the bivalent double-bonded oxygen
structure and which is considered to be a Sensitizer: A chemical that causes a substantial
structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where proportion of exposed people or animals to
one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been develop an allergic reaction in nomial tissue after
replaced by an organic radical. repeated exposure to the chemical.
Unclassified detonable: Organic peroxides which Tires, bulk storage of: Storage of 10,000 or more
are capable of detonation. These peroxides average-sized passenger vehicle tires weighing
present an extremely high explosion hazard approximately 25 pounds (11 kg) each (see
•
through rapid explosive decomposition. 780 CMR 307.5).
Oass I: Class I organic peroxides are capable of
dej/agration, but not detonation. These peroxides Toxic: A chemical that is within any of the following
present a high explosion hazard through rapid categories shall be considered toxic:
decomposition. 1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUlI..Dt&G REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
(LD so) of more than 50 milligrams per kilogram or presents a health hazard.
but not more than 500 milligrams per kilogram of Class 3: Materials which react explosively with
body weight when administered orally to albino water without requiring heat or confinement.
rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each. Class 2: 'Materials which are capable of forming
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose potentially explosive mixtures with water.
(LDso ) of more than 200 milligrams per
kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams 307.3 Use Group H·l structures: All buildings and
per kilogram of body weight when structures which contain materials that present a
administered by continuous contact for 24 detonation hazard, shall be classified as Use Group
hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) H- 1. Such materials shall include but are not limited
with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing to:
between two and three kilograms each. Explosives
3. A chemical that has a median lethal Organic Peroxides, unclassified detonable
concentration (LCso) in air of more than 200 Oxidizers, Class 4
parts per million but not more than 2,000 parts Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3 detonable,
per million by volume of gas or vapor, or more and Class 4
than two milligrams per liter but not more than Detonable pyrophoric materials
20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust,
when administered by continuous inhalation 307.4 Use Group H·2 structures: All buildings and
for one hour (or less if death occurs within I structures which contain materials that present a
hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and deflagration hazard or a hazard from accelerated
300 grams each. burning, shall be classified as Use Group H-2. Such
materials shall include but are not limited to:
Unstable (reactive) material: A material which, in Combustible dusts
the pure state or as commercially produced, will Combustible liquids, Class n and Class llJ.A
vigorously polymerize, decompose or condense, Clyogenic liquids, flammable or oxidizing
become self-reactive,or otherwise undergo a Flammable gases
•
violent chemical change under conditions of Flammable liquids
shock, pressure or temperature. Organic peroxides, Class I and Class n
Class 4: Materials that in themselves are readily Oxidizers, Class 3
capable of detonation or explosive decomposition Oxidizing gases
or explosive reaction at normal temperatures and Pyrophoric liquids, solids and gases, nondetonable
pressures. This class includes, among others, Unstable (reactive) materials, Class· 3,
materials that are sensitive to localized thermal or nondetonable
mechanical shock at normal temperatures and
pressures. 307.5 Use Group H ..3 structures: All buildings and
Class 3: Materials that in themselves are capable structures which contain materials that readily
. of detonation or explosive decomposition or support combustion or present a physical hazard,
explosive reaction, but that require a strong shall be classified as Use Group H-3. Such materials
initiating source or that must be heated under shall include but are not limited to:
confinement before initiation. This class includes, Aerosols, except that Levell aerosols defined in
among others, materials that are sensitive to the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A shall
thermal or mechanical shock at elevated be classified as Use Group 5-1 or F-1
temperatures and pressures. Combustible fibers
Class 2: Materials that readily undergo violent Combustible liquids, Class IlIB
chemical change at elevated temperatures and Flammable solids
pressures. This class includes, among others, Organic peroxides, Class III
materials that exhibit an exothenn at temperatures Oxidizers, Class 1 and Class 2
less than or equal to 150°C when tested by Tires, bulk storage of
differential scanning calorimetry. Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 1 and Class 2
Class 1: Materials that in themselves are normally Water-reactive materials, Class 2 and Class 3
stable, but that can become unstable at elevated
temperatures and pressures. This class includes, 307.6 Use Group H-4 structures: All buildings and
among others, materials that change or decompose structures which contain materials that are health
on exposure to air,light or moisture, and materials hazards, shall be classified as Use Group H-4. Such
that exhibit an exotherm at temperatures greater materials shall include but are not limited to:
than 150°C, but less than or equal to 300°C, when Corrosives
tested by differential scanning calorimetry. Highly toxic materials
Irritants
'Water..reactive materials: A chemical that reacts
with water to releac;e a gas that is eitherjlammable

Radioactive materials
Sensitizers
Toxic materials
307.7 Multiple hazards: All buildings and

structures containing a material or materials
representing hazards that are classified in one or
assemblies.
9. Cleaning establishments which utilize a liquid
solvent having aflash point at or above 200°F
(93°C).
10. Liquor stores and distributors without bulk
storage.
11. Refrigeration systems.
•
more of Use Groups H-l, H-2, H-3 and H-4, shall 12. The storage or utilization of materials for
conform to the code requirements for each of the use agricultural purposes on the premises.
groups so classified. . 13. Stationary batteries utilized for facility
emergency power, uninterrupted power
307.8 Exceptions: The following shall not be supply or telecommunication facilities
classified in Use Group H, but shall be classified in provided that the batteries are provided with
the use group which they most nearly resemble. safety venting caps and ventilation is
High-hazard materials of any quantity shall conform provided in accordance with the mechanical
to the requirements of 780 CMR, including code listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 417.0, and the fire prevention code listed 14. Corrosives, irritants and sensitizers shall not
in Appendix A. include personal or household products in
1. All buildings and structures which contain not their original packaging used in retail display
more than the exempt quantities of high-hazard or commonly used building materials.
materials as shown in Tables 307 .8(1) and 15. Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol
307.8(2) provided that such buildings are manufacturing or storage shall be classified as
maintained in accordance with the fire Use Group F-l- or S-I, provided that such
prevention code listed in Appendix A. buildings confonn to the requirements of
2. Buildings utilizing control areas in accordance NFiPA 30 and the fire prevention code listed
with 780 CMR 417.2 which contain not more in Appendix A.
than the exempt quantities of high-hazard
•
materials as shown in Tables 307.8(1) and 780 Cl\1R 308.0 INSTITUTIONAL USE
307.8(2). GROUPS
3. Buildings and structures occupied for the 308.1 General: All structures in which people
storage of 10,000 or less vehicle tires weighing suffering from physical limitations because of health
approximately 25 pounds (11 kg) each, provided or age are harbored for medical or other care or
that such buildings are equipped throughout treatment, or in which people are detained for penal
with an automatic sprinkler system in or correction purposes, or in which the liberty of the
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. inmates is restricted, shall be classified as Use Group
4. Buildings and structures occupied for the 1-1,1-2 orI-3. The tenn "Use Group I" shall include
application ofJlammable finishes, provided that Use Groups 1-1,1-2 and 1-3.
such buildings or areas conform to the
requiremepts of780 CMR419.0andNFiPA 33, 308.2 Use Group I~l: Except as modified by the
NFiPA 34 and the fire prevention code listed in provisions of 780 CMR 4, Special Use and
AppendixA. Occupancy, this use group shall include buildings
5. Rooms containing flammable liquids in tightly and structures which house six or more individuals
closed containers of I-gallon capacity (0.0038 who, because of age, mental disability or other
m) or less for retail sale or private utilization on reasons, must live in a supervised environment but
the premises and in quantities not exceeding who are physically capable of responding to an
two gallons per square foot (0.082 m 3/m 2 ) of emergency situation without personal assistance.
room area. Except as specified otherwise by the requirements
6. Retail paint salesrooms with quantities of paint 0/780 CMR 4, Special Use and Occupalicy, where
not exceeding two-gallons per square foot accommodating persons ofthe above description, the
(0.082 m3/m 2) of room area. following types of facilities shall be classified as.1-1
7. Closed systems housing flammable or facilities, board and care facilities, half-way houses,
combustible liquids or gases utilized for the group homes, social rehabilitation facilities, alcohol
operation of machinery or equipment. and drug centers and convalescent facilities. A
8. Cleaning establishments which utilize facility such as the above with five or less occupants
combustible liquid solvents having aflash point shall be classified as a residential use group.
•
of 140°F (60°C) or higher in closed systems
employing equipment listed by an approved 308.3 Use Group I~2: This use group shall include
testing agency, provided that this occupancy is buildings and structures used for medical, surgical,
separated from all other areas of the building by psychiatric. nursing or custodial care on a 24-hour
one-hour fireresistance rated fire separation basis of six or more persons who are not capable of

780 Cr.AR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
self-preservation. Where accommodating persons of 308.4.5 (see 780 CMR410.0).

the above description: the following types of
308.4.1 OccUipancy Condition I: This occupancy
facilities shall be classified as 1-2 facilities:
condition shall include all buildings in which free
hospitals, nursing homes (both intermediate care
movement is allowed from sleeping areas, and
facilities and skilled nursing facilities), mental
other spaces where access or occupancy is
hospitals and detoxification facilities. A facility such
permitted, to the exterior via means of egress
as the above with five or less occupants shall be
without restraint. An Occupancy Condition I
classified as a residential use group.
facility shall be classified as Use Group R.
308.3.1 Child care facility: A. child dilty care
308.4.2 Occupancy COllldition III: This
center which accommodates children two years
occupancy condition shall include all buildings in
nine months ofu.ge or less shall be classified as
which free movement is allowed from sleeping
Use Group 1-2.
areas and any other occupied smoke compartment
to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress
308.4 Use Group 1-3: This use group shall include
to the exterior is impeded by locked exits.
buildings and structures which are inhabited by six
or more persons who are under some restraint or 308.4.3 Occupancy Condition m: This
security. An 1-3 facility is occupied by persons who occupancy condition shall include alI buildings in
are generally incapable of self-preservation due to which free movement is allowed within individual
security measures not under the occupants' control. smoke compartments, such as within a residential
Where accommodating persons of the above unit comprised of individual sleeping rooms and
description, the following types of facilities shall be group activity spaces, where egress is impeded by
classified as 1-3 facilities: prisons, jails: remote-controlled release of means ofegress from
reformatories, detention centers, correctional centers such smoke compartment to another smoke
and prerelease centers. Buildings of Use Group Jr-3 compartment
shall be classified as one of the occupancy
conditions indicated in 780 C:MR 308.4.1 through
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 55

780 CMIt: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
Table 307.8(1)
EXEMPT AMOUNTS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, LIQUIDS
AND CHEMICALS PRESENTING A PHYSICAL ~RD
~~OUANTnnESPERCONTROLAREA
Storageb Closed systems b Open systemsb
Use solid Solid Solid
liquid gas Liquid liquid
Material Class Groups pounds pounds Gas cubic pOWlds
gallons (Cubic (cubic gallons gallons
(cubic feet (cubic
(pounds) feet) feet) (poWlds) (pounds)
feet) feet)
CombustibleC II H-2 120d,e
liquid nIA B-2 NA 330d,e NA NA NA NA
e
llIB H-3 I3,200 ,f
Conbustible
dust pounds H-2 18 NA NA NA NA NA
per 1.00 feet
Combustible loose H-3 (100) NA NA (100) NA NA (20) NA
fiber Baled (1,000) (1,000) (200)
Cryogenics, d
flammible or H-2 NA 4S NA NA NA NA
oxidizing
le,h,i ~h
Explosives H-I NA NA
Flammable Gaseous I,OOOd,e 750d,e

H-2 NA
NA
NA
NA NA NA
gas Liquified
Flammible IA
NA
liquil IB H-2 NA· NA NA NA
IC
Combination
H-2 . NA 120d,e,j NA NA NA NA
(IA. m, IC)
Flammible
solid
Organic
peroxide
UD
I
II
ill
H-2
H-I
H-2
H-3
H-3
12Sd,e . NA NA
NA
NA
(Y4):
(1)
(SO)d
(1 25)d
NA
NA
NA
•
Oxidizer 4 H-I
3 H-2
NA NA
2 H-3
1 H-3
l,500d,e 1,SOOd,e
Oxidizer-
gas
Gaseous
Liquified
H-2 NA l~l':e NA NA
NA
NA NA
Pyrophoric H-2 o o
10d ,h (~1h 2e,h
Unstable 4 H-I
SOd.e IOd,e
(~~
(reactive) 3 H-lor (1) (1)
H-2
250d •e 2S0d,e
2 H-3 (SO)d (10)~
1 H-3 7S0d,e (12S{ 750d,e (25)
Water 3 H-3 NA NA
reactive 2 H-3
Note a. For use ofcontrol areas, see 780 CMR 417.2
Note b. The aggregate quantity in utilization and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
Note c. The quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail sales occupancies shall not be limited provided the liquids
are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1 gallon. In retail sales and storage occupancies. the quantities
of medicines, foodstuffs and cosmetics, containing not more than 50% by volume of water-miscible liquids and with
the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited provided that such materials are packaged in
individual containers not exceeding one gallon.
•
Note d. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100% in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. Where note e. Also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied
accumulatively.
Note e. Quantities shall be increased 100% when stored in approved cabinets. gas cabinets. fume hoods, exhausted
enclosures, or safety cans as specified in the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A. Where note d. also applies, the
increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

780 C~ STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
Note fi'. The permitted quantities shan not be limited.in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.!, .
Note g. A dust explosion potential is considered to exist wb~re 1 pound or more of combustible dust per R.OOO cubic
feet of volume is normally in suspension or could be put into suspension in all or a portion of an enclosure or inside
pieces of equipment This also includes combustible dust which accumulates on horizontal surface inside buildings
or equipment and which could be put into suspension be an accident, sudden force or sudden-explosion.
Note h. Pennitted only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1.
Note i. One pound of black sportmg powder and 20 pounds of smokeless powder are pennitted in sprinkJered or
unsprinklered buildings.
Note j. Containing not more than the exempt amounts of ClasS I~A, Class I-B or Class I-C flammable liquids.
Note k. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quanti~ units in parenthesis at the head of each column.. I cubic foot =
3
0.028 m ; 1 pound = 0.454 kg; I gallO)) = 0.00379 m
Table 307.8(2)
EXEMPT AMOUNTS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, ·LIQUIDS AND CHEMICALS
PRESENTING A HEALTH HAZARD
MAXIMUM QUANTITIES PER CONTROL AREA a,b,h
C
. Storage Closed systemse Open systemsC
Material Liquid Liquid Liquid

Solid Gas cubic Solid Gas cubic Solid
de gallons d gallonsd d gaUons
pounds ' (pounds) iJ~e feet poWlds feet· pounds d
(pounds) (pounds)
Corrosive 5,000 500 8lOd,e. 5,000 500 810d•e J,OOO 100

Highly toxic (1)
r 20
r
1 20 1 (1) !4 (v..)
Irritant 5,000 500 81Od.e 5,000 500 81Od,e ·1,000 100

Radioactive! 25 rem - unsealed sourCe 100 rem - sealed source 25 rein - sealed source
100 rem - sealed source
Sensitizer 5,000 500 81Od,e· 5,000 500 810d,e ],000 100
Toxic 500 . (500) 8JOd,e 500 (500) 8IOd,e ]25 (125)
Other health 5,000 500 81Od,e 5,000 500 810d,e 1,000 100
hazard!;
Note 8. For use ofcontrol areas, see 780 CMR 417.2
Note b. In retail sales occupancies,.the quantities of medicines, foodsiuffs and cosmetics, containing not more than
50% by volume of water-miscible liqUids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be
limited provided that such materials are
packaged in individual containers not exceeding ) gallon.
NQte c. The aggregate quantity in utilization and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
Note d. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100% in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. Where note e. also applies, the increase for both Dotes shaJJ be ~pplied
accumulativeBy.
Note e. Maximum quantities shall l?e increased 100% when stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets. fume
boods~ exhausted enclosures, or safety cans as specified in the fIre prevention code listed ill Appentlix A. Where nole
d. also applies, the increase for both notes shaD be applies accumulatively.
Note f. Permitted only when stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures or fume hoods.
Note g. Maximum dosage permitted in any single exposure.
Note .h. Quantities in parenthesis indiC8.te quantitv units in parenthesis at the head of each column. 1 Cubic foot =
3 _3 .
0.028 m; 1 pound = 0.454 kg; I gallon = 0.00379 m .
308.4.4 OCCUpaJllCY Condition· .IV: This within the smoke compartment to other smoke
occupancy condition shall include all buildings in compartments.
which. free movement is restricted from an
occupied space. Remote-controlled! release is 780 CMR 309.0 MERCANTILE USE
provided to pennit movement from all sleeping· GROUP
rooms, activity spaces and other. occupied areas 309.1 General: All buildings and structures which
within the smoke compartment to other Smoke are occupied for display and sales purposes
compartments. involving stocks of goods, wares or merchandise
308.4.5 Occupancy Condition V: This inddental to such purposes and open to the public~
occupancy condition shaD include all buildings in shaD be classified as Use Group M. This includes,
•
which free movement is restricted from an among others, retail storeS, automotive service
occupied space. Staff-controlled release is stations, shops, salesrooms and markets. An
provided to permit movement from aU sleeping automotive service station is that portion of a
rooms, activity spaces and other occupied areas. .property where motor fuels are stored and dispensed
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) corr~ed 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition

0 57
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUllJ)ING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
from fixed equipment .into the fuel tanks of motor dwelling unit but not a lodging house (see M.G.L.
vehicles or approved cont~ners, including any c. 140. § 22).
building used for the sale of automotive accessories~ Two·tramily dwelling: A building containing two
or for minor automotive repair work. Minor repairs dwelling units but not lodging house (see M.G.L.
include the exchange of parts, oil changes, engine c. 140. § 22).
tune-ups and similar ,routine maintenance work.
Retail sales: of hazardous materials shall comply 310.3 Use Group R~1 structures: This use group
with 780 CMR 307.8 or 780 CMR 426, as shall include all hotels, mo~els, boarding houses and
applicable. similar buildings arranged for shelter and sleeping
accommodations and. in which the occupants are
780 CMR 310.0 RFSIDENTIAL USE primarily transient in nature. occupying the facilities
GROUPS for a period of,less than 30.days.
310.1 General: All structures in which individuals
live, or in which sleeping accommodations are 310.4 Use Group R·2 structures: This use group
provided (with or without dining facilities), shall include all multiple dwellings having more than
excluding those that are classified as institutional two dwelling units, except as provided for in
occupancies. shall be classified as Use Group R-1, 780 CMR 310.5 for multiple single dwelling units,
R-2, R-3, R-4 or R-5. The tenn "Use Group R" shall and shall also include all boarding houses and
include Use Groups R-l, R-2 and R-3, R-4 and R-5. similar buildings arranged for shelter and sleeping
accommodations in which the occupants are
Note: Assisted Living Residences which are
primarily not transient in nature.
certified as such by the Executive Office ofElder
Affairs pursuant to M.G.L c. 19D shall be 310.4.Jl Dormitories: A dormitory facility which
classified in the residential use group R-l, R~2, acconunodates more than five persons more than
R-3 or R-4 as applicable. Portions ofan assisted 2112 years of age shall be classified as Use Group
Living Residence which are used for any use R-2.
other than residential shall be classifiet! in
accordance with the intended use. 310.5 Use Group R-3 structures: This use group
shall include all buildings arranged for occupancy at
•
310.2 Definitions: The following words and tenns one- or two-family dwellings, including multiple
shall. for the purposes of 780 CMR 3 and as used single family dwellings where each unit has two
elsewhere in 780 CMR. have the meanings shown independent means of egress not common to any
herein. other dwelling unit, and where each dwelling unit is
separated from adjoining dwelling units by two-hour
Dwellings: fire separation assemblies (see 780 GMR 709.0).
Assisted Living Residence: A residence licensed Use group R-3 structures are not lodging houses (see
by the Executive Office ofElderAffairspursuant M.G.L. c. 140. § 22).
to M.G.L c. 19D..
Boarding house: A building arranged or used for Exceptiions -
lodging for compensation~ with or without meals, 1. In multiple single-family dwellings that are
and not occupied as a single unit. equipped throughout with an approved
Dormltory: A space in a buildi'ng where group automatic sprinkler system installed in
sleeping accommodations are provided in one accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. I or 906.2.2,
room, or in a series of closely associated rooms. the fireresistance rating of the dwelling unit
Dwelling unit: A single unit providing complete, separation shalt not be less than one hour.
independent living facilities for one or more Dwelling unit separ~tion walls shall be
persons. inclu~ng pennanent provisions for constructed as fire partitions (see 780 CMR
living. sleeping. eating~ cooking and sanitation. 711.0).
Hotel: Any building containing six or more guest 2. In multiple single-[amily dwellings that are
rooms. intended or de.signed to be used. or which equipped throughout' with an approved
are used, rented or hired out to be occupied or automatic sprinkler system installed in
which are occupied for sleeping purposes by accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.3. a two-hour
guests. fire separation assembly shall be provided
Lodging house: Refer to M.G.L. c. 140, § 22 between each pair of dwelling units. The
Motel: A hotel as defined in 780 CMR. fireresistance rating between each dwelling unit
Multiple dweJling: A building or portion thereof shall Dot be less than one hour and shall be
containing more than two dwelling units and not constructed as afire partition.
meeting the requirements for a multiple single
•
310.5.1Family day~care home: A family day.
dwelling.
care home as defined by M.G.L c.28A, §. 9, shall
Multiple single dwelJing: A building or portion
be classified as use group R-3 or R-4. Such
thereof containing more than two dwelling units
facility shall not accommodate more than six
(see 780 CMR 3 I 0.5)
children.
One-family dwelling: A building containing one
58 780 CMR - Sixth ,Edition 1119/01

USE OR OCCUPANCY
310.6 Use Group R~4 structures: This use group ordinarily bum rapidly such as products on wood
shall include all detached one~ or tw(pjamily pallets or in paper cartons without significant
dwellings not more than three stories in height, and amounts of combustible wrappings. but with a
the accessory structures. . All such structures shall negligible amount of plastic trim such as knobs,
be designed in accordance with 780 CMrR. 36 or in handles or film wrapping. Such occupancies shall be
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR. classified as Use Group S-2 including, among
applicable to Use Group R~3. others, the materials listed in 'fable 3 11.3.
J10.7 Use Group R-5 structures: This lJIse group Table3JlJ.J

shall include all. buildings arranged /011' use as LOW-HAZARD STORAGE OCCUPANCIES
limited group residences in Qccordtznce with the Asbestos Gypsum board
requirements o[7/JO CMR (see 780 CMR 4). Beer or wine up to 12% Inert pigments
alcohol in metal. glass or Ivory
780 CMR 311.0 STORAGE USE GROUPS ceramic containers Meats
Cement in bags Metal cabinets
311.1 General: All structures which are primarily Chalk and crayons Metal desks with plastic tops
used for the storage ofgoods, wares or merchandise Dairy products in nonwaxed and trim
shall be classified as Use Group 8-1 or 8-2. This coated paper containers Metal parts
includes, among others, warehouses, storehouses and Dry cell batteries Metals
freight depots. The quantity of hazardous materials Electrical coils Mirrors
Electrical motors New empty cans
in storage shall comply with 780 C1dR 307.8. The Food products Oil filled and other types of
term "Use Group 8" shall include Use Groups 8-1 Foods in noncombustible distribution transfonners
and 8-2. containers Open parking suuctures
Fresh fruits and vegetables in Porcelain and pottery
nonplastic trays or Public garages (Group 2)
311.1 Moderate-hazard storage, Use Group &-1:
containers Stoves
Buildings occupied for the storage of moderate- Frozen foods Tale and soapstone
hazard contents which are likely to bum with Glass Washers and dryers
moderate rapidity, but which do Blot produce either Glass bottles, empty or filled
poisonous gases, fumes or explosives including, with noncombustible
liquids
among others, the materials listed in Table 311.2,
shall be classified as Use Group Sal. A motor
vehicle repair garage is that portion of a property 780 CMR 312.0 UTILll1Y AND
wherein major repairs, such as engine overhauls, MISCELLANEOUS USE GR01UP
painting or body work, are performed on motorized 312.1 General: Buildings and structures of an
vehicles. accessory character and miscellaneous structures not
classified in any specific use group shall be
Table 311.2 constructed, equipped and maintained to conform to
MODERATE-HAZARD STORAGE the requirements of 780 CMR. commensurate with
OCCUPANCIES the me and life hazard incidental to their occupancy.
Bags, cloth. burlap and paper Linoleum Use Group U shall inClude fences over six feet (1829
Bamboo and rattan Livestock shelters mm) high, tanks, cooling towers, retaining walls and
Baskets Lumber yards buildings such as private garages, carports, sheds
Belting. canvas and leather Motor vehicle repair garages and agricultural buildings.
Books and papers in rolls and Petroleum warehouses for
packs storage oflubrieating oils
Boots and shoes with a flash point of200°F 780 CMR 313.0 MIXED USE GROUPS
Buttons. including cloth or higher 31301 Two or more use groups: Where a building
covered, pearl or bone Photo engraving is occupied by two or more occupancies not included
Cardboard and cardboard Public garages (Group 1) and in the same use group, the building or portion
boxes stables
Clothing. woolen wearing Silk thereofshall comply with 780 CMR 313. 1.1, 313. 1.2
~arcl So~ 011' 313.1.3 or with combinations of 780 CMR
Cordage Sugar 313.1.1, 313.1.2 and 313.1.3, except that
Furniture Tobacco. cigars. cigarettes occupancies in Use Group H shall be separated from
Furs and snuff all other use groups in accordance with 780 CMR
Glue. mucilage. paste and size Upholstering and mattress
Hom and combs, other than manufacturing 313.1.2 or 313. 1.3. Buildings that include an open
celluloid Wax candles parking structure located beneath an A, I, B, M or R
Leather. enameling or Use Group shall comply with 780 CMR 313.1.1,
japanning 313.1.2,313.1.3 or 313.2.
)Exception:jire areas ofUse Group H-I shall be
311.3 Low·hazard storage, Use Group S,2: Low- in separate and detached buildings and structures
hazard storage occupancies shall include buildings in accordance with 780 eMIt 707.1.1.
occupied for the storage of noncombustible
materials, and of low-hazard wares that do lllot 313.1I..ll. NODseparatedl use groups: Each portion
of the building shall be individually classified as

•
to use. The required type of construction for the 602. Each building shall then comply with the
building shall be detennined by applying the provisions of 780 Cl\1R. applicable to the use
height and area limitations for each of the group of that building.
applicable use groups to the entire building. The
most restrictive type of construction, so 313.2 Open parking structures beneath other use
determined, shall apply. The other requirements groups: Open parking structures constructed under
of 780 CMR. shall apply to each portion of the Use Groups A, I, B, M and R shall not exceed the
building based on the use group of that occupancy height and area limitations pennitted under
except that the most restrictive applicable 780 CMR. 406.0. The height and area of the portion
provisions of 780 CMR. 403.0 and 780 CivlR 9 of the building above the open parking structure
shall apply to these nonseparated use groups. A shall not exceed the limitations in 780 Crvm.. 503.0
fire separation assembly is not required between for the upper use group. The height, in both feet and
use groups, except as required by other sections of stories, ofthe portion of the building above the open
780 CMR. parking structure shall be measured from grade
plane and shall include both the open parking
313.1.2 Separated use groups: Each portion of
structure and the portion of the building above the
the building shall be individually classified in a
parking structure.
use group and shall be completely separated from
Fire separation assemblies between the parking
adjacent fire areas by fire separation assemblies
occupancy and the upper occupancy shall
(see 780 Cl\1R 709.0) and floor/ceiling assemblies
correspond to the required fireresistance rating
(see 780 CMR 713.0) having a fireresistance
prescribed in Table 313.1.2 for the uses involved.
rating determined in accordance with Table
The type of construction shall apply to each
313.1.2, for the use groups being separated. Each
occupancy individually, except that all structural
fire area shall comply with the code based on the
members-including main bracing within the open
use group of that space. Each fire area shall
parking stmcture which is necessary to support the
comply with the height limitations of 780 CMR.
upper occupancy-shall be protected with the more
503.0 based on the use of that space and the type
restrictive fire resistive assemblies of the
of construction classification. In each story, the
occupancies involved as shown in Table 602. Exit
•
building area shall be such that the sum of the
facilities for the upper occupancy shall conform to
ratios of the floor area of each use group divided
780 CMR 10 and shall be separated from the parking
by the allowable area from 780 CMR 503.0 for
area by fire separation walls having at least a two-
each use group shall not exceed one.
hour fireresistance rating as required by Table 602
Exception: Where the building is equipped and self-closing doors complying with 780 CMR.
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system 716.0. means of egress from the open parking
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, the facility shall comply with 780 CMR. 1010.5.
required fireresistance rating offire separation
assemblies separating areas of other than Use 313.3 Use Group R: In buildings of Type 2C, 3B or
Group II, shall be reduced from those indicated 5B construction with an occupancy in Use Group R
in Table 313.1.2 by one hour but to'not less than the first floor shall not be occupied for Use Groups
one hour and to not less than that required by B and M, unless the floor/ceiling assembly and the
Table 602 for floor construction. enclosure walls are protected to afford a one-hour
313.1.3 Separate buildings: Each use group shall fireresistance rating and the exits from the residential
be considered a separate building where each such tIoors are separately enclosed in accordance with the
use group is completely separated from adjacent requirements of 780 CMR 10.
use groups by fire walls having a fireresistance
rating corresponding to that required by Table

•
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUTI..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
Table 313.1.2
FIRERESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRJE SEPARATION
2
ASSEMBLIES BETWEEN FIRE AREAS
Use Group NP- Not Pennitted
NA - Not Applicable
A-I A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 B E F-I F-2 H-I H-2 H-3 H-4 I-I 1-2 1-3 M R-I R-2 R-3 S-I S-2 U
A-I 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
A-2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NP 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NA
A-3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
A-4 2 2 2 2 2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
A-S NA 2 2 2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
B 2 2 2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
E 2 2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
F-l 2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
F-2 2 NP 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
U H-l NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NA
~~~~~~~------~---------------~---
S H-2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 NA
E H-3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NA
~~~~~-~-~===~=~======-~==~=----~~
H-4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
G I-I 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
~===========~=--~----------~==-~-
R 1-2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NA
==--------------~~~~=~==~-~------
•
o 1-3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NA
--~-=~-~==~====-=------~~~~-~~---
U M 2 2 2 2 2 2 NA
==~--~~--~=~~---~~===~==~-----;;..",..~=
P R-I 2 2 2 2 2 NA
--~-===~~---~~---~~-----~~-....;;.".~~.:.-...:.;;;~
R-2 2 2 2 2 NA
R-3 2 2 2 NA
2 2 NA
S-2 2 NA
U NA
Note &. Fire resistance ratings are expressed in hours.

NON-TEXT PAGE
62 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 217/97 (Effective 2128/97)

CHAPTER 4
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
780 CMR 40100 GENERAL Mall building, coven~«lt: A building enclosing a

401.1 Scope: In addition to the general requirements number of tenants and occupancies such as retail
of 780 C~ governing the location, construction stores. drinking and dining establishments,
and equipment of all buildings and structures, and entertainment and amusement facilities, passenger
the fueresistance ratings, height and area limitations transportation tenninals, offices and other similar
of Tables 503 and 602, the provisions of 780 CMR occupancies wherein two or more tenants have a
4 shall control all buildings and structures designed main entrance into one or more malls. Anchor
for special occupancies as herein provided. stores shall not be considered as part of the
covered mall building.
401.2 Applicable Massachusetts General lAw:
Applicable Massachusetts General Laws, and 402.3 Lease plan: The owner or permit holder shaD
applicable mles and regulations, specifically (but provide both the building and fire departments with
not limited to) the referenced porlions 31() CMR, a lease plan showing the locations of each
521 CMR, 522 CMR and 527 CMR series as listed occupancy and its means of egress after the
in Appendix A sha1llJe adhered to in the design certificate ofoccupancy has been issued. Such plans
and construction ofbuildings and and structures shall be kept current. Modifications or changes in
subject to the provisions of 780 CMR 4. occupancy shall not be made from that shown on the
lease plan without prior approval.
780 CMR 402.0 COVERED MALL Bun.DINGS
4@2.41 Tenant separatiolllls: Each tenant space shall
402.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMlt 402.0
be separated from other tenant spaces by a fire
shall apply to buildings or structures defined herein
partition having a fireresistance rating of not less
as covered mall buildings not exceeding three floor
than one hour. The fire partition shall comply with
levels in height at anyone point. Except as
780 CMR 711.0 except that the fire partition is not
specifically required by 780 Cl\.1R 402.0, covered
required to extend beyond the underside of a ceiling
mall buildings shall meet all applicable provisions of
that is not part ofa fireresistance rated assembly. A
780 C1v.m..
wall is not required in -attic or ceiling spaces above
Exceptions: Where approved by the cod.e official, tenant separation walls nor is a tenant separation
the following occupancies are not required to wail required between any tenant space and a mall,
comply with the .provisions of780 Cl\1R 402.0. except for occupancy separatnons required elsewhere
L Foyers and lobbies in occupancies in Use irn 780 CMR.
Group B, Ro1 or R-2.
~02.4.1 Anchor norre openings: Openings
2. Buildings which comply totally with aIn other
between an anchor store and the pedestrian area of
applicable provisions of 780 CMR.
a mall are not required to be protected..
402.2 Definitions: The following words and \terms 4'2..4..2 Ptuty wall aemption: Anchor stores
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 402.0 and as HocDted on separate lots s1wJl not be o-etjuired to
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings ;provide party walls between the anchor store and
shown herein. g/ae covoed mtJll "uilding.
Anchor store: An exterior perimeter department 4102.5 Egress: Each individual occupancy within the
store or major merchandising or magnet center covered mall buillding shall be provided with a
having direct access to a mall and having its means ofegress in accordance with other provisions
required exits independent of the mall. of 780 CMR.. Measurements shall be made to the
entrall'lce to the mall.
Gross leasable area: The gross leasable area is the
402.5.1 Tnilvel distance: The maximum length of
total floor area designed exclusively for tenant
exit access travel from any point within the mall
occupancy. The area of tenant occupancy is
to an approved exit along the natural and
measured from the center lines ofjoint partitions
unobstructed path of travel- shall not exceed 200
to the outside ofthe tenant walls.
feet (60960 mm).
• Mall A mall is a roofed·over common pedestrian

area serving more than one tenant located within
a covered mall building.
402.5.2 Anchor store exits: Anchor stores shall
provide the required number of exits and the
minimum width for the required exit capacity
directly to the exterior. The occupant load of
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 63

780 Cl\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
anchor stores opening into the mall shall not be 402.7 Structural elements: Covered mall buildings
included in detennining exit requirements for the shall be ofType 1,2 or 4 construction. Covered mall
mall. buildings three stories or less in height are exempt
from the area limitations ofTable 503.
402.5.3 Dead ends: The dead end of a mall shall
not exceed twice the width of the mall. 402.7.1 Structural elements, anchor stores: An
anchor store three stories or less in height shall be
402.5.4 Design occupant load: In detennining
ofType 1, 2 or 4 construction and is exempt from
required exit facilities of the mall, the number of
the area limitations of Table 503, provided that a
occupants for whom exit facilities are to be
smoke control system conforming to 780 CMR
provided shall be based on gross leasable area of
921.0 is installed in the anchor store. For the
the covered mall building (excluding anchor
purposes of the design and operation of the fire
stores) and the occupant load factor as detennined
emergency ventilation system, the anchor store
by the following fonnula:
shall be considered a tenant space zone. .
OLF = (0.00007) (GLA) + 25
402.8 Roof coverings: Roof coverings for covered
where:
mall buildings shall be of Class A, B or C as
OLF = The occupant load factor (square feet per required by 780 CMR 1506.0.
person).
GLA = The gross leasable area (square feet). 402.9 Use Groups A-I and A-2: Use Group A-I
and A-2 occupancies shall not have more than one-
The occupant load factor (OLF) is not required
half of their required means of egress opening
to be less than 30 and shall not exceed -50.
directly to the mall (see 780 CMR 1006.2.2).
402.5.5 Exit access width: The minimum width
of exit access passageways and co"idors from a 402.10 Sprinkler system: The mall and aU
mall shall be 66 inches (1676 nun). buildings connected thereto shall be equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
402.5.6 Exit distribution: The required exits and
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. The system
exit widths shall be distributed equally throughout
shall be installed in such a manner that when any
•
the mall.
.portion of the system serving tenant spaces is shut
402.5.7 Storage prohibited: Storage is prohibited down, the portion ofthe system serving the mall will
in exit cO"idors that are used for service to remain operational.
tenants. Such corridors shall be posted with
conspicuous signs so stating. 402.11 Standpipes: There shall be a standpipe hose
connection located within the mall at each entrance
402.5.8 Passenger transportation terminals: A
to an exit passageway, exit corridor or enclosed
covered mall building whose primary purpose is
stairway and at all exterior entrances to the mall.
a passenger transportation terminal shall comply
The hose connection shall be supplied from the
with the means of egress requirements for Use
automatic sprinkler system of the mall or from a
Group A-3.
separate standpipe system. The water supply shall
402;5.9 Service areas fronting on exit be capable of delivering 250 gallons per minute
passageways and corridors: Mechanical rooms, (gpm) (0.016 m3/s).
electrical rooms, building service areas and
seIVice elevators are pennitted to open directly 402.12 Smoke control: The mall and adjacent tenant
into exit passageways and exit corridors provided spaces shall be equipped with a smoke control
that the required fireresistance rating of the exit system conforming to 780 CMR 921.0.
enclosure is maintained.
402.13 Fire department access to equipment
402.6 Mall width: The minimum width of the mall controls: Fire protection system and HVAC system
shall be 20 feet (6096 rom). There shall be a controls shall be identified, and the fire department
minimum of ten feet (3048 mm) clear exit width to shall have access thereto.
a height of eight feet (2438 mm) between any
projection of a tenant space bordering the mall and 402.14 Plastic panels and plastic signs: Within
the nearest kiosk, vending machine, bench, display every story or level and from side wall to side wall
opening or other obstruction to means of egress of each tena.nt space, approved plastic panels and
travel. The mall width shall be sufficient to signs shall be limited as specified in 780 CMR
accommodate the occupant load emptying into the 402.14.1 through 402.14.4.
immediately adjacent mall as detennined by
780 CMR 402.5.4 for all occupancies except Use
Groups A and E which shall be detennined by
780 CMR 1008.0.
64
402.14.1 Area: The panels and signs shall not
exceed 20% of the wall area facing the mall.
402.14.2 Height and width: The panels and signs
shall not exceed a height of36 inches (914 nun);
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
•
except if the panel or sign is vertical, the height automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
shaH not exceed 96 inches (2438 mm) and the 780 CMR 906.2.1 and M.G.L. c. 148, § 26A.
width shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm).
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall
402.14.3 Location: The panels and signs shall be not be required in spaces.or areas of: .
located a minimum distance of 18 inches (457 1. Open parking structures complying with
mm) from adjacent tenants. 780 CMR 406.0.
2. Telecommunications equipment buildings
402.14.4 Encasement: All edges and the backs
used 'exclusively for telecommunications
shall be fully encased in metal.
equipment, associated electrical power
distribution equipment, batteries and standby
402.15 Kiosks: Kiosks and similar structures
engines, provided that those spaces or areas are
(temporary or permanent) shall meet the
equipped throughout with an automatic fire
requirements of' 780 CMR 402J5.1 through
detection system in accordance with 780 CMR
402.15.4.
918.0 and are separated from the remainder of the
402.Jl5.1 Construction: Combustible kiosks or building with fire separation assemblies
other structures shall not be located within the consisting of oneahour fireresistance rated walls
. mall unless constructed of fireretardantatreated and two-hour fireresistance rated floor/ceiling
wood throughout conforming to 780 CMR assemblies.
2310.0.
403.3 Altemative sprinkler system: Alternatively,
402.Jl5.2 Fire suppression: Kiosks and similar
to qualify for the fIreresistance rating reduction for
structures that are covered and are located within
certain building elements listed in 780 CMR 403.3.3,
the mall shall be protected by an automatic
the automatic sprinkler system shall comply with
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1 and the optional fIre protection
780CMR9.
features listed in 780 CMR 403.3.1 and 403.3.2.
402.Jt5.3 Horizontal separation: The minimum
403.3.1 Control valves and water-flow devices:
•
horizontal separation between kiosks and other
Sprinkler control valves equipped with
structures within the maH shall be 20 feet (6096
supervisory initiatmg devices and wateraflow
mm).
initiating devices shall be provided for each floor.
402.15.4 Maximum area: Kiosks or siJnilar
403.3.2 Secondary water supply: In addition to
structures shall have a maximwn area of 300
the main, water supply, for buildings located
square feet (27.90 m2).
where the effective peak velocityarelated
acceleration (All) is equal to or greater than 0.20 in
402016 Parking structures: An attached garage for
accordance With 780 CMR 1612.1, a secondary
the storage of passenger vehicles that have a
onasite water supply equal to the hydraulically
capacity of not more than nine persons, or an open
calculated sprinkler design demand plus 100
parking structure, shall be considered as a separate
gallons per minute (0.0063 mJ/s) shall be
building where it is separated from the covered mall
provided. This water supply shall have a duration
building by a fire separation assembly having a
of30 minutes.
fireresistance rating of not less than two hours or
shall be considered as part of the covered mall 403.3.3 Automatic sprinkler system alternative:
building. Where a complete automatic sprinkler system
with additional system features listed in 780 CMR
780 CMR 403.0 mGH-RlSE BIDLDINGS 403.3.3.1 and 403.3.3.2 is installed throughout,
modifications to this code are permitted as
403.1 Applicability: The provisions of 780 CMR described in 780 CMR 403.3.3.1 and 403.3.3.2.
403.0 shall apply to an buildings more than 70jeet
Bn height above the mean grt'ade. See M. G.L Co 403.3.3.1 Type Qf constnadion: Other than in
148, § 26.4. buildings with an occupancy in Use Groups Fa
1, H~3, M and Sol, the minimum type of
Exception: The provisions of 780 CMR 403.0 construction required by 780 CMR shall be
shall not apply to open parking structures (see modified as indicated in Tabie 403.3.3.1.
780 CMR 406.0 and M.O.L. c. 148, § 26G). Exception: The Type lA to 1B
modification shall be permitted for
403.2 Sprinkler system: AU buildings and buildings with an occupancy in Use Groups
structures shall be equipped throughout with an F l, M and S.,1.
o
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 180 CMR a Sixth Edition 65

Table 403.3.3.1 with controlled access to the public telephone

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION system.
MODIFICATIONS PERMfITED FOR
IDGH-RISE Bun.DINGS 403.8 Elevators: Elevator operation and installation
Type of Construction set Modified type of construction shall be in accordance with 524 CMR. Elevator
forth in Table 602 permitted hereunder service shall be provided for fire department
IA 18 emergency access to all floors. Elevator cab
a
IB 2A dimensions shall conform to the applicable
requirements of 524 CMR.
Note a. The minimum fireresistance rating floor
Except for the main entrance level, all elevators
construction shall be two hours.
shall open into a lobby separated from the remainder
of the building by one hour fireresistance rated
403.3.3.2 Shaft enclosures: The required
construction.
fireresistance rating of the fire separation
Exit stairways, chutes, janitor closets, tenant
assemblies enclosing vertical shafts, other spaces in Use Group R and service rooms sh~ not
than stairway enclosures and elevator
open into the elevator lobby. In Use Groups other
hoistway enclosures, shall be reduced to one
than R, tenant spaces opening into, the elevator lobby
hour where automatic sprinklers are
shall be provided with other means of exit access
installed within the shafts at the top and at
that do trlot require passage through the elevator
alternate floor levels.
lobby.
403.4 Automatic fire detection: A smoke detector Exception: elevator lobbies are not required
suitable for the intended application shall be when a smoke control system is installed in
installed in each of the following rooms: mechanical accordance with 780 CMR 921.7.
equipment; electrical; transformer; telephone
equipment; elevator machine; or similar room. The 403.9 Sltandby power, light and emergency
actuation of any detector shall sound an alarm at a systems: Standby power, light and emergency
constantly attended location. systems shall comply with the requirements of
780 eMR 403.9.1 through 403.9.3.
403.5 Voice/alarm signaling systems: A
403.9.1 Standby power: A standby power system
voice/alarm signaling system shall be provided in
confonning to the requirements of 527 CMR as
accordance with 780 CMR 917.9 and activated in
listed in Appendix A. If the standby system is a
accordance with 780 CMR 917.7.1.
generator set inside a building, the system shall be
located in a separate room enclosed with two-hour
403.6 Fire department communication system: A
fireresistance rated fire separation assemblies.
two-way fire department communication system
System supervision with manual start and tran'Sfer
shall be provided for fire department use. The
feature:; shall be provided at the fire command
communication system shall operate between the fire
station.
command station and every elevator, elevator lobby
and enclosed exit stairway. Acceptable types of fire 403.9.1.1 Fuel supply: An on-premises fuel
department communications shall include: supply, sufficient for not less than two-hour
1. Telephone or fire department radio in lieu of full-demand operation of the system, shall be
a dedicated system, where approved by the fire provided.
department; and Exception: Where the system is supplied
2. Intercom or two-way public address system with pipeline natural gas and is approved.
complying with NFiPA 72 listed in Appendix A. 403.9.1.2 Capacity: The standby system shall
have a capacity and rating that supplies all
403.7 Fire command station: A fire command equipment required to be operational at the
station for fire department operations shall be same time. The generating capacity is not
provided in a location approved by the fire required to be sized to operate all of the
department. Thefire command station shall contain: COMected electrical equipment simultaneously.
the voice/alarm signaling system controls; the fire
403.9.1.3 Connected facilities: All power and
department communication system controls; the
lighting facilities for the fire command station
automatic fire detection and protective signaling
and elevators specified in 780 CMR 403.7 and
system annunciator panels; an annunciator that
403.8, as applicable, and electrically powered
visually indicates the floor location ofelevators and
•
fire pumps required to maintain pressure, shall
whether they are operational; status indicators and
be transferable to the standby source. Standby
controls for air.handling systems; controls for
power shall be provided for at least one
unlocking all stairway doors simultaneously;
elevator to serve all floors and be transferable
sprinkler valve and water-flow detector display
to any elevator. .
panels; emergency and standby power; status
indicators; and a telephone for fire department use

780 Cl\AR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
403.9.2 Separate circuits and fixtUJIres: Separate occupancies, other than Use Group H, where
lighting circuits and fixtures shall be required to provided with the protection herein required.
provide sufficient light with an intensity of not
less than one footcandle (10.76 lux) measured at 404.2 Automat~c sprinkler system: The atrium and
floor level in all means oj egress corridors, all stories and floor areas connected to the atrium
stairways, smokeprooj enclosures, elevator cars shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
and lobbies, and other areas which are clearly a sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
part of the escape route. 906.2.1. The automatic sprinkler system shall be
403.9.2.1 Other circuits: All circuits supervised in accordance with 780 CMR 923.1,
supplying lighting for the fire. command station method 1,2 or 3.
and mechanical equipment rooms shall be Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall
transferable to the standby source. not be required in areas separated from the atrium
403.9.3 Emergency systems: Exit signs, exit by fire separation assemblies in accordance with
illumination as required by 780 CMR 1024.0, and 780CMR 709.0.
elevator car lighting are classified as emergency
systems and shall operate within ten seconds of 404.3 Atrium occupancy: The floor of the atrium
failure of the normal power supply and shall be shall not be occupied for other than Jow fire-hazard
capable ofbeing transferred to the standby source. occupancies and only. approved materials and
decorations shall be located in the atrium space.
Exception: Exit sign, exit and means ojegress
illumination are permitted to be powered by a Exception: The occupancy of the atrium floor
standby source in buildings of Use Groups F area for any approved purpose shall not be
and S. restricted where the hazard is protected with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
403.JlO Stairway door operation: All stairway with 780 CMR 906.2. X.
doors which are to be locked from the stairway side
404.3.1 Exit discharge: Exit discharge in
shall be capable of being unlocked' simultaneously
accordance with 780 CMR 1020.0 is permitted
without unlatching upon a signal from the fire
within the atrium.
•
command station.
404.4 Smoke contJrol: A smoke control system
403.10.ll. Stairway commulllicatiollll system: A
complying with 780 CMR 921.0 shall be installed in
telephone or other two·way communication
all atriums that connect more than two stories.
system connected to an approved constantly
attended station shall be provided at not less than
4104.5 Enclosure of atriums: Atrium spaces shall be
every fifth floor in each required stairway where
separated from adjacent spaces by a oneahour fire
the doors to the stairway are Jocked.
partition as required for corridors.
403.lI.ll. Smokeproof enclosures: A smokeproof Exceptioll1ls
enclosure, as set forth in 780 CMJR. 1015.0 is 1. In residential occupancies, protected openings
required for at least one exit. Other required are not required where the floor area ofeach guest
stairways greater than 70 feet in height shall be room or dwelling unit does not exceed 1,000
pressurized to a minimum of 0.15 inches of water square feet (93 m~ and each room or unit has an
column, but not exceeding. 0.35 inches of water approved means ofegress not entering the atrium.
column. Such required stairway pressurization 2. Adjacent spaces shall be separated from the
being relative to building pressure and with all atrium by fire windows or by a tempered, wired,
stairway doors closed. Pressurization design shall laminated glass or glass-block wall subject to the
take into consideration maximum anticipated stack following criteria:
pressure effects in the stairway. 2.1. The glass shall be protected by a
The stairway pressurization system shall be specially designed automatic sprinkler system.
activated by any devices which are required to The sprinkler system shall completely wet the
activate the voice alarm system described in entire surface of the glass wall when actuated.
780 CMR 403.5. Where there are walking surfaces on both sides
of the glass, both sides of the glass shall be so
780 CMR 404.0 ATRIUMS protected;
404.1 General: The term "atrium" shall mean an 2.2. The tempered, wired or laminated glass
occupied space that includes a floor opening or shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in
•
series offloor openings, which connects two or more such a manner that the framing system wilJ
stories. An atrium shall comply with 780 Cr.AR deflect without breaking (loading) the glass
404.0 where a shaft enclosure ns required by before the sprinkler system operates;
780 CMR 713.3. Atriums shall be permitted in all 2.3. The glass-block wall assembly shall be
installed in accordance with the listing for a ~-
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/9.7) 780 CMR a Sixth Edition 67

405.4 Compartmentation: In structures that have a
•
hour fireresistance rating and the requirements
of780 C~ 2115.0; and floor level more than 60 feet (18288 mm) below the
2.4. _Obstructions, such as curtain rods, lowest level of exit discharge, the highest level of
drapery traverse rods, curtains,drapes or exit discharge serving the underground portions of
similar materials shall not be installed between the structure and all levels below shall each be
the automatic sprinklers and the glass. divided in~o a minimum of two compartments of
3. The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the approximately equal size by a smoke barrier in
atrium shall not be required to be separated from accordance with 780 CMR. 712. O.
the atrium; however, these spaces shall be
Exception: Two compartments are not required in
included in the atrium volume for the design of
the lowest story where such story has an area of
_the smoke control system (see 780 C~ 921.0).
less than 1,500 square feet (140 m~ and an
occupant load of less than ten.
404.6 Signaling system: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed in all occupancies with an 405.4.1 Smoke barrier penetrations:
atrium that connects more than two stories. The Penetrat.ions of the smoke barrier shall be limited
system shall be activated in accordance with to plumbing and automatic sprinkler system
780 CMR 917.7.1. Such occupancies in Use Group piping and electrical raceways. The air supply,
A, E or M shall be provided with a voice/alarm return and exhaust system provided in one
signaling system complying with the requirements of compartment shall be independent of such
780 CMR 917.9. systems provided in other compartments.
405.4.2 Elevators: Where elevators are provided,
404.7 Travel distance: In other than the lowest level
each compartment shall have direct access to an
ofthe atrium, where the required means ofegress is
elevator. Where an elevator serves more than one
through the atrium space, the portion of exit access
compartment, an elevator lobby shall be provided
travel distance within the atrium space shall not
and shall be separated from both compartments by
exceed 150 feet (45720 nun).
a fire separation assembly having not less than a
one-hour fireresistance rating.
780 CMR 405.0 UNIDERGROUND
•
STRUCTURES 405.4.3 Egress: Each compartment shall contain
not less than one exit and shall also have an exit
405.1 Applicability:- -The provisions of 780 CMR
405.0 apply to all structures having a floor level access doorway into the adjoining compartment.
used for human occupancy more than 30 feet (9144
mm) below, or more than one story below, the 405.5 Smoke exhaust system: Where
compartmentation is required by 780 CMR 405.4,
lowest level ofexit discharge serving that floor level.
each compartment shall have an independent
Exception: The provisioll1s of 780 CMR 405.0 automatically activated smoke exhaust system
shall not apply to the following structures: capable of manual operation. The system shall have
1. Occupancies in Use Group R-3 equipped an air supply and smoke exhaust capability which
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in will provide a minimum of six air changes per hour.
2. Public garages equipped throughout with an 405.5.1 Automatic fire detection: A smoke
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with detector complying with 780 CMR 918.8 and
780 CMR 906.0. suitable for the intended use shall be installed in
3. Fixed guideway transit systems. each of the following rooms: mechanical
4. Occupancies in Use Group A-5. equipment; electrical; transformer; telephone
5. Structures wherein the lowest story is the only equipment; elevator machine; or similar room.
story that qualifies the structure as an The actuation ofany detector shall sound an alarm
at a constantly attended location.
underground structure and which have an area not
exceeding 1.500 square feet (140 m~ and an 405.5.2 Activation: The smoke exhaust system
occupant load less than ten. shall be activated in the compartment of origin by
actuation of the following, independently of each
405.2 Construction: The underground portion of the other: -
structure shall be of Type 1 construction. I. Automatic sprinkler system;
2. Smoke detectors required by 780 CMR
405.3 Automatic sprinkler system: The highest 405.5.1; and
level of exit discharge serving the underground 3. Manual controls provided for fire
•
portions ofthe structure and all levels below shall be department use.
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.0. 405.6 Fire protective signaling system: Where the
lowest level of a structure is more than 60 feet
(18288 mm) below the lowest level of exit
68 780 C'MR - Sixth Edition 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

discharge, the structure shall be equipped 406.1.1 Openings: The exterior walls of the open
throughout with a fire protective signaling system in parking structure shall have uniformly distributed
accordance with 780 CMR 917.0, including a openings on not less than two sides totaling not
voice/alarm signaling system installed in accordance less than 40% of the building perimeter. The
with 780 Cl\AR 917.9 and activated in accordance aggregate area of such openings in exterior walls
with 780 CMR 917.7.1. in each level shall not be less than 20% of the
total perimeter wall area of each level. Interior
405.' Public address: Where a fire protective wall lines and column lines shall be at least 20%
signaling system is not required by 780 CMR 405.6 open with openings distributed to provide
or 917.4, a public address system shall be provided ventilation.
which shall be capable of transmitting voice Exception: Openings are not required to be
communications to the highest level of exit distributed over 40% ofthe building perimeter
discharge serving the underground portions of the where the required openings are uniformly
structure and all levels below. distributed over two opposing sides of the
building. .
405.8 Standby power: A standby power system of
sufficient capacity and rating and confonning to the 406.1.2 Separation: Exterior walls containing
requirements of 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in openings shall have afire separation distance of
Appendix A shall be provided. greater than ten feet (3048 mm).
405.8.1 Fuel suppDy: If the standby system is a 406.2 Construction requirements: Passenger
generator set inside a structure, the system shall vehicle structures shall be constructed of approved
be located in a separate. room enclosed with two- non combustible materials throughout, including
hour fireresistance fire rated fire separation structural framing, floors, roofs and walls. Any
assemblies. System supervision with manual start enclosed room or space on the premises shall
and transfer features shall be provided at the comply with the applicable requirements of
central station. ..... 780 CMR.
405.8.2 Capacity: The standby system shall
4106.3 Fuel dispensing: Areas where fuel is
•
supply the following required systems:
I. Smoke exhaust system. dispensed shall conform to the requirements of
2. Smokeproofenclosure. 780 eMIt 408.4.
3. Fire pumps.
4. One elevator to serve all floors with the 4106.4 Heights and areas: Heights and areas of open
capability of transferring power to any parking structures shall not exceed the limitations
elevator. specified in Table 406.4, except as provided for in
5. Emergency electrical system. 780 CMR 406.4.1. The heights and areas are
subject to the increases indicated in 780 CMR 504.0
405.9 Emergency power: An emergency electrical and 506.0. The above height limitations pennit
system of sufficient capacity .and rating and parking on the roof.
confonning to the requirements of 527 CMR 12.00
as listed in Appendix A shall be provided. The Table 406.4
emergency system shall supply the following HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR
required systems: OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES
U. Voice communication system. Type of
Area (square feet)&
construction
2. Fire protective signaling system.
3. Fire detection systems.
4. Elevator car lighting.
S. Means of egress lighting and! exit sign
illumination. 2
Note St. ! foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m
780 CMR 406.0 OPEN PARKllNG 406.4.U Unlimited area: Structures with all sides
S1RlUCTURES open shall be unlimited in area provided that the
&i06.X General: Open parking structures are those height does not exceed 7S feet (22860 mm). For
structures used for the parking or storage of Ii side to be considered open, the total area of
passenger motor vehicles designed to carty not more openings along the side shall not be less than 50%
than nine persons, wherein provision for the repair of the exterior area of the side at each parking
•
of such vehicles is not made arud where the exterior level and such openings shall be equally
walls ofthe structure have openings on not less than distributed along the length of each level. All
two sides. Open parking structures are not required! portions of each parking level shall be within 2QO
to conform to 780 CMR 408.0 for public garages. feet (60960 mm) horizontally from an exterior
wall opening on any permanent open space.

780 C~: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
2. 1%-inch solid or honeycomb core steel door.

406.5 Guards: All open-sided floor areas shall be
provided with a guard in accordance with 780 C~
1021.0, except that in those structures wherein
vehicles are hoisted to the desired level and placed
in the parking space entirely by approved
mechanical means, the guard is not required on the
side of the parking levels adjacent to the space
407.7 Firestopping of concealed spaces: Where a
garage is connected to an occupancy in Use Group
R-3 by a concealed space, such as a breezeway, that
is of Type 5B construction and ten feet (3048 rom)
or greater in length, the junction of the garage and
the concealed space shall be jirestopped to comply
•
occupied by the hoisting a~d placing equipment. with 780 CMR 720.0.
406.6 Wheel guards: Wheel guards made of 407.8 Means of egress: Where living quarters are
approved noncombustible material shall be placed located above a private garage, the required means
wherever required. ofegress facilities shall be separated from the garage
area with one-hour fireresistance' rated construction.
780 CMR 407.0 PRIVAlE GARAGES
407.1 General: Private garages shall comply with 780 <"'MR 408.0 PUBUC GARAGES
the requirements of 780 CMR 407.0. All private 408.1 General: Public garages shall comply with
garages not falling within the purview of 780 CMR the applicable requirements of 780 Crvm. 408.0.
407.3 through 407.7 and which are attached to or Those portions of public garages where paint
located beneath a building shall comply with the spraying is done shall comply with the r~quirements
requirements of780 C~ 313.0 for public garages. of780 CMR 419.0.
407.2 Definitions: The following words and tenns 408.2 Definitions: The following words and tenns
shall, for the purposes of 780 C~ 407.0 and as shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 408.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings used elsewhere in 780 CMR have the meanings
shown herein. shown herein.
Garage, private: A garage for four or less passenger Garage, public: A building or structure for the
•
motor vehicles, four or less single motor storage or parking of more than four passenger
airplanes, or one commercial motor vehicle, motor vehicles, motor-powered boats or private or
without provision for repairing or servicing such commercial airplanes, or more than one
vehicles for profit. commercial motor vehicle. Public garages shall
be classified in one of the following groups
407.3 Beneath rooms: Private garages located according to their specific occupancies:
beneath habitable rooms in occupancies in Use Group 1: A public garage occupied for the
Group R-I, R-2, R-3 or 1-1 shall be separated from storage, parking, repairing or the painting of, or
adjacent interior spaces by fire partitions and the dispensing offuel to, motor vehicles.
floor/ceiling assemblies which are constructed with Group 2: A public garage occupied exclusively
not less than a one-hour fireresistance rating. Wood for passenger vehicles that will accommodate not
structural members of the minimum dimensions more than nine passengers.
specified in 780 CMR 2304.0 for Type 4
construction shall be acceptable without any further 408.3 Construction: All Group 1 public garages
protection where a one-hour fireresistance rating is hereafter erected shall be classified as Use Group S-
required. 1 and all Group 2 public garages shall be classified
as Use Group 5-2; both shall conform to the height
407.4 Attached to rooms: Private garages attached and area limitations of Table 503 except as
side-by-side to rooms in occupancies in Use Group specifically provided for herein. .
R-I, R-2, R-3 or 1-1 shall be completely separated
from the interior spaces and the attic area by means 408.3.1 Sprinkler system: All public garages
ofs/s-inch·Type-X gypsum board or the equivalent shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
applied to the garage side.
906.2.1:
1. Where anyfire area exceeds 12,000 square
407.5 Door sills: The sills of all door openings
feet (1116 m2) ;
between private garages and adjacent interior spaces
2. Where the total area ofall fire areas on all
shall be raised not less than four inches (102 mm)
floors exceeds 24,000 square feet (2232 m2);
above the garage floor.
3. Where any fire area is more than three
stories above grade; or
407.6 Opening protectives: The door opening
4. Where located beneath other use groups.
protectives shall comply with one of the following.
1. 1%-inch solid core wood door.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
For the purposes of 780 CMR 408.0, a roof occupancies in Use Group I~2 that are not equipped
• occupied for the parking or storage of motor

vehicles shall not constitute a story.
408.3.2 Roof storage of motor vehicles: Where
the roof of a building is occupied for the parking
or storage of motor vehicles, such roof shall be
provided with a parapet wall or a guard
NotJ!.: Hospitals, nursing homes and
convalescent homes shall be constructed ofType
1 -construction, in accordance with. M. G.L
Co 111, §§ 51 and 71.
constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0,
and. with a wheel guard not less than six inches 409.2 Corridors: All corridors in occupancies in
(152 rom) in height that is located so as to prevent Use Group 1e2 shall be continuous to the exits and
any vehicle from striking the parapet wall or separated from all other areas except waiting areas,
guard. nurses' stations and mental health treatment areas
confonning to 780 Cl'AR 409.2.1 through 409.2.4.
408.3.3 Floor construction: The floor finish of
public garages, including airplane hangers, shall 409.2.ll. Waiting areas: Waiting areas shall not be
be of concrete or other approved nonabsorbent, open to the corridor, except where all of the
noncombustible material. following criteria are met:
1. The aggregate area ofwaiting areas in each
408.4 Fueledispensing areas: Fuelodispensing areas smoke compartment does not exceed 600
shall be located on the level nearest grade. Public square feet (56m~;
garages with fuel-dispensing areas shall be 2. Each area is located to permit direct visual
completely separated from any other use group by supervision by facility staff;
fire separation assemblies having a minimum 3. Each area is equipped with an automatic
fireresistance rating of two hours. The floors ofthe fire detection system installed in accordance
fuel-dispensing areas shall be graded to a floor with 780 CMR. 918.0; and
drainage system such that any fuel spill or leak is 4. Each area is arranged so as not to obstruct
contained within the area. The drainage system shall access to the required exits.
conform to the requirements of the plumbing code
409.2.2 Waiting areas of unlimi~ed arem: Spaces
listed in Appendix A. The fuel-dispensing area shall
•
constructed as required for corridors shall not be
be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in
open to a corridor, except where all of the
accordance with 780 C1vfR. 9.
following criteria are met
408.4.1 Fuel-dispensing systems: All fuel- 1. The spaces are not occupied for patient
dispensing and fuel storage systems shall conform sleeping rooms, treatment rooms or specific
to the requirements of the mechanical code listed occupancy areas as defined in 780 CMIR
in Appendix At. 302.1.1;
2. Each space is located to permit direct
408.5 Velllltilation: All public garages shall be visual supervision by the facUity staff;
ventilated in accordance with the mechanical code 3. Both the space and corridors that the space
listed in Appendix A. Fuel-dispensing areas shall be opens into in the same smoke compartment are
mechanically ventilated. protected by an automatic fire detection system
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 918.0;
408.6 Special hazards: Any process conducted in and
conjunction with public garages which involves 4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct
volatile flammable solvents shall be segregated or access to the required exits.
located in a detached building or structure, except as
409.2.3 Nurses' stations: Spaces for doctors' and
provided for in 780 CMR 418.0 for the storage and
nurses' charting, communications and related
handling of gasoline and other volatile flammables.
clerical·areas shall not be open to the corridor,
The quantity offlammable liquids stored or handled
except where such spaces are constructed as
in publiC garages except in underground storage
required for corridors.
tanks, in special enclosures where penniUed in
accordance with NFiPA 30A and the fire prevention 409.2.4 Mental heaUh treatment areas: Areas
code listed in Appendix A, and in the tanks of motor wherein only mental health patients who are
vehicles- shall not be more than five gallons (0.019 capable of self-preservation are housed, or group
m2) in approved safety cans. meeting or multipurpose therapeutic spaces other
than specific occupancy areas as defined in
780 CMR 409.0 USE GROUP 1-2 780 CMR 302.1.1, under continuous supervision
• 409.1 General: All occupancies in Use Group 102 by facility staff, shall not be open to the corridor,
shall comply with the provisions of780 CMR 409.0 except where all of the following criteria are met:
and all other applicable provisions of 780 CMR, I. Each area does not exceed 1,500 square
except that 780 Cl\1R 409.0' shan not apply to feet (140 m2);
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR Sheth Edition

0
71
780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
2. The area is located to permit supervision by created by smoke barriers without having to
the facility staff~ return through the smoke compartment from
3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct which means ofegress originated.
any access to the required exits~ . .
4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire 409.5 Automatic. sprinkler system: Smoke
detection system installed in accordance with compartments containing patient sleeping rooms
780 CMR 918.0~ shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
5. Not more than one such space is permitted sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
in anyone smoke compartment~ and 906.2.1. Patient sleeping rooms shall be equipped
6. The walls and ceilings of the space are with quick-response sprinklers.
constructed as required for corridors.
409.5.1 Automatic fire detection: Patient
sleeping rooms in nursing homes (both
409.3 Corridor walls: Corridor walls shall form a
intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities)
barrier to limit the transfer of smoke. The walls
and detoxification facilities shall be provided with
shall extend from the floor to the underside of the
a smoke detector that is permanently connected to
floor or roof deck above or to the underside of the
the nonnal power supply and that complies with
ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is
the requirements of UL 217 or UL 268 listed in
constructed to limit the transfer of smoke.
Appendix A. Such detectors shall provide a
409.3.1 Corridor doors: Corridor doors, other visual display on the corridor side of each patient
than those in a wall required to be rated by room and shall provide an audible and visual
780 CMR 302.1.1 or for the enclosure of a alarm at the nursing station attending that room.
vertical opening or an exit, shall not. have a Where such detectors and related devices are not
required fireresistance rating and shall not be combined with the nursing call system, the
required to be equipped with self-closing or detectors shall be installed in accordance with
automatic-closing devices, but shall provide an 780 CMR 918.0.
effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke and Exceptions:
shall be equipped with positive latching. Roller 1. Smoke detectors are not required in patient
latches are not permitted. All other doors shall rooms equipped with automatic door-closing
conform to 780 CMR 716.0. devices with integral smoke detectors on the
409.3.2 Locking devices: Locking devices which room sides installed in accordance with their
restrict access to the patient room from the listing, provided that the integral detectors
corridor, and which are operable only by staff' perform the required alerting function.
from the corridor side, shall not restrict the means 2. Patient-room smoke detectors installed in
ofegress from the patient room except for patient accordance with 780 CMR 918.0 are not
rooms in mental health facilities. Also see required to activate the fire protective signaling
780 CMR 1017.4.1.8(2). system where the visual and audible alanns
required in 780 CMR 409.s.1 are provided.
409.4 Smoke barriers: Smoke barriers shall be 3. Sleeping rooms of a child care facility as
provided to subdivide every story used by patients specified in 780 CMR 308.3.1.
for sleeping or treatment into at least two smoke
compartments. Such stories shall be divided into 780 CMR 410.0 USE GROUP 1-3
smoke compartments with an area of not more than 410.1 General: All occupancies ·in Use Group 1-3
22,500 square feet (2092 m2) and the travel distance shall comply with the provisions of780 CMR 410.0
from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke and all other applicable provisions of780 CMR (see
barrier door shall not exceed 150 feet (45720 rom). 780 CMR 308.4).
The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 712.0. 410.2 Mixed use groups: Portions of buildings with
409.4.1 Refuge area: At least 30 net square feet an occupancy in Use Group 1-3 which are classified
(2.8 m2) per patient shall be provided within the as a different use group shall meet the applicable
aggregate area of corridors, patient rooms, requirements of 780 CMR for such use groups.
treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other Where security operations necessitate the locking of
required means ofegress, provisions shall be made
low-hazard areas on each side of each smoke
barrier. On floors not housing patients confined for the release of occupants· at all times.
to a bed or litter, at least six net square feet (0.56
m~ per occupant shall be provided on each side of
410.3 Means of egress: Except as modified or as
•
each smoke barrier for the total number of provided for in 780 CMR 410.0, the provisions of
occupants in adjoining smoke compartments. 780 CMR 10 shall apply.
409.4.2 Independent egress: A means ofegress 410.3.1 Door width: Doors to resident sleeping
shall be provided from each smoke compartment rooms shall have a clear width of not less than 28
inches (711 mm).

•
6. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery
410.3.2 Sliding doors: Where doors in a means of
traverse rods, curtains, drapes or similar
egress are of the horizontal-sliding type, the force
materials shall not be installed between the
to slide the door to its fully open position shall not
automatic.sprinklers and the glazing.
exceed 50 pounds (222 N) with a perpendicular
force against the door of 50 pounds (222 N).
4U0.4 Locks: Egress doors are permitted to be
410.3.3 Horizontal exits: Horizontal exits shall locked in accordance with the applicable use
be permitted to comprise 100% of the exits condition. Doors from an area of refuge to exterior
required provided that access to an exit, other than are pennitted to be locked with a key lock the in lieu
a horizontal exit, is available in another fire oflocking methods described in 780 Cl\tIR. 410.4.1.
compartment without requiring return through the The keys to unlock the exterior doors shall be
compartment of origin. At least six square feet available at all times and the locks shall be operable
(0.56 m2) of available space per occupant shall be from both sides ofthe door.
provided on each side of the horizontal exit for
410.4.1 Remote Jrelease: All remote release of
the total number of occupants in the compartment
locks on doors in a means of egress shall be
served by that exit.
provided with reliable means of operation, remote
410.3.4 Spiral stairs and! alternating tread from the resident living areas, to release locks on
stairways: Spiral stairs that conform to the all required· doors. In .Occupancy Conditions III
requirements of 780 CMR. 1014.6.4 and or IV, the arrangement, accessibility and security
altemating tread stairways that conform to the of the release mechanism(s) required for egress
requirements of780 CMR 1014.6.6 are pennitted shall be such that with the minimum available
for access to and in between staff locations. staff at any time, the lock mechanisms are capable
of being released within two minutes.
410.3.5 Exit discharge: Exits are permitted to
discharge into a fenced or walled courtyard. Exception: Provisions for remote locking and
Enclosed yards or courts shall be of a size to unlocking of occupied rooms in Occupancy
accommodate all occupants, a minimum of 50 feet Condition IV are not required proVided that not
(15240 mm) from the building with a net area of more than ten locks are necessary to. be
•
15 square feet (1.4 m2) per person. unlocked in order to move all occupants from
one smoke compartment to an area of refuge
411.0.3.6 Sallyports: A sallyport shall be permitted within three minutes. The opening of all
in a means of egress where there are provisions necessary locks shall be accomplished with not
for continuous and unobstructed passage through more than two separate keys.
the sallyport during an emergency eXitIng
condition. A sallyport is a security vestibule with 410.4.2 Power-operated doon and iottks: All
two or more doors where the intended purpose is power-operated sliding doors or power-operated
to prevent continuous and unobstructed passage locks for swinging doors shall be operable by a
by allowing the release of only one door at a time. manual release mechanism at the door, and either
emergency power or a remote mechanical
410.3.7 Exit stairways: One of the required exit operating release shall be provided.
stairways in each building shall be permitted to
have glazing installed in doors and interior walls 410.4.3 Redundant oper211tioll1l: Remote release,
at each landing level providing access fto the mechanically operated sliding doors Oll' remote
stairway, provided that all of the following release, mechanically operated locks shall be
conditions are met: provided with a mechanically operated release
t The stairway shall not serve more than four mechanism at each door, or shall be provided with
floor levels. a redundant remote release cont1l"01.
2. Stair doors shall not be less than ~ohour 410.4.4 Relock capability: Doors remotely
fire doors complying with 780 CMR 716.0. unlocked under emergency conditions shall not
3. The total area of glazing at each floor level automatically relock when closed unless specific
shall not exceed 5,000 square inches (3.23 m~ action is taken at the remote location to enable
and individual panels of glazing shall not doors to relock.
exceed 1,296 square inches (0. 84 m~.
4. The glazing shall be protected on both 410.4.5 Emergency power: Emergency power in
sides by an automatic sprinkler system. The accordance with 527 eMIl. 12.00 as listed aug
sprinkler system shall be designed to wet Appendix A shall be provided for all electrically
power~operated sliding doors and power-operated
completely the entire surface of any glazing
•
affected by fire when actuated. locks.
5. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame Exception: Facilities with ten locks or iess
and installed in such a manner that the framing complying with the exception to 780 CMR
system will deflect without breaking (loading) 410.4.1.
the glass before the sprinkler system operates.

780 C~: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
410.5 Vertical openings: Vertical openings shall be created by smoke barriers without having to
enclosed in accordance with 780 C~ 713.3. return through the smoke compartment from
which means ofegress originates.
Exception: A floor opening between floor levels
of residential housing areas is permitted without
410.7 Subdivision of resident housing areas:
enclosure protection between the levels, provided
Sleeping ;areas including an individual cell or
that all ofthe following conditions are met:
dormitory and any contiguous day room, group
1. The entire normally occupied areas so
activity space or other common spaces where
interconnected are open and unobstructed so as
residents are housed shall be separated from all other
to enable observation of the areas by
spaces in accordance with 780 CMR 410.7.1 through
supervisory personnel.
410.7.4.
2. Means of egress capacity is sufficient to
provide simultaneous egress for all occupants 410.7.1 Occupancy Conditions m and IV: Each
from all interconnected levels and areas. sleeping area in Occupancy Conditions III and IV
3. The height difference between the highest shall be separated from the adjacent common
and lowest finished floor levels shall not spaces by a smoke-tight partition where the travel
exceed 23 feet (7010 rom). Each story, distance from the dormitory room or cell through
considered separately, has at least one-half of the common space to the exit access corridor
its individual required means ofegress capacity exceeds 50 feet (15240 mm).
provided by exits leading directly out of that
410.7.2 Occupancy Condition V: Each sleeping
story without traversing another story within
area in Occupancy Condition V shall be separated
the inter-connected area.
from adjacent sleeping areas, corridors and
common spaces by a smoke-tight partition.
410.6 Smoke barrier: All occupancies in Use
Additionally, common spaces shall be separated
Group 1-3 shall have smoke barriers complying with
from the exit access corridor by a smoke-tight
780 CrvtR 712.0 to divide every story occupied by
partition.
residents for sleeping, or any other story having an
occupant load of 50 or more persons, into at least 410.7.3 Openings in room face: The aggregate
two smoke compartments. area of all openings in a solid sleeping room face
in Occupancy Conditions il, ill, IV and V shall
Exception: Spaces having direct exit to one of the
not exceed 120 square inches (77419 mm2). The
following, provided that the locking arrangement
aggregate area shall include all openings
of the doors involved complies with the
including door undercuts, food passes and grilles.
requirements for doors at the compartment barrier
All openings shall be not more than 36 inches
for the use condition involved:
(914 mm) above the floor. In Occupancy
1. A public way;
Condition V, the openings shall be closable from
2. A building separated from the resident
the room side.
housing area by a two-hour fireresistance rated
assembly or SO feet (15240 mm) of open space; or 410.7.4 Smoke-tight doors: Doors in openings in
3. A secured yard or court having a holding partitions required to be smoke tight by 780 CMR
space 50 feet (15240 rom) from the housing area 410.7 shall be substantial doors, of construction
that provides six square feet (0.56 m2) or more of that will resist the passage ofsmoke. Latches and
refuge area per occupant including residents, staff door closers are not required on cell doors.
and visitors.
410.8 Windowless buildings: For the purposes of
410.6.1 Smoke compartments: The maximum
780 CMR ~nO.8, a windowless building or portion of
number of residents in any smoke compartment
a building is one with nonopenable windows,
shall be 200. The travel'distance to a door in a
windows not readily breakable or without windows.
smoke barrier from any room door required as exit
Windowless buildings shall be provided with vent
access shall not exceed 150 feet (45720 mm).
openings, smoke shafts or an engineered smoke
The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier
control system to provide venti/ation (mechanical or
from any point in a room shall not exceed 200 feet
natural) for each windowless smoke compartment.
(60960 mm).
410.6.1 Refuge area: At least six net square feet 780 CMR 411.0 MOTION PICI1JRE
per occupant shall be provided on each side of PROJECI10N ROOMS, SCREENING
each smoke barrier for the total number of ROOMS AND SOUND STAGES
occupants in adjoining smoke compartments. (Refer to MoG.L Co 143, § 89 for additional
This space shall be readily available whenever the information regarding cellulose nitrate film and
occupants are moved across the smoke barrier in Appendix A for related Code of Massachusetts
a fire emergency. RegulatiOils /CMR's}).
410.6.3 Independent egress: A means ofegress
shall be provided from each smoke compartment
74 780 C!\1R - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
4111..1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR. 411.0 shall be enclosed in one-hour fire separation
shall apply to rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose assemblies. All seats shall be permanently fixed in
acetate or other safety film is utilized in conjunction position and the arrangement shall comply with the
with electric arc, xenon or other light-source requirements of780 eMR 1012.0.
projection equipment which develops hazardous
gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose nitrate film 4H.7 Sound stage construction: All sound stages
is utilized or stored, such rooms shall comply with for motion picture or television productions shall be
NFiPA 40 listed in Appendix A. equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
Every motion picture machine projecting film as system installed in accordance with 780 CMR 9.
mentioned within the scope of780 CMR. -411.0 shall
be enclosed in a projection room. Appurtenant 780 CMR 412.0 STAGES AND PLAlFORMS
electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transformers 411.2.1 Applicability: The provisions of 780 CMR
and generators, shall be within the projection room 412.0 shall apply to all parts of buildings and
or in an adjacent room of equivalent construction. structures which contain stages or platforms and
There shall be posted on the outside of each similar appurtenances as herein defined.
projection room door and within the projection room
itself, a conspicuous sign with one-inch (25 mm) 412.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
block letters stating "Safety Film Only Permi~ed in shall, for the purposes of 780 Cl\AR 412.0 and as
this Room". used elsewhere in 780 CJ\.1R, have the meanings
shown herein.
411.2 Construction of projection rooms: Every
projection room shall be of pennanent construction Platform: A platform is a raised area within a
consistent with the construction requirements for the building for: the presentation of music, plays or
type of building in which the projection room is other entertainment; the head table for special
Rocated. Openings are not required to be protected. guests; the raised area for lectures and speakers;
The room shall have a floor area of not less than boxing and wrestling rings; theater-in-the-round;
80 square feet (7.44 m2) for a single machine. Each and similar purposes wherein there are 'no
••
motion picture projector, floodlight, spotlight or overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery or
similar piece of equipment shall have· a clear stage effects other than lighting. A temporary
working space of not less than 30 inches by 30 platform is one installed for not more than 30
inches (762 mm by 762 nun) on each side and at the days.
rear thereof, but only one such space shall be
required between two adjacent projectors. The Stage: A stage is a partially enclosed ]portion of a
projection room and the rooms appurtenant thereto building which is designed or used for the
shall have a ceiling height ofnot less than seven feet presentation of plays, demonstrations or other
six inches (2286 mm). The aggregate of openings entertainment. A stage shall be further classified
for projection equipment shall not exceed 25% ofthe as either a legitimate stage, regular stage or thrust
area ofthe wall between the projection room and the stage.
auditorium. All openings shall be provided with Stage, Begitimate: A stage wherein curtains,
glass or other approved material, so as to close drops, leg drops, scenery, lighting devices or other
completely the opening.
stage effects are retractable horizontally or
suspended overhead.
4U.•3 Projection booth and! equipment Stage, regular: A stage wherein curtains, fixed
ventilation: Projection booths and equipment shall leg drops, valances, scenery and other stage
be ventilated in accordance with the mechanical effects are hung and are not retractable.
code listed in Appendix A. Stage, thrust: A platform extending beyond the
proscenium arch and into the audience.
411.4 Lighting cantrell!: Provision shall be made for
control of the auditorium lighting and the means of
412.3 Stages: Stage construction shall comply with
egress lighting systems oftheaters from 'inside ofthe 780 CMR 412.3.1 through 412.3.9.
room and from at least one other convenient point in
the building as required in 780 CMR 1024.3.1. 412.3.1 Stage floor construction: Openings
.through all stage floors shall be equipped with
411.5 Miscellaneous equipment Each projection tight-fitting, solid wood trap doors not less than
mom shall be provided with rewind and film storage two inches in nominal thickness with approved
facilities. safety locks or other materials of equal physical
•
and fire endurance properties.
411.6 Screening rooms: Screening rooms shall 412.3.101 Legitimate stages: Legitimate stages
provide a seating capacity of not more than 30 shall be constructed of materials as required for
persons, with not less than two approved means of floors for the type of construction, but not less
egress complying with 780 CMR. 10. Such rooms than Type IB construction except that the

780 Cfv1R: STATE BOARD OF BuILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
portion of the legitimate stage extending back protected with fire doors that comply with
•
from and six feet (1829 mm) beyond the full 780 CMR 716.0.
width of the proscenium opening on each side 412.3.5.1 Trim, finish and decorative
shall be permitted to be constructed of han~~ings; All moldings and decorations
noncombustible or heavy timber construction around the proscenium opening shall be
covered with a wood floor of not less than two constructed entirely of approved
inches nominal in thickness. Except for the noncombustible material.
finished floor, combustible construction shall
not extend beyond the plane of the proscenium 412.3.6 Proscenium curtain: The proscenium
opening. opening of every legitimate stage shall be provided
with a curtain of approved material designed and
412.3.1.2 Regular and thrust stages: Regular
installed to intercept hot gases, flames and smoke,
stages and thrust stages shall be constructed of
and to prevent a glow from a severe fire on the stage
materials as required for floors for the type of
from showing on the auditorium side for a period of
construction of the building in which such
30 minutes. The closing ofthe curtain from the full
stages are located.
open position shall be effected in less than 30
412.3.2 Stage rigging loft: The rigging 10ft, also seconds, but the last eight feet of travel shall require
referred to as the loft or fly, is the space over the not less than five seconds.
stage where scenery and equipment is out of view. 412.3.6.1 Activation: The curtain shall be
The fly gallery is the narrow raised platform at the activated by rate-of-rise heat detection
side of the legitimate stage from which the lines operating at a rate of temperature rise of 15 to_
for flying scenery are manipulated. The gridiron 20°F per minute (8° to 11°C per minute)~ and
is the arrangement of beams over a legitimate by an auxiliary manual control.
stage supporting the machinery for flying scenery"
412.3.6.2 Fire test: A, sample curtain with a
and hanging battens from which lighting is hung.
minimum of two vertical seams shall be
The pin rail is the beam at one side of a legitimate
subjected to the standard fire test specified in
stage through which wooden or metal pins are
ASTM EI19 listed in Appendix A for a period
driven and to which lines from the flies are
of 30 minutes. The curtain shall overlap the
fastened. The rigging loft, fly galleries, gridiron
furnace edges by an amount that is appropriate
•
and pin rails shall be constructed of approved
to seal the top and sides. The curtain shall
noncombustible materials.
have a bottom pocket containing a minimum of
412.3.3 Footlights and stage electrical four lbs. per linear foot (6 kglm) of batten. The
equipment: Footlights and border lights shall be exposed surface of the curtain shall not glow,
installed in troughs constructed of approved and flame or smoke shall not penetrate the
noncombustible materials. Ready access shall be curtain during the test period. Unexposed
provided at all times to the switchboard. The surface temperature and hose stream test
storage or placing of stage equipment against the requirements are not applicable to the
switchboard shall be prohibited. proscenium fire safety curtain test.
412.3.4 Exterior stage doors: Where protection 412.3.6.3 Smoke test: Curtain fabrics shall
of openings is required, exit discharge door have a smoke-developed rating of 25 or less
openings to the outer air shall be protected with when tested in accordance with ASTM E84
fire doors that comply with 780 CMR 716.0. All listed in Appendix A.
exterior openings which are located on the stage 412.3.6.4 Tests: The completed proscenium
for means of egress or loading and unloading curtain shall be subjected to operating tests
purposes, and which are likely to be open during prior to the issuance of a certificate of
occupancy of the theater, shall be constructed occupancy.
with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the
412.3.7 Scenery: All combustible materials used
auditorium.
in sets and scenery shall be rendered flame-
412.3.5 Proscenium wall: Legitimate stages shall resistant to comply with 780 CMR 8.
be completely separated from the seating area by
412.3.8 Stage ventilation: Emergency ventilation
a proscenium wall with not less than a two-hour
shall be provided.z for stages larger than 1,000
fireresistance rating extending continuously from
square feet (93 m ) in floor area, or with a stage
the foundation to the roof. There shall not be
height greater than 50 feet (15240 nun). Such
other openings in the wall separating a legitimate
stage from the auditorium except: the main ventilation shall comply with 780 CMR 412.3.8.1
or 412.3.8.2
proscenium opening; two doorways at the stage
level, one on each side" thereof; and one doorway 412.3.8.1 Roof vents: Two or more vents
to the musician's pit from the space below the constructed to open automatically by approved
stage floor. Each such doorway shall not exceed heat-activated devices and with and aggregate
45 square feet (4.19 m2) in area and shall be clear opening area of not less than 5% of the

area of the stage shall be located near the

center and above the highest part of the stage 4112.5 Dressing and! appurtenant ro·oms: Dressing
area, except as otherwise provided fOf in and appurtenant rooms shall comply with 780 Cl\1R
780 CMR 412.3.9. Supplemental means shan 412.5.1 through 412.5.3 ..
be provided for manual operation of the
412.5.1 Construction: Dressing rooms. scene
ventilator. Curbs shall be provided as required
. docks, property rooms, works~ops. storerooms
for skylights in 780 CMR 2608.2.
and all compartments appurtenant to the stage
412.3.8.2 Smoke control: Smoke control in shall be separated from each other and from the
accordance with 780 CMR 921.0 shall be stage and all other parts of the building by fire
provided to maintain the smoke layer interface separation assemblies with not less than a o?e-
not less than six feet (1829 rom) above the hour fireresistance rating with approved opemng
highest level of the assembly seating or above. protectives. Such rooms shall not be placed
the top of the proscenium opening where a immediately over or under the operating stage
proscenium wall is required by 780 CMR area.
412.3.5.
:Exception: Separation from the stage is not
412.3.9 Superimposed theaters: Additions or required for stages having a floor area of 500
extensions shall not be erected over the stage square feet (46.5 m~ or I~ss.
section of a theater, nor shall a second theater be
412.5.2 Opening protectives: Openings other
erected above another. Whereapp~ov~~, the
than to trunk rooms and the necessary doorways
prohibition against superimposed thea.teTs ..and
. at stage level shall not connect such rooms with
construction above the stage shall -not apply
. the stage. and such openings shall be protected
where approved access is provided for fire
withjire doors that comply with 780 Cl\1R 7] 6.0.
fighting with direct means of v7-ntilati~n to the
outer air from the stage portion. : 412.5.3 Dressing room and stage exits: Each tier
of dressing rooms shall be provided with at least
412.4· Platforms: Platform construction shall two means ofegress. Means ofegress stairways
comply with 780 CMR 412.4.1 and 4 I 2.4.2. from dressing and storage rooms are not required
to be enclosed where located in the stage area
412.4.1 Materi~ls: In buildings required to be of
behind the proscenium walL At least one
Type ! or Type 2 construction where the
approved means ofegress shan be provided from
platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm)
each side of the stage; from each side ofthe space
above the main floor level, the minimum type of
under the stage; from each fly gallery; and from
construction for a -permanent platform shall be
the gridiron. A steel ladder shlill be provided
Type 2C. For aU types ofconstruction where the
from the gridiron to a scuttle in the stage roof.
platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm)
above the main floor level. not hirger in area than
412.6 Automatic sprinlder system: Stages and
] 0% ofthe room floor area and not more than 200
enclosed platforms shall be equipped with an
square feet (I9 m2) in area, the minimum type of
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
construction for a pennanent platform· shall be
780 CMR 412.0 and 780 CMR 906.0 or 780 CMR
Type 5B. . For all types of construction where the.
907.0. The system shall be installed: under the roof
platforms ~e not more than 30 inches (762 mm)
and gridiron, in the tie and fly galleries and in all
above the main floor level, not larger than 1h of
places behind the proscenium wall ofthe stage~ over
the room floor area and not more than 3.000
and within enclosed platfonns in excess of 500
square feet (279 m~ in area, the minimum type of
square feet {46.S m~ in area; and in dressing rooms.
construction for a permanent platform shall be
lounges, workshops and storerooms accessory to
Type 4 or the platform shall b~ constructed of
such stages or enclosed platfo17n;s.
fireretardant-treated wood. All· other permanent
platforms shall be constructe~ of appro:,ed Exceptions:
materials as required .for floors for the reqUITed 1. Stages or enclosed platforms open to the
type of construction of the building- in which it is auditorium room on three or more sides.
located. Temporary platforms shall be 2.· Altars. pulpits ~r similar platforms and
constructed ofany approved material. - accessory rooms.
3. Stage gndirons whe~e sidewall sprinklers with
412.4.2 Space beneath: The space between the
135°P (57°C) rated heads with heat-baffle plates
floor and a temporary platform a~ove shall not be
are installed around the perimeter of .the stage
utilized for any purpose other than electrical
except for the proscenium opening at points not
wiring to platform equipment Where the space
more than 30 inches '(762 mm) below the gridiron
between the floor and a pennanent platform above
is utilized for any purpose other than electrical nor more than six inches (152 rom) below the
baftle plate.
wiring or plumbing, the platform shall provide a
one-hour fireresistance rating. 4. Under stage or enclosed platform areas less
ilian four feet (1219 mm) in clear height utilized!

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUlLDING REGULAnONS AND STANDARDS
for storage, the stage and supporting structUres
•
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not
shall be of one-hour frreresistance rated
required where the total floor area of a temporary
construction.
special! amusement building is less than 1,000
2
square feet (93 m ) and the travel distance from
412.7 Standpipes: A wet standpipe system in
any point to an exit is less than 50 feet (15240
accordance with 780 CMR 914.0 shall be provided
rom).
and equipped with 1Yz-inch bose connections on
each side of the stage.
413.5 System response:" The activation of the
Exception: When~ the building or area is automatic fire detection system within a single
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler protected area or the automatic sprinkler system
system, the hose connections. that are ~upplied shall automatically:. .
from the automptic sprinkler system shall have a 1. Cause illumination of the· means of egress
water supply· of not less than that required by with light of not less than one footcandle (10.76
NFiPA 13 Hsted in Appem!ixA. lux) at the walking surface level; ..
2. Stop any conflicting or confusing sounds and
412.7.1 Hose and cabinet: The hose connections
visual distractions; and
shall be equipped with sufficient lengths of 1~ -
3. Activate an approved directional" exit marking
inch hose to provide f1re protection for the stage
that will become apparent in an emergency.
area; such connections shall be equipped with an
approved adjustable fog nozzle and be mounted in 413.5.11 Alarm: Activation of any single smoke
a cabinet or a rack. detector, the automatic sprinkler system or any
other automatic fIre detection device shall,
780 CMR 413.0 SPECIAL AMUSEMENT immediately sound an alarm at the building at a
BUILDllNGS constantly attended location from which
413.1 Genera): Special amusement buildings shall emergency action can be initiated including the
comply with the requirements for buildings of the capability of manual initiation of requirements in
appropriate assembly use group in addition to the 780 CMR 413.5.
requirements of 780 CMR413.0. 413.5.2 Public address system: A public address
Exception: Buildings or portions thereof that are system, which is also permitted to serve as an
•
essentially open to the outside air, such as alann system, shall be provided and shall be
buildings without walls or without a roof and audible throughout the entire special amusement
arranged to prevent the accumulation of smoke in building. .
the building or structure are not required to
comply with 780 CMR 413.0. 413.5.3 Exit marking: "Exit" signs shall be
installed at required exit doorways. Approved
413.2 Special amusement building: A special directional exit markings shall also be provided
amusement building is any temporary, permanent or and shall include signs as required by 780 CMR
mobile building or portion thereof which is occupied 1023.0. Where mirrors, mazes or other designs
for amusement, entertainment or educational are used that confound the means ofegress paths,
purposes and· which contains a device or system approved low-:-leveI "exit" signs and directional
which conveys passengers or provides a walkway .. path markings shall be provided and located not
along, around or over a course in any direCtion so more tban eight inches (203 mm) above the
arranged that the meanS ofegress path is not readily walking surface and on or near the means ·of
apparent due to visual or audio distractions or is egress path. Such markings shall become visible
intentionally confounded or is not readily available when activated in accordance with 780 CMR
due to the nature of the attraction or mode of 413.5, item 3.
conveyance through the building or structure.
413.6 Interior rmish: The interior finish shall be
413.3 Fire detection: All special amusement Class I in accordance with 780 CMR 803.2.
buildings shall be equipped with an automatic fIre
detection system in accordance with 780 CMR 413.7 Required ~hspedions. Buildings or portions
918.0. thereof, classified as special amusement buildings
shall be inspected on an annual basis to ensure
Exception: In areas where the ambient conditions compliance with the applicable portions of
will cause a· smoke detector to activate, an 780CMR.
approved alternative type of automatic detector
shall be installed. . 780 CMR 414.0 AIRPORT TRAFFlC"
CONTROL TOWERS
413.4 Automatic sprinklers: All special amusement·
•
414.1 General: The provisions of780 CMR 414.0
buildings shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with· shall apply to airport traffic control towers not
780 CMR 906.0. Where the special amusement exceeding 1,500 square feet per floor occupied only
building is temporary or mobile, the sprinkler water for air traffic control. electrical and mechanical
supply shall be of an approved temporary means. equipment rooms, radar and electronics roo~s.
78 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1119/01 .

office spaces incidental to tower operation and 780 CMR 416.0 IIPM FACIUTIES
lounges for employees, including restrooms. 4116.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 416.0
shall apply to buildings and structures using
414.2 Type of COlllstruction: Air traffic control hazardous production materials (RPM), such as in
towers shall be constructed to confonn to the height semiconductor fabrication facilities and areas of
and area limitations of Table 414.2. comparable research and development. Except as
specifically required by 780 CMR 416.0, such
Table 414.2 buildings shall comply with the applicable
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR requirements of 780 CMIR. The specific code
AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS provisions of 780 CMR. 307.0, 506.3 and Table
Type of H .ghta,b Maximwn ~a 1009.2 applicable to highDhazard use groups shall
construction el (square feet)
not apply unless stated herein.
4116.2 Definitions: The following words and tenns

shall, for the purposes of 780 ~rvm. 416.0 and as
Note a. Height to be measured from grade to cab
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
floor. 2
shown herein.
. Note b. 1 foot 304.8 mm; 1 square food =- O.093m .
D
Emergency control station: An approved location on

414.3 Egress: A minimum of one exit stairway shall the premises where signals from emergency
be pennitted for airport traffic control towers of any equipment are received and which is staffed by
height provided that the occupant load per floor does trained personnel.
not exceed 15. The stairway shall confono to the
requirements of780 CIvIR 1014.0 and 1015.0. The Fabrication area: A fabrication area is one in which
stairway shall be separated from elevators by a there are processes involving hazardous
minimum distance of Y2 of the diagonal of the area production materials (HPM), and includes
served. ancillary rooms or areas, such as dressing rooms
and offices, which are supplemental to the area
Exception: Smokeproojenclosures as set forth in processes.
780 CIvm.l015.0 are not required where required
stairways are pressurized to a minimum of 0.15 Hazoraous production material (HPM): A solid,
inch ofwater column (37.33 P) and a maximum of liquid or gas that has a degree of hazard rating in
0.35 inch of water column (87.10 P) in the shaft health, flammability or reactivity of Class 3 or 4
relatnve to the building with all stairway doors as ranked by NFiPA 704 listed in Appendix.AI and
closed. which is used directly in research, laboratory or
production processes which have as their end
414.4 Automatic fire detectnolll systems: Airport product, materials which are not hazardous.
traffic control towers shall be provided with an
automatic fire detection system installed in Service passage~ HPM: A· passage in which
accordance with 780 CMR 918.0. hazardous production materials (RPM) are
transported from a separate inside RPM storage
414.5 Standby power: A standby power system that room or the exterior of the building to the
confonns to 780 CMR 403.9 and 527 CMR 12.00 tflS perimeter wall of the jabrication area, for
listed in Appendix A shall be provided in airport purposes other than required means of egress.
traffic control towers more than 65 feet (19812 mm)
in height. Power shall be provided to mechanical Storage room, HPM, separate imide: A room in
equipment servicing smokeproof enclosures and which hazardous production materials (HPM) are
stairway pressurization systems, means of egress stored in containers, tanks, drums or other means,
lighting, elevator operational equipment and the and which is separated from other occupancies.
automatic fire detection system. Such rooms include:
RPM cutoffroom: An RPM storage room within
780 CMR 415..0 Ol.JTDOOR PROCESSING a building and having at least one exterior wall.
FACILITIES RPM imide room: An RPM storage room totaUy
415.1 Industry standards: Outdoor processing enclosed within a building and not having exterior
facilities such as chemical plants, refineries and walls.
grain elevators shall be constructed in accordance
with the accepted engineering practice of the 416.3 AUowable heights, stories and area: The
specific industry and the fire prevention code listed allowable height, number of stories and basic areas
in Appendix A, subject to the approval of the the permitted for HPM buildings and structures shall not
building code enforcement official I!JJnd the fire exceed the limitations specified in Table 416.3. The
prevention officer. provisions of780 CMR 507.0 shall not apply. The
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CI\1R ~ Sheth Edition 19

THE MASSACHUSETIS STAIE BUILDING CODE
area limitations are for one- or two-story buildings Table 416.5(1)

facing on a street or public space not less than 30 PERMITTED AMOUNTS OF RPM IN A
feet (9144 nun) wide. The increases pennitted in SINGLE FABRICATION AREA·
780 CMR 506.2 and 506.3 shall apply. QUANTITY BASIS
Material Maximum quantitl
Table 416.3 Flammable liquids
HEIGHT, NUMBER OF STORIES AND Class I-A 90 gallons
AREA LIMITATIONS FOR RPM USE Class I-B IlO gallons
FACILITIES Class I-C 270 gallons
Type of Nwnberof Height (feet)a Area (squ~e Combinatiolll flammable liquids
construction stories feet/floor) . containing not more than the exempt
lAand IB 3 55 Unlimited amounts of Class I-A. I-B or I·C
2A 3 55 34,200 flammable liquids 360 gallons
2B 3 55 22,500 Combustible liquids
...
2C 3- 40
"
14,400 Class II 360 gallons

. 3A . 3 Class IlI..A 750 gallons'
50 19,800
3B __
...
..
3 ."
...
40· 14,400 Flammable ,gases 9.000 cubic feet at
, one atmosphere of
-~
4 3 . 55 21,600
pressure at 70°F
SA 3 40 15,300
5B 2 30 7200 Liquefied flammable gases 180 gallons
Note a. 1 foot =304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m2 Flammable solids 1,500 pounds
Corrosive liquids 165 gallons
Oxidizing material· gases . 18.000 cubic feet
. 416.4 Fire suppression: HPM facilities shall be Oxidizing material - liquids . 150 gallons
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler Oxidizing material· solids .' _ ... 1,500 pounds
system in accordance with 780 CMR 9. The design Organic peroxides 30 pounds
for the fabrication areas, service passages, separate Highly toxic material and poisonous gas Included in the
inside HPM storage rooms without dispensing, and aggregate for
means of egress corridors shall meet the flammables as noted
•
above
requirements for Ordinary Hazard Group 2 in 3 3
NFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A. The design for Note a. 1 gallon - 0.00379 m ; 1 cubic foot =0.028 m ;
separate inside HPM storage rooms with dispensing 1 pound =0.454 kg; degrees C = {(degrees F)-32}/1.8.
shall meet the requirements for Extra Hazard Group
2 in NFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A. Table 416.5(2)
PERMITrED AMOUN'l'S OF HPM IN A
416.5 Amount ofHPM in a fabrication area: The SINGLE FABRICATION AREA-DENSITY
BASIS a,e
total amount of HPM pennitted in a single
d Flam- Oxi- Cor-
fabrication area shall be based on the densities in State Units
mabie dizer rosive
Table 416.5(2), or the quantities in Table 416.5(1),
Solid Pounds per aquare foot 0.001 0.003 0;003
whichever is the larger amount. b
Liquid Gallons per square foot O.04 0.03 0.08
Gas Cubic feet ner sauare foot 1.250 1.250 3.000
Note 8. HPM within piping shall not be included in the
calculated quantities.
Note b. The maximum pennitted quantities of flammable
and combustible liquids shall not exceed the following
quantities:
Class (I-A) + (I-B) + (I- C) (combination
flammable liquids.) =.025
However Class I-A shall not exceed = .0025
Class II = .01
Class III-A = .02
Note c. Highly toxic materials and poisonous gases
shall be limited by the maximum quantities specified in
Table 416.5(1).
Note d. One pound per square foot = 4.882 kglm 2; I
gallon per square foot =0.0407 m]1m2; 1 cubic foot per
square foot:= 0.301 m3/m2•
•
•
416.6 Egress: There shall not be less than two provided to detect the presence of a short-tenn
means ofegress provided for any fabriCation area or hazard condition. Where dispensing occurs and
any HPM facility subdivision thereoflarger than 200 flammable gases or vapors are liberated in
square feet (18.62 m~. The maximum length of exit quantities exceeding 20% of the lower explosive
access travel in HPM facilities shall be 100 feet limitation, a continuous gas-monitoring system
(30480 mm). shall be provided. The monitoring system shall
be connected to the emergency control station.
416.7 Separation: Fabrication areas shall be
separated from each other, from means of egress 416.10 Transporting HPM: HPM shall be
corridors, and from other parts of the building by transported to fabrication areas through enclosed
not less than one-hour fire separation assemblies in piping or tubing systems which comply with
compliance with 780 CMR709.0, withfire doors 780 CMR 416.15, through service passages, or in
complying with 780 CMR 716.0. Floors fonning means of egress corridors as pezmitted in the
part of the required separation shall be liquid tight. exception to 780 CMR 416.12.
416.8 Floors: Floors withinfabrication areas shall 416.11 Electrical: Electrical equipment and devices
be of approved noncombustible construction. within the fabrication area shall comply with
Unprotected openings through floors offabrication 527 CMR listed in Appendix A. The requirements
areas are pennitted where the interconnected levels for hazardous locations are not required to be
are used solely for mechanical equipment directly applied where the average rate of air change is at
related to suchfabrication areas. least four cfin per square foot (20300 cm31s1m2) of
Mechanical, duct and piping penetrations within floor area and where the rate of air change at any
a fabrication area shall not extend through more location is not less than three cfm per square foot
than two floors. Penetrations shall be effectively (l5200 cm3/s/m2).
firestopped in accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.4 at
the floor level. The fabrication area, including the 416.12 Means of egress corridors: Means ofegress
areas through which ductwork and piping extend, corridors shall comply with 780 CMR 1011.4 and
•
shall be considered a single conditioned space or fire shall be separated from fabrication areas as
area. specified in 780 CMR 416.7. Means of egress
corridors shall not be used for transporting HPM
416.9 Ventilation, general: Ventilation systems except as provided for in 780 CMR 416.12.1 and
shall comply with the mechanical code listed in 416.15.2.
Appendix A except as otherwise' provided herein.
416.12.1 Existing facilities: JIn existing HPM
Ventilation, including recalculated air, shall be
facilities, when there are alterations or
provided throughout the fabrication area at the rate
modifications to existing fabrication areas, the
of not less than lcfm per square foot (5074
transportation of HPM in means of egress
cm3/s/m2) offioor area.
corridors shall be permitted provided that all of
416.9.1 IntercoDnection: The exhaust system of the requirements of 780 CMR 416.12.1.1 and
one fabrication area shall not connect to another 416.12.1.2 are met.
exhaust system outside that fabrication area 416.12.1.1 Conidon: Corridors adjacent to
within the building. The return air system from the fabrication area under alteration shall
one fabrication area shall not connect to any comply with Table 602, item 4, for a length
other system. determined as follows:
416.9.2 Smoke detectors: Smoke detectors shall 1. The length of the common wall of the
be installed in the recirculating air stream and corridor and thatfabrication area; and
shall initiate a signal at the emergency control 2. For the distance along the corridor to
station. the point of entry of HP M into the corridor
serving thatfabrication area.
416.9.3 Shutoff switches: Automatic shutoffs are
416.12.Jl.2 Openings: There shall not be
not required to be installed on airomoving
openings between the corridor and an HPM
equipment. A manually operated remote switch
storage cabinet in afiJbrication area other than
to shut off the fabrication area supply or the
.those in compliance with all of the following:
recirculation air system, or both, shall be provided
1. one-hour fire doors are installed
at an approved location outside the fabrication
between the corridor and the cabinet;
area.
2. The cabinet is separated from the
416.9.4 Gas detection: Where HPM gas RS used corridor with a oneohour fireresistance rated
or dispensed and the physiological warning fire partition; and
.properties for the gas are at a higher level than the 3. Automatic sprinklers shall be provided
accepted permissible exposure limitation for the inside the cabinets
gas, a continuous gasomonitoring system shall be

e 81
•
416.13 Service passages: Service passages shall be system station shall be installed outside of each
considered as HPM facilities. Service passages shall interior egress door from HPM cutoffrooms. The
be separated from means of egress corridors as signal shall be relayed to the emergency control
required by 780 CMR 416.7. station and a local signaling device provided.
416.13.1 Ventilation: Service passages shall be 416.14.6 Electrical:' HPM cutoff rooms
ventilated as required by 780 CMR 416.9. containing flammable liquids or gases shall be
~lassified as Class I, Division 1, hazardous
416.13.2 Egress: There shall not be less than two
locations in accordance with 527 CMR listed in
means of egress from a service passage. Not
AppendixA.
more than one-half of the required means of
egress shall be into the fabrication area. Doors 416.14.7 Gas detection: Gas detection shall be
from service passages shall be self-closing and provided for in accordance with 780 CMR
swing in the direction of means ofegress travel. 416.9.4.
416.13.3 Travel distance: The maximum distance
416.15 Piping and tubing: HPM piping and tubing
oftravel from any point in a service passage to an
shall comply with 780 CMR 416.15 and shall be
exit or door into a fabrication area shall not
installed in accordance with ASME B31.3 listed in
. exceed 75 feet (22860 mm). Dead ends shall not
AppendixA.
exceed four feet(1219 mm) in length.
416.1S.1 General: Piping and tubing systems
416.13.4 Alarms: Alanns shall be provided for in
shall be metallic unless the material being
accordance with 780 CMR416.14.5.
transported is incompatible with such system.
Systems supplying gaseous HPM, having a health
416.14 Storage of HPM, general: Rooms used for
hazard of 3 or 4 as ranked by NFiPA 704 listed in
the storage of HPM in quantities greater than those
Appendix A, shall be welded throughout, except
set forth in Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2), except for
for connections, valves and fittings which are
those quantities pennitted within afabrication area,
within an exhausted enclosure. HPM supply
shall comply with the provisions ofNFiPA 30 listed
•
piping or tubing in service passages shall be
in Appendix A, provided that the area of an RPM
exposed to view.
cutoffroom shall not exceed 6,000 square feet (558
m2). The storage area for any liquid HPM shall be 416.15.2 Installation in egress corridors or
provided with drains. above other use groups: HPM shall not be
located within means ofegress corridors or above
416.14.1 Location within building: Where HPM
areas not containing HPM facilities except as
cutoffrooms are provided, such rooms shall not
permitted by 780 CMR 416.1 5. HPM piping and
be less than 30 feet (9144 nun) from lot lines.
tubing shall be permitted within the space defin.ed
416.14.2 RPM drainage systems: Drainage by the walls of means ofegress corridors and the
systems shall be provided to direct liquid leakage floor or roof above, or in concealed spaces above
and fire protection water to a safe location away other use groups under the following conditions:
from the building, important valves or adjoining 1. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed
property. HPMjlammab/e liquid drains shall be within the space unless the space is less than
separated from other HPM liquid drains Other six inches (152 nun) in least dimension.
HPM liquids in drains that are not compatible 2. Ventilation at not less than six air changes
shall be separated from each other, provided that per hour shall be provided. The space shall not
the liquids are permitted to be combined when be used to convey air from any other area.
such liquids have been rendered acceptable for 3. All HPM supply piping and tubing and
discharge by an approved means into the public HPM non-metallic waste lines shall be
sewers. separated from the means of egress corridor
and from any use group other than an HPM use
416.14.3 Egress: There shall be two means of
facility by afire separation assembly having a
egress from a separate inside HPM storage room
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour.
where the room exceeds 200 square feet (186 m~
Where gypsum wallboard is used, joints on the
in area. Where two means ofegress are required
piping side ofthe enclosure are not required to
from RPM cutofJrooms, one shall be directly to
be taped, provided that the joints occur over
the outside of the building. All storage room
framing members.
means of egress doors shall be self-closing and
4. Where piping or tubing is used to transport
•
swing in the direction of means ofegress travel
HPAI liquids, a receptor shall be installed
416.14.4 Ventilation: Exhaust ventilation shall be below such piping or tubing. The receptor
provided for in accordance with 780 CMR 416.9. shall be designed to collect and drain any
for all categories of HPM. discharge or leakage to an approved location.
The one-hour enclosure required by 780 CMR
416.14.5 Emergency alarm: An emergency
telephone system or local fire protective signaling

•
416.15.2, item 3 shall not be used as part of the nwnber of pennitted control areas and degree offire
receptor. separation shall be in accordance with Table 417.2.
5. Manual or automatic remotely activated The floor construction and supporting structure for
failasafe emergency shutoffvalves, with ready all floors within the control area shall require a
access thereto, shall be installed on piping and minimum two·hour fireresistance rating.
tubing, other than waste lines, at branch
connections into the fabrication area, and at Tablle 411.2
entries into means ofegress corridors. PERMITTED CONTROL AREAS8 , b
6. Where HPM supply gas is carried in Percent of
pressurized piping, a fail·safe system for allowable Vertical fire
Control areas
.excess flow control shall shut off flow due to a Floor level exempt separation
per floor
quantities per walls (hours)
rupture in the piping. control area
7 Electrical wiring and equipment located in 1 100 4 1
the piping space shall be approved for Class I, 2 75 3 1
Division 2, hazardous locations in accordance 3 50 2 J
with 527 CMR listed in Appendix A. 4 12.5 2 2
8. Gas detection shall be as provided for in S 12.5 . 2, 2
780 CMR 416.9.4 6 12.5 2 2
7a9 5 2 2
Exception: Conditions 1through 8 shall not Higher than 9 5 I 2
apply to transverse crossings of the Note 8. The number offioor levels below grade shall
corridors by supply piping that is coaxially Illot exceed two. The first floor level before grade shall be
enclosed within a ferrous pipe or tube for llimited to 75% of the maximum allowable exempt
the width of the corridor. An enclosing quantity per control area with a maximum of three
pipe or tube open to an HPM use facility is control areas. The second floor level below grade shall
permitted. be limited to 50% of the maximum allowable exempt
quantity per control area with a maximum of two control
416.15.3 Identification: Piping, tubing and HPM areas.
•
waste lines shall be identified in accordance with Note b. In mercantile occupancies, a maximum ortwo
ASME A13.1 listed in AppendixA. control areas per floor shall be pennitted in retail sales
rooms.
780 CMR 417.0 HAZARDOUS MATlERIAl.S
(See also 780 CMR 426.0/or the design and 417.2.1 HazardoUls material in mercantile
constriction of Bulk Merchandising· Retail display areas: Except as modified by 780 eMiR.
Buildings.) 426, the aggregate quantity ofnonflammable solid
417.1 General: The provisions of780 CMR 417.0 and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid
shall apply to all buildings and structwres occupied hazardous materials permitted within a single
for the manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or control area of a retail sales occupancy is
storage of hazardous materials. All buildings and permitted to exceed the exempt amounts specified
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H shall in Tables 307.8(1} and 307.8(2) without
also comply with the applicable provisions of classifying the building as a high-hazard use
780 CMR 418.0 and the fire prevention code listed group, provided that the materials are stored in
mAppe1'4dixA. accordance with the fue prevention code listed in
Appendix .AI.
Note: The safe design of hazardous material
occupancies is material dependent. Individual 417..3 Equijpment rooms: Heati~g and ventilating
material requirements are also found in 780 CMR equipment in· occupancies involving fire hazards
307.0 and 418.0, and in the mechanical and fire fromjlammable vapors, dusts, combustible fibers or
prevention codes listed in Appendix A. Since the other highly combustible substances shall be
fire department is responsible for inspection of installed and protected ~ainst fire and explosion
these occupancies for proper utilization and hazards in accordance with the mechanical code and
handling of hazardous materials, the the fire prevention code listed in Appendix AI.
administrative authority shall cooperate with the
fife department in the discharge' of the ~1 7.4 Hazardous materian systems: Systems
responsibility to enforce 780 CMR 417.0 involving hazardous materials shall be suitable for
the intended application and shall be designed by
417..2 Control areas/exempt amounts: Control
•
persons competent in such design. Controls shall be
areas shall be those spaces within a building where designed to· prevent materials from entering or
quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the leaving process or reaction systems at other than the
allowable exempt amounts are stored, dispensed, intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls,
utilized or handled. Control areas shall be separated where provided, shall be designed to be fail safe.
from all adjacent interior spaces by fire separation
assemblies in accordance with 780 eMIR. 109.0. The
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 83

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..OING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
417.5 Inside storage, dispensing and utilization: the provisions of 780 C:MR and NFiPA 69
The inside storage, dispensing and utilization of listed in Appendix A.
hazardous materials in excess of the allowable
417.5.2 Monitor control equipment: Monitor
exempt amounts of Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2)
control equipment shall be provided where
shall be in accordance with 780 CMR 417.5.1
required by the fire prevention code listed in
through 417.5.5 and the fire prevention code listed
AppendixA.
in Appendix A.
417.5.1 Explosion control: Every structure, room 417.5.3 Detection systems: All occupancies in
or space occupied for purposes involving Use Group H shall be provided with an automatic
explosion hazards shall be provided with fire detection system in accordance with NFiPA
explosion venting, explosion suppression systems, 72 listed in Appendix A where required by the fire
barricades or equivalent explosion protective prevention code listed in Appendix A. The
devices in accordance with 780 CMR 417.0 and detection system shall be provided in the areas
NFlPA 495 listed in Appendix A where required where the high-hazard materials are utilized and
by 780 CMR 418.0 and the fire prevention code stored.
listed in App~ndix A. 417.5.4 Standby· power: ...Where mechanical
Exception: Explosion venting shall not be ventilation, treatment systems, temperature
utilized as a means to protect buildings from control. alarm, detection or other electrically
detonation hazards. operated systems are required, such systems shall
417.5.1.1 Explosion venting: Areas which are be cormected to an emergency electrical system in
provided with explosion venting to relieve accorda.'1cc with 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in
dejlagration shall comply with the following: Appendix A or a standby power system in
l. Walls, ceilings and roof~. exposing accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in
sulTOunding areas shall be designed to resist Appendix A. Such systems shall be independent
a minimum internal pressure of 100 pounds ofthe public supply.
per square foot (pst). 417.5.5 Spill control, drainage and
•
2. Explosion venting shall be pennitted containment: Rooms, buildings or areas occupied
only in exterior walls or roofs or through for the storage of solid and liquid hazardous
specially designed shafts to the exterior of materials shall be provided with a means to
the building. control spillage and to contain or drain off
3.· Venting shall be designed to prevent spillage and fire protection water discharged in
serious structural damage and the the storage area where required in 780 CMR
production oflethal Projectiles. 418.0 and the fire prevention code listed in
4. The aggregate clear vent relief area shall AppendixA.
be governed by the pressure resistance of
the nonrelieving portions ofthe-building. 417.6 Outside storage, dispensing and utilization:
S. Vents shall be designed to relieve at a The outside storage, dispensing and utilization of
maximum internal pressure of 20 pounds hazardous materials in excess of·the exempt
per square foot (pst) and shall consist of any amounts .shall be in accordance with 780 eMIR
one or any combination ofthe following: 417.6.1 through 417.6.6 and the fire prevention code
5.1. Walls oflightweight material. listed in Appendix A.
S.2. Lightly fastened hatch covers.
5.3. Lightly fastened, outward-opening 417.6.1 Location: In addition to the general
swinging doors in exterior walls. requirements of 780 CMR 417.6.2 through
5.4. Lightly fastened walls or roofs. 417.6.5, the outside storage of hazardous
6. Venting devices shall discharge directly materials as listed in 780 CMR 307.0 shall be
to the open air or to. an unoccupied space separated from buildings and lot lines and into
not less than 50 feet in width on the same individual areas as specified in the fire prevention
lot. code listed in Appendix A.
7. Relieving devices shall be so located 417.6.1 Protection from vehicles: Guard posts or
that the discharge shall not be less than ten other means shall be provided to protect outside
feet vertically and 20 feet horizontally from storage tanks from vehicular damage.
window openings or exits in the same or
adjoining buildings or structures. 417.6.3 Fire lanes and water supply: Fire lanes·
8. Discharge shall be in the direction of and approved water supplies shall be provided for
•
least exposure and not into the interior of outside storage areas as required by the code
the building. official. .
1. Fire lanes. Fire lanes shall be provided to
417.5.1.1 Explosion suppression systems:
within 150 feet (45720 nun) of all portions of
Explosion suppression systems shall be of an
approved type and instal1ed in accordance with an outside storage area. Such fire lanes shall

comply with the prOVISIons of the fire 418.2.1 Construction: Occupancies in Use Group
prevention code listed in Appendix A. H-l shall not be located in buildings that are more
2. Water supply. An approved water supply than one story in height, have basements or other
shall be provided. Fire hydrants capable of spaces below grade, or which are attached to other
supplying the required fire flow shall be buildings. The minimum fire separation distance
provided to within 150 feet (45720 mm) of an for all exterior walls of occupancies in Use Group
outside storage area. The water supply and fire B-1 shall be in accordance with the fire
hydrants shall comply with the provisions of prevention code listed in Appendix A. All floor
NFiPA 24 and the fire prevention code listed in surfaces shall be spark resistant.
AppendixA.
41118.2.2 Number of exits: There shall not be less
417.6.4 Weath~r protection: Where weather than two exits from any area or space wherein Use
protection is provided for sheltering outside Group H-I materials are utilized or stored. All
hazardous material storage areas, such storage required exits shall discharge directly to the
shall not be considered inside storage provided exterior of the building or structure.
that all ofthe following conditions are met:
1. Structure supports and walls shall not 418.3 Use Gr(Dup Hq2: OccupaI.lcies in Use Group
obstruct more than one side of the perimeter of H·2 shall be constructed in accordance with
the storage area. 780 CMR 418.3.1 through 418.3.4 and the fire
2. The distance from the structure and the prevention code listed in Appendix A.
structure supports to buildings, lot lines, public
4!J!.8.3.1 Combustible dusts, gll'amn processing
ways or means ofegress to a public way shall
2llid storage: The provisions of 780 CMR
not be less than the distance required for an
418.3.1.1. through 4U8.3.1.6 shall apply to all
outside hazardous material storage area
buildings in which materials that produce
without weather protection.
combustible dusts are stored or handled.
3. The overhead structure shall be of
Buildings which store or handle combustible dusts
approved noncombustible construction' with a
shall comply with the applicable provisions of
maximum area ofl,500 squw:e feet (140 m2).
NFiPA 61A, 6tB, 61C, 61D~ 65, 120, 651, 654,
4117.6.5 Security: Any site occupied for the 655, 664 and 8503 and the fire prevention code
storage, utilization or handling of hazardous listed in A.ppendix A.
materials shall be provided with a fence not ~ess 418.3.101 Type (Dr C<IlHllstrudiolID and l!J«~ight
than six feet (1829 mm) in height or otherwise exceptions: All buildings shall be of Type I,
secured from public access. Type 2 or Type 4 construction, within the
417.6.6 Fire suppression system: Areas occupied height and area limitations of Table 503 for
for the dispensing. or utilization of jlqmmable Use Group H-2; except that where erected.of
hazardous materials which are located within SO Type 1or Type 2 construction, the heights and
feet of either a storage area or building, and areas of grain elevators and similar structures
vehicle-loading racks where flammable hazardous shall be wilimited, and· where of Type 4
materials are dispensed, shall be equipped with an construction, the maximum height shall be 65
approved automatic fire suppression system. feet (19812 mm) and except further that, in
isolated areas, the maximum height of Type 4
Exception: Motor vehicle service stations as
structures shall be increased to 85 feet (25908
defined in NFiPA 30A listed in A.ppendix Al.
mm).
780 CMR 418.0 USE GROUPS B-1, 1102, B..J 41803.1.2 Grinding rooms: Every room or
ANDB4 space occupied for grinding or other operations
that produce combustible dusts shall be
418.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR. 418.0 enclosed with floors and walls that have not
shall apply to the storage and utilization of less than a two-hour fireresistance rating where
hazardous materials in excess of the exempt the area is not more than 3,000 square feet (279
amounts listed in 780 CMIR. 307.8. All buildings and m~, and not Ress than a four hour fireresistance
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H shall rating where the area is greater than 3.000
also comply with the applicable provisions of square feet (279 m~.
780 CMR 417.0 and the fire prevention code listed
418.3.11..3 Conveyors: All· conveyors, chutes,
in Appendix A.
piping and similar equipment passing through
the enclosures of rooms· or spaces shall be
418.2 Use Group B-1: All occUpancies in Use
Group H-J shall be constructed in accordance with
constructed dirt tight and vapor tight, and be of
the provisions of 780 eMR 418.2.1 and 418.2.2 and approved noncombustible materials complying
with 780 CMR 3010.0. .
the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A.
4UI.3.:Jl..4 Explosioilll welief: Means for
explosion relief shall be provided as specified
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 eMIR - Sixth Edition 85

780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
in 780 CrvIR 417.5.1, or spaces shall be noncombustible contaimnent structure. The

equipped with the equivalent mechanical containment structure shall prevent the stored
ventilation complying with the mechanical liquid from escaping into the room or area in
code listed in Appendix A. which the tank is located. A leak detection
418.3.1.5 Grain elevators: Grain elevators, alarm shall be provided to identify a leak ofthe
malt houses and buildings for similar primary wall of the tank. The alarm shall
occupancies shall not be located within 30 feet confonn to 780 CMR418.3.2.6.
(9144 rom) of interior lot lines or structures on 418.3.2.4 Suppression: The Use Group H-2
the same lot, except where erected along a fire area shall be equipped throughout wi~h an
railroad right-of-way. approved automatic fire sprinkler system,
418.3.1.6 Coal pockets: Coal pockets located installed in accordance with 780 Cl\1R 906.2.1,
less than 30 feet (9144 nun) from interior Jot or with a foam-extinguishing system. The
lines or from structures on the same lot shall be automatic fire suppression system shall be
constructed of not less than Type 2A supervised by method 1, 2 or 3 of 780 CMR
construction. Where more than 30 feet (9144 923.1.
rom) from interior lot lines, or where erected 418.3.2.5 Leakage containment: A liquid-
along a railroad right-of-way, the minimum tight containment area compatible with the
type of construction of such structures not stored liquid shall be provided to retain 110%
more than 65 feet (19812 rom) in height shall ofthe entire capacity of all the storage liquid in
be Type 4. the event of a leak in a tank plus the capacity
of the automatic fire suppression system
418.3.2 Flammable and combustible liquids:
activated for a period of 30 minutes. The
The storage, handling processing and transporting
storage tanks and the leakage containment area
of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in
shall be provided with an approved method to
accordance with the mechanical code and the fire
drain manually the flammable or combustible
prevention code listed in Appendix A. Where a
liquid.
Class L II or ITlAj/ammable or combustible liquid
is stored in tanks inside the building, the Exception: Rooms where only double-wall
•
installation shall conform to 780 CMR 418.3.2.1 storage tanks conforming to 780 eMR.
through 418.3.2.10 and NFiPA 30 listed in 418.3.2.3 are used to store Class I, nand
Appendix A. The requirements shall only apply IlIA. Aflammable and combustible liquids
where tanks have an individual storage capacity shall not be required to have a leakage
that exceeds the exempt amounts specified in containment area.
Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2).· The fire area 418.3.2.6 Leakage alann: An approved
containing the tank(s) shall be classified as Use automatic alarm·shall be provided to indicate a
GroupH-2. leak in a storage tank and room. The alarm
418.3.2.1 Mixed use groups: Where the shall sound an audible signal, 15 dBa above the
storage tank area is located in a building oftwo ambient sound level, at every point of entry
or more use groups, the Use Group H-2 fire into the room in which the leaking storage tank
area shall be completely separated from is located. An approved sign shall be posted
adjacent fire areas in accordance with the on every.entry door to the tank storage room
requirements of 780 CMR 313.1.2. indicating the potential hazard of the interior
room environment, or the sign shall state,
418.3.2.1.1 Height exception: Where
"Warning, when alann sounds. the
storage tanks are located within only a environment within the room m'ay be
single story, the height limitation of
hazardous. II The leakage alarm shall also be
780 CMR 503.3 shall not apply for the Use
supervised in accordance with 780 CMR 923.2
Group H-2 fire area.
to transmit a trouble signal,
418.3.2.2 Tank protection: All storage tanks
418.3.2.7 Tank vent: Storage tank vents shall
shall be noncombustible and protected· from
tenninate to the outdoor air. The vent
physical damage. Afire separation assembly
termination shall be in an appro~ed location a
around the storage tank(s) shall be pennitted to
minimum of 12 feet (3658 rom) above adjacent
be classified as the method of protection from
ground level and ten feet (3048 mm) from a lot
physical damage.
line, ventilation intake opening, openable
418.3.2.3 Tanks for Class I flammable window or door.
liquid: All storage tanks for Class Iflammable
•
418.3.2.8 Room ventilation: Storage tank
liquids shall be double-wall tanks. A double-
areas storing Class I liquids, or Class II or rnA
wall tank shall consist of an approved tank
liquids at temperatures above flash point, shall
conforming to the requirements of the
be ventilated at a rate sufficient to maintain the
mechanical code listed in: Appendix A,
concentration of vapors within the area at or
installed within a completely enclosed
below 25% of the lower explosive limit.
86 7~0 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 Cl\fR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Ventilation requirements shall be detennined mechanical code listed in Appendix AI and

by either calculations based on anticipated 780 CMR418.3.3.1.
fugitive emissions or by sampling ofthe actual 418.3.3.1 Air movement: Liquefied petroleum
vapor concentration levels. under nonnal gas distribution facilities shall be provided
operating conditions. The sampling shall be with air inlets and outlets arranged so that air
conducted at a five-foot radius from each movement. across the floor of the facility will
potential vapor source in the storage area. be unifonn. The total area of both inlet and
Provision shall be made for make-up air to outlet openings shall be at least one square inch
avoid short-circuiting the ventilation. (0.00065 m2) for each one square foot (0.093
418.3.2.9 Explosion venting: Where Class I m~ offloor area. The bottom of such openings
liquids are being stored, explosion venting shall not be more than six inches (152 mm)
shall be provided in accordance with 780 CMR above the floor.
417.5 418.3.3.2 Constroctnon: Liquefied petroleum
418.3.2.10 Tank openings other thaD vents: gas distribution facilities shall be constructed
Tank openings other than vents from tanks in accordance with 780 CMR. 418.3.3.3 for
inside buildings shall be designed to ensure separate buildings, 780 CMR 418.3.3.4 for
that liquids or vapor concentrations are not attached buildings or 780 Cl\1R 418.3.3.5 for
. released inside the building and shaU confonn rooms within buildings.-
to 780 GMR 418.3.2.10.1 through 418.3.3.3 Separate buildings: Where located
418.3.2.10.5. in separate buildings, liquefied petroleum gas
418.3.2.10.1 Liquid tight: All tank distribution facilities shall be occupied
openings at the maximum liquid level or exclusively for that purpose or for other
below shall be liquid tight. purposes having similar hazards. Such
418.3.2.10.2 Closed: All -tank openings buildings shall be limited to one story in height
above the maximum liquid level shall be and shall confonn to 780 CMR 418.3.3.3.1 and
normally closed. 418.3.3.3.2.
418.3.2.1003 Extemal valve: Each 418.3.3.3.1 Floon: The floor shall not be
connection through which .liquid is capable located below ground level and any spaces
ofgravity flow from a tank"inside a building beneath the floor shall be solidly filled or
shall be provided with an external valve shall be left unenclosed.
located as close as practical to, but not more 418.3.3.3.2 Materials: Walls, floors,
than two feet from, the shell ofth.e tank. ceilings, columns and roofs shall be
418.3.2.10.4 Valves - Olll tll"ansfer constructed of noncombustible materials.
CODlI1ections: Tanks sloring Class lor Class lExterior walls, ceilings and roofs shall be
n liquids shall be provided with either a constructed of material designed for
nonnally closed, remotely activated valve or explosion venting or, if of heavy
am automatic-closing, heatoactivated valve construction such as solid brick masonry,
or other approved device on each liquid concrete block or reinforced concrete,
transfer connection below. the liquid level~ explosion-venting windows or panels in
exCept for connections utilized for wal11s or roofs shall be provided having an
emergency disposal. explosion-venting area of at Keast one square
foot. (0.093 m) for each 50 cubic feet
411.803.2.10.5 Overflow protec~fiollU: Tanks
(l.40 m) of enclosed volume.
shall be equipped with a device, or other
means provided, to prevent overflow into 418.3.3.4 Attached buildings: Where liquefied
the building. petroleum gas distribution facilities are located
in an attached structure, the attached perimeter
418.3.3 Liquefied petroleum gas distribution shall not exceed 50% of the perimeter of the
facilities: The design and construction of propane, space enclosed and the facility shall comply
butane, propylene, butylene and other liquefied with 780 CMR 418.3.3.3 and 418.3.3.4.1.
petroleum gas distribution facilities shall confonn Where the attached perimeter exceeds 50%,
to the applicable provisions of 780 CMR. such facilities shall comply with 780 CMR
418.3.3.1 through 418.3.3.5.2. The storage and 418.3.3.5.
handling of liquefied petroleum gas systems shall
418.3.3.4.1 Fire separation assemblies:
confonn to the fire prevention code listed in
Separation ofthe attached structures shall be
Appendix A. The design and installation of
•
provided by fire separation assemblies
piping, equipment and systems which utilize
having a fireresistance rating of not less
liquefied petroleum gas shall be in accordance
than one hour and shall not have openings.
with the mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
Fire separation assemblies between
Liquefied petroleum gas distn'bution facilities
attached structures occupied only for the
shall be ventilated in accordance with the

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUTI.,DING CODE
•
storage ofLP-gas are permitted to have fire applicable provisions .of 780 CMR and the fire
doors that comply with 780 CMR. 716.0. prevention code listed in Appendix A.
Such fire separation assemblies shall be
designed to withstand a' static pressure of at 418.5 Use Group H-4: Occupancies in Use Group
least 100 pounds per square foot (pst) (488.2 H-4 shall be constructed in accordance with the
kglm2), except where the building to which applicable provisions of 780 CMR and the fire
the structure is attached is occupied by prevention code listed in Appendix A.
operations or processes having a similar
hazard. 780 CMR 419.0 APPUCAll0N OF
418.3.3.5 Rooms within buildings: Where FLAMMABLE FINISHES
liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities 419.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 419.0
are located in rooms within buildings, such shall apply to the construction, installation and use
rooms shall be located in the first story and of buildings and structures, or parts thereof, for the
shall have at least one exterior wall with spraying ofjlammab/e paints, varnishes and lacquers
sufficient exposed area to permit explosion or other flammable materials or mixtures or
venting as provided for in 780 CMR. compounds used for painting, varnishing, staining or
418.3.3.5.1. The building in which the room is similar purposes. All such construction and
located shall not have a basement or equipment shall comply with NFiPA 33 and 34
unventilated crawl space and the room shall listed in Appendix A.
comply with 780 CMR. 418.3.3.5.1 and
418.3.3.5.2. 419.2 Spray spaces: All spray spaces shall be
418.3.3.5.1 Materials: Walls, floors, ventilated with an exhaust system to prevent the
ceilings and roofs of such rooms shall be accumulation of flammable mist or vapors in
constructed of approved noncombustible accordance with the mechanical code listed in
materials. Exterior walls and ceilings shall Appendix AI. Where such spaces are not separately
be either of lightweight materials designed enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be
for explosion venting or, if of heavy provided to restrict the spread offlammable vapors,
•
construction such as solid brick masonry,
419.2.1 Spray booths: All spray booths shall be
concrete block or reinforced concrete,
constructed ofapproved noncombustible materials
explosion-venting windows or panels in
and equipped with mechanical ventilating systems
walls or roofs shall be provided having an
in accordance with the mechanical code listed in
explosion-venting area of at least one square
AppendixA.
foot (0.093 m2) for each 50 cubic feet (lAO
rn3) ofenclosed volume. 419.2.2 Spray rooms: All spray rooms shall be
418.3.3.5.2 Common construction: Walls enclosed in fire separation assemblies with not
and floor/ceiling assemblies common to the less than a one-hour fireresistance rating. Floors
room and to the building within which the shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved
room is located shall have a fireresistance manner.
rating of not less than one hour and without 419.2.3 Spray storage rooms: Rooms used for
openings. Common walls for rooms the storage of spraying materials essential to the
occupied only for storagq of LP-gas are flammable finish operation shall comply with
permitted to have openings which shall be NFiPA 30 and the fire prevention code listed in
equipped with 3~-hour approved opening AppendixA.
protectives complying with 780 CMR 716.0
or 718.0. Such walls and ceiling shall be 419.3 Fire protection: An automatic fire
designed to withstand a static pressure ofat suppression system shall be provided in all spray,
least 100 psf (488.2 kglm). Where dip and immersing spaces and storage rooms, and
approved, 780 CMR 418.3.3.5.2 shall not shall be installed in accordance with 780 CMR 9.
apply where the building, within which the
room is located, is occupied by operations 780 CMR 420.0 MO~RE UNITS
or processes having a similar hazard.
420.1 For regulations pertaining to Mobile Units, see
418.3.4 Dry cleanin'g plants: The construction 780 CMR 35, and 780 CMR R3.
and installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR, 780 CMR 421.0 SWIMMING POOLS
the mechanical code, the plumbing code and (Refer to M.G.L c. 140, § 206 for further
•
NFiPA 32 listed in Appendix A. requirements pertaining to public or semi-public,
outdoor, inground swimming pool enclosures,
418.4 Use Group B-3: Occupancies in Use Group safety equipment, inspection, and penalties for
H-3 shall be constructed in accordance with the· violations.)
88 780 CI\1R - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

421.1 General: Swimming and bathing pools shall Public outdoor, mground swimming pool: Any
confonn to the requirements of 780 CMR 421.0 swimming pool which is used, or intended to be
t
provided that 780 CMR 421.0 shall not be applicable used, for swimming or recreational bathing by
) to any such pool less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep the generalpublic. Refer to MoG.L Co 140, § 206
~ or having a surface area less than 250 square feet /01' requirements perta~ning to public or semio
"
(23.2S'm2), except where such pools are permanently public, outdoor, inground swimming pooH
equipped with a water-recirculating system or enclosures, safety equipment, inspection, and
involve structural materials. For the purposes of penaltiesfor violations.
780 CMrR, pools are classified as private swimming Public swimming pool, outdoor.. Any public
pools, public swimming pools or semi-public swimmingpool that is not defined as an outdoor,
swimming pools, as defined in 780 CMR 421.2. inground swimming pool.
Materials and constructions used in swimming pools Semi-public outdoor, inground swimming pool:
shall comply with the applicable requirements of (as defined by M.G.L Co i40, § 206) any
780CMR. swimming or wading pool on the premises of, 0'1'
used in connection with, a hotel, motel, trailell'
421.2 Definitions: The following words and terms coun, apanment house, country club, youtl8
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 421.0 and as club, school, camp, or similar establishmelUd
USed elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings where the primary purpose ofthe establishment
shown herein. . is not the operation of the swimming facilitieso .
Semi-public outdoor, inglf'ound swimming pool
Pools, swimming, hot tubs and spas shall also mean a pool constructed ami
Above-groundlon-ground pool: See definition of maintained by groups /01' the purposes (Jf
private swimming pool. providing bathing facilities for memlJen ami
Barrier: A fence, a wall, a building wallar a quests only. Refer to M.G.L Co 140, § 206/0'1'
combination thereof which completely surrounds requirements pertaining to public or semi-public,
the swimming pool and obstructs access to the outdoor, inground swimming pool enclosures,
swimming pool. (Refer to M.G.L Co 140, § 206 safety equipment, inspection, and penalties for
jor required enclosure ofpublic 01' semi-public, violatiollS.
outdoor, inground swimming pooi$.) Semi-public swimming pool, outdoor: Any semi~
Hot tub (special purpose pool): A unit designed public swimming pool that is not defined as a
for recreational and therapeutic use which is semiopublic outdoor, inground swimming pool,
shallow in depth and not meant for swimming or Spa: See defmition of private swimming pool.
diving. These pools are not drained, cleaned or Wading Pool: Aa pool o/waJelf' In a basin having
refilled for each user. It may include, but not be 4Il maximum depth ofless than two feet intended
limited to hydrojet circulation, hot water, cold chiefly as a wading place /01' children. It does
water mineral baths, air induction bubbles, or any not include any residential pool as hereoU1l
combination thereof. Industry terminology for defined.
such a pool includes but is not limited to,
therapeutic pool, hydrotherapy pool, whirlpool, 421.3 Permits and Il:omstrudiolll documents: A
hot spa, hot tubs, float tanks, etc. This standard swimming pool or appurtenances thereto shall not be
excludes residential units and facilities used or constructed, installed, enlarged or altered until
under the direct supervision and control of construction documents have been submitted and a
licensed medical personnel. permit has been obtained from the code official. The
t:
In-ground pool: See definition of private approval of all city, county and state authorities
swimming pool. having jurisdiction over swimming pools shall be
Private swimming pooH: Any structure that obtained before applying to the code official for a
contains water over 24 inches (610 mm) in depth permit Certified copies ofthese approvals shall be
and which is used, or intended to be used, for filed as part of the supporting data for the pennit
swimming or recreational bathing in connection application.
with an occupancy in Use Group R-3 or R-4 and 42103.11. Consltruc:tion documelllts: Construction
which is available only to the family and guests of documents shall accurateJy show dimensions and
the householder. This includes inqground, above- construction of the pool and appurtenances and
ground and on-ground swimming pools, hot tubs properly established distances to lot lines,
and spas. buildings, walks and fences, as well as details of
Private swimming pool, indoor: Any private the water supply system, drainage and water
swimming pool that is totally contained within a disposal systems, and all appurtenances pertaining
private structure and surrounded on all foW' sides to ilie swimming pool. Detailed construction
by walls of said structure. documents of structures, vertical elevations and
Private swimmilllg pool, outdoor: Any private sections through the pool showing depth shall be
swimming pool that is not an indoor pool. included.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR _Sixth Edition 89

421.4 Locations: Private swimming pools shall not

421.5.5 Steps and ladders: At least one means of
encroach on any front or side yard required by
egress shall be provided from private pools. All
780 CMR or by the governing zoning law, unless in
public and semi-public pools shall provide
accordance with specific rules ofthe jurisdiction in
ladders to other means ofegress at both sides of
which the pool is located. A wall of a swimming
the diving section and at leastone means ofegress
pool shall not be located less than six feet (1829
at the shallow section; or at least one means of
mm~ from any rear or side property line or ten feet
egress in the deep section and the shallow section
(3048 mm) from any street property line, unless in
ifdiving boards are not provided. Treads of steps
accordance with specific rules of the jurisdiction in
and ladders shall have slip-resistant surfaces and
which the pool is located.
handrails on both sides, except that handrails are
not required where there are not more than four
421.5 Structural design: The pool structure shall be
steps or where the steps extend the full width of
engineered and designed to withstand the expected
the side or end of the pool. (Refer to 521 CMR
forces to which the pool will be subjected.
19.00, the Architectural Access Board's rules
421.5.1 Wall slopes: To a depth up to two feet and regulations,for requirements pertaining to
nine inches (838 mm) from the top, the wall slope the accessibility of all pub/(c and semi-public
. shall not be more than one unit horizontal in five swimming pools.)
units vertical (1:5).
421.6 Water supply: All swimming pools shall be
421.5.2 Floor slopes: The slope of the floor on
provided with a potable water supply, free of cross
the shallow side of the transition point shall not
connections with the pool or its equipment.
exceed one unit vertical to seven units horizontal
(1:7). For public pools greater than 1,200 square 421.6.1 Water treatment: See 105 CMR 935.000
feet (111.6 m2), the slope of the floor on the Minimum Standards for Swimming Pools.
shallow side of the transition point shall not
421.6.2 Drainage systems: The swimming pool
exceed one unit vertical to ten units horizontal
and equipment shall be equipped to be emptied
(1:10). The transition point between shallow and
completely of water and the discharged water
deep water shall not be more than five feet (1524
shall be disposed of in an approved manner that
mm) deep.
will not create a ~uisance to adjoining property.
421.5.3 Surface cleaning: All swimming pools
shall be provided with a recirculating skimming 421.7 Appurtenant structures: All appurtenant
device or overflow gutters to remove scum and structures, installations and equipment, such as
foreign matter from the surface of the water. showers, dressing rooms, equipment houses or other
Where skimmers are used for private pools, there buildings and structures, including plumbing,
shall be at least one skimming device for each heating and air conditioning systems, shall comply
1,000 square feet (93 m2) of surface area or with all applicable requirements of 780 CMR,
fraction thereof. For public pools where water applicable z.oning laws and requirements, 105CMR
skimmers are used, there shall be at least one 435.000: Minimum Standards for Swimming
skimming device for each ~OO square feet (55.8 . Pools (State Sanitary Code: Chapter ~, 248 CMR
m2) of surface area or fraction thereof. Overflow 2.00: the State Plumbing Code, and 527 CMR
gutters shall not be less than three inches (76 mm) 12.00: the State Electrical Code.
deep and shall be pitched to a slope of one unit
421.7.1 Accessories: All swimming pool
vertical to 48 units horizontal (1:48) toward
accessories shall be designed, constructed and
drains, and constructed so that such gutters are
installed so as not to be a safety hazard.
safe, cleanable and that matter entering the gutters
Installations or structures for diving purposes
will not be washed out by a sudden surge of
shall be properly anchored to insure stability.
entering water.
421.5.4 Walkways: All public and semi-public 421.8 Equipment installations: Pumps, filters and
swimming pools shall have walkways not less than other mechanical and electrical equipment for public
four feet (1219 mm) in width extending entirely swimming pools shall be enclosed in such a manner
around the pool. Curbs or sidewalks around any as to provide access only to authorized persons and
swimming pool shall have a slip-resistant surfacefor not to bathers. Construction and drainage shall be
a width of not less than four foot (305 mm) at the arranged to avoid the entrance and accumulation of
edge of the pool, and shall be so arranged as to water in the vicinity ofelectrical equipment.
prevent return of surface water to the pool.

measured on the side ofthe bamer which faces

421.9 Enclosures for outdoor, ingroumi public and away from the swimming pool. The maximwn
semi-publk swimming pools: OutdOOlf, ;nground vertical clearance between finished ground
public and semi-public swimming pools shall be level and the barrier shall be two inches (51
provided with an enclosure in accordance with nun) measured on the side ofthe barrier which
MG.L. Co 140, § 206. faces away from the swimming pool. Where
the ~op of the pool structure is above finished
421.9.1 Enclosure for public and semi-public
ground level, such as an above-ground poolt
outdoor, ingroundswimming pools: Every public
the barrier shall be at finished ground level t
and semi-public outdoor, ;nground swimming
such as the pool structure, or shaH be mounted
pool shall be enclosed by a fence six feet in
on top of the pool structure. Where the barrier
Ireigllt and firmly secured at ground level
is mounted on top of the pool structure, the
provided that any board 01' stockade fence Olf
maximum vertical clearance between the top of
structure shall be at leaslfivefeel in height, but
the pool structure and the bottom of the barrier
if over five feel in height, the fence shall be shaH be four inches (102 nun).
chain link. Such enclosure, including gates
2. Openings in the barrier shall not allow.
therein, shall not be less than sixjeet above the
passage of a four-inch (102 mm) diameter
ground, and any gate shall be self-latching with
sphere.
latches placed four feet above the ground or
3. Solid barriers shall not contain indentations
otherwise made inaccessiblefrom the outside to
or protrusions except for nonnal construction
children up to eight years of age. Such
tolerances and tooled masonry joints.
enclosure shall be constructed ofsuch material
4. Where the barrier is composed of
and maintained so as not to permit any opening
horizontal and vertical members and the
in said enclosure, oll,er than a gate, wider than
distance between the tops of the horizontal
three inches at any point along the enclosure.
members is less than 45 inches (1143 mm), the
Any such pool shall be equipped with at least
horizontal members shall be located on the
one life ring and rescue hook.
swimming pool side of the fence. Spacing
421.9.1.1 Enclosure for all other public and between vertical members shall not exceed 1%
semi-public swimming pools: The enclosure
•
inches (44 rom) in width. Decorative cutouts
shall extend not less than/ourfeet (1219 mm) shall not exceed 1* inches (44 rom) in width.
above the ground. All gates shall be self- 5. Where the barrier is composed of
closing and self-latching with latches placed
horizontal and vertical members and the
at least four feet (1219 mm) ahove tlte distance between the tops of the horizontal
ground.
members is 45 inches (1143 nun) or more t
421.9.2 Construction 0/ enclosure/or all otlBef? spacing between vertical members shall not
public anti semi-public swimming pools: exceed four inches (102 mm). Decorative
Enclosure fences shall be constructed so as to cutouts shall not exceed 1~ inches (44 nun) in
prohibit the passage of a sphere larger than four width.
inches (l02 nun) in diameter through any opening 6. Maximum mesh size for chain link fences
or under the fence. Fences shall be designed to shall be aliA-inch (32 nun) square unless the
withstand a horizontal concentrated load of 200 fence is provided with slats fastened at the top
pounds (91 kg) applied on a one-square-foot or the bottom which reduce the openings to not
(0.093 m2) area at any point of the fence. more than 1~-inches (44 rom).
7. Where the .barrier is composed of diagonal
421.10 Enclosures for private swimming poons~ members, such as a lattice fence, the maximum
spas and hot tubs: In lieu ofany zoning laws or opening fonn~ by the diagonal members shall
ordinances to the contrary, priv~te swimming pools, be not more than 1* inches (44 rom).
spas and hot tubs shall be enclosed in accordance 8. Access gates shall comply with the
with 780 CMR 421.10.1 through 421.10.4 or by other requirements of 780 CMR 421.10.1 items 1
approved barriers. through 7, and shall be equipped to
421.10.1 Outdoor private swimming pooH: An accommodate a locking device. Pedestrian
outdoor private swimming pool, including an in- access gates shall open outwards away from
ground, above ground or on-ground pool, hot tub the pool and shall be self-closing and have a
or spa shall be provided with a'barrier which shall self-latching device. Gates other than
comply with the following. pedestrian access gates shall have a self-
1. The top of the barrier shall be at least 48 latching device. Where the release mechanism
•
inches (1219 rom) above finished ground level of the self-latching device is located less than
.12/12/97 (Effective.8/28/97) . 7~O CMR - S~xth.EQitio.n 91

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUD...DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUD...DING CODE
54 inches (1372 nun) from the bottom of the gate: private pools.
(a) the release mechanism shall be located on the The maximum slope pennitted between point D2
pool side of the gate at least three inches (76 mm) and the transition point shall not exceed one unit
below the top of the gate; and (b) the gate and barrier vertical to three units horizontal (1:3) in private and
shall not have an opening greater than ~ inch (13 public pools. D 1 is the point directly under the end
mm) within 18 inches (457 nun) of the release of the diving boards. O2 is the point at which the
mechanism. floor begins to slope upwards to the transition point.
9. Where a wall of a dwelling serves as part of See Figure 421.11.
the barrier, one of the following shall apply:
9.1. All doors with direct access to the pool Figure 421.11
through that wall shall be equipped with an MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND
alarm which produces an audible warning DISTANCES BASED ON BOARD HEIGHT
when the door and its screen, if present, are FOR ALL PUBLIC, SEMI PUBUC AND
opened. The audible warning shall PRIVATE POOLS
commence not more than seven seconds
after the door and screen door, if present, are
opened and shall sound continuously for a
minimum of 30 seconds. The alarm shall ~
r
lYPICAL POSITION OF TIP
or BOARD RELATIVE TO PT. A
WATER LINE
have a minimum sound pressure rating of 8S
dBA at ten feet (3048 mm) and the sound of PT. A PT. B PT. C
the alarm shall be distinctive from other
household sounds such as smoke alarms,
telephones and door bells. The alarm shall
automatically reset under all conditions.
The alarm shall be equipped with manual
means, such as touchpads or switches, to
deactivate temporarily the alarm for a single
opening from either direction. Such Table 421.11(1)
deactivation shall last for not more than 1S MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND
•
seconds. The deactivation touchpads or DISTANCES BASED ON BOARD
switches shall be located at least 54 inches HEIGHT FOR ALL PUBLIC POOLS
(1372 mm) above the threshold of the door. a a
Minimum depth at Distance Minimum
9.2. The pool shall be equipped with an a
Board height D 1 directly under between depth at
approved power safety cover. end of board D J and D2 D2
10. Where an above-ground pool structure is 2'2" (0/3 meter) 7'0" 8'0" 8'6"
used as a barrier or where the barrier is
2'6" <*'meter) 7"6" 9'0'" 9'0"
mounted on top of the pool structure, and the
1 meter 8'6" 10'0" 10'0"
means of access is a fixed or removable ladder
or steps, the ladder or steps shall be surrounded. 3 meter 11'0" 10'0" 12'0"
by a barrier which meets the requirements of Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
780 CMR 421.10.1 items 1 through 9. A re-
movable ladder shall not constitute an accept- Table 421.11(2)
able alternative to enclosure requirements. MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND
DISTANCES BASED ON BOARD HEIGHT
421.10.2 Indoor private swinuning pool: All FOR PRIVATE POOLS
walls surrounding an indoor private swimming
Minimum a
pool shall comply with 780 CMR 421.10.1, item a Distance
depth at D 1 Minimum
9. Board height
directly under
between D 1 a
depth at D 2
and D2
421.10.3 Prohibited locations: Barriers shall be end of board
located so as to prohibit pennanent structures, }'S" (~ meter) 6'0" 7'0" 7'6"
equipment or similar objects from being used to 2'2" (% meter) 6'10" 7'6" S'O"
climb the barriers. . 2'6" (% meter) 7'5" S'O" 8'0"
421.10.4 Exemptions: The following shall be 3'4" (I meter) 8'6" 9'0" 9'0"
exempt from the provisions of ~80 CMR 421.0. Note 8. 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
1. A spa or hot tub with an approved safety
cover. 780 CMR 422.0 EXISTING BUIWINGS
2. Fixtures which are drained after each use. 422.1 Existing Buildings: See 780 CMR 34.
421.11 Diving boards: Minimum water depths and

distances for diving hoppers for pools, based on
board height above water, shall comply with Table
.42.1.11(1) fOf public poo1.s and'Table 421.11 (2) for.
92
422.2 Places ofassembly
422.2.1 Change of use: An existing building or
structure or part thereof shall not be altered or
780 CMR - Sixth Edition I i/27/98

•
780 C:MR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE'AND OCCUPANCY
converted into a place of assembly unless it Self preservation: Having the capability, both
complies with the provisions of 780 CMR 34 mentally and physically, to take action to preserve
applicable to places ofassembly. one's own life. Specifically. to egress the building
within 20 minutes. (Reference inspection
780 CMR 423.0 GROUPRESIDENCE procedures in 780 CMR 423.8 and 423.9.)
423.1 Scope: Except as may otherwise be EWess: A continuous unobstructed path of travel
specifically provided for in 780 CMR 423.0, the from any space in a building to the open air
requirements of 780 CUR. in its entirety, and as outside at grade.
applicable, shall apply.
Principal means of egress: The primary choice of
423.1.1 Department ofMental Retardation (DMR) two routes normally used by occupants to enter or
GroupHomes: 780 CMR. 423.0 shall not apply to leave a building.
'premises operated or licensed by the Department
of Mental Retardation (DMR) pursuant to Escape route: To reduce the possibility. of
llS CMR 7.00 and 8. 00, upon the completion of entrapment in the event that the principal means
a DMR safety assessmentfor each individual and ofegress is blocked by fire or smoke, an escape
an approved safety plan for each location where route shall be available which performs in
services and supports are prOVided Such accordance with 780 CMR 423.6 and 423.9. In
premises shall be treated as conventional R-4, R- an eXisting building where a second means of
3, R-2 and R-l use as applicable. egress is physically impracticalfrom above grade
floors, any proven, usable path to the open air
423,2 Definition: A group residence is a premise outside at grade shall be deemed acceptable,
licensed by or operated by an agency of the including but not limited to connecting doors,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts or subdivision porches, windows within six feet ofgrade. ramps,
thereof, as a special residence for those who are fire escapes, balcony evacuation systems. etc.
capable of self-preservation in the following A04thori:ed inspectors: The state or local building
categories: offiCial havingjurisdiction and a representative of
1. not more than 12 unrelatedpersons between the licensing or operating agency having
the ages ofseven and 15 years ofage inclusive; or jurisdiction.
2. not more than 25 unrelatedpersons, 16 years
ofage or over; or Room: See definition of ''Habitable space" and
3. a combination of780 CMR 423.2 category 1 "Occupiable room" in 780 CMR 201.0.
and 2 above consisting of not more than 18 423.3 Existing buildings: The reqUirements of
unrelated persons over seven years of age 780 CMR 423.0, shall also apply to existing
calculated at the rate of two such persons, or dwelling units which are to be converted to a
portion thereof, from Category 2 being equal to group residence and alternative requirements set
one such person in Category 1 all in accordance forth in 780 CMR 34 that conflict with the
with Table 423.2. requirements of780 CMR 423.0 shall not apply.
Note: In determining the classification for 423.3.1 Height limitations: Existing buildings,
proposed use, group residence shall not be of Type 5B construction, greater than 2%
construed as being similar in any way to a multi.- stories, or 35 feet in height may be allowed to
family dwelling, two-family dwelling, boarding be used (as an exception to Table 503) as a
house, lodging house, dormitory, hotel, school or group residence.
institution of any kind. For bUilding code
purposes, it shall be treated as a single-jamily 423.4 Plans and specifications: Plans shall be filed
reSidential building. with the building official having jurisdiction in
accordance with 780 CJvfR 110.0 for any building to
Table 423.2 be constructed as, or altered for use as, a group
Group Residence - Maximum Capacity, residence 'under 780 CMR 423. O. The floor plans
Combination ofCateKories shall shOw all rooms, spaces, closets, doors.
Category corridors, windows, stairs and stairways, hazardous
Number o/Residents per Category
Number
vertical openings and the location of all reqUired
Category I 12 II 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 J 0 fire warning equipment and proposed fire
Category 2 o 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 25 suppression equipment.
Maximum total J2 13 14 J5 J6 17 J8 J8 J8 J8 18 J8 25
~s
423.5 HaZIUdous contents: Any contents which
represent a fire hazard greater than that which
423.2.1 Special definitions: For the purpose of could be expected of ordinary household
780 CMR 423.0, the following terms shall be defined furnishings, shall nC?t be allowed Storage shall not
exclUsivelyfor use with group residences: be allowed above the secondfloor.

423.5.1 Interiorfinish: Only Class I and Class II tempormy certificate of occupancy effective for
interior finish materials shall be allowed in the 90 days only.
principal means of egress. In refinishing any
423.8.2 Final certificate: Before issuance ofthe
other area, material having a Class III flame
final certificate of occupancy, the authorized
spread rating shall be allowed prOVided it does
inspectors shall mutually conduct a test (see
not decrease the existing rating. The smoke
780 CMR 423.9.1) to ensure that the occupants
contribution rating of any material shall not
are capable ofse!f-preservation. Upon complete
exceed 450 (see 780 CMR 704.0).
satisfaction of all requirements. the building
423.5.2 ~eption: In existing buildings, the offiCial shall then issue a permanent certificate of
required flame spread or smoke development occupancy. This test shall be conducted once a
classification ofinterior surfaces may be obtained year in accordance with 780 CMR 106.5 for
by applying approved fire retardant paints or purposes ofrecertifying both the building and the
solutions to existing interior surfaces having a occupants.
higherflame spread rating than permitted
423.9 Inspection procedure: The building and the
423.6 Egress: In existing bUildings there shall be
occupants' capability ofself-preservation constitute
one means ofegress and one escape route serving
a system of life safety which are unique for each
each floor, remote as possible from each other and
building and for each occupant in a group
leading to grade. The stairway between the first and
residence. Therefore, a simple direct test is
secondfloors, ifunenclosed, may remain unenclosed
specified herein to determine the capability of the
to preserve junctional and- aesthetic requirements.
occupant and/or the SUitability ofthe building as a
In new construction, two means of egress are
life safety system.
required in accordance with the One- and
Two-Family Dwelling Code, and stairways above 423.9.1 Direct test/fire drill: Afire drill shall be
the grade floor shall be enclosed with one hour conductedas the direct test required by 780 CMR
fireresistive construction. 423.9. The building offiCial may require that he
Ex£eption: be present for the fire drill, or may accept an
1. Where the Group Residence is protectedwith affidavit signed by the residence manager citing
•
a fire suppression system according to NF'iPA the names of the authorized inspectors present,
13D or better as listed in Appendix A only one the names ofthe occupants who participated, the
means of egress shall be required from floors name(s) ofany occupants who failed to egress the
above the grade floor in existing buildings and building within 2% minutes, the date, time and
new construction. place where saidfire drill was held During the
2. Where the Group Residence is protectedwith conduct of the drill, all staff personnel of the
a fire suppression system according to NFiPA group residence shall isolate themselvesfrom the
13D or better as listed in AppendiX A the occupants. The authorized inspector(s), when
enclosure ofstairways is not required present, shall then cause to be blocked anyone
point in an egress route where the choice of an
423.7 Fire protection systems alternate route is possible, to simulate a
hazardous condition, and the internal alarm
423.7.1 HtlZIUdous vertical openings: Openings
system shall be activatedfor 2% minutes.
to such spaces as laundry chutes, dumbwaiters,
heatingplenums or combustible concealed spaces 423.9.2 Evaluation: Any occupant who fails to
shall be permanently blocked with one hour escape from the building and achieve egress
construction, as regulated by the prOVisions of outside the building at ground level within the 2%
780CMR'1. minute period shall not be permitted to remain
living in the residence.
423. 7.2 AutollUltic fire warning systems: An
approved automatic fire warning system shall be Note: The occupant or the building may be at
prOVided in accordance with 780 CMR 9. fault; therefore, the system has failed to
perform adequately to provide life safety and
423.8 Inspections: There shall be three mandatory is, consequently, unacceptable for that
types ofinspections as described below. The results occupant.
ofsuch impections shall be onfile in the office ofthe 423.9.3 Other tests: Other tests are not necessary
building official with copies sent to the licensing or and shall not be required by the building offiCial.
operatingagency on a prepared checklist and signed . It shall be the responsibility of the residence
by the authorized inspectors. ' manager of the group residence to prOVide
•
423.8.1 Temporary certificate: The building immediate suitable accommodations elsewhere
official shall perform plan review and for any occupant deemed unacceptable by the
post-construction inspection to ensure that the building official. Each occupant must be certified
building conforms to 780 CMR He shall issue a at regular intervals but not less than every
quarter at the group residence by the licensing or

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUD..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
operating agency. The building official may in the 1-2 category and Subject to 1-2 use
require an inspection at his discretion when he provisions of 780 CMR 424.0.
feels that either the building or the occupant may
not conform. 424.4 GelJfluQl Provisions:
424.4.11 MelitIS of Egress: Day Care Centers in
42J.lfJ Certificate ofoccupancy: Any certificate of
new and existing buildings or portions thereof
occupancy issuedfor a building intended to be used
shall conform to the means ofegress requirements
as a group residence. asdejinedin 780 CMR 423.2,
as set forth in 780 CMR 10 and 780 CMR 34 as
shall become invalid if the premises have not been '
applicable and otherwise noted below in
licensed or authorized by an agency of the
780 CMR 424.0.
Commonwealth ofMassachusetts within 90 days of
the date ofissuance ofthe certificate ofoccupancy. 4241.4.1.1 Exit Signs and Means of Egres$
JUglanng: Exit signs and means of egress
780 CMR 424.0 DAY CARE CENTERS lighting shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1023.0 and 1024.0 as applicable.
424.1 General: Day care centers in new or existing
buildings shall be subject to the applicable 424.4.1.2 Roof Egress: Where the roof of a
provisions of 780 CMR and the special requirements building is used as part 'ofthe day care center,
of 780 CMR 424.0. - required means of egress from the roof shall
consist oftwo enclosed stairways: complying
424.2 Definitions: as exits andprOViding two separate protected
ways of travel to exit discharges; or the
Day Care Center: Special occupancies, in which required means of egress from the roof shall
clients receive care, maintenance, and consist ofone enclosed stairway complying as
supervision by other than relatives or' legal an exit providing a protected way oftravel to
guardians for less than 24 hours per day. Such an exit discharge and a protected stairway
day care centers include both _child day care from the roof leading to a corridor on the
centers and adult day care centers licensed by the floor directly below the roofand such corridor
office for children or other state agencies or shall lead to two remote and independent exits.
otherwise junctioning as a day care center. Stairways shall comply with the requirements
•
of 780 CMR 10 except as noted on 780 CMR
Child Day Care Centers: Falling under the
424.4.2.
requirements of 780 CMR 424 and being a
sub-set ofday care centers, shall be those child 424.4.1.2.1 Additional Roo/ Space
day care centers so defined in 780 CMR 202. Requirements: Where a roofis used by a
day care center. there shall be a solid,
Smoke Stop Partion: For purposes of 780 CMR smooth non-climbable fence or barrier a
424.0, a smoke stop partion shall satisfy the minimum ofsevenfeet high on all sides and
requirements of 780 CMR 711.0 for afire pardon. separating the day care, center area from
any other uses. Fences shall be set back at
424.3 Use Group aassifications: least three feet from the- outside edge ofthe
exterior wall below. A waterprooftelephone
424.3.1 Less ~han two yean and nine months itm or equivalent means ofcommunication shall
age: Buildings and portions thereoflicensed by be located on the roof for use in
the Office for Children as child day care centers emergencies and shall be openable without
for children two years and nine months in age or keys, coins, or special knowledge.
younger shall be classified as 1-2 use group.
424.4.1.3 Doors: All required means ofegress
424.3.2 More than two years and nine months in doors shall he at least 36 inches in width. All
-age: Buildings or portions thereoflicensed by the other doors shall be at le(JSt 32 inches· in width.
Office for Children as child day care centers for Exception: Where the -occupant load. as
children more than two years and nine months in calculated in accordance with 780 CMR
age shall be classified as E-use group. 1008. requires door widths in excess of 36
424.3.3 Adult Day Care Centers: Buildings or inches; door widths shall conform to the
portions thereoflicensed by agencies ofthe state requirements of 780 CMR 1017.3.
or otherwise operating as day care centers and 424.4.1.4 Handrails: Handrails shall conform
otherwise not classified 1-2 use or E-use shall be to the requirements of 780 CMR 1022.0 and
classified'as B-use. when the dQy care center clients include
E:Ja:eption: In adult day care centers in which children. in addition to an upper handrail, a
lower handrail shall be installed between 20"
•
clients and staffcannot evacuate the building
with or without assistance in three minutes. and 24" above the nosing of the stair tread.
such adult day care centers shall be classified
9/19197 (Effective 2/28i97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 95

•
424.4.1.5 Guards: Guards shall conform to elevator lobbies and where such lobbies exist, of
the requirements of 780 CMR 1021.0. 780 CMR 424.4.3(1) and (2) are deemed satisfied.
424.4.1.6 Stairways: Stairways, whether 424.4.4 Fire Protective Signaling Systems: Fire
required means of egress interior or protective signaling systems shall be installed in
exterior stairways or supplemental all day care centers and shall conform to the
stairways, shall comply with the requirements of 780 CMR 917.0.
requirements of 780 CMR 1014.0 and Exception: Residential occupancies identified
780 CMR 34.0 as applicable. in 780 CMR 424.4.5, Exception 1.
Exception: Existing stairways shall not
424.4.5 Automatic Fire Detection Systems: An
be required to satisfy the requirements of
automatic fire detection system shall be designed
780 CMR 1014.6 unless so required by
and installed in accordance with the requirements
the Building Official in accordance with
of 780 CMR 918.0; 780 CMR 424.4.2.2(b);
780 CMR 3400.4 or 3400.5.
780 CMR 424.4.5 and 780 CMR 424.5 as
424.4.2 Mixed Use- New and Existing Buildings: applicable.
424.4.2.1 Mixed Use- New Construction: In Exception ll: Residential occupancies that
new construction mixeduse buildings, day care incorporate day care center 1-2 or E- or B-Vse
centers shall conform to the separation and otherwise comply with all applicable
requirements of 780 CMR 313.0. requirements of780 CMR 424, have a day care
424.4.2.2 Mixed Use- Existing Buildings: In occupancy not exceeding 24 clients and
mixed use existing buildings the day care otherwise do not have, nor are required to
center walls shall conform to the separation have, fire protection systems complying with
requirements of780 CMR 313.0 except that the 780 CMR 917 and 780 CMR 918 shall be
floor - ceiling assemblies ofthe day care center permitted to utilize single and multiple station
for the 780 CMR 313.1.2 separation option smoke deteclrors in accordance with 780 CMR
shall, as a minimum, conform as follows: 919. In such instances the requirements of
(a) For day care centers located above any 780 CMR 923.2 shall not apply.
usable space - the floor of the day care Exception 2: Single story buildings orportions
•
center shall have a minimum ofa one hour thereof with day care occupancies not
fire resistance rating in buildings of Type exceeding 24 clients and which otherwise
2C, 3B and 5 construction; and a minimum comply with all applicable requirements of
of a two hour fire resistance rating in 780 CMR 424, specifically and 780 CMR
buildings of type 1, 2A, 2B, 3A and 4 generally, shall be required to utilize fire
construction. . protection systems complying with 780 CMR
(b) For day care centers located below 917 and 780 CMR 918, but the requirements of
usable space, the ceiling of the day care 780 CMR 923.2 shall not apply unless the
center shall have at least a one hour building fire protection systems are otherwise
fireresistance rating or thefloor above shall required to conform to the requirements of
be equipped with smoke detectors 780 CMR923.
interconnected to the day care center fire (Note to Exception 2: If the basement or
warning system such· that smoke detector cellar ofsuch a building is used as a portion
activation on the floor above will initiate of the day care center, Exception 2 of
alarm in the day care center. 780 CMR 424.4.5 shall not apply).
424.4.2.3 Mixed Day Care Use: When a day 424.4.5.1 Location of Detectors: Smoke
care center contains children or adults of detectors shall be installed to ensure total
mixed ages such that it would be classified in coverage of the day care center and also
both /-2 and B or E and B use groups, the located in front of the doors to the stairways
provisions for the most restrictive use shall and in the corridor providing required means
apply unless the building or portion thereof of egress on all floors of the day care center,
satisfies the requirements setforth in 780 CMR and comply with the smoke detector
313:0. . manufacturers listed requirements.
424.4.3 Elevator Doors: In buildings with 424.4.5.1.1 Zoning: Specific smoke
elevators, the day care center: detector zoning shall be ill accordance with
(1) shall not be exposed directly to the 780 CMR 917.7.3 with smoke detectors
elevator doors openingfrom the elevator shaft, . spacing no greater than 30' unless
(2) at least one of the required means of otherwise allowed via manufacturer's
listing requirements.
•
egress shall not be exposed to the elevator
openings. 424.4.5.2 Compatibility: Fire protection
Elevator door openings may be separated by two signaling systems and/or automatic fire
hour fireresistance rated construction creating detection systems that are inteifaced shall
96 7W.CMR - Sixth Edition 11/27/.98

be listedfor such mechanical and electrical

424.4.9 High Hazard Restrictiom: A day care
interfacing.
center shall not occupy ihe same bUilding with, or
424.4.6 Story Height Limitations: The aI/owed be located within 200 feet of a high hazard
basement and story locations 0/ day care centers occupancy.
in new and existing bUildings shall be limited by
424.4.1(} Accessibility for Persons with
the provisions of780 CMR 424.5, as applicable to
Disabilities: Accessibility requirements shall be
the use group classification of the day care
in accordance with 521 CMR as listed in
center, and Table 780 CMR 424.4.6.
AppendixA.
Table 424.4.6
424.5 Special Provisions:
PERMIlTED LOCA110NS AND REQUIRED
SPRINKLER PROTECTION FOR 424.4.5.1 Application: Special provisions/or 1-2,
DAY CARE CENTERS E and B use day care centers and relating to
1-2 Child Care Occupancy Children Under Two fears Nine allowed location, special egress and special
Months ofAge alarm requirements are found in 780 CMR 424.5
Floor Level of Building Construction Type
Child Day Care 424.5.2 1-2 Use Allowed BiuemodlCellorlStory
Center 1A 1B ]A 2B 2C 3A 3B 4 5A 5B lLot:stions: In new and existing buildings, day
Basement ICel/ar P P P P P P P P P P C(JJ1'e centers which are classified in. the 1-2 use
1st Story P P P P P P P P P P group shall comply with one of the following
2nd Story PS PS PS S NP S NP S NP NP compliance options listed below. All required
3rdSJory PS PS PS S NP S NP S NP NP means ofegressfor dIly care centers classified in
4th Story and !J4se group 1-2 shall lead directly to grade.
NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP
Higher 1. The location ofthe day care center shall
E ChIld Care Occupancy I Children Over Two Years Nme be limited to the first. floor, cellar and/or
Months ofAge basement; or
Floor Level of BUilding Constnlction Type 2. In buildin.gs of Type 2B, 3A or 4
Child Day Care cOlBStmction which are fully sprinklered and
Center 1A 1B 2A 2B 2C 3A 3B 4 5A 5B
•
comply with the special provisions of
Basement ICellar P P P P P P P P P P
i80 CMR 424.5.4.4, the day ClUe center shall
IstStory P P P P P P P P P P be located no higher than the third floor,· or
2nd Story P P P P P P P P P P 3. In buildings of Types lA, IE 01' 2A
3rdStory PS PS PS S NP S NP S NP NP constnlction and are eitherfully sprinklered,
4th Story PS PS PS S NP S NP S NP NP or in which the day ClUe center and all floon
5th to 7th Story PS PS PS NP NP NP NP NP NP NP below are sprinklered, the day care center
8th Story and s1wJi be located no higher than the third
NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP NP
BiRner floor. .
Nota.·
(1) Also see 780 CMR Table 424.4.6.
(2) See special egress requirements of
eption (2): 780 CMR 424.5.4-
Adult day care centers ojmixed-care
. . 3 414.5.3 E-Use Allowed Bosement/CellarlStory
!LocIItio1U: In new and existing buildings, day
ClUe centers which Q1'e classified in the E use
group shall comply with one of the following
compliance options listed below. All required
means ofegressfor day Cll1"e centers classified in
PS IUJse group E sbal/lead directly to grade.
1. The location ofthe day cm-e center shall
be limited to the second floor; fim floor or
424.4. i Heating System: Any portable or cellar andlor basement, or;
permanent heater in spaces occupied by clients 2. In buildings of Type 2B, JA or 4
shall be separated from the occupied space by constmction which we fully sprinklered and
partitions, guards, screens, or other. means. comply with the special proVisions ofSection
Space and unit heaters using combustible fuels i80 CMR 424.5.4.4, the day care center shall
shall be prohibited (Also see 424.4.8) be located no higher thtm tke fourth floor;
• 424.4.8 Boiler Rooms: Boilers, furnaces or other

fire units shall be enclosed as required in the
BOCA National Mechanical ·Code listed in
AppendiX A. Boiler room doors shall not open
into occupied areas.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 C:tv.IR - Sixth Edition

or;
3. In buildings of Types lA, 1B OJ!' 2A
construction which comply willh the special
provisions of 780 CMR 424.5.4.4 and are
either fully sprink8ered, or in which the day
97
care center and all floors below are exitway access may be subdivided, to provide
sprinklered, the day care center shall be sepal·ate and independent exitway access by
located no higher than the seventh floor'- using smoke stop panions complying, as
Notes: applicable, with the provisions of 780 CMR
(1) Also see 780 CMR Table 424.4.6. 711.0 for fire partitions. Access through
(2) See special egress requirements of interconnected rooms to either side of the
780 CMR 424.5.4. smoke stop partition, as provided in 780 CMR
424.4, shall be allowed as a method of
424.5.4 B-Use Allowed Basement/CellarlStory complying with 780 CMR 424.5.4.3. If the
LDctItions: In day care centers classified in the doors in the smoke stop partitions are
B-Use category and where staff and clients in an \ normtlily open, such doors shall be equipped
emergency can exit the building in no more than with an autonuztic hold open device, actuated
three minutes, with or without assistance, there by either the buildingfire protective signaling
is no restriction on locating of the day care system and/or the building automatic fire
center within any basement/cellar or story. detection system to close automatically.
Exception: In adult day care centers 414.5.4.4 1-2 and E use Day Care Centers
classified as day care 1-2 use see 780 CMR LocIIte.d in Upper Stories ofa Building: In
424.3.3. new and existing buildings containing 1-2 day
424.5.4 /-2 and E Use Egress Rt!lJllirelllellts For care occupancies where the day care center is
Basemellt IUUl U!1ltu Use: located above the first floor, and in new and
existillg buildings containing E use day care
424.5.4.1 Basement or Cellar Use: A
occupancies and where the day care center is
basement or cellar, as defined in 780 CMR 2,
located above the third floor, the day care
of a building of Type 3B or 5B construction
center shall meet also the requirements of
ltUly be used for a day care center in
780 CMR 424.5.4.5 thru 780 CMR 424.5.4.7.
accordance with the following requirements:
424.5.4.5 Telephone communication: The
1. There shall be two separate and day care center shall have telephones located
.in every occupiedroom ofthe day care center
•
indePendent means ofegress, remote from
each other and leading directly to grade, and directly connected to the building fire
or; commtlnd center or to a constantly attended
2. there shall be two separate and station within the building, if such exists, or
independent means ofegress, remote from otherwise such telephones shall utilize
each other and leading to two one hour standard phone service with such phones
fire-rated enclosed stIlirways not more than having the capability ofretaining, and upon
fou, feet in height vertically which lead nuznual selection, automatically dialing the
directly to grade and are separated from emergency number of the fire department
any other use as an egress by one hour iulvingjurisdiction.
fire-rated partitions and self-closing doors, 424.5.4.6 AlGnn reqlliremellts: In addition to
or; the requirements of 780 CMR 424.4.4 and
3. A combination of1 and 2. 424.4.5, on the floor of the day care center
424.5.4.2 Fire .Protective Systems: Fire and/or the floor below, the operation ofany
protection systems shall comply with the waterflow device, nuznual pull station, smoke
requirements of 780 CMR 424.4.4 and or heat detector will initiate a special
424.4.5; additionally in basement or cellar announcement for the day care center to
use, regardless ofbuilding construction type, ev(J£uate or proceed to a specific area. The
smoke detectors shall be located in the first language of the announcement shall be
story olJove the basement or ceUar location acceptoble to the building official and head of
and in any story below grade that may exist the fire department. Smoke detectors shall be
below the basement or cellar day care instll11ed on the ceiling ofthe floor below the
location. Such smoke detectors shall be day care center. Manual pull stations shall be
connected to the day care automatic fire required on the floor located below the care
detection system. center.
424.5.4.3 Common Corridor Exit Access ill 424.5.4.1 Areas of refuge: In new and
BIdldillgs of Types 1, 2A and 2B e
existing buildings containing use care oc-
CoIISInIcIitJ1J: In bllildings equipped with a cupancies where the day care center is located
•
fire suppression system in con!orltUl1lce with on thefourth through seventh floors, the day
780 CMR 9, a common exit (J£cess corridor care center shall have direct (J£cess to a sepa-
s1ulJl be fl£CeptDble for providing (J£cess to two rate area which shall have a minimum oftwo
means of egress required in 780 CMR hourjireresistan£e rated construction separa-
424.4.1, such common corridors used for ting itfrom the rest ofthe building. The area
shall adjoin an enclosed stairway with a fire
98 780 CI\1R - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 .(Effective 2/28/97)

780 CI\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
resistance rating of at least two hours. The or which have built-in provisions for emergency
area shall be sized at nine square feet per escape.
person to accommodate the licensed client
captreity and staffofthe day care center. This 425.5 Mechanical: If camps are heated, then the
provision shall apply to all centers located on building must conform to all applicable code
the sixth or seventh floors ofa building and to sections and specialized codes, notwithstanding any
those centers on the fourth or fifth floors ofthe provisions in 780 CMR 425. O.
whose licensed capacity exceeds SO clients.
(Also see Table 424.4.6.) 425.6 EnfOTCellU!Bt tuUi inspediom: Enforcement
shall be by the local building official who shall
780 CMR 425.0 SUMMER CAMPS FOR inspect and certify the summer camps yearly, prior
CHILDREN 110 season opening. Fees charged shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR.
425.1 Definition: Summer camps foy children
include premises, operated solely between April
and October ofeach yearfor recreational or other 780 CMR 426.0 BULK MERCHANDISING .
purposes, and having residentialftreilities. The use RETAIL BUILDINGS
of such accommodations for purposes of 426.1 General: Bulk Merchandising Retail
inspection, certification and inspection fees shall Buildings have different fire and life safety risks
be considered as being similar to a dormitory in than tFaditional retail buildings. This difference
Use Group R-2 and subject to the following lfI!!J.uires special attention to fire protection and life
provisions of 780 CMR 425.0 safety. The purpose of 780 CMR 426.0 is to
provide standards to adequately deal with these
425.2 New and existing occupancies: 780 CMR differences, and to reduce the risk of life loss,
425.0 shall apply to existing and new summer injury, and excessive properly damage from fire.
campsfor children as defined in 780 CMR 425.1.
426.2 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 426. ()
4Z5.J Means of egress: All one-story, one-room sholl apply to buildings 01' structures defined
buildings having 1,000 square feet or less and herein as Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings or
•
having 25 occupants or less shall require only one portions thereofcontaining high piled combustible
means ofegress provided that: storage as defined in 780 CMR 426.2.1. Unless
1. the length of travel does not exceed 50 feet odhenvise noted in 'J80 CMR 426.0, the
from any point in the building to the outside at requirements for Bulk Merchandising Retail
grade; and, Buildings shall be in accordance with the
2. the minimum width for aisles and ~omdiJrs requirements set forth for Use Group M,
shall be three feet. Mercantile as defined in 700 CMR 309.0 or
'JOO CMR 417. (J (ifapplicable).
425.3.1 Emergency escape: Every sleeping room
s1uzll have at leost one exterior door OJ!' openable 426.2.1 Definitions: Terms used in 780 CMR
window to permit emergency exit or rescue; the 426.0 shall have thefollowing meanings:
windows shall conform to the following
restrictions: AeifOsol: A product that As dispensed from a metal
1. must be openable from the inside without can, up to II maximum size of 33.8 fl 01. (1000
the use ofseparate tools; ml) or Ol glass orplastic bottle, up to a maximum
2. the sill height shall not be more than 36 size offour fl 0: (118 ml) that is designed and
inches above the finish floor and with a intended to dispense an aerosol by a propellant.
maximum sixfoot drop from the window sill Aerosols shall be classified by metllns of the
to grade below the window; and calculation of their chemical heats of
3. provide a minimum net dear opening area combustion and shall be designated Level 1,
5.7 square feet. The minimum net dear Level 2~ or Level 3 in accordaMce with Table
opening height dimension shall be 24 inches, 426.2.
The minimum net clear opening width
dimension shall be 20 inches. Table 426.2
AEROSOL CLASSIFICATION
425.4 Fire protection: Smoke detectors sludi be Aerosol
Chemical Heat ofCombustion Level
required for existing and new residential units in
accordance with 780 CMR 918.0 (919.0) of
780CMR.
• Exception: Tents ami other temporary shelters

.which are designed to sleep less than eight
persons and which have an open side consisting
ofgreater than 116 ofthe perimeter ofthe shelter
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

Grollp A Plastics: Products that utilize plastic, or
non plastic products that utilize significant
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 99

plastic packaging materials, that have a high I-B liquid - A liquid with a flash point below
BTU content; ABS (acrylonitrile-butadiene- 73 OF (22.8 DC) and a boiling point at or above
styrene copolymer), Acetal (polyformaldehyde), 100 OF (37.8 0C).
Acrylic (polymethyl metJuzcrylate), Butyl rubber, I-e Liquid ~ A liquid with a flash point at or
EPDM (ethylene-propylene rubber), FRP above 73 OF (22 ~ 0c) and below 100 OF (37.8 DC).
(fiberglass reinforced polyester), Natural rubber
(expanded), Nitrile rubber (acrylonitrile- High Piled Combustible Commodity: Storage of
butadiene rubber), PET or PETE (polyethylene combustible materials in piles greater than 12
terephthalate), Polybutadiene,. Polycarbonate, feet (3.658 m) in height or combustible materials
Polyester elastomer, Polyethylene, on pallets, in racks or on shelves where the top
Polypropylene, Polystyrene (expanded and of storage is greater than 12 feet (3.658 m) in
unexpanded), Polyurethane (expanded and height.
unexpanded), PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater
than 15% plasticized, e.g., coated fabric High Piled, High Hazard Commodity: Storage of
unsupported film), SAN (styrene acrylonitrile), combustible materials such as rubber tires,
SBR (styrene-butadiene rubber). Group A p1Jlstics, flammable liquids, idle pallets
and commodities with similar heat release
Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings: A building characteristics where the top of storage is
where sales areas contilin high piled combustible greater than sixfeet (1.829 m) in height
commodities, or high piled, h~gh hazard
commodities as defined by 780 CMR 4 and Highly Toxic: Material which produces a lethal
780CMR3. dose or lethal concentration which falls within
any ofthe following categories.
Combustible liquids: Any liquids having a 1. A chemical or substance that has a median
flashpoint at or above 100 OF (38°C) shall be lethal dose (W50) of50 milligrams or less per
known as Gass II or III liquids. Combustible kilograms of body weight when administered
liquids shall be divided into the following orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and
classification: 300 grams each.
•
C1Jlss II - Liquids with a j10sh point at or above 2. A chemical or substance that has a median
100 OF (37.8 0c) and below 140 OF (60°C). lethal dosage of more than 200 milligrams or
Class HI-A - liquids with a flash point at or less per kilogram of body weight when
above 140 OF (60 °CJ and below 200 OF (93.3 °C). administe1'ed by continuous contact for 24
Gass III-B - Liquids with a flash point at or hours, or less if death occurs within 24 hours,
above 200 OF (93.3 0c). with bare skin of albino rabbits weighing
between two and three kilograms each.
ControlArea: Is a building or portion ofa building 3. A chemical or substance that has a median
within which the exempted amou",ts of lethal conc~ntration (LC50) in air of200 parts
hazardous 1tUIterials are allowed to be stored, per million by volume ofgas or vapor, or two
dispensed, used, or handled. miDigrams pet' liter or less ofmist, fume or dust,
when oJministered by continuous inhalation for
Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible one hour, or less if death occurs within one
destruction oj; or irreversible alterations in hour, to albino rats weighing between 200 and
tissue by chemical action at the site ofcontact. 300 grams each.
A chemical is considered to be a corrosive if,
when tested 011 the intact skin ofalbino rabbits MIXtUres of these materials with ordinaiy
by the method described in Appendix A ofCFR materials, such as water, might not wan-ant
49, Part 173, it destroys or changes irreversibly cIossification as highly toxic. While this system
the structure ofthe tissue Df1 the site of contact is basicaUy simple in application, any hazard
foUowing an exposure period of four hours. evaluation which is required for the precise
This term does not refer to action on inanimate categorization of this type of ltUlteriai shall be
surfaces. [Source: Uniform Fire Codel performedby experienced, technically competent
persons.
Flammable liquids: Any liquids having a flash
point below 100 OF (38°C), and having a vapor Oxidizer: A chemical other than a blasting agent
pressure not ex£eeding 40 psia (276 kPa) at or explosive that initiates or promotes
100 OF (38°C). FlallUlUlh/e liquids shall be COmbUstiOI'l in other materials, thereby causing
•
known as Class I liquids and shall be divided fire either of itself or thro,.gh the release of
into thefollowing classification: oxygen or other gases.
I~A Liquid - A liquid with a flash point below Class 1: All oxidizer whose primary hazard is a
73 OF (22.8 0Q and a boiling point below 100 OF slight increase in the burning rate but which
(37.8°C). does not cause spontaneous ignition when the

780CMR: STATEBOARDOFBUll.DINGREGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
oxidizer comes in contact with combBlmble occurs witldn 24 hours, with bare skin ofOJlbino
materials. . Ti'abbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms
aass 2: An oxidiZl!f' that will cause a moderate eack
increase in the burning rate or that is capable of J. A chemical or substance that has a median
causing spontaneous ignition of combustible lethal concentration (LC50) in air more than
materials with which the oxidizer comes in 200 parts per million but not more than 2,000
contact. paris per million by volume ofgas or vapor, or
Qus 3: An oxidi1J!D" that will cause a swere more than two milligrams per liter but not more
increase in the burning rate of combustible than 20 milligrams per liter of nUst, Jume or
materials with which the oxidizer comes in dust, when administered by continuous
contact or that will undergo vigorous self- ilJRhalation for one hour, or less if death occurs
sustained decomposition due to conto1mination within one hour, to albino rats weighing between
01' exposure to heat. 200 and 300 grams each.
Qass 4: An oxidizer that is capable of an
explosive reaction due to contamination 01' Unstable (Reactive): A chemical which in the pure
exposure to thermal or physiC4ll shock. state, 01' as produced or transported, will
Additionally, the oxidizer wiU enhance the vigorously polymeriu, decom.pose, condense or
burning rate and is capable of clmsing become se({-retlCtive under conditions ofshock,
spontaneous ignition ofcombustibles. /SOl4ffce: !pressure 01' temperature..
BOCA]
Water Retldive Materilll: Material which explodes;
Rack Storage: CombiMtion ofvmkal, 'horizon till violently reacts,· produces flammoble, toxic 01'
and diagolUll members thai: support stored other haZQrdous gases; or eB'olves enough hem
mmeritds in fixed orportable racks. to cause self-ignition or ignition of enearby
c(Jmbustibles upon· exposure to waitti' or
ShelfStorage: Storage on structures less than 30 moisture.
in. (76.2 cm) deep with shelves usually two It 426.3 Commotlity ClIlssification: Commodities in
(0. 6m) apart vertically and seporated by storage and display shall be classified in
•
approximately 30 iii. (76.2 cm) aisles. tM:cordance with thefollowing NFPA Standords IRS
listed in Appendix A.
Toxies: A material which produces a lethal dose or 13: lmudlanon ofSprinkler Systems
letJud concentration within any ofthe following JO: Flammllble and Combustible liquids Code
categories: JOB.. Aerosol Products, MallW!acture and
1. A chemical 01' substance tJo.at has a median Storage
lethal dose (LD50) o/more than 50 milligrams 231: General Storage
per kilograms but not more dum 500 milligrams 2J1C: Raek Storage ofMaterials
per ldlogmms ofbody weight when administered 2J1D: Storage ofRubbelf Twe
orally to albino rats weighing between lOO and 430: Storage ofLiquid and Solitfl Oxidiw=s
30(} grams each.
2. .A chemical 01' substance that has Ql median 426.4 Fire Protection Requirements: Fire
lethal dosage ofmore than 200 milligrtmlS per protection requirements shall be in accordance
kilogram but not more dum 1,000 milligrams per with. Table 426.4.
kilogram of body weight when administered by
COMnMOI4$ contllJ:t for 24 hoW'S , 01' less if demh
Table 426.1J.
FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Sige 01High- rue Protection Requirements

Comnwtljty . Piled Displlly
2 Fire S"ppreuwn rue Fue DeJHl11mmt Manual Smoke
Cltul AreG (sqft) 2 System AlJumINotijkOItion Access Doors Hose Connections
and Heat Vents
x 0.0929for In (ilO eMIt 426. i)
(710 CMR 426.5J 1780 CMR 426.14) 1(780 CMR 426.8J ~(i80 CMR 426.16
0-2.500 NR. NR NR NR NR
Jl-IV 2 501 • 12,000 Yes NR NR NR NR
over 12,000 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
0-500 NR NR NR NR NR
•
High 501':'2,500 Yes NR NR NR NR
Haqud 2501·12000 Yes NR Ya Yes NR
,",non.nnn VII'!.' Y~_t v~_, V~_t Vp('
NR = Not required.
1. For commodity classifications definitioM, see 426.3.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) • corrected . 780 eMR Sixth Edition

0 101
2. Areas that are separated hy 60 ft ofdisplay area with such areas not used for high piled storage, or that are
separated with a one-hourfireresistance-raied separation harriert can be considered as separated high piled areas.
3. Ifthe building is required to be sprinklered under 780 CM~ then the sprinkler system protecting the high piled
storage area and 15ft beyond shall be designed in accordance'with the appropriate NFPA Standard(s).
426.5 Fire Suppression Systems: Fire sprinkler connections shall be located as described above
design and installation sludl be provided in for the Class I standpipe system. Occupant hose
accordance with the applicable requirements set shall not be required, and the hose connections
forth by NFPA 13, JO, 30B, 231, 2J1C, 231D, 4JO, shall be markedfor fire department use only.
as listed in Appendix' A, or other natiolUl1ly
recognized codes and standJuds, or tests conducted 426.8 Fire Department Access Door: Fire
in test laboratories as defined in 527 CMR 49.03, department (j!ccess doors shall be providedfor fire
Appendix C as listed in Appendix A department emergency access. Access doors shall.
be:
426.6 Storage Arrangement: Storage arrangements 1. locatelrl adjacent to fire dep~ment access
for fire protection purpos~ shall comply with roadways,
requirements setforth by NFPA 13,30, 30B, 231, 2. . provided with an approved exterior fire
231C, 2JID, 430, as listed in Appendix A, or other department accessible key cylinder operable lock
nationally recognized codes and standtzrds, or tests device,
conducted in test laboratories as defined in 527 3. provided with approved fire department
CMR 49. OJ, Appendix C, as listed in Appendix A. identification signs, and
4. provided such that all points of the floor
426. 7 Hose Connections: A Qass 1 autonuztic, area are· accessible within 200 feet of travel
wet-standpipe system shall be provided in distance.
ll£cordance With NFPA 14. Hose connections shall Fire department a£cess doors may be used as
be located around the interior perimeter of the occupant egress doors.
building within five ft of ali required fire
department access doors, adjacent to the latch side 426.9 Fire Department Access Roadways: Fire
•
ofthe door. Hose connections shall be installed to department access roadways shall be provided on oJ
accommodate 200ft oftravel distance to any point least two sides ofthe building with such access to
in the building. Where the most remote portion of be approved by the head of the fire department
the building exceeds 200ft oftravel distancefrom prior to any construction. Fire hydrants shall be
the required access doors, additional hose provided in locations approved by the head ofthe
connections shall be provided in locations fire department
approved by the head ofthe fire department Hose
connections sluzll be retUlily accessible and marked 426.10 Means ofEgress: Means ofegress shall be
for fire department use only. When approved by in accordance with the requirements set forth in
the head of the fire department, the following 780 CMR 10 for Use Group M, Mercantile unless
exceptions shall be permitted. otherwise modified herein:
Exception 1: Hose connections may be omitted Exception: Exit aecess travel distance shall be
when the following fire tkpartment building limited to 200 feet.
ll£Cess and fire hydrant coverage is provided:
Ifthe only means ofcustomer entrance is through
mini"",m 18 ft wide, unobstructed access
one exterior wall ofthe buUding, two thirds ofthe
roadways located within 20ft ofthe buUding on
required egress width shall be located in this walL
at least three sides; mini"",m ten ft wide,
At lesst one half of the required exits shall be
unobstructed access route between the access
located so tIS to be reoehed withoutpassing through
roadway and the fire department access doors;
c1uu:kout stDnds. In no case shall checkout stands
and, fire hydrants in locations approved by the
or associated railings or bamers obstruct exits,
head ofthe fire department'
required aisles, or approaches thereto.
Exception 2: In lieu of a atlSs I standpipe
system, a Class 11 autonuztic, wet-standpipe 426.11 FltzmnuzblelCombustible Liquids: The
system in accordance with NFPA 14 shall be display, storage, protection, and maximum
permitted when the foUowing fire .department tdIowable quantities of.f1anunoble and combustible
building access and fire hydrant coverage is liquids permitted in mercantile display areas shall
provided: minimum 18 It wide, unobstructed be in accordance with NFPA 30, as listed in
access roadways located within 50 ft of the Appendix A.
building on oJ least three sides; minimum ten ft
wide, unobstructed access route between the
access roadway and the fire department access
doors; and, fire hydrants in locations approved
by the head of the fire department The hose
102
426.12 Aerosols: The display, storage, protection,
and maximum allowable quantities of aerosols
permitted in mercantile occupancies shall be in
ll£cordance with ofNFPA JOB.
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
Table 426.13.
•
DENSITY FACTOR FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EXEMPTION CALCULATIONS.
Solids JHJ84ndi Liquid galloni
Mllierilll C!Jus
(cubic feet) (pounds) Gas cubicfeel
x 0..1536jor kg x 3. 78 for liters
x 28.32 for liters
(x 28.32 for liters) (x 0.4536 for kg)
.:$ Not permitted Not Permitted Not Permitted
3 0.75 (0.75) 112.5
OxidizPs
:2 1.5 (1.5) 9
1 12 (12) 4.5
.:$ Not Permitted Not Permitted Not Permitted
3 0.375 (0.375) 3.75
Unstable (reactive)
2 0.3 (0.3) 1.5
1 Unlimited Unlimited 2.25
Toxies AU 0.65 (0.65) 1.053
Corrosives AU 6.5 0.65 1.053
Highlv Toxic All 0.0013 (0.0013) 0.026
J 0.375 (0.0375)
Water Reactive 2 0.3 (0.3) Not Applicable
1 (1~7_~ m_~7n
1. Quantities may be increased by 100% in sprinklered buildings
426.13 Nonc:flammable and non-combustible d. Notification siguaals Jar occupants to

ha1.llrdo14s materials: Non-flammable and non~ . evacuate shall be by audible and visible
comhustible hazardous materials such as: signals in accordance with NFPA 72 and
Oxidizers, Unstable Materials, Toxics, Highly CABO/ANSI All7.1, as listed in Appendix A.
Toxics, Co"osives, and Water Reactives shall meet The general evacuation alarm signal shall
the following requirements: operate throughout the entire building.
e. The fire alarm system shall be arranged ao
Q=FxA
transmit the alarm automatically via any of
• where:
Q == the maximum quantity in III single control
Mea for mercantile display.
F = the density factor as indicated iua Table
426.13.
A = the area occupied for mercantile display.
For computation purposes, the area shall not
thefollowing means acceptable to head ofthe
fire department and in accordance wiulle.
NFPA 72.-
1. AllXiliary Alarm System
Ii. Central Station Connection
iii. Proprietary System, or
iv. Remote Station Connection,
exceed 1,500 squarefeet (139.39 m2) per control t Thefire ahum controlpane/location shall
aretB. be located in an uea acceptable to the he(}jd]
of the fire tkpanment. Mere required, If8
426.14 Fire Alarm or Notification Systems: Either remote annunciator shall be located in om
a fire alarm system Of' emergency uaotiftcation area acceptable to the head of the jill'e
system, as described below and approved by the department.
head ofthe fire department, shall be provided: g. Other control systems intended to make
1. Fire Alarm System: The fire alarm system the protected premises safer for building
shall include thefollowing: occupants including, but not limited to, dud
a. Afire alarm system requiredfoylife safety smoke detectors, fire/smoke dampen, smoke
shall be installed, tested, and maintained in management systems, fire door controls, shaKU
accordance with applicable requirements of be installed and monitored for integrity on
NFPA 70 and 72, as listed in Appendix A. accordance with NFPA. 72, as listed BfJIJ
lb. All systems and components shall be Appendix A., and a distinctive supervisory
approvedfor the purpose for which installed, signal shall be provided to indicate OJ
and all installation wiring OF other condition that would impair the satisfactory
transmission paths shall be monitored for operation ofthe equipment.
integrity in accordance with NFPA 72, as It. Supervisory attachments including, bfJ4lt
listed in Appendix A not limited to, control valves, fire pump .
Co Manual fire alarm stations shall be running conditions, float valves, $hall be
provided in the natural path of escape near installed and monitored for integrity 8riJ
• each required exit from an area,. Each

mJlnuaJfire alarm station shall be accessible,
unobstructed, visihle, and ofthe same general
type.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

accordance with NFPA 72 as lisetd BI!8
Appendix A, and a distinctive supervisory
signal shall be provided to indicate a
780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 103

•
condition that would impair the satisfactory residents shall be impaired; provided, however,
operation ofthe equipment. that more than four such residents may be
i. All building }WACfans shall be arranged impaired if the structure complies with 780 CMR
to automatically shut down on any general 427.2. A limited group residence shall be
alarm condition. Duct smoke detectors shall classified in the -R-S use category for code
not be required purposes.
j. Waterflow initiating devices shall be 427.1.1.1 Department a/Mental Retardation
arranged to initiate an alarm condition within (DMR) Group Homes: 780 CMR 427.0 shall
one minute of being activated In addition, not apply to premises operated or licensed by
provisions shall be made to control and the Department ofMental Retardation (DMR)
preventfalse alarms due to water surges. pursuant to 115 Cft.1R 7. 00 and 8. 00, upon the
2. Emergency Notification System: During a completion of a DMR safety assessment for
fire emergency, the emergency notification each individual and an approved safety plan
system shall sound an audible alarm in a for each location where services and supports
continuously attended location for the purpose are provided. Such premises shall be treated
ofinitiating the evacuation plan required under as conventional R-4, R-3, R-2 and R-l use as
780 CMR426.1S. applicable.
426.15 Evacuation Planning and Training: An 427.1.2 Definitions: The following terms shall
evacuation plan shall be submitted at the time of have the meaning indicated for the purpose of
application for a building permit as part. of the 780 CMR 427.0:
required documentation pursuant to 780 CMR 1.
The Certificate ofUse' and Occupancy shall not be Existing building or structure: Any completed
issued until the evacuation plan has been reviewed building or structure which has been legally
and approved by the head ofthe fire deparlment. occupied and/or legally usedfor a period ofat
Any changes to the evacuation plan shall not be least five years. Structures which fail to
effected until a revised plan has been submitted to qualify with this definition shall comply with
and approved by the head of the fire department. 780 CMR 427.2.
•
The evacuation plan shall detail procedures, define Resident: A client in need ofcare who resides in
roles and responsibilities of employees, and shall the Umited group residence ofthe licensing or
include an egress plan indicating routes oftravel to operation agency. Staffare not considered as
all exits. The evacuation plan shall be used to residents under the provisions of 780 CMR
ensure the safe evacuation of all customers and 427. O. The licensing agency shall classify all
employees. All employees shall be instructed and residents in one of the following three
periodically trained with respect to their duties, as categories:
required by 527 CMR 10.25, as listed in lmptlirt!d: All residents not capable of
Appendix A. self-preservation through physical, mental
and/or developmental disability and requiring
426.16 Smoke and Heat Venting: Adequate physical assistance to exit the building. All
methods ofmanual heat and smoke venting shall residents under seven years of age shall be
be provided The method ofoperation, vent area, classified as impaired
spacing layout, construction of vents and curtain PartiaDy impaired: All residents physically,
boards or other acceptable means 01 addressing mentallyand/or developmentally disabled but
methods of heat and smoke venting shall be capable ofexiting the limited group residence
determined by an engineering evaluation and with either supervision antVor instruction
analysis. The analysis shall be reviewed and without any physical assistance.
approved by the head of the fire department and Unimptlirt!d: All residents capable ofexiting
shall contain sufficient detail to evaJ.uate the the building without physical assistance
hazard and effectiveness ofthe venting system. and/or supervision or instruction by staff
personnel and capable of negotiating any
780 CMR 427.0 LIM1TED GROUP e:dtway ofthe limited group residence.
RESIDENCE
427.1.3 Application of building code and
427.1 General: A building licensed by or operated nfennce: Except as may otherwise be
by the Department ofMental Health or the Office specifically providedfor in 780 CMR 427.0, the
for Children, Commonwealth ofMassachusetts as Massachusetts State Building Code shall apply
a limited group residence: this is a special in its entirety.
•
residence to include residents not capable
self-preservation. Exaption: Chapter 34 shall not apply.
427.1.1 Scope: A limited group residence shall 427.1.4 M~d use occupancy: A limited group
have a maximum of12 residents who are at least residence shall not be housed in a building used
four years of age. Not more than four of the

foil' any occupancy other thana limited group operated after such revocation or suspension.
residence. SMcll revocation or suspension shall not
EJa:eption: Dwelling unit(s) meeting the plfeclude the building official from instituting
requirements of 780 CMR 427.tJ may be appropriate action in accordance with 780 CMR
incorporated within a building in residential 118.0,
use provided unit separation walls omd
jloor-ceiling assemblies slulll serve to 421.2 New structures: All new structures shall be
completely separate the limited group constructed, equipped, and maintained to the
residence and provided that one of the limited requirements of the One- and Two-Family
group residence exitways is separatefrom the Dwelling Code 'and 780 CMR 427.0, shall be
other uses. limited to two stories in height, and shall have
dwelling unit(s) limited to one. story in height with
427.1.5 PiIUIS tUUI sped.Jiaztio~: Plans shall be direct access to grade without steps or changes in
filed with the buUding official 1ulving elevation other than ramps in accordance with
jurisdiction in accordance with 780 CMR 110.0 780 CMR 11. Corridors shall be ofone laour fire
for any building to be constructed as, or altered resistive construction.
for use CIS, a limited group residence under
780 CMR 427.{). 427..2..1 Other requirements: New structures
shall also satisfy the general requirements
421.106 Temporary certificate of occupancy: contained in 780 CMR 427.1 and 427.3.
Upon satisfactory compliance· with the code
sections pertIlining to building requirements, the 421.3 Existing structures: Existing structures of
building official shall issue a tempormy any construction up to three stories or 40 feet in
certificate of occupancy in accordawce with height may be converted and usedfor limited group
780 CMR 120.3 for a period not to exceed 90 residence occupancies. All residents classified as
days. This temporary certificate of occupancy impaired as defined in 710 CMR 427.1.2 Me
specifically prohibits residents as defined in restricted to those stories having direct access to
780 CMR 427.1.2 from inhabiting the building grade without step~ or changes in elevation other
overnight until the building official issues the than ramps in accordance with 780 CMR 11.
••
certificate of occupancy under 780 CMR
427.1.8. 427.3.1 Thirdastory utilization: The third story of
buildings permitted by 780 CMR 427.3 may be
427.1.7 Rules and regulations ofthe licensing or olSiy occupied by stan: Otner use of the third
operating agency pmaining to and including, story is restricted to heating, ventilation units
hut not limiWl to, smoking regulations, stIlffing aM ordinary storage. All doors leading to non-
ratios, and resident classifications sluzll !be resident fUetlS shall be maintained locked.
pY'OVided to the buiJdjftg o.fJkial by the licensing
Oil' operating agency prior to the issuam:e of a 427.1..2 VemcaJ openings: Openings to such
certificate ofoccupancy. SPlJees as limndry chutes, dumb-waiters, heating
plenums or combustible concealed spaces shall
42'l.1.8 CerlijiaIte ofOCCIIJHUICY: Certificates of be permanently blocked with one hour
occupancy sluUl only be issued when a license, if jireresistllncecrated constmction, il8 accordance
appropriate, and an afftdllvit from the with the provisions of 780 CMR 79 unless such
Depmment ofMental Health or the Office for installation is in compliance with the pertinent
Children, Commonwetdth of Massachusetts, J»'ovisions ofother sections of 780 CMR.
have been accepted by the building officitll
4127.1..2.1 Firestopping and drajtstopping:
attesting to the satis!adory complUmce with the
Firestopping and dl'aftstoppinK shall be
applicable rules and regulations referenced in
;provided in trecord4lnce with 780 CMR 720.0
780 CMR 427.1. 7.
mad the One- and TW(J..Family Dwelling Code
427.109 CerDjiaIte ofillSp«tioll: Certificates of 1/)1' QS. approved by the /building official
inspection sludl be issued by the building official
417.J01 Exitwq DetiIiJs:
in accordance with 780 CMR 106.0 and Table
lW6. 427.3.3.1 Corridor width: The minimum clear
width of 1I1U exitway tU:cess corridor shall he
427.1.10 Failure to comply: The building officUd dhreefeet.
immediately upon being infoTfi!U!d by written
report or otherwis~ tluu a building or structure
Exception: In new struetl6res the minimum
clear width shall be four feet
or anything attached thereto or connected
•
therewith is being occupied in violtlltion of 427..JoJ02 Dead ends: In no cl8Se shall dead
780 CMR may revoke 01' suspend any permit, end corridors exceed 30 feet. Existing dead
license, cemjicak or other permission regulated rend corridors, wherever possible, shall be
by 780 CMR and granted by him, aNi no such mtend so tluzt exitways shall be m:cessible in
building or structure shall be ~ontinued to be (jfJJ least two differem directiOnsfrom all points
nn corridors.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 eMIl - Sixth Edition 105

780 C1vIR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARDS
•
427.3.3.3 CDnidor wol1s: Corridor walls that equivalent; however, su~h doors shall be
separate use areas from exitway lUcess equipped with approved automatic positive
corridors shall be of construction that will latching hardware and approved
resist the passage ofsmoke. self-closing devices.
2. BasemenVcellar: Stairway(s) shall be
Exaptioll: Existing openings to
septUated from the first floor by a 20
congregate living areas, other than
minute fire rated, self-closing door 01'
kitchens, shall be allowed totemain open.
equivalent
427.3.3.4 Sleeping room doors: All sleeping 3. One stiIi""ay may be allowed to rellUlin
room doors shall be ofconstruction that will unenclosed to preserve functional and
resist the passage ofsmoke. AU doors shall be aesthetic requirements.
equipped with approved positive latching
427.3.3.7 Door widths: No single egress door
hardware and approved self-closing devices.
in ~ doorway shall be less than 28 inches
Exaptions: wide.
1. Sleeping room doors may be equipped
Exeeptions: .
with" approved hold-open smoke activated
1. Exitway door leaves shall not be less
devices .in accordanCe with 780 CMR
than 34 inches wide.
1017.0.
2. Door leaves to resident bedrooms
2." Hollow core doors shall not be
. occupied by residents who are classified as
permitted.
"Impaired" shall not be less than 34
427.3.3.5 Means of Egress: AU habitable inches wide.
floors shall be provided with at least two
427.3.3.8 Basement/eeIliB': Basements/cellars
means of egress, located as remote as
shall he provided with at least two acceptable
practicablefrom one another. Exitways shall
exitways, one of which shall discharge
be located to provide a safe path oftravel to a
directly to the outside ofthe building.
public way without traversing any corridor or
space exposed to an unprotected open ExeeptioIJ: Basement/Cellar areas with
stairway. only one existing entrancefrom the outside
•
only, and used solely as a mechanical
Exceptio1lS:
space shall be permitted to maintain only
1. Open stairs lIUly be uSed as one ofthe
one doorway which shall be maintained
required means ofegress when permitted
locked as an entrancelexitway.
by 780 CMR 427.3.3.6, Exception 3.
However, in no case may both required 427.3.3.9 Emergency escape: All sleeping
means of egress traverse the unprotected rooms ,shall have at least one openable
open space. window or exterior door to permit smoke
2. Access to one ofthe required exitways control, emergency escape, or rescue. A
on sleeping room floors may be through required door or window must be openable
adjoining rooms. from the inside without the use of separoJe
tools, and s1Ul/l comply with 780 CMR 1010.4.
427.3.3.6 Interior exitway stairs: Every story
shall be provide with at least one enclosed 427.3.3.10 Means of egress lighting: Means
interior stairway which discharge direcdy to ofegress lighting systems shall be provided in
grade or through a grade passageway to" a accordJlnce with 780 CMR 1024. O.
public wa.v. The enclosed interior stairway(s) 427.3.3.11 Locks: Locks installed in resident
shall be ofconstruction having a minimum sleeping room doors shaH be so arranged that
fireresistance ranngof one hour, properly they can be lockedfrom the corridor side. All
jirmopped. Spaces below the stairway(s) such locks shall be arranged to permit exit
shall be enclosed to maintain the integrity of from the room by a simple operation without
the one hourfireresistive construction ofthe the use ofa key. Double cylinder dead bolts
stairway enclosure. Stairway(s) Qpenings requiring key operation on both sides are
shall be protected by at least Qass "B" label prohibited throughout this occupancy.
one hourfire door assemblies."
427.3.4 Interior finish: The flame spread of
New stair construction shall comply with
interior finish shall be limited to Gass 11 in
780 CMR 1014.0. Existing stairs shall
exitways 01' exit access corridors. Rooms shall
comply with the One- and Two-Family
be permitted to have interiorfinish ofa Gass III
Dwelling Code or as approved by the building
flame spread. Floor coverings shall conform to
•
official.
the requirements of 780 CMR 805.0 except that
ExaptioIlS: . carpet type floor coverinK$ shall possess a
1. Secondary stairs not considered an critical radiant flux of o. 22 ~~cnt or greater.
exitway component lIUly have door
openings protected by a minimum 1% inch 427.3.5 Fire suppression ~ms: Automaticfire
solid bonded wood core doors or suppression systems shall be provided and

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUilDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
instIJlletl in accordance with NFiPA. Stamhlrd located high enough to be oug ofthe 8'each of
No. 13D. persons using the area and provided they are
A.dditions: equipped with the safety devices specified in
1. Exceptions listed in NFiPA Standard No. 78@ CMR 427.3.9.
13D applicable to dwellings shall nod apply. 2. Fireplaces which comply with 780 CMR
2. A water flow detector, connected to the 2114.0 may be used only in areas other than
fire alarm system, shall be provided. resident sleeping rooms. The fireplaces shall
3. NFiPA Standard No. 13D, Sections 4 be equipped with a heat tempered glass
through 6; Exception 1 shall not apply. fireplace enclosure guaranteed against
4.' The control valve(s) shall be secured in breakoge up to a temperature of 650 OPe A
the open position. lock on the enclosure sull be required.
427.3.6 Fire alarm system: A manualfire alarm 427.3.10 Fire drills: The licensing or operating
system .shall be provided and installed in agency shall require that./ire drills be held with
accordance with 780 CMR 917.0 and specifiCally sufficient frequency so as to Jamiliarize all
NFiPA Standard No. 72 as listed in AppendixA. residents and staff personnel with emergency
procedures. Drills shall be held at unexpected
427.3.7 Automatic protection alarm system: times under varying conditions to simulllte the
Approved smoke detectors shall be instlJllled in unpredictable conditions which may o,ccur in
accordance with 780 CMR 918.0 and specifically case offire, including blocking of any point of
NFiPA Stalldard No. 72 as listed in Appendix A any means or egress.
in the following locations:
42'1.3.10.1 Log: A log shall be kept ofallftll'e
1. exitway access corridors not more than 30
drills and shall be available for inspection
feet on center;
and duplication by the building officud, fire
2. congregate living areas other. than
!Jfficial, and otherparties havingjurisdiction.
kitchens;
3. at least one detector in all basementlcellar 427.3.10.2 The resident manager shall record
areas,' and in said log the names of any authorized
4. all sleeping rooms. inspectors who may have' been present and
the names or identifying numbers of the
•
Exception: Smoke detectors used in
residents who participated•
combination with automatic closing
devices may be substituted in each area
780 CMR 428.0 DErOXlFICATlON
aforementioned for the protection herein
required.
FAClUTlES
428.1 General: A detoxificationfaciiity is a/acUity
427.3.8 Supervision: All automatic and manual licensed or operated by the Department of Public
fire alarm systems shall be supervised in Health, Division ofAlcoholism in accordance with
accordance with 780 CMR 923.1 or 923.2 the Rules and Regulations for Detoxification
427.3.9 Heating devices: Portable comfort Facilities issued by the Department of Public
heating devices and solid fuel bWi'lning Health, Division ofAlcoholism, Commonwealth oj
appliances are prohibited. Any heating devreel Massachusettsl and shall be used to treat
other than OJ central heating plant, shall be so individuals acceptable to the program in
designed and installedthat combustible material accordance with those Rules and Regullltions.
will not be ignited by it or its appurtenances. If
juel1iredl such heating devices shall be chimney 428.2 Scope: Detoxification facilities shall be
or vent connected, shall take air for combustion subject to the requirements of 780 CMR 428.0 for
directly from the outside, and shall be so new and existing buildings which are to be used or
, designed ami installed to provide for complete operated as licensed facilities. 780 CMR 428.0
separation at the combustion system from the shall establish the requirements applicable to sud!
atmosphere of the occupied area. The heating facilities. Where specific reference is made to other
syste~ shall have safety devices to immediately sections of 780 CMR, to reference stalldards or
stop the flow of fuel and shut down. the other regulations, those requirements cited shall
equipment in case of' either excessive apply. Where no reference is specifically made,
temperature or ignition failure. 780 CMR, including 780 CMR 34, shall apply.
428.3 Classification of Residents: All residents

Exceptions:
enrolled in the detoxification program shall be
1. Approved suspended unit heaters may be
identified according to one ofthe following
used in locations other than means of egress
• and sleeping areas, provided such heaters are
., . 11/27/98 . 780 CMR - Sixth .Edition 107

•
classifications when evaluated by the facility Table 428.9
personnel in accordance with the Rules and RESIDENT SLEEPING ROOM LOCATION
Regulations for Detoxification Facilities of the UMITATION FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF
Division ofAlcoholism ofthe Department ofPublic CONSTRUCTION
Health: CltwijiNtion
Type ofBuilding Construction
1. Impaired ofResU;leIll
2. Partially Impaired 1A JB 2A 2B 2C 3A 3B -I SA SB
J. Unimpaired Imptlired 1N0 Bst. -I 2 01 2 1 2 1 1
limit It. st. st. It. st. st. st. st.
421.4 DejillitiolU: The following terms shall have PartiaUy No No 8 3 1 3 2 3 2 1
impaired limit Omit st. st. st. st. st. st. sf. sf.
the meaning indkatedfor the purpose of 780 CMR
Unimpaired No No 9 3 -I 3 4 3 2
428.0 only: 1;_11 "
r._;, d d.. sf. .ft
Note: • Impaired sleeping rooms in SB construction
d.. sf. d.. rt.
Impaired: Anyone who will require assistance to

egrt;Ss the building require eitherfuU b"ilding sprinklering or one hourfire
rated separation for floor and ceiling ofsleeping room
PartitJlly Impaired: Anyone who may require walls,
assistance to egress the building.
Unimpaired: Anyone who appellfs able to egress 428.9.1 Sprill1dered bllilJillgs:" Buildings which
the building without assistance." are completely sprinklered may have resident
locations one story higher than allowed in Table
428.5 Use group classification:" Detoxification 428.9.
facilities licensed and approved in accordance with 428. 9.2 Sleeping room limitations: Sleeping
these provisions shall be classified in the R·l use facilities in building licensed for use as
group. detoxification facilities shall not be located
below the first story.
428. 6 MIXed use occupancy: A portion 0/ a
building may be used for a detoxification facility 428.10 Egress: At least two exitways located as
provided that it is completely separated from the remote as practicable from each other shall be 0
•
rest ofthe building by both horizontal and vertical providedfrom each floor 0/ the building.
fire separation assemblies of at .least one hour
fireresistance rating. 428.10.1 EveTJ'room usedfor sleeping for the
impaired and partially impaired shall have an
Exception: Detoxification facilities shall not be exitway access door leading directly to an
located in buildings in which any 0/ the exitway access corridor:
/ollowing use groups are located: A-2, F, H, or Exceptions:
S-I. 1. Rooms having a means 0/ egress doorway
leading directly to the exterior ofthe building
428. 7 Submission 0/ plans: Plans shall be filed at grade.
with the building official in accordance with 2. Rooms having a means /ofegress doorway
780 CMR 110.0for any building to be constructed leading directly to the exterior ofthe building
as, or altered for use as, a detoxification facility above grade and connected directly to grade
under 780 CMR 428. o. The plans shall also by means of an exterior stairway in
identify those rooms which comply with 780 CMR accordance with 780 CMR 1014.0.
428.0 for use by the impaired.
428.10.2 All other sleeping rooms: All other
428.8 Inspection and certification: The building sleeping rooms shalt comply with the
official sha# insPect and· certify detoxification requirements of780 CMR 10 in accordance with
facilities once every two years. . Fees shall be the provisions for the R-i use group.
applied in accordance wit" Table 106/or the R-l 428.10.3 Co"idors shall provide at least 36
Use Group. inches minimum nominal width.
428.9 Resident location limitations: In buildings 428.10.4 All means ofegress doontJays shall be
used as detoxification facilities in accordance with 32 inches minimum nominal width.
780 CMR 428.0, resident locations shall be limited ~eptioll: Egress doorways from impaired
according to the use and type 0/ construction as sleeping rooms shall 36 inches'mlnimum
provided in Table 428.9. All heights are in stories nominal width. .
above grade. All buildings used as detoxification
428.10.5 Every required exitway access corridor
•
facilities in accordance with 780 CMR 428.0 shall
be accessible to the Fire Department wherever shall have a one hourfire-resistance rating and
escape windows are required. shall provide access to at least two approve
exitways without passing through any
108 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected.- 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUlILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
intervening rooms or spaces otherthan corridors when tested in accordance with 780 CMR 805.0.
amllobbies. Note 2: Carpet type floor coverings shall withstand
Exception: In buildings with a complete a test exposure of 0.22 watts per square centimeter
sprinkler system, exitway access corridon not when tested in accordance with 780 CMR 805.0.
required for the impaired or partially 428.12 Fire alarm systems: Manual and automatic
impaired may be separated from other IUse fire alarm systems shall be provided in accordance
areas by nOTIBafire rated partitions with 780 CMR 917.0 and 918.0 as they apply to
428.10.6 Stairways: Where not otherwise Use Group Rm1.
specified in 780 CMR 428.2, a stairway required Exceptions:
as a means of egress shall be subject to these 1. In rooms for the impaired and partially
requirements: impaired the heat de8ecton required by
428.10.6.1 Stairways required to provide 780 CMR 918.0 shall be replaced with approved
egress for the impaired shall be at least 36 smoke detecton.
inches minimum nominal width. The total 2. All buildings or portions thereof regardless
capacity ofthe stairways shall be adequatefor ofthe number ofbeds shall incorporate manlUlEl
the occupancy load served. pull stations in conformance with 780 eMil
428.10.6.2 Stairway enclosures shall have ill 91i.().
jireresistance rating ofone hourfor buildings 428.12.1 Supervision: All automatic and
not exceeding three stories in height, and two manualfire alarm systems shallbe supervised in
hours for buildings exceeding three stories in accordance with 780 CMR 923.1 or 923.2.
height.
428.10.6.3 Doon to the required exitway 428.13 Means ofegress lighting: Means of egress
stairways shall be fire doors complying with lighting including an emergency lighting system
780 CMR 716.0. Labeled fire dooll'S shall shall be provided throughout the facility in
have a maximum transmitted temperature accordance with 780 CMR 917.0.
end point of not more than 450 7 (232 '(')
above ambient at the end of 30 minutes of 428.14 Smoke enclosure doors: Smoke enclosure
standard fire test exposure. doors slugll be tightefitting with approved hardware.
428.11 Interiorfinish: Interiorfinish requirements 428.15 Heating apparatus: The use of portable
shall comply with Table 428.11. heaters, solid fuel burning room heaters al!d
Exceptions: fireplaces shall be prohibited.
1. In buildings which are completely
sprinklered, the interiorfinish requirements may 428.116 Sprinkler systems: Where a complete
be reduced one level except in sleepingroomsloll' building sprinkler system is installed it shall
the impaired. comply with the provisions of NFiPA Standard
2. The interiorfinish classifications in existing No. 13, as listed in Appendix At.
buildings may be improved one level by the use 428.16.1 AU rooms used for sleeping for tke
of fire retardant coatings which have been impaired shall be spnnklered.
approved when tested in accordance with ASTM
Exception: A· partial system required for
JE 84.
a
sleeping rooms housing impaired individuals

TABLE 428.11 may be provided with a sprinkler system
INTJERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS serving no more than six sprinklers, which
Location Walls Floor Ceiling may be connected directly to a domestic water
supply system having capacity sufficient to
Sleeping rooms, Impaired II II II provide 0.15 gallons per minute per square
Corridors, Impaired 1 r 1 foot offloor area throughout the entire area,
An indicating shutaoffvalve shall be installed
Sleeping rooms, Partially I I I
in an accessible location between the
impaired
sprinklers and the cOlmection the domestic
Corridors, Par/ially impaired I r I water supply.
A.ll other exitway. access .il lr II
780 CMR4~9.0 GROUP DWElliNG UNITS
corridors
429.1 General: A Group Dwelling Unit is a
Stairways 1 I 1
dwelling unit licensed by or operated by the.
Note 1: Carpet type floor coverings shall withstand
a test exposure of 0.45 watts per square centimeter
11/27/98 780 CMR Sixth.Edition

D ··109
•
Department of Mental Retardation or the 429.1.1 Application of building code and
Depanment ofMental Health as special residence referena: EJu:ept os may otherwise be
for up to four Persons who mayor nuly not be specifically provided in 780 CMR 429.0,
capable of self preservation from fire or other 180 CMR shall apply ;n its entirety.
related haZllrds. Note, however, 780 CMR 429.1, Exuptioll.' 780 CMR 34 shall not apply.
~eptions 1 and 2. The provisions of 780 CMR However, existing buildings may be used to
429.0 shall apply to both new and existing Group house group dwelling units, provided that
Dwelling Units. they comply with the applicable portions of
Ex£eption 1: 780 CMR 429.0 shall not apply to a 780 CMR 429.0, and have no outstanding
group dwelling unit operated or licensed by the violations of 780 CMR or the specialized
Department of Mental Retardation (DMR) codes.
pursuant to 115 CMR 7.00 and 8.00, upon the 429.1.4 PllUU GIIUI specifications: Plans shall be
completion ofa DMR safety assessment for each filed with the building official having
individual and an approved safety plan for each jurisdiction in accordance with 780 CMR 110.0
location where services and supports are for any building to be constrUcted as, or altered
provided Such premise shall be treated as for use as a Group Dwelling Unit under
conventional R-4, R-3. R-2 and R-1 use as 780 CMR 429. O.
applicable.
429.1.5 Temporary Certificate of Occupancy:
_Ex£eption 2: Apartment programs as defined in Upon satisfactory compliance with the code
104 CMR 17.13(2)(c) in which resitknts therein sections pertaining to building requirements, the
are also capable ofselfpreservation (unimpaired) building official shall issue a temporary
shall be exempt from all requirements of certificate of occupancy in accordance with
780 CMR 429.0. Such apartment programs shall 780 CMR 120.3 for a period not to exceed 90
be classified as R-1, R-2, R-3, or R-4, as days. This temporary certificate of occupancy
applicable. -- specifically prohibits residents as defined in
429.1.1 aassiftcation of Use: Group Dwelling 780 CMR 429.1.2 from inhabiting the building
Units shall be classified as follows: overnight until the building official issues the
certificate of occupancy under 780 CMR
•
Use Group R-2 - The Group Dwelling Unit(s) 429.1.8.
is (are) one or more ofthree or more dwelling
units contained in the building. 429.1.6 Co"esponding Rules and Regulations:
Use GI'OIlP R-1 or R-I- The Group Dwelling 115 CMR (the Department of Mental
Unit(s) is (are) contained in a one or two Retllrdation) or 104 CMR 17.13 (the Department
family dwelling. of Mental HeQlth) as listet{ in Appendix A,
pertaining to and including, but not limited to,
429.1.2 Qossification 01 Residents: Persons smoking regulations, staffing ratios, and
other than staff of the facility who' occupy or resident classifications shall be provided upon
intend to occupy Group Dwelling Units shall be request to the building official by the Licensing
classified by the Licensing or Operating Agency or Operating Agency prior to the issuance ofa
in one of the following three categories certificate of occupancy. Note, however,
according to their capabilities for self 780 CMR 429.1, Exceptions 1 and 2.
preservation:
429.1.7 Certification of Residents: The
Impaired: Any resident who is incapable of licensing Agency shall certify the classification
seJfpreservation through physical, mental or of each resident prior to application for a
developmental disability, so as to require Certificate of Occupancy and shall regularly
physical. assistance from the staff of the re-examine and,. where necessary, reclassify.'
Group Dwelling Unit to exit the building or to residents in c'lccordance with Department of
reach an area ofrefuge within 2~ minutes. Mental Retardation or Department of Mental
PartiDlly Impaired: Any resident who .is Health regulations as listed in Appendix A.
capable with either supervision or instruction Copies of. the cu"ent certification of each
from the staffofthe Group Dwelling Unit but resident shall be kept on file at the Group
without physical assistance,; of exiting the Dwelling Unit, and shall be made available to
. building or reaching an area ofrefuge within the building official upon' request. .Note,
2~ minutes. . however,. 788 CMR 429.1, ExCeptions 1. and 2.
UtdmpaireJ: Any resident who is capable of 429.1.8 Certificate ofOccuJHlllCY: Certificates of

exiting the building or reaching an area of occupancy shall be issueionly when a license
•
refuge within 2% minutes without physical aneVor affidavit from the Department ofMental
assistance, supen'ision or instruction. Retardation 01' the Department ofMental Health
have heen provided to the building official
attesting to the satisfactory compliance with the

780 Cl\,1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
applicable rules and regulations referenced in a code complying grade passageway OF' lobbY;
780 CMR 429.1.6, the capabilities for self or
preservation ofall residents, and, if appropriate, 5. In those buildings of unprotected
the intent to license the facility. Upon ctmstructe.d (Types 2C, 3B or 5B) where
compliance with all building requirements of enclosure of interior exitway stairways is
780 CMR 429.0 and receipt of the Licensing impractical due to physical limitations of
Agency's affidavit, the building ofJkial shall configuration ofthe building (e.g. split entry
issue OJ certificate ofoccupancy within 72 hours. . type stairways), the stairway(s) may be
In addition to the contents specified in 780 CMR permitted to remain unenclosed, provided that
120.4, the certificate shall indicate the category all sleeping rooms are segregated from the
o/Gro64p Dwelling Unitfor which the building open staimay by a minimum ofone hourfire
has been constructed or altered, as defined in resistive construction and the exitways are
780 CMR 429.2. Note, however, 780 CMR arranged so that a second means ofegress is
429.1, Exceptions 1 and 2. availablefrom each sleeping area which does
not pass through-the open stairway area. The
429.2 CtsUgory ofUnit/ComplUuu:e OptioM: New building shall also be equipped with fire
{"id existing building containing Group Dwelling alarms complying with 780 CMR 9 for the
Units shall be required to satisfy at least one appropriate use group classification. No
compliance option presented for the appropriate Group Dwelling Unit shall utilize ponions of
category of residency as defined in 780 CMR the building above the second story. A.ll
429.2: stories in the building shall be equipped with
two approved, independent e.xitways (even if
Ctdegory A Group Dwelling Unit = May contain
the building is classified in Use Group R-J).
any 01' all ofthe resident classifications.
419.2.1.1 Limitation on iocation of
Category B Group Dwelling Ullit - May contain impnired residents: All sleeping p"ooms of
only partially impaired or unimpaired residents. impaired residents shall either be located
Category C Group Dwelling Unit - Shall contain on the first story or on a story containing a
only unimpaired residents. horizontal exit complying with 780 CMR
Jl019. O.
42'.2.1 Category A Unit Compliance Options:
Buildings housing Group Dwelling Units classed 429.22 Category B Unit Compliance Optiom:
as "Category A" shall comply with anyone of Buildings housing Group Dwelling Units
the following compliance options: classified as "Category B" shall comply with any
I. The entire building shall be equipped with one ofthe following compliance options:
a fire suppression system; or 1. Any Category A compliance option,· or
2. The building shall be of tlI protected 2. All stories in the building shall be
construction type (Type 1, 2A, 2B, JA, 4 or provided with two approved, independent
SA). All interior staitways shall be enclosed exitways (even if the building is classified in
to comply with the requirements of 780 CMR Use Group R-3). All interior stairways shalK
for interior exitway staiTWays and shall be enclosed to comply with the requirements
discharge directly to the exterior of the of 780 CMR for interior e.xitway stairways
building or into a code complying grade and slwll discharge directly to tke exterior of
passageway or/obby. The building shall also the building or into IE code complying grOlde
be equipped with fire alarms complying with ptWageway 01' lobby. The building also shalK
780 CMR 9 for the appropriate use group be equipped with fire alarms complying witlk
classification; or 7tH} CMR 9 for the appropriate use group
J. The Building shall comply with the classification.
provisions of 780 CMR 427.(J; or 42'.2.3 Category C Unit Compliance Options:
4. Ifofunprotected construction (Types 2C, Buildings housing Group Dwelling Units
JB or SB), the building shall be equipped with classified as "Category CIt shall comply witla any
fire alarms complying with 71JO CMR 9 for the one ofthefollowing compliance options:
appropriate use group classification. No 1. Any Category A compliance option; or
Group Dwelling Unit(s) shall utilize porlions 2. Any Category B compliance option,· or
of the building above the second story. All 3. The building shall comply with ghe
stories in the building shall be equipped with provisions of 780 CMR 423. o.
/two approved, independent exiltways (even if
the building is classified in Use Group R-3). 419.3 SpedDJ Fue Sa/ety Items:
Interior exitway stairways shall be enclosed to
comply with the requirements of7HO CMR /01' 429.3.1 Hazardous Contents: No contents which
interior exitway stairways and shall discharge represent a fire hazard greater than that whick
directly to the exterior ofthe building 01' into could be expected of ordinary household
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition III

780 CIv.lR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
furnishings shall be permitted within a Group shall. ~e held ~t unexpected times under varying
Dwelling Unit. conditions to Simulate the unpredictable nature of
fire emergencies. The building official may, at his
. 429.3.2 Interior Finish: Interior finish in
option, participate in or witness the fire drill, or
exitways and exitway access corridors shall be a
may ~cept an affidavitfrom the Operating Agency
min~mum oJ. Qass 11, unless the building is
attesting to the performance of each resident or
equipped With a fire suppression system.
prospective resident. The affidavit shall also
Approved fire retardant paints may be used to
specify th~~ date, time and conditions of the drill,
im!r~ve the interior finish classification of
and shall list all participants and witnesses.
existing construction to satisfy this requirement.
429.4.1 Conduct of the· Fire Drill: .During the
429.3.3 Locks: Double cylinder deadbolt locks
conduct ofthe drill, one exit shall be blocked to
which require a key operation on the side from
simulat.~ a hazardous condition and the alarm
which egress is to be made are not permitted in
system shall be activated Successful
Group Dwelling Units. Locks of any type are
performance for each resident shall be defined
prohibited on sleeping room doors ofimpaired or
as his/her ability to exit the building, or where
partially impaired residents or on any door which
horizontaf ~ts are 1!rovided to reach an area of
provides access to an exitway.
refuge Wlthm 2* nunutes ofthe activation ofthe
fire alarm system. Only those staff members
429.4 Special inspection/fire drill: Prior to
who are normally on duty shall be allowed to
occupancy ofthe group dwelling unit the Licensing
assist residents, and the only assistilnce
Agency shall conduct a fire drill to test the
permitted shall be that which is provided by the
capability of residents to exit according to their
staffofthe Group Dwelling Unit consistent with
residency classification. At least once every 90
the classification ofeach individual resident.
days, the Operating Agency shall also conduct a
fire drill to test the capability of residents to exit
according to their residency classification. Drills

•
CHAPTERS
GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS
780 CMR 501.0 GENERAL Story above grade: Any story having its finished
501.]. Scope: The provisions of780 CMlt 5 control floor surface entirely above grade except that a
the height and area of all structures hereafter basement shall be considered as a story above
erected, and additions to existing structures based on grade where the finished surface of the floor
the type ofconstruction, use group, frontage on open above the basement is:
space providing exposure protection and access to 1. More than six feet (1829 nun) above grade
structures for fire-fighting purposes, and the plane;
presence of an automatic sprinkler system. 2. More than six feet (1829 mrn) above the
finished ground level for more than 50% of the
total building perimeter; or
780 CMR 502.0 DEFllNfTIONS
3. More than 12 feet (3658 nun) above the
502.1 General: The following words and terms finished ground level at any point.
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown 780 CMR sm.O GENERAL HEIGHT
herein.
ANID AREA UMrIrATIONS
Area, building: The area included within 503.1 General: The heights and areas of all
surrounding exterior walls (or exterior walls and buildings and structures between exterior walls or
fire walls) exclusive of vent shafts and courts. between exterior walls and fire walls, shall be
Areas of the building not provided with governed by the type of construction and the use
surrounding walls shall be included in the group classification as defined in 780 CMR 3 and 6
building area if such areas are included within the and shall not exceed the limitations fixed in Table
horizontal projection ofthe roof or floor above. 503, except as specifically modified by 780 CMR. 5
Basement: That portion of a building which is partly and the following sections:
or completely below grade (see "Story above ~ ~
grade'l 402.7 Covered mall buildings
403.3.3.1 Highorise buildings
Grade plane: A reference plane representing the 414.2 Airport traffic control towers
average of finished ground level adjoining the 416.3 HPM facilities
building at all exterior walls. Where the finished 418.3.1.1 Grain elevators
ground level slopes away from the exterior walls, 426.0 Bulk Merchandizing
the reference plane shall be established by the Retail Buildings
lowest points within the area between the building 3103.3.5 Membrane structures
and the lot line or, where the lot line is more than
six feet (1829 mm) from the building, between the 503.1.1 Special· industriaD occlIlIpancies: All
building and a point six feet (1829 mm) from the buildings and structures designed to house low-
building. hazard industrial processes that require large
areas and unusual heights to accommodate
Height craneways or special machinery and equipment,
Building: The vertical distance from grade plane including, among others, rolling mills, structural
to the average height of the highest roof surface. metal fabrication shops and foundries, or the
Story: The vertical distance from top to top of production and distribution of electric, gas or
two successive tiers of beams or finished floor steam power, shall be exempt from the height and
surfaces; and, for the topmost story, from the top area limitations of Table 503.
ofthe floor finish to the top ofthe ceiling joists or,
where there is not a ceiling, to the top ofthe roof 503.1.2 Opelll parking structures: Open parking
rafters. structures shall confonn to the height and area
limitations specified in 780 Cl\1R. 406.4.
Mezzanine: An intennediate level or Bevels between
the floor and ceiling of any story with an 503.1.3 Buildings on same Hot: Two or more
aggregate floor area of not more than 1/3 of the buildings on the same lot shall be regulated as
area of the room in which the level or levels are separate buildings or shall be considered as
located (see 780 CMR 505.0). portions of one building if the height of each
building and the aggregate area of all buildings
Story: That portion of a building included between 'are within the limitations of Table 503 as
the upper surface ofa floor and the upper surface modified by 780 CMR 504.0 and 506.0. The
of the floor or roof next above (also see provisions of 780 CMR applicable to the aggre-
''Mezzanine '). gate building shall be applicable to each building.

Table 503
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITAnONS OF BUILDINGS
Height limitations of buildings (shown in upper figure as stories and feet above grade plane)n, and area limitations of
one- or two-story buildings facing on one street or public space Dot less than 30 feet wide (shown in lower figure as
area in square feet per HoarD ). See Note a.
•
Table notes appear immediately following table.
N.P. =Not Pennitted· N..
L = Not Limited
Tvpe of Construction
Noncombustible!
Noncombustible Combustible
USEGROUP5 Combustible
Type 1 Tvoe2 Tvt e3 Tvpe4 r,pe5
Protected
Protected
Unpro- Pro- Unpro- Heavy Pro- Unpro-
Noteb teeted tected tected timber teeted tected
Note a IA IB 2A 2B 2C 3A 3B 4 SA 5B
5 5t. 65' 3 St.40' 2Si.30' 3 St. 40' 2 5t. 30' 3 St 40' 1St. 20' 181. 20'
A-I Assembly~ theaters N.L. N.L.
19,950 13.125 8,400 1l,S50 8,400 12.600 8.925 4.200
A-2 Assembly~ night clubs and N.L. 3 St.40' 2St. 30' 1 St.20' 281. 30' I St.20' 2 5t. 30' I 8t. 20' 1 8t. 20'
N.L.
similar uses 7,200 5,700 3,750 2,400 3,300 2,400 3,600 2.550 1,200
A-3 Assembly~ lecture halls, recre- 5 8t. 65' 3 8t 40' 281. 30' 3 St 40' 2 St. 30' 3 8t 40' 1St. 20' I 8t. 20'
ation centers. terminals, restaurants N.L. N.L.
19,950 13.125 8.400 11,550 8,400 12.600 8,925 4.200
other than night clubs
A-4 Assembly, churches 581.65' 3 St. 40' 2 8t 30' 3 8t. 40' 2 St. 30' 3 8t 40' 1 St. 20' I 8t. 20'
N.L. N.L.
Notec 34.200 22.500 14,400 19.800 14,400 21.600 15.300 7.200
7 5t. 85' 5 St 65' 3 St.40' 4 St 50' 3 St. 40' 5 St. 65' 3 S1.40' 2 8t. 30'
B Business N.L. N.L.
34,200 22,500 14,400 19,800 14.400 21,600 15,300 7,200
1 St 20' 1 St. 20'
58t.6S' 3 St 40' 2 S1. 30' 381. 40' 2St. 30' 381. 40'
E Educational Notec N.L. N.L. 15,300 7,200
34,200 22,500 14,400 19,800 14,400 21,600
Noted Noted
•
F-l Factory and industrial 681. 75' 4 St. 50' 2S1.30' 3 5t. 40' 2 8t 3D' 481. 50' 2 St. 30' 181. 20'
N.t. N.L.
Moderate 22,800 15.000 9.600 13,200 9,600 14.400 10,200 4,800
F-2 Factory and Industrial 7 St 85' 5 St 65' 3 S1.40' 481.50' 3 St.40' 5 St. 65' 3 St. 40' 2 S1. 30'
N.t. N.L.
low Notch 34,200 22,500 14,400 19,800 14,400 21,600 15.300 7.200
H-I High hazard, 181,20' 18l20' 18t.20' 1 St. 20' 181.20' 1 S1. 20' 1 St 20' 18t.20' 1 8t 20'
'14,400 11,400 N.P
detonaton hazards Notes e, i, k, 1 16.800 7,500 4,800 6.600 4,800 7,200 5.100
H-2 High Hazard 5 St 65' 3 St 40' 3 St 40' 2 St 30' I 8t. 20' 2 8t. 30' 181.20' 2St.30' 1 St.20'
N.P.
deflagration hazards Note e,i.j,l 16.800 14,400 11,400 7;500 4,800 6,600 4,800 7,200 5,100
B-3 High Hazard 7 St 85' 781.85' 6 St 75' 4 St SO' 2 8t 30' 381. 40' 2 8t 30' 4 8t SO' 2 St. 30' 181. 20'
physical hazards Notee,B 33,600 28,800 22,800 15,000 9,600 13,200 9,600 14,400 10,200 4,800
H-4 High Hazard 78l8s' 7 8t 85' 7 8t 85' 58t.65' 3 S1.40' 48t50' 38t40' 58t.65' 3 Sl40' 2 St. 30'
health hazards Notee,1 N.L. N.L. 34,200 22,500 14,400 19,800 14,400 21,600 15,300 7.200
9 StIOO' 48t.50' 351.40' 4 8t 50' 3 St 40' 4 St50' 3 St 40' 28l35'
1-1 Institutional, residential care N.L. N.L.
19.950 13,125 8,200 11.550 8,400 12,600 8.925 4.200
1-2 Institutional, incapacitated 4 8t 50' 2St. 30' 1 8t 20' 1 S1. 20' 1 St.20' 1 St 20'
N.L. N.L. N.P. N.P.
Notem 17.100 11,250 7,200 9,900 10,800 7,650
4 St SO' 281.30' I St20' 2St. 30' 1 St 20' 2 St 30' 1 S1. 20'
1-3 Institutional, restrained N.L. N.L. N.P.
14,250 9.375 6.000 8,250 6,000 9.000 6.375
6St. 75' 4 S1. 50' 2 St. 30' 3 St. 40' 281. 30' 4St. 50' 2 St. 30' 18t.20'
M Mercantile N.L. N.L.
22,800 15,000 9,600 13,200 9.600 14,400 10,200 4,800
~ 8t1oo' 4 St 50' 3 8t 40' 4 8t 50' 381.40' 4 8t 50' 381. 40' 2 St. 35'
R-l Residential, hotels N.L. N.L.
22,800 15,000 9,600 "13.200 9.600 14,400 JO,200 4.800
48t 50' 481.50'
98tloo' 3 St.40' 3St.40' 4 St. 50' 3 S1. 40' 2 S1. 35'
R-2 Residential, multi-family N.L. "N.L. 15,000 13,200
22,800 9,600 9,600 14,400 10,200 4,800
Notef Notef
R-3 Residential,
N.L.
14 St. SO' 4 St SO' 3 St 40' 4 St SO' 381. 40' 4 St 50' 3 St 40' 2 S1. 35'
N.L.
multiple single family 22.800 15,000 9,600 13,200 9,600 14,400 10,200 4.800
581. 65' 4 St SO' 2 St 30' 3 St 40' 2St. 30' 4St. 50' 28t. 30' 1 5t. 20'
8-1 Storage. moderate N.L. N.L.
19.950 13,125 8,400 11.550 8,400 12.600 8,925 4,200
7 St.85' 5 St.65' 3 8t 40' 4St. SO' 3 8t 40' 5 St.65' 3 8t 40' 2 8t. 30'
•
8-2 Storage. low Noteg N.L. N.L.
34,200 22,500 14,400 19.800 14,400 21.600 15.300 7.200
U Utility. miscellaneous N.L. N.L.
Notes applicable to Table 503:
Note a. See the following sections for general exceptions to Table 503:
780 CMR 504.2 Allowable height increase due to automatic sprinkIer system installation.

780 C1\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUilDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATKONS
780 CMR 506.2 Allowable area increase due to street frontage.
780 CMR 506.3 Allowable area increase due to automatic fire suppression system installation.
780 CMR 506.4 Allowable area reduction for multi-story buildings. .
780 CMR 507.0 Unlimited area one-story buildings. .
Note b. Buildings of Type 1 construction pennitted to be of unliinited tabular heights and areas are not subject to
special requirements that allow increased heights and areas for othertypes of construction (see 780 CMR 503.:U :4).
Note c. For height exceptions for auditoriums in occupancies in Use Groups A-4 and E, see 780 CMR 504.3.
Note d. For height exceptions for day care centers iIi buildings of Type 5 construction. see 780 CMR 504.4.
Note e. For exceptionsto height and area limitations of buildings for Use Group H, see 780 CMR 4 governing the
specific use groups.
Note f. For exceptions to height of buildings for Use Group R-2 of Types 2Band 3A construction, see 780 CMR
504.6 and 504.7.
Note g. For height and ~a exceptions for open parking structures, see 780 CMR 406.0.
Note h. For exceptions to heIght and area limitations for special industrial occupancies, see 780 CMR 503.1.1.
Note i. Occupancies in Use Groups H-J and H-2 shall not be pennitted below grade.
Note j. Rooms·and areas of Use group H-2 containing pyrophoric materials shan not be permitted jn buildings of
Type 3, 4; or 5 construction.
Note k. Occupancies in Use Group H-l are required to be detached one-story buildings (see 780 CMR 707.1.1).
Note J. For exceptions to height for buildings with occupancies in Use Group H, see 780 CMR 5045
Note m. Hospitals, other than college or school infirmaries, shall be constructed of Type I-B or higher
construction.
Note IDI. 1 foot = 304.8mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m2
503.1.4 Type 1 construction: Buildings ofType I Table 503 shall be increased one story and 20 feet
construction which are permitted to be of (6096 nun). This inc~ase shall not apply to
unlimited tabular heights and areas by Taple 503. buildings of Types 2C, 3A, 4 and 5A construction
•
are not subject to the special requirements that with an occupancy in Use Group 1-2, or to buildings
allow increased heights and areas for other types with an occupancy in Use Group H-l t H-2 or H-3.
of construction. The building height limitations for buildings with an
occupancy in Use Group R specified in Table 503
503.2 Area limitations: The area limitations shall be increased one story and 20 feet (6096mm)
specified in Table 503 shall apply to the maximum where the building is equipped throughout with an
horizontally projected area of all buildings fronting . automatic sprinkler system installed in acc~rdance
on a street or a public space not less than 30 feet with 780 Cl\AR 906.2.2 and the system is supervised
(9144 mrn) in width with access from a public street. in accordance with 780 CMR 923.1, method 1,2 or
3, but not to exceed a height of four stories or 60 feet
503.3 Height Jimitatlions: The height in feet and the (18288 mm).
number of stories above grade specified in Table
503 shall apply to all buildings and to all separate 504.3 Auditoriums: The maximum . height of
parts of a building that are enclosed within fire walls auditoriums in Use Groups A-4 and E shall be 65
complying with the provisions of 780 CMR 7. A feet (19812 mm) in buildings of Type 2B, 3A, 4 or
basement shall be considered as a story above grade SA construction and 45 feet (13716 nun) in
where the finished surface of the floor above the buildings of Type 2C 3B or 5B construction.
t
basement is more than six feet (1829 rom) above

grade plane; or more than six feet (1829 rom) above 504.4 Day care centers: The height limitations of
the finished ground lev~l for more than 50% of the Table 503 for day care centers classified· as Use
total building perimeter; or more than 12 feet (3658 Group E in buildings of Type 5 construction, shall
t
nun) above the finished ground level at any point. be increased one story and 20 feet (6096 nun)
provided that the total occupant Boad is less than 50
780 CMR 504.0 HEIGHT persons.
MODIFICATIONS
504.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 504.0 504.5 High-hazard use groups: Buildings and
shall modify the height limitations of Table 503 as structures with an occupancy in Use Group H that
herein specified. requires unusual heights necessary to accommodate
special manufacturing processes and equipment shan
504.2 Automatic sprinkler systems:. Where a be exempt from the tabular height limitations, in
building is equipped throughout with an automatic feet, of Table 503.
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 C~
906.2.1, the building height limitation specified in
1/19/0] 780 CMR - Sixth Edition .115

504.6 Type 3A construction: The height limitation the stairway.

for buildings of Type 3A construction with
occupancies in Use Group R-2 shall be increased to 505.4 Openness: A mezzanine shall be open and
six stories and 75 feet (22860 mm) where the first unobstructed to the room in which such mezzanine
floor above the basement has a fireresistance rating is located except for walls not more than 42 inches
of not less than three hours and the floor area is (1067 mm) high, columns and posts.
subdivided by two-hour frreresistance rated fire Exceptions
walls into fire areas of not more than 3,000 square 1. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required
feet (279 m2). to be open to the room in which the mezzanines
are located, provided that the occupant load of the
504.7 Type 2B construction: The height limitation aggregate area of the enclosed space" does not
for buildings of Type 2B construction with exceed ten.
occupancies in Use Group R-2 shall be increased to 2. A mezzanine having two or more means of
nine stories and 100 feet (30480 mm) where the egress is not required to be open to the room in
building is separated by not less than 50 feet (15240 which the mezzanine is located, if at least one of
mm) from any other building on the lot and from the means ofegress provides direct access to an
interior lot lines, the exits are segregated in a fire exit from the mezzanine level.
area enclosed by a two-hour fireresistance rated fire
wall and the first" floor construction has a 780 CMR 506.0 AREA MODIFICATIONS
fireresistance rating of not less than 1~ hours. 506.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 506.0
shall modify the area limitations of Table 503 as
780 CMR 505.0 MEZZANINES herein specified.
505.1 General: A mezzanine or mezzanines in
compliance with 780 CMR 505.0 shall be considered 506.2 Stn~et frontage increase: Where a building or
a portion of the floor below. Such mezzanines shall structure .has more than 25% of the building
not contribute to the building area as regulated by perimeter fronting on a street or other unoccupied
780 CMR 503.2. Such mezzanines shall not space, the area limitations specified in Table 503
contribute to the number of stories as regulated by shall be increased 2% for each 1% of such exce~s
780 CMR 503.3. The area of the mezzanine shall be frontage. The unoccupied space shall be on the same
included in determining the fire area. lot or dedicated for public use, shall not be less than
30 feet (9144 nun) in width and shall have access
505.2 Area limitation: The aggregate area of a from a street by a posted frre lane not less than 18
mezzanine or mezzanines within a room shall not feet (5486 rom) in width.
exceed % of the area of that room. The enClosed
portions of rooms shall not be included in a 506.3 AllItomatic sprinkler system: Where a
determination of the size of the foom in which the building, other than those with an occupancy in Use
mezzanine is located. In determining the allowable Group H-I. H-2 or B-3, is equipped throughout with
mezzanine area, the area of the mezzanine shall not an automatic sprinkler system" installed in
be included in the area of the room. accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. the area
Exception: The aggregate area of mezzanines in limitation specified in Table 503 shall be increased
buildings and structures of Type 1 or 2 200% for one-and two-story buildings and 100%
construction for special industrial occupancies in for buildings more than two stories in height.
accordance with 780 CMR 503.1.1 shall riot
exceed % of the area "of that room. 506.4 MultiStory buildings: The area limitations
for buildings two stories in height shall be the same
505.3 Egress: Each occupant of a mezzanine shall as the area limitations provided in Table 503 for one-
have access to at least two independent means of story buildings. In buildings over two stories in
egress where such spaces require two means of height, the area limitations of Table 503 for one-
egress in accordance with 780 CMR 1017.2. Where as
story buildings shall be reduced specified in Table"
a stairway provides a means of exit access from a 506.4.
mezzanine, the maximum travel distance required by
180 CMR 1017.2 shall be measured to the bottom of
116 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1119/01

GENERAL BUILDING LiMITATIONS
Table 506.4 3. Buildings and structures of Types 1 and 2
REDUCTION OF AREA LIMITATIONS construction for rack storage facilities which do
not have access by the public shall not be limited
Type of Construction
in height provided that such buildings conform to
Number of
lA& IB 2A 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4, SA, the requirements of 780 CMR 507. j and NFiPA
stories
5B 231 C listed in Appendix A.
4. The automatic sprinkler system shall not be
J None None None required in areas occupied for indoor participant
2 None None None
sports, such as tennis. skating. swimming and
3 None 5% 20% equestrian activities, in occupancies in Use Group
4 None 10% 20% A-3 provided that:
5 None J5% 30% 4. L. Exit doors directly to the outside are
6 None 20% 40% provided for all occupants of the participant
7 None 25% 50%
sport areas; and
4.2. The building is equipped with a fire
8 None 30% 60%
protective signaling system with manual fire
9 None 35% 70% alarm boxes installed in accordance with
10 None 40% 80% 780 CMR 917.0.
780 CMR 5(J7.0 UNLIMITED AREAS·

507.1.Jl School buildings: For occupancies in Use
507.1 One~story buildings: For all occupancies
Group E, one-story buildings of Type 2. 3A or 4
other than Use Groups A-I, A-2, A-4, A·5, E, H, i-I,
construction shall not be limited in area where a
1·3 and R, the area of buildings that do not exceed
direct exit to the outside of the building is
one story and 85 feet (25908 nun) in height, other
provided from each classroom and the building is
than buildings of Type 5 construction, shall not be
limited, provided that the building is equipped
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
•
Exterior walls on all sides of such buildings shall
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1; and the building
comply with 780 CMR 507.2.
is isolated as specified in 780 CMR 507.2. Buildings
with an occupancy in Use Group 1·2 shall not be 50'1.1l.2 Highmhazardluse groups: Use Group H-
constructed of Type 3B· construction. Except as 2, H-3 and H-4 fire areas shall be permitted in
modified by 780 CMR 9,fire areas of Use Group E occupancies in Use Groups F and S except as
are permitted in unlimited area buildings in modified by 78G CMR 9, and"in lecture halls and
accordance with 780 CMR 507.1.1. Except as laboratories in Use Groups A-3, B, E and 1-2 in
modified by 780 CMR 9. fire areas of Use Groups H- accordance with the limitations of 780 CMR
2, H-3 and H-4 are pennitted in unlimited area 507.1. Fire areas located at the perimeter of the
buildings in accordance with 780 CMR 507.1.2. building shall not exceed the area limitations
Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings designed, specified in Table 503 as modified by 780 CMR
constructed and operated in accordance with 780 506.2, based upon the percentage of the perimeter
CMR 426.0 shall be permitted to be constructed of of the fire area that fronts on a street or other
unlimited area." unoccupied space. Interior fire areas shall not
Exceptions: exceed 25% of the area limitations specified in
1. Buildings and structures of special industrial Table 503. Fireresistance rating requirements of
occupancies in accOJ;dance with 780 CMR 503.1.1 fire separation assemblies shall be in accordance
shall be exempt from the above height limitations . with Table 313.1.2.
andfire separation distance requirements, and the
automatic fire suppression system shall not be 507.2 JE)'derior walls: The minimum fireresistance
provided where such installations will be rating of exterior walls of one-story buildings of
detrimental or dangerous to the specific unlimited area shall be determined by the use group
occupancy as approved by the code official. and thefire separation distance as specified in Table
Where located with afire separation distance of 507.2, but shall not be less than the fireresistance
less than 30 feet (9144 nun), the exterior walls of rating required by Table 602 for the type of
such buildings shall be protected or constructed to construction. The entire perimeter of one-story
provide a fireresistance rating of not less than two unlimited area buildings shall have a minimumfire
hours. separation distance of 30 feet (9144 mm).
•
2. An automaticfire suppression system-shall not Exception: The minimum fire separation
be required for buildings of Type 2 or Type 4 distance of 30 feet (9144 mm) shall not apply to
construction which are occupied exclusively for a wall facing another building on the same lot,
the storage of noncombustible materials that are provided that: .
not packed or crated in 'Combustible materials: .
11/27/98 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 117

•
THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE Bun..DING CODE
1. Such wall is constructed as a fire wall in Openings in exterior walls required by Table
accordance with 780 CMR 707.0; 507.2 to have a fire resistance rating of two hours
2. The length ofthe fire wall does not exceed shaD be protected with fire assemblies having a
25% ofthe total perimeter of the unlimited area fire protection rating of not less than I ~ hours.
building;
3. The adjacent building has a minimum fire Table 507.2
separation distance of30 feet (9144 nun) on MllNIMUM FUn: RESISTANCE RATING
all sides, except for the side that faces the OF EXTERIOR WALLS
unlimited area building; and Fireresistance rating (hours) based on
4. The adjacent building is equipped ftre separation distancea
Use Group
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system 30 Feet or greater but SO feet or
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. less than SO feet greater
E l~ 0
507.1.1 Opening protective: Openings in A-3. B. F-2. 1-2. 8-2 2 0
exterior walls required by Table 507.2 to have a F-l M S-) 3 0
.fire resistance rating of three hOlllrs or more shall Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 nun.
be protected with fire assemblies having a tire
resistance rating of not less than three hours.

• CHAPTER 6
780 CMR 601.0 GENERAL

TYPES OF'CONSTRUCTION
the construction classification.

601.1 Scope: The provisions 780 CMR 6 shaH 602.4.1 Roofs, floors allld walls: Combustible
control the classification of all buildings as to type elements in roofs, floors and walls are permitted
of construction. to be used for the following components:
I. Interior finish and trim materials as
601.2 Application of other laws: The provisions of regulated by 780 CMR 803.0, 804.0 and 806.0.
780 CMR 6 shall not be deemed to nullify any 2. Light-transmitting plastics as pennitted by
provisions ofthe zoning law or any other statute of 780CMR26. .
the jurisdiction pertaining to the location or type of 3. Fireretardant-treated wood complying with
construction of buildings, except as is specifically 780 CMR 2310.0 as permitted by Table 602.
required by the provisions of 780 CMR. 4. Mastics and caulking materials applied to
provide flexible seals between components of
601.3 Hospitals: PI41'Suant to M.G.L c. 111, § 51, exterior wall construction.
hospitals other than college and school injirmtlru.s S. Roof covering materials as regulated by
shall be constructed of at least Type IB 780 CMR 15.
construction. 6. Thennal and sound insulation as pennitted
by 780 CMR 707.4.722.0. 1509.0.2309.4 and
780 CMR 602.0 CONSTRUCTION 2603.0.
CLASSIFICATION 7. Exterior veneer and trim as pennitted by
602.1 General: All buildings and structures erected 780 CMR 1406.0.
or to be erected, altered or extended in height or 8. Nailing or 'furring strips as permitted by
•
area shall be classified in one of the five 780 CMR 804.0.
construction types defined in Table 602 and 9. Windows and doors as permitted by
780 CMR 603.0 through 606.0. 780 CMR 706.4.
10. Heavy timber as permitted by 780 CMR
602.2 False designation: A building shall not be 1006.3.1, 714.2 and 714.4.
designated as a given type of construction unless it 11. Partitions as pennitted by 780 CMR. 603.2.
conforms to the minimum requirements for that type. 12. Roofstructures as permitted by 780 CMR
1510.0.
602.3 Minimum requirements: Where a type of 13. Platforms as permitted by 780 CMR
construction is used that is superior to the minimum 412.4.1.
herein required for any specified use, height and area 602.4.2 Duds: The use of nonmetallic ducts is
of the building, nothing in 780 CMR shall be pennitted in accordance with the mechanical code
construed to require full compliance with the listed in Appendix A.
specifications for the higher type; but the designated
construction classification of the building shall be 602.4.3 Piping: The use of combustible piping
that ofthe lesser type, unless all ofthe requirements . materials is permitted in accordance with the
for the higher type are fulfilled. mechanical and plumbing codes listed in
Appendix A.
602.4 Noncombustibility requirements: Where a 602.4.4 ERectrical:·The use of insulated electrical
structure or a part of a structure is required to be wiring and related components is pennitted in
constructed of noncombustible construction, the use accordance with 527 CMR listed in Appendix Al.
of combustible elements. shan be permitted subject
to the limitations of780 CMR 602.0 without altering
•
Q 119
•
TIIE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 602
k
FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF STRUCTURE ELEMENTS
lype ot construcuon 780 CMf{ 602.0
t:
'1 Noncombustible Noncombustible/Combustible Combustible
Type 1 Type 4
.,~ 780CMR
Type 2 Type 3
780CMR
Type 5
780 CMR 603.0 780 CMR 604.0 780 CMR 606.0
603.0 605.0
Protected Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected Heavy timber Prorccted Unprorected
Structure element
I.
Notec
't Note a lA IB 2A 2B 2C 3A 38 4 5A 58
Loadbearing 4 I 3 2 I 1 0 2 2 2 I 0
1 Exterior walls
- Not less than the rating based on fire separation distance (see 780 CMR 705.2) -
Nonloadbearing - Not less than the rating based on fire separation distance (see 780 CMR 705.2) ..
2 Fire walls and party walls 4 I 3 I 2 I 2 I 2 I 2 I 2 I 2 I 2 I 2
(780 CMR 707.0) -Not less than the fireresistance ratine reauired bv Table 707.1 ..
Fire enclosure of
exits (780 CMR
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1014.11.709.0
and Note b)
Shafts (other than
exits) &. elevator
3 Fire separation hoistway (780 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 I 1
assemblies (780 CMR 709. 710.0
CMR 709.0) &. Note b) '.
Mixed use&. fire

area separations - Not less than the fireresistance rating required by Table 313.1.2 ..
1(180 CMR 313.0)
Other Separation I II II II-I I
assemblies I I I I I
-Noted ..
(Note i)
Exit access - Not less -then the fireresistance rating required by 780 CMR 10 II A ..
corridors
4 Fire partitions (Note g) -Noted-
(780CMR
711.0) Tenant spaces
separations (Note
1 I1 II I1 I 0
I 0 I I 0
-Noted ..
f)
5 Dwelling unit separations
(780 CMR. 711.0,713.0 &. Notes f
I II I1 I1 I I
1 1 I I I
-Noted ..
&J)
6 Smoke barriers (780CMR 712.0 &.
I I 1 I I I I I I I
Note ~)
7 Other nonloadbearing partitions 0 I 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
..Noted-
8 Interior load-
bearing walls, See
Supporting more
loadbearing par- 4 3 2 I 0 I 0 . 780CMR 1 0
than one floor
titions, col- 605.0
umns. girders,
trusses (other
than roof truss- Supporting one See
es) & framing floor only or a 3 2 1~ 1 0 1 0 780CMR. I 0
(780CMR roof only 605.0
715.0)
9 Structural members supporting wall 3 2 I~ I 0 1 0 I I 0
(780 CMR 715.0 &. Note g) - Not less than fireresistance rating of wall supPOrted ..
10 Floor construction including beams See 780
(780 CMR. 713.0 & Note h) 3 2 IY1 1 0 I 0 CMR I 0
605.0, Note c
11 Roof construc- IS' or less in 1 1 0 See 780
tion. including height to lowest 2 I~ I 0 CMR I 0
-Noted ..
beams, trusses member 605.0, Note c
and framing,
arches & roof
More than 15' but
less than 20' in
1 I I I I0 0
0 0
See
780CMR I 0
•
deck(780CMR height to lowest
714.0 & Notes ..Noted .. 605.0
member
e, i) 20' or more in
height to lowest
o I0 I0 I0 I 0
0 0
See
780CMR. 0 0
[m";;'heor -Noted .. l;0l\ 0
120 780 CMR • Sixth Edition corrected· 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
Note 8. For fireresistance rating requirements for structural membranes and assemblies which support other
frreresistance rated members or assemblies, see 780 CMR 715.1.
Note b. For reductions in the required frreresistance rating of exit and shaft enclosures, see 780 CMR 1014.11 and
710.3
Note c. For substitution of other structural materials for timber in Type 4 construction, see 780 CMR 2304.2.
Note d. For frre retardant-treated wood permitted in roof construction and nonloadbearing walls where the required
fireresistance rating is one hour or less, see 780 CMR 603.2 and 2310.0.
Note e. For permitted uses of heavy timber in roof construction in buildings of Types 1 and 2 construction, see
780 CMR 714.4.
Note f. For reductions in required frreresistancc ratings of tenant separations and dwelling unit separations, see
780 CMR 1011.4 and 1011.4.1.
Note g. For exceptions to the required frreresistance rating of construction supporting exit access corridor walls. tenant
separation walls in covered mall buildings, and smoke barriers, see 780 CMR 711.4 and 712.2.
Note h. For buildings having habitable or occupiable stories or basements below grade, see 780 CMR 1006.3.1.
Note i. Not less than the rating required by 780 CMR.
Note j. For Use Group R-3, see 780 CMR 310.5.
Note k. Fireresistance ratings are expressed in hours.
Note D. 1 foot = 304.8 nun.
780 CMR 603.0 lYPES 1 AND2 are constructed of masonry or other approved
CONSlRUCTION noncombustible materials; the interior structure
603.1 General: Buildings and structures of Types I
elements, loadbearing walls, partitions, floors and
and 2 construction are those in which the walls, roofs are constructed of any approved materials.
partitions, structure elements, floors, ceilings, roofs Each structure element shall have not less than the
and exits are constructed of approved required fireresistance rating specified in Table 602,
noncombustible materials. Each structure element except as otherwise specifically provided for in
shall not be less than the required fueresistance 780 CMR. Buildings ofType 3 construction shall be
rating specified in Table 602, except as otherwise further classified as Type 3A or 3B.
specifically provided for in 780 CMR. Buildings of
Types I and 2 construction shall be further classified 780 CMR 605.0 TYPE 4 CONSTRUcnON
as Type ] A, IB, 2A, 2B or 2C. Fireretardanta 605.11 General: Buildings and structures of Type 4
treatedwood shall only be used as specified in Table construction are those in which the exterior walls are
602 and 780 Cl\1R 2310.0. constructed of approved noncombustible materials
and the interior structural members are of solid or
603.2 Interior partitions: In buildings or structures laminated wood without concealed spaces or the
of Types D, 2A and 2B construction, partitions of a loadbearing walls, partitions, floors and roofs are
single thickness of wood or approved composite constructed of any noncombustible materials
panels, and glass or other appll'Oved materials of permitted by 780 CMR. Each structure element
similar combustible characteristics, are pennitted to shall have not less than the required fireresistance
subdivide rooms or spaces into offices, entries or rating specified in Table 602. The elements of
other similar compartments in all occupancies other Type 4 construction shall comply with the
than Use Groups I and R.. provided that such pll'Ovisions of780 C1\,1R 2304.0,
partitions neither establish a corridor serving an
occupant load ofmore than 30 in areas occupied by 780 CMR 606.0 lYPE 5 CONSIRUcnON
a single tenant nor exceed 5,000 square feet (465 m~ 606.1 General: Buildings and structures of Type 5
betweenfire separation assemblies or fire walls. The construction are those in which the exterior walls,
maximum allowable compartment size shall be loadbearing walls, partitions floors and roofs are
increased to 7,500 square feet (700 m2) where constructed of any approved materials. Each
subdivided with tireretardantatreated wood that structure element shall have not less than the
complies with 780 CM:R 2310.0. required fireresistance rating specified in Table 602.
Buildings of Type 5 construction shall be further
7SO om 604.0 TYPE 3 CONSlRUcnON classified as Type SA or 58.
604\.1 General: Buildings and structures of Type 3
construction are those in which: the exterior walls
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 crvrn. Sixth Edition

a 121
NON-TEXT PAGE

•
CHAPTER 7
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR 701.0 GENERAL Door, fire: A door and its assembly, so constructed
701.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 Cl\1R 7 shall and assembled in place as to give protection
govern the design and installation of all materials against the passage of fire (see 780 CMR 716.0).
and methods of construction in respect to required
fireresistance rating and flameresistance, as Draftstopping: Building materials installed to
determined by the potential fire hazard of the use prevent the movement of air, smoke, gases and
and occupancy of the building or structure and the flame to other areas of the building through large
location and function of aU integral structural and concealed passages such as attic spaces and floor
other fireresistive elements of the building; and the assemblies with suspended ceilings or openweb
installation ofsafeguards against the spread of fire to trusses (see 780 CMR 720.0).
and from adjoining structures.
Fire area: The aggregate floor area enclosed and
701.2 Perfonnance standards: The requirements of bounded by fire walls, exterior walls or fire
780 CMR 7 shall constitute the minimum functional separation assemblies of a building (see
performance standards for fire protection purposes; 780 CMR 709.2).
and shall not be deemed to decrease or waive any
strength provisions or in any other manner decrease Fire partition: A vertical assembly of materials
the requirements of 780 CMR in respect to structural having protected openings and designed to restrict
safety. the spread offire (see 780 CMR 711.0).
701.3 Combustible materials: All materials and Fire protection rating: The time in hours, or
forms of construction which develop the fractions thereof, that an opening protective
•
tireresistance ratings required by 780 C?viR shall be assembly will resist fire exposure as detennined
acceptable for fireproofing and structural pUJrposes, by the test standard specified in 780 CIVm. (see
except that combustible component materials in 780 CMR 106.0,716.0 and 718.0).
structural units or structural assemblies shall be
limited in the types of construction specified in Fore separation assembly: A horizontal or vertical
780 CMR 603.0,604.0 and 605.0, and in 780 eMR fireresistance rated assembly of materials having
701.3.1. protected openings, and designed to restrict the
sprea~ offire (see 780 CMR 709.0).
701.3.11 CombustibDe components: Combustible
aggregates are pennitted in gypsum concrete PiTre separation distance: The distance in feet
mixtures approved for fireresistance rated measured from the building face to the closest
construction. Any approved component material interior lot line, to the centerDline of a street or
or admixture is pennitted in assemblies that meet public way or to an imaginary line between two
the fueresistive test requirements of 780 CMR. buildings on the same property.
780 om 702.0 DEFINITIONS FoV'e window: A window constructed and glazed to

702.i General: The following words and terms give protection against the passage of fire (see
shan, for the purposes of 780 CMR 7 and as used 780 CMR 718.0).
elsewhere in 780 C:MR, have the meanings shown
herein. FiV'eresistance: That property of materials or their
assemblies which prevents or retards the passage
Damper, fire: A damper arranged to seal off air flow of excessive heat, hot gases or flames under
automatically through part of an air duct system, conditions of use.
so as to restrict the passage of heat The fire
damper shall not be used as a smoke damper FiV'eresismnce rating: The time in hours or fractions
unless the location lends itself to the dual purpose thereof that materials or their assemblies will
(see 780 CMR 717.0). resist fire exposure as determined by the fire test
specified in 780 CMR (see 780 CMR 704.1.1).
•
Door assembly, fire: A combination ofthe fire door,
frame, hardware and other accessories which FiV'estopping: Building materials installed to prevent
together provide a specific degree of fire the movement of flame and gases to other areas
protection to the opening (see 780 CMR 716.0). ofa building through small concealed passages in

G
123
•
building components such as floors walls and Vertical opening: An opening through a floor or
stairs (see 780 C!'v1R. 720.0). - roof.
Protected construction: That in which all structural Wall

members are constructed, chemically treated, Fire separation: wall: A fireresistance rated
covered or protected so that the individual unit or assembly of materials having protected
the combined assemblage of all such units has the openings which is designed to restrict the
required fireresistance rating specified for its spread offire (see 780 CMR 709.0).
particular application in Table 602~ and includes Fire wall: A fireresistance rated wall having
protected combustible and· protected protected· openings, which restricts the
noncombustible construction. spread offire and extends continuously from
the foundation to or through the roof (see
Self-closing: As applied to a fire door or other 780 CMR 707.0).
opening protective, means normally closed and Party wall: A fire wall on an interior lot line
equipped with an approved device which will used or adapted for joint service between
insure closing after having been opened for use two buildings (see 780 CMR 707.0).
(see 780 CMR 716.5).
780 CMR 703.0 CONSfRUCI10N
Shaft: An enclosed space extending through one or DOCUMENfS
more stories of a building, connecting vertical 703.1 General: Construction documents for all
openings in successive floors, or floors and the buildings 'shall designate the type of construction
roof (see 780 CMR 710.0). and the fireresistance rating of all structure elements
as required by 780 CMR. The constnlction
Single membrane penetration: An opening through
documents shall include documentation or
a single membrane (one side) of a fireresistance supporting data substantiating all required
rated wall, roof/ceiling or floor/ceiling assembly fireresistance ratings.
made to accommodate pipes, tubes, conduits,
vents, wires, cables, electrical outlet boxes and
703.2 Penetrations: Construction documents for
similar items (see 780 CMR 709.6.5). buildings more than two stories in height shall
indicate where penetrations will be made for
Smoke barrier: A continuous membrane that will electrical, mechanical, plumbing and communication
resist the movement of smoke (see 780 CMR conduits, pipes and systems, and shall also indicate
712.0). the materials and methods for maintaining the
required structural integrity, fireresistance rating and
Smoke compartment: A space within a building jirestopping.
enclosed by smoke barriers or fire separation
assemblies on all sides, including top and bottom
780 CMR 704.0 FIRE TESTS
(see 780 CMR 712.0).
704.1 General: Building elements and assemblies
Through-penetration protection system: Specific including loadbearing and nonloadbearing walls and
building materials or assemblies of materials that partitions, columns, girders, beams, slabs and floors
are designed ~d installed to prevent the spread of and roof assemblies, shall provide the minimum
fire through openings that are made in fireresistance ratings specified in Table 602 for the
fireresistance rated floors and walls to type ofconstruction unless otherwise required by the
accommodate through-penetrating items such as provisions of 780 CMR.
pipes, tubes, conduits, vents, wires, cables and 704.1.1l Fireresistance ratings: The
similar items. The F rating indicates the period of fireresistance ratings of building assemblies and
time that the through-penetration protection structural elements shall be determined in
system is capable of preventing the passage of accordance with the test procedures set forth in
flame to the unexposed (nonfire) side of the ASTM E 119 listed in Appendix A, specific
assembly in conjunction with an acceptable hose methods as provided for herein, or shall be
stream test performance. The T rating indicates determined in accordance with an approved
the period of time that the through-penetration analytical method. Where an approved
protection system is capable of preventing the analytical method is utilized to establish the
passage of flame and a maximum individual fireresistance rating of a structural element or
temperature rise of 325 of (163°C) above ambient building assembly, the calculations shall be
•
temperature on the unexposed (nonfire) side of based upon the fire exposure and acceptance
the assembly in conjunction with acceptable hose criteria specified in ASTM E 119 listed in
stream test performance (see 780 CMR 707.7.2, AppendixA.
709.6.1 and 713.4.1). Exception: In determining the fireresistance
rating of exterior loadbearing walls,
124 780 Cl\tfR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
compliance with the ASTM E 119 criteria for with ASTM E136 listed in Appendix A .
unexposed surface temperature rise and Such materials - shall be acceptable as
ignition of cotton waste due to passage of noncombustible materials when at least three
flame or hot gases, is required only for a of four specimens tested conform to all of
period of time corresponding to the required the following criteria:
fireresistance rating of an exterior 1. The recorded temperature of the
nonloadbearing wall with the same fire surface and interior thermocouples shall
separation distance, and in a building ofthe not at any time during the test rise more
same use group. Where the fireresistance than 54 OF (30 0 C) above the furnace
rating determined in accordance with this temperature at the beginning of the test.
exception exceeds the fireresistance rating 2. There shall not be flaming from the
determined in accordance with ASTM E 119 specimen after the first 30 seconds.
listed in Appendix A, the fire exposure time 3. If the weight loss of the specimen
period, water pressure and application during testing exceeds 50%, the recorded
duration criteria for the hose stream test of temperature of the surface and interior
ASTM E1191isted in Appendix A, shall be thennocouples shall not at any time
based upon the fireresistance rating during the test rise above the furnace air·
determined in accordance with this temperature at the beginning ofthe test,
exception. and there shall not be flaming of the
specimen.
704.2 Alternative protection: Where
704.4.1.2 Composite materials: Materials
documentation is submitted to the code official and
. having a structural base of noncombustible
approved, fireresistive coverings or insulating
material as defined in 780 CMR 704.4.1. J.
enclosing materials are not required for structural
with a surfacing not more than % inch thick
framing elements. Such documentation shall show
which has a flame spread rating not greater
that the structural integrity of structural framing
than 50 when tested in accordance with
elements will not be reduced below a safe level by a
ASTM E84 listed in, Appendix A shall be
fire within the building or in an· adjacent building
acceptable as noncombustible materials.
••
having a severity corresponding to the fireresistance
rating required for the elements through the
installation of heat shields, separations or other 780 CMR 705..0 EX1rERlIOR WAllS
approved means ofprotection. ;05.11. General: All exterior walls shall comply with
the applicable provisions of 780 CMR and with the
;04.3 Opening protectives: Opening pfotectives fireresistance rating requirements of780 CMR 705.0
shall include the fire door, fire shutter, fire window and 780 CMR 602.0.
or fire damper and all required hardware, anchorage, Exception: The provisions of 780 CMR 705.2
frames and sills necessaxy for the assembly. and 705.3 shall not apply to exterior walls which
face buildings on the same lot where the
704.4 Combustibility tests: Where the beh.avior of buildings are such that, if combined into one
materials under exposure to fire is specified! iIi structure, the resulting building will otherwise
780 CMR, the characteristics of materials shall be comply with the height and area limitations of
determined by the tests and criteria set forth in 780 CrdR 503.0 (see 780 CMR 503.1.3).
780 CMR 704.4.1,704.4.1.1 and ;04.4.1.2. '705.1.1 Omission of exteriolr walls: The
704.4.1 Tests: The tests indicated in 780 CMR provisions of 780 CM:R shall not be deemed to
704.4.1.1 and 704.4.1.2 shall serve as criteria for prohibit the omission of exterior walls for all or
acceptance of building materials as set forth in part ofa story where the provisions of 780 CMR
780 CMR 603.0, 604.0 and 605 governing the 705.2 do not require a nonJoadbearing exterior
combustibility of building materials in Types 1, wall to provide a fireresistance rating, and where
2, 3 and 4 construction. The term the provisions of780 CMR. 705.3 and 705.4 do
"noncombustible" does lIlot apply to the flame not limit the maximum percentage of
spread characteristics of interior finish or trim unprotected openings.' Except as otherwise
materials. A material shall not be classified as a specifically permitted! in 780 CMR 715.5, the
noncombustible building construction material piers, columns and other structural elements
which is subject to an mcrease in the within the open portion shall be constructed with
combustible or flame spread rating beyond the the fireresistance rating required for exterior
limitations herein established through the effects loadbearing walls in Table 602.
• of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions.

704.4.1.1 Elementary materials: Materials
which are intended to be classified as
noncombustible shall be tested in accordance
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

;05.1.2 Combustible exterior wall finish and
mOl: In addition to the requirements of
780 CMR 705.0, combustible materials installed
as exterior wallfinish, half-timbering, balconies

THE :MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll..DING CODE
and similar appendages, bay and oriel windows or iireretardant-treated wood complying with
and light-transmitting plastic panels, shall me~t 780 CMR 2310.0 for exterior installation.
the applicable requirements of780 CMR1406.0,
705.2.2 Wall support: The wall shall extend to
2604.0,2605.0 and 2606.0.
the height required by 780 CMR 705.6, and shall
be supported such that the wall will remain in
705.2 Fireresistance ratings: The fireresistance
place for the duration of time indicated by the
rating of exterior· walls shall comply with Table
required fireresistance rating.
705.2. Loadbearing exterior walls shall also comply
with the fireresistance rating requirements of 705.2.3 Automatic fire suppression: In
780 CMR 602.0. The fireresistance rating of buildings equipped throughout with an
exterior walls with a fire separation distance of automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
greater than five feet (1524 nun) shall be rated for 780 CMR 906.2.1, the required fireresistance
exposure to fire from the inside. The fireresistance rating of nonloadbearing exterior walls shall be
rating of exterior walls with a fire separation reduced by one hour, except that where the fire
distance oftive feet (l524 rom) or less shall be rated separation distance is five feet (1524 rom) or
for exposure. to fire from both sides. less, the meresistance rating shall not be reduced
to less than one hour. This reduction shall not
Table 705.2 apply to occupancies in Use Group H.
EXTEJUOR WALL ~RESISTANCE
705.2.4 Unexposed surface temperature:
RATINGS
a Where protected openings are not limited by
Use Group Table 705.3, the limitation on the· rise of
Fire Separation temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior
distance (feet)c F-1.H-3, A.B,E,F-2,
H-2 M. S-1 R-2 R-3 H-4, I. R·l, walls as required by ASTM E 119 listed in
S-2 Appendix A shall not apply. Where protected
openings are limited by Table 705.3, the
Oto5 4 3 I 2
Greater than 5 to 10 3 2 o 1
limitation on the rise of temperature on the
unexposed surface of exterior walls as required
i.lllj:lf.Ir=I~II~[II::
•
by ASTM E119 listed in Appendix A shall not
1_:B:::~IKI~:::) apply provided that a correction is made for
Greater than 30 0 0 0 0 0 radiation from the unexposed eXterior wall
Note a. For requirements for Use Group H·I, see surface in accordance with the following
780 CMR. 705.2.1. formula:
Note b. Fireresistance ratings are expressed in hours. where:
Note Co 1 foot - 304.8 mm.
705.2.1 Use Group B-1: Buildings and Ae = Equivalent area of protected openings.
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H-I A = Actual area of protected openings.
shall be located in accordance with the AI = Area of exterior wall surface in the story
requirements for the storage of explosives in the under consideration exclusive of openings, on
fire prevention code listed in Appendix A. The which the temperature limitations of ASTM
allowable quantities ofUse Group H-l materials El19listed in Appendix A for walls is exceeded.
shall be based on the TNT equivalency of the Feo = An "equivalent opening factor ll
materials. The ·exterior finish surface of all derived from Figure 705.2.4 based on the
exterior walls in an occupancy in Use Group H-l average temperature of the unexposed wall
shall be of approved noncombustible materials surface and the fireresistance rating of the wall
required by 780 CMR 705.2.

•
780 CMR.: ~TATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FffiERESXSTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Figure 705.2.4
EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR
...•~ 0.1
I
., It.S
ig.
!!i 0.5 .
."
~
'$l"
.u
G «10 @GO toatJ t2llO 1,. 1JJOO 1.800 2,f./OO
•
Average temperature of unexposed surface (degrees F)
705.3 Openings: The maximum area of unprotected Note a. Values given are percentages of the area of the
or protected openings permitted in an exterior wall exterior wall. This table assWDes that the openings are
in any story shall not exceed the values set forth in reasonably unifonnly distributed. Where openings are
Table 705.3. Where both unprotected and protected not re~~nably unifonnly distrib~ted, th~ portion of the
openings are located in the exterior wall in any wall utilized to calculate comphance WIth table 705.3
. shaD be approved.
story, the total area of the opemngs shall comply N ~ II.. F .. U G R 3 th
. h h J:: I I ' . o~e fIJI. or occupancies in se roup -, e
Wit t e 10 oWing formula. maximum percentage of unprotected exterior wall
A A. openings shaD be 5%.
+ 2 ~ 1.0 Note Co The area of openings in an open parking
a structure with a frre separation distance of greater than
1M ten feet shall not be limited.
where: N@fte d. For occupancies an Use Group H 2 or H 3, a a
A = Actual area ofprotected openings, or the amprotected openings shall not be pennitted for openings
equivalent area of protected openings Ae (see with a fire separation distance of 15 feet or less.
780CMR. 705.2.4). Note eo One foot =304.8 nun.
QJ = Allowable area of protected openings. 705.3.1 Automatic rare suppression: In
.buildings equipped throughout with an
Au = Actual area ofunprotected openings. autom~tic sprinkler system in accordance with
(JP!l = Allowable area of unprotected openings. 780 CMR 906.2.1, the maximum allowable area
ofunprotected openings in all occupancies other
Table 705.3 than Use Groups Hal, Ha2 and R a3 shall be the
MAXIM:UM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL same as the tabulated limitatnons for protected
OPENINGS& openings.
c
Oassifi- File separation distance (feeO 705.3.2 First story: In all occupancies other
cation of 1010 >3 1>5 to I> 10 to > 15 >20 >25 than Use Group H, unlimited unprotected
opening cd c c c >30
3 toS lOd IS • to 20 to 25 to 30 openings are permitted in the first story of
•
Un- b exterior walls facing a street which have a fire
NP Np 10% 15% 25% 45% 70% No separation distance ofgreater than 15 feet (4572
protected limit
No No No mm).
Protected NP 15% 25% 45% 75%
Limit Limit Limit
NP (Not penmtted)

a
127
•
705.4 Vertical separation of openings: Openings in 780 O\1R 706.0 EXTERIOR OPENING
exterior walls in adjacent stories shall be separated PROlECITVES
vertically to. protect against fire spread on the 706.1 Where required: Exterior opening
exterior of the buildings where the openings are protectives shall be provided in all exterior wall
within five feet (1524 nun) of each other openings that are required to be protected by
horizontally and the opening in the lower story is not 780 CMR '705.0.
a protected opening in accordance with 780 CMR
706.0. Such openings shall be separated vertically 706.2 Allltomatic protection: Approved fire
at least three feet (914 nun) by spandrel girders, protective assemblies shall be fixed, self-closing or
exterior walls or other similar assemblies which equipped with approved automatic-closing devices
have a fireresistance rating of at least one hour or by and shall confonn to the requirements of 780 C.MR.
flame barriers which extend horizontally at least 30 706.0 and 780 CMR 702.0, 716.0. 717.0, 718.0 and
inches (762 rom) beyond the exterior wall. Flame 719.0.
barriers shall also have a fireresistance rating of at Exception: Fire protective assemblies are not
least one hour. The unexposed surface temperature required where outside automatic sprinklers are
limitations specified in ASTM E119 listed in installed for the protection of the exterior
Appendix A shall not apply to the flame barriers or openings. The sprinklers shall be installed in
vertical separation unless otherwise required by the accordance with NFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A,
provisions of780 CMR. and shall have an automatic water supply and be
Exceptions: . provided with a fire department connection.
1. 780 CMR 705.4 shall not apply to buildings
that are three stories or less in height. 706.3 Fireresistance rating: Exterior openings
2. 780 C~ 705.4 shall not apply to buildings required to be protected by 780 CMR 705.3, when
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler located in a wall required by 780 CI\1R 705.2 to
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. have a fireresistance rating ofgreater than one hour,
shall be protected with an assembly having a fire
705.5 Vertical exposure: Approved protectives protection rating ofnot less than 1~ hours. Exterior
shall be provided in every opening that is less than openings required to be protected by 780 ClVIR
•
15 feet (4572 nun) vertically above the roof of an 705.3. wh~:n located in a wall required by 780 ClMR
adjoining building or adjacent structure which is 705.2 to have a fireresistance rating of one hour,
within a horizontal fire separation distance of 15 shall be protected with an assembly having a fire
feet (4572 nun) of the wall in which the opening is protection rating of not less than % hour. Exterior
located. unless such roof construction affords a openings required to be protected by 780 CMR
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour. 705.4 or 705.5 shall be protected with an assembly
having a fire protection rating of not less than %
705.6 Continuity of exterior walls: Exterior walls hour.
required to be fireresistance rated by 780 CMR
705.2 because ofjire separation distance. shall be 706.4 Unprotected openings: Where protected
continuous from the foundation to not less than 30 openings are not required by 780CMR 705.0,
inches (762 mm) above the roof surface. windows and doors shall be constructed of any
Exceptions: approved materials. Glazing shall confonn to the
1. Where the roof deck or sheathing is requirements of780 CMR 14,24 and 26.
constructed of approved noncombustible
materials or of fireretardant-treated wood or of 780 CMR 7£17.0 FIRE WALLS
Ole-inch Type X gypsum board supported directly
AND PARlY WAllS
beneath the underside of the roof sheathing or
deck, using minimum two-inch ledgers attached 707.1 General: Walls shall have sufficient structural
to the sides of the roof framing members for a stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of
minimum distance of four feet (1219 rom) from construction on either side without collapse of the
the exterior wall, and where the roof covering wall, and shall be constructed of any approved
has a minimum of a Class C rating, the exterior noncombustible materials that provide the required
wall shall be permitted to stop at the underside strength and fireresistance rating specified in Table
of the roof deck or sheathing. 602 for the type ofconstruction, but not less than the
2. Exterior wails in buildings not exceeding fireresistance rating of the use group specified in
1.000 square feet (93 m3) in area.. Table 707.1. Strength and stability shall comply
3. Exterior walls of occupancies in Use Group with the provisions of780 CMR 14 and 16.
R-3.
4. Exterior walls of a building where the roof
has an angle of more than 20 degrees (0.35 rad)
with the horizontal.

FJlRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Table 70701 deck.

FIRE AND PARTY WALL 2. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed
FIRERESISTANCE RATINGS of approved noncombustible materials or of
frreretardant-treated wood. for a distance of
Use Groupa M,inirnum Fireresistance
rating' (hours) four feet (1219 mm) on poth sides of the
wall, or such roof sheathing or deck is
A-3. A-4. A-S. B, E, F-2; 2 constructed with %-inch Type X gypsum
:H-4. 1-1.1-2, R, S-2
board supported directly beneath the
A-I, A-2, F-l. H-3. 1-3. M. 3 underside of the roof sheathing or deck,
S-i
using minimum two-inch ledgers attached to
H-2 4 the sides of the roof framing members, for a -
Note 3. For requirements for Use Group H-l. see 780 minimum distance offour feet (1219 mm) on
CMR 707.1.1. both sides of the fire wall.
107.1.1 Use Group Hml: Occupancies in Use 3. Combustible material does not extend
Group B-1 shall not be located in a building that: through the wall.
is more than one story in height, has a basement; 4. The roof covering has a minimum of a
or is attached to another building. An occupancy Class Crating.
in any use group other than B-1 shall not be
707.5.3 Noncombustible frame: The wall shall
located in a building with an occupancy in Use
not be supporteq on the structural frame in
Group H-l. .
buildings ofnoncombustible construction unless
Exception: The story above grade. where
such supporting frame and all members, which
provided with barricaded construction in
under fire conditions provide lateral support for
accordance with the flre prevention code
the frame, have a fire resistance at least equal to
listed in AppendixA. shall not be considered
that required for the wall.
abasement.
707.6 Offset fire walls: Where fire .walls are offset
107.2 Cutting- walls: A wall that is eight inches or
at intermediate floor levels in protected skeleton-
less in thickness shall not be cut for chases or
frame construction, the offset floor construction and
socketed for insertion of structural members
.'
the intermediate wall supports shall be constructed
subsequent to erection (see 780 CMR 2109.1.1).
of approved noncombustible materials with a
fireresistance rating not less than that required for
707.3 Hollow walls: The wall shall not be less than
thefire wall. .
the minimum thickness specified in ACI 5301ASCE
5lfMS 402 listed in Appendix A.
707.7 PelllletratiolllS: Penetrations through fire walls
shall. meet the limitations specified in 780 CMR
71fJ7.4 Combustible insulation: The code official
707.7.1 through 707.7.4.
shall pennit the application of cork, fiberboard or
other combustible insulation where laid up without 707.7.1 Combustible framiilllg: In addition to
intervening air spaces and attached directly to the the provisions of -780 CMR 2305.6, adjacent
face of the-wall, and where protected on the exposed combustible members entering into a masonry
surface as -provided for in 780 CMR 722.0 and fire wall from opposite sides shall not have less
2309.1. than a four-inch (l02 mm) distance between
embedded ends. Where combustible members
707.5 Continuity of walls: In all buildings or of
frame into hollow walls or walls hollow units,
structures, walls shall be continuous from foundation all hollow spaces shall be solidly filled for the
to two feet eight inches (813 mm) above the roof fun thickness of the wall and for a distance not
surface, except as provided for in 780-CMR 707.5.1 less than four inches (102 mm) above, below and
through 707.5.3. Fire walls shall be made smoke between the structural members, with
tight at their junction with exterior walls. In exterior noncombustible materials approved for
wall construction employing studs, the wall shall fires·topping in accordance with 780 CMR 720.0.
extend through the stud space to the -exterior
sheathing..
707.7.2 Noncombustible penetrations: Cables
and wires without combustible jackets or
707.5.1 Noncombustible roofs: The wall is insulation. and noncombustible pipes, tubes,
pennitted to terminate at the underside of the conduits and vents which penetrate a fire wall
roof deck where the roof is of approved shall be tested in accordance with ASTM El19
noncombustible construction and is properly listed iriAppendix A as part of a rated assembly,
jirestopped at the wall. or shall be protected by an approved through-
penetration protection system that has been
707.5.2 Combustible roofs: The. wall is
tested in accordance with ASTM E8 I4 listed in
permitted to terminate. at the' underside of the
Appendix A, or the annular space around the
roof deck in Types 3, 4 and 5 construction where
penetrating item shall be protected in accordance
all of the following conditions are met:
with 780 CMR 707.8.
1. The wall is properly firestopped at the

The through-penetration protection system equivalent to the required fireresistance
•
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814 rating of the assembly penetrated.
listed in Appendix A, with a minimum positive 707.8.1.2 AU assemblies: In aU assemblies
pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water the material shall prevent the passage of
column (2.5 P) and shall have an "F" rating of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite
not less than the required rating of the wall cotton waste when subjected to the time-
penetrated. temperature fire conditions of ASlM E119
707.7.3 Combustible penetration~: Cables and listed in Appendix A, under a ininimum_
wires with combustible jackets or insulation, and positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of
combustible pipes, tubes and conduits which water column (25 P) at the location of the
penetrate afire wall shall be tested in accordance penetration for the time period equivalent to
with ASTM El19 listed in Appendix A as part of th,e required fireresistance rating of the
a fireresistance rated assembly or shall be assembly penetrated.
protected by an, approved through-penetration 707.8.2 Sleeves: Where sleeves are installed, the
protection system that has been tested in sleeves shall be noncombustible and shall be
accordance with ASTM E814 listed in securely fastened to the assembly penetrated.
AppendixA. All space between the item contained in the
The through-penetration protection system sleeve and the sleeve itself, and any space
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814- between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated,
listed in Appendix A, with a minimum positive shall be filled with a material that complies with
pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water 780 CMR 707.8.1.
column (2.5 P) and shall have an "F" rating of
not less than the required rating of the assembly 780 CMR 708.0 FIRE WALL OPENINGS
penetrated.
708.1 General: Openings in fire walls shall not
707.7.4 Electrical outlet boxes: Openings for exceed the limitations in size and area herein
steel electrical outlet boxes that do not exceed 16 prescribed..
square inches (1 0323 mm~ in area are pennitted
provided that the area of such openings does not 708.2 Size of opening: Each opening through afire
•
.exceed 100 square inches (64516 mm2) for any wall shall not exceed 120 square feet (11.16 m2).
100 square feet (9.3 m2) of wall area. Outlet The. aggregate width of all openings at any floor
boxes on opposite sides of the wall shall be level shall not exceed 25% ofthe length ofthe wall.
. separated by a horizontal distance of not less Exception: Openings shall not be limited to 120
than 24 inches (610 mm). square feet (11.16 m2) where both buildings are
Exception: Openings for electrical outlet equipped throughout with an automatic sprin,kler
boxes ofany material are pennitted provided system installed in accordance with780 CMR 9.
that such boxes are- tested for use in 708.2.1 First story: Where the entire first-story
fireresistance rated assemblies and installed floor areas on both sides of a fire wall are
in accordance with the tested assembly. equipped throughout with an approved
.automatic sprinkler system installed in
707.8 Annular space protection: Where permitted accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. ], the
by 780 CMR 707.1.2 for noncombustible penetrating maximum allowable size ofopenings on the first
items, the annular space between the penetrating story ofthe building shall not exceed 240 square
item and the fireresistance rated assembly being feet (22.32 m~ with a minimum distance ofthree
penetrated shall be protected as specified in feet (914 mm) between adjacent openings.
780 CMR 707.8.1 and 707.8.2.
707.8.1 Material: The material used to fill the 708.3 Opening protectives: All opening protectives
annular space shall comply with 780 CMR in fire walls shall comply with the provisions of
707.8.1.1 or 707.8.i.2. . 780 CMR 704.0 and shall have the minimum fire
707.8.1.1 Concrete or masonry assemblies: as
protection rating set forth in 780 CMR 716.0.
Penetrations of concrete or masonry
assemblies by a maximum six-inch nominal 780 om 709.0 FIRE SEPARATION
diameter copper, iron or steel pipe, tube, ASSEMBLIFS
conduit or wires and cables with steel jackets 709.1 ,General: Fire separation assemblies installed
shall be permitted provided that the for purposes of the enclosure of exits, floor
maximum opening size is 144 square inches openings, shafts, areas ofrefuge and for subdividing
(0.09 m~ and the penetration is protected purposes shall be constructed of approved materials
with concrete, grout or mortar for the full consistent with the limitations for the building type
thickness of the assembly or the thickness of construction and shall have not less than the
required to provide a fireresistance rating fireresistalllce rating prescribed by Table 602.
130 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

709.2 Fire area: Afire separation assembly which listed in Appendix A as part of a rated assembly,
separates adjacent fire areas shall have a or shall be protected by an approved through~
fireresistance rating of not less than the penetration protection system that has been
fireresistance rating required by Table 313.1.2 based tested in accordance with ASST. E814 listed in
on the use group of the fire areas which are Appendix A, or the annular space around the
separated. penetrating item shall be protected in accordance
with 780 CMR 709.7.
709.3 Openings: Openings located in a fire The through-penetration protection system
separation assembly shall be limited to a maximum shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814,
aggregate width of 25% of the length of the wall, with a minimum positive pressure differential of
and the maximum area of any single opening shall 0.01 inch ofwater column (2.5 P) and shall have
not exceed 120 square feet (11 m2). Openings in exit an "F" rating ofnot less than the required rating
enclosures, other than unexposed exterior openings, of the assembly penetrated.
shall be limited to those necessary for exit access to
709.6.2 Combustible penetrations: Cables and
the enclosure from normally occupied spaces and for
wires with combustible jackets or insulation, and
egress from the enclosure.
combustible pipes, tUbes, conduits and vents
Exception: Openings shall not be limited to 120
which penetrate an assembly shall be tested in
square feet (11 m2) where adjoining fire areas
accordance with ASTM E119 listed in Appendix
are equipped throughout with an automatic
Aas part of a fireresistance rated assembly or
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
shall be protected by an approved through-
780CMR9.
penetration protection system that has been
709.3.1 Protectives: All opening protectives in tested in accordance with ASTM £814 listed in
fire separation assemblies shall comply with the A.ppendix A.
provisions of780 C~ 704.0 and shall have the The through-penetration protection system
minimum fire protection rating as set forth in shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814
780 CrdR. 716.0. with a minimum positive pressure differential. of
0.01 inch ofwater column (2.5 P) and shall have
709.4 Continuity: All vertical fire separation an "F' rating of not less than the required rating
• assemblies shall extend from the top of the

fireresistance rated floor/ceiling assembly below to
the underside of the floor or roof slab or deck above
and shall be securely attached thereto. These walls
shall be continuous through all concealed spaces
such as the space above a suspended ceiling. The
supporting construction shall be protected to afford
ofthe assembly penetrated.
709.6.3 Electrical outlet boxes: Openings for
steel electrical outlet boxes that do not exceed ]6
square inches (10323 mm2) in area are permitted
provided that the area of such openings does not
exceed 100 square inches (64516 mm2) for any
100 square feet (9.3 m~ of enclosure wall area.
the required fireresistance rating of ilie fire
separation assembly supported. All hollow vertical
Outlet boxes on opposite sides of the assembly
shall be separated by a horizontal distance ofnot
spaces shall be firestopped at every floor level as
required in 780 Cl\.1R 720.0. less than 24 inches (610 nun).
Exception: Openings for electrical outlet
109.5 Exterior walls: Except as provided for in boxes ofany material are permitted provided
780 CI\1R 1014.U.l and 1014.12.2, where exterior that such boxes are tested for installation nn
waIls seNe as a part ofa required fireresistance rated fueresistance rated assemblies and installed
enclosure, such walls shall comply with the in accordance with the tested assembly.
requirements of 780 CMR 705.0 for exterior walls 709.6.4 Ducts: Ducts that penetrate an assembly
and the fireresistance rated enclosure requirements shall be provided with approved fire dampers
shall not apply. that comply with 780 CMR 717.0.
709.6 Penetrations: Penetrations through Exception: Fire dampers are not required:
1. In steel exhaust air subducts extending at
fireresistance rated wall assemblies shall meet the
limitations specified in 780 CMR 709.6.1 through least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in an
709.6.5. Penetrations through floor/ceiling and exhaust shaft and where there is a continuous
airflow upward to the outside.
roof/ceiling assemblies shall comply with 780 C1\.fR
713.0. Penetrations of an exit enclosure shall also 2. In penetrations tested illl accordance with
comply with 780 Cl\AR 1014.11.2. ASTM E119 listed in Appendix AI as a part
ofthe fireresistance rated assembly.
•
709.6.1 Noncombustible penetratfions: Cables 3. In penetrations of walls with a required
and wires without combustible jackets or one-hour fireresistance rating or less by a
insulation, and noncombustible pipes, tubes, ducted HVAC system in areas of other than
conduits and vents which penetrate an assembly Use Group H where the building is equipped
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E119 throughout with an automatic sprinkler

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE Bvn..DING CODE
•
system in accordance with 780 CMR. 709.7.3 Insulation: Insulation and coverings on
906.2.1. the penetrating item shall not pass through the
4. ~ garage exhaust or supply shafts which assembly unless these materials maintain the
are separated from all other building shafts required fireresistance rating of the assembly in
by not less than a two-hour fireresistance accordance with 780 CMR 709.6.2.
rated fire separation assembly.
709.6.5 Single membrane penetrations:
780 CMR 710.0 VERTICAL SHAFfS
Openings to accommodate noncombustible 710.1 General: The provisions of780 CMR 710.0
conduits, pipes and tubes through a single shall apply to all vertical shafts where such shafts
membrane that is an integral component of a are required to protect openings and penetrations
fireresistance rated wall assembly shall be through floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies as
pennitted provided that the aggregate area of all required by 780 CMR. 713.3 and 713.4.
such openings does not exceed 100 square
inches (64516 mm2) in any 100 square feet (9.3 710.2 Construction: The shaft and the shaft
m~ ofwall area and the openings are firestopped enclosure shall be constructed of materials permitted
with approved noncombustible materials. by 780 C~m. 602.0 for the type of construction of
the building. Shaft walls which are exterior walls
709.7 Annular space protection: Where permitted shall be <:onstructed of materials approved for
by 780 CMR 709.6.1 for noncombustible penetrating exterior walls in accordance with 780 CMR. 14.
items, the annular space between the penetrating
item and thefireresistance rated assembly being 710.3 Fireresistance rating: A shaft shall be
penetrated shall be protected as specified in enclosed ,-,ithfire separation assemblies complying
780 CMR 709.7.1 through 709.7.3. with 780 CMR. 709.0 having a fireresistance rating
of not less than two hours where a shaft connects
709.7.1 Materials: The material used to fill the four stories or more and one hour where connecting
annular space shall comply with 780 CMR less than four stories. A shaft enclosure shall have
709.7.1.1 or 709.7.1.2. a fireresistance rating of not less than the required
709.7.1.1 Concrete or masonry assemblies: rating of the floor assembly penetrated but shall not
•
Penetrations of concrete or masonry be required to exceed two hours.
assemblies by a maximum six-inch nominal
diameter copper, iron or steel pipe, tube, Excepaion: The fireresistance rating of interior
stairway enclosures shall comply with 780 CMR
conduit or wires and cables with steel jackets .
shall be permitted provided that the 1014. I 1.
maximum opening size is 144 square inches 710.3.1L Openings in shaft enclosures:
(0.09 m2) and the penetration is protected Openings other than those necessary for the
with concrete, grout or mortar for the full purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted in
thickness of the assembly or the thickness shaft enclosures. Openings in shaft enclosures
required to provide a fireresistance rating shall be protected with approved opening
equivalent to the required fireresistance protectives in accordance with 780 CMR 706.0,
rating of the assembly penetrated. 716.0, 717.0 and 718.0.
709.7.1.2 AU assemblies: In all assemblies,
the material shall prevent the passage of 710.4 Top enclosure: A shaft that does not extend
flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite to the underside ofthe roof deck of the building shall
cotton waste when subjected to the time- be enclosed at the top with a fire separation
temperature fire conditions of ASTM E 119 assembly having a fireresistance rating· of not less
listed in Appendix A under a minimum than that required for the shaft enclosure walls.
positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of
water column (2.5 P) at the location of the 710.5 Bottom enclosure: Shafts which do not
penetration for the time period equivalent to extend to the bottom of the building shall be
the required fireresistance rating of the enclosed at the lowest level with a fire separation
assembly penetrated. assembly having a fireresistance rating of not less
than that required for the shaft enclosure walls, or
709.7.2 Sleeves: Where sleeves are installed, the shall terminate in a room having an occupancy
sleeves shall be noncombustible and shall be related to the purpose of the shaft. The room shall
securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. be separated from the remainder of the building by
All space between the item contained in the fire separation assemblies having a fireresistance
sleeve and the sleeve itself and any space rating with opening protectives of not less than that
between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated required for the shaft enclosure.
shall be filled with a material that complies with
780 CMR. 709.7.1.
132 780 C1vfR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

Exceptions: such walls shall comply with the requirements of

1. The fireresistance rated room separation is 780 Cf\.1R 705.0 for exterior walls and the
not required provided that there are not any fireresistance rated enclosure requirements shall not
openings in or penetrations through the shaft apply.
enclosure to the remainder of the building except
at the bottom. The bottom of the shaft shall be 711.6 Penetrations: Penetrations through
closed off around the penetrating items with assemblies shall comply with 780 CMR 709.6
materials permitted by 780 CMR. 720.3 for through 780 CMR. 709.7.3.
drajtstopping, or the room shall be equipped
Excepdon: In occupancies in other than Use
throughout with ail automatic sprinkler system
Group H,fire dampers are not required:
installed in accordance with 780 Crv.m. 9.
1. At penetrations of tenant separation and
2. The fireresistance rated room separation and
corridor wans in buildings equipped throughout
protection at the bottom of the shaft are not
with an automatic sprinkler system in
required where there are not any combustible
materials in the shaft and where there are 1I10t any
2. At penetrations of corridor walls where the
openings in or other penetrations through the
ducts are constructed of steel and do not have
shaft enclosure to the remainder of the building.
openings which communicate the corridor with
adjacent spaces or rooms.
780 om 7B.0 FIRE PAR1TI10NS
711.1 General: Fire partitions shall be constructed 780 CMR 712.0 SMOKE BARlUERS
of the types of materials and have the· minimum
7U2.1 Where required: Smoke barriers shall be
fireresistance rating as prescribed by Table 602 for
provided as required in 780 Cl\1R. 409.4 for
the type of construction.
occupancies in Use Group 1-2 and 780 CMR. 410.6
Exception: Dwelling unit separations in for occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
buildings of Types 2C, 3B and 5B construction
shall have fireresistance ratings of not less than 7112.2 Construction: Smoke barriers shall have a
Y2 hour in buildings equipped throughout with an fireresistance rating of not less than one hour. Such
•
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with .barriers shall fonn an effective membrane
780 C:MR 906.2.1 or. 780 CMR 906.2:2, continuous from outside wall to outside wall and
provided that sprinklers are installed nn all from floor slab to floor or roof deck above, including
closets located against tenant separation walls continuity through all concealed spaces, such as the
and in aU bathrooms. space above suspended ceilings, and including
interstitial structural and mechanical spaces.
711.2 Corridor walls and tenant and dwelling Transfer grilles, whether equipped with fusible link-
unit separations: Wall assemblies that are installed operated dampers or not, shall not be installed in
as required by Table 602 for corridor walls, to these partitions. The supporting construction shall
separate tenant spaces and to separate dwelling units, . be protected to afford the required fireresistance
shall be fire partitions. . rating of the wall supported in buildings of other
than Types 2C, 3B and SB construction.
711.3Protectives: All opening protectives in fire
E~ceptions:
partitions shall comply with the provisions of
1. .Smoke barriers are not required in interstitial
780 CMR 704.0 and shall have the minimum
spaces where such spaces are designed and
fireresistance rating as set forth in 780 Cl\1R. 716.0.
constructed with ceilings that provide resistance
to the passage of fire and smoke equivalent to
711.4 Continuity: All fire partitions shall extend
that provided by the smoke ba.mers.
from the top of the floor assembly below to the
2. Smoke barriers in occupancies in Use Group
underside of the floor/roof slab or deck above or to
1-3 are pennitted to be constructed of nominal
the fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or roofi'ceiling
0.10-inch-thick steel plate.
assembly above, and shall be securely attached
thereto. The supporting construction shall be
ill~.3 Doors: Doorways separating corridors in
protected to afford the required fireresistance rating
adjoining smoke compartments shall be equipped
ofthe wall supported, except for exit access corridor
with a pair of swinging-type doors, each swinging in
walls in buildings of Types 2C, 3B and SB
a direction opposite from the other, and the
construction and tenant separation waUs in covered .
minimum width of each door leaf shall be 44 inches
mall buildings of Type 2C construction. All hollow
(1118 rom) for corridors utilized for the movement
•
vertical spaces shall be jirestopped at every floor
ofbeds and 34 inches (864 mm) for other corridors.
level as required in 780 GMR 720.0.
Other doors in smoke barriers shall be of the
swinging type of required width.
7U.S Exterior walls: Where exterior walls serve as
a part of a required fireresistance rated enclosure,
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 Cl\AR. - Sixth Edition 133

780 C1\4R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
Exceptions: Exceptions:
1. Horizontal sliding doors that comply with 1. In lieu of an approved smoke detector
780 CMR 410.0 are permitted in smoke barriers located within the duct, ducts that penetrate
in occupancies in Use Group 1-3. smoke barriers above smoke barrier doors that
2.' Horizontal sliding doors that comply with are required by 780 C:MR 712.4 shall have the
780 CMR 1017.4.4. approved damper arranged to close upon
detection of smoke by the local device designed
712.4 Opening protectives: Doors in smoke barriers to detect smoke on either side of the smoke
shall have afire protection rating of not less than 20 barrier door opening.
minutes in accordance with 780 CMR 716.0. 2. Dampers at the smoke barrier in a fully
Double means of egress corridor doors shall have dueted system are not required.
vision panels of V..-inch-thick labeled wired glass
mounted in approved steel frames in accordance 780 CMR 713.0 FLOOR/CEILING AND
with 780 C?viR 716.0. The doors shall close the ROOFICEll..JNG ASSEMBLIES
openings with only the clearance necessary for
713.1 General: All floor and roof assemblies shall
proper operation under self-closing or automatic- comply with the applicable provisions of 780 CMR
closing operations and shall be without undercuts,
and shall have a fireresistance rating of not less than
louvers or grilles. Rabbets or astragals are required the fireresistance rating required in 780 CMR 602.0.
at the meeting edges of double means of egress
doors, and stops are required on the head and jambs Exception: Dwelling unit separations in
of all doors in smoke barriers. Positive latching buildings of Types 2C, 3B and SB construction
devices are required on double means of egress shall have fireresistance ratings of not less than
corridor doors. 'h hour in buildings equipped throughout with an
Exceptions: 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 780 CMR 906.2.2,
1. In occupancies in Use Group 1-2, double provided! that sprinklers are installed in all
means of egress cross-corridor doors shall be closets located against tenant separation walls
1~-inch solid core wood or steel doors. Positive
and in all bathrooms.
•
latching devices are not required on double
means ofegress cross-corridor doors, and center 713.1.1 Ceiling panels: Where the weight of
mullions are prohibited. lay-in ceiling panels, used as part of
2. Security glazing protected on both sides by fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or roof7ceiling
an automatic sprinkler system shall be permitted assemblies, is not adequate to resist an upward
in doors and windows in smoke barriers in force of 1 psf(S kg/m2), wire or other approved
occupancies in Use Group 1-3. Individual panels devices shall be installed above the panels to
of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches prevent vertical displacement under such upward
(0.84 m~, shall be in a gasketed frame and force.
installed in such a manner that the framing
713.1.2 Unusable space: In an assembly
system will deflect without breaking (loading)
required to have a one-hour fireresistance rating,
glazing before the sprinkler system operates.
the ceiling membrane of a fireresistance rated
The sprinkler system shall be designed to wet
assembly is not required to be installed where
completely the entire surface of the affected
unusable space occurs below the assembly, or
glazing when actuated.
the flooring is not required to be installed where
712.4.1 Door closers: Doors in smoke barriers unusable space occurs above the assembly.
shall be provided with approved door hold-open
devices of the failsafe type which shall release 713.2· Continuity: All floor/ceiling and roof7ceiling
the doors, causing them to close upon the assemblies shall be continuous without openings or
actuation ofsmoke detectors as well as upon the penetrations except as permitted by 780 C?viR 713.0.
application of a maximum manual pull of 50 Floor assemblies which are required to be
pounds (244 N) against the hold-open device. fireresistance rated shall extend to and be tight
Exception: Doors in smoke barriers in against exterior walls, or other provisions shall be
occupancies in Use Group 1-3 shall be self- made for maintaining the fireresistance rating ofthe
closing or automatic-closing by smoke assembly at such locations. Penetrations through a
detection. roofdeck to the outside are pennitted provided that
the .required fireresistance rating of the roof
712.5 Smoke damper: An approved damper construction is maintained. All concealed spaces
•
.designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be and openings shall be firestopped and drajtstopped
provided at each point a duct penetrates a smoke in accordance with 780 CMR. 720.0.
barrier. The damper shall close upon detection of
smoke by an approved smoke detector located 713.3 Floor opening enclosure: All floor openings
within the duct. connecting two or more stories shall be protected by

•
a shaft enclosure that complies with 780 CMR 11.3. The stairway floor opening shall not
710.0. exceed 160 square feet (15 m2).
11.4. The stairway floor opening shall be
Exceptions: A shaft enclosure is not required for
protected in the same manner as an escalator
any of the following floor openings:
floor opening complying with 780 CMR
1. A floor opening serving and contained within
713.3 Exception 8, and 524 CMR.
a single dwelling unit and connecting four stories
11.5. The building is equipped throughout
or less.
with an approved automatic sprinkler system
2. A floor opening which:
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
2.1. Is not part of the required means of
egress;
713.4 Penetntion protection: All penetrations of a
2.2. Is not concealed within the building
floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a
construction;
roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected by a shaft
2.3. Does not connect mQre than two stories;
enclosure that complies with 780 CMR 710.0.
2.4. Is separated from other floor openings
serving other floors by construction Exceptions:
conforming to 780 CMR 710.3; and 1. Penetrations within an~ through a floor
2.5. Is not open to a corridor in occupancies opening permitted to be unenclosed by
in Use Groups I and R, or is not open to a 780 CMR 713.3.
corridor on a floor not equipped throughout 2. Penetrations through assemblies required to
with an approved automaticfire suppression be frreresistance rated and complying with
system in other use groups. 780 CMR 713.4.1 or 780 CMR 713.4.2.
3. A floor opening in a mall that complies with 3. Penetrations through assemblies without a
780 CMR 402.0. required fireresistance rating and complying
4. A floor opening between a mezzanine that with 780 CMR 713.4.1 or 780 CMR 713.4.3.
complies with 780 CMR 505.0, and the floor
713.4.1 Throughopenetrathnn system: A shaft
below.
enclosure shall not be required where cables,
5. An atrium that complies with 780 CMR
cable trays, conduits, tubes or pipes penetrate a
404.0.
floor assembly and are protected with an
6. A floor opening in an open parking structure
approved through~penetration protection system
that complies with 780 CMR 406.0.
tested in accordance with ASTM E814 listed in
7. An approved masonry chimney where
Appendix A. The positive pressure differential
annular space protection is provided for in
between the exposed and unexposed surfaces of
the test assembly shall not be less than 0.0I-inch
8. A shaft enclosure for an escalator floor
water gage (2.5 P). The system shall have an
opening is not required where a shaft enclosure
is not required for floor openings in accordance
"F" rrating and a "T" rating of not less than 1
hour but not less than the required fireresistance
with 780 CMR 713.3 or where the building is
rating of the assembly being penetrated. All
penetrations through a ceiling that is an integral
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 and
the escalator opening is protected in accordance component ofa fueresistance rated floor/ceiling
or roof/ceiling assembly, shall comply with
with 780 CMR 713.4.3.4 or 713.4.3.5.
780 CMR 713.4.2.
9. A floor opening that complies with
780 CMR 410.5 in an occupancy in Use Group Exceptiollls:
X3.
0 1. A "T" rating shall not be required for
10. Noncombustible shafts connecting floor penetrations that are contained and
communicating floor levels in an occupancy in located within the cavity of a wall.
Use Group 1 3 where the area complies with
0 2. A "T" rating shall not be required for
780 CMR 410.5. Where additional stories are floor penetrations by pipe, tube and conduit
located above or below, the shaft shall be that are not in direct contact with
permitted to continue with fue and smoke combustible material.
damper protection provided at the fireresistance 713.4.2 IFireresistance rated assemblies: The
rated floor/ceiling assembly between the required frreresistance rating of floor/ceiling and
noncommunicating stories. roof/ceiling assemblies shall be determined in
11. A single floor opening containing a accordance with "ASTM E119 listed in
stairway which is not a required means ofegress
•
Appendix A. Except where permitted by
in an occupancy in Use Group B and complying 780 CMR 713.4.2.1 through 713.4.2.3 9
with the following parameters: penetrations for electrical, mechanical, plwnbing
11.1. The stairway does not connect more and communication conduits, pipes and systems
than six floor levels. shall be installed in accordance with the
i 1.2. The stairway does not connect with approved ASTM Ell9 rated assembly. In the
an exit access corridor.

•
THE MASS.ACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
case ofceilings that are an integral component of noncombustible air duct penetrations, an
a frreresistance rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling approved ceiling damper shall be installed at
assembly, all penetrations shall be installed in the ceiling line. Ceiling dampers shall be
accordance with the approved ASTM E119 rated constructed in accordance with the details
assembly or 780 CMR 713.4.2.3. listed in a fireresistance rated design or shall
Exceptions: be labeled to function as a heat barrier for
1. Outlet boxes and fittings are permitted, air-handling outlet/inlet penetrations in the
provided that such devices are listed for ceiling of a fireresistance rated assembly.
installation in fireresistance rated assemblies 713.4.3 Nonfireresistance rated assemblies:
and are installed in accordance with the Penetrations of floor assemblies without a
listing. required fireresistance rating shall conform to
2. Ceiling dampers shall not be required 780 CMR 713.4.3.1 through 713.4.3.3. All
where fire tests have shown that such penetrations through the ceiling membrane of a
dampers are not necessary in order· to roof assembly without a required fireresistance
maintain the fireresistance rating of the rating shall be protected in accordance with
assembly. 780 CMR 720.6.4.
713.4.2.1 Noncombustible penetrations: 713.4.3.1 Noncombustible penetrations:
Penetrations by noncombustible vents, Penetrations by noncombustible vents,
chimneys, conduits, pipes and tubes through chimneys, conduits, pipes and tubes through
a fireresistance rated floor assembly which unprotected floor assemblies which connect
connect not more than two stories are not more than three stories are pennitted
permitted. Penetrations by noncombustible provided that the annular space between the
conduit, pipe and tubes through a fireresis- penetrating item and the floor is protected in
tance rated floor assembly which connect accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.4.
more than two stories are permitted provided
713.4.3.2 Air ducts: Penetrations by
that the aggregate area of the penetrating
noncombustible air ducts through unprotect-
•
items shall not exceed one square foot (0.09
ed floor assemblies which connect not more
m2) in any 100 square feet (9.3 m2) of floor
than three stories are permitted provided that
area. In all cases, the annular space between
a fire damper complying with 780 CMR
the penetrating item and the assembly shall
717.0 is installed at each floor line.
be protected in accordance with 780 CMR
707.8. 7.13.4.3.3 Noncombustible or combustible
p,enetrations: Penetrations by vents,
713.4.2.2 Air ducts: Penetrations by an air
chimneys, cables, wires, air ducts, conduits,
duct or plenum through a fireresistance rated
pipes and tubes through an unprotected floor
floor assembly, which connect not more than
assembly which connect not more than two
two stories, are pennitted where a fire
stories are pennitted provided that the
damper that complies with 780 CMR 717.0
annular space is protected in accordance
is installed at the floor line. Afire damper is
with 780 CMR 720.6.4.
not required at penetrations of a roof/ceiling
assembly where ducts are open to the 713.4.3.4 Escalators/automatic fire
atmosphere. sbutter: Escalators shall be equipped with a
power-operated automatic shutter at every
713.4.2.3 Ceiling penetrations: In the case
floor pierced thereby, constructed of
ofceilings that are an integral component of
approved noncombustible materials with a
a fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or
fire protection rating of not less than 1~
roof/ceiling assembly, openings to accom-
hours. The shutter shall close immediately
modate noncombustible conduits, pipes,
upon the automatic detection of fire and
tUbes, electrical outlets or air ducts shall be
smoke by an approved device and shall
permitted provided that the aggregate area of
completely shut off the well opening. The
such openings does not exceed 100 square
shutter shall operate at a speed of not more
inches (0.065 m~ in any 100 squar~ feet (9.3
than 30 feet per minute (0.15 mls) and shall
m2) of ceiling area. The space around
be equipped with a sensitive leading edge to
noncombustible conduits, pipes, tubes and
arrest the shutter's progress when in contact
electrical outlet boxes at the ceiling
with any obstacle, and to continue the
penetration shall be jirestopped in
•
shutter's progress on release therefrom.
accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.4 or shall
Refer to 780 CMR 713.3, Exception 8.
be protected in accordance with 780 CMR
709.7 or 780 CMR 713.4.1. For

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS'
•
713.4.3.5 Escalators/water cUlllr1ann: the enclosing stadiums of Type 1 or Type 2

area of the floor opening shall not exceed construction, shall be of approved noncombustible
twice the horizontal projected area of the materials without a specified fireresistance rating or
escalator and the opening shall not connect of Type 4 construction. .
more than four stories in occupancies in
other that Use Groups B and M and the 714.3 Roofs 20 feet or higher: Where every part of
opening shall be protected by a draft curtain the structural framework of roofs in buildings of
and a closed sprinkler water curtain Type 1 or Type 2 construction is 20 feet (6096 min)
confonning to NFiPA 13 listed in or more above the floor immediately below,
Appendix A. Refer to 780 CMR 713.3, omission of all fue protection of the structural
Exception 8 members is permitted, including the protection of
trusses, roof framing and decking.
780 CMR 714.0 ROOF CONSTRUCTION
71401 General: Roofs shall be constructed of 714.4 Roof slabs, arches ~Ulld decking: Where the
materials or assemblies of materials designed to omission of fire protection from roof trusses, roof
afford the fueresistance rating required by Table 602 framing and decking is permitted, roofs in buildings
as herein modified. ofTypes 1and 2 construction shall be constructed of
noncombustible materials, or offrreretarciant- treated
71402 Stadiums: The roof construction, including wood as permitted in Table 602, without a specified
beams, trusses, framing, arches and roof decks, fireresistance rating, or of Type 4 construction in
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
buildings not over five stories or 65 feet (19812 mm) 715.5 Exterior structural) members: Structural
in height. members located in exterior walls or along the outer
lines of a building or structure shall be protected as
714.5 Firestopping: Firestopping of ceiling and required by Table 602 for exterior loadbearing walls
attic spaces shall be provided as required by for the type of construction involved and shall be
780 CMR 720.0. protected against corrosion in. accordance with
780 CMR 2210.1. The interior faces of exterior
780 CMR 715.0 FlRERESISTANCE structural members shall be protected with coverings
RATING OF SIRUCIlJRAL :MEMBERS of not less than the required fireresistance rating
715.1 Requirements: The fireresistance rating of specified for interior structural members in Table
structural members and assemblies shall comply 602. Where a fireresistance rating is required in
with the requirements for the type of construction Table 602 for exterior loadbearing walls in buildings
and shall not be less than the rating required for the of Types 2C, 3B and 5B construction, the interior
fireresistance rated assemblies supported, except as faces of any exterior structural member of such
provided for in 780 CMR 711.4 for support of errt buHdings shall be protected to provide a
access corridor walls and tenant separation walls in fireresistance rating not less than that required for
exterior loadbearing walls.
covered mall buildings, and in 780 CMR 712.2 for
support of smoke barriers. The maximum required
fireresistance rating of structural members 7nS.6 Bottom flange protection: Fire protection is
supportingfire separation assemblies oftank storage not required for the bottom flange of lintels, shelf
areas as provided for in 780 CMR 418.3.2.1 shall be angles and plates which are not a pan of the
two hours, but not less than required by Table 602 structural frame or which have a span of six feet
for the building construction type. (1829 mm) or less.
715.2 Protection ofstructural members: ColuIYUls, 7llS.7 Stone Bintels: Stone lintels on spans exceeding
girders, trusses, beams, lintels or other structural four feet (1219 mrn) shall not be pennitted, unless
members which are required to have a fireresistance supplemented by fireresistance rated structural
members or masonry arches ofthe required strength
•
rating and which support more than two floors or
one floor and roof, or support a loadbearing wall or to support the superimposed loads.
a nonloadbearing wall more than two stories high.
shall be individually protected on all sides for the 780 CMR 716.0 FIRE DOOR ASSEMBUES
full length or height with materials having the 716.11. Fire door assemblies: Approved fire door
required fireresistance rating. All other structural assemblies as defined in 780 CMR shall be
members required to have a fireresistance rating constructed of any material or assembly of
shall be protected by individual encasement, by a component materials which confonns to the test
membrane or ceiling protection as specified in requirements of ASTM E152 listed in Appel!lJdix A
780 Cl\.m. 713.0, or by a combination ofboth. and the fire protection rating herein required in
Table 716.1, unless otherwise specifically provided
715.3 Embedments and enclosures: Pipes, wires, for irn 780 CMR..
conduits, ducts or other service facilities shall not be
716J.•l Twentyominute doors: Fire doors
embedded in the required fire protective covering of
having a fire protection rating of 20 minutes
a structural member that is required to· be
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E152
individually encased.
~isted in Appendix AI without the hose stream
test.
715.4 Impact protection: Where the fire protective
covering ofa structural member is ~ubjeet to impact 716.1.2 Doors in exit endosures: All doorway
damage from moving vehicles, the handling of opening protectives for exit enclosures shall be
merchandise or other activity, the· fire protective labeled means of egress fire doors and shall
covering shall be protected by comer guards or by a have a maximum transmitted temperature end
substantial jacket of metal or other noncombustible pomt of not more than 450°F {232°C) above
material to a height adequate to provide full ambient at the end of30 minutes of standard fire·
protection, but not less than five feet (1524 rom) . test exposure.
from the finished floor.
• 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 137

780 GMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
Table 716.1 780 CMR 719.0 and as herein specifically
OPENING PROTECTIVE FIRE prescribed.
PROTECTION RATING
Minimwn 716.5 Door closing: Fire doors shall be self-closing
Required opening or automatic-closing in accordance with the
Type of assembly assembly protection requirements ofNFiPA 80 listed in Appendix A and
rating (hour) assembly
(hour) the requirements of 780 C1v!R 716.5.1 through
Fire walls and fire separation 4 3 716.5.4.
assemblies having a required 3 3
716.5.1 Smoke-activated doors: Fire doors
fireresistance rating greater than 2 l~
one hour l~
which are not self-closing and which protect
1~
openings in horizontal exits, exits or exit access
Fire separation assemblies: corridors required to be of fireresistance rated
Shaft and exit enclosure walls 1
Other fire aeparation assemblies construction shall be automatic-closing by the
%
actuation ofsmoke detectors or by loss of power
Fire partitions:
Exit access corridor enclosure
to the smoke detector or the hold-open device.
wall I 716.5.2 Doors in pedestrian ways: Vertical
~ sliding or vertical rolling steel fire doors in
Other fire partitions I
openings through which pedestrians travel shall
Note a. For testing requirements, see 780 CMR 716.1.1. not be automatic-closing by actuation of smoke
detectors."
716.2 Labeled protective assemblies: Allfire door
Exception: Doors that are activated by
assemblies shall be labeled by an approved agency.
smoke detectors arranged on an alarm
Labeled protective assemblies that conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 716.0 or UL lOA, 14B
verification circuit in accordance with
780 eMR 918.7.
and 14C for tin-clad fire door assemblies, and
NFiPA 80 listed in Appendix A, shall be approved 716.5.3 Swinging fire doors: The door closers
for use as provided for in 780 CMR. for swinging fire doors that are not required to
•
be automatic-closing by smoke detector"
716.2.1 Labeling requirements: Fire doors
activation in accordance with 780 CMR 716.5.1,
shall have a /abel or other identification showing
shall be pennitted to be activated by a single
the name ofthe manufacturer, theftre protection
fusible link incorporated in the hold-open arm of
rating and, where required for fire doors in exit
an approved door closer where the ceiling is less
enclosures by 780 CMRs 716.1.2 or 1014.8.3,
than three feet (914 rom) above each side ofthe
the maximum transmitted temperature end' point.
door opening.
Such label shall be approved and shall be
permanently affixed. The label shall be applied 716.5.4 Qosing time: Doors that are automatic-
at the faetal)' where fabrication and assembly are closing by automatic fire detectors or are self-
done. Inspection shall be made by an approved closing shall not have a delay in the initiation of
agency. closing or reclosing of more than ten seconds..
716.2.2 Oversized doors: Approval of doors
which cannot be labeled because ofsize shall be 780 CMR 717.0 FIRE DAMPERS
based on a certificate of inspection furnished by 717.1 Approval: Fire damPers shall comply with
an approved testing agency for such oversized the requirements of UL 555 listed in Appendix A
doors. The certificate shall state that the door and shall bear the label of an approved testing
confonns to the requirements of design~ agency. Fire damPers shall be classified and
materials and construction, but has not been identified in accordance with UL 555. Fire dampers
subjected to the fire test. installed in systems that continue to operate when
smoke'or heat from a fire is detected shall be labeled
716.3 Multiple doors in fll'e waDs: Two doors, each for installation in dynamic systems as required by
with a fire protection rating of 1~ houi-s, installed UL 555. Fire dampers shall be installed in
on opposite sides ofthe same opening in afire wall, accordance with manufacturer's installation
shall be deemed equivalent in fire protection rating instructions. Fire dampers shall have the minimum
to one three-hour fire door. fire protection rating specified in Table 717.1 for the
type of penetration.
716.4 Glass panels: WIred glass' panels shall be
•
pennitted in fire doors within the limitations of

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARDS
Table 717.1 marks or letters not less than six inches (152 nun)
FIRE DAMPER RATING high.
Minimum
Type ofPenetration damper rating 718.4 Rolling fire shutters: Where fire shutters of
(hour) the rolling type are installed, such shutters shall be
Fire partitions less than I hour of approved counter-balanced construction and
Unprotected floor assemblies (see capable of being readily opened from the outside.
780 CMR 713.4.3.2) ~
Single membrane of a I-hour 780 om 719.0 WIRED GLASS
fireresistance rated assembly
7n~.1 General: Wired glass installed as an opening
I-hour fireresistance rated assemblies 1
protective shall be tested in accordance with ASTM
2-hour fireresistance rated assemblies 1~
E163 listed in Appendix A, shall bear the label of an
3-hour or greater fireresistance rated approved agency and shall be installed in approved
3
assemblies
frames. Wtred glass panels shall conform to the size
limitations set forth in Table 719.1.
717.2 Where required: Fire dampers shall be
provided at locations required by 780 CMR where Table 719.1
air distribution system penetrate assemblies required 2
LIl\flTING SlZE OF WIRED GLASS
to have a fireresistance rating. Where the PANELS
installation of a fire damper will interfere with the Opening fire Maximum area Maximum Maximum
operation of a required smoke control system in protection rating (square i;nches) height width
accordance with 780 CMR 921.0 or the operation of (inches) (inches)
an exhaust system conveying hazardous materials as 3 hour o o o
defined in the mechanical code listed in Appendix A. I ~-hour doors in
approved alternative protection shall be utilized. exterior walls o o o
717.3 Access: Access shall be provided to fire

dampers for inspection and servicing.
786 CMR 718.0 F1RE WlINOOWS

AND SHUTTERS
718.1 Fireresistance rating: Approved assemblies 719.1.1 Fire waDs: Wired glass in fire doors
of fire windows and fire shutters shall meet the test located in fire walls shall be prohibited except
requirements of ASTM E163 listed in Appendix AI. that where serving as a horizontal exit, a self-
Fire windows shall be in the fixed closed position or closing swinging door shall be pennitted to have
be automatic-closing. a vision panel of not more than 100 square
inches (0.065 m2) without a dimension
7Utt.ll Exception: Steel window frame
exceeding ten inches (254 mm).
assemblies of Va-inch (3 mm) minimum solid
section or of not less than nominal 0.048-inch~ '119.11.1 Fire separation assemblies: Wired
thick formed sheet steel members fabricated by glass vision panels shall not be installed in fire
pressing, mitering, riveting, interlocking or doo~s having a I ~-hourfire protection rating
welding and having provision for glazing with intended for installation in fire separation
~-inch wired glass as required in 780 CMR assemblies, unless the glass panels are not more
719.0 where securely installed in the building than 100 square inches (0.065 m~ in area.
construction and glazed with ~-inch labeled
wired glass, shall be deemed to meet the 719.2 Exit and elevator protectives: Except where
requirements for a %Dhour fire window assembly. fire doors are specifically required by 780 CMR 4 to
be solid in such locations where unusually hazardous
718.2 Window mullions: All.metal mullions which conditions prevail, approved wired glass vision
exceed a nominal height of 12 feet shall be protected panels used in fire doors i1l1 elevator and stairway
with materials to afford the same fireresnstance shaft enclosures shall be so located as to furnish
rating as required for the wall construction in which clear vision of the passageway or approach to the
the protective is located. elevator or stairway and shall not exceed the size
limitations specified in Table 719.1.
718.3 Swinging fire shutters: Where fire shutters of
the swinging type are installed in exterior openings, 719.3 Fire separation assemblies: Panels of ~-inch
not less than one row in every three vertical rows wired glass shall not be installed in fire separation
shaIl be arranged to be readily opened from the assemblies intended for subdividing purposes as set
outside, and shall be identified by distinguishing forth in 780 CMR 709.1 where the required
fireresistance rating of the wall exceeds one hour.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 Cl\1R - Sixth JEdition 139

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUlLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
The maximum size of such panels shall not exceed pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at ceiling
the limitations for a %-hour door. and floor levels, with approved noncombustible
materials. Factory built chimneys and fireplaces
780 CMR 720.0 FIRESfOPPING shall be jirestopped in accordance with UL 103
AND DRAFfSTOPPING and UL 127 listed in Appendix A. Where
ceilings or floors are required to be fireresistance
720.1 General: To prevent the free passage offlame rated, the openings around vents, pipes, ducts,
and products of combustion through concealed chimneys and fireplaces shall be protected in
spaces or openings in the event of fire, provisions accordance with the requirements of 780 C.MR
shall be made to provide effective jirestops or 713.4 through 713.4.2.3.
drajtstops as herein specified.
720.6.5 Architectural trim: Firestopping shall
720.2 Firestopping materials: All firestopping be installed in exterior cornices and other
shall consist of approved noncombustible materials exterior architectural elements where permitted
securely fastened in place. Firestops of approved ofcombustible construction in 780 CMR 1406.0,
noncombustible materials or of materials of two or where erected with combustible frames, at
thicknesses of one-inch lumber with broken lap- maximum intervals of 20 feet (6096 mm). If
joint, or one thickness of 23/32-inch wood structural noncontinuous, such elements shall have closed
panel with joints backed by 23/32-inch wood ends, with at least four inches (102 mm) of
structural paneL or of two-inch lumber installed with separation between sections.
tight joints, shall be installed in open spaces ofwood 720.6.6 Combustible finish and trim:
framing..
Firestopping shall be installed in the space
behind combustible trim and finish where
720.3 Draftstopping materials: Draftstopping pennitted under 780 CMR. and all other hollow
materials shall not be less than lh -inch gypsum spaces where permitted in fireresistance rated
board, 3Js-inch plywood or other approved materials construction at ten-foot (3048 mm) intervals; or
adequately supported. the space shall be solidly filled with approved
noncombustible materials.
•
720.4 Integrity: The integrity of alljirestopping and
drajtstopping shall be continuously maintained. 720.6.7 Concealed sleeper spaces: Firestopping
shall be installed in concealed spaces formed by
720.5 Required inspection: Firestopping and floor sleepers in areas of not more than 100
drajtstopping shall not be concealed from view until square feet (9.30 m2); or the space shall be
inspected and approved. solidify filled with approved noncombustible
materia!s.
720.6 Firestopping required: Firestopping shall be
installed in the locations specified in 780 CMR 720.7 Draftstopping required: Drajtstopping shall
720.6.1 through 720.6.7. be installed in buildings of Types 3, 4 and 5
construction in the locations specified by 780 CMR
720.6.1 Concealed wan spaces: Firestopping 720.7.1 and 720.7.2.
shall be installed in concealed spaces of stud
walls and partitions, including furred or studded- 720.7.1 Floors: Where ceilings are suspended
off spaces of masonry or concrete walls, and at below solid wood joists or suspended or attached
the ceiling and floor or roof levels. Firestopping directly to the bottom of open-web wood floor
is not required at the ceiling level of· walls, trusses, the space between the ceiling and the
partitions and furred spaces constructed of floor above shall be divided by drajtstopping as
.noncombustible materials as defined by specified in 780 CMR 720.7.1.1 through
780 CMR. 704.4. 720.7.1.3.
720.6.2 Connections between horizontal and 120.7.1.1 Use Groups R-l and R-2: In
occupan~ies in Use Groups R-l and R-2,
vertical spaces: Firestopping shall be installed
at all interconnections between vertical and draJ~stopping shall be installed in line with
horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits over tenant and dwelling unit separation walls
cabinets, drop ceilings, cove ceilings and similar where the walls do not extend to the
locations. underside of the floor sheathing above.
Exception: [qajfistoppingis not required
720.6.3 Stairways: Firestopping shall be in buildings equipped throughout with an
installed in concealed spaces between stairway
automatic sprinkler system installed in
•
stringers at the top and bottom of the run.
accordance with 780 CrvtR 906.2.1 or
720.6.4 Ceiling and floor openings: Where 906.2.2, provided that automatic
pennitted by Exception 7 of780 CMR. 713.3, or sprinklers are also installed in the
by 780 CMR 713.4.2.3 or 713.4.3,jirestopping . combustil>le concealed space.
shall be installed at openings around vents,

780 C1VfR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
720.7.ll.•2 Use Group R-J: In occupancies in height, the attic space shall be
Use Group R-3, the space shall be divided subdivided by draftstops into areas not
into approximately equal areas not greater exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m2) or
than 500 square feet (46.5 m2). The above every two dwelling units,
draftstopping shall be installed parallel to the whichever is smaller.
main framing members. 720.7.2.2 Other UBse groups: Draftstopping
Exception: Draftstopping is not required shall be installed in attics and concealed roof
in buildings equipped throughout with an spaces, such that any horizontal area does
automatic sprinkler system installed in not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 m2 ).
accordance with 780 ClVlR 906.2.1 or Exceptions:
906.2.2, provided that automatic 1. Flat roofs with solid joist construction
sprinklers are also installed in the are not required to be provided with
combustible concealed space. draftstopping over tenant separation
720.7.1.3 Other use groups: In all other use walls if the joists form a draftstop.
groups, draftstopping shall be installed so 2. Draftstopping is not required in
that horizontal areas do not exceed 1,000 buildings equipped throughout with an
square feet (93 m~. automatic sprinkler system installed in
Exception: Drajtstopping is not required accordance with 780 CMR. 906.2.1 or
in buildings equipped throughout with an 906.2.2, provided that automatic
automatic sprinkler system installed in sprinklers are also installed in attics and
accordance with 780 Cl\AR 906.2.1 or other concealed roof spaces of
906.2.2, provided that automatic combustion construction.
sprinklers are also installed in the
combustible concealed space above the 720.8 VentiDation: Ventilation of concealed roof
ceiling. spaces shall be maintained in accordance with
780 CMR 1210.0.
720.7.2 Attics and concealed! spaces: Attics and
concealed roof spaces shall be provided with 780 CMR 721.0 FIRJERESISTIVE
drajtstopping as specified in 780 Cl\1R 720 7.2.1
REQUIREMlENIS FOR PLASTER
and 720.7.2.2.
72H.1L Tlnidmess of plaster: The required thickness
720.7.2.1 lUse Group R: In occupancies in
of fireresistance rated plaster protection shall be
Use Group R, in attics, mansards, overhangs determined by the prescribed fire tests for the
or other concealed roofspaces, draftstopping
specified use group and type of construction and in
shall be installed above, and in line with, accordance with the provisions of780 eMIR 2505.0
tenant and dwelling unit separation walls that
for interior plastering and 780 CMR 2506.0 for
do not extend to the underside of the roof
exterior plastering. The thickness in all cases shall
sheathing above..
be measured from the face ofthe lath where applied
Exceptions: to gypsum lath or metal lath.
ll. Where corridor walls provide a tenant
or dwelling unit separation, draftstopping 721.2 Plaster equivaien¢s: For fjreresistive
shall only be required above one of the purposes, ~ inch (13 nun) of unsanded gypsum
co"idor waUs. plaster shall be deemed equivalent to % inch (I9
2. Flat roofs with solid joist construction mm) ofone-toothree sanded gypsum or one inch (25
are not required to be provided with mm) of Portland cement sand plaster.
drafts/opping over tenant and dwelling
unit separation walJs if the joists form a 721.3 Noncombustible furring: In buildings of
drafts/op. Types 1- and 2 construction, plaster shall be applied
3. Draftstopping is not required in directly on masonry or on approved noncombustible
buildings equipped! throughout with an plastering base and furring.
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 Cl\ffi. 906.2.1 or 721.4 Doulble reinforcement: Except in solid
906.2.2, provided that automatic plaster partitions, or where otherwise determined by
sprinklers are also installed in attics, the prescribed fire tests, plaster protection more than
mansards, overhangs and other
one inch (25 mm) in thickness shall be reinforced
concealed roof spaces of combustible
•
with an additional layer of approved lath embedded
concealed space.
at least % inch (19 rom) from the outer surface and
4. Draftstopping is not required in
fixed securely in place.
detached one- and two-family dwellings.
5. In occupancies in Use Group Ro2
7:U.S Plaster alternatives for concrete: In
which do not exceed four stories in
reinforced concrete construction, gypsum or portland

0
141
cement plaster is permitted to be substituted for Y2 the requirements of 780 CMR 2805.0 and the
•
inch (13 nun) of the required poured concrete mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
protection, except that a minimum thickness of 3/8
inch (ten mm) of poured concrete shall be provided 722.3 Conceale4 installations: Insulating materials,
in all reinforced concrete floors and one inch (25 where· concealed as installed in buildings of any type
nun) in reinforced concrete columns in addition to of construction, shall have a flame spread rating of
the plaster finish. The concrete base shall be 75 or less and a smoke-developed rating of 450 or
prepared in accordance with 780 CMR 2506.0. less when tested in accordance with ASTM £84
780 CMR 722.0 TIIERMAL- AND 722.3.1 Facings: All vapor retarders, whether
SOUND-INSUlATING MATERIALS integral or applied separately, shall be installed
722.1 General: Insulating batts, blankets, fills or on the warm side of the building element, and
similar types of materials-other than fiberboard and shall have a permeance not exceeding one perm.
foam plastic insulation -including vapor retarders Where insulation materials are installed in
and breather papers or other coverings which are concealed spaces (such as wall, floor or ceiling
incorporated in construction elements, shall be cavities), attics or crawl spaces in buildings of
installed as required by 780 ClMR 722.0. Fiberboard Types 3,4 and 5 construction, the flame spread
insulation shall be installed as required by 780 CMR and smoke-developed rating limitations do not
2309.0, and foam plastic insulation shall be installed apply to facings, provided that the facing is
as required by 780 Cl\.ffi. 2603.0. installed behind and in substantial contact with
the unexposed surface of the ceiling, floor or
722.2 Exposed installations: Such materials, where wall finish.
exposed as installed in rooms or spaces, including
attics and crawl spaces of buildings of any type 722.4 Cellulosic insulation: Cellulosic insulation
construction, shall have a flame spread rating of 25 shall meet the requirements of CPSC 16 CPR, Parts
or less and a smoke-developed' rating of 450 or less 1209 and 1404, listed in Appendix A.
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in
Appendix A. Plenum installations shall comply with

•
CHAPTERS
INTERIOR FINISHES
780 CMR 801..0 GENERAL provided that such finish does not exceed 1/28
801.lI. Scope: Interior finish and trim of buildings inch (l mm) in thickness and is applied directly to
shall confonn to the requirements of 780 ClViR 8. a noncombustible base or substrate that conforms
Interior finish shall include all wall, ceiling and floor to the requirements of 780 CMR 2310.0.
finishes and wainscoting and paneling or other finish 803.1.2 Type 4 construction: Exposed portions
applied structurally or for acoustical treatment, of structural members complying with the
insulation, decoration or similar purposes. requirements for .buildings of Type 4 construction
in 780 CIvIR -605.0 and 2304.0, shall not be
801.2 Installation and classification: All materials subject to interior finish regulations.
which are required to restrict the spread offlame or
to be flameresistant under the provisions of 803.1.3 Window exception: Show windows in
780 eMR. ~ including, but not limited to, interior the first story of buildings are permitted to be
finish materials, fireretardant~treated wood, tents and constructed ofany approved materials.
tarpaulins, and interior hangings and decorations
shall meet the requirements for installation and 803.2 Classification: An materials used for interior
classification as detennined by the applicable test finish and trim shall be classified in accordance with
procedures listed in 780 CMR. 8. ASTM E84 Ilisted in Appendix AI. The
classifications of interior finishes referred to herein
780 CMR 802.0 DEFINmONS correspond to flame spread ratings detennined by
ASlM E84 listed in Appendix A as follows: Class I
802.1 General: The following words and tenns flame spread, 0 - 2S~ Class II flame spread, 26 - 75;
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 8 and as used Class ill flame spread, 76 - 200.
elsewhere in 780 CJ\.1R, have the meanings shown
herein. 803\.3 MateriaDs: Materials shall only be installed as
interior finish and trim as specifically provided for
Flame spread: The propagation of flame over a in 780 CMR. for the occupancy ofthe space in which
surface. the material is installed. Installation of any material
for floor finish, interior finish and trim in a building
Flame spread rating: The measurement of flame of Type ] or 2 construction within the scope
spread on the surface of materials or their permitted in 780 CMR 803.0 or in 780 CMR 806.0
assemblies as determined by the tests specified in shall not declassify the buHding with respect to the
180 GMIt (see 780 CMR 803.0). type of construction classification.
Flameresistance: That property of materials or ~03.3.1 Foam plastics: Foam plastics shall not be
combinations of component materials which installed as interior trim or finish except in
restricts the spread offlame as detennined by the compliance with 780 CMR. 803.0 and 780 CMR.
tlameresistance tests specified m780 CMR (also 2603.0.
see 780 GMR 807.2). 803.3.2 Smoke development: Interior wall and
ceiling finish materials that have a smoke-
FloOF finish: The finish placed on top of tile floor, developed rating greater than 450 when tested in
slab or other structural floor element. accordance with ASlM E84 listed in Appendix A
shall not be pennitted.
780 om 803.0 INTERIOR FINISH
AND TRIM: 803.4 Required flame spread rating: Interior finish
803.1 Exposed constnlIdion: These Il'equirements ofwalls and ceilings shall have a flame spread rating
shall not be considered as requiring the installation not greater than that designated by the class
of interior finish, but where construction or fire prescribed for the various use groups listed in Table
protection materials are exposed in the use groups 803.4, when tested in accordance with 780 CMR
specified in 780 CIvfR 803.4, the hazard from rate of 803.2.
flame spread of such exposed materials shall not be
803.4.1 Basements: ][n occupancies other than
greater than that of the interior finish permitted for
such occupancy.
n
Use Group R-3, Class lor interior finish shall
be required in all basements or other underground
803.1.1 Paper finish: The use of a surface finish spaces from which there is not direct exit to the
ofpaper or ofmaterial that does not have a greater outside ofthe building, if subject to occupancy for
fire hazard than paper shall not be prohibited, any purpose other than storage or service
facilities.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 CMIR - Sixth Edition 143

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATEBUll..DING CODE
Note f. Where building height is over' two stories.
803.4.2 Maximum flame spread: Interior finish Class n shall be required.
materials with flame spread classifications greater Note g. For the classifications of interior fInishes
than 200 shall not be installed in any room or referred to herein, see 780 CMR 803.2. For interior
space subject to human occupancy, except to such finish requirements for exposed insulation, see 780 CMR
extent as specifically approved on the basis of a 722.2.
finding that such installation does not Note h. Walls and ceilings shall be a minimum of
significantly increase the life hazard. Class II materials in individual rooms of nOt more than
four persons in capacity Where a building is equipped
803.4.3 Rooms and enclosed spaces: throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed
Requirements for rooms or enclosed spaces are in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 the minimum
based upon spaces enclosed in partitions of the requirement for interior fInish shall be Class n.
building or structUre, and where a fireresistanceis Note i. hI Use Groups A, 1-2 and 1-3, Class II interior
required for the structural elements, the enclosing wall finish material shall be permitted as wainscoting
partitions shall extend from the floor to the extending not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the
ceiling. Partitions that do not comply with this floor in corridors providing exit access.
shall be considered as enclosing spaces and rooms .
or spaces on both sides thereofshall be counted as 803.5 Interior trim: Baseboards, chair rails,
one. In determining the applicable requirements moldings, trim around openings and other interior
for rooms or enclosed spaces, the specific trim, not in excess of 10% of the aggregate wall and
occupancy thereof shall be the governing factor, ceiling areas of any room or space, shall be of Class
regardless of the use group classification of the I, II or ill materials.
building or structure. Where an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with 803.6 Carpet and carpet.like wall coverings:
780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2 is installed Textile wall coverings having a napped, tufted,
throughout a building, Class II or ill interior looped, woven, nonwoven or similar surface, shall
finish shall be pennitted where Class I or II comply with the following:
materials, respectively, are required in Table 1. Such materials shall have a Class I flame
803.4. spread classification and be installed only in
rooms or areas protected by an automatic
Table 803.4 sprinkler system installed in accordance with
g 780 C1\1R 9~ or
INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS
2. Such materials shall be tested in accordance
Required with an eight-foot by 12-foot by eight-foot high
vertical Corridors Rooms or
Use Group exits and providing enclosed (2438 rom by 3658 nun by 2438 mm) room/comer
passage- exit access
i
spaces
a fire test procedure utilizing a product-mounting
c system, including adhesive, representative of
ways
-
actual installation. Prior to testing, the sample
••
A-I. A-2, A-3 Ie IT
shall be conditioned at 70°F (21°C) ± 5% and at
a relative humidity of 50% ± 5% until the sample
reaches a rate of weight change of less than 0.1 %
per day. The product shall be exposed to a flame
~ ~
-
f
..
~ I ill from a gas diffusion burner for 15 minutes. The
fire exposure shall be 40 kW for the first five
minutes, followed by an exposure of 150 kW for
an additional ten minutes. Such tests shall
R-3 m demonstrate that a product will not spread fire to
S ill
the edge ofthe specimen or cause flashover in the
Note a. For requirements applicable to rooms and
enclosed spaces, see 780 CMR 803.4.3. test room.
Note b. Class minterior finish materials are permitted
in places of assembly with a capacity of 300 persons or 803.7 Design load: Interior wall finish materials
less. shall be capable of resisting the. horizontal load
Note c. Class minterior finish materials are permitted specified in 780 CMR 1615.4.
for wainscoting or paneling for not more than 1,000
square feet (93m~ of applied surface area in the grade 780 CMR 804.0 APPUCAnON OF
lobby where applied directly to a noncombustible base or INTERIOR FINISH
over furring strips applied to a noncombustible base and
firestopped as required by 780 CMR 804.0. 804.1 Attachment: Where interior finish is
•
Note d. Class minterior finish materials arepermittef regulated by the requirements of 780 CMR 8,
in mercantile occupancies of 3,000 square feet (279m ) interior finish materials shall be applied or otherwise
or less gross area occupied for sales purposes on the fastened in such a manner that such materials will
street floor only (balcony permitted). not readily become detached when subjected to
Note e. Lobby areas shall not be less than Class n.
144 780 CMR· Sixth Edition corrected· 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

INTERIOR FINISHES
•
room temperatures of200°F (93 DC) for not less than decking of buildings of Type 4 construction, or to
30 minutes. furring strips applied to such members or wood
decking as provided for in 780 CMR 804.2.1.
804.2 Fireresistive and noncombustible
construction: Interior finish materials installed on 780 CMR 805.0 FLOOR FINISH
walls, ceilings or structural elements which are 805.1 GeneraR: Finished floors or floor covering
required to provide a fireresistance rating Or to be of materials of a traditional type, such as wood, vinyl,
noncombustible construction, shall comply with the linoleum, terrazzo and other resilient floor covering
provisions .of780 CMR 804.2.1 or 804.2.2. materials, are exempt from the requirements of
804.2.1 Application to structuraR dements: 780 CMR 805.0. Floor coverings judged by the
Interior finish materials applied to walls, ceilings code official to represent an unusual hazard shall
or structural elements shall be applied directly meet the requirements of780 CJWR 805.0.
against the exposed surface of such structural
elements or to furring attached to such surfaces. 805.2 Classification: Interior floor finish required
In concrete or masonry construction, furring of by 780 CJvIR 805.3 to be of Class I or Class n
wood or any other material of similar combustible materials shan be classified in accordance with
characteristics is permitted. All concealed spaces ASTM £648 listed in Appendix AI. The
created by furring shall be firestopped at not more classifications referred to herein correspond to the
than ten-foot (3048 nun) intervals in any direction classifications determined by ASTM E648 listed in
(see 780 CIv1R 720.6.6). A.ppendix A as follows: Class I, 0.45 watts/cm2 ;
Class II, 0.22 watts/cm2 •
804.2.2 Set-out construction: Where the interior
finish is set out or dropped distances greater than 805.2.1 Test report: All carpet required by
1% inches (44 nun) from the surface of such 780 CMR 805.0 to meet critical radiant flux
elements, only material of which both faces limitations in accordance with 780 CMR 805.2
qualify as Class I shall be installed. shall be tested by an approved agency. A copy of
Exceptions: the test report identifYing and representing the
1. In buildings equipped throughout with an style to be installed shall be provided to the code
•
automatic sprinkler system installed in official upon request. The test report shan
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2, identify the carpet by manufacturer (or supplier)
Class II finish materials shall be permitted and style name, and shall be representative ofthe
provided that automatic sprinklers are also current construction of the carpet.
installed in combustible concealed spaces The carpet shall be identified as to
behind the interior finish. manufacturer (or supplier) and style by a hang tag
2. Class II or ill materials shall be pennitted or other suitable method, which shall indicate the
where attached to a backing that complies with classification of the material based upon the
780 CMR 804.3 or to furring applied directly limitations specified in 780 CMR 805.2.
to such backing as provided for in 780 CIvIR
804.2.1. 8«Jl5.3 Required classification: Interior floor finish
in vertical exits, exit passageways and exit access
804.3 CRass n and ill materials: Class IT and ill corridors shall not be less than Class I in Use Group .
interior finish materials which are less than ~ inch ][-2 and not less than Class II in Use Groups A, B, E,
in thickness shan be applied directly against a I~I, 1-3, M, Rot and R-2. In all other areas, the
noncombustible backing or a backing that complies interiorfloor finish shall comply with the DOC FF-l
with the requirements of 780 CMR 2310.0, unless "pilJ test" (CPSC 16 CPR, Part 1630) listed in
the tests under which such material has been A.ppendix A.
classified were made with the materials suspended Exception: Where a building is equipped
from the noncombustible backing. The backing throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
material shall provide a continuous surface accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2,
completely behind the finish. . Where the backing Class n materials are permitted in any area where
does not constitute an integral part ofthe structural Class I materials are required and materials
elements or system, the backing shall be attached complying with the DOC FF-I "pill test" (CPSC
directly to the structural elements or to the furring as 16 CFR, Part 1630) listed in Appendix A are
required for the application of finish in 780 CMR pennitted in any area where Class II materials are
804.2, or shall be suspended from the structural required.
members at any distance and all concealed spaces
•
created thereby shall be jirestopped in accordance ti05.4 Rooms and encBosed spaces: Requirements
with 780 CMR 720.0. for rooms or enclosed spaces are based upon the
spaces being encloSed with partitions extending from
804.4 Type 4 construction: Interior finish materials the floor to the ceiling. Where partitions do not
shall be applied directly to the wood members and satisfy this criterion, the room or space is considered

780 Cl\1R: STATE BOARD OF Bun.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
part of the corridor.
•
780 CMR 807.0 INTERIOR HANGINGS
AND DECORATIONS
805.5 Other materials: AIl carpet manufactured for
807.1 Decorative material restrictions: In
sale in the United States is required by federal
occupancies in Use Groups A, E, 1-2, 1-3 and R-l, all
regulations to pass the DOC FF-l "pill test" (CPSC
curtains, draperies, hangings and other decorative
16 CPR, Part 1630) listed in Appendix A. If a
materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall be
material other than carpet is installed, the material
noncombustible or be maintained flameresistant in
shall be shown to be at least as resistant to flame
accordance with 780 CMR 807.2 as herein specified
propagation as a material which passes DOC FF-l and 527 CMR 21.00 as listed in Appendix A.
(minimum critical radiant flux of 0.04 wattslcm2).
807.1.1 Noncombustible: The pennissible
780 CMR 806.0 COMBUS11BLE MATERIALS amount of non-combustible decorative hangings
pERl\ffiTED IN FLOORS OF lYPES 1 AND 2 shall not be limited.
CONSlRUcnON 807.1.2lF1ameresistant: The pennissible amount
806.1 General: Except as provided for in 780 CMR. of flameresistant decorative hangings shall not
1014.0 for stairways and in 780 CMR 412.0 for exceed 10% of the total wall and ceiling area.
stages and platforms, combustible materials installed
in or on floors of buildings of Types 1 and 2 807.2 Acceptance criteria: Where required to be
construction shall be as herein specified. tlameresistant under the provisions of 780 ClvIR, all
materials used for artistic enhancement, decorations,
806.2 Sleepers, bucks and grounds: Floor sleepers, draperies, curtains, scenery and hangings shall
bucks, nailing blocks and grounds shall not be comply with 780 CMR 807.0. If treated to be
constructed of combustible materials, unless the flameresistant, these materials shall not generate
space between the fireresistance rated floor smoke· more dense than that given off by untreated
construction and the flooring is either solidly filled wood or paper burning under comparable conditions
with approved noncombustible materials or when tested in accordance with both the small-scale
jirestopped in accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.7, and large-scale tests in NFiPA 701 listed in
and provided that such open spaces shall not extend AppendixA.
under or through pennanent partitions or walls.
807.2.1lLimitation of approval: AIl approvals of
organic decorative material shall be limited to one
806.3 Flooring: Wood finish flooring is permitted to
year. The owner or the owner's authorized agent
be attached directly to the embedded or jirestopped
shall file an affidavit with the code official which
wood sleepers, and shall be pennitted where
certifies that the process and materials utilized
cemented directly to the top surface of approved
comply with 780 CMR and which states the date
fireresistance rated construction or directly to a
of treatment and the warranted period of
wood subfloor attached to sleepers as provided for in
effectiveness of the process.
780 CMR 806.2. Combustible insulating boards "not
more than ~ inch thick and covered with approved 807.2.2 Field test for decorative materials:
finished flooring are permitted for sound deadening Where documented certification of
or heat insulating where attached directly to a non- flameresistance is not provided, the code official
combustible floor assembly or to wood subflooring shall subject decorative materials that are required
attached to sleepers as provided for in 780 CMR to be flameresistant to a field test in accordance
806.2. with Chapter 10 of NFiPA 701 listed in
AppendixA.
807.2.3 .Replacement of defective materials: All
treated hangings. draperies, canvas and other·
decorative ·and tent materials which fail to
conform to the field test requirements shall be
retreated or replaced by an approved installation.

•
CHAPTER 9
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
~uO~~u&~~~~~wMm~~~~
780 CMR 901.0 GENERAL yard hydrants or any other fire hose connection shall
901.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 9 shall be compatible with the connections used by the local
specify where fire protection systems are required fire department.
and shall apply to the design, installation,
maintenance and operation of all fire protection 901.6 Signs: All signs required to identify fire
systems in all buildings and structures. protection equipment, equipment rooms and
equipment locations·shall be constructed of durable
901.1.1 Seismic Requirements: All "required" materials, be pennanently installed and be readily
and "non-required" fire' protection systems shall visible. Letters and numbers shall contrast with the
be installed in accordance with the Seismic sign background, shall be at least two inches in
.Criteria requirements of 780 CMR 1612.7, height and shall have an appropriate width·to·height
Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical ratio to permit the sign to be read easily from a
Components and Systems. distance of ten feet. The sign and location shall be
o approved by the local fire department.
901.2 Required systems: Allfire protection systems
required by 780 CMR shall be installed, repaired, Exception: See.also 780 Crvrn. 906.8 for entrance
operated and maintained in accordance with this doors to sprinkler control valve rooms and
code and the applicable reference standards listed in ·780 CMR 915.8 for fire department connections.
Appendix A. All required fire suppression and
standpipe systems shall be provided with at least one 780 CMR 902.0 DEFINITIONS
•
automatic supply of flfe-extinguishing agent of 902.1 General: The foilowing words and terms
adequate pressure, capacity and reliability tQ shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 9 and as used
perform the function intended. elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
901.3 Nonrequnred systems: Any fire protection
system or portion thereof not required by 780 CMR Alarm verification: A feature of automatic fire
shall be permitted to be finished for partial or detection systems to reduce unwanted alarms
complete protection provided that such installed wherein automatic fire detectors report alarm
system meets applicable requirements of 780 CMR. conditions for a minimum period of time, or
A building permit shall be required for systems confirm alarm conditions within a given period,
installed pursuant to 780 CMR 901.3 after being automatically reset to be accepted as a
valid alann initiation signal (see 780 CMR 918.0).
901.4 Maintenance: All water based fue protection
systems shall be maintained in accordance with ApprovallPermit To Install: The term refers to
NFPA 25 as listed in Appendix A. All other fire permits outside the jurisdiction of the building
protection systems shall be maintained in accordance official, issued Wlder authority ofM.G.L. c. 148»
with the requirements of the applicable reference § lOA or 527 CMR.
standards and standards listed in AppendixA. The
owner, tenant or lessee of every building or structure Authority Having Jurisdiction: The term
shall be responsible for the care and maintenance of "Authority Having Jurisdiction" as used in the
all fire protection systems, including equipment and NFPA Standards as referenced in 780 CMR 9,
devices, to ensure the safety and welfare of the shall mean the building official for enforcement of
occupants. Fire protection systems shall not be 780 CMR and the BBRS for interpretation, waiver
disconnected or otherwise rendered unserviceable or varlences (see 780 CMR 122.0; see official
without first notifying the local fire department in interpretation number 35·94 listed in Appendix B)
accordance with M.G.L. c. 148 § 27A.
When installations of fire protection systems are Automatic: As applied ~o fire protection devices»
interrupted for repairs or other necessary reasons, automatic refers to a device or system that pro~
•
the owner, tenant or lessee shall immediately advise vides an emergency function without the necessity
the local fire department and shall diligently of human intervention and activated as a result of
prosecute the restoration of the protection. a predetermined temperature rise, rate of tempera~
ture rise or increase in the level of combustion
901.51'hreads: All threads provided for fire depart~ products ~ such as incorporated in an automatic
ment connections to sprinkler systems. standpipes. sprinkler system, automaticfire door, etc.

Automaticfil'e suppression system: An engineered

system using carbon dioxide (C02), foam, wet or
dry chemical, a halogenated extinguishing agent,
or an automatic sprinkler system to detect
automatically and suppress a frre through flXed
piping and·nozzles (see 780 CMR 904.0).
system consisting of components and circuits
arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of
fire alarm or supervisory signal initiating devices
and to initiate appropriate response to those
signals.
•
Household Fire Warning System: A household
Construction Documents: As defmed in 780 CMR 2. fire warning system consists of single or multiple
station detectors or a listed control unit with
Deluge system: An automatic sprinkler system automatic fire detectors and occupant notification
consisting of open sprinklers with water supply appliances. The household fire warning system
valves activated by a separate automatic detection serves only one dwelling unit, patient room, hotel
system (see 780 CMR 908.0). room or other single area depending on use group .
requirements in 780 CMR 919.1 through 919.3
Detector, heat: An alarm-initiating device that
detects abnormally high temperature or rate of Installing Contractor:An individual or finn duly
temperature rise (see 780 CMR 918.0). licensed to install fire protectton systems. (See
780 CMR 903.3)
Detector, smoke: An alann-initiating device that • Automatic Sprinklers Systems - M. G.L.
detects the visible or invisible particles of c. 146, §§ 81 through 85A, 528 CMR 11.00
combustion (see 180 CMR 918.0). and 12.00
• Fire Extinguishing systems - M. G.L c. 148,
Emergency Voice/alarm signaling system: A §§ 58, 527 CMR 23.00
system that provides, to the occupants of a • Fire Alarm Systems - M. G.L. Co 141, §§ I
building, dedicated manual or automatic facilities, through 10, 237 CMR 1.00 through 6.00
or both, for originating and distributing voice
instructions, as well as alert and evacuation Maintenance of Fire Protections Systems:
•
signals that pertain to a fire emergency (see Replacement or repair of any component or
780 CMR 917.0). components of a fire protection system, where
such does not affect system performance and
Fire alarm box, manual: A manually operated compatibility. (Also see Modifications.
alarm-initiating device that activates a fire Alterations, Additions or Deletions to Fire
protective signaling system (see 780 CIvIR 917.0). Protection Systems). No building permit is
require:d for maintenance. Other pennits,
Fire command station ( Fire command center): however, may be required pursuant to M.G.L.
The principal location where the status of the c.148, § 27A and 527 CMR.
detection, alarm, communications and control
systems is displayed, and from which the Modifications, Alterations, Additions or Deletions
system(s) has the capability for manual control to Fire Protection Systems: Any changes which
(see 780 CMR 403.7 and 917.9). affect the performance of the fire protection
system. (Also see maintenance). Such changes
Fire Department Designee: An individual require a building permit and are subject to other
authorized by the chief of.the fire department to permitting requirements pursuant to M.O.L.
review and approve fire protection system plans c. .148, § 27A.
and installation.
Master Box: A municipal fire alarm box that may
Fire detector, automatic: An alann-initiating'device also be operated by remote means.
that automatically detects heat, smoke or other
products of combus~ion(see 780 CMR 918.0). Municipal Fire Alarm System: A system of alarm
initiating devices, receiving equipment, and
Fire Protection Construction Documents: connecting circuits (other than a public telephone
Documents containing the requirements of network) used to transmit alanns from street
780 CMR 903.1.1,903.1.2,903.1 .3. locations to the public fire service
communications center.
Fire protection system: Devices, equipment and
Preact;olll system: A fire sprinkler system employing
•
systems used to detect a fire, activate an alarm,
suppress or control a fire, or any combination automatic sprinklers attached to a piping system
thereof. containing air with a supplemental fire detection
system installed in the same areas as the
Fire Protective Signaling System (Fire Alarm sprinklers. Actuation of the fire detection system
System): A system or portion of a combination automatically opens a valve that permits water to

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DXNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTiON SYSTEMS
flow into the sprinkler piping system and to be (system layout) and equipment specifications (cut
discharged from any open sprinklers (see sheets) indicating all infonnation in accordance
780 CMR 906.9.6). with requirements of the applicable NfPA
Standards for the specific fire protection systems
Proprietary supervising station: Refer to the to be installed in accordance with the Registered
definition in chapter 1 of NFPA..72 ami to Professional Engineer's plans and specifications.
further details as identified in chapter 4 of
NFPA..72 as listed in Appendix A. Smoke alletedoIi9 muntiple statROll1l: Single-station
smoke detectors that are capable of being
Registered Professional Engineer: A Registered interconnected such that actuation of one causes
Professional Engineer registered by the Board of all integral or separate audible alarms to operate
Registration of Professional Engineers and of (see 780 CMR 919.0).
Land Surveyors in accordance with M.G.L. c. li2,
§§ 8ID through 81T and 250 CMR (see 780 CMR Smoke detector9 singBe statnon: An assembly
903.1.3 and 903.5). incorporating the detector, the control equipment
and the alarm-sounding device in one unit, which
Remote station fire alarm system supervISing is operated from a power supply either in the unit
station: Refer to the definitions in chapter 11 of or obtained at the point of installation (see
NFPA..72 and to further details as identified in 780 CMR 919.0). -
chapter 4 ofNFPA..72 as listed in Appendix A.
Shop Drawings: Scaled detailed working drawings
. 11/27/98 . .780 CMR - Sixth Edition 148.1

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULAT10NS AND STANDARDS
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
148.2· 780 CMR.- Sixth Edition 12!12/9~ (Effective 8/2.~/97)

•
. 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF !BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Smoke detector, system type: A smoke detector an existing fire protection system. The fire
designed to be conneted to a fire alann control protection construction documents shall contain
panel. sufficient infonnation to completely describe thefire
protection systems, including operational features.
Sprinkler: A device, connected to a water supply The information required pursuant to 780 CMR
system, that discharges water in a specific pattern . 903.0 shall include, where required, the items listed
for extinguishment or control of fire (see in 780 CMR 903.1.1:
780 CMR 906.0).
Excep1lfion 1: Maintenance; no building permit
required. .
Sprinklersystem, automatic: A sprinkler system, for
ExceptRon 2: For modifications, alterations,
fire protection purposes, is an integrated system of
additions or deletions which do not affect system
underground or overhead piping designed in
performance or compatibility; no building permit
accordance with fire protection engineering
is required unless otherwise directed by the
standards. The system includes a suitable water
Building Official (Note also refer to M.O.L.
supply. The portion of the system above the
c.148, § 27A).
ground is a network of specially or hydraulically
designed piping installed in a building, structure 903.1.Jl. Fire Protectioln Constructioll1l
or area, generally overhead, and to which Documents:
'automatic sprinklers are connected in a systematic 1. a. Basis (methodology) of design for the
pattern. The system is usually activated by heat protection of the occupancy and hazards for
from a fire and discharges water over the fire area compliance with 780 CMR and applicable
(see 780 CMR 906.0). NFPA Standards, in the form of a narrative
report.
Sprinkler system, limited area: An automatic b. Sequence of operation of all fire
sprinkler system consisting of not more than 20 protection systems and operation in the fonn
sprinklers within a' fire area (see 780 CMR of a narrative report.
907.0). c. Testing criteria to be used for final
system acceptance in the form of a narrative
Standpipe system: A standpipe. system is a fire report.
protection system consisting of an arrangement of 2. Building and site access for fire fighting
piping, valves, hose outlets and allied equipment and/or rescue vehicle(s) and personnel.
installed in a building or structure (see 780 CMR 3. Fire hydrant(s) location and water supply
914.0). information.
4. Type/description and design layout of the
Supervisory device: An initiating device used to automatic sprinkler system(s).
monitor the conditions that are essential for the 5. Automatic sprinkler system(s) control
proper operation of automatic /ire-protection equipment location.
systems (Le., switches used to monitor the 6. Type/description and design layout of the
position of gate valves, a low air-pressure switch automatic standpipe system(s).
on a dry-pipe sprinkler system, etc.) (see 7. Standpipe system hose valve(s) type and
780 CMR 923.0). location.
8. Fire department siamese connection type(s)
V.L. Listed or FM approved central station service: and location.
Central station service as defined in Chapter 1 of 9. Type/description and design layout of the
NFPA,;,72 and as further identified in chapter 4 fire protective signaling system(s).
.ofNFPA 72 as listed in Appendix A. 10. Fire protective signaling system(s) control
equipment and remote annunciator location.
Water supply, automatic: A water supply that is not 11. Type/description and design layout of the
dependent on any manual operation, such as smoke control or exhaust system(s).
making connections, operating valves or starting 12. Smoke control or exhaust system(s)
pumps (see 780 CMR 914.5). control equipmenflocation.
13. Building life safety system features
780 CMJR 903.0 FIRE PROlECTION (auxiliary functions) required to be integrated
SYSfEMS APPROVAUACCEPfANCE. as part of the fire. protective. signaling
903.1 Required: Complete fire protection system(s). .
construction documents shall be submitted i~ 14. Type/description and design layout of the
•
accordance with 780 CMR 110 and a building permit fire extinguishing system(s).
obtained prior to the installation of all "required" or 15. Fire extinguishing system(s) control
"non required" fire protection systems, including equipment location.
modifications, alterations, additions or deletions to
11/27/98 . 780 C,MR - Sixth Edition 149

•
16. Fire protection system(s) equipment room 903.2 Authority: In accordance with the
location. requirements of780 CMR 110 and 780 CMR 903.1
17. Fire protection system(s) equipment the building of official shall transmit one set of the
identification and operation signs. fire protection construction documents (780 CMR
18. Fire prot~tion system(s) alarm! 903.1.1 ) and building construction documents to the
supervisory signal transmission method and head of the fire department or his designee for
location. review and approval of the items specified in
780 CMR 903.1.1.
903.1.2 Plans: All fire protection system plans
Note:
shall contain sufficient infonnation to identify the
1. M.G.L. c. 148 §§ 26G, 26H and 261, when
occupancy, hazards, system and equipment
adopted by a city or toWll, will impact the fire
arrangements, system and equipment sizing,
protection requirements of 780 CMR 9. A
systems specifications, systems sequence(s) of
building official shall consult Official
operation and design/engineering calculations.
Interpretation Number 45-96, listed in
903.1.3 Design: All fire protection systems and Appendix B, for guidance, where communities
fire protection system operation including have adopted M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H, and/or
building and site features as identified in 261.
780 CMR 903.1 1 shall be designed and specified 2. In addition to the building pennit requirements
by a qualified Registered Professional Engin- for fire protection systems in 780 CMR, M.G.L.
eer(s)except as provided in M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A c. 148 § lOA and 527 CMR may impose
and any profession or trade as provided in M.G.L. additional installation permitting requirements.
c. 112, § 60L and M.G.L. c. 112, § 81R All plans
903.2.1 Alternative Fire Protection Design
shall bear the original seal and signature of the
Methodologie:s - Independent Engineering
Registered Professional Engineer(s), except as
Review: Where alternative design methodologies
provided in M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A and any
are utilized and where such methodologies result
profession or trade as provided in M.G.L. c. 112,
in designs which vary from any prescriptive
§ 60L and M.G.L. c. 112, § 81R Specifications
requirement of780 CMR, the owner shall engage
shall include requirements for the preparation of
an independent registered professional engineer to
•
shop drawings when required by 780 CMR or
review said alternative design methodologies.
applicable NFPA Standards. The R~gistered
The scope of the independent registered
Proftssional Engineer(s) or other legally
professional engineer review shall include, but not
recognized professional (M G.I. c. 112, § 81 R)
be limited to the following;
shall be responsible for the review and certify that
all shop drawings confonn to the approved fire (a) Review of the design assumptions,
protection construction documents as submitted methodologies and resulting proposed system
for the building pennit and approved by the designs, to detennine whether the proposed fire
building official. protection system designs and any other
systems which are affected by the design
903.1.4 As-built plans: In accordance with the assumptions, are consistent with the general
applicable referenced standards, as-built plans objectives and prescriptive provisions of this
shall be prepared by the contractor responsible for code and to detennine whether or not the
the installation of the fire protection system for methodologies and assumptions conform to
the following occupancies: .accepted engineering practice;
(a) High-rise buildings (b) Preparation of a written report to the
(b) Buildings and structw:es of Use Group A building official as to the appropriateness of
with a total occ~pant load exceeding 1000. the proposed design, specifically listing any
(c) Buildings and structures of Use Group H.. variances from the prescriptive provisions of
(d) Use Group 1-2 and 1-3 except 1-2 Uses 780 CMR and describing, in detail, the design
provided for in 780 CMR 424. provisions used to achieve compliance.
(e) Bulk MerchandisinglRetail occupancies
If :the reviewing engineer. concurs with the
(See 780 CMR 416.0). .
proposed design, the owner shall make
As-built plans shall be provided to the owner
application for a yariance, to the State Building
upon completion.
Code Appeals Board as provided in 780 .CMR
903~1.5 Safeguarding Construction: The fire 122. In addition to all supporting information and
protection construction documents shall provide materials, the reviewing engineer's report
specifications for confonnance to 780 CMR 33 required in 780 CMR 903.2.1(b) shall be included
and NFPA-241 listed in Appendix A in order to in the application for variance.
safeguard against fires during construction,
alterations and demolition of all buildings and
structures regulated by 780 CMR.
150 .
A building permit shall not be issued until the
variance, if required, has been granted, or unless
the building permit is issued in part, as provided
for in 180 CMR 111.13.
780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition .12/12/97 (Effective 8/2.8/97)

•
e When a variance is granted under 780 CMR

903.2 for a bulk merchandising retail building as
defined in 780 CMR 426.2.1, and when the
condition appealed is common to future buildings
hear the appeal. Each such applkability to a future
building will be subject to determination as
prescribed in 780 CMR 110.8 by the building
official in conjunction with the head of the local
of the owner, the State Building Code Appeals fire department that its use is in conformity with
Board. upon request of the owner, may provide the terms of the variance.
that the variance shall be applicable to such future
6: .-.
buildings. If such request is made, the Board shall
e·
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDIN'G REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
NONMTEXT PAGE
•
....
•
150.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition. 5/18/07
. 780 CMR: .STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
903.3 Fire Protection Systems Xnstan~tion: Fire criteria and operational sequence have been
protection systems shall be installed by contractors witnessed.
and personnel appropriately licensed in the
903.4.1 Conditional Acceptance: The
Commonwealth of Massachusetts (licensed
·requirements of 780 CMR 903.4 sha]Jnot
installing contractor). Shop drawings required for
preclude the issuance of a temporary ~ertificate of'
submittals and reviews by the Registered
occupancy by the BuUding Official in accordance
Professional Engin~er, or other legally recognized
with 780 CMR 120.3.
professional (M.G.t. c. 112,§ SIR), by 780 CMR
903.1.3 or by applic~ble NFPA Standards. shall note
the name(s), license number(s) and license
780 CMR 904.0 FIRE SUPPRESSION
expiration date(s) of thecontr~ctor(5) installing. the SYSTEMS
fir~ protection syste~s. .904.1 Where required: Automaticfire suppression
syste~s shall be ins'talled where required by
903.4 Acceptance: . In accordance. with the 78.0 CMR and in the locations indicated in 780.CMR
provisions of 780 CMR 120. ·a Certificate of 904.1 through 904.9.
Occupancy shall not issue until" the building official Exceptions: _
and the head of the fire department or their designees 1. An automaticfire suppression. system shall not
have witnessed a satisfactory functional test of all be required in portions of buildings that comply
fire protection ~stems. installed in accordance with with 780 eMR 406.0 for open parking structures
the approvedftre protection construction documents. less than 70 feet in height above mean grade.
. All fire protection systems shall be teste~ in 2. In telecommunications equipment buildings, an
accordance .with the applicable provisions of automatic fire suppression system shall not be .
780 CMR and NFP A Standards and appr<;>ved testing required in those spaces or areas occupied
criteria and operational sequence as submitted in exclusively for telecommunications equipment,
780 CMR 903.1.1, items l.b and .c. In addition. the associated electrical power distriblHion-
following documents and/or information shall be equipment, batteries and standby engines,'
simultaneously submitted to the building official and provided that those spaces or areas are equipped
head of the fire qepartment or their designees'prior throughout with an automatic fire detection
to· the witnessing ·of. the operational fire protection system in accordance with 780 CMR 918.0 and, .
sy;;iclu(,,) tcsl:ing:. . . are separated' from the remainder of the building
1.' Certification. from the Registered with fire separation assemblies consisting of one-
Professional Engineer or other legally recognized hour fireresistance rated walls and two-hour
professional (M.G.L. c. 112. § 8IR) responsible . fireresistance rated floor/ceiling assemblies.
for the design in accordance with 780 CMR 3. Automatic sprinkler protection is precluded in:
903.1.3 stating that the fire protection systems (a} all new construction elevator machine fooms .
have been installed in accordance with the of traction/drum ele.vators; - (b) all new
. approved fire protection construction documents construction elevator machine rooms of hydraulic
and that he has reviewed the shop drawings fC?r elevators; (~) all new construction elevator
conformance to 780 CMR 903.3· ·and . has hoistways and elevator pits. "'(Note that·c3lPped,
identified deviations if any: from the approved fire inactive sprinkler pipiqg would be allowedl)
protection construction documents. Such elevator machine rooms and hoistway/pif
2. Confinnation by the building owner/developer enclosures shall be constructed to afford at least
or authorized representative that they have the fireresistance rating specified in Table 602 and·
received the as-built fire protection system shop otherwise as required/allowed by the applicable
drawings from the installing contractor and that portions of 780 CMR 7.0 (typically, but not
the Registered Professional Engin·eer or other . . always, the hoistway/pit and machine room will
legally recognized professional (M.G.L. c. 112, have a minimum fireresistance rating of two hQurs
§ 81 R) has certified their reasonable accuracy. with elevator opening protectives rated at 1~
3. Material; Test. Performance and Completion. hours but ratings of one hour for hoistway/pit and .
. Certificates, pr~perly ~xecuted by the installing machine rooms and 304 hour for elevator opening
co~tractor in accordance .with the applicable pr6tec.ti'les may be allowed).
NFPA Standards. Where Table 602· requires a fireresistance
Exception: In lieu of witnessing a satisfactory rating for elevator machine roorris, hoistways
functional test, the building official and head of and/or pits. such rating must be. provided·unless
••
the fire department or their designees may accept such ratings are governed by other Building Code
a final performance acceptance test report from a Sections.
Registered Professional Engineer or other legally For elevator installation within atriums also see
recognized professional (M. G.L. c. 112. § 81 R). 780 CMR 404 for additional firere~istance rating
Said report shall. certify that a complete guidance.
satisfactory functional test of all fire protection Where the elevator' machine room is
systems in accordance with the approved testing determine.d to be a true penthouse roof structure,
9/9/05 780 CMR - Sixth Edition . 151

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUaDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUU,oING CODE
•
also refer to 780 CMR 1510 for additional Use and the residential use (see S1. 2004, c. 304,
fireresistance rating requirements. § 4A).
Note: Also Refer to M.G.L. c. 148, § 26A and
26G
Exception:
1. Existing buildings: Existing buildings which
904.1.1 Additional requirements: When a qualify as such in accordance with 780 CMR
building or structure is provided with a fire alarm 3400.3.1 which undergo a partial change in use to
system, all extinguishing systems installed in an A-2 use or partial renovation of an existing A-2
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 904 use shall be provided with an automatic fire
through 914, shall be connected to the fire alarm suppression system only in those portions of the
system in accordance with the requirements of building which have been changed to an A-2 use
NFPA 72 as listed in Appendix A. ·or those existing A-2 uses which have been
renovated when such renovation constitutes
904.1.1.1 Fire pump requirements: Refer to substantial alterations or substantial renovations,
780 CMR 924. in accordance with 780 CMR 3401 and only when
the proposed or existing A-2 use exceeds 5,000 sf
904.2 Use Groups A·l, A·3, A·4, B, E, M, 8-1, F·! in aggregate floor area.
in buildings of 12,000 sf or greater in aggregate 2. Existing mixed use buildings of A-2 and R
floor area: An automatic fire suppression system occupancy (per 8t. 2004, c. 304): Existing
shall be provided throughout all portions or uses of mixed use buildings of A-2 and R occupancies
all buildings of 12,000 sf or greater in aggregate area which qualify as such in accordance with
when any of the following uses are located within 780 CMR 3400.3.1 which undergo a partial
the building; change in use, in which A-2 and R uses result, or
A-I, A-3, A-4, B, E, M, S-I, F-I partial renovation of an existing mixed use
building of A-2 and R occupancy shall be
780 CMR 904.2 shall apply whether or not the use is provided with an automatic fire suppression
separated from any other use within the building by system in all portions of the building, including,
fire separation assemblies. but not limited to, residential dwellings and in any
Exceptions: common areas connected thereto when such
1. Existing buildings: Existing buildings which renovation constitutes substantial alterations or
qualify as such in accordance with 780 CMR substantial renovations in accordance with
3400.3.1 and which undergo a partial change in 780 CMR 3401. 780 CMR 9.04.3 shall apply to
use to a use or uses specified in 780 CMR 904.2 substantial renovation/alteration of buildings and
or are mixed use buildings which undergo renova- structures approved by building permit on or after
tion of a use or uses specified in 780 CMR 904.2, December 1,2004.
shall be provided with automatic fire suppression
systems in accordance with the following: 904.4 Use .Group H: An automaticfire suppression
(a) only in those portions of the building which system shall be provided throughout all buildings of
have been changed in use and only when such Use Group H.
space or spaces exceed 12,000 sf in aggregate Exception: Magazines used for the storage of Use
floor area. Group H-l materials which are constructed and
(b) only in those portions of the building located in accordance with NFPA 495 and
which have been altered or renovated provided 527 CMR listed in AppendixA.
that such renovation constitutes substantial Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 26G.
alterations or substantial renovations, in
accordance with 780 CMR 3401 and only when 904.5 Use Group I: An automatic fire suppression .
such space or spaces exceed 12,000 sf in system shall be provided throughout all buildings of
aggregate floor area. Use Group I.
2. Public Garages: Public Garages shall conform . Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 26G.
to 780 CMR 408.0.
Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 26G. 904.6 Use .Group R-l: An automatic fire
suppression system shall be provided throughout all
904.3 Use Group A·2: An· automatic fire buildings or spaces of Use Group R-l in accordance
suppression system shall be provided throughout all with 78b CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
buildings with an occupancy in use group A-2 when
the occupant load of the A-2 use is 50 or greater. 904.7 Use Group R-2: An automatic fire
suppression system shall be provided throughout all
904.3.1 A·2 and residential mixed use buildings with an occupancy in Use Group R-2 in
•
buildings: Where a building contains one or more accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
residential dwelling units and also contains an A-2
Use and where the A-2 Use has an occupant load Exception: Buildings having no more than three
of 50 or greater, an automatic fire suppression dwelling units shall be pennitted to have an
system shall be provided throughout the building automatic fire suppression system installed in ac-
including any common areas connecting the A-2
152 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 5/19/06 (Effective 9/91(5) - ,corrected

•
cordance with NFPA-13D, "SPRINKLER
SYSTEMS", listed in Appelldix A, subject to the 'fable 904.9
following conditions: ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SUPPRESSION
a. Every automatic sprinkler system shall have SYSTEMS (1)
at least one automatic water supply or a stored 780 CMR Section Subject
water supply source in accordance with NFPA- 302.1.1 Specific occupancy areas
13D where the minimum quantity of stored 402.10; 402.15.2 Covered mall buildings
water shall equal the water demand rate times 403.2 High-rise buildings
20 minutes.
404.2 Atriums
b. 780 CMR 919.3.2, Exception 2, and 780
408.3.1 Public garages
CMR 919.5, Exception, shall not apply when
408.4 Fuel-dispensing areas
the automatic fire suppression system installed
426.0 Bulk MerchandizinglWarehouse
is installed in accordance with NFPA-13D. Occupancies ..
This Exception shall apply to new construction or
substantial renovation, or substantial alteration as 780 CMR Section Subject
defined in 780 CMR, Chapter 34 411.7 Sound stages
Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 261 412.6 Stages and enclosed platfonns
413.4 Special amusement buildings
904.8 Windowless story: An automatic fire sup- 416.4 RPM facilities
pression system shall be provided throughout every 419.3 Paint spray boothsaild storage
story or basement of all buildings where there is not rooms
provided at least one of the following types of Open parking structures more than
openings: 70 feet in height above ·the mean
1. An exterior stairway that conforms to the grade (M.G.L. c. 148, § 26A)
requirements of 780 CMR 1014.0, or an outside 507.1 Unlimited area buildings
ramp that conforms to the requirements of 1020.3 Exit lobbies
780 CMR 1016.0, leading directly to grade in each 2806.4 Drying rooms
50 linear feet (15240 nun) or fraction thereof of 2807.6 Waste and linen chutes and
exterior wall in the story or basement, on at least tennination and incinerator
•
one side of the building. rooms
2. Openings entirely above the adjoining ground 2808.4 Refuse vaults
2
level totaling 20 square feet (1.9 m ) in each 50
Note (1) See also M.G.L. c. 143, § 97A, M.G.L. c. 148,
linear feet (15240 mm) or fraction thereof of
§§ 26A, 26G, 26GY2, 26H, 261 and M.G.L. c. 148A.
exterior wall in the story or basement, on at least
one side of the building. Openings shall have a
780 CMR 905.0 SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
least dimension of not less than 22 inches (559
AGENT COMPATIBll..ITY
.mm), and shall haye a miniI~um net clear opening
of five square feet (0.5m). Access to such 905.1 Agent compatibility: The extinguishing agent
openings from the exterior shall be provided to the for each suppression system shall be compatible with
fire department and such openings shall be the type of hazard and fire. Each fixed fire
unobstructed to allow fire-fighting and rescue suppression system shall be of an approved type and
operations from the exterior. shall be designed and installed in accordance with
When openings in a story are provided on only the requirements of 780 CMR.
one side and the opposite waH of such story is more 905.JI..1 Special hazards: In rooms or builqings
than 75 feet (22860 nun) from such openings, the containing combustibles (such as aluminum
story shall be equipped throughout with an powder, calcium carbide, calcium phosphide,
automatic sprinkler system, or openings as specified metallic sodium and potassium, quick-lime,
herein shall be provided on at least two sides of the magnesium powder or sodium peroxide) that are
exterior walls of the story. H any portion of a incompatible with water as an extinguishing
basement is located more than 75 feet (22860 nun) agent, other extinguishing agents shall be utilized.
from the openings required in 780 CMR 904.0, the
basement shall be provided with an automatic 780 CMR 906.0 FIRE SPRJlNKLER SYSTEM
sprinkler system.
906.1. Generai: Automatic sprinkler systems shall be
Exception: Occupancies in Use Group R-3. approved and shall be designed and installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR.
904.9 Other required suppression systems: In
addition to the requirements of 780 CMR 904.2 906.2 Equipped throughout Where the provisions
through 904.8, automatic fire suppression systems of 780 CMR require that a building or portion
•
for certain buildings and areas shall be provided in thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic
accordance with Table 904.9. sprinkler system, the system shall be designed and
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1,
906.2.2 or 906.2.3.

NON-TEXT PAGE
••
•
i52.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05
Exception: Where water as an extinguishing provided for in 780 CMR.

agent is not compatible with the fire hazard (see
780 CMR 905.1) or is prohibited by a law. statute 906.5 Sprinkler alarms: Approved audible and
or ordinance, the affected area shall be equipped visual alarm devices shall be connected to every
with an approved automatic fire suppression water sprinkler system. Such alarm devices shall be
system utilizing a suppression agent that is activated by water flow and shall be located in an
compatible with the fire hazard. approved location on the exterior of the building and
throughout the building in accordance with the
906.2.1 NFiPA 13 systems: The system shall be
requirements ofNFPA-72 listed in Appendix A.
designed and installed in accordance with NFiPA
13 listed in Appendix A.
906.6 Water"colIltroI valve identification: All
906.2.2 NFiPA 13R systems: In buildings four valves controlling water to fire protection systems
stories or less in height, systems designed and shall be provided with permanently attached
installed in accordance with NFiPA 13R listed in identification tags indicating the valves' function and
Appendix A shall be permitted in Use Group I-I what is controlled.
buildings with not more than 16 occupants and in
Use Group R buildings. 906. i Sprinkler riser: A sprinkler system riser
which also serves as the wet standpipe riser in
906.2.3 NFiPA 13D systems: In Use Group R-3
buildings required to have or having both systems,
buildings with· at least two-hour fireresistance
shall conform to 780 CMR 914.6.
rated fire separation assemblies between dwelling
units, or in Use Group I-I buildings with not more
906.8 Signs: Where sprinkler. control valves are
than eight occupants, systems designed and
located in a separate room or building, a sign shall
installed in accordance with NfiPA 13D listed in
be provided on the entrance door. The lettering shall
Appendix A shall be pennitted.
be at least 2% inches (63.5 mm) in height and shall
otherwise conform to 780 CMR 901.6 and shall read
906.3 Design: Design documentation shall be in
"Sprinkler Control Valves."
accordance with 780 CMR 903.
906.9 Acceptance tests: All sprinkler systems shall
.906.4 Actuation: Water sprinkler systems shall be
be tested in accordance with the applicable NFPA
automatically actuated unless otherwise specifically

Standards used for sprinkler system design and 907.3 Design: Except as otherwise provided for in
Installation and listed in Appendix A. 780 CMR 907.0, a limited area sprinkler system
shall be designed and installed in accordance with
906.9.1 Underground connections: Underground
780 CMR 906.0.
mains and lead-in connections shall be flushed
and tested in accordance with NFiPA 13 and 24
907.4 Actuation: A limited area sprinkler system
shall be automatically actuated.
906.9.2 Hydrostatic test: All sprinkler systems shan
907.5 Sprinkler alarms: Alanns and alarm
be tested hydrostatically in accordance with the
attachments shall be required and shall be located
applicable NFPA Standards listed in Appendix A.
and installed in accordance with the requirements of
780 CMR 906.5. •
780 CMR 907.0 UMITED AREA SPRINKLER
SYSTEMS 907.6 Standpipe connection: The water supply for
907.1 General: A limited area sprinkler system shall the limited area sprinkler system shall be from the
be of an approved type and shall be installed in building standpipe system where the building is
accordance wIth the provisions of 780 CMR 907.0. equipped with a standpipe system that is sized for a
3
Complete fire protection construction documents 500-gallon-per-rninute (0.032 m /s) minimum flow
shall be provided. (See 780 CMR 903.0.) and has an automatic water supply (see 780 CMR
914.5).
907.2 Where permitted: Where the provisions of
907.6.1 Domestic supply: Where limited area
780 CMR require the installation of a fire
sprinkler systems are supplied from the domestic
suppression system, and a water sprinkler
water system, the domestic water system shall be
extinguishing system is used with a limited number
designed to support adequately the design flow of
of sprinklers, a limited area sprinkler system that
the largest number of sprinklers required to be
complies with the requirements of780 CMR 907.0
hydraulically calculated by NFiPA 13 listed in
is permitted to be installed.
Appendix A in anyone of the enclosed areas plus
•
907.2.1 Special occupancy areas: A limited area the domestic demand.
sprinkler system shall be permitted within special
907.6.2 Cross connection: The potable water
occupancy areas as designated in 780 CMR 4 or
supply ·shall be protected against backflow in
. within specific occupancy areas as designated in
accordance with the requirements ofthe Plumbing
780 CMR 302.1.1, provided that the area is
and Gas Code (248 CMR), and the Department of
enclosed within fire separation assemblies as
Environmental Protection Regulations, 310 CMR
required by 780 CMR, and 20 sprinklers or less
as listed in Appendix A as well as any cross-
are required to protect each separ.ately enclosed
connection protection criteria legally set forth by
area. Where nonfrreresistance rated separation
the water supplier/purveyor having local
walls are pennitted by Table 302.1.1 to enclose
jurisdiction.
contiguous specific occupancy areas on one floor,
the areas shall be considered to be one separately 907.6.3 Domestic connection: Shutoff valves
enclosed area for the purposes of determining the shall not be permitted in the suppression system
number of sprinklers based on the spacing piping. Water supply shall be controlled by the
limitations ofNFPA 13 listed in AppendixA. riser control valve to the domestic water piping.
907.2.2 Unenclosed floor openings, waste and Exception: Shutoff valves in the sprinkler
linen chutes, and kitchen and. hazardous system piping are permitted provided that such
exhaust systems: A limited area sprinkler system valves are supervised in accordance with
shall be pennitted to protect unenclosed escalator 780 CMR 923.0.
floor openings that comply with 780 CMR
907.2.2.1, chutes used for waste or linen collec- 907.7 Acceptance tests: All limited area sprinkler
tion, commercial kitchen exhaust systems and systems shall be tested as stipulated in 780 CMR
duct systems that exhaust hazardous materials. 906.9.
907.2.2.1 Water curtain: The area of the floor
opening shall not exceed twice the horizontal
780 CMR 908.0 WATER-SPRAY FIXED
projected area of the escalator and the opening SYSTEMS
shall not connect more tban four stories in 908.1 General: Water-spray fixed systems for fire
•
occupancies in other than Use Groups B and M suppression shall be of an approved type and shall
and the opening shall be protecte~ by a draft be installed in accordance with the provisions of
curtain and a closed sprinkler water system 780 CMR and NFiPA 15 listed in Appendix A. A
conforming to NfiPA 13 listed in Appendix A. water-spray fixed system is a system connected to a
Note: Relative to escalator floor openings, reliable source of water supply and equipped with
also see 780 CMR 713.3. normally open water-spray nozzles for specific

discharge and distribution over the surface or area to in multicylinder high-pressure systems.. Where
be protected. conditions prevail that make it difficult to determine
adequately the system requirements or design, a
908.2 Design: Complete fire protection construction suitable discharge test and concentration analysis
documents and hydraulic calculations shall be shall be made.
submitted for review prior to installation. The
submittal shall include nozzle layouts, friction loss, 780 CMR 910.0 DRY-CHEMICAL
calculations, water supply data and a detailed layout EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.
of the entire area to be protected. (See 780 Cl\1R 910.1 General: Dry-chemical extinguishing systems
903.0.) shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 Cl\1R and
908.3 Actuation: Water-spray systems shall be NFiPA 17 listed in Appendix A. A dry~chemical
automatically actuated and shall be provided with a extinguishing system is a system consisting of dry
manual means of actuation. chemical and expellant gas storage tanks, fixed
piping and nozzles used to assure proper distribution
908.4 Acceptance tests: All new system piping shall of an approved extinguishing agent to a specific fire
be flushed and tested in accordance with the hazard or into an area ofpotential fire.
provisions ofNFiPA 15 listed in Appendix AI.
9110.2 Design: The details ofthe system indicated on
780 CMR 909.0 CARBON DIOXIDE the fire protection construction documents shall
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS include sufficient information and calculations ofthe
909.1 General: Carbon dioxide extinguishing amount of dry chemical; the size, length and
systems shall be of an approved type and shall be arrangement of connected piping, or piping and
installed in accordance with the provisions of hose; and a description and location of nozzles so
780 CMR. and NFiPA 12 listed in Appendix A. A that the adequacy of the system can be determined.
carbon dioxide extinguishing system is a system Information shall be submitted pertaining to the
which supplies CO2 from a pressurized vessel location and function of detecting devices, operating
•
through fixed pipes and nozzles. devices, auxiliary equipment and electrical circuitry,
if used. Sufficient infonnation shall be indicated to
909.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on identify properly the apparatus and devices .used.
the fire protection construction documents shall Any special features shall be adequately explained.
include infonnation and calculations of the amount (See 780 CMR 903.0.)
ofcarbon dioxide; the location and flow rate of each
nozzle including equivalent orifice area; and the 9liO.3 Aduation: Dry~chemical extinguishing
location and size of the carbon dioxide storage systems shall be automatically actuated and shall be
facility. Infonnation shall be submitted pertaining to provided with a manual means of actuation.
the location and function of detecting deVices,
operating devices, auxiliary equipment and electrical 9liO.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will be
circuitry, if used. Sufficient infonnation shall be exposed to a dry-chemical discharge. warning signs
indicated to identify properly the apparatus' and and discharge alarms shall be provided.
devices used. Any special features shall be
adequately explained. (See 780 CMR 903.0.) 911.0.5 Acceptance tests: All dry-chemical
extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance
909.3 Aduation: Carbon dioxide extinguishing with NFiPA 17 listed in Appendix A. A completed
systems shall be automatically actuated and shall be system shall be tested by a discharge of expellant
provided with a manual means ofactuation. gas through the piping and nozzles. Observmtions for
gas leakage and for continuity of piping with free
909.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will unobstructed flow shall be made. Observations shall
enter or be trapped in atmospheres made hazardous be made of the flow of expellant gas through all
by carbon dioxide discharge. warning signs and nozzles. The labeling of devices with proper
discharge alanns shall be provided. designations and instructions shall be checked. After
testing, all piping and nozzles shall be blown clean
909.5 Acceptance tests: AIl carbon dioxide using compressed air or nitrogen, and the system
extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance shall be properly charged and placed in the normal
with NFiPA 12 listed in AppendixA. A completed "set" condition.
system shall be tested for tightness up to the selector
9110.5.1 Discharge test: All systems shall be
valve, and for continuity of piping with free
tested by a discharge of expellant gas through the
unobstructed flow beyond the selector va!ve. The
piping and nozzles with observations being made
labeling of devices with proper designations and
ofthe flow of expellant gas through all nozzles as
instructions shall be checked. Operational tests shall
. be conducted on all devices except cylinder valves
zn/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 180 CMR - Sixth Edition 155

well as observing for leakage and continuity of manpower requirements and other ~perating
piping with free unobstructed flow. characteristics.
910.6 Range hoods: In addition to the requirements 780 CMR 912.0 HALOGENAlED
of 780 CMR 910.0 and the applicable NFPA EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
standards listed in Appendix A, range hood dry- 912.1 Gel1leral: Halogenated extinguishing systems
chemical systems shall bear the label of an approved shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in
agency.
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and
The system shall be installed in accordance with NFiPA 12A and 12B listed in Appendix A. A
the manufacturer's installation instructions. The dry- halogenated extinguishing system is a system
chemical agent ofthe system shall be- nontoxic. consisting of pipes, open nozzles and a container of
halogenated agent under pressure.
780 CMR 911.0 FOAM-EXTINGUlSlllNG
SYSTEMS 912.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on
911.1 General: Foam-extinguishing systems shall be the fire protection construction documents shall
of an approved type and shall be installed in include information and calculations of the amount
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and of extinguishing agent; the container storage
NFiPA 11, IIA and 16 listed in Appendix A. A pressure; the location and flow rate of each nozzle
foam-extinguishing system is a special system including equivalent orifice area; the location, size
designed to discharge, either mechanically or and equivalent lengths of pipe, fittings and hose; and
chemically, a foam made from concentrates, over the the location and size of the storage facility.
area to be protected. Information shall be subri'litted pertaining to the
location and function of detecting devices, operating
911.2 Design: The details ofthe system indicated on devices, auxiliary equipment and electrical circuitry,
the fire protection constnlction documents shall if used. Sufficient information shall be indicated to
include complete computations show-testing identify properly the apparatus and devices used.
pressure drop in all system piping, friction loss Any special features shall be adequately explained.
calculations of liquid lines and a detailed layout of (See 780 CMR 903.0.)
the entire hazard area to be protected. Hydraulic
characteristics of foam proportioners and foam 912.3 Actuation: Halogenated extinguishing
makers as determined by tests shall be supplied by systems shall be automatically actuated and shall
the manufacturer to the department (including the also be provided with a manual means of actuation.
range of operating conditions required for the
proposed installation) to pennit determination ofthe 912.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will
adequacy of the hydraulics of the proposed enter or be trapped in atmospheres made hazardous
protection. (See 780 CMR 903.0.) by a halogenated system discharge, warning signs
and discharge alarms shall be provided.
911.3 Actuation: A foam-extinguishing system shall
be automatically actuated and shall be provided with 912.5 Acceptance tests: All halogenated
a manual means of actuation. extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance
with NFiPA 12A and 12B listed in Appendix A.
911.4 Safety requirements: In any proposed use of completed system shall be tested for tightness up to
a medium- or high-expansion foam where persons the selector valve and for continuity of piping with
t
will be exposed to the foam discharge, warning signs free unobstructed flow beyond the selector valve.
and discharge alarms shall be provided. The labeling ofdevices with proper designations and
instructions shall be checked. Operational tests shall
91i.5 Acceptance tests: All foam-extinguishing be conducted on all devices except cylinder valves
systems shall be tested in accordance with NFiPA in multieylinder systems. Where conditions prevail
11, IlIA and -16 listed in AppendixA. The system that make it difficult to determine adequately the
shall be subjected to a flow test to insure that the system requirements or design a suitable discharge
t
hazard area is fully protected in compliance with the test and concentration analysis shall be made.
design specifications, and to detennine flow
pressures, actual discharge capacity, foam quality,
consumption rate of foam-producing materials,

•
780 CMR 913.0 WET-CHEMICAL RANGE systems. Automatic dry and semi-automatic dry
HOOD E~"I1NGUISIDNG SYSTEMS standpipe systems shall be permitted only in areas
913.1. General: Wetachemical extinguishing systems subject to freezing. Complete fire protection
shall be installed in accordance with the provisions construction documents shall be provided. (See
of780 CMR 913.0, and the BOCA Mechanical Code 780 CMR 903.0.)
and NFiPA 17A listed in Appendix A. The system
shall bear the label of an approved agency and shall 914.2 Where required: Class I standpipe systems
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's shall be installed where required by 780 CMR
installation instructions. A wet-chemical system is a 914.2.1 through 914.2.11 and shall be located in
solution of water and potassium-ear-bonate-based accordance with the provisions ofNFPA 14, listed in
chemical, potassiumaacetateabased chemical or a AppendixA.
combination thereof which fonns the extinguishing 914.2.1 Use Group A: In all buildings or
agent. structures or portions thereof of Use Group A
when:
913.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on 1. Two or more stories in height of Use Group
the fire protection construction documents shall A-I, A-2, or A-3, and having an occupant load
include sufficient infonnation and calculations on or more than 300; or;
the amount of wet chemical; the size, length and 2. Three or more stories in height regardless
arrangement of connected piping; and a description of the area per floor; or;
and location of nozzles so that the adequacy of the 3.. Having an auditorium seating over 500.
system can be determined. Infonnation shall be Standpipes shall be located one on each side of
submitted pertaining to the location and function of the auditorium in each tier, one in each
detecting devices, operating devices, auxiliary mezzanine, one in each tier of dressing rooms,
equipment and electrical circuitry, if used. Sufficient and protecting each property, store and work
infonnation shall be indicated to identify properly room; or;
the apparatus and devices used. Any special features 4. Having a stage. Standpipes shall be located
shall be adequately explained. (See 780 CMR on each side of the stage.
903.0.) Such standpipes shall be not less that 2lf2-inch
diameter, equipped with approved 1V2 inch hose
913.3 Actuation: Wet-chemical extinguishing station.
systems shall be automatically actuated and shall be
provided with a manual means of actuation. 914.2.2 Use Group lB: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group B
9:R3.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will be . when:
exposed to a wet-chemical discharge, warning signs 1. Three or. more stories in height, and more
and discharge alarms shall be provided. than 3,000 square feet in area per floor; or;
2. Four or more stories in height regardless of
91.3.5 Acceptance tests: All wet-chemical the area per floor.
extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance 914.2.3 Use Group E: In buildings or structures
with NFiPA 17A listed in Appendix A. A completed or portions thereof of Use Group E when three or
of
system shall be tested by discharge wet chemical more stories in height regardless of the area per
in sufficient amounts to verify that the system is floor or when having a stage or auditorium in
properly installed and functional. Tests shall include accordance with 780 CMR 914.2.1(3) and
a check of the detection systems, the alarms and the 914.2.1(4).
releasing devices, including manual stations, fuel
and power shutoff devices and other associated 914.2.4 Use Group F: In all buildings or
equipment. structures or portions thereof of Use Group F
when:
913.5.1 Discha~ge test: All systems shall be 1. Three or more stories in height, and more
tested by a discharge of expellant gas through the than 3,000 square feet in area per floor, or;
piping and nozzles with observations being made 2. Four or more stories in height regardless of
of the flow of expellant gas through all nozzles as the area per floor.
well as observing for leakage and continuity of
piping with free unobstructed flow. 914.2.5 Use Group H: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group H
780 CMR'914.0 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS when:
I. Three or more stories in height, and more
914~1 General: Standpipe systems shall be designed,
than 10,000 square feet in area per floor; or;
installed and maintained in accordance with the
2. Four or more stories in height, regardless of
provisions of 780CMR and NFPA-14 listed in
the area per floor.
Appendix A. Where standpipe systems are required
by 780 CMR, such systems shall be automatic wet

914.2.6 Use Group X: In all buildings or Exception: Standpipe systems can be

structures or portions thereof of Use Group I, "Class I Manual Dry Type" as defined by
three or more stories in height, regardless of the NFPA-I4 for open parking structures less
area per floor. than 70' in height.
914.2.7 Use group M: In all buildings or
914.3 Standpipe- system piping sizes: The riser
structures or portions thereof of Use Group M
piping, supply piping, and the water service piping
when:
shall be hydraulically sized in accordance with the
1. Three stories or more in height, and more
provisions of NFPA-I4 listed in Appendix A.
than 3,000 square feet in area per floor, or;
2. Four or more stories in height regardless of Exception: The residual pressure(s) as noted in
the area per floor, or; NFPA-I4 are not required to be maintained in
3. Classified as a covered mall building within buildings less than 70 feet in height which are
the mall portions (see 780 CMR 4). equipped throughout with an approved automatic
4. Classified as a bulk/merchandising fire suppression system. However the system
warehouse. (See 780 CMR 4.) shall be designed to accommodate the outlet
pressures and water flows in accordance with
914.2.8 Use Group R-l and R-2: In all buildings
NFPA 14 and inlet pressures consistent with local
or structures or portions thereof of Use Group R-1
fire department equipment..
and R-2 when:
1. Three or more stories in height and of Use
914.4 High-rise buildings: All buildings more than
Group R-I regardless of the area per floor; or;
70 feet in height above the mean grade shall have
2. Three or more stories in height and more
each floor supplied by a minimum of two
than 10,000 square feet in area per floor, or;
combination standpipe/sprinkler risers installed in
accordance with the requirements of NFPA-14,
the area per floor.
914.2.9 Use Group S: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group S, 914.5 Outlets: Standpipe system outlets shall
•
other than public garages which shall conform to comply with the provisions for, Class III Systems of
780 CMR 914.2.10 when: NFPA-I4 as listed in Appendix A.
1. Three or more stories in height of Use
Group S-I, and more than 3,000 square feet in 914.6 Ac(:eptance Tests: All Standpipe systems
area per floor; or; shall be tested in accordance with NFPA listed in
2. Three or more stories in height, Use Group AppendixA.
S-2, and more than 10,000 square feet in area
914.6.1 Underground Connections:
per floor; or;
Underground mains and lead-in connections shall
3. Four or more stories in height of Use
be flushed and tested in accordance with NFPA 14
Groups S-1 or S-2 regardless of the area per
and NFPA 24 listed in Appendix A.
floor.
914.2.10 Use Group U; In all buildings or 914.7 Standpipe system requirements for
structures or portions thereof of Use Group U buildings under construction or demolition:
when:
914.7.1 General: Standpipes required by 780
1. Three or more stories in height and more
CMR 914.7 are to be either temporary or perma~
than 10,000 square feet in area per floor; or;
nent in nature, with or without a water supply,
provided, however, that such standpipes conform
the area pe~ floor.
to the requirements of 780 CMR 914.0 as to
914.2.11 Public Garages: In all Group I and 11 number of risers, capacity, outlets and materials.
public garages and open parking structures when:
914.7.2 Buildings under construction or
1. More than 10,000 square feet in area per
demolition: Standpipe requirements for buildings
floor; or;
under construction or demolition shall be in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR
floor and more than one story in height; or;
3305.3 and NFPA 241 as listed in Appendix A.
floor, and more than two stories in height; or;
780 CMR 915.0 FIRE DEPARTMENT
4. More than three stories in height; or;
CONNECTIONS
•
5. Located in buildings where the upper -
stories are designed for other uses: or; 915.1 Required: All required water fire-
6. When located in any story that is more than extinguishing and standpipe systems shall be
50% below grade. provided with a fire department connection in
accordance with the applicable NFPA standards.
Standpipes in buildings under construction or

• demolition shall conform to 780 CMR 3305.3 and

NFPA 241 listed in Appendix A.
Exceptions:
1. Limited area sprinkler systems supplied from
the domestic water system.
2. Where the local fire department approves a
780 CMR 917.0 FIRE PROTECTIVE
SIGNALJlNG SYSTEMS
( FiJre Alann System)
917.1 General: Fire protective signaling systems
shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and
single connection for large diameter hose of at
least four inches.
3. An automatic sprinkler system with less than 917.2 Fire Protection Construction documents:
20 sprinklers. Where a fire protective signaling system is required
by 780 CMR, the fire protection construction
915.2 Connections: Fire department connections documents shall show the location and number of all
shall be arranged in such a manner that the alarm-initiating devices and alarm notification
attachment to anyone water sprinkler connection appliances, and shall provide a description of all
will serve all sprinklers, and the attachment to any equipment to be used, proposed zoning, a list of
one standpipe connection will serve all standpipes auxiliary control functions (Le., elevator capture),
within the building. location of the control panel(s) and annunciator(s),
and a complete sequence of operation for the system.
915.3 Location: Fire department connections shall (Also see 780 CMR 903.0)
.be located and shall be visible on a street front or in
a location approved by the fire department. Such 917.3 Approval: All devices, combinations of
connections shall be located so that immediate devices, appliances and equipment shall be approved
access is provided to the fire department. Fire for the fire protective signaling purpose for which
department connections shall not be obstructed by such equipment is used.
fences, brushes, trees, walls or any other similar
object. 917.4 V\There required: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed and maintained in full
915.4 Height: Fire department connections shall not operating condition in the locations described in
be less th.an 18 inches (457 mrn) and not more than 780 CMR 917.4.1 through 917.4.6.·
42 inches (1067 mm).in elevation, measured from 917.4.1 Use Group A or E: A fire protective
the ground level to the centerline of the inlets. signaling system shall be installed and maintained
in all occupancies in Use Group A or E.
915.5 Projection: Where the fire department 917.4.1.1 Speciall requirements - A~2 use: In
connection will otherwise project· beyond the addition to the requirements specified in
property line or into the public way, a flush-type fire 780 CMR 917.4.1, for A~2 use occupancies and
.department connection shall be provided. where the occupant load is 50 ·or greater also
refer to 780 CMR 917.8.2.3.
915.6 Hose thread!: Hose thread in the fire
department connection shall be uniform with that 917.4.2 Use Group B: A fire protective signaling
used by the local fire department. system shall be installed and maintained in all
occupancies in Use Group B where such buildings
915.7 Fittings: Fire department inlet connections have occupied floors which are two or more
shall be fitted with check valves, ball drip valves and stories above the lowest level of exit discharge or
plugs with chains or frangible caps. which have floors two or more stories below the
highest level of exit discharge.
915.8 Signs: A metal sign with raised letters at least 917.4.3 Use Group H: A fire protective signaling
one inch (25 rom) in height shall be mounted on all system shall be installed and maintained in all
fire department connections serving sprinklers or occupancies in Use Groups H.
standpipes. Such signs shall read "Automatic
Sprinklers" or "Standpipe," or both, as applicable. 917.4.4 Use Group I: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed and maintained in all
780 CMR 916.0 YARD HYDRANTS! occupancies in Use Group I.
UNDERGROUND FIRE l\1AJINS 917.4.5 Use Group R~l: A fire protective
916.31 Fire hydrants: Fire hydrants and underground signaling system shall be installed and maintained
fire mains installed on private property shall be in all occupancies in Use Group R-l.
located and installed as directed by the fire
917.4.6 Use Group R~2: A fire protective
department. Hydrants shall conform to the standards
signaling system shall be installed and maintained
of the administrative authority of the jurisdiction and
in all occupancies in Use Group R-2 containing 13
the fire department. Hydrants shall not be installed
or more dwelling units or where any dwelling unit
on a water main less than six inches in diameter.
is located more than three stories above the
Standards of construction shall be in accordance
lowest level ofexit discharge or more than one
with NFPA 24 as listed in Appendix A.

story below the highest level of exit discharge of

exits serving the dwelling unit.
917.5 Location: Manual fire alarm boxes shall be

located not more than five feet (1524 mm) from the
entrance to each exit. Manual fire alarm boxes shall
be located in each story including basements. In
Massachusetts Electrical Code listed in Appendix A.
Wireless systems utilizing radio frequency
transmitting devices shall comply with the special
requirements for supervision of low-power wireless
systems in NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A.
917.7.1 Activation: The alarm· notification
•
appliances shall be automatically activated by all
buildings of use group A where a stage is provided,
of the following where provided:
a manual fire alarm box shall be located next to the
1. Smoke detectors, other than single- and
lighting control panel. For fire alarm systems
multiple-station smoke detectors, as required
employing automatic fire detection or water flow
by 780 CMR 919.0;
devices, at least one manual fire alarm box shall be
2. Sprinkler water-flow devices;
provided to initiate a fire alarm signal. This manual
3. Manual fire alarm boxes; and
fire alarm box shall be located where required by the
4 Other approved types of automatic fire
Head of the Fire department or his or her designee.
detection devices, extinguishing, or
Exception: suppression systems.
1. In buildings of use group A, assembly occu- EJl(ceptions:
pancy. and where approved by the local fire de- 1. Smoke detectors in an occupancy in Use
partment, manual fire alarm boxes may be omitted Group 1-3 are pennitted to actuate an audible
at exits and any other required locations, but shall alarm-indicating appliance at a constantly
be provided at constantly attended locations such attended location and are not required to
as ticket booths. refreshment facilities, bars, etc. activate a general alarm.
Where the building official determines that it is 2. Audible alarms in buildings of Use
impractical to have a constantly attended location Group A with an occupant load greater than
in an assembly occupancy other than a theater. 300 persons shall sound only in a constantly
manual fire alarm boxes shall be provided at each attended receiving station within the
required building exit. building for purposes of initiating emergen-
2. Except as provided in 917.5, manual fire alann cy action. Occupant notification shall be by
boxes are not required in an occupancy in Use means of either voice or prerecorded mes-
Group B where the height of the building is 70 sage announcement initiated by the person in
feet or less above the lowest level of fire the constantly attended receiving station and
department vehicle access and the building is in accordance with 780 CMR 917.9. In
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler buildings of Use Group A utilizing reduced
system, andlor an automatic fire detection system lighting levels on a regular basis, lights
or combination thereof, in accordance with providing normal lighting levels shall be
780 CMR 906.0 and 780 CMR 918.0. activated simultaneously with the beginning
917.5.1 Manual fire alarm boxes: The height of of the voice· or prerecorded message an-
the manual fire alarm boxes shall be a minimum nouncement. Where the building official
of 42 inches (1067 mm) and a maximum of 54 detennines that it is impractical to have a
inches (1372 mm) measured vertically, from the constantly attended location in an assembly
floor level to the activating handle or lever of the occupancy the fire alarm system shall be
box. .Manual fire alarm boxes shall be red in arranged to automatically provide
color. fu all occupancies in Use Group 1-3, the prerecorded evacuation instructions. .
manual fire alarm boxes shall be permitted to be 3. For mixed use group occupancies that
locked in areas where staff is present whenever contain an A use group the use group A area
such areas are occupied and keys are readily shall be in accordance with 780 CMR
available to unlock the boxes, or the boxes shall 917.7.1 exception 2.
be located in a manned staff location which has 917.7.1.1 Length of evacuation signal:
direct supervision of the sleeping area. Automatic deactivation of audible and visible
Exception: Where 521 CMR, Architectural alarms shall not be allowed.
Access Board regulations apply, manual fire Exception: Automatic deactivation of
alarm box height shall be as prescribed in audible alarms after a period of operation of
521 CMR. 15 minutes shall be pennitted when ap-
proved by the local fire department. Auto-
917.6 Power supply: The primary and secondary matic deactivation of audible alarms shall
•
power supply for the fire protective signaling system only be pennitted when the fire alarm system
shall be provided in accordance with NFP A 72 listed is supervised in accordance with 780 CMR
in Appendix A. 923.2 or by an approved auxiliary fire alarm
system in accordance with NFPA 72.
917.7 Wiring: All wlflng shall conform to the
917.7.2 Presignal or positive alarm sequence
requirements of NFPA 72 and 527 CMR 12.00:
system: Presignal or positive alarm sequence

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS .
system is installed, 24-hour supervision by trained indication shall lock in until the system is reset
personnel shall be provided at a location approved and shall not be canceled by the operation of an
by the local fire department, in order that the audible alarm - silencing switch. In buildings that
alarm signal can be actuated in the event of fire or have floors located more than 70 feet above mean
other emergency. grade, a separate zone by floor shall be provided
for the following types of alarm-initiating devices
917.7.3 Zones: Each floor shall be zoned
where provided:
separately and a zone shall not exceed 20,000
1. Smoke detectors;
square feet (1860 m 2). The length of any zone
2. Sprinkler water-flow devices;
shall not exceed 300 feet (91440 mm) in any
3. Manual fire alarm boxes; and
direction. A zoning indicator panel and the
4. Other approved types of automatic fire
associated controls shall be provided in a location
detection devices, extinguishing, or
approved by the local fire department. Where
suppression systems.
individually addressable alann initiating devices
are used, a single circuit ( or pathway) shall not Exceptions:
exceed the above size limitations unless the circuit 1. Automatic sprinkler system zones shall not
is a Class A circuit, and the style and device exceed the area permitted by NFPA 13 listed in
loading meets the requirements for proprietary Appendix A.
systems as listed in NFPA 72. Where individually 2. Duct type smoke detectors shall be
addressable alarm initiating devices are logically separately identified with a remote tesU
combined into groups for annunciation purposes, indicator station. The location of the remote
the above zone size limitations shall apply to the tesUindicator shall be approved by the local fire
group. The local fire department shall approve all department.
zone and point descriptions. The visual zone

NON-TEXT PAGE
•
917.8 Alarm notification appliallllces: Alarm The audible alarm notification appliances shall
notification applianc~s of the approved type shall be provide a sound pressure level of 15 dBA above
provided. the average ambient or 5 dBA above the maxi-
. mum sound level having a duration of at least 60
917.8.1 Visible alarms: Visible alarm notification
seconds ( whichever is greater ) sound lev.el in
appliances shall be provided in accordance with
every occupied space within the building. The
NFPA 72 and 521 CMR in public and common
minimum sound pressure levels shall be: 70 dBA
areas of all buildings and areas of buildings
in occupancies in Use Groups R and I-I; 90 dBA
housing the hearing impaired and where required
in mechanical equipment rooms; and 60 dBA in
by 521 CMR. In occupancies in Use Groups I-I
all other use groups. The maximum sound
and R-1, all required accessible sleeping rooms
pressure level for audible alarm notification
and suites plus an additional number of sleeping
appliances shall be 120 dBA at the minimum
rooms or suites in accordance with Table 917.8.1
hearing distance from the audible appliance.
shall be provided with a visible alarm notification
appliance, activated by both the in-room smoke 917.8.2.1 All audible evacuation signals shall
detector and the building fire protective signaling have a synchronized three - pulse temporal
system. In hospital intensive care units, special pattern in accordance with NFPA 72.
care units and operating rooms, the audible signal 917.8.2.2 ADZ Use ~ entertainment system
need not be sounded; however a visual alarm shall response: The activation of any fire protection
be displayed with an approved device. system element (signaling system, detection,
sprinklering, etc.) shall automatically:
917.8.1.1 Visible alarm synchronization:
1. Cause immediate illumination of all
Where more than one visible signal can be
areas and components of the required means
viewed from one location the visible signals
of egress, and additionally;
shall be synchronized.
2. Cause immediate full activation of all
Table 917.8.11. other house lighting; and
VISmLE AND AUDIBLE ALARMS 3. Cause immediate stopping of any and all
Number of sleeping Sleeping rooms or suites with sounds and visual distractions (public
visible and audible alarms address systems, entertainment and dance
•
rooms or suites
6 to 25 1 lighting, music, etc.) that conflict/compete
26 to 50 2 with the fire protective signaling system.
5] to 75 3
76 to 100 4 917.9 Voice/alarm signaling system: A voice/alarm
signaling system shall be provided where required by
101 to 150 5
other sections of 780 CMR. When activated in
]51 to 200 6
201 to 300 7
accordance with 780 CMR 917.7.1, the voice/alarm
signaling system shall automatically sound an alert .
301 to 400 8
signal to all occupants within· the building on a
401 to 500 9
general or selective basis to the following terminal
501 to 1,000 2% of total areas: elevators, elevator lobbies, corridors, exit
1.001 and over 20 plus ] for each 100 over
staiJways, rooms and tenant spaces exceeding 1,000
1.000
square feet (93 m2) in area; dwelling units in
occupancies in Use Group R-2; and guestrooms or
917.8.2 Audible alarms: Audible alarm suites in occupancies in Use Group R-1. The fire
notification appliances shall be provided and shall command station shall contain controls to transmit
sound a distinctive sound which shall not be used
for any purpose other than that of a fire alarm.
•
9/9/05 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 161
manually an evacuation signal and voice instructions

on a selective and all..call basis to the tenninal areas
indicated herein. The voice/alarm system shall be
designed and installed in accordance with the
provisions of 780 CMR, 527 CMR and NFPA 72
listed in AppendixA.
918.2 Fire Protection Construction documents:
Where an automatic fire detection system is required
by 780 CMR, the fire protection construction
documents shall show the location and number of all
automatic fire detectors with specifications of the
type of fire detector. proposed zoning and a
complete sequence of operation for the system. The
•
Exceptions:
system shall be installed in accordance with
1. A distinctive signal in lieu of a voice alarm is
780 CMR 918.0 and shall be part of and be subject
permitted in an occupancy in Use Group F or S.
to the requirements of a fire protective signaling
2. Where the head of the fire department or
system specified in 780 CMR 917.0. (Also see
his/her designee detennines that partial or
780 CMR 903.0) .
selective evacuation is not desired, but rather total
evacuation is required, then a distinctive signal, in
918.3 Approval: All devices, combinations of
lieu of a voice alarm, is pennitted.
devices, appliances and equipment shall be approved
917.9.1 The sequence of operation of the voice for the fire signaling purpose for which such
alarm signaling system shall be as follows: equipment is used. The automatic fire detectors
1. Sound an alert (pre-signal) tone (the alert shall be smoke detectors, except an approved
tone shall be a 900 hertz tone pulsed to alternative type of detector shall be installed in
produce one round of code 4 at approximately spaces such as boiler rooms where, during normal
one second intervals. operation, products of combustion are present in
2. Activate the recorded message regarding sufficient quantity to actuate a smoke detector.
the evacuation procedure. The alarm and com-
munications system shall provide a pre-record- 918.4 Where required: An automaticfire detection
ed message to all required areas. The message system shall be installed and maintained in full
shall contain the following information. " operating condition in the locations described in
attention please. The signal tone you have just 780 CMR 918.4.1 through 918.4.7.
•
head indicated a report of an emergency in this
918.4.1 Use Group A-4: An automatic fire
building. If your floor evacuation signal sounds
detection system ·shall be installed in all
after this message, walk to the nearest stairway
occupancies of use group A-4.
and leave the floor. While the report is being
verified, occupants on other floors should 918.4.2 Use Group E: An automatic fire
await further instructions." detection system shall be installed in all
This message shall be transmitted three occupancies of use group E.
times.
918.4.3 Use Group 1-1: An automatic fire
A female voice shall be used for this
detection system shall be installed and maintained -
message.
in all occupancies in Use Group I-I.
3. Activate the evacuation signal on the floor
of incident and the next floor above and below 918.4.4 Use Group 1-2: An automatic fire
(the evacuation signal shall be in accordance detection system shall be installed and maintained
with 780 CMR 917.8.2.1 in all occupancies in Use Group 1-2.
Exception: Occupancies that are equipped
917.10 Acceptance tests: Upon completion of the throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
fire protective signaling system, all alarm in accordance with 780 CMR 906.0 and that
notification devices and circuits, alann indicating comply with 780 CMR 409.0.
appliances and circuits, supervisory-signal initiating
devices and circuits, signaling line circuits, and 918.4.5 Use Group 1-3: An automatic fire
primary and secondary power supplies shall be detection system shall be installed and maintained
subjected to a 100% acceptance test in accordance in all resident housing areas of Use Group 1-3.
with NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A and 780 CMR Smoke detectors shall be arranged and positioned
903.0. to prevent damage or tampering provided that the
function and speed ofdetecting a fire is equivalent
780 CMR 918.0 AUTOMATIC FIRE to that provided by the spacing and arrangement
requirements ofNFPA 72 listed in Appendix A.
DETECflON SYSTEMS
(FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS) 918.4.6 Use Group R-l: An automatic fire
918,1 General: Automatic fire detection systems detection system shall be installed and maintained
shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in throughout all occupancies in Use Group R-l and
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and in accordance with Table 918. .

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULAlIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE 918
RESIDENTIAL FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Use Number Unit Occupant Other Occupant Standby Manual Provision for Fire
ZOned
Group of Units Protection Protection Power Stations Department Notification
R:-3 lor2 Yes Note a. Yes' .N.A. N.A. N.A.
919.3.2 919.5
R-l 3 to 12 Yes Yes Yes Yes N.A. N.A.
919.3.1 918.4.6 917.6 917.4.5
R-2 3 to 12 Yes Yes Yes Yes N.A. N.A.
919.3.2 918.4.7 919.5 917.4.6
R~1 13 or more Yes Yes Yes ..Yes Yes Yes
919.3.1 918.4.6 917.6 917.4.5 917.7.3 923.2
R-2 13 or more Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
919.3.2 918.4.7 919.5 917.4.6 917.7.3 923.2
Note a: Where common areas exist..
Exceptions: 2. System smoke detectors are not required in
I. An automatic fire detection system is not guestrooms or dwelling units.
required in buildings that do not have interior 3. A system heat detector shall be require9
corridors serving guestrooms or dwelling units within each guest room or dwelling unit located
and where all guestrooms or dwelling units not more than six feet from each door way that
have a means ofegress door opening directly to leads to an interior corridor or exit. System
an exterior exit access which leads directly to heat detectors shall not be required where the
the exits. guestroom or dwelling unit is equipped with
2. Guest rooms or dwelling units single or residential sprinklers that, when activated, will
multiple station smoke detectors required by activate the fire protective signaling system.
780 CMR 919.3.1 shall also be annunciated by
guest room or dwelling unit at a constantly 918.5 Sprinklered buildings exception: Buildings
attended location from which the fire protective equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
signaling system is capable of being manually system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
activated. D.etector annunciation shall be capa- 780 CMR 906.2.2 are not. required to be equipped
ble of operation from stand-by battery or be with an automatic fire detection system, but are re-
connected to an emergency electrical system. quired to beequipped with a fie protective signaling
System smoke detectors shall be pexmitted system that conforms to 780 CMR 917.0. This
providing they operate as follows: a Provide exception does not apply to Use Groups I, R-l, R-2.
unit occupant notification; b. Annunciate at a to high-hazard use' groups in accordance with'
constantly attended location from which the 780 CMR 417.5.3. to special amusement buildings
fire protective signaling system is capable of in accordance with 780 CMR 413.0, or to single-sta-
being manually activated; c. Does not automa- tion smoke detectors as required in 780 CMR 919.3.
tically activate the building notification appli-
ances; d. Does not automatically activate the 9118.6· Zones: Zoning shall be provided in
supervision requirements of 780 CMR 923.2; accordance with 780 CMR 917.7.3.
e. Be capable of operation including the
required annunciation from stand-by battery. ~:l!.8.1Aiarm veJrificatiol/ll: Alarms activated by
3. A system heat detector shall be required smoke detectors required by 780 CMR 918.0 shall
within each guest room or dwelling unit located be activated by a single smoke detector monitored by'
not more than' six feet from each door way that an alarm verification zone or an approved equivalent
leads to an interior corridor or exit. System method.
heat detectors shall not be required where the
guestroom or dwelling unit is equipped with . 9],8.8 Locall controB functions: Automatic fire
residential sprinkl~rs that when activated win detectors utilized for the purpose ofperfonning local
activate the fire protective signaling system.. control functions shall be a part of a fire protective.
signaling system. The detector shall, upon actuation•
. 9lJ.8.4.7 Use Group R~2: An automatic fire
perform the intended function and activate the alarm
detection system shall be installed and maintained
notification devices or activate a visible and audible
throughout all occupancies in use group R-2 and
supervisory signal at a constantly atte~ded location.
iri accordance with table 918.
Exceptions: Exceptiolll: In buildings not required. to be
1. An automatic fire detection system is not equipped with a flIe protective signaling system.
required in buildings that do not have interior the automatic fire detector shall be powered by
corridors serving guestrooms or dwelling units nonnal electrical service and. upon .actuation.
and where all guestrooms or dwelling units perform the intended function. The detectors shall
have a means ofegress door opening directly to be located in accordance with NFPA 72 listed in
an exterior exit access which leads directly to . Appendix A. This exception does not apply to
the exits. smoke detectors required for elevator recall. .

918.9 Access: Access shall be provided to each 4. In Residential Units of 1200 sq. ft. or more,
•
detector for periodic inspection, maintenance and Automatic Fire Detectors; in the fonn of
testing. Smoke Detectors shall be provided for each
1200 square feet of area or part thereof;
780 CMR 919.0 SINGLE- AND MULTIPLE- Exceptions:
STATION SMOKE DElECrORS 1. In dwelling units with split levels and
919.1 General: Single- and multiple-station.smoke without an intervening door between the
detectors shall be of an approved type and shall be adjacent levels, a smoke detector installed on
installed in accordance with the provisions of the upper level shall suffice for the adj acent
780 CMR and NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A. . lower level provided that the lower level is
less than one full story below the upper
919.1.1 A control and associated equipment, level.
single or multiple station alarm devices or any 2. In buildings equipped throughout with an
combination thereof shall be pennitted to be used automatic sprinkler system installed in
as a householdfire warning system provided that accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, 906.2.2
the requirements of NFPA 72 Chapter 2 are met. or 906.2.3, smoke detectors are not required
in bedrooms where' the bedrooms are
919.2 Fire Protection Construction documents: equipped with residential sprinklers.
Where single- and multiple station smoke detectors
are required by 780 CMR. the fire protection 919.3.3 Use Group 1-1: Single arid multiple
construction documents shall show the location and station smoke detectors or household fire warning
number with specifications of the type of detector. systems shall be installed and maintained in all
(Also see 780 CMR 903.0.) sleeping areas in occupancies in Use Group!- 1.
Exception: Where the building is equipped
919.3 Where required: Single and multiple station throughout with an automatic detection system
smoke detectors or household fire warning systems in accordance with 780 CMR 918.4.
shall be installed and maintained in full operating
condition in the locations described in 780 CMR 919.4 Interconnection: Where more than one
919.3.1 through 919.3.3. Any smoke detector located detector is required to be installed within an
within 20 feet of a kitchen or within 20 feet of a
bathroom containing a tub or shower shall be a photo
electric type smoke detector.
919.3.1 Use Group R-l: Single and multiple
. station smoke detectors or household fire warning
individual dwelling unit in an occupancy in Use
Group R-2 , R-3 or R4. or within an individual
guestroom or suite in an occupancy in Use Group R-
1, the detectors shall be wired in such a manner that
the actuation of one alarm will actuate all of the
alanns in the individual unit.
••
systems shall be installed and maintained .in the
following locations in Use Group R- 1:
919.5 Battery backup: In addition to the required
1. In all sleeping areas;
AC primary power source, required smoke detectors
2. In every room or hallway in the path ofllie
in occupancies in Use Groups R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5
means of egress from the sleeping area to the
and I-I shall receive power from a battery when the
door leading from the guestroom or suite; and
fJ:.C primary power source is interrupted.
3.. In each story within the guestroom or suite,
including basements. Exception: In buildings equipped throughout with
Exception: For suites or guestrooms or an automatic -sprinkler system inst~led in
dwelling unit with split levels and without an accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, 906.2.2 or
intervening door between the adjacent 906.2.3.
levels, a smoke detector installed on the
upper level shall suffice for the adjacent 919.6 Acceptance testing: When the installation of
lower level provided that the lower level is the detectors is complete, each detector - and all
less than one full story below the upper interconnecting wiring for multiple-station detectors
level. shall .be subject to a 100% acceptance test in .
accordance with NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A .
919.3.2 Use Groups R-2, R-3, lR-4 and R-S:
Single and multiple station smoke detectors or 780 CMR 920.0 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
household fire warning systems shall be installed .
and maintained in all occupancies in Use Groups 920.1 Approval: Portable fire extinguishers shall
R-2, R-3, R-4 and R-5 at the following locations: bear the label of an approved agency, be of ,-an.
•
1. In the immediate vicinity of bedrooms; approved type and be installed in a location visible
2. In all bedrooms; and and available to the occupants.
3. In each story within a dwelling unit,
including basements.

• ~J20.2 Where required: A portable fire extinguisher

shall be installed in the following locations in
accordance with NFiPA 10 listed in Appendix A:
1. In all occupancies in Use Group AoI, A-2, A·
3, B, E, 1-2, M, R-I or H;
2. . In all areas containing commercial kitchen
Z = Height from floor to the smoke interface
(feet).
t = Time for interface to desc~nt to Z; Use
1,200 seconds.
H = Height of the space required to be
provided with 'Smoke control; floor to flat
exhaust hood systems; ceiling (feet).
3. In all areas where fuel is dispensed; Q= Steady state heat release rate; Use 4,400
4. In all areas where ajlammab/e or combustible Btu/sec. where the primary use group is
liquid is used in the operation of spraying, coating M, Sol or F-l. Otherwise use 2,000
or dipping; Btu/sec.
5. In all occupancies in Use Group 1-3 at staff' A = Horizontal cross-sectional area Qf the
locations. Access to portable extinguishers shall above ceiling space being filled (square
be permitted to be locked; feet). Maximum A to be used shall be: A=
6. On each completed floor of buildings under 14 ir.
,construction, other than occupancies in Use 921.2.1.2 Irregular spaces: For spaces with
GroupR-3. sloped or irregular ceilings, AlH2 ratios outside
. 7. In any laboratory, shop or other room the specified range, or varying cross sections,
occupied for similar purposes; and the filling time shall be determined using
8. Where required by the fire prevention code numerical integration from the ceiling to the
listed in Appendix A. critical smoke interface. The following
equations shall be used to determine the rate of
780 CMR 9211.0 SMOKE CONTROL smoke production:
SYSTEMS Where the interface level is above the
921.Jl General: Smoke control systems required by limiting elevation (zJ) use:
780 CIvIR shall confonn to the provisions of
780 CMR 921.0 V = 17.6Q;I3Z S/3 + 3.36Q
. c
9211.2 Design criteria: The smoke control system Where the interface level is below the
shall be designed to keep the smoke layer interface limiting elevation (z\ ) use:
above the highest of either the highest unprotected
opening to adjoining spaces, or six feet (1829 mm) V = 16.64Q;'SZ
above the highest floor level of exit access open to where:
the atrium for a period of 20 minutes. The limiting V = The volwnetric rate ofsmoke production
height for the smoke layer interface for stage.s shall
(cubic feet per minute).
be in accordance with 780 CMR 412.3.8.2. The
Zt = Limiting elevation (ft) = 0.533Q/'s
limiting height of the smoke interface above the
Qc = The convective portion of the heat
floor of the space required to be provided with
release rate shall be estimated as 70
smoke control is Zcr • Provisions shall also be made
percent oftile total heat release rate, Q.
to provide for smoke removal from the space at a
rate of not less than two air changes per hour by 921.2.2 Mechanical systems: Where the smoke
means of natural or mechanical ventilation. filling predicted in 780 CMR 921.2.1 does not
meet the design criteria of 780 CMR 921.2,
921.2.1 Passive system: Active smoke control is
mechanical exhaust shall be provided to maintain
not required where it is shown that the smoke
these conditions.
interface level requirement will be met without
operating smoke exhaust. 921.2.2.1 Exhaust quantities: Sufficient
mechanical exhaust shall be provided to
9211.2.1.1 Regular spaces: For spaces with flat
maintain the smoke layer interface at or above
ceilings, a constant horizontal cross-sectional
the critical elevation for the 20-minute period.
area above the smoke layer interface, and an
The volumetric rate of smoke production (V)
AlIi ratio between 0.9 and 14,.the foUlowing shall be detennined by the equations in
equation shall be used to estimate the height of
780 CMR 921.2.1.2. If the rate of smoke
the interface at 20 minutes'
exhaust is less than the rate of smoke
~t Q;H%]
production, the minimum exhaust rate to be
Z=O.67H-O.28H supplied for smoke control shall be detennined
•
in accordance with Table 921.2.2.1 .
where:

ZlH
Table 921.2.2.1
MINIMUM EXHAUST RATE ADJUSTMENT
FACTOR
0.25
a
0.35 0.50
tllo
Ve/V
0.70 0.85 0.95
3. Manual controls provided for fire department
use.
Note: The smoke control system shall not be
activated by a manual fire alarm system.
921.4.1 Manual con"trol: Manual controls shall
•
0.2 1.12 1.19 1.30 1.55 1.89 2.49 be provided at a location approved by the fire
0.3 1.14 1.21 1.35 1.63 2.05 2.78 department.
0.4 1.16 1.24 1.40 1.72 2.24 3.15
0.5 1.17 1.28 1.45 "1.84 2.48 3.57 . 921.4.2 Smoke detector activation: Where the
0.6 1.20 1.32 1.52 2.00 2.78 4.11 height of the ceiling of the space required to be
0.7 1.23 1.36 1.61 2.20 3.17 4.98 provided with smoke control exceeds 30 feet
0.8 1.26 141 1.71 2.46 3.71 6.25 (9144 nun) above the floor ofthe space, approved
Note a. Notation: smoke detectors shall be provided to detect smoke
Z = Design height of smoke layer interface above fire above the highest floor open to an atrium or at the
source. highest point of another space required to be
H = Ceiling height above fife source. .
I = Time for smoke layer interface to descend to Z(wlth
provided with smoke control. The installation of
exhaust) (seconds). smoke detectors shall comply with 780 CMR
/0 = Value of t in absence of smoke exhaust (see 918.0.
780 CMR 921.2.1.1 or 921.2.1.2) (seconds).
Ve = Smoke control exhaust rate (minus any airflow into 921.5 Standby power: All equipment required to
the smoke layer other than that from the plume).
V= Volumetric smoke production rate (from the provide smoke control in floor openings connecting
equations in 780 CMR 921.2.1.2). three or more stories and stage are~ in accordance
with 780 CMR 412.3.8.2 shall be equipped with a
921.2.3 Operation: The smoke control system standby source of power that complies with
shall be a dedicated system or shall be integrated 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in Appendix A.
with the mechanical ventilation system of the
building. Operation ofthe smoke control system 921.6 Acceptance: Any required smoke control
•
shall automatically shut down all systems and design that requires operation of mechanical
devices which interfere with the effective equipment shall be functionally tested in accordance
operation ofthe smoke control system. Where the with 780 CMR921.6.2 until proper operation of all
mechanical ventilation .system is designed for required mechanical equipment and controls is
smoke control, the return air shall be moved demonstrated.
directly to the outside without recirculation to
other areas ofthe building. . 921.6.1 System operation report: Prior to
acceptance testing, a repOrt ofthe required system
921.2.4 Altemative systems: An engineered operations shall be provided to the code official.
design which will achieve the same level ~f (NOTE: also see 780 CMR 903.1. 1. 1.a., b. and c.
smoke control as described in 780 CMR 921 IS The following items shall be included in the
permitted in lieu of these requirements and report if part ofthe required system:
otherwise in conformance with the requirements 1. Identify type(s) of smoke control activation
of780 CMR 903.2.1. signal(s), such as sprinkler waterflow, smoke
detection, manual, etc., and associated smoke
921.3 Smoke removal: Provisions shall be made to control system operation(s) that are activated
provide ventilation at a rate of at least two air by the signals.
changes per hour from the space required to be 2. Identify building area(s) where maximum
provided with smoke control. This ventilation shall mechanical exhaust to the outside is
be through openable vents, separate mechanical ex- implemented and supply air is not provided.
haust, or through the building mechanical ventilation 3. Identify building area(s) where maximum
system. The exhaust inlets shall be located a mini- air supply is implemented and exhaust to the
mum of six feet (1829 mm) above any exit access outside is not provided.
walkway and above any openings into adjoining 4. Identify fan(s) which shall be "On" as
spaces. The smoke removal system shall be activated required to implement the smoke control
by manual controls provided for fire department use system. If multiple speed fans are use~, the
unless it is part of the smoke control system. capacity at which the fans shall operate m the
. smoke control mode shall be identified.
921.4 Activation: The smoke control system shall
•
5. Identify fan(s) which shall be "Off' as re-
be activated by actuation of the following: quired to implement the smoke control system.
J. Automatic sprinkler .system; 6. Identify damper(s) which shall be "Open"
2. Smoke detectors required by 780 CMR 921 to implement the smoke control system.
that comply with NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A; 7. Identify damper(s) which shall be "Closed"
and to implement the smoke control system.

••
8. Identify other functions required to

implement the smoke control system. 921.7 Elevators: Except when otherwise required
9. Identify building areas .with smoke and by 524 CMR, where buildings are equipped with a
heat vents and method ofoperation ofvents. mechanical smoke control system that will restrict
10. Ifrequired, identify the type(s) of standby smoke and hot gases from entering the elevator shaft
power and the equipment that is served. in the fire floor, hoistway venting is not required. In
highorise buildings equipped with this system and
921.6.2 Testing procedures: The acceptance test
equipped throughout with an automatic fue
procedure shall be approved. Acceptance testing
suppression system, the one-hour f'ireresistance rated
shall be conducted in the presence of the Building
elevator lobby as specified in 780 CMR 403.8 is not
official and fire official or their designees or shall
required.
include documentation indicating that all mechanical
equipment, control sequences, devices and
components have been operationally tested and are 780 Cl\1R 9220 SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS
functioning properly in accordance with the system 922.1 GeneliaD: Where exit access travel distance is
operation report. Such documentation provided by increased in accordance with 780 CMR 1006.5.1,
a registered professional engineer or other legally smoke and heat vents shall be constructed and
recognized professional (M.G.L. c. 112, § 8IR). All installed in accordance with 780 CMR 922.0.
documentation from operational testing shall be
available for inspection. Acceptance testing shall 922.2 Vent size and spacing: The vent area and the
include the following: spacing ofthe vents shall comply with Table 922.2.
] . Prior to beginning acceptance testing, all
building smoke control equipment shall be 922.2.1 Releasing devices: Smoke and heat vents
placed in the normal operating mode. shall open automatically by activation of a heat-
2. Acceptance testing shall demonstrate that responsive device rated at lOO°F (38'o C) to 220°F
each initiating device, fan, damper and other (1 04_°C) above ambient The releasing mechanism
required equipment is operational and performs shall be capable of operation such that the vent
to the limits and capacity required. shall fully open when the vent is exposed to a
• 3. Acceptance testing shall demonstrate that time-temperature gradient that reaches an air
correct control outputs are produced for a temperature of SOOOP (260°C) within five
given control input for each control sequence minutes. Vents shall be capable of being opened
specified by the system operation report. by an approved manual operation.
4. If standby power is required for the
operation of the smoke control system, 922.3 CUlrtam board COlllstnctiiolll: Curtain boards
acceptance tests shall be conducted while on shall be provided to subdivide a vented building.
both normal building power and standby Curtain boards shall be constructed of material that
power. will resist the passage of smoke and is consistent
5. Opening of smokelheat vents shall be with the building type of construction. Curtain board
demonstrated if the vent is capable of being location and depth shall comply with Table 922.2.
opened in a manner that does not require The bottom ofthe curtain board shall.be level.
destructive testing.
Table~~2.2
SMOKE AND HEAT VENT SIZE AND
SPACINGb
Minimum Maximum Maxlmum Maximum
Vent height Maximum
Hazard curtain board area fonned Vent area to distance distance
Use above the spacing of
classsification of depth from by curtain floor area from wall of between
Group a floor, H vent centers
contents vent bottom boards ratio curtain curtain
(feet) . (feet)
(feet) (square feet) boards (feet) boards
Fol 0.2XH 8XH
0 0
SO,OOO 1:100 120 60
but ~4 but :l:2S0 feet
S-1 I through IV 20 or less 6 10,000 1:100 100 60 8XH
Sol Over 20 to 8XH
I through »V 6 8,000 1:75 100 5S
40 but :l:2S0 feet
S-1 I through IV 20 or less 4 3,000 1:75 100 S5 aXH
Over 20 to 8XH
•
S-1 I through IV
40
4 3,000 1:50 100 SO but ~2S0 feet
S-I V 20 or less 6 6,000 1:50 100 50 8XH
Sol Over 20 to
V 6 6,000 1:40 90 45 8XH
30
aXH
S-I V '30 or more 4 2,000 1:30 15 40 Ibut dOO feet
U2/12/91 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR _Sixth Edition 167

Note a. See NFiPA 23 I C listed in Appendix A for classification ofContents Class I through IV Class V commodities
are products that present special fife hazards beyond those of Class I, II, III or IV, such as aerosols, foam plastic, PVC,
PU, PS and asphalt paper.
Note b. 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m .
780 CMR 923.0 SUPERVISION 2. a. Approved proprietary supervising station

•
923.1 Fire suppression systems: All automatic system, in accordance with NFPA 72 in
fire suppression systems required by 780 CMR shall accordance with NFPA 72 as listed in
be supervised by one of the following methods AppendicA.
below. b. Approved remote station fire alarm system
1. A UL listed or FM approved Central Station supervising station in accordance with NFPA
Service in accordance with NFPA 72 listed in 72 as listed in AppendixA.
AppendixA. 3. Alarm signals to an approved Auxiliary Fire
2. ~ Approved proprietary supervising station Alarm System in accordance with NFPA 72, with
system, in accordance with NFPA 72 in supervisory signals supervised by one or two
accordance with· NFPA 72 as listed in above or at a constantly attended location
AppendicA. approved by the local fire department t having
~ Approved remote station fire alarm system
personnel on duty trained to recognize the type of
supervising station in accordance with NFPA signal received and to take prescribed action. This
72 as listed in Appendix A. shall be permitted to be a location different from
3. Alarm signals to an approved Auxiliary Fire that at which alann signals are received.
Alann System in accordanc;e with NFPA 72, with Exceptions:
supervisory signals supervised by one or two 1. For use group R see table 918
above or at a constantly attended location 2. Single- and multiple-station detectors as
approved by the local fire department, having required by 780 CMR 919.0.
personnel on duty trained to recognize the type of 3. Smoke detectors in occupancies in Use
signal received and to take prescribed action. This Group 1-3 (see 780 CMR 917.7.1).
•
shall be permitted to be a location different from 4. Smoke detectors in patient sleeping rooms
that at which alarm signals are received. in occupancies in Use Group 1-2 (see
Exceptions: 780 CMR409.5.1).
1. Underground gate valves with roadway 5. Fire protective signaling systems in
boxes. occupancies in Use Groups H.
2. Halogenated extinguishing systems that are 923.2.1 Re-transmissiolll of alarm signals
not an integral part ofa required automatic fire received by central stations: In all cases, central
suppression system. stations shall re-transmit alarm signals within 90
3. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems that seconds of receiptt to the fire department having
are not an integral part of a required automatic jurisdiction.
fire suppression system.
4. Dry- and wet-chemical extinguishing 780 CMR 924.0 FIRE PUMPS
systems.
924.1 General: Where fire pumps are required to be
5. Limited area sprinlc/er systems (see
installed as part of a required or non-required
780 CMR 907.0).
system(s)" the fire pump(s) shall be designed and
6. Occupancies in Use Group R complying
installed in accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 and
with 780 CMR 906.2.2 and supervised in
NFPA 20 as listed in AppendixA.
accordance with NFPA 13R listed in"
AppendixA.
924.2 Rooms: Fire pumps and all related equipment
923.1.1 Re-transmissfion of alarm signals shall be located in a dedicated room meeting the
received by central stations: In all cases, central physical and environmental features of NFPA 20
stations shall re-transmit alarm signals within 90 listed in Appendix At and enclosed with· not less
seconds of receipt, to the· fire department having than two hours fire resistive construction. Fire
jurisdiction. pumps rooms shall have either direc~ access to the
room from grade or access by a two hour rated
923.2 Fire protective signaling systems and passageway and shall be properly secured" from
automatic fire detection systems: All fire unauthorized entry.
•
protective signaling systems and automatic fire
detection systems required by 780 CMR shall be 924.3 Emlergency power: All fire pumps shall be
supervised by one of the following methods below: provided with emergency power when installed in
1. A UL listed or FM approved Central Station the following· types of buildings or use groups.
Service in accordance with NFPA 72 listed in Emergency power equipment installation shall
AppendixA.

conform to 527 CMR 12.00 and NFPA 20 as listed 3. Buildings and structures of Use Group E, with
in Appendix A. a total occupant load of more than 300 occupants.
1. High-rise buildings as defined by M.G.L. 4. Buildings and structures of Use Group H.
c. 148 § 26A and 780 CMR. 5. Buildings and Structures of Use Group I,
2. Buildings and structures ofUse Group A, with having surgery or treatment areas.
a total occupant load ofmore than 300 occupants.
•
NON-TEXTPAGE

CHAPTER 10
MEANS OF EGRESS
780 CMR 1001.0 GENERAL Exit: That portion of a means of egress which is
1001.1 Scope: The provisions of780 C:MR 10 shall separated from all other spaces of a building or
control the design, construction and arrangement of structure by construction and opening proteetives
building elements required to provide a reasonably as required for exits to provide a protected way of
safe means ofegress from all structures. travel to the exit discharge (see 780 CMR
1006.0). Exits include exterior exit doors, exit
10011.2 Modification of egress requirements: stairways (see 780 CMR 1014.0 and 1015.0), exit
Where strict compliance with the provisions of passageways (see 780 CJ\,ffi 1020.0) and
780 CMR is not practical, the code official! shall horizontal exits (see 780 ClV1R 1019.0).
approve alternative means of egress which will
accomplish the same purpose, by the procedure Exit access: Exit access is that portion of a means of
established in 780 CMR. ! for modification of egress which leads to an entrance to an exit (see
780 CMR, or by adoption of approved rules. 780 CMR 1011.0).
10011.3 Minimum requirements: It shall be Exit discharge: That portion of a means ofegress
unlawful to alter any building or structure in any between the tennination of an exit and a public
way (see 780 CMR. 1006.3).
manner that will reduce the number of exits or the
capacity of exits below the requirements of
780 CMR. for new buildings of the proposed ExU discharge, level of The horizontal plane
occupancy. located by the point at which an exit terminates
and an exit discharge begins (see 780 CMR
1006.3.1).
780 CMR 1002.0 DEFlNm0NS
•
1002.1 General: The following words and tenns Exit, horizontal: A way of passage from one
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 10 and as used building to an area of refuge in another building
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown on approximately the same level, or a way of
herein. passage through or around a wall or partition to an
area of refuge on approximately the same level in
Aisle accessway: That portion of an exit access the same building, which affords safety from fire
which provides a path of travel to an ansle (see or smoke from the area of incidence and areas
780 C:MR 1012.0).. communicating therewith (see 780 C:MR 1019.0).
Alternating tread stmrway: A stair that has a series Flourt aretl, gross: Gross floor area shall be the floor
of steps between 50 0 and 10 0 (0.87 and 1.22 rad) area within the perimeter of the outside walls of
from horizontal, usually attached to a center the building under consideration, without
support rail in an alternating manner so that the deduction for hallways, stairs, closets, thickness
user ofthe stairs never has both feet on the same ofwalls, columns or other features (see 780 CMR
level at the same time (see 780 CMR. 1014.6.6). 1008.0).
Bleachers: A grandstand where the seats are not FlooD" UetR, net: To determine the number of
provided with backrests (see 780 CMR 1013.0.) persons for whom exits are to be provided, the net
floor area shall be the actual occupied area and
Common path oftravel: That portion of exit access shall not include unoccupied accessory areas or
which the occupants are required to traverse tmckness ofw.alls (see 180 CMR 1008.0).
before two separate and distinct paths oftravel to
two exits are available. Paths that merge are Graile 1ulllway, grade lobby, grade passageway: An
common paths oftravel. A common path oftravel enclosed hallway or corridor that is an element of
is measured the same as travel distance but M exit, and terminates at a street or an open space
tenninates at that point where two separate and or court communicating with a street (see
distinct routes become available (see 180 CMR 780 CMR 1020.0).
1011.2.1).
•
Grtmdstmul: A structure providing tiered or stepped
Corridor: An enclosed passageway which ~ts the seating (see 780 CMR 1013.0).
means of egress to a single path of travel (see
780 CMR 1011.0). MefJU2$ of egress: A continuous and unobstructed
path of travel from any point in a building or
91! 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 171
•
structure to a publiC way. A means of egress building shall be limited to that number. The fire
consists of three separate and distinct parts: th,e prevention code official shall be informed in writing
exit access; the exit; and the exit discharge. A of the calculated occupant load.
means of egress comprises the vertical and
horizontal means of travel and shall include 1003.3 PO!;ted occupant load: Every assembly
intervening room spaces, doors, hallways, room or space in an assembly occupancy shall have
corridors, passageways, balconies, ramps, stairs, the approvc~d occupant load of the room or space
enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits, courts and posted in a conspicuous place, near the main
yards (see 780 CMR 1006.0). entrance to the room or space. Rooms or spaces
which have multiple-use capabilities shall be posted
Occupant load: The total number of persons that for all such occupancies. All posted signs shall be of
are permitted to occupy a building or portion an approved legible permanent design.
thereofat anyone time (see 780 CMR 1008.0).
780 CMR 1004.0 USE GROUP AND
Public way: Any street, alley or other parcel of land OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
open to t4e outside air leading to a public street, 1004.1 New buildings: Every building and
which has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise structure, and part thereof, hereafter erected shall
permanently appropriated to the public for public have the prescribed number of exits of one or more
use and which has a clear width and height of not of the approved types defined in 780 CMR 10.
less than ten feet (3048 mm). Exits, in combination with the exit access and exit
discharge, shall provide safe and continu,ous means
Slidescape: A straight or spiral chute, erected on the ofegress to a street or to an open space with direct
interior or exterior of a building, which is access to a street.
designed as a means ofegress direct to a street or
other public way (see 780 Cr.AR 1026.0). 1004.2 Haznrdous Means ofEgress:
Smokeproofenclosure: An enclosed stailWay, with 1004.2.1 Exit OrderlHazardous Means of
access from the floor area of the building either Egress: In any existing building or structure not
•
through outside balconies or ventilated vestibules, provided with exit facilities as herein prescribed
opening on a street, yard or open court; and with for new buildings Ed in which the exits are
a separately enclosed direct exit to the street at the deemed hazardous or dangerous to life and limb,
grade floor (see 780 CMR. 1015.0). the building offiCial shall declare such building
dangerouls and unsafe in accordance with the
Stairway: One or more flights of stairs, and the provisions of780 CMR 121.0.
necessary landings and platforms connecting
1004.2.2 - Appeal from exit order: Any person
them, to form a continuous and uninterrupted
served with any order pursuant to 780 CMR
passage from one floor to another (see 780 C~
3400.5 shall have the remedy prescribed in
1014.0).
780 eMR 121.
Winder: A step in a winding stairway (see
1004.3 -Multiple occupancies: Where a building is
780 CMR 1014.6.3).
occupied by two or more occupancies, the means 0/
egress requirements shall apply to each portion of
780 CMR 1003.0 CONSIRUcnON the building based on the occupancy of space.
DOCUMENI'S
1003.1 Arrangement of egress: The construction 1004.4 Multiple tenants: Where more than one
documents shall show in sufficient detail the tenant occupies anyone floor of a building or
location, construction, size and character of all exits, structure, each tenant shall be provided with direct
together with the arrangement of aisles, corridors, access to approved exits.
passageways and hallways leading thereto in
compliance with the provisions of 780 CMR. 780 CMR 1005.0 GENERAL LIMITADONS
1005.1 Exits: An exit shall not be utilized for any
1003.2 Number of occupants: In other than purpose that interferes with its function as a means
occupancies in Use Groups R-2, R-3 and I-I, the o/egress.
construction documents and the application for a
permit shall designate the number ofoccupants to be 1005.2 Floor openings: Manholes or floor access
accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms and
•
panels which reduce the clearance to less than 32
spaces as required by the code official. Unless inches (813 mm) shall not be located in the line of
otherwise specified, the minimum number of means ofegress.
occupants to be accommodated by the exits shall be
determined by the occupant load prescribed in
780 CMR 1008.0. The posted occupant load of the

MEANS OF EGRESS
• 1.005.3 Protruding objects: A minimum headroom

of 80 inches (2032 rom) shall be provided for any
walking surface, including walks, halls, corridors,
aisles and passageways. Structural elements,
fixtures or furnishings shall not project from either
side more than four inches (102 nun) over any
780 Cl\1R 1006.0 TYPES AND LOCATION
OF l\1EANS OF EGRESS
Jl006.1 General: All approved means of egress,
including doorways, passageways, corridors, interior
stairways, exterior stairways, smokeproof
enclosures, ramps, horizontal exits, bridges,
walking surface between the heights of27 (686 mrn) balconies, fire escapes and combinations thereof,
and 80 inches (2032 nun) above the walking surface. shall be arranged and constructed as provided for in
A free-standing object mounted on a post(s) or 780 CMR.
pyJon(s) shall not overhang that post(s) or pylon(s)
more than 12 inches (305 mm) where the lowest 11.006.2 Arrangement: All required exits shall be so
point of the leading edge is more than 27 inches (686 located as to be discernable with unobstructed access
nun) and less than 80 inches (2032 nun) above the thereto.
walking surface. Door closers and stops shall not
reduce headroom to less than 78 inches (1981 mm). 1006.2.1 Egress through adjoining spaces:
Egress from a room or space shall not open into
1005.4 Floor surface: An floors of corridors and an adjoining or intervening room or area, except
lines of means of egress shall have a slip-resistant where such adjoining room or area is accessory to
surface. the area served, is not a high-hazard occupancy
and provides a direct means of egress to an exit.
1005.5 Openasided floor areas: Guards shall be A maximum of one exit access shall be pennitted
located along open-sided walking surfaces, to pass through a kitchen, storeroom, restroom,
mezzanines and landings which are located more closet or similar space provided that passage
than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade through such space is not the only means of access
below. The· guards shall be constructed in to an exit. An exit access shall not pass through a
accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0. room subject to locking. Means of egress ffom
Exception: Guards are not required on the dwelling units, rooming units, guestrooms and
•
loading side of loading docks and the auditorium dormitory units shall not lead through other such
side of stages and raised platforms. units, or through toilet rooms or bathrooms.
1006.2.2 Assembly ltmildings: All buildings
Jl.005.6 Elevation change: Where changes in occupied for assembly purposes shall front on at
elevation exist in exit access corridors, exits or exit least one street on which the main entrance and
discharge, ramps shall be used where the difference exit discharge shall be located. Where there is a
in elevation is less than 12 inches (305 mm). single main entrance, the entrance shall be capable
Exception: A IJlaximum step height of eight of serving as the main exit and shall provide an
inches (203 mm) shall be permitted for buildings egress capacity for at least one-half of the total
with occupancies in Use Groups F, H, Rand S at occupant load. In addition to having access to a
exterior doors not required to be accessible by main exit, each level of an occupancy in Use
521 CMR, the Rules and Regulations of the Group A shall be provided with additional exits
Architectural Access Board, referellced in which shall provide a means ofegress capacity for
780 CMR 11, and listed in Appendix h. at least one-half of the total occupant load served
by that level.
1005.7 Egress elements for air movement: Exits
and exit access corridors shall not be used as supply 1006.2.2.1 Assembly A-2 minimum main
or return air ducts or plenums. entrance/exit dool!' size: The main entrance/
Exceptions: exit door shall be a minimum 72 inches
1. The restriction on the use of the space (nominal) width. This main entrance/ exit door
between the corridor ceiling and the floor or shall consist of a pair of side-hinged swinging
roof structure above as a return air plenum type doors without a center mullion and shall
shall not apply where the corridor is not be equipped with panic hardware - also see
required to be of fir~resistance rated 780 CMR 1011.3.
construction or is separated from the plenum by 1006.2.3 Skating rinks: Places of assembly used
fireresistance rated construction or is located for skating rinks shall not be located below the
within a dwelling unit. floor nearest grade.
2. This restriction shall not apply to exit
•
access corridors located within tenant spaces 1006.2.4 Foyers and waiting spaces: The term
that are 1,000" square feet (92 m 2 ) or less in "foyer" shall mean an enclosed space surrounding,
area. or in the rear of, the auditorium of a theater or
other place of assembly which is completely
separated from the auditorium and is used as an
assembly or waiting space for the occupants. In

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll...DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS·
Use Group A-I, a foyer, waiting space or lobby

shall be provided with a net floor area, exclusive
of stairs or landings, of not less than IY2 square
feet (0.14 m 2) for each occupant having access
thereto. The use of foyers and lobbies and other
available spaces for harboring occupants until
seats become available shall not encroach upon
constructed to provide direct access in separate
directions from any point in the area served so as to
minimize the possibility that both exits will be
blocked by anyone fire or other emergency
condition.
1006.4.1 Remoteness: Where two exits or two
•
exit access doors are required, each shall be
the clear floor area herein prescribed or upon the placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-
required clear width of front exits. half of the length of the maximum overall
1006.2.4.1 Egress: Where the foyer is not diagonal dimension of the building or area to be
directly connected to the public street through served. Where exit enclosures are provided as a
the main lobby, an unobstructed corridor or portion of the required means of egress and are
passage shall be provided which leads to, and interconnected by a corridor conforming to the
equals the required minimum width of, mai~ requirements for corridor construction, the exit
entrances and exits. A mirror shall not be separation distance shall be measured along the
placed so as to give the appearance of a line of travel within the corridor. In all other
doorway, exit or passageway. cases, the separation distance shall be measured in
a straight line between exits or exit access doors.
1006.2.4.2 Gradient: The rear foyer shall be Exception: In buildings equipped throughout
at the same level as the back of the auditorium with an automatic sprinkler system in
and the means ofegress leading therefrom shall accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2,
not have a steeper gradient than one unit the minimum separation distance shall be 1A of
vertical in eight units horizontal (1:8). the length of the maximum overall diagonal
1006.2.4.3 Construction: In occupancies in dimension.
Use Group A-I, other than motion picture 1006..4.1.1 Three or more: Where three or
theaters, thefire separation assemblies separa- more exits or exit access doors are required, at
ting the foyer from the auditorium and other least two exits or exit access doors shall be
•
adjoining rooms and spaces shall be con- separated as provided for in 780 CMR
structed with not less than a two-hour fire- 1006.4.1..
resistance rating. Where opening protectives
are constructed of noncombustible materials, a 1006.5 LE:ngth of travel: All exits shall be so
fireresistance rating of the opening protectives located that the maximum length of exit access
is not required. travel, measured from the most remote point to an
approved exit along the natural and unobstructed line
1006.3 Exit Discharge: All exits shall discharge of travel, shall not exceed the distances given in
directly at a public way or at a yard, court or open Table 1006.5.
space of the required width and size to provide all Table 1006.5
occupants with a safe access to a public way. LENGTH OF EXIT ACCESS TRAVELa
1006.3.1 Level of exit discharge protection: In Without With
all buildings having habitable or occupiable b
Use Group sprinkler system sprinkler system
stories or basements below grade, the floor/ceiling (feeO
c
(feet{
assemblies and supports which are constructed
. below the level of exit discharge shall provide a A. B. E, F·l, 1·1, M, R. 200 250
S-I
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour.
F-2, 5-2 300 400
Exceptions:
1. Occupancies in Use Group R-3. H-I 25 75
2. Buildings of Type I construction. H-2 50 100
3. Where floor/ceiling assemblies and supports H-3 100 ISO
are constructed of Type 4 construction. H-4 125 175
4. Where the floor areas below the level of 1-2, 1-3 150 200
exit discharge are equipped throughout with an Note a. See the following sections for modification to
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with travel distance requirements.
780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2. 780 CMR 402.5.1: For the exit access travel distance
5. Occupiable stories or basements below in malls.
grade which have exits that discharge directly 780 CMR 404.7: For the exit access travel distance
to grade. limitation through an atrium space.
780 CMR 416.6: For the exit access travel distance
1006.4 Remote location: Wherever more than one 0 limitation in HPM use facilities.
exit is required from any room, space or floor of a 780 CMR 1006.5.1: For increased limitation in Use
building, such exits shall be placed as remote from Groups F-1 and 5-1.
each other as practicable, and shall be arranged and

MEANS OF EGRESS
780 CMR 1006.5.2: For increased limitation in Use Note lb. Buildings equipped throughout with an
GroupA-5. automatic sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
780 CMR 1010.3: For buildings with one exit. 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
780 CMR 3104.9: For the exit access travel distance =
Note c. 1 foot 304.8 rrun.
limitation in temporary structures.
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
174.2 780 CMR ;. Sixth Edition 9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
MEANS OF EGRESS
Exceptions:
1006.5.1 Roof vent increase: In buildings which
1. Stairs serving a single dwelling unit or
are one story in height, equipped with automatic
guestroom.
heat and smoke roof vents complying with
2. Occupancies equipped throughout with an
780 CMR 922.0 and equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accor4ance with
780 CMR 906.2.1.
780 CMR. 906.2.1, the exit access travel distance
3. The clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm)
limitation in Table 1006.5 for occupancies in Use
between handrails is not required for exit
Group F~ 1 or S~ 1 shall be increased to 400 feet
stairways accessed from a horizontal exit.
(122 m).
1006.5.2 Use Group A~5: Occupancies in Use Jl007.3 Elevators: An elevator, to be considered
Group A-5, where all portions of the means of part of an accessible means ofegress, shall comply
egress are essentially open to the outside, shall with 524 CMR and standby power shall be provided
have an exit access travel distance of not more in accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in
than 400 feet (122 m), except that such AppendixA. The elevator shall be accessed from an
occupancies in buildings and structures ofType 1 area of refuge complying with 780 CMR 1007.5 or
or 2 construction shall not have an exit access a horizontal exit. In buildings -where a required
-travel distance limitation. accessible floor is four or more stories above or
below a level ofexit discharge serving·that floor, at
1006.6 Elevators, escalators and movillllg walks: least one elevator shall be provided and shall serve
Elevators, escalators and moving walks shall not be as one required accessible means ofegress.
accepted as a required element of the means of Exceptions: .
egress. 1. In buildings equipped throughout with an
Exception: An elevator conforming to 780 CMR automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
1007.3 shall be pennitted for an accessible means 780 CMR 906.2.1, the elevator shall not be
ofegress. required to serve floors which are located at or
above the level of exit discharge and provided
Jl006.1 Common path oftJravel: The common path with a horizontal exit complying wi¢h 780 CMR
ofexit access travel distance for occupants to reach 1019.0.
a point where two separate and distinct paths of 2. Elevators are not required to be accessed from
travel are available to two exits shall not exceed 100 an area of refuge or a horizontal exit in
feet (30480 rom) in occupancies in Use Group 1-3. occupancies equipped throughout with an
780 CMR 1007.0 ACCESSIBLE MEANS 780 CMR 906.2.1.
OF EGRESS
1100'1.1 General: All spaces required to be 1001.4 Platform lift§: Platfonn (wheelchair) lifts
accessible by 521 CMR, the Rules and Regulations shall not serve as part of an accessible means. of
of tl'e Architectural Access Board, referenced in
egress except within a dwelling unit.
780 CMR 11, and listed in Appendix A shall be
provided with not less than one accessible means of :11.00'.5 Areas of refuge: Every required area of
egress that complies with 780 CMR 1007.0. Where refuge shall be accessible from the space it serves by
more than one means ofegress is required from any an accessible means ofegress. The maximum travel
required accessible space, each accessible portion of distance from any accessible space to an area of
the space shall be served by not less than two refuge shall not exceed the travel distance permitted
accessible means ofegress. Each accessible means for the occupancy in accordance with 780 CMR
ofegress shall provide a continuous path of travel 1006.5. Every required area of refuge shall have
from a required accessible space to a. public way direct access to an exit stairway complying with
which is usable by a mobility impaired person and 780 CMR X007.2 or an elevator complying with
shall include accessible routes, ramps, exit 780 CMR 1007.3. Where an elevator lobby.is used
stairways, elevators, horizontal exits or smoke as an area of refuge, the shaft and lobby shall
barriers. comply with 780 CMR 1015.0 for smokeproof
fJnclosures except where the elevators are in an area
of refuge fonned by a horizontal exit or smoke
1001.2 Exit stairways: An exit stairway to be
barrier.
considered part of an accessible means of egress
.shall have a clear width of at Beast 48 inches (1219 Exe:eption: Areas of refuge are not required in
nun) between handrails and shall either incorporate open parking structures
an area of refuge within an enlarged story-level 1007.5.1 Size: Each area of refuge shall be sized
ianding or shall be accessed from an area of refuge to accommodate one wheelchair space of 30
complying with 780 CMR 1007.5 or a horizontal inches (762 mm) by 48 inches (1219 nun) for
exit. each 200 occupants ~r portion thereof, based on
the occupant load of the area of refuge and all

areas served by the area of refuge. Such

wheelchair spaces shall not reduce· the required
means of egress width. Access to any of the
required wheelchair spaces in an area of refuge
shall not be obstructed by more than one
adjoining wheelchair space.
accordance with 780 CMR 1008.1.1 through
1008.1.3.
1008.1.1 Actual number: The actual number of
occupants for· whom each occupied space, floor or
building is designed.
•
1008.1.2 Number by Table 1008.1.2: The
1007.5.2 Separation: Each area of refuge shall
number of occupants computed at the rate of one
be separated from the remainder ofthe story by a
occupant per unit of area as prescribed in Table
smoke barrier complying with 780 CMR 712.0.
1008.1.2.
Each area of refuge shall be designed to prevent
the intrusion of smoke, except those areas of 1008.1.3 Number by combination: The number
refuge located within a stairway enclosure or of occupants of any space as computed in
those areas ofrefuge where the area of refuge and 780 CMR 1008.1.1 or 1008.1.2 plus the number
all areas served by the area ofrefuge are equipped of occupants similarly computed for all spaces
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in that discharge through the space in order to gain
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. access to an exit.
. 1007.5.3 Communication system: Every area of 1008.1.4 Increased occupant load: The
refuge in buildings more than four stories in occupant load permitted in any building or portion
height shall be provided with a two-way thereof is permitted to be increased from that
emergency communication system between the number established for the occupancies in Table
area of refuge and a central control point. 1008.1.2 provided that all other requirements of
In each ar-ea of refuge provided with a two- 780 CMR are also met based on such modified
way emergency communication system, number. Where required by the code official, an
instructions on the use of the area under .approved aisle, seating or fixed equipment
emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining diagram to substantiate any increase in occupant
the communication system. The instructions shall load shall be submitted. Where required by the
•
include: code otlicial, such diagram shall be posted.
1. Directions to other means ofegress;
2. Advice that persons able to use the exit Table 1008.1.2
stairs do so as soon as possible unless they are MAXIM:UM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES
assisting others; PER OCCUPANT
3. Information on how to ,summon planned Floor areaa in
availability of assistance in the use of stairs or Occupancy square feet per
supervised operation of elevators; and occupant
4. Directions for use of the two-way Assembly with fIXed seats See780 CMR 1008.1.6
emergency communication system. Assembly without fixed seats
Concentrated (chairs only. not fixed) 7 net
1007.5.4 Identification: Each door providing Standing space. 3 net
access to an area of refuge from an adjacent floor Unconcentrated (tables and chairs) 15 net
area shall be identified by a sign complying with Bowling centers, allow 5 persons for
521 CMR and CABO A117.4 listed in Appendix each lane including 15 feet of .
A stating "Area of Refuge" and the International .. runway, ~d for addition~l areas . 7 net
Symbol of Accessibility. The sign shall be Business areas 100 gross
Courtrooms· other than fixed seating 40 net
illuminated as required for "Exit" signs where areas
"Exit" sign illumination is required. Additionally,
Educational
tactile signage complying with 521 CMR listed in Classroom area 20 net
Appendix A shall be located at each door to an . Shops and other vocational room. SO net
area of refuge. areas
Industrial areas 100 gross
1007.6 Signage: Signage indicating the location of Institutional areas
accessible means of egress shall be installed at all Inpatient treaunent areas 240 gross
Outpatient areas 100 gross
exits and elevators that serve a required accessible Sleeping areas 120 gross
space, but which are not an approved accessible Librmy
means ofegress. Reading 1l'OOD1S SO net
Stack area 100 gross
•
780 CMR 1008.0 OCCUPANr WAD Mercantile, basement and grade floor 30 gross
1008.1 Design occupant load: In detennining areas
Areas on other floors 60 gross
required facilities, the number of occupants for Storage stock. shipping areas 300 gross
whom exit facilities shall be provided shall be
established by the largest number computed in
176 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)

MEANS OF EGRESS
•
Floor areaa in Note a. Buildings equipped throughout with an
Occupancy square feet per automatic sprinkJer system in accordance with 780 CMR
occupant 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
Note b. 1 inch =25.4 nun.
1.~111·1··;jli.~J~I·I!~!lj·~I,;!.ii.~~i~II~I·!~~I[II~!!11~;11·11· . l j·;j!·I ·~I·~·!I.:!.!·;~,~ .]·I I·.I~I:li'~il
Storage areas, mechanical equipment 300 gross 11009.3 Exit design per noor: Where exits serve
room more than one floor, only the occupant load of each
Note a. 1 foot =304.8 mm; 1 square foot =0.093 m2 floor considered individually shall be used in
computing the required capacity of the exits at that
. 1008.1.5 Ma~imum occupant Hoad: The
floor, provided that the exit capacity shall not
occupant load of any space or portion thereof·
decrease in the direction of means ofegress travel.
shall not exceed one occupant per three square
feet (0.28 m2) of occupiable floor space.
1009.4 Egress convergence: Where means of
1008.1.6 Fixed seats: The occupant load for an egress from floors above and below converge at an
assembly or educational area having fixed seats intermediate floor, the capacity of the means of
shall be detennined by the number of fixed seats egress from the point of convergence shall not be
instaUed. The capacity of fixed seats without less than the sum ofthe two.
dividing arms shall equal one person per 18
inches (457 mm). For booths. the capacity shall 780 CMR 1010.0 NUMBER OF EXITS
be one person per 24 inches (610 mm). unO.l General: The general requirements of
780 CMR 1010.0 apply to buildings of all use
1008.2 Mezzanine levels: The occupant load of a groups. Where more restrictive requirements are
mezzanine level discharging through a floor below provided in 780 CMR, such requirements shall take
shall be added to that floor's occupant load. and the precedence over the general provisions of780 CMR
capacity of the exits shall be designed for the total 1010.0.
occupant load thus established.
liOJl.O.2 Minimum number: Every floor area shall
1008.3 Roofs: Roof areas occupied as roof gardens be proVided with the minimum number of approved
or for assembly, educational, storage or other independent exits as required by Table 1010.2 based
purposes, shall be provided with exit facilities to on the occupant load, except as modified in
accommodate the required occupant load, but there 780 CMR 1010.3.
shall not be less than two approved means of egress Exception: In buildings with occupancies in Use
from roof areas ofUse Groups A and E. Group R having multistory dwelling units, the
means of egress from a dwelling unit to the
780 CMR 1009.0 CAPACI1Y OF EGRESS required exits is permitted to be provided from
COMPONENTS one level only. Within the dwelling unit access to
11009.1 General: The capacity of means ofegress the means ofegress from the unit shall confonn to
for a floor, balcony. tier or other occupied space the applicable provisions of780 CMR 10.
shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof.
Table 1010.2
1009.2 Minimum width: The width ofeach means MINIM:UM NUMBER OF EXITS FOR
ofegress component shall not be less than the width OCCUPANT LOAD
computed in accordance with Table 1009.2 for the Occupant load Minimum number of exits
required capacity ofthe component, but not less than
500 or less 2.
the minimum width as prescribed by 780 CMR for 501·1,000 3
each such component. over I 000 4
TaMe 1009.2
EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT iillllO.3 Buildings with one exit: Only one exit shall
be required in:
Without sprinkler Withsp~er
system (inchgs per
I. Occupancies in the use groups shown in-Table
system b
person)' (inches per person) liOlO.3, provided that the building has not more
Use group than one level below the level ofexit discharge.
Doors Doors
Stairways ramps and Stairways ramps and
corridors corridors
A,B.E.F.M.
R. S 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.15
H 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.2
~· I ;·j!:i·~ )~:r!)!l'~ 1 1 1:j;) ! ~:lij~ltl~ li!·': !j Ji!]l.i~ ~·~'!il !l J~·: i·.!JI J"I ;·j].I~j·.! ·'~)~! )f\'.~j~· [·;l·I[.I~l
T.'1 n1 n2 n1 n'1
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 180 Cl'AR. ~ Sixth Edition 177

•
780 CMR 1011.0 EXIT ACCESS
Table 1010.3 PASSAGEWAYS AND CORRIDORS
BUILDINGS WITH ONE EXIT 1011.1 Access passageway: Direct exit access shall
Max. Min. Fire- be provided to required exits through continuous
Maximum Minimum fire-
Exit resistance
Use Group
height Max. resistance
access rating ofexit rating of
passageways, aisle accesswayst aisles or corridors
above Size which are conveniently available to all occupants
travel opening
grade enclosure-
distance protection and maintained free of obstruction. In every area
b
3.500 containing seating, displayst exhibitst counterst
B sq. ft. shelving and other furnishings or fixtures t a path of
S_2a 2 stories 7S ft. I hour 1 hour
per travel that connects with each of the means ofegress
floor
doorways serving the area and which complies with
Note a. For the reqwred number of eXIts for open
the minimum width requirements of aislest shall be
parking structures, see 780 CMR 1010.5.
Note b. For the required number of exits for air traffic provided.
control towers, see 780 CMR414.0. 1011.1.1 Use Groups 1-2 and 1-3: Every
Note c. I foot =304.8 mm. sleeping room in occupancies in Use Group 1-2 or
1-3 shan have an exit access door leading directly
1010.4 Emergency escape: Every sleeping room to an exit access corridor.
below the fourth story in occupancies in Use Groups Exception: Direct corridor access is not
R and I-I shall have at least one operable window or required:
exterior door approved for emergency egress or 1. Where there is an exit door opening directly
rescue. The units shall be operable from the inside to the outside from the room at ground level.
without the use of special knowledge, separate tools 2. In occupancies in Use Group I-2 t where one
or force greater than that which is required for adjacent room t such as a sitting room or
nonnal operation of the window. Where windows anteroom t intervenes and all doors along the
are provided as a means of egress or rescuct the means ofegress are equipped with nonlockable
windows shall have the bottom of the clear opening hardware in accordance with 780 Cl\1R
not more than 44 inches (1118 mrn) above the floor. 409.3.2t and the intervening room is not used
All egress or rescue windows from ~leeping rooms
•
as an exit access for more than eight patients.
shall have a minimum net clear opening of 5.7 3. In occupancies in Use Group I-2 t where a
square feet (0.53 m~. The minimum net clear patient sleeping room is subdivided with
opening height dimension shall be 24 inches (610 nonfireresistance rated t noncombustible
mm). The minimum net clear opening width partitionst provided that the arrangement
dimension shall be 20 inches (508 mm). allows for direct and constant visual
Barst grilles or screens placed over emergency supervision by nursing personnel and the suite
escape windows shall be releasable or removable complies with 780 CMR 1011.1 and 780 CMR
from the inside without the use of a keYt tool or 1017.0. Such rooms which are so subdivided
force greater than that which is required for normal shall not exceed 5tOOO square feet (465 m2).
operation ofthe window. 4. In occupancies in Use Group 1-3, where a
Exceptions: dayroom or group activity space intervenes
1. The minimum net clear opening for grade floor between an in dividual occupant sleeping room
windows shall be five square feet (0.47 m~. and the access to an exit, provided that the
2. An outside window or an exterior door for sleeping room opens directly to the day space
emergency escape is not required in buildings and is not separated in elevation by more than
where the sleeping room is provided with a door one story.
to a corridor having access to two remote exits in
opposite directions. 1011.1.2 Turnstiles and gates: Access through
3. An outside window or an exterior door for tumstilest gatest rails or similar devices shall not
emergency escape is not required in buildings be permitted unless such a device is equipped to
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler swing readily in the direction of exit travel under
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or a total force of not more than 15 pounds (73.23
9062.2 N).
1011.1.3 Restrictions: The required width of
1010.5 Open parking structures: Parking passagewayst aisle accessways aisles and
structures shall not have less than two exits from conoidol's shall be maintained free of projections
each parking tier, except that only one exit is and restrictions; except that the minimum clear
•
required where vehicles are mechanically parked. width resulting from doors opening into such
Unenclosed vehicle ramps shall not be considered as spaces shall be one-half of the required width.
required exits unless pedestrian facilities are When fully opent the door shall not project more
provided. Interior exit stairways are not required to than seven inches (178 mm) into the required
be enclosed.
178 780 CMR - Sixth Edition. 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

MEANS OF EGRESS
width. Handrail projections are permitted in requirements of 780 CMR 1011.0 or 780 CMR
accordance with 780 CMR 1022.2.1. 1012.0.
1011.3.1 Capacity: The required capacity of a
1011.2 Dead ends: exit access passageways and
corridor shall be determined by dividing the
corridors in all stories which serve more than one
occupant load that utilizes the corridor for exit
exit shall provide direct connection to such exits in
access by the number of exits to which the
opposite directions from any point in the passageway
corridor connects, but not less than the capacity of
or corridor insofar as practicable. The length of a
the exit element to which the corridor leads.
dead-end passageway or corridor shall not be more
than 20 feet (6096 rom).
1011.4 Enclosure: All corridors shall be fireresis-
Exceptions:
tance rated in accordance with Table 1011.4 based
1. In occupancies in Use Group 1-3 of Occupancy
on the use group'of the space and the total required
Conditions n, ill or IV (see 780 CMR 308.4), the
capacity of all of the exits from the corridor. The
dead end in a corridor, hallway or aisle shall not
corridor walls shall comply with 780 CMR 711.0.
exceed 50 feet (15240 rom).
Exceptions:
2. In occupancies in Use Group B where
1. A fireresistance rating is not required for
passageways are bounded by furniture, counters,
con:idors in an occupancy in Use Group E where
partitions or similar dividers not more than six
each room that is occupied for instruction or
feet (1829 rom) in height, the length of a dead-end
assembly purposes has at least one-half of .the
passageway shall not be more than 50 feet (15240
required means ofegress doors opening directly to
mm).
the exterior of the building at ground level.
3. Passageways or corridors within spaces with
2. A fireresistance rating is not required for
one means of egress.
corridors contained within a dwelling unit or a
4. A dead-end passageway or corridor shall not
guestroom in an occupancy in Use Grou'p R.
be limited in length where the length of the dead-
end passageway or corridor is less than 2.5 times
Table 1011.4
the least width of the dead-end passageway or
CORRIDOR FIRERESISTANCE RATING
corridor.
Required fireresistance rating
.1011.2.1 Common path of travel: In Total required (hours)
occupancies in Use Group B, the length of a capacity of all
zUse Group Without
common path of travel shall not exceed 75 feet exits from
With sprinkler
(22860 mm). corridor sprinkler d
system
Exceptions: system
1. The length of a common path oftravel in an H-l, B-2, H-3 All 1 ·1
occupancy in Use Group B shall not be more H-4 >30 1 1
than 100 feet (30480 mm), provided that the A,B,E,F,M. >30 1 0
building is equipped throughout with an S
automatic sprinkler system installed in a
I-I, R >10 1 Y2
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. Ob
1-2 All 1
2. Where a tenant space in an occupancy in OC
1-3 All Not permitted
Use Group B has an occupant load of not more
Note a. For a reductIOn In the firereslstance ratmg for
than 30, the length of a common path oftravel
shall not be more than 100 feet (30480 rom). occupancies in Use Group R, see 780 CMR 1011.4,'
Exception 2.
1O1Ll.3 Width: The minimum required width of Note lb. For requirements for occupancies in Use
passageways, aisle accessways, aisles and corridors Group 1-2, see 780 CMR 409.3.
shall be determined by the most restrictive of the Note c. For a reduction in the fireresistance rating for
following criteria: occupancies in Use Group 1-3, see 780 CMR 410.7.
1. 44 inches (1118 rom) where serving an Note d. buildings equipped throughout with an
occupant load of greater than 50. automatic sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
2. 36 inches (914 rom) where serving an occupant
load of 50 or less. 1011.4.1 Corridor waUs as separation wains:
3. 96 inches (2438 rnm) in an occupancy in Use Tenant and dwelling unit separation walls which
Group 1-2 used for the movement of beds. are also corridor walls shall comply with 780
4. 72 inches (1829 mm) in an occupancy in Use CMR 1011.0 and the requirements of Table 602.
Group E with more than 100 occupants. Exception: Tenant separation and dwelling
5. The width required for capacity as determined unit separation walls which are also corridor
by 780 CMR 1009.0. walls shall not be required to have a fireresis-
6: At least 72 inches (1829 mm) for the main tance rating greater than that required by Table
entrance/exit access in an occupancy in use group 1011,4 where the building is equipped through-
A-2 with an occupant load of 50 or more - also out with an automatic sprinkler system in
see 780 CMR 1006.2.2.1. accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
Aisles and aisle accessways shall conform to the

THE MASSACHUSETTS 51 ATE BUILDING CODE
1012.2.2 Converging aisles and aisle

1011.4.2 Opening protectives: All door
accesS\'vays: Where aisle accessways or aisles
assemblies from rooms opening onto a corridor
converge to fonn a single path of means ofegress
that is required to be of fireresistance rated
travel, the required means of egress capacity of
construction shall be fire doors complying with
such path shall not be less than the combined
780 CMR. 716.0.
required capacity of the converging . aisle
accessways or aisles.
1011.5 Exterior balconies: Exterior exit access
balconies shall conform to the requirements of 1012.2.3 Uniform width of aisles: Those
780 CMR 1011.0 for corridors and shall be portions of aisles where means of egress is
protected to prevent the accumulation of snow and possible in either of two directions shall be
ice in climates subject to those elements. uniform in required width.
1011.5.1 Wall separation: Exterior exit access 1012.2.4 Uniform width of aisle accessways:
balconies shall be separated from the interior of Those portions of aisle accessways having a
the building by walls and opening protectives as required width exceeding 12 inches (305 mm),
required by 780 CMR 1011.4. A fireresistance where means of egress is possible in more than
rating for the wall is not required where the one direction, shall be uniform in required wi~th.
balcony is provided with not less than two
1012.2.5 Capacity of aisles and aisle
approved stairways or other approved means of
accessways: The width of aisles and aisle
egress elements and a dead end does not require
accessways shall provide sufficient capacity in
travel past an unprotected opening for access to
accordance with the following criteria where clear
the stairway or means ofegress element.
width is measured in accordance with 780 CMR
1012.2.]1.
780 C.MR 1012.0 ASSEMBLY AISLES 1. At least 0.3 inch (7.5 mm) of width for ea~h
AND AISLE ACCESSWAYS person served shall be provided on stairs
1012.1 Where required: In occupancies in Use having riser heights of seven inches (178 mm)
Group A which contain seats, tables, displays, or less and tread depths of 11 inches (279 mm)
equipment or other material shan be provided with or greater, measured horizontally between
aisle accessways and aisles in accordance with tread nosings.
780 CMRI012.0. These provisions shall also apply 2. At least 0.005 inch (0.1 mm) of additional
to tiered or stepped seating facilities except as stair width for each person shall be provided "
modified by 780 CMR 1013.0. for each 0.10 inch (2.5 mm) of riser height
above seven inches (178 mm).
1012.2 Aisle and aisle accessway width: The width 3. Where a means of egress requires stair
of aisle accessways and aisles shall provide descent, at least 0.075 inch (2 nun) of
sufficient means ofegress capacity for the number of additional width for each person shall be
persons accommodated by the catchment area served provided on those portions of stair width not
by the aisle accessway or aisle (see 780 CMR having handrails within a horizontal distance of
1012.2.5). The catchment area served by an aisle 30 inches (762 mm).
accessway or aisle is the portion of the total space 4. Level or ramped means of egress with
which is naturally served by that section of the aisle slopes less than one unit vertical in eight units
accessway or aisle. In establishing catchment areas horizontal (1 :8), shall have at least 0.2 inch (5
the assumption shall be made that there is a balanced nun) of clear width for each person served.
use of all means of egress, with the number of
persons in proportion to means ofegress capacity. 1012.2.6 Minimum width of aisles: The
minimum clear width of aisles shall be: 48 inches
1012.2.1 Measurement of required minimum (1219 nun) for stairs having seating on each side;
width of aisles and aisle accessways: Where 36 inches (914 nun) for stairs having seating on
seating is located at a table or counter and is only one side; 23 inches (584 mm) between a stair
adjacent to an aisle or aisle accessway, the handrail or guardrail and seating where the aisle
measurement of required clear width of the aisle is subdivided by a handrail (see 780 CIv1R
or aisle accessway shall be made to a line 19 1012.5); 42 inches (1067 mrn) for level or ramped
inches (483 rom) away from the edge of the table aisles having theater-style seating on both sides;
or counter. The 19-inch (483 nun) distance shall 36 inches (914 rom) for all other level or ramped
be measured perpendicular to the side ofthe table aisles; and 23 inches (584 rom) between a stair
or counter. In the case of other" side boundaries handrail and seating where an aisle does not serve
•
for aisles or aisle accessways the Clear width shall more than five rows on one side.
be measured to walls, edges of seating and tread
1012.2.7 Minimum width of aisle accessways:
edges, except that handrail projections are
permitted.
Aisle accessways shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1012.6 in the case of
theater-type seating and to the requirements of
180 780 C1v1R. - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CIvIR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
lViEANS OF EGRESS
•
780 CMR 1012.7 in the case of all seating at one riser per row of seating. The single riser shall
tables or counters. be indicated by a distinctive marking stripe on the
leading edge of the tread.
1012.3 Tennination: Each end ofa cross aisle shall
1012.5.1 IDiscontinuous rails: Where there is
tenninate at an aisle, foyer, doorway or vomitory
seating on both sides of the aisle, the handrails
giving access to an exit. Dead·end aisles which
shall be discontinuous with gaps or breaks at
tenninate only at one end with a cross aisle, foyer,
intervals not exceeding five rows to facilitate
doorway or vomitory giving access to an exit shall
access to seating and to permit crossing from one
not be greater than 20 feet (6096 mm) in length.
side ofthe aisle to the other. These gaps or breaks
Exception: A longer dead·end aisle is permitted
shall have a clear width of at least 22 inches (559
where seats served by the dead·end aisle are not
rom) and not greater than 36 inches (914 mm),
more than 24 seats from another aisle, measured
measured horizontally, and the handrail shall have
along a row of seats having a minimum clear
rounded terminations or bends.
width of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0.6 inch (15
mm) for each additional seat above seven in the lW12.S.2 lintermediate rails: Where handrails
row. are provided in the middle of aisle stairs, there
shall be an additional intermediate handrail
1012.4 Walking surfaces: Aisles with a gradient of located approximately.12 inches (305 mm) below
one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (1 :8) or the main handrail.
less shaD consist of a ramp having a slip·ll"esistant
walking surface. Aisles with a gradient exceeding 1012.6 Row width: The minimum clear row width
one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (l :8) shall shall not be less than 12 inches (305 mm) measured
consist of a series of risers and treads which extend as the clear horizontal distance from the back of the
across the full width of aisles and comply with. row ahead and the nearest projection of the row
780 CMRs 1012.4.1 and 1012.4.2". behind. Where chairs have automatic or self·rising
seats, the measurement shall be made with the seats
1012.4.1 Treads: Tread depths shall be a
in the raised position. Where any chair in the row
minimum of 11 inches (279 rom) and be uniform
does not have an automatic or self-rising seat, the
•
within each aisle. -
measurement shan be made with the seat in the
Exception: Nonuniformities shall not exceed
down position. Where tablet-arm chair seating is
3/16 inch (5 mm) between adjacent treads.
used, the measurement shall be made with the tablet·
1011.2.4.2 Risers: Where the gradient of aisle ann in the usable position.
stairs is to be the same as the gradient of adjoining
Un2.6.1DuaJ access: For rows of seating served
seating areas, the riser height shall not be less
by aisles or doorways at both ends, there shall not
than 4 inches (102 rom) nor more than eight
be more than 100 seats per row. The minimum
iinches (203 mm) and shall be uniform within each
clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) between rows
flight.
shall be increased by 0.3 inch (7.5 mm) for every
Exception: Riser height nonunifonnity shall
additional seat beyond 14 seats, but the minimum
be limited to the extent necessitated by changes
clear width is not required to exceed 22 inches
in the gradient of the adjoining seating area to
(559 mm).
maintain adequate sightlines. Where
nonuniformities exceed 3/16 inch (5 mm) 1012.6.2 Single access: For rows of seating
between adjacent risers, the exact location of served by an aisle or doorway at only one end of
such nonuniformities shall be indicated with a the row, the minimum clear width of 12 inches
distinctive marking stripe on each tread at the (305 mm) between rows shaD be increased by 0.6
nosing or leading edge adjacent to the non· inch (15 mm) for every additional seat beyond
uniform risers. Such stripe shall be a minimum seven seats, but the minimum clear width is not
of one inch (25 rom) wide and a maximum of required to exceed 22 inches (559 rom).
\two nnches (51 mm) wide. However, the path of travel shall not exceed 30
feet (9144 mm) from any seat to a point where a
UH2.S Handrails: Ramped aisles having a gradient person has a choice of two paths oftravel to two
exceeding one unit vertical in 15 units horizontal exits.
(1 :15) and aisle stairs shall be provided with
handrails located either at the side or within the aisle llilll1207 aisle accessways foil" talbHes and seatiHng:
width. Aisle accessways serving arrangements of seating at
Exceptions: tables or counters, shall have sufficient clear width
• 1. Handrails are not required if, at the side ofthe

aisle, there is a guardrail that complies with the
requirements for handrails.
2. Handrails are not required for aisles with
seating on both sides unless there is more than
to confonn to the capacity requirements of780 C1\1R
1012.2.5, but shall not have less than the appropriate
minimum dear width specified in 780 CNIR
1012.7.1-. .
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition JSJ

780 crvm: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
1012.7.1 Width: In addition to the width required where all means of egress in the seating area
by 780 CMR 1012.2, aisle acces,sways shall are essentially open to the outside.
provide a minimum of 12 inches (305 nun) plus
1013.2.3 Smoke control: All means of egress
0.5 inch (13 nun) of width for each additional I
serving a smoke-protected assembly seating area
foot (305 mm), or fraction thereof, beyond 12 feet
shall be provided with a smoke control system
(3660 nun) of aisle acces,sway length measured
complying with 780 CMrR 921.0 or natural
from the center of the seat farthest from an aisle.
ventilation designed to maintain the smoke level
Exception: Portions of an aisle accessway
at least six feet (1829 mm) above the floor of the
having a length not exceeding six feet (1830
means ofegress.
nun) and used by a total of not more than four
persons.
1013.3 Tr.avel distance: The exit access travel
1012.7.2 Length: The length of travel along the distance shaH comply with 780 CMR 1006.5 except
aisle acces,sway shall not exceed 36 feet (10973 that in a smoke-protected assembly seating area, the
mm) from any seat to the closest aisle. The path travel distance from each seat to the nearest entrance
oftravel shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) from to an egress vomitory portal or egress concourse
any seat to the point where a person has a choice shall not exceed 200 feet (60960 mm). The travel
of two or more paths of travel to separate exits. distance from the entrance to a vomitory portal or
egress concourse to an approved egress stair, ramp
1012.8 Railings: Railings shall be provided on
or walk at the building exterior shall not exceed 200
balconies and galleries in accordance with 780 CMR.
feet (60960 mm). Where aisles are required, the
1021.4.
distance shall be measured along the aisles and aisle
accessways without travel over or on the seats.
780 CMR 1013.0 GRANDSTANDS
1013.1 Scope: 780 CMR 1013.0 shall apply to all 1013.4 Minimum egress widths: The minimum
structures with an occupancy in Use Group A which clear width of stairways, passageways, doorways,
provide pennanent, temporary or portable tiered or ramps and other means of egress shall provide
stepped seating facilities, such as grandstands, sufficient capacity in accordance with the provisions
bleachers, folding and telescopic seating. Except as of 780 CMR 10, except as modified by Table
•
modified by 780 CMR 1013.0, 780 CMR. 1012.0 1013.4.
shall apply to all such structures.
Table 1013.4
1013.2 Smoke-protected assembly seating: MINIMUM EGRESS WIDTHS
Assembly seating which is served by a means of SMOKE-PROTECTEJD ASSEMBLY
egress that is not subject to blocking by smoke SEATING
accumulation within or under a structure shall be b .
Inches ofclear width per seat served
considered smoke protected and shall comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 1013 .2.1 through Aisles,
1013.2.3. Number of Stairs Stairs accessways,
Ramps
seats in the with without doorways
steeper
1013.2.1 Roof height: A smoke-protected space handrailsa handrailsa and ramps
jhanlin
assembly seating area with a roof shall have the within 30 within 30 not steeper
10 slope
inches inches than I in 10
lowest portion of the roof not less than IS feet
slope
(4572 nun) above the highest aisle or aisle
2,000 or less 0.300 0.375 0.200 0.220
accessway.
5,000 0.200 0.250 0.150 0.165
1~(!jl· ·! il ilI.I!I!I I!I.~ if.!·l f~ lfil~"1 :1Iil·lij!I~lt·I·.·!li 1 ~1 !1·~"l lj ·!I I.il i.:il!I ~ ·f:~1
1013.2.2 Automatic sprinklers: All areas
enclosed with walls and ceilings in structures
containing smoke-protected assembly seating 20,000 0.076 0.095 0.056 0.066
shall be equipped throughout with an automatic 25 000 or more 0.060 0.075 0.044 0.048
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CrvtR Note 8. If risers exceed 7 inches in height, the
906.0. minimum clear width of stairs detennined from the table
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is shall be mulltiplied by factor A where A = 1 + [(Riser
Height - 7.0) ... 5].
. not required for eiJher of the following:
Note b. 1 inch =25.4 nun.
1. The floor area used for a contest,
perfonnance or entertainment provided that the
1013.5 Aisles: Aisles shall be provided in all
roof construction is more than 50 feet (15240
seating facilities except that an aisle is not required
nun) above the floor level and the use of the
•
where all of the following conditions exist.
floor is restricted to low fire-hazard
1. Seats are without backrests.
.occupancies.
2. The rise from row to row does not exceed six
2. Press boxes and storage facilities less than
inches (152 nun) per row.
1,000 square feet (9.3 m2) in area in
conjunction with outdoor seating facilities

MEANS OF EGRESS
•
3. The row spacing does not exceed 28 inches Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 nun.
(711 nun) unless the seatboards and footboards
1013.5.3 Single access row: For rows of seating
are at the same elevation.
served by an aisle or doorway at only one end of
4. The number of rows does not exceed 16 in
the row in smoke-protected assembly seating, the
height.
common path of travel from any seat to a point
5. The first seatboard is not more than 12 inches
where a person has a choice of two directions of
(305 mm) above the ground, floor surface or cross
egress travel shall not exceed 50 feet (15240 nun).
aisle below.
6. Seatboards have a continuous flat surface.
lilD13.6 Bleacher footboards: Bleacher footboards
7. Seatboards provide a walking surface with a
shall be provided for all rows of seats above the
minimum width of 11 inches (279 mm).
third row or beginning at such a point where the
8. Egress from seating is not restricted by rails,
seatboard is more than two feet (610 rom) above the
guards or other obstructions.
ground, floor surface or cross aisle below. A
1013.5.Jl. Termination: Where seats are without separate footboard is not required where the same
backrests dead ends in vertical aisles shall not platform is used for both seating and the footboard,
exceed a distance of 16 rows. For smoke· provided that each level or platform is not less than
protected assembly seating, the dead ends in 24 inches (610 nun) wide. On a horizontally
vertical aisles shall not exceed a distance of 21 projected plane, horizontal gaps between footboards
rows. For smoke-protected assembly seating, a and seatboards shall not exceed Ye inch (6 nun).
longer dead-end aisle is permitted where seats Openings between footboards and seatboards which
served by the dead-end aisle are not more than 40 are located more than 30 inches (762 nun) above the
seats from another aisle, measured along a row of floor or grade below shall be provided with
seats having an aisle acces.\Way with a minimum intermediate construction such that a sphere with a
clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0.3 inch diameter of four inches (102 mm) cannot pass
(8 mm) for each additional seat above seven in the through the opening.
row.
lllD13.; Spaces underneath seats: Spaces
1013.5.2 Row width: For smoke protected
underneath grandstand seats shall be kept free of all
•
assembly seating, the maximum number of seats
combustible and flammable materials and shall not
in a row that has a_minimum clear aisle accessway
be occupied or used for other than exits; except that
width of 12 inches (305 mm) shall be as specified
where enclosed in not less than one-hour
in Table 1013.5.2.
fueresistance rated construction, the code official
Where the number of seats per row exceeds
shall approve the use of such spaces for other
that specified in Table 1013.5.2, the minimum
purposes, provided that the safety of the public is not
clear aisle accessway width for rows served by
endangered.
aisles or doorways at both ends shall be 12 inches
(305 mm) plus 0.3 inch (7.5 nun) for every
additional seat beyond that specified in Table 780 Cl\1lR 1014.0 STAIRWAYS
1013.5.2 and there shall be not more than 100 JllD14.1t General: AIl stairways shall comply with
seats per row; and for rows served by an aisle or the provisions of 780 CMR 1014.0. 780 CMR
doorway at only one end ofthe row, the minimum 1014.11 shall be applicable only to interior
clear aisle_ accessway width shall be 12 inches stairways. 780 Cl\.1R. 1014.12 shall be applicable
(305 mm) plus 0.6 inch 05 mm) for every only to exterior stairways.
additional seat beyond that specified in Table ll014.11.11 Walking surface: The maximum slope
1013.5.2. ofthe walking surface of treads and landings shall
Table 1013.5.2 be one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (1 :48).
ROW LENGTH WITH 12-INCH AISLE
ACCESSWAY SMOKE..PROTECTED lllD14.2 Egress capacity: The egress capacity of
ASSEMBLY SEATING stairways and doors shall be computed in
No. Ofseats per row pemtitted to have a
Total number of minimum 12·incha clear width aisle
accordance with 780 Cl\AR 1009.0.
seats in the accessway
space Aisle or dooJWay at Aisle or doorway at Jlll)14.J Wfidah: All means ofegress stairways shall
both ends ofrow one end ofrow not be less than 44 inches (1118 mm) in width.
Less than 4,000 14 7 Exceptions:
4,000 15 7 1. Stairways serving buildings of single-exit
7,000 16 8
•
construction where pennitted by 780 CMR 1010.3
~~~::~~~mtju.!OOq;~:::t:it:: shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm) in
::~\~iIi!~:~:~::):~i999!tI::i:I width.
16,000
19,000
2. Spiral stairways as provided for in 780 CMrR
1014.6.4.
217/97 (EEective 2/28/97) 780 CMR. • Sixth Edition 183

3. Stairways serving an occupancy in Use Group sightlim~ reasons, by the slope of the adjacent
"R-3 shall not be less than 36 inches (914 nun) in seating area.
width. 6. Any stairway replacing an existing stairway
4. Stairways serving and contained within a within a space where, because of existing
single residential dwelling unit shall not be less construction, the pitch or slope cannot be reduced.
than 36 inches (914 mm) in width. 7. Existing stairways.
5. Stairways serving buildings having a total 8. In occupancies in Use Group R-3 and within
occupant load of 50 or less shall not be less than dwelling units in occupancies in Use Group R-2,
36 inches (914 nun) in width. the maximum riser height shall be 8 ~ inches (210
6. Where a stairway lift is installed on stairways mm) and the minimum tread depth shall be nine
serving occupancies in Use Group R-3 or within inches (229 mm). A one-inch (25 nun) nosing
dwelling units in occupancies in Use Group R-2, shall be provided on stairways with solid risers.
a clear passage width not less than 20 inches (508 9. Stairways in penal facilities serving guard
nun) shall be provided. towers, observation stations and control rooms not
more than 250 square feet (23 m2 ) in area shall be
1014.3.1 Restrictions: Means ofegress stairways
permitted to have risers not exceeding eight
shall not reduce in width in the direction of egress
inches (203 mm) in height and treads not less than
travel. Projections into a required stairway width
nine inches (229 mm) in depth.
are prohibited, except at and below handrail
height where, at each handrail, the projections
1014.6.1 Profile: The radius of curvature at the
shall not exceed 31h inches (89 mm) into the
leading edge of the tread shall not be greater than
required width.
Ih inch (13 mm). Bevelling of nosings shall not
1014.3.2 Landing width: The least dimension of exceed !h inch (13 mm). Risers shall be solid and
landings and platfonns in means of egress vertical or sloped from the underside of the
stairways shall not be less than the required width leading edge of the tread above at an angle not
ofthe stairway, except that the landing dimension more than 30° (0.52 rad) from the vertical. The
in the direction of egress travel is not required to leading edge of tread shall not project more than
exceed four feet (1219 mm) where the travel from IIh inche"s (38 nun) beyond the tread below.
one stair flight to the next stair flight is a straight Exception: Solid risers are not required for
run. stairways serving dwelling units which are not
required to be accessible or adaptable in
1014.4 Headroom: The minimum headroom in all accordance with 521 CMR, the Rules and
parts of a stairway shall not be less than 80 inches Regulations of the Architectural Access
(2032 nun) measured vertically from the tread Board, referenced in 780 CMR 11, and listed
nosing or from the floor surface of the landing or in Appendix A, provided that the opening
platform. between treads does not permit the passage of
a sphere with a diameter of four inches (102
1014.5 Vertical rise: A means of egress stairway mm).
shall not have a height of vertical rise of more than
1014.6.2 Dimensional uniformity: There shall
12 feet (3658 nun) between landings and
not be variation exceeding 3/16 inch (5 nun) in the
intermediate platforms.
depth of adjacent treads or in the height of
adjacent risers. The tolerance between the largest
1014.6 Treads and risers: Maximum riser height
and smallest riser or between the largest and
shall be seven inches (178 mm) and minimum riser
smallest tread shall not exceed 0/8 inch (10 nun) in
height shall be four inches (102 nun). Minimum
any flight of stairs.
tread depth shall be 11 inches (279 nun), measured
Exceptions:
horizontally between the vertical planes of the
1. Where the bottom riser adjoins a sloping
foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right
public way, walk or driveway which has an
angle to the tread's leading edge.
established grade and serves as a landing a t
Exceptions:
variation in the height of the bottom riser shall
1. Winders in accordance with 780 CMR
not exceed three inches (76 mm) in every three
1014.6.3.
feet (914 nun) of stairway width.
2. Spiral stairways in accordance with 780 CMR
2. On stairways serving as aisles in assembly
1014.6.4.
seating, where necessitated by changes in the
3. Circular stairways in accordance with
gradient of adjoining seating areas to maintain
780 CMR 1014.6.5. adequate sightlines, the maximum
•
4. Alternating treadstairways in accordance with
nonuniformity of riser heights within a flight
780 CMR 1014.6.6.
and the nonuniformity between adjacent risers
5. Stairways serving as aisles in assembly seating
shall not apply. Where a nonuniformity
areas where the stairway pitch or slope is set, for
exceeds 3/16 inch (5 mm) between adjacent
risers, the exact location of the nonuniformity

MEANS OF EGRESS
shall be indicated with a distinctive marking stripe the platfomi, landing or floor surface.
on each tread at the nosing or leading edge Exception: Alternating tread stailwaysused
adjacent to the nonunifonn risers. as an element of a means of egress in
buildings from a mezzanine area not more
1014.6.3 Winders: Winders shall not be
than 250 square feet (23 m 2) in area which
permitted in required means of egress stailways
serves not more than five occupants shall
except in occupancies in Use Group R-3 and
have a minimum projected tread of 8Y2 inches
stailways serving a single dwelling unit. Such
(216 mm) with a minimum tread depth of
winders shall have a tread depth of not less than
10Y2 inches (267 nun). The rise to the next.
nine inches (229 mm.) at a point not more than 12
alternating tread surface shall not be more
inches (305 rom) from the side where the tread is
than eight inches (203 nun).
narrower and the minimum tread depth shall not
be less than six inches (152 mm).
:UH4.i Stairway guards and handrails: Stairways
1014.6.4 Spiral stairways: Spiral stairways shall shall have continuous guards and handrails on both
not be used as an element of a means of egress sides. Intermediate handrails are required so that all
except: in occupancies in Use Group R-3; within portions of the required width of stairs are within 30
a single dwelling unit; from a mezzanine area not inches (762 mm) of a handrail. On monumental
more than 250 square feet (23.25 m 2) in area stairs, handrails shall be located along the most
which serves not more than five occupants; and in direct path of egress travel. Handrails shall be
penal facilities from a guard tower, observation provided for alternating tread stairways in
station or control room not more than 250 square accordance with 780 CMR 1014.6.6.1. Guards shall
feet (23 m 2) in area. The minimum width of all be constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0.
spiral stai1ways shall be 26 inches (660 mm) with Handrails shall be constructed in accordance with
each tread having a 7Y2-inch (191 rom) minimum 780 CMR 1022.0.
tread depth at 12 inches (305 mm) from the Exceptions:
narrow edge. All treads shall be identical and the 1. Stairrvays with fewer than three risers are not
rise shall not be more than 9Y'2-inches (241 mm). required to have handrails where serving a single
A minimum headroom of six feet six inches (1981 dwelling unit or where such stairyvays are not in
nun) shall be provided. an exit access corridor or aisle, exit or exit
discharge.
1014.6.5 Circular stairways: Circular stairways
2. Aisle stairs provided with a center handrail or
shall have a minimum tread depth and a
serving seating on one side shall be equipped with
maximum riser height in accordance with
a minimum of one handrail.
780 CMR 1014.6 and the smaller radius shall not
3. Stairways within a dwelling unit shall be
be less than twice the width of the stairway. The
equipped with a minimum of one handrail.
minimum tread depth measured 12 inches (305
4. Spiral stailways shall be equipped with a
mm) from the narrower end of the tread shall not
minimum of one handrail.
be less than 11 inches (279 mm).
1014.6.6 AUerJrnating tread stairways: 1014.8 Egress doors: Means of egress stairway
Alternating tread stairways are pennitted as an doors shall provide an egress capacity of not less
element of a means of egress in buildings from a than the required capacity of the stairway which
mezzanine area not more than 250 square feet (23 serves the floor or area from which the egress door
m 2 ) in area and which serves not more than five leads.
occupants; and in penal facilities, from a guard
1014.8.1 Width: The minimuinrequired width of
tower, observation station or control room not
every door to or from a means ofegress stairrvay
more than 250 square feet (23 m 2) in area.
shall be determined by the most restrictive of the
Alternating tread stairways are also permitted for
following criteria:
access to roofs as provided for in 780 CMR
1. 29%-inch (756 mrn) clear width within a
1027.0.
dwelling unit that is not required to be
1014.6.6.1 Handrails of alternatnng tread accessible or adaptable.
stairways: Handrails shall be provided on 2. 36-inch (914 rom) minimum width of door
both sides of alternating tread stairways and leaf in an occupancy in Use Group 1-2.
shall conform to 780 CMR 1022.0. 3. 32-inch (813 rom) clear width in all other
cases.
1014.6.6.2 Treads of alternating tread
Exception: When applicable for A-2 use
stairW3)'s: Alternating tread stai1ways shall
groups with an occupant load of 50 or greater
of
have a minimum projected tread five inches
•
also see 780 CMR 1006.2.2.1 and 1011.3
(127 rom), a minimum tread depth of 8Y2
inches (216 rom), a minimum tread width of 1014.8.2 Direction of SWRJrng: All means ofegress
seven inches (178 mm) and a maximum riser doors shall swing on a landing in the direction of
to the next surface of the alternating tread of egress travel. When opening, egress doors shall
9Y2 inches (241 rom). The initial tread of the not reduce the width of landings to less than one-
stairway shall begin at the same elevation as

•
half of the required width. When fully open, means 3. Stairways that are not a requited means of
of egress doors shall not project more than seven egress element are not required to be enclosed
inches (178 rom) into the required width. where such stairways comply with 780 CMR
Exception: Doors leading from a room at 713.3.
tenant space to a stairway in buildings in which 4. Stairways in open parking structures which
only one exit is required are not required to serve only the parking structure are not required
swing in the direction of egress travel. to be encloed.
5. Stairways in occupancies in Use Group 1-3 as
1014.8.3 Door construction: All doorway
provided for in 780 CMR 410.3.7.
opening protectives shall be fire doors complying
with 780 CMR 716.0. Labeled means ofegress 1014.11.1 Exterior walls: Exterior walls of an
fire doors shall have a maximum transmitted enclosed exit stain-vay shall comply with the
temperature end point of not more than 450°F requirements of 780 CMR 705.0 for exterior
(232 DC) above ambient at the end of 30 minutes walls. Where nonrated walls or unprotected
of standard fire test exposure. openings enclose the exterior of the stairway, the
building exterior walls within ten feet (3048 nun)
1014.9 Stairway construction: All stairways shall horizontally of the nonrated wall or unprotected
be built of materials consistent with the types of opening shall be constructed as required for
materials permitted for the type of construction of stairway enclosures, including opening
the building; except that wood handrails shall be protectives, but are not required to exceed a one-
permitted for all types of construction. Such hour fireresistance rating with %-hour opening
stairways shall have solid treads and landing protectives. This construction shall extend
platfonns, and all finish floor surfaces shall be of vertically from a point ten feet (3048 rom) above
slip-resistant materials. the topmost landing of the stairway or to the roof
line, whichever is lower, and doWn to the ground.
1014.9.1 Strength: All stairways, platfonns and
landings in other than occupancies in Use Group 1014.11.2 Penetrations: Penetrations into and
R-3 shall be adequate to support a live load of 100 openings through an exit enclosure assembly are
pounds per square foot (488.20 kg/m 2) and a prohibited except for required exit doors,
concentrated load of 300 pounds (136:20 kg).
1014.10 Discharge identification: Exit stairways

which continue beyond the level of exit discharge
shall be interrupted at the level ofexit discharge by
partitions, doors or other effective means of
preventing persons 1;'rom continuing past the floor of
ductwork and equipment necessary for
independent stair pressurization, required
ventilation sprinkler piping, standpipes and
electrical conduit serving the stain-vay and
tenninating at a steel box that does not exceed 16
square inches (10323 mm 2) in area. There shall
not be any penetrations or communicating
•
discharge while egressing. openings, whether protected or not between
adjacent stairway enclosures.
1014.11 Interior stairway enclosures: Interior exit
1014.11.3 Door locks: All interior stairway
stairways shall be enclosed with fire separation
means of egress doors shall be openable from
assemblies having a frreresistance rating of not less
both sides without the use of a key or special
than two hours except that such stairways in
knowledge or effort.
occupancies in Use Group A, B, E, F, H-4, I, M, R
Exceptions:
or S which connect less than four stories shall be
1. Stairway discharge doors shall be operable
enclosed with fire separation assemblies having a
from the egress side and shall only be locked
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour. An
from the opposite side.
exit stairway enclosure shall not be used for any
2. 780 CMR 1014.0 shall not apply to doors
pwpose other than means of egress. Openings in
arranged in accordance with 780 CMR 403.10
exit enclosures, other· than unexposed exterior
and 1017.4.
openings, shall be limited to those necessary for exit
access to the enclosure from nonnally occupied 1014.11.4 Exit signs: Each door to an enclosed
spaces and for egress from the enclosure. exit stairway shall be equipped with tactile
Exceptions: signage reading "Exit" complying with 521 CMR
1. Stairrvays are not required to be enclosed in listed in Appendix A and installed on the side of
occupancies in Use Group A~5 in which all the door from which egress is to be made.
portions of the means of egress are essentially
1014.11.5 Stainvay floor number signs: A sign
open to the outside.
•
shall be provided at each floor landing in all inter-
2. Sta;n1'Q)'s serving and contained within a
ior exit stairways connecting more than three stor-
single residential dwelling unit in occupancies in
ies designating the floor level above and below
Use Group R-2 or R~3 are not required to be
the level ofexit discharge, the identification of the
enclosed.
stairway and the availability of roof access from
that stairway. The sign shall be located

MEANS OF EGRESS
approximately five feet (1524 mm) above the open, the opening shall be a minimum of 50%
floor landing in a position which is readily visible ofthe height ofthe enclosing wall, with the top
when the doors are in the open and closed of the openings not less than seven feet (2134
positions. nun) above the top of the balcony.
3. Separation from the interior of the building
1014.12 Exterior stairways: Exterior stairways is not required for an exterior stairway located
shall have openings on at least one side facing an in a building Of structure that is pennitted to
outer court, yard or public way. The openings shall have unenclosed interior exit stairways in
have an aggregate width of not less than 20% of the accordance with 780 CMR 1014. I I.
stairway perimeter and an aggregate area on each
level ofnot less than 12% ofthe total perimeter wall 780 CMR 1015.0 SMOKEPROOF
area of each level. In other than occupancies in Use ENCLOSURES
Group RG3, treads, platforms and landings which are 1015.1 General: A smokeproof enclosure shail
part ofexterior stairways in climates subject to snow consist of an enclosed interior exit stairway that
or ice shall be protected to prevent accumulation of conforms to 780 CMR 1014.0 and an outside
same. Exterior stairways shall not be accepted as an balcony or a ventilated vestibule meeting the
exit in the following cases: requirements of780 CMR 1015.0. Where access to
. 1. Occupancies in Use· Groups IG2 and IG3 in the roof is required by 780 CMR 1027.0, such access
buildings that exceed four stories or SO feet shall be from the smokeproof enclosure where a
(15240 mm) in height. smokeproofenclQsure is required.
2. Floors that exceed five stories or 65 feet
(19812 nun) in height above the level of exit
nOIS.:! Where required: In buildings having a
discharge. height of 70 feet above the grade plane, at least one
.1l.O14.12.1 Location: Exterior exit stairways shall exit stairwell shall be protected by a smokeproof
not project beyond the street lot line. Exterior enclosure serving all floor levels. In buildings
at
exit stairways shall be located least ten feet having exit stairwells more than 30 feet below the
(3048 mm) from adjacent lot lines and from other level of exit discharge, at least one exit stairwell
buildings on the same lot unless openings in such shall be protected by a smokeproof enclosure
buildings are protected by %-hour opening serving all floor levels located below the level ofexit
protectives. discharge.
Exception: Noncombustible exterior Exceptiolll: Occupancies in Use Group IG2.
stairways constituting not more than 50% of
the required means ofegress shall be exempt uns.3 Access: Access to the stair shall be from
from the ten-foot (3048 mm) fire separation every story and shall be by way ofa vestibule or by
distance requirement. way of an open exterior balcony. The minimum
dimension ofthe vestibule shall not be less than the
JlOI4.12.2 Protection: Exterior exit stairs shall be required width of the corridor leading to the
separated from the interior of the building by
vestibule but shall not have a width of less than 44
walls with a fireresistance rating of not less than inches (1118 mrn) and shall not have a length ofless
one hour, with fixed or se1fmclosing opening
than 72 inches (1829 mm) in the direction of egress
protectives as required in 780 CMR 1014.11. travel.
This protection shall extend vertically from a
point ten feet (3048 mm) above the topmost
11015.4 Construction: The smokeprooj enclosure
landing or the roof line, whichever is lower, down
shall be separated from the remainder ofthe building
to the ground, and shall extend horizontally ten
by not less than a twomhour fireresistance rated fire
feet (3048 mm) from each side of the stairway.
separation assembly without openings other than the
Openings within the horizontal tenGfoot (3048
required means ofegress doors. The vestibule shall
mm) extension of the protected walls beyond the
be. separated from the stairway by not less than a
stairway shall be equipped with fixed %mhour Moohour fireresistance rated fire separation
opening protective assemblies.
assembly. The open exterior balcony shall be
Exceptions:
constructed in accordance with the fireresistance
1. Occupancies, other than those in Use Group lating requirements for floor construction.
Rm 1 or Rm2, in buildings that are two stories or
less above grade where the level of exit .
discharge is the fll'St story above grade. 1015.4.1 Door closers: All doors in a smokeprooj
2. Separation from the interior of tile building enclosure shall be self-closing or shall be
is not required where the exterior stairway is automatic~losing by actuation of a smoke
served by an exterior exit access balcony that detector installed at the floor side entrance to the
connects two remote exterior stairways or smokeproof enclosure in accordance with
other approved exits, with a perimeter which is 780 CMR 716.5.. The actuation of the smoke
not less than 50% open. To be considered detector on any door shall activate the closing
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition i87

at all levels. -Smoke detectors shall be installed in

1015.5 Natural ventilation alternative: The

provisions of780 CMR 1015.5.1 through 1015.5.3
shall.apply to ventilation of smokeproojenclosures
the systems shall exhaust a quantity of air
equal to not less than 90 air changes per hour
from any vestibule in the emergency operation
mode and shall be sized to handle three
vestibules simultaneously. Smoke detectors
shall be located at the floor side entrance to
•
by natural means. each vestibule and shall activate the system for
the affected vestibule. Smoke detectors shall
1015.5.1 Balcony doors: Where access to the
be installed in accordance with 780 CMR
stairway is by way of an open exterior balcony,
918.8.
the door assembly into the enclosure shall be a
fire door in accordance with 780 CMR 716.0. 1015.6.3 Smoke trap: The vestibule ceiling shall
be at least 20 inches (508 rom) higher than the
1015.5.2 Vestibule doors: Where access to the
door ope~g into the vestibule to serve as a
stairway is by way of a vestibule, the door
smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward
assembly into the vestibule shall be a fire door
moving air column. The height shall not be
complying with 780 CMR 716.0. The door
decre~lSed unless approved and justified by design
assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall
and test.
have not less than a 20-minute fire protection
rating complying with 780 CMR 716.0. 1015.6.4 Stair shaft air movement system: The
stair shaft shall be provided with a dampered
1015.5.3 Vestibule ventilation: Each vestibule
relief opening and supplied with sufficient air to
shall have a minimum net area of 16 square feet
maintain a minimum positive pressure of 0.1 0
(1.49 m~ of opening in a wall facing an outer
inch of water column (24.88 P) in the shaft
court, yard or public way which is at least 20 feet
relative to the vestibule with all doors closed.
(6096 nun) in width.
1015.7 Ventilating equipment: The activation of
1015.6 Mechanical ven¢i1ation alternative: The
ventilating equipment required by the alternatives in
provisions of780 CMR 1015.6.1 through 1015.6.4
•
780 CMR 1015.6 shall be by smoke detectors
shall apply to ventilation of smokeproojenclosures
installed at each floor level at an approved location
by mechanical means.
at the entrance to the smokeproojenclosure. When
1015.6.1 Vestibule doors: The door assembly the closing device for the stair shaft and vestibule
from the building into the vestibule shall be afire doors is activated by smoke detection or power
door complying with 780 CMR 716.0. The door failure, the mechanical equipment shall activate and
assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall operate at the required performance levels. Smoke
have not less than a 20-minute fire protection detectors shall be installed in accordance with
rating in accordance with 780 CMR 716.0. The 780 CMR 918.8.
door from the building into the vestibule shall be
1015."1.1 Ventilation systems: Smokeprooj
provided with gaskets or other provisions to
enclosure ventilation systems shall be
minimize air leakage.
independent ofother building ventilation systems.
1015.6.2 Vestibule ventilation: The vestibule The equipment and ductwork shall comply with
shall be supplied with not less than one air change one ofthe following:
per minute, and the exhaust shall not be less than 1. Equipment and ductwork shall be located
150% of supply. Supply air shall enter and exterior to the building and shall be directly
exhaust air shall discharge from the vestibule connected to the smokeprooJ enclosure or
through separate, tightly constructed ducts used connected to the smokeprooj enclosure by
only for that purpose. Supply air shall enter the ductwork enclosed by two-hour frreresistance
vestibule within six inches (152 mni) of the floor ratedfire separation assemblies.
level. The top of the exhaust register shall be 2. Equipment and ductwork shall be located
located at the top of the smoke trap but not more within the smokeproojenclosure with intake or
than six inches (152 nun) down from the top of exhaust directly from and to the outside or
the trap, and shall be entirely within the smoke through ductwork enclosed by two-hour
trap area. Doors in the open position shall not fireresistance ratedfire separation assemblies.
obstruct duct openings. Duct openings with 3. Equipment and ductwork shall be located
controlling dampers are permitted where within the building if separated from the
necessary to meet the design requirements, but remainder of the building, including other
•
dampers are not otherwise required. mechanical equipment, by two-hour
ftreresistance rated fire separation assemblies.
1015.6.2.1 Engineered ventilation system:
Where a specially engineered system is used,

MEANS OF EGRESS
1015.7.2 Standby power: Mechanical vestibule

and stair shaft ventilation systems and automatic
fIre detection systems shall be powered by an
approved standby j>9wer system confonning to
780 CMR 403.9.1 and 527 CMR 12.00, the
Massachusetts Electrical Code, referenced in
780 CMR 27, and listed in Appendix At.

a 188.1
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
188.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12112/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
MEANS OF EGRESS
1015.7.3 Acceptance and testing: Before the travel from one ramp to the next ramp is a straight
mechanical equipment is approved, the system run.
shall be tested in the code official's presence to Exception: Aisles in areas of Use Group A shall
confnm that the system is operating in compliance . comply with 780 CMR 1012.0.
with these requirements.
UH6.5 Guards and handrails: Guards shall be
780 CMR 1016.0 RA1\1PS provided on both sides of the ramp and shall be
1016.1 Capacit}': The capacity ofa ramp used·as a constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0.
means of egress component shall be computed in Handrails confonning to 780 CMR 1022.0 shall be
accordance with 780 CMR 1009.0. provided on both sides of every ramp having a slope
greater than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal
Note: For ramp design requirements related to (1 :20). Handrails are not required on ramps where
building access issues, refer to 780 CMR 11.00 the vertical rise between landings is six inches (152
rom) orIess.
1016.2 Minimum dimensions: The minimum Exception: Handrails in aisles in occupancies in
dimensions of means ofegress ramps shall comply Use Group A shall comply with 780 CMR 1012.0.
with 780 CMR 1016.2.1 through 1016.2.3.
1016.5.1 Drop-offs: The sides of ramps and
1016.2.Jl. Width: The minimum width of a means landings with a drop-off shall have a curb with a
ofegress ramp shaH not be less than that required minimum four-inch (l02 mrn) height above the
for corridors by 780 CMR 1011.3. . walking surface or shall be provided with a
1016.2.2 Headroom: The minimum headroom in guardrail.
all parts of the means ofegress ramp shall not be
less than 80 inches (2032 nun). ]016.6 Ramp construction: Ramps used as an exit
shall confonn to the applicable requirements of
1016.2.3 Restrictions: Means of egress ramps 780 CMR 1014.9 as to materials of construction and
shall not reduce in width in the direction ofegress enclosure.
travel. Projections into the required ramp and
landing width are prohibited except at and below 1016.6.1 Surface: For all slopes exceeding one
handrail height where, at each handrail, the unit vertic~l in 20 units horizontal (1 :20) and
projections shall not exceed 3~ inches (89 mm) where the use is such as to involve danger of
into the required width. Doors opening onto a slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced with approved
landing shall not reduce the clear width to less slip-resistant materials.
than 42 inches (l067 mm). 1016.6.2 Exterior ramps: Exterior ramps and
landings shall· be designed and constructed to
1016.3 Maximum siope: The maximum slope of prevent water from accumulating on the walking
means ofegress ramps in the direction of travel shall surface.
be one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (l: 12);
except the maximum slope shall be: one unit
780 CMR 1017.0 MlEANS OF EGRESS
vertical in eight units horizontal (l :8) if the rise is
limited to three inches (76 nun); one unit vertical in DOORWAYS
ten units horizontal (1 :10) if the rise is limited to six 1017.1 General:· The requirements of 780 CMR
inches (152 rom). The maximum slope across the 1017.0 shall apply to all doorways serving as a
direction of travel shall be one unit vertical in 48 component or element of a means ofegress, except
units horizontal (l :48). as provided for in 780 ·CMR 1014.8, 1014.12.2,·
Exception: Aisles in areas of Use Group A shall 1015.5.1.1015.5.2 and 1015.6.1.
comply with 780 CMR 1012.0. HH 7.1.1 Floor surface: The floor surface on
both sides of a door shall be at the same elevation.
1016.4 JLandings: Ramp slopes of one unit vertical The floor surface over which the door swings
in 12 units horizontal (1: 12) or steeper shall have shall be at the same elevation as the floor level at
landings at the top, bottom, all points of turning, the threshold and shall extend from the door in the
entrance, exit and at doors. Ramps shall not have a closed position a distance equal to the door width.
vertical rise greater than 30 inches (762 rom) Exception: This requirement shall not apply
between landings. The maximum slope of landings to:
shall be one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal 1. Exterior doors, as provided for in 780 CMR
(1 :48). The least dimension of a landing shall not be 1005.6, which are not on an accessible route.
less than the required width of the ramp except that 2. Variations in elevation due to differences in
the landing dimension in the direction oftravel is not fmish materials, but not more thap. ~ inch (13
required to exceed four feet (1219 rom) where the mm).

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUTI..,OING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS

Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3A inch
(19 mm) in height above the finished floor surface
for exterior residential sliding doors or ':h inch (13
mm) for all other doors. Raised thresholds and floor
level changes greater than 'A inch (6 mm) at
doorways shall be beveled with a slope not greater
than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (1 :2).
distance of exit access travel from any point in a
room ,or space to a required exit door shall not
exceed the limitations of 780 CMR 1006.5.
1017.2.3 Door arrangement: The space between
doors in series shall not be less than" seven feet
(2134 mm) as measured when the doors are in the
closed position.
•
Exception: Power-operated doors and
1017.2 Number of doorways: Each occupant of a
occupancies in Use Groups 1·1 and R-3.
room or space sh:all have access to at least two exits
or exit access doors from the room or space where
1017.3 Size of doors: The minimum width of each
the occupant load of the space exceeds that listed in
"door opening shall be sufficient for the occupant
Table 1017 .2, or where the travel distance from any
load thereof and shall provide a clear width of not
point within the space to an exit or exit access door
less than 32 inches (813 mm), Where 780 CMR
exceeds that listed in Table 1017.2. Where the
1017.0 requires a minimum clear width of 32 inches
occupant load of a room or space is between 501 and
(813 mm) and a door opening includes two door
1,000, a minimum of three exits or exit access doors
leaves without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a
shall be provided. Where the occupant load of a
clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm). The
room or space exceeds 1,000, a minimum of four
maximum width of a swinging door leaf shall be 48
exits or exit access doors shall be provided.
inches nominal. Means of egress doors in an occu-
Exceptions:
pancy in Use Group 1-2 used for the movement of
1. Boiler, incinerator and furnace rooms shall be
beds shall be at least 44 inches (1118 rom) wide. The
provided with two egress doorways where the area
height of doors shall not be less than 80 inches (2032
exceeds 500 square feet (47 m 2) and individual
rom). For A-2 occupancies where the occupant load
fuel-fired equipment exceeds 400,000 Btuh (117
is 50 or greater refer to 780 CMR 1006.2.2.1
kW) input capacity. Door ways shall be separated
Exceptions:
by a horizontal distance equal to not less than one-
1. A means of egress door serving a storage area
half of the diagonal dimension of the" room.
of not more than 800 square feet (74 m 2) and
•
Where two doorways are required by this
which is normally unoccupied shall have a
exception, a fixed ladder access out of the room
maximum width of ten feet (3048 mm).
shall be permitted in lieu of one doorway.
2. The minimum and maximum width shall not
2. In an occupancy in Use Group 1-2, any room
apply t~ doors that. are not required for means of
and any suite of rooms as permitted in 780 CMR
egress In occupanCies in Use Groups R-2 and R-3.
1011.1.1, Exception No.3, of more than 1,000
3. Door openings to resident sleeping rooms in
square feet (93 m 2), shall have at least two exit
occupancies in Use Group 1-3 shall have a clear
access doors remote from each other.
width of not less than 28 inches (711 mm).
Table 1017.2
4. Door openings to storage closets less than ten
square feet (0.93 m 2) in area shall not be limited
SPACES WITH ONE MEANS OF EGRESS
by the minimum width.
Maximum Maximum travel 5. Width of door leafs in revolving doors that
Use Group
occupant load distance (feetl comply with 780 CMR 1018.0 shall not be
A,B.E.F.M 50 75 limited.
H-I a, H"2, H-3 3 25
6. Door openings within a dwelling unit shall not
be less than 78 inches (1981 mm) in height.
H-4 10 75 7. Exterior door openings in dwelling units, other
I, R 10 75 than the required exit door, shall not be less than
S 30 100 76 inches (1930 mm) in height.
Note a. For requirements for areas and spaces in Use 8. Interior egress doorways within a dwelling unit
Group H-1, see 780 CMR 418.2.2. not required to be adaptable or accessible shall
Note b. 1 foot = 304.8 mrn. have a minimum clear width of 29%-inches (755
1017.2.1 Entrance and egress doorways: Where mm).
separate doors are provided for entrance and
means ofegress, the entrance door shall be clearly 1017.4 Door hardware: Door handles, pulls,
marked "Entrance Only" in letters not less than six latches, locks and other operating devices shall be at
inches (152 mm) in height and legible from both a maximum height of 48 inches (1219 rom) above
inside and outside. the finished floor. The operating devices shall be
capable of operation with one hand and shall not
1017.2.2 Location of doors: The required door- require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of
ways opening from a room or space within a the wrist to operate. All means ofegress doors shall
building and leading to an exit access shall be lobe of a side-swinging type. All doors shall swing in
cated as remote as practicable from each other and the direction of egress where serving an occupant
shall conform to 780 CMR 1006.4.1. The

MEANS OF EGRESS
•
load of50 or more persons or where serving a high- compliance with the following three
hazard occupancy. The opening force for interior conditions:
sideswinging doors without closers shall not exceed 6.1. The locking device is of a type that is
a five-pound (24 N) force. For all other side- readily distinguishable as locked.
swinging, sliding and folding doors, the door latch 6.2. A readily visible, durable sign is posted
shall release when subjected to a IS-pound (73 N) on the egress side on or adjacent to the door
force. The door shall be set in motion when . stating "This Door To Remain Unlocked
subjected to a 30-pound (146 N) force. The door When This Building Is Occupied. II The sign
shall swing to a full-open position when subjected to shall be in letters not less than one inch (25
a IS-pound (73 N) force. Forces shall be applied to mm) high on a contrasting background.
the latch side. 6.3. The main exterior door is a single door
Exceptions: or a pair ofdoors which, when unlocked, the
I. Doors to private garages, factory and storage door or both leafs of a pair of doors swing
areas with an occupant load often or less. free.
2. Horizontal sliding-type doors complying with 7. Locking arrangements confonning to
780 CMR 410.4.2 shall be pennitted in a means of 780 CMR 1017.4.5.
egress in occupancies in Use Group I~3. 8. In occupancies in Use Group 1-1 and 1-2
3. Doors within or serving a single dwelling unit locks shall be permitted under the following
which is not required to be accessible or adaptable conditions:
by 780 CMR 11, are not required to be provided a. Patient sleeping yoom doors may be
with lever handled operating devices. provided with key locking devices that
4. Revolving doors confonning to 780 C:MR restrict access to the room from the
1018.0. . corridor and that are openable only by
5. Horizontal sliding doors complying with stiltfffrom the corridor side, provided such
780 Cl\1R 10 I7.4.4 shall be permitted in a means . device shall not restrict egress frlPm the
of egress in areas of refuge as described in sleeping room. .
780 CMR. 1007.5 and areas, other than high- b. All other means ofegress doors may be
hazard occupancies, that serve an occupant lload provided with key locking devices where
••
of less than 50. ghe dinical needs of the patients require
specitdized security mellS81res for their
1017.4.1 Locks and latches: All means o/egress safety, 0,. for the protection of the public,
doors shall be readily openable from the side from provided keys tue camed 24 hours po day
which egress is to be made without the use of a by staffing at ail times, who have been
key or special knowledge or effort. Refer to trmned in emergency ewacouztion
MoG.L. c. 143 § 3Rfor locking devices ow the procedures.
exterior doors of apartment houses.
Exceptions 1017.4.1.11. Flush and surface bollts: Manually
1. Key operation shall be permitted from a operated edge or surface-mounted flush bolts
dwelling unit provided that the key cannot be and surface bolts are prohibited. Where means
removed from the lock when the door is locked ofegress doors are used in pairs and approved
from the side from which egress is to be made. automatic flush bolts are used, the door leafs
2. Locking devices confonning to 780 CMR having the automatic flush bolts shall not have
409.3.2 shall be permitted in occupancies in a door knob or surface-mounted hardware.
Use Group 1-2. The unlatching of My leaf shall not require
3. Locks conforming to 780 CMR 410.4 shall more than one operation.
be pennitted in occupancies in Use Group 1-3. 1017.4.1.2 Special ftoclking arnumgements: In
4. Means of egress doors from individual
buildings that are equipped throughout with an
dwelling units and guestrooms ofoccupancies automatic sprinkler system installed in
in Use Group R having an occupant load! often
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. I or with an
or less shall be pennitted to be equipped with
automatic fire detection system, doors in a
a night latch, dead bolt or security chain,
means of egress serving occupancies in Use
provided that such devices are openable from
Group B, E, F, I, M, S or R, shall be unlocked
the inside without the use of a key or tooY and
or shall be equipped with approved egress
are mounted at a height not to exceed 48 inches
control devices which shaH unlock in
(1219 mm) above the finished floor. .
accordance with items 780 eMIR 1017.4.1.2.1
S. Special locking arrangements conforming
through 7. A building occupant shall not be
•
to 780 CMR 1017.4.1.2 or 780 CMR
required to pass through more than one door
1017.4.1.3.
equipped with a special locking device before
6. In occupancies in Use Groups B, F, M and
entering an exit.
S, the main exterior means of egress door is
1. Actuation of the automatic sprinkler
pennitted to be equipped with a keYaOperated
system or automatic "fire detection system.
locking device from the egress side where in
9119/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 eMIt - Sixth Edition 191

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OFBUIT..DINGREGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
2. Loss of power to the egress control door above and within 12 inches (305 nun)
device. of the release device stating "Push until
3. Loss of power to the building. alalm sounds. Door can be opened in 15
4. Capability of being unlocked manuaUy seconds. II
by a signal from an emergency control

1017.41.1.3 Security locking arrangements in
station.
penal facilities: In occupancies in Use Groups
5. The initiation of an irreversible and
A-3, A~4, B, E, F, 1, M and S Within penal
automatic process that will release the latch
facilities, doors in means of egress serving
within 15 seconds when a force ofnot more
rooms or spaces occupied by persons whose
than 15 pounds (73 N) is applied for one
movements must be controHed for security
second to the release device and not relock
reason.s shall be pennitted to be locked if
until the door has been opened and returned
equipped with egress control devices which
to the closed position for not less than 30
shall unlock manually and by at least one of
seconds. Any reopening of the door shall
the following means.
restart the 30-second relocking cycle. Any
1. Actuation of an automatic fire
attempt to exit which exceeds one second
suppression system required by 780 CMR
shall render the door openable. The time 904.-1. .
delay and the minimum relocking cycle time
2. Actuation of a key-operated manual
shall not be field adjustable.
alarm station required by 780 CMR 917.4.
Exceptions:
3. A signal from a central control station.
1. An increase in the time delay to 30
seconds shaH not be permitted except as 1017.4.2 Panic hardware: All doors equipped
approved by the code official. with latching devices in occupancies in Use
2. An increase in the relocking cycle Groups A and E or portions of buildings occupied
time to 45 seconds shaH not be permitted for assembly or educational purposes and serving
except as approved by the code official. rooms or spaces with an occupant load greater
3. In Use Group B buildings where one than 100, shall be equipped with approved panic
tenant occupies the entirefloor and the hardware. Acceptable panic hardware shall be a
•
building Iuzs a security station staffed .24 door latching assembly incorporating a device
hours each day, the installation of a which causes the door latch to release and the leaf
door releose device described in to open when a force of 15 pounds (73 N) is
780 CMR 1017.4.1.2, item 5, may be applied in the direction of egress to a bar or panel,
omitted on egress doors in elevator the activating portion of which extends not less
lobbies provided that all other items in than one-half of the width ofthe door leaf, and is
780 CMR 1017.4.1.2 are met, and in applied at a height greater than 30 inches (762
addition, the following items are met: mm) but less than 44 inches (III8 mrn) above the
a. The building is equipped floor. The force shall be applied at the lock side
throughout with both a supervised -of the door or 30 inches (762 mm) from the
automatic fire sprinkler system and a hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge.
supervised automatic fire alarm Where fire door assemblies are required to have
system. panic hardlware, approved fire exit hardware shall
b. The supervised automatic fire be used.
sprinkler system and the supervised
fire alarm system shall into/ace with 1017.4.3-Power-operated doors: Where means
the access control system to unlock the of egress doors are operated by power, such as
doors automotically upon activation of doors with a photoelectric-actuated mechanism to
either system. open the door upon the approach of a person, or
Co The elevator lobby shall be doors with power-assisted manual operation, the
equipped with a telephone connected design shaH be such that in the event of power
directly to the staffed security station failure, the door is capable of being opened
and a sign Juzving block letters one manually to permit means of egress travel or
inch in height shall be provided closed where necessary to safeguard means of
directly above the telephone and shall egress. The forces required to open these doors
stote: "In case ofemergency, pick up manually shall not exceed those specified in
telephone. You will be connected 780 CMR 1017.4 except that the force to set the
directly to security personnel". - door in motion shall not exceed 50 pounds (244
N). The door shall be capable of swinging from
•
6. Initiation ofthe irreversible process shall
activate an audible alann in the vicinity of any position to the full width of the opening in
the door. which su(:h door is installed when a force is
7. A sign having block letters of one inch applied to the door on the side from which egress
(25 mrn) in height shaH be provided on the is made.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD Of BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
IvffiANS OF EGRESS
•
Exceptions: of the secured doors. Ready access shall be
1. Occupancies in Use Group I~3 . provided to the manual u~oc~g device ~d
2. Horizontal sliding doors complying with the device shall be clearly Identified by a sign.
780 C:MR 1017.4.4. When operated, the manual unlocking device
shall result in direct interruption of power to
11.017.4.4 Horizontal sliding doon: In other than
the lock - independent of the access control
occupancies in Use Group H, horizontal sliding
system electronics - and the doors shall remain
doors that are considered a component of a means
umocked for a minimum of 30 seconds.
of egress shall comply with all of the following
4. Activation of the building fire protective
criteria:
signaling system, if provided, shall
1. The door serves an occupant load of less
automatically unlock the doors, and the doors
than 50:
shall remain unlocked until the fire protective
2. The· door shall be power operated and be
signaling system has been reset.
capable of being operated manually in the
5. Activation of the building automatic
event of power failure;
sprinkler or fire detection system, if provided,
3. The door shall be openabJe from both sides
shall automatically unlock the doors. The
without special knowledge or effort;
doors shall remain unlocked until the fire
4. The force required to operate the door shall
protective signaling system has been reset.
not exceed 30 pounds (146 N) to set the door in
6. Entrance doors in buildings with an
motion and 15 pounds (73 N) to close the door
occupancy in Use Group A, B, E or M shall not
or to open such door to the minimum required
be secured from the egress side during periods
width·
that the building is open to the general public.
5. Th~ door shall be openable with a force not
to exceed one ounds (73 N) when a force of
1017.S Security grilles: Horizontal sliding or
250 pounds (12220 N) is appli~ perpendicular
vertical security grilles which are part of a required
to the door adjacent to the operating device;
means of egress shall be openable from the inside
6. The door assembly shall comply with the
without the use of a key or special knowledge or
applicable fire protection rating and, where
effort during periods that the space is occupied. The
rated, shall be self-closing or automatic-closing
•
grilles shall remain secured in the full-open position
by smoke detection, shall be installed in
during the period of occupancy by the general
accordance with NFiPA 80 listed in Appendix
public. Grilles shall not be brought to the closed
.4., and shall comply with 780 CMR 716.0;
position when there are more than ten persons
7. The door assembly shall have a standby
occupying spaces served by a single exit or 50
power supply; .
persons occupying spaces served by more than one
8. The door shall open to the minimum
exit. Where two or more exits are required, not more
required width within ten seconds after
than one-half of the exits shall be equipped with
activation ofthe operating device; and
horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles.
9. The door assembly power supply shall be
electrically supervised at a constantly attended
110Jl7.6 Level of exit discharge doors: Where
Docation.
glazed. doors at the level ofexit discharge shall be
1017.4.5 Access...controlled ~ress doors: The glazed with approved safety glazing. Approved
.entrance doors in a means ofegress in buildings doors having one or more unframed edges shall be
ith an occupancy in Use Group A, B, E, M, R-l ~r constructed of safety glazing not less than ~ inch
R-2 and entrance doors to tenant spaces m thick. (Also see 780 CMR 2405)
occupancies in Use Groups A, B, E, .M, R-l and
R~2 are permitted to be equipped with an '180 CMR 1018.0 REVOLVING DOORS
approved entrance and egress access control 10l!.8.1 General: All revolving doors shall comply
system which shall be installed in accordance with 180 CMR 1018.2 through 1018.5. In other than
with items 780 CMR 1017.4.5. 1. through 6. occupancies in Use Group H, revolving doors that
1. A sensor shall be provided on the egress are considered a component of the means ofegress
side arranged to detect an occupant shall oomplywith 780 CMRli018.2 through 1018.6.
approaching the doors. The doors shall be
arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of llOU1.2 Collapse: Each revolving door shall be
power to the sensor. capable of collapsing into a book~fold position with
2. Loss of power to that part of the access paraJIel egress paths having an aggregate width of
control system which locks the doors shall not less than 36 inches (914 mm). The revolving
•
automatically unlock the doors. door shall collapse when a force of not more than
3. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from 180 pounds (880 N) ·is applied within 3 inches (76
a manual unlocking device located 40 inches . nun) ofthe outer edge ofa wing.
(1016 mm) to 48 inches (1219 mm) vertically·
above the floor and! within five feet (1524 mm)
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition

0 193
•
is reduced to not more than 130 pounds (635 N) 1. Revolving doors shall not be given credit for
when: more than 50% ofthe required exit capacity of the
1. There is a power failure or power is building.
removed to the device holding the wings in 2. Each revolving door shall not be credited with
position. more than a 50-person capacity.
2. There is an actuation of the automatic 3. Each revolving door shall be capable of being
sprinkler system where such system is collapsed when a force of not more than 130
provided. pounds (635 N) is applied Within three inches (76
3. There is an actuation of an automatic fire mm) ofthe outer edge ofa wing.
detection system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 918.0 for all areas within the 780 CMR 1019.0 HORIZONTAL EXITS
building which are within 75 feet (22860 mm) 1019.1 General: Horizontal exits shall be accepted
of the revolving doors. The collapse of the as an approved exit element of a required means of
door(s) shall not be delayed by the alarm egress. The connection between an area ofa
verification required by 780 CMR 918.7. building which the horizontal exit serves and the
4. There is an actuation of a manual control area of refuge as herein required shall be
switch which reduces the holding force to not accomplished by protected openings in a
more than the 130~pound (635 N) force level. fireresistance rated wall, or by an open-air balcony
Such switch shall be in an approved location or bridge.
and shall be clearly identified.
1019.2 Separation: The separation between
1018.3 Dispersal area: A revolving door shall not buildings or areas of refuge connected by a
be located within ten feet (3048 nun) ofthe foot or horizontal exit shall be provided by at least a two-
top of stairways or escalators. A dispersal area shall hour fireresistance rated fire wall or fire separation
be provided between the stairways or escalators and assembly with approved opening protectives
the revolving doors. complying with 780 CMR 7 and Table 602.
1018.4 Speed control: The revolutions per minute 1019.2.1 Doors: All doors shall swing in the
•
for a revolving door shall not exceed the speeds direction of egress travel. Where the horizontal
indicated in Table 1018.4. exit serves as an exit from both sides of the wall,
there shall be adjacent openings with swinging
Table 1018.4 fire doors opening in opposite directions.
REVOLVING DOOR SPEED Exception: Horizontal sliding doors
Power-driven type
complying with 780 CMR 1017.4.4 where
a Manual-type speed serving an occupant load ofless than 50.
Inside diameter speed control
control (rpm)
(rpm)
6'6" 11 12 1019.3 Area of refuge: The discharge area of a
7'0" 10 II horizontal exit shall be either public areas or spaces
7'6" 9 11 occupied by the same tenant, and each such area of
refuge shall be adequate to hold the total occupant
load ofboth connected areas. The capacity' of areas
9'0" 8 9 ofrefuge shall be computed on a minimum net floor
9'6" 7 8 area allowance for each occupant to be
10'0" 7 8
accommodated therein, not including areas of
Note a. 1foot = 304.8 nun; 1 inch;:; 25 4 mm.
stairways, elevators and other shafts or courts, as
follows:
1018.5 Adjacent area: Each revolving door shall 1. 30 square feet (2.8 m~ per patient for hospitals
have a confonning side-hinged swinging door in the and nursing homes.
same wall as, and within ten feet (3048 rom) of, the 2. siX square feet (0.56 m2) per occupant on
revolving door. stories not housing patients confined to a bed or
Exception: The adjacent swinging door is not litter in an occupancy in Use Group 1-2.
required for street floor elevator lobbies if a 3. Six square feet (0.56 m2) per occupant in an
stailway, escalator or door from other parts ofthe occupancy in Use Group 1-3.
building does not discharge through the lobby and 4. Three square feet (0.28 m2) in all other cases.
the lobby does not have any occupancy other than
as a means of travel between the elevators and 1019.4 Egress from area of refuge: The path of
•
street. egress travel from the horizontal exit through the
area of refuge to another exit shall be continuously
1018.6 Means of egress: A revolving door to be available. In other than occupancies in Use Group
considered as a component of a means of egress 1-3, there shall be at least one exit on each side ofthe
shall comply with 780 CMR 1018.2 through 1018.5 horizontal exit which is not a horizontal exit. Any
and the following conditions:

MEANS OF EGRESS
area of refuge not having access to an exit, other minimum dear ceiling height of eight feet (23438
than a horizontal exit, shall be considered as part of nun).
an adjoining area of refuge with such exit. In the
area(s) setved by the horizontal exit, the length of 1020.5 Maximum stairway Bimitations: Not more
exit access travel distance to the horizontal exit or than 50% of the required stairways shall discharge
another exit shall not exceed the requirements of through the same passageway. Multiple lobbies
780 ClVfR 1006.5. Occupancies in Use Group 1-3 constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 1020.3
shall conform to 780 CMR. 410.3.3. located adjacent to one another shall be separated
from each other in accordance with the requirements
780 CMR 1020.0 LEVEL OF EXIT for enclosure of exits.
DISCHARGE PASSAGEWAYS USED
AS AN EXIT ELEMENT 780 om 1001.0 GUARDS
1020.1 Passageways: Every required interior and 1021.1 GeneraH: Where required by the provisions
exterior exit element which does not adjoin a public of780 CMR 406.5,408.3.2, W05.S, 1014.7, 1016.5
way shall be directly connected to the public way or and 1825.5, guards shall be designed and
to an open court leading to the public way by an constructed in accordance with the requirements of
enclosed passageway at the level ofexit discharge, 780 CMIR 1021.0 and 780 Clv.1R 1615.5. A guardrail
constructed in accordance with the requirements for system is a system of building components located
the enclosure ofthe exit it setves, or through lobbies near the open sides of elevated walking surfaces for
or vestibules as provided for in 780 CMR 1020.0. the purpose of minimizing the possibility of an
Building areas below the level of exit discharge accidental fall from the walking surface to the lower
shall be separated from the passageway in level.
accordance with the requirements for the enclosure
of exits. j@21.2 Height: The guards shall be at least 42
inches (1067 rom) in height measured vertically
1020.2 Vestibule: Where an exit discharges into an above the leading edge of the tread or adjacent
interior vestibule, the vestibule shall be used for walking surface.
lExceptions:
•
ingress and means of egress only, and the vestibule
shall comply with 780 CMR 1020.2.1 and 1020.2.2. 1. In other than occupancies in Use Group E,
guards shall not be less than 34 inches (864 rom)
]i.020.2.X Depth and width: The vestibule depth in height above the leading edge of the tread
from the exterior of the building shall not be along stairs which are not more than 20 feet (6096
greater than ten feet (3048 mm) and the width rom) in height or which reverse direction at an
shall not be greater than 20 feet (6096 rom). intermediate landing with 12 inches (305 nun) or
less measured horizontally between successive
1020.2.2 Separation: The vestibule shall be flights.
separated from the remainder of the level ofexit 2. Guards along open-sided floor areas,
discharge by self-closing doors and the equivalent mezzanines and landings in occupancies in Use
of ~-inch-thickwired glass in steel frames. Group R-3 shall not be less than 36 inches (914
mm) in height.
1020.3 Lobby: Where an exit discharges into an
interior lobby located at the level ofexit discharge, 11021.3 Opening limitations: In occupancies in Use
the story containing the lobby shall be equipped Groups A, .B, E, H-4, I-I, 1-2, M and R, and in
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system public garages and open parking structures, open
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or guards shall have balusters or be of solid material
906.2.2. Opening protectives shall be required in such that a sphere with a diameter of four inches
accordance with Table 716.1 at the point in which an (102 mm) cannot pass through any opening. Guards
enclosed exit stairway discharges into a lobby. shall not have an ornamental pattern that would
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not provide a ladder effect.
required in areas that are separated from the lobby Exception: The triangular openings formed by
by fire separation assemblies (see 780 CMR. the riser, tread and bottom rail at the open side of
709.0) having a fireresistance rating of not less a stairway shall be ofa maximum size such that a
than that required for exit enclosures. sphere six inches (152 rom) in diameter cannot
pass through the opening.
1020.4 Width and height: The clear width of the . In occupancies in Use Groups 1-3, F, H-l, H-2, H-
passageway shall not be less than the width required 3 and S, other than public garages and open parking
•
for the capacity ofthe exit stairways leading thereto structures, balusters, horizontal intermediate rails or
and all required exit doorways opening into the other construction shall not permit a sphere with a
passageway. Such passageway shall have a diameter of21 inches (533 mm) to pass through any
minimum width of 44 inches (1118 mm) and a opening.

•
1021.4 Railings: Metal or other approved vertically, above the leading edge ofthe treads
noncombustible railings shall be provided on or above the finished floor.
balconies and galleries as prescribed in 780 CMR
1022.2.3 Handrails in guards: Handrails that
1021.4.1 through 1021.4.3.
fonn part of a guard shall comply with 780 CMR
1021.4.1 At fascia: Railings shall be provided: 1021.3.
at the fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries and
1022.2.4 Handrail ends: At locations where
shall not be less than 26 inches (660 mm) in
handrails are not continuous between stairway
height; at the end ofaisles extending to the fascia
flights, including the top and bottom of a
for the full width of the aisle and shall not be less
stairway, the handrails shall extend horizontally
than 36 inches (914 mm) in height; and at the foot
at least 12 inches (305 nun) beyond the top riser
of steps for the full width of the steps and shall
and continue to slope for the depth of one tread
not be less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height. .
beyond the bottom riser. The handrail ends shaH
1021.4.2 At cross aisles: Railings shall be be returned to a wall or post.
provided along cross aisles, and shall not be less Where handrails are not continuous between
than 26 inches (660 nun) in height except that ramp segments, including the top and bottom of a
railings are not required where the backs of the ramp, the handrails shall extend at least 12 inches
seats along the front ofthe aisles project 24 inches (305 rom) beyond the top and bottom ofthe ramp
(610 mm) or more above the floor ofthe aisle. segment and shall be parallel with the floor or
ground surface. The handrail ends shall be
1021.4.3 Successive tiers: Where seatings are
returned to a wall or post.
arranged in successive tiers, and where the height
Excepltion: Within a dwelling unit, the
ofrise between platforms exceeds 18 inches (457
horizontal extension beyond the top riser of the
mm), railings not less than 26 inches (660 nun) in
stainvay flight or top ofthe ramp segment, and
height shall be provided along the entire row of
the extension beyond the bottom riser of the
seats at the edge ofthe platform.
stairway flight or bottom ofthe ramp segment,
is not required.
780 CMR 1022.0 HANDRAll..S
•
1022.1 General: Where required by the provisions 1022.2.5 Handrail grip size: All stairway
of780 CMR 1012.S, 1013.0, 1014.6.6.1, 1014.7 and handrails shall have a circular cross section with
1016.5, handrails shall be designed and constructed an outside diameter of at least 1Y<a-inches (32 rom)
in accordance with 780 CMR 1022.0 and 780 CMR and not greater than two inches (51 mm).
1615.5. A handrail is a horizontal or sloping rail Exceptions:
grasped by hand for guidance or support, and for 1. Any other shape with a perimeter dimension
arresting falls on the adjacent walking surface. of at neast four inches (l00 mrn), but not
greater than 6~ inches (158 mm) with the
1022.2 Handrail details: Handrail-gripping largest cross-sectional dimension not
surfaces shall be continuous, without interruption by exceeding 2~ inches (57 mm).
newel posts, other structure elements or 2. Approved rails of equivalent graspability.
obstructions. A handrail and any wall or other 1022.2.6 Handrails of alternating tread
surface adjacent to the handrail shall be free of any stairways: Stair handrails of alternating tread
sharp or abrasive elements. The clear space between stairways shall be of such a configuration as to
the handrail and the adjacent wall or surface shall provide mIl adequate hand-hold for a person
not be less than 1~ inches (38 nun). Edges shall grasping the handrail to avoid falling. A
have a minimum radius of 1h inch (3 mm). . minimum distance of six inches (152 nun) shall
1022.2.1 Projection: Handrails shall not project be provided between the stair handrail and any
more than 3~ inches (89 nun) into the required other object. A minimum distance of 12 inches
passageway, aisle, comdor, stair or ramp width. (305 mm) shall be provided between the stair
handrails of adjacent alternating tread stairways.
1022.2.2 Height: Handrails shall not be less than Handrails on alternating tread stairways shall be
34 inches (864 mm) nor more than 38 inches spaced a minimum width of 17 inches (432 rom),
(965 mm), measured vertically, above the leading not to exceed 24 inches (610 mm), between the
edge of the treads or above the finished floor of handrails.
the landing or walking surfaces.
Exceptions: 780 CMR 1023.0 EXIT SIGNS AND liGHTS
1. Handrails that fonn part of a guard shall
1023.1 Location: In all buildings, rooms or spaces
•
have a height not less than 34 inches (864 mm)
required to have more than one exit or exit access,
and not more than 42 inches (1067 nun).
all required means ofegress shall be indicated with
2. Handrails within individual dwelling units
approved signs reading "Exit," visible from the exit
shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) nor
access and, where necessary, supplemented by
more than 38 inches (965 ;mm), measured
directional !;igns in the exit access corridors

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUlILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
indicating the direction and way of egress. All source requirements of780 eMR 1023.4shall be
"Exit" signs shall be located at exit doors or exit permitted.
access areas, so as to be readily visible. Sign
placement shall be such that any point in the exit 781) CMR 1024.0 MEANS OF EGRESS
access shall not be more than 100 feet (30480 mm) UGHIlNG
from the nearest visible sign. 1024.1 Artificial lighting: All means of egress in
Exceptions: other than occupancies in Use Group R-3 shall be
1. "Exit" signs are not required in sleeping room equipped with artificial lighting facilities to provide
areas in occupancies in Use Group 1-3. the intensity of illumination herein prescribed
2. Main exterior exit doors which are obviously continuously during the time that conditions of
and clearly identifiable as exits are not required to occupancy of the building require that the exits be
have "Exit" signs where approved. available. Lighting shall also be provided to
illuminate the exit discharge. Means of egress
1023.2 Size and color: "Exit" signs shall have red lighting in occupancies in Use Group R-2, other than
or green letters at least six inches (152 mm) high and lighting within a dwelling unit, shall be wired on a
the minimum width of each stroke shall be % inch circuit independent of circuits within any dwelling
(19 mm) on a white background or in other approved unit. The disconnecting means and overcurrent
distinguishable colors. The word "Exit," except the protection device shall not be. located within a
letter I, shall have letters having a width of not less dwelling unit or such that access to such devices
than two inches (51 mm) and the minimum spacing must be obtained by going through a dwelling unit.
between letters shall not be less than 3/a inch (10
mm). Signs larger than the minimum size herein 1024.2 Intensity of illumination: The intensity of
required shall have letter widths and spacing in the floor lighting shall not be less than one footcandle
same proportions to the height as indicated in (11 lux) except as provided for in 780 CMR 1024.3.
780 CMR 1023.0. If an arrow is provided as part of
an "Exit" sign, the construction shall be such that the 1024.3 Use Groups A and E: In occupancies in
arrow direction cannot be readily changed. The Use Groups A and E for the exhibition of motion
word "Exit" shall be clearly discernible when the pictures or other projections by means of directed
•
sign illumination means is not energized. light, the minimum required illumination of aisles
Exception: All exit signs tested and listed to during such period of projection shall be 0.2
UL.924 as listed in Appendix A and satisfying footcandle (2 lux).
the power source requirements of 780 eMil.
1023.4 shall be permitted. 1024.3.1 Control: The lighting of exits, aisles
and auditoriums shall be controlled from a
1023.3 Illumination: Each sign shall be illuminated location that does not provide access to
by a source providing not less than five footcandles unauthorized persons. Supplementary control
(54 lux) at the illuminated surface and shall have a shall be provided as specified in 780 CMR 411.4
contrast ratio of not less than 0.5. in the motion picture projection room.
Exception: Approved self-luminous signs which
provide evenly illuminated letters shall have a 1024.4lPower source: Means ofegress lighting in
minimum luminance of 0.06 foot lamberts (0.21 all buildings, rooms or spaces required to have more
cd/m2). than one exit or exit access shall be connected to an
emergency electrical system that complies with
1023.4 Powell" source: All "Exit" signs shall be 527 CMR 12.00, the Massachusetts Electrical
illuminated at all times that the building is occupied. Code, referenced in 780 CMR 27, and listed in
To assure continued illumination for a duration of Appendix A to assure continued illumination for a
not less than 1~ hours in case ofprimary power loss, duration of not less than 1Yz hours in case of
the "Exit" signs shall be connected to an emergency emergency or primary power loss.
electrical system that complies with527 CMR 12.00,
the Massachusetts Electrical Code, referenced in 780 Cl\1R 1025.0 FIRE ESCAPES
780 CMR 27, and listed in Appendix A. 1025.1 Where permitted: Fire escapes shall be
Exceptions: pennitted only as provided for in 780 CMR 1025.1.1
1. Approved self-luminous signs which provide through 1025.1.4.
continuous illumination independent of external
1025.1.1 New buildings: Fire escapes shall not
power sources are not required to comply with
constitute any part of the required means ofegress
780 CMR 2706.0.
in new buildings.
2. All exit signs tested and listed to UL-924 as
• listed in Appendix A and satisfying the power
11127/98-, . 780 CMR - S·ixth Edition 197

•
1025.1.2 Existing fire escapes: Existing fire ofegress and shall be designated by "Exit" signs and
escapes shall be continued to be accepted as a lights as provided for in 780 CMR 1023.0.
component in the means of egress in existing
buildings only. 1026.3 Construction: All chutes shall be
constructed of approved noncombustible materials
1025.1.3 New fire escapes: New fire escapes for
with a pitch in the line of travel of not less than 24
existing buildings shall be permitted only where
nor more than 42° (0.42 rad to 0.73 rad), measured
exterior stairs cannot be utilized due to Jot lines
on the developed circumference of spiral chutes.
limiting stair size or due to the sidewalks, alleys
Straight chutes shall not be less than 24 inches (610
or roads at grade level. New fire escapes shall not
mm) and spiral chutes shall not be less than 28
incorporate ladders or access by windows.
inches (711 mm) in clear width~ nor more than 44
1025.1.4 Limitations: Fire escapes shall comply inches (1118 mm) wide in any case. Where erected
with 780 CMR. 1025.0 and shall not constitute on the interior of a building, the chutes shall be
more than 50% of the required number of exits enclosed as required in 780 CMR 1014.11 for
nor more than 50% ofthe required exit capacity. interior stairways with direct means of egress to a
street or other publiC way.
1025.2 Location: Where located on the front ofthe
building and where projecting beyond the building 1026.4 Capacity: Slidescapes shall have a rated
line, the lowest landing shall not be less than seven egress capacity of 60 occupants per slide.
feet (2134 mm) or more than 12 feet (3658 mm) Slidescapes, except as permitted for occupancies in
above grade, and shall be equipped with a Use Groups B-1 and B-2, shall not constitute more
counterbalanced stairway to the street. In alleyways than 25% of the required means of egress capacity
and thoroughfares less than 30 feet (9144 mm) wide, from any building or structure or any individual
the clearance under the lowest landing shall not be story.
less than 12 feet (3658 mm).
780 CMR 1007.0 ACCESS TO ROOF
1025.3 Construction: The fire escape shall be 1027.1 By stairway or ladder: In buildings more
designed to support a Jive load of 100 pounds per than three stories in height except those with a roof
square foot (488.20 kglm~ and shall be constructed
•
slope greater than four units vertical in 12 units
ofsteel or other approved noncombustible materials. horizontal (4:12). access to the roof shall be
Fire escapes constructed of wood not less than provided by means of a stairway, an alternating
nominal two inches thick are permitted on buildiJ)gs treadstair in accordance with 780 CMR 1014.6.6 or
of Type 5 construction. Walkways and railings a ladder and trap door. The ladder shall not be on
located over or supported by combustible roofs in the exterior of the building. Where the roof is used
buildings of Types 3 and 4 construction are as a roof garden or for other habitable purposes,
permitted to be of wood not less than nominal two sufficient stairways shall extend to the roof to
inches thick. provide the necessity exit facilities from the roof as
1025.3.1 Dimensions: Stairs shall be at least 22 required for such occupancy. Roof trap doors shall
inches (559 mm) wide with risers not more than, be constructed to comply with 780 CMR 1510.2.
and treads not less than,eight inches (203 nun) 1027.1.1 Optional stairway or ladder: In
and landings at the foot of stairs not less than 40 buildings . not required to have a stairway,
inches (1016 mm) wide by 36 inches (914 mm) alternating tread stair or ladder to the roof, such
long, located not more than eight inches (203 nun) devices, if provided, shall conform to the
below the door. provisions of780 Crvrn. 1027.0. Ladders placed
on the exterior of the building shall be of metal
1025.3.2 Opening protectives: Doors and and, if exceeding 20 feet (6096 nun) in height,
windows along the fire escape shall be protected shall have a protective cage or other safety device.
with %·hour opening protectives. The sideraiJs of exterior ladders shall be carried
over the coping or parapet to serve as handrails.
780 CMR 1026.0 SUPESCAPES Other design details of such exterior ladders are
1026.1 Where permitted: Existing slidescapes and subject to approval.
safety chutes shall be pennitted in existing
occupancies in Use Groups E, H and I where 1027.2 Roof enclosures: stairways extending
approved. Slidescapes and safety chutes shall be through roofs shall be enclosed in roof structUres of
pennitted in occupancies in Use Groups H-l and H- fireresistance rated'construction which conform to
2 where constructed in an approved manner. the requirements of780 CMR 1510.0.
1026.2 Location: The arrangement and location of

slidescapes shall confonn to 780 CMR. 10 for means

•
MEANS OF EGRESS
780 CMR 1028.0 MAINTENANCE OF EXITS tie directly into tile building structural system, all
1028.1 Obstructions: It shall be unlawful to joints shall be sealed, as necessary, to prevellBt
obstruct, or reduce in any manner, the clear width of water from damaging or corroding structufI'OlI
any doorway, .hallway, passageway or other means elements.
ofegress required by the provisions of 780 CMR.
1028.3 Testing and Certification: All exterior
1028.2 Maintenance: All exterior stairways and bridges, steel or wooden stairways,jire escapes ami
fire escapes shall be kept free of snow and ice. egress balconies shall be examined and/or tested,
Exterior stairways and fire escapes constructed of and certified for structural adequacy and safety
materials requiring the application of weather nery five years, by Q Massachusetts registered
protecting products, shall have these products professional engineer, or others qualified allOti
applied in an approved manner and shall be applied acceptable to the building official,- said engineer or
as often as necessary to maintain the stairways and others shall then submit an affidavit to the building
fire escapes in safe condition where corrodible official.
structuralparts ofsuch stairways amifire escapes

NON-TEXT PAGE

CHAPTER 11
ACCESSIBILITY.
(780 CMR 111 is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 1101.0 M.G.L Co 22, § 13Aprovides that Architectural Access Board, Executive Office of
all public buildings shall be designed to be Public Safety.
accessible to, functionalfor and safe for the use by In accordance with M. G.L Co 143, § J and
physically handicapped persons, in conformance 780 CMR 106.1, said regulations shall be enforced
with the Massachusetts Architectural Access by the municipal building code enforcement
Board's Rules and Regulations (521 CMR 1.00) official or state inspector, as applicable
listed in Appendix A and promulgated by the

.780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DINGREGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
NON-TEXT PAGE

•
CHAPTER 12
iNTERIOR ENVJIRONMENT
780 CMR 1201.0 GENERAL educational or similar purposes, or in which

1201.1 Scope: The provisions of780 CMR 12 shall occupants are engaged at labor; and which is
govern the means of light, ventilation, sound equipped with means of egress and light and
transmission control and rat-proofing required in an ventilation facilities meeting the requirements of
buildings. 780 Cl\1R.
1201.2 Buildings on same lot: Where more than one Vapor retarder: A material having a perm rating of
building is hereafter placed on a lot, or where a 1. 0 or less, such as foil, plastic sheeting, or
building is placed on the same lot with existing insulation facing, installed to retard the passage of
buildings and the several buildings are treated as a water vapor or moisture through the exterior
single structure for the purposes of 780 CMR 12, envelope.
equivalent uncovered lot area or other adequate
sources oflight and ventilation shall be provided for Ventilation: The natural or mechanical process of
all occupied buildings. supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or
removing such air from, any space.
780 CMR 1202.0 DEFINI110NS
Yard: An unoccupied open space other than a cOurt
1202.1 GeneraH: The following' words and tenns (see 780 CMR 1212.0 and 1213.0).
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown 780 CMR 1203.0 CONS'J['RUcnON
herein.
DOCUMENTS
Attic: The space between the ceiling beams of the 11203.1 GeneraD: Construction documents for all
top story and the roof rafters. buildings and structures that are designed for human
occupancy, other than buildings with occupancies in
Court: An open, uncovered and unoccupied space Use Groups I-I, R-2 and R-3, shan designate the
on the same lot as a building where such space is number of occupants to be accommodated in the
enclosed wholly or partly by buildings, walls or various rooms and spaces; where means of artificial
other enclosing devices (see 780 CMR 1212.0). lighting and ventilation are required, the application
Inner: Any court enclosed wholly by buildings, shan nnclude sufficient details and description ofthe
walls or other enclosing devices. mechanical system to be installed as herein required
Outer: A court extending to and opening upon a or as specified in the mechanical code listed in
street, public alley or other approved open Appendix AI.
space that is not less than IS feet (4572 mm)
wide. or upon a required yard. 780 CMR 1204.0 ROOM DJl!MENSIONS
11204.1 Ceilling beights: Habitable (spaces) rooms
Court beight: The vertical distance from the lowest other than kitchens shall have a ceiling height of not--
level ofthe court to the mean height ofthe top of less than seven feet six inches (2286 mm).
the enclosing walls. Hallways, co"idors, bathrooms, toilet rooms,
lkitchens, laundry rooms and habitable basements
Court width: As applied to an inner court, means that are only used as recreation rooms shall have a
the least horizontal dimension. As applied to an ceiling height ofnot less than seven feet (2134 mm)
outer court, means the shortest horizontal measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.
dimension measured in a direction substantially
Exception: In occupancies in Use Group R-3, the
parallel with the principal ~pen end of such court.
maximum projection below the required ceiling
Habitable space: Space in a structure for living, height of beams and girders spaced not less than
sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet four feet (1219 rom) on center shaU be six inches
(152 rom).
compartments, closets, halls, storage or utility
spaces and similar areas are not considered -1104.1.1 Use Groups A, B, E and! M: A clear
habitable spaces. height from the finished floor to the finished
ceiling or lowest projection ofnot less than seven
Occupiable space: A room or enclosed space feet six inches (2286 mm) shall be provided in aU
designed for human occupancy in which exit access and occupiable rooms of structures of
individuals congregate for amusement, Use Groups A, B, E and M.

0 203
1204.1.2 Sloping ceilings: If any room in a

building has a sloping ceiling, the prescribed,
ceiling height for the room is required in one-half
the area thereof. Any portion of the room
measuring less than five feet (1524 mm) from the
finished floor to the finished ceiling shall not be
vertical plane adjacent to the exterior of the light-
transmitting device in the enclosure wall and shall
be adequate to provide an average illumination ofsix
footcandles (64.58 lux) over the area of the room at
a height of 30 inches (762 mrn) above the floor
level.
•
included in any computation of the minimum area
1206.2 Minimum glazing area: Every room or
thereof.
space intended for human occupancy shall have an
1204.1.3 Furred ceilings: If any room has a exterior glazing area of not less than 8% of the floor
furred ceiling, the prescribed ceiling height is area. Natural light shall be provided by glazing
required in two-thirds of the area thereof, but the areas that open onto courts or yards which comply
height of the furred ceiling shall not be less than with the requirements of 780 CMR 1212.0, or by
seven feet (2134 mrn). other appJrOved means.
1206.2.1 Adjoining spaces: Where .naturallight
1204.2 Floor area: Habitable rooms, except
for rooms or spaces without exterior glazing areas
kitchens, shall have an area of not less than 70
is provided through an adjoining room, the
square feet (6.51 m2).
unobstructed opening to the adjoining room shall
be at least 8% of the floor area of the interior
1204.3 Width: A habitable room other than a
room or space, but not less than 25 square feet
kitchen shall not be less than seven feet (2134 rom)
(2.33 m2). The exterior glazing area shall be
in any dimension.
based on the total floor area being served.
786 CMR 1205.0 LIGHf AND VENTILATION 1206.3 Stairways: Interior stairways shall be
~QumED provided with an exterior glazing area of not less
1205.1 Light required: Every room or space than ten square feet (0.93 m2) on every floor through
intended for human occupancy shall be provided which the stairway passes. .
with natural or artificial light.
1206.4 Hallways: Natural light shall be capable of
1205.1.1 Bathroom and toilet room lighting:
penetrating the fiilliength of the hallway.
Every bathroom and toilet room shall be provided
with artificial light. The illumination shall have
an average intensity of three footcandles (32.29 780 CMR 1207.0 ARTIFICIAL LIGHT
lux) measured at a level of 30'inches (762 nun) 1207.1 General: SlIould artificial lighting be
above the floor. chosen as a lighting option; artificial light shall be
capable of providing the minimum illumination
1205.2 Ventilation required: Every room or space specified ibr natural light.
intended for human occupancy shall be provided
with natural or mechanical ventilation. 788 CMR 1208.0 NATURAL
. 1205.2.1: Every bathroom containing a bathtub
VENTILATION
and/or shower shall be equipped with a 1208.1 General: Should natural ventilation be
mechanical exhaust fan and associated chosen as a ventilation option, natural ventilation of
ductwork with thefan exhausting, at such rates an occupied space shall be through windows, doors,
as specified in the BOCA National Mechanical louvers or other natural openings to the outdoor air.
Code/199J as referenced in AppendixA. Passive Exception: All occupancies shall have
ventilation methods such as openable windows mechanical ventilation in bathrooms and toilet
shall not substitute for ventilation. Such rooms as specified in 780 CMR 1205.2.1.
bathroom exhaust shall vent directly to the
outside and no exhaust vent shall terminate in 1208.2 Ventilation area required: The minimum
attics or other interior portions ofthe building. openable area to the outdoors shall be 4% of the
Note: See also 105 CMR 410.000 floor area being ventilated.
1208.2.1 Adjoining spaces: Where rooms and
780 CMR 1206.0 NATURAL UGlIT spaces without openings to the outdoors are
1206.1 General: Should naJurallighting be chosen ventilated through an adjoining room, the
•
as a lighting oplion, in the application of the unobstructed opening to the adjoining room shall
provisions of 780 CMR 12, the standard of natural be at least 8% of the floor area of the interior
light for all habitable and occupiable rooms, unless room or space, but not less than 25 square feet
otherwise specifically required by the provisions of (2.33 m2). The ventilation openings to the
780 CMR 4 for special occupancies, shall be based outdoors shall be based on the total floor area
on 250 footcandles (2691 lux) of illumination on the being ventilated.

INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
1208.2.2 Openings below grade: Openings 1210.2.1 Opening size: Openings shall have a net
below grade shall be acceptable for natural area of not less than one square foot (0.093 m2)
ventilation provided that the outside horizontal for each 150 square feet (13.95 m2) offoundation
clear space measured perpendicular to the opening space. Where an approved vapor retarder is
is 1~ times the depth below the average adjoining installed over the ground surface, the required net
grade. .
area of openings shall be reduced to 0.1 square
foot (0.093 m2) for each 150 square feet (13.95
Jl.208.3 Contaminants exhausted: Contaminants in
m2) and vents shall have manually operable
the breathing atmosphere shall be exhausted to the
louvers.
outdoor air in accordance with the mechanical code
listed in AppendixA. Ji210.3 Alltemative mechanical. ventilation:
Enclosed attic, rafter and crawl spaces which are not
1208.4 Openings onto yards or CO\l.BlI1s: Natural ventilated as herein required shall be equipped with
ventilation shall be provided by openings onto yards a mechanical ventilation system conforming to the
or courts which comply with the requirements of requirements of the mechanical code listed in
780 CMR 1212.0, or by other approved means.
Appendix .AI.
780 CMR 1209.0 MECHANICAL 780 CMR 1211.0 ACCESS TO CRAWL

VENTILATION SPACES AND ATTICS
1209.1 General: Should mechanical ventilation-be
1211.1 Access to crawl spaces: Access shall be
chosen as the ventilation option, mechanical provided to crawl spaces by an opening not less than
ventilation shall confonn to the requirements ofthe 18 inches (457 mm) by 24 inches (610 mm). Such
mechanical code listed inAppenaixA. t1Jccess, if common to conditioned space, shall be
Note: Also see 780 CMR 1205.2.1 weatherstripped and shall close tightly.
780 CMR 1210.0 VENTILATION OF . ]211.2 Accas to attics: An opening not less than 22
•
SPECIAL SPACES inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm) with
1210.1 Roof spaces: Enclosed attics and enclosed ready access thereto shall be provided to any attic
rafter spaces fanned where ceilings are applied area having a clear height of over 30 inches (762
directly to the underside of roof rafters, shall have mm). Such access, if adjoining conditioned space,
cross ventilation for each separate space by shall be weatherstripped, and close tightly. A!!
ventilation openings that are protected against the such access opening framing joints shall be
entrance of rain and snow. The openings shall be cau'ked, gfUketed, weatherstripped, foamed or
covered with corrosion-resistant mesh not less than otherwise sealed to limit infiltration/aftltration.
~ inch (6 mm) nor more than ~ inch (13 mm) in any Where doors or other openings are installed in attic
direction. drajtstopping, such doors shall be self-closing and
be of approved materials as specified in 780 CMR
1210.1.1 Ventilating area: The minimum
1211.0, and the construction ·shall be tightly fitted
required net free ventilating area shall be 11150 of
around all pipes, ducts or other assemblies piercing
the area of the space ventilated. except that the
the draftstopping.
minimum required area shall be reduced to 11300,
provided that: a vapor retarder having a
permeance not exceeding one perm is installed on 780 CMR U12.0 COURTS AND YARDS
the wann side of the ceiling; or at least 50%, and 1212.1 General: All courts and yards required to
not more than 80%, of the required ventilating serve rooms for natural light or ventilation purposes
area is provided by ventilators located in the shall comply with the requirements of 780 CMR
upper portion of ilie space to be ventilated at least 1212.0.
three feet (914 mm) above eave or cornice vents,
with the balance of the required ventilation 1212.2 Minimum width: Every such court or yard
provided by eave or cornice vents. shall have a minimwn width ofthree inches (76 rom)
for each one foot (305 mm) of height or fraction
1210.1 Crawl spaces: Crawl space areas. other than ihereof, but not less than five feet (l524 mm) for
those used as an underfloor plenum, shall be . outer courts and twice these values for inner courts.
ventilated by an approved mechanical means or by 1212.2.1 IlITegular court or yard width: In the
openings in exterior foundation walls. Openings
•
case of irregular or gore-shaped courts or yards,
shall be located as close to comers as practicable and the average width shall not be less than the
shall provide cross ventilation on at least two required width .of a court in accordance with
approximately opposite sides. The openings shall be 780 CMR 1212.2, but shalllllot be less than five
covered with corrosion-resistant mesh not less than feet (1524 mm) at any point.
~ inch (6 mm) nor more ilian ~ inch (13 rom) in any
direction.

1212.3 Area of court: The cross-sectional area of a

required court shall not be less than 112 times the
square of its width; nor shall the length of any court
be more than twice its width.
1212.4 Access to court: A door or other means of

construction. The encroachment shall not exceed
20% of the legal area of the yard or court which is
required for light and ventilation purposes.
1213.3 Accessories: In Use Groups R and I, clothes

poles, arbors, garden trellises and other such
•
access shall be provided at the bottom of every court accessories shall not be prohibited in the open
that is not otherwise provided with convenient spaces at ground level.
access for purposes of cleaning.
1213.4 Roof eaves: Roof eaves shall not project
1212.5 Air intakes: Every court which serves one or more than three feet (914 rom) beyond the face of
more habitable rooms and which does not open for the wall.
its full height on one or more sides to a street or
legal yard, shall be connected at or near the bottom 1213.5 Steps and architectural features: Steps,
with a street or yard by a horizontal intake or window sills, belt courses and similar architectural
passage of fireresistance rated construction. Such features, as well as rain leaders and chimneys, shall
intake or passage shall have a cross..sectional area of not project more than two feet (610 rom) beyond the
not less than 21 square feet (1.95 m2) and shall face ofthe wall. .
remain fully open at both ends and unobstructed for
its full size and length, except that grilles of 1213.6 Exterior stairways and fire escapes:
noncombustible construction are permitted at the Outside stairways, smokeprooftower balconies, fire
ends of the intake. escapes or other required elements of a means of
egress shall not project more than four feet (1219
1212.5.1 Fireresistance rating: The walls, floors
mm) beyond the face ofthe wall.
and ceilings of such intakes or passages shall have
a fireresistance rating of not less than two hours in
1213.7 Motor vehicle parking: Where approved,
buildings ofType 1, 2, 3 or 4 construction and not
required court and yard areas for automobile parking
less than a one-hour fireresistance rating in
•
spaces or private garages not exceeding one story in
buildings ofType 5 construction.
height where accessory to and only for the occupants
ofa Use Group R occupancy are permitted, provided
1212.6 Court walls: Where, in the opinion of the
that required windows for light and ventilation are
code official, windows facing on courts do not
not obstructed thereby.
receive adequate direct light by reason of peculiar
arrangement or orientation, the code official shall
require·the walls to be constructed of light-colored 780 CMR 1214.0 SOUND TRANSMISSION
masonry, or to be painted and maintained a light CON11ROL IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
color to furnish additional reflected light, or shall 1214.1 Scope: 780 CMR 1214.0 shall apply to' all
require other approved means of providing common interior walls, partitions and floor/ceiling
additional light. assemblies between adjacent dwelling units or
between dwelling units and adjacent public areas
1212.7 Court drainage: The bottom of every court such as halls, corridors, stairs or service areas in all
shall be properly graded and drained to a public occupancies in Use Group R.
sewer or other approved disposal system complying
with the plumbing code listed in Appendix A; and 1214.2 Air-bome noise: Walls, partitions and
shall be paved with concrete or other non-absorbent floor/ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units
material where required by the code official. from each other or from public or service areas shall
have a sound transmission class (STC) of not less
780 CMR 1213.0 OBSrRUcnON OF than 4S for air-borne noise when tested in
COURTS AND YARDS accordance with ASTM E90 listed in Appendix A.
This requirement shall not apply to dwelling unit
1213.1 Permissible projections: Every required
entrance doors; however, such doors shall be tight
court and yard shall remain unobstructed for its
fitting to the frame and sill.
required area and full height, except for the
projections permitted in 780 CMR 1213.2 through
1214.3 Structure-borne sound: Floor/ceiling
1213.7.
assemblies between dwelling units or between a
dwelling unit and a pu~1ic or service area within the
1213.2 Maximum encroachment: A part of any
structure shall have an impact insulation class (fiC)
building or structure shall not extend into side
rating of not less than 45 when tested in accordance
courts, inner courts or yards required for light and
with ASTM E492 listed in Appendix A. .
ventilation of habitable and occupiable rooms by the
zoning law or other statutes controlling building

780 Cl\1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
780 CMR 1215.0 RATPROOFING spaces shall not be left between the slab and
1215J.Ratproofing: All buildings or structures and walls, and all openings in the slab shall be
the walls enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms protected.
and spaces in which persons live, sleep or work, or
in which feed, food or foodstuffs are stored, 11215.3 Opening pIl"otection: Openings shall be
prepared, processed, served or sold, shall be protected in accordance with 780 CMR 1215.3.1
constructed in accordance with the provisions of through 1215.3.3.
780 CMR 1215.0. 1215.3.1 Wall openings: Openings in the wall or
apron required for ventilation or other purposes
1215.2 Grade protection: Buildings not provided shall be guarded with corrosion-resistant ratproof
with a continuous foundation shall be provided with shields of not less than nominal 0.034-inch
protection against rodents at grade in accordance perforated steel sheets, or No. 20 B&S Gage
with either 780 Cl\1R 1215.2.1 or 1215.2.2. aluminum (0.032 inch) or nominal 0.064-inch
1215.2.1 Apron: Where an apron is provided, the expanded steel or wire mesh screens, with not
apron shall not be less than eight inches (203 mm) more than ~-inch (13 nun) mesh openings.
above, nor less than 24 inches (610 mm) below 1215.3.2 Slab openings: Access openings in
grade. In all cases the apron shall not tenninate grade floor slabs shall be protected with concrete,
below the lower edge ofthe siding material. The masonry, metal or other corrosion-resistant
apron shall be constructed of an approved noncombustible cover of adequate strength to
nondecayable, water-resistant and ratproofing support the floor loads.
material ofrequired strength and shall be installed
around the entire perimeter of the building. 1215.3.3 Pipe and conduit openings: All openings
Where constructed of masonry or concrete for pipe, conduit, cable and similar purposes at or
materials, the apron shall not be less than four near grade shall have snugly fitted collars to
inches (102 rom) in thickness. eliminate all open spaces.
1215.2.2 Grade floors: Where continuous
•
concrete grade floor slabs are provided, open
•
Q 207
•
NON-TEXT PAGE

• CHAPTER 13
ENERGY CONSERVATION
(This .chapter is entirely ggnique to Massachusetts)
NOTE: The provisions of Chapter 13 specified herein apply to projects for which permit applications are made after
JanUary 1,2001.
Exception 1: Between January 1,2001 and June 30,2001, projects may utilize either the provisions of Chapter 13 as
specified herein, or the provisions of Chapter 13 specified in 780 CMR Sixth Edition effective 'lJ28/97.
Exception 2: Tables 1305.3.3a through f (HVAC equipment perfonnance requirements) do not take effect until
October 29. 2ool.
780 CMR 1301.0 ADMINISTRATION provided otherwise specifically by "780 CMR 13.
1301.1 Scope: 780 CMR 13 sets forth requirements
for the effective use of energy in structures other 1301.5 Additions to Existing Buildings: Additions
than low rise residential buildings. which shall be to existing buildings or structures shall be made
designed and constructed to comply with the without making the entire building or structure
requirements of 780 CMR APPENDIX J. comply. The new construction shall conform to the
provisions of 780 CMR 13 as they relate to the
Exception: For the purposes of energy
addition only.
conservation, Use Group R-l buildings are to be
treated as commercial buildings.
1301.6 AlteratiolllS to Existing Builldings: See
780 CMR 3407.
1301.2 Compliance: Buildings shall be deemed to
be in compliance with 780 CMR 13 when built to
1301.7 Exempt Buildings: The following buildings
the provisions of 780 CMR. 1301 and 1303, and
are exempt from the further provisions of780 CMR
either:
13, with the exception of 780 CMR 1308.0 dealing
1. 780 C1vIR 13Q3 through 1308; or
•
with lighting requirements:
2. 780 CMR 1309.
1. Buil~gs and structures or portions thereof
.Exception: As an alternative to the provisions whose peak design rate of energy usage is less
of 780 CMR 1304, buildings with total floor than one watt per square foot or three and four
area not greater than 10,000 square feet may be tenths (3.4) BtuIh per square foot of floor area foX'
designed and constructed using the envelope all purposes;
requirements of 780 CMR APPENDIX J. 2. Buildings and structures or portions thereof
1301.2.1 Heating, Pumpmg, Process Piping and which are neither heated nor cooled;
Refrigeration Systems: Heating, pumping, 3. Greenhouses that are free-standing, or
process piping and refrigeration systems shall be attached to a building and separated by a wall
installed by contractors and" personnel having the same thermal value as an exterior wall.
appropriately licensed in the Commonwealth of and provided with a separate temperature control
Massachusetts (Installing Contraetor).lEngineered system;
designs and specifications prepared by Registered 4. Buildings with less than 100 square feet of
Professional Engineers shall identify systems gross floor area.
requiring compliance with appropriate sections of 5. Portions of aircraft hangars where aircraft are
M.G.L. c. 146 and 528 CMR. Shop drawings and housed or stored and/or aircraft servicing. repairs
design layout prepared by licensed installing or alterations may occur. Such hangars are also
contractors shall note the name(s), license exempt from the lighting requirements of
DUUlber{s) and license expiration date(s) of the 780 CMR 1308.
contraetor(s) installing the heating, pumping,
process piping and refrigeration systems. (See 1301.8 Plans and SpedficatiOllns
Installing Contractor Definition 780 CMR 202.0). 1301.8.1 General: Plans, specifications and·
necessary computations shall be submitted to
Jl.301.3 Other Regulations: 780 CMR 13 is not indicate conformance with 780 CMR 1301.8 and
intended to abridge any safety or health provisions otherapplicable sections of780 C.MR. Submittals
required under any. other applicable codes or shall include Mandatory Checklist approved by
ordinances. the Board ofBuilding Regulations and Standards.
130104 Existing Buildings: Nothing in 780 CMR 13 1301JJ.2 Construction Debils: Compliance
shall require the removal, alteration, or abandon- documents shall show all pertinent data and
ment. or prevent the continuance of the use and features ofllie building, equipment, and systems in
occupancy of, a lawfully· existing building, unless sufficient detail to permit a detennination of the
compliance by the building official and to indicate"

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUllDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BunDING CODE
•
compliance with the requirements ofthis standard. 780 CMR 1301.8.4.1, 1. through 7., is not
Supplemental information necessary to verify required, but the building official shall reject
compliance with this standard, such as the constnlction documents ifthese sections are
calculations, worksheets. compliance forms. incomplete, or if they specify any design
vendor literature, or other data, shall be made elements that violate other requirements of
available when required by the building official 780CMR.
1301.8.4.3 Design: All HVAC. lighting, and
1301.8.3 Calculation Procedures: Calculation
electric power distribution systems including
procedures shall be in accordance with the
sequence of operation t controls and supporting
ASHRAE Handbook, 1997 Fundamentals Volume
documentation shall be designed and specified
or as otherwise specified in 780 0vIR 13.
by a qualified Registered Professional Engineer
1301.8.4 Approval and Acceptance of Heating, e.xcept as provided in M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A and
Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC); any profession or trade as provided in M.G.L.
Lighting; and Electric Distribution Systems: c. 112, § 60L and M.G.L. c. 112. § 81R. The
1301.8.4.1 Construction Documents: The Registered Professional Engineer(s) or other
constructio~documents shall contain sufficient c.
legallyrecognized professional (M.G.L. 112,
information to completely describe the heating. . § 81R) shall be responsible for the review and
ventilation. and air conditioning (HVAC); certification that all submittals and shop
lighting; and electric power distribution drawings conform to the approved BVAC.
systems, including operational features and lighting. and electric power distribution
controls. The info~tion required for each construction documents as submitted for the
system shall include a summary of: building permit and approved by the building
1. A description of the design intent official, per 780 CMR 116.0.
providing a detailed explanation ofthe ideas. 1301.8.4.4 Acceptance: In accordance with the
concepts and criteria that are defined by the provisions of 780 CMR. 120, a certificate of
owner to be important. occupancy shall not issue until the building
2. A description of the basis of design of official or his designees have witnessed a
•
the systems including all information satisfactory test of all HVAC. lighting control.
necessary to prepare a design to accomplish and electric power distribution systems
the design intent. installed in accordance with the construction
3. A description of the sequence of documents. All systems shall be tested in
operation ofthe systems and their interaction accordance with the applicable standards of
with othersystems, including fire prevention 780 CMR and documents. In addition. the
and fIre protection systems. following documents shall be simultaneously
4. A description of the systems including submitted to the building official prior to the
the capacities of the equipment or systems. issuance of a permanent certificate of
5. A description ofthe testing requirements occupancy. .
and the criteria for passing to be used for 1. Certification from the Registered
final systems acceptance. Professional. as allowed in 780 CMR 116.2.
6. A requirement for submittal ofoperation stating that the HVAC, lighting, and electric
manuals and maintenance manuals as a power distribution systems have been
condition of final acceptance. and a installed in substantial accord with the
description of their format and content The approved construction documents.
operation manual shall provide all relevant 2. Confmnation by the building owner1
information needed for day.to-day operation developer or authorized representative that
and management of each syst~m. The they have received all HVAC. lighting, and
maintenance ·manual shall describe electric power distribution system record
equipment inventory and support f!1e drawings from the installing contractors and
maintenance program. that the Registered Professional Engineer or
7. A requirement for submittal of record other legally recognized professional
drawings and control documents as a (M.G.L. c. 112. § 81R) has reviewed their
condition of final acceptance. per 780 CMR reasonable accuracy.
116.0. 3. Confirmation by the building owner!
1301.8.4.2 Approval: Approval by the developer or authorized representative that
•
building official of the design concepts. testing they have received all construction
procedures. and acceptance criteria of documents required in 780 CMR 1301.8.4.1
210 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 618/01 (Effective 4126101)

"". ------ -----------------------~----:------------:-------'-------:---
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BtmDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS

ENERGY CONSERVATION
including reports, controls· documentation, stated clearly and incorpor~ted on a. readily
•
operation mai1UaI(s) and maintenance accessible label on the equipment Such label may
manual{s). " be limited to identifying, by title or pUblication
Exception: In lieu of witnessing a number, the operation and maintenance manual
satisfactory functional test, the building for that particular model and type of product.
offic~aI or their designees may accept a final 1301.9.3" Fenestration allld IDooJrS: Product
performance acceptance test report from a samples used for determining fenestration
_Registered Professional Engineer or other perfonnance shall be production line units Of"
legally recognized professional (M".G.L. representative of units as purchased by the
c. 112, § 811~.). Said report shaH certify that consumer or contractor.
the systems have been tested and
1301!..9.3.1 UoFador: U1actors shall be
satisfactorily meet their performance
determined in accordance with AAMA 1503 or
requirements.
NFRC 100. ·V-factors fOf skylights shall be
1301.8.4.5 Unsafe Lighting and VentiRatioIDl: determined in accordance with NFRC 100.
The building official may require or accept the U{actor shall be detennined by an independent
documentation required in 780 CMR laboratory accredited by a nationally
1301.8.4.4 in enforcing the provisions of recognized accreditation organization and shall
780 CMR 3400.6. be certified by the manufa~turer.
1301.8.4.6 Conditional Acceptance: The Exceptions: If a manufacturer of windows,
requirements of780 CMR 1301.8.4.4 shall not window systems, skylights, glazed or unglazed
preclude the issuance of a temporary certificate door has, not determined product U-value in
of occupancy by the -Building Official in accordance with 1301.9.3.1, compliance with
accordance with 780 CMR 120.3 as long as it the requirements of 780 CMR 13 shall be
can be demonstrated that compliance can be determined only py assigning such products- a
accomplished with the building occupied. default U-value in accordance with Table
1301.9.3.1a or 1301.9.3.1b. Product features
130]1.9 MateriaDs and Equipment must be verifiable for the product to qualify for
the default value associated with those features.
•
1301.9.1 Identification: Where practicable, all
materials and equipment referenced in 780 CMR Where existence of a particular feature cannot
1301.8 shall be marked in order to show be determined with reasonable certainty, the
compliance with 780 CMR 13. product shall not receive credit for that feature.
Where a composite of materials from two
1301.9.2 Maintenance Information: Service different product types is used, !he product
systems which requir~ preventive maintenance to shall be assigned the higher V-value.
maintain efficient operation shall be furnished For garage doors, NAGDM 105 shall be an
with complete necessary maintenance . acceptable alternate for determining U ~actor.
information. Required routine maintenance
actions, as specified by the manufacturer, shall be
Table 11301.9.3.1a
DoValue Default TabRe for Windows, CUrWlDl Walls, and Skyligb~
Double Triple
Singlle Double Triple
Frnme Materia» and Product 'JI'ypeb Glazed Glazed
Glazed GHaZoo Glazed
Low-ec Low-ec
Metal without Thermal Bnak
Windows 1.27 0.87 0~79 0.72 0.69
Curtain Walls 1.22 0.79 0.70 0.63 0.59
Skylight 1.98 1.31 1.20 1.12 1.08
--
Site-assembled stoned/overhead glazing 1.36 0.82 0.71 0.64 "0.60
Metal with Thell"mal Break . "
Window~ 1.07 0.63 0.54 0.48 0.44

Curtain Walls 1.11 0.68 0.59 0.52 ·0.48
Skylight 1.89 1.11 1.00 0.89 0.85
Site-asserilb"led sloped/overhead ~azin~ 1.25 0.70 0.60 0.53 0.49
WoodIVinyllFibergiass
Windows 0.98 0.56 0.48 0.41 0.37
Skylight 1.47 0.84 0.74 0.64 0.59
a" Certain values in this table do not meet the lil1Uts of 780CMR 1304.2, PrescnptIve BUIldmg Envelope Cntena, or
•
780 CMR 1305. Building Envelope Trade-Off Option, and may be used only when demonstrating compliance using
780CMR ]309, Building Design by Systems Analysis.
b Glass block assemblies with mortar but without reinforcing or framing shall have a default value of 0.60.
C Presence of low-e coating must be certified in writing by the manufacturer.
1119/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2U

Table 1301.9.3.1b 10w-e coating may be taken only if presence of

V-value Default Table for Doors such coating is certified in writing by the
Door Tvpe
Opaque
Glass
Air Lock Entry
Revolving
Overhead
0.70
0.92
0.50
0.50
1.45
manufacturer. .
1301.9.3.3 Visible Light Transmittance:
When 780 CMR 1304.5 is used with
daylighting credit, visible light transmittance
shall be determined in accordance with NFRC
200. Visible light transmittance shall be
•
1301.9.3.2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: determined by an independent laboratory
Solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) for the accredit~d by a nationally recognized
overall fenestration area shall be determined in accreditation organization and shall be certified
accordance with NFRC 200. Solar heat gain by the manufacturer.
coefficient shall be determined by an Exception: If a manufacturer of windows, .
independent laboratory accredited by a window systems, skylights, glazed or unglazed
nationally recognized accreditation door has not determined product Visible Light
organization and shall be certified by the Transmittance in accordance with 780 CMR
manufacturer. 1301.9.3.3, compliance with the requirements
Exception: If a manufacturer of windows, of 780 CMR 13 shall be detennined only by
window systems. skylights, glazed or unglazed assigning such products a default VLT in
door has not determined product Solar Heat accordance with Table 1301.9.3.2. Credit for
Gain Coefficient in accordance with 780 CMR low-e coating may be taken only if presence of
1301.9.3.2. compliance with the requirements such coating is certified in writing by. the
of 780 CMR 13 shall be determined only by manufacturer.
assigning such products a default SHGC in
accordance with Table 1301.9.3.2. Credit for
Table 1301.9.3.2
SHGC and VLT Default Table for FenestrationS
Glass Type
Simde Glazed
Clear
Tinted
Reflective
Double Glazed
SHGC
Metal Frame
0.78
0.67
0.53
VLT
0.80
0.61
0.37
Non-Metal Frame
SHGC
0.76
0.65
0.52
VLT
0.78
0.59
0.36
•
Clear 0.68 0.72 0.66 0.70
Tinted 0.57 0.55 0.56 0.54
Reflective 0.46 0.32 0.45 0.31
Double GI~zed Low-e
Clear 0.64 0.68 0.63 0.66
Tinted 0.59 0.50 0.58 0.49
Reflective 0.46 0.32 0.45. 0.31
Triple Glazed
Clear ·0.61 0.66 0.60 0.64
Tinted 0.42 0.22 0.41 0.22
Reflective 0.36 0.25 0.35 0.25
Triple Glazed Low-e
Clear 0.57 0.61 0.56 0.59
Tinted 0.42 0.33 0.41 0.32
Reflective 0.36 0.25 0.35 0.25
..
II Presence of )ow-e coatmg must be certIfied In wnttng by the manufacturer.

•
ENERGY CONSERVATION
780 CMR 13020 DEFINmONS Building Area: The greatest horizontal area of a
1302.Jl Meaning: Unless otherwise expressly stated. building above grade within the outside surface of
the following terms shall. for the purpose of exterior walls 0[' within the outside surface of
780 CMR Chapter 13. have the meaning indicated exterior wall and the center line of fIre walls.
below.
Building Envelope: The elements of a building
1302.2 TelllSe, Gender and Number: Words used which enclose' conditioned spaces through which
.in the present tense include the future; words u.sed in thermal energy may be transferred to or from the
the masculine gender include the feminine and exterior or to or from unconditioned spaces or other
neuter; the singular number includes the plural and spaces exempted by the provisions of 780 CMR
the plural the singu~~~ '. . 1301.7.
1302.3 Terms not Defined: Where terms are not Building Entrance: Any doorway,. set of doors.
defined. they shall have their ordinarily accepted tumstiles~ or other form of portal that fs ordinarily
meanings or such as the context may imply. Any used to. gain access to the building by its users and
terms relating to plumbing and electrical wiring shall occupants.
have their tenns as defined by the Regulations of the
Conunonwealth of Massachusetts pertaining to Building Grounds Lighting: Ughting provided
plumbing and electrical wiring. through a building's electrical service for parking lot.
site, roadway, pedestrian pathway, loadIng dock, and
Accessible (as Applied to Equipment): Admitting security applications.
clpse approach because not guarded by locked doors.
elevation or other effective means (see "Readily Building Project: A building or group of buildings,
accessible"). including on-site energy conversion or
electric-generating facilities, which utilize a single
Anr Conditioning, Comfort: The process of submitta1 for a construction permit or are within the
treating air so as to control simultaneously its boundary of a contiguous area under one ownership.
temperature. humidity, cleanliness. and distribution
CoeffideJrnt of Performance (COP) - Heat Pump
•
to meet requirements of the conditioned space. 0
Heating: The ratio of the rate of heat delivered to

Anr Transport Factor: The ratio of the rate of the rate of energy input. in consistent units, for a
useful sensible heat removal from the conditioned complete· heat pump system under designated
space to the energy input to the supply and return fan operating conditions.
motor(s). expressed in consistent units and under the
designated operating conditions. Comfod: The physical conditions represented in the
area on a psychometric chart enclosing all those
Automatic: Self-actiIig. operating by its own conditions described in Figure 1 in ASHRAE 55. as
mechanism when actuated by some 'impersonal listed in Appendix A, as being comfortable.
influence. as,. for example. a change in current
strength. pressure, temperature or. mechanical' Commercia1l Bundimg: For. purposes of energy
configuration (see 'iManual lt
).
conservation, a commercial building is any building
other than a low-rise residential building, as defmed
Ballast: A device used In conjunction with an. in 780 CMR J2.0.
electric-discharge lamp to cause the lamp to start and
operate under the proper circuit conditions of Conditionned Floor Area: The horizontal projection
voltage, current, wave fonn, electrode heat, etc. of that portion of interior space which is contained
Electronic Banast: A ballast constructed using within exterior walls and which is conditioned
electronic circuitry. directly or indirectly by an energy-using system.
Hybrid Ballast: A ballast constructed using a
combination of magnetic core and insulated wire ConditioIDloo Pace: Space within a building wlUch
winding and electronic circuitry. is provided with positive heat supply (see definition).
Magnetic Banast: A ballast constructed with or which has heated and/or cooled air or surfaces, or
magnetic' core and a winding of insulated wire. where ·required. with humidification or
dehumidification means so as to be capable of
Below-grade Wall: The opaque portion of a wall maintaining a space condition falling within the
•
~
which encloses one side of a basement and! is
partially or totally below grade.
Boiler: An appliance designed to heat water or

generate steam (see "Packaged boiler".)
comfort zone set forth in ASHRAE 55, as listed in
AppendixA.
1119/01 780 CMR - SiXth Edition 213

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DlNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUllDING CODE
Continuous Insulation (ci): Insulation that is Non-swinging: Roll-up, sliding, and all other
•
continuous across all structural members without any doors that are not swinging doors.
thermal bridges, excluding fasteners and service Swinging: All operable opaque panels with
openings. It is installed on the interior, exterior, r hinges on one side and opaque revolving doors.
integral to any opaque surface of the building
envelope. . Door Area: Total area of the door measured using
the rough opening and including the door slab and
Control Device: A specialized device used to the frame. (See "Fenestration area.")
regulate the operation of equipment.
Economizer, Air: A duct and damper arrangement
Dead Band: The temperature range in which no and automatic control system that together allows a
heating or cooling is used. cooling system to supply outside air to reduce or
eliminate the need for mechanical cooJing during
Degree Day, Cooling (CDD): A unit, based upon mild or cold weather.
temperature difference and time, used in estimating
cooling energy consumption.. For anyone day, when Economizer, Water: A system by which the supply
the mean temperature is more than 65 OF, there are as· air of a cooling system is cooled indirectly with
many degree days as degrees Fahfenheit temperature water that is itself cooled by heat or mass transfer to
difference between the mean temperature for the day the environment without the use of mechanical
and 65 OF. Annual Cooling Degree Days (CDD) are ·cooling.
the sum of the degree days over a calendar year.
Efficiency: Performance at specified rat~ng
Degree Day, Heating (HDD): A unit~ based upon conditions.
temperature difference and time, used in estImating
fuel consumption and specifying nominal heating Efficiency, HVAC System: The ratio of useful
load of a building in winter. For anyone day, when energy output{at the point of use) to the energy input
the mean temperature is less than 50°F, there exists in consistent units for a designated time period,
as many degree days as there are Fahrenheit degrees expressed in percent.
•
difference in temperature between the mean-
temperature for the day and 50°F. Annual Heating Emergency Power System: A system that operates
Degree Days (HOD) are the sum of the degree days in the event of primary system fail~re or provides
over a calendar year. power to essential loads during power supply
outages.
Design Conditions: Specified environmental
conditions, such as temperature and light intensity, Enclosed· Space: A volume substantially
required to be produced and maintained by a system surrounded by solid surfaces such as walls, floors,
and under which the system must operate. . roofs, and openable devices such as doors and
operable windows.
Direct Digital Control (nDC): A type of control
where controlled and monitored analog or binary Enclosure: The case or housing of.an apparatus, or
data (e.g., temperature, contact closures) are the fence or walls surrounding an installation, to
converted to digital format for manipulation and prevent personnel from accidentally contacting
calculations by a digital computeror microprocessor, energized parts or protect equipment from physical
then converted back to analog or binary fonn to damage.
control physical devices.
Energy: _The capacity for doing work taking a
DistributioJ.l System: Conveying means, such as number of fonns which may be transformed from
ducts, pipes, and wires, to bring substances or energy one into another, such as thermal (heat), mechanical
from a source to the point of use. The distribution (work), electrical and chemical in customary units, .
system includes such auxiliary equipment as fans~ measured in kilowatt-hours (kWh) or British thennal
pumps, and transfOlmers. units (Btu).
Door: All operable opening areas (which are not Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER): 1'he ratio of net
fenestration) in the building envelope, including equipment cooling capacity in Btulh to total rate of
swinging and roll-Up doors, fire doors, and access electric input in watts (W) under designated
hatches. Doors that are more than one-half glass are operating conditions. If the output capacity in B tuIh
••
considered fenestration. (See Fenestration.) For the is converted to watts (to create consistent units) the
purposes of determining building· envelope result is equal·to the cooling COP (EER 3.41 =
requirements, the classifications are defined as COP.) See also Coefficient of Performance.
follows:

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDThfG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Energy, Recovered: (See "Recovered energy.") from view, and distributes the light. The fxxture also
provides for connection to the power supply, which
Exfiltration: The uncontrolled outward air leakage may require the use of a ballast.
through cracks and interstices in any building
element and around windows and doors ofa building Floor: That lower portion of the building envelope,
caused by the pressure effects of wind and/or the including opaque area and fenestration, that has
effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air conditioned or semiheated space above and is
density. horizontal or tilted at an angle of less than 60
degrees from horizontal but excluding slab-on-grade
Existing Buildings: For purposes of energy floors. For the purposes of determining building
conservation, and existing building which has been envelope requirements, the classifications are
legally occupied and/or used"for a period of at least defined as follows:
five years. (Also see. 780 CMR 2.0 and 780 CMR Mass Floor: . A floor with a heat capacity that
3400.3.1.) exceeds (l) seven Btu/if* OF or (2) five Btulff* OF
provided that the floor has a material unit weight
Exterior Lighting Power Allowaxnce: (See not greater than 120 Ib/rtJ.
"Lighting power allowance.") Steel Joist Floor: A floor that (l) is not a mass
floor and (2) which has steel joist members
Facade Area, Vertical: Area of the facade, supported by structural members.
including nonhorizontal roof area, overhangs, and Wood. Framed and Other Floors: All other
comices, measured in elevation in a vertical plane floor types, including wood joist floors.
parallel to the plane of the face of the building. (See "Building envelope", "Fenestration tl , tlOpaque
area", and "Slab-on-grade floor. tI
)
. Fofador: The perimeter heat loss factor for

slab-on-grade floors, expressed in BtuIh*ft* OF. Floor Area, Gross: The sum of the floor areas of
the spaces within the building including basements,
Fan System Energy Demand (or Fe System mezzanine and intermediate-floored tiers, and
power): The sum of the nominal power demand penthouses with headroom height of7.5 ft (2.3 m) or
. (nameplate horsepower) of motors of all fans that greater. It is measured from the exterior faces of
are required to operate at design conditions to supply exterior walls or from the centerline of waIls
air from the heating or cooling source to the separating buildings, but excluding covered
conditioned space(s) and return it to the source or walkways, open roofed-over areas, porches and
exhaust it to the outdoors. similar spaces, pipe trenches, exterior terraces or
steps, chimneys, roof overhangs, and similar
Fenestration: All areas (including the frames) in features.
the building envelope that let in light,· including Gross Building EnvelopeFloorArea: The gross
windows, plastic panels, clerestories, skylights, glass floor area of the building envelope, but excluding
doors that are more than one-half glass, and glass slab-on-grade floors.
block walls. (See Building envelope and Door.) Gross Conditioned Floor Area: The gross floor
Skylight: A fenestration surface having a slope of area of conditioned spaces.
less than 60° from the horizontal plane. Other Gross lLighted Floor Area: The gross floor area
fenestration, even if mounted on the roof of a . of lighted spaces.
building, is considered verticaJl fenestration. Gross Senifibeated Flloor ANa: The gross floor
Vertical Fenestration: All fenestration other area of semiheated spaces.
than skylights. (See ''Building envelope", "Floorn , "Slab-on-grade
floor," and "Space.")
Fenestration Area: Total area of the fenestration
measured using the rough opening and inclUding !he Flue Damper: A device in the flue outlet or in 1lhe
glazing, sash, and frame. For doors where the glazed inlet of or upstream of the draft control device of an
vision area is less than 50% of the door area, the individual, automatically operated, fossil fuel-fued
fenestration area is the glazed vision area. For all appliance that is designed to automatically open the
other doors, the fenestration area is the door area. flue outlet during appliance operation and to
(See "Door area.") . automatically close the flue outlet when the
appliance is in a standby condition. .
FenestratioDt Vertical: (See "Fenestration" and
n Skylight.") Fossil Fuel: An organic material, othex: than wood,
used as a fuel.
Fixture: The component of a luminaire that houses
the lamp or lamps, positions the lamp, shields it
3/2101 (Effective 1119/01) corrected 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition

0 215
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OFBUllDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUllDING CODE
•
Footcandle (fc): The illuminance on a surface one Gross floor area: The sum of the areas of the
if in area on which there is a uniformly distributed several floors of the building, including basements,
flux of one 1m, or the illuminance produced on a cellars, mezzanine and intennediate floored tiers and
surface all points of which are at a distance of one ft penthouses of headroom height, measured from the
from a directionally uniform point source of 1 cd. exterior faces of exterior walls or from the center
(For SI users, one footcandle equals 10.76 lux.) line of walls separating buildings, but excluding:
1. covered walkways, open roofed-over areas,
Furnace, Duct: A furnace normally installed in por<:hes and similar spaces.
distribution ducts of air conditioning systems to 2. pipe trenches, exterior terraces or steps,
supply warm air for heating and which depends on a chimneys, roof overhangs and similar features.
blower not furnished as part of the duct furnace for
air circulation. Heat: The form of energy that is transferred by
virtue of a temperature difference or a change in
Furnace, Warm Air: A self-contained, state of a material.
indirect-fired or electrically heated· furnace that
supplies heated air through ducts to spaces that Heated Space: Space within a building which is
require it. provided with a positive heat supply. Space within
a basement with registers or heating devices
Glazed Wall System: A category of site assembled designed to supply heat to a basement space shall
fenestration products used in the NFRC 100 and automatically define that space as heated space.
NFRC 200 rating procedures which includes, but is
not liinited to, curtainwalls and solariums. Humidistat: An automatic control device used to
maintain humidity at a fixed or adjustable set point.
Grade: The finished ground level adjoining a
building at all exterior walls.. - HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and aif conditioning.
Glazing Area: Interior surface area of all glazed HVAC System: The equipment, distribution
•
surfaces (such as windows, sliding glass doors, network, and tenninals that provide either
skylights, etc.), sash, curbing, jambs, or other collectively or individually the processes ofheating,
framipg elements that enclose conditioned spaces. ventilating, or air conditioning to a building.
Gross Area of Exterior Walls: The normal BYAC System Components: HVAC system com-
projection of the building envelope wall area ponents provide, in one or more factory-assembled
bounding interior space which is conditioned by an packages, means for chilling and/or heating water
energy-using system including opaque wall, window with controlled temperature for delivery to terminal
and door area. units serving the conditioned spaces of the building.
The gross area of exterior walls consists of all Types ofHVAC system components include, but are
opaque wall areas, including between floor not limited to, water chiller packages, reciprocating
spandrels, peripheral .edges of floors, roof and condensing units and water source (hydronic) heat
basement knee walls, walls enclosing a mansard pumps (See "HVAC system equipment").
roof, window areas including sash, and door areas
when such surfaces are exposed to outdoor air, HVAC System Efficiency: (See "Efficiency,
unconditioned spaces, ormechanically cooled space, HVAC system.")
including interstitial areas betWeen two such spaces.
For each basement wall that encloses heated space, HVAC System Equipment: HVAC system
if the average below-grade area is less than 50% of equipment provides, in one (single package) or more
the total area for that wall, including openings, the (split system) factory-assembled packages, means for
entire wall, including the below-grade portion is air circulation, air cleaning, air cooling with control-
included as part of the gross area of exterior walls. led temperature and dehumidification, and, option-
Non-opaque areas (windows, doors, etc.) .of .all ally, either alone or in combination with a heating .
basement walls are included in the gross area of plant, the functions ofheating and humidifying. The
exterior walls. (Note: if the basement is not heated cooling function may be either electrically or heat
space, and if the basement ceiling is insulated, then operated and the refrigerant condenser may be air,
the basement walls are not included in the gross area waterorevaporativelycooled. Where the equipment
of exterior walls. is provided in more than one package, the separate
•
packages shall by designed by the manufacturer to be

ENERGY CONSERVATION
used together. The equipment may provide the LumhnaiI'e: A complete lighting unit consisting of
heating function as a heat pump or by the use of a lamp or lamps together with the housing designed
electric or fossil-fuel-fIred elements. (The word to distribute the light, position and protect the lamps,
"equipment" used without modifying adjective may, and connect the lamps to the power supply.
in accordance with common industry usage, apply
either to HVAC system equipment or HVAC system Manufacturer: The company engaged in the
components.) original production and assembly of products or
equipment or a company that ·purchases such
Jrndirectly Conditioned Space: (See "Space.") products and equipment manufactured in accordance
with company specifications.
JInrl1tration: The uncontrolled inward air leakage
through cracks and interstices in any building Manual: Capable of being operated by personal
element and around windows and doors ofa building intervention (See IIAutomatic.")
caused by "the pressure effects of wind and/or the
effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air Multi·family dwelling: A building containing three
density. or more dwelling units.
linstalned Interior Lighting Power: The power in Net Area of Exterior WaDs: The gross area of
watts of all permanently-installed general, task, and exterior walls, minus the total rough opening area of
furniture lighting systems and luminaires as all windows and doors set in the exterior walls.
indica~ed on plans and specifications.
NondepIetable Energy Sources:" Sources ofenergy
Integrated Part-load Value (IPLV): A single (excluding minerals and solid fuels) derived from
number figure of merit based on part-load EER or incoming solar radiation, including natural
COP express'ing part-load efficiency for daylighting and photosynthetic proceSses; from
air-conditioning and heat pump equipment on the phenomena resulting therefrom, including wind,
basis of weighted operation at various load waves and tides, lake or pond thermal differences;
. capa~ities for the equipment. and from the internal heat· of the earth. including
_nocturnal thermal exchanges.
1rnteriOJr Lighting Power Allow2lrnce: (See
"Lighting power allowance.") NonreciJrCllllating System: A domestic or service
hot water distribution system that is not a
][solation Devices: Devices th!it isolate HVAC recirculating system.
zones so that they can'be operated independently of
one another. Isolation devices include, but are not Occupant Semor: A device that detects the
limited to. separate systems, isolation dampers, and presence or absence of people within an area and
controls providing shutoff at terminal boxes. causes lighting. equipment, or appliances to be
r~gu1ated accordingly.
Lighting Power Allowance:
Interior Lighting Power Allowance: The Opaque Areas: All exposed areas of a building
maximum lighting power in watts allowed for the envelope which enclose conditioned space, except
interior of a building. openings for windows, skylights, doors and building
Exterior Lighting Power Allowance: The service systems.
maximum lighting po~er in watts allowed for the
exterior of a building. Outdoor Air: Air taken from the outdoors, (i.e. -
not previously circulated through the HVAC
Lighting Power Density (LPD): The maximum system.)
lighting power per unit area of a build¥1g
classification of space function. Packaged Boiler: A boiler that is shipped complete
with heating equipment, mechanical draft
Low-rise Residential Buildings: Residential equipment, and automatic controls; usually ·shipped
occupancy buildings (R-2. R-3, R-4. or R-5) three in one or more sections.
stories or less in height. (Exception: For purposes of
energy conservation, R-l use group buildings shall Plenum: An enclosure that is part of the air
be treated as commercial buildings as defined in distribution system and is distinguished by baving
780 CMR J2.0.) almost unifonn air pressure. A plenum often is
formed in part or in total by portions of the building.
Lumen (1m): The luminous flux emitted within a
unit solid angle (one steradian) by a point source
having a unifozm luminous intensity of one cd.

780 CIvIR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
Pool: A body of non-potable water contained in a Record Drawings: Drawings that record the
human-made structure intended and large enough for conditions of the project as constructed. These
substantial immersion of one or more people. The include any refinements of the construction or bid
term includes but is not limited to swimming pool, documents.
whirlpool, spa, hot tup.
Recovered Energy: Energy utilized which would
Positive Heat Supply: Heat deliberately supplied to otherwise be wasted (i.e., not contribute to a desired
a space by design, such as a supply register, radiator end use) from an energy utilization system.
or heating element Also, heat indirectly supplied to
a space through uninsulated surfaces ofservice water Reheat: The application of sensible heat to supply
heaters and space heating components, such as air that has been previously cooled below the
furnaces, boilers and heating and cooling distribution temperature of the conditioned space by either
systems which continually maintain air temperature mechanical refrigeration or the introdu~tion of
within the space of 50°F. or higher during nonnal outdoor air to provide cooling.
operation.
Reset: Adjusnnent of the set point of a control
Proj~ctjon Factor (PF): The ratio of the horizontal instrument to a higher or lower value automatically
depth of the external shading projection divided by or manually to conserve energy.
the sum of the height of the fenestration and the
distance from the top of the fenestration to the . Roof Assembly: A roof assembly shall be
bottom of the farthest point of the external shading considered as all components of the roofi'ceiling
projection, in consistent units. envelope through which heat flows, thus creating a
building transmission heat loss or gain, where such
Proposed Design: A description of the proposed assembly is exposed to outdoor air and encloses a
building design used to estimate annual energy costs heated or mechanically cooled space.
for determining compliance based on 780 CMR The gross area of a roof assembly consists of the
1309. total interior surface of such assembly, including
•
skylights eXpOsed to the heated or mechanically
Rated R-value of Insulation: The thermal cooled space.
resistance of the insul3.tlon alone as specified by the
manufacturer according to recognized. trade and Sequence: A consecutive series of operations.
engineering standards in units ofh*ft2*oFlBtu at a
mean temperature of 75 OF. Rated R-value refers to Service Systems: All energy-using systems in a
the thermal resistance of the added insUlation in building that are operated to provide services for the
framing cavities orinsulated sheathing only and does occupants or processes housed .therein, including
not include the thermal resistance of other building HVAC, service water heating, illumination,
materials or air films. (See "Thermal resistance. It) transportation, cooking or food preparation,
laundering and similar functions..
Readily Accessible: Capable of being reached
quickly for operation, renewal or inspections, Service Water Heating: Supply of hot water for
without requiring those to whom ready access is purposes other than space heating.
requisite to climb over or remove obstacles or to
resort to portable ladders or access equipment (see Setback: Reduction of heating (by reducing the set
"Accessible.") -point) or cooling (by increasing the setpoint) during
hours when a building is unoccupied or during
Recooling: The removal ofheat by sensible cooling periods when lesser demand is acceptable.
of the supply air (directly or indirectly) that has been
previously heated above the temperatUre to w~ch Slab-on-grade: A floor slab for which the top edge
the air is to be supplied to the conditioned space for of the perimeter is above the fmished grade or 12
proper control of the temperature of that space. inches or less below the finished grade.
•
218 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 6/8/01 (Effective 4126/01)
ENERGY CONSERVAnoN
Solar Energy Source: Source ofnatural dayIighting the exterior building envelope (Btu! h*ft*2* 0p.)
and of thennal, chemical or electrical energy derived The Vo value applies to the combined effect of the
directly from conversion of incident solar radiation. time rate of heat flow through the various parallel
paths. such as windows, doors and opaque
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): The ratio of construction areas, comprising the gross area of one
the solar heat gain entering the space through the or more exterior building components, such as walls,
fenestration area to the incident solar radiation. floors or roof/ceilings. .
Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted solar
heat and absorbed solar radiation. which is then Thermostat: An automatic control device actuated
reradiated, conducted. or convected into the space. by temperature and designed to be responsive to
(See fenestration area.) temperature.
Standard Design: A version of the proposed design Thermostatic Control: An automatic control
that meets the minimum requirements of 780 CMR device or system used to maintain temperature at a
1300 and is used to determine the annual energy fixed or adjustable set point.
usage for detennining compliance based on
·780CMR 1309. Transfozrmell": A piece ofelectrical equipment used
to convert electric power from one voltage to another
System: A combination of central or terminal voltage.
equipment or components and/or controls, Dry-type Transformer: A transformer in which
accessories. interconnecting means, and teoninal the core and coils are in a gaseous or dry
devices by which energy is transformed so as to compound.
perform a specific function, such as HVAC, service Liquid-immersed Transformer: A transformer
water heating or illumination. in which the core and coils are immersed in an
insulating liquid.
Thermal Conductance (e): Time rate of heat flow
through a body (frequently perumt area) from one of Unitary Coolfing and Heating Equipment One or
its bounding surfaces to the other for a unit· more factory-made assemblies which include an
temperature difference between the two surfaces, evaporator or cooling coil, a compressor and
under steady conditions (BtuIh*ft*2*°F). condenser combination, and may include a heating
function as well. When heating and cooling
Thennai Resistance (R): The reciprocal of thermal equipment is provided in more than one assembly;
conductance (h*ft*2*oFlBtu). the separate assemblies shall be designed to be used
together.
Thermal Resistance, Overall (Ro): The reciprocal
of overall thenna! conductance (h*ft*2*oP /Btu) Unimry Heat Pump: One or more factory-made
[(m2.k)/W). The overall thennal resistance of the assemblies which include an indoor conditioning
gross area or individual component of the exterior· coil, compressor(s) and outdoor coil or
buildi~g envelope (roof/ceiling, exterior·wall, floor, refrigerant-to-water heat exchanger, including means
crawl space wall, foundation, window, skylight, to provide both heating and cooling functions.
door, or opaque wall, etc.) which indudes the . When heat pump equipment is provided in more
weighted R-values of the· component assemblies than one assembly. the separate assemblies shall be
(such as air-film, insulation, drywall, framing. designed to be used together.
glazing, etc.).
Varialb~e Air Volume (VAV) Sysftem: HVAC
Thermal Transmittance (U): The coefficient of system that controls the dry-bulb temperature within
heat transmission (air to air). It is the time rate of a space by varying the volumetric flow of heated or
heat flow per unit area and unit temperature . cooled supply air to the space. .
difference between the warm side and cold side air
films (Btu! h*ft*2* oF). The U-value applies to Vent Damper: A device intended for installation in
combinations of different materials used in series the venting system of an individual, automatica11y-
along the heat flow path, single materials that operated, fossil fuel fired appliance in the outlet or
comprise a building section, cavity air spaces and downstream of the appliance draft. control device
surface air films on both sides of a building element. which is designed to automatically open the venting
The term F-value applies to U properties for concrete system when the appliance· is in operation and to
slabs. automatically close off the venting system when the
appliance is in a standby or shutdown condition.
Thermal Transmittance, Overall (Uo): The
overall (average) heat transmission ofa gross area of

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BU~DING CODE
Ventilation: The process of supplying or removing 780 CMR 13O~.O DESIGN CONDmONS
air by natural or mechanical means to or from any 1303.1 Scope: 780' CMR 1303.0 applies to all
space. Such air mayor may not have been buildings.
conditioned.
1303.2 General: The criteria of 780 CMR 1303.0
Ventilation Air: That portion of supply air which establishes the minimum requirements for the
comes from outside (outdoors) plus any recirculated thennal design of the exterior envelope ofbuiJdings
air that has been treated to maintain the desired and for HVAC systems and equipment.
quality of air within a designated space. (See BOCA
Mechanical Code, as listed in AppendixA, 780 CMR 1303.3 Design Parameters: The design parameters
13, and definition of "Outdoor air.") listed in Tables 1303.1 and 1303.2 shall be used for
calculations required under 780 CMR 13.
Voltage Drop: A decrease in voltage caused by
losses in the lines connecting the power source to the 1303.3.1 Interior Design Conditions: Indoor
load. design temperature and relative humidity shall be
determined in accordance with ASHRAE
_Wall: That portion of the building envelope. Standard 55-92 listed in Appendix A, and shall be
including opaque area and fenestration, that is selected for minimum total HVAC system energy
vertical or tilted at an angle of 60° from horizontal use in accordance with accepted practice. '
or greater. This includes above- and below-grade Exception: Buildings or portions of buildings
walls. between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of which require different temperatures and
floors, and foundation walls. For the purposes of humidity, such as, but not limited to, hospitals,
-determining building envelope requirements, the laboratories, museums, art galleries, supermarkets,
classifications are defined as follows: thermally sensitive equipment rooms, archival
Above-grade Wall: A wall that is not a storage facili ties, and facilities for the elderly, may
below-grade wall. require the use of alternative indoor design
Below-grade Wall: That portion of a wall in the conditions. Any such use of alternative indoor
building envelope that is entirely below the finish design conditions shall be documented by a
grade and in contact with the ground. licensed professional.
Metal Building Wall: - a wall whose structure
consists of metal spanning members supported by 1303.4 Ventilation: Ventilation air shall confonn to
steel structural members (i.e., does not include the requirements specified in 780 CMR2801.0.
spandrel glass or metal panels in curtain wall
systems). Table 1303.1
Steel Framed Wall: A wall with a cavity CLnMATEZONEBYCOUNTY
(insulated or otherwise) whose exterior surfaces
are separated by steel framing members (i.e.,
typical steel stud walls and curtain wall systems).
County
Barnstable
I Climate
Zone #
]2a
Wood Framed and Other Walls: All other wall
types, including wood stud walls. Berkshire 14a
Bristol 12a
Wall Area, Gross: The-area of the wall measured
Dukes 12a
on the exterior face from the top of the floor to the
bottom of the roof. Essex 13a
Franklin 14a
Water Heater: Closed vessel in which w~ter is
heated by the combustion of fuels, electricity, or any Hampden 14a
other source and is withdrawn for use external to the Hampshire 14a
system at pressures not exceeding 160 psig,
Middlesex 13a
including the apparatus by which heat is generated
and all controls and devices necessary to prevent Nantucket 12a
o
water temperatures from exceeding 210 P. Norfolk. 13a
Zone: A space or group of spaces within a buiJ~ing PlymC:lUth 12a

with heating andlor cooling requirements sufficiently Suffolk 13a
similar so that comfort conditions can be maintained
•
Worcester 14a
throughout by a single controlling device.

ENERGY CONSERVATION
•
Table 1303.2 separate conditioned and unconditioned space.
CLIMATE ZONE THERMAL 1304.1.2 Moisture Control: The design of
DESIGN CRITERIA buildings for energy conservation shall not create
Climate Zone # ~ 14a conditions of accelerated deterioration from
Heating Degrees (oF) 9 7 -1 moisture condensation.
Winter A vapor barrier having a maximum
Cooling Degrees (oF) 86 87 86 permeability of zero point one (0.1) perm or less,
Dry Bulb per Chapter 24 in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals
Summer Handbook, (equivalent to a 4 mil polyethylene
Cooling Degrees (oF) 74 74 73 sheet) shall be installed on the winter wann side
Wet Bulb of walls, ceilings and floors enclosing a
Summer conditioned space. Battiblanket insulation with a
vapor barrier attached shall be attached to the
Heating Degree Days 5884 5641 6894
winter 'warm sides or faces of wall studs. sole
Base 65
plates, top plates, lintels and headers at intervals
Heating Degree Days 2553 2399 3448
of eight inches on center to prevent convection
Base SO
loops through the insulation. Where battlblanket
Cooling Degree Days 606 678 507 insulation is of a "friction fit" design and a sheet
Base 65 vapor barrier is employed. the vapor barrier shall
Cooling Degree Days 2743 289'Z '2525 be affIXed to the interior face of the wall studs.
Base 50 sole plates, top plates, lintels and headers winter
Cooling Degree Hours 939 1299 409 warm side in accordance with the vapor barrier
Base 80 manufacturer's recommendations. All joints,
holes, imperfections and penetrations 'ofthe vapor
780 CMR l304.0 BUHDlNG ENVELOPE barrier shall be taped tight with a vapor barrier
tape recommended by the vapor barrier
REQUIREMENTS
manufacturer.
••
1304.1 General: Walls, roof assemblies, floors,
All other envelope building materials and
glazing, and floor slabs which are part of the
finishes installed towards the cooler, exterior side
building envelope shall meet the requirements of
of the wall shall have water vapor permeability at
780 CMR 1304.1, 1304.3,1304.4 and either:
least ten times greater than the interior vapor
1. 780 CMR 1304.2, Prescriptive Building
barrier material.
Envelope Criteria. provided that: .
a. the building is less than four stories in Exception 1: Materials to the exterior of a
height above grade; - ventilated rainscreen ca.vity may have any
b. the vertical fenestration area does not permeability.
exceed 50% of the gross wall area. for each Exception 2: Envelope systems that maintain the
space conditioning category; and, temperature of potential condensing swfaces
c. the skylight fenestration area does not (typically the interface of exterior sheathing with
exceed 3% of the gross roof area for each cavityinsulation) above the dewpoint temperature
space-eonwtioning category; or, of the interior air. For calculation purposes use
2. 780 CMR 1304.5, Building Envelope Chapter 22 in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals
Trade-off Option. Handbook, "Steady State Design Tools." Assume
1304.1.1. Classification of Walls: Walls steadyostate heat transfer, interior air temperature
associated with the building envelope shall be and humidity specified in 780 CMR 1303.3, and
classified in accordance with 780 CMR exterior air temperature indicated as "Heating
1304.1.1.1, 1304.1.1.2 or 1304.1.1.3. Degrees Winter" in Table 1303.2.
1304.1.1.1 Above--grade Walls: Above-grade Exception 3: Envelope systems that maintain the
walls are those walls covered by 180 CMR moisture content of all building materials that
1304.2.1 on the exterior of the building and comprise the ~sembly below the equilibrium
completely above grade ~r the above-grade moisture content the materials would achieve
portion of a basement or first-story wall that is when exposed to relative humidity of 80%. For
more than 15% above grade. calculation purposes use Chapter 22 in 1997
ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook,
130401.1..2 Below.,grade Wallis: Below-grade . "Mathematical Models". Assume interior air
walls covered by 780 CMR 1304.2.9 are
temperature and humidity specified in 78.0 CMR
••
basement or firstostory walls associated with
1303.3.
the exterior ofthe building that are at least 85%
below grade. Exception 4: Preoengineered metal buildings
need not satisfy the requirement for ten times
1304.1.1.3 Interior Walls: . Interior waIls
greater permeability on the exterior side of vapor
covered by 780 CMR 1304.2.10 are those walls
retarders.
not on the exterior of the building and that
6/8/01 (Effective 4126/01) 780 Cl\1R Sixth Edition

0 221
THE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUllDING CODE
Buildings with unusual interior design PF= Projec~on factor (decimal).

conditions (such as continually refrigerated A = Distance measured horizontally from the
buildings, ice rinks,· cold storage) shall extremity of any overhang, eave, or pennanently
demonstrate compliance by the method in attached shading device to the vertical surface of
Exception 3. the glazing. .
=
B Distance measured vertically from the
1304.2 Prescriptive Building Envelope Criteria: bottom of the glazing to the underside of the
The building envelope components shall meet each overhang, eave, or permanently attached shading
of the applicable requirements in Tables device.
1304.2.1-12, based on the climate zone and the Where different windows or glass doors have
percentage of wall that is glazed. The climate zone different PF values they shall each be evaluated
shall be detemrined based on the county in separately or an area weighted PF value shall be
accordance with 780 CMR 1302, Tables 1302.1 and calculated and used for all windows and glass
1302.2. The percentage of wall that is glazed shall doors.
be determined by dividing the aggregate area of
1304.2.4 Roof Assembly: The minimum thennal
rough openings or unit dimensions for fenestration
.resistance (R-value) of the insulating material
(windows and glazed doors) in all the above grade
installed either between the roof framing or
walls associated with the building envelope by the
continuously on the roof assembly shall be as
total gross area of all above grade exterior walls that
specified in Tables 1304.2.1-12 based on
are part of the building envelope. In buildings with
construction materials used in the roof assembly.
multiple types of building envelope construction,
each building envelope construction tYPe shall be
1304.2.5 Skylights: Skylights located in the
evaluated separately.
building envelope shall be limited to 3% of the
1304.2.1 Above Grade Walls: The minimum gross roof assembly area and shall have a
thermal resistance (R~value) of the insulating maximum thermal transmittance (U-value) of the
material installed in the wall cavity between the skylight assembly as specified in Tables
framing members and continuously on the walls 1304.2.1-12.
shall be as specified in Tables 1304.2.1-12 based
on framing type and construction materials used in 1304.2.6 Floors Over Outdoor Air or
the wall assembly. Where both cavity and con- Unconditioned Space: The minimum thennal
tinuous insulation values are provided in Tables resistance (R-value) of the insulating material
1304.2.1-12, both requirements shall be met. installed either between the floor framing or
Masonry walls shall be considered IIframed walls" continuously on the floor assembly shall be as
when weighing less than 3S psf of wall area. specified in Tables .1304.2.1-12 based on
construction materials used in the floor assembly.
1304.2.2 Non-glazed Doors: When the total area
ofnon-glazed doors is greater than 5% ofthe total
1304.2.7 . Slabs on Grade: The minimum
opaque wall area, the area of non-glazed doors
thennal resistance (R-value) of the insulation
above 5% shall be insulated as an opaque wall or
around the perimeter of the slab floor on grade
an adjustment shall be made in the thermal
shall be R-5. The insulation shall be placed on the
resistance of the wall to address any thermal
outside of the foundation or on the inside of the
deficiency created by the doors.
foundation wall. Insulation on the outside of the
1304.2.3 Windows and Glass Doors: The foundation wall shall extend downward from the
maximum solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and top of the slab for a minimum of 48 in. Insulation
thermal transmittance (U-value) of window on the inside of the foundation wall shall extend
assemblies and glass doors located in the building downward to at least the bottom of the slab and
envelope shall be as specified in Table~ then horizontally for a minimum total distance of
1304.2.1-12 based on the window projection 48 in. In addition, the entire area of the slab on
factor. grade shall be insulated with a minimum of R-S
The window projection factor shall • be rigid insulation in the following buildings:
determined in accordance with equation 1304.2.3. buildings of use group E, including daycare;
Equation 1304.2.3 buildings ofuse groups R-I, R-2, I-I and 1-2, and;
college and university buildings of B and A use
PF=AIB groups.
Where:
•
222 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 6/8/01 (Effective 4n.6/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUllDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
•
Exception: For a monolithic slab on grade floor, installed in. or continuously on, below grade walls
the insulation shall extend from the top ofthe slab of conditioned spaces shall be R-S. and shall
on grade to the bottom of the footing. Continuous extend from the top of the wall to the depth of the
under-slab insulation shall be provided per bottom of the floor slab.
1304.2.8.
1304.2.10Interior WaIns: The minimum thermal'
1304.2.8 Slabs Below Grade: The entire area of resistance (R-value) of the insulating material
a floor slab which is below grade and is in contact installed in the wall cavity or continuously on the
with· the ground shall be insulated with a interior walls separating conditioned space from
minimum ofR-S rigid insulation in the following unconditioned space shall be as specified in
buildings: buildings of use group E, including Tables 1304.2.1, 1304.2.S,and 1304.2.9 for above
daycare; buildings of use groups R-l, R-2. I-I and grade walls. regardless of glazing area, based on
1-2; and; college and university buildings ofB and framing type and construction materials used in
A use groups. the wall assembly.
1304~2.9 Below Grade Walls: The ·minimum
thermal resistance of the insulating material
TABLE 1304.2..1
Bvn.DING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone Jl2a
Glazing Area 10% or less of Above Grade Wall Area
COl1ltiInUOIlJS Insulation Metal Framing
Above-Grade Walls: Wood Framing
(or average insulation value)· =
(Coi. continuous insullatiOllll)
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf. R-7 R-II + R-3 c.i. R-ll
Masonry ~ 35 psf. - R-5 R-Il + R-3 c.i. R-ll,
I Window Assemblies: SHGe (maximum) V-Value (maximum)
• PF<O.25
O.25·s PF < 0.50
PF ~ 0.50
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)

_.-
i\ny
Any
i\ny
X
Insulation Between Framing

Any
Any
Any
0.8
ContinuolllS Insulation
All-Wood Joisttrruss R-19 R-16
Non-~ood JoistJTross R-25 R-l7
Concrete Slab or Deck NA R-16
-Metal Purlin with Thermal Break R-25 R-17
Metal Purlin wlo Thermal Break X R-17
Floor Assemblies: (either/or) Insolation Between Framing Con1tinuo1llS Insulation

All-Wood Joistffruss R-19 R-16
Non-wood JoistfI'russ R-19 R-16
Concrete Slab or Deck NA R-16 "
Slab. Perimeter, and Below-Grade . R-S

Wall
'" Formasomy walls, average R-value shall be caIcuIated_based on the assumption ofisothermal planes, using,
methodology in 1997.ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.
6/8/01 (Effective 4126/01) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 223

•
TABLE 1304.2.2
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 12a
Glazin! Area Over 10% but not greater than 25% of Above qntde Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls: Continuous Insulation Metal Framing Wood Framing
(or avera2e insulation value)* (c.i. = continuous insulation)
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf. R-7 R-ll + R-3 c.i. R-ll
Masonry ~ 35 psf. R-5 R-ll + R-~ c.L R-ll
Window Assemblies: SHGC (maximum) U-Value (maximum)

PF<0.25 0.6 0.6
0.25 ~ PF < 0.50 0.7 0.6
PF~ 0.50 Any 0.6
Skylights - U-Value (maximum) x 0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or) Insulation Between Framing Continuous Insulation

Non-wood JoistfTniss R-25 .. R-20
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break. R-30 R-20
Metal Purlio wlo Thennal Break x R-20
Floor Assemblies: (either/or) Insulation Between Fl"'dlDing Continuous Insulation

Non-wood J~istffruss : R-19 R-16
•
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall R-5
TABLE 1304.2.3
Climate Zone 12a
• Area 0 ver 25~"D but notneater than 40~"DOf Above Gra de.W.aJ1 Area
GIaZln!
Continuous Insulation Metal Framing
Wood Framing
Above-Grade Walls:
=
(or averaee insulation value)* (c.I. continuous insulation)
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf. R-7 R-Il + R-3 c.L R-ll
Masonry ~ 35 psf. R-S R-II + R-3 c.i. R-ll

PF<O.25 0.5 0.5
0.25 s PF < 050 0."6 0.5
PF~ 0.50 0.7 0.5
Skylights - U-Value (maximum) X 0.8
Roof AssembUes' (either/or) I Insulation Between Framio2 Continuous lnsuJation

All-Wood IoisVfruss R-30 R-23
Non-wood ]oistfI'rnss R-30 R-24
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break X R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break X R-24
Floor AssembUes" (either/or) I Insulation Between Framing Continuous Insulation

All-Wood IoistfI'rnss R-19 R-16
•
Non-wood JoistfI'IUss R-19 R-16

Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall R-5
* For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumptIon of Isothermal planes. usmg
methodology in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook; Chapter 22.
224 780 om. - Sixth Edition 6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)

ENERGY CONSERVATION
TABLE 1l304.2.4
BU10LDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 12a
• Area 0 veil" 40%0 Ib ut not 2R3ter than 50%00f Ab ove G rae
GIaZIDe d Wall Area
(or averaee insulation value)* (c.i. = continuous insulation)
Framed or Masonry < 35 Dsf. R-7 R-13 + R-3 d. R-ll
Masonry ~ 35 psf. R-5 R-Il + R-3 c.i. R-ll
Window Assemblies: SaGe (maximum) U-Value (maximum)

PF<0.25 0.4 0.4
0.25 s PF < 0.50 0.5 0.4
PF~ 0.50 0.7 0.4
·Roof Assemblies: (either/or) I Insulation &tween Framine Continuous Insulation

.,
.~
All-Wood Ioistffruss R-30 R-23
Non-wood Joistlfruss R-30 R-24

Metal Purlin with Thermal Break R-30 R-24
Metal Purlin w/o ThennaJ. Brea;k R-38 R-24
.
Floor Assemblies· (either/or) . I Jnsulation Between Framing Continuous Insulation . ..
All-'Wood Joistrrruss R-19 R-16
Non-wood IoistITruss R-19 R-16
Concrete Slab 011' Deck NA R-16
Slab. Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall R-5
TABLE 1304.2.5
Climate Zone 132
- "
• Area 10%I) or Iess 0 f Above Gra~
GJazJn£ d Wall A~ ., - "
Continuous Insulation Metal Framing.

Above-Grade Walls: Woocll Framin~ "
(or avera2e insulation value)· (c.l. = continuous insulation) " .
Framed or Masonry < 35"D5f. R-7 R-13 + R-3 c.i. R-ll

Masonry ~ 35 psf. R-5 R-l1 + R-3 c.i. R-ll·
Window Assemblies: SHGC (maximum) V-Value (maximum)

PF<O.2S Any 0.7
0.25 ~ PF < 0.50 Any 0.7-
PF~ 0.50 Any 0.7
Roof Assemblies: (either/or) lDsulation Between Fnmin£ Continuous Insulation

All-Wood Joist/I'russ Ra]9 R-14
Non-wood JoistlTnuss R-19 R-IS
Concrete Slab or Deck
. NA R-14
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break X R-15
Floor Assemblies: (either/or) I IDsulation Between Framin2 Continuous Insulation

All-Wood IoistlI'russ R-19 R-16
Non-wood JoistITruss JR-25 R-17
Slab, Perimeter. and Below-Grade Wall R-j
* For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of Isothermal planes, usmg
methodology in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.

•
TABLE 1304.2.6
Oimate Zone 1331
GI·azme Area 0 ver l~b
0 'D ut not neater than 25 %0fb A ove GdWI
rae a J Area
Above-Grade WaIls: Wood Framing
(or average insulation value)* (c.i. = continuoUs insulation)
Framed or MasonI)' < 35 psf. R-7 R-13 + R-3 c.i. R-ll
Masonry ~ 3S psf. R-5 R-ll + R-3 c.i. R-ll

PF<O.25 0.6 0.6
0.25 ~ PF < 0.50 0.7 0.6
PF~·0.50 Any 0.6
Roof Assemblies: (either/or) Insulation B~tween Fnunine Continuous ID$Ulatic;m

All-Wood Joistlfruss R-25 R-19
Non-wood Joistlfross R-25 R-20
Metal Purlin with Thennal Break R-30 R-20
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break. X R-20
Floor Assemblies: (either/or) I Insulation Between Framing Continuous Insulation

AU-Wood JoistITross - R-19 R-16
Non-wood JoistlI'russ R-25 R-17
Concrete Slab or Deck NA R-l7
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
Above-Grade Walls:
TABLE 1304.2.1
BUlLDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 13a
Glazin2 Area Over 25% but not ereatt;r tban40~
Continuous Insulation
.
=
R-5
'tJ of A bove Grade.
Metal Framing
WaliA rea
(or avel"a2e insulation value)· (c:.i. continuous insuL.ation).

I W
00
.
d F
.
•
rammg
I
•
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf. R-7 R-13 + R-3 coi. I R-II I
Masonry ::!: 35 psf. R-5 R·ll + R-3 c.i. I R-ll I
Window Assemblies: SHGe (maximum) U-Value (maximum)
PF<.0025 0.5 0.5
0.25 s PF < 050 0.6 0.5
PF::!: 0.50 0.7 0.5
Skylights - V-Value (maximum) X 0.8
I Roof Assemblies· (either/or) IInsulation Between Framing IContinuous Insulation

All-Wood Joistrrross R-30 R-23
Non-wood Joistlrross R-30 R-24
Concrete Slab or Deck . NA R-23
Metal Purlin with lbennal Break X R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break X R·24
Floor Assemblies: (either/or) Insulation Between Framin2 Continuous Insulation

All·Wood JoistITruss R-19 R-16
Non-wood Joisttrross R-25 R-l7
Slab:Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
NA
R-5
R-17
* For masonry walls, av:erage R-value shall be calculated based on the assumpuon of lsothennaI planes. usmg methodology
in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handboo~ Chapter 22. •
ENERGY CONSERVATION
•
TABLE )1304.2.8
BUll..DllNG ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 13a
GIaZIng
. A rea 0 ver 40~iO b ut not 2I'eater t h an 500/(00f Above G raed Wa II A rea
AboveDGrade Walls: Wood Framing •
(or average insulation value)· (d. = continuous iinsulation) ..
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf. R-7 R-13 + R-3 c.i. R-ll
Masonry ~ 35 psf. RDS R-II + R-3 d. R-ll

PF<"0.25 0.4 0.4
0.25 :s; PF < 0.50 0.5 0.4
PF~ 0.50 0.7 0.4
Roof-Assemblies· (either/or) Insulation Between Framing Continuous Insulation

All-Wood Joistrrross R-30 R-23
Non-wood Joisttrross JR-30 R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thennal Break R-38 R-24
lFIoor Assemblies: (either/or) Insulation Between Framing Continuous Insulatiol) .

All-Wood Joistffross R-19 R-16
Non-wood Joistffross JRo25 R-17
Con~rete Slab or Deck . NA R-17
Slab. Perimeter. and Below-Grade Wall R-5
TABLE Jl304.2.9
B1UJ!LDING ENVELOPE REQ1UIREMENTS
Climate Zone 14a
• Area 10~o or Iess II)fAbpve Grae
GIazmE d WalIA - ~ea .
.

Above-Grade Walls: Wood! Framing
(or average insulation value)'" (cJ. = continuous ~latiollD)
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf. R-7 R-II +R-3d. R-ll
MasoJU}' ~ 35 psf. R-5 R-ll ... R-3 d. R-]]
Window Assemblies: SHGC (maximUm) V-Value (maximum)

PF<O.25 Any 0.7
0.25 :!:: PF < 0.50 Any 0.7
PF2: 0.50 Any 0.7
Skylights ~ U-Value (maximum) X 0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or) Insulation Betw~en FranUIJ2 ContinuoU$ Insulation

AllDWood JoistITross R-19 R-17
Non-WOod IoistITruss R-~ R-I8
Concrete Slab or Deck NA R-l?
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break It-30 R-18
Metal Furlin wlo Thermal Break X R-IS
Floor Assemblies: (either/or) Insulation Between Framine: Continuous II1$UJ~.tion

All-Wood JoistITruss R-25 R-1S
•
Non-wood Joistrrruss R-25 R-19

Slab. Perimeter. and Below-Grade Wall R-5
'* For masonry walls. average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothermal planes. using methodology
in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. Chapter 22.

780 C!v.!R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULAnONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUllDlNG CODE
•
TABLE 1304.2.1(11
Climate Zone 14a
. Area 0 ver 10~0 but not ereater than 25~DOf Above Grae
Gl 32lDg d Wall Area
(or averaee insulation value)· (d. = continuous insulation)
Framed or Masonry <: 35 psf. R-7 R-13 + R~3 c.L R-11
Masonry ~ 35 psf. R-5 R-ll + R-3 d. R-II

PF<O.25 0.5 0.6
0.25 ~ PF <: 0.50 0.6 0.6
PF~ 0.50 0.7 0.6
Skylights - V-Value (maximum) X 0.8
. Roof Assemblies' (either/or) Insulation Between Framing Continuous Insulation

All-Wood Joisttrruss -R-25 R-19
Non-wood Joistfl'russ R-25 R-20
Metal Purlin with Thennal Break R-30 R-20
Metal Purlin w/o Thennal Break X R-20
Floor Assemblies- (either/or) Insulation Between Framin2 Continuous Insulation

All-Wood Joistlfruss R-25 R-18
Non-wood Joist!I'russ R-25 R-19
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
TABLE 1304.2.11
Climate Zone 14a
R-5
Glazing Area Over 25% but not. greater than 40% of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
=
(or averaee insulation value)· (ce.i. continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
•
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf. R-7 R-13 + R-3 d. R-ll
Masonry ~ 35 psf. R-5 R-ll + R-3 c.i. R-ll
Window Assemblies: SHGe (maximum) U-Value (maximum)

PF<O.25 0.4 0.5
0.25 :s: PF < 0.50 0.5 0.5
PF~ O~50 0.6 0.5
Skylights - U-Value (maximum) x 0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or) Ins.u1ation Between Framine Continuous Insulation

All-Wood Joistffruss R-23
NOD-wood Joistffruss R-30 R-24
Metal Purlin with Thennal Break X R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thennal Break X R-24
Floor Assemblies: (either/ad Insulation Between Framine Continuous Insulation

All-Wood Joist/l'russ R-25 R-I8
Non-wood Joistffruss R-25 R-19
Slab. Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
NA
R-5
R-19
• For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumptIon of lSothennal planes. USIng methodology
in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22. •
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUllDlNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
TABLE 1304.2.12
BUIWING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 142
Glazine Area Over 40% but not 2I'eaur than SO ~'() of Above Grade Wan Area
(or averae:e insulation value)* (ci. = continuous insuJation) .
Framed or Masonry < 35 osf. R-7 R-I3 + R-3 c.i. R-Il
Masonry ~ 35 psf. R-S R-II + R~3 c.i. R-Il
Window Assemblies: SHGC (maximum) U·VaJue (maximum)

PF < 0.25 0.4 0.4
0.25 s PF < 050 05 0.4
PF~·0.50 0.6 0.4
SkyliJUlts - U-Value (maximum) X 0.8
Roof Assemblies" (either/or) Insulation Between Framing Continuous Insulation I

Non-wood loistITruss R-30 R-24
Metal Purtin w/o Thennal Brealc R-38 R-24
- -
.. ··f;
Floor Assemblies: (either/or) _ Insulation Betwee:nFraminl! ContinuQus lnsulatiQn-
All-Wood Joistll'ross - R-25 R·18
Non-wood Joistrrross R-25 R-19
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall R-S
* For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption ofisothennal planes, using
methodology in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.
1304..3 Air Leakage of adjacent systems, allowing for the relative
movement of systems due to thennal and
1304..3.1 Air Barriers: The building envelope
moisture variations and creep. Connection
shalJl be designed and constructed with a
shall be made between:
continuous air barrier to control air leakage into, .
a. Foundation and walls.
or out of the conditioned space. An air barrier
b. WaIls and windows or doors.
shall also be provided for interior partitions
c. Different wall systems.
between conditioned space and space designed ~o
d. Wall and roof.
maintain temperature or humidity levels which
e. Wall and roof over unconditioned space.
differfrom those in the conditioned space by more
f. Walls, floor and roof across construction,
than 50% of the difference between the
control and expansion joints.
conditioned space and design ambient conditions.
g. Walls, floors and roof to utility, pipe and
The air barrier shall have the following
duct penetrations.
characteristics:
1. It must be continuous, with all joints made 1304.3..2 Air Barrier PenetratiolllS: All
air-tight. penetrations of the air barrier and paths of air
~. It shall have an air penneability not .to infiltrationlexf.tlttation shall be made air-tight.
exceed 0.004 cfmlft: under a pressure
1304.3.3 Fenestration and Doors: Air leakage
differential of0.3 in. water (1.57 psf.) (equal to
for fenestration and doors shall be determined in
O.02Uslm2 @ 75 Pa.) .
accordance with NFRC 400 or ASTM E 283 @
3. It shall be capable of withstanding positive
1.57 psf (75 Pa.). Air leakage shall be detennined
and negative combined design wind. fan and
by an independent laboratory accredited by a
stack pressures on - the envelope without
nationally recognized accreditation organization
damage or displacement, and shall transfer the
and shall be certified by the manufacturer. Air
load to the structure. It shall not displace
leakage shall not exceed 1.0 cfmlff for glazed
.adjacent materials under full load.
swinging entrance doors and for revolving doors.
4. It shall be durable or maintainable.
and 0.4 cfmlft2 for all other products under a
5. The air barrier shall bejoined in an air-tight
pressure differential of 0.3 inches of water (1.57
and flexible manner to the air barrier material
psf.)

780CMR: STATE BOARD OF Bun.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TIlE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUll.DING CODE
Exceptions: Such dampers shall have a leakage no greater than

1. Field fabricatedJenestration and doors that 3cfrnlft2 at 1.0 in w.g. when tested in accordance
are weather-stripped. with AMCA Standard 500. They shall be set in
2. For garage doors, air leakage determined by the dosed position, and shall automatically open
test at standard test conditions in accordance upon:
with NAGDM 105 .shall be an acceptable 1. the activation of any fIre alarm initiating
alternate for co~pliance with air leakage device of the building's fIfe alann system;
requirements. 2. the interruption of power to the damper.
1304.3.4 Shaft, Chute, Access Opening, 1304.3.8 Recessed Lighting Fixtures: When
Stairwell and Elevator Lobby Doors: Doors inst,Llled in the building envelope, recessed
and access openings leading to shafts, chutes, lighting fixtures shall meet one of the following
stairwells, and elevator lobbies shall either meet requirements:
the requirements of780 CMR 1304.3.3 or shall be 1.. l)pe IC rated, manufactured with no
equipped with weatherseals. penetrations between the inside of the recessed
Exception: Weatherseals on elevator lobby fixture and ceiling cavity and sealed ot
doors are not required when a smoke control gasketed to prevent air leakage into the
system is installed in accordance with unconditioned space.
780 CMR 921.7. 2., Type Ie rated, in accordance with ASTM E
283 no more than 2.0 cfm air movement from
1304.3.5 Loading Dock Weatherseals: Cargo the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity. The
doors and loading dock doors shall be equipped lighting fixture shall be tested at 75 Pa or 1.57
with weatherseals to restrict infiltration when IbsJft.2 pressure difference and shall be
vehicles are parked in the doorway. labeled.
1304.3.6 Vestibules: A door that separates 1304.3.9 Envelope Gaps and Cavities: All gaps
conditioned space from the exterior shall be and cavities between rough framing and door and
protected with an enclosed vestibule, with all window heads, jambs, and sills shall be made
doors opening into and out of ~e vestibule
•
air-tight, filled with insulation and covered with a
eq~ipped with self-closing devices. Vestibules vapor barrier meeting the criteria for vapor
shall be designed so that in passing through the· barriers.
vestibule it is not necessary for the interior and
exterior doors to open at the same time. Interior 1304.4 Insullation General: Where insulation is
and exterior doors shall have a minimum distance required in 780 CMR 1304.2 or 780 CMR 1304.5, it
between them of not less than seven ft (2.1 m) shall also comply with 780 CMR 1304.4.1 through
when in the closed position. 1304.4..5.
Exceptions:
1304.4.1 InsuIation Installation: Insulation
1. doors not intended to be used as.a building
materials shall be installed in accordance with
entrance door, such as doors for mechanical or
manufacturer's recommendations as to achieve
electrical equipment rooms;
and maintain rated R-value o/insulation.
2. doors opening directly from a dwelling
Where continuous wall insulation is required in
unit;
780 CMR 1304.2 or 78OC~ 1304.5 in multi-
3. doors that open directly from a space less
story buildings, the insulation must be continuous .
than 3000 tr in area;
across floor ~tructures.
4. revolving doors or doors adjacent to
Open-blown or poured loose-fill insulation
revolving doors;
shall not be used in attic roo/ spaces with eave
5. doors used primarily to facilitate vehicular
venle; when the slope of the ceiling is more than
movement or material handling and adjacent
three in 12 unless special provisions are made to
personnel doors.
prevent settling and maintain an air space for
13043.7 Air-tight Dampers: Air-tight 'operable ventilation above the insulation. Baffling of the
dampers shall be ~stalled where the air barrier is vent openings shall be provided to deflect the
penetrated by: incoming air above the surface of the insulation.
1. fixed open louvers such as in elevator shafts
1304.4.2 Substantial Contact: Insulation shall
and machine rooms;
be installed in a pennanent manner in substantial
2. mechanical system components which allow
contact with adjacent surfaces in a manner which
infl1tration or exfl1tration of air when the
will prevent convection of air around the
systems are inactive, such as atrium smoke
insulation.. Flexible batt insulation installed in
exhaust systems and make-up air louvers;
floor cavities shall be supported in a pennanent
3. outside air intakes, exhaust outlets, relief
manner by supports no greater than 24 in. on
outlets, stair shaft, elevator shaft smoke relief
center.
openings, and other similar elements. .
230 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 6/8/01 (Effective 4126/01)

ENERGY CONSERVATION
•
Batt insulation with integral vapor barrier shall be bUdget building. Envelope perfonnancefactor shall"
attached to the winter warm sides or faces of wall be calculated using computer programs accepted by
studs. sale plates, top plates. lintels and headers at the Board of Building Regulations and Standards.
intervals of eight inches on center. Where
battlblanket insulation is ofa "friction fit" design and 786 CMR 1305.0 HEA"f.ING VENTILATION
a poly vapor barrier is employed. the vapor barrier AND AIR CONDmONlNG
shall be affIXed to the interior face of the wall studs.
1305.1 General: 780 CMR 1305.0 covers the design
sale plates, top plates. lintels and headers (winter
and construction of mechanical systems and
warm side) in accordance with the insulation
equipment serving.the building heating. cooling, or
manufacturer's "recommendations. ventilating needs.
1304.4.3 Recessed Equipment Lighting
1305.1.1 Compliance: Compliance with
fixtures; heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning
780 CIvIR 1305.0 shall be" achieved by meeting
equipment. including wall heaters, ducts, and
either 780 CMR 1305.2 or 780 CMR 1305.3.
plenums; and other equipment shall not be
recessed in such a manner to affect the insulation
1305.2 Simple HVAC Systems and Equipmelllla:
thickness"unless:
i. the total combined area affected (including 1305.2.1 Scope: 780 CMR 1305.2 applies to
necessary clearances) is less than one percent "buildings served by unitary or packaged air
of the opaque area of the assembly, or conditioners or heat pumps, packaged terminal air
2. the entire roof, wall, orfloor is covered with conditioners, and packaged furnaces each serving
insulation to the -full depth required or one zone and controlled by a single thermostatic
3. the effects ofreduced insulation are included control in the zone served. It also applies to
in calculations using an area weighted average buildings servedby packaged boilers and two-pipe
method and compressed insulation values from heating systems serving one or more zones.
the ASHRAE 1997 Handbook of 780 CMR 1305.2 does not apply to non-unitary
Fundamentals. In all cases, air leakage through or non-packaged HVAC equipment and systems
the recessed equipment to the conditioned or to chiller systems.
• space shall be prevented.

1304.4.4 Location ofRooflnsuiatiom The roof
shall be insulated in a location other than directly
on a suspended ceiling with removable ceiling
panels.
1304.4.5 "Insulation Protection: Exterior
780 CMR 1305.2 does not apply to buildings in
which the outside air quantity capable of being
supplied by any individual fan system exceeds
3000 cfm or 70% of the total design supply air
quantity for the fan system.
1305.2.2 CaJcuJJatiolD of Heating and CooIillllg
Loads: Design loads shall be determined in
insulation shall be covered with a protective
accordance with the procedures described lin
material to prevent dainage from sunlight,
Chapters 25 and 26 of the ASHRAE 1997
moisture, landscaping operations, equipment
Handbook of Fundamentals or - an approved!
- maintenance, and wind. Jfn attics and mechanical
equivalent computa~on procedure.
rooms, a way to access equipment that prevents
damaging or compressing the insulation shall be 1305.2.2.1 Equipment and System Siznng:
provided. Foundation vents shall not interfere Heating and cooling equipment and systems
with the insulation. capacity shall not exceed the loads calculated
Insulation materials in ground contact shall in accordance with 780 CMR 1305.2.2. A
have water absorption no greater than 0.3% when single piece of equipment providing both
tested in accordance with ASTM C272. heating and cooling shall satisfy this provision
for one function with the capacity for the other
Exception: Insulation materials that have a
function as·smalJ! as possible, within available
water drainage system included.
equipment options. -
1304.5 Building Envelope TradeaOff Option:" 1305.2.3 BYAt Equipment Perl'ormaJbice
The building envelope complies with the standard if Requirements: Packaged air conditioners and
the proposed building satisfies the provisions of heat pumps with capacity greater than" 240,000
780 GMRI304.1, 780 CMR 1304.3, and 780 CMR BtuIh, ground-source and ground water source
1304.4, and the envelope performancefactor of the heat pumps, and duct furnaces and unit heaters
proposed building is less than or equall to the shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements
•
envelope performancefactor ofthe budget building. of Tables 1305.3.3a, b,and d, when tested and
The envelopeperfoimancefactor considers only the rated in accordance with the referenced test
building envelope components. Schedules of procedure. The efficiency shall be verified through
operation, lighting power, equipment power, data furnished by the manufacturer or through
occupant density, and mechanical systems shall be certification under an approved certification
the same for both the proposed building and the program. Where multiple ~ating conditions and/or
6/8/01 (Effective 4126/01) 780 Cl\I.IR - Sixth Edition 231

780 Clv.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STAND~S
performance requirements are provided, the Ex.ception: systems which vary water flow in
equipment shall satisfy all stated requirements. compliance with 780 CMR 1305.3.5.4.
Other new equipment within the scope of Hydronic heating systems comprised of
780 CMR 1305.2 is required to meet efficiency multiple packaged boilers and designed to
standards administered by the federal government deliver conditioned water or stearn into a
The efficiency ofused equipment within the scope common distribution system shall include
of the federal standards shall be verified through automatic controls capable of sequencing
data furnished by the manufacturer. operation of the boilers.
Equipment not required to meet efficiency Hydronic heating systems comprised ofa single
standards administered by the federal government, boiler of greater than 500.000 BtuIh design
and not in Tables 1305.3.3a. b, and d may be used, capacity shall include either a multi-staged or
and have no minimum performance requirements. modulating burner.
1305.2.4 Temperature and Humidity Controls: 1305.2.6 Ventilation: Natural or mechanical
1305.2.4.1 Temperature Controls: EaCh ventilation shall be provided in accordance with
heating and cooling system shall have at least the mechanical code listed in Appendix A. Any
one programmable thermostat. The thennostat mechanical ventilation system shall have the
shall have the capability to setback or shut- capability to reduce the outdoor air supply to the
. down tlle .system based on day of the week and minimum required by the mechanical code listed
time of day and a readily accessible manual in AppendixA.
override that will return to the pre-setback or 1305.2.6.1 Distributed Fan Systems: Where
shutdown schedule without reprogramming. mechanical ventilation is provided by multiple
Thermostatic controls shall be capable of fan systems located in a plenum or other
providing a temperature range or dead band of enclosed space, outdoor air shall be dueted
at least 5°P within which the supply of heating directly to each individual fan system.
and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or
1305.2.6.2 Shutoff Dampers: Outdoor air
reduced to a minimum.
supply ducts and exhaust ducts associated with
Exception: Thermostats requiring manual the mechanical ventilation system shall be
changeover between heating and cooling provided with automatic means to reduce and
modes. shutoff air flow. .
Where heating and cooling to a zone are Exception:
controlled by separate, zone thermostatic 1. Systems serving areas designed for
controls located within the .zone, means (such continuous operation.
as limit switches, mechanical stops, or, for 2. IDdividual systems with an outside air
direct digital control (DOC) systems, software intake or exhaust capacity of 300 cfm or
programming) shall be provided to prevent the less.
heating set point from exceeding the cooling 3. Systems with readily accessible manual
set point minus any applicable proportional dampers.
band.
Heat pumps having supplementary electric 1305.2.7· Economizers: Each system over 65,000
resistance heat shall have controls that, except BtuIh cooling capacity shall have an economizer
during defrost, prevent supplemental heat that will automatically shut off the cooling system
operation when the heat pump can meet the and allow 100% of the supply air to be outdoor
heating load. air.
1305.2.4.2 Humidity Controls: When 1305.2.8 Duct and Plenum Insulation and
humidisUits are installed they shall prevent the Sealing: All supply and return air ducts and
use of fossil fuel or electric power to achieve a plenums shall be insulated with a minimum of
humidity below 60% when the system R-5 insulation when located in unconditioned
controlled is cooling, and above 30% when the spaces and with a minimum of R-8 insulation
system controlled is heating. when located outside the buildingenvelope. When
located within a building envelope assembly the
1305.2.5 Hydronic System Controls: Hydronic
duct or plenum shall be separated from the
beating systems of at least 300,000 BtuIh design
building exterior or unconditioned or exempt
capacity supplying heated water to comfort
spaces by a minimum R-5 insulation. Required
conditioning systems shall include controls that
R-values are the "labeled"· R-values for such
have the capability to automatically reset the
ducts.
supply water temperatures by representative
building loads (including return water Exception:
temperatUre) or by outside air temperature. 1. When located within equipment
232 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1119101

ENERGY CONSERVATION
2. When the design temperature difference 1305.3.2.1 Equipment and System Snzmg:
between the interior and exterior of the duct or Heating and cooling equipment and system
plenum does not exceed lS o P. capacity shall not exceed. the loads calculated
3. Exhaust air ducts. in accordance with 780 CMR 1305.3.2.
4. Outside air supply ducts located outside of
the building envelope. 1305.3.3 HVAC Equipment lPenorm:lllm:e
Requirements: Equipment shall be newly
All joints, longitudinal and transverse seams,
purchased or shall meet the minimum efficiency
and connectionS in duct work, shall be securely
requirements of Tables 1305.3.3a. through f.,
fastened and sealed with welds, gaskets, mastics
when tested and rated in accordance with the
(adhesives), mastic-plus-embedded-fabric
referenced test procedure. The efficiency shall be
systems, or tapes. Tapes and mastics used with
verified through data furnished by the
rigid fibrous glass ducts shall be listed and labeled
manufactureror through an approvedcertification
in accordance with UL 181A. Tapes and mastics
program. Where multiple rating conditions andlor
used with flexible air ducts shall be listed and
performance requirements are provided, the
labeled in accordance with UL 181B. Duct tape is
equipment shall satisfy all stated requirements.
not pennitted as a sealant on any metal ducts.
Other new equipment within the scope of
1305..2.9- Piping Insulation: All low pressure 780 CMR 1305.3.3 is required to meet efficiency
side refrigerant piping shall be insulated with % standards administered bythe federal government.
in. of insulation, hot water piping for comfort The efficiency ofused equipmentwithin the scope
conditioning shall be insulated with one in. of of the federal standards shall be verified through
insulation, and steam system piping shall be data furnished by the manufacturer.
ins~lated with two in. ofinsulation. All insulation Equipment not required to meet efficiency
shall have a conductivity not exceeding 0.27 standards administered by the federal government,
Bm-inJhr-ft2OF. and not in Tables 1305.3.3a. through f. may be
used, and have no minimum performance
1305.3 Complex HVAC Systems U1dEqwpment: requirements.
1305.3.1 Scope: This section applies to all 1305'.3.3.1 Dud Fumaces and Unit Heaters:
HVAC systems and equipment other than those Warm air duct furnaces and unit heaters shall
covered in 780 CMR 1305.2. have an intermittent ignition device, maximum
jacket losses of 0.75% of the equipment input
1305.3.2 Calc:uRation oft' Heating and Cooling rating, and power venting or a flue damper.
Loads: Design loads shall be determined in When combustion air is drawn from the
accordance with the procedures described in conditioned space a vent damper shall be
Chapters 25 and 26 of the ASHRAE 1997 permitted to be used in lieu of the required flue
Handbook of Fundamentals Oll' an approved damper.
equivalent computation proced~e•.
Table 130S..3.3a-
Unitary Air Conditioners and Co~densingUnits, Eledric:aUy OpeIrated,
Minimum Efficiency Requirements .
Sub-Category or Minimum
Equipment Type Size Category Test Procedure
Rating Condition Efficiencya
> 240,000 BtuIh and Split System and 9.5EERb
s; 760.000 BtuIh SinJdePac~ 9.7 IPLvt' ARI210/240
Air Conditioners, Air Cooled
Split System and 9.2EERb
> 760,000 BmIh Single Package 9.4IPLVb
Air Conditioners, Water and v
U.OEERb
> 240,000 BtuIh lO.3IPLyb
ARI340/360
Evaporatively Cooled
Split System and 10.1 EER
Condensing Units, Air Cooled ~ 135.000 BtuIh Single Package U.2IPLV
AlU365
Condensing Units, Water or 13.1 EER
~ 135,0Q0 BtuIh
Ewporatively Cooled 13.1 IPLV
n IPLVs are only appbcable to equipment with capacIty modulation.
b Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and·lPLVs for units with a supplemental heating section other than electric
resistance.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANI?ARDS
Table 1305.3.3b
Unitary and Applied Heat Pumps, Ellectrically Operated,
Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Sub-Category or Rating Minimum Test
Equipment Type Size Category
Condition Efficiency Procedure
Air Cooled, Split System and Single 9.0EERb 9.2
> 240,000 BtuIh ARI340/360
(Cooiing Mode) Package IPLVb
Air Cooled, 47°F db/43 of wb outdoor 3.1 COP
(Heating Mode) > 240,000 BtuIh ARI340/360
17°F dbllOoP wb outdoor 2.0 COP
Groundwater- Source 70°F Entering Water . 13.5EER
(Cooling Mode) < 135,000 BtuIh ISO 13256-1
50°F Enterin2 Water IS.0EER
Ground Source 77°F Entering Brine 12.4EER
(Cooling Mode) < 135,000 BtuIh ISO 13256-1
70°F Entering Brine 12.8EER
Groundwater- Source < 135,000 BtuIh 70°F Entering Water 3.9 COP
ISO 13256-1
(Heating Mode) (Cooling Capacity) 50 0 P Entering Water 3.4 COP
Ground Source < 135,000 BtuIh 32 of Entering Brine 2.8 COP
ISO 13256-1
(Heating Mode) (Cooling Capacity) 41°F Enteting Bri'p,e 3~OCOP
.~
a IPLVs are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulatlon.

s
b Deduct 0.2 from the required BERs and IPLV for units with supplemental heating sections other than
electric resistance heat.
Table 1305.3.3c
Water Chillin2 PackaRes, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Minimum
Equipment Type Size Category Test Procedure
EfficiencY'
Air Cooled, With Condenser, 2.80 COP
All Capacities
Electrically Operated 2.80IPLV
ARI 550 or ARI 590 as appropriate
Air Cooled, Without Condenser, 3.10 COP
All Capacities
Electrically Operated 3.10IPLV
Water Cooled, Electrically
4.20 COP
Operated, Positive Displacement AIl Capacities ARI590
4.65IPLV
(Reciprocating)
4.45 COP
< 150 Tons 4.50IPLV
Water Cooled, Electrically
~ 150Tons and < 4.90 COP
Operated, Positive Displacement ARI 550 or ARI 590 as appropriate
300 Tons 4.95IPLV
(Rotary Screw·and Scroll)
5.50 COP
~ 300 TOns
5.60IPLV
5.00 COP
< 150 Tons S.OOIPLV
Water Cooled, Electrically ~ 150 Tons and < 5.55 COP
ARI550
~r.lred,CentrUUg& 300 Tons 5.55 IPLV
6.10 COP
~ 300 Tons
6.10IPLV
Air Cooled Absorption Single
All Capacitie~ 0.60 COP
Effect
Water Cooled Absorption Single
All Capacities 0.70 COP
Effect
ARI560
Absorption Double Effect, l.OOCOP
All Capacities
Indirect-Fired 1.05 IPLV
Absorption Double Effect, 1.00 COP
All Capacities
Direct-FIred l.OOlPLV
a The chiller equipment requirements do not apply for chillers used in low temperature applications
where the design leaving fluid temperature is less than. or equal to ~5° F.
•
ENERGY CONSERVAnON
Table· 1305.3.3d
Warm Air Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Size Category Sub-Category or Minimum Minimum
Equipment Type Test Procedure
(Input) Rating Conditiona Efficiencyt Efficiency
Warm Air Duct All Capacities Maximum Capacity 78%~ 80%Ee ANSIZ83.9
Furnaces, Gas-Fired Minimum Capacity 75%E, ----
WarmAir Unit All Capacities Maximum Capacity 78%E, 80%Ee ANSIZ83.8
Heaters, Gas-Fired Minimum Capacity 74%Et
Warm Air Unit All Capacities Maximum Capacity 81%E, 80%Ee UL 731
Heaters, Oil-Fired Minimum Capacity 81%E,
a Minimum and maximum ratings. as provided for and allowed by the unit's- controls.
tEe =Combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). -See test procedure for detailed discussion.
d E, =Thermal efficiency. See test procedure for detailed discussion~
Table Jl305.3.3e
e ormance Reqmrements Iior HeatR·
Pri e.1CCfIon E~qulpment
Total System 6
Heat Rejection Sub-Category or Rating Performance Test

Equipment Type
Capacity at Rated Condition Required Procedurec
Conditions
95 OF Entering Water
Propeller or Axial ~ 38.2
All 85 OF Leaving Water CTI ATC-I0S
Fan Cooling Towers gpmlhp8
75°F wb Outdoor Air
95 OF Entering Water.
Centrifugal Fan ~ 20.0 cn ATe-lOS
All 85 OF Leaving yv ater
Cooling Towers gpm/hpa
75°pwb Outdoor Air
125 OF Condensing Temperature
R22 Test Fluid _
• ~ 176,000
Air Cooled 190°F Entering Gas T
All ARlI460
Condensers emperature Btulh*hpb
15°F SUbcooling
95 OF Entering Drybulb
n Maximum flow (gpm)/rated motor power (hp) .
b Heat rejected from the refrigerant {BtWh)/rated motor power (hp).
Table 130S.3.3f
Boilers, Gas~ and OiJaFfired, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type Size Category Sub-Category or Rating Minimum Efficiency as of Test Procedure
Condition Efficiencv b 111/200l c
Boilers, Gas-Fired ~
300,000 Btulb and Maximum CapacityB 80%Ec 75%1; H.I. Htg Boiler
~2,500,000 Btulb Minimum Capacitya 80%E.. Std 86d
> 2,500,000 BtuIh Hot Water 80%E., 80%E~
> 2,500,000 BtuIh Steam 80%E" 80%E"
Boilers, Oil-Fired ~ 300,000 Btulb and Maximum Capacity· 83% E.: 78%~ H.I. Htg Boiler
~ 2,500,000 BtuIh Minimum Capacity" 83%E,. Std 864
> 2,500~000 BtuIh Hot Water 83% E,. 83%E..
> 2,500,000 BtuIh Steam- 83%E,. 83%E.. -
Oil-Fired ~ 300,000 Btulb and Maximum Capacity8 83%Ee 78%E. H.I. Htg Boiler
(Residual) ~ 2,500,000 BtuIh Minimum Capacity· 83%E" Std 86~
> 2,500,000 Btu/h Hot Water 83% E,. 83%E,.
> 2,500,000 BtuJh Steam 83%E,. 83%E,.
:I Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls.
bEe =:=Combustion effiCiency (100% less flue losses). See reference document for detailed information.
e E, =Thennal efficiency. See reference document for detailed information.
d Alternate test procedures used at the manufacturer's option are ASME PTC-4.1 fOfunits over
•
5,000,000 Btulh input, or ANSI Z21.13 for units greater than or equal ~o 300,000 BtuIh and less than or
equal to 2,500,000 BtuJh input.

1305.3.4 TemPerature and Humidity Controls control that is capable of starting and
•
1305.3.4.1 Thermostatic Controls: The stopping the system for seven different daily
supply of heating and cooling energy to each schedules perweek, retaining progranuning
zone shall be in~ividually controlled by and time setting during loss of power for a
thermostatic controls capable of responding to" period of at least ten hours, and has a manual "
temperature within the zone. override that allows temporary operation of
the system for up to two hours; a manually-
Exception: Independent perimeter systems
operated timer capable of being adjusted to
that are designed to" offset only building
operate the: system for up to two hours; or an
envelope heat losses and/or gains serving
occupancy sensor.
one or more zones also served by an interior
system provided: " 1305.3.4.3 Zone Isolation: Systems that
1. the perimeter system includes at least serve zones that will have the capability to
one thermostatic control zone for each operate non- simultaneously shall include
building exposure of the building (face isolation devices and controls to shut off or
.within ± 45°) having exterior walls facing se~ back the. supply of ventilation air, heat-
only one orientation for more than 50. ing, and.cooling to each zone independently.
contiguous feet and. For offices, each isolation area shall be no
2. the perimeter system heating and cooling larger than 25,000 ft 2 of conditioned floor
supply is c9ntrolled by thermostatic controls area nor include more than one floor. For all "
located within the zone(s) served by the other occupancies, isolation areas shall be no
system. larger thanl a single zone, a single tenant
space, or 5000 ft2 of conditioned floor area.
1305.3.4.2 Zone Thermostatic Control
whichever is larger.
Capabilities:
Exception: exhaust air and outside air
1305.3.4.2.1 Set point Overlap
connections to fan systems of 5,000 cfm
Restriction: Where" used to control both
and smaller.
heating and cooling. zone thermostatic
controls shall be capable of providing a 1305.3.4.4 Humidifier Preheat:
temperature range or dead band of at least Humidifiers with preheating jackets
•
5·F within which the supply of heating and mounted in the air stream shall be provided
cooling energy to the zone is shut off or with an automatic valve to shut off preheat
reduced to a minimum. when humidification is not required.
"Exception: Thennostats requiring manual " 1305.3.4.5 Humidification and
changeover between heating and cooling" Dehumidification: Where a zone is served
modes. by a system or systems with both humidifi-
cation and dehumidification capability,
Where heating and cooling to a zone are
means (such as limit switches, mechanical
controlled by separate zone thennostatic
stops, or, for direct digital control (DOC)
controls located within the zone, means
systems, software programming) shall be
(such as limitswitches, mechanical stops, or,
capable of preventing simultaneous opera-
for direct digital control (ODe) systems.
tion of humidification and dehumidification
software programming) shall be 'provided to
equipment.
prevent thebeating set point from exceeding
the cooling set point minus any applicable Exception:
proportional band. 1. Zones served. by desiccant systems,
used Witlll direct evaporative cooling in
1305.3.4.2.2 OfT~hourControls: HVAC
series.
systems shall have setback and automatic
2. Systems serving "zones where specific
. controls.
humidity levels are required, such as
Exception: . computer rooms, museums. and hospitals.
1. Systems that serve areas that operate
1305.3.4.6 Simultaneous Heating and
continuously, or
Cooling: Zone thermostatic and
2. Systems with full load demands not.
humidistatic controls shall be capable of "
exceeding 2 kW when having a readily
operating in sequence the supply of heating
acc~ssible manual shut off switch.
and cooling energy to the zone. Controls
Thermostatic setback controls shall have shall be capable of preventing {eheating;
the capability to setback or temporarily recooling; mixing, or simultaneously
•
operate the system to maintain zone supplying air that has been previously
temperatures down to 55 OF or up to 85 oF. mechanically heated and air that has been
HVAC systems shall be equipped with·an previously cooled either by economizer
automatic timeclock or programmable operation or mechanical cooling.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUn.DING REGULATIONS AND STAND~S
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Exception:
I. Variable air volume systems which, 1305.3.5.2 Two-pipe Changeover System:
during periods of occupancy. are designed Systems that use a common distribution system to
to reduce the primary air supply to each supply both heated and chilled water shall: be
zone to a minimum before reheating. designed to allow a dead band between
recooling. or mixing takes place. changeover from one mode to the other of at least
2. Zones where special pressurization 15°Poutside air temperature; be designed to and
relationships or cross-contamination provided with controls that will allow operation in
requirements are such that variable air one mode for at least 4 hours before changing
volume systems are impractical!. over to the other mode; and be provided with
3. At least 75% of the energy for controls that allow heating and cooling supply
reheating or 'for providing wann air in temperatures at the changeover point to be no
mixing systems is provided from a more than 30 0 P apart.
site-recovered or site-solar energy source. 1305.3.5.3 Hydronic (Water Loop) Heat
4. Zones where special humidity levels Pump Systems: Hydronic heat pumps
are required to satisfy process needs. connected to a common heat pump water loop
5. Zones with a peak supply air quantity with central devices for heat rejection and heat
of 300 cfm Qr less and where the flow rate addition shall have controls that are capable of
is less than 10% of the total fan system providing a beat pump water supply
flow rate. temperature dead band ofat least 20 OF between
6. Zones where the volume of air to be initiation of heat rejection and beat addition by
reheated. recooled, or mixed is no greater the central devices. If a closed-circuit cooling
than the volume of outside air required to tower is used, either an automatic valve shall
meet the minimum ventilation be installed to bypass all but a minimal flow of
requirements of 780 Cl\1R 1305.3.6. water around the tower, or low.leakage positive
1305.3.4.7 Temperature Reset for Air closure dampers shall be provided. ][f an
Systems: Air systems supplying heated or open-circuit cooling tower is used directly in
•
cooled air to multiple zones shall include . the heat pump loop, an automatic valve shall be
controls that have the capability to installed to bypass all heat pump water flow·
automatically reset the supply air in response around the tower. If an open-circuit cooling
to measured parameters representative of tower is used in conjunction with a separate
building loads or by outside air temperature. beat exchanger to isolate the cooling tower
Temperature shall be capable of being reset from the heat pump loop, then heat loss shall
by at least 25% of the design supply air to be controlled by shutting dOWDl the circulation
room air temperature difference. pump on the cooling tower loop. Each
Exception: Systems that comply with hydronic heat pump on the hydronic system
780 ClVIR 1305.3.4.6 without using baving a total pump ,system power exceeding
Exceptions I, 2 or 6. ten hp shall have a two-position valve.
Exception: Where a system loop temper-
1305.3.5 Hydll'onic System Controls: The
ature optimization controller is installed and
heating of fluids that have been preViously
can determine the most efficient operating
mechanically'cooled and the_cooling offluids that
temperature -based on real time conditions of
have been previously mechanically heated shall be
demand and capacity, dead bands .of less
limited in accordance with 780 Cl\1R 1305.3.5.1
than 20 0 P shall be permitted.
through 1305.3.5.3.
Hydronic heating systems comprised of 1305.3.5.4 Hydromc Vmabie 1Fl!o,!"
multiple packaged boilers and designed to deliver Symms: HVACpumping systems that include
conditioned water or steam into a common control valves designed to modulate or step
distribution system shall include automatic open and closed as a function of load shall be
controls capable of sequencing operation of the designed for variable fluid flow and be capable
boilers. of reducing pump flow rates to 50% or less of
Hydronic heating systems comprised ofa single the design flow rate.
boiler and greater than 500,000 BtuIh design 1305.3.5.5Maximum Power Use: Individual
capacity shall include either a multi-staged or pumps serving variable flow systems having
modulating burner.
•
pump motors greater than 50 hp shall include -
1305.3.5.1 Three--pipe System: Hydronic controls that are capable of limiting pump
systems that use a common return system for motor demand to no more than 30% of design
both hot water and chilled water are prohibited. power input at 50% of design water flow.
1119/01 780 ClVIR - Sixth Edition 237

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OFBUILDlNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
1305.3.6 Ventilation: Ventilation, either natural cfm or less.

or mechanical, shall be provided in· accordance
1305.3.7 EconomizerS: Each cooling system
with the mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
including the fan with a total cooling capacity of
Where mechanical ventilation is provided the
.at least 65,000 BtuIh shall have an air or water
system shall provide the capability to reduce the
economizer.
outdoor air supply to the minimum required by the
Cooling fan systems with a total cooling
mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
capacity less than ~5,OOO Btulhr shall have an air
1305.3.6.1 System Controls: Mechanical or water economizer in buildings three stories and
ventilation systems shall be provided with talle:r where the total cooling capacity of all such
manual or automatic controls that will allow systems exceeds 2,400,000 Btulb or 10% of the
the fan system to operate whenever the spaces total! installed cooling capacity, whichever is
·served are occupied Air conditioning systems larger.
that supply required ventilation air shall be Exception:
provided with controls designed to 1. Systems that include gas phase air cleaning
automatically maintain the required outdoor air in order to meet ventilation requirements.
supply rate during occupancy. . . 2. Where more than 25% of the air designed
1305.3.6~2 Ventilation Controls for to be supplied by the system is to spaces that
High-occupancy Areas: Systems with design are designed to be humidified above 35°F
outside air capacities greater than 3000 cfm (2°C) dewpoint temperature in order to satisfy
serving areas having an average design process needs.
occupancy density exceeding 100 people per 3" Systems that include a condenser heat
1000 tr shall include means to automatically recovery system complying with 780 CMR
reduce· outside air intake below design rates 1305.3.12.
when spaces are p~tially occupied. 4. Systems that serve residential spaces where
Ventilation controls shall be in compliance the system capacity is less than 325,000 cfm.
with the mechanical code listed in AppendixA. 5. Systems that serve spaces whose sensible
Exception: fan systems with energy cooling load at design conditions, excluding
recovery. transmission and infutration loads, is less than·
or equal to transmission and infJltration losses
1305.3.6.3 Distributed Fan Systems: Where at an outdoor temperature of 60 OF.
mechanical ventilation is provided by multiple 6. Systems expected to operate less than 20
fan systems located in a plenum or other
hours per week.
enclosed space, outdoor air shall be ducted
7. Where the use of outdoor air for cooling.
directly to each individual fan system.
will affect supermarket open refrigerated
1305.3.6.4 Outdoor Air .Intake Control: casework systems.
Variable air volume systems shall have
1305.3.7.1 Air Economizers: Air economizers
controls that are capable of maintaining total shall be designed to modulate outside air and
system outdoor airflow at not less than 90% of return air dampers to provide up to the design
the outdoor air supply rates required by
supply air quantity as outside air.
780 CMR 1305.3.6. Economizer dampers shall be capable of
1305.3.6.5 Zone Minimum Air Flow: being sequenced with the mechanical cooling
Variable air volume zone controls shall equipment and shall be controlled by otherthan
maintain the hourly average outdoor supply air mixed air temperature alone. The use ofmixed
rate at not less than the minimum supply rate air temperature limit control shall be permi.tted
required by 780 CMR 1305.3.6 under any for systems controlled from space temperature
thermal load condition expected to occur when (such as single7"zone systems).
the spaces served are occupied. Ail economizers shall be designed to
1305.3.6.6 Shutoff Damper Controls: Both automatically reduce the minimum supply of
outdoor air supply and exhaust ducts associated outside air to. th~ minimum quantities required
with the mechanical ventilation system shall be by 780 CMR1305.3.6 when the use of outside
equipped with motorized dampers that will ail' will no longer·reduce cooling energy usage.
automatically shut when the systems or spaces Means shall be provided to relieve or exhaust
served are not in use. excess return air during air economizer
!':'.
Exception: operation. The relief air outlet shall be located

1. Gravity (non-motorized) dampers to avoid reintroduction of exhaust air into the
installed in buildings less than three stories building.
in height above grade. Controls shall be permitted to be installed to
2. Individual supply systems with an reduce the quantity of outdoor air to prevent
outside air intake or exhaust capacity of ~oo coil frosting at the lowest stage of compressor
unloading.
238 780·CMR - Sixth Edition 6/8/01 (Effective 4126101)

ENERGY CONSERVATION
1305.3.8 Duct and Plenum Insulation and accordance with the SMACNA HVAC air duct
•
Sealing: All supply and return air ducts and leakage test manual with the rate of air leakage
plenums shall be insulated with a minimum of less than or equal to 6.0 as detemuned in
R-S insulation when located in unconditioned acc~rdance with Equation 1305.3.8.
spaces and with-a minimum of R-8 insulation
when located outside the building envelope.
When located within a ~uiIding envelope
assembly the duct or plenum shall be separated Where:
from the building exterior or unconditioned or lLmu :::: the maximum pennitted leakage in cfm
-exempt spaces by a minimum R-S insulation. per 100 if duct surface
Required R-values are the "labeled" R-values =
CLO 6 for square/rectangul~ sheetmetall or
for such ducts. fibrous ducts, three for round/oval sheetmetal,
Exception: -fibrous or flexible ducts
1. When located within equipment. P = test pressure which shall be equal to the
2. When the design temperature difference design duct pressure class rating in inches w.e.
between the interior and exterior of the duct 1305.3.9· Piping Ill1sulation: All piping serving·
or plenum does not exceed 15°F. as part of a heating or cooling system shall be
3. Exhaust air ducts. thennally insulated in accordance with Table
4. Outside air supply ducts located outside 1305.3.9.
of the building envelope.
Exception:
AU joints, longitudinal and transverse 1. Factory-installed piping within HVA~
seams, and connections in duct work, shall be equipment tested and rated in ac~ordance with
securely fastened and sealed with welds, 780 CMR 1305.3.3.
gaskets, mastics (adhesives), mastic-plus- 2. Piping that conveys fluids that have a
embedded-fabric systems, or tapes. Tapes and design operating temperature range between
mastics used with rigid fibrous glass ducts shall 55°F and ] 05°P
be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 3. Piping that conveys fluids that have not
181 A. Tapes and mastics used with flexible air been heated or cooled through the use of fossil
•
ducts shall be listed and labeled in accordance fuels or electrical power.
with UL 181B. Duct tape is not permitted as a 4. Hot water mnout piping not exceeding 4 ft.
sealant on any metal ducts. in length and 1 in. in diameter or less between
Ducts designed to operate at static pressures the control valve and HVAC coil.
in excess of three in. w.c. shall be leak-tested in
TabBe 1305.3.9
Mimmum
. p'Jpe I nsnIabon
· Th·Iekness
Insulation Conductivitv Nominal Pipe or Tube Size (in.
Fluid Design Operating
Temp. Range (oF) Conductivity V~1ean Rating
Btu*in.l(h*ft2*°F) Temp. CF)
<1 I
11 to <1 ~ Biz to < 4 4 to < 8 ~ ~ 8
Heatmg Systems (Steam, Steam Condensate and Hot Water)
>350 0.32-0.34 250 2.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0
251-350 0.29-0.32 200 1.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
201-250 0.27-0.30 150 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
141-200 0.25-0.29 125 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5
105-140 0.22-0.28 100 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
DomestIC and ServIce Hot Water Systems
, 105 and Greater 10.22-0.28 1100 '10.5 10.5 11.0 11.0 ! 1.0
Cooling Systems (Chilled Water, Brine, and Refrigerant)
40-60 0.22-0.28 100 1.0
Below 40 0.22-0.28 100 1.0 1.5
Q .For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (1) shall be determined as follows:
T = rl(J + tlrllk
Where:
T = minimum insulation thickness (in.),
r = actual outside radius of pipe (in.),
t =insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size,
•
K =conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the appJicablefl,uid temperature
[Btu*in.(h*fe*°F)]; and
k ~ the upper value of the conductivity range listed in .this table for the applicable fluid temperature.

THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUlLDING CODE
1305.3.10 Fan System Power: The ratio of the 1305.3.11 Heat RejeetiOJi Equipment:
nameplate fan system power to the supply fan air 1305.3.11.1 General: 780 CMR 1305.3.11
flow rate of each HVAC system at design applies to heat rejection equipment used in
conditions shall not exceed the requirements comfort cooling systems covered in Table
shown in Table 1305.3.10. Fan system power 1305.3.3e.
shall be adjusted in accordance with Equation
1305.3.10 for the additional power required by
1305.3.11.2 Fan Speed ControJ: Each fan
associated with a heat rejection device covered
process loads, air treatment or filtering systems
in Table 1305.3.3e and powered by a motor of
with design pressure drops over one in. w.c. when
7.5 hp or larger shall have a fan speed control
filters are clean, heat recovery coils or devices, or
with the capability to operate that fan at.
direct evaporative humidifiers/coolers.
two-thirds of full speed or less, and shall have
Equation 1305.3.10 controls that are capable" of automatically
Adjustedfan'systempower= Fansystempower- HP changing the fan speed to control the leaving
Credit fluid temperature or condensing temperaturel
pressure of the heat rejection device.
HP Credit (hp) =Sum of [CFMn x (SPn - 1.0)/3718] Exception:
+ Sum of [CFM" x SPHR/3718] 1. Condenser fans· serving multiple
Where: refrigerant circuits.
CFMn =Supply air volume of the unit with the 2. Condenser fans serving -flooded
filtering system, cfm condensers.
SPn = Air pressure drop of the filtering system 3. "Up to % of the fans on a condenser or
when filters are clean, in. w.c. tower with multiple fans where the lead fans
SPHR = Air pressure drop of heat recovery coils.or comply with the speed control requirement.
direct evaporative humidifier/cooler, in. w.c.
1305.3.12 Exhaust Air Energy Recovery:
Table 1305.3.10 HV AC fan systems that have both a design supply.
Fan Power Limitation air capacity of 5000 cfm or greater and have a
Supply Air AlJowable Nameplate Motor Power minimum outsidle air supply of 70% or greater of
Volume Constant Air Volume Variable Air Volume -the design supply air quantity shall have an energy
< 20,000 cfm 1.2 hp/l,OOO dm 1.7 hp/l,OOOcfm recovery system that is capable of providing a
> 20,OOOcfm 1.1 hpll.OOO cfm 1.5 hp/l .000 cfm change in the enthalpy or dry-bulb temperature of
the outdoor air supply equal to at least 50% of the
1305.3.10.1 Variable Air Volume (VA V)
difference betwe:en the outdoor air and return air
Fan Control: Individual VAV fans with
at design conditions. A heat recovery system
motors 25 hp and larger shall have controls or
bypass shall be provided to permit air economizer
devices that will result in fan motor d.emand of .
operation as required by 780 CMR 1305.3.7.
no more than 30% of design wattage at 50% of
design air volume· when static pressure set Exception:
point' equals % of the total design static 1. Laboratory systems meeting
pressure, based on manufacturer's certified fan 780 CMR1305.3.13.2.
data. 2. Systems serving spaces which are not
Static pressure sensors used to control cooled and which are heated to less than 60°F.
variable air volume fans shall be placed in a 3. Systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint
position such that the controller set point is not exhaust, corrosive fumes, or dust which makes
able to exceed % the total design fan static the installation of heat recovery equipment
pressure. If this results in the sensor being impractical.
located downstream of splits in primary duct . 4. Commercial kitchen hoods (grease)
runs, multiple sensors shall be installed in each classified as Type 1 by NFPA 96.
major duct. 5. Where more than 60% of the outdoor
For systems with direct digital control at the heating energy is provided from site-recovered _
zone level, static pressure set points shall be or site solar energy
capable of being reset based on the zone 1305.3.13 Exha\llSt Hoods:
requiring the most pressure.
1305.3.13.1' . Kitchen Hoods: Individual
1305.3.10.2 Fan-Powered VAV Boxes: kitchen exhaust hoods larger than 5000 cfIn
Fan-Powered VA V boxes shall be capable of shall be provided with rnake-upair sized for at
being controlled to shut off when the primary least 50% of exhaust air'volume that is
system is off except as required to maintain the (a) heated to no more than 60°F and
zone at setback temperatures. (b) uncooled or cooled without the use of
mechanical cooling.

ENERGY CONSERVATION
" Exception: time switches that are ~apable ofbeing set to tum off
•
I.Where hoods are used to exhaust ventil-" the system.
ation air which would otherwise exfiltrate or
be exhausted by other fan systems. 1306.6 Swimming pools:
2. Certified grease extractor hoods that 1306.601 PooH Covers: Heated pools sbaH be
require a face velocity no greater than
equipped with a vapor retardant pool cover on or
60fpm.
at the water surface.
"1305.3.13.2 Fume Hoods: Buildings with
Exception: Pools deriving over 60% of the
fume hood systems having a total exhaust rate
energy for heating from site-recovered energy
greater than 15,000 cfm shall include at least
or solar energy source.
one of the following features:
1. Variable air volume hood exhaust and 1306.6.2 Pool Heaters: Pool, heaters shall meet
room supply" systems capable of reducing the efficiency requirements for boilers. Pool
"exhaust and make-up air volume to 50% or heaters fired by natural gas shall" not have
less of design values. continuously burning pilot lights.
2. Direct make-up (auxiliary) air supply
Jl306.6.3 OlllDoff Switch: Pool heaters shall be
equal to at least 75% of the exhaust rate,"
equipped with a readily accessible on-off switch
heated no warmer than 2 of below room set
to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting
point, cooled to no cooler than 3 OF above
the thermostat setting.
room set point, no humidification added, and
no simultaneous heating and cooling used ]1306.6.4 Time Switches: Time switche"s shall be
for dehumidification control. installed on swimming pool heaters and pumps.
3. Heat recovery systems to precondition Exceptions:
make-up air from fume hood exhaust in 1. Where public health standards require
accordance with 780 CMR 1305.3.12 24-hour pump operation.
Exhaust Air Heat Recovery, without using 2. Where pumps are required to operate solar
any exception. and waste heat recovery pool heating systems.
1306.6.5 Temperature Controls: Heated
•
780 CMR 1306.0 SERVICE
WATER HEATING swimming pools shall be equipped with controls
" to limit heating water temperatures to not more
1306.1 General: 780 CMR 1306.0 covers than 80°F.
installation of service hot water piping and controls
foi service water heating equipment. Exception: Pools used for therapeutic
purposes are exempt when approved by the
building official.
1306.2 Temperature" Controls: Service water
heating equipment shall be provided with controls to
allow a set" point of 110°F for equipment serving
1306.7 Space Heating and Water Heating: The
dwelling units and goOF for equipment serving other use of a gas-fired or oil-fired space heating boiler
system to provide the total space heating and water
occupancies. The outlet temperature oflavatories in
heating for a building is allowed when one of the
public facility restrooms shall be limited to 110 o lF.
following conditions is met: "
I. The single space heating boiler, or the
1306.3 Heat Traps: Water heating equipment not
component of a modular or multiple boiler system
supplied with integral heat traps and serving non ~
that is heating the service water, has a standby loss
circulating systems shall be provided with heat traps
in BtuIh not exceeding
" on the supply and discharge piping associated with
the equipment. " (13.3 x pmd + 400) / n .
where pmd is the probable maximum demand in
1306.4 SelrVice Hot Water Piping Insulation: gal/h determined in accordance with the
Piping on return circulation hot water systems, shall procedures described in generally accepted
be insu~ated with 1 inch of insulation haVing a engineering standards and handbooks and n is the
conductivity not exceeding 0.28 Btu per fraction of the year when the outdoor daily mean
inchlh*ft2*OF. The first eight feet of piping in temperature is greater than 64.9°P.
nonrecirculating systems served by equipment The standby loss is to be deterrilined for a test
without integral heat traps shall be insulated with 1 period of 24-hour duration while maintaining a
inch of insulation having a conductivity· not boiler water temperature of at least 90°F above
exceeding 0.28 Btu per inch/b*ft2 * OF. ambient, with an ambient temperature between
• 1306.5 Hot Water System Controls: Circulating

hot water systems or heat trace shall have automatic
1119/01
60°F and 90°F. For a boiler with a modulating
burner, this test shall be conducted at the lowest
input.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDiNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
2. It can be demonstrated that the use of a single

1307.3.2 Branch Circuits: Branch circuit
•
heat source will provide energy savings compared
conductors shall be designed for a maximum
_to separate units.
voltage drop of 3% at the design load calculated
3. The energy input of the combined boiler and
in accordance with 780 CMR 2701.0.
- water heater system is less than 150,000 BtuIh.
1307.4 Transformers: Single-phase and

780 CMR 1307.0 ELECTRIC POWER - three-phase dry-type and liquid-filled qistribution
DISfRIBUIlON transformers first installed after December 31, 1999 _
1307.1 Scope: Electrical distribution systems shall shall be selected based on rating as described in
be designed for the efficient distribution of electri~al 780 CMR 130704.1 and"1307A.2.
energy from the service entrance to the points of use. Exceptions:
- Exceptions: 1. liquid-filled transformers below ten kVA or
1. Buildings in use groups R-3 and R-4 (one-and dry-type transformers below 15 kVA
two-family dwellings). 2. drive transformers, both AC and DC
2. Emergency power systems. 3. all rectifier transformers and trarisfonners
designed for high harmonics
1307.2 Electrical Metering: In all multi-family 4. autotransfonners
dwellings, each dwelling unit shall be separately 5. non-distribution transformers, such as UPS
metered. Also see 527 CMR 12.00. (Un interruptible Power Supply) transformers
Exceptions: 6. special impedance, regulation, and harmonic
1. Publicly financed housing for the elderly with transformers
fuel fired heating systems, with centrally operated 7. sealed and non-ventilated transfonners
air conditioning systems, or without air condition- 8. retrofit transformers, machine tool transfor-
ing systems are exempt from" this requirement. - mers, or welding transformers
2. "Publicly financed housing for the elderly with 9. transformers with tap ranges greater than 15%
electric "resistance or storage heating systems are or frequency other than 60 Hz
exempt from this requirement provided there is 10. grounding or testing transformers.
/
informational metering of the individual dwelling 1307.4.1 Liquid-Immersed Transformers:
•
units. Liquid-immersed transformers shall comply with
the minimum efficiencies in Table 130704.1 as
1307.3 Voltage Drop: tested and rated ill accordance with Section 313 of
1307.3.1 Feeders: Feeder conductors shall be the Electric Utility Industry Restructuring Act of
designed for a maximum voltage drop of 2% at November 25,1997 ("NEMA TPl.")
the design load calculated in accordance with
780 CMR 2701.0.
Table 1307.4.1
NEMA Class 1 Efficiency Levels fqr Liquid-Filled Distribution Transformers
Reference Condition Temperature % of Nameplate Load
Load Loss 85°C 50%
No Load Loss 20°C 50%
kVA Single Phase Efficiency I kVA :=J
Three Phase Efficiency
-10 98.3 15 98.0
]5 98.5 30 98.3
25 98.7 45 98.5
37.5 98.8 75 - 98.7
50 98.9 112.5 98.8
75 99.0 150 98.9
100 99.0 225 99.0
167 99.1 300 99.0
250 99.2 500 99.1
333 99.2 750 99.2
500 99.3 1000 - 99.2"
667 99.4 1500 99.3
883 99.4 2000 99.4
2500 99.4
effiCIencies in Table 1307.4.2 as tested and rated
1307.4.2 Dry-Type Transfonners:. Dry-type
in accordance with NEMA TP 1:
transformers shall comply with the minimum

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BmLDING REGULAnONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Table 11307.4.2
NEMA Class 1 Efficiency Levels for Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
-Reference Temperature % of Nameplate
Condition Load
Low Voltage 75°C 35%
Medium Voltage 75°C 50%
Single Phase Efficiency Three Phase Efficiency
kVa Low Medium kVa Low Medium
Volta~e Volta~e Voltage Voltage
15 97.7 97.6 15 97.0 96.8
-25 98.0 97.7 30 97.5 97.~
37.5 98.2 98.1 45 97.7 97~6
50 98.3 98.2 75- 98.0 97.9
75 98:5 98.4 ll2.5 98.2 98.1
100 98.6 98.5 150 98.3 98.2
167 98.7 98.7 225 98.5 98.4
250 98.8 98.8 300 98.6 9~.5
333 98.9 98.9 500 98.7 98.7
500 - 99:0 750 98.8 98.8
667 -- 99.0 1000 98.9 98.9
833 -- 99.1 1500 -- 99.0
2000 -- 99.0
2500 - 99.1
786 CMR 1308.0 UGImNG SY'STEMrS 2. an occupant sensor that shall tum lighting
1308.1 Gener~B: The lighting criteria in 780 CMR off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a
1308.0 shall apply to lighting for the following: space; or
•
1. interior spaces of buildings; 3. an unscheduled basis by occupant
2. exterior building features, including facades, intervention.
illuminated roofs, architectural features, entr3nces. Exception 1: Lighting intended for 24 hour
exits, loading docks, and illuminated canopies; operation shall not require an Automatic
and. Control Device.
3. exterior building grounds lighting provided JEKception 2: Automatic Control Devices
through the building's electrical service. are not required in the following spaces:
Exceptions: corridors, hallways. stairways and lobbies
1. emergency lighting that is automatically off which are part of a required means ofegress;
during normal building operation and! is restrooms; mechanical rooms, and; electrical
powered by battery, generator, or other rooms. If automatic control devices are used
alternate power source; and, iIll the spaces listed, they shall not reduce
2. lighting within· living units of residential illumination below the levels prescribed in
buildings; 780 CMR 1024.0 (Means of Egress
3. lighting that is specifically designated as Lighting.)
required by. a health or life safety statute,
1308.2.2 Space Control: Each space enclosed by
ordinance, or regulation;
ceiling-height partitions shall have at least one
4. decorative ~as ljghting systems.
. control device to independently control the
general lighting within the space. Each control
1308.2 Lighting Control:
device shall be activated either manually by an
-1308.2.1 Automatic Lighting Shutoff: mterior occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant.
lighting in buildings hU'ger than 5000 ft2 -shalU be Each control device shall:
controlled with an aUfomatic control device to 1. control a maximum of 2,500 ft1 area for a
shut off building lighting in all spaces. This space 10,000 ft2 or less. and a maximum of
automatic control device shall function on either: rr
10,000 area for a space greater than 10,000
1. a scheduled basis using a time of day ft2, _
operated control device that turns lighting offat 2. be capable ofoverriding the shutoff control
•
specific programmed times. An independent required in 1308.2.1 for no more than two
program schedule shall be provided for areas of hours, and
no more than 25.000 ff but not more than one 3~ be readily accessible and located so the
floor; or occupant can see the controlled lighting.
.1119/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 242.1

Exception 1: Remote location shall be than 30 W each shall use two lamp tandem-wired
•
pennitte~ for reasons of safety or security ballasts in place of single lamp ballasts when two or
when the remote control device has -an more luminaires are in the same space and on the
indicator pilot light as part of or.next to the same control device.
control device and it shall be clearly labeled Exceptions:
to identify the controlled lighting. 1. recessed luminaires more than ten- ft .apart
Exception 2: Means of egress lighting measured center to center,
which provides the minimum illumination 2. surface mounted or pendant luminaires which
identified in 780 CMR 1308.2.1 Exception are not continuous,
2 shall be controlled in accordance with 3. luminaires using single lamp high-frequency
780 CMR 1024. electronic ballasts,
4. luminaires using three lamp high-frequency
1308.2.3 Uniform Reduction: Each perimeter electronic ballasts or three lamp electromagnetic
office space enclosed by ceiling-height partitions ballasts,
_shall have a manual control to allow the occupant 5. luminaires on emergency circuits,
to unifonnly reduce the connected lighting load by 6. lUminaires ~ith no available pair.
at least 50%
Exception: Spaces with automatic daylighting 1308.4 Exit Signs: Exit sign luminaires operating at
controls. greater than 20 wa.tts shall have a minimum source
efficacy of 35 Iml'~.
1308.2.4 Addition3.1 Control:
1. Display!Accent Lighting - display or accent
1308.5 Exterior Building Grounds Lighting: All
lighting shall have a separate control device.
exterior building grounds luminaires which operate
2. Case Lighting - lighting in cases used for
at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having
display purposes shall be equipped with a
a minimum efficacy of60 ImIW unless the luminaire
separate control device.
is controlled by a motion sensor or qualifies for one
3. Hotel and Motel Guest Room Lighting -
oftbe exceptions under 780 CMR 1308.1 or 1308.7.
hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites
••
shall have a master control device at the main
1308.6 Interior J,-,ighting Power: The installed
room entry that controls all permanently
interiorlighting power identified in accordance with
installed luminaires and switched receptacles.
780 CMR 1308.6.1 shall not exceed the interior
4. Task Lighting - supplemental task lighting
lighting power allowance developed in accordance
including permanently installed undershelf or
with 780 CMR 1308.6.2.
undercabinet lighting shall have a control
device integral to the luminaires or shall be 1308.6.1 Installed Interior Lighting Power:
controlled by a wall- mounted control device The installed intaior lighting power shall include
provided the control device complies with the power of all lighting. The installed interior
780 CMR 1308.2.2. lighting power includes all power used by the
5. Nonvisual Lighting - lighting for nonvisual luminaires, including lamps, ballasts, current
applications, such as plant growth and regulators, and control devices.
food-warming, shall be equipped with a Exceptions:
separate control device. 1. If two or more independently operating
6. Demonstration Lighting - lighting lighting systems in a space are capable ofbeiilg
equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations controlled to prevent simultaneous user
in lighting education shall be equipped with a operation, the installed interior lighting power
separate control device. shall be based solely on the lighting system
1308.2.5 Exterior Lighting Control: Lighting with the highest wattage.
for all exterior applications not exempted in 2. The following lighting. equipment and
780 CMR 1308.1- or 1308.7 shall be cOIitrolled by applications shall ·not be considered when
a photosensor or astronomical time switch that is determining the interior lighting power
capable of automatically tum.ing off the exterior allowance developed in accordance with
lighting when -sufficient daylight is available or 780 CMR 1308.6.2, nor shall the wattage for
the lighting is not required. such lighting be included in the installed
interior lighting power. However, any such
E~ception: Lighting for covered vehicle-
lighting shall not be exempt unless it is an
entrances or exits from buildings or parking
addition to general lighting and is controlled by
structures where required (or safety, security or
•
an independent control device.
eye adaptation.
a. Lighting in spaces specifically designed
for use by the visually impaired.
1308.3 Tandem Wiring: Luminaires designed for
use with one or three linear fluorescent lamps greater
242.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1119/01

ENERGY CONSERVAnON
b.. Lighting in retail display windows, combination based on values from

provided the display area is enclosed by manufacturers catalogs or values from
ceiling-height partitions. independent testing lab reports.
c. Lighting in interior spaces that have been 3. the wattage of line voltage lighting
specifically designated as a registered track and plug-in busway that allow the
. interior historic landmark. addition and/or relocation of luminaires
d. Athletic playing areas with·pennanentIy without altering the wiring of the system
installed lighting for television broadcasting. shall be the lower of:
e. Casino gambling areas. .a. the specified - ~attage of the
3. The following lighting equipment shall not luminaires included in the system with
. be included in the installed interior lighting a minimum of 30 W/lin. ft.
power. However, any such lighting shall not b. the specified wattage of the circuit
be exempt unless it is an addition to general . protection device.
lighting and is controlled by an independent 4~ the wattage oflow·v~ltage lighting track,
control device. cable conductor, rail conductor, and other
a. Display or accent lighting that is an flexible lighting systems that allow for the
essential element for the function perfonned addition and/or relocation of luminaires
in galleries, museums, and monuments. without altering the wiring of the system
b. Lighting that is integral to equipment or _ shall be the specified wattage of the .
instrumentation and is installed by .its transfonner supplying the system.
manufacturer. . 5. the wattage of all other miscellaneous
c. Lighting specifically designed for use lighting equipment shall be the specified
only during medical or dental procedures wattage of the equipment.
and lighting integral to medical equipment.
1308.6.2 Interior Lighting Power AUowance:
d. Lighting integral to both open and glass
The interior lighting power allowance for a
~nclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
building or a separately metered or pennitted
e. Lighting integral to food warming and
portion of a building shall be detennined by either
food preparation equipment.
the building area method described in 780 CMR
f. Lighting for plant growth or
1308.6.2.1 or the Space-by-Space method
maintenance.
described in 780 CMR 1308.6.2.2. Trade-offs of
g. Lighting that is an integral part of
interior lighting power allowance among portions
advertising or directional signage.
of the building for which a different method of
h. Exit signs.
calculation has been used are not pennitted.
i. Lighting that is for sale or lighting
educational demonstration ·systems. 1308.6.2.1 Building AJrea Method off
j. Lighting for theatrical purposes, CaBculathig Interior Lighting. PoweJr
including, performance, stage, and mm and Alnowance: The Building Area Method shall
video production. be used only in the following cases: a) projects
involving the entire building, or b) projects
1308.6.1.1 Llllminaire Wattage: Luminaire
involving a single, independent, and separate
wattage incorporated into the installed interior
occupancy in a mUlti-occupancy building. Use
lighting power shall be determined in
the following steps to determine the interior
accordance with the following criteria:
lighting power allowance by the Building Area
1. the wattage of incandescent or
Method: .
tungsten-halogen luminaires with medium
1. Determine the- appropriate building type
screw base sockets and not containing
from Table 1308.6.2.1 and the allowed
pennanentIy installed ballasts shall be the
lighting power density (watts/unit area) from
maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
. the building area method column. For
Exceptions: building types not listed, selection of a
1. Luminaires for which lower wattage . reasonably equivalent" type shall be
lamps are specified in construction· pennitted.
documents, maintenance and operating 2. Determine the gross lighted floor area
manuals, and reports specified in (square feet) of the building.
780 CMR 1301.8.4. 3. The interior lighting.power allowance is
2. the wattage of luminaires with the product of the lighted floor area of the
pennanentIy installed or remotely installed building times the lighting power density.
ballasts shall be the operating input
•
wattage of the specified lamplballast
1119/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 242.3

Automotive Facility
Convention Center
Table 1308.6.2.1
Lighting Power Densities Using the Building Area Method
Building Typ·e
Lighting Power Density
(W/ft 1)
1.5
1.4
-.
. Courthouse L4
Dining: Bar Loungelleisure L5
Dining: Cafeteria/fast Food 1.8
Dining: Family 1.9
Donnitory 1.5
Exercise Center 1.4
Gymnasium 1.7
HospltallheaIthcare . 1.6
Hotel 1.7
Library 1.5
Manufacturing 2.2
Motel 2.0
Motion Picture Theatre 1.6
Multi-family 1.0
Museum 1.6
Office 1.3
Parking Garage 0.3
. Penitentiary 1.2
Perfonning Arts Theater 1.5
Police/fire Station 1.3
Post Office 1.6
•
Religious Buildings 2.2
Retail 1.9
SchooVuniversity· 1.5
Sports Arena 1.5
Town Hall 1.4
Transportation 1.2
Warehouse 1.2
Workshop 1.7
1308.6.2.2. Multiply the floor area(s) of the

1308.6.2.2 Space-by-Space Method of space(s) times the allowed lighting power
Calculating Interior Lighting - Power density for the space type that most closely
Allowance: Use the following steps to detennine represents the proposed·use of the space(s).
the interior lighting power allowance by the The product is the lighting power allowance
space-by-space method: for the space(s). For space· types not listed,
I. For each space enclosed by partitions 80% selection of a reasonable equivalent category
or greater than ceiling height, detennine the shall be penniUed.
-gross interior floor area by measuring to the 3. - The interior lighting power allowance is
center of the partition wall. Include the floor the sum of lighting power allowances of all
area of balconies or other projections. Retail spaces. Trade-offs among spaces are pennitted
spaces do not have to comply with the 80% provided that the total installed interior
partition height requirements. lighiing power does not exceed the interior
2. Detennine the interior lighting power lighting power allowance.
allowance for each space from Table
242.4 . 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 1119/01

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BunDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Building Type
ommon
Table 1308.6.2.2
I Area/Space T y p e ,
I =)
Lighting Power Densities Usmg the Space-by-Space Method
C SjpaceT:ypes
Active Storage 1.1
Atrium - First Three Floors 1.3
Atrium - Each Additional Floor 0.2
ClassroomlLectureffrainine: 1.6
ConferencelMeeting/Multipurpose 1.5
Corridorrrransition 0.7
Dining Area 1.4
EleetricallM:echanical 1.3
Food PreDaration 2.2
Inactive Storage 0.3
Lobbv .. 1.8
Loun~eIRecreation 1.4
Office'" Enclosed 1.5
Office - OPen Plan 1.3
Restroom 1.0
Stairway 0.9
Laboratorv 1.8
Athletics
Audience/Seating Area 0.5
Court Sports Area 4:3
DressinwLockerlFitting Room 0.8
Exercise Area 1.1
Indoor Playing Field 1.9
Plaving Area 1.9
Rin~ Sports Area 3.8
T ransportation
'Ba~~a~e Area 1.3
Tenninal Concourse 0.7
Ticket Counter 1.8
Transportation Seatin£ Area 1.0
HOSDitality & Food Service . . '
.; .
Bar LounJ!:elLeisure DininJ!: !\rea.. 1.2

CafeteriaIFast Food Dining Area 1.4
Family Restaurant Dininsz Area 2.2
Hotel Lobbv 1.7
Government & Public Safety
Confinement Cell 1.1
Court HouseIPoIice Station
Audience/Seating Area 1.6
Courtroom . 2.1
Fire Station En2ine Room 0.9
Fire Station Sleepin~ QuaI'tell'S 1.1
Judges Chamber 1.1
Penitentiary Audience/Seatin~ Area 1.9 .
Penitentiary Classroom!l.ectureffrcrlnimt 1.4
Post Office Sorting Area 1.7
H ospital & Healthcare
Active StoI'aJ!:e - HOsPital 2.9
Corridors wI Patient Waitin~. Exam 1.6
Em.er~encv 3.2
6/8/01 (Effective 4126/01) 180 CMR - Sixth Edition 242.5

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BURDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUli.DING CODE
I
Building Type
--r--------------.
___IArea/Space TyPe '.
R°SPI°tall & Healt hcare continued
ExamlTreatment
LaundrylWashing
LPD
(W/ft2)
1.6
0.7
•
Medical Supplies 3.0
Nurse Station 1.8
Nursery 1.0
Operating Room 706
Patient Room 1.2
Pharmacy 2.3
Physical Therapy 1.9
Radiology 0.4
Recoverv 2.6
Industrial & Auto Service
Automobile Gara~e ServicelRepair 1.4
Detailed Manufacturing· 6.2
Manufacturing Control Room 0.5
ManufacturinJt CorridorlI'ransition 0.5
Manufacturing Equipment Room 0.8
ManufacturinJt General- Hi~ Bay 3.0
Manufacturing General - Low Bay 2.1
Workshop 2.5
] ~nu: &Museum
LOb
Library Card File & Catalo~ing 1.4
Library Reading Area
Library Stacks
Museum Active Storage
Museum General Exhibition
Museum Inactive Storage
MuseUm Restoration
1.8
1.9
1.4
1.6
1.4
2.5
•
Retail & Bankine
Banking Activity Area 2.4
General Retail Sales Area 2.1
MaIl Concourse 1..8
Pub"c AssemblIy
Convention Center Audience/Seating Area 0.5
Convention Center Exhibit Space 3.3
Motion Picture Audience/Seating Area 1.3
Motion Picture Theatre Lobby 0.8
Performing Arts AudiencelSeatinJt Area 1.8
Performing Arts Theatre Lobby 1.2
Relii2ious
•
Religious Audience/Seating Area 3.2
Fellowship Hall 2.3
Worship - Pulpit, Choir 5.2
ar ouse & ParkinlI!
Web
Fine Material Storage 1.6
Garage Parking Area - Attendant Only 0.1
Garage Parking Area - Pedestrian 0.2 t,
MediumlBulky Material Storage 1.1
•
242.6 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 618/01 (Effective 4126101)
780Ovm: STAlE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
•
1308.6.2.3 Additional Interior Lighting exterior applications.is exempt when equipped
Power: When using the Space-by-Space Method, with an independent control device:
. an . increase in the interior lighting power. 1. specialized signal, directional. and marker
allowance is allowed for specific lighting lighting associated with transportation;
functions. Additional lighting power shall be 2. lighting used to highlight features of public
allowed only if the specified lighting is installed, monuments and registered historic landmark
shall be used only for the specified luminaires, structures or buildings;
and shall not be used for any other purpose odn 3 lighting that is integral to advertising
any other space.· signage. _
An increase .in the interior lighting power
allowance is permitted in the following cases: 780CMR 1309.6 BUILDING DESIGN
1. for spaces in which lighting is specified to BY SYSIEl\1S ANALYSIS
be installed in addition to the general lighting 1309.1 General: 780CMR 1309.0 establishes design
for the purpose of decorative appearance, such criteria in terms of total energy use by.a building
as chandelier-type luminaries or sconces or for including all of its systems. .
highlighting art or exhibits, provided that the A building designed in accordance with 780CMR
additional lighting power shall not exceed 1.0 . 1309.0 will be deemed as complying with 780CMR
WIff- of such spaces.
13 if the annual energy consumption is not greater
2. for lighting equipment installed in retail
than. if the building were designed with enclos~
spaces that is specifically designed and elements and energy consuming systems in
directed to highlight m~rchandise provided that compliance with 780CMR 1304.0 through 1308.0.
the additional lighting power shall not exceed: '
a. 1.6 WIff times the area of specific
1309.2 Anallysis Procedure: The analysis of the
display, or
annual energy usage of the· standard and the
b. 3.9 W1ft?- times the area of specific
proposed alternative building and system design
display for valuable merchandise such as
shaIll meet the following criteria:
jewehy, fme apparel and accessories, chin~
1. Energy Analysis: The calculation procedure
•
crystal and silver, art, and similar items
used to simulate the operation of the building and
where the detailed display and examination
its service systems through a fun year operating
of merchandise are important
period shall be of sufficient detail to pennit the
evaluation ofthe effect ofsystem design, climatic
1308.7 Exterior Building Ligbtmg Power: The
factors. operational characteristics, and
exterior lighting power allowance is the sum of
mechanical equipment on annual energy usage.
lighting power all()wances folI' au of the applicable
The calculation procedure shall be based 1\Jpon
exterior applications permitted, other than building
8760 hours of operation of the building and its
facades. provided that the total installed exterior
service systems and shall utilize techniques
lighting power does not ex~ed the exterior lighting recommended in the ASHRAE Handbook, 1997
power allowance. Exterior lighting for an other
Fundamentals Volume.
applications (exceptthose included in the Exceptions
2. Climatic data: Coincident hourly data for
to 780 CMR. 1308.7) shall comply with the temperatures, solar radiation, wind and humidity
requirements of 780 CMR. 1308.5.
of typical days in the year rep~nting seasonal
variation,.in accordance with Tables 1303.1 and
Table 1308.'1 1303.2.
Li2htinf! Power Limits f;or Buildi .. - lnl! Ene·no~-
3. Energy Sources: Identical energy sources must
ADDlicatiODS Power Limiis
serve the same purpose in both the standard and
Building entrance with 3 WItt: of canopied area
canopy or free standing the proposed alternative design. If the proposed
C8nonv alternative design results in an increase in con-
Building entrance without 33 WIlin ft of door width • sumption of one energy source and a decrease in
canoov anotherenergy source. each energy source shall be
Buildin1!exit 20 W/lin ft of door width converted to equivalent Btu units for purposes of
Building facades 0.25 W/ft?- ofilluminated comparing the total energy used Consumption of
facade area
electricity shall be converted mt the rate of 10,000
BtulkWh for the pmpose of this comparison.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following
•
618/01 (Effective 4/26101) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 242.7
THE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUllDlNG CODE
4. Nondepletable Energy Sources: Energy design.
collected on site from nondepletable sources shall 3. Mandatory Requirements: The proposed
be omitted from the comparison of total energy design shall meet the requirements of ··l;:-
used. Energy collected off site from nondeplet- following without exception:
able sources shall be included in the comparison a. 780 CMR 1304.1.2 Moisture Control
of total energy used. b. 780 CMR 1304.2.7 Slabs on Grade
5. Building Operation: Building operation shall c. 780 CMR 1304.2.8 Slabs Below Grade
be simulated for a full calendar year. Operating d. 780 CMR 1304.3 Air Leakage
schedules shall include hourly promes for daily e. 780.CMR 1304.4 Insulation General
operation and shall account for variations between f. 780 CMR 1305.3.4 Temperature and
weekdays, weekends, holidays, and any seasonal Humidity Controls
operation. Schedules shall model the time- g. 780 CMR 1305.3.8 & 9 Distribution System
dependent variations of occupancy, illumination, Construction and Insulation
receptacle loads, thermostat settings, mechanical h. 780 CMR 1307.0 ELECfRIC POWER
ventilation, HVAC equipment availability, service DISTRIBUTION
hot water usage, and any process loads. i. 780 CMR 1308.2 Lighting Control
Exception: Operating schedules shall be
permitted to differ between the proposed. 1309.4 Sf:andard Design: The standard design,
design and the standard design to allow conforming to the criteria of 780 CMR 1309, and the
simulation of the impact of any automatic proposed design, shall be designed on a common basis
control provided in the proposed design beyond . as· spec...ified herein. The comparison shall be expressed
the minimum requirements in 780 CMR 1304 as Btu inputper square foot ofgross floor area peryear.
through 1309. . The heating and cooling system zoning, orientation
of each "building feature, number of floors, and the
6. Simulated Loads: The following systems and
gross c;:nvelope areas ofthe standard design'shall be the
loads shall be modeled in determining total
same as those ofthe proposed design.
building performance: heating systems; cooling
systems; fan systems; lighting power; receptacle Exception: Permanent fixed or movable external
•
loads; and process loads that exceed 1.0 watts per shading devices for windows and glazed doors shall.
square foot of floor area of the room or space in be excluded from the standard desi~. .
which the process loads are located.
1309.5 Documentation: Proposed alternative gest~~~
Exception: Systems required for emergency
submitted as requests for exception to the standard
power only.
design criteria, shall be accompanied by an energy.
7. Service Water ~eating Systems: Service analysis comparison report prepared by a professior:::·j
water heating systems that are other than registered engineer or registered architect. The repli..:
combined service hot waterlspace heating systems sliall. provide sufficient technical detail on the two
shall be permitted to be omitted from the energy buildings and systems designs, and on the data used in
analysis provided all requirements of 780 CMR and resulting from the comparative analysis, to verify
1306 have been met. that both the analysis and the designs meet the criteria
8. Exterior Lighting: Where included in the of780 CMR 13. The documentation shall demonstrate
analysis the exterior lighting systems shall be the that the analysis used is consistent with ASHRAE
same in the standard and proposed designs. calculation procedures and accepted engineering
practice.
1309.3 Proposed Design: Building systems and
. Exception: Proposed alternative designs for
loads shall be simulated in the proposed design as
buildings having an area of5,000 square feet or less
follows:
and having the indoor temperature controlled from
1. HVAC and Service Water Heating
a single point areexempted from the full yearenergy
Equipment: All 'HVAC and Service WaJ.er
analysis as described above. A comparison ofenergy
Heating Equipment shall be simulated in the
consumption between the alternative design and the
proposed design using capacities,· rated
standard design shall be provided in a report
efficiencies, and part-load performance data for
prepared by a registered professional engineer or
the proposed equipment as provided by the
architect. Such analysis shall follow the bin or
equipment manufacturer.
degree day methods or other simplified analysis
2. Features Not Documented at Time of Permit:
procedmes in ASHRAE 1997 Handbook of-
Any feature ofthe proposed design not included in
•
Fundamentals.
the construction documents shall be assumed to be
equal to the corresponding feature in the standard
242.8 -780 CMR - Sixth Edition . 1/19/01

• CHAPTER 14

EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS
1403.4 StrncturaB: Exterior walls shall be designed
1401.11. Scope: The provisions of780 CMR 14 shall and constructed to resist safely all superimposed
establish the minimum requirements for exterior loads as required by 780 CMR 16.
wans. Exterior walls shall be designed and 1403.4.1 Structural strength against wind
constructed in accordance with ,180 CMR.. forces: In all buildings required to resist the wind
pressures described in 780 CMR 1611.0, glazing
780 CMR 1402.0 DEFINITIONS in exterior window openings shall be designed to
1402.1 General: The following words and tenns . resist the wind loads specified in 780 Cl\1R
shall, for the purposes of780 ClViR 14 and as used 1611.0 for components and cladding.
elsewhere in 780 CJ\AR., have the meanings shown 11403.4.2 Structural strength of sash or frames:
herein. Mullions, sash and frames of glazed exterior
window openings shall be designed to resist the
Exterior wall finish: A material or assembly of wind loads specified in 780 CMR 1611.0 for
materials applied on the exterior side of exterior components and cladding.
walls for the purpose of providing a weather-
resisting barrier, insulation or for aesthetics, 1403.5 Fireresistance: Ail exterior walls shall
including veneers, siding, exterior insulation and comply with the fireresistance rating requirements of
finish systems, architectural trim and 780 CMR 705.0..
. embellishments such as comices, soffits, facias,
gutters and leaders. 11403.5.1 Fireresistall1ce rated opening$:
Openings in exterior walls, where required to
•
WaRn have a fire protection rating, shall comply with
Apron wall: That portion of a skeleton wall the provisions of 780 Cl\1R 7.
below the sill ofa window.
Skeleton or paneR wall: A nonbearing wall )14103.6 Fllood·resistant constructioD1l: Exterior walls
supported by each story on a skeleton frame. of structures that are erected in areas prone to
Spandrel wall: That portion of a skeleton wall flooding shall comply with the provisions of
above the head of a window or door. 780 ClMR. 3107.0.
Veneered wall: A wall having a facing of
masonry or other weather-resistant 11403.7 Ratproofing: Exterior walls ofbuiIdings that
noncombustible material that is securely are required to be ratproofed shall comply with the
attached to the backing, but not so bonded as to provisions of780 CMm. 1215.0.
exert common action under load.
780 CMR 140400 MATERIAlLS
780 CMR 1403.0 PERFORMANCE ]14104.1 Wood: Exterior walls ofwood construction
REQUIREMENTS shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
Jl.403.1 General: The provisions of780 CMR ]403.0 780GMR23.
shall apply to exterior walls and components thereof.
114104.2 Masonry: Exterior walls of masonry
1403.2 Durability: All exterior walls and construction shall be designed and constructed in
components thereof shall be of approved materials accordance with 780 CMrR 21.
which maintain the performance characteristics
required herein for the duration ofuse. 14104.3 Metal: Exterior walls of formed steel
construction structural steel or lightweight metal
1403.3 Weather resistance: The exterior walls shall alloys shall be assigned in accordance with
be faced with an approved weather-resistant 780 CMR. 22 and 780 CMR 20, respectively.
covering that is properly attached to resist wind and
rain. The cellular spaces shall be so ventilated as not 14104.4 Concrete: Exterior walls of concrete
to vitiate the firestopping at floor, attic and roof constru~tionshall be designed and constructed in
• levels, or shall be provided with an approved interior accordance with 780 Cl\m 19.
noncorrodible vapor retarder, or other approved
means to avoid condensation and leakage of 1404.5 Structural glass: Exterior walls of structural
moisture. glass block shall be designed and constructed in
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR'- Sixth Edition 243

780 CMR:STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
1404.6 Plastics: Plastic panel, apron or spandrel Covering type Minimwn
walls as defined in 780 CMR shall not be limited in thickness
thickness, provided that such plastics and their
assemblies conform to the requirements of780 CMR.
26 and are constructed ofapproved weather-resistant
materials of adequate strength to resist the wind
IltL• •i\lUii
Precast stone facing
P~o~ected fib~. bogrd siding
inch
5/8
Y2 inch
loads specified in 780 CMR. 1611.0. RigId PVC sldmg . .. 0.035 inch
Steel (approved corrosion-resistive) 0.017 inch
1404.7 Other: Materials not prescribed herein shall
be permitted provided that any such alternative has
been approved. Exterior walls constructed of
alternative materials shall be shown to be durable,
Stucco or exterior portland cement plaster
weather resistant, structurally adequate, fireresistant, three-coat work over 7/8 inch b
flood resistant and ratproof as required herein. metal plaster base b
unit masonry % inch b
786 CMR 1405.0 VENEERS cast-in-place or precast concrete 5/a inch
1405.1 General: All veneers consisting of
nonstructural facing of brick, concrete, stone, tile,
metal, plastic, synthetic stucco or other approved
exterior coverings attached to a backing, shall be
. '• • •11
Wood shingles'
Wood siding (without sheathing)·
3/8
~ inch
inch
designed and constructed in accordance with the

applicable provisions of780 CMR 1405. Note 8. For wood siding of a lesser thickness, see
780 CMR 1405.3.5.
Note b. Exclusive of texture
1405.2 Structural support: Surfaces to which
veneer is attached shaIJ be designed to support the
1405.3.1 Basic hardboard: Basic hardboard shaH
additional loads imposed by the veneer.
conform to the requirements of AHA A135.4
1405.2.1 Backing surfaces for veneers: Veneers listed in Appendix A.
•
for other than buildings of Type 5 construction
1405.3.:! Hardboard siding: Hardboard siding
shall be attached only to substantial, rigid and
shall conform to the requirements of AHA A
noncombustible surfaces which are plumb,
135.6 listed in Appendix A and, where used
straight and oftrue plane. Wood backing surfaces
structurally, shall be so identified by an approved
shall not be used, except in buildings of Type 5
agency.
construction. The backing shall provide sufficient
rigidity, stability and weather resistance, and the 1405.3.3 Rigid PVC siding: Rigid PVC siding
veneer shall be installed and anchored as required shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
in 780 CMR for the specific material. D3679 listed in Appendix A.
1405.3 Materials: The materials of the minimum 1405.3.4 Aluminum siding: Aluminum siding
shall conform to the requirements of AAMA 1402
nominal thickness specified in Table 1405.3 shall be
acceptable as approved weather coverings.
1405.3.5 Wood siding: Wood siding of
Table 1405.3 thicknesses less than ~ inch shall be placed over
:MINIMUM TIDCKNF.SS OF WEATIlER sheathing which conforms to 780 CMR. 2305.13.
COVERINGS 1405.3.6 Building paper: Where veneers of
Minimum
Covering type thickness brick, clay tile, concrete or natural or artificial
stone are used, 14-pound felt or paper shall be
Aluminum sidingb 0.019 inch
attached to the sheathing with flashing wherever
Asbestos cement boards % inch
Asbestos shingles '132 inch necessary to prevent moisture penetration behind
Brick and concrete masonry veneers 2 inches the veneer.
1405.3.7 Nailing: All weather boarding and waH
--
coverings shall be securely nailed with aluminum,
copper, zinc, zinc-coated or other approved
corrosion-resistant nails in accordance with the
Exterior plywood (with sheathing) '/16 inch nailing schedule in Table 2305.2 or the approved
Exterior plywood (without sheathing) See 780 CMR 2307.0
manufacturer's installation instructions. Shingles
Glass fiber reinforced concrete panels % inch
Hardboard siding ~ inch
and other weather coverings shall be attached
with appropriate standard-shingle nails to furring
strips securely nailed to studs, or with approved
mechanicaHy bonding nails, except where

sheathing is of wood not less than one-inch 1405.41.1 Constructiolll: Metal veneer for
nominal thickness or of wood structural panels buildings of other than Type 5 construction shall
not less than 5/16 inch thick. Where wood be: securely attached to masonry; supported on
shingles or shakes are applied over fiberboard approved metal framing protected by painting,
shingle backer and fiberboard sheathing, such galvanizing or other approved protection; or
shingles or shakes shall be attached with approved supported by wood furring strips treated with· an
corrosion-resistant annularagrooved nails and the approved preservative process that complies with
installation shall be done in accordance with the 780 CMR 2311.3.
approved manufacturer's installation instructions.
1405.4.2 Waterproofing: All joints and edges
Where wood shingles or shakes and asbestos
exposed to the weather shall be caulked with
shingles or siding are nailed directly to nail base
approved durable waterproofmg material or by
fiberboard sheathing, the sheathing shall not be
other approved means to prevent penetration of
less than ~ainch nominal thickness, the shingles,
moisture.
shakes and siding shall be attached with approved
corrosion-resistant annu,lar-grooved nails, and the 1405.4.3 Grounding metal velllleers: Grounding
installation shall be done in accordance with the of metal veneers on all buildings shall comply
approved manufacturer's installation instructions. with the requirements of 780 CMR 27 and
527 CMR listed in A.ppendix A.
1405.3.8 Metal siding: Exposed metal siding or
sheathing shall be protected from corrosion at the
1405.5 Anchored masonry veneer: Anchored
ground level by supporting the foundation channel
veneer is veneer secured with approved mechanical
at sufficient height above grade on the concrete
fasteners to an approved backing. All masonry
apron or other approved water~resistant
units, mortar and metal accessories used in anchored
foundation.
veneer shall meet the physical requirements of
1405.3.9 Exterior wan pockets: In exterior walls 780 CMR 21. Anchored veneer units shall not be
of all buildings or structures, wall pockets or less than 16/a inches (41 mm) in actual thickness for
crevices in which moisture can accumulate shall solid masonry units and not less than 25/a inches (67
be avoided or protected with adequate caps or mm) in actual thickness for hollow masonry units.
drips, or other approved means shall be provided
to prevent water damage. 1405.5.1 Height of anchored! veneer: Anchored
veneer shall be supported on footings, foundation
1405.3.10 Flashings: Approved corrosion- walls or other approved noncombustible structural
resistant flashings shall be provided at the top and supports or on wood foundations meeting the
sides ofall exterior window and door openings in requirements of 780 CMR 1808.3. The weight of
such a manner as to be leakproof Approved all anchored veneer installed on structures more
corrosion-resistant flashings shall be installed: at than 30 feet (9144 mm) in height above the
the intersection of chimneys or other masonry noncombustible foundation or support, with the
construction with frame or stucco walls, with exception of concrete masonry veneers, shall be
projecting lips on both sides under stucco supported by noncombustible construction. The
copings; under and at the ends ofmasonry, wood construction shall have horizontal supports
or metal copings and sills; continuously above all located at each story height above the initial 30
projecting wood trim; at the intersection of feet (9144 mm).
exterior walls and porches and decks; at wall and
roof intersections; and at built-in gutters. Exception: Height increases are permitted
where an engineering analysis is prepared by a
Exception: When approved, flashing is not registered design profeSSional and approved.
required where an approved wateroresistant
sheathing is installed and an approved water- 1405.5.2 Horizontal suppom: Noncombustible
resistant caulking is applied at the top and lintels and noncombustible supports shall be
sides of all window and door openings in such .provided over all openings. Beams and lintels
a manner as to be leakproof. supporting unreinforced masonry veneer shall not '
exceed 1/600 of the span nor 0.3 inches (8 mm).
1405.4 Metal veneen: Veneers of metal shall be
1405.5.3 Wood frame: Masonry veneer anchored
fabricated from approved corrosionoresistant to wood framing shall be attached with corrosion~
materials or shall be protected front and back with
resistant corrugated sheet metal not less than
porcelain enamel or shall otherwise be treated to
render the metal resistant to corrosion. Such veneers 0.029 inch (No. 22 gage) by 7/8 inch wide, or
shall not be less than O.017ainch nominal thickness corrosion-resistant ties ofstrand wire not less than
galvanized sheet steel mounted on wood or metal 0.1 480inch (No.9 W&M gage) wire with the ends
furring strips or approved sheathing on the wood ofthe wire bent to a 90-degree (1.57 rad) angle to
construction. fonn a hook not less than two inches (51 mm)
long. The metal ties shall be embedded in tlle
mortar joint a minimum ofone-half the veneer
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR aSixth Edition 245

thickness. Each metal tie shall support not more

than three square feet (0.28 m2) of wall area with
a maximum spacing of 16 inches (406 nun)
vertically and 32 inches (813 nun) horizontally.
Where anchored veneer is applied over wood
frame, the studs shall be spaced a maximum of24
inches (305 mm) maximum on center in both
directions. There shall be provided not less
than a No.12 gage corrosion-resistant wire tie
threaded through the exposed loops for every
two square feet (0.186 m2) of stone veneer.
This tie shall be a loop having legs not less
•
inches (610 nun) on center and be faced with than. 15 inches (381 rom) in length bent so that
sheathing on both sides. A one-inch (~5 nun) the tie will lie in the stone veneer mortar joint.
minimum air space shall be maintained between The last two inches (S 1 mm) of each wire leg
the anchored veneer and the sheathing. Moisture shall have a right-angle bend. One inch (25
protection shall be provided as required by mm) of cement grout shall be placed between
780 CMR 1405.3.6. the backing and the stone veneer.
2. With stud backing, a two-inch by two-inch
1405.5.4 Steel frame: Masonry veneer anchored
No. 16 gage corrosion-resistant wire mesh with
to corrosion-resistant steel framing shall be
two layers of waterproof paper backing shall
attached with corrosion-resistant ties of strand
be applied directly to wood studs spaced a
wire not less than 0.148-inch (No.9 W&M gage)
maximum of"16 inches (406 nun) on center.
wire with the ends ofthe wire bent to a 90-degree
On studs, the mesh shall be attached with two-
"(1.57 rad) angle to form a hook not less than two
inch-long (Slnun) corrosion-resistant steel
inches (51 mm) long. The wire ties shall be
wire furring nails at four inches (102 mm) on
embedded in the mortar joint a minimum of one-
center providing a minimum 1 k-inch (28 mm)
half the veneer thickness. Each metal tie shall '
penetration into each stud and with 8d common
support not more than 2.67 square feet (0.25 m~
nails at eight inches (200 mm) on center into
of wall area with a maximum spacing of 16 inches
top IUld bottom plates. The corrosion-resistant
(406 rom) vertically and 24 inches (610 rom)
wire mesh is permitted to be attached to steel
horizontally. Where anchored veneer is applied
Studs with equivalent wire ties. There shall not
over steel frame, the studs shall be spaced a
be less than a No. 12 gage corrosion-resistant
maximum of24 inches (610 rom) on center and be
•
wire, looped through the mesh for every two
faced with sheathing on both sides. A one-inch
square feet (0.186 m~ ofstone veneer. This tie
(25 nun) minimum air space shall be maintained
shall be a loop having legs not less than 15
between the anchored veneer and the sheathing.
inches (38 nun) in length, so bent that the tie
Moisture protection shall be provided as required
will lie in the stone veneer mortar joint. The
by 780 CMR 1405.3.6.
last two inches (51 nun) of each wire leg shall
1405.5.5 Masonry or concrete waDs: Masonry have a right-angle bend. One-inch (25 mm)
veneer anchored to masonry or concrete walls minimum thickness of cement grout shall be
shall be attached with corrosion-resistant ties of placed between the backing and the stone
strand wire not less than 0.148-inch (No.9 W&M veneer.
gage) wire with the ends of the wire bent to a 90-
1405.5.7 Slab-type veneer: Slab-type veneer
degree (1.57 rad) angle to form a hook not less
units not exceeding two inches (51 mm) in
than two inches (51 mrn) long. The metal ties
thickness are permitted to be anchored directly to
shall be embedded in the mortar joint a minimum
masonry, concrete or stud construction. For
of one-half the veneer thickness. Each metal tie
veneer units ofmarble, travertine, granite or other
shall support not more than three square feet (0.28
stone units of slab form, ties of corrosion-resistant
m~ of wall area with a maximum spacing of 16
dowels in drilled holes shall be located in the
inches (406 mm) vertically and 32 inches (813
middle third of the edge of the units spaced a
rom) horizontally. A one-inch (25 mm)
maximum of24 inches (610 nun) apart around the
minimum air space shall be maintained between
perimeter of each unit with not less than four ties
the anchored veneer and the supporting masonry
per veneer unit. Units shall not exceed 20 square
or concrete walls.
feet (1.86 m~ in area. •
1405.5.6 Stone veneer: Stone veneer units not Ifthe dowels are not tight fitting, the holes are
exceeding ten inches in thickness are permitted to permitted to be drilled not more than 1/16 inch
be anchored directly to masonry~ concrete or to (1.6 nun) larger in diameter than the dowel with
stud construction by one of the following the hole countersunk to a diameter and depth
methods. equal to twice the diameter ofthe dowel in order
1. With concrete or masonry backing, anchor to provide a tight-fitting key of cement mortar at
ties shall not be less than No. 12 gage the dowel locations when the mortar in the joint
corrosion-resistant wire formed beyond the has set. All veneer ties shall be corrosion-
base ofthe backing. The legs of the loops shall resistant metal capable of resisting in tension or
not be less than six inches (153 rom) in length compression a force equal to two times the weight
bent at right angles and laid in the mortar joint of the attached veneer.
and spaced so that the eyes or loops are 12
246 780 CMR - Sixth Editiolll 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

Sheet metal veneer ties shall not be smaller in an engineering analysis is prepared by a
area than No. 22 gage by one inch. Wire veneer registered design professional and approved.
ties shall not be smaller in diameter than No.9
1405.6.3 Sizing of adhered veneer: Adhered
gage wire.
veneer units shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm)
1405.5.8 Terra cotta 0lI" ceramnc veneer: in the greatest dimension nor more than 720
Anchored terra cotta or ceramic units not less than square inches (0.46 m~ in total area and shall not
15/s inches thick are permitted to be anchored weigh more than 15 pounds per square foot (73
directly to masonry, concrete or stud construction. kglmm2) unless approved.
Tied terra cotta or ceramic veneer units shall not Exception: Adhered veneer units weighing
be less than 15/8 inches thick with projecting less than three pounds per square foot (15
dovetail webs on the back surface .spaced kglmm~ shall not be limited in dimension or
approximately eight inches (203 mm) on center. area.
The facing shall be tied to the backing wall with 1405.6.4 Construction: Adhered veneer units
corrosion-resistant metal anchors of not less than shall be adhered directly to the backing by one of
No. 8 gage wire installed at the top of each piece the following methods.
in horizontal bed joints not less than 12 inches 1. A paste of neat portland cement shall be
(305 mm) nor more than 18 inches (457 mm) on brushed on the backing and the back of the
center. These anchors shall be secured to ~-inch veneer unit. Type S' mortar shall then be
corrosion-resistant penciJ rods which pass through applied to the backing and the veneer unit.
the vertical aligned loop anchors in the backing Sufficient mortar shall be used to create a
wall. The veneer ties shall have sufficient slight excess to be forced out the edges of the
strength to support the full weight of the veneer in units. The units shall be tapped into place so
tension. The facing shall be set with not less than as to fill completely the space between the
a two-inch (51 mm) space from the backing wall units and the backing. The resulting thickness
and the space shall be tilled solidly with portland of mortar in back of the units shall not be less
cement grout and pea gravel. Immediately prior
than ~ inch (13 mm) Illor more than 1~ inches
to setting, the backing wall and the facing shall be
(32 mm).
drenched with clean water and shall be damp
2. Units ofmasomy, stone or terra cotta, not
when the grout is poured.
over one inch in thickness shall be restricted to
81 square inches (0.052 m2) in area unless the
1405.6 Adhered masonry veneer: Adhered veneer
is a veneer secured and supported through the back side of each unit is ground or box
adhesion ofan approved bonding material applied to screened to true up any deviation from plane.
an approved backing. AJl masonry units used in Those units not over two inches by two inches
adhered veneer walls shall meet the physical by 3/8 inch in size are permitted to be adhered
requirements of780 CMR 21. Adhered veneer units by means ofportland cement. Backing shall be
shall be less than 15/8 inches thick and the units shall of masonry, concrete or portland cement
not support any super-imposed loads. -With the plaster on metal lath. Metal lath shall be
exception of ceramic tile, adhered veneer and fastened to the supports in accordance with the
backing shall be designed to provide a bond to the requirements of 780 CMR. 25. Mortar that
supporting element sufficient to withstand a shearing complies with Table 1405.6.4 shall be applied
stress of 50 psi (344 kPa) after curing 28 days, to the backing as a setting bed. The setting bed
shall be a minimum of 3/8 inch (9 rom) thick
1I.40S.6.1l Backing surface: Backing permitted for
and a maximum of % inch (19 mm) thick. A
adhered veneer shall be continuous and shall be of
paste of neat portland cement or half portland
any approved material. The backing shall have
cement and halfgraded sand shall be applied to
surfaces prepared to secure and support the
the back of the exterior veneer units and to the
imposed loads ofthe adhered veneer.
setting bed and the veneer pressed and tapped
U405.6.2 Height of adhered veneer: Exterior into place to provide complete coverage
adhered veneer shall not be attached to wood between the mortar bed and veneer unit. A
frame construction at a point more than 30 feet portland cement grout shall be used to point the
(9144 nun) in height above "the noncombustible veneer.
foundation. Height increases are permitted where
217/97 (~ffective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 247

780 Crv1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Table 1405.6.4 anchored to or otherwise supported by the

ADHERED VENEER SETI1NG MORTAR masonry wall, free from contact with the glass.
Volume
Volume Volume
Maximum
Maximum 780 CMR 1406.0 COl\1BUSTIBLE
TypeS sand interval
Wall
Coat
Type I
portland
thickness
between MA1ERIALS ON THE EXlERIOR SIDE
Area portland oCcoat
cement
hydrated Dry Damp
(inches)a coats OF EXlERIOR WALL
lime (haul'1l)
1406.1 General: 780 CMR 1406.0 shall apply to
Walls Scratch 1 ~ 4 5 3fe 24
over 1 3 4 24 exterior wall finish, half-timbering, balconies and
0 3fa
10 sq. similar appendages, and bay and oriel windows
Float or
ft. 1 ~ 4 5 ~ 24 constructed ofcombustible materials including light-
level·
1 I 6 7 ~ 24
in~ transmitting plastic panels and foam plastic.
Walls Scratch
10 sq. & float 31e
ft. or 1 ~ 2~ 3 24 1406.2, Combustible exterior wall finish:
~
less Combustible exterior wallfinish shall be tested and
Note a. one inch = 25.4mm; one sq. Ft. =O.093m2 installed in accordance with 780 C~ 1406.2.1
through 1406.2.4.
1405.6.5 Adhered ceramic tile: Adhered veneer Exceptions
of ceramic tile shall be bonded to the backing as 1. Light-transmitting plastic panels shall be
provided for in 780 crvm 2105.10. constructed and installed in accordance with
780CMR26.
1405.6.6 Building paper: Adhered veneer over
2. Foam plastic installed in or on the exterior
wood frame construction shall be backed by solid
side of walls of buildings in accordance with
sheathing covered with 14-pound felt building
780 eMIl 2603:6 shaH not be required to comply
paper as required by 780 CMR 1405.3.6.
with 780 CI\1R 1406.2.1 provided that the foam
1405.7 Structural glass veneers:· The minimum
plastic is protected on the out side by:
thickness of glass veneer shall be 11132 inch and the
2.1. A thermal barrier complying with
area of individual panels shall not exceed ten square
780 Crvm.. 2603.4;
feet (0.93 m2), with a maximum length of four feet
•
2.2. A minimum one-inch (25 mm) thickness
(1219 mm). The edge of each unit shall be ground
of masonry or concrete;
square with a slight· ·arise. All exposed external
corners and angles shall he rounded to a radius of 2.3. A minimum 7/e-inch (22 rom) thickness
not more than 3/16 inch (5 mm). of stucco complying with 780 crvm 2506.0;
2.4. A minimum 0.OI9-inch thickness of
1405.7.1 Backing surface: The glass veneer shall aluminum; or
be set in mastic cement on a float coat of l-inch- 2.5. A rnirumum 0.016-inch thickness or
thick (25 mm) cement mortar reinforced with wire corrosion-resistant steel.
lath attached to noncombustible furring spaced
not more than 12 inches (305 mm) on center. 1406.2.1 Radiant heat exposure: Combustible
exterior wallfinish shall be tested for exposure to
1405.7.2 Support of veneer: The base course of radiant heat. Test specimens shall be prepared in
glass units shall be supported on a corrosion- accordance with 780 CMR 1406.2.1.1 and tested
resistant metal frame anchored to the backing and in accordance with 780 CMR 1406.2.1.2. The
caulked with a waterproof compound at grade. criteria for acceptance shaH be as given by
1405.7.3 Reinforcement: Metal reinforcing of 780 CMIt 1406.2.1.3.
cold-formed corrosion-resistant angles of not less Exceptions: The testing shall not be required
than 0.064-inch nominal thickness galvanized for:
sheet steel or other approved reinforcement shall 1. Wood or wood-based products.
be provided in all horizontal joints anchored into 2. 'Other combustible materials covered with
the masonry wall with expansion or toggle bolts. a material listed in Table 1405.3.
3. Aluminum having a minimum thickness of
1405.7.4 Expansion joints: Expansion joints
0.019 inch.
shall be provided at ends and at intermediate
4. Exterior wall finish on exterior walls of
sections which are caulked with an approved
Type 5 construction.
waterproofing compound. Where necessary for
water tightness, exposed edges shall be protected 1406.2.1.1 Test specimen: The test specimen
with corrosion-resistant metal or other approved shall be constructed to reflect the end-use
noncombustible flashing. configuration. Where a material is intended to
•
be installed in more than one ~hickness, tests of
1405.7.5 Other loads: Signs, awning brackets or
the minimum and maximum thickness intended
other loads shall not be hung directly from glass
to be used shall be performed. Test specimens
veneers, but shall be supported on framing
shall consist of a minimum four-foot-wide by

780 Cl\1R: STATE BOARD'OF BUll.DlNG REGULATIONS AND stANDARDS
eight-foot-high assembly which shall be permitted with increased fire separation

mounted in a vertical position. distance if a test specimen in accordance
1406.2•.1.2 Test exposure an" apparatus: The with 780 CMR 1406.2.1.1, while being
test exposure and apparatus shall confonn to exposed to a reduced level of incident
780 CMR 1406.2.1.2.1 through 1406.2.1.2.4. radiant heat energy in accordance with
780 'CMR 1406.2.1.2, meets the conditions
1406.2.1.2.1 Apparatus: A three-foot by
of acceptance in 780 CMR 1406.2.1.3.1.
three-foot propane-fired radiant panel shan The minimum fire separation distance
a
be provided and shall operate at constant
required for the assembly shall be
temperature of 1,600°F (871°C) ±' 50°F
detennmed from Table 1406.2.1.3.2 based
(28,0 C).
on the maximum tolerable level of incident
1406.2.1.2.2 Configuration: The radiant radiant heat energy deteimined by 780 CMR
panel and the test specimen shall be 1406.2.1.3.2
configured in a parallel plate orientation
such that the axis perpendicular to, and 1406.2.2 Construction requirements:
running through, the center of the radiant Combustible exterior wall finish, other than
panel face and the test specimen are fireretardant-treated wood complying with
concurrent. 780 CMR. 2310.0 for exterior installation, shall
not exceed 10% of an exterior wall surface area
1406.2.1.2.3 Heat flux: The temperature of where the fire separation distance is five feet or
the radiant heat panel shall, be fixed to less. In buildings of Types 1, 2, 3 and 4
produce an averageheat flux of 12.5 ± 5%
construction, all architectural trim Which exceeds
kW/m2 over the center square foot ofthe test
40 feet (12192 mm) in height above grade plane
assembly. Average heat flux shall be
shall be constructed of approved noncombustible
detennined as the average of four materials and shall be secured to the wall with
calorimeter readings located at the comers metal or other approved'noncombustible brackets.
of the center square foot of the test
assembly. Exception: Foam plastics, installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 2603 :6, as required,
l4l06.2.1.2.4 Exposure: The four-foot by
shall not be subject to these limitations.
eight-foot test specimen shall be exposed to
a "square wave" exposure for a period of20 Table 1406.2.1.3.2
minutes. A spark igniter shall be installed MINIMIUM FmE SEPARATION DISTANCE
and located at a point 18 inches vertically FOR COMBUSTIBLE VENEERS BASED
above the center point qf the test specimen ON MAXIM1UM TOLERABLE JLEVIEL OF
and 5/8 inch off the face or" the test INCIDENf RAIDIANT HEAT ENERGY'
specimen. The spark igniter shall be Tolerable level Tolerable level
operated throughout the 20-minute test Fire Separation incident radient Fire separation incident mdiant
Distance (feet)8heat energy distance (feet)8 heat ener;p
period. If the spark igniter is operated in an 2
(kW/m ) (kW/mj
intennittent mode, the II oW' portion of the 5 ]2.5 16 5.9
cycle shall not be longer than two seconds 6 11.8 17 5.5
and the lion" portion of each cycle shall b~ 7 11.0 185.2
at least five seconds in duration.
11406.2.1.3 Conditions of 3ccept3l!llCe:
JllllfJJillll'l:il:l\llJ~'I~llIilllll,I·I[~i11!·lllllllllJ}llfJll~'II;:iillil~:II[IIIIJlrl.\~1
10 8.9 21 4.4
Materials shall qualifY for installation under 11 8.3 22 4.1
the provisions of 780 CMR'1406.2.1.3.1 or ]2 7.7 23 3.9
1406.2.1.3.2.
1406.2.1.3.1 Unrestricted installation: For '
l:fl!illilliif~t"lllllll!ltlIIIII11~'lltJr;11"'IIIJI\lrlll~;:llItllfltlillliilJ
15 6.3
1 f
any fire separation dis.tance, an assembly Note a. one foot = 304.8mm.
shall be acceptable for installation in
accordance with 780 CMR. 1406.0 and, 1406.2.3 Location: Where combustible exterior
780 ClV1R 1405.0 and 2603.6 if, during the wall finish is located along the top of exterior
exposure described in 780 Cl\AR 1406.2.1.2, walls, such trim shall be completely backed up by
continuous flaming ignition does not occur the exterior wall and shall not extend over or
for a time period greater than five seconds. above the top of exterior walls.
Continuous flaming ignition shall be judged
,to occur when continuous flaming' is 1406.2.41 Firestopping: Continuous exterior wall
visually observed by laboratory personnel finish constructed of combustible materials shall
for greater than five seconds~ , befirestopped as required in 780 CMR 720.0.
1406.2.1.3.2 Restricted installation: For
fire separation distances greater than five 1406.3 Combustible balf-timbering: In buildings
feet (1524 mm)~ an assembly shall be of Types 3 and 4 construction which do not exceed

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BunnING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll.,DING CODE
three stories or 40 ft (12192 mm) in height above Exceptions: .
•
grade plane, exterior half-timbering and similar 1. Untreated wood is permitted for pickets· and·
architectural decorations are permitted to be rails. or similar guardrail devices which are
constructed ofwood or other equivaJent combustible limited to 42 inches (1067 rom) in.height.
material, provided that such trim is backed up solidly 2. Balconies and similar appendages on buildings
with approved noncombustible materials. of Types 3, 4 and 5 construction shall be
permitted to be of Type 5 construction. and shall .
1406.4 Balconies and similar appendages: All a
not be required to have fireresistance rating
balconies, porches, decks and supplemental exterior where sprinkler protection is extended to these
stairways attached to or supported by buildings of areas.
Types 1 and 2 construction shall be constructed of
approved noncombustible materials. Such 1406.5 Bay and oriel windows: A bay window is a
appendages attached to or supported by buildings of window that projects beyond the wall line of a
Types 3. 4 and 5 construction shall be of either building arid extends down to the foundation. All
noncombustible or combustible construction. Such bay and oriel windows attached to or supported by
appendages of combustible construction. other than walls in o.ther than buildings ofType 5 construction,
fireretardant-treated wood, shall afford the shall be of noncombustible construction and be
.fireresistance rating required by Table 602 for floor framed with brackets of steel, concrete or other
.construction or shall be of Type 4 construction as approved noncombustible materials.
described in 780 CMR 2304.0 and the aggregate
length shall not exceed 50% of the building
perimeter on each floor.

•
• CHAPTER 15
ROOFS AND ROOF STRUCTURES
780 CMR 1501.0 GENERAIL 11.505.2 Wind! resistance: All roofs· and roof
1501.1 Scope: The provisions of780 CMR 15 shall coverings shall be secured in place to the building or
govern the materials, design, construction and structure to withstand the wind loads of 780 CMR
quality of roofs and roof coverings. 1611.0 in accordance with the requirements of
780 CMR 1505.2.1 through 1505.2.3.
1501.2 Applicability: All roofs and roof coverings 1505.2.1 Ballasted! systems: All loosely laid
shall meet either the perfonnance requirements of ballasted roof coverings shall be designed to resist
780 CIv.1R 1505.0 or the prescriptive requirements of the wind pressures as determined by 780 CMR
780 CMR 1507.0. 1611.0.
780 om 1502.0 DEFINI110NS 11.505.2.2 Low-slope systems other than

ballasted: The low-slope roof systems
1502.1 General: The following words and terms (coverings) described in 780 CMR 1507.3 which
shall, for the purposes of 780 C1\1R 15 and as used are mechanically attached or adhered to the roof
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown deck shall be designed to meet the design wind
herein. load of 780 Cl\.1R 1611.0 and shall be tested in
accordance with FM 4450, PM 4470 or UL 580
Penthouse: An enclosed structure above the roof of listed in Appendix A.
a building, other than a roof structure or bulkhead,
occupying not more than 33%% of the roof area n505.2.3 Steep-slope systems: The steep-slope
(see 780 CMR 1510.3). roof coverings described in 780 CMR 1507.2
which are mechanically attached to the roof slab
Rooil': The roof slab or deck with its supporting or deck in accordance with 780 Cl\1R 1507.2.1
members, not including vertical supports. through 1507.2.9 shall resist the basic wind
Roof covering: The covering applied to the roof for speeds of Figure 1611.3, adjusted for building
weather resistance, fireresistance or appearance. height above grade and building exposure.
Root!' structure: An enclosed structure on or above Exception: Asphalt shingles shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM D3161 or UL 997
the roof of any part of a building (see 780 CMR.
1510.0). listed in Appendix A.
11.505.3 Durability: All roofs and roof coverings

780 CMR 1503.0 CONSIRUcnON
shall be of approved materials such that those
DOCUMENTS properties which establish fire classification, wind
1503.1 General: For all roofs and roof coverings resistance and weather protection shall be
required by' 780 CMR., the construction documents maintained in accordance with 780 CMR 1505.3.1
shall illustrate, describe and clearly delineate the and 1505.3 .2.
type of roofing system, materials, fastening
requirements and flashing requirements which are to 11505.J.ll Physical properties: Roof coverings
be installed. shall demonstrate physical integrity over the
working life ofthe roofbasedl upon 2,000 hours of
780 CMR 1504.0 WEATHER PR0IECI10N exposure to accelerated weathering tests
conducted in accordance with ASTM E838, G23,
1504.1 General: All roofs shall be covered with G26 or G53 listed in Appendix A. Those roof
approved roof coverings properly secured to the coverings which are subject to cyclical flexural
building or structure to resist wind and rain. Roof response due to wind loads shall not demonstrate
coverings shall be designed, installed and any significant loss of tensile strength for
maintained in accordance with approved unreinforced membranes or breaking strength for
manufacturers installation instructions such that the reinforced membranes when tested as herein
roof covering shall serve to protect the building or required.
structure.
1505.3.1 Impact resistance: Roof coverings shall
780 CMR 1sos.0 PERFORMANCE resist impact damage based on the results oftests
REQUIREMENTS conducted in accordance with ASlM D3746 or
D4272, or CGSB 37~GP-52M or FM 4470 listed
1505.1 Performance requirements: All roofs and in Appendix A.
roof coverings approved under 780 CMR 1505.0
shall comply with 780 CMR 1505.2 through 1505.5.

780 CMR.: . STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSAClillSETTS STATE BUll..DING CODE
1505.4 Compatibility of materials: All roofs and
roof coverings shall be of materials that are 1506.2 Testing: When testing wood shingles and
compatible with each other and with the building or shakes in accordance with ASTM E 108 (including'
structure to which the materials are applied. the rain test) and ASTM 02898 listed in
Appendix A, the fire tests shall include the
1505.5 Material specifications and physical intermi~ent flame test, spread of flame test, burning
characteristics: All materials for roofs and roof brand test and flying brand test; additionally, at the
coverings shaD confonn to the applicable standards conclusion of the rain test, test panels shall be
listed in 780 CMR 15. In the absence of applicable subjected to the intermittent flame test, burning
standards or where materials are of questionable brand test and flying brand test.
suitability, testing by an approved testing agency
shall be required by the code official to determine 1506.3 Fireretardant-treated shingles and shakes:
the character, quality and limitations of application· Fireretardant-treated wood shakes and shingles shall
ofthe materials. be treated by impregnation with chemicals by the
full-cell vacuum-pressure process, in accordance
780 CMR 1506.0 FIRE CLASSIFICATION with AWP A C1 listed in Appendix A. Each bundle
1506.1 Qassification: Roof covering materials shall shall have two labels: one identifying the
be classified in accordance with 780 CMR 1506.1.1 manufactured unit and the manufacturer, and the
through 1506. 1.4 when tested in accordance with other identifying the classification of the material in
ASTM EI08listed in Appendix A. accordance with the testing required in 780 C:MR
1506.2 (Class B or C), the treating company and the
1506.1.1 Class A roof coverings: Class A roof quality control agency.
coverings are those which are effective against
severe fire test exposure. Class A roof coverings 780 CMR 1507.0 PRESCRIP11VE
shall include the following: masonry, concrete, REQUIREMENTS
slate, tile, cement-asbestos or assemblies listed
1507.1 Prescriptive requirements: The
and identified as Class A by an approved testing
requirements of 780 CMR 1507.2 and 1507.3 shall
agency. Class A roofcoverings shall be permitted
for use in buildings or structures of all types of apply to all roofs and roof coverings unless
specifically approved in accordance with 780 CMR
construction.
1505.0. Unless otherwise noted, all required
1506.1.2 Class B roof coverings: ClassB roof underlayment shall be of Type 15 asphalt-saturated
coverings are those which are effective against felt.
moderate fire test exposure. Class B roof
coverings shall include metal sheets and shingles 1507.2 Steep-slope roof coverings: Steep-slope roof
or assemblies listed and identified as Class B by covering materials and installations shan .comply
an approved testing agency. Class B roof with 780 ClViR 1507.2.1 through 1507.2.9. Where
• coverings shall be permitted as the minimum for there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves
use in buildings or structures of Type 1 causing a backup ofwater, an ice shield that consists
construction. of at least two layers of underlayment cemented
together or of a waterproofing membrane, shall
1506.1.3 Class C roof coverings: Class C roof
extend from the eave's edge to a point at least 24
coverings are those which are effective against
inches (610 mm) inside the exterior wall line of the
light fire test exposure. Class C roof coverings
building.
shall include assemblies listed and identified as
Class C by an approved testing agency. Class C 1507.2.1 Asbestos-cement shingles: Asbestos-
roof coverings shall be permitted as the minimum cement shingles shall conform to ASTM C222
for use in buildings or structures. ofTypes 2,3,4 . listed in Appendix A. Asbestos-cement shingles
and 5A construction. shall not be installed on roof slopes below four
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12).
1506.1.4 Nonclassified roof coverings:
Single-layer underlayment is required for all roof
Nonclassified roof coverings shall not be
applications. Asbestos-cement shingles shall be
permitted.
secured to the rcofwith two fasteners per shingle.
Exceptions:
1. Buildings and structures of Type 5B 1507.2.2 Asphalt roll roofmg: Asphalt roll
construction with a fire $eparation distance of roofing shall conform to ASTM D224, 0249,
not less than 30 feet (9144 rom) from the 0371 or D3909 listed in Appendix A. Asphalt
•
leading edge ofthe roof roll roofing shall not be installed on roof slopes
2. Occupancies in Use Group R-3 located in below one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal
detached buildings and accessory buildings (1 : 12), and shall not be installed on roof slopes
thereto which have a fire separation distance below three units vertical in 12 units horizontal
of not less than six feet (1829 rom) from the (3: 12) unless applied parallel to the eaves.
leading edge ofthe roof Single-layer underlayment is required or all roof
252 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUiLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
slopes. Asphalt roll roofing shall be secured to accordance with approved manufacturer's
the roof in accordance with approved installation instructions.
manufacturer's installation instructions.
1507.2. i Slate shingles: Slate shingles shall
1507.2.3 Asphalt shingles: Asphalt shingles shall confonn to ASTM C406 listed in Appendix A.
conform to ASTM D225 or D3462 listed in Slate shingles shall not be installed on roof slopes
Appendix A. Asphalt shingles shall not be below two units vertical in 12 units horizontal
installed on roof slopes below two units vertical in (2: 12). Double-layer underlayment shall be re-
12 units horizontal (2: 12). Double·layer quired on roof slopes below four units vertical in
underlayment shall be required on roof slopes 12 units horizontal (4:12). Single-layer
below four units vertical in 12 units horizontal underlayment shall be required on all other roof
(4:12). Single-layer underlayment is required on slopes. Slate shingles shall be secured to the roof
all other roof slopes. Asphalt shingles shall be with two fasteners per slate. The minimum 'slate
secured to the roof with not less than four headlap shall be three inches (76 nun).
fasteners per strip shingle, or not less than two
1507.2.8 Wood shingles: Wood shingles shall be
fasteners per individual shingle. Shingle headlap
identified by a label and subject to a quality
shan not be less than two inches (51 mm).
control program administered by an approved
1507.2.4 Interlocking day or cement tile: agency. Wood shingles shall not be installed on
Interlocking clay or cement tile shall be installed roof slopes below three units vertical in 12 units
only over solid sheathing or spaced structural horizontal (3:12). A single layer ofunderlayment
sheathing boards. Interlocking clay or cement tile is' required at eaves, ridges, hips, valleys and all
shall not be installed on roof slopes below four other changes of roof slope or direction. Wood
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12). shingles shall be secured to the roof with a
Horizontal battens shall be required on roof slopes maximum oftwo approved fasteners per shingle.
over seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal The maximum weather exposures for wood
(7:12). Singlealayer underlayment is required shingles shall be in accordance with Table
over solid sheathing on all roof slopes. 1507.2.8.
Reinforced underlayment shall be required where
spaced sheathing is installed. Regardless of roof Table 1507.2.8
slope, the first three tile courses and all tile within MAXI1\.fUM WEATHER EXPOSURES
three feet (914 mm) ofroof edges, changes in roof FOR WOOD SHINGLES
slop~ or changes in slope direction, shall be Shingle Exposure (inches) based on slope
fastened to the roof. For the field of the roof, Grade length (units vertical:units horizontal)
fastening is not required on roof slopes below five (inches)a 3:12t04:12 4:12 and steeper
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (5: 12); every 16 3% 5
tile course shall be fastened on roof slopes five No.1 grade 18 4Y<! 5~
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (5: 12) to less 24 7~
5%
than 12 units vertical in 12 units horizontal 16 3~ 4
(12:12); and every tile shall be fastened on roof No.2 grade 18 4~
4
slopes 12 units vertical in 12 units horizontal 24 5~ 6~
(12: 12) and over. Tile overlap shall be in
16 3 3~
accordance with approved manufacturer's 18
No.3 grade 3~ 4
installation instructions. 24 5 5~
1507.2.5 Noninterlockirng day or cement me: Note a. 1 mch = 25.4 nun
Noninterlocking clay or cement tile shall not be
1507.2.9 Wood shakes: Wood shakes, other than
installed. on roof slopes below two and one-half
preserva.tive-treated southern yellow pine taper
units vertical' in '12 units norizontal (21h:12).
sawn shakes, shall be identified by a label and II •
Double-layer underlayment is required on roof
subject to a quality control program administered
slopes below three units vertical in 12 units
by an approved agency. Preservative-treated
horizontal (3: 12). Single-layer underlayment is
southern yellow pine taper sawn shakes shall be
required on all other roof slopes. Noninterlocking
identified by a label and subject to the TFS'
clay or cement tile shall be secured to the roof Grading Rulesfor Presen1ative Treated Southern
with two fasteners per tile. The minimum tile
Yellow Pine Tapersawn Shakes, listed in
overlap shall be three inches (76 nun).
Appef!8dix A, administered by an approved
1507.2.6 Metal shingles: Metal shingles shall not agency. Wood shakes shall not be installed on
be installed on roof slopes below four units roof slopes less than four units vertical in 12 units
•
vertical in 12 units. horizontal (4: 12). Singlealayer horizontal (4:12). A single layer of felt
underlayment is required for all metal shingles interlayment shall be shingled between each
other than flat metal shingles on all roof slopes. course of wood shakes on all roofslopes. Wood
Metal shingles shall be secured to the roof in shakes shall be secured to the roof with a

;
.·0"
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll..DlNG CODE
maximum of two fasteners per shake. The maxi- with RMA RP·I, RP-2 or Rp·3, or ASTM D4637
mum weather exposure shall be 7% inches (191 or CGSB 37-GP-52M listed in Appendix A.
rom) for 18·inch-Iong shakes and ten inches (254 Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
rom) for 24-inch-Iong shakes. tenninations and penetrations for mechanical
fastening ofthe thennoset single-ply roofcovering
1507.3 Low -Slope roof coverings: Low slope roof and flashing materials. Ballasted roof coverings
covering materials and installation shall conform to shall not be installed on roof slopes above two
roofing material/roofing system manufacturer's units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2: 12).
written installation and warranty requirements and Thennoset single-ply roof coverings shall be
otherwise comply with 780 CMR 1507.3.1 through installed in accordance with approved
1507.3.7. In the absence of manufacturer's written manufacturer's installation instructions.
installation and warranty requirements, roofs ·shall
1507.3.3 Thermoplastic single-ply roof
have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit
vertical in 12 units horizontal (IA: 12) for drainage coverings: Thermoplastic single-ply roof
coverings shall comply with ASTM D4434 or
except for coal-tar built-up roofs which shall have a
design slope of a minimum one-eighth unit vertical CGSB 37-GP-54M listed in Appendix A.
in 12 units horizontal (1/8: 12). The attachment of Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
tenninations and penetrations for mechanical
insulation above the roof deck, the weight and
fastening of the thermoplastic single-ply roof
distribution of ballast, the fastener type and fastening
covering and flashing materials. Ballasted roof
pattern, and the bitumen or adhesive application
coverings shall not be installed on roof slopes
utilized in the installation of low-slope roof
above two units vertical in 12 units horizontal
coverings shall meet the wind resistance
(2: 12). Thennoplastic single-ply roof coverings
requirements of 780 CMR 1505.2.
shall be installed in accordance with approved
1507.3.1 Built-up roofing: Built-up roofcovering manufacturer's installation instructions.
materials shall comply with the standards in Table
1507.3.4 Modified bitumen roof coverings:
1507.3.1. Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
Modified bitumen roof coverings shall comply
terminations and penetrations for mechanical
with CGSB 37-GP·56M listed in Appendix A.
fastening of the built-up roof covering and flash-
Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
ing materials. On slopes greater than two units
tenninations and penetrations for mechanical
vertical in 12 units horizontal (2: 12), provisions
fastening of the modified bitumen roof covering
shall be made for blind nailing the built-up roof
and flashing materials. Modified bitumen °roof
covering to the roof to prevent slipping.
coverings shall be installed in accordance with
Aggregate surfacing shall not be installed, and
approved manufacturer's installation instructions.
plies shall be applied parallel to the slope of the
deck (strapping method) on roof slopes above 1507.3.5 Spray-applied polyurethane-foam roof
three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (3:12). covering systems: Spray-applied polyurethane-
Built-up roof coverings shall be installed in foam insulation shall comply with ASTM CI029
accordance with approved manufacturer's listed in Appendix A. A liquid-applied roof
installation instructions. coating that complies with 780 CMR 1507.3.6
shall be applied to the top surface of the cured
Table 1507.3.1 foam insulation in accordance with approved
BUILT-UP ROOFING MATERIAL manufacturer's installation instructions. Foam
STANDARDS plastics shall also confonn to 780 CMR 2603.0.
a
Material Standard 1507.3.6 Liqufid-applied roof coatings: Liquid-
Aggregate surfacing ASTM D1863 applied roof coatings shall comply with ASTM
Asphalt-coated glass fiber venting base ASTMD4601 C836, C957, 01227 or 03468 listed in
sheet ASTM02178 Appendix A. Liquid-applied roof coatings shall
Asphalt glass felt be applied in accordance with approved
Asphalt-saturated and asphalt-coated organic ASTM02626 manufacturer's installation instructions.
felt' base sheet
1507.3.7 Metal-sheet roof coverings: Metal-
Asphalt-saturated organic feIt (perfor.aled) ASTM0226 sheet roof covering systems which incorporate
Asphalt used in roofing ASTM 0312 supporting structural members shall be designed
Coal-tar saturated organic felt ASTM 0227 in accordance with 780 CMR 2206.0. Metal-sheet
Coal-tar used in roofing ASTM 0450 roof coverings installed over structural decking
Types I or III shall comply with ASTM A36l, A755 or BIOI
Mineral-surfaced inorganic cap sheet ASTM 03909 listed in Appendix A. Metal-sheet roof coverings
Venting. asphalt-saturated and asphalt- shall be installed in accordance with approved
coated inor anic feIt based sheet ASTM 03672 manufacturer's installation instructions.
•
Note a. SpecifIC standards referenced are those listed
in Appendix A 780 CMR 1508.0 FLASHINGS
1507.3.2 Thermoset single-ply roof coverings: 1508.1 General: Flashings shall be installed: at wall
Thermoset single-ply roofcQverings shall comply. and roof intersections; at gutters; wherever there is a
-254. 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 11127/98

; . ;'~.
780 Cl\AR.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS

•
a change in roof slope or direction: and around all 60 degrees (1.05 rad) to the horizontal hereafter
roof openings. erected on any building or structure of other than
Type S. construction which is more than three
780 CMR 1509.0 ROOF lINSULAnON stories or 40 feet (12192 mm) in height, shall be
1509.1 General: Rigid combustible roof insulation constructed of noncombustible materials with a
shall be permitted, provided that the insulation is fireresistance rating of not less than one hour.
covered with approved roof coverings directly Where the building is more than seven stories or
applied thereto (see 780 CMR 2603.4.1.5). 85 feet (25908 mm) in height, such roofs shall
afford the same fireresistance rating required for
the exterior walls of the building, but are not
780 CMR 1510.0 ROOF SlRUCIURJES
required to exceed a 1Va-hour fireresistance rating.
1510.1 General: All construction, other than aerial
supports, clothes dryers and similar structures less ][510.5.2 Low-slope roofs: Where the pitch is 60
than 12 feet (3658 mm) high, water tanks and degrees (1.05 rad) or less to the horizontal, the
cooling towers as hereinafter provided and flag poles mansard or other sloping roof located on any
erected above the roof of any part of any building or building shall be constructed of not less than the
structure more than 40 feet (12192 mm) in height, same materials as required for the roof of the
shall be constructed of approved noncombustible building.
materials.
15U).(i Dormers: The sides and roofs of dormers
1510.2 Scuttles: Trap doors and scuttles as required shall be ofthe same type of construction as the main
by 780 CMIR 1027.0 shall not be less than two feet roof, except that where a side of the dormer is a
by three feet (610 mm by 914 mm) in size. In vertical extension of an exterior wall, that side ofthe
buildings of Types 1 and 2 construction, trap doors dormer shall be subject to the same fireresistance
and scuttles shall be of approved noncombustible rating requirements as apply to the wall of the
materials. building. The roofs of donners shall be protected
with approved roof coverings complying with
1510.3 Penthouses: Penthouses shall be considered 780 CMR 1506.0. The sides of dormers shall be
•
a part ofthe next lower story, and the enclosure shall protected with approved roof coverings or with
confonn to the requirements for exterior walls ofthe material permitted for covering the exterior walls of
building type as regulated by Table 602 and the building.
780 CMR. 14 except as modified" herein.
1510.7 Water tanks: Water tanks shall be
1510.3.Jl Recessed walls: Where the exterior wall constructed and installed in accordance with
ofapen/house is recessed five feet (1524 mm) or 780 CI\.1R. 1510.7.1 through 1510.7.5.
more from the exterior wall of the next lower
story and the exterior wall of the next lower story ll510.7.1 Supports: Water tanks having a capacity
ns required to have a fireresistance rating of ofmore than 500 gallons (1.90 m3) placed in or on a
greater than I ~ hours, the penthouse exterior wall building shall be supported on masonry, reinforced
shall be: constructed with a fireresistance rating of concrete, steel or other approved noncombustible
not less than 1~ hours; covered on the outside framing or on timber conforming to Type 4
with noncombustible, weatherproof material; and construction; provided that, where such supports are
supported on protected steel or reinforced located in the building above the lowest story, the
concrete construction. support shall be fireresistance rated as required for
Type IA construction.
1510.3.:2 Unprotected openings: Where
protected openings are not required by 780 CMR 1510.7.2 Emergency disdnarge: A pipe or outlet
705.0, windows and doors shall be constructed of shall be located in the bottom or in the side close
any approved materials. Glazing shall confonn to to the bottom, or the tank shall be fitted with a
the requirements of780 C:MR 14,24 and 26. quickoopening valve, to enable the contents to be
discharged in an emergency to a suitable drain
li510.4 Other enclosed roof structures: Enclosed that complies with the 248 CMR 2.00: the
roof structures, other than penthouses, shall be MassachBOsetts State Plumbing Code listed in
considered a story ofthe building and shall confonn AppendixA.
to the requirements for the building type as regulated 1510.7.3 Location: A tank shall not be located
by Table 602 and 780 Cl\1R 14. over or near a stairway or elevator shaft unless a
solid roof or floor deck is constructed underneath
•
1510.5 Mansards and other sloping roofs: the tank.
Mansards and other sloping roofs shall comply with
780 CMR 1510.5.1 and 1510.5.2. 1510.1.4 Tank covell": All roof tanks exposed to
the weather shall have approved covers sloping
ISlO.!tl High-slope IJ"oofs: Every mansard roof towards the outer edges.
or other sloping roof having a pitch of more than
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR Sixth Edition

0 255
•
1510.7.5 Hoop and strap protection: Where eXIstmg roof covering shall comply with the
metal hoops are utilized in the construction of requirements of 780 CMR 1505.0 or 1507.0. The
wood tanks, such hoops shall be protected with repair of existing roofs and roof coverings shall
approved corrosion-resistant coatings or comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 34, but
manufactured from approved corrosion-resistant more than 25% of the roof covering of any building
alloys. shall not be removed and replaced within any 12-
month period unless the entire roof covering is made
1510.8 Cooling towers: Cooling towers erected on to conform to the requirements for new roofing.
the roofs of buildings where the base ofthe tower is
more than 55 feet (16764 mm) above grade plane 1512.2 Structural and construction loads: The
shall be constructed of approved noncombustible structural roof components shall be capable of
material or tireretardant-treated wood except that supporting the roof covering system and the material
drip bars are not required to be of noncombustible and equipment loads that will be encountered during
material or tireretardant-treated wood installation ofthe roof covering system.
1510.9 Miscellaneous roof structures: Except as 1512.3 Recovering vs. replacement: New roof
here in specifically provided for, all towers, spires, coverings shall not be installed without first
dormers or cupolas shall be erected of the type of removing existing roof coverings where any of the
construction and fireresistance rating required for following conditions occur:
the building to which such structures are accessory 1. Where the existing roof or roof covering is
as regulated by Tables 503 and 602. Where the water soaked or has deteriorated to the point that
height of such appurtenant structures exceeds 85 the existing roof or roof covering is not adequate
feet (25908 mm) above grade plane or where the as a base for additional roofing.
area at any horizontal section of the tower, spire, 2. Where the existing roof covering is wood
dormer or cupola exceeds 200 square feet (19 m~. or shake, slate, clay, cement or asbestos-cement tile.
where utilized for any purpose other than as a belfry 3. Where the existing roof has two or more
or architectural embellishment, the structure and the applications of any type of roof covering.
associated supports shall be of Type 1 or 2
Exception: Complete and separate roofing
construction, or of tireretardant-treated wood
systems, such as standing-seam metal roof
complying with 780 CMR 2310.0. Radio and
systems, which are designed to transmit all
television towers and antennas shall be constructed
roof loads directly to the building's structural
to comply with 780 CMR 3108.0 and 3109.0.
system and which do not rely on existing roofs
and roof coverings for support, shall not
786 CMR 1511.0 ROOFTOP HELIPORTS require the removal of existing roof coverings.
1511.1 General: 780 CMR. 1511.0 governs the
design and construction of rooftop facilities intended 1512.4 Reinstallation of materials: Existing slate,
to accommodate the landing of helicopters. The clay or cement tile shall be permitted for
utilization of a roof for landing shall be subject to reinstallation, except that damaged, cracked or
the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration. broken slate or tile shall not be reinstalled. Existing
vent flashings, metal edgings. drain outlets, collars
1511.2 Structural loads: The roofand all pertinent and metal counterflashings shall not be reinstalled
building components shall be designed for the dead where rusted, damaged or deteriorated. Aggregate
loads, live loads, impact loads and vibrations surfacing materials shall not be reinstalled.
imparted to the structure due to helicopter landing,
including the single-skid point landing. 1512.5 Flashings: Flashings shall be reconstructed
in accordance with approved manufacturer's
1511.3 Referenced standard: All rooftop heliports installation instructions. Metal flashings to which
shall comply with NFiPA 418 listed in Appendix A. bituminous materials are to be adhered shall be
primed prior to installation.
780 CMR 1512.0 REROOFING
1512.1 General: Materials and methods of
application used for recovering or replacing an

CHAPTER 16
STRUCTURAL LOADS
(This Chapter is entirely u.nique to Massachusetts)
780 om 1601.0 GENERAL PaneD (part of a structure): The section of a floor

Jl601.1 Scope: The provisions of780 CMR 16 shall or wall comprised between the supporting frame
control the structural design of all buildings and of two adjacent rows of columns and girders or
structures, or portions thereof, hereafter erected. column bands offloor construction.
780 CMR 1602.0 DEFINmONS WaRD

JLoadbearing waJJl: A wall supporting any vertical
1602.1 General: The following words and tenns load in addition to its own weight.
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 16 and as used Nonloadbearing wall: A wall which does not
elsewhere in 780 CI\AR., have the meanings shown support verticalloatis other th~ its own weight.
herein.
780 CMR 1603.0 CONSTRUCTION
Load: Forces or other actions that arise on structural
DOCUMENTS
systems from the weight of aU pennanent
construction, occupants and their possessions, U603.1 General: Construction documents shall show
environmental effects, differential settlement and the size, and relative locations of all structural
restrained dimensional changes. members with foundation, floor and roof levels,
Dead load: The weight of all permanent structural column centers and all offsets dimensioned. The
and nonstructural components of a building, such design loads and other infonnation pertinent to the
as walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways and structural design required by 780 CMR 1603.2
through 1603.7 shall be clearly indicated on the
•
fixed service equipment.
Duration of load: The period of continuous construction documents for aU parts of the building
application of a given load, or the aggregate of or structure.
periods of intermittent applications of the same
load. 11603.2 Floor live load!: The uniformly distributed
Earthquake load: The assumed lateral load acting floor live load utilized in the design shall be
in any horizontal direction on the structural frame indicated for aU floor areas (780 CMRI606.0). Live
due to the dynamic action of earthquakes. load reduction (780 CMR 1608.0), ifutilized, shall
Impact load: The load resulting from moving be indicated.
machinery, elevators, craneways, vehicles and
other similar forces and kinetic loads. 11603.3 Rooflive load: The roof live load utilized in
Internal load: The forces resulting from the the design shall be indicated for all roof areas
restraint ofmovement of construction materials or (780 CMR. 1609.0).
differential movement of a combination of
materials caused by the effects of expansion or 11.603.4 Roof snow load: The basic snow load shall
contraction due to temperature changes, be indicated.
shrinkage moisture changes creep, differential
t t
settlement or combinations thereof li603.5 Wind Boad!: The foHowing information

Lateral soil load: The lateral pressure in pounds' related to wind loads shall be indicated, regardless of
per square foot (pst) (kilograms per square meter whether wind loads govern the lateral design of the
[kglm2]) due to the weight of the adjacent soil, building:
including due allowance for hydrostatic pressure 1. Wind Load Zone. If more than one wind
and possible surcharge from fixed or moving direction is exposed t the applicable wind direction
loads. shall be indicated
Live load: Those loads produced by the 2. Wind .pressure, P.
occupancy of the building, not including 3. Special exposures
environmental loads such as wind loadst snow
loadst earthquake loads or dead loads. 1603.6 Earthqlllake design data: Where earthquake
Wind load: The lateral pressure on the building or loads are applicable, the following earthquake
•
structure in pounds per square foot (pst) design data shall be indicated on the constroction .
(kilograms per square meter [kglm~) due to wind documents:
blowing in any direction. 1. The Seismic Hazard Exposure Group in
accordance with 780 CMR. 1612.2.5;
2. The Seismic Performance Category in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.2.7;
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sheth Edition 257

3. The soil-profile type in accordance with Table

1612.4.1;
4. The basic structural system and seismic-
resisting system in" accordance with Table
1612.4.4;
~. The response modification factor (R) and the
ventilating, air conditioning and fire protection
systems, shall be included.
1605.3 Partition load: In offices and other buildings

in which subdividing partitions are subsequently
erected, rearranged or relocated, provisions shall be
•
deflection amplification factor (CJ in accordance made to support the actual weight of such partitions
with Table 1612.4.4; and where the partitions occur, or for an equivalent
6. The analysis procedure utilized in accordance uniform load, which shall be assumed to be not less
with 780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612.6 as applicable. than 20 psf (97.64 kglm~ of floor area in addition to
the specified uniformly distributed live load.
1603.7 Other loads: Concentrated loads (780 CMR Provisions for partition weight shall be made
1613.0), impact loads (780 CMR 1614.0) and whether or not partitions are shown on the
special loads (780 CMR 1615.0) which are construction documents, unless the specified live
applicable to the design of the building or structure load exceeds 80 psf (390.56 kg/m2).
shall he indicated.
780 CMR 1606.0 UNIFORMLY
. 780 CMR 1604.0 DESIGN SAFE LOAD DISTRIBUI'ED UVE LOADS
1604.1 Safe support required: Buildings or other 1606.1 Uniform live load: The minimum unifonnly
structures, and all parts thereof, shall be designed distributed live load in pounds per square foot shall
and constructed to support safely all loads, including be as provided for in Table 1606.1, and for all
dead loads, without exceeding the allowable stresses concentrated loads wherever such loads occur as
(or specified strengths when appropriate lopd factors provided for in 780 CMR 1613.0. The live loads in
are applied) for the materials of construction in the Table 1606.1 are the minimum loads to be used for
structural members and connections. the occupancies listed. Where the building will be
subjected to greater live loads, such loads shall be
1604.2 Progressive conIapse: Buildings and utilized for design.
structural systems shall provide such_ structural
integrity that the hazards associated with progressive
collapse are reduced to a level consistent with good
engineering practice. Structures shall be able to
sustain local damage or failure, with the structure as
a whole remaining stable. Compliance with the
applicable provisions of ASCE 7 listed in
1606.1.1 Trucks and buses: Minimum live loads
for garages having trucks or buses shall be in
accordance with lane loads ofAASHTO HB- 15
listed in Appendix A, but shall not be less than 50
psf (244 kglm2).
1606.1.2 Residential attics: All live load shall be
•
Appendix A shall be deemed to meet the applied to joists or to bottom chords of trusses or
requirements of780 CMR 1604.0. trussed lrafters only in those portions of attic space
having a clear heightof 42 inches (1067 mm) or
1604.3 In-situ load tests: The code official is more between joist and rafter in conventional
authorized to require an engineering analysis or a rafter construction; and between bottom chord and
load test, or both, of any construction whenever any other member in trusses or trussed rafter
there is reason to question the safety of the construction. However, joists or the bottom
construction for the intended occupancy. chords of trusses or trussed rafters shall be
Engineering analysis and load tests shall be designed to sustain the imposed dead load or ten
conducted in accordance with 780 CMR 1707.0 or psf (49 kg/m2), whichever is greater, Wliformly
1709.0. distributed ~ver the entire span.
A further ceiling dead-load reduction to a
780 CMR 1605.0 DESIGN DEAD LOAD minimum of five psf(24 kg/m2) or the actual dead
1605.1 Weights of materials and construction: In load, whichever is greater, applied to joists in
estimating dead loads for the purposes of structunlI conventional rafter construction or to the bottom
design, the actual weights ofmaterials and construc- chords of trusses or trussed rafters is permitted
tions shall be utilized, but not less than the unit dead under either or both ofthe following conditions:
loads prescribed in Appendix 0, or ASCE 7 listed in 1. Where the clear height is not over 30
Appendix A. In the absence of definite information, inches (762 rom) between joist and rafter in
any values assumed by the designers shall be subject conventional construction and between the
to the approval ofthe code official. bottom chord and any other member for trusses
•
or trussed rafter construction.
1605.2 Weight of fixed service equipment: In 2. Where a clear height of greater than 30
estimating dead loads for the purposes ofdesign, the inches (762 nun), as defined in 780 CMR
weight of fixed service equipment such as plumbing 1606.1 item 1, does not exist for a horizontal
stacks and risers, electrical feeders, heating, distance of more than 12 inches (305 rnm)
along the member.

STRUCTURAL LOADS
Table Jl606.1
MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED
LIVE LOADS
"
.Live load Uveloaci
Occupancy Occupancy
(psf)a (psf)a
Apartments (see Residential) Reviewing stands, grandstands and bleachers - see
Armories and drill rooms 150 780 CMR 1615.5 . 100
[i~tlil-
Schools
Classrooms 50
Comdon 80
Flexible open plan areas 100
Balcony, decks (exterior)

One-and two-family dwellings only
Bowling centers, poolrooms and billiard rooms
Cornices
~i -~~'fr'~~::I~:::
60
.~~;t~~I!li;I~
Garages:
Passenger cars 50
:l.
.,,,,.'-'"o,,-,.1~r
Trucks and buses - see also 780 CMR 1606.1.1 50 Yards and terraces, pedestrians 100
Grandstands (see Reviewing stands) Note a. 1 psf = 4.882 kglm2•
Gymnasiums, main floors and balconies 100
H~~pi~al~,.. ~ :,.:,:·):7:~·~~';~lLi~!itf~J~ . 780 CMR 1607.0 DESIGN LIVE WAD
··~=~~~j1tm111~ ~. ~:'~R~q~e::~o;:~iid:~~~:U~o=:c~~
'k
(;orridors 'abo"e t:'rrst'iiq'oV"; : . :;~,r.~;:t:~~{t;i::f'~~:~' '~'_.' ~,t8b\,ft~, shall be the greatest load produced by the intended
_
Hotels (see Residential)---~=' -.., .0 " • • • •-.- occupancy, but not less than the minimum uniformly
Institutional- residential care (see Residential) distributed unit loads required in 780 CMR 1606.0
Libraries: for specific use groups.
Reading Rooms 60
Slack rooms (books and shelves @ 40 pcf but 150
1607.2lLoads not specified: The code official shall
not less than)
.-".- "'f,~:~ approve the required live load for any occupancy not
Manufacturirig' : .
. Light, ' -.- ,- )t~ :a specifically provided for in Table 1606.1 .
" Heavy.
Marquees 1607.3 PalJ"tiai loading: The full intensity of the
Office buildings: appropriately reduced live load applied only to a
Offices 50 portion of the length of a structure or member shall
Lobbies 100 be considered if such applied load produces a more
Corridors, above first floor 80
unfa~orable effect than the same intensity applied
File and computer rooms require heavier
loads based upon anticipated occupancy . over the full length of the structure or member.
P~~~l~~~~~~ns; ~id-H.:Ii:~~t~!f' 780 CMR 1608.0 LIVE LOAD REDUcnON
;e;;~iee~~;iEll!~~il'1:~
1608.1 General: The design live loads specified in
780 CMR 1607.0 may be reduced as permittedand
Multiple - family dwellings: specified herein, except that the design live load
Dwelling units 40 shall not be reduced on the follOWing types of
,.Public rooms -100 structur,al'members:
Corridors 80 1. One-way precast or cast-in-place solid. ribbed
One-and two-family dwellings (areas other than 40 and hollow core concrete slabs.
sleeping rooms)
Steeping rooms 30 Ex«:teption: Ribs of ribbed or hollow core
Decks, balconies, etc. 60 slabs may be treated as individual beams, and
H~t~ls:·'.:::· .. live load may be reduced on the ribs the same
,:.~':;,-~~fi~:~:~;'~::,~:::;,L::~~.:tiB. as for beams.

2. Two-way concrete flat slabs and grid slabs,
: . Corridors serving publif: ~ , ". ..
. Corridors' .•'. ;;:,:.U :;; i:f~!:IJ~[ with or without capitals or drop panels.
Exception: live load may be reducted on slab
panels if there are beams on an sides of the
•
panels, and load is transferred to the columns comprised of a lightweight, rigid or retractable
from these beams entirely by "beam shear". skeleton stnicture over which a fabric cover is
attached.
3. Hangers
Fabric canopy: A fabric canopy is an architectural
1608~2 Design live loads of 100 psf or less: Except . projection that provides weather protection, _
for places of public assembly (as dermed in identity or decoration and is ground supported in
780 CMR 210.) garages, and open parking addition to being supported by the buildiilg to
structures, a structural member having a tributary which the canopy is attached. A canopy is
area AT that is greater than AD may be designed for comprised ofa lightweight skeleton structure over
a reduced live load detennined by the following which a fabric cover is attached. A fabric canopy
fonnulas: is not a primary structure or a roof.
L = NLo
1609.3 Minimum roof loads: Ordinary roofs, either
N = the largest ofthe following: flat, pitched or curved, shall be designed for the live
1. 1 - 0.0008 (AT - AB) loads as specified in Table 1609.3 or the snow load,
2. 0.75 - 0.20 (O/Lo) . whichever is greater.
3. 0.50 for members supporting load from
more than one floor, or 0.60 for members 1609.4 Overhanging eaves: In other than occupan-
supporting load from one floor only, in which: cies in Use Group R-3, and except where the over-
L = reduced design live load for the member hang framing is a continuation of the roof framing, .
L o = basic design live load overh~ging eaves, cornices and other roof pro·
Do = dead load on the member jections shall be designed for a minimum Wlifonnly
AT = loaded area tributary to the member, square distributed live load of 60 psf (292.92 kglm~.
feet
As = basic tributary area, square feet, defined as Table 1609.3
3
follows: MINIMUM ROOF LIVE LOADS
A B = 100 square feet for members supporting Tributary.loaded area in
b
•
load from more than one floor Roof slope
square feet
A B = 250 square feet for ·members suppo~ing for an structural member
load .from one floor only
1608.3 Design live loads greater than 100 psf and ]2

desi~ live loads for garages and open parking
structures: Structrual members supporting load from Rise 4 inches per foot (I :3)
more than one floor may be designed for a reduced to less than ] 2 inches per
live load equal to 89% ofthe design live load. foot (]:])
]2
6 14
Arch or dome with rise % of ]
1608.4 For determination of the number of floors span or less than 3fB of
san
supported by' a member in 780 CMR 1608.1, 1608.2
}J.~~:~'~;';gf-,
and 1608.3 a roof may be considered to be a floor if
the design live load of the roof is equal to or greater 12 12'
than the design live load ofthe floor below.
Note a: loads are expressed in pounds per square fo.ot of
780 CMR 1609.0 ROOF LOADS -horizontal projection
2 2
Note b: 1 square foot = 0.093 m .J psf= 4.882 kglm
1609.1 General: The stmcturaJ supports ofroofs and
marquees shall be designed to resist wind (see
780 CMR. 1611~0) and, where applicable, snow (see 1609.5 PODding: Roofs shall be designed for the
780 CMR 1610.0) and· earthquake loads (see maximum possible depth of water that would pond
780 CMR 1612.0) in addition to the dead load of thereon as detennined by the relative levels of ioof
construction and the appropriate live loads - as deck and overflow weirs~ scuppers, edges or
prescribed in 780 CMR 1609.0, or in Table1606. 1 servIceable drains in- combination with the deflected
.structural elements. In detennining· the maximum
possible depili of water, all primary roof drainage
1609.2 Dermitions: The following words and tenns
means shall be assumed to be blocked.
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 1609.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 C1'v.tR, have the meanings
•
shown herein. 1609.6 Special purpose roofs: Where occupied for
incidental promenade purposes, roofs shall be
Fabric awning: A fabric awning is an architectural designed for a minimwn live load of 60 psf (292.92
projection that provides weather protection, iden- kglm2); and 100 psf (488.20 kglm2) where designed
tity or decoration and is wholly supported by the for roof gardens or assembly or educational
building to which it is attached. An awning is occupancies.

STRUCTURAL LOADS
Hi09.6.l1. Landscaped roofs: Where roofs are to over the whole roof or open deck (balanced snow .
be landscaped, the uniform design live load in the load) or an unbalanced snow load on the roof or
landscaped area shall be 20 psf(97.64 kg/m2). The open deck (partial snow load). Buildings and
weight of the landscaping materials shall be other structures shall also be designed for the
considered as dead load and shall be computed on additional effects of drifting snow at changes in
the basis of saturation of the soil. roof elevation and at roof projections, and for the
additional effects of sliding snow. Snow loads
1609.6.2 Fabric awnings and canopies: Where
acting on a sloping surface shall be considered to
awnings and canopies are covered with a fabriC
act on the horizontal projection of that surface.
material, such awnings and canopies shall be
When establishing unbalanced snow loads or
designed for a uniform live load of 5 psf (24.4
drifting snow loads, the effects of wind from any
kglm2) as well as for snow loads and wind loads
direction shall be considered.
as specified in 780 CMR 1610.0 and 1611.0.
Jl.610.2 Bmsic snow Boad: Figures 161O.1A,
1609.6.3 Special purpose roofs: Roofs to be
1610.1B, 161O.1C, and 1610.1D define four snow
utilized for other special purposes shall be
load zones in the state. The basic snow load for each
designed for appropriate loads, or as otherwise
zone shaU be a uniformly distributed load, Pf' in
approved.
pounds per square foot of horizontal projection, as
follows:
7SO CMR 1610.0 SNOW LOADS
Snow Load Zone
11.610.1 General: Design snow loads shall be
detennined in accordance with 780 CMR 1610.0 and 25 psf
shall be applied to the roof and open decks of all 2 30 psf
buildings and other structures. 3 35 psf
1610.lt.U Application of loads: Buildings and 4 40 psf
other structures shall be designed for the greater
of the effects from either a uniform snow load

0
261
•
Figure 1610.1A
SNOW LOAD MAP - ZONE 1
i---
I
L---v--_-,
t.
zor-i: 2
•
List of roWs in Minjmum IlnjfoUD
Snow Load Zones Zone "'
Barnstable Gay Head Sandwich

Bowne Gosnold
Brewster TisbUJy
HaJWich Truro
Chatham
Chilmark Mashpee Vineyard Haven
Dennis Nantucket Wellfleet

West TisbUJy
Eastham Oak Bluffs
Edgartown Orleans Yannouth
Falmouth Provincetown
262 780 CMR - Sixth Edition. 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
. STRUCTURAL LOADS
•
Figure 16liO.lB
SNOW LOAD MAP ~ ZONE 2
L_~.
.r:--r__ ~.
~.'
•
List ofIowos in Minimum 1 Tn iform
Snow Load Zones ~
Abington Cambridge Freetown Lawrence Milton Randolph Taunton
Acushnet Carlisle Lexington Raynham Tewksbury
Amesbury Carver Georgetown Lowell Nahant Reading Topsfield
Andover Chemlsford Gloucester Lynn New Bedford Rehoboth Tyngsborough
Arlington Chelsea Groveland Lynnfield Newbury Revere
Attteboro Cohasset Newburyport Rochester Wakefield
Halifax Newton Rockland Waltham
lkdford Danvers Hamilton Malden N.Andover Rockport Wareham
Belmont Dartmouth Hanover Manchester N.Attleboro Rowley Watertown
Berkley Dighton Hanson Mansfield N. Reading Wenham
Beverly Dracut Haverhill Marblehead Norton Salem W. Bridgewater
Billerica Duxbury Hingham Marion Norwell Salisbury W.Newbury
Boston Holbrook Marshfield Saugus Westport
Boxford E. Bridgewater Hull Mattapoisett Peabody Scituate . Weymouth
•
Braintree Easton Medford Pembroke Seekonk Whitman
Bridgewater Essex llpswich Melrose Plymouth Somerset Wilmington
Brockton Everett Merrimac Plympton Somerville Winchester
Brookline .Kingston Methuen Stoneham Winthrop
Burlington 'airhaven Middleborough Quincy Swampscott Woburn
Fall River ILakeville Middleton Swansea

a 263
780 CNlR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
---W~T=L~ zoH E: e,1

~C.IS~
rio. ~-,="'O~
=.UAH~
sa.~PTO~
- - - - - 'I'r"=Sj=-1 s.o
- - - - - - ..cU"l""..lWICfCo....
•
List ofIoWDS in Minimym IJnifoCD
Snow Load Zones ~
Acton Chicopee Greenfield LWlenburg Oakham Sunderland Wendell
Agawam Clinton Groton Orange Suttton West Boylston
Amherst Concord Marlborough Oxford Sharon West Brookfield
Ashbwnham Hadley Maynard Sherborn W. Springfield
Ashby Dedham Hampden Medfield Palmer Shirley Westborough
Ashland Deerfield Hardwick Millbwy PaxtOIJJ Shrewsbwy Westfield
Athol Douglas Harvard Millville Pelham Shutesbwy Westford
Auburn Dover Hatfield Medway Pepperell S. Hadley Westminster
Avon Dudley Holland Mendon Petersham Southampton Weston
Ayer Dunstable Holliston Milford Phillipston Southborough Westwood
Holden Millis Plainville Wilbraham
Barre E. Brookfield Holyoke Monson Princeton Templeton Winchendon
Belchertown Easthampton Hopedale Montague Townsend Whately
Bellingham E. Longmeadow Hopkinton Royalston Worcester
Berlin Erving Hubbardston Natick Rutland Upton Wrentham
Bernardston HUdson Needham Uxbridge
Blackstone Fitchburg New Braintree Southbridge
Bolton Foxborough Lancaster NewSalern Southwick Wales
Boylston Framingham Leicester Norfolk Spencer Walpole
•
Boxborough Franklin Leominster North Brookfield Springfield . Ware
Brimfield Leverett Northampton Sterling Warren
Brookfield Gardner Lincoln Northborough Stoughton Warwick
Gill Littleton Northbridge Stow Wayland
Canton Grafton Longmeadow Northfield Slurblidge Webster
Charlton Granby Ludlow Norwood Sudbury Wellesley
,..
780 CJv.ffi.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
Figure 16nO.1D
SNOW LOAD MAP ZONE 4 Q
~~-~:'i
~~-~ ~=~~Q-;~
CO""tWA'!
......~~~ WILL.L6.~b.lJ~
:2le=i~o-+o
We:.s-r
:...4Ul1TIl'i~~
• List of Towns in Minimum 1Jnifonn

MO'""ii'~o-re.~
R..JQ6E:.LL
_~P<:ojVI u..!!-
Snow ]Load Zones z.anu

Adams Colrain Hancock Monterey Plainfield Tolland
Alford Conway Hawley Montgomery Tyringham
Ashfield Cummington Heath Mount Washington Richmond
Hinsdale Rowe Washington
Becket" Dalton Huntington New Ashford Russell W. Stockbridge
Blandford New Marlborough Westhampton
Buckland Egremont ILanesborough Sandisfield Williamsburgh
Lee North Adams Savoy Williamstown
Charlemont Florida Lenox Sheffield Windsor
Cheshire Leyden Otis Shelboume Worthington
Chester Goshen Stockbridge
Chesterfield Granville Middlefield Peru
Clarksburg Great Barrington Monroe Pittsfield
11.610.3 Symbols and -notations: The following hdr = reduced height of drift surchargfe,
symbols and notations apply to the provisions of expressed in feet
780 CMR 1610.0. Hd1 = potential height of drift surcharge from
a = roof slope expressed in degrees snow blown from lower roof, expressed in
A = coefficient for amount ofsliding snow feet
AcF crossectional area of drift surcharge, Hd1r=reduced height of drift surcharge from snow
expressed in square feet blown from lower roof, expressed in feet
Cs = slope factor (See 78"0 CMR 1610.5) Hdu =potential height of drift surcharge from
D = density of snow, expressed in pounds per snow blown from upper roof, expressed in
• cubic foot (pct) feet

hb =height ofunifonn snow load on lower roof Hdur=reduced height of drift surcharge from snow
or deck, expressed in feet blown from upper roof, expressed in feet
hd =maximum height of drift surcharge, h r = difference in height between the upper and
expressed in feet lower roof or deck, expressed in feet

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF B~DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE B~DING CODE
•
LT =the dimension of an upper roof or convex curved roof shall be determined by
projecting element perpendicular to the wind flow Equation 1, with "a" equal to the effective roof
(perpendicular to (W bu and W bI), expressed in slope in degrees. The effective roof slope is
feet equal to the slope of a chord from the eave or
Pi = basic unifonn snow load, expressed in effective eave to the crown of the roof
pounds per square foot (pst)
1610.4.4 Unifonn snow load for concave
Ps = intensity of sloped roof snow load,
curved roofs: The effective loaded area of a
expressed in pounds per square foot (pst)
concave curved roof shall be that area of the
Pds = maximum intensity of surcharge load from
surface of the roof where the tangents to the
sliding snow, expressed in pounds per
surface have a slope of 50 degrees or less. The
square fo~t (pst)
total load on a concave curved roof shall be the
S = horizontal separation between adjacent
basic snow load, Pj' multiplied by the total
structures, expressed in feet (See Figure
horizontal projected area of the roof. This total
1610.7)
load shall be applied uniformly over the effective
Wa = horizontal dimension, in feet, of upper
loaded an~a of the roof.
sloping roof ( See Figure 1610.10)
Wbu =horizontal dimension, in feet, of upper roof 1610.4.5 Uniform Snow Loads for multiple
normal to the line of change in roof level roofs', For multiple folded-plate, sawtooth, and
(See Figure 1610.4) barrel vault roofs, the snow load shall be equal to
Wb1 =horizontal dimension, in feet, oflower roof the basic snow load, p!, regardless of the slope of
normal to the line of change in roof level (See the roof.
Figure 1610.4)
Wd = width of snow drift, expressed in feet (See 1610.5 UlIlbalanced Snow loads: Except as
Figure 1610.4) otherwise specifically provided in 780 CMR
Ws = width of sliding snow drift, expressed in 1610.5.1 through 780 CMR 1610.5.3, unbalanced
feet (See Figure 1610.10) snow loads shall be applied in patterns of 100% of
the uniform snow load alternating with 50% of the
1610.4 Uniform Snow Loadls uniform snow load. The location and extent of the
•
loadings in the patterns shall be such as to maximize
1610.4.1 Unifonn snow load for flat and low-
the various structural effects.
sloped roofs with planar panels: the snow load
on a flat roof or on a roof with planar panels 1610.5.1 Unbalanced snow load for hip and
which have a slope less than 30 degrees shall be gable roofs: For hip and gable roofs with slopes
equal to the basic snow load, Pf- between IS degrees and 70 degrees, the structure
shall be designed to sustain an unbalanced
1610.4.2 Uniform snow load for sloped roofs
uniform snow load on the leeward side of the roof
with planar panels: The sloped roof snow load
equal to I. SPs' where Psis determined in accord-
on roofs having a slope greater than 30 degress
ance with 780 CMR 1610.4.2. The windward side
shall be calculated using the following formula:
of the roof shall be considered free from snow.
1610.5.2 Unbalanced snow load for convex
p , = Cp
,/ (Equation 1)
curved roofs. For convex curved roofs with
where "Cs" is determined by the following effective roof slopes between ten degrees and 60
formula: degrees, determined in accordance with 780 CMR.
1610.4.3, unbalanced snow loads shall be
C = 1 _ (0 - 30) (Equation 2)
determined in accordance with the loading
, 40 diagrams of Figure 1610.2. In all cases, the
windward side shall be considered free of snow,
and any portion of the leeward side of the roof
and "a" is the slope of the roof expressed in where the slope of the tangent to the roof surface
degrees. is greater than 70 degrees shall also be considered
1610.4.3 Uniform snow load for convex curved free from snow. If the ground or another roof
roofs: Where the tangents to the surface of a abuts a Case-ll or Case-III (see Figure 16] 0.2)
convex curbed roof have slopes greater than 70 convex curved roof structure at, or within three
degrees, the point at which the slope of the feet ofits eave, the snow load distribution shall be
tangent exceeds 70 degrees shall be considered in accordance with the dashed lines on Figure
1610.2. .
the effective eave. The surface of a convex
•
curved roof below the effective eave shall be
considered free of snow. The snow load on a
266 780 GMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll...DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
•
Figure Jl61llIb.2
UNBALANCED LOADING CONDmONS FOR CONVEX CURVED ROOFS
Case 1 ~ Slope oftangent
At eave < 30°
o _----------':L,\:
Eave Crown Eave
Case n - Slope of tangent

At eave 30° to70° *I
- -,2P
S
o Wind
I
1 _ 2P (1 _ X-30 )
s 40
Or------'-------"l
Eave Crown 30° Eave Where x = slope of
Point .tangent at eave
• Case m - Slope oftangent
QWind
At eave > 70°
s
O---------=-.
o,SP
*
··-~-l2Ps·
I
I
I
I
Eave
. Eave Crown 30° 70°
Pomt Point
~Distribution of snow loactwlhere the gr«llumHd or allllllllftllner moC abuts at or less than 3°_0 from eave.
1610.5.3 Unbalanced snow load for multiple above the ridges, and the maximum snow load
roofs: For multiple folded-plate, saWltooth, and intensity in the valleys may be reduced' accordingly.
barrel vault roofs, the unbalanced snow load shall be Snow depth and reduced snow loads shall be
as shown on Figure 1610.3. In the figures, PI is the detennined from the assumed density of snow, D, of
basic snow load intensity. The snow depth above 20 pef.
the valleys need not exceed the level of the snow

Q 267
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE Bun...DING CODE
Figure 1610.3
BALANCED AND UNBALANCED LOADS ON A SAWTOOTH ROOF
BALANCED
LOAD
UNBAJAN;CED
LOAD
• O.SP f
1610.6 Snow Drift loads at changes in roof The drift causing the more severe structural effect
elevation and at roof projections: Multi-level shaU be used for design
roofs, lower roofs and decks ofadjacent structures, The density of snow, D in a snowdrift and in
and roofs adjacent to projections shall be designed in the uniform layer of snow underlying the drift
accordance with 780 CMR 1610.6.1 through shall be not less than:
1610.6.6.
1610.6.1 Design loads at cbanges in roof D = 20pcj (Equation 3)
elevation: The drift load on lower roofs or decks The height, ht, , of the uniform snow layer
at changes in roof or deck elevation shall be taken underlying the drift shall be:
as the triangular loading surcharge superimposed
on the unifonn roof snow load, Pf, as shown in PI
Figure 1610.4 h =- (Equation 4)
b D
•
Two types of drifts shall be considered:
1. from wind blowing snow from the upper The intensity of snow load at any point shall be
roof . the total dflpth, at that point, ofthe snowdrift and
2. from wind in the opposite direction blowing the underlying uniform layer of snow, times the
snow from the lower roof density, D"
Figure 1610.4
DJRIFTlNG SNOW ON LOWER ROOFS AND
DECKS AT CHANGES IN ROOF OR DECK
ELEVATIONS
! Wbl
lUGHROOF DRIFT
TOR DECK {SURCHABJ.E
1610.6.1.1 Drifting of snOW" from' upp"er" roof:

The height of drift, hd, and the width of drift, H. = l.l5(W",,)o.33 - 1.5 (Equation 5)
•
Wd' both in feet shall be determined as
follows: (Alternately, Hdu may be detennined from
Figure ]610.5)
a. Compute the potential drift height Hdu' in
feet, and the cross-sectional areas of drift,Act, (H.)(4H.) 2
io square feet, as: Ad = 2 = 2H. (Equation. 6)

STRUCTURAL LOADS
•
b: If (Hdu + h b) is less than or equal to the 1610.6.1.3 MultipRe llevellroofs: For multiple
difference in roof elevations, he ' then: stepped roofs similar to that shown in Figure
1610.6a, the sum ofall the rooflengths upwind
Hi = Hall (Equation 7) above the drift under consideration shall be
considered as the length of upper roof for that
. (Equation 8) drift (as shown, for example, in Figure
1610.6a).
c: If (Hdu + hb) is greater than hr: For multiple level roofs similar to that shown
hd = hi" - hb (Equation 9) in Figure 1610.6b,· if the total calculated height
of a drift and the underlying unifonn snow
layer on the upwind side of a higher roof ( hid
+ ht,) is equal to or greater than O. 7~ then the
wtl = (Equation 10) length, Wbu *, as shown in Figure 1610.6b,
shall be used in place ofWbu in Equation 5.
Wd need not exceed 10 (hr - h~ n610.6.2 Drift loads on adjacent lowell'
structures: A drift surcharge shall be applied to
1610.6.1.2 Drifting of snow from Rower roof: roofs of lower adjacent structures if these
The height of drift, hd ' and the width of drift, structures are located within a distance of Wd , but
Wd ' both in feet shall be determined as follows: not greater than 20 feet, ofthe higher structure as
a. Compute the potential drift height, Hdl ' in depicted in Figure 1610.7. The height of drift bet
feet, as: and the width of drift Wd shall be computed for
wind in either direction, .in accordance with
HtD, = O.5[1.15(Wb,)o.33 - 1.5] (Equation 11) 780 Cf\.1R 1610.6.1, assuming, for these
computations only that there is no space between
(Alternatively, Hdl may be determined from
the higher and lower structures. The actual
Figure 1610.5)
triangular drift surcharge on the roof ofthe lower
b. If (Hdl + hb ) is less than or equal to h r ' structure shall be as shown in Figure 1610.7.
••
then:
(Equation 12) Figure 1610.6
DRIFJrINGSNOW AT MULTIPLE
c. If ( Hdl + hb) is greater than hr ' then: CHANGES IN ROOF ELEVATION
he = hi' = Jah (Equation 13) Figure 1610.6a
(Equation 14)
Figure 1610.5
HEiGHT OF DRIFf AT CHANGE IN
ROOF ELEVATION
~~ ...
s:o t§
WIND"
wbu·
Figure 1610.6b
~
~ 4
Cl
Hdll
~ ~ (See Equatioo1lB)
~o 0 . I ., "',, ,,, I " I
Q., (;) 100 :zb, ~.c tIco tabo

~ 1OCO "!GO
WIDTH OF UPPER ROOF. Wbu' OR LOWER ROOF. Wbl '
PERPENDICULAR TO ROOF SEPARATION
•
•
Figure 1610.7 Figure 1610.10
DRIFTING SNOW ON TO ADJACENT LOW ADDnnONAL SURCHARGE DUE TO
STRUCTURES SLIDING SNOW
l
I wb ,
CASE I
WIND
.. .~D
w
PI h
d
-- .;.•... - -
~JW:~,p "t~;,·, >.'

':t-1'
I l--l..
,
NOTE: Drift surcharge required only when S s;

Wd and S s; 20 Ft.
Figure 1610.8
SNOW DRlFfING AT ROOF PROJECTIONS
,w
al-15·SMOOTHSURFACBS
(METAl. OR. SLATE)
t.., al - 25° 0TIIEll SURFACES
l
1610.6.3 Very high roof separations: When the
•
ratio h/Lr is greater than 1.0, where Lr is the di-
mension in feet ofthe upper roof perpendicular to
the wind flow (perpendicular to Wbu and Wbl), the
drift surcharge load on the lower roof due to
drifting of snow from the upper roof may be
reduced. The reduced height of the drift
surcharge, Hdur> shall be not less than:
r h
H_ = Hm,,(2 - -) (Equation 15)
Lr
except that when h/Lr is greater than 2.0, ~ur

shall be equal to zero.
1610.6.41 Limited extent of upper roof: When
Lor,the dimension in feet of an upper roof or
projecting element perpendicular to the wind
flow, (perpendicular to Woo and Wb1 ) is less than
20 feet, the potential height of drift may be
reduced and shall not be less than:
Lr
Blur = 20 (R.> (Equation i 6)
L r
H ilr = -(H~
20
(Equation 17)
1610.6.5 Parapets and other roof projections:

Design drift loads for roofs adjacent to parapets
•
and other roof projections, as shown in Figure
1610.8, shall be determined in accordance with
780 CMR 1610.6.1 and 1610.6.4. Drifts due to
snow from the top of a roof projection need only
be considered when Woo is ten feet or greater.

STRUCTURAL LOADS
Hil0.6.6 Intersecting drifts: When one snow whichever is greater

drift intersects another at an angle as shown in
Jl61l0.i.Jl Snow guards: Sliding snow from an
Figure 1610.9, the unit snow load at any point
adjacent sloping high roof need not be considered
shall be not less than the greater of the unit loads
on the low roof if proper snow guards are
from the two individual drifts, plus the unit load
provided on the high roof In this cas~, the
of the underlying uniform snow layer.
sloping roof with snow guards shall be deSigned
for the unit snow loads required for a flat roof
11.610.7 Sliding snow from sloped upper roofs:
Two cases of drift loading shall be considered for
1l.6110.8 Snow pockets or wells: Account shall be
roofs which are located below upper sloped roofs, as
taken of the load effects of potentially excessive
shown in Figure 1610.10 and as follows:
snow accumulation in pockets or wells of roofs or
(a) Case I Drift loading due to snow from the
decks.
upper roof computed in accordance .~ith .
780 C:MR 1610.6.1, but without load from slIdmg
:Jl.6JlO.9 Snow storage and colllection areas:
snow (Wbu is the fuII width of the upper roof as
Consideration of potentially excessive snow
shown in Figure 1610.10.)
accumulation shall be given to portions of structures
(b) Case II Drift loading due to snow from t.he
which may be designed or used as snow collection
lower roof computed in accordance With
or storage areas during and after snow removal
780 CMR 1610.6.1 and a sliding snow surcharge
operations.
load as specified below and as shown in Figure
1610.10.
The maximum intensity of the sliding snow load,
780 om 161100 WIND WAD
Pds , shan be: Jl611.ll..1 Wind load zones: The locations of wind
load zones are shown in the Figures 1611. 1A.
AW 1611.1B, 1611.1 C maps. Zone 1 consists of the
Pds = _tl(Pf ) (Equation 18)
Counties of Berkshire, Franklin, Hampshire and
W8
Hampden; Zone 2 consists of the County of
Where Wa and Ws are defined in Figure 1610.10 and Worcester; and Zone 3 consists of the Counties of
•
the coefficient A is defined as follows: Essex, Middlesex, Suffolk, Norfolk, Plymouth,
(a) For roof surfaces of metal and slate, and for Bristol, Barnstable, Dukes and Nantucket.
other roof surfaces smoother than mineral
surfaced roofing: If the angle of slope of the upper 11611. K.2 Exposures: Exposure is defined as a
roof, "ti', as shown in Figure 1610.10 is equal to measure of terrain roughness and is classfied as
or greater than 15 degrees (slope 3.2 in 12), A = follows:
L6; if "a" is less than 15 degrees, A = 0 (no lExposUllre A: centers of large cities and very
.sliding snow load). rough, hilly terrain. Exposure A applies for
(b) For roofsurfaces of mineral surfaced roofing downtown areas only when the terrain for at least
or rougher surfaces: one half mile uP"Yind· of the structure is heavily
If "a" is equal to or greater than 25 degrees built up, with at ieast 50% of the buildings being
(slope 5.6 in 12), A = 1.0; in excess of four stories. and when Exposure B
if"a" is less than 25 degrees, A = O. prevails beyond this boundary.
The value of W s , the width of the sliding snow Exercise caution in using these reduced wind
surcharge. shall be computed as follows: pressures for buildings and structures on high
(a) For "ti' less than or equal to 45 degrees, ground in the midst of cities or TOUgh terrain.
W8 = 11 ,. (Equatnon 19) ExposUllre B: suburban areas, towns, city
outskirts, wooded areas, and rolling terrain.
or
Exposure B applies only when the terrain for at
W least one half mile upwind is a continuou~ urban
W = -t1l (Equation 20) development, forest, wooded area, or rolling
lJ 4 terrain.
whichever is greater. ExposUJlre C: open level terrain with only
scattered buildings, structures, trees or
(b) For "a" greater than or equal to 45 0 . miscellaneous obstructions, open water, or
Wo + h,(oot a) (Equation 21) shorelines.
•
116H.2.1 Special exposures: Consideration shall
or he given to the application of a more severe
exposure (e.g., Exposure C instead of Exposures
(Equation 22) B or A) when the ground slope near the site of a
structure changes abruptly, in order to account for

Table 1611.3
•
the resulting higher wind speeds near ground
level. .
Zone V30 (mph)
1611.3 Reference wind velocities: The reference - 70
wind velocity for each wind load zone is the 1
"fastest-mile" wind velocity, in miles per hour, at 30 2 80
-
feet about the ground ( V30) for Exposure C, as
shown in Table 1611.3:
. 3 90
Figure 1611.1A
WIND LOAD MAP - ZONE 1
z.o.H.::_ 1 "
-f--~E
'--:lll'l---- He.w"
4S 0 La...,
•
~I---~=
-eJ-t1ER
f:¥tT'"1F!e1.C='
L-bllAtjp
List of Towns: Wind Load Zones

Zone I
Adams Chicopee Granville Lenox North Adams Sheffield Wendell
Agawam Clarksburg Great Barrington Leverett Northampton Shelboume W. Springfield
Alford Colrain Greenfield Leyden Northfield Shutesbury W. Stockbridge
Amherst Conway Hadley Longmeadow Orange- S. Hadley Westfield
Ashfield Cummington Hampden Ludlow Otis Southampton Westhampton
Becket Dalton Hancock Middlefield Palmer Southwick Whately
Belchertown Deerfield Hatfield Monroe Pelham Springfield Wilbraham
Bernardston E. Longmeadow Hawley Monson Peru Stockbridge Williamsburgh
Blandford Easthampton Heath Montague Pittsfield Sunderland Wiliamstown
Brimfield Egremont Hinsdale Monterey Plainfield Tolland Windsor
•
Buckland Erving Holland Montgomery Richmond Tyringham Worthington
Charlemont Florida Holyoke Mount Washington Rowe Wales
Cheshire Gill Huntington New Ashford Russell Ware
Chester Goshen Lanesborough New Marlborough Sandisfield Warwick
Chesterfield Granby Lee New Salem Savoy Washington

STRUCTURAL LOADS
FIGURE 16H.lb
WlIND LOAD MAP ZONE 2 Q
"A~ E::JJR~A::.:r
F--ITCI-! ~~
- _~I'"1a""1Od ~
n=T5'?~UA..=1---.,l..
~r.z::::>.JJIC;K.;-=+"'"
Hew ~r-rrt<.=
w=>x-
•
~CCM'-Ai:l..:::>
'N'ARR: ad
~~=LO
6TLJ2~1~£:o
Listt oll'Towns: Whnlrll Load Zones

ZOllle2
Asbumham Hopedale Royalston
Athol Hubbardston Rutland
Auburn Lancaster Shrewsbury
Ba.rre Leicester Southborough
Berlin lLeominster Southbridge
Blackstone lLundenburg Spencer
Bolton Mendon Sterling
Boylston Milford Sturbridge
Brookfield Millbury Sutton
Charlton Millville Templeton
Clinton New Braintree Upton
Douglas N. Brookfield Uxbridge
Dudley Northborough Warren
E. Brookfield Northbridge Webster
Fitchburg Oakham W. Boylston
Gardner Oxford W. Brookfield
Grafton Paxton Westborough
HalVard Petersham Westminster
• Hardwick
Holden
Phillipston
Princeton
Winchedon
Worcester

Q
273
FIGURE 1611.1C
WIND LOAD MAP - ZONE 3
•
",
,
p
0 ~
List of Towns: Wind Load Zones
Zone 3
Abington Boston Cohasset Fall River Hingham Mansfield Nahant
Acton Boxborough Concord Falmouth Holbrook Marblehead Nantucket
Accushnet Boxford Danvers Foxborough Holliston Marion Natick
Amesbury Bourne Dartmouth Framingham Hopkinton MarlborOUgh Needham
Andover Braintree Dedham Franklin Hudson Marshfield New Bedford
Arlington Brewster Dennis Freetown Hull Mashpee Newbury
Ashby Bridgewater Dighton OayHead Ipswich Mattapoisett Newburyport
Ashland Brockton Dover Georgetown Kingston Maynard Newton
Attleboro Brookline Dracut Gloucester Lakeville Medfield Norfolk
Avon Burlington Dunstable Gosnold Lawrence Medford N. Andover
Ayer Cambridge Duxbury Groton Lexington Medway N. Attleboro
Barnstable Canton E. Bridgewater Groveland Lincoln Melrose N. Reading
Bedford Carlisle Eastham Halifax Littleton Merrimac Norton
•
Bellingham Carver Easton Hamilton Lowell Methuen Norwell
Belmont Chatham Edgartown Hanover Lynn Middleborough Norwood
Berkley Chemlsford Essex Hanson Lynnfield Middleton Oak Bluffs
Beverly Chelsea Everett Harwich Malden Millis Orleans
Billerica Chilmark Fairhaven Haverhill Manchf:ster Milton Peabody

STRUCTURAL LOADS
Pembroke Rehoboth Scituate Stow Truro Wellesley Westwood

Pepperell Revere Seekonk Sudbury Tyngsborough Wellfleet Weymouth
Plainville Rochester Sharon Swampscott Vineyard Haven Wenham Whitman
Plymouth Rockland Sherborn Swansea Wakefield W. Bridgewater Wilmington
Plympton Rockport Shirley Taunton Walpole Westford Winchester
Provincetown Rowley Somerset Tewksbury Waltham W.Newbwy Winthrop
Quincy Salem Somerville Tisbury Wareham Weston Woburn
Randolph Salisbury Stoneham Topsfield Watertown Westport Wrentham
Raynham Sandwich Stoughton Townsend Wayland W. Tisbury Yarmouth
Reading Saugus
HillA Reference wind pressures: Reference wind of the wind acting simultaneously normal to
pressures for the various exposures and wind zones adjacent orthogonal sides shall also be considered
are given in the following Table 1611.4. The when it produces more severe effects in the
tabulated pressures are combined windward and structural support system. Factors other than 0.7
leeward pressures representing the overall effect of may be used if substantiated by appropriate wind
the wind on essentially rectangular structures, and tunnel tests.
account for typical gust effects as found in ordinary
~611.502 Wind force dnstrobutnon: The total
buildings. These pressures do not account for wind force on the vertical surfaces of a structure
buffeting or channeling caused by positions of prescribed in 780 CMIt 1611.5 shall be
nearby structures, vortex shedding, or wind sensitive distributed 6/10 to the windward surfaces (as a
dynamic properties ofa particular structure.
positive pressure) and 4110 to the leeward surfaces
(as a suction). Other distributions may be used if
1611.5 Wind loads on structlJlres as a wboile: All substantiated· by appropriate wind tunnel tests.
buildings and enclosed or partially enclosed
structures shall be designed to withstand a total wind
11611.6 Vertical parts of strnctmres: Vertical parts
load acting on the structure as a whole determined
of structures that are subjected directly to the wind,
by applying the appropriate reference wind pressures
•
and their local supporting elements, shall be
given in Table 1611.4 or 1611Aa, to the vertical designed to resist the pressures listed in Table
projected area, normal to the wind direction of the
1611.6, nonnal to the surface, inward or outward.
vertical surfaces of the structure, plus the
The pressures listed in the table represent the
appropriate wind forces on the roof as specified in combined internal and external pressures. A local
780 CI'viR. 1611.8. Consideration shaH be given to supporting element of a vertical part subjected
wind acting in all directions. directly to the wind shall be defined as a wall
R6U.5.1 Simultaneous wind lI'or«:e§ Olll assembly» a stud, a mullion, a girt, or a similar item
orthogonal sides: For structures which are which distributes the wind load from the. vertical
essentially rectangular in plan, or whose plan part to the principal structural system of the
shape is made up of rectangular parts, only wind structure.
directions normal to the side's of the structure need
be considered, provided that 0.7 times the effects
sure
H(feet A B C
·0-50 1J ]7 17
50 • I00 :m%::n)i:Im~:' :jtti'I2:ti::{ 11 17 24
100 • 150 Itt&6tMt ·:mir2tj:,\:@ 14 21 29
150 • 200 W:%j:j~:mf':: ::!@hsf'?ti}::2S)'}l 17 24 33 :t:,:m:22't':I: :4}jo::':t~i
27
250 - 300 m:td:1::,~tt illiZII:: ':iHtfi§'tt:=: 22 30 39 f@:'{2S:::{f W,rd1~tr::: ;j:i;IWisIil
300 • 400 ~i~M:lg~jjj))r %~ia:sf~~J: ::g}S:f:t:'jj{ 25 33 42 :tt::32I{::: {@::52::::~m
37
41
600 - 700 ):#21fE: t~i)}13}E;:} :/\!i.i9Mt: 36 44 52 :tj{\is:'i{: ir::ss=!It: 'i:1W6S::::tli
700· 800 '{iti~Ft:;/rd§:::\i 39 47 5S \{(4g.\::;\ }:':r:s:sftf ):t;:::68%l~::
49
52
See table 1611.1 a for empirical wind pressure fonnulas
2/1/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR Sheth Edition G 275

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGlIT..ATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
TABLE 1611.4a
EMPIRICAL WIND PRESSURE FORMULAS·
Ex osure
TABLE 1611.6
WIND PRESSURES ON PARTS OF STRUCTURES
AND LOCAL SUPPORTING ELJEMENTS
Required Design Pressures
Location of applied Tributary wind load area ofpart Reference pressure of
wind pressUre or local supporting element 780 CMR 1611.4 But not less But need not be
l than greater than
multiplied bv
2
Within salient comer area Anv 1.7 20psf 70 psf
Bevond salient comer area Less than or equal to 200 sf 1.2 20psf SOpsf
Bevond salient corner area Greater than 200 sf 0.8 IS psf SOpsf
Note 1: For partially enclosed structures, where any side is more than 35% open, add a factor of 0.3 to the coefficients
of this column of the table
Note 2: The salient comer shall be defmed as the vertical surface located! within a distance of 1/10 the least width of
the structure, but not more than ten feet, from a prominent (salient) comer.
TABLE 1611.8
EXTERNAL WIND PRESSURES ON ROOFS
External Wind Pressure· flat, gable. shed roofs (wind perpendicular to ridge)
R00f pItch
. MI'u tIDIIes 0 f retlerence wmd pressure 0 f7 80 CMR 1611.4
•
Degrees Rise/run Windward slope Leeward slope
Positive pressure Suction Suction
0-20 Flat to 4/12 _.- 0.6 0.5
20-30 4/12 to 7/12 0.2 0.5 0.5
30-40 7112 to 10/12 0.3 0.4 0.5
40-50 10112 to 14/12 0.4 0.3 0.5
SO-90 14/12 to vertical 0.6 -- O.S
External Wind Pressure - arch shaped roofs (wind perpendicular to rid~e)
Multiples ofreference wind lressure of 780 CMR 1611.4
Rise to span ratio Windward Quarter Center half Leeward Quarter
Positive oressure Suction Suction Suction
Less than 2/10 0.2 0.7 0.7 0.4
2/10 to 3/10 0.3 --- 0.8 0.4
3/10 to 6/10 0.6 -- 10 0.4
All
1611.7 Wind loads on roofs: Roofs and their be specified in Table 1611.8, or 780 CMR 1611.8.
supporting structure shall be designed to resist the Where both positive pressure and suction are
combined effects of the external and internal wind specified, the effects of each shall be evaluated.
pressures specified in 780 CMR 1611.8 through
1611.8.1 Roof shapes not specified: For roof
1611.11. All pressures specified shall be considered
shapes not specified herein, external wind
to act nonnal to the roof surface. When applying the
pressures shall be detennined as specified in
reference wind pressures of780 CrvIR 1611.4 to the
780 CMR 1611.13 but the minimum suction
provisions of 780 CMR i611.8 through 1611.11,
effect shall be equal to 0.6 times the reference
the reference wind pressures shall be for a height
wind pressure of780 CMR 1611.4.
equal to the average height of the roof eave above
grade.
1611.9 Internal wind pressures on roofs of
enclosed stroctures: Except as specified otherwise
1611.8 External wind pressures on roofs of
in 780 CMIr 1611. 10, internal wind pressures shall
enclosed structures: Except as specified otherwise
be 0.2 times the reference wind pressure given in
in 780 CMR 161 I. II, external wind pressures shall
780 CMR 1611.4. The internal pressure shall be

780 Cl\1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
applied as a positive pressure or a suction, reference wind pressures given in Table 1611.4,
whichever gives the greater structural effect when multiplied by 0.75.
added to the external pressure, for the design of each
161 U.U2.1 Shielding: Shielding effect of one
structural component.
element by another shall not be considered when
the distance between them exceeds four times the
1611.10 Wind pressures em roofs over
projected smallest dimensions of the windward
nOlllenclosed or partially enclosed structures:
element.
Except as specified otherwise in 780 CMR. 1611.11,
wind pressures for roofs of partially enc!o~;ed or 161.1•.11.2.2 Signs: For open or solid outdoor signs
nonenclosed structures shall be as follows: with ratios of dimensions with the limits stated
1. When a structure is partially enclosed, with below, a wind load applied uniformly over the
each side not more than 35% open, the wind area of the sign and determined by the lesser of
pressure shall be the same as for an enclosed 1.2P on the projected gross area within the outside
structure. dimensions of the sign, or 1.6P on the net
2. When a structure ,is partially enclosed, with projected area of the sign; whichever is less, may
openings essentially all on one side, and when be used in lieu of the loads given inASCE 7,
that side is more than 35% open, external wind where "P" is the reference wind pressure given in
pressure shall be as specified in Table 1611.4 or Table 1611.4 for a height equal to the average
Table I 611.4a and internal wind pressures shall height of the sign above the ground.
be as specified in 780 CMR. 1611.9 except that the 1. Ground supported signs (whose bottom is
value of internal wind pressure shall be equal to 0.25 times the vertical height from the ground
0.5 times the reference wind pressure given in to the top of$e sign): height to width ratio less
Table 1611.3. than ten.
3. For all other cases of partially enclosed 2. Above ground signs: largest to smallest
structures, or for nonenclosed structures, the dimension ratio less than 20.
combined effect of the wind pressures abOVe and
below roofs shall be equal to 1.25 times the values UiU.JlJ Wind forces and pressures using WBll1ldl
specified in Table 1611.8 for th~ corresponding runnel! tests: Design wind forces and pressures may
•
roof shapes and wind directions. be determined by appropriate wind tunnel tests on
specific structures as stipulated by the responsible
16H.l1 Wind pressures for parts of rooll's: Parts design engineer and approved by the building
of roofs that are subject directly to the wind, and official. The wind tunnel test program shall
their local supporting elements, shall be designed to adequately represent the relevant properties of the
resist the following pressures in an outward structure and its surroundings and the oncoming
direction: wind flow.. The wind tunnel tests may be combined
1. Where parts of roofs subjected directly to the with a detailed statistical study of meteorological
wind are located within a distance of 1/10 the least records, including high level wind velocity and
width of a structure, but not more than ten feet, direction, from stations near the proposed structure.
from the ridge, eave, or cornice, they shall resist The wind effects used for design of the structure
a pressure 1.7 times the reference wind pressure shall be not less than those corresponding to an
given in Table 1611.4 (representing the combined event having an annual probability of occurrence of
internal and external pressures). 0.01. In lieu of a detailed statistical study of
2. Where parts of roofs subjected directly to the meteorological records, the appropriate reference
wind are .located outside the zones specified in wind velocity stipulated in 780 CMR 1611.3 may be
780 eMIR 1611.11.1 they shall resist pressures as used.
specified in 780 CMR 1611.8 through 1611.10
and Table 1611.8. The wind forces and pressures so determined, plus
A local supporting element of a part of a roof shall an appropriate allowance for stack effects and
be defined as a roof deck element, purlin, rafter, or internal pressures may be used for the design ofthe
similar item which distributes the wind load from the structure as a whole, and its individual parts.
roof part to the principal structural system of the However, these values of forces and pressures shall
structure. not be less than .8 of the values required by
780 Cl'AR 1611.5, 1611.7 and 1611.12, as
U611.12 Wind load on signs, towers, exposed applicable, for reference wind! pressures for
framing, tanks, stacks and chimneys: Signs, Exposure A and the appropriate wind zone specified
towers, exposed framing, tanks, stacks, chimneys, in Table 1611.4.
•
and similar structures, or parts thereof, shall be
designed for wind forces determined by applying 1611.14 UpBift, overturning and! slidong:
coefficients given for the applicable structure in
1611.14.1 Anchorage, roofs anCl walls: All
Tables 12 through 16 of ASCE~7 for the applicable
parts of a structure subjected directly to the wind

780 C:MR.: STATE BOARD OF Bun..DINGREGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
shall be anchored to the supporting structure, to existing buildings and structures shall be designed
resist specified wind loads inwardly or outwardly. and constructed to resist the effects of earthquake
motions determined in accordance with this section.
1611.14.2 .Anchorage, structural system: The
Special structures, including but not limited to
design of the structural system and its elements
vehicular bridges, transmission towers, industrial
for uplift, overturning moment, or horizontal
towers and equipment, piers and wharves, and
shear, or their combination, shall provide
hydraulic stIUctures shall be designed for earthquake
anchorage resistance required by the load
loads utilizing an approved, substantiated analysis.
combinations specified in 780 CMR 1616.0
Exceptions:
1611.15 Eccentricity of wind forces: 1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings are
Consideration shall be given to the effects of exempt from the requirements of 780 CMR
specified wind forces being applied eccentrically to 1612.2.
the center of rigidity of a structure. 2. ,Agricultural storage buildings which are
intended only for incidental human occupancy are
780 CMR 1612.0 EARmQUAKE WADS exempt from the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.1 Purpose: 780 CMR 1612.0 presents criteria 1612.2
for the design and construction of buildings and 1612.2.1 Additions to existing buildings: An
structures subject to earthquake ground motions. addition to an existing building shall be designed
The purposes of780 GMR 1612.0 is to minimize the and constructed in accordance with the
hazard to life to occupants of all buildings and non requirements of780 CMR 34.
building structures, to increase the expected
performance of higher occupancy structures as 1612.2.2 Change of occupancy: Where a change
compared to ordinary structures, and to improve the of occupancy occurs in an existing building, the
capability of essential facilities to function during building shall conform to the provisions of
and after an earthquake. Because ofthe complexity 780 CMR34.
of and the great number of variables involved in 1612.2.3 Seismic ground acceleration maps:
seismic design (e.g. the variability in ground motion, The effective peak velocity-related acceleration
•
soil types, dynamic characteristics of the structure, (Av) and the effective peak acceleration (Aa) shall
material strength properties and construction each be tuken as 0.12g throughout Massachusetts
practices), 780 CMR. 1612.0 presents only minimum for the purposes of seismic design in accordance
criteria in general terms. These minimum criteria with 780 CMR.
are considered to be prudent and economically
justified for the protection of life safety in buildings 1612.2.4 Site-specific response spectra: Where
subject to earthquakes. It must be emphasized that site-specific response spectra are required for
absolute safety and prevention of damage, even in an buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
earthquake event with a reasonable probability of Category D in accordance with Table 1612.4.6.2.
occurrence, cannot be achieved economically for the site-specific response spectra shall be
most buildings. developed based on ground motions which have
The "design earthquake" ground motion levels a 90% probability of not being exceeded in 50
specified herein may result in both structural and years.
non structural damage. For most structures designed 1612.2.5 Seismic Hazard Exposure Groups: All
and constructed according to 780 CMR.1612.0, it is buildings shall be assigned to one of the Seismic
expected that structural damage from a major Hazard Exposure Groups in accordance with
earthquake may be repairable but the repair may not Table 1612.2.5.
be economical. For ground motions larger than the
1612.:~.5.1 Multiple occupancies: Where a
design levels, the intent of780 CMR 1612.0 is that·
building is occupied for two or more
there be a low likelihood of building collapse.
occupancies not included in the same Seismic
Hazard Exposure Group, the building shall be
1612.2 General: Every building and structure shall
assigned the classification of the highest
be designed and constructed to resist the effects of
Seismic Hazard Exposure Group occupancy.
earthquake motions determined in accordance with
this section. Additions and changes of occupancy to

•
780 eMIt: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
Table 1612.2.5
Acceleration:
SEISMIC HAZARD EXPOSURE GROUP
Effettnve peak: Coefficient Aa, in accordance
with 780 CMR 1612.2.3, for determining the
Nature of occupancy
prescribed seismic forces.
Effective peak velocity~related: Coefficient Av,
in accordance with 780 CM[R 1612.2.3, for
Group II 1. Use Group A in which more than determining the prescribed seismic forces.
Seismic Hazard Expos- 300 people congregate in one area.
ure Group n buildings 2. Use Group E with an occupant Base: The level at which the horizontal seismic
are those which have a load greater than 250. ground m<;tions are considered to be imparted to
substantial public haz- 3. Use Group B used for college or the building.
ard due to occupancy or adult education with an occupant
use,. including build- load grater than 500. Base shear: Total design lateral force or shear at the
ings containing anyone 4. Use Group 1-2 with an occupant base of the building.
or more of the indicated load greater than SO, not having
occupancies surgery or emergency treatment Bay (part of a structure): The space between two
facilities. adjacent piers or mullions or between two
S. Use Group I 3
e
adjacent lines ofcolumns.
6. Power generating stations and
other public utility facilities not Design earthquake: The earthquake that produces
included in Seismic Hazard ground motions at the site under consideration
Exposure Group III
7. Any other occupancy with an
which has a 90% probability of not being
occu an load eater than 5,000 exceeded in 50 years.
Designated seismic systems: The seismic-resisting
system and those architeeturaR, electrical and
mechanical systems and their components that
require special performance characteristics.
Diaphragm: A horizontal, or nearly horizontal,
•
portion of the seismic-resisting system, which is
designed to transmit seismic forces to the vertical
elements ofthe seismic-resisting system.
Fli"sme:
Braced: An essentially vertical truss, or its
equivalent, ofthe concentric or eccentric type that
is provided in a ioadbearing wall, building frame
1612.2.6 Group m building protected access: or dual system to resist seismic forces.
Where operational access to a Seismic Hazard Concentrically braced frame (CBF): A braced
Exposure Group ill building is required through frame in which the members are subjected
an adjacent building, the adjacent building shall primarily to axial forces.
conform to the requirements for Group ill Eccentrically braced frame (EBF): A diagonally
buildings. Where operational access is less than braced steel frame in which at least one end of
ten feet (30.48 m) from the interior lot Bine or each brace frames into a b.eam a short distance
another building on the same lot, protection from from a beam-column joint or from another
potential falling debris from adjacent property diagonal brace. These short beam segments are
shall be provided by the owner of the Seismic called link beams. The following EBF definitions
Hazard Exposure Group ill building. apply:
Di~golllal brace: A member ofan EBF placed
Jl6112.2.7 Seismic Performance Category: All diagonally in the bay ofthe frame.
buildings shall" be assigned a Seismic Performance Lateral support members: Secondary
Category as follows; members designed to transmnt seismic-resisting
system.
Seismic Hazard Exposure Group Seismic Performance lLink beam: The horizontal beam in an EBF
(from Table 1612.2.5) CateRorv which has a length of the clear distance
c between the diagonal braces or between the
II c diagonal brace and the column face.
•
III D Link beam end web stiffeners: Vertical web
stiffeners placed on the sides ofthe web at the
1612.3 Definitions: The following words and terms diagonal brace end(s) ofthe link beam.
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 1612.0 and as Link beam intermediate web stiffener:
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings Vertical web stiffeners placed within the link
shown herein. beam.

Link beam rotation angle: The angle between system with loadbearing walls providing support
the beam outside of the link beam and the link for all, or major portions of, the vertical loads.
beam occurring at a total story drift of the Shear walls or braced frames provide seismic
deflection amplification factor (Cd) times the force resistance.
elastic drift at the prescribed design forces. The
P-Delta eft'ect: The secondary effect on shears and
rotation angle is permitted to be computed
moments of frame members due to the action of
assuming the EBF bay is deformed as a rigid,
the vertical loads induced by displacement of the
ideally plastic mechanism.
building frame resulting from lateral forces.
Intennediate moment frame: A frame in which
members and joints are capable ofresisting forces Resilient stable-mounting system: A system
by flexure as well as along the axis of the incorporating helical springs, air cushions, rubber-
members. Intermediate moment frames of in-shear mounts, fiber-in-shear mounts, or other
reinforced concrete shall conform to 780 CMR comparable approved systems. The force
1903.3.2. displacement ratios are equal in the horizontal and
Ordinary moment frame: A frame in which vertical directions
members and joints are capable of resisting forces
Restraining device: A device used to limit the
by flexure as well as along the axis of the
vertical or horizontal movement of the mounting
members.
system due to earthquake motions.
Space frame: A structural system composed of
Elastic: A fixed restraining device that
interconnected members, other than loadbearing
incorporates an elastic element to reduce the
walls, that is capable of supporting vertical loads
seismic torces transmitted to the structure due to
and, if so designed, resist the seismic forces.
impact firom the resilient mounting system.
Special moment frame: A frame in which
Fixed: A nonyielding or rigid type of restraining
members and joints are capable of resisting forces
device.
by flexure as well as along the axis of the
Seismic activated: An interactive restraining
members. Special moment frames shall conform
device that is activated by earthquake motion.
to the applicable requirements of 780 CMR
1903.0 or 2204.0. Seismic-resisting system: That part of the structural
•
system that has been considered in the design to
Frame system:
provide the required resistance to the seismic
Building: A structural system with an essentially
forces prescribed herein.
complete space frame providing support for
vertical loads. Seismic force resistance is Shear wall: A wall, loadbearing or nonloadbearing,
provided by shear walls or braced frames. designed to resist seismic forces, from other than
Dual: A structural system with an essentially its own mass, acting in the plane ofthe wall.
complete space frame providing support for
Story drift ratio: The story drift divided by the
vertical loads. A moment-resisting frame shall be
story henght.
provided which shall be capable of resisting at
least 25% of the prescribed seismic forces. The Story sheall": The summation of design lateral forces
total seismic force resistance is provided by the at levels above the story under consideration.
combination of the moment-resisting frame
together with shear walls or braced frames in 1612.4 Structural design requirements:
proportion to their relative rigidities.
1612.4.1 Design Basis: The seismic analysis and
Moment resisting: A structural system with an
essentially complete space frame providing design procedures utilized in the design of
building~. and their structural components shall be
support for vertical loads. Seismic force
in accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
resistance is provided by special, intermediate or
1612.4. The design seismic forces and their·
ordinary moment frames capable of resisting the .
total prescribed forces. distribution over the height of the building shall
be in accordance with the procedures in 780 CMR
High-temperature energy source: A fluid, gas or 1612.5 or 1612.6. The corresponding internal
vapor whose temperature exceeds 220 0 P (104°C). forces in the structural components ofthe building
shall be determined using a linearly elastic model.
Inverted pendulum-type structures: Structures that
An alternate procedure using structural
have a large portion of their mass concentrated
concepts other than as specified in this section
ne3r the top and thus have essentially one degree
may be used, if approved by the building offical,
of freedom in horizontal translation. The
to establish the design forces and their
structures are usually T-shaped· with a single
distribution. Such an alternate procedure may be
column supporting the beams or slab at the top.
permitted where evidence is submitted to the
Light-framed wall with shear panels: Wood or building official showing that equivalent ductility
steel stud walls with finishes other than masonry and en.::rgy dissipation are provided, and the
veneer. Loadbearing wall system: A structural corresponding internal forces and deformations in

STRUCTURAL LOADS
the structural components are detennined using a b. Lateral soil pressure against piles, piers or
model consistent with the approved procedure. caissons;
Individual structural members shall be c. Side or bottom friction on walls, footings or
designed for the shear forces, axial forces and mats or;
moments determined in accordance with d. Batter piles.
780 CMR 1612.4. Connections shall be designed Bottom friction under pile caps shall be assumed
to develop the strength of the connected members to be ineffective in transmitting horizontal forces.
or the analysis force, whichever is less. The The horizontal force shall be distributed among
design story drift of the building, calculated as the various elements in the foundation in
specified herein, shall not exceed the allowable proportion to their estimated rigidities. Any
story drift of 780 Crvrn.. 1612.4.8, when the element which will participate in the transfer of
building is subjected to the design seismic forces. horizontal forces from the soil to the structure
A continuous load path, or paths, with adequate shall be designed to resist forces in such a way
strength and stiffitess shall be provided to transfer that its ability to sustain static load will not be
all forces from the point of application to the final impaired.
point of resistance. The foundation shall be
ll612.4.2 Site coefficient: The value of the site
designed to resist the forces developed and shall
coefficient (8) shall be determined from Table
accomodate the movements imparted to the
1612.4. L In locations where the soil properties
building by the design ground motions. The
are not known in sufficient detail to determine
foundation design criteria shall account for the
the soil-profile type or where the soil profile does
dynamic nature of the seismic forces, the design
not fit any of the four types indicated in Table
ground motions and the design basis for strength
1612.4.1, a site coefficient (S) of 1.5 shall be
and ductility of the structure.
used. For detennination of Sate Coefficient, ail
-Consideration shall be given to the manner in
soil and rock below the final ground surface shall
which the earthquake lateral force, computed in
be considered.
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612.6 will
When a structure is located on soil deposits
be transmitted from the soil or rock to the
meeting the criteria for two or more site
structure. Transmission of the lateral force will
•
coefficient values, the largest applicable value
occur through one or more of the following
shall be used.
foundation elements:
a. Lateral soil pressure against foundation
walls, footings, grade beams and pile caps;
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 Cl\AR ~ Sixth Edition 281

•
Table 1612.4.1 Notes:
SITE COEFFICIENT a) I foot = 304.8 mm
Soil- 5ite
b) See appendix G for guidance in selecting Material
. . a,b Classes .
profile D escnptl0n Coefficient
type 5
A profile consisting of: 1612.4.3 Soil-structure interaction: The design
Rock ofMaterial Classes 1 through 4. or, base shear, story shears, overturning moments and
Rock of any characteristic, either shale- deflections determined by the requirements of
like or crystalline in nature. which has a 780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612.6 are permitted to be
shear wave velocity greater than 2,500
feet per second, or, modified in accordance with approved procedures
Stiff soil conditions where the soil depth which account for the effects of soil-structure
is less than 200 feet and the soil types interaction.
overlying rock are stable deposits of
weathered bedrock of Material Class 5~ 1612.4.41 Structural framing systems: The basic
dense to very dense till. gravel or sand 1.0 . structural framing systems to be utilized are
and gravel of Materials Classes 6 and 7; . indicated in Table 1612.4.4. Each type is
dense to very dense sand of Material
subdivided by the types of vertical structural
Classes 8 and 9~ dense inorganic silt of
Material Class 9~ stiff to hard clay of elements that will resist the design lateral forces.
Material Class 10 with undrained shear The structural system utilized shall be in
strength of2,000 pounds per square foot accordance with the seismic perfonnance category
or greater, or, compacted granular fills and height limitations indicated in Table 1612.4.4.
provided that the fill soils are compacted
The appropriate response modification factor (R)
throughout as required in 780 CMR
1804.1 and tht: deflection amplification factor (CcJ
A soil profile meeting the requirements indicated in Table 1612.4.4 shall be utilized in
for 5, except the soil depth exceeds 200 detennining the base shear and the design story
feet; or a soil profile which contains up drift. _Structural framing and seismic-resisting
to 40 feet of medium stiff clay (Material systems which are not contained in Table
Class 10), with undrained shear strength
1612.4.4 shall be permitted if analysis and test
of 1.000 pOWlds per square foot or
1.2 data arc~ submitted that establish the dynamic
greater, or a soil profile which contains
•
up to 40 feet of medium dense gravel. characteristics and demonstrate -the lateral force
sand andlor silt (Material Classes 7 resistance and energy dissipation capacity to be
through 10). that is not susceptible to equivalent to the structural systems listed in Table
liquefaction in accordance with
1612.4.4 for equivalent response modification
780 CMR 1802.2
factor (R) values.
A soil profile containing 40 to 100 feet
in thickness of .medium stiff clay 1612.4.4.1 Dual system: For a dual system, the
(Material Class 10) with undrained shear moment frame shall be capable of resisting at
strength of 1,000 pounds per square foot least 25% of the design seismic forces. The
or greater. with or without intervening
layers of granular soils; or up to 40 feet total seismic force resistance is to be provided
of soft clay (Material Class 10) with by the combination of the moment frame and
undrained shear strength of less than I.S the seismic-resisting elements in proportion to
1,000 pounds per square foot; or up to 40 their rigidities.
feet of very loose to loose gravel. sand or
silt (Material Classes 7 through 9); or up 1612.4.4.2 Combinations of framing
to 20 feet of organic soil (Material Class systems: Different structural framing systems
11) or loose or soft fill which was not are pennitted along the two orthogonal axes of
placed in accordance with 780 CMR the building. Combinations of framing systems
1804.1
shall comply with the requirements of
A soil profile containing more than 100 2.0
feet of medium stiff clay (Material Class 780 CMR 1612.4.4.2.1 and 1612.4.4.2.2
10) with undrained shear strength of 1612.4.4.2.1 Combination framing factor
1.000 pounds per square foot or greater. (R): The response modification factor (R) in
with or without intervening layers of
the direction under consideration at any story
granular soils; or more than 40 feet of
soft clay (Material Class. 10) with shall not exceed the lowest response
undrained shear strength of less than modification factor (R) obtained from Table
1.000 pounds per square foot; or more 1612.4.4 or the seismic-resisting system in the
than 40 feet of very loose to loose sand same direction considered above that story.
or silt (Material Classes 8 and 9); or
more than 20 feet of organic soil Exception: Supported structural systems with
(Material Class 11); or more than 20 weight equal to or less than 10% of the weight
feet of loose or soft fiU which was not ofthe building are not required to comply with
placed in accordance with 780 CMR 780 CMR 1612.4.4.2.1.
1804.1; or more than 20 feet of soils of
any type having a shear wave velocity of
500 feet per second or less.

STRUCTlJRAL LOADS
•
U612.4.4.1.2 Combination framing detamng the following proportion of the seismic
requirements: The detailing requirements of design force in each direction, including
780 CMR 1612.4.7 required by the higher torsional effects:
response modification factor (R) shall apply to 1. 60% where the braced frame or shear
structural components conunon to systems walls are arranged only on the perimeter~
having different response modification factors. 2. 40% where some of the braced frames
1612.4.4.3 Seismic Performance Category C: or shear walls are arranged on the
The structural framing system for buildings perimeter; or
assigned to Seismic Performance Category C 3. 30% for other arrangements.
shall comply with the building height and 1612.4.4.4.2 Interacll:ion effects: Moment-
structural system limitations in Table 1612.4.4. resisting frames that are enclosed or
1612.4.4.4 Seismic Performance Category D: adjoined by more rigid elements not
The structural framing system for buildings considered to be part ofthe seismic-resisting
assigned to Seismic Performance Category D system shall be designed so that the action
.shall comply with 780 C1v1R 1612.4.4.3 and the or failure of the enclosing or adjoining
additional provisions 0£780 C~ 1612.4.4. elements will not impair the vertical load
and seismic force-resisting capability of the
1612.4.4.4.1 Limited building height:
frame. The design shall provide for the
Buildings having a structural system of steel
effect of these rigid elements on the
or cast-.in-place concrete-braced frames or
structural system at building deformations
shear walls are limited to a height of 240 feet
corresponding to the design story drift
(73.15 rn) where there are braced frames or
(delta) as detennined in 780 CMR. 1612.5.5.
shear walls so arranged that braced frames or
shear walls in one plane resist not more than
• 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sheth Edition 283

780 Cr..1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
a
TABLE 1612.4.i )
Strue tura
i S~YSt ems
Structural system limitations
Basic Structural system Response Deflection and building height (feet)
Modification Amplification limitations (see Note b)
Factor (R) Factor (Cd) Seismic Perfonnace Categorv
Seismic Resisting System C D
1. Loadbearing wall system

Light-framed walls with shear panels 6Y2 4 Not limited 160
Reinforced concrete shear walls 4Y2 4. Not limited 160
Reinforced masoruy shear walls 3Y2 3 Not limited 160
Concentrically braced frames 3Y2 3~ Not limited 160
Unreinforced masonry shear walls I~ l~ Not permitted Not Permitted
Plain concrete shear walls lY2 lY2 Not permitted Not permitted
2. Building Frame System
Eccentrically braced frames. moment resisting cormections at
. columns away from link beam 8 4 Not limited 160
Eccentrically braced frames nonmoment-resisting connections
at columns away from link beam 7 4 Not limited 160
Light-framed walls with shear panels 7 4Y2 Not limited 160
ConcentricallY braced frames 5 4Y2 Not limited 160
Reinforced concrete shear walls 5Y2 5 Not limited 160
Reinforced masonry shear walls 4~ 4 Not limited 160
Unreinforced masorirv shear walls IY2 IY2 Not permitted Not permitted
Plain concrete shear walls 2 2 Not permitted Not permitted
3. Moment-resisting frame sYstem
•
Special moment frames of steel 8 5Y2 Notlimted Not limited
Special moment frames of reinforced concrete 8 SV2 Not limited Not limited
Intermediate moment frames of reinforced concrete 5 4Y2 Not limited Not Permitted
Ordinary moment frames ofsteel 4~ 4 Not limited 160
Ordinary moment frame of reinforced concrete 3 2Vz Not Permitted Not permitted
4. Dual system with a special moment frame capable of resisting
at least 25% ofthe prescribed seismic forces Eccentrically
braced frames, moment-resisting connections at columns
away from link beam 8 4 Not limited Not limited
Eccentrically braced frames, nonmoment-resisting
connections at colwnns away from link beam 7 4 Not limited Not limited
Concentrically braced frames 6 5 Not limited Not limited
Reinforced concrete shear walls 8 6~ Not limited Not limited
Reinforced masomv shear walls 6Y2 5Y2 Not limited Not limited
Wood·sheathed shear walls 8 5 Not limited Not limited
5. Dual system with an intermediate moment frame of reinforced
concrete or an ordinary moment frame ofsteel capable of
resisting at least 25% of the prescribed seismic forces
ConcentricallY braced frames 5 4Vz Not limited 160
Reinforced concrete shear walls 6 5 Not limited 160
Reinforced masomv shear walls 5 4Vz Not limited 160
Wood-sheathed shear walls 7 4Y2 Not limited 160
6. Inverted Pendulwn structures Special moment frames of
structural steel 2Y2 2Y2 Not limited Not lmiited
Special moment frames ofreinforced concrete 2~ 2Y2 Not limited Not lmited
OrdinSIV moment frames of structural steel IY4 IIf4 Not limited Not oermitted
Note a. Response modification factor(R) for applIcation of 780 CMR 1612.5 and 1612.6: DeflectIon amplificaton factor
(Cd) for application of 780 CMR 1612.5 and 1612.6.
•
Note b. The building height shall not exceed the general height limitation of 780 CMR 503.0 and 502.0 based on the
type ofconstruction
Note c. See 780 CMR 1612.4.4.4.lfor description of building systems which are limited to buildings with a height of
240 feet or less.
Note d. See 780 CMR 1612.4.4.5 for description of building systems which are limited to buildings with a height of
160 feet or less.
284 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

STRUCTURAL LOADS
16JJ.2.4.4.3.3 Deformational compatnbility: TabRe 1612.4.5.1

Every structural component not included in PLAN STRUCTURAL IRREGULARITIES
the seismic forccoresisting system in the Seismic
directIon under consideration shall be Irregularity type and description
Referenced Perfonnance
designed to be adequate for the vertical Section Category
Application
load-bearing capacity and the induced
moments resulting from the design story I Torsional irregularity --- to be
considered where diaphragms
drift (6) as determined in accordance with are rigid in relation to the
780 CMR. 1612.5.5 (see also 780 CMR vertical structural elements 780 CMR
1612.4.8) which resist the lateral seismic 1612.4.7.4.2 D
forces.
1612.4.4.4.4 Special moment frames: A
special moment frame that is utilized but not Torsional irregularity shall be 780 CMR CandD
required by Table 1612.4.4 is permitted to considered to exist where the 1612.5.3.1
be discontinuous and supported by a more maxixmum story drift com-
puted, including accidental
rigid system with a lower response torsion, at one end of the
modification factor (R) provided that the structure transverse to an axis
requirements of780 CMR 1612.4.7.2.4 and is more than 1.2 times the
1612.4.7.4.2 are met. Where a special average of the story drifts at
moment frame is required by Table the two ends of the structure.
1612.4.4, the frame shall be continuous to 2 Re-entrant comers
the foundation. Plan configurations of a
1612.4.5 Bunding configuration: Buildings shall structure and itS lateral force-
resisting system contain re- 780 CMR D
be classified as regular or irregular based on the entrant comers, where both 1612.4.7.4.2
plan and vertical configuration. projections of the structure
1612.4.5.1 Plan irregullarity: Buildings beyond a re-entrant comer are
greater than 15% of the plan
having one or more of the features listed in . dimension of the structure in
Table 1612.4.5.1 shall be designated as having the lriven direction.
e
plan irregularity and shall comply with the 3 Diaphragm discontinuity
requirements in the referenced code sections of
Table 1612.4.5.1. Diaphragms with abrupt
discontinuities or variations in
1612.4.5.2 Vertical illTeglldarity: Buildings stifness, including those 780 CMR D
having one or more of the features listed in having cutout or open areas 1612.4.7.4.2
Table 1612.4.5.2 shall be designated as having greater than 50% of the gross
vertical irregularity and shall comply with the enclosed area of diaphragm, or
requirements in the referenced code sections of changes in effective dia-
phragm stiffitess of more than
Table 1612.4.5.2. 50% from one story to the
Exceptions: . next.
1. Structural irregularities ofType ! or 2 in 4 Out-of-plane vertical element
Table 1612.4.5.2 do not apply where the offsets
building story drift ratio is less than 130% of
Discontinuities in a lateral 780 CMR 0
the story drift ratio of the next story above. force-resistance path. such as 1612.4.7.4.2
Torsional effects are not required to be out-of-plane offsets of the·
considered in the calculation of story drifts. vertical elements which resist
The story drift ratio relationship for the top the lateral seismic forces.
two stories ofthe building is not required to 5 Nonparallel systems
be evaluated.
The vertical lateral force-
2. IrregularityTypes 1 and 2 of Table resisting elements are not par- 780 CMR C and D
1612.4.5.2 are not required to be considered aUel to, or are not symmetric 1612.4.7.3.1
for oneo and twoostory buildings. about, the major orthogonal
axes of the lateral force-
resistinl! system.
e·
THE MASSACHUSETTS 5TATE BUILDING CODE
•
Table 1612.4.5.2 Category C shall be analyzed in accordance
VERTICAL STRUCTURAL with the procedures in.780 CMR 1612.5.
IRREGULARITIES 1612.4.6.2 Seismic PerformaDce Category D:
Seismic Buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Referenced Performance Category D shall be analyzed in accordance
Irregularity type and description
Section Category
Application
with the referenced sections in Table
1612.4.6.2.
I Stiffuess irregularity --- soft
story.
Table 1612.4.6.2
A soft story is one in which 780 C~ o ANALYSIS PROCEDURES FOR SEISMIC
the lateral stiffness is less than 1612.4.6.2 PERFORMANCE CATEGORY D
70% of that in the story above
or less than 80% of the Referenced
average stiffness of the three Building Description Section and
stories above. Procedures
2 Weight (mass) irregularity 1 Buildings designated as regular which 780 CMR 1612.5
do not exceed 240 feet in heililit.
Mass irregularity shall be 2 Buildings that have only vertical
considered to exist where the 780 CMR D irregularities of Type I. 2 or 3 in table
effective masss of any story is 1612.4.6.2 1612.4.5.2 and have a height exceeding 780 CMR 1612.6
more than 150% of the five stories or 65 feet, and all buildings
effective mass of an adjacent exceeding 240 feet in height.
story. A roof that is lighter 3 All other buildings designated as 780 CMR 1612.5
than the floor below is not having plan or vertical irregularities in or
reQuired to be considered. accordance with tables 1612.4.5.1 and 780 CMR 1612.6
3 Vertical geometric irregularity 1612.4.5.2
Vertical geometric irregularity

shall be considered to exist
1612.4.7 Design, detailing requirements and
where the horizontal dimen- 780 CMR D structural component load effects: The design
sion of the lateral force- 1612.4.6.2 and detailing of structural components of the
•
resisting system in any story is seismic-resisting system shall comply with the
more than 130% of that in an requirements of 780 CMR 1612.4. Foundation
adjacent stON.
design shall conform to the applicable
4 In-plane discontinuity in ver-
requirements of780 CMR. 18.
tical lateral force-resisting ele-
ments. 1612.'t7.1 Seismic Performance Category A:
780CMR D The design and detailing of buildings assigned
An in-plane offset of the 1612.4.7.4.2 to Seismic Performance Category A shall
lateral force-resisting elements
greater than the length of those comply with the requirements of 780 CMR
elements. 1612.4.7.1.
5 Discontinuity in capacity --- 1612.4.7.1.1 Ties and continuity: Except
weak story for connections exempted by 780 CMR
1612.7, all parts of the building that transmit
A weak story is one in which 780 CMR C and D
the story lateral strength is less 1612.4.7.2.4 seismic force shall be interconnected to form
than 80% of that in the story a continuous path to the building's seismic-
above. The story strength is' resisting system. Any smaller portion of the
the total strength of all seismic building shall be tied to the remainder of the
resisting elements sharing the
story shear for the direction
buHding with elements having a strength
under consideration. capable of transmitting the seismic force
(Fp-) determined in accordance with
1612.4.6 Analysis procedures: A structural 780 CMR 1612.7, but not less than one-third
analysis shall be made for all buildings in of the effective peak velocity-related
accordance with the requirements of 780 CM:R acceleration <Av) times the weight of the
1612.4.6. An alternative generally accepted smaller portion rvvJ or 5% of the portion's
procedure~ including utilization of a site-specific weight. whichever is greater. For a building
response spectrum. is pennitted, where approved which is exempt from a full seismic analysis
by the code official. The limitations on the base by 780 CMR 1612.2 and is only required to
shear in 780 CMR 1612.6 apply to dynamic comply with 780 CMR. 1612.4.7.1. the
building's main windforce-resisting system
•
modal analysis. When this alternative is used, the
site specific response spectrum shall be in accordance with 780 CM:R 1611.0 shall
considered in the required peer review. be deemed to be the seismic-resisting
system. A positive connection for resisting
1612.4.6.1 Seismic Perfonnance Category C:
a horizontal force acting parallel to the
Regular or irregular buildings assigned to
member shall be provided for each beam,

780 C]MR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
girder or truss to its support. The connection Exceptiol1l: Where the "weak" story is
shall have a minimum strength of 5% of the capable of resisting a total seismic force
dead plus live load reaction. equal to 75% of the deflection application
1612.4.7.1.2 Concrete or masonry walB factor (Cd) times the design force prescribed
anchorage: Concrete and masonry walls in 780 Cl\.1R.1612.5.
shall be anchored to the roof and all floors 1612.4.7.2.5 NOl1lredundant systems: The
that provide lateral support for the wall. The building design shall comply with 780 CMR
anchorage shall provide a direct connection 1604.2.
between the walls and the roof or floor
1612.4.7.2.6 Collector elements: Collector
construction. Toe nailing or nails subject to
elements shall be provided which are
withdrawal forces is not permitted. Wood
capable of transferring the seismic forces
ledgers shall not be subjected to crossagrain
originating in other portions of the building
bending or crossagrain tension. The
.to the element providing the resistance to
connections shall be capable of resisting a
those forces.
lateral seismic force (Fp) in accordance with
either 780 CMR 1612.4.7.2.8 or 780 Cf\.iR 1612.4.7.2.7 Diaphragms: The deflection in
1612.7~ for loadbearing and nonloadbearing the plane of the diaphragm. as detennined
walls respectively~ but not less than 1~000 by engineering analysis~ shall not exceed the
times the effective peak velocityarelated allowable deflection of the attached
acceleration (Ay) (pounds) per lineal foot of elements. Allowable deflection shall be that
wall. Walls shall be designed to resist deflection which will pennit the attached
bending between anchors where the anchor element to maintain its structural integrity
spacing exceeds four feet (1.22 m). under the individual loading and continue to
support the prescribed loads.
1612.4.7.1 Seismic Performance Ca.tegory B:
Floor and roof diaphragms shall be
Buildings assigned to Category B shall
designed to resist the following seismic
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
forces: a minimum force equal to 50% the
1612.4.7.1 for Category A and the
effective peak velocityarelated acceleration
requi.rements of780 Cl\.1R. 1612.4.7.2.
(Ay) times the weight ofthe diaphragm and
161l2.4.7.2.1 CompollJent Load Effects: other elements of the building attached
Seismic load effects on components shall be thereto, plus the portion ofthe seismic shear
detemined from the load analysis as required force at that leveR (Vx) required to be
by 780 Cf\.iR 1612.4.6~ by other portions of transferred to the components of the vertical
780 CMR 1612.4.7.2, and by 780 CMR seismic-resisting system because of offsets
1616. The second order effects shall be or changes in stiffness of the vertical
included where applicable. Where these components above and below the
seismic load effects exceed the minimum dnaphragm.
load path connection forces givern in Diaphragms shall provide for both the
780 CMR 1612.4.7.1.1 and 1612.4.7.2.2~ shear and bending stresses resulting from
they shall govern. these forces. Diaphragms shall have ties or
1612.4.7.'1..2 Openings: Where openings struts to distribute the wall anchorage forces
occur in shear walls, diaphragms or other into the diaphragm. Connections within
plateatype elements, the edges of the diaphragms~ connedions of diaphragms to
openings shall be designed to transfer the lateral load resisting elements, and
stresses into the structure. The edge connections of collectors such as ties and
reinforcement shall extend into the body of struts~ to the diaphragm and vertical
the wall or diaphragm a distance sufficient elements, shall be positive connections~
to develop the stress of the edge mechanical or welded.
reinforcement member. 16Jl.2.4.7.2.8 Loadbearing wans: Exterior
1l6Jl.2.4.7.2.J Orthogonal effecu: The and interior loadbearing walls and their
design seismic forces shall be applied anchorage shall bc designed for a force of
separately, and independently, in each of the effective peak veiocityarelated
two orthogonal directions. . acceleration (Av> times the weight of wall~
1612.4.7.2.4 Discontinuities illl werticall 1Il0nnal to the surface, with a minimum force
system: Buildings with a discontinuity in of 10% of the weight of the walt
lateral capacity, vertical irregularity Type 5 Interconnection of wall elements and
as defined in Table 1612.4.5.2. shallillot be. connections to supporting framing systems
-more than two stories or 30 feet (9.14 m) in shall have sufficient ductility, rotational
height where the "weak" story has III capacity or sufficient strength to resist
calculated strength of less than 65% of the .shrinkage, thermal changes and differential
storey above. foundation settlement where combined with

•
seismic forces. The connections shall also vertical irregularity of Type 4 in Table
satisfy 780 CMR 1612.4.7.1.2 1612.4.5.2, the design forces determined
1612.4.7.2.9 Inverted pendulum-type from 780 CMR. 1612.5 shall be increased
structures: Supporting columns or piers of 25% for connections of diaphragms to
inverted pendulum-type structures shall be vertical elements and to collectors and for
designed for the bending moment calculated connections of collectors to the vertical
at the base detennined by the procedures elements.
given in 780 CMR 1612.5 and shall vary 1612.4.7.4.3 Vertical seismic loads: The
uniformly to a moment at the top equal to vertical component of earthquake ground
one-half the calculated bending moment at motion shall be accounted for in the design
the base. of horizontal cantilever and horizontal
1612.4.7.2.10 Anchorage of prestressed components. Horizontal
Nonstnlctural Systems: When required by prestressed components shall be designed
780 CMR 1612.7, all portions or for load combination #8 of 780 C!v1R.
components of the building shall be 1616.3.1, including the amplified seismic
anchored for the seismic force (Fp) effects of 780 CMR. 1616.4. Horizontal
prescribed therein. cantilever structural components shall be
designed for a net upward force of 0.2 times
1612.4.7.3 Seismic Perfonnance Category C: the dead load, as a separate loading case, in
Buildings assigned to Category C shall addition to the applicable load combinations
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR of780 CMR. 1616.
1612.4.7.2 for Category B and the
requirements of780 CMR. 1612.4.7.3. 1612.4.8 Deflection and drift limits: The design
1612.4.7.3.1 Plan irregularity: Buildings story drift (~) as determined in 780 CMR.
that have plan structural irregularity Type 5 1612.5.5 or 1612.6.8, shall not exceed the
in Table 1612.4.5.1 shall be analyzed ror the allowable story drift (A a) from Table 1612.4.8 for
critical load effect due to direction of any story. For structures with significant torsional
application of seismic force~ Alternatively, deflections, the maximum drift shall include
•
the building shall be analyzed in any two torsional effects. The total deflection of a building
orthogonal directions. Structural elements due to seismic design forces shall not encroach on
and foundations shall be designed for 100% an interior lot line. All portions of the building
of the forces for one direction plus a shall be designed and constructed to act as an
simultaneous load of 30% of the forces for integral unit in resisting seismic forces unless
the perpendicular direction, except where separated structurally by a distance sufficient to
the amplified seismic load effects of avoid contact causing damage to the structural
780 CMR 1616.4 are used. system ofthe building under total deflection (l)x)
1612.4.7.4 Seismic Perfonnance Category D: as determined by 780 CMR 1612.5.5.1.
Buildings assigned to Category D shall
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR. 1612.4.9 Foundation walls and retaining walls:
1612.4.7.3 for Category C and to the Exterior tbundatio~ walls and retaining Walls shall
requirements of780 CMR. 1612.4.7.4. be designed to resist at least the superimposed
effects of the total static lateral soil pressure,
1612.4.7.4.1 Orthogonal load effects: excluding the pressure caused by any temporary
Buildings shall be designed for 100% ofthe surcharge, plus and earthquake force of
seismic forces for one direction plus a 0.045Yt H? for horizontal backfill surface. Where
simultaneous load of 30% of the seismic Yt is the total unit weight of the soil and H is the
forces for the perpendicular direction. The height of the wall measured as the difference in
load combination requiring the maximum elevation of finished ground surface (or floor) in
structural component strength shall be used. front of and behind the wall. Surcharges which
Exception: Where amplified seismic load are applied over extended periods of time shall be
effects of 780CMR 1616.4 are used, the included in the total static lateral soil pressure and
building may be designed for the load their earthqake lateral force shall be computed
effects based on analyses in any two and added to the force of 0.045Yt H2 • The
orthogonal directions. Diaphragms and earthquake force from the backfill shall be
components of the seismic-resisting system distribute-d as an inverse triangle over the height
utilized in only one of the two orthogonal ofthe wall. The point of application ofthe earth-
•
directions are not required to be designed for quake force from an extended duration surcharge
the combined load effects. shall be detennined on an individual case basis.
1612.4.7.4.2 Plan or vertical irregularities: Ifthe backfill consists of loose saturated granular
For buildings having a plan irregularity of soil, consideration shall be given to the potential
Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 in Table 1612.4.5.1 or a increase nn lateral pressure due to liquefaction of
288 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

STRUCTURAL LOADS
the backfill during the seismic loading in 4. Snow load reduction of 50% is
accordance with 780 Cl\1R 1805.2. For use in pennitted.
wall strength design, a load factor of 1.43 times 1612.5.1.1 Calculation of seismic coemcielffi~
the earthquake force calculated above shall be (Cs): The seismic design coefficient (CJ shall
applied. . be determined in accordance with the
following fonnulas:
1612.5 Equivalent lateran force jpll"ocedure:
780 CMR 1612.5 provides requirements for the I.U)
equivalent lateral force procedure of seismic C =--
/J RT'"
analysis of buildings. For purposes of analysis. the
building is considered to be fixed at the base. See where:
780 CMR 1612.4.6 for limitations on the Av = The coefficient representing effective peak
applicability ofthis procedure. velocity-related acceleration from 780 Cl\.1R.
1612.2.3.
Table 1612.4.8 S = The coefficient for the soilDprofile
ALLOWABLE STORY DRIFT (6a ) a characteristics of the site in Table 1612.4.1.
Seismic Hazard Exposure R = The response modification factor in Table
Building Group 1612.4.3.
II m T = The fundamental period of the building
One story buildings without determined in 780 CMR 1612.5.1.2.
equipment attached to the A soil-structure. interaction reduction is
seismic-resisting structural pennitted where determined from an approved
system and with interior
walls, partitions. ceilings No Limit 0.020 hsx 0.015 hsx
procedure. Alternatively, the seismic design
and exterior wall systems coefficient (Cs) is not required to be greater
which have been designed than the following equation:
to accomodate the story
drifts.. 2.5A
C 411
g--
Buildings having four R
•
B
stories or less with interior
walls. partitions. ceilings where:
and exterior wall systems 0.025 hax 0.020 hax 0.015 hsx
which have been designed Aa =The seismic coefficient representing the
to acromodate the story effective peak acceleration as determined in
drifts. 780 CMR 1612.2.3
All other buildings 0.020 hsx 0.015 hsx 0.010 hsx R = The response modification factor in Table
Note a: hsx is the story height below level x 1612.4.4
)1612.5.11.2 Period! determinatiollll: The
161205.1 Seismic base shear: The seismic base fundamental period! (1), in seconds, of the
shear (V) in a given direction shall be determined building, in the direction under consideration,
in accordance with the following fonnula: shall be established based on the structural
V~ CaW properties and deformational characteristics of
the resisting elements in B1 properly
where: substantiated analysis. The fundamental period
(1) shall not exceed the product of the
Cs = The seismic design coefficient detennined in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5.1.1. coefficient for the upper limit on calculated
period (C a) from Table 1612.5.1.2, and the
W = The total dead load and applicable portions
of other loads listed below: approximate fundamental period (Ta)'
11.. For occupancies in Use Group S, a Alternatively, the fundamental period (T)
minimum of25% ofthe floor live load shall shall be determined from 780 CMR
1612.5.1.2.1.
be applicable.
lExcepticm: Floor live load in JPublic TabDe 1612.5.1.2
garages and open parking structures is COEFFICIENT FOR UPPER lLIMIT ON
not applicable. CALCULATED PERIOD (Ca)
2. Where partitions will be present, whether
Av
or not partitions are shoWlll on the Coefficient representing effective Ca
construction documents, the actual partition
•
peak velocity related acceleration
weight or a minimum weight of 10 psf of 0.12 1.6
floor are~ whichever is greater, shall be
applicable. 1612.5.1.2.1 Approximate fundamentaU
3. Total operating weight of permanent period (Ta): The approximate fundamental
equipmernt.
.2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 289

period (TJ, in seconds, shall be determined the building (W) located or assigned to
from the following formula: level i or x
hi and hx = the height (in feet) from the base to
T = C
a
,.,%
r...." level i or x
k = An exponent related to the building period
where: as follows~
hn = The height (in feet) from the base to the For buildings having a period of 0.5 seconds
highest level ofthe building. or less, k=1.
Cr = 0.035 For moment-resisting frame For buildings having a period of2.5 seconds
systems of steel which provide 100% of or more, k=2
the required lateral force resistance, For buildings having a period between 0.5
where the frame is not enclosed or and 2.5 seconds, k shall be 2 or shall be
adjoined by more rigid components. determined by linear interoplation between
Cr = 0.03 For moment-resisting frame systems . 1 and 2.
of concrete which provide 100% of the
required lateral force resistance, where 1612.5.:1 Horizontal shear distribution: The
the frame is not enclosed or adjoined by seismic design story shear in any story (V ) shall
more rigid components. be determined from the following formula~
Cr = 0.03 For building frame systems with an
eccentrically braced steel frame or dual
systems with an eccentrically braced
frame.
. Cr = 0.02 For seismic-resisting systems with where:
F; ~ the portion of the seismic base shear (V)
shear waUs, shear panels or
concentrically braced frames and all induced at level i.
other building systems. The seismic design story shear (VJ shall be
Alternatively, the approxin:tate fundamental distributed to the various vertical elements of the
rr
period oJ, in seconds, shall be determined seismic-resisting system in the story under
consideration based on the relative lateral stiffness
•
from the following fonnula for buildings in
which the lateral force-resisting system of the vertical resisting elements and the
consists of concrete or steel moment- diaphragm.
resisting frames capable of resisting 100%
of the required lateral force and where such 1612.5.3.1 Torsion: The design shall include
frames are not enclosed or adjoined by more the torsional moment (Mt) resulting from the
rigid components tending to prevent the location of the building masses plus the
frames from deflecting when subjected to accidental torsional mome.nts (Mta ) caused by
seismic forces. Such buildings shall not assumed displacement of the mass each way
exceed 12 stories in height and shall have a from its actual location by a distance equal to
story height of not less than ten feet (3048 5% of the dimension of the building
rom). perpendicular to the direction of the applied
forces.
T. = O.lN In buildings of Seismic Performance
Categories C, D and E, where Type I torsional
where: irregularity exists as defined in Table
N = Number of stories. 1612.4.5.1, the effects shall be accounted for
1612.5.2 Vertical distriblDtion of seismic forces: by increasing the accidental torsion at each
The lateral force (Fr,J induced at any level shall be level by a torsional amplification factor (A )
determined from the following fonnulas: determined from the following formula: x
F% = C>4V
A
Jt
amax
=[1.28
avg
r
c = >4 where:
6 max = the maximum displacment at level x.
a avg = the average of the displacments at the
extreme points of the structure at level x.
•
where: The torsional amplification factor (Ax) is not
Cvx = Vertical distribution factor required to exceed 3.0.
V Total design lateral force or shear at the
base of the building 1612.5.4 Overturning: The building shall be
Wi and Wx = the portion ofthe total gravity load of designed to resist overturning effects caused by

STRUCTURAL LOADS
the seismic forces determined in 780 CMR computed fundamental period (T) of the
1612.5.2. At any story, the increment of building is not required to include the upper
overturning moment in the story under bond limitation specified in 780 CMR
consideration shall be distributed to the various 1612.5.1.2 when deternuning drift level
vertical resisting elements in the same proportion seismic design forces.
as the distribution ofthe horizontal shears to those Where applicable, the design story drift (6)
elements. shall be increased by the incremental factor
The overturning moments at level x <Mx) shall relating to the P-delta effects as determined in
be detennined from the following fonnada: 780 CMR 1612.5.5.2.
n Jl612.5.5.2 P~del1tal effects: P~delta effects on
M% = -rLF,{hi - hJ story shears and moments, the resulting
i=x member forces and moments, and the story
where: drifts induced by these effects are not required
F; = The portion of the seismic base shear (V) to be considered where the stability coefficient
induced at level i. (6), as determined by the following formula, is
hi and hx = The height (in feet) from the base to equal to or less than 0.10:
level i or x. p~
1: = 1. 0 for the top ten stories; a=
0.8 for the 20th story from the top and ~h8%Ctl
below; and
where:
a value between 1.0 and 0.8 determined by
Px = The total vertical design load at story
a straight line interpolation for stories
level x. In calculating the vertical design
between the tenth and 20th stories below the
load for the purpose of detennining po
top.
delta effects, individual load factors are
The foundations of buildings, except inverted not required to exceed 1.0.
pendulum structures, shall be designed for the 6 = The design story drift occurring
foundation overturning design moment {Mf} at the
•
simultaneously with the story shear (Vx)
foundation-soil interface detennined by the
Vx = The seismic shear force between levels x
equation for the overturning moment at level x
and x-I.
(My) with an overturning moment reductnon factor ~= The story height beiow level x.
(1:) of 0.75 for all building heights. Cd = The deflection amplification factor in
1612.5.5 Drift determination and] P~deita Table 1612.4.4
\effects: Story drifts and, where required, member The stability coefficaent (8) shall not exceed
forces and moments due to P~delta effects, shall 8max determined as follows:
be determined iri accordance with 780 Cl\1R
1612.5.5.1 and 1612.5.5.2. Q :: C.; ~02S
\\]Imax PCgi' .
Jl612.505.1 Story drift detenninatilorrn: The
design story drift (6) shall be computed as the where:
difference of the deflections at the top and P= The ratio of shear demand to shear capacity
bottom ofthe story under consideration. The for the story between levels x and xo1. This
deflections of level x at the center of the mass ratio is permitted to be considered as 1.0.
(0 x) .shall be determined in accordance with
the following fonnula: Where the stability coefficient (6) is greater
than 0.10 but less than or equal to 8max, the
6x =Cgi'6.w incremental factor related to Podelta effects
shall be detennined by rational analysis. To
where: obtain the story drift for including the P-delta
Cd = The deflection amplification factor in effect, the design story drift detennined in
Table 1612.4.4. 780 CMR 1612.5.5.1 shall be multiplied by
Sxe = The deflections detennined by an elastic 1.0/(1 - 6).
aII1alysis.
The elastic analysis of the seismic-resisting 16n~.6 Modal analysis procedllllre: 780 CMR
system shall be made utilizing the required 1612.6 provides required standards for the modal
.seismic design forces of780 CMR 1612.5.2. analysis procedure of seismic analysis of buildings.
•
For detennining compliance with the story 780 CMR. 1612.4.6 specifies the limitations on the
drift limitation of 780 CMR 1612.4.8, the applicability ofthis procedure.
deflection oflevel x at the center of mass «()x)
n6Jl2.6.1 General: The symbols in this method of
shall be calculated as required in tms section.
analysis have the same meaning as those for
For the purposes ofthis drift analysis only, the
similar terms used in 780 CMR 1612.5, with the

780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BinDING REGuLATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
subscript "m" denoting quantities in the mth S= The coefficient for the soil-profile
mode. characteristics of the site as determined
by Table 1612.4.1.
1612.6.2 Modeling: The building shall be
R= The response modification factor
modeled as a system of masses lumped at the
determined from Table 1612.4.4.
floor levels with each mass having one degree of
Tm = The modal period of vibration, in
freedom~ lateral displacement in the direction
seconds, ofthe mth mode of the building.
under consideration.
The modal seismic design coefficient (Csm) is not
1612.6.3 Modes: The analysis shall include, for required to exceed 2 ~ times the seismic
each of two mutually perpendicular axes, at least coefficient representing the effective peak
the lowest three modes ofvibration, or all modes acceleration (Aa) divided by the response
ofvibration with periods greater than 0.4 seconds, modification factor (R).
or ·sufficient modes to include 90% of the
participating mass of the structure, whichever is Exceptions:
greater. The number of modes shall equal the 1. The limiting value of the .modal seismic
number of stories for buildings less than three design coefficient (C sm) is not applicable to
stories in height. Category D and E buildings with a period of
0.7 seconds or greater located on type S4 soils.
1612.6.4 Periods: The required periods and mode 2 For buildings on soil-profile characteristics
shapes of the building in the direction under 53 or S4' the modal seismic design coefficient
consideration shall be calculated by established (C sm ) for modes other than the fundamental
methods of structural analysis for the fixed base mode that have periods less than 0.3 seconds is
condition utilizing the masses and elastic permitted to be detennined by the following
stiffuesses of the seismic-resisting system. fonnula:
1612.6.5 Modal base shear: The portion of the
th .
base shear contributed by the m mode (Vm) shall
be determined from the following fonnula:
VJII = CWI W·JII 3. For buildings where any modal period of
vibration (Tm) exceeds 4.0 seconds, the modal
where: seismic design coefficient (C sm ) for that mode
Csm = The modal seismic design coefficient is permitted to be determined by the following
determined by the following formula. fomlUla:
Wm = The effective modal gravity load
determined by the following formula.
wm =
.~Wiewt
II
where:
:E Wl6 2;m Aa = Seismic coefficient representing the

1=1 effective peak acceleration as determined
in 780 CMR 1612.2.3.
where: Av = Seismic coefficient representing the
Wi = the portion ofthe total gravity load ofthe effective peak velocity-related acceleration
building at level i. as determined in 780 CMR 1612.2.3.
aim = The displacement amplitude at the ith R = The response modification factor determined
level ofthe building when vibrating in its from Table 1612.4.4.
mthmode. Tm = The modal period of vibration, in seconds,
The modal seismic design coefficient (C sm) shall ofthe rnth mode of the building.
be determined in accordance with the following S = The coefficient for the soil profile
formula: characteristics of the site as determined by.
Table 1612.4.1.
C-m =
1612.6.6 Modal forces, deflections and drifts:
The modal force (Fxm) at each level shall be
where: determined by the following formulas:
•
Ay = Seismic coefficient representing the FJan = Cv.maVm
effective peak velocity-related
acceleration as determined in 780 CMR
1612.2.3.
292 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

STRUCTURAL LOADS
detennined by taking the square root ofthe sum of

the squares of each of the modal values· (SRSS
method) or by using the Complete Quadratic
Combination (CQC) method. When the periods of
any two modes used in this analysis differ by less
than 25% the CQC method shall be used.
where:
The base shear (V) utilizing the equivalent
Cvxm = The vertical distribution factor in the mth
lateral force procedure in 780 CMR. 1612.5 shall
mode.
be calculated based on a fundamental period of
Vm = The total design lateral force or shear at
the base in the mth mode. the building (T), in seconds, of 1.2 times the
coefficient for the upper limit on the calculated
wi and W x = The portion ofthe total gravity load
period (C a> times the approximate fundamental
ofthe building (W) located or assigned to
level i or x. period of the building (Jra)' Where the design
value for the modal base shear (VJ is less than the
axm = The displacement amplitude at the x th ~alculated base shear (V) utilizing the equivalent
level of the building when vibrating in lateral force procedure, the design story shears,
the mth mode. moments, drifts and floor deflections shall be
aim = The displacement amplitude at the ith multiplied by the following modification factor:
level of the building when vibrating ip
the mth mode. V
The modal deflection at each level «)xm) shali be Vg
determined by the following formulas:
where:
~.DIll = Ctit> JUIWd V = The equivalent lateral force procedure base
shear, calculated in accordance. with
780 CMR. 1612.6 and 780 CMR 1612.5.
V, = The modal base shear, calculated in
accordance with 780 CMR. 1612.6
The model base shear (VJ is not required to
where: exceed the base shear from the equivalent lateral
Cd = The deflection amplification factor force procedure in 780 CMR. 1612.5
determined from Table 1612.4.4.
ll.612.6.~ HorizontaB shear ldIistributi«m: The
6xem = The deflection of level x in the mth mode
at the center of the mass at Revel x distribution of horizontal shear shall be in
determined by an elastic analysis. accordance with the requirements of 780 CMIR
g= The acceleration due to gravity (feet per 1612.5.3.
second~. 1l612.6.1H]l" Foundatiol!!l ovell1umiDllg: The
Tm = The modal! ·period! of vibration, in foundation overturning moment at the fOlllndatioil c
seconds, ofthe mth mode ofthe building. soil interface shall not be reduced by more than
Fxm = The portion of the seismic base shear in 10%.
the mill mode, induced at level x.
w" =:= The portion of the total gravity load of 1I.612.6.11l. Pmdelta effects: The P-delta effects
the building (W) located or assigned to shall be determined in accordance with 780 CMrR
level x. 1612.5.5.2. The story drifts and story shears shall
Ibe determined in accordance with 780 eMIR
The modal drift in a story (.6.nJ shall be computed 1612.6.8. I
as the difference of the deflections (l)xm) at the
top and bottom ofthe story under consideration. 116112.i Ardnitectlllral, .mednannu.1 and! electric2ll
(ellllmpcmenu mnd systemS!: AU components and
lhS12.6.i Modal story shean and momenu: The
systems in buildings shall be designed and
story shears, story overturning moments. and the
conStructed to resist seismic forces as determined in
shear forces and overturning moments ii'll walls
acoordance with the provisiorns of 780 CMR. 1612.7.
and braced frames at each level, due to the
AJrcmtedural, mechanical and electrical components
seismic forces determined from the appropriate
and systems in buildings assigned to Seismic Hazard
equation in 780 CMR 1612.6.6, shall be computed
JPerfrmance Category C, and are in Seismic Hazard
for each mode by linear static methods.
Exposure Group I and have a Perfonnance Criteria .
•
1612.6.8 Design vaines: The design value for the Factor ofO.S, are exempt from the requirements of
modal base shear (VJ, each of the story shear, 780 CMR. 1612.7.
moment and drift quantities, and the deflection at Exceptiollls:
each level shall be determined by combining their 1. Individual electrical and mechanical
modal values, obtained from 780 CMR 1612.6.6 components which weigh more than 2,000 pounds
and 1612.6.7. The combination shall be
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) . 780 Cl\1R ~ Sixth Edition 293

and are located more than 15 feet above the base 1612.7.3.3 Ceilings: Provision shall be made
shall be designed in accordance with 780 CMR for the lateral support and interaction of other
1612.7.4. architectural, mechanical and electrical
2. Elevator components and systems in buildings systems or compon~nts incorporateJ into the
assigned to Seismic Hazard Performance ceiling which impose seismic forces into the
Category C and are in Seismic Hazard Exposure ceiling system.
Group I buildings not more than 70 feet in height
are exempt from the requirements of 780 CMR Table 1612.7.3
1612.7. ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENT SEISMIC
1612.7.1 Component force application: The COEFFICIENT (Ce) AND PERFORMANCE
a
component seismic force shall be applied at the CRITERIA FACTOR (P)
center of gravity of the component Perfonnance
nonconcurrently in any horizontal direction. Criteria
Component Factor (1))
Mechanical and electrical components and Seismic Seismic Hazard
Architectural Component
systems shall be designed for a nonsimultaneous Coefficient
Exposure
vertical force of33% of the horizontal force. (CJ Group
1612.7.2 Component force transfer: I II III
b
Components shall be attached such that the 1 Exterior nonloadbearing watls 0.9 1.5 1.5 1.5
component forces are transferred to the structural . nonloadbeanng
2 Intenor • wa11sb•
system of the building. Component seismic Exit, stair and elevator 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.5
attachments shall be positive connections without enclosures. 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.5
consideration of frictional resistance. Other vertical shaft enclosures 0.9 1.0 1.0 I.S
Other nonloadbearinl! walls
1612.7.3 Architectural component design: 3 Cantilever elements~ parapets, 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.5
Architectural components and their attachments chimneys or stacks
shall be designed for seismic forces (Fp) 4 Wall attachments 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.5
determined in accordance with the following 5 Veneer connections 3.0 0.7 1.0 1.0
fonnula: 6 Penthousesc 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.0
7 Membrane fire nrotection 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.5
8 Ceilings
where: Fireresistance rated membrane 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.5
Nonfrreresistance rated mem- 0.6 0.5 1.0 1.0
Av = The coefficient representing effective peak brane
velocity-related acceleration from 780 CMR
9 Storage racks, contents included 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.5
1612.2.3.
10 Access floor, supported equip- 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Cc = The seismic coefficient for architectural ment included
components from Table 1612.7.3.
11 Elevator and counterweight 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.5
P = Performance. criteria factor from Table ~ardrails and supports
1612.7.3. Note a: See 780 CMR 1612.7 for general exceptions
We = The weight of the architectural component. Note b: See 780 CMR 1612.4.7.2.8 for exterior and
interior loadbearing wall requirements
1612.7.3.1 Exterior wall panel connections: . Note c: The design seismic force for a penthouse shall be
The connections of exterior wall panels to the the larger of the force determined in accordance with
building seismic-resisting system shall be 780 CMR 1612.7.3, this table and the force determined in
designed for the design story drift determined accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612.6
in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5.5.1 or in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.6.6 and 1612.7.4 Mechanical, electrical component and
1612.6.8. system design: Mechanical, electrical
components and systems and their attachments
1612.7.3.2 Architectural component shall be designed for seismic forces (Fp)
deformation: Architectural components shall detennined in accordance with the following
be designed for the design story drift of the formula: "
structural seismic-resisting system determined
in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5.5.1 or in Fp = AveJ'acWc
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.6.6 and
1612.6.8. Architectural components shall be where:
A.v =The coefficient representing effective peak
•
designed for vertical deflection due to joint
rotation of cantilever structural members. velocity-related acceleration from 780 C:rvm.
1612.2.3.
Exception: Architectural components Cc = The seismic coefficient for mechanical,
having a"performance criteria factor of 0.5
electrical components and systems from
shaH be designed for 50% of the design
Table 1612.7.4(1).
story drift.

STRUCTURAL LOADS
p: Performance criteria factor from 1. Conduit suspended by individual hangars 12

1612.7.4(1). inches or less in length from the top of the conduit to
ac The attachment amplification factor the supporting structure
determined in accordance with Table 2. Conduit which has less than 21/2 inches inside
diameter
1612.7.4(2).
Note c: Seismic restraints are not required for anyone of
Wc = The operating weight of the mechanical, the following conditions for other pipe systems
electrical component or system. 1. Piping suspended by individual hangars 12 inches
Alternatively, the seismic forces (Fp) shall be or less in length from the top of the pipe to the
determined by a properly substantiated dynamic supporting structure
analysis subject to approval. 2. Piping in boiler and mechanical reoms which has
less than 1Y4 inches inside diameter.
Exception: Bracing of fire sprinkler systems 3. Piping in other areas which has less than 2Y2 inches
shall be permitted to be in accordance with inside diameter.
NFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A. Note d: Seismi"c restraints are not required for anyone of
the following conditions for HVAC ducts:
Table 1612.7.4(1) 1. Ducts suspended by individual hangars 12 inches
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL or less in length from the top of the duct to the
COMPONENT AND SYSTEM SEISMIC supporting structure
COE~CmNT(CJANDPERFORMANCE
2. Ducts which have a- cross-sectional area less than
a 6 square feet.
CRITERIA FACTOR (P)'
Note e: Pendulum lighting fixtures sahli be designed
Perfonnance based on a component seismic coefficient (Cd of 1.5.
Criteria Factor
(P)
The vertical supportshall be designed with a factor of
Component safety of 4.0
or system Sesimic
Mechanical. electrical component Hazard
seismic Table Jl612.i.4(2)
or system Exposure
coefficient
GrOUD ATTACHMENT AMPLIFICATION
(CJ
I II III FACTOR a
Component mounting system Attachment
I Fire protection equipllla1t and 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 am lification factor (a
SYStems
Fixed of direct connection 1.0
2 Emergency or standby electrical 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 Resilient-mounting system
svsterns
3 Elevator chive, suspension system
and controller anchora,q,e
1.25 1.0 1.0 1.5
-llli\ii!:l~~iil~i~illliii!i·i·i"":·II:I·II!~1
4 Genernl equipment Elastic restraining device where:
A Boilers, furnaces, incinerators,
water heaters and other equip- T T
metlt utilizing combustible ~<0.6 or ~>1.4ti
energy sources or high temper- T T 1.0
ature sources.
B. Communication systems T T 2.0
C. Electrical bus ducts and ~~O.6 or ~~141ll
primary cable systemsi'. 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 T T .
D. Electrical motor control cen-
ters, motor control devices,
switchgear, transfonners and Note 2: T is the fundemental period of the building, in
unit substations. seconds, determined by 780 CMR 1612.5.1.2 or
E. Reciprocating or rotating 780 CMR 1612.6.4. T" is the fundemental period, in
equipment seconds, of the component and its attachement
F. Tanks, heat exchangers and determined by 780 CMR 1612.7.4.1
oressure vessels.
5 Manufacturing and process 0.67 0.5 1.0 1.5
machinery
116112.i.401 Component period: The
fundamental period of the component and its
6 Pipe~
Gas and high hazard piping 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 attachments (Tc), in seconds, shall be
Fire ~on p~ing 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 determined by the following fonnula:
Otheroi
7 HVACduct<;d
8 Electrical Dane! board
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5 Tc = 0.32~ K
rw:
9 Lighting fixturese 0.67 0.5 1.0 1.5
Note a: Sec 780 CMR 1612.7 for general exceptions where:
Note b: Electrical conduit seismic restraints are not We = Weight of the component (Ibs.).
required for anyone of the following conditions For stable resilient-mounting attachments:
K = Spring stiffness constant (Ib./in.).
For other resilient-mounting attachments:
2'7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 295

K = Slope of the load vs deflection curve (Ib./in.) Table 1613.1

at the point of loading. MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LOADS
Alternatively, the fundamental period of the Location Load (pounds,a
component (Td. in seconds, shall be detennined Elevator machine room grating
Ilfillfi&lflfllti,.
by experimental test data or by a properly
substantiated analysis.
Garages See 780 CMR 1613.2
1612.7.4.2 Component attachment: Systems, Greenhouse roof bars, purlins and rafters 100
components and the means of their attachment Hospitals and ward rooms 1,000
!~.~il!i!:~~j~J.~iiIRliil!. lfj:!li ! ·! .i.i:l l:il! !I!1 :!l !lil·.lj.i!ji! ~ ~ I:·l.l! !i! ji!;.i~i!l!il.
shall be designed to accommodate relative
seismic displacements between points of
support. Displacements at points of support
shall be determined in accordance with =J;_~~P.~:~: : :.'.;.':~;: .: : '.~':
Office
. . . :.·:.:.::~.~:~.:::~~~.;.~~~~t~~.~. 2,000
780 CMR 1612.5.5 or 1612.6.8. Relative
lateral displacements at points of support shall
be determined considering the difference in Scuttles, skylight ribs and accessible
ceiling ribs and hangers (over an area of 200
elevation between the supports and considering
one suare inch)
full out-of-phase displacements across portions
of the building that are capable of moving in a
differential manner such as at seismic and
expansion joints. Anchor bolts' shall be
designed for combined shear and tension.
Restraining devices shall be provided to limit
If. .l...
Note a: I pound = 4.448 N; I square inch=645.l6 nun:!
the horizontal and vertical motions, to prevent 1613.2 Garages: Minimum concentrated loads for
component resonance and to prevent garages or portions of buildings occupied for
overturning. parking motor vehicles shall be:
1. For passenger cars accommodating not more
1612.7.5 Elevator design requirements: The
than nine passengers, 2,000 pounds (8896 N)
design and construction of elevators and elevator
acting on an area of 20 square inches (12900
components in buildings assigned to Seismic
mm2)~
Perfonnance Category D or E, in accordance with
2. Mechanical parking structures without slab,
780 Ctv1R. 1612.2, shall comply with the
passenger cars only, 1500 pounds (6672 N) per
requirements in Appendix F of ASl\1E A17.!
wheel; and
3. For trucks or buses, on slabs, applicable wheel
loads and tire contact areas specified in AASHTO
780 CMR 1613.0 CONCENTRAlED LOADS Standard Specification for Highway Bridges with
1613.1 General: Floors and roofs of buildings in the interi~ revisions to 1995 (see Appendix A).
locations specified in Table 1613.1 shall be designed
to support the unifonnly distributed live loads 1613.3 Mechanical Equipment: The actual
prescribed in 780 CMR 1606.0 or the minimum concentrated loads of the machinery, shall be used
concentrated loads in pounds prescribed in Table for buildings containing mechanical material
1613.1, whichever produces the greater stresses. If handling equipment, machines or other heavy
the anticipated actual loads are higher, the actual apparatus.
loads shall be utilized. Unless otherwise specified,
the indicated concentration shall be assumed to
occupy· an area of 2~ square feet and shall be so
located as to produce the maximum stress conditions
in the structural members.

780 Crv1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
780 CMR 1614.0 lIMPACf WADS ·1615.2 Hydrostatic uplift All foundation slabs and
1614.1 General: The live loads specified in other footings subjected to water pressure shall be
780 Cl\1R 1606.0 shall be assumed to include designed to resist an uplift equal to the full
adequate allowance for ordinary impact conditions. hydrostatic pressure. All foundation slabs, footings
Provisions shall be made in the structural design for and walls of buildings located in flood-hazard zones
special occupancies and loads which involve (A Zones) and high-hazard zones (V Zones) shall be
vibration and impact forces. Where dynamic effects designed to resist uplift and lateral loads associated
such as r~sonance and fatigue are likely to be with hydrostatic pressure resulting from flooding to
important as a result of cyclical loading, a dynamic the base flood elevation. Counteracting weight shall
analysis shall be carried out. be reduced to 0.85 times the actual weight.
1614.2 Elevators: Structural supports for elevators, ]615.3 Hydrodynamic loads: For buildings located
dumbwaiters, escalators and moving walks shall be in flood-hazard zones (A Zones) or high-hazard
designed for the loads and within the limits of the zones (V Zones), all structural components located
deflection specified in the Massachusetts State below the base flood elevation shall be designed to
Department of Public Safety, Board Elevator resist hydrodynamic forces resulting from velocity
Regulations (524 CMR 1.0 through 34.0), listed in waters during flooding to the base flood elevation.
Appendix A. (In accordance with the Regulations,
all suspended elevator loads shall be increased 100% U];15.4l Partitions and Interior Finish: Partitions,
for impact. their components and other interior finish shall have
adequate strength to resist a horizontal load of not
1614.3 Machinery: For the purposes of design, the less than 5 pst:
weight of machinery and moving loads shall be
increased as follows to allow for impact: Ui15.5 Guardrails and handrails: All required
guardrails and handrails shall be designed and
Elevator machinery 100% constructed to the structural loading conditions set
Light machinery, shaft- or motor-driven.. 20% forth in Table 1615.5. without exceeding the
Reciprocating machinery or power-driven allowable design working stresses of the materials,
units 50% anchorage and connecting devices utilized. The
These percentages shall be increased where so allowable working stresses shall be as defined by the
specified by the manufacturer. appropriate design standard. Each load shall be
applied so as to produce the maximum stress in each
Hi14.4 Hangers fo!l" floors and stairs: Live loads of the respective components.
on hangers supporting floors or stairs shall be Each load shall be applied in the direction
multiplied by an impact factor of 1.33. indicated in the table. The concentrated load and
uniformly distributed loads need not be applied
simultaneously. The loads applied to in-fill areas
need not be applied simultaneously with the loads
780 CMR 1615.0 SPEaAlL LOAIDS applied on the top railing.
U615.1 General: Provisions shall be made for all
special loads herein prescribed and all other special
loads to which the building or structure is subjected.
TABLE X615.5
LOADS ON GUARDRAILS AND HANDRAILS
Type of Occupancy Location of Load Type oflond Direction of Load Magnitude ofLoad
r:f<::Jt>.=::¥:?::rrAiiI::::trtt:::):J~:::::}f :\:::::i::r::::::::::i:H1ilidi~il;t:::::;:::=::;'::::::::{}::;::::1~ririe~trM~d:#}=:{: it?i)(200:lb[=j:{)H? i\~
All, except dwelling units in
Handrails Uniformly distributed Any 501b/ft.
Use Grou s R-2 and R-3
~i~!:;~;:~~~i:!·l·l::ii·ll·i·i!·j·.;~··:·illl.H··i~tffi! ~t:f:i!~~ii:i·
All, except dwelling units in
Use Groups R-2 and R-3
and as noted otherwise
•
780 CrvfR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
1615.6 Grandstands, stadia and similar structures

shall be designed to resist, in combination with
design wind loads, a horizontal swaying load applied
parallel to the row of seats of not less than 24
pounds per lineal foot of seats per row, or in
combination with wind, a horizontal swaying load
design). The applicable load combinations given
in 780 CMR 1616.1 shall govern over the load
combinations given in the design standards in
AppendixA.
Exception: Use load combinations from design
standards in· Appendix A which do not include
•
applied transversely of not less than ten pounds per wind or seismic loads, if those combinations
lineal foot of seats per row. Foot boards and seat produce a more unfavorable effect in the
boards shall be designed for a minimum vertical load structure or foundation.
of 120 lb. per lineal foot. .
16.16.2 . Load Combinations Using Allowable
1615.7 Horizontal crane loads: A lateral force Stress Design
shall be applied perpendicular (nonnal) to the span
of runway beams and a lateral force shall be applied 1616.2.1 Basic Combinations. All loads listed
parallel (longitudinal) to the beam span. herein shall be considered to act in the following
(a) The lateral force acting nonnal to the runway combinations, whichever produces the most
shall be applied at the top of the rail, and shall be unfavorable effect in the building, foundation or
20% for power-operated crane trolleys, and 10% structural member being considered. The most
for hand-operated trolleys, of the sum of the unfavorable effect may occur when one or more
weights of the maximum lifted load and of the of the contributing loads is not acting.
crane trolley. This force shall be distributed to 1. Dead
tributary supporting structural members based on 2. Dead + floor live + rooflive (or snow)
the relative lateral stiffuess of each component 3. Dead + floor live + 0.5 roof live (or 0.5
structure supporting the rails. snow) + wind
(b) The longitudinal force acting parallel to the 4. Dead + floor live + roof live (or snow) + 0.5
runway and applied at the top of the rail shall be wind
10% of the maximum wheel loads of the crane. 5. 0.67 Dead - wind
(c) Reductions in these loads may be permitted 6.0.67 Dead - 0.8 seismic'
if substantiating technical data acceptable to the 7. Dead + 0.9 floor live + 0.6 snow + 0.8
building official is provided. seismic
(d) These loads need not be considered in
combination with wind loads. 1616.3 Lo21d Combinations Using Strength Design
1616.3.1 Basic Combinations. All loads listed
1615.8 Temperature loads: Movements, and herein shall be considered to act in the fvllowing
forces resulting from restraint of movements, factored load combinations, whichever produces
produced by changes in temperature shall be the most unfavorable effect in the building,
considered in the design ofbuildings and structures. foundation or structural member being
considered. The most unfavorable effect may
780 CMR 1616.0 COMBINATION OF LOADS occur when one or more ofthe contributing loads
1616.1 General: Combinations of structural loads is not acting.
shall be considered in accordance with 780 Crvm. 1. 1.4 Dead
1616.0. Live loads may be reduced as appropriate in 2. 1.3 Dead + 1.6 floor live + 0.5 rooflive (or
accordance with 780 CMR 1616.0. In addition to 0.5 snow)
the load combinations listed, the following shall be 3. 1.3 Dead + 0.5 floor live + 1.6 roof live (or
considered in design: structural effects of loads due 1.6 snow)
to fluids, loads due to the weight and lateral pressure 4. 1.3 Dead + 0.5 floor live + 0.5 rooflive (or
of soil and water in soil, rain loads including 0.5 snow) + 1.3 wind
ponding, and effects arising from contraction or 5. 1.3 Dead + 1.6 rooflive (or 1.6 snow) + 0.8
expansion resulting from temperature changes, wind
shrinkage, moisture changes, creep in component 6. 0.9 Dead - 1.3 wind
materials, and movement due to differential 7. 1.3 Dead + 1.0 floor live + 0.7 snow + 1.0
settlement. seismic
8. (0.90 - 0.5 Av) Dead - 1.0 seismic
1616.1.1 Design Methods: As permitted by the
structural design standards listed in Appendix A, Exception: The load factor on floor live
load in combinations 3 and 4 shall equal 1.0
•
the structural designer may use either the
allowable stress design method (also called for garages, areas occupied as places of
working stress design) or the strength design public assembly, and all areas where the
method (also called limit states design, load and floor live load is greater than 100 pounds per
resistance factor design, or ultimate strength square foot.

STRUCTURAL LOADS
1616.4 Amplificatioll'B of seismic load effects for member or joint, the design shall account for and
special conditions: Seismic load effects shall be shall ensure adequate safety for possible stress
amplified by the factor 2R15, where 2R15 shall be reversals.
not less than 1.0, in allowable stress design
780 CMR 1616.2.1, and in strength design 780 Cl\1R 1616.6 Stress Increases: All allowable stresses and
1616.3.1 for the following conditions. Note: In soil load-bearing values specified in 780 Cl\1R for
allowable stress design load combinations 6 and 7, allowable stress design are permitted to be increased
the term "0.8 seismic" shall be replaced by one-third where wind load or seismic load
"0.8(2R15) seismic". combinations are utilized.
1. F or computing the design forces in members
such as columns, girders or trusses which support 1616.7 Crane hook loads are not required to be
discontinuous lateral force-resisting elements combined with the roof live load, nor with seismic
when using Load Combination 7 in 780 CMR load, nor with more than 0.75 of the snow load or
]616.2.1 (Allowable Stress Design) or Load one-half of the wind load
Combination 7 in 780 CMR 1616.3.1 (Strength
Design). However, the computed forces in such 780 CMR 1617.0 EXISTING BUillOJINGS
members need not exceed the capacity of other 1617.1 General: The repair, reconstruction,
elements of the structure to transfer such forces alteration, addition to or change in use or occupancy
into these members. The capacity of the other of existing buildings shall comply with 780 Crvrn.
elements to transfer such forces· shall not be less 34.
than 1.25 times the computed design strengths of
the other elements. 1617.2 lPos~ed live Road: When floor live loads
2. For computing the design forces in members required by the Code have been increased from those
and connections that do not develop the full heretofore approved for a building or structure in a
strength of the weaker member connected when particular use group and there is no change to a new
using Load Combination 6 in 780 CMR 1616.2.1 use requiring greater floor loads than those currently
(Allowable Stress Design) or Load Combination required for the original use group, the floors so
8 in 780 CI\1R 1616.3.1 (Strength Design).
affected may be posted for the originally approved
•
However, the design forces need not eXGeed the live loads, provided the building is structurally safe
limit detennined by the capacity of the foundation in all its partg, is adequate for its existing use, and
to resist overturning uplift. the public safety is not endangered thereby.
Jl616.5 COlI,mteracting Load: Where the effects of
design loads counteract one another in a ~tructural

•
NON-TEXT PAGE

•
CHAPTER 17
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

(A substantial portii!fi ofthis Chapter is unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 1701.0 GENERAL requiring special expertise to ensure adequacy

(see 780 CMR 116.0 and 1705.0).
1701.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 Cl\AR 17 shall
. govern the quality, workmanship and requirements
for all materials hereafter used in the construction of Label: A plate, tag or other device which is
buildings and structures. All materials of permanently and prominently affixed to a product
construction and tests shall conform to the or material indicating that it has been tested and
applicable standards listed in 780 Cl\1R. evaluated by an approved agency (see 780 CMR
1704.3).
170102 New materials: All new building materials, Structural Engineer of Record (SER): The
equipment, appliances, systems or methods of registered professional engineer whose professional
construction not provided for in 780 CM:R., and any seal of registration and signature appears on the
material of questioned suitability proposed for use in design .documents submitted with the building
the construction of a building or structure, shaH be permit application, or the alternate (SER) who
subjected to the tests prescribed in 780 Cl\AR 17 and succeeds the (SER), as provided in 780 CMR.
in the approved rules to determine character, quality 1705.3.3.
and limitations of use.
liB accordance with 780 CMR 109.3.4, the 700 CMR 1703.0 1INlFORMAnON REQUIRlED
building official may require that such materials be 1703.1 Materi.a!l perfonnance: Where the quality of
presented before the Construction Materials Safety materials is essential for conformance to 780 CMR,
Boardfor approval. specific information shall be given to establish such
quality; and 780 CMR shall not be cited, or the term
1701.3 Used materials: The use of aU second-hand "legal" or the termls equivalent be used as a
materials which meet the minimum requirements of substitute for specific information. This information
this code for new materials shaH be permitted. shall consist of test reports conducted by an
approved testing agency in accordance with the
780 om 1702.0 DEFINITIONS standards referenced in Appendix A or such other
1702.1 Gellleral: The foHowing words and terms information as necessary for the code official to
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 1702.0 and as determine that the material meets the applicable
used elsewhere in 780 C:rvm., have the meanings code requirements.
shown herein. X'703.1I..Jl. Labeling: Where materials or
assemblies are required by 780 CMR to be
Approved agency: An established and recognized labeled, such materials and assemblies shall be
agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or labeled by an approved agency in accordance
furnishing inspection services, when such agency with 780 CMR 1704.0.
has been approved (see 780 CMR 1704.0).
Jl 703.2 Research and investigation: Sufficient
Fabricated item: Structural, loadbearing or lateral technical data shall be submitted to substantiate the
load-resisting assemblies consisting of materials proposed use of any material or assembly. If it is
assembled prior to installation in a building or determined that the evidence submitted is
structure, or subjected to operations such as heat satisfactory proof of performance for the use
treatment, thermal cutting, cold working or intended, the code official shall approve the use of
reforming after manufacture and prior to the maternal or assembly subject to the requirements
installation in a building or structure. Materials of 780 CMR. The cost of all tests, reports and
produced in accordance with standard investigations required under 780 Cl\1R 17 shall
specifications referenced by 780 CMR, such as be paid by the pennit applicant.
rolled structural steel shapes, steelereinforcing
bars, masonry units and plywood sheets, shall not 11703.2.1 Research reports: Supporting data,
be considered "fabricated items." where necessary to assist in the approval of all
•
materials or assemblies not specifically provided
Inspection, structural: inspection as herein required for in 780 CMR, shall consist of valid research
of the installation, fabrication, erection or reports from approved sources.
placement of components and cOMections

c 301
•
1703.3 Evaluation and follow-up inspection The agency shall also disclose all possible
services: Prior to the approval of a closed conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be
prefabricated assembly, the pennit applicant shall confirmed.
submit an evaluation report of each prefabricated 1704.3.2.2 Equipment: An approved agency
assembly. The report shall indicate the complete shall have adequate equipment to perfonn all
details of the assembly, including a description of required' tests. The equipment shall be
the assembly and the assembly's components, the periodically calibrated.
basis upon which the assembly is being evaluated,
1704.3.2.3 Personnel: An approved agency
test results and similar infonnation, and other data as
shall employ experienced personnel educated
necessary for the code official to detennine
in conducting, supervising and evaluating
conformance to 780 CMR.
tests.
1703.3.1 Evaluation service: The code official
1704.3.:3 Label information: The label shall
shall review evaluation reports from approved
contain the manufacturer1s or distributor's
sources for adequacy and confonnance to
identification, model number, serial number, or
780CMR.
definitive information describing the product or
1703.3.2 Follow-up inspection: The owner shall material's perfonnance characteristics and
provide for stroctural inspections of fabricated approved agencys identification.
items in accordance with 780 CMR 1705.
1704.4 Helretofore-approved materials: The use of
1703.3.3 Test and inspection records: Copies of
any' material already fabricated or of any
all necessary test and inspection records shall be
construction already erected, which confonned to
filed with the code official.
requirements or approvals heretofore in effect, shall
be pennitted to continue, if not detrimental to life.
780 CMR 1704.0 APPROVAI.S health or safety of the public.
1704.1 Written approvals: Where approvals by the
building official are required by the provisions of 780 CMR 1705.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR
780 CMR, such approvals shall be given in writing STRUCIVRAL TESTS AND INSPECI'IONS
•
within a reasonable time after satisfactory
1705.1 General: The pennit applicant shall provide
completion of all the required tests and submissions
special inspections where application is made for
of required test reports.
construction as described in 780 CMR 1705.0.
1704.2 Approved recor(ll: For any material, Exceptions:
appliance, equipment, system or method of 1. Structural tests and inspections are not
construction that has been approved, a record of requiretl for building components unless the
such approval, including all of the conditions and design involves the practice of professional
limitations of the approval, shall be kept on file in engineering or architecture as defined by M. G.L
the building official's office and shall be open to c 112 § 60K and/or M.G.L c 112 § 81D.
public inspection at all appropriate times. 2. Structural tests and inspections are not
required for occupancies in Use Group R-3.
1704.3 Labeling: Products and materials required to
be labeled shall be labeled in accordance with the 1705.2 Pulpose: The purpose ofthe structural tests
procedures set forth in 780 CMR 1704.3.1 through and inspections specified in 780 CMR 1705 is to
1704.3.3. provide assurance to the owner and the building
official that the construction complies with the
1704.3.1 Testing: An approved agency shall test
requirements ofthe structural design by the SER.
a representative sample of the product or material
These tests and inspections are for quality
being labeled to the relevant standard or
asurance audits and their implementation does not
standards. The approved agency shall maintain a
relieve the contractor or sub-contractors of their
record of all of the tests perfonned. The record
responsibility for quality control ofthe work and .
shall provide sufficient detail to verify compliance
any design for which they are responsible.
with the test standard.
1704.3.2 Inspection and identification: The 1705.3 . Program for tests and inspections: The
approved agency shall periodically perform an SER shall establish a program ofstructural tests
inspection, which shall be in-plant if necessary, of and inspections which meets the requiremnts of
the product or material that is to be labeled. The 780 CMR 17. The SER shall direct the
•
inspection shall verify that the labeled product or implementation of this program and select any
material is representative of the product or structural inspectors required to undertake the
material tested. program. All fees and costs related to the
1704.3.2. t Independent: The agency to be implementation ofthis program shall be borne by
approved shall be objective and competent. the owner.
302 - 780 CMR- Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 C.MR: STATE BOARD OF BUllDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
ll105.4 Inspection offabricators: Where fabrication
1705.3.Jl. Building pennit requirement: The
of strucluralloadbearing members and assemblies is
permit applicant shall submit the program of
being perfonned on the premises of a fabricator's
structural tests and inspections prepared by the
shop, structural inspection of the fabricated items
SER as a condition for permit issuance. This
shall be required. The fabricated items shall be
program shall include a complete list of
inspected as required by 780 C.MR 1705.0 and as
mate1itlis and work requiring structural tests and
required elsewhere in 780 CMR.
inspedions by 780 CMR 1705.1, the inspections
to be performed and a list of the individuals, 11705.4.1 Fabrication procedllllll"es: The special
approved agencies and firms intended do be inspector shall verify that the fabricator maintains
retainedfor conducting such inspecltions. detailed fabrication and quality control procedures
which provide a basis for inspection control of the
11705.3.2 Report requirement: AI final report
workmanship and the fabricator's ability to
stating that the program ofstructural tests and
confonn to approved drawings, project
inspections has been satisfactorily completed
specifications and referenced standards. The
slulll be submitted to the owner and the building
special inspector shall review the procedures for
officilll by the SER prior to the issuance ofthe
completeness and adequacy relative to the code
certificate of occupancy. As construction
requirements for the fabricator's scope of work.
progresses, inspection repons and records of
tests and measurements shall be maintained by n705.41.2 Procedures nmplementation: The
th~ SER. When these records are requested by structural inspector shall verify that the fabricator
the building official, they shall be submitted is properly implementing the fabrication and
promptly, in· accort1llnce with procedures quality control procedures outlined in 780 CMR
established by the building official prior to the 1705.4.1.
start of construction. When deviations from Exception: Structural inspections as required
design requirements are determined during tests by 780 CMR 1705.4 nuly be reduced by the
or inspections, the SER shall promptly report SER where the fabricator maintains an
such to the contractor for correction. If the agreement with an approved independent
contractorfails to conul any reponed deviation, .inspection or quality cOP.ltl"ol agency Ito
it sluzll be reporled to the building official by the conduct periodic in-plant inspections at the
SER. fabricator's plant, at a frequency that will
11. 705.3.3 Alternate SER: If the SER cannot assure the fabricator's conjol'mJl12ce to the
contilwe with the project, the owner shall retain requirements of th'e inspection agencY'5
an alternate qualified registered professional approved quality control program.
engineer to review the design and assume the
/6411 responsibilities ofthe former SER. 11. '105.5 Steel constnndion: The structural
inspections for steel elements of buildings and
It 705.3.4 Performance specnfmctions: The SER structures shall be as required by 780 CMR 1705.5.1
s1ul1l identify, in the program ofstmcmrol tests through 1705.5.3.
and inspections submitted with the building
permit application, any stmcturl8l elements or n705.5.J1 Inspection aDr steel fabric:aton: The
systems. tlult the SER luis specified to be pennit applicant shall provide structral
designed by another registerd professional inspection of steel fabricated items in accordance
engineer. The SER shall review the design of with the provisions of780 C.I\.1R 1105.2.
these structural elements or systems and sludl Exception: Structural inspection of the steel
include them ;n the pro1J1'am ofstruduroJ tests fabrication process shall not be required where
and inspections. . the fabricator does not perfonn any welding,
1170S.3.S Waiver ofstructura1J inspection by the thennaJ cutting or heating operation of any
SER: Where, in then opinion oftke SER, any kind as part ofthe fabrication process. ][n such
portion of the contractor's qu.ality control cases, the fabricator shall be required to submit
program meets the inspection and test a detailed procedure for material control which
requirements of 780 CMR 1705, the SER may demonstrates the fabricator's ·ability to maintain
reduce the specifed quality IJISSllrtulce st1'u.ctural suitable records and procedures such that, at
inspection and test programfollowing approval any time during the fabrication process, the
by the building official When this is done the material specification, grade and mill test
final inspection report shall also include reports for the main stress~canying elements
reference to the results of those inspections and bolts are capabUe of being determined.
performed by the contractor. As constmetion li 705.5.2 Material receiving: All main stress-
progresses, reports of inspections. and carrying elements, welding material and bolting
measurements shall be submitted to the SER material shall be inspected for confonnance to
and, if requested, to the building official. Table 1705.5.2.

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll..OING CODE
•
Table 1705.5.2 partial penetration column splice welds
INSPECTION FOR STEEL MATERIALS designed for axial or flexural tension from
Referencea for seismic forces shall be tested.
Material Inspectionrequuired
criteria 1705.5.3.2.3 Base metal testing: Base metal
Bolts, 1. Material identification ~pplicable ASTM having a thickness more than 1.5 inches (38
nuts. markings ~aterial
washers 2. Conformance to ASTM specifications; AISC
mm.) and subject to through-thickness weld
standards specified by IAso, Section A3.4; shrinkage strains shall be ultrasonically
the design engineer WSCLRFD, tested for discontinuities behind and
Manufacturer's certifi· Section A3.3 adjacent to the welds after joint welding.
cate ofcompliance is Any material discontinuities shall be
required
evaluated based on the criteria established in
Structural 1. Material identification ~STM A6 or ASTM
the construction documents· by the SER.
steel markings 1A568
2. Conformance to ASTM !Provide certified test 1705.5.3.3 Details: The structural inspector
standards specified in ~eports in accord- shall perfonn an inspection of the steel frame
the approved plans and ance with ASTM A6 to verify compliance with the details shown on
specifications orASTMA568
the approved construction documents, such as
Weld filter 1. Conformance to AWS AISC ASO. Section
materials specifications as speci- A3.6; AISC LRFD. bracing, stiffening, member locations and
fled in the approved SectionA3.5 proper application of joint details at each
plans and specifica- connection.
tions.
Manufacturer's certifi- 1705.6 Concrete construction: The structural
cate ofcompliance is
reouired inspections for concrete structures and concreting
Note a. The specific standards referenced are those listed operations shall be as required by 780 CMR
in AppendiX A. 1705.6.1 through .1705.6.6.
Exception: Structural inspections shall not be
1705.5.3 Erection: Structural inspections are required for:
required for bolts, welding and details as specified I. Concrete footings of buildings three stories
in 780 CMR 1705.5.3.1 through 1705.5.3.3. or less in height which are fully supported on
1705.5.3.1 Installation of high-strength earth or rock.
bolts: Inspection shall be .as specified in 2. Nonstructural concrete slabs supported
Section 9 of the RCSC Specification for directly on the ground, including prestressed
Structural Joints Using A325 or A490 Bolts slabs on grade, where the effective prestress in
listed in Appendix A. the concrete is less than 150 psi (0.11 kglmm2).
1705.5.3.2 Welding: Weld inspection shall be 3. Plaiin concrete foundation walls constructed
in compliance with Section 6 of AWS D1.1 in accordance with Table 1812.3.2.
listed in Appendix A. Weld inspectors shall be 4. Concrete patios, driveways and sidewalks,
certified in accordance with AWS D 1.1 listed on grade.
in Appendix A. 1705.6.1 Materials: In the absence of sufficient
. 1705.5.3.2.1 Welding of the structural data or documentation providing evidence of
seismic-resisting system: Welding of the confonna1l1ce to quality standards for materials in
structural seismic-resisting system of Chapter 3 of ACI 318 listed in Appendix A the
buildings, shall be inspected in accordance code official shall require testing of materials in
with 780 CMR 1705.5.3.2.2 and accordance with the appropriate standards and
1705.5.3.2.3. Each complete penetration criteria for the material in Chapter 3 of ACI 318
groove weld in joints and splices shall be listed in Appendix A. Weldability of
tested for the full length of the weld either reinforcement that confonns to ASTM A706
by ultrasonic testing or by other approved listed in Appendix A· shall be detennined in
methods, for special moment frames and accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
eccentrically braced frames. 1906.5.2.
Exception: The nondestructive testing rate 1705.6.2 Installation .of. reinforcing and
for welds made by an individual welder is prestressing steel: The location and installation
pennitted to be reduced to 25% ofthe welds, details of reinforcing and prestressing steel shall
with the approval of t1lle SER, provided the be inspected for compliance with the approved
weld inspection reject rate is 5% or less. construction documents and ACI 318 (such as
•
1705.5.3.2.2 Column splice welds: Column Sections 7.4, 7.5, 7,6 and 7.7) listed in
splice welds, which are partial penetration 'Appendix A. Welding of reinforcing of the
groove welds, shall be tested by ultrasonic structural seismic-resisting system shall be
testing or other approved methods at a inspected.
percentage rate established by SER. All

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUTI.,DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
1705.6.3 Concreting operations: During placing Table li 705.7
and curing of concrete, the special inspections SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR
listed in Table 1705.6.3 shall be perfonned. MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
Referenced criteria
Table 1705.6.3 ACI 530/ ACI 530.1
Inspection or test
REQUIRED INSPECTIONS DURING ASCE5/ ASCE 6/
CONCRETING OPERATIONS TMS 402 TMS 602
Required inspection 1. Material Sec.2.2
2. Masonry strength Sec. 1.6
I. Evaluation of concrete
1~~~liJ~IIII~'
strength, except as exempted
by 780 CMRI 908.3. 1(3).
--
3. Inspection during concrete
placement, for proper
application techniques.
ACI 318 Sections 5.9 and
5.10
b. Application of mortar grout
and masonry units
:;i,li~~il!:';;lli,if..llj:i:ii,~!:.~~~ sml!:lli·,~li,!jj:;~J!"[!::::i:,,:t
--
d Protection of masonry during
cold weather (temperattD'e
below 40°F) or hot weather
above
Note a. ACI 318 listed in AppendixA
1705.6.4 Inspection during prestressing: 4. Inspection ofwelding of

Inspection during the application of prestressing reinforcement, grouting,
forces shall be performed to detennine consolidation and reconsolidation
compliance with Section 18.18 of ACI 318 listed for buildings assigned to Seismic
in Appendix A. ' Performance Category Cor D in
accordance with 780 CMR
1705.6.4.1 Inspection during grouting:
Inspection during the grouting of bonded NDte a. The specific standards referenced are those listed
•
prestressing tendons in the structural seismic- in Appendix.AI.
resisting system shall be perfonned. NIl)~e b. Referenced criteria not applicable.
1705.6.5 Manufacture of precast conClf'ete: The 1705.B Wood constructioll1: Structural inspections
manufacture of precast concrete, as required by of the fabrication process of wood structural
780 CMR 1705.4, shall be subject to a quality elements and assemblies shall be in accordance with
control program administered by an approved 780 CMR 1705.4. Structural inspection is required
agency. for nailing, bolting, structural gluing or other
1705.6.6 Erection of precast concrete: Erection fastening of the structural seismic-resisting system.
of precast concrete shall be inspected for
compliance with the approved plans and erection J1700.9 Prepared fill: The structural inspections for
drawings. prepared fill shall be as required by 780 CMR
1705.9.1 through 1705.9.3. The approved report.
i 7050 7 Masonry construction: The structural required by 780 CMR 1804.1. shall be used to
inspections listed in Table 1705.7 shall be required detennine compliance.
'for masonry construction. 11.705..9.1 Site preparation: Prior to placement of
the prepared fill, the structural inspector shall
detennine tlnat the site has been prepared in
accordance with the approved report.
• 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 305

•
established by tests as provided for in 780 CMR
1705.9.2 During fill placement: During the
1708.0 and 1709.9.
placement and compaction of the fill material, the
structural inspector shall determine that the
material being used and the maximum lift
780 CMR 1707.0 ALlERNATIVE TEST
thicknesses comply with the approved report. PROCEDURE
1707.1 General: In the absence of approved rules or
1705~9.3 Evaluation of in-place density: The
other' approved standards, the code official shall
structural inspector shall detennine, at the make, or cause to be made, the necessary tests and
approved frequency, that the in-place dry density investigations; or the code official shall accept duly
of the compacted fill complies with the approved authenticated reports from approved agencies in
report. respect to the quality and manner of use of new
materials or assemblies as provided for in 780 CMR
1705.10 Pile foundations: Structural inspections of 106.0. The cost of all tests and other investigations
pile foundations are required as provided for in required under the provisions of 780 CMR shall be
780 CMR 1816.13. borne by the pennit applicant.
1705.11 Pier foundations: Structural inspection is

780 CMR 1708.0 TFSf SAFE WAD
required for pier foundations.
1708.1 \Vhere required: Where proposed
1705.12 Wall panels and veneers: Structural construction is not capable of being designed by
inspection is required for exterior wall panels and approved engineering analysis, or where proposed
their attachment to the building structure. construction design method does not comply with
the applicable material design standard listed in
1705.13 Light gauge metal framing: Structural Appendix A, the system of construction or the
inspection is required for light gauge metal structural unit and the connections shall be subjected
framing systemsfor roofs, floors, and load bearing to the tests prescribed in 780 CMR. 1710.0. The code
walls andfor light gauge metalframing in exterior official shall accept certified reports of such tests
curtain walls that have a story height greater than conducted by an approved testing agency, provided
•
ten feet . that such tests meet the requirements of 780 CMR
and approved procedures.
1705.14 Special cases: Structural inspections shall
be required for proposed work which is, in the 780 CMR 1709.0 IN-smJ WAD 1ESIS
opinion of the code official, unusual in its nature, 1709.1 General: Whenever there is a reasonable
such as: doubt as to the stability or loadbearing capacity of a
1. Construction of materials and systems which completed.building, structure or portion thereoffor
are alternatives to materials and systems the expected loads, an engineering assessment shall
prescribed by 780 CMR. be required. The engineering assessment shall
2. Unusual design applications of materials involve either a structural analysis or an in-situ load
described in 780 CMR. test, or both. The structural analysis shall be based
3. Materials and systems required to be installed upon actual material properties and other as-built
in accordance with additional manufacturer's conditions which affect stability or loadbearing
instructions that prescribe requirements not capacity, and shall be conducted in accordance with
contained in 780 CMR or in standards referenced the applicable design standard listed in Appendix A.
by 780 CMR. If the structural assessment detennines that the
loadbearing capacity is less than that required by the
780 CMR 1706.0 DESIGN SfRENG'DIS code, load tests shall be conducted in accordance
OF MATERIAI..S with 780 CMR 1709.2. If the building, structure or
1706.1 Conformance to standards: The design portion thereof is found to have inadequate stability
strengths and pennissible stresses of any structural or loadbearing capacity for the expected loads,
material that is identified as to manufacture and modifications to insure structural adequacy or the
grade by mill tests, or the strength and stress grade removal of the inadequate construction shall be
is otherwise confinned to the satisfaction of the code required.
official, shall confonn to the specifications and
methods of design of accepted engineering practice 1709.2 Test standards: All structural components
or the approved rules in the absence of applicable and assemblies shall be tested in accordance with the
standards. appropriate material standards listed in Appendix A.
•
In the absence of a standard listed in Appendix A
1706.2 New materials: For materials which are not that contains an applicable load test procedure, the
specifically provided for in 780 CMR, the design test procedure shall be developed by a registered
strengths and pennissible stresses shall be professional engineer and approved. The test
procedure shall simulate the loads and conditions of

application that the completed structure or port,ion li7Hl.3 Load test procedures not specified: Where
thereof will be subjected to in nonnal use. load test procedures are not specified in the
applicable design standards listed in Appendix A.
1709.3 In~situ load tests: All in~situ load tests shall the loadbearing capacity of structural components
be conducted in accordance with 780 CMR 1709.3.1 and assemblies shall be determined on the basis of
or 1709.3.2 and shall be supervised by a registered load tests conducted in accordance with 780 CMR.
professional engineer. The test shall simulate the 1710.3.1 and 1710.3.2. Load tests shall simulate all
applicable loading conditions specified in 780 CMR of the applicable loading conditions specified in
16 as necessary to address the concerns regarding 780 CMR. 16.
structural stability of 'the building, structure or
11.710.3.1 Test procedure: The test assembly shall
portion thereof.
be subjected to an increasing superimposed load
11lD9.J.J!. Load test procedure specified!: Where equal to not less than two times the superimposed
a standard listed in Appimdix A contains an design load. The test load shall be left in place for
applicable load test procedure and acceptance a period of24 hours. The tested assembly shall be
criteria, the test procedure and acceptance criteria considered to have met successfully the test
in the standard shall apply. In the absence of requirements if the assembly recovers not less
specific load factors or acceptance criteria, the than 75% of the maximum deflection within 24
load factors and acceptance criteria in 780 CMR hours after the removal of the test load. The test
1709.3.2 shall apply. assembly shall then be reloaded and subjected to
an increasing superimposed load until either
170903.2 Load test procedure not spedfie«ll: In
structural failure occurs or the superimposed load
the absence of applicable load test procedures
contained within a standard referenced by this is equal to 2 ~ times' the load at which the
code or acceptance criteria for a specific material deflection limitations specified in 780 CMR
or method ofconstruction, such existing structure 1710.3.2 were rea~hed. or the load is equal to 2~
shall be subjected to a test load equal to two times times the superimposed design load. In the case of
the design load. The test load shall be left in place structural components and assemblies for which
for a period of 24 hours. The structure shall be deflection limitations are not specified in
•
considered to have met successfully the t~st 780 CMR 1710.3.2, the test specimen shall be
requirements if all of the following criteria are subjected to an increasing superimposed load until
satisfied: structural failure occurs or the load is equal to 2 Y2
1. Under the design load, the deflection shall times the desired superimposed design load. The
not exceed the limitations specified by the allowable superimposed design load shall be
SER; taken as the lesser of:
2. Within 24 hours after removal of the test 1. The load at the deflection limitation given
load, the structure shall have recovered not less by 780 CMR. 1709.3.2;
than 75% ofthe maximum deflection; and 2. The failure load divided by 2.5; or
3. During and immediately after the test, the 3. The maximum load applied diyided be 2.5.
structure shall not show evidence offailure.
R71.0.302 Deflection: The deflection of structural
members under the design load shall not exceed
780 CMR 1710.0 PRECONSIRUcnON
the limitations in 780 C:MIt 1604.5.
WAD TESTS
11.71001 General: In evaluating the physical 1!.7RO.4 Wall and partitiollD assemblies:
properties of materials and methods ofconstruction Loadbearing wall and partition assemblies shall
which are not capable of being designed by sustain the test load both with and without window
approved engineering analysis or which do not framing. The test load shall include all design load
comply with the applicable material design standards components.
listed in Appendix A, the structural adequacy shall
be predetennined based. on the load test criteria 11711@.§ Tes~ specnmens: All test specimens and
established by 780 CMR 1710.2 through 1710.5. construction shall be representative of the materials,
workmanship and details nonnally used in practice.
11. 710.2 Load test procedura ~petified!: Where The properties ofthe materials used to construct the
specific load test procedures, load factors and test assembly shall be detennined on the basis of
acceptance criteria are included in the applicable tests on samples taken from the load test assembly or
design standards listed in Appendix A, such test OR1l representative samples of the materials used to
procedures, load factors and acceptance criteria shall
•
construct the load test assembly. All required tests
apply. In the absence of specific test procedures, shall be conducted or witnessed by an approved
load factors or acceptance criteria, the corresponding agency. Wall and partition assemblies shall be tested
provisions in 780 CMR 1710.3 shall apply. both with and without door and window framing.

780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BUn.,oING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACIruSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
•
NON-TEXT PAGE

•
CHAPTER 18
(This Chapter is unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 1801.0 GENERAL 780 om 1803.0 SOIL BEARING TESTS

I80li.! Scope: The provisions of780 CMR. 18 shall 1803.1 General: Whenever the allowable bearing
control the foundation design and construction of all pressure on bearing materials is in doubt, the code
buildings and structures hereafter erected to insure official may require soil bearing tests. The tests
adequate strength of all parts thereof for the safe shall be perfonned under the direction of a
support of all superimposed live and special loads, registered design professional. A complete record
in addition to their own dead load, without ofthe test results together with a soil profile shall be
exceeding the allowable stresses or design filed by the registered design professional who shall
capabilities. have a representative on the site during all boring
and test operations.
780 CMR 1802.0 FOUNDATION
INVFSfIGATIONS 1803.2 Loaded areas: The loaded area shall be
Jl.802.1 Where required: Borings, test pits or other approximately four square feet for all bearing
materials~ except that when the footing overlies wet
soil investigations shall be required for all structures
except the following, unless specifically r~quired by clay or other soft materials, the test load shall be
the code official: applied to an area of not less than ten square feet.
1. one- and two-family dwellings and their
Bearing tests shall be applied at the elevations of the
accessory buildings~ proposed bearing surfaces of the structure; except
2. structures less than 35,000 cubic feet in gross
that the load maybe applied directly on the surface
volume~ or
of compacted granular material. The excavation
3. structures used for agricultural purposes. within three feet (l m) surrounding an area to be
tested shall be made not deeper than one foot (0.3 m)
The borings, test pits or other sQil investigations above the plane of application of the test. The test
shall be adequate in number and depth and so plate shall be placed with uniform bearing.
located to accurately define the nature of the
subsurface materials necessary for the support of the 1803.3 Loading procedure: The application ofthe
structure. When it is proposed to support the test load shall be in steps equal to not more than ~
structure directly on bedrock, the code official shall the contemplated design bearing pressure, to at least
require core borings to be made into the rock; or twice the contemplated design bearing pressure. The
shall require other satisfactory evidence to prove that unloading shall be at least two steps, to the design
the structure shall be adequately founded on pressure and then to zero load. The contemplated
bedrock. design pressure and twice the contemplated design
J1802.1.11 Seismic investigation: Where the pressure shall be maintained constant for at least 24
foundation investigation indicates subsoils of hours and until the movement does not exceed two
Material Classes 8 or 9, as defined in Table hundredths of an inch (0.5 mm) during a 24-hour
1804.3, a soil investigation report which evaluates period. The load for all other load and unload steps
the potential hazards due to liquefaction and slope including the zero load at the end of the test shall be
instability during an earthquake shall be submitted maintained constant for a period of not less than four
to the code official. The liquefaction evaluation hours. Sufficient readings for each load step shall be
shall be perfonned in accordance with 780 CMR made to define properly the time-deflection curve.
1805.3
li803.4 Accuracy of loading: Test loads applied by
1802.2 Soil samples and boring reports: Samples mechanical devices shall be automaticalJy controlled
of the strata penetrated in test borings or test pits, so as to insure not more than a 5% variation in
representing the natural disposition and conditions at applied load. Such devices shall be calibrated prior
the site, shall be available for examination by the to the test.
code official. Wash or bucket samples shalllllot be
accepted. Duplicate copies of the results obtained 11803.5 Test acceptance: The proposed design load
from all borings and of an test results or other shall be allowed provided that the requirements of
•
pertinent soil data shall be filed with the code 780 CMR 1805.5 are fulfilled and the settlements
official. under the design bearing pressure and twice the
design bearing pressure do not exceed 3Ja of an inch
(10 mm) and one inch (25 mm), respectively.
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 Cl\1R - Sixth Edition 309

780 CMR 1804.0 LOAD BEARING maximum allowable pressure shall be determined by
VALUE OF SOILS load tests conducted in the field or as otherwise
provided herein. Presumptive loadbearing values
1804.1 Soils report: All applications for permits fur
shall apply to all materials with similar physical
the construction of new buildings or structures, and
characteristics. Surface values shall be adjusted for
for the alteration of pennanent structures which
deep footings and for weaker loadbearing strata
require changes in foundation loads and distribution,
below piles, as provided for in 780 CMR 1817.8.
shall be accompanied by a report describing the soil
Higher allowable bearing pressures may be approved
in the ultimate loadbearing strata, including
by the code official when substantiated by the results
sufficient data to establish its character, nature and
of investigations, analyses or testing prepared by a
loadbearing capacity. The report shall be prepared
registered design professional.
by a registered design professional.
1804.3.1. Classification of bearing materials:
1804.2 Satisfactory foundation materials: The terms used in 780 CMR 1804 shall be
Satisfactory bearing strata to provide structural interpreted in accordance with generally accepted
support shall be considered to include the following: engineering nomenclature. Refer to commentary
natural strata of rock, gravel, sand, inorganic silt, in Appendix D for guidelines regarding soil and
inorganic clay, or combination of these materials rock classification and description.
provided that they do not overlie an appreciable
1804.3.2: Prepared fill: Materials from Classes 6
amount of peat, organic silt, soft clay or other
through 8, Table 1804.3, or dense graded crushed
objectionable materials. Compacted fills, when
stone or slag, which contain no plastic fines, shall
designed and monitored by a registered desfgn
have a maximum allowable bearing pressure of up
professional, may be accepted by the code official.
to five tons per square foot when compacted to
Other conditions of unsatisfactory bearing materials
95% or greater of the maximum dry density as
which are improved in accordance with the
determined by ASTM D1557 listed in Appendix
recommendations of, and monitored by, a registered
A. For compacted fills which do not meet the
design professional may be accepted by the code
above criteria or materials which cannot be tested
official.
as above, a registered design professional shall be
•
1804.2.1 Loading "interaction: Wherever bearing engaged to provide recommendations for
strata are subject to interaction from other compaction and maximum allowable design
loadings or strata reactions, such conditions shall bearing pressures.
be incorporated in the evaluation of the design
1804.3.3 Field Control: The code official will
bearing capacity of the support strata.
require that a registered design professional or his
1804.2.2 Protection of bearing strata: Bearing representative be on the project at all times while
strata which may be adversely affected by fill is being placed and compacted. The
conditions within the structure, such as representative shall make an accurate record of
evaporation and shrinkage due to excess heat or the types of materials used, including grain-size
cold, shall be adequately protected. curves, thickness of lifts, densities, percent
compaction, type of compacting equipment and
1804.3 Presumptive load bearing values: The number of coverages, the use of water and other
maximum allowable pressure on supporting soils pertinent data.
under spread footings at or near the surface shall not
exceed the values specified in Table 1804.3 or the

•
780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BUll..OING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RET AINING WALLS
Table 1804.3
ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURES FOR
FOUNDATiON MATERIALS
Material 1 Allowable Net B~ng
Description Notes Consistency in Place Pressure (ton sift )
Class
la 100
8 4
3
•
2
Note 1.1
4
2
1
Note 11
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
• 8.
9.

•
10 Alternatively, the allowable bearing pressure may be taken as 1.5 times the peak unconfined compressive strength
of undisturbed samples for square and round footings or 1.25 times that strength for footings with length to width
ratio of 4 or greater. For intermediate cases, interpolation may be used..
11. A registered design professional shall be engaged to provide recommendations for these special cases. Direct
bearing on organic soils is not pennitted. Organic soils are allowed lmder foundations for those cases defIned in
780 CMR 1804.4.2, Preloaded materials.
1804.4 Lightweight structures: One-story for load combinations that include wind or seismic
structures without masonry walls and not exceeding loading.
800 square feet in area may be founded on a layer of
satisfactory bearing material not less than three feet 1805.3 Liquefaction:
(1 m) thick, which is underlain by highly 1. The;: earthquake liquefaction potential of
compressible material, provided that the stresses saturated clean medium to fine sands shall be
induced in the unsatisfactory material by the live and evaluated on the basis ofFigure 1805.3 for cases
dead loads of the structure, and the weight of any where lateral sliding cannot occur.
new fill within or adjacent to the building area, will
not exceed 250 pounds per square foot (250 pst). !Figure 1805.3
LIQUEFACTION SUSCEPTABILI1Y
1804.4.1 Bearing capacity for lightweight
o 20 ~o
stnlctures: Lightweight structures and accessory
structures, such as garages and sheds, may be NOT SUSCEPTIBLE
founded on normally unacceptable bearing strata, TO UQUEFAcnON
providing such material is determined by a
registered design professional as being
satisfactory for the intended use.
1804.4.2 Preloaded materials: The code official
may allow the use of certain otherwise
unsatisfactory natural soils and uncompacted fills
::>} GR.63m>.
20
DEP11f
WAlEk
•
for support of one-story structures after these 4fO. (FEET)
materials have been preloaded to effective stresses
not less than 150% ofthe effective stresses which
will be induced by the live and dead loads of the STANDARD PENETRATION
RESISTANCB, N (BLOWSIFT.)
structure.
If the standard resistances, N, in all strata of
1804.4.3 Load test: The code official may medium to fine sand .lie above the applicable
require the loading and unloading of a sufficiently curve in Figure 1805.3 the sands at the site shall
large area, conducted under the direction of a not be considered subject to liquefaction.
registered design professional approved by the Liquefaction below a depth of60 feet (18 m) from
code official, who shall submit a report containing final grade need not be considered for level
a program which will allow sufficient time for ground. For pressure-injected footings, the ten-
adequate consolidation of the material based on foot (3-m) thickness of soil immediately below
an analysis of the preloaded material and of the the bottom of the driven shaft shall not be
probable settlements ofthe structure. considered subject to liquefaction.
2. Compacted granular fills shall not be
780 CMR 1805.0 ALlLOWABLE considered subject to liquefaction provided they
FOUNDATION LOADS are systematically compacted to at least 93% of
maximum dry density as determined in
1805.1 General: The maximum allowable pressures
accordance with ASTM Standard Method D1557,
on foundation materials shall be in accordance with
listed in Appendix A or to a relative density of at
780 CMR 1804.0 and as modified herein.
least 60% in the case ofgranular soils having less
"than 10% by weight material passing the No. 200
1805.2 Soil Capacity: For the load combinations,
U.S. Sieve.
including 'seismic as specified in 780 CMR 1616.0,
3. For sites not meeting the above criteria,
the soil loadbearing strength shall be sufficient to
studies by a registered design professional shall
resist loads at acceptable strain, considering both the
be made to detennine that the strueturalloads can
duration of the loading and the dynamic properties
be safely supported. Such studies might include
of the soil. For foundations supported on or in
the following:
Material Classes 1 through 6, as defined in Table
• Investigations to establish that the soils at
1804.3, or medium dense to very dense soils of
the site are not subject to liquefaction during
Material Classes 7 through 9, or stiffto hard soil of
the design earthquake as specified in
Materials Class 10, the allowable bearing pressure or
780 CMR 1612.0.
pile or pier capacity may be increased by up to 33%
312 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected- 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALJl...S
G Design of foundations that will not fail any cause, for example, by the inward or upward
•
either by loss of bearing capacity or . flow of water and/or by construction activities, the
excessive settlement if liquefaction· occurs. extent of the disturbance shall be evaluated by a
(;>Replacement or densification of registered design professional and appropriat~
liquefaction-susceptible soils such that remedial measures satisfactory to the code official!
liquefaction will not occur. shall be taken.
4. For sites underlain by saturated sands where
lateral sliding (slope instability) may occur, ]S05.7 Rock foundations: Where subsurface
studies by a registered design professional.shall explorations at the project site indicate variations or
be made to establish the safety against sliding doubtful characteristics in the structure of the rock
during an earthquake with a peak acceleration of upon which it is proposed to construct foundations, .
0.12 g and a frequency content similar to that a sufficient number of borings shall be made to a
implied by the modal.seismic design coefficient depth of not less than ten feet below the level of the
set forth in 780 CMR 1612.0 foundations to provide assurance ofthe soundness of
5. For sites underlain by saturated silty sands and the foundation stratum and its bearing capacity.
inorganic non-plastic silts, studies shall be made Refer to Table 1804.3 for .allowable bearing
.by a registered design professional to detennine . pressures and special conditions. .
the susceptibility to liquefaction of these soils. The maximum presumptive loadbearing capacity
of Class 1 or Class 2 rock may be increased where
1805.4 Vertical pressure: The computed vertical the surface is leveled or benched, provided that such
pressure at any level beneath a foundation shall not increased safe capacity is detennined by load tests on
exceed the 3.lJowable bearing pressure for the an area of not less than one square foot (0.093 m~ in
material at that level. Computation of the vertical accordance with the provisions of780 CMR 1803.0.
pressure in the bearing materials at any depth below
a fot,lndation shall be made on the assumption that 780 om 1806.0 DEPm OF FOOTINGS
the load is spread unifoimIy at an angle of 30° with JlS06.1lFrost protection: All permanent supports of
the vertical; but the area considered as supporting thebuildings and structures larger than 100 square feet
load shall not extend beyond the intersection of 30° (9.3 m 2) in area or ten feet (3 m) in height shall
planes of adjacent foundations. extend to a minimum of four feet (1.2 m) below
finished grade except when erected upon sound
11805.5 Settlement analysis: Whenever a structure bedrock or when protected from frost, or when the
is to be supported by medium or soft clay (materials . foundation grade is established by a registered
of Class 10) or other materials which may be subject design professional and as approved by the code
to settlement or consolidation, the settlements of the official. Spread footings of adequate size shall be
structure and of neighboring structures due to provided where necessary to distribute properly the
consolidation shall be given careful consideration, load within the allowable load bearing value of the
particularly jf the subsurface material or the loading soil. Footings shall not bear on frozen soils.
is subject to significant variation. The code official
may require a settlement analysis to be made by a Jl806.2 Isolated footings: Footings on granular soil
registered design professional when the ·live and . of Classes 7, 8 and 9 of-Table 1804.3 and·compacted
dead loads of the structure, as specified! in this fIll shall be so located that the line drawn between
article, minus the weight of the excavated material, the lower edges of adjoining footings shall not have
induce a maximum stress greater than 300 pounds a steeper slope than 30° (0.52 rad) with the
per square foot at mid-depth of the underlying soft horizontal unless the material supporting the higher
soil layer. footing is braced or retained or otherwis~ laterally
-Settleme~t analysis will be based on a supported in an approved manner or a greater slope
computation of the new increase in stress that will be has been properly established by a registered design
induced by the structure ~d r~aIistjcally appraised professional.
live loads. after deducting the weight of excavated
material under which the soil was fully consolidated. 1806.3 Depth of spread foumdaaioll1ls: The bottom
The .effects of fiJ1loads within the building area or surface of any footing resting on material of
fill and other loads adjacent to the building shall be C~asses 5 throu~ 10 of Table 1804.3. shall be at
least 18 inches (460 rom) below the lowest ground
included in the settlement analysis. The appraisal of
surface or the top surface of a floor slab bearing
the live loads may be based on surveys of actual live
directly on the soil immediately adjacent to the
loads of existing buildings with similar occupancy.
footing.
The soil compressibility shall be determined by a
780 CMR 1807.0 FOOTING DESIGN
1805.6 Disturbance of bearing materials: 18®7.1 Design loads: The loads to be used in
Whenever the bearing materials are disturbed! from computing the pressure upon bearing materials
directly underlying foundations shall be the live and .
. 1119/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 313

780 C1v.lR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
dead loads ofthe structure, as specified in 780 C1v.lR All lumber .and plywood shall be treated in
1616.0 including the weight of the: foundations and accordance with AWP A C22 listed in Appendix A
of any immediately overlying material, but and shall be identified in accordance with 780 CMR
deducting from the resulting pressure per square foot 2311.3.1.
the total weight of a one-foot-square column of soil,
including the water in its voids, which extends from 780 CMR 1809.0 STEtL GRllLAGES
the lowest immediately adjacent surface of the soil 1809.1 General: All steel grillage beams shall be
to the bottom of· the footing, pier or. mat. separated with approved steel spacers and shall be
Foundations shall be constructed so as to resist the entirely encased in at least three inches (76 rom) of
maximum probable hydrostatic pressures. concrete, and the spaces between the beams shall be
completely filled with concrete or cement grout.
1807.2 Vibratory loads: Where machinery Where used on yielding soils, steel grillages shall
operations or other vibrations are transmitted rest on approved concrete beds not less than six
through the foundation, consideration shall be given inches (152 mm) thick. .
in the footing design to prevent detrimental
disturbances ofthe soil.
780 CMR 1810..0 CONCRElE FOOTINGS
1807.3 Varying unit pressures: Footings shall be
so designed that the unit· soil pressure under the dead 1810.1 Concrete strength: Concrete in footings
load shall be as uniform as possible under all parts shall have a specified compressive strength of not
of the building structure. When necessary for less than 2,500 psi (1.76 kg/mIll?) at 28 days.
stability in the structure due to settlement or varying
soil conditions, approved variations are pennitted in 1810.2 Design: Concrete footings shall comply with
the unit pressure under different footings. 780 CMR 19 and ACI 318 or ACI 318.1 listed in
AppendixA.
1807.4 Eccentric loads: Eccentricity ofloadings in 1810.2.l Footing seismic ties: Individual spread
foundations shall' be fully investigated, and the footings, located on soil profile type S2, S3 or S4,
maximum pressure on the basis of straight-line in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.4.2, and
•
distnbution shall not exceed the allowable bearing supporting buildings assigned to Seismic
. pressures. Performance Category D, in -accordance with
780 CMR 1612.2.7, shall be interconnected by
1807.5 Protection of footings: Trenching installed ties. All ties shall be capable of resisting, in
parallel to footings shall not extend l>elow. the line' of tension or compression, a force equal to 10% of
0
a 45 (0.79 rad) angle downward from the the larger column dead plus live load. Individual
loadbearing plane of the footing. tie beams are not required when it is demonstrated
that equivalent restraint will be provided by
780 CMR 1808.0 TIMBER FOOTINGS structural members within slabs on grade or
AND WOOD FOUNDATIONS ~orced (;oncrete slabs on grade or confinement
1808.1 Timber footings: Timber footings are be competent rock, hard cohesive soils, very
permitted for buildings of Type 5 construction and dense granular soils or o.ther· appr<?ved means.
as otherwise approved. Such footings shall be
treated in accordance with AWPA C2 or C3 listed in 1810.3 Thickness: The thickness of concrete
Appendix A. Treated timbers are not required where footings shall comply with 780 C~ 1810.3.1 and
placed entirely bel~w permanent water level, or 1810.3.2.
where used as capping for wood piles which project 1810.3.1 Plain concrete: In plain concrete
above the water level over submerged or marsh footings, the edge thickness shall not be less than
lands. The compressive stresses perpendicular to eight inches (203 mm) for footings on soil; except
grain in untreated timber footings ·supported upon that for occupancies of Use Group R-3 and
piles shall not exceed 70% of the allowable stresses buiJdings less than two stories in height of Type 5
for the species and grade of timber as specified in construction, the required edge thickness shall be
NFoPA NDS listed "in Ap]!endix A. six inches (152 rom) provided that the footing
does not extend beyond four inches (102 mni) on
1808.2 Pole buildings: Pole-type buildings shall be either side of the supported wall.
desigried and erected in accordance with AWPI Pole
Building Design listed in Appendix A. The poles 1810.3.2 Reinforced concrete: In reinforced
shall be treated in accordance with AWPA C2 or C4 concrete footings, the thickness above the bottom
•
listed in Appendix A. reinforcement shall not be less than six inches
(152 mm) for footings on soil. The clear cover on
1808.3 Wood foundations: Wood foundation re¥orcement where the concrete is cast against
systems shall be designed and· installed in the earth shall not be less than three inches
accordance with NFoPA TR7 listed in Appendix A. (76 rnm). Where conc.rete is .exposed to soil after
314 780 C1v.lR _. Sixth Edition corrected- 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

it has been cast, the clear cover shall not be less

Retaining wa~l: A wall designed to resist the lateral
than 1~ inches (38 nun) for reinforcement of displacement of soil or other material.
No.5 bars or 5/a·inch (16 rom) diameter wire or
smaller, nor less than two inches (51 rom) for 1812.3 Minimum thickness: The thickness of
larger reinforcement. foundation walls shall not be less than the thickness
of the wall supported, and the minimum thickness
1810.4 Deposition: Concrete footings shall not be shall be limited for the various materials of
placed through water unless otherwise approved. construction as herein specified. Eight·inch
Where placed under or in the presence ofwater, the foundation walls shall be pennitted under brick-
concrete shall be deposited by approved means to veneered frame and under ten·inch cavity walls
insure minimum segregation of the mix and where the total height of the wall supported,
negligible turbulence ofthe water. including gables, is not more than 20 feet (6 m).
X812.3.1 Reinforced concrete: Reinforced
1810.5 Protection of concrete: Concrete footings
concrete exterior foundations and exterior and
shall be protected from freezing during depositing
interior basement walls which retain or support
and for a period of not less than five days thereafter.
the lateral pressure of earth or water shall not be
Water shall not be allowed to flow through the
less than 7~ inches (191 nun) thick.
deposited concrete.
UU2.3.2 Hollow and solid masonry and plain
1810.6 Forming of concrete: Concrete footings lConcrete: The thickness of masonry foundation
shall not be cast against the earth where, in the walls shall not be less than shown in Table
opinion of the code official, soil conditions warrant 1812.3.2 for the type of foundation used. Where
fonning. Where fonning is required, fonning shall the height of the unbalanced fill (height of
be in accordance with Chapter 6 of ACI 318 listed in finished ground level above the basement floor or
AppendixA. inside ground level) exceeds eight feet (2.4 m) or
where the equivalent fluid weight of the
780 CMR 1811.0 MASONRY~UNIT unbalanced fill exceeds 30 pounds per cubic foot
3
FOOTINGS· (pet) (146 kg/m ) or where the height of the
•
1:l1ll.1 Dimensions: Masonry~unit footings shall be foundation wall between lateral supports exceeds
laid in Type M or S mortar complying with eight feet (2.4 m), the foundation wall thickness
780 eMIt 2105.7, and the depth shall not be less shall be determined by structural analysis in
than twice the projection beyond the wall, pier or accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/ TMS 402 or
column. The width shall not be less than eight ACI 318.1 listed in Appendix A.
inches (203 mm) wider than the wall supported Table 1812.3.2
thereon. THICKNESS OF FOUNDAnON WALLS
Foundation wall Thicknessb Maximum depthaof
18111..2 Offsets: The maximum offset of each course construction (inches) unbal;~ .fill
in brick foundation walls stepped up from the
footings shall be 1~ inches (38 mm), iflaid in single Masonry ofhollow W1its 8 4
Ungrouted 10 5
courses, and three inches (76 mm), if laid in double
12 6
courses.
780 CMR 1812.0 FOUNDATION WALLS

1812.1 Design: Foundation walls shall be designed
to resist frost action and to support safely all vertical
and lateral loads as provided for in 780 CMR 16.
__.1_.
Masonry of solid units 8 5
The maximum stresses caused by combined loads 10 6
shall be within the values specified for the materials 12 7
used in the construction. Unless properly reinforced,
tensile stresses shall not exceed those permitted in
plain masonry.
Note a. Maximum depths of unbalanced fill shall be
.1812.2 Definitions: The following words and terms pennitted to be increased with the approval of the code
shall, for the purposes of780 CMR 1812 and as used official where soil conditions or local experience warrant
such increase. .
elsewhere in 780 CI\1R, have the meanings shown
Note b. The actual thickness shall not be more than
•
herein.
'l2 inch less ilian the required nominal thiclmess specified
Foundation wall: A wall below the floor nearest in the table.
grade which serves as a support for a wall, pier, Note c. Other bar sizes and spacings shall be
column or other structural part ofa building. pennitted as detennined by structural analysis as required
in ACI S30/ASCE SffMS 402 listed in AppendixA.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 eMIR - Sixth Edition 315

•
Note d I inch = 25.4 mm; I foot =304.8 mm. is below ground level. The proVISIOns of
780 CMR 1813.2, 1813.4 and 1813.5.1 shall not
1812.3.3 Hollow-unit walls: Foundation walls of
apply in this case.
approved hoIlow masonry units shall be provided
with not less than four inches (102 nun) of solid 1813.1.2 Underfloor space: The finished ground
masonry at girder supports, or shaD be level ofan underfloor space such as a crawl space
strengthened with buttresses. shall not be located below the bottom of the
footings. Where there is evidence that the ground
1812.3.4 Rubble stone: Foundation walls of
water table rises to within six inches (152 nun) of
rough or random rubble stone shall not be less
the ground level at the outside building perimeter
than 16 inches (406 mm) thick.
or where there is evidence that the surface water
1812.3.5 Bondjng: All foundation walls shall be does not readily drain from the building site, the
bonded as required for superstructure walls in ground level of the underfloor space shall be as
780 CMR 2110.0. high as the outside finished ground level, unless
an approved drainage system is provided. The
1812.4 Increased thiclmess with depth: Where any provisions of780 CMR 1813.2, 1813.3, 1813.4,
foundation wall, other than a wall that is designed as 1813.5 and 1813.6 shall not apply in this case.
a retaining wall: extends more than 12 feet (3.7 m)
below the top of the first floor beams, the thickness 1813.2 Ground water table investigation: The
of the wall shall be increased four inches (102 mrn) owner or applicant shall perfo~ a subsurface soil
for each additional 12 feet (3.7 m) or fraction thereof investigation in accordance with 780 CMR 1802.0 to
in depth. determine the possibility of the ground water table
rising above the proposed elevation of the floor or
1812.5 Corbels on eight-inch walls: Where an floors below grade.
eight-inch (203 nun) wall is corbelled, the top corbel
Exception: A subsurface soil investigation shall
shall be a full course of headers at least six inches
not be required where:
(152 nun) in length, extending not higher than the
1. Wat(,rproofing is to be provided~
bottom of the floor framing. . The maximum
2. Satisfactory data from adjacent areas are
•
projection of one unit shall exceed neither Y:! of the
available which demonstrate that ground water
depth ofthe unit nor 113 of its width at right. angles to
has not been a problem; or
the face which is offset.
3. Floodproofing is to be provided in accordance
with 780 C:rvm. 3107.0.
1812.6 Lateral stability: Foundation walls of
buildings and structures which serve as retaining 1813.2.1 Ground water control: Where the
walls shall confonn to the applicable requirements ground water table is lowered and maintained at
of780 CMR 1825.0, and shall be strengthened with an elevation not less than six inches (152 nun)
buttresses or additional wall thickness to resist below the bottom ofthe lowest floor, the floor and
Jateral soil and hydrostatic pressure where subjected walls shall be dampproofed in accordance with
thereto, and to resist seismic loads as required by 780 CMR 1813.3. The design of the system to
780 C~ 1612.4.9. lower the ground water table shall be based upon
accepted principles of engineering which shall
780 CMR 1813.0 WAlERPROOFING consider, but not necessarily be limited to:
AND DAMPPROOFING penneability ofthe soil; rate at which water enters
1813.1 Where required: Walls or portions thereof the drainage system~ rated capacity of pumps; .
head against which pumps are to pump; and the
that retain earth and enclose interior spaces and
rated capacity of the disposal area of the system.
floors below grade shall be waterproofed and
dampproofed in accordance with 780 CMR 1813.0, The design shall also take into account any
with the excepti~n of those spaces containing use adverse impacts on utilities, structures or other
facilities in the vicinity which would result from
groups other than residential and institutional where
the lowering ofgroundwater levels.
such omission is not detrimental to the building" or
occupancy.
1813.3 Dampproofmg required: Where hydrostatic
1813.1.1 Story above grade: Where a basement pressure will not occur as detennined by 780 CMR
is considered a story above grade and the finished 1813.2, floors and walls for other than wood
ground level adjacent to the basement wall is foundation systems shall be dampproofed in
below the basement floor elevation for 25% or accordance with 780 CMR 1813.0. Wood
•
more ofthe perimeter, the floor and walls shall be foundation systems shall be constructed in
dampproofed in accordance with 780 CMR accordance with NFoPA TR7 listed in Appendix A.
1813.3 and a foundation drain shall be installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1813.5.2. The 1813.3.1 Floor applications: The required
foundation drain shall be installed around the dampproofing materials shall be installed between
portion ofthe perimeter where the basement floor the floor and the base course required by
316 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition corrected- 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR. 1813.5.1, except where a separate floor materials under the slab. Ioints in the
is provided above a concrete slab. membrane shall be lapped and sealed in
1813.3.1.1 Floor dampproofing materials: accordance with the manufacturer's installation
Where installed beneath the slab, instructions.
dampproofing shall consist of not less than 1813.4.2 Walls: Walls required to be
6-mil (.006 inch; 152 j.tm) polyethylene with waterproofed shall be of concrete or masonry and
joints lapped not less than six inches shall be designed and constructed to withstand the
(152 mm), or other approved methods or hydrostatic pressures and other lateral loads to
materials. Where permitted to be installed on which the walls will be subjected.
top of the slab, dampproofing shall consist of
1813.4.2.1 Surface preparation of walls:
mopped-on bitumen, not less than 4-mil
Prior to the application of waterproofing
(.004 inch; 102 j.lm) polyethylene, or other
materials on concrete or masonry walls, the
approved methods or materials. Ioints in the
walls shall be prepared in accordance with
membrane shall be lapped and sealed in
780 Cl\fR 1813.3.2.1.
accordance with the manufacturer's nnstallation
instructions. 1813.4.2.2 Wall waterproofilllg materials:
Waterproofing shall be applied from the
1813.3.2 WaDs: Dampprooting materials shall be bottom of the wall to not less than 12 inches
installed on the exterior surface ofwalls and shall (305 mm) above the maximum elevation ofthe
extend from the top of the footing to above ground water table. The remainder of the wall
ground level. . shall be dampproofed in accordance with
1813.3.2.1 Surface preparation of walls: 780 CMR 1813.3.2.2. Waterproofing shall
Prior to application of dampproofing materials consist of two-ply hot-mopped felts, 1I10t less
on concrete walls, all holes and recesses than 6-mil (.006-inch; 152-j.tm) polyvinyl
resulting from the removal offonn ties shall be chloride, 40-"mil C.040-inch; I nun) polymer-
sealed with a bituminous material or other modified asphalt, 6-mil (.006-inch; 152-j.lm)
approved methods or materials. Unit masonry polyethylene or other approved methods or
walls shall be parged on the exterior surface materials capable of bridging nonstructural
•
below ground level with not less than 0/8 inch cracks. Joints in the membrane shall be lapped
(10 mrn) of portland cement mortar. The and sealed in accordance with the
parging shall be coved at the footing. manufacturer's installation instructions.
Exception: Parging of unit masonry walls is 11813.4.3 Joints and penetrations: Joints in walls
not required where a material is approved and floors, joints between the walls and floor, and
for direct application to the masonry. penetrations of the wall and floor shall be made
1813.3.2.2 Wall damppll"oofing matl:erials: water tight utilizing approved methods and
Dampproofing shall consist of a bituminous materials.
material, three pounds per square yard of
acrylic modified cement, 1j8~inch coat of UU3.S Subsoil drainage system.: Where a
surface-bonding mortar complying with ASTM hydrostatic pressure condition does not exist,
C887 listed in Appendix AI, any of the dampproofing shall be provided and a base shall be
materials permitted for waterproofing by installed under the floor and a drain installed around
780 CMR 1813.4.2.2, or other approved the foundation perimeter. A subsoil drainage system
methods or materials. designed and constructed in accordance with
780 CMR 1813.2.1 shall be deemed adequate for
1813.4 Waterproormg required: Where the ground lowering the groundwater table.
water investigation required by 780 CMR 1813.2
11813.5.1 Floor base: Floors of basements, except
indicates that a hydrostatic pressure condition exists)
as provided for in 780 Cl\AR 1813.1.1, shall be
waIls and floors shall be waterproofed in accordance
placed over a base course not less than four inches
with 780 CMR 1813.4.
(102 mm) in thickness that consists of grave) or
18U3.4.1l Floors: Floors required to be crushed stone containing not more than 10% of
waterproofed shall be of concrete, designed and material that passes through a No.4 sieve..
constructed to withstand the hydrostatic pressures Exception: Where a site is located in well-
to which the floors will be subjected. drained gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils, a
1813.4.1.1 Floor waterproofing materials: floor base is not required.
Waterproofing shall be accomplished by
11813.5.2 Foundation drain: A drain shall be
•
placing a membrane of rubberized asphalt,
placed around the perimeter of a foundation that
butyl rubber, neoprene, or not less than 6-mil
consists of gr~vel or crushed stone containing not
(.006 inch; 152 j.tm) polyvinyl chloride or
more than 10% material that passes through a
polyethylene with joints lapped not less than .
No.4 sieve. The drain shall extend a minimum of
six inches (152 nun) or other approved

•
12 inches (102 nun) beyond the outside edge of under the mat or raft shall be considered in the
the footing. The thickness shall be such that the analysis of loading on mats and other continuous
bottom of the drain is not higher than the bottom footings, and due allowance shall be made for
ofthe base under the floor, and that the top ofthe possible concentrated soil pressures under heavily
drain is not less than six inches (152 nun) above loaded columns.
the top ofthe footing. The top ofthe drain shall
be covered with an approved filter membrane 1814.2 Settlement Analysis: The design of floating
material. Where a drain tile or perforated pipe is foundations shall include a settlement analysis in
used, the invert of the pipe or tile shall not be accordance with the provisions on 780 CMR
higher than the top of the lowest floor elevation. 1805.5.
The top of joints shall be protected with an
approved filter membrane material. The pipe or 780 CNIR 1815.0 PIER FOUNDAnONS
tile shall be placed on not less than two inches 1815.1 Gel1leral: A foundation pier is here defined
(51 nun) of gravel or crushed stone complying as a structural member which extends to satisfactory
with 780 CMR 1813.5.1, and shall be covered bearing materials to develop support by end bearing
with not less than six inches (152 nun) of the and/or friction in those materials. The pier shall be
same material. constructed by advancing a hole to the required
1813.5.3 Drainage disposal: The floor base and depth using non-displacement methods and filling
foundation perimeter drain shall discharge by the hole with reinforced or plain concrete. 780 CMR
gravity or mechanical means into an approved 1815.0 includes foundation types referred to as
drainage system that complies with the plumbing drilled piers, drilled shafts and caissons, including
code (248 CMR) listed in Appendix A. both circular and non-circular foundation elements.
Exception: Where a site is located in well- Uncased piles installed by the hollow stem auger
method are included in 780 CMR 1820.2, Augered
drained gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils, a
dedicated drainage system is not required. uncased piles.
The minimum dimension of the pier shall be no
1813.6 Placement of backfill:. The excavation less than 12 Inches (305 nun). The base may be
enlarged by belling to increase the bearing area.
•
outside· the foundation shall be backfilled with soil
that is free of organic material, construction debris 1815.1.1 Special types of piers: Types of piers
and large rocks. The backfill shall be placed in lifts not specifically covered by the provisions of
and compacted in a manner which does not damage 780 CMR 1815.0 may be permitted, subject to the
the foundation, the waterproofing or the approval ofthe code official, upon the submission
dampproofing material. of acceptable test data and design and
construction information prepared by a registered
1813.7 Site grading: The ground immediately design professional stating that the pier
adjacent to the foundation shall be sloped away from installation is adequate to fulfill the design
the building at a slope of not less than one unit requirements.
vertical in 12 units horizontal (1: 12) for a minimum
distance of eight feet (2.4 m) measured perpendicu- 1815.2 Seismic design:
lar to the face of the wall or an approved alternate
method ofdiverting water away from the foundation 1815.2.11i'oundation ties: Pier foundations shall
shall be used. The procedure utilized to establish the be interconnected by ties capable of resisting, in
final ground level adjacent to the foundation shall tension or compression, a force equal to 10% of
account for all additional settlement of the backfill. the larger column dead plus live load. Individual
tie beams a1re not required when it is demonstrated
1813.8 Erosion protection: Where water impacts that equivalent restraint will be provided by
structural members within slabs on grade or
the ground from the edge of the roof, downspout,
scupper or other rainwater collection or diversion reinforced concrete slabs on grade or confinement
by competent rock, hard cohesive soils, dense
device, provisions shall be made to prevent soil
erosion and direct the water away from the granular soils or other approved means.
foundation. 1815.2.2 Seismic reinforcement: Cast in place
concrete piers shall have minimum reinforcement
780 CMR 1814.0 MAT, RAFT AND of 0.25% of the minimum pier design cross-
FLOAT FOUNDATIONS sectional area for buildings assigned to Seismic
1814.1 General: Mat, raft and float foundations Performance Category C, and a minimum
•
shall only be used where the applied loads of the reinforcement of 0.50% for buildings assigned to
building or structure are so arranged as to result in Seismic Pl~rformdnce Category D in accordance
practically uniformly balanced loading, and the soil with 780 CMR 1612.2.7. The minimum pier
immediately below the mat is of uniform design cross-sectional area is that area determined
loadbearing capacity. The characteristics ofthe soil in accordance with 780 CMR 1815.6. (The actual
318 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected- 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DlNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAlNlNG WALLS
. .
constructed cross-sectional area may be larger.) The excavation. When a slurry is used to stabilize the
reinforcing shall be placed in the top % of the pier excavation, the level and quality of the slurry shall
length or extend ten feet (3 m) from the top of the be .monitored and controlled to maintain stability of
pier, whichever is the lo~ger length. the shaft and the bearing surface.
For Seismic Performance Category C
buildings, the pier reinforcing shall be a minimum 1815.4 Enlarged bases: Bell-shaped bases shall
of four longitudinal bars with closed ties, or have a minimum edge thickness of four inches
equivalent spirals, having a minimum diameter of (102 mm). The bell roof shall slope not less than
~. inch. The ties shall be provided at a maximwn 60° with the horizontal unless the base is designed
spacing·of 16 times the longitudinal reinforcing in accordance with ACI 336 listed in Appendix A
bar diameter and shall enclose an area of concrete (hereinafter ACI 336).
sufficient to confme the minimum design cross-
sectional concrete area. The maximum tie spacing 1815.5 Placement of concrete: Concrete may be
in the top two feet (0.6 m) of the pier length shall dropped into the pier from the ground surface
be four inches (102 nun). Tie detailing shall be in provided no more than three inches (76 mm) of
accordance with 780 CMR 1903.4. water remains in the bottom and the concrete win
For Seismic Performance Category D free·fall vertically without obstruction. The concrete
buildings, the pier reinforcing shall be a minimum shall be placed in a rapid, continuous operation and
of four longitudinal. bars with closed ties, or controlled such that the concrete does not segregate.
equivalent spirals, having a minimum diameter of 1815.5.1 No piers shall be installed neat a
3Ja inch, for piers with a diameter of 20 inches concreted pier until the concrete has set
(508 rnm) or less; and a minimum tie diameter of sufficiently to avoid damage to the concreted pier.
~ inch, for piers with a diameter more than 20
inches (508 mm). The ties shall be provided at a 1815.5.2 For piers without enlarged bases,
maximum spacing of eight times the longitudinal concrete or grout may be placed through still
reinforcing bar diameter. The maximum tie water or slurry. A properly operated trernie or
spacing in the top four feet (1.2 m) of the pier pumping method shall be used. Samp~es of the
length shall be three inches (76 mm). Tie slurry shall be tested to determine the properties
detailing shall be in accordance with 780 CMR prior to placing concrete in each pier. The quality,
1903.5. consistency, and density of the slurry shall be
.Exception: Pier ties or spirals are not required controlled to ensure that there will be free-flow of
where permanent metal casing (steel pipe, steel concrete from the trernie pipe. The concrete must
be placed such that alA water, slurry and
-tube or spiral-welded steel shell) is used,
provided the casing has minimum thickness as contaminated concrete below design cutoff level
follows: for seismic Peryormance Category C is displaced.
buildings, 0.058 inch (1.5 mm), and for 11815.5.3 For piers with enlarged bases, the
Category Peiformance Category D buildings, concrete may be placed under slurry, based upon
0.070 inch (l.8 nun). The steel casing must be the recommendations of a
registered design
adequately protected from corrosion due to professional and with the approval of the code
soH, changing water levels, or other subgrade official. The specific soil or rock condition.s,
conditions indicated by the site soil equipment and procedures used shall be taken into
investigation. account.
1815.2.3 Pier cap connection: All piers shall be 1815.5.4 A suitable method shall be employed to
connected to tbe pier cap so that pier verify that the entire length of the shaft is
reinforcement is embedded in. the cap for a completely fined with concrete. Such means shall
distance equal to the development length as include the ability to determine the incremental
specified iIi ACI 318 listed in AppendixA. Field- volumes of concrete installed in relation to
place~ dowels anchored in the concrete piers are calculated shaft volume.
. acceptable. The development length to be
provided is the full development length of the 1815.6 Design stresses: Foundation piers may be
reinforcement for compression without reduction designed as concrete columns with continuous lateral ..
in length for excess area. support below the soi11evel. The unit compressive
1815.2.4 Alternative detailing: Alternative . stress in the concrete shall not exceed 33% of the 28
measures for laterally confining concrete and day strength of the concrete or 1,600 psi, whichever
maintaining toughness and ductile-like behavior at is less. The unit compressive stress in the steel
the top of the pier sh~l be pennitted provided reinforcement or the permanent steel casing shall not
consideration is given to forcing tbe hinge to exceed 40% of the yield strength of the steel or
occur in the confined region. 24,000 psi, whichever is less. Permanent steel
casing which is used as stroctural reinforcement
~815.3 fustaJJation: In unstable soils, a temporary
shall be protected against corrosion in accordance
. .; casing or slurry shall be used to stabilize the wIth 780 CMR 1816.4.1 .

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGUl..AnONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BlJaDING CODE
•
1815.7 Alignment: When the center of the cross explorations at locations and depths sufficient to
section of a foundation pier at any level deviates determine the position, thickness and adequacy of
from the resultant of all forces more than 1150 of its the loadbearing soils and demonsttate that there are
height, or more than 1110 of its diameter, it shall be no compressible soil deposits below the bearing
reinforced as provided in ACI 336. The restraining stratum which would adversely affect the structure,
effect of the surrounding soil may be taken into except where sufficient data upon which to base the
account. design and installation are available from other
sources. In addition, the" building site shall be
1815.8 Allowable bearing pressure: The allowable investigated for all conditions which might promote
bearing pressure on the bottom of the pier shall be in deterioration of pile foundations, in order to satisfy
accordance with 780 CMR 1804.3 Additional load the requirements of 780 CMR 1816.4. The
may be carried by using higher bearing pressures investigation and report shall include, but not be
than allowed by 780 CMR 1804.3 andlor by friction limited to, the following:
on the sides of the pier embedded in suitable bearing 1. .Rec:ommended pile types and installed
material based on recommendations by a registered capacities;
design professional and subject to the approval of 2. Driving criteria;
the code official. Such recommendations shall be 3~ I1lstallation and field inspection procedures;
based on the results of load tests or other suitable 4. Pile load test requirements;
tests or analyses carried out to measure side friction 5. Durability of pile materials; and
andlor end bearing of piers installed in the same 6. Designation of loadbearing stratum or strata.
bearing stratum.
1816.2 Special piles: Types of piles not specifically
1815.9 Minimum spacing: The minimum center-to- covered by the provisions of780 CMR 1816.0 may
center spacing be~ween adjacent piers designed for be permitted, subject to the approval of the code
friction support shall be not less than two .times the official, upon the submission of acceptable test data
"shaft diameter. and design and construction infonnation prepared by
a registered design professional stating that the pile
1815.10 Special provisions: For piers with shaft installa~iol1l is adequate to fulfill the' design
diameter less than 24 inches (610 mm), the requirements.
•
following special provisions shall apply:
1816.3 Seismic Design
1815.10.1 For piers with temporary casing
extending to the bottom, the concrete may be 1816.3.1 Seismic reinforcement: Piles shall have
poured from the top in accordance with 780 CMR minimum longitudinal reinforcement and
1815.5. confining reinforcement in accordance with the
provisions for specific pile types set forth in
1815.10.2: For all other cases, piers shall be fined
780 CMR 1818.0 through 780 C~ 1824.0.
from the bottom upward" through a tremie or
Where a minimum length.for reinforcement or
concrete pump tube in accordance with 780 CMR
the extent of closely spaced confinement
1815.5.2
reinforcement is specified at the top of the pile,
provisions shall be made so that those specified
1815.11 Records: The owner shall engage a
lengths or extents are maintained after pile cutoff.
registered de.sign professional to monitor the
Where seismic reinforcement at the top of the
installation of the piers. The design professional or
pile is required, alternative measures for laterally
. his representative, qualified by training and
confining concrete and maintaining toughness and
experience, shall be present at all times while
ductile-like behavior at the top of the pile shall be
foundation piers are being installed, to observe and
pennitted provided consideration is given to
test the bearing material in place, to verify the pier
forcing the hinge to occur in the confined region.
dimensions and to observe concrete placement.
When direct inspection. of the bearing surface is 1816.3.2 Pile bending seismic design: Piling for
impossible, a suitable method shall be employed to buildings assigned to Seismic Perfonnance.
verify the condition of the bearing material and to Category D. in accordance with 780 CMR
make the measurements and tests. Records of all 1612.2.7, shall be designed for the maximum
observations, tests and dimensions shall be signed by imposed curvatures resulting from seismic forces
the registered design professional and a copy shall on free-standing piles where the piles are located
. be filed in the office of the code official. in loose granular soils or in soil-profile type S3 or
S4, in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.4.1. The
780 CMR 1816.0 PILE FOUNDAllONS piles shall be designed and detailed in accordance
•
1816.1 Investigation: Pile foundations shall·be with the special moment frame requirements of
designed and installed on the basis of a foundation 780 CMR 1903.3.3 or 780 CMR 2203.2 foi a
investigation and report conducted in accordance length equal to 120% of the flexural length. The
with 780 CMR 1802.0. The investigation shall flexurallelllgth shall be the distance from the point
include borings, test pits or other' subsurface . of fixity to the pile cap.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND S1'ANDARDS
FOUNDAnONS AND RETAINING WALLS
11816.3.3 Pile cap seismic cODlllection: Piles shall 1816.6 Group action: In cohesive soils, the
be connected to the pile caps in accordance with compressive load capacity of a group offriction piles
the provisions for specific pile types set forth in shall be _analyzed by a generally accepted
780 CMR 1818.0 through 780 CMR 1824.0. engineering method.' and, where such analysis
indicates, the individual allowable pile load shall be
Jl816.3.4 Pile foundation seismic ties: Piles or
reduced accordingly. .
pile caps shall be interconnected by ties cap'able of
resisting, in tension or compression, a force equal
181.6.7 Stability:
to 10% of the larger column dead plus live load.
Individual tie beams are not required when it is 1816.7.1 Wall foundations: AIl piles in wall
demonstrated that equivalent restrmnt will be foundations shall be staggered about the center 'of
provided by structural members within slabs on - gravity of the wall load at a minimum distance of
grade or reinforced concrete slabs on grade or ~ the pile top diameter therefrom. A foundation
confinement by competent rock, cohesive soils. wall restrained laterally so as to ensure stability
dense granular soils or other approved means. both during and after construction may be '
supported by a single row of piles.
1816.4 Protection of pile materials: Where boring
1816.7.2 Columns: Individual columns supported
records, previous experience. or site conditions
on piles shall be designed for ecceritricity between
'indicate possible deleterious action on pile_materials
the column and the centroid of the supporting
because ofsoil constituents. changing water levels or
piles equal to a minimum of three inches (76 mm)
other factors, the pile materials shall be adequately
or the actual eccentricity. whichever is greater.
protected by approved materials. -methods or
The design shall account for such eccentricity
processes. -Protective materials shall be applied to
through one of the foHowing methods:
the piles so as not to be rendered ineffective by
a. By supporting the column on a minimum of
driving.
three piles in a triangUlar pattern.
Jl816.4.1. Steel and steeR-concrete piles: At b. By designing walls. grade beams or
locations where steel and steel-concrete piles will structural floors to resist the bending moment
be in contact with any material which is corrosive induced by the eccentricity.
to the steel, one of the fonowing procedures shall c. By designing the piles. column or both to
be used for protection. or any other method which resist the bending moment induced by the
will satisfy the requirements of the code official: eccentricity and providing adequate lateral
1. Remove all objectionable material. restraint at the top of the piles to resist the
2. Effectively protect the steel surface from lateral thrust d_ue to the bending moment.
pile cutoff grade to a grade 15 feet (4.6 ril)
below the bottom of the objectionable material 18Jl6.8 Structural integrity: Piles shall be installed
by means of: a
in such _ manner arid sequence as to prevent
a. cathodic protection as approved by the distortion or damage to piles being installed or
code official; already in place, to the extent that such distortion or
b. an approved encasement of not less than damage affects the structural integrity of the piles.
three inches (76 mm) of dense concrete; When piles have been damaged in driving, or have
c. an effective protective coating subject to been driven in locations and alignment other than
the approval of the code official; or those indicated on the plans. or have capacities less
d. providing an excess steel thickness of Va than required by the design, the affected pile groups
inch (3.2 nun) beyond design requirements and pile caps shall be investigated, and if necessary.
on all exposed steel surfaces. the pile groups or pile caps shall be redesigned or
additional piles shall be driven to replace the
1816.4.2 . Timber piles: The preservative
defective piles. '
treatment of timber piles shall ,comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 1822.2.
18]16.9 Spacing: The minimum center-to-center
spacing of piles shall be not less than twice the
1816.5 Lateral_suppox1:"Any soil shall be deemed -
to afford sufficient lateral support to pennit the
average diamete~ of a round pile. nor less than 1 *
times the diagonal dimension of a rectangular pile.
design of any type of pile as a short column. When
When driven to or penetrating into rock, the spacing
piles are driven through soil which will be removed
-shall be not less than 24 inches (610 nun). When
-subsequent to the completion of the foundation. the
receiving principal support from end-bearing on
resistance offered by such material shall not be
materials other than· rock or through frictional
considered to -contribute to the lateral supporting
resistance, the spacing shall be not less than 30
capacity.
inches ·(762 mm) or as provided in 780 CMR
1816.5.Jl Column action: The portion ofa pile 1820.4.6 for Pressure Injected Footings.
that is not laterally supported shaJl be designed as
,a column in accordance with 780 CMR 19 taking 1816.10 Splices: Splices shall be avoided insomuch
into consideration the conditions of end fixity. as practicable. When used. slices shall be
constructed so as to provide and maintain true

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUlATIONS AND STANDARDS
alignmen~ and position ofthe component parts ofthe shall be tlested by an approved agency to detennine
pile during installation and subsequent thereto, and confonnity to the specified grade and the approved.
shall be of adequate strength to transmit the vertical agency shall furnish an affidavit ofcompliance to the
and lateral loads and moments occurring at the code offidal .
location of the splice during' driving and under
service loading. Splices shall develop not less than 1816.15 lPile location plan: A plan showing the
50% of the .capacity' of .the pile in bending. location and designation of all piles by an
Additionally, all pile splices occurring in the upp~r identification system shall be filed with the code
ten feet (3 m) of the embedded portion of the pile official prior to installation' of such piies. All
shall be capable of resisting at allowable working detailed records for individual piles shall bear an
stresses the moment and shear that results from an identification. corresponding to that ·shown on the
assumed eccentricity of the pile load of three inches plan.
(76 nun); or the pile shall be braced in accordance
with 780 CMR 1816.7 to other piles that do not have. 1816.16 Use of existing piles: Piles that have
splices in the upper ten feet (3 m) of embedment. previously supported a partially or fully demolished
structure shall not be used for support of new
1816.11 Pile caps: Pile caps shall be of reinforced construction unless satisfactory evidence is
concrete. The soil immediately below the pile cap submitted to the code official which indicates that
. shall not be considered as carrying any vertical load. the piles have not been adversely impacted .by the
The tops of a1~ piles shall be embedded not less than demolition, are sound, have adequate capacity to
three inches (76 rnrn) into pile caps, and the caps support the new design .loads, and meet all of the
shall extend at least four inches (102 mm) beyond requirements of 780 CMR. The capacities of such
the edges of all piles. The tops of all piles shall be piles shall be determined by analyses. load testing or
cut back to sound material before capping. redriving. The design load applied to such piles
shall not exceed the greater of the foIlowing values:
1816.12 Pre-excavation: Jetting, augering and other a. actual sustained load determined to have been
methods of pre-excavation must be approved by the previously supported satisfactorily by the piles, up
code official and carried out in the same manner as to a maximum of 120 tons
used for piles subject to load test and in a manner b. the documented, as-built design capacity of
which will not impair the carrying capacity of the the piles, as confirmed by prior load testing
piles already in place or the safety of existing c. design capacity determined by analyses and
adjacent structures. Pre-excavation shall be of the confumed by new load testing or by redriving per
same method as carried out on piles subject to load 780 C1v1R 1817.3.1 on one or more piles
tests. Immediately after completion of jetting or representative ofeach configuration (s) ofpile and
augering; the pile shall be advanced to the maximum subsurface conditions.
depth of pre-excavation and driven below this depth
to the required load resistance. Where load tests are 1816.17 Pj]e driveability:Pile cross sections shall
required, pre-excavation of test piles will be of the be of sufficient size and strength to withstand
same manner as proposed for production piles. handling and driving stresses without damage to·the
pile and to provide suf~cient stiffness to transmit the
1816.13 Inspection: The owner· shall engage a required driving forces. Driven piies of uniform
registered design professional who shall submit his cross section or tapered piles shall have a minimum
qualifications in writing to the code official. This nominal diameter ofeight inches (200 rom) except as
design professional, or his representative, wpo must provided in 780 CMR 1820.6.4 for small diameter
be qualified by experience and training, shall be grouted piles, 780 CMR 1822.3.3 for timber piles
present at all times while piles are being driven to and 780 CMR 1821.1 for precast concrete piles.
observe all work in connection with the piles. The Tapered shoes or points oflesser dimensions may be
design professional or his representative shall make attached to the pile unit.
an accurate record of the material and the principal
dimensions ofeach pile, ofthe weight and fall ofthe 1816.18 Pile heave: Adequate provision. shall be
ram, the type, size and make of hammer, cushion made to observe pile heave. Accurate reference
.block~, the number of blows per minute, the energy points shall be established on each pile immediately
per blow, the number of blows per inch for the last after installation; forcast-in-place piles with unfilled
six inches (150 mm) of driving, together with the corrugated sheIls, the reference point shall be at the
grades at point and cutoff and any other pertinent bottom of the pile. H, following the installation of
details. A copy of these records shall be signed by other piles in the vicinity, heaving of Yz inch (13
the registered design professional, and filed in the nun) or more occurs, the heaved piles shall be re-
office of the code official.. driven to develop the required capacitY and
penetration, or the capacity of the pile may be
1816.14 Identification: All pi1f~ materials shall be verified by load tests in .accordance with
identified for conformity to the specified grade with 780 CMR 1817.4.
this identification maintained continuously from the
., point of manufacture to the point of installation or

1816.19 Settlement analysis: The settlement of 1. Where the design load capacity of the pile
individual piles or groups of piles shall "be estimated does not exceed 50 tons, the allowable load
based upon approved methods of analysis and in may be computed by means of the following
accordance with 780 CMR 1805.2.2. The predicted driving formula:
settlement shall neitner cause harmful distortion of 2E
or instability in the structure, nor cause any stresses R=--
S+C
to exceed allowable values.
where--
1816.20 Use ofvihratory drivers: Vibratory drivers R = allowable pile load in pounds~
shall only be used to install piles where the pile load E = energy per blow in foot-pounds;
capacity is verified by load tests in accordance with S = penetration of last blow or average
780 Cl\AR 1817.4. The installation of production penetration of last few blows expressed in
piles shall be controlled according to power inches~ and
consumption, rate of penetration or other approved C = constant equal to 1.0 for drop hammer
means that assure pile capacities equal to or and 0.1 for steam or air hammer.
exceeding those of the test piles. 2. When the design load capacity of a pile
exceeds 50 tons, the required driving resistance
1816.21 Installation sequence: Piles shall be shall be increased above that required by the
installed in such sequence as to avoid compacting driving fonnula in 780 CMR 1817.3.1 based on
the surrounding soil to the extent that other piles load tests or past experience under similar
cannot be installed properly, and to prevent ground conditions.
movements that could damage adjacent structures. 3. The value of S must be determined with the
hanuner operating at 100% of the rated number
780 CMR 1817.0 ALLOWABLE PILE WADS of blows per minute for which the harmr.er is
1817.1 General: The allowable load on piles shall designed.
be determined by the applicable fonnulas complying 4. Any driving resistance developed in strata
with accepted engineering practice or load tests as overlying the bearing material shall be
stated herein. The maximum load capacity shall be dis<,:ounted.
• limited by the supporting capacity as obtained from

bearing upon or embedment in bearing materials as
defined in 780 CMR 1804.0 and 1805.0, but the load
shall not exceed the capacity of the pile designed in
accordance with the provisions of780 CMR 1817.0
and the Code provisions for the construction
materials involved.
5. If the driving of the pile has been
interrupted for more than one hour, the value
of S shall not be determined until the pile is
driven at least an additional 12 inches
(305 mm), except when it encounters refusal
on or is in a material of Classes 1 through 6.
6. When any pi.e is driven through a layer of
The allowable load on a pile shall not be limited gravel, sand or hard clay exceeding five feet in
to load obtained by multiplying its point area by the thickness,' and through an underlying soft
allowable bearing pressure given in 780 CMR stratum to reach the bearing stratum, the
1804.3. bearing capacity shall not be determined in
accordance with the driving fonnula, unless
18n'.2 PiRes in subsiding areas: Where piles are jetting is used during the entire driving of the
driven through subsiding fills or other subsiding pile through the layer of gravel, sand or hard
strata and derive support from underlying firmer clay or unless a hole is pre-excavated through
materials, the downward friction forces which are said layer for each pile.
imposed on the piles by the subsiding upper strata
1817.3.2 Friction formuJa in day: Where the
shall be included in the design.
design load does not exceed 22 tons, the
allowable load on a pile stopped in soil of
1I.8J!.7.3 Determination of alllowabDe lloatrll: In the
Material Class 10 (Table 1804.3) of medium to
absence of pile load tests performed in accordance
hard consistency may be based on a friction value
with 780 CMR 1817.4, the load on a single pile,
of 500 psf of embedded pile surface. Higher
except for the pile types covered in 780 CMR 1820.2
design loads or other friction values shall be
(augered uncased piles), 780 CMR 1820.4 (pressure
determined by pile load tests in accordance with·
injected footings) and 780 CMR 1824.0 (steel-core
780 CMR 1817.4 or 1817.7.
caissons), shall not exceed the higher of the two
The embedded length shall be the length of the
values determined in accordance with 780 CMlR.
pile below the surface of the Class 10 soil or
1817.3.1 (driving formula) or 780 CMR 1817.3.2
•
below the surface of immediately overlying
(fiiction formula in clay). Loads on jacked piles
satisfactory bearing material. The area of
shall be determined in accordance with 1817.3.3.
embedded pile surface shall be computed by
1817.3.1 Driving formula: multiplying the embedded length by the perimeter
of the smallest circle or polygon that can be

780 CMR: 5TATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
circumscribed around the average section of the (mction formula in clay), one or more pile load tests
embedded length of the pile. The method of shall be performed on representative piles in
determining the allowable load described in accordance with 780 CMR 1817.0.
780 C!viR 1817.3.2 shall not be used for a pile in The results ofthe load test can be applied to other
which the drive pipe is withdrawn or for piles piles within the area of substantially similar subsoil
which are driven through the clay to or into firmer conditions as that for the test pile,_ providing the
bearing materials. performance of the test pile has been satisfactory and
In case these piles are in clusters. the allowable the remaining piles are of the same type, shape and
load shall be computed for the smaller of the size as the test pile and are installed using the same
following two areas: the sum of the embedded methods and equipment and arc~ driven into the same
pile surfaces of individual piles; or the area bearing strata as the load-tested pile to an equal or .
obtained by multiplying the perimeter of the greater penetration resistance.
polygon circumscribing the cluster at the surface For design loads between 50 and 120 tons, pile
of the satisfactory bearing material by the average load tests may be waived by the code official, where
embedded length of the piles. justified, upon submittal of substantiating data
prepared by a registered design professional which
1817.3.3 Jacked piles:
include experience and/or performance records for
1. Not less than 10% ofjacked piles shall be
the proposed pile installation under similar soil and
load-tested to twice the design load (load test
loading conditions.
piles). All other jacked piles shall be founded
in the same bearing stratum as the load test 1817.4.1 Required test load: A single pile shall
piles and shall be proof-loaded to 125% of be load-tested to not less than twice the allowable
design load (production piles). design load. When two or more piles are to be
2. For production piles, the 125% of design tested as a group, the total load shall be not less
load shall be maintained for at least 30 than 1Y:l times the allowable design load for the
minutes. Acceptability criteria: during final group.
15 minutes of load, the rate is not progressive In no case should the load reaching the top of
(plot is linear or decreasing when settlement is the bearing stratum under maximum test load for
a singll~ pile or pile group be less than the
•
plotted against logarithm of time); and the rate
of settlement is equal to or less than that following:
observed for load test piles during the Case A-piles designed as end-bearing piles:
corresponding time period under 125% of 100% of the allowable design load.
design load. Case B-piles designed as friction piles:
3. Settlement readings shall be plotted after 150% of the allowable design load.
one, two, four, eight, and 15 minutes, and at For piles designed as combination end-bearing
IS-minute intervals thereafter. Load shall be and friction piles, Case A applies if the pile is
maintained on production piles until designed to support more than 50% of its design
acceptability criteria are met. in bearing; otherwise, Case B applies.
4. For load test piles, the load shall be applied
directly to 125% of design load and maintained 1817.4.2 Internal instrumentation: The test pile
for not less than 30 minutes, and until the shall be instrumented in accordance with the
settlement rate is not progressive (as defined requirements in paragraph 4.4.1 of ASTM D1143
above). Load shall then be increased to twice listed in Appendix A (hereinafter ASTM D 1143)
the design load and maintained constant for not to enable measurement or computation of the load
less than four hours. Settlement during the in the pile where it enters the bearing stratum.
four hour period shall not exceed 0.050 inches For piles containing concrete, instrumentation
(1.3 nun). shall be installed in the test pile to pennit direct
In the event that settlement exceeds 0.050 measurement of the elastic modulus of the pile.
inches (1.3 nun) in four hours, the pile shall be This requirement is waived for the following
deemed unacceptable for ~ of the final load. cases:
The allowable load on the rejected pile may be 1. The test pile is installed within a casing
established by· performing an additional load that extends to within ten feet above the
test at the lesser design load. The design load bearing stratum.
shall not exceed ~ the load maintained for a 2. The pile to be tested has been functioning
four hour period during which time settlement satisfactorily under load for a period of one
year or more.
-.
did not exceed 0.050 inches (1.3 mm).
3. ·The pile is 30 feet long or less and no
1817.4 Compression load test: Where the design appreciable load will be supported above the
load for any pile is in doubt or where the proposed bearing stratum.
design load for any pile, including pressure injected 1817.4.3 Loading procedure: Pile load tests shall-
footings, exceeds 50 tons or exceeds the value be conducted in accordance with ASTM D1143,
determined in accordance with 780 CMR 1817.3.2

FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINlNG WALLS
Standard Method of Testing Piles Under Static top ofthe pile of~ inch (13 rom) after rebound
Axial Compressive Load, except that Section 5, for a minimum of one hour at zero load.
Loading Procedures, shall be deleted and replaced
by the following provisions: .18Jl7.5 Use of bigllBell" alBowable stresses; Higher
1. Apply. 25% of the allowable design load stresses than those permitted in 780 CMR 1817 for
every Y2 hour. Longer time increments may be various pile materials may be approved by the code
used, but each tinie increment should be the official based upon the submission of substantiating
same. In no case shall a load be changed in the data and analyses which justifY such higher stresses.
. rate of settlement is not decreasing with time. The data shall be presented in a report prepared by .
2. At 200% of the allowable design load (or a registered design profes.sional experienced in
150% for pile groups), maintain the load for a . geotechnical aspects of foundation design and shall
minimum of one hour and until the settlement include.. as applicable: the results of the soil
(measured at the lowest point on the pile at investigation, dynamic analyses of the pile behavior,
which measurements are made) over a one- pile load tests,analyses of load transfer during
hour period is not greater than 0.01 in. testing and prediction of pile performance during
3. Remove 50% of the desigilload every 15 long term service.
minute.s until zero load is reached. Longer
time increments may be used, but each should Jl.8:ll.7.6 Lateral load tests: The allowable load on
be the same. piles subject to lateral load shall be verified by test
4. Measure rebound at zero load for a unless it is waived by the code official Pile load
minimum ofone hour. tests may be waived by the code official. where
5. For each load increment or decrement, take justified, upon submittal of substantiating data which
readings at the top of the pile and on the include experience andlor performance records for
internal instrumentation at one, two, four, eight pile installations under similar soil and loading
and 15 minutes and at IS-minute intervals conditions prepared by a registered design
thereafter. profeSsional experienced in geotechnical aspects of
A load greater than 200% ofthe allowable design foundation design.
load (or 150% of the allowable design load for
11817.6.11 Required test load: A single pile shall
pile groups) may be applied at the top ofthe pile.
be load tested to not less than 200% ofthe design
•
using the above loading procedure, to ensure that
lateral load.
780 CMR 1817.4.1 is fulfilled. Other optional
methods listed in ASTM Dl143 may be approved 11317.6.2 'fest serop SIull Hoading jplJ"Ocediullre: The
by the code official upon submittal in advance of load. test setup instrumentation and loading
satisfactory justification prepared by a registered procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM
design professional who is qualified in this field.. D3966 listed in Appendix AI.
1817.4.4 Selection of design load: Provided that Jl817.6.3 Selection of design load: The design
the allowable design load does not exceed the load snail be selected by· the responsible
load allowed in 780 CMR 1817.0 for the type Qf registered design professional. base<J upon
. pile and provided that the allowable design load interpretation ofthe load-deflection data from the
does not exceed 100% ofthe load supported in the. load test.
bearing stratum (or % ofthe load supported in the
bearing stratum for friction piles or pile groups) 1811.'7.7 Tens!ollll Boad tests: The allowable load on
when the maximum test load is applied, then the piles in tension shall be verified by test unless it is
allowable design load shall be the greater of the waived by the code officiaL Pile load test may be
following: . . waived by the code official. where justified, upon'
1. Allowable design load based on settlement submittal of substantiating data which includes
during loading: 50% of the applied test load experience andlor performance records for pile
which causes a gross settlement at the pile installations under similar soil and loading
cutoff grade equal .to the sum of: a) the ·conditions prepared by a registered design
theoretical elastic compression of the pile in professional experienced in the geotechnical aspects
inches .assuming all the load on the butt is .offoundation design.
transmitted to the tip, plus b) 0.15 inch
(3.8 mm), plus c) 1% ofthe pile tip diameter .or 13Jl.7.7.1 Required load test: A single pile or a
pile width in inches. If the settlements are so pile group shall be load tested to not less than
small that the load-settlement curve does not 200010 ofthe design load for transient loads (i.e.:
intersect the failure criterion, the allowable . earthquake and wind) and 250% for sustained
design load shall be 50% of the maximum test loads.
•
load. lUi.il7.7.2 Test setup and Boading procedure: The
2. Allowable design load based on the net load test setup, instrumentation and loading
.settlement after rebou,ld: 50% of the applied procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM
test load which results in a net settlement at the D3689.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 eMIR. - Sixth Edition 325

•
1818.3 Pile cap seismic connectiOli: All structural
1817.7.3 Selection of design load: Provided the
steel piles shall be connected to the pile cap with a
allowable design load does not exceed the
connection detail designed for a minimum tensile
allowable stresses in the pile materials, the
force equal to 10% of the pile compression design
allowable design lmid shall be the lower of t~e
load.
following:
1. 50% (for transient loads) or 40% (for
1818.4 Dimensions orB-piles: Sections ofH-piles
sustained loads) of the applied test load which
.shall comply with the criteria of 780 CMR -1818.4.1
results in a net :upward movement of ~ inch -at
through 1818.4.4.
the top of the pile after removal of the
maXimwn test load (The gross .upward . 1818.4.1 Flanges: The flange projections shall not
movement minus the rebound movement). exceed 14 times the minimum thickness of metal·
2. 50% (for transient loads) or 40% (for in either the flange or the web, and the flange
sustained loads) of the applied test load which widths shall not be "less than 80% _of the· depth of
results in continuous upward movement with the section.
no increase in load. .
1818.4.2 Depth: The nominal depth in the
direction of the web shall not be less than eight
1817.8 Bearing capacity: Individual piles and
inches.
groups ofpiles shall develop ultimate load capacities
of at least twice the design working loads in the 1818.4.3 Thickness: Flanges and webs shall have
designate<i bearing layers. Where weaker materials a minimum nominal thickness of 3Ja inch
underlie the load bearing material into which the (9.5 rom).
piles are driven, the allowable pile load shall be
1818.4.4 Tip reinforcement: The tips of ail steel
limited by the prov~sion that the vertical pressures in
H piles having a thickness of metal less than 5/1 0
such underlying materials produced by the l.oads on
inches (12.7 mm) which are driven to eqd bearing
all piles in a foundation shall not exceed the
on rock of Classes 1 through 3 by an impact
allowable bearing pressures of such materials as
hammer shall be reinforced. The installation of
provided in Table 1804.3 or as established by
all steel H piles by impact hammer to end bearing
analysis, applying accepted principles of soil
•
on rock of Classes 1 through 3 shall be conducted
mechanics. Piles or pile groups shall be assumed to
so as to tenninate driving when the pile reaches
transfer their loads to the underlying materials by
refusal on the rock surface.
spreading the load uniformly at an angle of 60° with
the horizontal, starting at a polygon circumscribing
780 CMR 1819.0 CONCREIE-FllJED
the piles at the top of the satisfactory bearing
STEEL PIPE AND roBE PILES
material in which they are embedded; but the area
·considered as supporting the load shall not extend 1819.1 Material: Steel pipe and tube piles shall
beyond the intersection of the 60° planes of adjacent confonn to ASTM A252 or A283 listed in
piles or pile groups. Appendix A. Concrete shall confonn to 780 CMR
- 1820.1.1.
1817.9 Bent piles: The load bearing capacity ofpiles
discovered to have a sharp or sweeping bend shall be . 1819.2 Allowable stress:
" determined by an approved method of analysis or by 1819.2.1 Top driven piles: The allowable design
load testing a representative pile. compressive stress in the concrete' shall . not
exceed 25% ofthe 28-day compressive strength of
1817.10 Overloads on· piles: The maximum the concrete or 1,100 pounds per square inch
compressive load on any pile due to mislocation whichever is smaller. The maximum allowable
. shall not
.
exceed 110% of the allowable design load.
"
compressive stress in the steel shall not exceed
9~000psi.
780 CMR 1818.0 SfRUCllJRAL
SIEELPILES 1819.2.2 Mandrel driven piles: For piles
installed with mandrels which transmit driving
1818.1 Materials: Structural steel piles and fully
stresses to the bottom of the st~el pipe, the
welded steel piles fabricated from plates shall
aliowable design compressive stress in the
confonn to ASTM A36, A252, A283, A572 or A588
concrete shall not exceed 33% of the 28-day
specified compressive strength. !he allowable
design compressive stress in the steel shall not
1818.2 Allowable stress: The allowable design
exceed 35% of the minimum specified yield
compressive stress shall not exceed 35% of the
strength of the steel. The maximum allowable
•
minimum specified yield strength of the stet?1 nor
design stress shall be limited to 50% of the
12,600 psi.· The maXimum allowable design stress
minimum specified yield strength of the steel
shall be limited to 50% of the minimum specified
where higher stresses are substantiated by
yield strength of the steel where higher stresses are
780 CMR 1817.
substantiated by 780 CMR 1817.5.

FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINlNG WALLS
1819.3 Reinforcement: Except for steel dowels Jl819.3.2 Pile c~p seismic connection: AU
embedded five feet (l.5m) or Jess in the pile and as concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles shall be
provided for in 780 CMR 1802.2 and 1802.~, connected to the pile cap, by providing
reinforcement, where required, shan be assembled longitudinal reinforcement at .the top of the pile
and tied together and shall be placed in the pile as a equal to 1 % of the pile cross-sectional area The
unit before the reinforced portion of the pile is filled reinforcement shall extend· into the pile· for a
with concrete. . length equal to two times the required embedment
anchorage into the pile cap. The embedment in
1819.3.1 Seismic reinforcement: All pipe piles
the pile cap shan equal the development length.as
shall have over their full length a minimum area
specified in ACI 318 ~ listed in Appendix A.
of steel, after allowance for corrosion, of 0.25
The development length to be provided in the cap
percent of the pile cross-sectional area .for
is the full development. length for compression'
buildings· assigned. to Seismic· Performance
without reduction in length for excess area. Field-
Category C, and a minimum area of steel of 0..50
placed dowels anchored in the concrete are
percent for" buildings assigned to Seismic
acceptable.
Performance Category D. in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.2.7.
• 1119/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 326.1

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULAnONS AND STANDARbs
THE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUll..DING CODE
-NON-TEXT PAGE
-.
1819.4 Minimum dimensions: Piles shall have a (610 nun) of the pile length shall be four inches
nominal outside diameter of not less than eight (IOZ rom). Tie detailing shall be in accordance
inches (203 mm) and a minimum wall thickness of with 780 CMR 1903.4 .
. 1/10 inch (2.5 mm), except that for piles driven open For Seismic Performance Category D
ended, the nominal outside diameter shall not be less buildings, the pile reinforcing shall be
than ten inches (254 mm) and the waIl thickness not minimum of four longitudinal bars with closed
less than ~ inch (6.4 mm) .for diameters less than 14 ties, or equivalent spirals, having a minimum.
inches (356 mm) and 3fa inch (9.5 nun) for diameters diameter of % inch, for piles with a diameter of
greater than 14 inches. Pipe of lesser wall thickness 20 inches (205 rom) or less; and a minimum tie
may be. used if a suitable cast steel cutting shoe is ·.diameter of ~ inch, for piles with a .diameter
provided. more than 20 inches (508 mm)~ The ties shall
be provided at a minimum spacing of eight
1819.5 Placing concrete: The placement ofconcrete times the longitudinal reinforcing bar diameter.
shall conform to 780 CMR 1820.1.3 and 1820.5. The maximum tie spaCing in the top four feet
(1.2 m) of the pile length shall be three inches
780 CMR 1820.0 CASfmlN~PLArn (76mm)
CONCRElE PILES Exception: Pile ties or spirals are not
1820.1 General: 780 CMR 1820.0 includes angered required where pennanent metal casing
uncased piles, pressure injected footings (enlarged (steel pipe; steel tube or spiral-welded steel
base piles), cased poured piles, and small diameter shell) is used, provided the casing has
grouted piles. Unless otherwise noted, the materials, minimum thickness as follows: for Seismic
reinforcing and installation shall confonn to. . Perfonnance Category C buildings, 0.058
780 CMR 1820.1.1 through 1820.1.3. inch (1.5 mm), and for Seismic Peifonnance
Category D buildings, 0.070 inch (1.8mm).
1820.1.1 Material: All concret~ shall have a
The steel casing must be adequately
28-day specified compressive strength (f' c) of not
protected from corrosion due to soil,
less than 3,000 psi (2.11 kglnun2). The maximum
changing water levels or other subgrade
size ofcoarse aggregate for all concrete shall be %
conditions indicated by the site soil·
inch (19 nun), and the concrete shall have a slump
investigation.
of four to seven inches (l02 rnm to 178 mm). H
concrete is to be pumped, the mix design· 1820.].2.2 Pile ~ap seismic conne~tion: AU
including slump shall be adjusted to produce a cast-in-place concrete piles shall be connected
pumpable concrete. to the pile cap by extending the pile reinforcing
into the pile cap for a distance equal to the
1820.1.2 Reinforcement: Except for steel dowels ~evelopment length as specified in ACI 318
embedded five feet (1.5 m) or less in the pile and listed in Appendix A. The development length
as provided for in 780 CMR 1820.2 and 1820.6, to be provided in the cap is the fun
reinforcement, where required, shall be assembled development length for compression without
and tied together and shall be placed in the pile as reduction in length for excess area. Field-
a unit before the reinforced portion·oftbe pile is placed. dowels anchored at least twice the
filled with concrete. required cap development length are
1820.1.2.1 Seismic ll"einfoIrcement: All acceptable. .
cast-in-place concrete piles shall have
11820.1.3 Installation: For all cased pileS, the
lninimum reinforcement of 0.25% of the pile
inside of the pipe or casing shall be thoroughly
cross-sectional area for buildings assigned to
cleaned to the bottom and visually inspected prior· .
. Seismic Performance Category C, and a
to filling with concrete. The piles shall be poured
minimum reinforcement of0.50%for buildings
in such a manner as to exclude all foreign matter
assigne<:l to Seismic Performance Category D
and to assure a well-fonned unit of full cross-
in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.2.7. The
section. The concreting shall be subject to the
reinforcing shal.l be placed in the top % of the
folJowing limitations. .
pile length or extend"ten feet (3 m) from the top·
1. The diameter shall not vary more than 20%
of the pile, whichever is the longer length.
from the specified value.
For Seismic Perfonnance Category C
2. Concrete shall not be placed through water
buildings, the pile reinforcing shall be a
except where tremie methods are approved. .
minimum offour longitudinal bars with closed
3.· When depositing concrete from the top of
ties. or equivalent spir81s, having a minimum
diameter of % inch. The ties shall be provided
the pile, the concrete flow shall be rapid and
. at a maximum· spacing of 16 times the continuous, and c.entered at the top of the pile.
longitudinal reinforcing bar diameter. The
maximum ~e spacing in the top two feet

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE aUILDING CODE
-4. After filling with concrete, the top ten feet of the tip closure and pumping cement grout o~
(3 m) shall be thoroughly rodded. concrete thraugh the hollow-stem while the
5. No pile shall be installed within a distance - - hollow-stem .auger is extracted. During
ofnine feet (2.7 m) from a pile which has been advancement, the hollow-stem auger shall be
filled with concrete for less than 12 hours, rotated rapidly such that the material through
unless approved. which the auger is being advanced is removed by
the auger flights and is not displaced laterally by
1820.2 Augered uDeased piles: the auger. During withdrawal, if the hollow stem
auger is rotated, it shall be rotated iri a positive
1820.2.1 Definition: An augered uncased pile is
(advancing) direction.
defined as a structural member installed utilizing
1. The grout or concrete shall be pumped
a hollow-stem auger no less than 12 inches
under continuous pressure and in one
(305 nun) in outside diameter which extends to
continuous operation. Grout or concrete pump
satisfactory bearing materials tQ develop support
pressures shall be measured and maintained at
by end bearing and/or friction in those materials.
all tirnes sufficiently high to offset hydrostatic
1820.2.2 Pile diameter: The design -pile and lateral earth pressures. The rate of
di,ameter shall be taken as the outside diameter of withdrawal of the auger shall be carefully
the hollow stem auger. controlled to exclude all foreign matter and
ensure that the augered hole is completely
1820.2.3 Allowable design stresses: Except as
filled with grout or concrete as the auger is
provided in 780 CMR 1817.5, the design stresses
withdrawn. The actual volume of grout or
shall not exceed the following values:
concrete pumped into each hole shall be equal
1. For compression loads: The maximum
to, or greater than , the theoreti~al volume of
allowable design stress'on the cement grout or
the augered hole.
concrete shall be 33% ofthe specified 28- day
2. If the grouting or concreting process of any
unconfined compressive strength, but not
pile is interrupted, or a loss of concreting
exceeding 1,600 psi. The maximum allowable
pressure occurs, the pile shall be redriJled to its
design stress on the s~eel reinforcing, including
original depth plus six inches (152 mm) (unless
pennanent steel casing, shall be 40% of ~e
•
bearing on rock) and filled from the bottom.
minimum specified yield strength, but not
3.. Augered uncased piles shan not be installed
exceeding 24,000 psi.
within six pile diameters (center-to-center) of
2. For tension loads: The maximum allowable
a pile :filled with grout or concrete less than 24- -
design tensile stress on the steel reinforcing
hours old except where approved by- the code
shall be 60% of the minimum specified yield
official.
strength. The allowable design tensile stress
on the cement grout shall be zero. 1820.2.7 Records: The owner shall engage a
registered design projessional to monitor the
1820.2.4 Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall
installation of augered uncased piles in
be as required in 780 CMR 1820.1., except
accordance with 780CMR 1816."13.- The design
reinforcement may be placed after withdrawal of
professional or his representative shan make an
the auger where approved by the code official.
accurate n:~ord ofthe installation equipment used,
1820.2.4.1 Concrete cover: The minimum pile -dimensions, grout or concrete volumes,
concrete cover shall be 2~ inches (64 mm) for reinforcement, interruptions or delays in pile
l;U1cased shafts and one inch (25 mm) for cased installation, and all other pertinent installation
. shafts. data.
1820.2.4.2 Corrosion protection: Corrosion
1820.2~8 Instrumentation: The continuous-
protection sh~l be as detailed in 780 CMR
flight auger rig utilized to install augered uncased
1820.6.6.
piles shall be equipped with data logging
1820.2.5 Minimum spacing: The minimum equipment that automatically monitors and
center-to-center spacing between adjacent· piles produces a. real-time printout of depth; grout or. -
sh~ not be less than 30 inches (760 mm) or two concrete piiessure,-grout or cqncrete flow, and rate
times the pile diameter, whichever is greater. In of auger withdrawal.. The automatic monitoring
addition, for groups of friction piles, the overall equipment shall immediately indicate to the
circumference of a pile group shall exceed the equipment operator, and record on the printed
sum of the circumferences of all of the individual record, any instance during the withdrawal of the
piles within the gr<?up. hollow-stem auger where the rate of auger
•
withdrawal times the· theoretical pile cross-
1820.2.6 Installation: Augered uncased piles
sectional area exceeds the rate of grout. or
shall be fonned by advancing a closed-end
concrete placement. A printed instrumentation
continuous-flight hollow-stem auger of unuorm _
readout for each pile sh~ be provided to the
diameter through unsuitable material and into a
satisfactory bearing material followed by removal

design professional's representative upon soil has sufficient strength for proper
completion of each pile. shaft construction.
4. A suitable method shall be employed
1820.3 Driven uncased pile: No provisions. by the contractor and the design
professional to verify and record that the
11.820.4 Pressure-injected footings: (Enlarged !base entire length of the shaft is completely
piles) filled with concrete. Such means shall
include the ability to determine the
1820.4.11. Materials: Concrete shall satisfy the
incremental volume of concrete installed
provisions of 780 CMR. 1820.1.1. Compacted
in relation to the calculated shaft volume.
concrete shall have a zero slump. Reinforcement
shall be as provided in 780 CMR 1820.1.2. R820A.3.2.2Uncased Inigllu-slump COlllcrrette
shaft:
1820.4.2 Allowable design stresses: The 1. Concrete shall be placed at not less
maximum allowable design stress on shaft than eight-inch slump, except that slump
concrete shall be 33% ofthe 28-day strength, but as low as four inches may be allowed if
not exceeding 1,600 psi. The maximum allowable adequate vibration is applied to the drive-
design stress on permanent steel casing, if at least tube during the entire withdrawal process.
1I10-inch (2.5 mm) thick, and on steel reinforcing During withdrawal, the level of concrete
shall be 40% of the minimum specified yield within the tube shall have a positive
strength, but not exceeding 24,000 psi. differential head over external soil and
182004.3 Installation: The installation of water pressures at aU times.
pressure-injected footings shall fulfill the 2. The shaft shall be provided with full-
following requirements: length reinforcing steel anchored in the
enlarged base. At a minimum, provide a
11820.4.3.1 Base:
cage with four, full length, number five
1. The enlarged base of a pressure-injected
reinforcing bars evenly spaced near the
footing shall be formed on or in bearing
shaft perimeter.
materials of Classes 1 to 9 inclusive. The
3. Pressure injected footings located less
Class 9 material (fine sand) shall have a
than nine feet (2.7 m) from a completed
maximum of 15% by weight finer than the
uncased high-slump shaft shall not be
No. 200 mesh sieve and shall be non-plastic,
installed until at least 12 hours after shaft
unless satisfactory load test results or other
pour.
substantiating data are submitted to, and
4. A suitable method shall be employed
approved by, the code official.
by the contractor and the design
2. The compacted concrete placement shall
professional to verify and record that the
be in measured batches, to establish impact
entire length of the shaft is completely
energy required per unit volume of concrete.
filled with concrete. Such means shall
A minimum of one Standard Batch Volume
include the ability to determine the
of concrete, as defined in Table 1820.4,
incremental volume of concrete installed
shall be injected in the base, after expulsion
in relation to the calculated shaft volume.
of the concrete plug or boot used to close
the tube during the driving process. 1820.4.3.2.3 Cased! shaft
1. The permanent metal casing shall be
1820.4.3.2 Shaft installation: fastened to the enlarged base in such a
1820.4.3.2.1 Uncased compacted-concrete manner that the two will not separate.
shaft: 2. Concrete shall be placed in the same .
1. Concrete shaU be placed at zero manner as for cased poured concrete
slump, in small batches, and shall be piles. The requirements of 780 CMR
compacted in place in a· controlled 1820.1.3 shall apply.
manner as the drive-tube is withdrawn.
2. Pressure injected footings formed 1820.4.4 Loadbearnng capacifty:
through soils of Classes 10 and 11, 1. Pile loadbearing capacity shall be verified
located less than nine feet or within the by load tests as required in 780 CMR 1811.4.
heave range from an uncased shaft, shall 2. For loads up to 120 tons, the allowable load
be pre-drilled through such soil. may be computed QY the following formula:
3. An uncased compactedAconcrete shaft
•
shall not be formed through very soft to R:: B x E V %
soft soils of Classes 10 and I I. The code C
official may waive this requirement based
upon satisfactory evidence prepared by a Where:
registered design profeSSional that the R = allowable load in pounds;

B =average number of blows required to

1820.5.2 Allowable design stresses: The load on
inject one cubic foot of concrete, during
cased poured concrete piles shall be as provided
injectiOil of the last batch;
in 780 CMR 1817.0 and shaH not exceed the load
E =Energy per blow in foot-pounds;
computed on the basis of 33% of the 28-day
C =constant; and
strength of the concrete, nor 1,600 psi when
V =total volume of base concrete in cubic
applied to the cross-sectional area computed on
feet.
the following basis:
The values ofR, E, and C shall confonn to
1. For metal-cased piles driven to and into
Table 1820.4 unless other values are
materials of Classes 1 to 4 inclusive, using the
detennined by load test, in which case the
diameter measured one foot (0.3 m) above the
latter values shall control. Use of Table 1820.4
point, except that when the rock is immediately
is limited by the provisions of 780 Cr-AR
overlain by a bearing stratum consisting of one
1817.4.
or a combination of bearing materials of
The value of V shall include an aUowance of
Classes 5, 6, and 7, using the diameter at the
one Standard Batch Volume of concrete, if
surface ofthe bearing stratum.
concrete is used in the tube during the driving
2. For metal-cased piles, driven through
process, plus the additional volume of concrete
compressible materials including Classes 10
injected during formation of the base.
and 11 and into a bearing stratum consisting of
3. During injection ofthe last batch of concrete
one or a combination of bearing materials of
in the base, the height of concrete within the
Classes 5-9 inclusive, using the diameter at the
drive tube shall not be more than % of the
surface of the bearing stratum.
drive-tube inside diameter.
1820.5.3 Installation: Piles shall have steel shells
TABLE 1820.4 or casings which are mandrel-driven their full
R Energy,E
Standard Batch length in contact with the surrounding soil, left
C Volume
(tons) (foot-pounds)
(cubic feet)
permanently in place and filled with concrete.
The requirements of 780 C1\1R 1820.1.3 shaH
apply.
1820.4.5 Loading: 'Dte load on pressure-injected

footings shall be limited by the provisions of
780 Cr-AR 1817.8 except that the circumscribing
polygon shall start at the junction of the shaft and
the enlarged base, and the bearing area shall be
1820.6 Small diameter grouted piles:
1820.6.1 General: 780 CMR 1820.6 covers
grouted cast-in-place piles which are less than 12
inches (305 mm) in diameter and in which all or
a portion ofthe pile is cast directly against the soil
without permanent casing.
•
taken at planes six feet or more below the 1820.6.2 Materials: Concrete or sand-cement
junction, or at the top of weaker material, grout shall satisfy the provisions of 780 CMR
whichever is higher. 1820.1.1.
1820.4.6 Spacing: The center-to-center spacing 1820.6.3 Allowable load: The load on small
of pressure-injected footings with uncased shafts diameter grouted piles shall not exceed the
shall be not less than 2~ times the outside allowable load' computed on the basis of the
diameter of the drive tube and not less than 3 ~ allowable stresses given in 780 CMR 1820.2.3
feet. The center-to-center spacing of pressure- and the requirements of780 CMR 1820.6.3.1 and
injected footings with cased shafts shall be not 1820.6.3.2.
less than three times the shaft diameter. 1820.6.3.1 Minimum reinforcing: The steel
reinforcing shall be designed to carry the
1820.5 Cased poured! concrete piles: Steel-cased
following minimum percentage of the design
piles shaH comply with the requirements of compression load: .
780 CMR 1820.5.1 through 1820.5.4.
1. For a pile or a portion of a pile grouted
1820.5.1 Materials: Concrete shall satisfy the inside a temporary casing, grouted inside a
provisions of 780 CMR 1820.1.1. Pile shells or hole drilled into rock, or grouted with a
casings shall be of steel and shall be sufficiently hollow-stem auger, the reinforcing steel
strong to resist coHapse and sufficiently water shall be designed to carry not less than 40%
tight to exclude any foreign materials during the of the design compression load.
•
placing ofconcrete. The shape of the pile may be 2. For a pile or a portion of a pile grouted
cylindrical, or conical, or a combination thereot: in an open drill hole without temporary or
or it may be a succession of cylinders of equal permanent casing or grouted within
length. with the change in diameter of adjoining materials of Classes 1 through 5, the pile
cylinders not exceeding one inch. shall be designed to carry the entire design
330 780 CMR - Sixth Edition -2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll-DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
compression load on the reinforcing steel. immediately prior to Youting. The reinforc~g
Ifa steel pipe section is used for reinforcing, steel shall be inserted prior to grouting.
any portion of the cement grout enclosed 3. Piles grouted with hoJlow-stem augers: For
within the pipe may also be included at the· piles installed With a hollow,;.stem auger, the
allowable stress for the grout. grout shan. be pumped under continuous
1820.6.3.2 Load test: For all design loads, the pressure, and .the rate of withdrawal of the
aJlowable load shaJI be detennined by load auger shall be carefully controlled to ensure.
tests in accordance with 780 CMR 1817.4. that the hole is completely fiUed with grout as
Load tests may be waived by the code official . the- auger is withdrawn. The actual v01ume of
based on substantiating data and analyses grout pumped for each one foot (0.3 m) of·
prepared by a registered design professional. withdrawal of the auger shall be recorded and
must be equal to or greater than the theoretical
1820.6.3.3 Alternative load test procedure
volume. The reinforcing steel shall be inserted
for friction piles: For piles designed as friction
prior to withdrawal ofthe .auger.
piles, the .friction capacity in compression may
4. . For piles designed for end bearing, a.
be verified by load testing in tension. The
suitable means shall be employed to verify that
tension load test shall be perfornted in
the bearing surface is properly cleaned prior to
accordance with 780 CMR 1817.7, with the
grouting..
following exceptions: .
5. Subsequent piles shan not be drilled or
I. The test pile must be cased or left
driven near piles that have been grouted until
ungrouted down to the top of the bearing
the grout has had sufficient time to harden.
stratum in a manner which will ensure that
no friction resistance is developed above Jl820.6.5·Pile diameter: The design pile diameter
the bearing stratum. shall be taken as:
2. The maximum design load shall be I... The outside diameter of the temporary
taken as 50% of the applied test load which . casing; or
results in a movement under load of ~ inch 2. The diameter of a full circumferential drill
(13 rom) at the pile tip. The movement at bit attached to the bottom of the temporary
the pile tip shall be a.) measured directly by casing; or
a teU-tale or b.) computed by deducting the 3. The outside diameter of the hollow-stem
theoretical elastic elongation of the pile auger; or
from the displacement measured at the top 4. The borehole diameter verified by suitable
ofthe pile. measurements· made immediately prior to
grouting.
1820.6.4 Installation: The pile may be formed in
a hole advanced by rotary or rotary percussive U~20.6.6 Corrosion protection:
drilling methods (with or without temporary 1. l\tfinimum grout cover: Where steel·
casmg), by a hollow-stem auger, or by driving a . reinforcing is not enclosed inside a pennanent
temporary casing. The pile shall be grouted with casing, centralizers shall be provided OID the .
a fluid cement grout. The grout shall be pumped reinforcing to ensure a minimum grout cover of
through a trernie pipe extending to the bottom of one inch (25 mm) in soil and ~ inch (13 mm)
the pile until grout of suitable quality· returns at in rock. Grout cover requirements may be
the top of the pile. reduced when the reinforcing steel is provided
The following requirements apply to specific . with a suitable protective coating. .
installation methods: 2. Permanent steel casing that is used as
I. Piles grouted with temporary casing: For structural reinforcing shall be protected in·
piles grouted inside a temporary casing, the· accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR.
reinforcing steel shall be inserted priOK' to 1816.4.2.
withdrawal of the casing. The casing shall be 3. For piles subjected to sustained tension
withdrawn in a controlled manner with the loading in corrosive environments, the
grout level maintained at the top ofthe pile, to reinforcing ·steel .shall be protected by a
ensure that the grout completely fills the drill su.itable protective coating or encapsulation
hole. During withdrawal of the casing, the method.
grout level inside the casing shall be monitored
]1$20.6.7 Records: The owner shall engage a
to check that the flow ofgrout inside the casing
is lIlOt obstructed.
reiistered design professional to observe tbe
installation of the piles in accordance with
2. Piles grouted without temporary casing:
780 CMR 1816.13. The design professional or .
]For a pile or portion of a pile grouted in an
open drill hole in soil without temporary
his represeiltative shall make an accurate record
casing, the minimum design diameter of the
of the installation· equipment used, pile·
dimensions, grouting volumes and procedures
drill hole shall be verified by a suitable device
used and all other pertinent installation data.
217/97 (Effective 2128/97) . 780 eMIR - Sixth Edition 331

780 CMR: STATE :BOARD OF BUn.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
780 CMR 1821.0 PRECAST CONCREfE

1821.3.1 Design: The effective prestress in the
PILE'S
pile shall not be less than 700 psi (0.49 kglmm2).
1821.1 Design and manufacture: All piles shall be
designed and manufactured in accordance with 1821.3.2 Material: Prestressing steel" shall
accepted engineering practice to resist all stresses confonn to ASTM A416 listed in Appendix A.
induced by handling, driving and service loads. The All concrete shall have a 28-day specified
minimum iateral dimension shall be ten inches compressive strength (f' c) of not less than 5,000
(254 mm). All corners of square piles shall be psi (3.52 kglmm2).
chamfered. Longitudinal steel shall be"arranged in a 1821.3.3 Allowable stress: The maximum
symmetrical pattern and shall be laterally tied with allowable design compressive stress (fc) in
steel ties or wire spiral spaced not more than three concrete shall be determined as foJlows:"
inches (76 nun) apart, center to center, for a distance fc= 0.33 f'c- 0 .27 fpc
of two feet (610 nun) from the ends of the pile; aJ)d where f' c is the 28-day compressive stre"ngth and
not more than six inches (152 mm) elsewhere except fpc is the effective prestress on the gross area of
that at the ends of each pile," the first five ties or the pile section; however, 0.33 f' c shall not
spirals shall be spaced one inch (25 mm) center to exceed 1,600 psi.
center. When driven to or into bearing materials of
Classes 1 "to 6 inclusive, or through materials 1821.3.4 Installation: A prestressed pile shall not
containing boulders, piles shall have ~etal tips of be driven before the concrete has attained a
approved design. compressive strength of at least 4,000 psi (2.81
kglrnm2), but not less than such strength sufficient
1821.1.1 Installation: All piles shall be handled
to withstand handling and driving forces.
and driven so as not to cause injury or
overstressing which affects durability or strength. 1821.3.5 Pile cap" seismic connection:
Prestressed concrete piles shall be connected to
1821.2 Reinforced piles: Reinforced precast the pile cap in accordance with the requirements
concrete piles shall conform to 780 CMR 1821.2.1 "of780 CMR 1820.1.2.2 or by extension of the pile
through 1821.2.5. reinforcing strand into the pile cap. The
embedment of reinforcing into the pile cap shall
1821.2.1 Design: The minimum amount of
develop the strength of the reinforcing strand.
longitudinal reinforcement shall be 2% of the
Prestressed pile cap connections in buildings
concrete section and shall consist of at least four
assigned to Seismic Performance Category D, in
bars.
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.2.7, shall not be
1821.2.2 Material: All concrete shall have a by development of exposed strand.
28-day specified compressive strength (f' c) of not
1821.3.6 Spiral seismic reinforcing: The upper
less than 4,000 psi (2.81 kglmm2). "
two feet of the pile immediately below the pile
1821.2.3 Allowable stress: The allowable cap shall have No.3 ties minimum at not over
compressive stress in the concrete shall not four-inch" spacing. or equivalent spirals. The
exceed 33% of the 28-day specified compressive spiral reinforcement in "prestressed piles for
strength (f' c) nor 1,600 psi applied to the gross buildings assigned to Seismic Perfonnance
cross-sectional area of the pile. Category D, in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.2.7, shall not be less than 0.6% for the full
1821.2.4 Concrete cover: All pile reinforcement
length ofthe pile where subjected to vertical loads
shall have a concrete cover of not less than two
only or where the design bending moment does
inches (51 min), except that piles exposed to sea
not exceed 20%" of the unfactored ultimate
water shall have a minimum protective concrete
moment capacity at balanced strain conditions
cover of three inches (76 rom).
computed in accordance with ACI 318 listed in
1821.2.5 Installation: A precast concrete pile AppendixA.
shall not be driven before the concrete has
attained a compressive strength of at least 3,000 780 CMR 1822.0 TIMBER PILES
psi (2.11 kglmm2), but not less than such strength 1822.1Materials: Round timber piles shall conform
sufficient to withstand handling and driving to AS~M D25listed in AppendixA. Roundtimber
forces. "piling shall be new longleaf, shortleaf. loblolly or
1821.2.6 Pile cap seismic connection: Precast slash species of Southern pine, oak, Douglas fir or
concrete piles shall be connected to the pile cap in other woods of similar strength and physical
".
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR characteristics.
1820.1.2.2.
1822.2 Preservative treatment: Timber piles used
1821.3 Prestressed piles: Prestressed concrete piles to support permanent structures shall be pressure
shall confonn to the requirements of 780 CMR treated in accordance with AWPA C3 listed in
I 1821.3.1 through 1821.3.6. Appendii A for round timber piles. Preservative-

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.-DlNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDAnONS AND RETAlNING WALLS
treated timber piles shall be subject to a. quality 780 CMR 11.824.0 CONCRE"f&FllLEJ[) PIPE
control program administered by an approved " WITH STEEL CORE CAISSONS
agency. Pile cutoffs shall be treated in accordance 11.824.1 Cons~rudiOln: These units shall consist of a
with A WPA M4listed in Appendix A. shaft section of concrete-filled pipe extended to and
frrmly seated in bedrock of Classes I or 2 with an
1822.3 AUowable load: uncased socket drilled into the bedrock which is
Jl822.3.Jl Allowable stress: The allowable"stress filled with cement grout. A steel core shall be
in the timber shall not exceed 1.000 psi in centered in the shaft and shall extend through the
compression at the critical cross-sectional area cement grout to the bottom of the socket. .
taken at the top of the bearing stratum. Piles
designed for end bearing on materials of Cl~sses 1 1824.2 Rock socket: A socket. approximately the
through 5 shall be designed for a maximum stress inside diameter ofthe pipe, shall be made in bedrock
of 500 psi in compression on the pile cross- of Classes 1 or 2 to a depth that will assure load
sectional area at the tip. transfer when computed for bearing on the bottom
surface of the socket in accordance with 780 CMR
Jl822.3.2 Maximum Load: The load on timber 1803.0, 1807.0'and 1817.0 acting together with a
piles shall not exceed the allowable load specified bond stress on the perimeter surface of the socket.
in 780 CMR 1817.0 nor 35 tons. whichever is -The socket design stress shall be determined by a
smaller. registered design projesssional based upon
1822.3.3 Minimum dimensions: Timber piles foundation investigation study in accordance "with
shall be sized to confonn to the minimum tip sizes 780 CMR 1816, but in no case will the design bond
as specified in ASTM D25 but no less than six stress on the perimeter of the socket exceed 200 psi.
inches (152 mm) in diameter at the tip. Load tests. in accordance with 780 CMR 1817 A.
may be required by the code official if foundation
11.822~4 Precautions during drh'ing: investigation data are judged insufficient to verify
the selected bond stress. The minimum socket depth
1822.4.lI. Hammer energy: Pile hammer energy shall be at least equal to the diameter of the pipe.
shall be selected to prevent damage to the pile. but Before placement of concrete, the socket and" pipe
in no case shall the maximum hammer energy. as shall be thorougWy cleaned and the rock inspected
rated by the manufacturer, exceed 18,000 ft.lbs. by a registered design professional or his qualified
For end bearing piles. on materials of Class 1 representative.
through 5. the maximum hammer energy shall be
red~ced. 11824.3 Seismic design: AU caisson piles shall meet
11.822.4.2 Driving resistance: Driving shall be "the seismic design requirements of 780 CMR
stopped immediately when abrupt high resistance 1819.3.
to penetration is encountered. Any sudden
decrease in driving resistance of an end-supported 11824.4 Ma~erial: Pipe and steel cores shall conform
timber pile shall be investigated"with regard to the to the material requirements in 780 CMR 1818.0.
possibility of damage. H the sudden decrease in Pipe shall have a minimum diameter of I8inches"
driving "resistance cannot be "correlated to "(457 min) and a minimum wall thickness of 3Je inch
loadbearing data, the pile shall be removed for (9.5 rom) and shall be fitted with a suitable steeR
inspection or rejected. driving shoe welded to the bottom of the pipe. AU
concrete shall have a 28-day specified.compressive
780 CMR 1823.0 COMPOSITE PILES strength (j'c) of not less than 4,000 psi (2.8 X
kglmm2). The concrete mix shall be designed and
1823.1 Design: Composite piles consisting oftwo or
proportioned so as to produce a cohesive workable
more approved pile types shall be designed to meet
mix with a slump of four inches (l02 rom) to six
the conditions of installation. -
inches 052 nun).
1823.2 Limitation ofBoad: The maximum allowable
]824.5 Strnctural core: The gross cross-sectional
load shall be limited by the capacity of the weakest
area of the structural steel core shall not exceed 25%
section incorporated in the pUe.
of the gross area of the caisson. The minimum
clearance between the structural core and the pipe
Jl823.3 Spikes: Splices between concrete and steel
shan be two inches (5 I nun). H cores are lobe
or wood sections shall be designed to prevent
spliced, the ends shall be milled or ground to provide
separation both before and after the concrete portion
full contact and shall be full-depth welded.
has set. and to insure the aligrunent and transmission
of the total pile load. Splices shall be designed to
1824.6 Allowable stress: The" allowable design
resist uplift caused by upheaval during driving of
compressive stresses shall not exceed the following:
adjacent piles. and shall develop the full compressive
concrete. 0.33 f' c; steel pipe, 0.35 f y; and structural
strength and not less than 50% of the tension and
I bending strength of the weaker section. steel core. 0.50 f y. "

•
1824.7 Installation: The rock socket and pile· shall overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure
be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign materials before and water uplift. Retaining. walls shall be designed
filling with cement grout and concrete. Steel cores· to resist seismic loads in accordance with 780 CMR
shall ·be bedded in cement grout at the base of the 1612.4.9.
rock socket.
1825.3 Hydrostatic pressure: Unless drainage is
1824.8 Spacing: The minimum. center-to-center proVided, the hydrostatic head ofthe water pressure
spaCing shall be not less than 2% times the outside shall be assumed to be equal to the height of the
diameter of the steel shell. . wall.
780 CMR 1825.0 RETAINING WALLS 1825.4 Coping: All masonry retaining walls, other
1825.1 General: Walls built to retain or support the . than reinforced concrete walls, shall be protected
lateral pressure of earth or water or other with an approved coping.
superimposed· loads shall be. designed and
constructed of approved masonry, reiilforced 1825.5 Guards:· Where retaining walls with
concrete, steel sheet· piling or other approved differences in grade level on either side of the wall
materials within the allowable stresses specified in in excess offour feet (1.2 m) are located closer than
780 CMR 2311.7. . two feet (0.6 m) to a walk, path, parking lot or
driveway on the high side, such retaining walls shall
1825.2 Design: Retaining walls shall b~ designed to be provided· with guards that are constructed in
resist the pressure ofthe retained material, including accordance with 780 CMR1021.0 or- other approved
both dead and live load surcharges to which such protective measures.
walls are subjected, and to insure' stability against
334 78.0 CMR - Sixth Edition ('.orrected- 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
•
CHAPTER 19
CONCRETE
780 CMR 1901.0 CONCRElE DESIGN grillage beam, or to support masonry walls and
STANDARDS partitions, including trusses, isolated lintels
spanning an opening of eight feet (2438 mm) or
1901.1 Reinforced and prestressed concrete:
Structural members ofreinforced concrete, including more, and any other member required to brace a
prestressed concrete, shall be designed and column or a truss.
Secondary: Any member of the structural
constructed in accordance with the provisions of
framework other than a primary member,
780 CMR19 and ACI 318 listed in Appendix A,
hereafter referred to in 780 CMR 19 as ACI 318. including fill-in beams offloor systems.
1901.2 Plain concrete: Structural members of plain 700 CMR 1903.0 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
concrete shall be designed and constructed in FOR REINFORCED CONCRElE
accordance with the provisions of 780 Cl\1R 19 and ]1903.Jl. General: The design and construction of
ACI 318.1 listed in Appendix A. Concrete that is reinforced concrete ,components that resist seismic
either unreinforced or contains less reinforcement forces shall conform to the requirements of
than the minimum specified for reinforced concrete 780 CMR 1903.0 and ACI 318 except as modified
by ACI 318 shall be classified as plain concrete. by 780 CMR 1903.1.1.
Plain concrete shall not be used for structural
1903.Jl.l Modifications to ACll 318: The sections of
members where special design considerations are
ACI 318 shall be modified as indicated in 780 CMR
required for blast forces, unless specifically
1903.1.1 items 1 through 13.
approved.
1. Modify Section 8.1.2 to read: "except where
load combinations of 780 CMR 1616, including
•
180 Cl\1R 1902.0 DEFINITIONS
seismic forces, are used, design of nonprestressed
1902.1° General: The following words and terms reinforced concrete members using Appendix AI,
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 19 and as used Alternate Design Method, is permitted. "
elsewhere in 780 C:MR have the meanings shown 2. Replace ACI 318 Section 9.2.3 with 780 CMR
herein. 1616.
3. Add the following definitions to Section 21.1
Admixture: Material other than water, aggregate or of ACI 318:
hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of "Confined region: That portion of a reinforced
concrete and added to concrete before or during concrete component in which the concrete is
mixing to modify the properties of the concrete. confined by closely spaced special transverse
Cementitious material: A material specified in reinforcement restraining the concrete in
780 CI\1R 1906.0 which has cementing value directions perpendicular to the applied stress. II
when used in concrete either by itself, such as "Joint: That portion of a column bounded by the
portland cement or blended hydraulic cements, or highest and lowest surfaces of the other
when used in combination with portland cement members framing into it. II
or blended hydraulic cement, such as fly ash, raw "Special transverse reinforcement: Reinforcement
or calcined natural pozzolans or ground~ composed of spirals, closed stirrups, or hoops
granulated blast-furnace slag. and supplementary cross ties provided to
restrain the concrete and qualify the portion of
Concrete: A mixture of portland cement or any the component, where used, as a confined
other hydraulic cement, fine and course region."
aggregates and water, with or without admixtures, 4. Replace ACI 318 Sections 21.2. 1.3 and
of such proportions and manipulation as to meet 21.2.1.4 with the requirements of 780 CMR
specific requirements. 1903.3 through 1903.6.
Concrete9 reinforced: Concrete with rno less 5. Modify Section 21.2.1.5 to read: IIA
reinforcement than required by 780 CMR, reinforced concrete structural system not
prestressed or nonprestressed, and designed on the satisfying the requirements of 780 CMR. 19,
including those composed of precast elements, is
•
assumption that the two materials act together in
resisting forces (see 780 CMrR. 1901.1). allowed if it is demonstrated by experimental
evidence and analysis that the proposed system
Member will have strength and toughness equal to or
Primary: Any member of the structural frame of exceeding that provided by a comparable
a building or structure used as a column or

monolithic reinforced concrete structure satisfying load analysis in accordance with the factored
780 CrvIR 19."
6. Add the following to the end of Section
21.2.5.1: "Post-tensioning tendons are allowed in
flexural members of frames provided the average.
prestress Upe) calculated for an area equal to the
member's shortest cross-sectional dimension
multiplied by the perpendicular dimension, does
loads and combinations of loads specified in
780 CMIR 1616.0.
12. Renumber existing Sections 21.6.6 through
21.6.8 to Sections 21.6.7 through 21.6.9,
respectively, and add a new Section 21.6.6 to
read:
21.6.6 Coupling beams: A coupling beam (beam
•
not exceed 350 psi." which interconnects two shear walls in their own
7. Add a new Section 21.3.2.5 to read: "For plane) with clear-span-to-effective-depth ratio
members in which prestressing tendons are used (lrld) of less than four and with factored shear
together with ASTM A706 or A615 (Grades 40 or force (Vu) exceeding 4lf'cbw d shall be
60) reinforcement to resist earthquake-induced provided with shear reinforcement as specified in
forces, prestressing tendons shall not provide Sections 21.6.6.1 through 21.6.6.3.
more than one-quarter of the· strength for both
21.6.6.1 Factored shear force (Vu) shall be
positive moments and negative moments at the
resisted by two intersecting groups of symmetrical
joint face. Anchorages for tendons shall be
diagonally placed bars extending across the full
demonstrated to perform satisfactorily for seismic
length of the member and adequately anchored
loadings. Anchorage assemblies shall withstand,
within the shear walls. Each group shall consist
without failure, a minimum of 50 cycles of
ofa minimum offour bars providing an area (Avd)
loading ranging between 40 and 85% of the
. not less. than that calculated by the following
minimum specified strength of the tendon.
formula:
Tendons shall extend through exterior joints and Vu
be anchored at the exterior face of the joint or
beyond."
Avd"---
2fy sin a.
8. Modify Section 21.3.3.4 to read: "Where
hoops are not required, stirrups with 135-degree where: a. is the angle between the diagonal
or greater hooks with six bar diameter but not less reinforcement and the longitudinal axis of the
•
than three-inch extensions shall be located member.
throughout the length of the member and spaced
21.6.6.2: Contribution of the diagonal
not more than one-half the distance from the
reinforcement to nominal flexural strength of the
extreme compression fiber to the centroid of
coupling beam shall be included.
tension reinforcement (d). II
9. Add a new Section 21.4.4.7 to read: "At any 21.6.6.3 Each group of diagonally placed bars
section where the nominal strength (4lPn) of the shall be enclosed in special transverse
column is less than the sum of the shear eVe) reinforcement confonning to Sections 21.4.4.1
computed in accordance with Section 21.4.5.1 for through 21.4.4.3. For the purpose of computing
all of the beams framing into the column above Ag in ac:cordance with Equations 10-5 and 21-3,
the level under consideration, special transverse rmnimum cover as specified in Section 7.7 shall
reinforcement shall be provided. For beams be assumed over each group of diagonally placed
framing into opposite sides of the column, the· reinforcing bars."
moment components are allowed to be assumed to 13. Modify the title of Section 21.8 to read:
be of opposite sign. For determination of the. "Requirements for Intermediate Moment Frames"
nominal strength (Pn) of the column, these
moments are allowed to be assumed to result from 1903.2 Headed bolts and headed stud anchors in
the deformation of the frame in anyone principal concrete: Headed bolts and headed stud anchors
axis." . shall be solidly cast in concrete. The factored loads
10. Add to the end of Section 21.6.1: "A cast-in- on embedded headed bolts and headed stud anchors
place topping on a precast floor system is allowed shall not exceed the design strengths determined by
to serve·as a diaphragm provided that the cast-in- 780 C~ 1903.2.2.
place topping is proportioned and detailed to
resist the design shear forces. Where untopped 1903.2.1 Load factor multipliers: In addition to
the load factors in 780 CMR 1616.1, a multiplier
precast elements are used as diaphragms, the
of 2 shall be used if special inspection is not
• strength reduction factor (4l) for connections
between elements shall be 0.5 except that for provided, or a multiplier of 1.3 shalJ be used if
special inspection is provided. Where anchors are
connection' elements that form a continuous tie
embedded in the tension zone of a member, the
across and through the untoppedelement,
load factors in 780 CMR 1616.1 shall have a
extending across the diaphragm, the strength
multiplier of 3 if special inspection is not
reduction factor (4l) shall be 0.7."
provided or of2 if it is provided.
11. Modify Section 21.6.3 to read: "The design
shear force (Vu) shall be obtained from the lateral
336 . 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

CONCRETE
li903.2.2 Strength oil' anchors: The strength of Pu = Tensile strength required due to factored
headed bolts and headed stud anchors solidly cast loads (pounds).
in concrete shalJ be taken as the average of ten Vu = Shear strength required due to factored
tests for each concrete strength and anchor size or loads (pounds).
calculated in accordance with 780 Cl\iIR
A. = One for normal-weight concrete, 0.75 for
1903.2.2.1 through 1903.2.2.3. The loadbearing
all lightweight concrete, and 0.85 for sand-
area of headed anchors shall be at least 1~ times lightweight concrete.
the shank area for anchors of not more than
60,000 psi yield strength. 4> = Strength reduction factor shall be taken as
0.65, except <p is permitted to be taken as 0.85
1903.2.2.1 Strength in teJrnsion: The strength where the anchor is attached to or hooked
of anchors in"tension shall be the minimum of around reinforcing steel or otherwise
Ps or <p Pc where: terminated so as to transfer effectively forces
to reinforcing steel that is designed to
PJt = O.9A b l's distribute forces and avert sudden local failure.
and Where the edge distance is less than
<l>Pc = ~A. {f: (2. 8As + 4At ) embedment length, reduce 4> Pc
proportionately. For multiple edge distances
where:
less than the embedment length, use multiple
reductions.
Ab = Area (in square inches) of bolt or stud.
Must be used with the corresponding steel 1903.2.2.2 Strength in shear: The strength of
properties to determine the weakest part of the anchors in shear shall be the minimum of Vs or
assembly in tension. In shear, the insert leg is ep Vc where:
not required to be checked. V.ll =. O.iSA b f P
a
A = The sloping area (in square inches) of an
atsumed failure surface. For a single anchor or and where loaded toward an edge greater than
anchors in a group where the distance between ten diameters away:
anchors is equal to or greater than twice their
• embedment length, the surface is assumed to

be that of a truncated cone radiating at a 45-
degree slope from the loadbearing edge of the
anchor to the surface (i.e., At = 0).
For anchors in a group where the distance
between anchors is less than twice their
embedment length, the failure surface is
<l>Vc = <i>800A b A.
diameters away:
where:
If'c
or where loaded toward an edge less than ten
assumed to be that of a truncated pyramid de = Edge distance from the anchor

. axis to the
radiating at a 45 degree slope from the
0
free edge.
loadbearing edge of the anchor group to the For groups of anchors, the concrete design
surface. Additionally, for thin sections with shear strength shall be taken as the smallest of:
anchor groups, the failure surface shall 1. The strength ofthe weakest anchor times
assumed to follow the extension of this slope the number of anchors;
through to the far side rather than truncate as in 2. The strength of the row of anchors
At, (i.e., At = 0), and the failure mode resulting nearest the free edge in the direction of shear
in the lower value of <P Pc shall control. times the number of rows; or
At = The area (in square inches) of the flat 3. The strength of the row farthest from the
bottom ofthe truncated pyramid of an assumed free edge in the direction of shear.
concrete" failure surface. Where anchors in a For shear loading toward an edge less than ten
group are closer than twice their embedment diameters away, or tension or shear not toward
length, the failure surface pyramid is assumed an edge less than four diameters away.
to truncate at the anchor loadbearing edge reinforcing sufficient to carry the load shall be
rather than form separate cones. provided to prevent failure of the concrete in
l'c = Specified compressive strength of tension. In no case shall the edge distance be
concrete (psi), which shall not be taken greater less than 3113 diameters for shear loading
than 6,000 psi.
toward an edge, or 11h diameters for tension or
f I = Ultimate tensile strength (in psi) of the shear not toward an edge.
•
bok stud or insert leg wires, which shall not be
taken greater than 60,000 psi. For AJ07 bolts
n903.2.2.3 Combined! tension and! shesr:
Where tension and shear act simultaneously.
or Al 08 studs, f's shall be pennitted to be
both of the following shan be met:
assumed to be 60,000 psi.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sbeth Edition 337

780 CNtR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGtITJATIONS AND STANDARDS
be intermediate moment frames conforming to
•
780 CMR 1903.3.1, or special moment frames
conforming to 780 CMR 1903.3.2.
1903.4.2 Discontinuous members: Columns
and supporting reactions from discontinuous stiff
members, such as walls," shall be provided with
special transverse reinforcement at the spacing
(so) as defined in Section 21.9.5.1 of ACI 318
over their full height beneath the level at which
the discontinuity occurs. This special transverse
reinforcement shall be extended above and below
1903.2.3 Special provisions for anchor bolts in
the column as required by Section 21.4.4.5 of ACI
tops of columns: Anchor bolts at the tops of
318.
columns shall be enclosed with not less than two
#4 ties located within four inches from the top of 1903.4.3 Shear walls: The design shear strength
the column. Bolts in the tops of columns shall be of shear walls shall be calculated as the maximum
embedded not les~ than nine bolt diameters. shear obtained from design load combinations
which include twice the earthquake effect
1903.3 l\'loment frames: Moment frames shall calculated in accordance with the provisions of
comply with 780 CtvIR 1903.3.1, or 1903.3.2. 780 CMR.
1903.4.4 Shear walls in Dual Systems: Shear
1903.3.1 Intermediate moment frames:
walls acting in combination with a moment frame
Intermediate moment frames shall comply with
in a Dual System shall conform to sections 21.2
the requirements of Section 21.8 of ACI 318, through 21.6 in ACI 318 as modified by
except as follows: 780 CMR 1903.1.1.
1903.3.1.1 Transverse reinforcement for frame
members subjected principally to bending, 1903.5 Seismic Performance Category D:
where the factored axial compressive force on Buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
the members do not exceed (Agf' ell 0), shall Category D shaH conform to all of the requirements
comply with Section 21.3.3 of ACI 318. for Seismic Performance Category C, and to the
1903.3.1.2 Transverse reinforcement for frame requirements of 780 CMR 1903.5.1 through
members subjected to bending and axial load, 1903.5.3.
where the factored axial compressive force on
1903.5.1 Moment frames: All moment frames
the members exceeds (Agf'c!10), sh~l comply that are part of the seismic-resisting system,
with Section 21.4.4 of A-cI 318.
regardh~ss of height, shall be special moment
1903.3.1.3 Transverse reinforcement as frames c:onforming to 780 CMR 1903.3.2.
specified in Section 21.4.4 of ACI 318 shall be
provided within joints of frames, for the full 1903.5.:! Seismic-resisting system: All materials
height of the joints, except that it may be and components in the seismic-resisting system
omitted over the depth of the shallowest beam shall conform to Sections 21.2 through 21.6 in
where beams frame into all four sides of ACI 3 18, as modified by 780 CMR 1903. 1.1.
columns. 1903.5.3 Frame members not proportioned to
1903.3.1.4 Moment frames composed of two resist earthquake forces: All frame components
way slabs without beams shall not be used to which are not part of the seismic-resisting system
resist lateral seismic forces. Delete Section shall conform to 780 CMR 1612.4.4.3.3 and to
21.8.6 of ACI 318. Section 21.7.1.1 or 21.7.1.2, and Section 21.7.2
of ACI 318.
1903.3.2 Special moment frames: Special
moment frames shall comply with the
requirements of Sections 21.2 through 21.S of
780 CMR 1904.0 ~C REQUIREMENTS
ACI 318 as modified in 780 CMR 1903.1.1, and FOR PLAIN CONCRETE
with the requirements of 780 CMR 1903.3.1 for 1904.1 General: The design and construction of
intermediate mo"ment frames. plain concrete components that resist seismic forces
shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318.1
1903.4 Seismic Performance Category C: listed in Appendix A except as modified by
Buildings assigned to Seismic Performance 780 CMR1904.0.
Category C shall conform to all of the requirements
of ACI 318 as listed in Appendix A and to 780 CMR
1903.4.1,1903.4.2 and 1903.4.3.
1903.4.1 Moment frames: All moment frames
that are part of the seismic-resisting system shall
338
1904.2 Seismic Performance Category C:
Structural members of plain concrete in buildings
assigned to Seismic Performance Category C shall
conform to the requirements of ACI 318.1 listed in
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
780 GMR: STATE BOARD OF BtnLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
Appen.dix A and the additional provisions and and retaining four feet (1219 nun) or less of
limitations of780 CMR 1904.0. unbalanced fill shall be permitted.
1904.2.1 Footings: Plain concrete footings
780 Cl\1lR 1905.0 MINIMUM SLAB
supporting walls shall be provided with not less
than two continuous longitudinal reinforcing bars. TIllCKNESS
Bars shall not be smaller than #4, and shall have ll905.1 General: The thickness of concrete floor
a total area of not less than 0.002 times the gross slabs supported directly on the ground shall not be
cross-sectional area ofthe footing. Continuity of less than 3~ inches (89 nun). A 6-mil (0.006 inch;"
reinforcement shall be provided at comers and 152 Jlm) polyethylene vapor retarder with joints
intersections. lapped not less than six inches (152 nun) shall be
placed between the base course or subgrade and the
1904.2.2 Pedestals: Plain concrete pedestals shall concrete floor slab, or other approved equivalent
not be used to resist lateral forces due to methods or materials shall be used to retard vapor
earthquake. transmission through the floor slab.
1904.2.3 Walls: Basement and foundation walls ]Exception: A vapor retarder is not required:
shall be reinforced as specified in ACI 318.1 1. For detached structures accessory to
listed in Appendix A. Other walls shall be occupancies in Use Group R-3, such as garages,
reinforced vertically and horizontally as required utility buildings or other unheated facilities;
by 780 CMR 1904.2.3.1 and 1904.2.3.2. 2. For unheated storage rooms having an area of
1904.2.3.1 Vertical reinfOIl"cement: Vertical less than 70 square feet (6.5 m2) and carports
reinforcement consisting ofat Reast one #4 bar attached to occupancies in Use Group R-3;
shall be provided continuously from support to 3. For buildings of other use groups where
support at each comer, at each side of each migration of moisture through the slab from
opening and at ends ofwalls or panels. . below will not be detrimental to the intended
1904.2.3.2 Horizontal reinforcement: occupancy ofthe building;
Horizontal reinforcement consisting ofat least 4. For driveways, walks, patios and other
one #4 bar shall be provided as follows: flatwork which will not be enclosed at a later
•
1. At the top and bottom of each wall date; or
opening, extending not less than 24 inches 5. Where approved based upon local site
(610 mm) beyond the sides of the opening; conditions.
and
2. Continuously at structurally connected 780 CMR 1906.0 MATERIAlLS
roofs and floors, at the top of walls, at the 1906.1 Gelllerd: Materials used to produce concrete
bottom of the wall or in the top of the and admixtures for concrete shall comply with the
foundation where the foundation is doweled requirements of780 CMR 1906.0 and ACI 318.
to the wall, and at a" maximum vertical
spacing often feet (3048 mm). ],906.2 Cements: Cement shall conform to ASTM
Reinforcement at the top and bottom of wall C 1SO listed in Appendix A, or to such other cements
openings shall be continuous to qualify as as listed in ACI 318.
reinforcement required by 780 CMR
1904.2.3.2 item 2. 19l!ll6.3 Aggrltgates: Concrete aggregates shall
conform to ASTM C33 or to ASTM C330 listed in
1904.3 Seismic Performance Categoll"Y D: AppendixA.
Structural members of plain concrete are not
1906.3.1 Special tests: Aggregates failing to meet
permitted in buildings assigned to Seismic
the specifications listed in 780 CMR 1906.3 shall
Performance Category D.
not be used unless approved and shown by special
Exceptions: test or actual service to produce concrete of
1. For occupancies in Use Group R~3 in adequate strength and durability.
buildings of wood frame construction, plain
R906.3.2 Nominal size: Nominal maximum size
concrete footings without longitudinal
of coarse aggregate shall not be larger than:
reinforcement supporting walls, and plain
1. 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between
concrete column footings are permitted.
sides offorms;
'2. In all other buildings, plain concrete footings
2. 1/3 ofthe depth of slabs; nor
supporting walls shall be pennitted provided that
3. % of the minimum clear spacing between
•
such footings are reinforced longitudinally as
indivfidual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of
specified in 780 CMR. 1904.2.1 .
bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts.
3. For occupancies in Use Group R-3, plain
concrete foundation or basement walls having a Exeeptnolll: These limitations shall not apply
thickness of not less than 7~ inches (191 mm) where information .is submitted by the engineer
and is approved showing that the workability and
" 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 339

•
methods of consolidation are such that concrete impurities from admixture ingredients shall not be
will be placed without honeycomb or voids. used in prestressed concrete, in concrete
containing embedded aluminum, in concrete cast
1906.4 Water: Water used in mixing concrete shall against stay-in-place galvanized metal forms, or
be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, in conCTf:te to be exposed to severe or very severe
acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials or other sulfate-containing solutions as defined in ACI 318
substances that are deleterious to concrete or (see 780 eMR 1907.1.3 and 1907.1.4).
reinforcement.
1906.6.2 Standards: Air-entraining admixtures
1906.4.1 Chloride ions: :Mixing water for shall conform to ASTM C260 listed in
prestressed concrete or for concrete that will Appendix A. Water-reducing admixtures,
contain aluminum embedments, including that retarding admixtures, accelerating admixtures,
portion ofmixing water contributed in the form of water-reducing and retarding admixtures, and
free moisture on aggregates, shall" not contain water-reducing and accelerating admixtures shall
deleterious amounts of chloride ion (see conform to ASTM C494 listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR. 1907.1.4).
1906.6.3 Pozzolans: Fly ash or other pozzolans
1906.4.2 Potability: Nonpotable water shall not used as admixtures shall confonn to ASTM C618
be used in concrete unless the specific listed in A.ppendix A.
requirements of ACI 318 allowing the use of
1906.6.4 Blast-fumace slag: Ground-granulated
nonpotable water are satisfied.
blast-furnace slag used as an admixture shall
conform to ASTM C989 listed in Appendix A.
1906.5 Metal reinforcement: Reinforcement and
welding of reinforcement to be placed in concrete
1906.7 Tests of materials: Tests of concrete and the
construction shall conform to the requirements of
materials used in concrete shall be in accordance
780 CMR 1906.5
with ACI 31.8.
1906.5.1 Reinforcement Type: Reinforcement
shall be of the deformed type, except for plain 780 CMR 1907.0 DURABILITY
•
reinforcement used for spirals or tendons and " REQUIREMENTS
reinforcement consisting of structural steel, steel
1907.1 Durability requirements: Where concrete
pipe or steel tubing as specified in ACI 318.
is exposed to special conditions as described in
Reinforcement shall conform to the applicable 780 C:MR 1907.1.1 through 1907.1.5, the
ASTM standards listed in ACI 318.
requirements set forth in 780 CMR 1907. 1. 1 through
1906.5.2 Welding: Reinforcing bars to be welded 1907.1.5 sh~~l be met.
shall be indicated on the drawings, and the
1907.1.1 Freezing and thawing and deicer
welding procedure·to be used shall be specified.
chemicals: Normal weight and lightweight
ASTM reinforcing bar specifications, except for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing or
ASTM A706 listed in Appendix A, shall be
deicer chemicals shall be air entrained with the air
supplemented to require a report of material
content indicated in Table 1907.1.1. Tolerance on
properties necessary to conform to welding
air content as delivered shall be ± 1.5%. ·For a
procedures specified in AWS D 1.4 listed in specified compressive strength (f Ie) greater than
AppendixA.
5,000 psi (34475 kPa), the required air content
1906.5.3 Tests: Where unidentified reinforcement indicated lin Table 1907.1.1 shall be reduced by
is approved for use, not less than three tension and 1%. Where finely divided materials of fly ash or
three bending tests shall be made on natural pozzolans are used as mineral admixtures
representative specimens of the reinforcement (see 780 CMR 1906.6.3) in air-entrained portland
from each shipment and grade of reinforcing steel cement concrete, air content tests shall be made in
proposed for use in the work. accordance with ASTM C231 listed in
Appendix A, to assure compliance with the air
1906.6 Admixtures: Admixtures used in concrete content requirements of Table 1907.1.1. The
shall comply with 780 CMR 1906.6.1 through frequency of air content tests shall be the same as
1906.6.4. that for strength tests required by 780 CMR
1908.3.1.
1906.6.1 Chloride: Calcium chloride or
admixtures containing chloride from other than

•
CONCRETE
Table 1907.1.1 Note b. See ASTM C33 listed in Appendix A for

TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR FROST- oversize tolerances for various nominal maximum size
RESISTANT CONCRETE designations.
Note c. These air contents apply to total mix, as for
the preceding aggregate sizes. When testing these
Nominal .Air content, percent
concretes, however, aggregate larger than 1Y2 inches is
maxim~ b removed by handpicking or sieving and air content is
aggregate sIZe a
a Moderate
(inches) severe exposure determined on the minus-l Y2-inch fraction of mix.
exposure
(Tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this
value.) Air content of the total mix is computed from the
value determined on the minus-} Y2-inch fraction:
11907.1.2 Water-cementitious materialll"atno and!
strength: For occupancies and appurtenances
thereto in Use Group R-3, and occupancies in Use
Group R-2 that are in buildings less than four
stories in height, normal-weight aggregate
concrete that is subject to weathering (freezing
Note a. The severe and moderate exposures and thawing), as determined from Figure
referenced in this table are not based upon the weathering
1907.1.2, or deicer chemicals shall comply with
regions shown in figure 1907.1.2. For the purposes of
780 CMR 1907, severe and moderate exposures shall be the requirements of Table 1907.1.2(1). In all
defmed as follows: other buildings, concrete that is intended to have
Severe exposure occurs when concrete will be in a low permeability to water. or concrete that will
almost continuous contact with moisture prior to freezing, be subject to freezing and thawing in a moist
or where deicing salts are used. Examples are pavements, condition or that will be exposed to deicing salts,
bridge decks, sidewalks, parking garages and water tanks. brackish water, sea water or spray from these
Moderate exposure occurs when concrete will be only sources, shall conform to the requirements of
occasionally exposed to moisture prior to freezing, and Table 1907.1.2(2). Additionally, concrete that
where deicing salts are not used. Examples are certain will be exposed to deicing chemicals shall
•
exterior walls, beams, girders and slabs not in direct
contact with soil. . conform to the limitations of780 Cl\1R1907.1.2.2.
lFngure 1907.1.2
a
Weathernng Probability Map fOll" COlllcrete
Severe· (Over SOOO) ~ Note 8. Lines defming areas are approximate only. Local conditions
can be more or less severe than indicated by the region classification.
I
•
Moderate. (100 to sooo)1 Note b. Data needed to determine the weathering index for any locality
Negligible (Under 100°) ~:
can be fOWld or estimated from the Tables ofLocal Climatological Dala,
published by the National Oceanic & Abnospheric Administration, U.S.
b
Wcalhcring Regions (Wcalhmng Index) .Department of Commerce.
2/7./97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixtn Edition 341

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUU,DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll..,DING CODE
•
or other pozzolan conforming to the
Table 1907.1.2(1) requirements of ASTM C618; and ground-
MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE granulated blast-furnace slag conforming to the
STRENGTH (/' c)c requirements of ASTM C989 listed in
Appendix A.
Minimum specil:ied 1907.1.2.2 Limitations on use of cert~in
compressive strength
Type of location of concrete (f' ,. at 28 days. psi) cementitious materials: For concrete exposed
construction to deicing chemicals, the maximum weight of
Negligible Moderate Severe
exposure exposure exposure fly ash or other pozzolan, or ground granulated
Basement walls and founda· blast-furnace slag that is included in the
8
tions not exposed to the 2,500 2,500 2,500 calculation of water-cementitious material
weather ratio:. shall not exceed the percentages of the
Basement slabs and interior
2
total weight of cementitious material specified
slabs on grade. except garage 2.500 2,500 2.500 in 780 CMR 1907.1.2.2. 1 through 1907.1.2
floor slabs
2.3.
Basement walls, foundation
walls, exterior walls and 1907.1.2.2.1 Concrete containing fly ash
b
other vertical concrete 2,500 . 3,OOOb 3.000 or pozzolan: The combined weight of fly
surfaces exposed to the ash and other pozzolan conforming to
weather ASTM C618 listed in Appendix A. shall not
Driveways, curbs. walks, exceed 25% of the total weight of
patios, porches, carport
slabs, steps and other flat- 2,500 3,000b 3,500 b
cementitious materials. Fly ash or other
work exposed to the weather, pozzolan used to manufacture Type IP or
and llara!Ze floor slabs IPM blended hydraulic cement conforming
Note a. Concrete in these locations which can be to ASTM C595 listed in Appendix A shall be
subjected to freezing and thawing during construction included with· fly ash or other pozzolan
shall be of air-entrained concrete in accordance with added as an admixture.
Table 1907.1.1.
Note b. Concrete shan be air entrained in accordance
1907.1.2.2.2 Concrete containing ground-
granulated blast-furnace slag: The weight
•
with Table 1907.1.1.
Note c. 1 psi;:; 6.895 kPa. of ground-granulated blast-furnace slag
conforming to ASTM C989 listed in
Table 1907.1.2(2) Appendix A shall not exceed 50% of the
REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL total weight of cementitious materials. Slag
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS used to manufacture Type IS or ISM
blt~nded hydraulic cement conforming to
Maximum water ASTM C595 listed in Appendix A shall be
cementitious Minimumf'c included with slag added as an admixture.
materials ratio nonnal-weight
Exposure condition (by weight), and lightweight
1907.1.1.2.3 Concrete containing fly ash
normal-weight aggregate or pozzolan and slag: If fly ash or other
aggregate concrete (psi)a pozzolan and slag are used in concrete,
concrete portland cement conforming to ASTM C150
Concrete intended to . listed in Appendix A shall constitute not less
have low permeability 0.50 . 4,000 than 50% ofthe total weight of cementitious
when exposed to water
materials. Fly ash or other pozzolan shall
Concrete exposed to
freezing and thawing in 0.45
constitute not more than 25% of the total
4.500
a moist condition weight of cementitious materials. See
For corrosion protection 780 CMR 1907.1.2.2.1.
for reinforced concrete
1907.1.3 Protection from sulfate: Concrete that
exposed to deicing salts,
brackish water, sea-
DAD 5,000 will be exposed to sulfate-containing solutions or
water or spray from soils shall conform to the requirements for such
these sources exposure in ACI 318.
Note a. I psi;:; 6.895 kPa.
1907.1.4 Corrosion resistance: For corrosion
resistance. the maximum water-soluble chloride
1907.1.2.1 Calculation ofwater-cementitious
ion concentrations in concrete shall not exceed
material ratio: To determine compliance with
the maximum water-cementitious material ratio the limitations established in ACI 318.
requirement of Table 1907.1.2(2). the weight 1907.1.5 Protection from salt: Where reinforced
of cementitious material shall include weights concrete will be exposed to deicing chemicals,
of any of the following if contained in the salts, brackish water, sea water or spray from
concrete mixture: cement conforming to the these sources, the requirements of Table
requirements of ASTM C150 or C595; fly ash 1907.1.2(2) for the water-cementitious material

CONCRETE
ratio, or the concrete strength and minimum cements conforming to the strength requirements
concrete cover requirements of780 CMR 1910.6, for Type I, IA, Il~ IIA, III. IlIA or V of ASTM C
shall be satisfied. 150 listed in Appendix A or Type IS, IS-A,
IS(MS), IS-A(MS), I(SM), I(SM)-A, IP, IF-A,
780 CMR 1908.0 CONCRETE QUALI1Y9 I(PM), I(pM)-A, IP(MS), IP~A(MS) or P of
MIXING AND PLACING ASTM C595 listed in Appendix A and shall not
be applied to concrete containing lightweight
1908.1 General: Concrete shall be proportioned to
aggregates or admixtures other than those for
provide an average compressive strength as
entraining air.
prescribed by ACI 318, and to satisfy the durability
criteria of 780 CMR 1907.0. Concrete shall be 11908.2.3 Durability requirements: Concrete
produced to minimize frequency of strengths below proportioned by the water-cementitious material
f' c as prescribed in 780 CMR 1908.3.2. The ratio limitations prescribed in Table 1908.2.1 shall
specified compressive strength U' c ) for concrete also confonn to the durability requirements of
designed and constructed in accordance·with this 780 CMR 1907.0 and to compressive strength test
chapter shall not be less than 2,500 psi (17238 kPa). criteria of780 CMRI908.3.
Unless otherwise specified, f' c shall be based on
28-day strength. If other than 28 days is used in the 1908.3 Evalualtion for acceptalnce of concrete: For
design, the length of time to reach f' c shall be evaluation and acceptance of concrete, the
indicated on the constroction documents. procedures established in 780 CIvfR 1908.3.1
through 1908.3.4 shall be followed.
1908.2 SeBection of concrete proportions: Concrete
.11908.3.1 Frequency of testnng: Testing shall be
proportions shall be determined in accordance with
. conducted as required by the following:
ACI 318 and as modified in 780 CMR1908.
. 1. . Samples for strength tests of each class of
1908.2.1 Proportioning by water~cemeB1ltitious concrete placed each day shall be taken not less
material ratio: If data based on field experience than once a day, nor less than once for each
or trial mixture as required by ACI 318 are not 150 cubic yards (115 m3) of concrete, nor less
available, concrete proportions shall be based on than once for each 5,000 square feet (465 m2)
•
the water-cementitious material ratio limitations of surface area for slabs or walls.
shown in Table 1908.2.1, subject to approval. 2. On a given project, if the total volume of
The specified compressive strengths in Table concrete is such that the frequency of testing
1908.2.1 are 28-day strengths for cements required by 780 CMR. 1908.3.1, item I,
conforming to the strength limitations of AstM provides less than five strength tests for a given
C150 listed in ACI 318, Type I, IA, II or ITA and class of concrete, tests shall be made from at
seven-day strengths for Types III and lilA. For least five randomly selected batches or from
strengths above 3,500 psi (24133 kPa), concrete each batch if fewer than five batches are used.
proportioned by the water-cementitious material 3. Where total quantity of a given class of
ratio shall be established by the methods listed in concrete is less than 50 cubic yards (38 m3),
ACI318. strength tests are not required when approved
and evidence of satisfactory strength is
Tabie 1908.2.1 provided. Satisfactory evidence shall include,
MAXIMUM WATER-CEMENTITI01l1S but not be limited to, certification from the
MATERIAL RA nos
AND MINIMUM concrete supplier that the concrete to be
CEMENT CONTENTS provided will be proportioned to achieve the
specified compressive strength based on "field
Maximum pennissible water- experience" or "trial batches" in accordance
cementitious material ratiosa with ACI 318. In the absence of satisfactory
Minimum Nonair-entrained Air-entrained evidence, concrete shall be proportioned in
Specified sacks of concrete . concrete
accordance with Table 1908.2.1.
compress~ve cement US US
strength per cubic 4. A strength test shall be the average of the
gallon gallon
(psi) yard of Absolute per 94 Absolute per 94 strengths of two cylinders made from the same
concrete ratio by pound ratio by pound sample of concrete and tested at 28 days or at
weight weight
hag of bag or the test age designated for determination of f' c
cement cement
2.500 5 0.67 7.6 0.54 6.1 Jl.908.J.2 Laboratoryacuredl specimens:
3,000 S~ 0.58 6.6 0.46 5.2 LaboratoryGcured specimens shall conform to th~
•
3.500 6 0.51 5.8 0.40 4.5 following criteria:
3 1. Samples for strength tests shall be taken in
Note a. 1 pSI -6.895 kPn; 1 gallon = .00379 m ; 1
pound = 0.454 kg. accordance with ASTM C172 listed in
AppendixA.
1908.2.2 Limitation on use: Table 1908.2.1 shall 2. Cylinders for strength tests shall be molded
be used only for concrete to be made with and laboratory cured in accor~ance with
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 343

•
ASTM C31 listed in Appendix A, and tested in 75% of f'e' Where necessary to check testing
accordance with ASTM C39 listed in accuracy, locations represented by erratic core
AppendixA. strengths shall be retested.
3. Strength level of an individual class of 4. If the criteria of780 CMR 1908.3.4, item 3,
concrete shall be considered satisfactory ifboth are not met, and if structural adequacy remains
of the following requirements are met: in doubt, load tests shall be ordered at the
3.1. Average ofall sets of three consecutive discretion of the engineer or the code official
strength tests equals or exceeds f'c; and as outlined in Chapter 20 of ACI 3 18 for the
3.2. All individual strength tests (average questionable portion of the structure, or other
of two cylinders) shall not fall below f'c by appropriate action taken.
more than 500 psi (3448 kPa).
4. If either of the requirements of 780 CMR 1908.4 Preparation of equipment and place of
1908.3.2, item 3, is not met, steps shall be deposit: Preparation before concrete placement shall
taken to increase the average of subsequent include the following criteria:
strength test results. The requirements of 780 1. All equipment for mixing and transporting
CMR 1908.3.4 shall apply if the requirement concrete shall be clean.
in 780 CMR 1908.3.2, item 3.2, is not met. 2. All debris and ice shall be removed from
spaces to be occupied by concrete.
1908.3.3 Field-cured specimens: Where the code
3. Fonns shall be properly coated.
official requires strength tests of cylinders cured
4. Masonry filler units that will be in contact
under field conditions to check adequacy of
with concrete shall be well drenched.
curing and protection of concrete in the structure,
5. Reinforcement shall be thoroughly clean of
the field-cured specimens shall conform to the
ice or other deleterious coating.
following criteria:
6. Water shall be removed from the place of
1. Field-cured cylinders shall be cured under
deposit before concrete is placed, unless a
field conditions in accordance with ASTM C31
extreme is to be used or unless otherwise
approved by the code official.
2. Field-'Cured test cylinders shall be molded
7. Alilaitance and other unsound material shall
at the same time and from the same samples as
•
be removed before additional concrete is placed
laboratory-cured test cylinders.
against hardened concrete.
3. Procedures for protecting and curing
concrete shall be improved where the strength
1908.5 Mixing: All concrete shall be mixed until
of field-cured cylinders at the test age
there is a uniform distribution of materials, and shall
designated for determination of f' c is less than
be discharged completely before the mixer is
85% of that of companion laboratory-cured
recharged.
cylinders. The 85% criterion is not required
where the field-cured strength exceeds f'c by 1908.5.][ Ready-mixed concrete: Ready-mixed
more than 500 psi (3448 kPa). concrete: shaH be mixed and delivered in
accordance with ASTM C94 or ASTM C685
1908.3.4 Investigation of low-strength test
results: If the investigation of concrete indicates
low-strength conditions, the following procedures 1908.5.2 Job-mixed concrete: Job-mixed
shall apply: concrete shall be mixed in accordance with ACI
I. Ifany strength test (see 780 CMR 1908.3.1, 318.
item 4) of laboratory-cured cylinders falls
below the specified value of f'c by more than 1908.6 Conveying: Concrete shall be conveyed
500 psi (3448 kPa) (see 780 C1vfR 1908.3.2, from the mixer to the place of final deposit by
item 3.2) or if tests of field-cured cylinders methods that will prevent sep~ration or loss of
indicate deficiencies in protection and curing materials. Conveying equipment shaH be capable of
(see 780 CMR 1908.3.3, item 3), steps shall be providing a supply of concrete at the site of
taken to assure that the loadbearing capacity of placement without separation of ingredients' and
the structure is not jeopardized. without interruptions sufficient to permit loss of
2. Ifthe likelihood of low-strength concrete is plasticity between successive increments.
confirmed and co~putations indicate that the
loadbearing capacity will be significantly 1908.7 Depositing: Concrete shall be deposited as
reduced, tests of cores drilled from the area in nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid
question shall be made in accordance with ACI segregation caused by rehandling or flowing.
•
318.
1908.7.1 Placement timing: Concrete placement
3. Concrete in an area represented by core
shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete
tests shall be considered structurally adequate
is at all times plastic and flows readily into spaces
if the average of three cores is not less than
between reinforcement.
85% of f c and if a single core is not less than

•
CONCRETE
1908.7.2 Unacceptable con~rete: Concrete that 180 CMR 1909.0 FORMWO~ EMBEDDED
has partially hardened or has been contaminated PIPES AND CONSlRUCIlON JOINTS
by foreign materials shall not be deposited in the
1l.909.1 Design of l1'ormwork: The design.
structure.
fabrication and erection of forms shall result in a
1908.7.3 Retempering: Retempered concrete or final structure that conforms to shapes, lines and
concrete that has been remixed after initial set dimensions of the members as required by the
shall not be used unless approved by the construction documents.
19090101 Form strength: Forms shall be
1908.7.4 Continuous cOD~reting: Once started, substantial and shall be sufficiently tight to
concreting shall be carried on as a continuous prevent leakage of concrete.
operation until the placement of a panel or
1909.1.2 Form bracillllg: Forms shall be pro.perly
section, as defined by panel or section boundaries
braced or tied together to. maintain position and
or predetennined joints, is completed except as
shape.
provided for in 780 CMR. 1909.4.
190901.3 Form placemelllt Fonns and their
1908.7.5 Placement in walls: Top surfaces of
supports shall be designed so,as not to damage
vertically fonned lifts shall be generally level.
previously placed structures.
1908.7.6 Construction joints: Where
construction joints are required, such joinu shall 11909.2 Removal of forms and shores: Construction
be made in accordance with 780 CMR.1909.4. loads shall not be supported on, nor any shoring
removed from, any part of the structure under
190807.7 Consolidation: All concrete shall be
construction except where that portion of the
thoroughly consolidated by suitable means during
structure, in combination with the remaining
placement and shall be thoroughly worked around
forming and shoring system, has sufficient strength
reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into
~o support safely its weight md loads placed
comers offonns.
thereon.
1908.8 Curing: Concrete (other than high~early~ 190901.1 Structural mnalysis: Sufficient strength
strength) shall be maintained above 50°F (loOe) shall be demonstrated by structural analysis
and in a moist condition for at least the first seven considering proposed loads; strength of the
days after placement, except when Clllred in fonning and shoring system, and concrete strength
accordance with 780 CMR. 1908.8.2. data. Concrete strength data shall be based on
tests offieldacured cylinders or, where approved,
1908.8.1 High-early-strength toncret~: High~
on other procedures to evaluate concrete strength.
earJy~strength concrete shall be maintained above
Structural analysis and concret~astrength test data
50°F (loOe) and in a moist condition for at least
shall be furnished to the code official when so
the first three days after placement, except when
required.
cured in accordance with 780 C~ 1908.8.2.
1909.2.1 Constnlctionloadls: Construction loads
1908.8.2 Accelerated culling: If curing is to be
ecceeding the combination ofsuperimposed dead
accelerated, such curing shall be done in
load plus specified live load shall not be
accordance with ACX 318.
supported on any unshored portion of the
structure under construction, uoless analysis
Jl.908.9 Cold-weather requiremenu: Adequate
indicates adequate strength to support such
equipment shall be provided for heating concrete
additnonal loads.
materials and protecting concrete during freezing or
near~freezi.ng weather. 190902.3 Safety: Forms shall be removed in such
a manner so as not to impair safety and
1908.9.1 Frost: All concrete ma~erials and all
serviceability of the structure. All concrete to be
reinforcement, forms, fiUers and ground with
exposed by fonn removal shall have sufficient
which concrete is to come in contac'lt shall be free
strength not to be damaged thereby.
from frost.
1909.104 Prestressed membell'9: Form supports
1908.9.2 Ice: frozen materials or materials
for prestressed concrete members shall not be
containing ice shall not be used.
removed unless sufficient prestressing has been
applied to enable prestressed members to carry
1908.10 Hot-weather requirements: During hot
•
their dead load and anticipated construction
weather, attention shall be given to ingredients, loads.
production methods, handling, placing. protection
and curing to prevent excessive concrete
~909.3 Conduits and pipes embedded illl ~il)nuette:
temperatures or water evaporation that would impair
Where conduits, pipes and sleeves of any material
required strength or serviceability ofthe member or
not hannful to concrete and within limitations of
structure.
9/J 9/97 (Effective 2/28/91) ~ corrected 780 eMIR Shah Edition

0
345
780 CMR 1909 are embedded in concrete with the

approval of the engineer, such embedments shall not
be considered to replace structurally the displaced
concrete, except as provided for in 780 CMR
1909.3.5.
1909.3.1 Aluminum conduit and pipe: Conduits
3. In solid slabs, piping that is not used for
radiant heating or snow melting shall be placed
between top and bottom reinforcement.
4. Concrete cover for pipes, conduit and
fittings shall not be less than 1~ inches (38
mm) for concrete ex'posed to earth or weather
•
conditions or % inch (19 m) for concrete not
and pipes of aluminum shall not be embedded in
exposed to weather conditions or in contact
structural concrete unless effectively coated or
with ground.
covered to prevent aluminum concrete reaction or
5. Reinforcement with an area of not less than
electrolytic action between aluminum and steel.
0.002 times the area of the concrete section
1909.3.2 Structural effect: Conduits, pipes and shall be provided nonnal to piping.
sleeves passing through a slab, wall or beam shall 6. Piping and conduit shall be fabricated and
not impair significantly the strength of the installed so that cutting, bending or
construction. displacement of reinforcement from the proper
loc,ation will not be required.
1909.3.3 Columns: Conduits and pipes, including
. fittings, embedded within a column, shall not
1909.4 Construction joints: Construction joints
displace more than 4% of the area of the cross
shall be created using the procedures set forth in
section on which strength is calculated or which
780 CMR 1909.4.1 through 1909.4.6.
is required for fire protection.
1909A.l Surface cleaning: Surface of concrete
1909.3.4 Slabs, walls or beams: Except where
construction joints shall be cleaned and laitance
construction documents for conduits and pipes are
removed.
approved by the registered design professional
and the code official, conduits and pipes 1909.4.2 Preparation of joint: Immediately
embedded within a slab, wall or beam (other than before new concrete is placed, all construction
those merely passing through) shall: joints shall be wetted and standing water shall be
•
1. Not be larger in outside dimension than 1f3 removed.
of the overall thickness of the slab, wall or
1909.41.3 Effect on strength: Construction joints
beam in which such conduits and pipes are
shall be so made and located as not to impair the
embedded.
strength of the structure. Provisions shall be
2. Not be spaced closer than three diameters
made for the transfer of shear and other forces
or widths on center.
through construction joints.
3. Not impair significantly the strength ofthe
construction. 1909.41.4 Location of joints: Construction joints
in floors shall be located within the middle third
1909.3.5 Displaced concrete: Conduits, pipes and
ofthe spans of slabs, beams and girders. Joints in
.sleeves shall not be considered in compression as
girders shall be offset a minimwn distance of two
replacing structurally the displaced concrete
times the width of intersecting beams.
unless such conduits, pipes and sleeves:
I. Are not exposed to rusting or other 1909.4.5 Support conditions: Beams, girders or
deterioration. slabs supported by columns or walls shall not be
2. Are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel cast or erected until concrete in the vertical
not thinner than standard Schedule 40 steel support members is not in a plastic state.
pipe.
1909.4.6 Monolithic poun: Beams, girders,
3. Have a nominal inside diameter not over
haunches, drop panels and capitals shall be placed
two inches and are spaced not less than three
monolithically as part of a slab system, unless
diameters on center.
otherwise shown on the construction documents.
1909.3.6 Additional considerations: In addition
to the other requirements of 780 CMR 1909.3, '780 CMR 1910.0 DETAll.S OF
pipes that will contain liquid, gas or-vapor which REINFORCEMENT
are embedded in structural concrete shall conform
1910.1 General: Details of reinforcement shall
to the following conditions: .
comply with the requirements of780 CMR 1910.0
1. Pipes and fittings shall be designed to resist
and ACI 318. Where unidentified reinforcement is
effects of the material, pressure and
approved for use, such reinforcement shall be tested
•
temperature to which the pipes and fittings will
in accordance with the following:
be subjected.
2. Liquid, gas or vapor except water not Not less than three tension and three bending tests
exceeding 90°F (32°C) or 50 psi (345 kPa) shall be made on representative specimens of the
pressure, shall not be placed in the pipes until reinforcement from each shipment and grade of
the concrete has attained design strength. reinforcing steel proposed for use in the project.

CONCRETE
1910.2 Bending reinforcement: All reinforcement

shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the
registered design professional and approved.
Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall

0 346.1
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
346.2 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
CONCRETE
not be field bent, except as shown on the members where the tolerance shall be ~ inch
construction documents or as authorized by the (I~ mm).
registered design professional and approved.
TahOe 191004.1
a
1910.3 Sull'face conditions of reinforcemeHllt At TOLERANCES
the time concrete is placed, metal reinforcement Tolerance
shall be free from mud, oil or other nonmetallic ond
coatings that adversely affect bonding capability. Toleramce
Depth (d) minimwn
ond
1910.3.1 Rust or mill scale: Metal reinforcement, concrete
cover
except prestressing tendons, ~th rust or mill
scale, or a combination of both, shall be d less than or equal to 8 inches ±3/8 inch .3/8 inch
d greater than 8 inches ±Y2 inch ~Y2 inch
considered satisfactory, provided that the
minimum dimensions (including height of Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm
deformations) and the weight of a hand-wire-
brushed test specimen are not less than the 1910.4.2 Welded wnre fabric: Where welded
specification requirements of the applicable wire fabric (with wire size not greater than W5 or
ASTM standard referenced by ACI 318. D5) used in slabs not exceeding ten feet (3048
n910.3.2 Prestressing tendons: Prestressing nun) in span is curved from a point near the top of
tendons shall be clean and free of oil, dirt, scale, ·slab over the support to a point near the bottom of
pitting and excessive rust. A light oxide is slab at midspan, such reinforcement shall be
permissible. either continuous over, or securely anchored at,
the support.
19[0.4 Placing reinforcement Reinforcement, 1910.4.3 Welding: Welding of crossing bars shall
prestressing tendons and ducts shall be accurately not be permitted for assembly of reinforcement
placed and supported before concrete is placed, and unless authorized by the engineer.
shall be secured against displacement within the
tolerances pennitted in 780 CMR 1910.4.1 through
•
119nO.5 Spacing limitations iior rennforcement: The
1910.4.3. clear distance between reinforcing bars, bundled
ExceptioHll: Embedded items (such as dowels or bars, prestressing tendons and ducts shall be in
inserts) of precast concrete members that either accordance with the limitations of ACI 318.
protrude from concrete or remain exposed for
inspection shall not be embedded while the 1910.6 Concrete protection foil' lI"einfOlrcemellllt:
concrete is in a plastic state unless authorized by Reinforcement shall be provided with the protection
the registered design professional and the required by 780 Cl\1R 1910.6.1 through 1910.6.5.
following conditions are met: 1910.6.1 Cast-in-place concrete: In cast~in-place
1. Embedded items are not required to be concrete (nonprestressed), the minimum concrete
hooked or tied to reinforcement. cover for reinforcement shall be as indicated in
2. Embedded items shall be maintained in the Table 1910.6.1.
correct position while concrete remains plastic.
3. Embedded items shall be properly anchored Table Jl.910.6.11
to develop required factored loads. MlNllMUM COVER
1910.4.11. Reinforcement, prestressing tendons Minimum
Structural element and condition cover
and IPretressing ducts: Unless otherwise (inches)a
specified by the· engineer, .reinforcement, I. Concrete cast against and pennanently
prestressing tendons and prestressing ducts shall exposed to earth 3·
be placed within the following tolerances: 2. Concrete exposed to earth or weather:
1. The tolerance for depth (d) and the #6 through # 18 bars 2
minimum concrete cover in flexural members, #S bar, W31 or D31 wire and smaller I~
walls and compression members shall be as 3. Concrete not exposed to weather or in
specified in Table 1910.4.1, except that the conta<;t with ground
Slabs, walls, joists
tolerance for the clear distance to formed #14 and #18 bars
soffits shall be minus ~ inch (6 mm) and the # t I bar and smaller
tolerance for cover shall not exceed minus one~
.J".iJ~;:({il!'~:>;:'::::::::::
•
third of the minimum concrete cover required
in the design drawings or specifications.
2. The tolerance for longitudinal location of Shells, folded plate members:
bends and ends of reinforcement shall be ± 2 #6 bar and larger
#5 bar, W31 or D31 wire, and smaller
inches (51 mm) except at discontinuous ends of
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 347

1910.6.2 Precast concrete: The minimum cover 1911.5 Rebound: Any rebound or accumulated
for reinforcement in precast concrete loose aggregate shall 'be removed from the surfaces
manufactured under plant control conditions and to be covered prior to placing the initial or any
for prestressed concrete shall be in accordance succeeding layers of shotcrete. Rebound shall not be
with ACI 318. reused as aggregate.
1910.6.3 Corrosive environments: In'corrosive
1911.6 Joints: Except where permitted herein,
environments or other severe conditions, the
unfinished work shall not be allowed to stand for
amount of concrete protection shall be suitably
more than 30 minutes unless all edges are sloped to
increased, and the density and' nonporosity of
a thin edge. For structural elements which will be
protection concrete shall be considered, or other
under compression and for construction joints shown
protection shall be provided.
on the approved (constroction documents, square
1910.6.4 Future extensions: Exposed joints are permitted. Before placing additional
reinforcement, inserts and plates intended for material adjacent to previously applied work,
bonding with future extensions shall be protected sloping and square edges shall be cleaned and
from corrosion. wetted.
1910.6.5 Fire protection: Where this code
1911.7 Damage: Shotcrete that exhibits sags,
requires a thickness of cover for fire protection
sloughs, segregation, honeycombing, sand pockets
greater than the minimum concrete cover
or other obvious defects, shall be removed and
specified in 780 Crvm. 1910.6.1 or ACI 318, such
replaced.
greater thickness shall be used.
1911.8.Curing: During the curing periods specified
780 CMR 1911.0 SHOTCRElE herein, shotcrete shall be maintained above 40°F
1911.1 General: Except as specified in 780 CMR (4°C) and in a moist condition.
911.0, shotcrete shall conform to the requirements
for plain concrete or reinforced concrete. Shotcrete 1911.8.1 Initial curing: Shotcrete shall be kept'
is mortar or concrete which is pneumatically continuously moist for 24 hours after shotcreting
projected at a high velocity onto a surface. is completed or shall be sealed with an approved
curing compound.
1911.2 Proportioning: Shotcrete proportions shall 1911.8.2 Final curing: Final curing shall continue
be selected that allow suitable placement procedures for seven days after shotcreting, or for three days
using the delivery equipment selected, and that if high-early-strength cement is used, or until the
results in in-place hardened shotcrete conforming to specified strength is obtained. Final curing shall
the strength requirements of 780 CMR. consist of. the initial curing process or the
shotcrete shall be covered with an approved
1911.3 Aggregate: Coarse aggregate, if used, shall moisture:-retaining cover.
not exceed % inch (19 nun) in size.
1911.8.3 Natural curing: Natural curing shall not
1911.4 Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall comply be used in lieu of that specified in this section
with 780 CMR 1911.4.1 through 1911.4.3. unless the relative humidity remains at or above
85%, and is authorized by the registered design
1911.4.1 Size: The maximum size of professional, and approved by the code official.
reinforcement shall be No. 5 bars. The code
official shall approve the use of larger bars where 1911.9 Strength test: A strength test of shotcrete
it is demonstrated that adequate encasement of the shall be made in accordance with the quality
larger bars will be achieved. . assurance provisions of ACI 506.2 listed in
1911.4.2 Spacing: The minimum clearance AppendixA.
between 'parallel reinforcing bars shall be 2~
inches (64 mm). Welded wire" fabric shall have 780 C1~ 1912.0 CONCRETE-FllLED
a minimum wire spacing of two inches (51 mm) PIPE COLUMNS
by two inches (51 nun). 1912.1 General: Concrete-filled pipe columns shall
be manufactured from standard, extra-strong or
1911.4.3 Splices: Lap splices of reinforcing bars
double-extra-strong steel pipe or tubing which is
shall be by the noncontact lap-splice method with
at least two inches (51 mm) of clearance between filled with concrete so placed and manipulated as to
bars. The code official shall permit the use of secure maximum density and to insure complete
contact lap splices where necessary for the filling of the pipe without voids.
support of the reinforcing and provided that it is
demonstrated that adequate encasement of the 1912.2 Design: The safe supporting capacity of
bars at the splice will be achieved. concrete-filled pipe columns shall be computed in
348 780 CrvlR - Sixth Edition 2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

CONCRETE
accordance with the approvedroles or as determined 1912.5 Fireresistance rating protection: Pipe
by a test. columns shall be of such size or so protected as to
develop the required fireresistance ratings specified
1912.3 Connections: All caps, base plates and in Table 602. Where an outer steel shell is used to
connections shall be of approved types and shall be enclose the fireresistive covering, the sheJl shall not
positively attached to the shell and anchored to the be included in the calculations for strength of the
concrete core. Welding of brackets without column section. The minimum diameter of pipe
mechanical anchorage shall be prohibited. Where columns shall be four inches (102 nun) except that
the pipe is slotted to accommodate webs of brackets in structures of Type 5 construction not exceeding
or other connections, the integrity of the shell shall three stories or 40 feet (12192 mm) in height, pipe
be restored by welding to insure hooping action of columns used in the basement and as secondary steel.
the composite section. members shall have a minimum diameter of three
inches (76 rnm).
1912.4 Reinforcement: To increase the safe load-
supporting capacity ofconcrete-filled pipe columns, 1912.6 AplProvals: All details of column
the steel reinforcement shall be in the form of rods, connections and splices shall be shop fabricated by
structural shapes or pipe embedded in the concrete approved methods and shall be approved only after
core with sufficient clearance to insure the .tests in accordance with the approved niles. Shop-
composite action of the section, but not nearer than fabricated concrete-filled pipe columns shall be
one inch (25 nun) to the exterior steel shell. All inspected by the code official or by an approved
structural shapes used as reinforcement shall be representative of the manufacturer at the plant.
milled to insure bearing on cap and base plates.

NON-TEXT PAGE

•
CHAP1rER20
LIGHTWEIGHT METALS
780 CMR 2001.0 GENERAL 780 CMR 2002.0 MATlERIALS

2001.1 Scope: The provisions of780 Cl\t!R 20 shall 2002.1 General: Aluminum used for structural
govern the materials, design, construction and purposes in buildings and structures shall comply
quality of aluminum and other lightweight metal with AA SAS 30 and AA ASM 35 listed in
alloys. Appendix A. Other lightweight metal alloys used
for structural purposes in buildings and structures
shall be of approved materials.

NON-TEXT PAGE

•
• CHAPTER 21
780 om 2101.0 GENERAL

MASONRY
Ban1tll"ess: A projecting part of a masonry wall built

:n01.1 Scope: The provisions of780 Ctv1R 21 shall integrally therewith to furnish lateral stability
govern the materials, design, construction and which is supported on proper foundations.
quality of masonry.
Cllnnmney: A primarily vertical enclosure containing
2101.1.)1 Engineered masonry design: All one or more passageways.
masonry shall conform to the engineered masonry
design requirements of Chapters 1 through 8 of Cllnnmney, masonry: A field-constructed chimney of
ACI 530/ASCE 5ffMS 402 listed in Appendix A. solid masonry units, stones or reinforced concrete
Exception: Where permitted by 780 CMR (see 780 C1\1R 2114.0).
2104.3, empirically designed masonry shall
conform to 780 CMR 21 and Chapters 1 Collllar joint Vertical longitudinal joint between
through 4 and Chapter 9 of ACI 530/ASCE wythes ofmasoruy or between masonry and back-
SrrMS 402 listed in Appendix A. up construction which is permitted to be filled
with mortar or grout.
2)101.2 Seismic requirements: Masonry shall
comply with the requirements of780 Cl\1R 2104. Coomector: A mechanical device for securing two or
more pieces, parts or members together, including
780 CMR 2102.0 DEFINITIONS anchors, wall ties and fasteners.
2Jl02.1 General: The following words and terms
Diaphragm: A roof or floor system designed to
transmit lateral forces to shear walls or other
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
vertical resisting elements.
herein.
JI)nmelllsioons, nominal: Equal to the actual dimension
Anchor: Metal rod, wire or strap that secures
plus the width of the mortar joint. Dimensions
masonry to its structural support.
and thicknesses specified in this chapter are
nominal dimensions.
Architectural terra cotta: Plain or ornamental hardQ
burned plastic clay units, larger in size than brick,
Effective Ihleight: Clear height of a braced member
with glazed or unglazed ceramic finish.
between lateral supports and used for calculating
the slenderness ratio of a member. Effective
Area, gross cross-sectionaU: The areas delineated by
height for unbraced members shall be calculated.
the out-to-out dimensions of masonry in the plane
under consideration.
Head joint Vertical mortar joint placed between
masonry units within the wythe at the time the
Bed joint The horizontal layer of mortar on which
masonry units are laid.
a masonry unit is laid
Brick
Header (Bonder): A masonry unit that connects two
or more adjacent wythes of masonry.
Calcium silicate brick (sand Hme Ibrnck): A
building unit made of sand and lime.
Oay or shale: A solid masonry unit made of clay Henght, waUs: The vertical distance from the
or shale, usually formed into a rectangular prism foundation wall or other immediate support of
such wall to the top of the wall.
while in the plastic state and burned or fired in a
kiln.
Concrete brick: A solid masonry unit having the Masonry: A built-up construction or combination of
building units or materials of clay, shale, concrete,
approximate shape of. a rectangular prism and
glass, gypsum, stone or other approved units
composed of inert aggregate particles embedded
bonded together with mortar or monolithic
in a hardened cementitious matrix.
•
concrete. Reinforced concrete is not classified as
Hollow brick: A masonry unit made of clay or
masonry.
s~ale whose net cross-sectional area in any plane
parallel to the loadbearing surface is not less than
Ashlar facing masonry: Facing of solid
rectangular units larger in size than brick and
75% of its gross cross-sectional area measured in
the same plane. made of burned clay or shale, natural or cast

•
stone, with sawed, dressed and squared beds and Stone masonry: Masonry composed of field,
mortar joints. quarried or caststone units bonded by mortar.
Ashlar masonry: Masonry composed of bonded, 1. Stone masonry, ashlar:. Stone masonry
rectangular units, larger in size than brick, with composed of rectangular units having sawed,
sawed, dressed or squared beds and mortar joints. dressed or squared bed surfaces and bonded by
Solid masonry: Masonry consisting of solid monaro
masonry units laid contiguously with the joints 2. Stone masonry, rubble: Stone masonry
between the units filled with mortar, or consisting composed of irregular-shaped units bonded by
of plain concrete. mortar.
Masonry unit Tile, wall: Metal connector that connects wythes of

Clay: A building unit· larger in size than a brick, masonry walls together.
composed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or
mixtures thereof. Tile: A c~~ramic surface unit, usually relatively thin
Concrete: A building unit or block larger in size in relation to facial area, made from clay or a
than 12 by 4 by 4 inches (305 nun by 102 mm by mixture of clay and other ceramic materials,
102 nun) made of cement and suitable aggregates. called the body of the tile, having either a
Hollow: A masonry unit whose net cross- "glazed or "unglazed" face and fired above red
II
sectional area in any plane parallel to the heat in the course ofmanufacture to a temperature
loadbearing surface is less than 75% of its gross sufficiently high enough to produce specific
cross-sectional area measured in the same plane. physical properties and characteristics (see
Solid: A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional 780 CMR 2105.0).
area in every plane parallel to the loadbearing
surface is 75% or more ofits gross cross-sectional Tile, structural clay: A hollow masonry unit
area measured in the same plane. . composed of burned day, shale, fire clay or
mixtures thereof, and having parallel cells (see
Mortar: A plastic mixture of approved cementitious 780 CMR 2105.0).
materials, fine aggregates and water used to bond
masonry or other structural units (see 780 CMR Wall
2105.0). Cavity wall: A wall built of masonry units or of
plain concrete, or a combination of these
Mortar, surface-bonding: A mixture used to bond materials, arranged to provide an air space within
concrete masonry units which contains: hydraulic the waD, and in which the inner and outer parts of
cement; glass fiber reinforcement with or without the wall are tied together with metal ties.
inorganic fillers or organic modifiers; and water Composite wall: A wall built of a combination of
(see 780 CMR 2105.8). two or more masonry units of different materials
bonded together, one fonning the backup and the
Rubble masonry: Masonry composed of roughly other the facing elements.
shaped stones. Dry-stacked, surface-bonded walls: A wall built
Coursed rubble: Masonry composed of roughly of concrete masonry units where the units are
shaped stones fitting approximately on level beds stacked dry, without mortar on the bed or head
and well bonded. Random rubble: Masonry joints, and where both sides of the wall are coated
composed of roughly shaped stones laid without with a surface-bonding mortar (see 780 CMR
regularity of coursing but well bonded and fitted 2106.3).
together to form well-defined joints. Faced wall: A wall in which the masonry facing
Rough or ordinary rubble: Masonry composed and backing are so bonded as to exert common
of unsquared field stones laid without regularity action under load.
of coursing but well bonded. Hollow wall: A wall built of masonry units so
arranged as to provide an air space within the
Running bond: The placement of masonry units wall, and in which the facing and backing of the
such that head joints in successive courses are wall are bonded together with masonry units.
horizontally offset at least one-quarter the unit Parapet walD: That part of any wall entirely
length. above the roof line.
Stack bond: The placement of masonry units in a Wythe: Each continuous, vertical section of a wall,
bond pattern is such that head joints in successive one masonry unit in thickness.
courses are vertically aligned. For the purpose of
this code, requirements for stack bond shall apply
to all masonry laid in other· than running bond.

•
MASONRY
•
7SO CMR 2103.0 CONSTRUcnON except that non-bearing masonry walls shall be
DOCUMENTS designed for the seismic force applied
perpendicular to the plane of the wall and
2103.ll. Drawings: The drawings and details shall
uniformly distributed over the wall area.
show all the items required to be shown on the
2. Nominal strength: The nominal strength
drawings by 780 CtvfR including the following:
of masonry shall be taken as 2Y2 times the
1. Specified size, grade, type and location of
allowable stress value. The allowable stress
reinforcement, anchors and wall ties;
value shall be determined in accordance with
2. Reinforcing bars to be welded and welding
Chapter 7 of the ACI 530/ASCE 5ITMS 402
procedure;
Masonry Code listed in Appendix A.
3. Size and location of all structural elements;
3. Design strength: The design strength of
and
masonry provided by a member, its
4. Provision for dimensional changes resulting
connections to other members and its cross
from elastic defonnation, creep, shrinkage,
sections in tenns of flexure, axial load, and
temperature and moisture.
shear shall be· taken as the nominal strength
multiplied by a strength reduction factor <I>, as
2103.2 Fireplace drawings: The construction
follows;
documents shall describe in sufficient detail the
a. Axial load and flexure except for flexural
location, size and construction of all masonry
tension in unreinforced masonry <IJi = 0.8.
fireplaces. The thickness and characteristics of all
b. Flexural tension in unreinforced masonry
material and the clearances from walls, partitions
<X> = 0.4
and ceilings shall be clearly indicated.
c. Shear <I> = 0.6
d. Shear and tension on anchor bolts
780 CMR 2104.0 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
embedded in masonry <Ill = 0.6
2104.Jl Scope: Seismic design requirements apply to
the design of masonry and the construction of 2104.2.2 Shear Factor: When calculating shear
masonry building elements, except masonry veneers. or diagonal tension stresses using allowable stress
Seismic requirements for masonry veneers shall design, shear walls and beams which resist
•
comply with Chapter 12 of the ACI 530/ASCE seismic forces shall be designed to resist 1.33
5ITMS 402 Masonry Code listed in Appendix A. times the seismic shear forces obtained from an
All masonry shall be designed to comply with the analysis ofthe building.
requirements of Chapter 7 of the ACI 5301 2X04.2.3 Drift limits: The design story drift of
ASCE 5ITMS 402 Masonry Code listed in masonry structures due to the combination of
Appendix A, except as otherwise permitted herein. seismic forces and gravity loads shall not exceed
0.007 times the story height. The drift shall be
2104.2 General: Masonry structures and masonry calculated using load combinations 7 or 8 for
elements shall comply with the requirements of strength design in 780 CMR 1616.3 1 with the
780 Cl\m 2104.3 through 2104.5. In addition, seismic deflections multiplied by the seismic
masonry structures and masonry elements shall amplification factor, Cd' given in Table 1612.4.4.
comply with either the allowable stress design
requirements of Section 5.1 of the ACI 530/ASCE ~Jl04.3 Design of elements thaft are not pan 011"
5ffMS 402 Masomy Code, listed in Appendix A and Dateral force resisting system:
with 780 C1.1R 2104.2.2 and 2104.2.3, or the
strength design requirements of780 CMR 2104.2.1 2104.3.1 Masonry elements that are listed in
and 780 CMR. 2104.2.3. 780 CMR. 2104.3 and isolated from the structure
so that vertical and lateral forces are not imparted
1.104.2.1 Strength requirements: For masonry to these elements and that are not part of the
structures that are not designed in accordance lateral force resisting system shall comply with
with Section 5.1 of the ACK 530/ASCE 5ITMS the proVisions of 780 C1\.1R. 2104.3 and may be
402 Masonry Code listed in Appendix A, the designed in accordance with the provisions of
provisions of 780 CMR 2104.0 shall apply. The Chapter 9 of the ACK 530/ASCE 5rrMS 402
design strength of masonry structures and Masonry Code listed in Appendix A.
masonry elements shall be at least equal to the
required strength determined in accordance with :U04.3.2Loadbearing frames or columns that are
this section except for masonry elements designed not part ofthe lateral force resisting system shall
in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9 of be analyzed as to their effect on the response of
the system. Such frames or columns shaH be
•
the A~I 530/ASeE 5ffMS 402 Masonry Code
listed in Appendix A . adequate for vertical load carrying capacity and
1. Required strength: Required strength, U, induced moment due to the design story drift.
to resist seismic forces in such combinations 2104.3.3 Anchofmge Of Masonry Walls:
with gravity and other loads including load Masonry walls shall be anchored to the roof and
factors shall be as required in 780 CMR 1616 all floors that provide lateral support out of plane

G
355
for the wall. The anchorage shall provide a direct ends of walls, and at a maximum spacing of
connection between the walls and the floor or roof eight feet.
construction. The connections shall be capable of 2. Horizontal reinforcement: Horizontal
resisting the greater of the seismic lateral force reinforcement shall consist of at least two
induced by the wall or 120 pounds per lineal foot wires ofWl.7 spaced not more than 16 inches.
of wall (allowable stress design), or 200 pounds Horizontal reinforcement of at least 0.2 square
per lineal foot of wall (strength design). inches in cross sectional areas shall also be
provided at the bottom and top of wall
2104.3.4 Masonry partition walls 16 feet or less
openings and shall extend not less than 24
in height, masonry screen walls and other
inches nor less than 40 bar diameters past the
masonry elements, except those listed in
opening; continuously at structurally connected
780 CMR 2104.3.6, that are not designed to resist
roof and floor levels; within 16 inches of the
vertical or lateral loads, other than those induced
top of walls~ and at a maximum spacing of
by their own mass, shall be isolated from the
eight feet.
structure so that vertical and lateral forces are not
imparted to these elements. Isolation joints and 2104.3.6 Nonstfuctural masonry partition walls
connectors between these elements and the that are isolated from the structure in accordance
structure shall be designed to accommodate the with 780 C:MR 2104.3.4, and 2104.3.5, which
design story drift. Masonry elements listed in enclose stairwells, exit discharges, exits and
780 Crvm. 2104.3.4 shall be reinforced in either elevator shafts shall be designed for the code
the horizontal or vertical direction in accordance required lateral loads and at a minimum in
with the following~ accordance with the following:
1. Horizontal reinforcement: Horizontal 1. Vertical reinforcement: Vertical
reinforcement shall consist of at least two reinforcement 0.31 square inches in cross
longitudinal Wl.7 wires spaced not more than sectional area shall be provided at comers,
16 in. (vertically) for walls greater than four within 16 inches of each side of openings,
inches in width and at least one longitudinal within eitght inches of each side of
WI.7 wire spaced not more than 16 inches for movements joints, and within eight inches of
walls not exceeding four inches in width~ or at the ends of walls and at a maximum spacing of
least one No. 4 bar spaced not more than 48 six feet.
inches Where two longitudinal wires of joint 2. Horizontal reinforcement: Horizontal
reinforcement are used, the space between reinforcement shall consist of at least two
these wires shall be the widest that the mortar wires ofWl.7 spaced not more that 16 inches
joint will acconunodate. Horizontal Horizontal reinforcement of at least 0.20
reinforcement shall be provided within 16 square inches in cross-sectional area shall also
inches of the top and bottom of these masonry be provided at the bottom and top of wall
elements~ OR openings and shall extend not less than 24
2. Vertical reinforcement: Vertical inches nor less than 40 bar diameters past the
reinforcement shall consist of at least one opening; continuously at structurally connected
No.4 bar spaced not more than 48 inches roof and floor levels~ and within 16 inches of
Vertical reinforcement shall be located within the top of walls~ or
16 inches of the ends of masonry walls. 3. Walls spanning horizontally: Walls which
are designed to span horizontally, shall comply
2104.3.5 Masonry partition walls, greater than 16
with 780 CMR. 2104.3.6 and the following:
feet in height, masonry screen walls and other
horizontal reinforcement shall consist of at
masonry elements except those listed in 780 C.MR
least two wires ofW.1.7 spaced not more than
2104.3.6, that are not designed to resist vertical or
16 inches. Horizontal reinforcement of at least
lateral loads, other than those induced by their
0.31 square inches in cross-sectional area shall
own mass, shall be isolated from the structure so
also be provided at the bottom and top of wall
that the vertical and lateral forces are not imparted
openings and shall extend not less than 24
to these elements. Isolation joints and connectors
inches nor less than 40 bar diameters past the
between these elements and the structure shall be
opening. Horizontal reinforcement of at least
designed to accommodate the design story drift.
0.31 square inches shall be provided
Masonry elements listed in 780 eMR 2104.3.5
continuously at structurally connected roof and
shall be reinforced in accordance with the
floor levels, within 16 inches of the top of
following:
walls and at a maximum of six feet.
1. Vertical reinforcement: Vertical re-
inforcement of at least 0.2 square inches in 2104.3.7 Masonry walls listed in 780 CMR
cross-sectional area shall be provided at 2104.3, that are NOT isolated from the structure
corners, within 16 inches of each side of as required in 780 CMR 2104.3.4 and 2104.3.5,
openings, within eight inches of each side of shall be designed to withstand the induced forces.
movement joints, within eight inches of the

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll-DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
2104.4 Design of elements which are part of the be spaced not more than eight inches on center
lateral force resisting system, bearing walls, exterior and shaH be at least 3/8 inches diameter. Lateral
walls, parapets and chimneys. ties shall be embedded in grout.
2104.4.1 Connections to masonry shear walls: 2104.41.6 Material requirement: Neither Type N
Connectors shall he provided to transfer forces mortar nor masonry cement shall be used as part
between horizontal elements and masonry walls in of the lateral force resisting system.
accordance with the requirements, of Section 2104.4.7 Lateral tie anchorage: Standard hooks
5.11 of the ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 Masonry for lateral tie anchorage shall be either a 135
Code listed in Appendix A. Connectors shall be degree standard hook or a 180 degree standard
designed to transfer horizontal design forces hook.
acting either perpendicular or parallel to the wall,
but not less than 200 pounds per lineal foot of 1.Ji04.5 Inspection: Masonry shall be inspected in
wall (allowable stress design) or 335 pounds per accordance with 780 CMR. 1705.7.
lineal foot of wall (strength design). The
maximum spacing between connectors shall be 780 CMR 2105.0 MASONRY
four feet. CONSTRVcnON MA'fERIALS
2104.4.2 Connections to masonry columns: 21105.1 Concrete masonry Il.mits: Concrete masonry
Connectors shall be provided to transfer forces units shall conform to the following standards listed
between masonry columns and horizontal in Appendix A: ASTM C55 for concrete brick;
elements in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C73 for calcium silicate face brick; ASTM
Section 5.11 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 C90 for loadbearing concrete masonry units; or
Masonry Code listed in Appendix A. Where ASTM C744 for prefaced concrete and calcium
anchor bolts are used to connect horizontal silicate masonry units.
elements to the tops of columns, anchor bolts
shall be placed within lateral ties. Lateral tics 2)105.2 Clay or shale masonry units: Clay or shale
shall enclose both the vertical bars in the column masonry units shall conform to the following
•
and the anchor bolts. There shall be a minimum of standards listed in Appendix A: ASTM C34 for
two No.4 lateral ties provided in the top five structural clay loadbearing wall tile; ASTM C56 for
inches of the column. structural clay nonIoadbearing wall tile; ASTM C62
2104.4.3 Minimum ll"einforcement for building brick (solid masonry units made from
requirements for bearing walRs, exterior walls, clay or shale); ASTM CI088 for solid units of thin
shear walls, parapets and chimneys: These veneer brick; ASTM C126 for ceramic-glazed
walls shall be reinforced in both the vertical and structural clay facing tile, facing brick and solid
horizontal direction. The sum of the cross o
masonry units~ ASTM C212 for structural clay
sectional area of horizontal and vertical facing tile; ASTM C216 for facing brick (solid
reinforcement shall be at least 0.002 times the masonry units made from clay or shale); and ASlM
gross cross-sectional area of the wall, and the C652 for hollow brick (hollow masonry units made
minimum cross-sectional area in each direction from clay or shale)..
shall he not less than 0.0007 times the gross cross- Exception: Structural clay tile for nonstructural
sectional area of the wall. Reinforcement shall be use in fireproofing of structural members and in
unifonnly distributed. The maximum spacing of . wall furring shall not be required to meet the
reinforcement shall be 48 inches The maximum compressive strength specifications. The
spacing of reinforcement for stack bond masonry fireresistance rating shall be determined in
shall be 24". accordance with ASTM E 119 listed in
2104.4.4 Shear wan additional reinforcing Appendix A and shall comply with the
requirements for buildings classified hn Seismic requirements of Table 602.
Performance Category D: The maximum
spacing of vertical and horizontal reinforcement 2105.3 Sto·ne masonry units: Stone masonry units
shall be the smaller of; one-third the length of the shall conform to the following standards listed in
shear wall. one-third the height of the shear wall, AppendixA: ASTM C503 for marble building stone
or 48 inches The minimum cross-sectional area of (exterior); ASTM C568 for limestone building stone;
vertical reinforcement per horizontal foot of shear ASTM C615 for granite building stone~ ASTM
wall shall be one-third of the required shear C616 for sandstone building stone; or ASTM C629
reinforcement per vertical foot of shear wall. for slate building stone.
Shear reinforcing shall be anchored around
vertical reinforcing bars with a standard hook. 2105.4 Ceramic aile: Ceramic tile shall be as
defined in ANSI A137.1 listed in Appendix A and
2104.4.5 Minimum reinforcement II'OD" masonry shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A137.1
columns: Lateral ties in masonry columns shall listed in Appendix A.

G
357
2105.5 Glass block: Glass block shall be partially 2105.9.3 Deformed reinforcing wire: Deformed
evacuated, hollow masonry units made of clear, reinforcing wire shall conform to ASTM A496
colorless gJass (with or without a highly reflective listed in Appendix A.
oxide surface coating), having a thickness of not less
2105.9.4 Wire fabric: Wire fabric shall conform
than 3118 inches or shall be solid glass-block units,
to ASTM A185 listed in Appendix A for plain
having a thickness of not less than three inches.
steel-welded wire fabric for concrete
reinforcement or ASTM A497 listed in
2105.6 Second-hand units: Second-hand masonry
Appendix A for welded deformed steel wire fabric
units shall not be reused unJess the units conform to
for concrete reinforcement.
the requirements for new units. The units shall be of
whole, sound material and be free from cracks and 2105.9.5 Anchors, ties and accessories:
other defects that wiU interfere with proper laying or Anchors, ties and accessories shall conform to the
use. All old mortar shall be cleaned from the units - following standards listed in Appendix A: ASTM
before reuse. A36 for structural steel; ASTM A82 for plain
steel wire for concrete reinforcement; ASTM
2105.7 Mortar: Mortar for masonry construction Al85 for plain steel-welded wire fabric for
shall conform to ASTM C270 listed in Appendix A. concrete reinforcement; ASTM A167, Type 304,
for stainless and heat-resisting chromium-nickel
2105.8 Surface-bonding mortar: Surface-bonding steel plate, sheet and strip; and AST1\f A366 for
mortar shall comply with ASTM e887 listed in cold-rolled carbon steel sheet, commercial
Appendix A. Surface bonding of concrete masonry quality.
units shall comply with ASTM C946 listed in
2105.9.6 Corrosion protection: Joint
AppendixA.
reinforcement anchors, wall ties and accessories,
except those of Type 304 stainJess steel
2105.9 Metal reinforcement and accessories:
complying with ASTM A 167 listed in
Metal reinforcement and accessories shall conform
Appendix A, shall be protected from corrosion by
to 780 Ctv1R 2105.9.1 through 2105.9.7. Where
galvanizing as follows.
unidentified reinforcement is approved for use, such
Metal accessories for use in exterior wall
reinforcement shan be tested in accordance with
construction shall be hot-dipped galvanized after
780 Ctv1R. 2208.1.
fabrication with a minimum coating of 1.5 ounces
2105.9.1 Deformed reinforcing bars: Deformed per square foot (458 glm2) in accordance with
reinforcing bars shall conform to the following ASTM A153 listed in Appendix A. Metal
standards listed in Appendix A: ASTM A615 for accessories for use in interior wall construction
deformed and plain billet-steel bars for concrete shall be mill galvanized with a minimum coating
reinforcement; ASTM A616 for rail-steel of o. I ounce per square foot (31 glm2) in
deformed and plain bars for concrete accordance with the standards listed in
reinforcement; ASTM A617 for axle-steel Appendix A as follows: ASTM A641 for joint
deformed and plain bars for concrete reinforcement, wire anchors and ties; and ASTM
reinforcement; and ASTM A706 for low-alloy- A525, Class G-60, for sheet metal anchors and
steel deformed bars for concrete reinforcement. ties.
2105.9.2 Joint reinforcement: Joint reinforcing 2105.9.7 Tests: Where unidentified reinforcement
wire shall conform to the following standards is approved for use, not less than three tension and
listed in Appendix A: ASTM A82 for steel wire, three bending tests shall be made on
plain, for concrete reinforcement; and ASTM representative specimens of the reinforcement
A167, Type 304, for stainless and heat-resisting from each shipment and grade of reinforcing steel
chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet and strip. proposed for use in the work.
Longitudinal wires shall be deformed. One set
of two deformations shall occur around the 2105.10 Mortars for ceramic wall and floor tile:
perimeter of the wire- at a maximum spacing of Portland cement mortars for installing ceramic wall
0.7 times the diameter of the wire but not less and floor tile shall comply with ANSI A108.1listed
than eight sets per one inch (25 rom) of length. in Appendix A and be of the compositions indicated
The overall length of each deformation within the in Table 2105.10.
set shall be such that the summation of gaps
2105.10.1 Dry-set portland cement mortars:
between the ends of the deformations shall not
Premixed prepared portland cement mortars,
exceed 33% of the perimeter of the wire. The
•
which require only the addition of water and
indentation depth of the deformations shall be
which are used in the installation of ceramic tile,
0.006 inch (0.15 mm) plus or minus 0.003 inch
shall comply with ANSI A118.1 listed in
(0.08 mm).
Appendix A The shear bond strength for tile set in
such mortar shall be as required in accordance
with ANSI A118.1 listed in Appentlix A. Tile set

MASONRY
in dry~set portland cement mortar shall be immersion shall not be less than 40 psi (0.028
installed in accordance with ANSI AI08.S listed kglmm2) for Type I adhesive, and not less than 20
in Appendix A. psi (0.014 kg/nun2) for Type II adhesive, when
tested in accordance with ANSI A136.1 listed in
2105.10.2 Electrically conductive dry-set
Appendix A. Tile set in organic adhesives shall be
mortars: Premixed prepared portland cement
installed in accordance with ANSI AI08.4 listed in
mortars, which require only the addition ofwater
AppendixA.
and which comply with ANSI A118.2 listed in
Appendix A, shall be used in the installation of
2105.10.8 Portland cement grouts: Portland
electrically conductive ceramic tile. Tile set in
cement grouts used for the installation of ceramic
electrically conductive dry-set mortar shall be
tile shall comply with ANSI A 118.6 listed in
installed in accordance with ANSI AI08.7listed
Appendix A. Portland cement grouts for tilework
in Appendix A.
shall be installed in accordance with ANSI AI08.10
Table :n05.10
CERAMIC mE MORTAR COMPOsmONS
21105.U Grout: Grout shall confonn to ASTM C476
Walls Scratchcoat 1 cement; 115 hydrated lime~
14 dry or 5 damp sand listed in Appendix A.
Setting bed and I cement; Y2 hydrated 1ime~
leveling coat 5 damp sand; to 1 cement~ 780 Cl\1IR 2106.0 LA'liERAL SfABDLITY
1 hydrated lime; 7 damp sand 2n06.1 Shear walls: Where the structure depends
Floors Setting bed 1 cement; 1/10 hydrated lime; upon masonry walls for lateral stability, shear walls
5 dry or 6 damp sand; or 1
lcement~ 5 dry or 6 damp sand
shall be provided parallel to the direction of the
Ceilings SCratchcoat and 1 cement;Y2 hydrated lime; 2Y2
lateral forces resisted.
sand bed In", AAnd or ~ dAmn !1.~nd .
2106.1.1 Shear waHl tlilickuness: Minimum
2105.10.3 Latex-modified portland «:ement nominal thickness of masonry shear walls shall be
mortars: Latex-modified portland cement thin- eight inches.
set mortars-in which latex is added to dry-set Exception: Shear walls of one-story buildings
••
mortar as a replacement for all or part of the are permitted to be a minimum nominal
gauging water-which are used for the installation .thickness of six inches.
of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI AIl8A
2106.1.2 Cumulative lIengtth of shear walls: In
listed in Appendix A. Tile set in latex-modified
each direction in which shear walls are required
portland cement shall be installed in .accordance
for lateral stability, the minimum cumulative
with ANSI AI08.51isted in Appendix A.
length of shear walls provided shall be 0.4 times
2105.10.4 Epoxy mortar: Ceramic tile set and the long dimension of the buildmg. Cumulative
grouted with chemical~resistant epoxy shall length of shear walls shall not include openings.
comply with ANSI A118.3 listed in Appendix A.
2106.103 Maximum diaphragm ratio: Masonry
rile set and grouted with epoxy shall be installed
shear walls shall be provided so that the span-to-
in accordance with ANSI AI08.6 listed in
width (or depth) ratio offIoor or roof diaphragms
AppendixA.
does not exceed that indicated in Table 2106.1.3.
:nOS.l0.5 Furan mortar and grout: Chemical-
resistant furan mortar and grout which are used to Table 2106.1.3
install ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI MAxIMuM SPAN-T()..WIDm (DEPTH)
A118.5 listed in Appendix A. Tile set and RAnO OF FLOOR AND ROOF
. grouted with fiJran shall be installed in accordance DIAPHRAGMS
with ANSI AI08.8listed in AppendixA. Floor or roof Maximum span-ta-width
diaphragm construction (depth) ratio ofDiaphragm
_.
21l05.10.6 Modified epoxyooemulsion mortal!" and
Cast-in-place concrete 5:1
grout: Modified epoxy-emulsion mortar and Precast concrete 4: I
grout which are used to install ceramic tile shall
comply with ANSI A118.8listed in AppemlixA.
Tile set and grouted with modified epoxy-
emulsion mortar and grout shall be installed in Wood diaphragm 2: 1
accordance with ANSI AI08.9 listed in
AppeMixA. :U.06.2 Roofs: The roof construction shall be
•
designed so as not to impart out-of-plane lateral
2105.10.7 Organic adhesives: Water-resistant thrust to the waIls under roofgravity load.
organic adhesives used for the installation of
ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A136.1 listed 2106.3 Surface-bonded walls: Dry-stacked,
in AppendixA. The shear bond strength after water surface..bonded concrete masonry walls shall comply
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 359

with the requirements of 780 CMR for masonry wall

construction, except where otherwise noted in
780 CMR 2106.
2106.3.1 Strength: Dry-stacked, surface-bonded
concrete masonry walls shall be of adequate
strength and proportions to support all
Table 2107.2
ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES
FOR EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY
Construction; compressive
Allowable compressive stresses
gross cross-sectional area, psi
a
••
strength of unit, gross Type M or S Type N
superimposed loads without exceeding the area. psi mortar mortar
allowable stresses listed in Table 2106.3.1. Solid masonry of brick
Allowable stresses not specified in Table 2106.3.1 and other solid writs of
shall comply with the requirements of ACI clay or shale; sand-lime or
530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 listed in AppendixA. concrete brick:
8,000
Table 2106.3.1
ALLOWABLE STRESS GROSS CROSS- 1,500 115 100
SECIlONAL AREA FOR DRYaSTACKED, Grouted masonry of clay
SURFACE-BONDED CONCRETE or shale, sand-Lime or
MASONRY WALLS concrete:
Compression 4,500 or greater 225 200
standard block 4S 2,500 160 140
1,500 115 100
Solid masonry of solid
Flexural tension
concrete masonry units:
Vertical span 18 psi
Horizontal soan
3.000 or greater 225 200
30 psi
2,000 160 140
1.200 115 100
2106.4 Construction: Construction of dry-stacked, Masonry of hollow
surface-bonded masonry walls, including stacking loadbearing units:
and leveling of units, mixing and application of 2,000 or 120
mortar, and curing and protection, shall comply with
ASTM C946 listed in Appendix A.
750 60 55
780 CMR 2107.0 COMPR1ESSIVE STRESS Hollow walls

(noncomposite IDasonry
REQUIREMENTS bondedb)
2107.1 Vertic:a.l dead plus live loads: Compressive Solid writs:
2,500 or greater 160 140
stresses in masonry due to vertical dead plus' live
1,500 115 100
loads (excluding wind or seismic loads) shall be Hollow units 7S 70
determined in accordance with 780 CMR 2107.2.1. Stone ashlar masonry:
Dead and live loads shall be in accordance with Granite 720 640
780 CMR 16, with such live load reductions as are Limestone or marble 450 400
pennitted in 780 eMIt 1608.0. Sandstone or cast stone 360 320
Rubble stone masonry
2107.2 Maximum values: The compressive stresses CoW"Sed. rough or
random 120 100
in masonry shall not exceed the .values given in
Note a . Linear inteIpolation for detennining allowable
Table 2107.2. Stress shall be calculated based on
stresses for masonry units having compressive strengths
actual rather than nominal dimensions. which are intermediate between those given in the table
2107.2.1 Calculated compressive stresses: is permitted.
Calculated compressive stresses for single-wythe Note b. Where floor and roof loads are carried upon
walls and for multiple-wythe composite masonry one wythe, the gross cross-sectional area is that of the
wythe under load; if both wythes are loaded, the gross
walls shall be determined by dividing the design
cross-sectional area is that of the wall minus the area of
load by the gross cross-sectional area of the the cavity between the wythes. Walls bonded with metal
member. The area ofopenings, chases or recesses ties shall be considered as noncomposite walls unless
in walls shall not be included in the gross cross- collar joints are filled with mortar or grout.
sectional area ofthe wall.
780 CMR 2108.0 LATERAL SUPPORT
2107.2.2 Multiple-wythe walls: The allowable
2108.1 General: Masonry walls shall be laterally
stress shall be as given in Tabl~ 2107.2 for the
•
supported in either the horizontal or the vertical
weakest combination of the units and mortar used
in each wythe.

MASONRY
direction at intervals not exceeding those given in 780 CMR 2110.0 BOND
Table 2108.1. 2HO.l General: The facing and backing of
2108.1.1 Thickness: Except for cavity walls and multiple-wythe masonry walls shall be bonded in
cantilever walls, the thickness of a wall shall be accordance with 780 CMR 2110.2, 2110.3 or
the nominal thickness measured perpendicular to 2110.4.
the face of the wall. For cavity walls, the
thickness shall be detennined as the sum of the ZHO.2 Bonding with masonry headers: Bonding
nominal thicknesses ofthe individual Wythes. For with solid or hollow masonry headers shall comply
cantilever walls, ex~pt for parapets, the ratio of with 780 CMR 2110.2.1 and 2110.2.2.
height to nominal thickness shall not exceed 6: 1 2BO.2.U Solid units: Where the facing and
for solid masonry or 4: 1 for hollow masonry. The backing (adjacent wythes) of solid masonry
thickness and height of parapets shall conform to construction are bonded by means of masonry
780 CMR 2109.2. headers, not less than 4% of the wall surface of
each face shall be composed of headers extending
:n 08.2 Lateral support: Lateral support shall be not less than three inches (76 rom) into the
provided by cross walls, pilasters, buttresses or backing. The distance between adjacent full-
structural frame members where the limiting length headers shall not exceed 24 inches (610
distance is taken horizontally, or by floors, or roofs rom) either vertically or horizontally. In walls in
acting as diaphragms or structural frame members which a single header does not extend through the
where the limiting distance is taken vertically. wall, headers from the opposite sides shall overlap
at least three inches (76 mm), or headers from
Table 2108.1 opposite sides shall be covered with another
WALL LATERAL SUPPORT header course overlapping the header below at
REQUIREMENTS least three inches (76 mm).
Maximwn ratio ofwall length
Construction to thickness or wall height to 2110.2.2 Hollow units: Where two or more
thickness hollow units are used to make up the thickness of
a wall, the stretcher courses shall be bonded at
• '_ _f'ja1i• •il. vertical intervals not exceeding 34 inches (864

nun) by lapping at least three inches (76 rom) over
Nonloadbearing walls the unit below, or by lapping at vertical intervals
Exterior 18 not exceeding 17 inches (432 mm) with units
interior 36
which are at least 50% greater in thickness than
the units below.
780 CMR 2109..0 THICKNESS OF MASONRY
2109.1 Thickness of waDs: The nominal! thickness 21ll0.3 Bonding with wall ties or joint
of masonry walls shall conform to the requirements reinforcement: Bonding with wall ties or joint
of 780 CI\1R 2109. reinforcement shall comply with 780 CJvm. 2110.3.1
2109.1.1 Minimum thickness: The minimum through 2110.3.2.
thickness ofmasonry loadbearing willis more than 21110.3.1 Bonding with wall) tties: Except as
one story high shall be eight inches. The required by 780 CMR 2110.3.1.1, where the
minimum thickness of masonry loadbearing wan.ls facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry
of one-story buildings shall not be less than six walls are bonded with 3116-inch diameter wall ties
inches. or metal wire of equivalent stifthess embedded in
2109.1.2 Rubble stone walls: The minimum the horizontal mortar joints, there shall be at least
thickness of rough or random or coursed rubble one metal tie for ea~h 4yt square feet (0.42 m2) of
stone walls shall be 16 inches. wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall be
staggered. The maximum vertical distance
21109.1.3 Change in thickness: Where a wall of between ties shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm),
masonry of hollow units or a masonry-bonded arnd the maximum horizontal distance shall not
hollow wall is decreased in thickness, a course or exceed 36 inches (914 nun). Rods or ties bent to
courses of solid masonry shall be interposed rectangular shape shall be used with hollow
between the wall below and the thinner wall masomy units laid with the cells vertical. In other
above, or special units or construction shall be waIls, the ends of ties shall be bent to 90~degree
\Used to transmit the loads from face shells or (1.57 rad) angles to provide hooks not less than
wythes above to those below.
•
two inches (51 mm) long. Additional bonding ties
shall be provided at all openings, spaced not more
2109.2 Parapet walls: Parapet walls shall be at least than three feet (914 rom) apart around the
eight inches thick, and the height shall not exceed perimeter and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the
three times the thickness. Parapet walls shall be opening.
reinforced in accordance with 780 eMR 2104.4.3.

•
2110.3.1.1 Bonding willi adjustable wall ties: inches (1219 rom) apart shall be 0.0007 times the
Where the facing and backing (adjacent vertical cross-sectional area of the wall.
wythes) ofmasoruy are bonded with adjustable
wall ties, there shall be at least one tie for each 780 CMR 2111.0 ANCHORAGE
1.77 square feet (0.16 m~ ofwall area. Neither 2111.1 G.~neral: Masonry elements shall be
the vertical nor horizontal spacing of the anchored in accordance with 780 CMR 211 1.0.
adjustable wall ties shall exceed 16 inches (406
mm). The maximum vertical offset of bed 2111.2 Intenecting walls: Masonry walls
joints from one wythe to the other shall be 1114 depending upon one another for lateral support shall
inches "(32 nun). The maximum clearance be anchored or bonded at locations where the walls
between connecting parts of the ties shall be meet or intersect by one of the following methods
1/16 inch (1.6 mm). Where pintle legs are used, indicated in 780 CMR 2111.2.1 through 2111.2.5.
ties shall have at least two 3/16-inch (5 mm)
diameter legs. 2111.2.1 Bonding pattern: 50% of the units at
the intersection shall be laid in an overlapping
2110.3.2 Bonding with prefabricated joint masonry bonding pattern, with alternate units
reinforcement: Where the facing and backing having a bearing of not less than three inches (76
(adjacent wythes) of masonry are bonded with mm) on the unit below.
prefabricated joint reinforcement, there shall be at
least one cross wire serving as a tie for each 2% 2111.2.2 Steel connectors: Walls shall be
square feet (0.25 m2) of wall area. The vertical anchored by steel connectors having a minimum
spacing of the joint reinfor~ement shall not cross section of lf4-inch by IIf2 inches with ends
exceed 16 inches (406 rom). Cross wires on bent up at least two inches (51 rnm), or with cross
prefabricated joint reinforcement shall not be pins to fOJm anchorage. Such anchors shall be at
smaller than No. 9 gage. The longitudinal wires least 24 inches (610 rom) long and the maximum
shall be embedded in the mortar. spacing shall be four feet (1219 nun).
2111.2.3 Joint reinforcement: Walls shall be
2110.4 Bonding with natural or cast stone: anchored by joint reinforcement spaced at a
•
Bonding with natural or cast stone shall confonn to maximum distance of eight inches (203 nun).
780 CMR 2110.4.1 and 2110.4.2. Longitudinal reinforcement shall be at least No.9
2110.4.1 Ashlar masonry: In ashlar masonry, gage and shall extend at least 30 inches (762 nun)
unifonnly distributed bonder units shall be
in each direction at the intersection.
provided to the extent of not less than 10% of the 2111~2.4 Interior nonloadbearing walls:
wall area. Such bonder units shall extend not less Interior nonloadbearing walls shall be anchored at
than four inches ( 102 mm ) into the backing wall. the intersection of the walls at vertical intervals of
2110.4.2 Rubble stone masonry: Rubble stone not more than 16 inches (406 rom) with joint
masonry 24 inches or less in thickness shall have reinforcement or Ih-inch galvanized mesh
hardware cloth. "
bonder units with a maximum spacing of 3 feet
(914 nun) vertically and three feet (914 nun) 2111.2.5 Ties, joint reinforCement and anchors".
horizontally. Rubble stone masonry greater than Other metal ties, joint reinforcement or anchors,
24 inches in thickness shall have one bonder unit ifused, shall-be spaced to provide equivalent area
for each six square feet (0.50 m~ of wall surface of anchorage to that required by 780 CMR
on both sides. 2111.0.
2110.5 Masonry bonding pattern: Masonry laid in 2111.3 Floor and roof anchorage: Floor and roof
running and stack bond shall confonn to 780 CMR diaphragms providing lateral support to masonry
2110.5.1 and 2110.5.2. shall comply with 780 CMR 1612.4.7.1.2 and shall
be connected to the masonry by one ofthe methods
2110.5.1 Masonry laid in moning bond: In each
wythe of masonry laid in running bond, head specified in 780 CMR 2111.3.1 through 211 i .3.3.
joints in successive courses shall be offset by not 2111.3.1 Wood floor joists: Wood floor joists
less than one~fourth the unit length, or the supported by masonry walls shall be anchored to
masonry walls shall be reinforced longitudinally the wall at intervals not to exceed six feet (1829
as required in 780 CMR 2110.5.2. nun) by metal strap anchors. Joists parallel to the
2110.5.2 Masonry laid in stack bond: Where wall shall be anchored with metal straps spaced
•
not more than six feet (1829 mrn) on centers
unit masonry is laid with less head joint offset
extending over or under and secured to at least
than in 780 CMR 2110.S.1, the minimum area of
three joists. Blocking shall be provided between
horizontal reinforcement placed in mortar bed
joints or in bond beams spaced not more than 48 joists at each strap anchor.

780 Cl\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
21H.3.2 Steel floor joists: Steel floor joists shall against the adjoining unit. Bed joints shall not
be anchored to masonry walJs with 3Js-inch round be furrowed deep enough to produce voids.
bars, or their equivalent, spaced not more than six ·2112.1.2.4 All units: Units shall be placed
feet (1829 nun) on center. Where joists are while the mortar is soft and plastic. Any unit
parallel to the wall, anchors shall be located at disturbed to the extent that the initial bond is
joist cross bridging. broken after initial positioning shall he
211.U.3.3 Roof struchnres: Roof structures shall removed andrelaid in fresh mortar.
be anchored to masonry walls with ~-inch bolts 2Jl12.Jl.3 KnstaKlatioll1 of wall ties: The ends of
six feet (1829 nun) on center. Bolts shall extend wall ties shall be embedded in mortar joints. Wall
and be embedded at least 15 inches (381 nun) into tie ends shall engage outer face shells of hollow
the masonry, or be hooked or welded to not less units by at least ~-inch (13 mm). Wire wall ties
than 0.2 square inches (129 mm2) of bond beam shall be embedded at least 1~ inches (38 min)
reinforcement placed not less than six inches (152 into the mortar bed of solid masonry units or
mm) from the top of the wall. solid-grouted hollow units. Wall ties shall not be
bent after being embedded in grout or mortar.
2111.4WaUs adjoining structural framing: Walls
that are dependent upon the structural frame for 2112.1.4 Chases: Chases shall be constructed as
lateral support shall be anchored to the structural masonry units are laid;
members with metal anchors or otherwise keyed to 2112.1.5 Bracing of masonry: Bracing that will
the structural members. Metal anchors shall consist assure stability of masonry during construction
of !h-inch bolts spaced at four feet (1219 nun) on shall be provided and installed.
center embedded four inches (l02 rom) into the
masonry, or of other bolts of equivalent area. 2112.1.6 Construction Doads: Construction loads
shall not exceed the superimposed loads that the
780 om 2112.0 MASONRY masonry, with supplemental supports, is capable
of supporting safely.
CONSlRUCTION
2112.1 Masonry cons~ructioll1l: Masonry 2112.1.7 Masonry protection: The top of
.construction shall comply with the requirements of unfinished masonry work shaJl be covered to
780 CMR. 2112.1.1 through 2112.5. protect the masonry from the weather
2112.1.1 Tolerances: Masonry shall be :U 12.2 Corbeled masonry: Solid masonry units
constructed within the tolerances specified in ACI shall be used for corbeling. The maximum corbeled
530.1/ASCE 6rrMS 602 listed in AppendixA. projection beyond the face of the wall shall not be
2112.1.2 Placing mortar and units: Placement of more than ~ of the wall thickness nor ~ the wythe
mortar and units shall comply with 780 CM'R thickness for hollow walls. The maximum
2112.1.2.1 through 2112.1.2.4. projection of one unit shall neither exceed ~ the
height ofthe unit nor 1f3 the thickness at right angles
2111.2.1.2.1 Bed and head joill1lts: Unless
to the wall.
otherwise required or indicated on the project
drawings, head and bed joints shall be % inch 2112.2.1 Molded iComices: Unless structural
(10 rom) thick, except that the thickness of the support and anchorage are provided to resist the
bed joint of the starting course placed over overturning moment, the center of gravity of all
foundations shall not be less than ~~inch (6 projecting masonry or molded cornices shall lie
mm) and not more than %~inch (19 mm). within the middle oneothird of the supporting
2112.1.2.2 Hollow units: Hollow units shaH be wall. Terra cotta and· metal cornices shall be
placed such that face shells of bed joints are provided with a structural frame of approved
fully mortared, webs are fully mortared in all noncombustible material anchored in an approved
courses of piers, column and pilasters, in the manner.
starting course on foundations, where adjacent 2U2.3 Cold~weatherCOilllS~ruction: The following
cells or cavities are to be grouted and where oold-weather procedures shall be implemented when
otherwise required, and head joints are either the ambient temperature falls below 40°F
mortared a minimum distance from each face (4°C) or the temperature of masonry units is below
equal to the face shell thickness of the unit. 40°F (4°C):
2112.1.2.3 Solid units: Unless otherwise 1. Temperatures of masonry units shall not be
required or indicated on the project drawings, less than 20°F (_7°C) when laid in the masonry.
solid units shall be placed in fully mortared bed Visible ice on masonry units shall be removed
and head joints. The ends of the units shall be before the unit is laid in the masonry.
completely buttered. Head joints shall not be 2. Mortar sand or mixing water shan be heated to
filled by slushing with mortar. Head joints produce mortar temperatures between 40°F (4°C)
shall be constructed by shoving mortar tight and 120°F (49°C) at the time of mixing. Mortar

780 CMR: 5TATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
shall be maintained above freezing until used in 2113.2 Lintels: The design for lintels shall be in
masonry. accordance with the engineered masonry design
3. Heat sources shall be used where ambient provisions of 780 CMR 2101.1.1. Minimum length
temperatures are between 20°F (_7°C) and 25°F of end support shall be four inches (102 mm).
(-4°C) on both sides of the masonry under
construction and wind breaks shall be installed 2113.3 SlIIpport on wood: Masonry shall not be
when wind velocity is in excess of 15 mph (6.7 supported on wood girders or other fonn of wood
mls). construction.
4. Where ambient temperatures are below 20°F
Exception: Glass-block panels complying with
(-7 °C), an enclosure for the masonry under
780 CMR 2115.0 are pennitted to be supported by
construction shall be provided and heat sources
wood members.
shall be used to maintain temperatures above
32°F (DOC) within the enclosure.
S. Where mean daily temperatures are between
780 CMR 2114.0 FIREPlACES AND
32°F (DOC), and 40°F (4°C), completed masonry CHIMNEYS
shall be protected from rain or snow by covering· 2114.1 Scope: The provisions of780 CMR 2114.0
with a weather-resistant membrane for 24 hours shall govern the design, installation, maintenance,
after construction. repair and approval of all masonry fireplaces and
6. Where mean daily temperatures are between chimneys.
25°F (-4°C) and 32°P (DOC), completed masonry
shall be completely covered with a weather- 2114.2 Mechanical code: All masonry fireplaces
resistant membrane for 24 hours after and chimneys shall confonn to the applicable
construction. requirements ofthe BOCA national mechanical code
7. Where mean daily temperatures are between listed in Appendix A.
20°F (_7°C) and 25°P (-4°C), completed masonry
shall be completely covered with insulating 2114.3 Dlimensions: The firebox of a masonry
blankets or equal protection for 24 hours after fireplace shall have a minimum depth of 20 inches
construction. (508 rom). The size of the chimney connection shall
•
8. Where mean daily temperatures are below have a minimum cross-sectional area of 50 square
20°F (_7°C), masonry temperature shall be inches (32258 mm2). The minimum cross·sectional
maintained above 32°F (DOC) for 24 hours after area of the fireplace shall equal the cross-sectional
construction by enclosure with supplementary area of the chimney connection.
heat, by electric heating blankets, by infrared heat
2114.3.1 Rumford fireplaces: Rumford
lamps or by other approved methods.
fireplact:s shall be. permitted provided that the
depth of the fireplace is at least 12 inches (305
2112.4 Hot-weather construction: The following
rom) and is at least % of the width of the fireplace
hot-weather procedures shall be implemented when
opening; and that the throat is at least 12 inches
either of the following conditions exist: the ambient
(305 mOl) above the lintel, and is at least 1120th of
temperature equals or exceeds 100°F (38°C) or the
the cross-sectional area of the fireplace opening.
ambient temperature equals or exceeds 90°F (32°C)
with a wind velocity greater than eight mph (3.6
2114.4 Wall construction: Fireplace walls lined
mls).
with a minimum of two inches (51 mm) of approved
1. Mortar beds shall not be spread more than
low-duty refractory brick shall have a minimum total
four feet (1219 nun) ahead of masonry.
thickness of eight inches (203 mm) of solid
2. Masonry units shall be laid within one minute
masonry. Approved medium-duty fire-clay mortar
after mortar placemept.
or an equivalent shall be utilized with the low-duty
refractory brick. Unlined fireplace walls shall be
2112.5 Wetting of brick: Brick (clay or shale) at the
constructed of solid masonry having a minimum
time of laying shall require wetting if the unit's
total thickness of 12 inches (305 rom).
initial rate ofwater absorption exceeds 30 grams per
30 square inches per minute (30 g/323 mm2) or 2114.4.1 Extension of liners: The liner of the
0.035 ounces per square inch (0.0015 g/mm2), as fireplace walls shall extend a minimum of four
detennined by ASTM C67 listed in Appendix A. inches (102 mm) into the throat of the fireplace.
2114.4.2 Throat and smoke chamber: The walls
780 CMR 2113.0 MISCELlANEOUS of the throat and smoke chamber shall be
REQUIREl\1ENfS constructed of solid masonry having a minimum
•
2113.1 Chases and recesses: Masonry directly thickness of eight inches (203 mm). The throat
above chases or recesses wider than 12 inches (305 and smoke chamber walls are permitted to be
mm) shall be supported on lintels. . reduced in thickness to four inches (102 mm) of
solid masonry provided that such walls are lined
with at least one inch (25 mOl) of insulating

MASONRY
refractory masonry so that the heat transferred 2114.9 Exisfu:Bg muoD!iY chimllleys: Existing
through this waIl is not more than the heat masonry chimneys are pemlitted to vent open fire-
transferred through eight inches (203 mm) ofsolid places only-even if the existing chimneys lack the
masonry. clearances to combustibles as required by the BOCA
national mechanical code listed in Appendix A -
2114.4.3 Heat exchanger: Gravity~fed heat
provided that such chimneys otherwise colllfonn to
exchangell'S installed in the walls of masonry
the requirements ofthe BOCA national mechanical
fireplaces shall not reduce the total thickness of
code listed in AppendixA or are made to confonn to
solid masonry.
such requirements through repair or relining.
21141.5 Foundation and be~rth: The foundation of
a fireplace shall be constructed of noncombustible 780 CMR 2115.0 GLASS-BLOCK WALLS
materials and shall conform to the requirements of 2115.1 General: Masonry of glass blocks used in
780 Cl'AR 18. The hearth and hearth extension shall nonloadbearing exterior or interior walls and in
be constructed of-solid masonry having a minimum window operuings, either isolated or in continuous
thickness offoUT inches (102 mm). . bands, shall have a minimum thiclaiess of three
inches at the mortar joint and all the mortared
2n14~S.1 Hearth extension: The hearth shall
surfaces of the glass block shalll be treated for mortar
extend a minimum of 16 inches (406 rom) beyond bonding. Sizes of structural members supporting
the face of the fireplace opening and a minimum glass-block panels shall be detennined by structural
of eight inches (203 mm) on each side of the analysis to avoid excessive oJ harmful deflection.
fireplace opening for fireplaces having an opening Maximum deflection of such members shall not
of less than six square feet (0.56 m2). The hearth exceed 1/600 ofthe span of the supporting members.
oflarger-sized fireplaces shall extend a minimum Solid or hollow approved glass blocks shall not be
of 20 inches (508 mm) beyond the face of the used in fire walls, party walls, fire separation
fireplace opening and a minimUm of 12 inches assemblies or fire partitions, or for loadbearing
(305 mm) on each side ofthe fireplace opening. construction. Such blocks shall be erected with
Combustible forms used during construction of mortar and reinforcement in metal-channel-type
the hearth and hearth extension shall be removed. frames, structural frames, masonry or concrete
• recesses or embedded paneK anchors as provided for

2114.6 Clearance to combu.stibles (also see both exterior and interior walls or other approved
780 CMR 3610 as applicable): joint materials. Wood strip framing shaH not be
1. Fireplaces - the exterior surface of fireplace used infire separation assemblies that are required
walls shall have a minimum of four inches to be fireresistance rated.
(102mm) clearance to combustibles.
2. Fireplaces. combustible materials attached to Exceptions:
a fireplace face, such as .trim and mantels, shall 1. Glass-block assemblies having a fireresistance
have a minimum clearance ofsix inches (152 rom) rating of not less than % hour shall be permitted
from a fireplace opening. as opening protectives in fire separation
3. Fireplaces combustible materials above and
0
assemblies or in fire partitions which have a
projecting more than 1~ inches (38mm) from a required fireresistance rating of 1 hour or less and
fireplace face shall have a minimum clearance of do not enclose exit stairways or exit passageways.
12 inches (30Smm) above a fueplace opening. 2. Glass-block assemblies as pennitted in
4. Chimneys - combustible materials, including 780 CMR 404.5, Exception 2.
framing and sheathing shall have a minimum
clearance oftwo inches (51mm) from the exterior 2U5.2 Size of panels: The maximum dimensions of
surface of smoke chamber walls and chimney all hollow glass-block wall panels in both exterior
walls. and interior walls, where used singly or in multiples
to fonn continuous bands of glass blocks between
2U.4.7 Opening to the chimney: Means shall be structural supports, shall be 25 feet (7620 mm) in
provided to shut off the opening to the chimney length and 20 feet (6096 mm) in height between
when the fireplace is not in operation. structural supports and expansionjoints; and the area
of each individual panel shall not be more than 144
2111.4.i.l Dampen: Dampers shall be constructed square feet (13.39 m2) for exterior panels and 250
of metal having a minimum thickness of No. 12 square feet (23.25 m2) for interior panels.
Manufacturer's Standard Gage (0.105 inch). Intermediate structural supports shall be provided to
support the dead load of the wall and all other
•
2114.8 Chimneys witb metal hoods: Metal hoods superimposed loads. Where individual panels are
shall extend a minimum of six inches (152 mm) more than the maximum area permitted for those
beyond the firebox. The hoods shall comply with panels, a supplementary structural stiffener shall be
the requirements for metal chimneys. provided to anchor the panels to the structural
supports.

The maximum area of all solid glass-block wall 2115.4 Reinforcement: Glass-block panels shall
panels in both exterior and interior walls shall not be have joint reinforcement in every other mortar bed
more than 100 square feet (9.3 m2). joint, extending the entire length of the panel, but
not across expansion joints. Joint reinforcementis
2115.3 Joint materials: Glass block shall be laid up permitted to be spliced by lapping longitudinal wires
in Type S or N mortar. Both vertical and horizontal at least six inches (152 mm). Joint reinforcement
mortar joints shall be at least ~ inch (6 mm) and not shall be placed in the bed joint immediately below
more than ~ inch (13 mm) thick and shall be and above any opening in the panel. Joint
completely filled. The sills of glass-block panels reinforcement shall be hot.cfipped galvanized after
shall be coated with approved water·based asphaltic fabrication.
emulsion, or other elastic waterproofing material,
prior to laying the first mortar course. All 2115.5 Wind and earthquake loads: Exterior wall
individually framed glass-block panels shall be panels shall be held in place in the wall opening to
resist both the internal and external pressures due to
provided with 3/a·inch-thick (10 mm) expansion
wind and earthquake loads as specified in 780 CMR
joints at the sides and top. Expansion joints shall be 1611.0 and 1612.0, with metal-ehannel-type frames,
entirely free of mortar and shall be caulked to a structural frames, masonry or concrete recesses or
depth of not less than ~ inch (13 nun) with embedded panel anchors at the sides and top. Where
nonhardening caulking compound on both faces, or recess type of framing is used, glass block shall be
other approved expansion joints shall be provided. recessed within the framing not less than one inch
(25 mm).
•
• CHAPTER 22

STEEL
2203.2.1 Modifications to AISC seismic

2201.1 Scope: The provisions of780 Cl\1R 22 shall provisions: The AISC Seismic Provisions for
govern the materials, design, construction and Structural Steel Buildings shall be modified as
quality of structural steel members. indicated in items 1 through 8.
1. In Pari 1, Section. 2.1 a/the AlSC
780 CMR 2202.0 DEFINITIONS Provisions, replace the entire paragraph witk
2202.1 General: The following words and terms tke following: "All buildings assigned to
shall, for the purposes of 780 Cl\1R 22 and as used Category C shall be designed in accordance
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown with these provisions".
herein. 2. 780 CMR Table 1612.2.5 shall be used in
lieu of Table 2~ I in Part I of the AISC
SteeR construction, cold~formed: That type of Provisions. .
construction made up entirely, or in part, of steel 3. In Part 1, Section 3.1, of the AlSC
structural members cold formed to shape from Provisions, delete the entire section, except
sheet or strip steel such as roof deck, floor and for Load Combinations 3-7 and 3-8 ami
wall panels, studs, floor joists, roof joists and replace with 780 CMR 1616.3. Replace load
other structural elements. combinations J~ 7 and 3-8 as follows,·
1.3 Dead+l.0 Floor Live+O. 7 Snow
SteeB joist Any steel structural member of a +/-(2R15) Seismic (3-7)
building or structure made of hot~rolled or cold- (0.9- 0.5 AJDead +/- (2R15) Seismic(3-lJ)
formed solid or open~web sections, or riveted or The term (2R15) shall be greater than or equal
•
welded bars, strip or sheet steel members, or to l.O
slotted and expanded, or otherwise deformed 4. In Pari I, Section 6.1, of the AlSC
rolled sections Provisions, replace equation 6-1 with the
following:
SteeR member, strUdural: Any steel structural 1.3 Dead+l.0 Uve+O. 7 SnoW+(2R15)
member of a building or structure consisting of a Seismic $ tPc?n (6-1)
rolled steel structural shape other than cold- 5. In Pan I, Section 6.1, of the AlSC
formed steel, light-gage steel or steel joist Provisions, replace equation 6-2 with the
members. following:
(0.9 - O.5AJ Dead - (2R15)Seismic
780 CMR 2203.0 SlRUCIURAL STEEL $ tPl'n (6-2)
CONSfRUcnON 6. In Part l p Sections 6.2, 7.1, 8.1 tlmd 9.1 of
2203.1 General: Structural steel construction used the AlSCProvisions, replace all references to
in all buildings and structures shall be fabricated Load Combinations J-l through 3-6 with the
from materials of uniform quality which are free foUowing; "...Load Combinations 1 through
from defects that vitiate the strength or stability of 8 0/780 CMR 1616.3.1".
the structure. All structural steel shall be designed 7. In Part 1, Sections 8.Ja, 9.4a, 9.4h (lnd
and constructed in accordance with either the AISC 10.S, and in Part 11, Section 7.1 of the AISC
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings- Provisions, replace all references to Load
Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design, Combinations J-S and 3-6 with the following;
hereafter referred to AISC ASD, or the AISC Load &·."Load Combinations 7 and 8 of 780 CMR
and Resistance Factor Design Specification for 11616.3.1".
Structural Steel Buildings, hereafter referred to as 8. In Pm 1, Sections 8. ib of the AlSC
AISC LRFD, listed in Appendix A, except as Provisions II'eplace the reference to Load
modified by the provisions of780 CMR 2204.0. Combination J-S with the/ollowing; u."Load
Combination 7 01780 CMR 1616.3.1".
2203.2 Structural steel seismic requirements: The 9. Special provisions for Welded Steel
design of structural steel members and connections Moment Frames: Recent experience has
• to resist seismic forces shall be in accordance with shown that prequalifietl, welded beam-to-
780 Cl\1R 2203.1 and the AISC Seismic Provisions column moment connections used for
for SIn/clural Steel Buildings, listed in Appendix A, Moment Resisting Frames are much more
except as modified by 780 CI\1R. 2203.2.1 and susceptible to damage than originally thought
780 CMR 1616. when the AISC P11'ovisions were publi.~he(l

•
The cu"ent state of knowledge indicates that performance has been submitted and
the welded beam-to-column moment approved.
connections depicted in the AlSC Provisions, 3. The construction documents shall set
Commentary Section 8, do not provide the forth the connection geometry and specific
level of ductility required by the Provisions design procedures demonstrating that the
for buildings that will be subjected to repeated cOIl!nections meet the design intent and
cycles of inelastic deformation during an comply with all requirements of 780 CMR.
earthquake. 11. Design of Ordinary Moment Resisting
Welded beam-to-column moment Frames: Welded beam-to-column connections
connections for Special Moment Resisting depicted in the AlSC Provisions, Section 8
Frames, Eccentrically Braced Frames and Commentary shall be allowed for Ordinary
Dual Systems with Special Moment Resisting Moment Resisting Frames provided the
Frames shall be designed in accordance with following provisions are met:
780 CMR 2203.2.1, Item 10. 1. Filler metal used in critical welds,
Welded beam-to-column moment including all full penetration welds, in
connections for Ordinary Moment Resisting beam-to-column connections shall have a
Frames shall be designed in accordance with minimum Charpy V-Notch value of20ft-
780 CMR 2203.2.1, Item 11. lbs at 40 DF for fully enclosed and heated
10. Design of Special Moment Resisting bui'ldings and 20 ft-lbs at zero degrees
Frames: The design of Special Moment Fahrenheit for other buildings or
Resisting Frames, Eccentrically Braced strllctures.
Frames and Dual Systems with Special 2. Backer bars shall be removed at all
Moment Resisting Frames shall follow the bottom flange welds made in the down
procedures of the Interim Guidelines: hand position, ami the root pass shall be
Evaluation, Repair, Modification and Design b(U~k gouged and re~welded. A reinforcing
of Welded Steel Moment Frame Structures fillet weld shall be added at the top and
(FEMA 267/August, 1995), except as noted bottom of bottom flange full penetration
herein. Chapter 7 of this document offers welds.
•
guidancefor the design ofnew buildings with 3. A reinforcing fillet weld shall be added
welded moment frames and Chapter 8 at the top of top flange full penetration
addresses metallurgy and welding. The welds.
following exceptions and clarifications shall 4. The construction documents shall set
apply to FEMA 267/August, 1995. forth, in sufficient detail, the connection
1. All buildings with welded beam-ta- geometry and specific design procedures
column moment connections, including demonstrating that the connections meet
light single story buildings, shall be the design intent and comply with all
considered to be susceptible to connection requirements of 780 CMR
failure. The welded beam-to-column
connections depicted in the AlSCSeismic 2203.3 Temporary and special stresses: Provision
Provisions, Section 8, Commentary shall shall be made in the design of structural steel
be prohibitedfor Special Moment Resisting construction for temporary stresses that occur during
Frames. erection, and for the influence of special loads
Exceptions: Buildings that will remain producing impact or vibrations as provided for. in
elastic when subject to dead and live 780 CMR 1614.0. Stresses caused by eccentric
loads, together with full seismic load, loading shaH be fully provided for and eccentric
computed with R=l. An analysis that details shall be shown on the design and shop
demonstrates that all components ofthe drawings.
structure and its connections. have
adequate strength to resist these loads 2203.4 Shop drawings: Complete shop drawings
shall be submitted and approved. In shall be prepared in compliance with the best
addition, the requirements of 780 CMR modem practice in advance of the actual fabrication.
2203.2.1, Item 11, shall be applicable. Such drawings shall clearly distinguish between
2. Welded steel beam-ta-column moment shop and field rivets, bolts and welds in all
connection details used in the design of connections and details.
buildings with Special Moment Resisting
Frames shall be sufficiently verified by 2203.5 Painting and special protection: All
•
tests ofconnections with similar geometry painting !;hall comply with the requirements
and member size. The example designs contained in AISC ASD or AISC LRFD listed in
shown in Section 7.9 ofFEMA 267/August Appendix A. Where exposed to highly corrosive
1995 shall not be permitted unless fumes or vapors, or where subject to destruction
adequate data showing acceptable from other highly hazardous industrial processes, all

780 Cl\'1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STEEL
structural steelwork shall be protected by an 2206.1.1 Composite slabs: Composite slabs of

approved method. concrete on steel deck shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with ASCE 3 listed in
780 CMR 2204.0 SEISMIC REQlJIREM[ENfS AppendixA.
FORSTRUCTIJRALSTlEElL 2206.2 Secondary strUlcturaH systems: Formed
2204.1 General: Steel structural elements that resist steel floor, wall and roof systems are permitted to
seismic forces shall be designed in accordance with be designed and constructed to resist all vertical
the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 2203.0, and horizontal moments and shears resulting from
2205.0, 2206.0 and 2207.0. lateral forces. Such members, where designed to
transmit horizontal shears due to wind or other
780 om 2205.0 OPEN-WEB STEEL JOIST lateral forces, shall be connected to the supporting
CONSlRUCI10N structure so as to resist adequately all primary and
2205.1 General: Steel joists and joist girders used as secondary stresses. Where concrete topping or
structural members in floor and roof construction other approved decking is installed and strength
shall be designed and constructed in accordance with of the composite member is included in the
sn Standard Specifications, Load Tables and calculations, the concrete topping or decking shall
Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders be installed in such a manner as to insure
listed in Appendix A. composite action of the assembly
2206.3 Cold-formed steel stnnctull"al member
2205.2 Partitions: The joists shall be designed to seismic requirements: The AISI CFSC-LRFD
support the dead load of partitions, wherever they and ASCE 8-SSD-LRFD listed in Appendix A for
occur, in addition to all other imposed dead and live the design based on the load and resistance factor
loads. design method, and the AISI CFSD-ASD and
ASCE 8-SSD-ASD listed in Appendix A for the
2205.3 Protection: Painting of steel joists shall be in design based on the allowable stress· design
accordance with the requirements of 780 CI\tfR method, shall be modified as indicated in this
2206.4 for formed steel construction. section. The references to sections and paragraph
numbers are to those of the particular
2205.4 Tests: Where not subject to approved specification modified.
engineering analysis as regulated by 780 CMR 1. AISI CFSD-ASD: The nominal strength of
2205.1, the assembly shall meet the load test members ~nd connections shall be in
requirements specified in 780 CMR 1709.0 and accordance with AISI CFSD-ASD, except that
1710.0. the nominal strength for shear and web
crippling shall be determined by multiplying
780 CMR 2206.0 FORMIED STEEL the allowable strength by 1.7. Design strengths
CONSIRUcnON shall be determined by multiplying the nominal
2206.1 Design: The design of all cold-formed strengths by the following resist ance factors:
!h
carbon and low-alloy steel structural members and Shear strength for hit > (EtyF'Y)!h ... 0.9
assembled wall, floor and roof panels, used alone or Shear strength for hit oS (EkvfFv) . . . 1.0
in combination with other structural members, or Web crippling for members with single
with component materials, shall be in accordance unreinforced webs 0.75
with the AISI Specification for the Design ofCold- Web crippling for ItIIt sections 0.80
Formed Steel Structural Members, allowable stress All other cases .... 1.55lFactor of Safety
design, hereafter referred to as AlSI CFSD-ASD or The notation shall have the same meaning as in
the AISI Load and Resistance Factor Design AISI CFSD-ASD.
Specification for Cold -Formed Steel Structural 2. Load factors: Modify Section A5.1.4 in
Members hereafter referred to as AISI CFSD-LRFD, AISI CFSD-LRFD by substituting a load factor
listed in Appendix A, except as modified by the of 1.0, in place of 1.5, for nominal earthquake
provisions of 780 CMR 2206.0. The design of all loads.
cold-formed stainless steel structural members and 3. The strength of stainless steel structural
components shall be based on a load and resistance members and connections subject to seismic
factor design method or an allowable stress design forces in combination with other prescribed
method and maximl:m deflections in accordance loads shall be determined by the provisions of
with the ASCE Specijicationjor the Design ofCold ASCE 8·SSD·LRFD, except that combinations
Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members, of load effects shall comply with the
hereafter referred to as ASCE 8-SSDaLRFD, or requirements of780 eMR 1616.0.
ASCE 8·SSD-ASD listed in Appendix A, except as
2206.3.1 Steel deck diaphragms: Steel deck
modified by the provisions of 780 CMR 2206.3 and
diaphragms shall be made from materials
2206.3.1.
conforming to the requirements of AISI CFSD-
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR _Sixth Edition 369

•
ASO, AISI CFSD-LRFO or ASCE 8-S50- ASD sufficient height above grade as determined by the
listed in Appendix A. Nominal strengths shall be depth of average snowfall in the locality, but not
determined in accordance with approved test less than eight inches (203 mm).
procedures developed by a registered design
2206.4.4 Protection at exterior walls: Floor or
professional. Design strengths shall be determined
roof construction which extends into an exterior
by multiplying the nominal strength by a
wall shall be adequately waterproofed and
resistance factor of 0.60.
protected! from the weather to prevent corrosion.
The steel deck installation for the building,
including fasteners, shall comply with the test
2206.5 Tests: Where not capable of design by
assembly arrangement.
approved E:ngineering analysis, the code official
2206.3.2 Light gage steel-framed walls: Cold- shall require tests of the individual or assembled
formed steel stud walls in buildings assigned to structural units and the connections as prescribed in
Seismic Perfonnance Category D in accordance 780 CMR 1709.0 and 1710.0. At least three
with 780 CMR 1612.2.7 shall comply with specimens truly representative of the construction to
780 CMR 2206.0 and the following requirements: be used in practice shall be subjected to the
2206.3.2.1 Boundary members: All boundary prescribed test and the mean of the results shall
members, chords and collectors shall be detennine the safe working value; provided that any
designed to transmit the induced axial force. individual test varying more than 10% from the
mean value shall cause rejection of the series.
2206.3.2.2 Connections: Connections for
diagonal bracing members, top chord splices,
2206.6 Idf~ntification: Each structural member,
boundary members and collectors shall be
siding pam~l and roof panel of a metal building
designed to develop the tensile strength of the
system, other than hardware items such as bolts.
member or, in those cases where (2R15) is
nuts, washers, shims and rivets, shall be identified
equal to or greater than I .0, (2R/5) multiplied
by the manufacturer. The identification shall include
by the design seismic force, where R is the
the manufacturer's name or logo, and the part
response modification factor determined from
number or part name consistent with assembly
Table 1612.4.4. The pull-out resistance of
instructions.
•
screws shall not be used to resist seismic
forces.
780 CMR 2207.0 SPECIAL STEEL AND
2206.3.2.3 Braced bay members: Vertical and STEEL CABLE SlRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
diagonal members in braced bays shall be
anchored such that the bottom track is not 2207.1 Special steels: Alloy, high-carbon or other
required to resist uplift forces by bending of special high-strength steels not covered in 780 Cl\1R
the track web. Both flanges of studs shall be 22, where used in the design and construction of
braced to prevent lateral torsional buckling. buildings and structures, shall confonn to 780 Cl\1R
1706.0.
2206.4 Protection: Formed steel shall be protected
in accordance with 780 CI\.1R 2206.4.1 through 2207.2 Structural steel cable systems: The design,
2206.4.4. fabrication and erection of steel cables used as
2206.4.1 Shop coat:- All individual structural loadbearing members in buildings and structures
members and assembled panels of light gage and shall be in accordance with the AISI Criteria for
fonned steel construction, except where fabricated Structural Applications ofSteel Cables for Buildings
ofapproved corrosion-resistant metallic steel or of listed in Appendix A, except as modified by the
steel having a corrosion-resistant or other provisions of780 Cl\1R 2207.2.1.
approved coating, shall be protected against 2207.2.1. Steel cable seismic requirements: The
corrosion with an approved shop coat of paint, AISI Criteria for Stroctural Applications ofSteel.
enamel or other approved protection. Cablesfor BUildings listed in Appendix A shall be
2206.4.2 Field coat: After erection where directly modified as indicated in 780 CMR 2207.2. The
exposed to the weather, except where encased in references to sections are those of the AISI
concrete made of non-corrosive aggregates, or Criteria for Structural Applications of Steel
where fabricated of approved corrosion-resistant Cables for Buildings listed in Appendix A.
steel, or of galvanized or otherwise adequately 1. Load combination "d." of Section 5 shall be
protected steel, individual structural members and modified by substituting l.ST4 instead of
assembled panels of light gage and fonned steel 2.0T4, where T4 is the net tension in the cable
construction shall be given an additional coat of due to dead load, prestress, live load and
approved protection. seismic load.
2. A load factor of 1.1 shall be applied to the
2206.4.3 Siding: Exposed siding or sheathing prestlress forces to be added to the load
shall be fabricated of approved corrosion-resistant combination in Section 3 of the steel cable
steel or otherwise protected at the ground level for specification.
370 780 CMR - Sixth Editiol1l 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

STEEL
•
3. The effective design breaking strength in 2209.3 Multistory columlllls: Cores of superimposed
Section 6 shall be multnplied by the foliowl~g columns shall be of the same dimensions above and
resistance factors: below a splice. Where a column ofsmaller diameter
Members, connections and base plates is superimposed over one of larger diameter, the
that develop the strength of the mem- larger column shall be tapered down to the smaller
bers of structural systems .. 0.90 diameter over a length of not less than six inches
Connections that do not develop the (152 nun).
strength ofthe member or structural
system, including connections to base 2209.4 Thiclmess of metal!: The minimum thickness
plates, and anchor bolts 0.67 of cast iron shall not be less than specified in
780 CMR 2209.4.1 through 2209.4.3.
780 CMR 2208.0 CAST-srEEJL
2209.4l.1 Columns: In columns, the metal shall
CONSIRUCTION not be less than one-twelfth of the smallest
2208.1 Materials: Carbon steel casting for building dimension ofthe cross section and not less than %
construction shall be cast from steel conforming to inch (19 mrn).
AISC ASD or AISC LRFD listed mAppendix AI. All
castings shall be free from injurious blow holes or 2209.4.2 Bases and brackets: In bases and
other defects which will impair the structural flanges, the metal shall not be less than one inch
strength.. (25 mm) thick, and shall be reinforced with fillets
and brackets.
2208.2 Higher strength cast steel: Higher strength 2209.4.3 L»ntels: In lintels, the metal shall not be
cast steel shall not be used unless approved. less than % inch (19 mm) thick, and shall be
limited to use on spans of not more than six feet
2208.3 Welding cast steel: Cast steel designed for (l829mm).
use in welding shall be ofweldable grade.
2209.5 Inspection: A cast-iron column shall not be
780 CMR 2209.0 CASI'-mON erected in place before such column ha.s been
•
CONSfRUcnON inspected and approved. The use of any cast-iron
2209.11. Materials: Cast iron for building column in which blow holes or imperfections reduce
construction shall be a good foundry mixture the effective area ofthe cross section more than 10%
providing clean, tough, gray iron that is free from shall be prohibited. Where required by the code
serious blow holes, cinder spots and cold shuts, and official. Sfa-inch (lO nun) round inspection holes
that confonns to ASTM A48 listed in Appendix A shall be drilled in the section to expose the thickness
for medium gray-iron castings. o~ metal for inspection purposes.
2209.2 Lomitations of use: Cast-iron columns shall 700 CMR 2210.0 EXIERIOlR STEEL FRAME
not be used where subject to eccentric loads that CORROSION PROTECTION UNDER
produce a net tension in the section, nor in any part MASONRY
of a structural frame that is required to resist stress 2~1l0.J. Required!: Exterior steel columns and
due to wind. The maximum stresses for cast iron girders, before embedment in masonry of the
shall be as indicated in Table 2209.2. required fireresistance rating specified in Table 602,
sha11 be protected from moisture by an approved
Table 2109.2 wa.terproofing material, a parging coat of cement
CAST-IRON STRESSES mortar or by a minimum of eight inches ofweather-
Type ofstress Maximum stress tight masonry.
.a
Sl
EKtreme compression (fiber stress in 16,000
.........
bending)
Extreme tension (fiber stress in 3,000
bendin 0.
Tension 3,000
Ratio V,. not to exceed 70
Note a. I psi == 6.895 kPa.
• 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected '780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 371

•
NON-TEXT PAGE
372 780 CrvIR - Sixth Edition 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
CHAPTER2J
WOOD
780 CMR2301.0 GENERAL 2303.1.1 Identification: All lumber utilized for

2301.1 Scope: The provisions of780 C1\1R 23 shall load-supporting purposes, including end-jointed
govern the materials, design, construction and or edge-glued lumber, shall be identified by the
quality of wood. grade mark of an approved lumber grading or an
approved inspection agency. Grading practices
and identification shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 2302.0 DEFINITIONS
rules published by an approved agency. In lieu of
2302.1 General: The fonowing words and tenns a grade mark on the material, a certificate of
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR and as used inspection as to species and grade which is issued
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown by an approved lumber grading or an approved
herein. inspection agency shall be accepted for precut,
remanufactured or rough-sawn lumber, and for
NoJive lumber: Native lumber is wood plfocessed in sizes larger than three inches nominal in
the Commonwealth ofMassachusetts by OJ mill thickness. Fireretardent-treated wood shall be
registered in accordance with tao CMR. Such labeled in accordance with 780 CMR 2310.2.2.
wood may be ungraded but is stamped 01'
cerlified in aJX()rdimce with tke relj14iremems of 2303.2 Native lumber: Native lumbu, as defined in
780 CMR R-4. Native lumber shall be restricted 780 CMR 2302.1 shall be acceptable for use in one
to use in. one· and two-story dwellings, barns, OJuul two story dwellings, barns, sheds, agricultural
sheds, agricultulfal and accessory buildings and aJrMil accessory structures. Native lumber shlflil also
other structures when permitted by 780 CMR be acceptable for use in other one and two story
2303. strmctl4lfes as columns when the design loads iUe
•
15% greoter tlum required elsewhere by 780 CMR;
Nominal dimension (lumber): A dimension that as joists, principal beams, and girders in floor
varies from actual dimensions in accordance with CO!l8stnlctions when the design loads Me 15%
DOC PS 20 listed in Appendix AI. gU'e4'de1' than required elsewhere by 780 CMR; and
as other elements when the design. loads are tJI$
Particleboard: Particleboard is a mat-formed panel ll'equired elsewhere by 780 CMR.
consisting of particles of wood or a combination lEach piece ofnative lumber produced 5hall be
of wood particles and wood fibers bonded stlJJmped with the IUU1Ie and registration UBumber of
together with synthetic resins or other suitable the producer in. accordiuu:e with the 780 eMIt In
bonding systems (see 780 CMR 2308.0). addition, all native lumber shall bear an approved
mm* ideMfying the species ofwood. In lieu ofthe
Preservative treatment (treated material): Unless sttJJ.mp bearing the name and regim-ation uaumber
otherwise noted, means impregnation under amJ1 species identi.fictRtion, OJ certification bearing
pressure with a wood preselVative. A wood the same information may be provided by the
preservative is any suitable substance that is toxic p1'Oducerfor precut or re-man81factured lumher in
to fungi, insects, borers and other living wood- d8lXOrdance with 780 CMR. When native lumber is
destroying organisms. . Btsed, it sludl be subject to the following
requirements:
780 CMR 2303.0 PERFORMANCE 11. Sidng criteria: For lumber, sized in
REQUIREMENTS tllCoordance with the DOC PS-Z{}-70, figures fo'l'
2303.Jl. Structural design: All structural wood maxinwm fiber stress ami modulus ofelasticity
members and connections shall be of sufficient size /01' framing grade No. 2 will be Ilsed in
or capacity to carry all design loads as required by estlIblishing span and spacing chlNacteristics fOT?
780 CMR 16 without exceeding the allowable all structural members.
design values specified in AFPA NOS listed in 2. Stress criteria: Lumber which is sized in
Appendix A. Trusses and long-span girders shall be excess ofthe dimensions estIlblished by the DOC
designed with sufficient camber, or other provision PS-2(J.,70 JOI' the given nominal size referenced
shall be made to counteract any deflection other than :i1uJl1 be allowed.to have a maximum fiber stress
•
that pennitted in 780 CMR 1606.5. Design values 8FJU:1'eose above t1ud provided in 780 CMR 1303.2
shall be adjusted for wood that is pressure .item 1 in proportion. to the inClfetlSed bearing
impregnated with fireretardant chemicals. Such capadty ofdu! cross section as provided in Table
adjustment shall be in accordance with 780 CMR 2303.2 or as calculated
2310.2.1.

•
TABLE 2303.2
NATIVE LUMBER - ALLOWABLE STRESSES
Actual Lumber Size Factor to be added to multiplier
Closest size which does not factor for lumber oversized in
exceed the size shown) Multiplier factor thickness
Nominal Size Actual Size based on lumber Thickness Thickness
(thickness x width) width increase of 'l'4" to increase of over
'lS" 'lS" to 1"
,'l'2 ,'l'2
2~x70/.. 1.0 x Fs
3x8 2'A2 x7 l.07 +0.10 +0.20
2 x8 1.14
,'l'2 ,'l'2
2'l2 x 90/.. 1.0
3 x 10 2 Ylx 9 1.05 +0.10 +0.20
2 2 X 10 1.11
,Y2 . 'l'2
2~ x 11~ 1.0
3 x 12 2 2 11 4 1.04 +0.10 +0.20
2~x 12 1.09
•'l'2 ,'l'2
2~ x 13~ 1.0
3 x 14 2 2 13 4 1.04 +0.10 +0.20
2~x 14 1.07
.'l'2 .'l'2
3'l2 x 90/.. 1.0
4 x 10 3 'Ax 9 1.05 +0.07 +0.14
3 2 X 10 1.11
,'l'2 'l'2
. 3y' x ll~4 1.0
4x 12 3 2 11. 1.04 +0.07 +0.14
3~x 12 1.09
•
'y2 'y2
3y; x 13~ 1.0
4x 14 3 2 13 4 1.04 +0.07 +0.14
3~x 14 1.08
2303••3 Fireresistance: All wood structural structural timber members shall have the minimum
elements shall comply with Table 602. dimensions specified in 780 CMR 2304.3 through
2304.6 for buildings and structures of Type 4
2303.4 Flameresistance: All wood surfaces used as constructiol1l and shall be designed, fabricated and
interior finishes and all exposed surfaces as installed in accordance with AFPA NDS and AlTC
described in 780 CIvIR 801.1 shall confonn to the 108, 112, 117, 119 and AI90.l listed in Appendix A.
requirements of 780 Cl\.1R 803.0.
2304.2 Steel or concrete: Structural steel or
2303.5 Combustibility: Wood used as structural reinforced concrete members shall not be substituted
elements or portions thereof shall be limited to for timber ill any part of the structural frame unless
combustible structural elements as required by protected to develop the required fireresistance
780CMR. rating specified in Table 602, but not less than a one-
hour fireresistance rating. Structural members that
Exceptions: support walls shall be protected to afford the same
1. Fireretardant-treated wood as permitted by
meresistancie rating as the wall supported.
Table 602, Note d, and which complies with
780 CMR 2310.0.
2304.3 Columns: Wood columns shall be sawn or
2. As specifically permitted by 780 CMR
glued-laminated and shall not be less than eight
602.4.1.
inches nominal in any dimension where supporting
floor loads; not less than six inches nominal in
780 CMR 2304.0 IlEAVY TIMBER width, and not less than eight inches nominal in
CONSIRUcnON depth where supporting only roof and ceiling loads.
•
2304.1 Material grade and design: All structural Columns shall be continuous or superimposed
wood members, sawn or glued-laminated, which are throughout all stories by means of reinforced
installed in buildings and structures of Type 4 concrete or metal caps with brackets, or shall ·be
construction shall be stress-grade timbers identified connected by properly designed steel or iron caps,
as to grade and strength by approved manufacturing, with pintles and base plates, or by timber splice
testing or in spection agencies or bureaus. All plates affixed to the columns by means of metal
374 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition corrected - 91l 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARDS
WOOD
connectors housed within the contact faces, or by floor loads shall have members not less than four
other approved methods. Girders or trusses which inches nominal in width and 1Il0t less than six
support columns shall have at least a one-hour inches nominal in depth. Spaced members shall
fireresistance rating. be composed oftwo or more pieces not less than
three inches nominal in thickness where blocked
2304.4 Floors: Floors shall be without concealed solidly throughout their intervening spaces or
spaces and shall be constructed of sawn, glued- where such spaces are tightly closed by a
laminated, splined or tongue-and-groove planks not continuous wood cover plate of not less than two
less than three inches nominal in thickness and inches nominal in thickness, secured to the
covered with a one-inch nominal dimepsion tongue- underside ofthe members. Splice plates shall not
and-groove flooring, laid crosswise or diagonally, or be less than three inches nominal in thickness.
lS/32-inch wood structural panel or ~-inch Where equipped with an automatic sprinkler
particleboard; or of planks not less than four inches system installed in accordance with 780 CMR
nominal in width that are set on edge close together 906.2.1, 906.2.2 or 907.0 under the roof deck,
aJlld securely spiked, and covered with one-inch framing members shall not be less than three
particleboard. The lumber shall be laid so that a inches nominal in width.
continuous line of joints will 1Il0t occur except at
points of support and so that planks are not spiked to 2304.6 InteriorwaU constnaction: Walls shall be of
supporting girders that are parallel to the lamination solid wood construction formed by not less than two
of the floor. Floors and flooring shall not extend layers of one-inch matched boards, laminated
closer than Y2-inch (13 mm) to walls so as to provide construction four inches in thickness, or of one-hour
an expansion joint. Such ~-inch (13 mm) spaces fireresistance rated construction.
shall be covered by a molding fastened to the wall
either above or below the floor and arranged such 2304.7 Exterior structuraR members: Wood
that the molding will not obstruct the expansion or columns and arches conforming to heavy timber
contraction movements of the floor, or, as an sizes shall only be installed externally where a fire
alternative, corbeling of masonry walls under floor separation distance of20 feet (6096 mm) or more is
shall be utilized in place ofmolding. provided. Where a fire separation distance of less
•
than 20 feet (6096 rom) is provided, columns and
2304.41.11 Floor joists, beams and girders: Joists,
arches shall be permitted where located inside an
beams and girders ofwood shall be constructed of
exterior wall, and the exterior wall has a
sawn or glued-laminated timber and shall not be
fireresistance rating not less than required by Table
less than six inches nominal in width, and not less
602, for exterior walls.
than ten inches nominal in depth. Framed saWn or
glued-laminated timber arches that spring from
23«)4.8 Beams and girders: Beams and girder
the floor line and support floor loads shall not be
less than eight inches nominal in any dimension. supports and connections shall comply with
780 CMR 2305.6.3 and 2305.6.4.
Framed timber trusses supporting floor loads shall
have members of not less than eight inches
nominal in any dimension. 2304.9 Column connectoolllls: Girders and beams
shall be closely fitted around columns and adjoining
2304.5 Roofs: Roofs shall be without concealed ends shall be cross ti~ to each other, or inter-tied by
spaces and roof decks shall be ~onstrueted of: sawn, caps or ties, to transfer horizontal loads across the
glued-laminated, splined or tongue-and-groove joint. Wood bolsters shall not be placed on tops of
planks not less than two inches nominal in thickness; columns unless the columns support roof loads only.
I 1h-incll-thick interior wood structural panel
(exterior glue); or of planks not less than three m4.10 Maintenance: All connections in the joints
inches nominal in width that are set on edge close of timber trusses and structural frames shall be
together and laid as required for floors in 780 CMR inspected periodically. Bolts and other connectors
2304.4. shall be maintained tight.
2304.5.1 Arches: Framed or glued~larnilllated 2304.111. Framing around! flues and chimneys:
arches for roof construction which spring from the Clearances for combustible framing members from
floor line or from grade and do not support floor aU flues, chimneys and fireplaces shall be in
loads shall have members not less than six inches accordance with 780 CMR 2305.12.
nominal in width, not less than eight inches
nominal in depth for the lower half of the height 780 CMR 230500 WOOD FRAME
•
and not less than six inches nominal in depth for CONSTRUcnON
the upper half Framed or glued-laminated arches
2305.1 Design and CODstructnOIll: Exterior walls,
for roof construction which spring from the top of
interior partitions, floors and roofs of wood
wails or wall abutments, framed timber trusses
construction shall be designed and constructed in
and other roof framing which does nof support

•
accordance with 780 CMR 2305.0, 780 CMR 2303.0 middle Y3 ofthe span. Notch depth at the ends of
and 780 CMR 2307.0 through 2312.0. the membl~r shall not exceed V4 of the depth of the
member.
2305.2 Fastening: The quantity and size of fasteners Exceptions:
connecting wood frame members together and I. A notch over the support is pennitted to
sheathing materials to wood frame members shall extend the full width ofthe support.
not be less than that specified in Table 2305.2. 2. Notches on cantilevered portions of the
member are permitted to extend the full length
2305.3 Cutting and notching: It shall be unlawful of the c::antilever if the strength and deflection
to notch, cut or pierce wood beams, joists. rafters or of the cantilever is calculated based on the
studs in excess of the limitations herein specified, reduced member section.
unless proven safe by structural analysis or suitably 3. The tension side ofbeams, joists and rafters
reinforced to transmit all calculated loads. which are four inches or greater in nominal
2305.3.1 Notches: Notches in joists, rafters and thickness, shall not be notched, except at ends
beams shall not exceed 1/6 of the depth of the of members.
member, shall not be longer than Y3 of the depth
of the member and shall not be located in the
Table 2305.2
FASTENING SCHEDULE
Building element Nail or staple size and type Number and location
1. Floor construction
Built up to girders and beams 20dcommon
Bridging to joists Sdcommon
Floor joists to studs (no ceiling joists) lOdcommon
lOdcommon

•
WOOD
•
Gypswn sheathing (seismic bracing) 4" O.c. all bearing points
6dcommon 6" o.c. direct edges and 12" o.c. intennediate
2305.3.2 Holes: Holes bored or cut into joists, The diameter ofthe hole in joists shall not exceed
rafters or beams shall not be closer than two Va ofthe depth ofthe member.
inches (51 mm) to the top or bottom ofthe joist,
2305.3.3 Studs: In studs of loadbearing walls or
or to any other hole located in the member.
partitions, notches or bored holes shall not be cut
Where the member is notched, the hole shall not
or bored more than 1/3 of the depth of the stud
be closer than two inches (51 mm) to the notch.
unless reinforced in accordance with 780 Cf\1R
2305.3.4.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 Cl\1R. ~ Sixth Edition 377

shall be prohibited except where such plate is

2305.3.4 Reinforcement: Where the stud is cut or
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 2305.4.2.
bored in excess of% of its depth, the stud shall be
reinforced to be equal in loadbearing capacity to
2305.6 Support and anchorage: Support and
a stud that is notched not more than % of its
anchorage of members on girders, walls and beams
depth.
shall confonn to 780 CMR 2305.6.1 through
2305.6.4.
2305.4 Loadbearing walls: Posts and studs in
loadbearing walls and partitions shall be designed as 2305.6.1 Support and anchorage on girders: All
columns, with due allowance for lateral support members framing into girders shall be anchored or
furnished by sheathing, intermediate bracing, tied to St~cure continuity. The ends of all wood
horizontal bridging: wall coverings and the floor and beams that rest on girders shall bear not less than
roof assemblies. The walls shall be fabricated in four inches (l02 nun) or shall be supported in
such a manner as to provide adequate support for the approved metal stirrups, hangers or on wood clips
materials that enclose the building and to provide for or ribbon strips. Beams framing from opposite
transfer of all lateral loads to the foundation in sides shall either lap at least six inches (152 nun)
accordance with 780 CMR 1710.4. and be bolted or spiked together or, where framed
end-to-end, the beams shall be secured together
2305.4.1 WaD framing: Studs shall be placed
by approved ties, straps, dogs, plates or sheathing.
with the wide dimension perpendicular to the
wall. Not less than three studs shall be installed 2305.6.2 Support and anchorage on walls or
at each comer of an exterior wall. beams: Except where supported on a 1x 4 ribbon
Exception: At corners, a third stud is not strip and nailed to the adjoining stud, joists shall
required where wood spacers or backup cleats bear on walls or beams of wood or steel not less
of 3/a-inch-thick wood structural panel, 318-inch than 1~ inches (38 nun) or shall be supported by
Type 2-M particleboard, one-inch-thick . metal stirrups, hangers or a nominal 2-inch wood
lumber or other approved devices which serve ledger strip. The minimum bearing on concrete
as an adequate backing for the attachment of or masonry shall be three inches (76 nun). Joists
facing materials are used. Where fireresistance framing over beams from opposite sides shall
•
ratings or shear loads apply, wood spacers, either lap at least three inches (76 mm) and be
backup cleats or other devices shall not be securely fastened together or, where framed end-
installed unless specifically approved. to-end, the joists shall be secured together by
approved ties, straps, dogs, plates or sheathing.
2305.4.2 Double top plates: Stud walls shall be
capped with double top plates installed to provide 2305.6.3 Girder supports: Wall plate boxes of
overlapping comers and wall intersections. Top the self-releasing type, or approved hangers, shall
plate joints shall be offset not less than 48 inches be provided where beams and gprders are
(1219 mm). supported by masonry. An air space of ~ inch
(13 mm) shall be provided at the top, end and
Ext:eption: Detached one- and two-family
sides of the member unless approved naturally
dwellings and agricultural storage builmngs
durable or preservative-treated wood in
that are intended onlyfor incidental human
accordance with 780 CMR 2311.0 is installed.
occupancy are permitted to have a single top
Wood beams and girders supported by walls
p1tde Provided t1uIt the plate is adequately tied
required to have a fireresistance rating of two
atjoints, corners and intersecting walls by at
hours or more shall have not less than four inches
leost the equivalent ofgalvanized steel that is
(102 nun) of solid masonry between their ends
three inches (76 mm) by six inches (1 S2 mm)
by 0.036 inches thick and nailed to each wall and the outside face of the wall and between
adjacent beams.
or segment of wall by three 8d nails or the
equivalent, and the rafters, joists or trusses 2305.6.4 Fire cuts: All wood and other
are centered over the studs with a tolerance of combustible floor, roof and other structural
not more than one inch (25 mm). members framing into masonry walls shall be cut
to a bevel of three inches (76 nun) in depth and.
2305.4.3 Bottom plates: Studs shall have full
shall project not more than four inches (102 nun)
support by a plate or sill. The sill shall have not
into the wall.
less than a two-inch nominal thickness and a
width at least equal to the width ofthe studs.
2305.7 Wind bracing: In buildings more than one
story in height and where necessary for strength in
2305.5 Nonloadbearing waDs: Studs in
•
one-story buildings, the comer posts shall be the
nonloadbearing walls and partitions shall not be
equivalent ofnot less than two pieces oftwo-inch by
spaced more than 48 inches (1219 rom) o.c., and are
four-inch studs, braced by not less than one piece of
permitted to be erected with the long dimension
one-inch by four-inch continuous-diagonal brace let
parallel to the wall, unless otherwise approved as an
into the studs. Bracing is not required where
integrated assembly by testing. A single top plate

780. CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
WOOD
diagonal wood sheathing, wood structural panels or Note a. Interpolation of the tabular values is pennitted
particleboard panels are installed, or where other where the length of wall between exterior walls or
sheathing as specified in 780 CMR 2305.1'3 is interior-braced walls is Jess than 2S feet.
applied vertically in panels of not less than four feet Note b. GP =Gypsum or particleboard sheathing; WISP
by eight feet with approved fasteners complying
=Diagonal wood boards or wood structural panels.
Note c. Analysis of the seismic forceoresisting system
with Table 2305.2. Other sheathing materials shall required.
be pencitted when tested in accordance with ASTM Note d. One foot =304.8 mm.
E72 listed in Appendix A.
The lateral load resistance shall be established by 2305.8.2 Double-sheathed waBJls: Where braced
the lesser of: the values determined by dividing the walls are sheathed on both sides with identical
maximum load reported in the test by 2.5; or the sheathing, the required length of sheathing in
load at which the deflection reported in the test Table 2305.8.1 is permitted to be taken as ~ the
exceeds hl480, where h is the height of the test tabular length. Where different sheathing
assembly. materials are used on either side of a wall, the
required length of sheathing in Table 2305.8.1 is
2305.8 Seismic bracing: Where structural analysis permitted to be taken as ~ of the tabular length
ofthe'seisrnic forceDtesisting system is not provided, for the material requiring the greater length.
buildings shall meet the provisions of 780 CMR Double-sheathed walls shall have a minimum
2305.0 and shall have roof and exterior wall dead length of four feet (1219 mm).
loads less than or equal to 15 psf (73 kglm2) and
2305.8.3 Stud walls: Stud walls that are Jess than
floor dead loads less than or equal to 10 psf (49
the full height of the story shall be braced as
kglm2).
required for exterior walls or interioTDbraced
Table 2305.8
walls and shall be considered an additional story.
WALL SPACING AND HEIGHT
LIMITATIONS FOR WOOD AND FRAME 2305.8.4 Sheathing mstalDation: Sheathing shall
CONTRUCTION be installed in accordance with the provisions of
Maximum distance Table 2305.13 where acting as wall bracing. To
•
Seismic Perfonnance Maximum Stories
between interior be considered effective as bracing, the sheathing
Category (height) pennitted
bracing walls (feet) shaH be at least 48 inches in width covering three
C 2S 2 (30 feet) 16Dinch stud spaces or two 24-inch stud spaces
Oa . 2S 1(20 feeO and be fastened to the wall studs in accordance
Note a: Applies only to Seismic Hazard Exposure Group with Table 2305.2. Sheathing shall be fastened to
I; engineering analysis required for Seismic Hazard the wall studs, sole plate and top plate in
Exposure Group In accoJl'dance with Table 2305.2. All vertical joints
of panel sheathing shall occur over studs and all
2305.8.Jl Wall bracing required: All exterior horizontal joints shall occur over blocking at least
walls anq required interior bracing walls shall be equal in size to the studs. All framing in
braced by one ofthe types of sheathing prescrided connection with sheathing used for bracing shall
in table 2305.8.1 for each 25 lineal feet (or 7.6 m) not be less than two inches nominal in thickness.
of exterior walloI' required interior bracing wall
length. The required length of sheathing shall be 2305.9 Braced waD: All exterior walls and interior-
distributed along the length of the bracing wall braced walls required by Table 2305.8, shall be
with a minimum four foot panel of sheathing at, constructed to transfer forces from roofs and floors
or within four feet of, each end. Construction of to braced walls and from the braced walls in upper
bracing walls shall comply with the requirements stories to the braced walls in the story below.
of 780 CMR230S.9 Braced wall lines from the story above to the story
Table 2305.8.11 below are permitted to be offset a maximum of 24
. MINIMUM SEISMIC WALL BRACING PER inches (610 mm). Blocking, where required by
25 LINEAL FEET OF INTERIOR AND 780 CMR 2305.9, need only be provided for the
EXTERIOR WALL LENGTHs,c length of the wall specified in Table 2305.8.1.
D
Story location Sheathing Av "'0.12 2305.9.1lRoolf to bll'aced waU connections: Roof
OP ,'-0" to interior-braced wall connections for buildings
Top or only
story with maximum dimensions not over SO feet
WISP 4'00" (15240 mm) are penmitted to be made at the
•
first oftwo OP 13'-0" intersection of exterior walls. Double top plates
stories or second shall be lapped at the intersection and nailed in
of three stories WISP ;'00" accordance with Table 2305.2. For buildings with
First ofthree OP maximum dimensions greater than 50 feet (15240
Notec. mm), the interior-braced walls shall be fastened
stories WISP
directly to the ceiling joist in accordance with
780 CMR 2305.9.2 or 2305.9.3.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixili Edition 379

2305.9.2 Parallel floor joist and braced wall 2305.13 'Wall sheathing: Except as provided for in
connections: Where the floor framing is parallel 780 C1v.IR 1405.3 for weatherboarding or where
to the braced wall line, joists shall be doubled stucco construction that cpmplies with 780 CMR
directly beneath the braced wall line and nailed in 2506.0 is installed, all enclosed buildings shall be
accordance with Table 2305.2. sheathed with one of the .materials of the nominal
Where the upper and lower braced walls are thickness specified in Table 2305.13 or any other
offset, the joist spaces between the offset braced approved material of equivalent strength and
walls shall be blocked with a minimum blocking durability.
size of two inches by six inches, spaced at 32
inches (813 mm) on center, within the joist cavity Table 2305.13
under the braced wall, and positioned in the upper MINIMUM THICKNESS OF WALL
portion of the cavity. The upper braced wall is SHEATHING
pennitted to be nailed to the blocking with two Minimum Maximum shear
.Sheathing type
16d nails at each piece of blocking. The lower thickness wall stud spacing·
braced wall shall be toe nailed, in" accordance with
Wood boards Sfa inch 24 inches on center
Table 2305.2, to a joist located directly above the
top plates. Fiberboard 7/16 inch 16 inches on center
- 2305.9.3 Perpendicular Door joist and braced Wood structural panel In accordance with Table 2307.3.5
wall connections: Where the floor framing is
2-M-l or 2-M-W
perpendicular to the braced wall line, solid Particleboard . "
In accordance with Table 2308.5(2)
blocking for the full depth of the floor joist shall
be provided for the length of bracing required. Gypsum sheathing ~inch 16 inches on ~ter
The interior-braced wall shall be nailed to the
blocking in accordance with Table 2305.2.
Gypsum wallboard ~inch 124 inches on center
Where the upper and lower braced walls are Reinforced cement I inch 124 inches on center
offset, a minimum of two-inch by six-inch mortar
blocking shall be located in the upper portion of Note a.l inch =25.4 mm.
•
the joist space, directly beneath the upper braced
wall and in the lower portion of the joist space, 2305.13.1 Wood structural panel wall bracing:
directly above the lower braced wall. In buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category D, where wood structural panel
2305.10 Multiple stories: Where the frame is more sheathing is installed structurally as covering on
than one story in height and studs and posts are not the exterior of outside walls, such sheathing shall
continuous from sill to roof, the members shall be be of the exterior type. Where used elsewhere
secured together with approved clips, splices or struetunilly, wood structural panel sheathing shall
other connections to insure a continuous, well- be bonded by intermediate or exterior glue.
integrated structure. Sheet metal clamps, ties or
clips shall be formed of galvanized steel or other 2305.13.2 Paper-backed lath sheathing:- In
approved corrosion-resistant material equivalent to occupancies in Use Group R-3 and one-story
0.040-inch nominal thickness steel sheets for two- commercial buildings with brick or similar
inch framing members and not less than 0.052-inch veneers, the sheathing shall conform to 780 CMR
noininal thickness steel sheets for three-inch 2305.13 or shall consist of a layer of paper-
structural members. For four-inch and larger backed ~!th complying with 780 CMR 2505.0 and
members, column splices and beam and girder " a one-irlch (25 nun) intermediate space which
supports shall comply with 780 CMR 2304.1. shall be mortar filled as each course of veneering
is applied.
2305.11 Framing over openings: Headers, double
joists, trusses or other approved assemblies which 2305.14 F'looring: The flooring of wood frame
are of adequate size to transfer all superimposed construetioln shall be of adequate strength and
loads to the vertical members shall be provided over stiffness to support required loads and~ where
all window and door openings in loadbearing walls necessary for strength and for lateral support of the
and partitions. building, subflooring shall be provided.
1305.14.1 Floor spans: Design stresses of floor
2305.12 Framing around Dues and chimneys: joists shall be detennined in accordance with
Combustible framing shall be a minimum of two AFPA NDS listed in Appendix A. Metal-plate-
•
inches (51 mm), but shall not be less than the connected floor trusses shall be designed in
distance specified in 780 CMR 2114.0 and the accordance with TPI Design Specifications for
mechanical code listed in Appendix A, from all Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood
flues, chimneys and fireplaces, and six inches (152 Trusses and AFPA NOS listed in Appendix A.
mm) away from flue openings.

WOOD
2305.14.2 Bridging: In all floor, attic and roof intermediate bolt spacings ofeight feet (or 2450
framing, except as hereafter noted, there shall not mm).
be less than one line of bridging for each eight
feet ( or 2450 mm) of span. The bridging shall 2305.17 Fire cuts: All wood structural members
consist of not less than one-inch by three-inch which frame into masonry walls shall conform to
lumber, double nailed at each end, or of 780 CMR 2305.6.4.
equivalent metal bracing of equal rigidity. A line
of bridging shall also be required at supports 780 CMR 2306.0 SEISMIC lREQlIJIREMENTS
where adequate lateral support is not otherWise FOR WOOD AND TIMBER
provided. Midspan bridging is not required for
2306.1 General: All buildings for which a seismic
floor, atti~ or roof framing in occupancies in Use
analysis is required, in accordance with 780 CMR.
Groups R-2 and R-3, except where the joist depth
1612.2, and which are constructed partially or
exceeds 12 inches nominal or where the minimum
wholly of wood or wood-based materials shall be
uniformly distributed live load exceeds 40 psf
designed in accordance with the provisions of
(195 kg/m2). .
780 CMR 2306.0 and 780 CMR 2305.0.
2305.15 Roof spans: Design stresses of rafters shall
2306.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
be determined in accordance with AFPA NDS listed
shall apply to the provisions of780 CMR 2306.0 and
in Appendix A. Metal-plate-connected roof trusses have the following meanings:
shall be designed in accordance with TPI Design
Specifications for Metal Plate Connected Wood
BRocked diaphragm: A diaphragm in which all
Trusses and AFPA NOS listed in Appendix AI, and
sheathing edges not occurring on a framing
shall be braced to prevent rotation and provide
member are supported on and connected to
lateral stability.
blocking.
2305.15.1 Roof decking and sheathing: Roof
deck sheathing shall consist of not less than %- Diaphragm: A horizontal or nearly horizontal
inch boards, wood structural panel of the system designed to transmit lateral forces to the
•
thickness specified in 780 CIVm. 2307.3, vertical elements of the seismic-resisting system.
particleboard ofthe grade and thickness specified
in 780 ClVfR 2308.4, or other approved materials Wood shear panel: A wood floor, roof or wall
of equivalent strength and rigidity. Where open component sheathed to act as a shear wall or
deck sheathing is used on pitched roofs, such diaphragm.
sheathing shall consist of not less than one-inch
by four-inch roofers spaced not more than six 2306.3 Strength of members and connections: The
inches (152 mm) on center, or of material of allowable load capacities of780 CMR 2306.0 are to
equivalent strength and rigidity. be utilized with allowable stress design load
combinations.
2305.li6 Foundation anchorage: Wall sill plates,
minimum of two-inch by four-inch members, shall 2306.4 Engineered tomlber construction: Where
be sized and anchored to foundation walls or piers seismic analysis is required in accordance with
and at intermediate intervals as required to resist 780 CMR. 1612.2, the proportioning and design of
wind uplift. Foundation anchorage shaIl be provided wood systems, members and connections shall be in
by the installation of anchor bolts or other approved accordance with 780 Cl\1R 2306.4 and AFPA NOS
anchoring method. Anchor bolts shall be of a listed in Appendix A.
minimum diameter of ~ inch. The bolts shall be
2306.4.1 Column framing reqjuiremenis: All
embedded in foundations to a depth of not less than
eight inches (203 mm) of cast-in-place concrete, and wood columns shan be provided with full end
support. Columns shall be provided with
not less than 15 inches (381 mm) in grouted unit
adequate support to maintain stability. Positive
masonry. There shall be a minimum of two anchor
connections shall be provided to resist uplift and
bolts per section of plate and anchor bolts shall be
lateral displacement.
placed 12 inches (305 mm) from the end of each
section of plate, with intermediate bolts spaced a 2306.4.2 Wood shear )planeDs: Wood shear panels
maximum of six feet (1829 mm) on center for one- shall comply with 780 CMR 2306.4.2.1 through
and two-story buildings and not more than four feet 2306.4.2.6. Diaphragm construction shall
(12 I 9 rom ) on center for buildings over two stories comply with 780 crvm 2306.4.3. Shear wall
•
in height. construction shall comply with 780 Cl\1R
2306.4.4. The construction of wood shear panels
&xeption: Agricultural storage buildings which
shall comply with 780 CMR 2306.4.5 for
are intended only /01' incidental human
occupancy, tl1'e permitted 110 have maximum diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels.
780 Cl\1R 2306.4.6 for wood structural panel
sheathed shear panels, 780 CMR 2306.4.7 for

particleboard sheathed shear panels, or 780 CMR
•
2306.4.3.1 Ties and splices: Diaphragm
2306.4.8 for other shear panel sheathing. sheathing shall not be installed as the ties and
2306.4.2.1 Framing members: All framing splices required by 780 Cl\1R 1612.3.6.1.1 and
members stalled in shear panel construction 780 CMR 1612.3.6.1.2.
shall be at least two inches nominal in Exl:eption: Diaphragm sheathing in
thickness. Boundary members, and chords in bu.ildings of Seismic Performance
diaphragms and shear walls and collectors Category C
transferring forces to such elements shall be
designed and detailed for the axial forces. 2306.4.4 Shear walls: Shear wall construction
Boundary members shall be connected at all shall comply with the requirements of 780 CNlR
comers. 2306.4.4
2306.4.2.2 Opening details: Openings in shear 2306.4.4.1 Design shear increases: The design
panels shall be designed and detailed to shear capacity is permitted to be doubled
transfer the shear and axial forces induced by where identical materials are applied to both
the discontinuity created by the opening and sides ofthe wall. Where the shear capacities of
the details shall be shown on the approved the materials are not equal, the allowable shear
plans. shall be considered to be equal to either the
shear for the side with the higher capacity or
2306.4.2.3 Connection and anchorage
twice the shear for the side with the lower
details: Positive connections and anchorages.
capacity.
capable of resisting the design forces, shall be
provided between the shear panel and the 2306.. 4.4.2 Material limitations: Shear walls
attached components. Concrete or masonry shall be sheathed with wood structural panels
wall anchorage shall not be accomplished by in Seismic Perfonnance Category C and D
installation of toe nails, or nails subject to buildings.
withdrawal and wood ledgers shall not be Exceptions:
installed in cross-grain bending or tension. I. In Seismic Performance Category C
2306.4.2.4 Torsion: The diaphragms in buildings: particleboard, gypsum sheathing,
gypsum wallboard, fiberboard and wire lath
•
buildings having torsional irregularity, where
the lateral stiffuess ratio of the structural and cement plaster shear walls are permitted.
members is greater than four to one, or in 2. In Seismic Performance Category D
buildings with one line of resistance in either buildings: particleboard, gypsum sheathing,
orthogonal direction, shall be sheathed with gypsum wallboard and wire lath and cement
diagonal boards or wood structural panels. The plaster shear walls in one-story buildings
length ofthe diaphragm nonnal to the soft side and the top story of buildings two stories or
shall not exceed 25 feet (or 7600 mm) nor shall more in height are permitted
the diaphragm length-to-width ratio exceed 1.0 2306.4.S Diagonally sheathed lumber shear
for one-story buildings or 0.67 for buildings panels: Diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels
over one story in height. shall be nailed in accordance with Table 2306.4.5.
Exception: Where calculations demonstrate
that the diaphragm deflections will be Table 2306.4.5
tolerated, the length limitation of 25 feet (or DIAGONALLY SHEATHED SHEAR PANEL
7600 nun) does not apply and the length-to- NAILING SCHEDULE
width ratio of 1.5 is permitted for Nailing to intennediate Nailing at the shear
diaphragms sheathed with single diagonal and end-supported studs panel boundaries
boards; and a ratio of2.0 is permitted where Sheathing
sheathed with double diagonal boards or nominal Number of nails per board and nail size
dimension
wood structural panels. Common Common
Box nails Box nails
nails nails
2306.4.2.5 Panel height-to-width ratio: The
width of a shear panel in a diaphragm or shear I" x 6" (2) Sd (3) Sd (3) Sd (5) Sd
wall shall not be less than two feet and the h/w
I" xS" (3) 8d (4) 8d (4) 8d (6) 8d
ratio of a shear wall shall not be greater than
two, where h is the height of a shear panel or 2" x6" (2) 16d (3) 16d (3) 16d (5) 16d
shear wall an w is the width of a shear panel or
2"xS" (3) 16d (4) 16d (4) 16d (6) 16d
shear wall.
•
2306.4.3 Diaphragms: Wood diaphragms shall 2306.4.5.1 Single diagonal construction:
not be installed to resist torsional forces induced Singl1e diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels
by concrete or masoruy construction in buildings shall be constructed of minimum one~inch
of Seismic Performance Category D which are thick nominal sheathing boards laid at an
more than two stories in height. angle of approximately 45 degrees (0.78 rad)

WOOD
•
to the supports. The shear capacity for single capacities as given in DOC PS I listed in
diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels of AppendixA.
Southern pine or Douglas fir-larch shall not Shear panels shall be constructed of wood
exceed 200 pounds per lineal foot (298 kg/m) structural panels manufactured with exterior glue
of width. The shear capacities shall be not less than four feet by eight feet, except at
adjusted by a reduction factor of 0.82 for boundaries and changes in framing. Wood
species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or structural panels shall be designed to resist shear
greater but less than 0.49 and a reduction factor only, and chords, collector members and
of 0.65 for species with a specific gravity of boundary members shall be designed to transfer
less than 0.42, as contained in AFP A NOS the axial forces. Boundary members shall be
listed in Appendix A. connected at all comers. Wood structural panels
2306.4.5.1.1 End joints: Joints in adjacent less than 12 inches (305 mm) wide shall be
boards shall be separated by not less than blocked.
one stud or joist space and there shall not be 2306.4.6.1 Wood stll"uctural panel floor and
less than two boards between joints on the roof diaphragm construction: The nail size
same support.. and spacing at diaphragm boundaries and at the
2306.4.5.1.2 Two-inch nominal humber: edges of each sheet of wood structural panel
Wood shear panels- made up of two-inch- shall be provided as shown in Table 2306.4.6.1
-thick diagonal lumber sheathing fastened and Figure 2306.4.6.1, and by the provisions of
with 16d nails shall be designed with the 780 CMR 2306.4.6.1.1 through 2306.4.6.1.4.
same shear capacities as shear panels using Nails of the same size shall be placed along all
one-inch boards fastened with 8d nails, intermediate framing members at 12 inches
provided that there are not splices in (305 mm) on center.
adjacent boards on the same support and the 2306.4.6.1.1 Otheli" wood species: Shear
supports are not less than four inches capacities for fasteners in framing members
nominal in depth or three inches nominal in of other wood species, shall be calculated by
thickness. multiplying the shear capacities for
Structural I panels by 0.82 for species with
•
2306.4.5.2 Double diagonal cOllllstrudion:
Double diagonally sheathed lumber shear a specific gravity of 0.42 and greater but less
panels shall be constructed of two layers of than 0.49 and 0.65 for species with a
diagonal sheathing boards laid at 90 degrees specific gravity of less than 0.42. as
(1.57 rad) to each other on the same face of the contained in AFP A NDS listed in
supporting members. Each chord shall be AppendixA.
considered as a beam loaded with uniform load 2306.4.6.1.2 Framong amll paneD Uayolllll1:
per foot equal to 50% of the unit shear due to The orientation ofthe structural framing and
diaphragm action. The load shall be assumed wood structural panels shall comply with
as acting normal to the chord in the plane of Case 1,2,3,4,5 or 6 of Table 2306.4.6.1 and
the diaphragm in either direction. The span of with Figure 2306.4.6.1. For blocked
the chord or portion thereof shall be the diaphragms, the maximum shear for Cases 3,
distance between framing members of the 4, 5 and 6 shall not exceed 1,200 pounds per
diaphragm such as the joists, studs and lineal foot (1787 kg/m).
blocking that serve to transfer the assumed 2306.4.6.1.3 Fastener spacings of two and!
load to the sheathing. The shear capacity of 2~ inches: Where either two-inch (51 rom)
double diagonally sheathed diaphragms of or 21h-inch (64 mm) fastener spacings are
Southern pine or Douglas fir-larch, shall not installed with two-inch-wide framing
exceed 600 pounds per lineal foot (893 kglm) members in accordance with Table
of width. The shear capacity shall be adjusted 2306.4.6.1, the framing member adjoining
by a reduction factor of 0.82 for species with a panel edges shall be three inches nominal in
specific gravity of 0.42 or greater but less than width and nails at panel edges shall be
0.49 and a reduction factor of 0.65 for species placed in two lines.
with a specific gravity of less than 0.42 as
2306.4.6.1.4 Panels I1h inch thick
contained in AFPA NOS listed in Appendix A.
Unblocked I%-inch panels with tongue-and-
2306.4.6 Wood structural paneR shear panels: groove edges are permitted to use the
The design and shear capacity ofwood structural blocked diaphragm shear capacities for
panel shear panels shall be in accordance with 19/32-inch minimum nominal panel
•
780 CMR 2306.4.6.1 for diaphragms and thickness values, where one-inch by 3Js-inch
780 CMR 2306.4.6.2 for shear walls, or shall be crown by No. 16 gage staples are driven
calculated by using the nail strengths in AFPA through the tongue-and-groove edges 3/ainch
NOS and the wood structural panel shear (10 mm) from the panel edge so as to
penetrate the tongue. Staples shall be

780 CfvfR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
spaced at one-half the boundary nail spacing (610 mm) on center, nails shall be spaced at six
for Cases I and 2 and at Y3 the boundary nail inches (152 mm) on center along intermediate
spacing for Cases 3, 4, 5 and 6. framing members. For all other thicknesses
2306.4.6.2 Wood structural panel shear wall and spacing of studs, intermediate framing
construction: The nail size and spacing at the members shall have nails of the same size
edge of each wood structural panel shall be spaced at 12 inches (305 rom) on center. All
provided as shown in Table 2306.4.6.2 and by panel edges shall be backed with two-inch or
the provisions of 780 C!vfR 2306.4.6.2.1 wider framing members.
through 2306.4.6.2.3. For 3/a-inch and 7/16-
inch panels, installed on studs spaced 24 inches
Th~n~~l .
HORIZONTAL WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL DIAPHRAGM ALLOWABLE SHEAR
WITH FRAMING MEMBERS OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE
b
Allowable shear (pounds per foot)
a Unblocked
Blocked diaphragms a
diaphragms
Minimum Fastener
Fastner Fastener spacing (inches) at diaphragm
specified nominal spacing at 6
minimum boundaries (all cases), at continuous
Fastener panel width of Lines of panel edges parallel to load (Cases 3 and inches at
Panel grade penetration supported
type thickness framing fasteners 4), BIl1d at all panel edges (Cases 5 and 6)
in framing edges
(inch) member
(inches)
(inches) 6 4 2Yz 2 - Cases
Spacing (inches) per line at other panel 2,3,
Case 1
edges (cases 1.2,3 and 4) 4,5
6 6 4 4 3 3 2 and 6
2 1 185 250 375 420 165 125

6dcommon Iv.. 5116
•
3 1 210 280 420 475 185 140
3/a 2 I 270 360 530 600 240 180

8dcommon lY2 3 I 300 400 600 675 265 200
2 I 320 425 640 730 285 215
10d common 15/a 15/32
360 ' 480 720 820 240
Structural 1 3 I 320
3 2 650 870 940 1,230
10d common 1% 23/32 4 2 755 980 1,080 1,410
i
4 3 940 1,305 1,375 1,810

14-gage 3 2 600 600 840 900 1,040 1,200
2 23/32
staples 4 3 840 900 1,140 1,350 1,440 1,800
1
2 1 170 225 335 380 150 110

5/16
3 I 109 250 380 430 170 125
6dcommon 1~
3/a 2 1 185 250 375 420 165 125
C-D. C-C 3 1 210 280 420 475 185 140
and other 2 1 240 320 480 545 215 160
similar
3Ja 3 1 270 360 540 610 240 180
grades 2 1 255 340 505 575 230 170
8dcommon lY2 7/16
3 1 285 380 570 645 255 190
2 1 270 360 530 600 240 180
15/32
3 1 300 400 600 675 265 200
2 1 290 385 575 655 255 190
15/32
3 I 325 430 650 735 290 215
2 1 320 425 640 730 285 215
C-D, C-C 19/32
10dcommon 15/a 3 1 360 480 720 820 320 240
and other
similar 3 2 645 870 935 1,225
23/32 4 2 750 980 1,075 1,395
grades
4 3 935 1,305 1,390 1,510
14-gage 3 2 600 600 820 900 1.020 1,200
2 23/32
staoles 4 3 820 900 11.120 1350 11.400 1 510
•
Note a. For sheathing and framing configuration Cases 1 through 6, see Figure 2306.4.6.1.
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per foot = 1.489 jglm.

WOOD
• Figure 2306.41.6.1
SHEATHING AND FRAMING CONFIGURATJIONS
INO $H£AlHINC ~F'RAM ING
9LOCICINO, I.O/ll)
HI j'~ USED
LOCKING,
IF USED
f\
CASE II
COH1lNtlOUS
PANEL JOItm
Table 2306.4.6.2
ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEAR WALLS WITH lFRAM~
lING OF DOUGLAS Fffi-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE FOR WllND OR SEISMIC LOADING
•
Panels applied over ~-inch or Sfa-inch
Panels applied direct to framing
gypsum sheathing
Minimwn Minimwn
nominal nail Allowable shear (pounds
Allowable shear (pounds per foot)a
Panel Grade panel penetration Nail Size Nail size per foot)a based on nail
baSed on nail spacing at panel
thickness in framing (common or (common or spacing at panel edges
edges (inches)
(inch) (inches) galvanized galvanized (inches)
box) box)
6 4 3 2 6 4 3 2
5.'16 IIh 6d 200 300 390 510 8d 200 300 390 510
3/8 230 360 460 610
Structural I 7/16 1~ 8d 255 395 50S 670 10d 280 430 550 730
15/32 280 430 550 730
15/32 16/6 10d 340 510 665 870 - - - - -
5/16 180 270 350 450 180 270 350 450
lY-a 6d 8d
3/8 200 300 390 510 200 300 390 510
Sheathing, 3/8 220 320 410 530
Plywood 7/16 1~ 8d 240 350 450 585 10d 260 380 490 640
siding,
15/32 260 380 490 640
15132 310 460 600 770
19/32
1% IOd
340 510 665 870
- - - - -
Nail size Nail size
(galvanized (galvanized
casing) casing)
Plywood 5116 IY-a 6d 140 210 275 360 8d 140 210 275 360
siding % 1~ 8d 160 240 310 410 10d 160 240 310 410
Note a. 1mch:c 25.4 mm; I pound per foot = 1.489 kglm.
•
2306.4.6.2. K Other wood species: Shear than 0.49 and 0.65 for species with a
capacities for fasteners in framing members specific gravity of less than 0.42. as
ofother wood species shall be calculated by contained in AFPA NDS listed in
multiplying the shear capacities for AppendixA.
Structural I panels by 0.82 for species with
a specific gravity of 0.42 or greater but less

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF Bun..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
2306.4.6.2.2 Three-inch nominal width .eight feet, except at boundaries and changes in
framing: Framing shall be three inches framing, particleboard panels shall be designed to
nominal or wider and the nails shall be resist shear only, and chords, collector members
staggered where nails are spaced two inches and boundary members shall be designed to
(51 mm) on center or where IOd· nails transfer the axial forces. Boundary members shall
having a penetration into framing of more be connected at all corners. Particleboard panels
than 1tlfa inches (41 mm) are used with a less than 12 inches (305 rom) wide shall be
three-inch (76 mm) nail spacing. blocked.
2306.4.6.2.3 Panels 3/8 inch and 7/16 inch 2306.4.7.1 Particleboard floor and roof
thick: The shear capacity for 3/a-inch and diaphragm construction: The nail size and
7/16-inch panels applied direct to framing spacing at diaphragm boundaries and the edges
with 8d nails is permitted to be increased to of each sheet of particleboard shall be as
the values shown for 15/32-inch panels with shown in Figure 2306.4.6.1 and Table
the same nailing where the framing studs are 2306.4.7.1 and shall be designed in accordance
spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 nun) with the provisions of this section. Nails of the
on center or the panels are applied with the same size shall be placed along all intermediate
long dimension across the studs. framing members at 12 inches (305 mm) on
Shear capacity for 3Ja-inch and 7/16-inch center.
panels shall be as indicated in Table 2306.4.7.1.1 Other wood species: Shear
2306.4.6.2. capacities for fasteners in framing members
2306.4.7 Particleboard shear panels: The design ·of other wood species shall be calculated by
shear capacity of particleboard panels shall be in muttiplying the shear capacities by 0.82 for
accordance with 780 C~ 2306.4.7.1 for species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or
diaphragms and 780 C~ 2306.4.7.2 for shear greater but less than 0.49, and by 0.65 for
walls. spedes with a specific gravity of less than
Shear panels shall be constructed with 0.42, as contained in AFPA NDS listed in
particleboard sheets not less than four feet by AppendixA.
Table 2306.4.7.1
ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR PARTICLEBOARD DIAPHRAGMS WITH FRAMING MEMBERS
OF DOUGLAS Fffi-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE FOR SEISMIC LOADING
Allowable shear (pounds per foot)
Blocked Diaphragms
a
Nail spacing (inches) at diaphragm

b
Unblocked
diaphragmsa
•
Nails spaced 6 inches
Minimum Minimum Minimum boundaries (all cases), at continuous
ma'cimwnat
nail nominal nominal width panel edges parallel to load (Cases 3 & supported edges
Panel Common 4), and all panel edges (Cases 5 & 6)
penetration panel offraming
grade nail size Case 1 (No
in framing thickness member All other
6 4 2~ 2
(inches) (inch) (inches) Wlb10cked
configur-
edges or
Nail spacing (inches) at other panel ations
continuous
edges (Cases 1,2,3 & 4) (Cases 2,
joints
3,4.5&
6 6 4 3
parallel to
6)
load)
5116
2 170 225 335 380 ISO 110
3 190 250 380 430 170 125
6d I~
2 185 250 375 420 165 125
3fe 3 210 280 420 475· 185 140
2 240 320 480 545 215 160
3/8
3 270 360 540 610 240 180
2 255 340 505 575 230 170
2·M-W 8d 1~ 7/16
3 285 380 570 645 255 190
2 270 360 530 600 240 180
~ 400 600 675
3 300 265 200
2 290 385 575 655 255 190
~
3 325 430 650 735 290 215
10d 1%
•
2 320 425 640 730 285 215
% 3 480 820 320 240
360 720
2 320 425 640 730 285 215
2-M-3 JOd 1% Y.. 3 "11'10 480 720 820 320 240
Note a. For shcathmg and franllng configuration Cases 1 through 6, see Flgurc 2306.4.6.1
Note b. 1 inch == 25.4 mm~ I pound per foot = 1.489 kg/m.
386 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 217197 (Effective 2/28/97)

WOOD
2306.4.7.1.2 Framing and! panel Dayout 2306.4.7.2.2 Three-inch nomil1laU width

The orientation of the structural framing and framing: Framing shall be three inches
particleboard panels shall comply with nominal or wider and the nails shall be
Figure 2306.4.6.1 and Case 1, 2, 3, 4,5 or 6 staggered where nails are spaced two inches
in Table 2306.4.7.1. (51 mm) on center or where 10d nails
2306.4.7.1.3 Fastener spacings of two and having a penetration into framing of more
2~ inches: Where either two-inch (51 mm) than 1% inches (41 nun) are installed with a
or 2'l'2 inch (64 nun) fast~ner spacings are
o three-inch (76 mm) nail spacing.
installed with 2-inch-wide framing members 2306.4.7.2.3 Particleboard of 3/8 and 7/16
in accordance with Table 2306.4.7.1, the inch thicknesses: The shear capacities for
framing member adjoining panel edges shall 3fa·inch and 7/16-inch particleboard applied
be three inches nominal in width and nails at direct to framing with 8d nails, are permitted
panel edges shall be placed in two lines. to be increased to the ~-inch particleboard
2306.4.7.1.4 Panel edge framing: Framing shear capacities of Table 2306.4.7.2 where
at adjoining panel edges shall be three the framing studs ·are spa.ced a maximum of
inches nominal or wider and nails shall be 16 inches (406 mm) on center or the
staggered where 10d nails having particleboard is applied with the long
penetration into framing of more than 115/8 dimension perpendicular to the studs.
inches (41 nun) are spaced three inches (76 2306.4.7.2.4 Double-sided wan: Where
mm) or less on center. particleboard is applied to both faces of a
2306.4.7.2 Particleboard! shear wall wall and the nail spacing is less than six
construction: The required nail size and inches (152 nun) on center on either side,
spacing in Table 2306.4.7.2 apply to panel panel joints shall be offset to be placed on
edges only. All panel edges shall be backed different framing members, or framing shall
with two-inch nominal or· wider framing. be three inches nominal or thicker and nails
Sheets are permitted to be installed either on each side shall be staggered.
horizontally or vertically. For 3fa-inch
2306.4.8 Shear paneRs shealthedl wBth other
•
particleboard sheets installed with the long
materials: Wood stud walls sheathed with lath
dimension parallel to studs spaced 24 inches
and plaster, gypsum sheathing board or
(610 mm) on center, nails shall be spaced at six
gypsum wallboard, constructed in accordance
inches (152 nun) on center along intermediate
with 780 C~ 2502.0, or fiberboard sheathing
framing members. For all ·other conditions,
constructed in accordance with 780 CMR
nails of the same size shall be spaced at 12
2309.8, shall be pennitted to be used to resist
inches (305 nun) on center along intermediate
earthquake forces in wood frame buildings.
framing members.
Nails shall be spaced at least 3/S inch (10 mm)
2306.4.7.2.1 Other wood species: Shear from the edges and ends of boards and panels.
capacities for fasteners in framing members The maximum height-to-width ratio shall be
ofother wood species, shall be calculated by 1.5. The shear capacities utilized in design
multiplying the shear capacities by 0.82 for shall not be cumulative with the shear
species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or capacities of other materials applied to the
greater but less than 0.49 and 0.65 for same wall.
species with a specific gravity of less than
0.42 as contained in AFPA NDS listed in
AppendixA.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND S1ANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS 5TATE BUll..DING CODE
•
Table 2306.4.7.2
ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR PARTICLEBOARD SHEAR.WALLS WITH FRAMING OF
DOUGLAS Fffi-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE ]~OR SEISMIC LOADING
Panels applied direct to framing Panels applied over ~·inch gypsum sheathing
Minimum
Minimum nail AJlowable shear (pounds per AJlowable shear (pounds per
nominal Nail size
Panel penetration in Nail size foott nail spacing at panel foot)8 nail spacing at panel
panel (common or (common or
grade framing edges (inches) edges (inches)
thickness galvanized galvanized
(inches)
(inch) box) box)
6 4 3 . 2 6 4 3 2
5/
16 180 270 350 450 180 270 350 450
1~ 6d 8d
3fe 200 300 390 510 200 300 390 510
3fe 220 320 410 530
2-M-W '/16 1~ 8d 240 350 450 585 10d 260 380 490 640
~ 260 380 490 640
~ 310 460 600 770
1% lad NAb NAb NAb NAb NAb
% 340 510 665 870
Note a. I inch = 25.4 nun; 1 pound per foot = 1.489kg/m.
Note b. NA == Not Applicable
780 CMR 2307.0 WOOD STRUCTURAL load, but shall not be greater than the spans specified
PANElS in Tables 2307.3.1(1), 2307.3.1(2), 2307.3.3 and
2307.3.5. The spans specified in these tables shall
2307.1 Standards: All wood structural panels that
apply to wood structural panels not treated with fire
are utilized structurally shall comply with the
retardant (~hemicals. The design criteria for fire
requirements of DOC PS I, DOC PS 2, HPMA HP
and HPMA HP-SG listed in Appendix A for the retardant-treated wood structural panels shall be
provided by valid research reports from approved
type, grade and span rating or species group ofwood
sources.
structural panels involved. and shall be so identified
•
by an approved agency. 2307.3.1 Floor and roof sheathing: Allowable
spans for floor and roof sheathing shall be as
2307.2 Types: Wood structural panels for interior specified in Tables 2307.3.1(1) and 2307.3.1(2).
installations shall be of the interior type, moisture- The values in Table 2307.3.1(1) apply to
resistant type _or exterior type. Wood structural Structural I, C-D and C-C sheathing and single
panels for exterior installations shall be of the floor grades only, and are limited to the spans
exterior-waterprooftype, except that wood structural shown because of the possible effects of
panel roof sheathing exposed to the outdoors on the concentrated loads.
underside is permitted to be of the interior type and
2307.3.2 Floor sheathing: Edges of wood
bonded with exterior glue. Exterior wood structural
structural panel floor sheathing shall have
panels shall not be applied directly to the framing as
approved tongue-and-groove joints or shall be
a siding unless the wood structural panel has a
minimum nominal thickness of 3/8 inch. Joints shall support(:d with blocking. unless 'l'4-inch minimum
occur over framing members. unless wood or wood thickness underlayment or 1~ inches (38 rom) of
structural panel sheathing is used or joints are lapped approved cellular or lightweight concrete is
horizontally a minimum of 1~ inches (38 rom) or installed, or unless the finish floor is of %-inch
otherwise made waterproof in an approved manner. wood strip. The allowable uniform load based on
Where a wood structural panel is utilized as lapped a deflection of 1/360 of the span is 100 pounds per
siding without sheathing, the wall framing to which square foot (pst) (488 kg/m~ at maximum span.
such wood structural panel is attached shall be 2307.3.3 Wood structural panel combination
diagonally braced. subnoOl~ underlayment: Allowable spans for
combination subfloor underiayment shall be as
23073 Spans: The maximum spans for wood specified in Table 2307.3.3.
structural panel sheathing shall be limited by the
allowable stresses and deflections for the design live

•
WOOD
Table 2307.3.11(1)
ALLOWABLE SPANS AND LOADS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING
GRADES AND SINGLE FLOOR GRADES CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS
WITH LONG DIMENSION PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS.. b,g
Sheathing grades Roof Floor
Span ratinl Maximum span (inches)1 Load (pounds per square foot)i
-~---::;'--=I Panel thickness Maximum span
Roof7floor span (inch)i With ed~e Without edge Total load Live load (inches)
support support
5/ 16 12 12 40 o
5/ 16 ,3h 16 16 40 o
5/16 ,3/s 20 20 40 o
32/16 15/32 , ~> 5/e 32 28 40 30

40/20 23/32 ,%, %, 7fa 40 32 40 30
48/24 23/32 ,%, %
48 36 45 35
Single floor grades Roof Floor

Maximum span (inchesi Load (pounds per square foot)\
. h Panel thickness Maximum span
Span ratmg (inches)\ With edge Without edge (inches)
Total load Live load
supportC support
160.c. 19/32 , % 24 24 50 40 II
19/32 , SIs, % 32 32 40 30 20c,f
-
20 O.c.
48 O.c. 13/32 1% 60 48 50 40 48
Note a. The allowable loads were detennined based on a dead load of 10 psf. If the dead load exceeds 10 psf, then
•
the live load shall be reduced accordingly.
Note lb. For limitations on the applicability of this table to wood structural panel grade, see 780 CMR 2307.3.1
Note c. Tongue-and-groove edges, panel edge clips (one midway between each support, except two equally spaced
between supports 48 inches on center), lumber blocking, or other. Only lumber blocking shall satisfy blocked
diaphragm requirements.
Note d. 24 inches for Y2""inch panels.
Note e. Maximum framing space shall be 24 inches on center for floors where 1Y2 inches of cellular or lightweight
concrete is applied over the panels.
Note li. Maximum frame spacing shall be 24 inches on center where %ainch wood strip flooring ns installed a right
angles to joist. .
Note g. Shall apply only to panels 24 inches or wider.
Note lll. Span rating shall appear on all panels in the construction grades listed in 780 CMR 2307.3.1.
Noten. 1 inch =25.4mm; 1 psf=4.882kglm2•
Table 2307..3.11.(2)
ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR WOOD STRUCTIJRAL PANEL ROOF SEEATHING
CONTINUOUS OVER lWO OR MOIRE SPANS AND LONG DIMENSION PARALLEL TO
SUPPORTS
ood Structural Panels are 5 I /S 18 er unless otherwise noted a
Load at maximum span (pst)C
Panel grade Thickness (inch)c Span rating
Live Total
7/ 16 24/0,24/16 24
•••• 23/32, %
J£J362
48/24
24/0.24/16
24
16
• ----
32/16 24
s/s 32/16,40/20 24
23/32 , % 40120, 48/24 24
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 Cl\.1R ~ Sixth Edition 389

•
Note a. Uniform load deflection limitations: 1/180 of span under live load plus dead load, 1/240 Wlder live load only.
Edges shall be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge supports.
Note b. For composite and 4-ply plywood panels, load shall be reduced by 15 psf.
Note c. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 psf= 4.882 kglm .
Table 2307.3.3 Table 2307.3.5

ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR WOOD ALLOWABLE STIJD SPACING FOR WOOD
STRUCTURAL PANEL COMBINATION STRUCTURAL PANEL WALL SHEATHING
SUBFLOOR UNDERLAYMEN~ PANELS Panel
Maximum studJPacing
CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE (inches)
thickness 8
Panel span rating Exterior coverings nailed to:
SPANS AND LONG PANEL DIMENSION (inch)d and
PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORT construction Stud Sheathing
(THICKNESS IN INCHES)'d . 12/0,16/0,20/0 5/ 16,% 16 16b '
Identification Maximum spacing ofjoists (inches) or wall - 16 o.c.
24/0, 24/16, 32116 3,fe,7/ 16 , IS/32 , C
Speci~ 16 20 24 32 48 24 24
groups or wall- 24 O.c. ~
1 ~ 5,4 % - - Note a. Blocking of honzontal joints shall not be
2,3 5/s % 1fe - - required.
4
% 7/6 1 - - Note b. Plywood sheathing 3/e inch thick or less shall be
Single floor applied with long dimension across studs.
160.c. 20o.c. 240.c. 320.c. 480.c. Note c. Thr~~·ply plywood panels. shall be applied with
soan ratinl!c
Note a. For limitations on the use of Table 2307.3.3 see long dimension across studs.
780 CMR 2307.3.4. Note d. 1 inch = 25.4 nun.
Note b. Applicable to all grades of sanded exterior-type
plywood. 2307.4 Stressed skin panel: For use in stressed skin
Note c. Applicable to underIayment grade and C-C or other prefabricated construction. wood structural
(plugged) plywood and single-floor grade panels. panel designl shall be determined by approved
Note d. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; I psf= 4.882 kglm2• engineering analysis or by the tests prescribed in
•
.780 CMR 1710.0 for prefabricated assemblies.
2307.3.4 Limitations: Table 2307.3.3 is
applicable to under layment grade, C-C (plugged). 780 CMR 2308.0 PARTICLEBOARD
single-floor grade and all grades of sanded
2308.1 Standards: Particleboard shall conform to
exterior-type plywood. For panels with a span
rating of other than 48 inches· (1219 mm) on
ANSI A208.1 listed in Appendix A. Particleboard
shall be identified by the grade mark or the
center (o.c.), the allowable uniform load based on
certificate of inspection issued by an approved
a deflection of 1/360 ofthe span is 100 psf(488
agency.
kglm2). Panels with a span rating of 48 inches
q.c. are limited to a total load of 6S psf (317
2308.2 FloOl~ underlayment: Underlayment shall
kglm2) at the maximum span. Wood structural
conform to Type I-M-I or sanded Type 2-M-W of
panel edges shall have approved tongue-and-
groove joints or shall be supported With blocking,
ANSI A208.1 listed in Appendix A. Underlayment
unless Y<s-inch minimum thickness underlayment shall not be less than 114 inch in thickness and shall
or I~ inches (38 mm) of approved cellular or be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
lightweight concrete is installed, or unless the installation instructions.
finish floor is of %-inch wood strip. If wood
strips are perpendicular to the supports, 2308.3 SubOoor or combination subOoor
thicknesses or span ratings shown for 16-inch underlaymellt: Allowable spans and grades for
(406 mm) and 20-inch (508 mm) spans shall be combination subfloor underlayment shall be as
specified in Table 2308.3. All panels shall be
used on 24-inch (610 mm) spans. Spans are
limited to the values shown in Table 2307.3.3 continuous over two or more spans and the tongue-
because of the possible effects'of concentrated and-groove panels shall be installed with the long
loads. dimension perpendicular to the supports. Uniform
deflection limitation shall be 1/360 ofthe span under
2307.3.5 Vertical maximum stud spacing: Stud· a minimum load of 100 psf. Edges shall have
spacing for vertical sheathing shall be as specified tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported with
in Table 2307.3.5. blocking unless .Y<s-inch minimum thickness
underlayment is installed, or unless the finish floor
•
is ~f25/32-inch wood strip.

WOOD
Table 2308.3 Table 2308.5(2)

ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR a
PARTICLEBOARD SUBFLOOR AND PARTICLEBOARD WALL SHEATHING
COMBINAnON SUBFLOOR Stud spacing (inches) b
UNDERLAYMENT 2 Sheathing under
1f Thickness
Grade
Maximum spacing of supports (inches) (inches) Siding nailed coverings parallel or
Thickness to studs perpendicular to
Grade Combination subfloor
(inches) Subfloor studs
underlayment
5/16 16 -
2-M-W ~ 16 - 2-M-W 3/a 24 16
5/s 20 16 7/16 24 24
24 24 .
~ 2·M-1 and % 16
2-M-2 ~ 16 16
2-M-3 ~ 20 20
Note a. Where not exposed to the weather and where the
Note a. For limitations on the use of Table 2308.3, see long dimension of the panel is parallel or perpendicular
780 CMR 2308.3 to the studs.
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 rom. Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2308.4 Roof sheathing: Allowable loads for roof 780 CMR 2309.0 FIBElRBOARD
sheathing shall be in accordance with the spans and
grades specified in Table 2308.4. Panels shall be
2309.1 Standards: Insulating boards manufactured
with wood or other vegetable fibers which are used
continuous over two or more spans. Uniform load
deflection limitations shall be 1/180 of the span under
as building boards for sheathing, roof decks, interior
wall and ceiling finishes, roof insulation or sound
live load plus dead load and 1/240 ofthe span under
deadening, shall be vermin-proof, resistant to rot-
live load only. Edges of all %-inch panels and edges
producing fungi, water-repellent and shall conform
of 7/16-inch panels with 24 inches (610 mm) O.c.
to the strength and durability tests specified in
spacing shall be supported with blocking or edge
ASTM C208 and C532 and AHA A 194.1 listed in
clips.
Appendix A. Sheathing that is utilized structurally
•
Table 2308.4
shall be so identified by an approved agency. Where
ALLOWABLE LIVE LOADS FOR
8 required under the provisions of 780 CMR 7 or 8,
PARTICLEBOARD ROOF SHEATHXNG ,b
the boards shall be protected or treated to develop
Maximum on- Live load Total load
Grade Thickness center spacing (pounds (pounds per
the required fireresistance rating or flameresistance
(inches) of supports per square square foot) as detemiined by test.
(inches) foot)
% 16 4S 6S 2309.2 .JJoDJmting: To insure tight-fitting assemblies,
edges shall be manufactured with square,
shiplapped, beveled, tongue-and-groove or U-shaped
joints.
~ 24 40 55
Note a. For limitations on the use of Table 2308.4, see 2309.3 Roof insulation: Where used as roof
780 CMR 2308.4. insulation in all types of construction, fiberboards
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot =: shaH be protected with an approved roof covering.
4.882 kglm2 .
2309.4 Wall insulation: Where installed and
2308.5 Siding and sheathing: Allowable spans and firestopped to comply with 780 CMR 7, fiberboards
grades ofparticleboard siding and sheathing shalf be are permitted as wall insulation in all types of
as specified in Tables 2308.5(1) and 2308.5(2). construction. Infire wall and fire separation wall
constructions, unless treated to comply with
Table 2308.5(1) 780 CMR 803.2 for Class I materials, the boards
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR EXPOSED shall be cemented directly to the masonry or other
PARTICLEBOARD PANEL SIDiNG noncombustible base and shall be protected with an
Minimum thickness (inches) approved noncombustible veneer anchored to the
Stud Exterior ceilings base without intervening air spaces.
Siding
Grade spacing and soffits
(inches) Direct to Continuous Direct to
studs support supports 2309.5 Drywall construction: Where fireresistance
•
2-M-W
ratings are required, provision shall be made for
16 3/a 5/16
'/16 interlocking, lapping or otherwise protecting the
24 ~ 5/16 %
joints between adjacent boards to insure smoke and
2-M-J and 16 % % - flame tightness.
2-M-2 24 % 3/8 -
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 nun.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..OINGREGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
2309.6 Insulating roof deck: Where used as roof 780 t"'MR 2310.0 FIRERETARDANT-
decking in open beam construction, fiberboard lREATEDWOOD
insulating roof deck shall have a nominal thickness 2310.1 Applications: Fireretardant-treated wood
of not less than one inch. shall comply with 780 CrvIR. 2310.0. Where Table
602 permits fireretardant-treated wood in Types 1
2309.7 Siding: Hardboard siding shall comply with and 2 construction, fireretardant-treated wood shall
AHA A135.6Iisted in AppendixA. not be utilized in loadbearing walls or in assemblies
with a required fireresistance rating of more than one
2309.8 Shear capacity: Wood stud walls sheathed hour.
with fiberboard sheathing are permitted to resist
horizontal loads provided that such walls comply 2310.2 General: Fireretardant-treated wood shall be
with Table 2309.8. Fiberboard shear walls shall not any wood product which, when impregnated with
be utilized to resist horizontal loads from concrete or chemicals by a pressure process in accordance with
masonry walls. AWPA C20 or AWPA C27 listed in Appendix A, or
other means during manufacture, shall have, when
Table 2309.8 tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in
ALLOWABLE SHEAR CAPACITY FOR Appendix A, a flame spread rating not greater than
WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING ON SHEAR 2S when the test is continued for a period of 30
WALLSOFmrnERBOARDSHEA~G
minutes, without evidence of significant progressive
BOARD combustion; and the flame front shall not progress
Shear capacity for 3-
more than 10Yz feet (3048 nun) beyond the
inch nail spacing
Thickness and around perimeter and centerline of the burner at any time during the test.
Fastener types
grade 6-inch at intermediate Fireretardant-treated wood shall be dried to a
studs (poun~er foot moisture content of 19% or less for lumber and 15%
of wall) ,c
or less for plywood before use.
No. I I gao galv.
~·inch Regular 2310.2.1 Strength modifications: Design values
Roofmg nail 1~" SO
density for untreated lumber, as specified in 780 C:MR
long 7/i6"head
•
~-inch No. 1I gao galv. 2303.1, shall be adjusted for lumber that is
Intennediate Roofing nail I Yz" 60 pressuf(~ impregnated with fireretardant
density long 7/16"head chemicals. Adjustments to the design values
No. I 1 gao galv. shall be based upon an approved method of
2sl32-inch
Roofmg nail 1%" 60 investigation which takes into consideration the
Regular density
lnnQ 7/16"head effects of the anticipated temperature and
Note a. Fiberboard sheathing is pemutted to be stapled humidi~J to which the tireretardant-treated wood
using 16-gage galvanized staples 1% inch long for Y1- will be. subjected, the type of treatment and
inch sheathing and 1Y2 inch long for 2s/32-inch sheathing. redrying procedures.
Staples shall have a minimum crom} of 7/16 inch and
shall be spaced three inches o.c. at edges and six inches 23io.2.2 Labeling: Fireretardant-treated lumber
o.c. at studs. and plywood shall bear the label of approved
Note b. where studs are pennitted to be located at 24 agencies in accordance with 780 CMR 1704.3.2.
inches o.c., the shear capacity shall not be greater than 50 Such labels shall indicate compliance with the
pounds per linear foot (PH). approptiate treating standard in accordance with
Note c. 1 inch =25.4 mm: 1 plf= 1.489 kglm.
780 Cl,,1R 2310.2 and indicate compliance with
780 CfvlR 2310.2.1.
2309.8.1 Framing: Four-foot by eight-foot
fiberboard sheathing shall be applied vertically to
2310.3 Exposure to weather: Where fireretardant-
wood studs not less than two inches nominal in
treated wood is to be exposed to the weather, the
thickness spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center.
material shall be further identified to indicate that
Exception: Studs on 24-inch centers are there is not an increase in the listed flame spread
permitted for ~-inch intermediate density classification after being weathered in accordance
sheathing and 2sl32-inch regular density with ASTM 02898 listed in Appendix A.
sheathing in accordance with Table 2309.8. Fireretardant-treated wood subjected to high-
2309.8.2 Nailing: Nailing shall be in accordance humidity conditions shall be identified to indicate
with Table 2309.8. Nails shall be spaced not less that the treated wood has a moisture content of not
than 3/8 inch (10 mm) from edges and ends of over 28% when tested at 92% relative humidity in
•
sheathing. accordance with ASTM D3201 listed in
AppendixA.

WOOD
780 CMR 2311.0 NATURALLY DURABLE for wood foundations shall be as required in
AND PRESERVATIVE-lREATED WOOD AFP A TR7 listed in Appendix A.
23H.Jl Required: Where protection of wood 23H.4 Wood used above ground!: Wood installed
members is required because of exposure to soil or above ground in the locations specified in 780 CMR
weather, protection shall be provided by using 2311.4.1 through 2311.4.6 shall be naturally durable
naturally durable or preservative-treated wood as wood or preservative-treated wood that uses water-
required by 780 CMR 2311.0. borne preservatives, and shall be treated in
accordance with AWPA C2 or C9 listed in
2311.2 Naturally durable wood: The term Appendix A for above~ground use.
"naturally durable wood II refers to the heartwood of
2311.4.1 Joists and girders: Where wood joists
the following species with the exception that an
or the bottom of a wood structural floor without
occasional piece with comer sapwood is pennitted if
joists are closer than 18 inches (457 rom), or
90% or more of the width of each side on which it
wood girders are closer than 12 inches (305 rom),
occurs is heartwood
to the exposed ground in crawl spaces or unex-
Decay resistant: Redwood, cedar, black locust
cavated areas located within the perimeter of the
and black walnut.
building foundation, the floor assembly (including
Termite resistant: Redwood and Eastern red posts, girders, joists and subfloor) shall be of
cedar approved naturally durable or preservative-treated
wood.
2311.1.3 Preservativeatreated wood: The term
''preservative-treated wood" refers to wood 23B.4.2 Framing: All wood framing members,
(including plywood) pressure treated with including wood sheathing, which rest on exterior
preservatives, that conforms to retention, penetration foundation walls and are less than eight inches
and other requirements applicable to the species, (203 mm) from exposed earth shall be of
product, treatment and conditions of use in AWP A approved naturally durabl~ or preservative-treated
C 1, C2 and C9 listed in Appendix A. Preservatives wood.
shall conform to AWPA PI1P13, P2, P5, P8 and P9 2311.4.3 Sleepers and! snus: Sleepers and sills on
•
listed in AppendixA. Lumber and plywood in wood a concrete or masonry slab which is in direct
foundation systems shall conform to 780 CMR contact with earth shall be of approved naturally
1808.3. durable or preservative-treated wood.
23H.3.Jl Identification: All piles, poles, lumber 2311.4.4 Girder ends: The ends of wood girders
and plywood which are required to be entering exterior masonry or concrete walls shall
preservative-treated shall bear the quality mark of be provided with a ~~inch (13 mm) air space on
an approved agency that maintains continuing top, sides and end, unless approved naturally
supervision, testing and inspection over the durable or preservativemtreated wood is used.
quality ofthe product. Quality-control inspection
agencies for preservative-treated wood shall be 2311.4.5 CDearance: Clearance between wood
certified as to competency and performance by an siding and earth on the exterior of a building shall
approved organization. Said mark shall include not be less than six inches (152 mm) except where
the following infonnation in a legible fonnat: siding, sheathing and wall framing are of
identification of the inspection agency; the approved preservative-treated wood.
standard to which the product is treated; the 2311.4.6 Posts or columns: Posts or columns
identification of the treating plant; and the supporting permanent structures and supported by
purpose for which the product has been treated. a concrete or masonry slab or footing which is in
The mark shall be permanently affixed to each direct contact with the earth shall be of approved
piece unless specifically waived by the code naturally durable or preservative-treated wood
official.
Exceptions:
2311.1l..3.2 Moisture content: Where wood that is 1. Posts or columns which are either exposed
pressure treated with a water~bome preservative to the weather or located in basements or
is used in enclosed locations where drying in cellars, supported by concrete piers or metal
service cannot readily occur, such wood shall be pedestals projecting at least one inch (25 nun)
at a moisture content of 19% or less before being above the slab or deck and six inches (152 mm)
covered with insulation, interior wall finish, floor above exposed earth, and are separated
covering or other material. therefrom by an impervious moisture barrier.
• 2311.3.3 Fastenen: Fasteners for preservative-

2. Posts or columns in enclosed crawl spaces
treated wood shall be of hotmdipped, zinc~coated, or unexcavated areas located within the
galvanized stainless steel, smeon bronze, copper periphery of the building, supported by a
or other corrosion-resistant materials. fasteners concrete pier or metal pedestal at a height
greater than eight inches (203 mm) from
2/7/97 (Effective 2128/97) 780 CMR Sixth Edition

0 393
THE MASSACHUSETTS 5TATE BUILDING CODE
•
exposed ground, and are separated therefrom 2311.7.1 Untreated wood: Where the wall is not
by an impervious moisture barrier.· more than two feet (610 nun) in height and is
separated from the lot line or a permanent
2311.5 Wood in contact with the ground: All building by a minimum distance equal to the
wood in contact with the ground (exposed earth) height of the wall, the wall is permitted to be of
which supports permanent structures that are untreated wood.
intended for human occupancy, shall be of approved
2311.7.~~ Naturally durable wood on the lot
naturally durable or preservative-treated wood using
line: Where a retaining wall or a crib waH is not
water-borne preservatives and shall be treated in
more than two feet (610 nun) in height and is
accordance with AWPA C2 or C9 listed in
located on the lot line, approved naturally durable
Appendix A for ground contact, where used in the
wood is permitted.
locations specified in 780 CrvIR 2311.5.1 and
2311.5.2. 231l.7.~. Naturally durable wood separated:
Where a~ retaining wall or a crib wall is not more
Exception: Untreated wood is pennitted where
than four feet (1219 mm) in height and is
such wood is entirely below the ground water
separated from the lot line or a permanent
level or where continuously submerged in fresh
building by a minimum distance equal to the
water.
height of the wall, approved naturally durable
2311.5.1 Posts or columns: Sawn posts and wood is permitted.
columns supporting permanent structures that are
intended for human occupancy and which are 780 CMR 2312.0 JOISf HANGERS
embedded in concrete in direct contact with the 2312.1 Tf~st standard: The vertical loadbearing
earth or embedded in concrete exposed to the capacity, torsional moment capacity, and deflection
weather, or in direct contact with the earth, shalJ characteristics of joist hangers shall be determined
be of approved preservative.treated wood. in accord/ance with ASTM D1761 Jisted in
2311.5.2 Wood structural members: Wood Appendix A, using lumber having a specific gravity
structural members that support moisture- of 0.49 or greater but not greater than 0.55 as
permeable floors or roofs which are exposed to determined in accordance with AFPA NOS listed in
•
the weather· such as concrete or masonry slabs • Appendix A for the joist and headers.
shall be of approved naturally durable or
preservative-treated wood unless separated from 2312.2 V4~rtical load capacity: The vertical load
such floors. or roofs by an impervious moisture capacity for the joist hanger shall be determined by
barrier. testing three joist hanger assemblies as specified in
ASTM D 1761 listed in Appendix A. If the ultimate
2311.6 Geographical areas: In geographical areas vertical load for anyone of the tests varies more
where experience has demonstrated a specific need, than 20% lrrom the average ultimate vertical load, at
approved naturally durable or preservative-treated least three: additional tests shall be conducted. The
wood shall be utilized for those portions of wood allowable vertical load for a normal duration of
members which form the structural supports of loading of the joist hanger shall be the lowest value
buildings, balconies, porches or similar permanent determined from the following:
building appurtenances where such members are 1. The lowest ultimate vertical load from any
exposed to the weather without adequate protection test divided by 2.5 (where three tests are
from a roof, eave, overhang or other covering to conducted and each ultimate vertical load does
prevent moisture or water accumulation on the not vary more than 20% from the average ultimate
surface or at joints between members. Depending vertical load).
on local experience, such members include, but are 2. The average ultimate vertical load for all tests
not limited to, the following: divided by six (where six tests are conducted).
1. Horizontal members such as girders, joists and 3. The vertical load at which the vertical
decking; movement of the joist with respect to the header
2. Vertical members such as posts, poles and is 0.125 inch (3 rom) in any test.
columns; or 4. The allowable design load for nails or other
3. Both horizontal and vertical members. fasteners utilized to secure the joist hanger to the
wood members.
2311.7 Wood used in retaining walls: Wood 5. The allowable design load for the wood
installed in retaining or crib waUs shall be of members forming the connection.
approved preservative-treated wood treated in
•
accordance with AWPA C2 or C9 listed in 2312.3 Torsional moment capacity: The torsional
Appendix A for ground contact, except as indicated moment capacity for the joist hanger shall be
in 780 ClvIR 2311.7.1 through 231 1.7.3. determined by testing at least three joist hanger
assemblies as specified in ASTM D 1761 listed in
Appentlix A. The allowable torsional moment for

WOOD
nonnal duration ofloading of the joist hanger shall which are fabricated of dimension lumber with
be the average torsional moment at which the lateral wood stress coverings glued thereto, or which
movement of the top or bottom of the joist with consist of structural units of metal-covered or
respect to the original position of the joist is 0.125 molded wood structural panels or other approved
inch. plastics formed and molded into prefabricated
loadbearing members, shall be based upon an
2312.4 Design value modifications: Allowable approved method which takes into consideration
design values for joist hangers which are determined the conditions of installation or meets the test
by failure of the metal-to-wood connection shall be requirements of 780 C.MR 1704.0, 1709.0 and
pennitted to be modified by the appropriate duration 1710.0. Sandwich panels shall be subject to a
of loading factors as specified in AFP A NOS listed quality control program administered by an
in Appendix A. Allowable design values detennined approved agency and shall bear a label in
by failure of the metal joist hanger shall not be accordance with 780 CI\1R 1704.3. Such label
modified by duration ofloading factors. shall contain the information required by
780 CMR 1704.3.3
780 CMR 2313.0 PREFABRICATJE][J) 2313.2.1 Splices: Splices and connections
COMPONENTS between panels shall be weather tight and shall
2313.1 Structural glued-laminated members: be of sufficient strength to resist two and one G
Buildings and structures designed and erected of half times the design live load to which such
glued-laminated structural members or of composite splices will be subjected in normal installation.
members of dimension lumber and wood structural The fastening of coverings to structural studs,
panels shall comply with 780 Cl\1R 2313.0. ribs or joists shall provide a rigidity equ,ivalent
to approved gluing. Nailing shall not be
2313.li.l Exposed structural ghxedl-Uamnnated acceptable for that purpose.
timber: Those portions of glued-laminated
timbers which form the structural supports of a 2313.3 Prefabricated trusses: Prefabricated trusses
building or other structure and are exposed to shall be designed to resist all superimposed design
weather and not properly protected by a roof, eave loads.
overhang or similar covering, shall be treated in
accordance with AITC 109 listed in Appendix A 2313.3.1 Rooll' trusses: Metal-plate-connected
or shall be manufactured from approved naturally roof trusses shall be designed in accordance with
durable woods. TPI Design Specifications for Metal Plate
Connected Wood Trusses and AFPA NOS listed
23l3.!.2 Glued-laminated members: Design and
in Appendix Al t and shall be braced to prevent
fabrication of built-up beam and column sections,
rotation and provide lateral stability.
which consist of one or more webs with glued-
lumber flanges and stiffeners, shall be based upon 2313.3.2 Floor trusses: Metal-plate-connected
an approved method which takes into floor trusses shall be designed in accordance with
consideration the conditions of use. Glued- TPI Design Specifications for Metal Plate
laminated elements shall be subject to a quality Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses and
control program administered by an approved AFPA NDS listed in Appendix AI.
agency and shall bear a label in accordance with
780 CMR 1704.3. Such label shall contain the 2313.4 Special inspection: The fabrication process
information required by 780 CMR 1704.3.3. for prefabricated wood components shall be subject
231.3.1.3 Gluing surfaces: In glued-lumber to special inspection as required by 780 CMR
constructions, the surfaces to be glued shall be 1705.4.
worked to a smooth, flat surface without sanding
and shall be free from wax, grease or oil to insure 2313.5 Prefabricated w90d I·joists: Structural
a complete glue bond over the entire contact. capacities and design provisions for prefabricated
Factorymsanded wood structural panels shall be wood I joists shall be established and monitored in
permitted. accordance with ASTM 05055 listed in
Appendix AI.
2313.2 Sandwich panels: Design and fabrication
ofsandwich panels or other integrated assemblies

780 CNfR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
396 780 Cl\tfR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
CHAPTER 24
GILASS AND GILAZING
780 CMR 2401.0 GENERAlL 24102.4 Glass dimensional tolerance: Glass

2401.1 Scope: The provisions of780 CIviR 24 shall thickness tolerances shall comply with those
govern the materials, design, construction and established in Table 2402.4. Where the thickness is
quality of glass and glazing in vertical and sloped to be controlled, nominal values are stated subject to
applications. For the definition of approved light- the tolerances shown in Table 2402.4.
transmitting plastic, see 780 CMR 2604.1. Safety
glazing materials shall conform to the Table 2402.4
requirements ofMG.L c. 143, §§ 3T, 3U, and JJ/, MJNIl\1[UM GLASS THICKNESS
as amended and CPSC 16 CFRj 1201, as Nominal thickness , .Plate gl~s . ,Sheet gl~s
• h ) nununurn thickness nurumum thickness
applicable. Cmc es (inches)8 (inches)8
Single strength (SS) 0.085
780 CMR 2402.0 GENERAL Double strength (DS) 0.115
REQUIREMENTS FOR GLASS 1/a 0.094
2402.1 Marking: Each lite shall bear the

manufacturer's mark designating the type and
thickness of glass. The mark shall not be omitted
unless approved and an affidavit is furnished by the
glazing contractor certifYing that each lite is glazed
in accordance with approved plans and
specifications in accordance with the provisions of
780 ClVIR 24. Safety glazing shall be marked in
•
accordance with 780 Cl\AR 2405.1.1 and shall
conform to the requirements of M.G.L Co 143,
§§ 31', Ju, and 3J/, as amended. The mark shall not 7/8 0.750
be omitted from tempered glass. Each unit of I
0.875
tempered glass shall be permanently identified by 1.125
the manufacturer's mark. The identifying mark shall
1'l4
be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and shall be Note a. One inch = 25.4 mm.
visible when the unit is glazed. Tempered spandrel
glass is exempted from permanent marking, but shall 2402.5 Louvered windows or jalousies: Regular
be provided with a removable paper marking by the float, wired and patterned glass in louvered windows
manufacturer. and jalousies shall not be thinner than nominal 3/16
inch and not longer than 48 inches (1219 rom).
2402.2 Glass supports: Where one or more sides of Where other glass types are used, design shall be
any lite of glass is not firmly supported, or is submitted to the code official for approval. Exposed
subjected to unusual load conditions, detailed glass edges shall be smooth. Wired glass with wire
construction documents, detailed shop drawings and exposed on longitudinal edges shall not be used in
analysis or test data assuring safe performance for jalousies or louvered windows.
the specific installation shall be prepared by a
registered design professional and approved. 780 Cl\1R 2403.0 WIND, SNOW AND DEAl!))
Analysis shall be based on the wind loads required LOADS ON GLASS
by 780 CIviR 1611.6. The elevation of the glazed 2403.1 Vertkal glass: All glass within 15 degrees
openings shall be computed by adding the distances (0.26 rad) of vertical in windows, curtain and
from grade to the head and sill, respectively, and window walls, doors and other exterior applications
dividing the sum by two. shall be designed to resist the wind loads in
780 Cl\.1R 1611.6 for components and cladding.
2402.3 Interior glazed! areas: Where interior Maximum allowable sizes shall be based on Figure
glazing is installed adjacent to a walking surface, the 2403.1. The equivalent load for use in the figure
differential deflection of two adjacent unsupported shall be determined by dividing the design wind load
•
edges shall not be greater than the thickness of the by the applicable factor from Table 2403.1. Figure
panels when a force of 50 pounds per linear foot 2403.1 is for rectangular glass firmly supported on
(730 N/m) is applied horizontalJy to one panel at any all four edges.
point up to 42 inches (l067 mm) above the walking
surface.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 ClVfR - Sixth Edition 397

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BvaDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
2403.2 Sloped glass: All glass sloped more than 15 Note d. Values for patterned glass are based on the
degrees (0.26 rad) from vertical in skylights, thinnest part of the pattern. Interpolation between lines
sunspaces, sloped roofs and other exterior in the figure is pennitted.
applications shalJ be designed to resist the Note e. Value for sandblasting glass is minimum and
combination of wind loads in 780 CMR 1611.6 for depends on severity and depth of sandblast.
components and cladding, the snow loads in
Figure 2403.1
780 CMR 1610.0, and the glass dead load.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE AREA FOR
Maximum allowable sizes shall be based on Figure
2403.1. Figure 2403. 1 is for rectangular glass finnly VERTICAL AND SLOPED GLASS
supported on all four edges.
'- .......... ..........
The combined load shall be calculated as follows.
""- " "-"" ""-
The largest of 1,2 or 3 shall be used:
8
('0.1 "- " I'-.
~
1. Negative wind load; - F x dead load "
'"" " "
Ci: i'....
2. Positive wind load; + F x (dead load + ~ wind & § t-.. r--.. i"- .....
-
load)
,
Ul
""
2 " ,'-
.......
...... .......
.......
~ ..
~
, "'-" " " '" i'..
..........
3. Fx (snow load + dead load) + ~ positive wind ffi .......... '-~,...,
load
4l
I" t-.. -r;... "'-
~ . 5~
~-
" N" "", ota...~
."i'
where: ~
..e ~~
~ ~ "- "t'-,
F= 2.0 where any pane or ply is regular glass. co "-I'
F = 1.5 where any pane or ply is heat- §
e
0
r-I
"-
'-'.' ."
- ~",.. ~-~..
"
I' 01;..;:
t-..
.....
i'. " " ",
strengthened glass and the remainder are fully .~
~
" I'--~
<.G> ,I' ~,
J,,:-.
,
"" "
'"
f-
tempered glass. ::E
F = 1.2 where all panes and plies are fully ~ ~ ~. ..... ' "
.....
i' ..... ......
tempered glass. '" ....... ....... .,,- to... ......
1'0.'-
The glass dead load is equal to the cosine of the 10 20
I
30 40
I'-.
60 80 100 150 200 "
slope from horizontal x the total glass thickness in
inches x 13. Equivalent Load Detennined from 780 CMR 2403.1 and
Table 2403.0 or 780 CMR 2403.2 and 2403.2 on psf
The equivalent load for use in Figure 2403.1 shalJ
•
be detennined by dividing the combined load by the
applicable factor from Table 2403.2. Table 2403.2
FACTORS FOR SLOPED GLASS
Table 2403.1 Factor
FACTORS FOR VERTICAL GLASS Glass type for use with figure
Factor 2403.1
Glass type for use with figure
. 2403.1
Wired 0.36
Wired 0.5
I_--~~
.,._- _ _II
Pattemedd 1.0
Sandb1astedc 0.5
Insulating GlassC
Regular, (annealed) 1.3
Heat strengthened 3.1
Insulating GlassC
Regular, (annealed) 1.8
Heat strengthened 3.6
I aminated fidly tempered plies&' 49
I~-
Note a. For laminated glass, use the line in Figure
2403.1 for total glass thickness (after adjusting wind
Laminated fully tempered plies
8
• 54 load by the factor in Table 2403.2).
Note a. For laminated glass, use the line in Figure Note b. For laminated glass, values are based on
2403.1 for total glass thickness (after adjusting wind load two panes of identical thickness and type.
by the factor in Table 2403.1). Note c. For insulated glass, values are based on
Note b. For laminated glass, values are based on two two panes of identical thickness and type. Utilize
panes of identical thickness and type. thickness for one pane. For example, tha maximum
Note c. For insulated glass, values are based on two allowable area for an insulating glass unit consisting
panes of identical thickness and type. Utilize thickness of two pHes of fully tempered ~-inch glass is
for one pane. For example, tha maximum allowable area determined using the line for ~-inch glass.
for an insulating glass unit consisting of two plies of fully
tempered Y4·inch glass is determined using the line for
~·inch glass.
398 780 Crv1R - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CI\1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
GLASS AND GLAZING
780 om 2404.0 SLOPED GLAZING AND walking surface below the glazing material is
SKYLIGHTS pennanently protected from the risk of falling
glass or the area below the glazing material is not
2404.1 Sloped glazing: Any installation of glass or
a walking surface.
other transparent, translucent or opaque glazing
3. Any glazing material, including annealed
material which is installed at a slope of 15 degrees
glass, is permitted to be installed without screens
(0.26 rad) or more from the vertical plane
in the sloped glazing systems of commercial or
-including skylights, roofs and sloped walls-shall
detached greenhouses used exclusively for
comply with 780 Cfv1R2404.0.
growing plants and not open to the public,
provided that the height of the greenhouse at the
2404.2 Allowable glazing materiaHs: Sloped
ridge does not exceed 20 feet (6096 rom) above
glazing shall be any of the following materials,
grade. Greenhouse frames shall be
subject to the limitations specified in 780 CMR
noncombustible if the height of the sloped glazing
2404.3 and the exceptions specified in 780 CMR
exceeds 20 feet (6096 mm) above grade.
2404.4:
4. Screens shall not be required within dwelling
1. For monolithic glazing systems, the glazing
units of occupancies in Use Groups R~2 and R-3
material of the single light or layer shaH be
where fully tempered glass or laminated glass
laminated glass with a minimum 30~mil (762 ~m)
with a 15 milpolyvinyl butyral interlayer is used
polyvinyl butyral interlayer, wired glass,
as single glazing or as both panes in an insulating
approved plastic materials, heat-strengthened
glass unit, and all of the following conditions are
glass or fully tempered glass.
met:
2. For multiple-layer glazing systems, each light
4.1. Each pane of glass is 16 square feet (1.5
or layer shall consist of any of the glazing
materials specified in 780 CMR 2404.2 item 1. m2) or less in area;
4.2. The highest point of the glass is 12 feet
For additional requirements for plastiC skylights,
(3658 mm) or less above any walking surface
see 780 CMR. 2608.0. Glass-block construction shall
or other area having access thereto; and
conform to the requirements of780 CMR 2115.0.
4.3. The glass thickness is 3/16 inch (5 rom)
or less.
•
2404.3 Limitations: Where used in monolithic
glazing systems, heat-strengthened glass and fully
241{)4.5 Fli"aming: In Types I and 2 construction, all
tempered glass shall have screens installed below the
sloped glazing and skylight frames shall be
glazing material, subject to the exceptions in
constructed of noncombustible materials. In
780 Cl\AR 2404.4, to protect building occupants
buildings where acid fumes deleterious to metal are
from falling glass should breakage occur. The
incidental to the occupancy of the buildings,
screens shall be capable of supporting the weight of
approved pressure~treated woods or other approved
the glass and shall be substantially supported below
noncorrosive materials shall be permitted for sash
and installed within four inches ( 102 mm) of the
and frames. All sloped glazing and skylights shall be
glass. The screens shall be constructed of a
designed to meet all structural requirements for roofs
noncombustible material not thinner than No. 12
B&S Gage (0.0808 inch) with a mesh not larger than specified in 780 CMR 16. AlI skylights set at an
angle of less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the
one inch by one inch (25 rom by 25 nun). In a
corrosive atmosphere, structurally equivalent horizontal plane shall be mounted at least four
noncorrosive atmosphere, structurally equivalent inches (l02 mm) above the plane of the roof on a
noncorrosive screening materials shan be used. curb construction as required for the frame.
Where used in multiple-layer glazing systems as the Skylights shall not be installed in the plane of the
bottom glass layer over the walking surface, heat- roof where the roof pitch is less than 45 degrees
strengthened glass, fully tempered glass and wired (0.79 rad) from the horizontal.
glass shall be equipped with screening that confonns Exception: Curbs for skylights are not required
to the requirements specified for monolithic glazing . on roofs with a minimum slope of three units
systems. vertical in 12 units horizontal (3: 12) in
occupancies in Use Group R-3.
2404.4 Exceptions: In monolithic and multiple-layer
sloped glazing systems, the following exceptions 780 CMR 2405.0 SAFElY GLAZING
apply: 2405.1 Human impact Hoads: Individual glazed
1. Fully tempered glass installed without areas, including glass mirrors, in hazardous locations
protective screens where glazed between such as those indicated in 780 CrvfR. 2405.2 shall
•
intervening floors at a slope of 30 degrees (0.52 pass the test requirements of CPSC 16 CPR; 1201
rad) or less from the vertical plane shall have the lllllfJd shall conform to the requirements of M.G.L
highest point of the glass ten feet (3048 mm) or c. 14Jg §§ J~ JU and J~ as applicable, listed in
less above the walking surface.
Appendix A. The requirements of780 CMR 2405.1
2. Screens are not required below any glazing and 780 CMR2405.2 and 2407.0 shall apply equally
material. including annealed glass, where the

780 CrvfR: STATE BOARD OF BUTI..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
to replacement glass and new glass installation. edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches (1525
Additional requirements as specified in 780 CMR rom) above the walking surface.
2407.2 are to be satisfied for glass used in locations 7. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable
where the hazard is of a continuous nature, such as panel, other than in those locations described in
glass enclosures for sporting activities as i~entified preceding items 5 and 6, which meets aU of the
in 780 Cf\.1R 2407.1. following conditions:
7. 1~ Exposed area of an individual pane
Exceptions:
great1er than nine square feet (0.84 m2);
1. Polished wired glass used in required fire
7.2. Exposed bottom edge less than 18 inches
resistance rated assemblies or polished wire glass
(460 mm) above the floor:
used in hazardous locations such as those
7.3. Exposed top edge greater than 36 inches
indicated in 780 CMR 2405.2, items 6, 7, 8 and
(915 mm) above the floor; and
9 shall comply with ANSI Z97.I listed in
7.4. One or more walking surface(s) within 36
AppendixA.
inches (915 mrn) horizontally of the plane of
2. Plastic glazing shall meet the weathering
the glazing.
requirements of ANSI Z97.I listed in
8. All glazing in guards and railings regardless of
AppendixA.
area or height above a walking surface. Included
3. Glass-block walls shall comply with 780 C?vIR.
are structural baluster panels and nonstructural in-
2115.0.
fiU pane~s.
2405.1.1 Marking: Each light of safety glazing 9. Glazing in walls and fences enclosing indoor
material installed in hazardous locations as and outdoor swimming pools where the bottom
defined in 780 CMR 2405.2 shall bear a edge ofthe glazing on the pool side is less than 60
pennanent identifying mark issued by an inches (1525 mm) above a walking surface and
approved agency which specifies the marking within 36 inches (914 mm) horizontally of a
agency, whether manufacturer or installer, and walking surface. This shall apply to single glazing
the test standard. and all panes in multiple glazing.
Exceptions Exce;ption: The following products, materials
1. Polished wire glass is exempt from a and uses shall not be considered specific
•
permanent identifying mark provided that hazardous locations:
the distributor or the installer provides an 1. Openings in doors through which a 3-inch
affidavit certifying that the polished wire (76 mm) sphere is unable to pass.
glass complies with ANSI Z97.1 listed in 2. Assemblies of leaded glass or faceted glass
AppendixA. and items of carved glass used for decorative
2. Laminated glass is exempt from a purposes in locations described in 780 CMR
permanent identifying mark provided that 2405,,2, items 1,6 or 7.
the distributor or installer provides an 3. G~azing materials used as curved glazed
affidavit certifying that the laminated glass panels in revolving doors.
complies with CPSC 16 CFR 120/, listed in 4. Commercial refrigerated cabinet glazed
AppendixA. doors.
5. Glazing as described in 780 CMR 2405.2,
2405.2 Specific hazardous locations: The following item 6, where there is an intervening wall or
shall be considered specific hazardous locations for some other permanent barrier that will prevent
the purposes of glazing: a person approaching the door from
1. Glazing in ingress and means ofegress doors accidentally striking the glazing.
except jalousies (see 780 Cf\1R 2402.5). 6. Glazing as described in 780 C~ 2405.2,
2. Glazing in fixed and sliding panels of sliding item 7, where a protective bar is installed 34
(patio) door assemblies and panels in swinging inches to 38 inches (864 mm to 965 nun) above
doors. the floor on the side of the glazing having
3. Glazing in storm doors. access thereto. The bar shall be capable of
4. Glazing in all unframed swinging doors. withstanding a horizontal load of 50 pounds
5. Glazing in doors and enclosures for hot tubs, per linear foot (730 N/m) without contacting
whirlpools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and the glass and be a minimum of 1% inches (38
showers. Glazing in any portion ofa building wall mm) in height. The protective har may be an
enclosing these compartments where the bottom applied bar or an integral part of the glazed
exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches framing dividing an upper lite from a lower
(1525 rom) above a standing surface. lite.
•
6. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable 7. Outboard panes in insulating glass units
panel adjacent to· a door where the nearest and other multiple-glazed panels as described
exposed edge of the glazing is within a 24-inch in 780 CMR 2405.2, item 7, where the bottom
(610 nun) arc ofeither vertical edge of the door in exposed edge ofthe glass is 25 feet (7620 mm)
a closed position and where the bottom exposed or more above any grade, roof, walking surface
400 780 CMR - Sixth Editiol1l 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

GLASS AND GLAZING
or other horizontal or sloped (within 45

degrees of horizontal) surface adjacent to the 780 CMR 2407.0 GlLAZING IN
glass exterior. RACQUETBALL AND SQUASH COURTS
8. Louvered windows and jalousies complying 2407.1 COllltinuously hazardous locations: The
with the requirements of780 CIvIR 2402.5. following shaH be considered continuously
9. Glazing which is mounted or hung on a hazardous locations for the purposes of glazing:
surface that provides a continuous backing 1. Glazing in squash and racquetball. courts
support. which forms whole or partial wall sections.
2. Glazing in squash and racquetball courts
2405.3 Glass in fire-fighter access paneKs: .In cases which is used as a door or part of a door.
where tempered glass is requi.red in fireofighter
access panels, both panes in double glazing shall be 2407.2 Testing: Test methods and loads for
tempered glass. individually glazed areas such as those described in
780 CMR.2407.1 shall conform to those ofCPSC 16
780 om 2406.0 GLASS IN HANDRAJJLS AND CPR; 1201, listed in Appendix A, with impacts
GUARDRAILS being applied at a height from ground level of 59
2406.1 Materials: Glass used as structural inches (1499 nun) to an actual or simulated glass
balustrade panels in railings shall be constructed of wall installation with fixtures, fittings and methods
either single fully tempered glass, laminated fully of assembly' identical to those used in practice.
tempered glass or laminated heatostrengthened glass. In order to be deemed acceptable, the following
Glazing in railing in-fill panels shall conform to conditions shall be achieved for glass walls:
ANSI Z97.1 listed in Appendix A or shall be of an 1. Any glass wall in a squash or racquetball court
approved safety glazing material that confonns to shall remain intact following a test impact.
the provisions of 780 CMR 2405.1. For all glazing 2. The deflection of such walls shall not be
types, the minimum nominal thickness shall be ~ greater than llh inches (38 mm) at the point of
Inch. Fully tempered glass and laminated glass shall impact.
comply with Category II of CPSC 16 CPR; 1201,
In order to be deemed acceptable, the following
listed in Appendix A. Wired glass shall comply with
•
conditions shall be achieved for glass doors:
ANSI 297.1 listed in Appendix A.
1. Glass doors shall remain intact following a
2406.1t.1i Loads: The panels and their support test impact at the prescribed height in the center
system shall be designed to withstand the loads of the door.
specified in 780 CMR 1606.4. A safety factor of 2. The relative deflection between the edge of a
4 shall be used. . glass door and the adjacent wall shall not exceed
2406.:11..2 Support: Each handrail or guardrail the following values for the impact test bag-drop
section shall be supported by a minimum of three heights:
glass balusters or shall be otherwise supported to 2.1. The thickness of the wall plus 1/8 inch (3
remain in place should one baluster panel fail. mm) for a drop height of24 inches (610 mm).
Glass balusters shall not be installed without an 2.2. The thickness of the wall plus ~ inch (6
attached handrail or guardrail. nun) for a drop height of36 inches (914 mm).
2.3. The thickness ofthe wall plus ~ inch (13
2406.1t.3 Parking garages: Glazing materials mm) for a drop height of48 inches (1219 mm)..
shall not be installed in railings in parking
garages except for pedestrian areas not exposed
to impact from vehicles.
• 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 401·

780 C1v1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
NON-TEXT PAGE
402 780 CMR - Sixth· Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

CHAPTER 25
GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER
i80 CMR. 2501.0 GENERAL and arrangement provisions of 780 CMR 2306.4.7
2501.1 Scope: The provisions of780 Cl\1R 25 shall shall be met in addition to 780 CMR 2502.0.
govern the materials, design, construction and
quality ofgypsum and plaster. 2502.11.1 Nailing: All studs, top and bottom
plates and blocking shall be nailed in
780 CMR 2502.0 SHEAR W AJLlL§ accordance with Table 2502.1.
2502.]1 General: Wood frame shear walls
constructed in accordance with the materials and 2502.Jl.2 Limitations: Shear walls shall not be
provisions of Table 2502.1 are pennitted to resist used to resist horizontal loads from masonry or
wind and seismic forces. Where such construction concrete walls.
is designed to resist seismic forces, the panel size
Table 25([J)2. n
SHEAR CAPACITY FOR SHEAR WALLS OF LATH AND PLASTER,.
lb
GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD, AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD WOOD JFRAME ASSEMBLffiS
Type ofmaterial Thickness Wall Nail spacing Allowable Fastener size

of material construction maximwn shear
(inch) (inches) poundS "per
8
footofwa1l
Woven or welded wire lath and No. 11 gage, 1~ inches

portland cement plaster ling, 7/l6-inch head, or
•
% Unblocked 6 180
No. 16 gage staples
having %-inch-long legs
Gypsum lath, plain or No. 13 gage, Pia inches

3/s1ath and
perforated Unblocked 5 100 long, 19/64- inch head,
~ plaster
plasterboard blued nail
Gypsum 2 feet x 8 feet Unblocked 4 75 No 11 gage, 1% inches
long, 71l6-inch head.
sheathing 4 feet x 8 feet ~ Blocked 4 175 diamond point,
board 4 feet x 8 feet Unblocked 7 100 galvanized
Unblocked 7 100
Unblocked 4 125
~ 5d cooler nails
Blocked 7 125
Gypsum wallboard Blocked 4 150
Blocked 4 175 6d cooler nails
Sis Blocked Base ply 9 inches Base ply - 6d cooler nails
250
twoDlv Face olv 7 inches Face olv - 8d cooler nails
No~e Sl. Shear values are based on a maximum framing spacing of 16 inches (406 nun) on center.
No~e b. 1 inch = 25.4 mm~ 1 foot =304.8 nun; 1 pound per foot = 1,489 kglm.
180 CMR 250300 GYPSUM BOAJRID) 2503.2 S~H1(lIards: All gypsum board materials shall
MATERIALS conform to the appropriate standards listed in Table
2503.1 General: All gypsum board materials and 2503.2 and Appendix A.
accessories shall be marked to indicate the
appropriate standards referenced in 780 CMR 2503
• and stored so as to protect such materials from the

weather.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) . 780 CMR Sixth Edition

Q 403
THE MASSACHUSETTS 5TATE BUll.DING CODE
•
Table 2503.2 2503.3 Installation: Installation of these materials
GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS AND shall confonn to 780 CrvfR 2504.0 and Table 2503.3,
ACCESSORIES except as otherwise required by 780 CMR.
Material Standard
2503.4 Water-resistant gypsum backer board: In
Gypsum sheathing ASTM C79 all areas subjected to repeated damp conditions and
Gypsum wallboard ASTM C36 moisture accumulation such as bathtub and shower
:::::::::.:.:.:.::~::::.:::.~::.:.:::.:.:.::;.:.:.:.:.:.:.;.:.:.;:~.;::;:::.:.:-: ..-_._ ,:.:: -;:::;::' ":;:{:};::. ..:.;.:::::.:::.: •. =};~:;\:;:::::::::;:::::::::':::::::':::::':;;
compartmc~nts, water-resistant gypsum backer board
Ilflll••:
Steel studs, nonJoadbearing
Water-resistant gypsum
ASTM C645
ASTM C630
complying with A5TM C630 listed in Appendix A
.shall be used as a substratum unless protected with
a moistureproof and vaporproof covering.
baclcin board
Table 2503.3
MAXIMUM SPACING OF GYPSUM WALlLBOARD FASTNERS
Long dimension MIDcimum spacing of

Maximum fastem:rs (center-to-center
of gypsum
Thickness of Plane of spacing of in inches)
wallboard sheets 8
gypsum framing framing members Nails to wood
in relation to
wallboard (inch) surface (center-to-center c
direction of Nailsa.b Screws
in inches)
framing members
Horizontal Either direction 16 7 12 No 13 gage, 1%" long

19/64" head./0.098 inch
•
Ih Horizontal Perpendicular 24 7 12 diameter, 1Y-4long,
Annular ringed, Sd cooler
Vertical Either direction 24 8 12 nail
Horizontal Either direction 16 7 12 No. 13 gage, 1%" long,

19/64" head. 0.098 inch
6/8
Horizontal Perpendicular 24 7 12 diameter, 13/8" long,
Annular ringed, 6d cooler
Vertical Either direction 24 8 12 nail.
Fastening required with adhesive appUication
Horizontal Either direction 16 16 16 As required for Ih" and
Ih
or Horizontal Perpendicular . 24 12 16 %" gypsum waUboard,
see above
%
Vertical Either direction 24 16 24
Horizontal Perpendicular 24 16 16 Base ply nailed as .

2 layers each required for Ih" gypsum
%" (l;' total) waUboard and face ply
Vertical Either direction 24 24 24 placed with adhesive
Note a, Where the metal frammg has a clmching deSign fonned to receive the nails by two edges of metal, the
nails shall not be less than Sla inch longer than the wallboard thickness. mId shall have ringed shanks. Where the metal
framing has a nailing groove fonned to receive the nails, the nails shall have barbed shanks or be 5d cooler nails (No
13~ gage, 16/a inches long, 15/64-inch head) for ~-inch gypsum wallbOlllrd (No. 13 gage, 17k inches long, 15/64-inch
head) for s/a-inch gypsum wallboard.
Note b. Two nails at two inches to 2Y1 inches apart are permitted to be used if the pairs are spaced 12 inches
center-to-center except around perimeters. .
Note c. Screws shall be No. 6 with tapered head and long enough to penetrate into wood framing not less than
5fa inch and metal framing not less than v.. inch.
Note d. For fireresistance rated construction assemblies, see the pertinent fife test information.
Note e. 1 inch =25.4 nun.

•
GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER
780 CMR 2504.0 GYPSUM required for fire protection, shaJl also conform to the
CONSTRUCTION provisions of 780 CMR 7.
~5041.li General: Gypsum board and plaster
construction shall be of the materials listed in Table Table 2505.2
2503.2 and Table 2505.2. These materials shall be PLASTERING MATERIALS AND
assembled and installed in compliance with the ACCESSORIES
appropriate standards listed in Table 2504.1 and Material Standard
Appendix Al. . .
Exterior plaster bonding compounds ASTM C932
Gypswn base for veneer plasters ASTM C588
Table 2504.1 Gypswn casting and molding plaster ASTM C59
1li&1i&~~
lINSTALLAnON OF GYPSUM
CONSTRUCTION
Gypsum plaster ASTM C28
Material Standard Gypsum veneer plaster ASTM C587
---
Interior bonding compounds, gypsum ASTM C631
Gypswn plaster ASTMC842
Gypswn veneer base ASTMC844
- Steel framing for gypsum

boards
ASTM C754; CI007
2504.2 Limitations: Gypsum construction shall not

Piaster aggregates
Sand
Perlite
Venniculite
ItE._ _I!'
Steel screws
ASTM C3S; C897
ASTM C35
ASTM C35
ASTM C1002; C954

be used in any exterior location where such gypsum Welded wire lath ASTM C933
construction will be exposed directly to the weather.
2505.3 Installation: Installation of interior lathing
2504.3 Inspection: The building official shall be
•
and gypsum plastering materials shall conform to
notified not less than 24 hours in advance of all
780 CI\1R. 2504.0.
plastering work or installation of any gypsum board
except gypsum lath. Plaster shall not be applied
780 CMR 2506.0 PORTLAND CEMENT
until after the lathing or other plaster base has been
inspected and approved. STUCCO LATHING AND PLASTERING
2506.1 General: All exterior and interior portland
~5?4.4 Weather protectnon: When plastering work cement stucco lathing and plastering shall be done
IS In progress, the building or structure shall be
with the appropriate materials listed in Table 2505.2
enclosed and conditioned to provide proper and Appendix A.
ventilation and temperatures not less than 40 0 P
(4°C) nor more than 80°F (27°C) from one week 2506.2 Weather protection: All materials shall be
prior to the plastering operation and until one week stored in such a manner as to protect such materials
following or until the plaster is dry. from the weather.
~§06.3 installation: Installation of these materials

780 CMR 2505.0 INTERIOR LATmNG
shall be in compliance with ASTM C926 and ASTM
AND GYPSUM PLASTERING
C 1063 listed in and 780 CMR 2506.4.
2505.1 General: All interior lathing and gypsum
plastering materials and accessories shall be marked
2506.4 Protection after applicaltion: At all times
to indicate the appropriate standards referenced in
during application and for a period of not less than
780 Cl\1R 2505.0 and stored in such a manner as to
48 hours after application of each coat, provisions
protect them from the weather.
shall be made to keep stucco work above 40 0 P
(4°C).
2505.2 Standards: AIl interior lathing and gypsum
plastering materials shall conform to the standards
listed in Table 2505.2 and Appendix A and, where
•
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 crvm - Sixth Edition 405
780 CtvfR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
406 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

CHAPTER 26
PLASTliC
780 CMR 2601.0 GENERAIL Plastic glazing: Plastic materials which are
2601.1 Scope: The provisions of780 CMR. 26 shall glazed or set in frame or sash and not held by
govern the design, construction and quality of Iight e
mechanical fasteners which pass through the
transmitting plastic materials and foam plastics. glazing material.
780 Cl'AR 2601.0 shall apply to all light-transmitting Plastic roof panels: Plastic materials which are
plastic materials and foam plastics. 780 Cl\1R fastened to structural members, or to structural
2603.0 shall only apply to foam plastics. 780 CMR panels or sheathing, and which are used as light-
2604.0 through 2608.0 shall only apply to light- transmitting media in roofs.
transmitting plastic materials. Plastic wall panels: Plastic materials which are
fastened to structural members, or to structural
2601.2 Approved materials: The use of all plastics panels or sheathing, and which are used as light-
that confonn to the strength, durability, sanitary and transmitting media in exterior walls.
fireresistive requirements of this code and ASTM Reinforced plastic, glass fiber: Plastic
D635, D 1929, D2843 and E84 listed in Appendix A, reinforced with glass fiber having not less than
shall be permitted subject to the limitations of 20% ofglass fibers by weight.
780 CIviR. 26. Thennoplastic material: A plastic material
which is capable of being repeatedly softened by
26011.3 Application for approval: Applicants for increase oftemperature and hardened by decrease
approval of a plastic material shall furnish, in oftemperature.
accordance with 780 CMR 1704.0 all necessary Thermosetting materiaR: A plastic material
technical data required by the code official. The which is capable of being changed into a
data shall include, if necessary: chemical substantially nonreformable product when cured.
composition; applicable physical, mechanical and
•
Jhermal properties, such as fireresistance, 780 om 2603.0 FOAM ]P>JLAST][C
flammability and flame spread; weather resistance' 2603.1 General: The provisions of 780 Cl\.1R
electrical properties; products of combustion; and 2603.0 shall govern the requirements and uses of
coefficients of expansion. foam plastic in buildings or structures.
2603.1.1 Urea basedfoamed-in-place insulation:
260ll.4 Identificatiollll: All plastic materials
Use of this material has been banned by the
approved for use under 780 CMR. shall be identified
Massachusetts Depan1mel1lt ofPublic Health.
by the trade fonnula number or name or other
acceptable identification. Each unit or package shall
~~0302 Labeling: Foam plastics or their packages of
bear the approval number or other identification
mark of the approving authority. foam plastics, and containers of foam-in-place
plastic system ingredients, shall be labeled in
2601.5 Interior finis~ and trim: Light-transmitting
compliance with 780 Cl\.1R. 1704.3.
plastic materials installed as interior finish or trim
~603oJ Surface-burning characteristics: Unless
shall comply with 780 CIvIR 803.0. Foam plastics
shall only be installed as interior finish in otherwise. indicated in 780 CMR 2603.0, all foam
accordance with 780 CMR 2603.8. Foam plastics plastic and foam plastic cores of manufactured
installed as interior trim shall comply with 780 C:MR assemblies shaH have a flame spread rating of not
2603.7. more than 7S and a smoke-developed rating of not
more than 450 when tested in the maximum
thickness intended for use in accordance with ASTM
780 CMR 2602.0 DEFllNInONS
E84 listed in Appendix Al.
2602.1 General: The following words and tenns Exceptiollls:
shall, for the purposes of 780 CIviR 26 and as used 1. Smoke-developed ratings for interior trim as
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown provided for in 780 CMR. 2603.7.4.
herein. . 2. Flame spread ratings for exterior wall
installations as provided for in 780 CMR 2603.6.3
Plastic and 2603.6.8.
•
Light-diffusing sys~em: A suspended 3. Flame spread and smoke-developed ratings for
construction consisting in whole or in part of roof applications as provided for in 780 eMR
lenses, panels, grids or baffles suspended below 2603.4.1.5.
independently mounted electrical lighting sour~es. 4. Where foam plastic is tested in a thickness of
fOUf inches (102 mm) and is used in a thickness of
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Si~'th Edition 407

•
greater than four inches (102 rom) up to ten i?ches
2603.4.1.5 Roofing: Foam plastic used in a
(254 rom), the building shall be eqUlpp~d
roof covering assembly that employs a wood
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system In
roof deck without the thermal barrier shall
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 and the foam
have the foam plastic separated from the
plastic shall be protected by a thermal barrier.
interior of the building by wood structural
panel sheathing or tongue-and-groove wood
2603.4 Thennal barrier: Except as provided for in
plank sheathing not less than 15/32 inch in
780 CMR 603.4.1, all foam plastic shall be separated
thickness or other approved materials. All
from the interior of a building by an approved
wood structural panel roof sheathing shall be
thermal barrier of 'l'2-inch gypsum wallboard or
bonded with exterior glue with edges supported
equivalent thermal barrier material which will limit
by blocking, tongue-and-groove joints or other
the average temperature rise of the unexposed
approved type of edge support.
surface to not more than 250°F (121°C) after 15
The requirements of 780 Cf\1R 2603.3 and
minutes of fire exposure, complying with the
2603.4 are not applicable to foam plastic roof
standard time-temperature curve of ASTM E119
insulation used in roof deck construction that
listed in Appendix A. The thermal barrier shall be
complies as an assembly with FM 4450 or UL
installed such that said thermal barrier will stay in
1256 listed in Appendix A.
place for a minimum of 15 minutes under the same
For all roof applications, the smoke-
test conditions.
developed rating shall not be applicable.
2603.4.1 Thermal barrier not required: The
2603.4.1.6 Doors not required to have a
thermal barrier specified in 780 CMR 2603.4 is
fireresistance rating: Where doors are
not required under the conditions set forth in any
permitted without a fireresistance rating and
one of780 CMR. 2603.4.1.1 through 260~.4.1.8.
foam plastic is used as a core material, the door
2603.4.1.1 Siding backer board: Foam facing shall be of metal having a minimum
plastic to be used as siding backer board, or thickness of 0.032-inch aluminum or 0.016-
where applied as insulation with re-siding over inch steel.
existing exterior wall construction, shall have
2603.4.1.7 Exterior dooll"S in buildings of Use
a maximum thickness of'l2 inch (13 nun) and
Group R-3: In buildings of Use Group R-3,
shall be separated from the interior of the
foamufilled exterior entrance doors that do not
building by not less than two inches (51 nun)
require a fireresistance rating shall be faced
of mineral fiber insulation or other approved
with wood or other approved materials.
materials.
2603.4.1.8 Exterior walls, one-story
2603.4.1.2 Walk-in coolers: Where foam
buildings: A thermal barrier is not required in
plastic is used in a maximum thickness of four
the exterior wail application provided for in
inches (102 rom) in walk-in coolers or in
780 CMR 2603.6.8.
freezer units less than 400 square feet (37.2 m2)
in floor area, the foam plastic shall be covered
2603.5 Exterior applications: Foam plastic
by a metal facing of not less than 0.032-inch-
installed in or on the exterior side of walls of
thick aluminum or corrosion-resistant steel
buildings shall also comply with the applicable
having a minimum base metal thickness of
requirements of780 CMR. 1405.0.
0.016 inch.
2603.4.1.3 Masonry or concrete 2603.6 Exterior walls: Foam plastic installed in or
construction: Where the foam plastic is on the exterior side of exterior walls in buildings of
protected by a one-inch (25 nun) minimum Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 construction shall comply with the
thickness of masonry or concrete, a thermal requirements of 780 CMR 2603.6.1 through
barrier is not required. 2603.6.7 or, in one-story buildings, shall comply
with the requirements of780 CMR 2603.6.8.
2603.4.1.4 Attics and crawl spaces: Within
an attic or crawl space where entry is made 2603.6.1 Fireresistance rating: Foam plastic is
only for service of utilities, foam plastic shall permitted within exterior walls provided that the
be protected against ignition by 1'l2 inch-thick wall assembly affords the required fireresistance
(38 nun) mineral fiber insulation, !4-inch-thick rating.
wood structural panel, particleboard or
2603.6.2 Thickness: The foam plastic shall be
hardboard, 3Ja-inch gypsum wallboard,
limited to a maximum thickness of four inches
•
corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal
(102 mm).
thickness of 0.016 inch, or other approved
material installed in such a manner that the 2603.6.3 Flame spread: .The foam plastic core,
foam plastic is not exposed. The protective coatings and facings, when tested individually,
covering shall be consistent with the shall each have a flame spread rating of 25 or less
requirements for the type of construction.

PLASTIC
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed 780 CMR 2603.4 through 2603.7 when specifically
in Appendix A. approved based on tests such as PM Procedure 4880,
UL Subject 1040 or UL 1715 listed in AppendixA.
2603.6.4 Fastening: Facing, coating and core
Such testing shall be performed on the finished
materials shall be fastened to each other, and the
manufactured foam plastic assemblies and on the
overall assembly shall be fastened to the building
maximum thickness intended for use. Foam plastics
frame to prohibit failure in bond due to
which are used as interior finish on the basis of
temperatures that occur in a building fire, wind
diversified tests shall also conform to the flame
loads or other conditions.
spread requirements of 780 CMR 803.0. All
2603.6.5 Full-scale tests: Results of full-scale assemblies tested shall include seams, joints and
fire tests, which reflect an end-use configuration other typical details used in the installation of the
and which demonstrate that the assembly in its assembly and shall be tested in the manner intended
final form does not show any tendency to for use.
propagate flame over the surface or through the
core when exposed on the exterior face to a fire 780 CMR 2604.0 GENERAL
source, shall be submitted to the code official. REQUIREMENTS FOR
Such testing shall be performed on the finished LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTICS
manufactured foam plastic assemblies and on the
2604.1 Approved lightotransmitlting plastics: An
maximum thickness intended for installation.
approved light-transmitting plastic shall be: any
2603.6.6 Thermal barrier: Any foam plastic thermoplastic, thermosetting or reinforced
shall be separated from the building interior by a thermosetting plastic material which has a self-
thermal barrier unless specific approval is ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C) or greater
obtained on the basis of780 CMR 2603.8. when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1929 listed
in Appendix A; a smoke density rating not greater
2603.6. i Identification: The edge or face of each
than 450 when tested in the manner intended for use
piece offoam plastic insulation shall be labeled in
in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in Appendix A,
accordance with 780 Cl\1R 1704.3.
or not greater than 75 when tested in the thickness
2603.6.8 Exterior walls, one-story IlnBiRdlings: intended for use in accordance with ASTM D2843
Foam plastic insulation having a flame spread listed in Appendix A; and which conforms to one of
rating of not more than 25 and installed without a the following combustibility classifications:
thermal barrier in or on exterior walls of one- Oass eu: Plastic materials which have a burning
story buildings, shall have a thickness of not more extent of one inch (25 mm) or less when tested at
than four inches (102 nun). The foam plastic a nominal thickness of .060 inch, or in the
shall be covered by a thickness of not less than thickness intended for use, in accordance with
0.032-inch aluminum or corrosion- resistant steel ASTM D635 listed in Appendix A, or
having a base metal thickness of 0.016 inch and Class 0: Plastic materials which have a burning
the bui/ding area shall be equipped throughout rate of2.5 inches per minute (1.06 mm/s) or less
with an automatic sprinkler System in accordance when tested at a nominal thickness of .060 inch,
with 780 CIvIR 906.2.1. or in the thickness intended for use, in accordance
with ASTM D635 listed in Appendix A.
2603.7 Interior trim: Foam plastic used as interior
trim shall comply with 780 CMR 2603.7.1 through 2604.2 Structural ll"equDremellllts: All plastic
2603.7.4. materials and associated assemblies shall be of
2603.7.1 Density: The minimum density of the adequate strength and durability to withstand the
loads and forces specified in 780 CMR 16 for the
interior trim shall be 20 pounds per cubic foot
(320 kg/m3). approved application.
260J.7.21'hickness: The maximum thickness of 2604.3 Connections and s\lIlPlPoll1§: All fastenings,
the interior trim shall be ~ inch (13 mm) and the connections and supports shall be proportioned to
maximum width shall be four inches (102 mm). transmit safely two and one-half times the design
live load. Adequate allowance shall be made in the
2603.7.3 Area limitation: The interior trim shalf
fastenings and supports for differential expansion
not constitute more than 10% of the aggregate
and contraction ofthe connected materials.
wall and ceiling area of any room or space.
2603.7.4 Flame spread: The flame spread rating 2604.4 Otb~r applicable reqlDili'~ments: Light-
shall not exceed 7S when tested in accordance transmitting plastics installed as exterior wall panels
with ASTM E84 listed in Appendix A. The shall conform to 780 CMR 2605.0. Light-
smoke-developed rating shall not be limited. transmitting plastics installed in glazing of un-
protected openings shall confonn to 780 Crvm.
2603.8 A~temative approval: Foam plastic is not 2606.0. Light-transmitting plastics installed as roof
required to comply with the requirements of panels shall conform to 780 CMR 2607.0. Light-

780 CMR: STATE HOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
transmitting plastics installed in skylight assemblies similar structures shall comply with the general
shall conform to 780 CMR 2608.0. performance provisions of 780 CMR.
2604.5 Light-diffusing systems: Light~diffusing 780 CMR 2605.0 UGHT-TRANSMITI1NG

systems shall not be installed in occupancies in Use WALL PANELS
Group 1-2 or 1~3, nor in exits, unless the building is
2605.1 GeneraD: Approved light-transmitting
plastic materials shall not be used as wall panels in
exterior walls in occupancies in Use Groups A-I, A-
Plastic diffusers shall be supported directly or
2, 1-2 and 1-3. In all other use groups approved
indirectly from ceiling or roofconstruction by use of
light-transmitting plastic materials shall be permitted
noncombustible hangers. Hangers shall be at least
to be used as wall panels in exterior walls provided
No. 12 steel-wire gage (0.106 inch) galvanized wire
that the walls are not required to have a
or equivalent.
fireresistan.ce rating and the installation conforms to
2604.5.1 Installation: Approved light- the requirements of780 CMR 2605.0. Such panels
transmitting plastic diffusers shall comply with shall be erected and anchored on a foundation coat,
780 CMR 803.0 unless the plastic panels will fall waterproofed or otherwise protected from moisture
from the mountings before igniting and at an absorption and sealed with a coat of mastic or other
ambient temperature of at least 200°F (93°C) approved waterproof coating. Refer to 780 CIvIR
below the ignition temperature of the panels. The 2604.0 fi)r requirements for approved light-
panels shall remain in place at an ambient room transmitting plastics.
temperature of 175 of (79°C) for a period of not
less than 15 minutes 2605.2 Installation: Exterior wall panels installed
as provid~:d for herein shall not alter the type of
2604.5.2 Size limitations: Individual panels or
construction classification of the building.
units shall not exceed ten feet (3048 mm) in
length nor 30 square feet (2.79 m2) in area.
2605.3 Height limitation: Light-transmitting
2604.5.3 Fire suppression system: In buildings plastics shall not be installed more than 70 feet
that are equipped throughout with an automatic (21JJ6mm) above mean grade, except as allowed by
•
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR 780 CMR 2605.7.
906.2.1, plastic light-diffusing systems shall be
protected both above and below unless the 2605.4 Area limitation and separation: The
sprinkler system has been specifically approved maximum area of a single wall panel and minimum
for installation only above the light-diffusing vertical and horizontal separation requirements for
system. Areas of light-diffusing systems that are exterior plastic wall panels shall be as provided for
protected in accordance with 780 CMR 2604.0 in Table 2605.4. The maximum percentag~ of wall
shall not be limited. area of any story in plastic wall panels shall not
exceed that indicated in Table 2605.4 or the
2604.5.4 Electrical lighting fixtures: Plastic
percentage of unprotected openings permitted by
light-transmitting panels and light diffuser panels
780 CMR. 705.3, whichever is smaller.
which are installed in approved electrical lighting
Exception: Veneers of approved weather-
fixtures shall comply with the requirements of
resistant plastics used as exterior siding in
780 CMR 803.0 unless the pl~tic panels confonn
buildings of Type 5 construction in compliance
to the requirements of 780 CMR 2604.5.1. The
with 780 CMR 1405.2.
area ofapproved plastic materials that are used in
required exits or corridors shall not exceed 30%
2605.5 Spandrel separation: Vertical spandrel wall
of the aggregate area of the ceiling in which such
separation shall be in accordance with Table 2605.4.
panels are installed, unless the building is
See 780 eMR 2604.1 for the definition of C1 and
C2 light-transmitting plastics.
2605.6 Fire canopies: In structures which are
2604.6 Partitions: Approved light-transmitting
provided on any floor above the first with
plastics used in or as partitions shall comply with the
continuous architectural projections constituting an
requirements of780 CMR. 603.2 and 803.0.
effective fire canopy extending at least 36 inches
(914 mm) from the surface of the wall in which
2604.7 Bathroom accessories: Approved plastics
plastic wall panels are installed, vertical separation
shall be pennitted as glazing in shower stalls,
at that floor is not required except as provided by the .
•
shower doors, bathtub enclosures and similar
vertical thickness of the projection.
accessory units (see 780 C:MR 2405.0).
2605.7 Automatic sprinkler system: Where the
2604.8 Awnings and similar structures: Approved
building is equipped throughout with an automatic
light-transmitting plastics used on awnings and
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 Cl\1R

PLASTIC
906.2.1, the maximum percentage area of exterior such glazing is installed or the area of unprotected
wall in any story in plastic wall panels and the openings permitted by 780 ClVlR 705.3,
maximum square footage of a single area given in whichever is smaller.
Table 2605.4 shall be increased 100%, but the area Exception: Where the building is equipped
of plastic wall panels shall not exceed 50% of the throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
wall area in any story, or the area permitted by in accordance with 780 C1VlR 906.2.1, the area
780 CMR 705.3.1 for unprotected openings, ofthe glazing shall not exceed 50% ofthe wall
whichever is smaller. These installations shall be face of the story in which such glazing is
exempt from height limitations. located or the area of unprotected openings
. permitted by 780 CMR. 705.3.1, whichever is
Table 2605.4 smaller.
AREA LIMITATION AND SEPARATION
2606.2.2 Size: The area of a unit or pane of
REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHT~
8 glazing installed above the first story shall not
TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS
exceed 16 square feet (1.49 m2) and the vertical
Maximum Minimum dimension of a unit or pane shall not exceed four
Fire
percentage Maximum separation 0a feet (1219 mm). There shall be a minimum three-
Class area of single panels (feet)
separation
of exterior area foot (914 nun) vertical spandrel wall between
distanw plastic wallin (squ~e stories.
(feet) Vertical Horizontal
plastic feet)
panels 2606.2.3 Height: Approved plastic glazing shall
<6 . NP
c
NP . . not be installed more than 70 feet (21336 mm)
above mean grade.
6 or more Cl 10 50 8 4
but less
than 11 C2 NP NP . - 2606.3 Approved thermoplastic glazilrng:
11 or more Cl 25 90 6 4
Approved thennoplastic materials installed in areas
but less up to 50% of the wall area of each story, but not
than 30 C2 15 70 8 4 exceeding the area of unprotected openings
CI 50 Not 3
b
0 permitted by 780 CMR. 705.3, are pennitted in
>30 limited structures less than 150 feet (45720 mm) in height
b
C2 50 100 6 3 provided that each floor above the first floor is
Note a. For combination of glazing and wall panel equipped with continuous architectural projections
areas permitted, see 780 CMR 2605.8. constituting an effective fire canopy extending at
Note b. For reductions in vertical separation least three feet (914 nun) from the surface of the
allowed, s.ee 780 CMR 2605.0. wall in which the glazing is installed. The size and
Note t. NP = Not permitted. the dimensions of individual units shall not be
Note d. 1 foot = 304.8 nun; 1 square foot = 0.093 limited in such installations except as required to
m2• meet structural loading requirements.
2605.8 Combinations of glazing and plastic waDI 780 CMR 26«1.0 UGHT-TRANSMlTIlNG
panels: Combinations of plastic glazing and plastic PLASIlC ROOF PANELS
wall panels shall be subject to the area, height and ~607.1 General: Approved light-transmitting
percentage limitations and the separation
plastic roof panels shall not be installed in
requirements applicable to the class of plastic
occupancies in Use Groups H, 1-2 and I~3. In all
asprescribed for plastic wall panel installations.
other use groups, approved light-transmitting plastic
roof panels shall not be installed unless one of the
780 CMR 2606.0 UGHT-1IRANSMlTllNG following conditions applies:
PLASfIC GLAZING OF UNPROTECfED 1. The building is equipped throughout with an
OPENINGS automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
2606.1 Where permitted: Plastic glazing is 780 CMR 906.2.1;
permitted in doors, sashes and framed openings 2. The roofconstruction is not required to have a
where protected openings are not required in fireresistance rating by Table 602; or
accordance with 780 CMR 705.0 and the installation 3. The roofpanels meet the requirements for roof
conforms to the requirements of 780 CMR 2606.2 or coverings.
780 CMR. 2606.3.
2607.2 Separations: Individual roof panels shall be
2606.2 Approved plastic glazing: Approved separated from each other by a distance of not less
plastic glazing shall comply with 780 CMR 2606.2.1 than four feet (1219 mm) measured in a horizontal
through 2606.2.3. plane. except that the separation between roof panels
is not required in a building equipped throughout
2606.2. XArea: The area of the glazing shan not with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
exceed 25% of the wall face of the story in which with 780 CMR 906.2.1.

•
2607.3 Location: Where exterior wall openings are the plastic dome or skylight shall be shown to be
required to be protected by 780 CMR 705.0, a roof able to resist ignition when exposed at the edge to a
panel or unit shall not be installed within six feet flame from a Class B brand as described in ASTM
(1829 mm) of such exterior wall. E 108 listed in Appendix A.
Exceptilons:
2607.4 Area limitations: Roofpanels or units shall 1. Curlbs are not required for skylights used on
be limited in area and the aggregate area of panels roofs having a minimum slope of three units
shall be limited by a percentage of the floor area of vertical in 12 units horizontal (3: 12) in
the room or space sheltered in accordance with occupancies in Use Group R-3 and on buildings
Table 2607.4. with an unclassified roof covering.
Exceptions: 2. The metal or noncombustible edge material is
1. The area limitations of Table 2607.4 shall be not required where unclassified roof coverings
increased by 100% in buildings equipped are permitted.
accordance with 780 C~ 906.2.1. 2608.3 Slope: Flat or corrugated plastic skylights
2. Low-hazard occupancy buildings, such as shall slope at least four units vertical in 12 units
swimming pool shelters and greenhouses, are horizontal (4: 12). Dome-shaped skylights shall rise
exempt from the area limitations of Table 2607.4 above the mounting flange a minimum distance
provided that the buildings do not exceed 5,000 equal to 10% ofthe maximum span of the dome, but
square feet (465 m2) in area and have a minimum not less than three inches (76 mm).
fire separation distance offour feet (1219 nun). Excepti:on: Skylights that pass the Class B
3. Roof coverings over terraces and patios in Burning Brand Test specified in ASTM E108
occupancies in Use Group R-3 are exempt from listed in Appendix A.
the area limitations of Table 2607.4 and shall be
permitted with approved plastics. 2608.4 Maximum area of skylight units: Each
skylight unit shall have a maximum area within the
Table 2607.4 curb of 100 square feet (9.30 m~ except that the area
AREA LIMITATIONS FOR ROOF PANELS of skylight units shall not be limited in buildings
•
Maximum area Maximum equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
Class of plastic individual unit or aggregate area system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
a
panel (square feeO (% offloor area)
CI 300 30 2608.5 Ag:gregate area of skylights: The aggregate
C2 100 25 area of skylights shall not exceed 33% of the floor
Note a. 1 square foot = 0.093 m,) area of thc~ room or space sheltered by the roof in
which such skylights are installed where Class C1
780 CMR 2608.0 LIGlIT-TRANSMITI1NG materials are utilized, and 25% where Class C2
SKYLIGHT GLAZING materials are utilized.
2608.1 Light~transmitting plastic glazing of Exception: The aggregate area limitations of
skylight assemblies: Skylight assemblies glazed approved plastic skylights shall be increased
with approved light-transmitting plastic materials 100% beyond the limitations set forth in
shall confonn to the provisions of780 Ch.-fR 2608.0. 780 ClvUt 2608.0 where the building is equipped
Exceptions: throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
1. 780 CIvIR 2608.1 shall not apply to a skylight accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1
of approved light-transmitting plastic on a
building which is not more than one story in 2608.6 Separation: Skylights shall be separated
height, has afire seJXlTation distance of at least 30 from each other by a distance of not less than four
feet (9144 mm) and the room or space sheltered feet (1219 rom) measured in a horizontal plane,
by the roofis not classified as Use Group 1-2 or 1- except that the separation shall not be required
3 or as a means ofegress. where the building is equipped throughout with an
2. 780 CIvIR 26.08.1 shall not apply to skylights automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
in which the approved light-transmitting plastic 780 CMR 906.2.1.
conforms to the required roof covering class in
accordance with 780 CMR 1506.0. 2608.7 Location: Where exterior wall openings are
required to be protected by 780 CMR 705.0, a
2608.2 Mounting: The plastic shall be mounted skylight shan not be installed within six feet (1829
. above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed in rom) of such exterior wall.
•
accordance with the requirements for the type of
construction classification, but at least four inches 2608.8 Combinations of roof panels and skylights:
(102 mm) above the plane of the roof. Edges of Combinations of plastic roof panels and skylights
plastic skylights or domes shall be protected by shall be subject to the area and percentage
metal or other approved noncombustible material, or

PLASTIC
limitations and separation requirements applicable to

roof panel installations.
••
780 Cf\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BtJTI.,DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
NON-TEXT PAGE
414 780 Cl'v1R - Sixth Editiol1l 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
CHAPTER 27
ELECTRIC WIRJ[NG, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

(710 CMR 27 is Entirely Unique to Ml8Ssachusetts)
2701.0: MoGeL c. 143, § 3Lg provides Uhat all Code (527 CMR 12.0()) listed in Appendix A and
installation, repair and maintenance ofwiring and promulgated by the Board of Fire PU'eventioln
electrical fIXtures used/or light, heat and power Regulations of the Commonwealth of
purposes in buildings and structuU'es shall be in Massachusetts, Depanment ofFire .Services.
conformance with the Massachusetts Electrical

780 C!vfR: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
416 780 C:MR - Sixth Editiolrl 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
• CHAPTER 28
780 CMR 2801.0

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Note 1: These areas are likely locations where vehicles will be

2801.1 Scope: The provisions of780 CMR 28 shall paused and idling, such as while paying parking fees or wait·
control the construction, inspection and maintenance ing for traffic in the case of the garage entry, while loading or
of all mechanical equipment and systems with re- unloading materials in case of the loading area, or waiting in
spect to structural strength, fire safety and operation. line for drive-in restaurant or bank service in the case of the
Note: Also see 780 CMR 9, 12 and 13. drive-in queue.
Larger separation distances may be needed if the intake is
2801.2 Mechanical code: All mechanical equipment located directly above the likely location of idling vehicles.
and systems shall be constructed, installed and Note 2: Applies to mantles or ledges that are sloped less than
maintained in accordance with the BOCA National 45 degrees from the horizontal and that are more than six in.
Mechanical Code listed in Appendix A. wide.
Note '3: Landscaped grade is-soil. lawn, shrubs, or any plant
" 2801.2.1 Heating, Pumping, Process Piping life within 1.5 ft horizontally of intake.
and Refrigeration Systems: Heating, pumping, Note 4: Intake must be at least eight in. above the average
process piping and refrigeration systems shall be maximum snow depth at the intake.
installed by contractors and personnel appro- Note 5: Applies to closest wetted surface of tower, such as
priately licensed in the Commonwealth of intake or basin. See Section 5.5 for separation distance from
Massachusetts (Installing Contractor). Engineered tower discharge.
designs and specifications prepared by Registered
Professional Engineers shall identify systems
2801.2.2.2 Exhaust outlets and ail!" intakes:
requiring compliance with appropriate sections of
Exhaust air and vent outlets shall be located
M.G.L. c. 146 and 528 CMR. Shop drawings and
no closer to outdoor air intakes than the
•
design layout prepared by licensed installing
minimum separation distance determined in
contractors shall note the name(s), license
accordance with Equation 2801.2.2.2:
number(s) and license expiration date(s) of the
contractor(s) installing the heating, pumping, EquatioIll 2801.2.2.2
process piping and refrigeration systems. (See
S = 0.09 X QO.5 (DO. 5 • V1400)
Installing Contractor Definition 780 CMR 202.0).
2801.2.2 Location of Air Intakes and OllRtlets: Where:
Q = Exhaust air volume, cfm. The value used in
2801.2.2.1 Location ofOllRtdoor Air Illlltakes:
Equation 2801.2.2.2 shall not be less than 150 cfm
Outdoor air intakes shall be located such that
nor exceed 3000 cfm regardless of actual volume.
the distance measured from the closest point of
For gravity vents such as plumbing vents, use an
the intake opening to the object, or point, listed
in Table 2801.2.2.1 exceeds the minimum exhaust rate of 150 cfm. For flue vents from fuel
separation distance listed in Table 2801.2.2.1. burning appliances, assume a value of250 cfm per
million Btulhr of combustion input (or obtain
Exception: Shorter separation distances are
actual rates from the combustion appliance
acceptable if it can be shown that an
manufacturer).
equiValent rate of introduction of outdoor air
D = Dilution factor:
contaminants will be attained using an
1. Dilution factor shall be five for exhaust air
alternative design, and if approved by the
outlets from spaces without unusual sources of
authority having jurisdiction.
Table 2801.2.2.1 contaminants.
AJR INTAKE MINIMUM SEPARATION 2. Dilution factor shall be ten for exhaust air
DISTANCE outlets with mild contaminants including copy
rooms, printer rooms, dining area and break
Minimum
Object
Distance, it
rooms, cafeterias, laundry rooms, locker rooms
and residential kitchens and bathrooms.
Property line 3 3. Dilution factor shall be 15 for plumbing
Garage entry, loading area, or drive-in queue 25 vents and exhaust air outlets from spaces with
(Note 1) significant contaminant intensity including
•
Driveway or street 10 public toilets or toilets in health care facilities,
Limited access highway 25 commercial kitchens, laboratories, dry-cleaning
Mantles or ledges (Note 2) 3 establishments and indoor swimming pools.
Landscaped grade (Note 3. 4) 6 4. Dilution factor shall be 25 for air with
Roof or grade (Note 4) 0.75 noxious or toxic fumes or gases including spray
Cooling towers (Note 5) 15 paint booths, garages, tunnels, kitchen grease

hoods, laboratory fume hoods, chemical stor-

age, refrigerating machinery rooms, soiled
laundry storage "and natural gas and propane
burning appliance vents.
5. Dilution factor shall be 50 for air with a
high concentration of dangerous particles
including vents from fuel burning appliances
2802.3 Dt~taiJs: An application for a building permit
for· mechanical systems shall be accompanied by
construction documents camp-lying with the
provisions of the mechanical code listed in Appendix
A before a permit shall be issued for the mechanical
equipment or system. The construction documents
shall be drawn to a scale of not less than Va inch to
•
other than natural gas or propane burning appli- the foot (1: 100). and shall show the location and
ances' uncleaned fume hood exhaust, evapora- arrangement of all equipment and distribution
tive condenser and cooling tower outlets. elements including safeties and pressure-controlling
V = Exhaust air discharge velocity, fpm. V shall devices.
have a positive value when the exhaust is directed
Note: PJso see 780 CMR 2803.1.
away from the object, and shall have a negative
value when the exhaust is directed towards the
780 CMR 2803.0 FEES
object. V shall be set to 0 in Equation 2801.2.2.2
for vents from gravity (atmospheric) fuel fire~ 2803.1 General: Fees for mechanical work, shall be
appliances, plumbing vents, and other non- included in the building permit application (see
powered exhausts, or if the exhaust discharge is 780 CMR 114.0).
covered by a cap or other device that dissipates
the exhaust air stream. For hot gas exhausts such 780 CMR 2804.0 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
as combustion products, an effective additional 2804.1 Inspection: All mechanical equipment and
500 fpm upward velocity shall be added to the systems requiring a pennit shall be inspected in
actual discharge velocity. accordance with the BOCA National Mechanical
2801.2.2.3 Exhaust outlets and windows: Code listed in Appendix A and shall not be placed in
Exhaust air and vent outlets shall be located no operation until having been tested and approved.
closer to operable windows than one-half the
minimum separation distance determined in 2804.2 Concealment: It shall be unlawful for
accordance with Equation 2801.2.2.2. owners, contractors or workers to lath over or in any
For exhaust air with a dilution factor greater way conceal any piping, outlet boxes o~ other parts
than ten the horizontal distance between outlets of the mechanical equipment or system requiring a
and operable windows shall be at least the permit until an inspection has been made thereof and
minimum separation distance determined in due notice has been given that the work has been
accordance with Equation 2801.2.2.2. approved.
2801.2.2.4 Exhaust outlets and propert)'
2804.3 Defects and repairs: Upon inspection or
Jines: Exhaust air outlets shall be located at
reinspection of a mechanical system, any defects or
least ten feet from property lines for air with a
deficiencies which require repair to insure safe
dilution factor greater than ten, in accordance
operation shall be rectified before the system is
with Equation 2801.2.2.2.
placed in service.
Exception: exhausts located ten ft. or more
above grade where the property line abuts a 2804.4 Power to deem unsafe: A system or any part
street or public way. thereof that is found to be unsafe to life or property,
shall be deemed unsafe and shall not be restored to
780 CMR 2802.0 CONSTRUcnON service until such"system has been made safe and
DOCUMENTS approved.
2802.1 General: The construction documents for the
installation, repair, extension or removal of any 780 CMR 2805.0 PLENUMS
mechanical equipment or system shall be submitted 2805.1 General: The tenn "plenum" shall mean an
in accordance with 780.CMR 110.0 and a building enclosed portion of the building structure which
permit shall be secured prior to the commencement forms part of an air distribution system and is
of any work. designed to allow the movement of air. Supply,
return, exhaust, relief and ventilation air plenums
2802.2 Matter covered: The construction shall be limited to uninhabited crawl spaces, areas
documents shall show in sufficient detail all above a ceiling or below the floor, or attic spaces
applicable features and clearances of the appliances and mechanical equipment rooms. The location of
and systems, including: size and type of apparatus; _supply and return air plenums shall also comply with
construction of flue, stack or chimney; stack 780 CMR 1005.7. Plenums shall be limited to one
connections; type of fuel; method of operation; and fire area. Fuel-fired equipment shall not be installed
the method of compliance with all regulations for the within a plenum. In buildings of Type I or 2
class and type of equipment installed. construction, all plenums shall be noncombustible
and shall comply with 780 CMR 2805.2. In build-

780 ClvIR: STATE BOARD OF 'BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEC~CALSYSTEMS
•
ings of Type 3, 4 or 5 construction, noncombustible area.
plenums in accordance with 780 CMR 2805.2, Exception: Plenums shall be limited to onefire
combustible plenums in accordance with 780 CMR area without draftstopping in buildings
. 2805.3, and stud and joist space plenums in equipped throughout with. an automatic
accordance with 780 CMR 2805.4, shall be sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
permitted. 906.2.1.
2805.2 NoncombUstible plenums: Plenums shall be .2805.4 Stud and joist spaces: The space between
constructed with noncombustible material.' studs or joists shall not be utilized as a plenum for
Combu,stible material shall not be exposed within a supply air. The space between studs orjoists utilized
plenum except as permitted in 780 CMR 2805.2.1 as a plenum for return air shall not be part of a
through 2805.2.6. . 'required fireresistance rated assembly.. Air shall be
2805.2.1 Pipe: Pipe shall be noncombustible removed from one floor level only. All connections
except that plastic fire sprinkler piping in wet pipe shall be jirestopped and draftstopped.
systems shall be permitted where the piping has a
peak. optical density not greater than 0.50, an 780 CMR 2806.0 DRYING ROO1\1S
average optical density not greater than 0.15 and 2806.1. General: A drying room or dry kilri installed
a flame spread nOl greater than 5.0 feet (1524 within a building shall be constructed entirely of
. mm) when tested in accordance with UL 1887 approved noncombustible materials or assemblies of
listed in Appendix A. Piping shall bear the label such materials with the required fireresistance rating
of an approved agency. based on the fire hazard of the contents and the
process, as required in 780 CMR 4.
2805.2.2 Ceiling and thermal material: Thermal
and acoustical materials imd pipe insulation shall
2806.2 Piping dearance: An overhead heating
have a flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke-
. pipes shall have' a clearance of not less than two
developed rating of 50 or less when tested in
inches (51 nun) from combustible contents of the
accordance with ASTM E84listed inAppendix A.
dryer.
2805.2.3 Ducts: Rigid· or flexible ducts and
•
connectors shall conform to the mechanical code 2806.3 InsulatDolll: Where the operating temperature
listed in Appendix A. of the dryer is 175°P (79°C) or more, metal
enclosures shall be insulated from adjacent
2805.2.4 Dud coverings: Duct coverings, linings,
combustible materials by not less than 12 inches
tape an~ connectors shall confonn to the BOCA
(305 mm) of air space, or the metal walls shall be·
National.Mechanical Code listed in Appendix A.
lined with lA-inch insulating min board or other
2805.2.5 Wire: Wire shall be low-voltage or approved equivalent insulation~
power-limited wire or cable. Wire shall have a
peak optical density not greater than 0.50, an 2806.4 Fire protedJltm: Drying rooms designed for
average optical density not greater than O. j 5 and high-hazard materials and processes, including
a flame spread of not greater than five feet (1524 special occupancies as provided for in 780 CMR 4,
rom) when tested in accordance with UL 910 shall be protected by an approved automatic fire.
listed in Appendix A. Wire shall bear the label of suppression system conforming to the provisions of
an approved agency and shall be marked in 780 CMR 9.
accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 Hsted in
AppendixA. 786 CMlR 2807.0 WASTFr AND lJNENm
2805.2.6 Combustible pneumatic robing:·
HANDLlN'G SYSTEMS
Combustible pneumatic tubing shall have a peak 2807.1 General: Waste (refuse) and linen (laundry)
optical! density not greater than 0.50, an average systems shall be installed in accordance with'
optical density not great~r than 0.15 and a flame 780 CMR 2807.0 and the provisions of Chapters 3
. spread of not greater than: five feet (1524 rom) and 4 of NFiPA 82 listed in Appendix A. .
when tested in accordance with UL 1820 listed iIll Exception: Systems serving and contained within
Appendix A, and shan bear the label of an a single· dwelling unit.
approved agency.
2807.2 Waste and linen ~hute ell1dosuJreS: A shaft
2805.3 Combustible plenums: The plenum shall be containing a refuse or linen chute shall not be us~
constructed with approved material Combustible for any other purpose and shall be enclosed in
•
material. pipe' or wire exposed within the plenum accordance with 780 CMR 710.0. All openings into
shall be permitted. the shaft, including those from access rooms and
2805.3.Jl Size: Combustible plenums shall be tennination fOOms. shall be protected with approved
draftstopped every 3.000 square feet (279 m2) in

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUH..DlNG CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
. '
418.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition . 1119/01

780 C!v1R.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
fireresistance rated assemblies. Such opening directly vented to the outer air with ducts that
protectives shall be self-closing or automatic-closing comply with the BOCA National Mechanical Code
upon detection ofsmoke, except that a heat-activated listed in Appendix A.
device for closing the opening protective between
the shaft and the termination room is pennitted. 2808.4 Fore protectnon: A vault for combustible
refuse which exceeds 360 cubic feet (10 m3) in
2807.3 Waste and Rinen chulle access rooms: volume shall be protected by an approved automatic
Access openings for waste and linen chutes shall be fire suppression system that conforms to 780 CMR
located in rooms or compartments which are 9.
completely enclosed by fire separation assemblies
having a fireresistance rating of not less than one 780 CMR 2809.0 MEDICAL GASES
hour; and openings into the access rooms shall be 2809.1 NonflammabDe medical gases:
.protected by fire doors that comply with 780 CIvIR Nonflammable medical gas systems shall be
716.0. Access openings to waste and linen chutes designed and installed in accordance with Chapter 4
shall not be located in exit access co"idors or exit ofNFiPA 99 listed in Appendix A.
enclosures.
2809.2 Anesthetic systems: Inhalation anesthetic
2807.4 Termination room: Waste and linen chutes systems shall be designed and installed in
shall discharge into an enclosed room that is accordance with Chapters 3 and 4 of NFiPA 99
completely separated from the remainder of the listed in Appendix A.
building by fire separation assemblies having a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour; and
780 CMR 2810.0 OXYGEN SYSfEMS
openings into the tennination room shall be
protected by fire doors that comply with 780 Cl\.1R :unO.l General: Nonmedical oxygen systems shall
716.0. Waste chutes shall not tenninate in an be designed and installed in accordance with NFiPA
incinerator room. 50 and NFiPA 51 listed in Appendix A.
2807.5 Incinerator room: Where located within a 780 CMR 2811.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
•
building, incinerators shall be enclosed within a 2~U.l Unsafe orden: All existing mechanical
room that is separated from the remainder of the equipment and systems shall be maintained and
building by fire separation assemblies having a operated in accordance with the requirements of this
fireresistance rating of not less than two hours; and code and the BOCA National Mechanical Code
openings into the incinerator room shall be protected listed in Appendix A. Any such equipment which
by fire doors that comply with 780 C!v1R. 716.0. does not comply with the requirements, and the
operation ofwhich is deemed unsafe to the building
2807.6 Automatic fire suppression: An approved occupants, shall be altered as ordered by the code
automatic fire suppression system shall be installed official to secure adequate safety.
at the top and at alternate floor levels in a waste or
linen chute and in the termination and incinerator Note: Also see 780 CMR 3400.6.
rooms.
780 CMR 2812.0 POWER VENTERS
780 om 2808..0 REFUSE VAULTS 2'12.1 Power vented systems used for the venting
2808.:lJ. Refuse vault enclosures: A vault for of comfort heating and/or comfort cooling
receiving combustible refuse from an exhaust system dJIPplitutus: Power venters are a portion of OJ
venting system using a fan or other mechanical
shall be enclosed with fire separation assemblies
having not less than a three-hour fireresistance means to cause the removal offlue or vent gases
8IJfJ8der positive static venit pressure. Power venting
rating.
of comfon heating Dimllor comfort cooling
(llIPpliances may be accomplished via tke use of
2808.2 Openings to boiler rooms: The opening
power venting systems dhat are separately listed
between a vault and a boiler room shall not exceed
systems or are an integral part ofthe listed heating
nine square feet (0.84 m2) in area and shall be
Or? cooling appliances. Such listed systems alJ'e
located at least eight feet (2438 mm) from the firing
equipment that have been tested for intended
door of the boiler, and the bottom of the opening
design conditions by established and recognized
shall not be less than six inches (152 mm) above the
agencies regularly engaged Bn conducting tests or
boiler room floor. All openings shall be equipped
furnishing testing/listing services. Suck listed
•
with fire doors having a fire protection rating of not
equipment will typically bear a plme, label or other
less than 1~ hours and complying with 780 CMR
means of identification indicating the listing
716.0.
tEgency, conditions ofoperation and other pertinent
BUB/ormation.
2808.3 Location: Where located within a building,
a refuse vault shall extend above the roof or shall be

•
28121.1 Regulations of the Specialized Codes install). Power venters shall be selected to match
impacting the acceptable design, installation, the ventilllg requirements of the equipment being
operation and maintenance of power vented vented in accordance with the manufacturers'
eqllipment: The Specialized Codes (780 CMR requirements.
101.5) including 248 CMR: BOARD OF STATE
EXAMINERS OF PLUMBERS AND GAS 2812.4 .Termination: The vent system shall
FITTERS, and 527 CMR: BOARD OF FIRE terminate so that proper clearances are maintained
PREVENTION REGULATIONS, and not in accordance with the requirements of 248 CMR
enforced by Building Officials but rather or 527 CNJR when applicable or in accordance with
enforced by Plumbing/Gas Inspectors and Fire the manufacturer's listed requirements when
Service Personnel, respectively, have specific 248 CMR or 527 CMR are not applicable.
criteria imposed on power vented appliances
beyond those regulations included herein. 2812.5 Other applications ofpower exhausters:
For applications of power exhausters for other
28122 Automatic safe shutoff: Power venters than the venting of comfort heating appliances
shall operate in such a manner and be electrically and/or comfort cooling appliances, the
connected to the comfort heating and/or comfort requirements ofthe BOCA Mechanical Code, listed
cooling appliances in such a way as to prevent the in Appendix A, shall apply, as well as any
operation of such appliances when the power additional regulatory criteria setforth in any ofthe
venter is not in operation or is not providing Specialized Codes.
sufficient draft for the appliance being vented
2813.0 SOLID FUEL-FIRED APPLIANCES
2812.3 Installation ofpower vented equipment:
Power vented equipment shall be installed in 2813.1 Solid fuel-fired appliances, general: For
accordance with the manufacturer's installation requirements addressing solidfuel-fired appliances
manual and instructions (typically, only personnel see 780 CMR 3610.6.
trained in the installation ofsuch equipment are
accepted by the manufacturer as qualified to

•
CHAPTER 29
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
(780 CMR 29 is En.tirely Un.ique to Massachusetts)
2901.0 M.G.L c. 142, § 13 provides that all 2901.1 Other Laws lmd Regulations: Fire
construction, alteration, repair and inspection of protection, heating, pumping, process piping and
plumbing and gasfitting shall be in conformance refrigeration systems are required to be installed by
with the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code contractors and personnel appropriately licensed in
(248 CMR 2.00) and the Massachusetts Fuel Gas the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (Installing
Code (248 CMR 3.00 through 8.(0), listed in Contractor). (See Installing Contractor Definition
Appendix A, and promulgated by tke Board of 780 CMR, 202.0).
State Examiners ofPlumbers and Gasfitters.
•
0
421
NON-TEXT PAGE

CHAPTER 30
ElLEVATORS
(This Chapter is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts)
780 om 3001.0 GENERAL Elevator Regulations of the Commonwealth of

3001.1 MG.L. c. 143, § 69 as amended. provides Massachusetts, Department ofPublic Safety.
that elevators and similar equipment shall conform
to the Elevator Regulations 524 CMR as listed in 3001.2 Shaft construction shall be in accordance
Appendix A and promulgated by the Board of with the applicable provisions of 780 CMR.

NON-TEXT PAGE
•
CHAPTER 31
SPECIAl, CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR 3101.0 GENERAL more than 15 inches (381 rom) from the face of
31011.11 Scope: In addition to the general the wall.
requirements of780 Cl\1R governing the design and Roof sign: A sign which is erected, constructed
construction of all structures, the provisions of and maintained above the roof ofthe building.
780 CMR 31 shall control the special structures and Temporary sign: A sign constructed of cloth,
construction features as herein provided. fabric or other lightweight temporary material
with or without a structural frame intended for a
limited period of display; including decoration
780 CMR 3102.0 SIGNS
displays for holidays or public demonstrations.
3HD2.1. General: The provisions of780 Cl\1R 3102.0 Wall sign: A sign which is painted on or attached
shall govern the construction, alteration, repair and directly to a fence or on the surface of masonry,
maintenance ofall signs together with the associated concrete, frame or other approved building walls,
appurtenant and auxiliary devices in respect to and which extends not more than 15 inches (381
structural and fire safety. mrn) from the face ofthe fence or wall.
3102.2 Definitions: The following words and terms 31102.3 ZoniHlg Raw: Where more restrictive in
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3102.0 and as respect to location, purpose, size or height of signs,
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings the limitations of zoning laws that affect occupancy
shown herein. ofland shall take precedence over the regulations of
·780 Cl\AR.
Sign: Any fabricated sign or 0"ttdoor display lln the absence of approved rules gowerning
structure, including its structure, consisting of any details of construction, the provisions of /the
letter, figure, character, mark, point, plane, applicable standards listed in Appendix A shall be
marquee sign, design, poster, pictorial, picture, deemed do conform to the Yequirementso!
stroke, stripe, line, trademark, reading matter or 780 CMR unless otherwise specified in 7110 CMR
illuminating device, which is constructed, 311.
attached, erected, fastened or manufactured in any Outdoor advertising subject to 711 CMR 3.00:
manner so that the same shall be used for the Control and Restriction of Billboards, Signs and
attraction of the public to any place, subject, Ofher Advertising Devices (the OlltdoDTl
person, fum, corporation, public perfonnance, Advertising Board) as listed in Appendix A g and in
article, machine or merchandise, and displayed in accordixnce with Massachusetts General Law5
any manner OUlt of. doors for recognized Anlllotated, os amended, Tlequires approvall ofsaid
advertising purposes. BOiUt!. prior to the issuance ofa permit.
Closed sign: A sign in which more than 50% of
the entire area is solid or tightly enclosed or 31@2.4 Permits and C«DBstructiollll docUliments:
covered. Permits for signs shall be required as specified in
Ground sign: A sign supported by uprights or 780 CMR 3102.4.1 and 3102.4.2 except as provided
braces in or upon the ground surface. for in 780 CMR 3102.4.3. Construction documents
Marquee sign: A sign attached to or hung from a shall be prepared and filed in accordance with
marquee, canopy or other covered structure, 780 CMR 3102.4.4 and 3102.4.5.
projecting from and supported by the building and
extending beyond the building wall, building line 3102.4.[ New signs: A new sign shall not
or street lot line. hereafter be erected, constructed, altered or
Open sign: A sign in which at !east 50% of the maintained ex<;ept as provided for herein, and
elllclosed area is uncovered or open to the Wltil a permit has been issued by the code official.
transmission ofwind. 3102.4.2 Alterations: A sign shall not be
Portable sign: A sign, usually of a temporary enlarged or relocated ulll1ess such sign conforms
nature, not securely anchored to the ground or to fto the provisions of 780 CMR. 3102.0 for new
a building or structure and which obtains some or signs, or until a proper pennit has been secured.
aliI of its structural stability with respect to wind The changing of movable parts of an approved
or other normally applied forces by means of its sign that is designed for such changes, or the
geometry or character. repainting or reposting ofdisplay matter, shall not
Projecting sign: A display sign which is attached be deemed an alteration, provided that the
directly to the building wall, and which extends conditions of the original approval and the
requirements of780 CMR 3102.0 are not violated.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CM:R. - Sixth Edition 425

THE MASSACffiJSETTS STATE B~DING CODE
3102.4.3 Permit exemptions: A permit shall not be 3102.5.1 Removal: The code official 'is
required for the signs specified in 780 CMR. authorized to order the removal of any sign that is
3102.4.3.1 through 3102.4.3.5. Such exceptions, not maintained in accordance with the provisions
however, shall not be construed to relieve the owner of780 Cl.\fR 3102.0.
ofthe sign from responsibility for the sign's erection 3102.5.2 Maintenance: All signs for which a
and maintenance in a safe manner. pennit is required, together with all supports,
3102.4.3.1 Wall signs: A permit shall not be braceS, guys and anchors, shall be kept in repair in
a
required for sign painted on the surface of a accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR.
fence or approved building wall, or any 3102.0 and 780 CMR 1. Where not galvanized or
nonilluminated wall sign on a building or constructed of approved corrosion-resistant
structure which is not more than ten square feet noncombustible materials, signs shall be painted.
(0.93 m2) in area.
3102.5.3 Housekeeping: The owner or lessee of
3102.4.3.2 Sale or rent: A pennit shall not be every sign shall maintain the immediate premises
required for ground signs erected to announce occupied by the sign in a clean, sanitary and
the sale or rent of property, provided that such healthful,conditioil.
signs are not more than 25 square feet (2.33
m2) in area. 3102.5.4 Inspection: Every sign shall be subject
to inspection and approval.
3102!4.3.3 Transit directions: A permit shall
not be required for the erection or maintenance
3102.6 General requirements: All signs shall be
of a ground sign designating the location of a
designed and constructed to comply with the
transit line, a railroad station or other public
provisions of 780 CMR for materials, loads and
carrier provided that such signs are not more
stresses, and with the requirements of 780 CMR
than three square feet (0.28 m2) in area.
3102.6.1 through 3102.6.5.
3102.4.3.4 Street signs: A pennit shall not be
required for ground signs erected by a 3102.6.1 'Wind load: All signs shall be designed
jurisdiction for street direction. and constructed to withstand wind pressure as
provided for in 780 CMR 1611.12.2.
3102.4.3.5 Projecting signs: A permit shall
not be required for a projecting sign not 3102.6.2 Earthquake load: Signs designed to
exceeding 2~ square feet (0.23 m2) of display withstand wind pressures shall be· considered
surface. capable ofwithstanding earthquake loads, except
31024.3.6 Government building signs: Signs as providf~d for in 780 CMR 1612.0 and 1616.0.
erected on a municipal, state or federal 3102.6.3 Dlumination: A sign shall not be
building which announce the 1Ul1IIe, nature of illuminated by other than electrical means, and
the occupancy and infornudion as to use of, electrical devices and wiring shall be installed in
or admission to the premises. accordance with the requirements of 527 CMR
3102.4.4 Constnaction documents and owner's 12.00 listE~d in Appendix A. Any open spark or
consent: Before any pennit is issued for the flame shall not be used for display purposes
erection of a sign, construction documents shall unless specifically approved. .
be filed with the code official showing the 3102.6.4 Use of combustibles: The requirements
dimensions, materials and required details. of of 780 CMR 3102.6.4.1 and 3102.6.4.2 shall
construction, including loads, stresses and apply to combustible material for signs.
anchorage. The applications shall be
3102.6.4.1 Ornamental features: Wood or
accompanied by the written consent ofthe owner
approved plastic as provided for in 780 CMR.
or lessee ofthe premises upon which the sign is to
26, or other materials of combustible
be erected.
characteristics similar to wood, used for
3102.4.5 Identification: Every sign for which a moldings, cappings, nailing blocks, letters and
permit has been issued and which is hereafter latticing, shall comply with 780 CMR 3102.7,
erected, constructed or maintained, shall be and shall not be used for other ornamental
plainly marked with the name of the person, firm features of signs, unless approved.
or corporation owning, erecting, maintaining or 3102.6.4.2 Internally illuminated siigns:
operating such sign. The metho~ and location of Except as provided for malls in 780 CMR
this identification shall appear on the cc,nslruction 402.14, where internally illuminated signs have
documents filed with the code official. sign facings of wood or approved combustible
•
plastic, the area of such facing section shall not
3102.5 Maintenance and inspection: -Sign be more than 120 square feet (11.16 m~ and
maintenance and inspection shall comply with the wiring for electric lighting shall be entirely
780 CMR 3102.5.1 through 3102.5.4. enclosed in the sign cabinet with a clearance of
not less than two inches (51 nun) from the
426 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition corrected - 9119/~7, (Effective 2/28/97)

•
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
facing material. The dimensional limitation of 3102.8.4 Open signs: An open roofsign shall not
120" square feet (11.16 m2) shall not apply to exceed a height of 100 feet (30480 mm) above the
sign facing sections made from flameresistant- roof of buildings of Types I and 2 construction;
coated fabric (ordinarily known as "flexible and not more than 60 feet (18288 mm) above the "
sign face plasticll ) that weighs less than 20 roof ofbuildings ofTypes 3, 4 and S construction.
ounces per square yard (678 glm2)'and which,
when tested in accordance with NFiPA 701 3102.9 Wall signs: Wall signs shall comply with
listed in Appendix A meets the requirements of 780 CMR 3102.9.1 and 3102.9.2.
both the small-scale test and the large-scale
3102.9.1 Materials: Wall signs which have an
test, or which, when tested in accordance with
area exceeding 40 square feet (3.72 m2) shall be
an approved test method, exhibits an average
constructed of metal or other approved
bum time for ten specimens of two seconds or
noncombustible material, except for nailing rails
less and a burning extent of 15 centimeters or
and as provided for in 780 CMR 3102.6.4.
less.
3102.9.2 ExtensDon: Wall signs shall not be
3102.6.5 Animated devices: Signs that contain
erected to extend above the top ofthe wall, nor to
moving sections or ornaments shall have fail-
extend beyond the ends of the'wall to which the
safe provisions to prevent the section or
signs are attached unless such signs confonn to all
ornament from releasing and falling or shifting
of the requirements for roof signs, projecting
its center of gravity more than 15 inches (381
signs or ground signs.
mm). The fail-safe device shall be in addition
to the mechanism and th~ mechanism's housing
3Ji02.10 Projecting signs: Projecting signs shall
which operate the movable section or
comply with 780 CMR 3102.10.1 through
ornament. The fail-safe device shall be
3102.10.4.
capable of supporting the full dead weight of
the section or ornament when the moving 3102.10.1 Materials: Projecting signs shall be
mechanism releases. constructed entirely of metal or other approved
noncombustible material except as provided for in
3\102.7 Ground signs: The structural frame of 780 CMR 3102.6.4.
ground signs shall not be erected of combustible
3102.10.2 Maximum projection: A projecting
materials to a height of more than 35 feet (10668
sign shall not extend beyond a vertical plane that
mm) above the ground. In all locations, where
is two feet (610 nun) inside the curb line.
constructed entirely of noncombustible material,
ground signs shall not be erected to a height of 3102.10.3 Clearance: A vertical clearance of not
greater than 100 feet (30480 mm) above the ground. less than eight feet (2438 rom) shall be provided
Greater heights are pennitted where approved and below all parts of projecting signs.
located so as not to create a hazard or danger to the
3102.10.4 AdditJionaH Roads: Projecting sign
public.
structures which will be used to support an
"3\102.8 Roof signs: Roof signs shall comply with
individual on a ladder or other servicing device -
780 CMR 3102.8.1 through 3102.8.4. whether or not specifically designed for the
servicing device - shaH be capable of supporting
3102.8.1 Materials: All roof signs shall be the anticipated additional load, but not less than a
constructed entirely of metal or other approved 10o..pound (45.4 kg) concentrated horizontal load
noncombustible material except as provided for in " and a )OO-pound (136.2 kg) concentrated vertical
780 CMR 3102.6.4. Provisions shall be made for " load applied at the point of assumed or most
electric grounding of all metallic parts. Where eccentric loading. The building component to
combustible materials are permitted in letters or which the projecting sign is attached shall also be
other ornamental features, all wiring allld tubing designed to support the additional loads.
shall be kept free and insulated therefrom.
3102.8.2 Bottom. clearalll<:e: There shall be a 3lli02oH Marquee sips: Marquee signs shall
clear space of not less than six feet (1829 mm) comply willi 780 CMR 3102.11.1 through
3102.11.3.
between the lowest part of the sign and the roof
level, except for necessary structural supports. 3102.Hol Materials: Marquee signs shall be
3102.8.3 Closed signs: A closed roof sign shall
constructed entirely of metal or other approved
noncombustible material except as provided for in
•
not be erected to a height greater than SO feet
(15240 mm) above the roof of buildings of 780 CMR 3102.6.4.
Types 1 and 2 construction, nor more than 35 feet 3102.U.2 Attachment: Marquee signs shall be
(10668 mm) above the roof of buildings of attached to approved marquees that are
Types 3, 4 and S construction. constructed in accordance with 780 CMR
3203.11.

780 CrvlR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
construed to require portable signs to have

3102.11.3 Dimensions: Marquee signs shall not
connections to surfaces, tie-downs or foundations
project beyond the perimeter of the marquee.
where provisions are made by temporary means or
cOnfiguratiori of the structure to provide stability for
3102.12 Temporary signs: Temporary signs shall
the expected duration of the installation.
3102.12.4. 3102.. 14.1 Electrical: Portable signs that require
electrical service shall have a positive connecting
3102.12.1 Banner and cloth signs: Temporary
device on the sign. Electrical service lines to the
signs and banners which are attached to or
sign shall be protected from damage from all
suspended from a building, and which are
anticipated traffic.
constructed of cloth or other combustible
material, shall be constructed in an approved
manner and shall be securely supported. Such
780 CMR 3103.0 MEMBRANE STRUCfURES
Signs and banners shall be removed as soon as 3103.1 <rimeral: The provisions of780 CMR 3103.0
tom or damaged, and not later than 60 days after shall apply to air-supported, air-inflated, membrane-
erection. Permits for temporary signs that are covered cable and membrane-covered frame
suspended from or attached to a canopy or struetun~s, collectively known as membrane
. marquee shall be limited to a period of ten days. structures, erected for a period of90 days or longer.
Those erected for a shorter period of time shall
3102.12.2 Maximum size: Temporary signs of comply with the applicable provisions of the fire
combustible construction shall not be more than prevention code, 527 CMR, listed in Appendix A
10 feet (3048 mm) in one dimension nor more and 780 CMR 3104.0. Membrane structures
than 500 square feet (46.5 m~ in area. covering water storage facilities, water clarifiers,
3102.12.3 Supports: Where more than 100 square water treatment plants, sewage treatment plants and
feet (9.3 m~ in area, temporary signs and banners similar facilities not used for human occupancy, are
shall be constructed and fastened to supports that required to meet only the requirements of 780 CMR
are capable ofwithstanding the design loads listed 3103.3.2 and 3103.6.
in 780 CMR 1610.0.
3102.12.4 Special pennits: Temporary signs used
for holidays, public demonstrations or promotions
of civic welfare or charitable purposes, which
extend across streets or other public spaces shall
be subject to special approval of the authority
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3103.0 and as
used elsc,where in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
MembrtUlJe: As it pertains to membrane structures, a·

•
having jurisdiction. thin, flexible, impervious material capable of
being supported by an air pressure of 1.5 inches of
3102.13 Dluminated sigl1ls: Illuminated signs shall water column (373 P).
3102.13.3. Membrane structures
3102.13.1 Certificates: All electrically Air-inlllated structure: A building where the
illuminated signs shall be certified as to electric shape of the structure is maintained by air
wiring and devices by the agency having pressurization of cells or tubes to form a barrel -
jurisdiction. and all wiring and accessory vault over the usable area. Occupants of such a
electrical equipment shall conform to the structure do not occupy the pressurized area used
requirements of 527 CMR 12.00 listed in to support the structure.
AppendixA. Air-SUI)ported structure: A building wherein the
shape of the structure is attained by air pressure
3102.13.2 Additional permits: Electrical permits and occupants of the structure are within the
shall be issued for the erection or maintenance of elevated pressure area. Air-supported structures
iUuminated signs. are of two basic types:
3102.13.3 Relettering signs: The requirements of Double skin: Similar to a single skin, but with
780 CMR. 3102.13 shall not apply to the an attached liner that is separated from the
relettering ofilluminated signs, except where such outel!' skin and provides an air space which
relettering requires a change of wiring or piping serves for insulation, acoustic, aesthetic or
of the sign. similar purposes.
•
Single skin: Where there is only the single
3102.14 Portable signs: Portable signs shall outer skin and the air pressure is directly
conform to aU requirements for ground, roof. against that skin.
projecting, flat and temporary signs where such Cable-restrained, air-supported structure: A
signs are used in a similar capacity. The structure in which the uplift is resisted by cables
requirements of 780 Crvrn.. 3102.14 shall not be or webbings which are anchored to either

foundations or dead men. Reinforcing cable or membrane shall meet the roof covering
webbing is attached by various methods to the requirements of780 CMR 1506.0.
membrane or is an integral part ofthe membrane.
3103.3.4 Allowable floor areas: The area of a
This is not a cableDsupported structure.
membrane structure shall not exceed the
Membrane-covered cable stnndll.lr~: A
limitations set forth in Table 503, except as
nonpressurized structure in which a mast and
provided for in 780 CMrR 506.0.
cable system provides support and tension to the
membrane weather barrier and the membrane 3103.3.5 Maximum height: Membrane structures
imparts structural stability to the siructure. shall not exceed one story nor shall such
Membrane-covered frame structure: A structures exceed the height limitations in feet set
nonpressurized building wherein the structure is forth in Table 503.
composed of a rigid framework to support Exception: Noncombustible membrane
tensioned membrane which provides the weather structures that serve as roof construction only.
barrier.
Noncombustible membrane structure: A 3103.4 Inflation systems: Air-supported and air-
membrane structure in which the membrane and inflated structures shall be provided With primary
all component parts of the structure are and auxiliary inflation systems to meet the minimum
noncombustible. requirements of780 CMR3103.4.1 and 3103.4.2.
Tent: Any structure, enclosure or shelter which is
constructed of canvas or pliable material 3103.4.11 Equipment requiremellllts: The inflation
supported in any manner except by air or the system shall consist of one or more blowers and
contents it protects. shall include provisions for automatic control to
maintain the required ·inflation pressures. The
3103.3 Construction requirements: Construction system shall be so designed as to prevent
of membrane structures shall comply with 780 ClMR overpressurization ofthe system.
3103.3.1 through 3103.3.5. In addition to the primary inflation system, in
buildings exceeding 1,500 square feet (140 m2) in
3103.3.1 Type of construction: All area, an auxiliary inflation system shall be
•
noncombustible membrane structures shall be provided with sufficient capacity to maintain the
classified as Type 2C Noncombustible frame- or inflation ofthe structure in case ofprimary system
cableDsupported structures covered by an failure. The auxiliary inflation system shall
approved membrane in accordance with 780 CMR. operate automatically when there is a loss of
3103.3.2 shall be classified as Type 2C internal pressure and when the primary blower
construction. Heavy timber frameosupported system becomes inoperative.
structures covered by an approved membrane in Blower equipment shall meet the following
accordance with 780 CMR 3103.3.2 shall be requirements:
classified as Type 3B construction. A 1. Blowers shall be powered by continuous-
noncombustible membrane structure that is used rated motors at the m~um power required
exclusively as a roof and is located more than 20 for any flow condition as required by the
feet (6096 mm) above any floo~, balcony or structural design.
gallery, is deemed to comply with the roof 2. Blowers shan be provided with inlet
construction requirements for Type 1 and Type 4 screens, belt guards and other protective
construction, provided that such a structure devices as required by the code official to
complies with the requirements of 780 C.MR. provide protection from injury.
3103. All other membrane structures shall be 3. Blowers shall be housed within a weather-
classified as Type SB construction. protecting structure.
3103.3.2 Membrane material: Membranes shall 4. Blowers shall be equipped with backdraft
be either noncombustible as defined by 780 CMR check dampers to minimize air loss when
704.4, or flameresistant as determined in inoperative. .
accordance with both the smalloscale and large- 5. Blower inlets shall be located to provide •
scale tests in NFiPA 701 listed in Appendix A. protection from air contamination. The
location ofinlets shall be approved.
Exception: Plastic less than 20 mil (500 flm)
in ~hickness, used in greenhouses where 3Jl.03.4.2 Standby /power: Wherever an auxiliary
occupancy by the general pubInc is not inflation system is required, an approved standby
pennitted and for aquaculture pond covers, is power-generating system shall be provided. The
•
not required to be flameresistant. system shall be equipped with a suitable means
for automatically starting the generator set upon
3103.3.3 Applicability of other provisions: .
failure of the normal electrical service and for
Except as otherwise specifically required by
780 CMR 3103.3, membrane structures shan meet automatic transfer and operation of all of the
required electrical functions at fun power within
all applicable provisions of 780 CMR. The
60 seconds of such service failure. Standby

power shall be capable of operating independently

for a minimum of four hours.
3103.5 Support provisions: A system capable of

supporting the membrane in the event of deflation
shall be provided for in all air-supported and air-
inflated structures having an occupant load of more
3104.4 Construction: Tents and air-supported
structUres shall be constructed as required by this
code and NFiPA 102 listed in Appendix A.
3104.5 Membrane material: The membrane

material for aU tents shall be of approved
noncombustible material as defined in 780 CMR
•
than 50 or where covering a swimming pool 704.4; flameresistant material as determined in
regardless of occupant load. The support system accordance with both the small-scale and large-scale
shall be capable ofmaintaining membrane structures tests in NfiPA 701 listed in Appendix A; or material
used as a rooffor Type 1 or Type 2 construction not treated in an approved manner to render the material
less than 20 feet (6096 rom) above floor 011' seating tlameresistant.
areas. The support system shall be capable of
maintaining all other membranes at least seven feet 3104.6 Certification: An affidavit or affinnation
(2134 nun) above the floor, seating area or surface shall be submitted to the code official and a copy
ofthe water. retained on the premises on which the tent or air-
supported structure is located. The affidavit shall
3103.6 Engineering design: All membrane attest to the following infonnation relative to the
structures shall be structurally designed in tlameresistance ofthe fabric:
accordance with approved criteria that are developed 1. Names and addresses ofthe owners of the tent
by a registered design professional. or air-supported structure.
2. Date the fabric was last treated with tlame-
780 CMR 3104.0 lEMPORARY resistant solution.
SlRUCfUlRES . 3. Trade name or kind of chemical used in
3104.1 General: The provisions of780 CMR 3104.0 treatment.
4. Name of person or firm treating the material.
shall apply to tents, membrane structures and other
structures erected for a period ofless than 180 days.
5. Name, of testing agency and test standard by
which the fabric was tested.
•
.Those erected for a longer period of time shall
comply with 780 cMR 3103.0 or with all applicable
sections of780 CMR where 780 C:MR 3103.0 is not 3104.7lnfJattion pressure: Operating pressure shall
be maintained at the design pressure specified by the
applicable.
manufacturer to assure structural stability and to
3104.1.1 Permit required: All temporary avoid excessive distortion during high wind or snow
structures that cover an area in excess of 120 loads.
square feet (11.16 m~, including all connecting
areas or spaces with a common means of egress 3104.8 Door operation: In high winds over 50 mph
or entrance which are used or intended to be used (80.45 kmIh) or in snow conditions! the doors in air-
for the gathering together often or more persons. supported structures shall be controlled to avoid
shall not be erected, operated or maintained for excessive air loss. Doors shall not be left open
any purpose without obtaining a pennit from the under any conditions.
code official. Tents used exclusively for
recreational camping purposes shall be exempt 3104.9 Means of egress: All temporary structures
from the above requirements. Special permits including tents and membrane structures shall
required by 780 CMR shall be secured from the confonn to the means of egress requirements of
code official. 780 C?v.1R. 10 and shall have a maximum exit access
travel distance of 100 feet (30480 mm).
3104.2 Construction documents: A pennit
application and construction documents shall be 780 CMR 3105.0 CANOPIES AND AWNINGS
submitted for each installation of a temporary 3105.1 General: Rigid canopies or awnings
structure. The construction documents shall include supported in whole or in part by members resting on
a site plan indicating the location of the temporary the ground and used for patio covers, car ports,
structure and information delineating the meanS of summer houses or other similar uses shall comply
egress and the occupant load. with the requirements of 780 CMR 3105.2 through
3105A for design and construction. Such structures
3104.3 Lol:ation: All temporary structures shall be shall be braced as required to provide rigidity.
located in accordance with the requirements ofTable
705.2 based on the fireresistance rating of the 3105.2 Design and construction: Fixed awnings,
exterior walls for the proposed type of construction. canopies and similar structures shall be designed and
constructed to withstand wind or other lateral loads
and live loads as required by 780 CMR 16 with due
allowance or shape, open construction and similar

780 Cl\1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECI.t\L CONSTRUCTION
features that relieve the pressures or loads. (3048 mm) from each side of the wa~kway.
Structural members shall be protected to prev~nt Openings within the ten·foot (3048 mm) homontal
deterioration. extension of the protected walls beyond the
walkway shall be equipped with fixed ¥.a-hour
3105.3 Canopy materials: Canopies shall be opening protectives.
constructed ofa metal framework with an approved
Exception: The walls separating the walkway
covering, that is flameresistant as detennined ~y
from a connected building are not required to
both the small-scale and large-scale tests In
have a fireresistance rating by 780 CMR 3106.4,
accordance with NFiPA 701 listed in Appendix At or
given compliance with one ofthe following:
that has a flame spread rating not greater than 25
I. Where the distance between the connected
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in
buildings is more than ten feet (3048 mm), the
Appendix At. Canopies shall be attached to the
walkway and connected buildings are equipped
building at the inner end and supported at the outer
end by not less than two stanchions, with braces
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, and the wall
anchored in an approved manner. The stanchions
is constructed of a tempered, wired or laminated
shall be placed not "less than 44 inches (1118 nun)
glass wall and doors subject to the following:
apart. The horizontal portion of the framework shall
1. 1. The glass shall be protected by an
not be less than eight feet (2438 nun) nor more than
automatic sprinkler sYstem in accordance with
12 feet (~658 nun) above the walking surface and
780 CMR 906.2.1 and the sprinkler system
the clearance between the covering or valance and
shall completely wet the entire surface of
the walking surface shaD not be less than seven feet
interior sides ofthe glass wall when actuated.
(2134 nun).
1.2. The glass shall be in a gasketed frame
and installed in such a manner that the framing
3105.4 Projections: In addition to 780 Cf\1R 3105.0,
system will deflect without breaking (loading)
awnings and canopies that are constructed in the
the glass before the sprinkler operates.
public right-of-way shall conform to the
1.3. Obstructions shall not be installed
requirements of780 CMR 32.·
between the sprinkler heads and the glass;
2. Where the distance between the connected
•
780 CMR 3106.0 PEDFSfRIAN WAILKWAYS buildings is more than ten feet (30.48 mm), and
3106.1 General: An exterior elevated pedestrian both sides are at least 50% open with the open
walkway that connects buildings shall comply with area unifonnly distributed' to prevent the
780 CMR 3106.0. The walkway shall not contribute accumulation of smoke and toxic gases;
to the building area or the number of stories or 3. Buildings on the same lot, in accordance with
height of connected buildings. 780 CMR. 503.1.3; or
311.06.1.1 Separate structures: Connected 4. Where exterior walls of connected buildings
buildings shall be' considered to be separate are required by 780 CMR 705.0 to have a
structures. fireresistance rating greater than two hours,. the
walkway shall be equipped throughout with an
Exception: Buildings on the same Jot in atiAtomatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
accordance with 780 CMR 503.1.3. with 780 C:MR 9.
3106.2 Construction: The walkway shall be of
noncombustible construction. 3HD6.5 Public way: The installation of a pedestrian
walkway over a public way shall be subject to the
Ex~eption: Combustible construction shall be approval of local authorities. Construction criteria
permitted where all connected buildings are of for approved walkways shall meet the requirements
combustible construction. of/BO CMR 3106.0.
31106.3 Occupancy: The walkway shall not be 3106.6 EglI"e5s: Access shall be provided at all times
occupied for other than low fire-hazard uses and to a pedestrian walkway that serves as a required
only approved materials and decorations shall be exit.
located in the space.
31l«J)6.i Width: The unobstructed width of pedestrian
31106.4 Separation assemblies between walkways
walkways shall not be less than 36 inches (914 ~).
and buildings: Walkways shall be separated from The total width shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm).
the interior of the building by fire separation walls
with a fireresistance rating of not less than two
3106.8 Exit access travel: The length of exit access
•
hours. This protection shall extend vertically from travel shall not exceed 200 feet (60960 mm)..
a point ten feet (3048 rom) above the walkway roof
surface or the connected building roof line, El.I.~eptions:
whichever is lower, down to a point ten feet (3048 1. Exit access travel distance on a walkway
mm) below the walkway and horizontally ten feet equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler

system in accordance with 780 CMR 9 shall not Flood Proofing: Any combination of structural
exceed 250 feet (76200 mm) in length. an~ nonstructural additions, changes, or
2. Exit access travel distance on a walkway adjustments to structures which reduce or
constructed with both sides at least 50% open eliminat,e flood damage to non-residential
shall not exceed 300 feet (91440 mm) in length. structures.
780 CMR 3107.0 FLOOD-RESISfANT High-1uzzPrd Zones (V Zones) . Areas of tidal

CONSlRUcnON influenc,e which have been determined to be
subject to wave run heights in excess of three
3107.1 General: All buildings and structures erected
feet or subject to high-velocity wave run-up or
in areas prone to flooding shall be constructed and
"wave-induced erosion (V Zones).
elevated as require':i by the provisions of 780 CMR.
3107.0.
Highest A{ljacent Grade: The highest natural
elevation of the ground surface, prior to
construct'io~ adjoining the proposedfoundation
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3107, and as
walls ofa structure.
used elsewhers in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein:
Impact Loads: Loads induced by the collision of
solid objects on a structure carried by
A-Zones: Flood-haZlUd zpnes- all areas which
floodwater.
have been determined to be prone to flooding,
but not subject to high-velocity waters or wave
Lowest Floor: The lowest floor of the lowest
action.
enclosed area (including basement/cellar). An
unfinished or flood resistant enclosure, usable
Base Flood Elevation: The flood having a 1%
solelyfor parking ofvehicles, building access, or
chance ofbeing equalled or exceed in any given
incidentfArl storage in an area other than a
year and shall be used to define areas prone to
basement/cellar with appropriate hydrostatic
flooding, and describe at a minimum, the depth
openings as required in 780 CMR 3107.5.3 is
•
or peak elevation offlooding.
not considered a building's lowestfloor.
BasemenVcel1llr: Any aretJ ofthe building having
ManufactuJ·ed Home: See DEFINITIONS,
its floor subgrade (Below gr~und level) on all
780 CMR 3502.
sides.
Scouring: The erosion or washing away ofslopes
BreaJuzway Wall: A wall that is not part of the
or soil bY' velocity waters.
structural support ofthe buUding and intended,
through its design and construction, io collapse
Spedal Ha:.~d Zones: An area having special
under specific lateral loading forces, without
flood, and/orflood-related erosion hazards and
causing damage to the elevated portion of the
shown 011 a Flood HilZIlrd Boundry Map or
buUding or supportingfoundation system.
FIRM os Zone A, AD, A1·30, AE, A99, An, VO,
VI-30, VE, JI:
Elevation: The placement of a structure above
jIood leve1 to minimize or preventflood dJlmages.
Stort ofCon.struction: The dtzte the building permit
was issld~ provided the actual start of
Flood HaZlUd Zones: Areas which have been
constructio~ repair, reconstruction, placement,
determined to be prone to floo!/ing but not to
or other improvement was within 180 dIIys ofthe
high velocity waferS or wave action. (A ZONES)
permit diUe." The actual start means the first
placemem of permanent construction of a
Floodproofing: Any combinotion ofstructural and
SII'UCtIIre on a site, such as the pouring ofslab or
non-structu.ral additions, changes or
footings, the instll1lation of piles, the
adjustments to structures which reduce or
construction ofcolumns, or any work beyond the
eliminate flood damage to new" or substantially
stage of excavation or the placement of a
improved structures.
manufactured home on a foundation.
F.E-M.A.: Federal Emergency Mallagement
Stnlcture: .AI waDed and roofed building, including
Agency.
a gas or liquid storage tank, that is principally
•
above ground mad affixed to a permanent site, as
Flood Insurance Rate: Flood insurance rate map
well as a manufactured home.
(FIRM) means an official UIUlJ' ofa community,
which delineates both the special haZ/ll'd areas
and the risk premium zpnes" applcable to the
community.
432 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97" (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND 8TANDARDS
•
SlilbstantioJ Improvements: Substantial The 100-year flood elevation shall be determined
. improvement means any reconstruction, as follows:
rehabilitation, addition, repair or improvement 1. In Ale30, All, AE, VI-30 and VE, ghe BilSe
of a structure, the cost of which equals or Flood Elevation is provided on. the community's
I
exceeds 50% ofthe nuuket value ofthe structure Flood Insurance Study and the Flood Insurance
before the "start of constnlction g, of the Rate Map (FIRM).
improvement This term includes structures 2. In AO zones, add the depth provided on the
whick have incurred "Substantial damtlge", Flood lmurance Rate Map to the highes~
regardless ofthe actual repair work performed. adjacent grade. If no depth is provided, add ad
Substllntilll improvement does not, hOwever, Keast two feet to the highest adjacent grade.
include either: 3. In A, A99 and V zones, the building official,
1. any projedfor improvement of (Jl structure to design professional, or sl4M1ey01' shall obtain,
correct existing violations of stoJe 01' iocal" ffeview and reasonably u.tilize and Base Flood
heDlth. sanitary, or safety codes which have been Elevation Datil availllblefrom a federal, state or
identified by the local code enforcement official !Jthe,. reliable sources.
and which are the mininwm necessary to assure
3Jl07.4 Hazard zones: Areas which have been
safe living conditions or
detennined to be prone to flooding shall be classified
2. tmyalteration of a "HlStoric muctllre",
provided thot the alteration will not preclude the as either flood-hazard zones (A Zones) or high-
structure's continued designation lIS dB "historic hazard zones (V Zones) in accordance with
780 CMR. 3107.5 and 3107.6.
structure. "
Note 1: The following items can be e:aluded 3U)7.5 Flood-hazard zones (A Zones): All areas
from the cost ofimprovement or repair: plans, which have been determined to be prone to flooding
specifications, survey, permits, and other items but not subject to high-velocity waters or wave
which are separate from or incidental do the action shall be designated as floodhazard zones. All
Il'eJHIir ofthe donulged or improved building. i. e. buildings and structures as defined in 780 CMR
debris removal/canage. 3107.2 erected or subStantially improved in
Note 2: The l8test Assessorsgstructure value may tloodhazard zones shall be designed and constructed
be used, provided that the Assessors certify that in accordance with 780 CMR 3107.5.1 through
said value is based on 100% valuation, less 3107.5.4. Plans 101' such construction Off
depreciation. improvements shall be prepared by a qualified
registered professional enginuD' or architect Ito
IV Z01U!S: Areas oftidol injlul!l'dCe which have been e/ffl$ure the compliance with 780 CMR .3107.5.
dekmmined to be subject to wave run heights in
excess of three feet or subject to lnigheveKocity lException: a proposed addition that triggers Ithe
wave 11m-llp 01' wave-induced erosion. (V Zones) $ubstantiaJ improvement requirements !lhall be
constructed according go the provisions of
VariIuIce: A grant ofrelief by a community and ,BO CMR 3107.5. Howevu, the existing
th.e Commonwealth, via the Botll'ds ofAppeal, wuctu11'e is not· required to be brought into
from the terms ofthe Floodplain Managemellt oomplituu:e with 780 CMR 3107. 5, provided that
Regulations. dhe tulditio18lS NOT an additioNJJl story(s) which
rrelies on the support ofthe "existing structure.
Venting A system designed to allow flood wate1J'S to Should the col'lSt1Uction of an adJitionall
enter an enclosun, usually the interior of nory(s) meet the slIlbstantial improvemend
foum/Jdions walls, so thai the rising water does definition, the existing structure shall then meet1
not create a dangerous differentilll in hydrostatic (fJjJ the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 3107. s.
pressure; llSually achieved through openings in
3107.5.1. Elevation: All buildings or structures
the walk Vents may be insttilJed in garage doors
erected within a flood-hazard zone shall be
to satisfy this requirement, proVided such -vents
elevated so that the lowest floor is located at or
lJ1n installed consistent with 780 CMR 3107-
above the base flood elevation. All basement/
The necessity of 1u4man intervention, Zilch as
cellar lfloor surfaces shall be located at or above
opening garage doon, does not satiify this
the base flood elevations.
requirement.
Exceptions:
3)l(D'~3 Base flood elevation: The base flood 1. Floors of occupancy in any use group,
elevation shall be used to define areas prone to other than use group R, below the baseflood
elevation s1uJll conform to 780 CMR 3107. 5. 4.
•
flooding, and shall describe, at a minimum, the
depth or peak elevation of flooding: (including wave 2. Floors of occupancies in any use group
height) which has a 1% (lOO-year flood) or greater which are utilized solely for structure means
chance of occurring in any given year. of egress, incitknttd' storage garages and
pfD'king, and which are loctded below the base
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~"corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 433

780 CIvfR: STAIE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
flood elevation, shall conform to 780 CMR shall bt~ provided with shutoffvalves or closure
3107.5.3. devices to prevent backwater flow during
conditions of flooding.
3107.5.2 Anchorage: The structural systems of
all buildings or structures shall be designed,
3107.6 High-hazard zones (V Zones): Areas of
connected and anchored to resist flotation,
tidal influence which have been determined to be
collapse or permanent lateral movement due to
subject to wave heights in excess of three feet (914
structural loads and stresses from flooding equal
rom) or subject to high-velocity wave run-up or
to the base flood elevation and shall be designed
wave-inducE~d erosion shall be classified as high-
in accordance with 780 CMR 1615.3 and 1615.4.
hazard zones. All buildings or structures erected in
3107.5.3 Enclosures below base flood elevation: a high-hazard zone shall be designed and
Enclosed spaces below the base flood elevation constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 3107.6.1
shall not be used for human occupancy with the through 3107.6.4. Plansforsuch construction shqll
exception of structure means ofegress, entrance be prepared by a registered professional engineer
foyers, stairways and incidental storage. Fully or architect to ensure compliance with 780 CMR
enclosed spaces shall be designed to equalize 3107.6
automatically hydrostatic forces on exterior walls
fureption: a proposed addition that triggers the
by allowing for the entry and exit offloodwaters.
substantil.rl improvement requirements shall be
Designs for meeting this requirement shall either
constructed according to the provisions of
be certified by a registered design professional in
780 CMR 3107.6. However, the existing
accordance with 780 CMR 3107.12 or conform to
structure is not required to be brought into
the following minimum criterion: a minimum of
complianc~e with 780 CMR 3107.6, provided that
two openings having a total net area of not less
the additifm IS NOT an additional story(s) which
than one square inch (645 mm2) for every one
relies on the support ofthe existing structure.
square foot (0.1 m2) of enclosed area subject to
Should' the construction of an additional
flooding shall be provided. The bottom of all
story(s) lneet the substantial improvement
openings shall not be higher than 12 inches (305
definition, the existing structure shall then meet
mm) above grade immediately adjacent to the
all the applicable provisions of780 CMR 3107. 6.
•
location of the opening. Openings shall not be
equipped with screens, louvers, valves or other Note: Areas shown as V Zones on the most recent
coverings or devices unless such devices permit Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the
the automatic entry and discharge offloodwaters. Federal Emergency Management Agency shall be
considered in establishing high-hazard zones.
3107.5.4 Water-resistant construction:
Occupancies in any use group other than Use 3107.6.1 ]~Ievation: All buildings or structures
Group R shall, in lieu of meeting the elevation erected within a high-hazard zone shall· be
provisions of780 CMR 3107.5.1, be erected with elevated so that the lowest portion of all structural
floors usable for human occupancy below the base members supporting the lowest floor. with the
flood elevation provided that the following exception of mat or raft foundations, piling, pile
conditions are met: caps, columns, grade beams and bracing, is
1. All space below the base flood elevation located at ,or above the base flood elevation.
shall be constructed with walls and floors that
3107.6.2 Enclosures below base flood elevation:
are substantially impermeable to the passage of
All spaces below the base flood elevation in a
water.
high':'hazard zone shall not be used for human
2. All structural components subject to
occupancy and shall be free of obstruction except
. hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and
as permitted herein:
stresses during the occurrence of flooding to
1. Mat or raft foundations, piling, pile caps,
the base flood elevation shall be capable of
braci~g, grade beams and columns which
resisting such forces, including the effects of
provide structural support for the building.
buoyancy.
2. Entrances and exits which are necessary for
3. All openings below the base flood
required ingress and means ofegress.
elevation shall be provided with water-tight
3. Incidental storage of portable or mobile
closures and shall have adequate structural
items readily moved in the event of a stonn.
capacity to support all flood loads acting upon
4. W'alls and partitions are permitted to
the closure surfaces
enclose all or part of the space below the
4. All floor and wall penetrations for
elevated floor provided that such walls and
plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems
•
partitions are not part of the structural support
shall be made water tight to prevent floodwater
of the building and are constructed with insect
seepage through spaces between the
screening, open wood lattice, or nonsupporting
penetration and wall construction materials.
walls d,~signed to break away or collapse
SanitaIy sewer and stonn drainage systems that
without causing collapse, displacement or other
have openings below the base flood elevation
434 780 C1\1R - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
structural damage to the elevated portion of the Construction materials shall be resistant to water
building or supporting foundation system due damage in accordance with the provisions of
to the effect of wind loads as specified in 780 CMR 1808.0, 1810.2,1813.4,2307.2,2309.1,
780 CMR. 1611.0 and water loads as specified 2311.4, 2311.6 and 2503.4.
in 780 CMR 1615.0 acting simultaneously.
Any such nonsupporting solid wall shall be 3107.9 MobDle units: New or replacement mobile
certified as specified in 780 CMR 3107.12.3. units to be located in any hazard zone shall be.
placed in accordance with the applicable elevation
3107.6.3 Foundations: All buildings or structures
requirements of 780 Cl\1R 3107.5.1 and 3107.6.1
erected in high-hazard zones shall be supported
and the anchor and tie-down requirements of
on pilings or columns and shall be adequately
780 CMR35.
anchored to such pilings or columns. The piling
shall have adequate soil penetrations to resist the
Jl07.10 Alterations, renovations and repairs:
combined wave and wind loads (lateral and uplift)
Alterations, renovations and repairs to existing
to which such piles are likely to be subjected
buildings located in any ha'l,llrd zone shall comply
during a flood to the base flood elevation. Pile
with all applicable provisions of 780 CMR.
embedment shall include consideration of
Compliance with 780 CMR 3107 is not required
decreased resistance capacity caused by scour of
IJ/.m.less such alteration, renovation 01' repairs
soil strata surrounding the pili~g. Pile system
constitute substantial improvements as defined in
design and installation shall. also be made in
780 CMR 3107.2.
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR.
1816.0 and 1817.0. Mat or raft foundations which Exceptio,.: Repair Olf replacement of exisfflng
support columns shall not be permitted where soil foundations shall comply with 780 CMR
investigations required in accordance with 3107.6.4.
780 CMR. 1802.1 indicate that soil material under
the mat or raft is subject to scour or erosion from JliO'ol1 Increases in llmHding height and floor
wave-velocity flow conditions. il1rea: See 780 CMR 3107.5 Exception and 3107.6
lException.
JlfJ7.6..4 Repair 0,. Replacement of Existing
•
FOIl1UlJltions: Existing foundations may be
Jli07.12 Certifications: Certifications shall be
repaired without further compliance with
submitted in accordance ~th 780 Cl\1R 3107.12.1
780 CMR J107 unless the work required is
through 3107. 12.3.
determined to be substantial as defined herein.
Ex&eptioll: Existing foundation systems 3107.12.1 As~buDlt \eDevatiolll certllfications: A
.which are replaced in total or which are licensed land surveyor or registered design
replaced so as to constitute new construction professional shall certify the actual elevation (in
shall meet the requirements of 780 CMR relation to base flood elevation) of the lowest
3107.6 regardless of whethelf the work structural member required to be elevated by the
required is substantial. provisions of780 CMR 12.
3:B. 07.12.2 WaterresBstallllt cOBllstructiolll: Where
3107.7 Protection olf mech~nicaJ and eDectricaB buildings or structures are to be constructed in
systems: New and replacement electrical equipment accordance with 780 Cl'AR 3107.5.4, the code
and heating, ventilating, air conditioning and other official shall require that a registered design
service equipment shall be either placed above the professional provide construction documents
base flood elevation or protected so as to prevent showing proposed details of floor, wall and
water from entering or accumulating within the foundation support components, loading
system components during floods up to the base computations and other essential technical data
flood elevation in accordance with the mechanical used in meeting the conditions of 780 CI\.1R
code listed in Appendix A. Installation of electrical 3107.5.4. The construction documents shall be
wiring and outlets. switches, junction boxes and .accompanied by a statement bearing the signature
panels below the base flood elevation shall conform of the registered design professional indicating
to the provisions of 527 Cl\1R 12.00 lBsted in that the design and proposed methods of
Appendix A for location of such items in wet construction are in accordance with all applicable
locations. Duct insulation subject to water damage provisions of780 CMR 3107.5.4.
shall not be instaJled below the base flood elevation.
3107.12.3 Hugh-huard construction: Where
3107.8 Construction materials, methods and buildings or structures are to be constructed in
• practices: All buildings or structures erected in accordance with 780 CMR 3107.6, the code
flood-hazard zones (A Zones) or in highohazard official shall require that a registered design
zones (V Zones) shall be constructed with materials profeSSional provide constn!ction documents
resistant to flood damage and be constructed by showing proposed details of foundation support
methods and practices that minimize flood damage. and connection components which are used in

780 CrvfR: STATE BOARD OF BUlLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
meeting the requirements of 780 CIV1R 3107.6.3. for private radio or television reception. Such a
Where solid walls or partitions are proposed structure shall not be erected so as to injure the roof
below the base flood elevations, wall, framing and covering, and when removed from the roof, the roof
connection details of such walls shall be provided, covering shall be repaired to maintain weather and
including loading computations for the wall and water tightness. The installation of any antennal
foundation system used in meeting the conditions structure mounted on the roof of a building shall not
of 780 CMR 3107.6.2. The construction be erected nearer to the lot line than the total height
documents shall be accompanied by a statement of the antennal structure above the roof, nor shall
bearing the signature of the registered design such structure be erected near electric power lines or
professional indicating that the design and encroach upon any street or other public space.
proposed methods of construction are in
accordance with all applicable provisions of 3109.2 Permits required: Approval shall be secured
780 CMR 3107.6. for all roof-mounted antennaI structures more than
12 feet (3658 mm) in height above the roof The
780 CMR 3108.0 RADIO AND TELEVISION application shall be· accompanied by detailed
TOWERS drawings ofthe structure and methods of anchorage.
All connections to the roof structure shall be
3108.1 General: Subject to the structural provisions
properly flashed to maintain water tightness. The
of 780 CrvfR 1611.0 for wind loads and the
design and materials of construction shall comply
requirements of 780 CrvfR 1510.0 governing the
with the requirements of 780 CrvfR 3108.3 for
fireresistance ratings of buildings for the support of
character, quality and minimum dimension.
roof structures, all radio and television towers shall
be designed and constructed as herein provided.
3109.3 Dish antennas: An antenna consisting of a
radiation element which transmits or receives
3108.2 Location and access: Towers shall be
radiation signals generated as electrical, light or
located and equipped with step bolts and ladders so
sound energy, and supported by a structure with or
as to provide ready access for inspection purposes.
without a reflective component to the radiating dish,
Guy wires or other accessories shall not cross or
usually in a circular shape with a parabolic curve
encroach upon any street or other public space, or
•
design constructed of a solid or open mesh surface,
over any electric power lines, or encroach upon any
shall be known as a dish antenna.
other privately owned property without written
consent of the owner. 3109.3.1 Permits: The approval of the code
official shall be secured for all dish antennal
3108.3 Construction: All towers shall be structurf:S more than two feet (610 mm) in
constructed of approved corrosion-resistant diameter erected on the roof of or attached to any
noncombustible material. The minimum type of building lor structure. A pennit is not required for
construction of isolated radio towers not more than dish antennas not more than two feet (610 mm) in
100 feet (30480 nun) in height shall be Type 4. diameter erected and maintained on the roof of
any building.
3108.4 Loads: Towers shall be designed to resist
3109.3.2~ Structural provisions: Dish antennas
wind loads in accordance with EIA 222-E listed in
larger than two feet (610 mm) in diameter shall be
Appendix A. Consideration shall be given to
subject to the structural provisions of 780 CMR
conditions involving wind load on ice-covered
1610.0,1611.0 and 3108.4. The snow load
sections in localities subject to sustained freezing
provisions of 780 CrvfR 1610.0 shall not apply
temperatures.
where the antenna has a heater to melt falling
3108.4.1 Dead load: Towers shall be designed for snow.
the dead load plus the ice load in regions where
ice formation occurs. 780 CMR 3110.0 WINDOW-CLEANING
3108.4.2 Uplift: Adequate foundations and SAFEGUARDS
anchorage shall be provided to resist two times 3110.1 General: All buildings and structures over
the calculated wind uplift. 50 feet (15240 mm) or four stories in height, in
which the windows are cleaned from the outside,
3108.5 Grounding: All towers shall be permanently shall be provided with anchors, belt terminals or
and effectively grounded. other approved safety devices for all window
openings. Such devices shall be of an approved
780 CMR 3109.0 RADIO AND lELEVISION design, and shall be constructed of corrosion-
•
ANTENNAS resistant materials securely attached to the window
frames or anchored in the enclosure walls of the
3109.1 Permits not required: A building permit is
building. Cast-iron or cast-bronze anchors shall be
not required for roof installation of antennal
prohibited.
structures not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) in height
436 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

• CHAP'fER32
CONSTRUCTION IN THE PUBLIC RIGHTmOF~WAy
780 CMR 3201.0 GENERAIL 180 om 3203.0 PERMISSIBLE STREET

3201.1 Scope: The provisions of780 eMR 32 shall PROJECOONS
govern encroachment and projection of structures 3203.1 General: Subject to such provisions as are
into the public right-of-way. otherwise prescribed by law or ordinance. or by
rules of the authorities having jurisdiction over
780 CMR 3202.0 STREET streets, highways and public spaces, the projections
ENCROACBMENI'S described in 780 CMR 3203.3 through 3203.12.1
3202.1 General: Except as herein provided, a part of shall be pennitted beyond the street lot line or the
any building hereafter erected and additions to an building line.
existing building heretofore erected shall not project
beyond the lot lines or beyond the building line 3203.2 Definitnons: The following words and terms
where such lines are established by the zoning law or shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3203.0 and as
any other statute controlling building construction. used elsewhere in 780 eMIt, have the meanings
shown herein.
3202.2 Beiow grade: A part of a building hereafter
erected below grade that is necessary for structural Areaway U'orm of ConstrBlction): An uncovered
support of the building shall not project beyond the subsurface space adjacent to a building (see
lot lines, except that the footings of street walls or 780 ·CMR 3203.12.1).
their supports which are located at least eight feet
(2438 mm) below grade shall not project more than CWlIl"\hliewell: The elevation of the street curb as
established in accordance with law.
•
12 inches (305 nun) beyond the street lot line.
Building or walll heiglhlt: The elevation of the
3202.3 Above grade: All projections hereafter street grade opposite the center of the wall nearest
permitted beyond the street lot line or the building to and facing the street lot line.
line above grade shall be so constructed as to be
readily removable without endangering the safety of OrieD window: A window projected beyond and
the building. suspended from the wall of the building or
cantilevered therefrom (see 780 CMR 3203.7).
3202.4 Projections necessary for safte~: In any
3~03.3 Cornices and eaves: Main cornices or roof
specific application, the code official is authorized to
designate by approved roles such architectural eaves located at least 12 feet (3658 mm) above the
features and accessories which are deemed desirable curb level shall not project more than three feet (914
or necessary for the heaith or safety ofthe public as mm).
well as the maximum extent to which such features
shall project beyond the street loi line or the building 32«ll3\.4 Ardnittectund decorations: Belt courses,
line where established by statut~, subject to all lintels, sills, architraves, ped~ents and similar
provisions and restrictions that are otherwise architectural decorations shall not project more than
prescribed by law, ordinance or rule. of the foW" inches (102 mm) where less than ten feet (3048
authorities having jurisdiction over streets ~r public mm) above the curb level, and not more than ten
spaces. inches (254 mrn) where ten feet (3048 rom) or more
above the curb level.
3202.5 Permit revocable: Any permit granted or
pennission expressed or implied in the provisions of 3203.5 Ornamental collumns: Ornamental columns
this code to construct a building so as to project or pilasters, induding the bases and moldings which
beyond the street lot line or building line shall be emphasize the main entrance of the building, shall
revocable by the jurisdiction at will. not project more than 12 inches (305 mm).
3202.6 Existing encroachments: Parts of existing ~20~.6 Entrance steps: Entrance steps and doors
shall not project more than 12 inches (305 mm) and
•
buildings and structures which :already project
beyond the street lot line or building line are not shall be guarded by check pieces not less than three
required to be altered until their removal is directed feet (914 rom) high, or shall be located between
by the proper authorities -of the jurisdiction. . ornamental columns or pilasters.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 180 CMR Sixth Edition

0 437
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll.DING CODE
•
3203.7 Oriel windows: Oriel windows with the constructed of noncombustible materials.
lowest portion at least ten feet (3048 nun) above the Marquees shall be designed and constructed to
curb level shall not project more than 2~ feet (762 withstand wind or other lateral loads and live
mm). loads as required in 780 CMR 16. Structural
members shall be protected to prevent
3203.8 Balconies: Balconies located at least ten feet deterioration.
(3048 nun) above the curb level shall not project
more than three feet (914 mm), except that where the 3203.12 Vaults: Vaults below the sidewalk level
balcony is required in connection with a fire escape shall not e"tend closer than three feet (914 nun) to
or exterior stairway as an element of a means of the curb line. The construction and utilization of
egress, the projection shall not exceed four feet such vaults shall be subject to the terms and
(1219 nun). conditions ofthe authority or legislative body having
jurisdiction.
3203.9 Awnings: Retractable or fixed awnings shall
3203.12.1 Areaways: Areaways shall not project
have clearances above grade and shall be installed in
beyond the street lot line more than four feet
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
(1219 mm), provided that every such areaway
3105.0 and 3205.0.
shall be covered over at the street grade by an
approved grating of metal or other
3203.10 Awning covers or boxes: Awning covers
noncombustible material.
or boxes located at least eight feet (2438 nun) above
the curb level shall not project more than three feet
(914 nun). 780 CMR 3204.0 SPECIAL AND
lEl\fPORARY PROJECTIONS
3203.11 Marquees: For the purposes of780 CMR 3204.1 ARley projections: The permissible
3203.11, a marquee shall include any object or projection beyond street lot lines shall apply in
decoration attached to, or part of, said marquee. general to building projections into alleyways,
except as modified by the authority having
3203.11.1 Projection and clearance: The jurisdiction or by special deed restriction.
•
horizontal clearance between a marquee and the
curb line shall not be less than two feet (610 rom). 3204.2 Special permits: Where authorized by
A marquee projecting more than % ofthe distance special pemnt, vestibules and storm doors shall be
from the property line to the curb line shall not be erected for periods of time not exceeding seven
less than ten feet (3048 rom) above the ground or months in anyone year, and shall not project more
pavement below. than three feet (914 mm) nor more than v.s of the
3203.11.2 Thickness: The maximum height or width of the sidewalk beyond the street lot line.
thickness of a marquee measured vertically from Temporary entrance awnings shall be erected with a
its lowest to its highest point shall not exceed minimum clearance of seven feet (2134 mm) to the
three feet (914 nun) where the marquee projects lowest portion of the hood or awning where
more than 213 of the distance from the property supported on removable steel, or other approved
line to the curb line, and shall not exceed nine feet noncombustible supports.
(2743 mm) where the marquee is less than 2J3 of
the distance from the property line to the curb 780 CMR 3205.0 AWNINGS AND CANOPIES
line.
3205.1 Pennit: A permit shall be obtained from the
3203.11.3 Roof construction: Where the roof or code official for the erection, repair or replacement
any part thereof is a skylight, the materials shall of any fixed awning, canopy or hood, except as
consist of approved plastics or wired glass not provided for in 780 CMR 3205.1.1, and for any
less than v.. inch thick with a single pane not more retractable awning located at the first-story level and
than 18 inches (457 nun) wide. Every roof and extending over the public street or over any portion
skylight of a marquee shall be sloped to of a court or yard. beside a building serving as a
downspouts that shall conduct any drainage from passage from a required exit or exit discharge to a
the marquee in such a manner so as not to spill public street.
over the sidewalk.
3205.1.1 Exemption from permit: A permit shall
3203.11.4 Location prohibited: Every marquee not be re.quired: for the erection, repair or
shall be so located as not to interfere with the -replacement of fixed or retractable awnings
operation ofany exterior standpiPe, and such that installed 0111 occupancies in Use Group R-3 unless
•
the marquee does not obstruct the clear passage of such awnings project over public property; for
stairway or exit discharge from the building or the retractable awnings installed above the first story;
installation or maintenance of street lighting. or where the awning does not project over the
public strel~t or over any court or yard serving as
3203.11.5 Construction: A marquee shall be
a passage from a required exit to a public street.
supported entirely from the building and

780 Cl\.1R: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONSTRUCTION IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-Of-WAY
3205.3 Fixed or permanent awnings: The

3205.2 Rdractable awnings: There shall be a
clearance from the sidewalk to the lowest part of
minimum clearance of seven feet (2134 nun) from
any fixed or permanent awning shall be the same
the sidewalk to the lowest part of the framework
as required in 780 CMR 3205.2 for retractable
or any fixed portion of any retractable awning,
awnings. Fixed or permanent awnings installed
except that the bottom of the valance of canvas
above the first story shall not project more than
awnings shall have a minimum clearance of six
four feet (1219 nun).
feet nine inches (2057 nun) above the sidewalk.
Retractable awnings shall be securely fastened to 3205.4 Canopies: Stanchions that support
the building and shall not extend closer than 12 canopies shall be placed not less than two feet
inches (305 nun) in from the curb line. (610 nun) in from the curb line. The horizontal
Retractable awnings shall be equipped with a portion of the canopy framework shall not be less
mechanism or device for raising and holding the than eight feet (2438 nun) nor more than 12 feet
awning in a retracted or closed position against (3658 nun) above the sidewalk and the clearance
the face of the building. between the covering or valance and the sidewalk
s~al1 not be less than seven feet (2134 nun).

NON-TEXT PAGE

•
CHAPTER 33
SITE WORK, .DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR 3301.0 GENERAL 780 Cl\1lR 3303.0 TESTS

3301.1 Scope: The provisions of780 Cl\1R 33 shall 3303.1 Loading: It shall be unlawful to load any
apply to all construction in connection with work structure, temporary support, sidewalk bridge or
requiring a permit for structures in accordance with sidewalk shed or any other device during the
780 Cl\1R. construction or demolition of any building or
structure in excess of its safe working capacity as
3301.2 Other laws: Nothing herein contained shall provided for in 780 CMR. 16 for allowable loads and
be construed to nullify any rules, regulations or working stresses.
statutes of state or federal agencies governing the
protection of the public or workers from health or 7SO om 3304.0 PROlECTION OF PUBLIC
other hazards. 3304.1 General: Wherever a building or structure is
When not covered by the provisions of 780 CMR, erected, altered, repaired, removed or demolished,
454 CMR 10.00: Construction Industry Rules and the operation shall be conducted in a safe manner
Regulations, shall apply. and suitable protection for the general public shall
be provided.
3301.3 Combustible and explosive hazards: The
provisions of 780 CMR which apply to the storage, 3304.2 Fences: Every excavation or area of
use or transportation of explosives, highly flammable construction on a site located five feet (1524 mm) or
and combustible substances, gases and chemicals less from the street lot line shall be enclosed with a
shall be construed as supplemental to the barrier not less than six feet (1829 mm) high to
requirements of the federal laws, the regulations of prevent the entry of unauthorized persons. Where
the Department of Trarisportation (DOTn) and 527
•
located more than five feet (1524 mm) from the
CMR 13. ()(), Keeping, Storage, Use, Manufacture, street lot line, a barrier shall be erected where
Sale, Handling, and Transportation. ofExplosives, required by the code official. AIl barriers shall be of
as listed in. Appendix A. adequate strength to resist wind pressure as specified
in 780 CMR 1611.0.
780 CMR 3302.0 CONSIRUCTION
DOCUMENTS AND SPECIAL PERMITS 3\304.3 Sidewalk bridge: Wherever the .ground is
3302.11. Temporary construction: Before any excavated under the sidewalk, a sidewalk bridge
construction operation is started, construction shall be constructed at least four feet (1219 mm)
documents shall be filed with the code official wide, or a protected walkway of equal width shall be
showing the design and construction of all sidewalk erected in the street, provided that the required
sheds, temporary vehicular passageways, trestles, permit for such walkway is obtained from the
foot bridges, guard fences and other similar devices administrative authority.
required in the operation. Approval shall be secured
from the code official before the commencement of 3304.4 Sidewalk shed: Sidewalk sheds shall be as
any work. provided for in accordance with 780 CI\1R 3304.4. I
through 3304.4.4 except where sidewalks are closed
3302.2 Special permits: All special licenses and by the authority having jurisdiction.
permits for the storage of materials on sidewalks and
3304.4.U Withilll ten feet of street lot Bine: Where
highways, for the use of water or other public
any building or part thereof which is located
facilities and for the storage and handling of
within ten feet (3048 mm) of the street lot line is
explosives, shall be secured from the administrative
to be erected or raised to exceed 40 feet (12192
authorities having jurisdiction.
nun) in height, or wherever a building which is
more than 40 feet (12192 mm) in height and is
3302.3 Temporary encromchmen¢s: Sidewalk
within ten feet (3048 mm) of the street lot line is
sheds, underpinning and other temporary protective
to be demolished, a sidewalk shed shall be erected
guards and devices shall not project beyond the
and maintained for the full length of the building
interior and street lot lines except where required to
on all street fronts for the entire time that work is
insure the safety of the adjoining property and the
performed on the exterior ofthe building.
public, subject to approval. Where necessary, the
consent of the adjoining property owner shall be 3304.4.2 Within 20 feet of street lot line: Where
obtained. the building being demolished or erected is
located within 20 feet (6096 m) of the street lot
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR ~ Sheth Edition 441

780 C~: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUU,DING CODE
•
line and is more than 40 feet (12192 nun) in boilers ,are located within a building or within
height, exterior flare fans or catch platfonns shall ten feet thereof, all such boilers shall be
be erected at vertical intervals of not more than enclosed with approved noncombustible
two stories. construction.
3304.4.3 Buildings higher than six stories:
3305.3 Standpipes: Standpipes required in buildings
Where the building being demolished or erected
by 780 CNlR 914.0 shall be installed when the work
is more than six stories or 75 feet (22860 nun) in
ofthe building progresses more than 40 feet (12192
height, unless set back from the street lot line a
mm) above the lowest level of fire department
distance of more than Y2 of the height of the
vehicle access. The standpipes shall be either
building, a sidewalk shed shall be provided.
temporary or pennanent in nature, and with or
3304.4.4 Walkway: An adequately lighted without a water supply, provided that such
walkway at least four feet (1219 mm) wide and standpipes conform to the requirements of780 CNIR
eight feet (2438 mm) high in the clear shall be 914.0 as to number of risers, capacity, outlets and
maintained under all sidewalk sheds for materials. Access from the street to such standpipes
pedestrians. Where ramps are required, the ramps shall be maintained at all times.
shall confonn to the provisions of 780 C~ 33
3305.3.1 Height: The standpipe system shall be
and 780 CMR 1016.0.
carried up with each floor and shall be installed
and ready for use as each floor progresses.
3304.5 Thrust-out platforms: Thrust-out platfonns
Standpipes shall be extended as construction
or other substitute protection in lieu of sidewalk
progresses to within one floor of the highest point
sheds shall not be used unless approved and deemed
of construction having secured decking or
adequate to insure the publi~ safety. Thrust-out
flooring.
platfonns shall not be used for the storage of
materials. 3305.3.2 Outlets: Hose outlets shall be provided
. with caps and attachment chains.
3304.6 Watchman: Wherever a building is being
3305.3.3 Fire department connections: For each
demolished, erected or altered, a watchman shall be
temporary or pennanent standpipe installation,
•
employed to warn the general public when
there shall be provided, at the street level, one or
intennittent hazardous operations are conducted
more two-way fire department inlet connections.
across the sidewalk or walkway.
Access shall be provided to fire department inlet
connections at all times, and such connections
780 CMR 3305.0 FIRE HAZARDS shall be prominently marked (see 780 CMR
3305.1 General: The provisions of780 C1vIR and of 915.8).
the 527 CMR: the Massachusetts State Board of
Fire Prevention Regulatiom, listed in Appendix A 3305.3.4 Buildings under demolition: Where a
shall be strictly observed to safeguard against all fire building is being demolished and a standpipe is
hazards attendant upon construction operations. existing within such a building, such standpipe
shall be maintained in an operable condition so as
3305.2 Portable fire extinguishers: All buildings to be available for use by the fire department.
under construction, alteration or demolition shall be Such standpipe shall be demolished with the
provided with at least one portable fire extinguisher building but shall not be demolished more than
with a minimum 2-A:20-B:C rating at each exit on one floor below the floor being demolished.
all floor levels where combustible materials have
accumulated. A portable fire extinguisher with a 780 CMR 3306.0 MAINTENANCE
minimum 2-A:20-B:C rating shall also be provided 3306.1 General: It shall be unlawful to remove or
in every storage and construction shed. Additionally, render inoperative any structural, fire protection or
at least one portable fire extinguisher shall be sanitary safeguard or device herein required except
provided in accordance with the 527 CMR: the where net~essary for the actual installation and
Massachusetts State Board of Fire Prevention prosecution of the work.
Regulations, listed in Appendix A where special
hazards, such as flammable or combustible liquid 780 CMR 3307.0 HEALm HAZARDS
storage, exist. 3307.1 General: Every construction or maintenance
3305.2.1 Steam boilers: All temporary or operation which results in the diffusion of dust,
permanent high-pressure steam boilers shall be stone and other small particles, toxic gases or other
•
operated, or be in charge of an individual in hannful substances in quantities hazardous to health
possession of a cu"ent engineers or flremans shall be safeguarded by means oflocal ventilation or
license in accordance with the provisions of other protective devices to insure the safety of the
M. G.L c. 146 and 522 CMR the Board ofBoiler public as required by the regulations of the
Rules as listed in Appendix A. When such administrative authority.

•
SITE WORK, DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION
3307.2 Removal of dust: Dust, sand blasts or other 330Sl.3.2 Beam holes: Where a structure
hannful agents which are used or which occur in involving a party wall is being demolished, the
construction operations shall be disposed of at or owner of the demolished structure shall, at his or
near the point of origin to prevent diffusion over her own expense, bend over all wall anchors at the
adjoining premises or streets. beam ends ofthe standing wall and shall brick up
all open beam holes and otherwise maintain the
3307.3 Protective equipment: Facilities shall be safety and usefulness of the wall.
provided in approved closed containers for housing
3309.3.3 Party wall exits: A party wall balcony
the necessary vision, respiratory and protective
or horizontal exit shall not be destroyed unless
equipment required in welding operations, and in
and until a substitute means 0/ egress has been
accordance with the regulations ofthe administrative
provided and approved.
authority.
3309.4 Adjoining foofs: Where a new building or
780 CMR 3308.0 PROTEcrION OF . demolition of an existing building is being
ADJOINING PROPERTY conducted at a greater height, the roof, roof outlets
3308.1 General: Adjoining property shall be and roof structures'of adjoining buildings shall be
completely protected from any damage caused by protected against damage with adequate safeguards
the construction ofa structure when the owner ofthe by the person doing the work.
adjoining property pennits free access to the
structure at all reasonable times to provide the 780 om 3310.0 DEMOLITION AND
necessary safeguards in accordance with 780 CMR EXCAVATION
3310.0.
3310.1 Notice of intent: The person intending to
cause a demolition or an excavation· shall deliver
780 CMR 3309.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS written notice 'of such intent to the owner of each
3309.1 Protection: All adjoining public and private potentially affected adjoining lot, building or
property shall be protected from damage caused by structure at least one week prior to the
•
construction. commencement of work. The notice shall request
license to enter the potentially affected lot, buildnng
3309.2 Chimney, soU and vent stacks: Wherever a or structure prior to the commencement of work and
new building or structure is' erected to greater or a~ reasonable intervals during the work to inspect
lesser heights than an adjoining building, the and preserve the lot, building or structure from
construction and extension of new or existing damage.
chimneys shall conform to' the provisions of the
mechanical code listed in Appendix A, and the 3310.2 Protection of adjoining property: ~f
construction and extension of soil and vent stacks afforded the necesSary license to enter the adjoining
and the location of window openings shall comply lot, building or structure, the person causing the
with the provisions of 248 CMR.. demolition or excavation to be made shall at all
times and at his or her own expense preserve and
3309.3 Adjoining walls: The owner of the new or protect the lot, building or structure from damage or
altered structure shall preserve aU adjoining injury. If the necessary license is not afforded, it
independent and party walls from damage as shall be the duty of the owner of the adjoining lot,
provided for herein. The owner shall Wlderpin where building or structure to make safe his or her OWlll
necessary and support the adjoining building or' property, for the prosecution of which said owner
structure by proper foundations to comply with shall be granted the necessary license to enter the
780 CMR 3310.0. premises of the demolition or excavation.
3309.3•.1 Maintenance: In case an existing party 3310.2.11R.emoval of debris: All waste materials
waH is intended to be used by the person who shall be removed in a manner which prevents
causes an excavation to be made, and such party injury or damage to persons, adjoining properties
wall is in good condition and sufficient fOIi the use and public rights-of-way.
of both the existing and proposed building, such
person shall preserve the party wall from injury 3310.3 Notfice to the code omenal: If the person
and shall support the party walK by proper causing a demolition or excavation to be made is not
foundations at said person's own expense, so that afforded license to enter an adjoining structure, that
the wall is and remains as safe and useful as the person shall immediately notify in writing both the
•
party wall was before the excavation was code official and the owner of the adjoining property
commenced. During the demolition, the party wall that the responsibility of providing support to the
shall be maintained weatherproof and structurally ~djoining lot building Of structure has become the
safe by adequate bracing until such time as the exclusive responsibility of the owner of the
permanent structural supports have been provided. adjoining property.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sheth Edition 443

3310.4 Grading of Rot: Where a structure has been 3312.3 Pedestrian walkways: Construction
demolished or removed and a building permit has materials and equipment shall not be stored on the
not been approved, the vacant lot shall be filled, street without a permit issued by the administrative
graded and maintained in conformity to the authority having jurisdiction. Where so stored, such
established elevation ofthe street grade at curb level materials or equipment shall not unduly interfere
nearest to the point of demolition or excavation. with vehicular traffic or the orderly travel of
Provision shall be made to prevent the accumulation pedestrians on the highway or street. The piles shall
of water or damage to any foundations on the be arranged to maintain a safe walkway not less than
premises or the adjoining property. four feet (1219 mm) wide, unobstructed for its full
length, and adequately lighted at night and at all
3310.5 Utility connections: All service utility necessary times for the use of the Public.
connections shall be discontinued and capped in
accordance with the approved rules and the 3312.4 Obstructions: Construction materials and
requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. equipment shall not be placed or stored so as to
obstruct access to fire hydrants, standpipes, frre or
780 CMR3311.0 RETAINING WALlS AND police alunn boxes, utility boxes, catch basins or
PARTITION FENCES manholes, nor shall such material'and equipment be
located \vithin 20 feet (6096 mm) of a street
3311.1 General: Where the adjoining grade is not
intersection, or placed so as to obstruct nonnal
higher than the legal level, the person causing an
excavation to be made shall erect, where necessary, observations of traffic signals or to hinder the use of
public transit loading platforms.
a retaining wall at his or her own expense and on ~s
or her own land. Such wall shall be built to a height
sufficient to retain the adjoining earth, shall be 780 Cl~ 3313.0 REMOVAL OF WASrE
properly coped as required in 780 CMR 1825.0 and MATERIAL
shall be provided with a guardrail or fence not less 3313.1 General: Material shall not be dropped by
than 42 inches (1067 nun) in height. gravity or thrown outside the exterior walls of a
. building during demolition or erection. Wood or
780 CMR 33120 STORAGE OF MA'fERIALS metal chutes shall be provided for the remo'val of
AND CONSIRUCTION EQUIPMENT such materials. Where the removal of any material
will cause an excessive amount of dust, such
3312.1 General: The term "construction equipment"
shall mean the machinery, tools, derricks, hoists, material shall be wet down to prevent the creation of
a nuisance.
scaffolds, platfonns, runways, ladders and all
material-handling equipment, safeguards and
protective devices used in construction operations. 780CMR3314.0 SfAIRWAYS
The term "runway" shall mean an aisle or walkway 3314.1 Temporary stairways: Where a building has
constructed or maintained as a temporary been constructed to a height greater than 50 feet
passageway for pedestrians or vehicles. All (15240 mm) or four stories, or where an existing
construction materials and equipment required for building exceeding 50 feet (15240 mm) ip height is
the permitted construction shall be stored and placed altered, at least one temporary lighted stairway shall
so as not to endanger the public, the workers or be provided unless one or more of the permanent
adjoining property. stairways are erected as the construction progresses.
3312.2 Design capacity: Construction materials and 780 CMR 3315.0 UGHTING
equipment stored within the building, or on 3315.1 General: All stairways and parts of
sidewalks or sheds, shall be placed so as not to buildings under demolition, erection or repair shall
overload any part of the construction beyond the be adequately lighted while persons are engaged at
design capacity, nor interfere with the safe work, in accordance with the provisions of
prosecution of the work. 780 CMR 1024.0 and 527 CMR 12.00.
•
CHAPTER 34
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION, AND CHANGE OF USE

OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
(780 CMR 34 is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMIR 3400.0 SCOPE construction, except as otherwise provided in

3400.1 General: The provisions of780 CMR. 34 are 780 CMR 34. The combined height and area of
intended to maintain or increase public safety, the existing building and the addition shall not
health, and general welfare in existing buildings by exceed that allowed by 780 CMR 503.0 and Table
permitting repair, alteration, addition, and/or change 503 as modified by 780 CMR 504 and 506.
of use without requiring full compliance with the Where afire wall complying with 780 CMR 707.0
code for new construction except where <?therwise and 708.0 is provided, the addition shall be
specified in 780 CMR 34. considered as a separate building.
5. Ordinary repairs: Ordinary repairs conforming
3400.2 Compliance: Repairs, alterations, additions, to 780CMR 110.3 (4),780 CMR 2 and 780 CMR
and changes of use shall conform to the requirements. 902 may be perfonned without a building permit.
of 780 CMR 34. Where compliance with the 6. Assembly use groups: A change from any
provisions of this code for new construction is other use group to an assembly use group (A) or
required by 780 CMR 34, and where such any alteration or change in occupancy within an
compliance is impractical because of construction assembly use group shall comply with the
difficulties or regulatory conflicts, compliance requirements of the code for new construction,
altematives as described in 780 CMR 3406.0 may be except that earthquake requirements need only
accepted by the building official. conform to 780 CMR 3408.
6.1 Existing A~2 use meaDS of egress: For
Note: Specialized codes, rules, regulations, and existing buildings or portions thereof that are
laws pertaining to repair, alteration, addition, or classified as A-2 use and which have an occupant
change of use of existing buildings promulgated load of 50 or greater~ which have a single main
by various authorized agencies may impact upon exit door. such egress system shall conform to the
the provisions of 780 CMR 34. Specialized state requirements of 780 CMR 1006.2.2.1 and the exit
codes, rules, regulations, and laws include, but are access to such single main exit door shall be sized
not limited to those listed in Appendix A. in accordance with 780 CMR 1011.3. Non-
compliance with these requirements shall be cause
3400.3 Applicability: The provisions of 780 CMR for the issuance of an Exit Order in accordance
34 apply to repair, alteration addition or change in with 780 CMR 3400.5.1.
use to existing buildings which qualify to use As an alternative, or where construction,
780 CMR 34 (see 780 CMR 3400.3.1), based on the regulatory or other conditions exist w~ich would
proposed continuation of, or change in use group, as preclude the installation ofsaid main entrancelexit
follows: door and associated exit access, the owner shall
1. Continuation of the same use group, or a cause the existing means of egress system to be
change in use group which results in a change in evaluated by a Massachusetts registered architect
hazard index of one or less as determined by or Massachusetts registered professional engineer.
780 CMR 3403 shall comply" with 780 C~ Such evaluation shall determine whether the
3404.0. existing means of egress is sufficient to
2. Change in use group to a use group with accommodate the occupant load or whether the
hazard index of two or more greater than the existing means ofegress requires improvement to
hazard index of the existing use shall comply with accommodate safely the occupant load. If the
the requirements of 780 CMR 3405.0 and the existing means of egress is insufficient to
code for new construction. accommodate the occupant load, such inadequate
3. Part change inlllse (Mixed Use): Portions of means ofegress will, as a minimum, be deemed in
the building is changed to a new use group, shall violation of 780 CMR 3400.4.1.2. Calculation
be separated from the remainder of the building methodologies based on alternative approaches to
with fire separation assemblies complying with life safety may be utilized in order to effect said
780 CMR 313, or with approved compliance egress evaluation.
alternatives. The portion of the building changed 7. IJllStitutional use groups: A change from any
shall be made to conform with the applicable other use group to an institutional use group (1) or
provisions of 780 CMR 34. any alteration or change in occupancy within an
4. Additions: Additions to existing buildings institutional use group shall comply with the
shall" comply with all code requirements for new requirements of the code for new construction,

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BVll..DING CODE
except that earthquake requirements need only

conform to 780 CMR 3408.
8. Residential use groups: A change from any
other use group to a residential use group (R) or
any alteration or change in occupancy within an
residential use group shall comply with the
requirements of the code for new construction,
by the building official, shall be cited, in writing
as a violation. Said citation shall order the
abatement of the non conformance and shall
include such a time element· as the building
official deems necessary for the protection of the
occupants thereof, or as otherwise provided for by
statute.
•
except that earthquake requirements need only 1. Less than the number of means of egress
conform to 780 CMR 3408. serving every space and/or story, required by
9. Historic buildings: Buildings which qualify 780 CMR 1010.0 and Table 1010.2, or
as totally or partially preserved historic buildings 780 CMR 36 for one and two family dwellings.
in accordance with 780 CMR 3409 shall meet the 2. Any required means of egress component
provisions of 780 CMR 3409. which is not of sufficient width to comply with
10. Structural requirements: Structural require- 780 CMR 1.009, or is not so arranged as to
ments for additions, and for existing buildings provide safe and adequate means of egress,
subject to repair, alteration, and/or change of use, including exit signage and emergency lighting.
shall be in accordance with 780 CMR 3408,
except: 3400.5 Hazardous Means ofEgress:
a. Totally Preserved Historic Buildings need
3400.S.1 Exit. OrderlHazardous Means of
not comply with the wind load and seismic
Egress: In any existing building or structure not
load requirements of 780 CMR 3408; and
provided .with exit facilities as herein prescribed
b. Partially Preserved Historic Buildings
for new buildings and in which the exits are
need not comply with the seismic load
deemed hazardous or dangerous to life and limb,
requirements of 780 CMR 3408.
the building official shall declare such building
dangerous and unsafe in accordance with the
3400.3.1 Buildings which qualify: The
provisions of 780 CMR 121.0.
provisions of 780 CMR 34 shall apply to existing
•
buildings which have been legally occupied and/or. 3400.5.2 Appeal from exit order: Any person
used for a period of at least five years. Any served with any order pursuant to 780 CMR
building for which there exists an outstanding 3400.5 shall have the remedy prescribed in
notice of violation or other order of the building 780 CMR 121. .
official shall not qualify to use 780 'CMR 34
unless such proposed work includes the abatement 3400.6 Unsafe Lighting andlor Unsafe
of all outstanding violations. and compliance with Ventilation: In any existing building , or portion
all outstanding orders of the building official. thereof, in which (a) the light or ventilation do not
Buildings which do not qualify as existing meet the applicable provisions of780 CMR 12.0 and
buildings for the purposes of 780 CMR 34 shall (b) which" in the opinion of the building official, are
comply fully with the applicable provisions ofthis dangerous, or hazardous, to the health and safety of
code for new construction. the occupants, the building official shall order the .
Exceptions: abatement of such conditions to render the building
(1) Existing buildings or portions thereof or structure occupiable or habitable as applicable for
which are changed in use from any other use the posted use and occupant load.
group to day care centers (1-2 or E) shall not In enforcing the provisions of 780 CMR 3400.6
qualify as existing buildings for the purposes of the building official may require or accept
780 CMR 34, but shall comply with the engineering or other evaluations of the lighting
requirements of 780 CMR 4, as applicable. and/or ventilation systems in order to evaluate
(2) Existing buildings or portions thereof, possible dangerous or hazardous conditions and
which are changed in use from any use to a acceptable solutions.
Group Residence, Limited Group Residence or Where full compliance with 780 CMR for new
Group Dwelling Unit shall riot qualify as construction is not practical for structural and/or
existing buildings for the purposes of780 CMR other technical reasons, the building official may
34, but shall comply with the provisions of accept compliance alternatives, or engineering or
780 CMR 4, as applicable. other evaluations which adequately address the
building or structure livability for the posted use and
3400.4 Special Provisions for Means of Egress: occupant load.
3400.4.1 Existing Non Conforming Means of

Egress: The following conditions, when observed
•
446 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 5/19/06 (Effective 9/9/05) - corrected
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CH~GE OF USE OF EXISTlNG BUILDINGS
780 CMR 3401.0 DEFINrTIONS Existing building or structure: Any building or

3401.1 General: Definitions shall, for the purposes structure qualifying under 780 CMR 3400.3.1.
. of 780 CMR 3401.0, have the meaning shown
herein: . Hazard Index: A numerical value, between 1'and 8,
which is assigned to a specific Use Group in order
Building System: Any mechanical, structural, egress, to determine which of the provision's of 780 CMR
electrical, plumbing, building enclosure andlor 34 apply to the proposed work on the existing
fire protection system, or fire resistive .building. The Hazard Index is a relative scale
construction system, or portion thereof. used only to determine applicable provisions of.
j'
780 CMR 34. Hazard indices are listed in Table

Building System Component: A part ?r portion of a 3403 and Appendix F.
building system.
Historic buildings: (a) Any building or structure
Compliance Altemarjve: An alternative life-safety individually listed on' the National Register of
construction feature which meets or exceeds the Historic Places or (b) any building or structure
requirements or intent qf a specific provision of eva1l:lated by" MHC to be a contributing building
780 CMR. The Building Official is authorized to within a National Register or State Register
.'
approve or disapprov~ compliance alternatives. District. (c) any building or structure which has
Compliance alternatives are only permitted for been certified by the Massachusetts Historical
existing buildings. Commission to meet eligibility requirements for
individual listing on the National Regist~r of
-·.-~t~:-
. . .....p.,
~ I "to,: ~ ....
. .
",
. 2124/06 (Effective 8/~6/05) 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 446.1

" 780 C.MR: 5TATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
".
THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUll..DING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
. . "~
•
446.2 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUJILDn-lG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATIONv ADnmON AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUD..DlNGS
Historic Places. Historic building shall be further clwlge in use or occupancy or additions. As
defined as totally or partially preserved buildlings. u~ in 780 CMR 34, substantial renovation or
All entries into the totally preserved building 1ist substantial alteration shall have the following
shall be certified by the Massachusetts Historical meanings; Substantial renovation and substantial
Commission. The Board of Building Regulations alteration is work which is major in scope and
and Standards shall ratify all buildings <or expenditure when compared to the work and
structures certified by the Massachusetts expenditure required for the installation of a· fire
Historical Commission to qualify foli" totally protection system, when such system is required
preserved listing (see Appendix H). by 780 CMR 9 for a particular use group. The
building official. shall make· such detennmation
Partially preserved buildings: (a) Any building or
and may request the owner or applicant to provide
structure individually listed on the National
such supporting infonnation as is necessary to
Register ofHistoric Places or (b) any building
make such detennination
or structure certified as a historic bunding by
the Massachusetts Historical (Commissionlt
and not designated a totally preserved building 780 Cl\1R 3402.0 IMPLEMENTATION
in Appendix H. 340201 Building Pe~it Application
ReqWlirements for Existing Buildings: A building
Restoration: Restoration is the process of pennit shall be required fOf any work regulated by
accurately reconstructing or repairing ilie 780CMR34.
forms and details of a building or structure or
portion thereof as it appeared at a particular Ezception: Ordinary repairs may be performed
period or periods oftime by means ofremoval without a building permit.
of later work/or the replacement of missing 3402.101 Investigation anell evaluation: For any
original work proposed work regulated bt780 CMR. 34v which
Totally preserved buildings: A totally preserved ns subject to 780 Ovm. 116, as a condition of the
building is an historic bUilding or structure. issuance of a building permit the building owner
The principal use of such a building or shall cause the existing building (or portion
mueture must be as an exIu"bit ofthe building thereof) to be investigated and evaluated in
or the .structure itself which is open ~o the accordance with the provisions of 780 CIviR 34
public not less than 12 days per yearv although (see Appendix F).
additional uses, original and! or ancilRaxy to tile The investigation and evaluation shall be in
principaJI use shall be pennitted within the sufficient detail to ascertain the effects of the
same building up to maximum of 40% of the proposed work (if any) on the structural, egress,
gross flloor area. Totally preserved bUildings fire protection, energy conservation systems and
shall be those listed in Appendix H. All entries light and ventilation systems. ~f the space under
into the totally preserved building list shall be consideration and, where necessary, the entire
certified by the Massachusetts Historical building or structure.
Commission. The Board of Building
Regulations and Standards shall ratifY all 340201.2 SubmittaR: The resuats of the·
buildings or structures certified by the investigation and evaluation, along with any
Massachusetts Historical Commission to proposed compliance altematives, sllla11 be
qualify for totally preserved listing (See submitted to the building official in written report
Appendix H). fonn.
J402.loJ Non Conformities and Compliance
Seismic Hazard Category: A numerical value, Alternatives: The application for a building
between 1 and 3, which is based on a proposed . permit shall identify alR items of non or partial
change in use, change in occupancy and cost of compliance with the requirements of 780 CMR
alterations in order to determine which of the 34, and compliance alternatives, if any are
provisions of 780 CMR 3408 apply to the proposed, for approval by the building official.
proposed work on the existing building. The The building official shall respond to the
Seismic Hazard Category is a relative scale used acceptability of any proposed compliance
only to detenmne applicable provisions of altematives within 30 days of the filing of the
780 Cl\ifR. 34. Seismic Hazard Categories are building pennit application.' Where proposed
Hsted in Table 3408.1 compliance alternatives are, in the opinion of the
•
building offiCial, unacceptable, or where issues of
Substantial Renovation. or Substantial Alteration: non-compliance remain, the permit applicant shall
The tenns substantial renovation and substantial have the remedies prescribed by 780 CMR. 122.0.
alteration are defined herein for the specific
purp<?se of determining whether fire protective 3402.1.5 .Documentation of compliance
systems are required in existing buildings. when alternatives: Whenever action is taken on any
such buildings undergo renovations or alterations. building pennit application to repair. make

THE tvlASSACHUSETIS STATE BUILDING CODE
alterations or additions. or change the use or 780 CMR 3404.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR
occupancy ofan existing building. and when said
application proposes the use of compliance
alternatives. the building official shall ensure that
one copy ofthe proposed compliance alternatives.
CONTJrNUA110N OF mE SAME USE
GROUP OR CHANGE TO A USE GROUP
RESULTING IN ACHANGE IN HAZARD
----.
JNDEX OF ONE OR LESS
including applicable plans, test data, or other data
for evaluation, be submitted to the BBRS. 3404.1 General: The requirements of 780 CMR
together wi~ a copy of the building pennit 3404.0 and iapplicable provisions of 780 CMIt 3408
application and the building official's decision shall apply to all repairs and alterations to existing
regarding the proposed compliance alternatives. buildings having a continuation of the same use
group or to existing buildings changed in use group
780 CMR 3403.0 HAZARD INDEX of one or less hazard index (Table 3403).
3403.1 Hazard Index: In the implementation of the 3404.2 Re~luirements exceed~g those required
provisions of 780 ClviR 34, the hazard index for new COllStruction: Existing buildings which, in
associated with a p~cuIar use group shall be as part or as a whole. exceed the requirements of
identified in table 3403 and Appendix F. In order 780 Clv1R may be altered" in the course of
to detennine the applicable provisions of780 CMR compliance with 780 ClviR 34, so as to reduce or
34 the hazard index of the existing use group shall remove, in part or completely, features not required
be subtracted from the hazard index of the proposed by this code for.new construction.
use The algebraic difference shall be used to
determine the applicable provisions of780 CMR 34. Exception: Pursuant to M.G.L. c. 148, § 27A,
Table 3403 fire protection devices, shall not be disconnected
HAZARD INDEX (temporadly or permanently), obstructed,
removed or shut off or destroyed without first
USE DESCRIPTION HAZARD
GROUP(1) INDEX procuring a written pennit from the head of the
NO.(2) local fire department.
A-I Theater with sta~e 6
3404.3 New building systems: Any new building
•
A-2 Nil!htClub 7
system or portion thereof shall confonn to 780 CMR
A-3 Theater without staee 5
for new construction to the fullest extent practical.
A-3 Restaurant 5
However, individual components of an existing
A-3 Lecture halls, recreations centers, 4
building system may be repaired or replaced without
museums, libraries. similar
assemblv buildin~ requiring that system to comply fully with the code
A-4 Churches 4 for new construction unless specifically required by
B Business 2
780CMR3408
E Educational (K throudt 12) 4
3404.4 AUeratiollls and repairs: Alterations or
F Factory and industrial 3
repairs to ,existing buildings which maintain -or
H Hil!h hazard 8
improve the perfonnance of the building may be
1-1.1-3 Institutional restrained 5 made with the same or like materials, unless
1-2 Institutional inc:aoacitated 4 required otherwise by 780 CMR 3408. Alterations
M Mercantile 3 or repairs which have the effect of replacing a
R-l Hotels. motels 2 building system as a whole shall comply with
R-2 Multi-family 2 780 CMR 3404.3
R-3 One and two family 2
5-1 5tora2e. moderate hazard 3 3404.5 NUDlber of Means ofEgress: Every floor or
5-2 Stora2e. low hazard I story of any existing building shall provide at least
Notes to Table 3403: the number of means of egress as required by
(1) See 780 CMR 3 and 4 and Appendix F. 780 CMR 3400.4 and which are acceptable to the
(2) Hazard Index Modifier for selected construction building ofjicia/.
types as follows:
(a) When a building is classified in construction Type 3404.6 Capacity of exits: All required means of
1A, 18 t 2A, or 28, subtract one from the Hazard index egress shall comply with 780 CMR 1009.0. Existing
shown in Table 3403 for the applicable proposed new means of egress may be used to contribute to the
use group only. . total egress capacity requirement based on the unit
(b) When a building is classified in construction Type
•
egress widths of780 CMR 1009.0.
2C or 58, add one to the Hazard index shown in
Table 3403 for the applicable proposed new use group
only. Exception: Partially Preserved Historic 3404.7 Exnt signs aDd Iiglnts: Exit signs and
Buildings (780 CMR 3409). lighting shall be provided in accordance with
780 CMR 1023.0.

REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADnmON AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
• 3404.8 Means of egress lighting: Means of egress

lighting shall be provided in accordance with
780 CMR 1024.0.
3404.9 Height and Area Hmitations: The height

and area requirements of 780 CMR 5 shall apply to
existing buildings when such existing buildings are
780 CMR 10. There shall be no minimum
fireresistance rating required for an existing
enclosure of a stairway. Partitions or other new
construction which is added in order to fully and
solidly enclose a stairway shall provide a minimum
. fireresistance rating of one hour. All doors in the
enclosure shall be self-closing and tight-fitting with
modified by addition and/or change in use. approved hardware. All doors in those portions of
Modifications to the height and area requirements as the stairway which are fireresistance rated shall
provided in 780 CMR 504.0 and 506.0 are permitted. comply to the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 9.
3404.10 Existing Fire and par~y wans: No further 3404.14 Assembly Use Groups: Notwithstanding
compliance is required with 780 CMR 707.0. The the provisions of 780 CMR 3404, Assembly Use
height above the roof of existing fire, party and Groups shall comply with the provisions of
exterior walls need not comply with 780 CMR 780 CMR 3400.3, item 6.
3404.0
34104.15 ][nstitutional lUse Groups: Notwithstanding
3404.0. Fire Protection Systems: Fire Protection the provisions of 780 CMR 3404, Institutional Use
Systems: Design, installation and maintenance of Groups shall comply with the provisions of
fire protection systems shall. be provided in 780 CMR 3400.3, item 7.
accordance with 780 CMR 3404.3 and 780 CMR
3404.12 as applicable. 3404.16 Residential Use Groups: Notwithstanding
the provisions of 780 CMR 3404, Residential Use
3404.12 Fire protection systems are required fOil" Groups shall comply with the provisions of
the following cases: 780 CMR 3400.3, item 8.
1. Additions where required by 780 CMR 9.0 for
-.
the specific use group. 3404.17 Ffire hazard to adjacent buildings: Any
2. For existing buildings and additions to existing proposed change in the use or occupancy of an
buildings, where required by 780 CMR 9 or existing building which has the effect of increasing
where required by 780 CMR 506 to satisfy height the fire hazard to adjacent buildings shall comply
and area requirements. with the requirements of Table 705.2 for exterior
3. Existing buildings, or portions thereof which wall fire resistance rating requirements, or with
are substantially altered or substantially approved compliance alternatives.
renovated, and where otherwise required by
780 CMR 9.0 for the specific use group. 34041.18 Accessibility for Persons witlh
4. Existing buildings or portions 'thereof when Dnsabilities: Accessibility requirements shall be in
changed in use to an A-2 occupancy shall be accordance with 521 CMR as listed in Appendix A.
protected with an automatic fire suppression
system. Where the A-2 occupancy is created in a 34104.19 Energy Conservation: Energy
mixed-use building, the A-2 occupancy, including conservation requirements shall be in accordance
all ingress and egress portions shall require with 780 CMR 3407.0.
automatic fire suppression when the A-2 occupant
load is 50 or greater; additionally in -such mixed 780 CMR 3405.0 REQUJrREMENT FOR
use, the A-2 occupancy shall be separated from CHANGE IN USE GROUP TO TWO OR
adjacent uses by one hour horizontal and vertical MORE HAZARD INDICES GREA1rlER
fire separation assemblies in accordance with 3405.1 General: When the existing use group is
780CMR 709. changed to a new use group of two or more hazard
Note: Notwithstanding the provisions of indices higher (as provided in Table 3403), the
780 CMR 3404.12, automatic Fire Suppression existing building shall conform to the requirements
systems are required in municipalities which have of the code for new construction, except as provided
adopted the provisions ofM.G.L. c. 148, § 26G, H in 780 CMR 3408 or as otherwise allowed in
or I; also see M.G.L. c. 143, § -97A, M.G.L. 780 CMR 3407.0.
c. 148, § 26GY2 and M.G.L. c. 148A relative to
statutory prospective and retroactive sprinkler 3405.2 Accessibility for Persons wfith Disabilities:
requirements for nightclubs and similar USES. Accessibility requirements shall be in accordance
•
with 521 CMR as listed i.n Appendix A .
3404.13 Enclosure of stairways: Open stairways
are prohibited except in one- and two-family
dwellings or unless otherwise permitted by
9/9/05 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 449

780 CMR 3406.0 COMPliANCE

ALTERNATIVES
3406.1 General: Where compliance with the
provisions of the code for new construction, required
by 780 CMR 34, is impractical because of
construction difficulties or regulatory conflicts,
with the applicable requirements of::
(a) 780 CMR, Table 3407 (COMPONENT
VALUES FOR ALTERED ELEMENTS) and all
applicable subsections of 780 CMR 13.0, or:
(b) 780 CMR 1304.2 for thennal envelope
requirements and all other applicable requirements
of 780 CMR 13.0, or:
•
compliance alternatives may be accepted by the
building official. (c) 780 CMR 1304.5 for thennal envelope
requirements and all other applicable requirements
Examples of compliance alternatives which have of 780 CMR 13.0, or:
been used are provided in Appendix F. The Cd) 780 CMR 1309, or:
building official may accept these compliance (e) 780 CMR Appendix J, as applicable.
alternatives or others proposed.
3407.3 Exempt buildings: Refer to 780 CMR
3406.2 Documentation: In accordance with 1301.4 for thermally exempt buildings and'780 CMR
780 CMR 3402.1.5, the building official shall ensure 1308.1 for lighting exemptions.
that the BBRS is provided with infonnation
regarding compliance alternatives accepted or 3407.4 Compliance exceptions
rejected by the building official.
3407.4.. 1 Fenestration: When alterations to a
780 CMR 3407.0 ENERGY PROVISIONS wall assembly include only altering the
FOR EXISTING BUIWINGS fenestration component, the areas of fenestration
may be decreased or replaced with an opaque wall
Implementation date: Note that commencing
element made to comply with the thermal
January 1, 1999, replacement windows for existing
transmittance value of the existing wall.
low-rise residential buildings are required to have a
maximum thermal transmittance of 0.44 and such 3407.4.2 Ordinary repairs: Ordinary repairs
windows must be NFRC listed/labeled. need not comply with the energy provisions.
•
·Exception 1: Criteria for NFRC listing/labeling Note: that in the repair of broken windows,
and maximum U-0.44 are not required if the broken doors or. broken skylights, like-kind
existing window (s) are true divided light (Le. - replacement shall be allowed, but the complete
single thickness mUlti-pane sashes with structural replacement of windows, doors or skylights in
muntin bars) and being replaced with "like kind" an existing building shall require compliance
units. This Exception additionally requires that a with the applicable requirements of 780 CMR
storm window be installed over the replacement 3407.2. Any window replacement that
window. The stonn window may be installed includes new jambs or new jamb liners does
internally, externally, or integrated with the not qualify as an "ordinary repair," and such
primary window. replacement. is subject to the energy
perfonnance criteria of 780 CMR, 3407.2.
Exception 2: Criteria for NFRC listingllabeling
and maximum U-0.44 are not required for 3407.4.3 Roofs: Compliance of the roof/ceiling
basement windows with a unit height up to 24 assembly is not required unless the existing
inches, whether or not the basement is a roofing material is stripped off the roof deck.
conditioned space. However, if a structural analysis by a registered
professional engineer shows that the roof will not
3407.1 General: 780 CMR 3407.0 establishes the support the additional live loads imposed by
energy provisions for existing buildings governed by compliance of the roof/ceiling assembly, or, if
780 CMR 3404.0 or 780 CMR 3405.0. such analysis shows that addition of the required
amount of insulation will cause ponding of water,
3407.2 Compliance: Alterations to any building then compliance of the roof/ceiling assembly is
component affecting the· energy conservation not required.
performance of an existing building shall comply

REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDmON AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
TABLE 3407
COMPONENT VALUES FOR ALTERED ELEMENTS
WALLS All wall construction containing heated or mechanically cooled space U-0.08 6,8
Foundation WaIls Containing heated or mechanically cooled space U·0.08 4
lincluding Band Contairiing unheated space U-O.17
Roof/Ceiling Assembly Wood plank and beam construction containing heated or U-O.08 1
!meChanically cooled space
Roof/Ceiling Assembly iConstruction other than wood plank and beam containing heated or 0.05
;mechanically cooled space
Windows and Skylights !All construction enclosing heated or mechanically cooled space For windows, see 2,5
Note 2: 6, 7
For skylights - no
current restriction
on "U" value
Floors Floor sections over area exposed to outside air or ~nheated areas U-0.08
3
iUIilieated slab on grade R-S.50
Heated slab on- grade R-7.75

Mechanical Equipment Heating, cooling, sizing and efficiency 780 CMR 1305.0 9
Equipment Controls Humidistats, thermostats & zoning 780 CMR 1305.0, 9
Duct and Pipe l.ocated in or on buildings 780 CMR 1305.0
Insulation and
Construction
Electrical Power - 780 CMR 1307.0
Distribution.
Lighting Ughting 780 CMR 1308.0
Note 1. Wood plank: and beam assemblIes are constructIons m which the finished-interior surface is the underside of
the roof deck.
Note 2. For existing low-rise residential buildings, commencing January 1, 1999, the maximum allowed thermal
transmittance ofreplacement windows, with or without a stonn window, shall be O.~ and such windows and window
with stonn window combinations will be NFRC listed labeled. Forall otherexisting building types (commerciallhigh-
rise), window thenna! transmittance requirements shall conform to the requirements of 780 CMR 13 generally and
780 CMR 1304.2 or 1304.5 or 1309, as applicable. Refer also to 780 CMR 3407.0 Exceptions 1 and 2.
Note 3. Insulation may be omitted from floors over unheated areas when foundation walls are provided with a U value
of 0.17.
Note 4. The U value requirement of 0.17 for foundation waIls may be omitted when floors over unheated spaces are
provided with a U value of 0~08. -
Note 5. Refer to 780 CMR Appendix J Table J4.3.2 for allowable air infiltration rates for residential doors and
windows. Allowable rate for commercial doors is 11 cfmllin. ft of operable sash crack.

NON-TEXT PAGE
e-
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITliON AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
Note 6. The fIrst floor exterior envelope of business and mercantile use groups shall have an overall thermal
transmittance value not greater than .65 in lieu of individual component values for walls and fenestration.
Note 7. When the glass area is increased, the glass and wall components which are altered shall comply with the
component values in Table 3407. The extent of wall made to comply shall be equivalent to the decreased opaque wall
area.
Note 8. When any alterations to the exterior wall component exposes the wall cavity or, when a fInished system is
added to a wall having no cavity, the wall must comply with the values in Table 3407.
Note 9. When mechanical system compliance is required on an existing system, only the portions of the system altered
and any other portions which can reasonably be incorporated need comply.
780 CMR 3408..0 SIRUCfURAL laboratory analysis. Refer to 780 CMR F-I04 in
REQUlREMENfS FOR EXISTING Appendix F. When new structural elements or
BUILDINGS strengthening of existing elements is necessary, the
evaluation shall include the effects of such new
3408.1General Requirements:
elements and strengthening. A report on the
3408.1.1 Buildings Constructed tl»1l1l or after structural evaluation shall be submitted to the
January 1, 1975: The structural systems of building official with the application for the building
existing buildings which were constructed under permit.
a building permit issued on or after January 1,
3408.2.1 Field IlIlVesttigation: The field
J. 975 shall conform to the requirements for new
investigation of an existing building shan be
construction of either the current edition of
sufficient to determine the location, size, details,
780 Cl\1R (the Massachusetts State Building
and conditions of existing structural elements, and
Code), or to the edition in effect on the date ofthe
to verify structural information on the drawings of
permit plus applicable provisions of 780 CMR
~he existing building, if said drawings exist.
3408.0 of the current edition of the code.
Provisions of 780 CMR 3408.0 which are less 3408.2.2 StructuraH Analysis: The structural
stringent than the code in effect on the date of the analysis shall include analysis of all structural
permit shall not apply. systems affected by the proposed alteration,
•
addition, change in use or repair, or for which
3408.Jl.2 Buildings Comstructedl prior to
design loads are specified in 780 CMR 3408, and
January 1, 1975: The structural systems of
shall be adequate to demonstrate the ability of
existing buildings constructed under a building
new and existing systems to support the required
permit issued prior to January 1, 1975 shall
loads.
conform to 780 CMR 3408.0 and the building
code applicable at the time of the original building 3408.2.3 Field Observations Durnung
permit. In the event of conflict between the prior Construction: The structural engineer shall make
code and 780 CMR 3408.0, the provisions of periodic field visits during the progress of the
780 Cl\1R. 3408.0 shall govern. construction work on the existing building in
order to observe and verifY the assumed
3408.1.3 Structural Engineering Sell'Vices: For
conditions on which the structural design was
buildings subject to construction control, as
based, and shall modifY the design should the
determined in 780 CMR 116, the Owner shall
observed conditions differ in any significant
retain a registered professional engineer qualified
manner from those on which the structural design
in the structural design of buildings· (hereinafter
was based. The structural engineer shall provide
called the structural engineer) to perfonn all
a written notification to the building official of
structural engineering required by 780 CMR. For
changes to the contract documents as shown on
purposes of determining applicability of
the pennit application..
construction control, the volume of enclosed
space shall include the entire existing building 3408.2.4 Geotedmncal ExpBoratiollls:
and aU proposed additions. (See 780 CMR 116.1 Explorations shall be perfonned as necessary to
for buildings exempt from construction control.) determine the subsoils and the type and condition
of existing foundations for the lateral load
3408.2 Evaluation of Existing Buildings: The analysis of foundations required in 780 CMR.
structural engineer shall make a structural evaluation 3408.3.4 and for the liquefaction evaluation
ofthe existing building to determine the adequacy of required in 780 Cl'AR. 3408.7.
all structural systems that are affected by alteration.
addition, change of use, or damage to be repaired. 3408.3 General Structural Desugn Requirements:
•
The evaluation shall include review of relevant The provisions of 780 CMR 3408.3 shall apply to
available documentation about the building design the structural analysis and design of additions,
and construction, a field investigation of the existing alterations, changes in use, and repairs to existing
conditions, and a structural analysis. When deemed buildings. Specific requirements for additions, and
necessary by the structural engineer, the evaluation for alterations or changes of use, or repairs are
shall also include detailed field surveys, testing, and prescribed in 780 CMR 3408.4 and 3408.5

780 CMR: STATE aOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
respectively. Additional requirements for 2. Consider eccentricity of center of applied
earthquake analysis and design are prescribed in wind load from center of rigidity of the
780 CMR 3408.6. structure.
3. Consider relative stiffnesses of resisting
3408.3.1 New Structural Members and
elements.
Systems: All new structural elements and
4. Consider flexibility of diaphragms where
systems, whether in new additions or in existing
appropriate.
construction, shall be designed and constructed in
5. Include calculations of total lateral
accordance with the code requirements for new
earthquake force as prescribed in 780 CMR
construction using the loads and criteria specified
3408.6.1.
in 780 CMR 3408.0.
6. Include calculations of distribution of
3408.3.2 Existing Structural Members and lateral earthquake force as in 780 CMR
Systems: Strength of existing systems, elements, 1612.5.2, ofhorizontal torsional moments as in
and connections shall be detennined in 780 CMR 1612.5.3, of overturning as in
accordance with current accepted engineering 780 CMR 1612.5.4, and of lateral forces on
practice, using the actual strength and other foundations and retaining walls as in 780 CMR
physical properties of the existing materials. 1612.4.9.
Alternatively, except for earthquake design,
3408.3.5 Existing Lateral Load Capacity:
applicable design codes at the time of
Alterations shall not be made to elements or
construction may be used to determine the
systems contributing to the lateral load resistance
strength of existing systems, elements and
ofa building which would reduce their capacity to
connections, provided that the allowable stresses
resist lateral loads, unless a structural analysis
specified in those codes are not exceeded, and
conforming to 780 CMR 3408.3.4 shows:
provided the applicable provisions of those codes
1. That the lateral load resisting system of the
have not since been found to endanger public
building as altered conforms to 780 CMR
safety.
1611.0 and 1612.0 of the code for new
3408.3.2.1 Strength of Existing Materials: construction, or
The strength of existing materials shall be 2. That the lateral load resisting system as
detennined by tests or from generally accepted altered conforms to all applicable minimum
historical records. load requirements of780 CMR 3408, and that
3408.3.2.2 Reuse of Existing Structural there is no reduction in the lateral load capacity
Members: Existing structural members in of the building as a whole.
sound structural condition may be reused, Existing elements or systems may be reinforced or
providing analysis in accordance with replaced with new elements or systems of
780 CMR 3408.3.2 demonstrates adequate equivalent strength and stifthess, in order to meet
capacity to support the loads required by these requirements.
780 CMR. 3408.0. A building which complies with 780 CMR
1611.0 and 1612.0 except that the lateral load
3408.3.3 Reinforcement and Repair of Existing
resisting system does not conform to the detailing
Construction: Repair or reinforcement of
requirements of 780 CMR 19 through 23 for the
existing structural elements or systems shall be
structural materials and seismic load resi~ting
designed and constructed in accordance with the
system employed, may be considered to be in
code requirements for new construction, using the
compliance with 780 CMR 3408.3.5 ifth~ lateral
loads and criteria specified in 780 CMR 3408.0,
load resisting system ca;t safely resist a lateral
and in the case of existing materials, using the
force callculated in accordance with the formulae
actual physical properties of the existing
in 780 C:MR 1612.4, but with lateral force factors
materials. Alternatively, for other than
(R) and Jbrce modification factors as stipulated in
earthquake design, design codes applicable at the
Tables 3408.2 and 3408.3, respectively.
time of construction of the existing building may
be used, provided that the allowable stresses 3408.3.6 Load Combinations: The loads
specified in those codes are not exceeded, and specified in 780 CMR 3408.0 shall be combined
provided the applicable provisions of those codes in accordance with 780 CMR 1616.0.
have not since been found to endanger public
3408.3.7 Live Load Reduction: Live loads
safety.
specified in 780 CMR 3408.0 may be reduced as
3408.3.4 Lateral Load Analysis: Lateral load permitted in 780 CMR 1608.0.
•
analysis of a building required by the provisions
3408.3.8 Deficient or Damaged Structural
of780 Crvm. 3408.0 shall:
Members: Existing structural members that are
1. Consider all walls. frames, diaphragms, and
found to be deficient or damaged, either prior to
other structural elements that may contribute to
or during an alteration or addition, shall be
lateral load resistance.
repaired, replaced, or reinforced so that their load

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND 51ANDARD5
REP AIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUll..DINGS
•
capacities conform to the ll"equirements of 3403.4.3.1 Str1IIcttlIraUy Separat~d Additions:
780 CMIt 3408.5: Existing structural members Additions which are structurally separated
shall be considered deteriorated or damaged if from the existing portion of the building in
their capacity is less than 85% of the strength accordance with 780 CMR 1612.4.8 shall be
required by 780 CMR. 3408.1.1 or 3408.1.2, as considered as separate structures for
applicable. earthquake design purposes, and shall conform
to alllProvisions of780 CMR 1612.0. Existing
3408.4 Additions: portions ofthe structure need conform only to
780 CMR 3408.5.
3408.4.1 Live, Dead, Snow and Special Loads:
Additions shall be designed to support the live 3408.4.3.2 Additioll1s Not Structurally
load, dead, snow and special loads specified in Separated: Existing portions of buildings with
780 CMR 1605.0 through 1610.0 and 1613.0 new additions which are not structurally
through 1615.0, inclusive. Where additions are separated from the existing structure shall meet
supported on existing construction, the existing the following seismic design criteria:
structural elements shall be reinforced or 1. If both the area and the weight of the
replaced, unecessary, to support these loads. building are increased by less than 10%,
earthquake resistance of the existing portion
3408.4.1.1 Snow Drifts aIlld Sliding Snow:
of the building need only comply with
Where the geometry of an addition may cause
requirements of780 CMR 3408.3.5.
snow drifting or sliding snow on existing
2. Ifeither the area or weight ofthe building
adjacent construction, the affected existing
is increased by 10% or more, but neither is
construction shall be reinforced so that it will
increased by more than 10001'0, the following
support the snow loads specified in 780 CMR
seismic design criteria shall apply:
1610.0.
a. The structure shall be designed to resist
3408.4.2 Wind Loads: a percentage ofthe base earthquake force,
3408.4.2.1 StructureaASeAeWhole: When the calculated in accordance with the
aggregate of all additions made to a building requirements of780 CMR 3408.6.1.1, not
less than that giveJrn in Figure 3408.1.
•
since January 1, 1975 prodluce effects due to
the wind loads specified in 780 CMIR 1611.0 b. Existing structural elements not
that are more than 10% of the capacity ofthe confonning to the detailing requirements of
existing lateral load resisting system of the 780 CMR 19 through 23 may be
building, a lateral load resistmg system shall be considered effective in resisting lateral
provided so that the structureeas~a-whole will seismic loads, providing that their design
resist the wind loads specified in 780 CMR seismic force is calculated in accordance
1611.0. When such effects due to wind are !ess with 780 CMR. 3408.6.1.
than 10% ofthe capacity ofthe existing Dateral c. The existing building shall be
load resisting system, a ftafteral load! resisting investigated for the presence of special
system shall be provided, where necessary, so earthquake hazards as described in
that the structure-as-whole will resist the wind 780 CMR 3408.6.3, and all such hazards as
loads specified for Exposure A in 780 CMR are present shall be corrected in accordance
1611.0. Where portions of a building are with the provisions of780 CMR 3408.6.3.
structurally independent, the above 3. Ifeither the area or weight of the building
requirement shall apply to each structurally is increased by more ilian 100%, the structure
independent portion. as a whole shall comply with the code for
new construction. Existing elements that do
3408.4.2.2 Walls and Roofs: New parts of
not confonn to the requirements of 780 CMR
enclosure walls and roofs that are subjected
19 through 23 shall not be considered
directly to the wind, and their local supporting
effective in resisting lateral seismic Roads.
structural elements, shall be designed to resist
4. For the purposes of780 CMR. 3408.4.3.2,
the wind loads specified in 780 C?\.1R 1611.0.
"area" shall "mean the total of all gross floor
Existing local supporting structural elements of
and roof areas supported by the building
enclosure walls and roofs that are not altered
struewre, and "weight" shall have the same
need not comply with 780 CMR 161 to.
meaning as "W" as defined in 780 CMR
3408.4.3 Earthquake Loads: All new materials 1612.5.1. Percentage changes m building
and portions of the structure shall confonn to all area and weight shall be calculated by
applicable provisions of 780 CMR 1612.0. dividing the total area or weight of the
• Compliance ofexisting portions ofthe structure to

780 C~ 1612.0 is not required, except as
stipulated in 780 CMR 3408.4.3.1. and 3408.4.3.2.
structure after the proposed addition by the
total area and weight existing five years prior
to the date of the current building pennit
application.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 Cl\ffi. - Sixth Edition 453

Figure 3408.1 3408.5 Alterations, Repairs and Changes of Use:

MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF LATERAL The following requirements apply to existing
EARmQUAKELOAD buildings which are altered or repaired, or for which
Percent Increase in Percentage ofLateral there is a change of use.
WeiJtht or Area Force from 3408.6.1
3408.5.1 ][4loor JLoads: Except as provided in
10 40 780 CMR 3408.5.2, the load capacity of all floors
20 50 affected by alterations, repairs or changes in use
30 60 shall be adequate to support the loads required by
40 70 780 CMR 1605.0 -through 1608.0, 1613.0 and
50 80 1614.0, inclusive, or the floors shall be reinforced
60 90
or replaced with new structural n,tembers.
70 100 3408.5.2 Posted Live Load: Except for Use
80 100 Groups, Ii, I, and S, any existing building in
90 100 which a new use requires greater live loads may
100
be posted for the originally approved live loads,
100
provided that the use is cOntrolled in a way
acceptable to the building official, and so that the _
3408.4.4 Change in Use: If an addition is public safety is not endangered thereby.
accompanied by a change in use, the more
stringent requirements for addition or change in 3408.5.3 VVind Loads: The wind load capacity of
use shall apply. the structure-as-whole shall not be less than that
required for Exposure A in 780 CMR 1611.00.
FIGURE 3408.1 The existing lateral load resisting system shall be
MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF LA'fERAL reinforced or new lateral load resisting elements
EARmQUAKE LOAD or systems shall be added, as necessary, to meet
this requirement.
Exceptiion: The building official may waive
•
this requirement if the alterations are minor
.!:~ .::.:::E::.::.::J.
and if there is not change in use, and if the
.: . ::.:::.::.::::L::t::::L::o:j structW'al engineer certifies that there are no
alterations to structural elements.
~ TO •·•· r· ·····..·..· ~ + + 1••.--- ..
1
I~ .:.::.~::·:.-.-:::t.·:·~·.·:·::.::I::·t.
3408.5.4 Earthquake Loads:
3408.5.4.1 Seismic Hazard Category for
::·i.::.. ::j Existing Buildings: The Seismic Hazard
Category for existing buildings shall be
J: ~~~·~~t:~~:::::~~~:··:~~:~~~~~~:·~~:::~:::~~::r:~:~T~:~~:~r:~::~~1 detennined from Table 3408.1 on the basis of
... 0 : ::; the proposed. change in use, change in
10 2D 3Cl .co 50 60 70 80 90 100
occupancy and cost of alterations.
PlrGent Incrase II VqjgN Dr' ArIa
Table 3408.1
SEISMIC HAZARD CATEGORY
CHANGE IN OCCUPANCY OR COST OF ALTERATIONS
Occupancy increased by more than 25% and to All other changes in occupancy. and
CHANGE IN USE (1) a total occupancy of 100 or more~ or total cost otal cost of alterations less than or equal
of alterations exceeds 50% of the assessed o 50% of assessed valuation ofthe
2 Ibuilding. (2)
valuation ofthe buildine:5 )
Change from Use Group with Hazard
Index less than 4 to Use Group with
Hazard Index of 4 or greater, or 3 2
Seismic Hazard Exposure Group ill
oer Table 1612.2.5.
All other changes in Use Group, or no 2(3) 1(3)
•
change in Use Grouo.
Note 1. Refer to Table 3403 and Appendix F, Table F-l for the Hazard Index of any use group. Adjustments to the
Hazard Index indicated in the footnotes to Table 3403 shall not be applied for determination of Seismic Hazard
Category.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND stANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUll.DINGS
•
Note 2. Total cost of alterations shall include the cost of alterations proposed under the current building permit
application, plus the cost of any alterations covered by building permits in the two-year period preceding the date of
the current permit application. The assessed valuation shall be as of the date of the current building permit application.
Note 3. When there is no change in use, the following costs may be excluded from the total cost of alterations:
a. Costs incurred by requirements for compliance with the following:
i. Americans With Disabilities Act
ii. Massachusetts Architectural Access Board! Regulations, 521 CMR
ill M.O.L. c. 148, § 26A~ requiring sprinklers in existing high-rise structures.
b.Costs incurred for improvements in:
i. Sprinklering
ii. Smoke and heat detection
ill. Fire alarm systems
iv. Exit enclosures
3408.5.4.2 Partial Change of Use: For buildings, a base earthquake force shall be
buildings in which more than 33% of the total calculated in accordance with one of the
floor area is classified as Seismic Hazard following methods:
Category 2 or 3, the earthquake design of the 1. Where the lateral load resisting system
entire building shall be governed by the confonns to the requirements of 780 CMR
requirements applying to that higher Seismic 1612"" the base earthquake force. shall be
Hazard Category. calculated using 780 CMIR 1612.4 and the
appropriate response modification factor R
3408.SA.3For Seismic Hazard Category 1:.
from Table 1612.4.4.
Earthquake resistance need only comply with
2. Where the lateral load resisting system
the requirements of780 CMR 3408.3.5.
does not comonn to the requirements of
3408.5.4.4 For Seismic HaZlUd Category 2: 780 CMrR 1612:0, the base earthquake force
Earthquake resistance shalll comply with the shall be calculated in accordance with
requirements of 780 CMR 3408.3.5, and the 780 CMR. 1612.4 except that the appropriate
existing building shall be investigated for the respolllse modification factor R from Table
presence of special earthquake hazards as 3408.2 shall be used.
described in 780 OAR 3408.6.3, and all such 3. Where the lateral load resisting system
hazards that are present shall be corrected in does not conform to the requirements of
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 780 CMR 1612.0, and is not adequately
3408.6.3. described by one of the systems identified in
Table 3408.2, the base earthquake force shall
3408.Se4.S Foil" Seismic HaztU'd Ctxtegory3:
be determined by a properly substantiated
Full compliance with 780 CMR 1612.0 is
analysis which takes _into account "the
required, except as provided in 780 CMR
dynamic and ductility characteristics of the
3408.5.4.6 and 3408.6.4, and except that
existing structure, and .ground motion
existing structural systems not conforming to
characteristics consistent with the
the requirements of 780 CMR 19 through 23
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.0. The
may be considered to participate in. resisting
ductility characteristics used in the analysis
lateral seismic loads, but only if the seismic
shall be confinned by physical tests. If the
design force is calculated in accordance with
ductility characteristics of the existing
780 CMR 3408.6.1.1.
structure cannot be dete~ned, the structure
340805.4.6 Maximum LIlterai Eartbquake shall be analyzed on the basis of an R factor
Force: When the provisions of 780 CMR of 1.25.
3408.5.4 require compliance with the code for 3408.6.1.2 Earthquake Design Force: The
new construction, or otherwise require design earthquake design force for the existing lateral
for minimum Dateral seismic force, and the load resist~g system shall be equal to the base
building is not being extended marea or earthquake force calculated in accordance with
height, the design lateral seismic force need not 780 CMR 3408.6. L1, multiplied by the
exceed 75% of the base earthquake force appropriate reduction factor from 780 CMR
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR 3408.4.3.2 or 780 CMR 3408.5.4.6, where
3408.6.1.1. applicable.
3408.6.1.3 Earthquake Force on
3408.6:
CODllponents of Lateral Resisting System:
3408.6.1 R Factors and Force Modification The earthquake design forces for components
Factors for Existing Construction: of the lateral toad resisting system shall be
340806.1.1 Base Earthquake Foree: Where detennined from the lateral load analysis,
the provisions of780 CMR require calculation based on the earthquake design force
of earthquake design forces on existing
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 455

780 CMR: srATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULA'nONS AND STANDARDS
TIlE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUll-DING CODE
•
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR foot of wall. Connections shall not produce
3408.6.1.2. cross-grain bending in wood members.
Exception: When the design earthquake 3. PI-eC8St concrete structural elements:
force is derived from a base earthquake force Intercormections of precast concrete structural
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR elements shan be investigated, and reinforced
3408.6.1.1, Method 2, design forces for .ifnecesf;ary. Cormections shall conform to the
components of structural systems which are requirements of 780 CMR 19.
listed in Table 3408.3 shall be multiplied by
a force modification factor as set forth in that Table 3408.2
Table. RESPONSE MODIFICAnON FACTOR "R"
FOR EXISTING BUll.DINGS (1,2)
3408.6.2 Existing Rigid Elements in
Earthquake Analysis: Existing rigid elements BUILDING LATERAL FORCE RESISTING
R Cd
SYSTEM
may be assumed not to participate in the lateral
load resisting system, provided that their effect on Wood Systems
Light Framed Plywood Shear Walls 3 Stories or Less 6.5 4
the action of the system is considered and Other Wood Buildin~s 5 3
provided for in analysis and design. In addition,
Steel Systems
the effects of the lateral deflection on such rigid Steel Moment Frame 4.5 4
elements themselves and on their attachment to Steel Braced Frame without Gravity Loads in Braces 5 4.5
the buildmg.structure shall be considered. Where Steel Braced Frame with Gravity Loads in Braces 4 35
the existing rigid elements are load-bearing Steel Frame with Concrete Shear Walls 5.5 5
elements, such as walls or braced frames, which Cast-in-Place or Precast Concrete Systems
do not conform to the detailing requirements of Concrete Moment Frame 3 2.5
Concrete Frame with Concrete Shear Walls 4.5 4
780 CMR 1903, 2104, 2203 or 2306, as
Unreinforced Concrete Shear Walls 1.5 1.5
applicable:
Unreinforced Masonry Systems
I. The value of R used in design shall not be lnfill She~r'alls in Complete Steel or Concrete 1.5 1.5
greater than 4, and, Frame
2. The lateral stiflhess of the building in any Shear Wall Systems with Partial Steel or Concrete 1.38 1.38
•
story, based on the elements assumed in the Frame
design to resist lateral loads, shall not be less Bearin2 Wall Svstems 1.25 1.25
than ~ of the stiffuess that would pertain if all Note 1. See Table 3408.3 for Force Modification Factors
. new and existing elements were considered to applicable to Components of Lateral Force Resisting
be fully effective in resisting lateral loads. Systems.
780 CMR. 3408.6.2 shall not apply to buildings Note 1. For buildings deriving lateral load resistance
from a combination of structural systems:
where the required lateral load resistance is a. For veJ1ical combinations with a regular flexible
controlled by 780 CMR 3408.3.5. upper portion above a rigid lower portion, perform a
3408.6.3 Reduction of Eartbquake Hazards: two-stage an;alysis. Evaluate the flexible upper portion
Where the provisions of780 CMR 3408.0. require as a separate structure supported laterally by the rigid
base. Evaluate the base structure as a separate
correction of special earthquake hazards, the
structure, adding the base shear and overturning
following measures shall be taken to reduce moment from the upper structures as lateral forces
hazards from parapets, masonry walls, and/or applied at the top ofthe base structure.
precast concrete structural elements which do not b. For combinations along different horizontal axes,
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR. 1612.0: use values of R and Cd for the principal system in the
1. Parapets: All parapets not meeting the respective directions, except in buildings deriving a
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.0 shall be significant portion of lateral resistance from bearing
removed, or braced so as to meet the walls. For these buildings, use the values of R and Cd
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.7 and, for associated with the bearing wall system for all
unreinforced masonry parapets, 780 CMR directions.
c. For other combinations, use the lowest value of R
3408.6.4.
(and corresponding value of Cd) of all systems
2. Masonry walls: All masonry walls shall be participating in lateral load resistance.
connected to floor or roof diaphragms, or other Note 3. To qualify for a R factor of 1.50, infill walls
elements providing their lateral support, so as must bear tightly on surrounding frame members on all
·to conform to the requirements of 780 CMR four sides. In all other cases, use a R factor of 1.38.
1612.7. The design force for the connection
shall not be less than 100 pounds per linear
456 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/1 0/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OlF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPA.IR, ALTERATION~ ADDmON AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUJILDINGS
•
Table 3408.3 3408.6.4 Existing Ulmmllllf'orced MUODry
FORCE MODIFICATION FACTORS FOR WaDs: Where compliance with the code for new
COMPONENTS OF LATERAL LOAD construction is required by 780 CMR 3408.0,
RESISTING SYSTEMS existing WU'ciQ{orced masomy walls Un sound
fORCE condition may continue in service, providing:
STRUC11JRAL COMPONENT MODInCATlON 1. They are adequately tied to the strueturall
FActOR (ll) elements providing their Uateral support; and,
2. The ratio of unbraced height or length to
nominal thickness in at least one direction does
not exceed 20 for walls spanning laterally
between two supports, nor 4 for cantilever
walls and parapets; and, .
3. The wall is of sufficient strength to resist
the required earthquake forces from 780 GMR
1612.7.
Masonry walls allowed to be unreworced by the
east-in-Place and Precast Concrete provisions of the code for new COlllstructi<;m and
Systelllli which satisfy all provisions of the code for new
Moment at any cross-section of a flex- O.8R construction need not satisfy 780 eMR 3408.6.4
ural member where the reinforcing
ratio is less than 2001fy. or where the item 2. Additional bracing Oil' Structural ties may
reinforcing consists of less than two be provided to meet these requirements.
bars. or is less than ~ of the amount Unreinforced walls continuing in service under
of reinforcing in the opposite face of 780 CMR 3408.6.4 shall not be considered
the member. effective as shear walls resisting lateral
Moment and shear in any beam without O.4R earthquake force specified in 780 CMR 16, except
closed stirrups at a maximum spacing where the provisions of 780 CMR .3408.0
. ofd/4 over a distance of I Y2d from specifical!ly pennit use of structural systems not
•
each end of the clear span. conforming to 780 CMR.2R04.
Moment and shear in any column O.8R 3408.6.5 Changes in Buiilding M3l.ss: A reduction
without ties as a spacing not exceed- in the weight of a building shall not be considered
ing the smaller of times the diam- to offset a reduction in lateral load capacity of the
eter ofthe smallest enclosed bar. 24 building. in evaluating compliance with 780 CMR
tie bar diameters. or ~ the smallest
dimension ofthe member. over a dis-
3408.3.5, except that the weight of the building as
tance from each end ofthe member altered shall be used in evaluating compliance
not less than 1/6 the clear height of with 780 CMR 1612.0. An increase in the weight
the column. the largest dimension of of the building shall be considered as an addition,
the member. or 18 inches. for purposes of determining earthquake resistance
Force in concrete shear wall reinforcing 0.8R requirements (see 780 ClMR 3408.4).
with splices that do not develop the
full yield stress of the reinforcing in 3403.i Liquefaction Evaluation for Existing
tension. Buxildings: The subsoils supporting the existing
Shear in shear walls not conforming with 0.4R building shall be evaluated to determine the potential
minimum wall reinforcing for liquefaction, and if necessary the subsoils and/or
requirements. foundations shall be improved to prevent failure in
O.8R
the event liquefaction occurs, as required below:
Axial force in any colwnn supporting a 1. Existing buildings with Seismic Hazard
discontinuous stiff element. such as a
shear wall. resisting axial loads.
Category 1 (see 780 CMR 3408.5.4 and Table
unless the column bas special trans- 3408.1) shall not require evaluation of
verse reinforcement over its full liquefaction potential or compliance with
height. 780 CMR 1805.3.
0.8R 2. Existing buildings with Seismic Hazard
All forces in precast concrete connec-
tions not confonning to the require- Category 2 or 3 (see 780 CMR 3408.5.4 and
ments of780 CMR 19. Table 3408.1) shall comply with the requirements
of780 CMR 1805.3.
3. Existing buildings with structurally separate
• additions shall comply with 3408.7 item 1 or 2.

based on the Seismic Hazard Category of the
existing building.
Note 1. Force Modification Factor shall not be less than 4. Existing buildings with structurally attached
1.0.
additions which meet the requirements of
780 Cl\1R 3408.4.3.2. item 1. and which are

.•
mE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUILDING CODE
classified as Seismic Hazard Category 1 (see Historical (Commissionlt and not designated
a totally preserved building in Appendix H.
780 CMR 3408.5.4 and Table 3408.1), shall not
require evaluation of liquefaction potential or
-
..
Restoration: Restoration is the process of
compliance with 780 CMR 1805.3. accurately reconstructing or repairing the
s. Existing buildings with stnlctW'ally attached forms and details ofa building or structure or
additions which meet the requirements of portion thereof as it appeared at a particular
780 CMR 3408.4.3.2, item 2, and wllUch are peri10d or periods of time by means of
classified as Seismic Hazard Category 1 or 2, removal of later work/or the replacement of
shall comply with the requirements of 780 CMR missing original work
1805.3, except that the blow count scale in Figure
Total~y preserved bUildings: A lotally
1805.3 may be multiplied by the appropriate
preserved building is an historic bUilding or
reduction factor from Figure 3408.1.
structure. The principal use of such a
6. Existing buildings with structurally attached
building or structure must be as an exhibit of
additions which meet the requirements of
the building or the structure itself which is
780 CMR 3408.4.3.2, item 3, shall comply' with
open to the public not less than 12 days per
the requirements of 780 CMR 1805.3.
year, although additional uses, original and!
or 2IllciIIary to the principal use shall be
780 CMR 3409.0 lllSI'ORICBUILDINGS pemrlitted within the same building up to
3409.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 3409.0 maximum of 40% of the gross floor area.
shall govern all buildings and structures in the Totally preserved buildings shalI be those
Commonwealth which are legally designated as listed in Appendix H. All entries into the
historic bUildings. 780 CMR. 3409.0 shall preempt lotally preserved building list shall be
all other regulations of 780 CMR. governing the certified by the Massachusetts Historical
reconstruction alterations change of use and Commission. The Board of Building
occupancy, repairs maintenance and additions for Regulations and Standards shall ratify all
the confonnity ofhistoric buildings and structures to buildings or structures certified by .the
780 CMR, with the exception of 780 CMR 122.0 for Massachusetts .Historical Commission to
appeals, or unless otherwise specified (see qualify for totally preserved ~sting (See
Appendix H). There is no obligation for owners of
historic properties to apply for 780 CMR 3409.0.
3409.1.1 Key Defmitions: The following five
definitions are found in 780 CMR 3401.1, but are
also presented here as such definitions form a
significant portion of 780 CMR 3409.
App,endix H).
3409.2 Totl'llly preserved buildings:

3409.2.1 State Building Code exceptions: A
totally preserved building shall be subject to the
following exceptions:
•
Historic buildings: (a) Any building or structure 1. Repairs, maintenance and restoration shall be
individually listed on the National Register of allowed without conformity to 780 CMR
Historic Places or (b) any building or structure generally, if the provisions of 780 CMR
evaluated by MHC to be a contributing 3409.2.2 have been met.
building within a National Register or State 2. In case of fire or other casualty to a totally
Register District (c) any building or structure preserved building, said building may be rebuilt,
which bas been certified by the Massachusetts in total or in part, using such techniques and
Historical Commission to meet eligibility materirals as are necessary to restore it to its
requirements for individual listing on the original condition and use group.
National Register of Historic Places. Historic 3. If a historic building or structure, as a result
building shall be further defined as totally or of proposed work, would become eligible for
partially preserved buildings. All entries into certification as a totally preserved building and
the totally preserved building list shall be the Massachusetts Historical Commission so
certified by the Massachusetts Historical certifies by affidavit, such affidadit is submitted
Commission. The Board of Building to the building official with the pennit
Regulations and Standards shall ratify all application, and the building official shall then
buildings or structures certified by the allow the work to proceed under the provisions
Massachusetts Historical Commission to of780 CMR3409.2.
qualify for totally preserved listing (see 3409.2.2 Mandatory safety requirements: All
Appendix H). totally preserved buildings shall comply to the
•
Partially preserved buildings: (a) Any building following requirements:
or structure individually listed on the 3409.2.2.1 Fire protection equipment: Fire
National Register of Historic Places or (b) protection equipment shall be .provided
any building or structure certified as a according to the following requirements.
historic building by the Massachusetts
458 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 2/20/98 (Effective 3/1 /98)

REPAllR. ALTERATION. ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUll...DINGS
•
1. Manual fire extinguishing equipment: All less. Said floor load shall be posted in
use groups. other than Residential R-3 and R-4, accordance with the procedures set forth in
shall have approved manual fire extinguishing 780 CMR 120.0, 780 CMR 1003.3 and
equipment, as determined by the head of ahe 780 CMR 1617.2. The owner shall submit
local fire department. evidence of this certification and related
2. Fire Protective Signaling Systems (Fire computations to the building official upon
Alann Systems): All residential buildings in request.
use groups R-l. R-2 and R-3 shall confonn to 3409.2.2.4 Limined egress: Where one or more
the applicable requirements of 780 CMR 918 floors of a lotally preserved building are limited
and 919 as applicable. All other use groups to one means ofegress, the occupancy load shall
shall comply with 780 CMR 3409.2.2.1 items be computed-as follows:
2.(a) and (b): I. lFIooll'S below the first story: Not more than
(a) Locations: Provide smoke detectors in one occupant per 100 square feet of gross floor
accordance with manufacturers listing and area with a maximum occupancy of 49.
spacing requirements. but not less than one. 2. First story: Not more than one occupant per
for every 1200 square feet of floor area per 50 square feet of gross floor area.
level. In addition. all lobbies, common 3. Second story and above: Not more than
conidors, hallways and exitway access and one occupant per 100 square feet of gross floor
discharge routes shall be provided with a area, or 30 occupants per unit ofegress width.
approved smoke detectors installed in whichever condition results in the lesser
accordance with the manufacturers listing arid occupancy load.
spacing requirements but not more than 30
34109.2.2.5 Inspections: The building official and
feet spacing between detectors. All required
the fire official shall inspect all totally preserved
smoke detectors shall have an alarm audible
buildings not less frequently than once every year
throughout the structure or building.
in orderto determine that the building or structure
(b) Single station and multiple station
continues to confonn to 780 CMR 3409.2. A
smoke detection devices: Smoke detectors
qualified Massachusetts registered professional
of single station and multiple station types
•
engineer or architect shall certify every five years
shall meet the requirements ofUL 217 and be
thereafter as to the exact floor load capacity ofthe
listed or approved by a nationally-recognized
building or structure. The building official shall
fire-testing laboratory. All other smoke
certify all totally preserved buildings not less
detectors shall be listed in accordance with
frequently than once every year. Fees shall be
UL 268 as listed in Appendix A.
established at $25.00 per building per inspection.
3. Manual pull stations: A manual fire alann
pull station shall be provided in the natural path 3409.2.2.6 Accessibility fOll" lPell'SOns with
ofegress in all use groups except R-3 and R-4. JI)fisabillties: Accessibility requirements shall be
Manual pull stations shall be connected to the in accordance with 521 CMR as listed in
building frre warning system in conformance AppendixA-.
with NFPA 72 as listed in Appendix A. 3409.2.2.7 Energy Conservation: Totally
3409.2.2.1.1 Supervision: Fire protective presexved buildings are exempt from the
signaling systems required by 780 CMR requirements of 780 CMR 13 and the energy
3409.2.2.1 shall be supervised in accordance conservation rewuirements of 780 CMR 36.
with the requirements of 780 CMR 923.2.
3409.3 Partially preserved buildings:
Exception:" Residential single and multiple
station smoke detectors. 3409.3.1 State Building Code provisiorns: A
J409.2.~.2 Exit signs and emergency "lights: partially preserved building shall be subject to the
Approved exit signs and emergency lighting, following provisions: .
where designated by the local building official, 1. Existing Systems - individual components of
shall be provided in compliance with 780 CMR an existing building system may be repaired or
1023.0 and "780 CMR 1024.0. replaced in kind without requiring that system to
comply fully with the code for new construction.
Excepti.on: All totally preserved buildings
(See 780 CMR 34, 780 CMR 3404.3: New
need not comply with 780 CMR 1023.0 and
Systems)
780 CMR 1024.0if not occupied after daylight
2. Replacement in kind! - when the repair of
hours, except that paths of egress shall have
historic materials including patching. splicing.
exit signs.
piecing-in, consolidating or reinforcing is not
•
3409.2.2.3 Maximum occupancy: Occupancy po.ssible, compatible materials may be
shall be limited by the actual structural floor load substituted which closely convey the fonn and
capacity as certified by a qualified Massachusetts design as well as the visual appearance of the
registeredprofessional engineer or architecfor in existing feature.
accord~ce with 78Q C~ l008.0,.which<?ver is
'11127/98 (Effecti~e 2/28/97) -.corrected 780 CMR - ~ixth Edition ., ..... 459
•
3409.3.2 State Building Code exceptions: A
3409.3.4 Continuation ofuse and occupancy: The
partially prese~ed building shall be subject to the
legal use and occ;upancy of any partially preserved
following exceptions: Repairs or in kind
building may be continued without change or further
replacement of the following features will be
compliance to 780 CMR. The provisions of
allowed on partially preserved buildings so as not to
780 CMR 3409.2 shall be required for Historic
compromise the architectural integrity of the
buildings accessible to the public on more than 50
historical characteristics and qualities which
days per year.
contributed to the eligibility for listing in the
National Register of Historic Places. 3409.3.5 Inspection certification and fees:
1. Roofmg • repair or in kind replacement of an Partially prese1ved buildings shall not require
existing historic roof system (i.e., slate, wood, annual inspection unless otherwise stipulated in
clay, tile, metal) shall be permitted without 780 CMR 106.5 and Table 106.
requiring structural compliance for equivalent
34109.3.6 Fire damage: If a building or structure is
new construction providing that dead and live
damaged from fire or other casualty it may be
loading requirements have not changed.
restored to its original construction or it shall meet
2. Windows· repair or in kind replacement of
the requirements of 780 CMR provided these
existing historic windows (i.e., frames, sash,
requirements do not compromise the features for
mootins, glazing, sills, molding, shutters) shall be
which the building was considered Historic when
permitted without requiring energy code
listed in the National Register of Historic Places.
compliance.
3. EntriesIPorches· repair or in kind 3409.3.7 Chanl~e in occupancy: See 780 CMR 34.
replacement of existing individual decorative
3409.3.8 New systems: See 780 CMR 34.
features of an existing system (i.e. columns,
balustrades, stairs, pilasters, doors, sidelights) 3409.3.9 Lesser and equal hazard: See 780 CMR
shall be permitted. 34. A partially preserved building classified under
4. Wood SidinglDecorative Elements - Repair unprotected construction Type 3C or 5B shall have
or in kind replacement of an existing system waived the requirement to add one to the Hazard
including such items as clapboards, shingles, Index number (See 780 CMR 34, Table 3403).
comices, brackets, and window and door
•
3409.3.10 Greater hazard: See 780 CMR 34. A
surrounds shall be pennitted.
partially prese~ed building classified under
5. l\fasonry .. repair or in kind replacement of
unprotected construction Type 3C or 5B shall have
masonry units as part of an existing system (i.e.,
waived the requirement to add one to the Hazard
brick, stone, terra cotta, concrete and stucco)
Index number (See 780 CMR 34, Table 3403).
shall be permitted.
6. Metals - repair or in kind replacement of 3409.3.11 Energy Conservation: Partially
existing architectural metals (i.e. cast and preserved buildings are exempt from the energy
wrought iron, steel, tin, copper and copper alloys, requirements of 780 CMR 13 and the energy
alu~num, zinc) shall be permitted. requirements of 780 CMR 36.
7. Interior features - repair or in kind Exception: Additions to partially preserved
replacement of non-structural interior features buildings shall comply with the energy
that are important in defining the overall historic provisions of780 CMR 13 or of780 CMR 36, as
character of a building (i.e., columns, cornices, applicable,
baseboards, fireplace mantels, paneling, window
trim, doors, moldings, railings, flooring, 3409.3.12 Accessibility for Persons with
plasterwork) shall be permitted. Disabilities: Accessibility requirements shall be in
accordance with 521 CMR as listed in Appendix A.
3409.3.3 Applicability:' 780 CMR 3409.3 and
780 CMR 34 shall apply to all partially preserved
Historic buildings.
460 ' 780 CMR -Sixth.Edition corrcct~d-l1127(~8 .(pffe?tiv~ ~/28/97).

CHAPTER 35
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, MANUFACTURED BUILDING COMPONENTS
AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING
(This Chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 350100 GENERAL which are submitted as part of the building
350101 Scope: The provisions of780 CMR 35 shall systems.
govern the materials, design, manufacture, handling,
storage, transportation, assembly, construction Certification: Any manufactured building,
andlor installation of manufactured buildings and manufactured building component or
manufactured building components intended. for manufacturedhousing which meets the provisions
installation in the Commonwealth ofMassachusetts. of applicable codes and 780 CMR R3 pursuant
Manufactured buildings or manufactured building tllereto, as listed in Appendix A; which has been
components shall not be installed in any jurisdiction labeled accordingly.
ofthe Commonwealth of Massachusetts unless such
manufactured buildings or manufactured building Code: 780 CMR (The Commonwealth of
components have been approved and certified in Massachusetts State Building Code) or
accordance with 780 CMR 35, applicable provisions specialized codes as defined herein, and as listed
of 780 CMR, and the Rules and Regulations for in Appendix A.
Manufactured Buildings. Manufactured Building
Components and Manufactured Housing, 780 CMR Departmen~ i(DPS): The Department of Public
R3, as listed inAppendixA. Safety, Division ofInspections.
3S0ll02 Manufactured housing: When constructed EKllspecnon Agency: An independent agency,

sometimes referred to as the "third-party agency",
•
in accordance with the Code of Federal Regullations
(eFR) Title 24, Chapter XX Office of Assistant
c
retained by the manufacturer and approved by the
SecretaIy for Housing c Federal Housing BBRS to perfonn inspections and evaluations of
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban manufactured building systems, compliance
Development, Parts 3280,. Manufactured home .assurance programs, manufactured buildings and
construction and safety standards, and 3282, manufactured building components.
Manufactured home procedural and enforcement
regulations; manufactured housing shall be exempt XllllsttaUation: The process of affixing, or assembling
from the provisions of780 CMR 35. and affixing a manufactured building,
manufactured building component or
Exceptions: manufactured housing unit(s) on the building site,
1. Foundations for manufactured housing shall and connecting it to utilities, andlor to an existing
confonn to 780 CMR 1806. through 1813, or building. Installation may also mean the
780 CMR 3604 as applicable; connecting oftwo or more manufactured housing
2. Additions, (when not a manufactured home as units designed and approved to be so connected
defined herein) and site built modifications shall for use as a dwelling.
conform to 780 CMR in its entirety, as applicable.
fustaller of Manufactured Buildixng: An individual,
780 CMR 3502.0 DEFINITIONS who on the basis of training and experience, has
3502.11. General: The following words and tenns been certified by a specific manufacturer of
shall, for"the purposes of780 CMR 3S and as used manufactured homes as competent to supervise
elsewhere in 780 CMR, shall have the meaning the placement and connection required to install
shown herein. the manufactured homes of that manufacturer.
Said certification by the manufacturer shall be in
Approved: Approval by the State Board of Building writing; additionally, the certified installer shall
Regulations and Standards (BBRS). possess picture identification in the fonn of a
driver's license· or other picture identification
Manufadured Building Component: Any acceptable to the building official.
•
manufactured subsystem, manufactured subo
assembly, or other manufactW'ed system designed lLabel: An approved device or seal evidencing
for use in or part of a structure having concealed certification in accordance with the applicable
elements such as electrical, mechanical, plumbing codes and rules and regulations promulgated
and fire protection systems and other systems pursuant thereto, and as listed in Appendix A.
affecting health and safety, including variations

TIlE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll.DING CODE
Local Enforcement Agency: A department or

agency in a municipality charged with the
enforcement of 780 CMR and appropriate
780 L"'MR 3503.0 CONSlRUcnON
DOCUMENTS
._-.
3503.1 Building System Plans: The building
specialized codes which include, but are not ~ystem plaJns shall show in sufficient detail the
limited to, 248 CMR (the State Fuel Gas and approved system to which the manufactured building
Plumbing Code) and 527 CMR 12.00 (the State or building component was produced; including
Electrical Code), as listed in Appendix A. foundation connection details, component
connection details, emergency escape window
Manufactured Building: Any manufactured locations and sizes, structunil design loads, the
building which has concealed elements, such as manufaeturl:r's data plate, the location of all labels
electrical, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, required of 780 CMR" 35 and 780 CMR R3, and
insulation, and other systems affecting health and other details as may be required by the Division of
safety, and which is manufactured or assembled in Inspection. The building system plan shall bear
accordance with 780 CMR and perti~ent evidence of the approval of the Division of
regulations, in manufacturing facilities, on or off Inspection and evidence of third party engineering
the building site. Also, any manufactured
review.
building as defined above which does not" have
concealed elements, but which has been approved 780 CMR 3504.0 APPROVAl.,
by the BBRS at the request of the manufacturer.
"Manufactured building" does not mean 3504.1 General: The 'Commonwealth of
"manufaCtured home". Massachusetts, Department of Public Safety,
Division of][nspeetion (hereinafter referred to as the
Manufactured Homes (Housing): As defined in 24 "Division of Inspection" in 780 CMR 35) shall
CPR, Part 3280.2; a struCture, transportable in evaluate manufactured buildings and building
one or more sections, which in the traveling components and recommend approval to the BBRS
mode, is eight body feet or more in width or forty of those which it determines to be in compliance
body feet or more in length, or, when erected on with applicable sections of 780 CMR 35, other
•
site, is 320 or more square feet, and which is built applicable sl::ctions of780 CMR, and 780 CMR R3,
on a pennanent chassis and designed to be used as as listed in Appendix A.
a dwelling with or without a permanent All approvals of plumbing, electrical or gas
foundation when connected to the required systems shall be made by the appropriate state
utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air- agencies having jurisdiction, as specified in
conditioning, and electrical systems contained 780 CMRF3, as listed in AppendixA.
therein. Calculations used to detennine the
number of square feet in a structure will be based 3504.2 Approved tests: The Division oflnspeetion
on the structure's exterior dimensions measured at may utilize the results of approved tests to determine
the largest horizontal projections when erected on whether a manufactured building or manufactured
site. These dimensions will include all building component meets the requirements of this
expandable rooms, cabinets, and other projections chapter and the 780 CMR R3 as listed in
containing interior space, but do not include bay Appendix A, if that determination cannot be made
windows. (See 24 CPR, Part 3280.2 for a more from evaluation of plans, specifications and
detailed description of manufactured homes as documentation alone.
defined by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development.) 3504.3 Approval of compliance assurance
programs: The Division ofInspection shall evaluate
Specialized Code: All building codes, rules or manufactumrs' compliance assurance programs and
regulations pertaining to building construction, make recommendations for approval to the BBRS
reconstruction, alteration, repair, or demolition of those which it determines to be in compliance
promulgated by and under the authority of the with this <:hapter and 780 CMR. R3, listed in
various agencies which have been authorized AppendixA.
from time to time by the General Court of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The 3504.4 Authorization to vary: A manufactured
specialized codes shall include, but are not limited building, manufactured building component or a
to, 248 CMR (the State Fuel Gas and Plumbing compliance assurance program heretofore approved
Code) and 527 C?v1R. 12.00 (the Electrical Code), in accordance with 780 CMR 3503.3, shall not be
as listed in Appendix A" varied in any way without prior authorization by the
BBRS in accordance with 780 Cfv1R RJ, as in
Appendix AI.

MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS
AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING
780 om 3505.0 CERTIlFlCATION 3507.2 Responsibilities of Division of Inspectioll1l:

3505.1 Labeling: Any manufactured building or The Division of Inspection shall carry out the
manufactured building component heretofore following responsibilities:
approved, in accordance with 780 CMR 3504.0, 1. Periodically make, or cause to be made,
shall have an approved device or seal affixed as inspections ofthe entire process of the production
certification of such approval. of manufactured buildings or manufactured
building components in order to verify the
reliability of the compliance assurance program
780 CMR 3506.0 RECIPROCITY
and of the approved inspection agency.
3506.ll. General: If the BBRS finds that the 2. In addition to other on-site inspection
standards for manufacture and inspection of provided for in 780 CMR 3507.2, the Division of
manufactured buildings or manufactured building lInspection shall inspect, or cause to be inspected,
components prescribed by the statutes or the rules certified manufactured buildings or manufactured
and regulations of another state or other building components which it determines to have
governmental agency meet the objectives of been sufficiently damaged after certification to
780 C:MR 35 and 780 CMR R3, listed in warrant such 'action with regard to such
Appendix AI, and such standards are enforced manufactured buildings or manufactured building
satisfactorily by such other state or governmental . components as is authorized hereof: or as is
agency or by its agents, the BBRS may grant otherwise necessary to eliminate dangerous
approval and the Division ofInspection shall accept conditions.
all manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components which have been approved in Not~: An inspection entailing disassembly,
accordance with this section by such other state or damage to or destruction of certified
governmental agency and shall insure that the manufactured buildings or manufactured building
product is properly labeled. components shall not be conducted except to
implement the provisions ofthis chapter.
3506.1.1 Condition of reciprocity: The standards
•
of another state shall not be -deemed to be 780 CMR 3508.0 RESPONSIBILITY OF
satisfactorily enforced unless such other state
'JfIIE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
provides for notification to the BBRS of
suspensions or revocations of approvals issued by . J508.li Issuance of building permits: Upon
that state, in a manner satisfactory to the BBRS. application and in conformity with the provisions of
780 Cl\.1R, the building official shall issue building
3506.1 S1l1spension of reciprocal approval: Upon permits for installation of certified manufactured
recommendation from the Division of ][nspection, buildings, manufactured building components or
the BBRS shall suspend or cause to be suspended manufactured housing.
reciprocal approval for the following reasons: 3508.1.1 Licensed COliJstruction Sllllpervisoll'S
1. Determination that the standards for the and Certified Installers: A construction
manufacture and inspection of such manufactured supervisor, duly licensed in accordance with
buildings or manufactured building components 780 CIviR RS, shall, in accordance with 780 CMR
ofanother state or other governmental agency do 108.3.5, act as the agenffor the owner for the
not meet the objectives of this chapter and purpose of applying for and obtaining any and all
780 Cf\.fR RJ, listed in Appendix A, or that the building permits required for the field erection of
standards are not being enforced to the all one or two family manufactured dwellings
satisfaction of the Division of Inspection or subject to the provisions of 780 C~ 35 and
BBRS; and applicable 780 CM:R. R3.
2. if another state or governmental agency, or its As part of the building permit application
agen~ suspends or revokes said approval, the process, the licensed construction supellVisor shall
approval granted under 780 CMrR 3506.2 shall be submit to the building official, in writing, the
suspended or revoked accordingly. name of the installer, who shall be duly certified
by the manufacturer to install said manufacturer's
780 CMR 3507.0 ASSURANCE INSPECllON product, and is identified as a certified installer of
3507.1 General: Any person or firm producing manufactured buildings (certified installer) by
manufactured buildings or manufactured building said manufacturer. The certified installer shall be
components applying for certification shail agree in responsible for the safe and proper placement and
•
writing that the Division ofInspection or the BBRS connection of the manufactured home units in
has the right to conduct unannounced inspections at accordance with 780 CMR 35, 780 C1vIR R3 and
any reasonable time. specialized codes as listed in Appendix AI.
The licensed construction supervisor shan be
responsible for the construction of the foundation
system, and aU pertinent site work, in accordance

780 C?v!R: STATE BOARD OF Bvn..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
with 780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR. R3 listed in

Appendix· A. The licensed construction
supervisor shall provide at least 48 hours notice to
the building official before the placement and
connection of such units shall begin.
3508.2 Inspection: The local enforcement agency

suspected violation shall be reported to the
BBRS in accordance with 780 Ctv1R R3.5.6.
3508.3 Issuance of certificates of occupancy: The

building official shall issue a certificate of
occupancy for all certified manufactured buildings
or approved manufactured homes that have been
•
shall make the following inspections: installed lind inspected and that meet the
1. The site preparation work, including requirements of 780 CMR.
foundations, installation of any certified
manufactured buiJdings or manufactured building 780 om 3509.0 SUSPENSION OR
components or approved homes; and for all utility REVOCATION OF CERTIFICATION
service. connections, including plumbing,
3509.1 Gellleral: :The Board shall suspend or revoke
electrical, gas, water and sewer; for compliance
the approval of any manufactured building or
with the applicable codes.
manufactured building component which does not
2. Inspect all certified manufactured buildings or
comply with the provisions of 780 C:MR or with
manufactured building components or approved
780 CMRR3.
manufactured homes upon, or promptly after,
installation at the building sites to determine
3509.2 Labels of certification: The Division of
whether all applicable instructions or conditions
Inspection shall remove or cause to be removed the
have been followed. This may include tests for
label of certification from any such manufactured
tightness of plumbing and mechanical systems,
building or building component not in compliance
for malfunctions in the electrical system, and a
until such time as it is brought into compliance with
visual inspection for obvious violations of
780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR R3.
780 CMR R3. Destructive disassembly of
certified manufactured buildings or manufactured
3509.3 Notice of suspension or revocation: Notice
building components or approved manufactured
shall be submitted in writing to the affected parties
•
homes shall not be performed in order to conduct
stating the reason for the suspension or revocation.
such inspections. Nondestructive disassembly
may be performed only in accordance with
3509.4 Appeals Procedure: All appeals from
780CMRR3.
suspension or revocation shall be heard by the State
Note: Notification to the BBRS. When any Building Code Appeals Board as specified in the
local enforcement agency finds a violation or pertinent provisions of780 CMR 122.0.
suspects a violation exists, said violation or

(780 CMR 36.00: RESERVED)
••••
1125/08 (Effective 111/08) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 465
•
(PAGES 467 THROUGH 648 ARE RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE.)
•
466 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1/25/08 (Effective 1/1/08) - corrected
APPENDIX A
REFERENCED STANDARDS
Pari!
The following is a listing ofthe standards referenced in 780 CMR, the effective date of the standard, the
.promulgating agency of the standard and the section(s) of 780 CMR that refer to the standard.
AA Aluminum Association
900 19th Street, N.W.
Suite 300
Washington, D.C. 20006
Referenced in
Standard reference
Title 780 CMR Section
number
number
ASM 35-80 Specification for Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction 2002.1,3609.5.2
SAS 30-94 Specification for Aluminum Structures 2002.1, 3608.4.3
AAMA American Architectlllll"sl Manufactull"es Association

Suite 310 .
1540 Dundee Road
Palatine, IL 60067
Referenced in
Standard reference
number Title 780 CMR Section
number
Standard Specifications for Aluminum Siding, Soffit and Fascia .••.......•........ 1405.3.4
•
VoluntaIX Specification for Aluminum Prime Windows and Glass Doors ..... 3606.8.1,3606.9.1
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation OfJlicials

444 North Capito! Street, N.W.
Suite 225
Washington, D.C. 2000Jl
Standard reference Referenced in

number
HB-15-92 Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges 1606.1.1
ACI American Concrete institute

P.O. Box 19150
Detroit, Michigan 48219

number Tide 780 CMR Section
number
318-95 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 1705.6.1, 1705.6.2, 1705.6.4
Table 1705.6.3, 1810.2,
1810.6.1815.2.3. 1821.3.6,
1901.1,1901.2,1903.1, .
1903.4,1903.5.2,1904.1,
1904.2. 1904.2.3
1906.1, 1906.2, 1906.4.2,
1906.5.1, 1906.6.1, 1906.7,
1907.1.3,1907.1.4, 1908.1,
1908.2,1908.2.1,1908.3.1.
1908.3.4, 1908.5.2, 1908.8.2,
•
1910.1, 1910.3.1, 1910.5•
1910.6.2, 1910.6.5,3604.4.1
336 Concrete Code 1815.4,1815.7


number
318.1-89 Building Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete-with 1992 Revisions. 1810.2, 1812.3.2,
1901.2, 1904.1,
1904.2, 3604.4. J
506.2-90 Specification for Materials, Proportioning. and Application of Shortcrete 1911.9·
ACI530/ASCE Building Code Requirements for MasonJ)' Structures 707.3
51 TMS402-95 . ]812.3.2, Table 1812.3.2,
2101.1.1,2101.1.2,2104.2,
2]04.2.1,2]04.3,2104.4,
2106.3.1,3604.4.1,3606.4.1
ACI530.11 Specifications for MasoOJY Structures Table 1705.7,
ASCE6ITMS 2] 12.1.1
602-95
AFPA American Forest and Paper Association

111119n1 Street, NW, Suite 800
Standard reference Title Referenced in
number 780 CMR Section
number
NDS-91 (National Design) Specification for Wood Construction Design Values
for Wood Construction 3608.2.2,2312.1,2312.4,
2313.3.1,2313.3.2
Basic Requirements for Permanent Wood Foundations Systems 3603.22.3.4
•
AHA American Hardboard Association
520 N. Hicks Road
Palatine, Illinois 60067

number
AI35.4-95 Basic Hardboard 1405.3.1
0• • • • • •
AI35.6-90 Hardboard Siding .............•.................................. 1405.3.2,2309.7,

Table 3607.3.4
AI94.1-85 Cellulosic FiberBoard 2309.1,
Table 3606.2.3(a)
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.

Suite 3100
One East Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601·2001
Standard Referenced in
reference Title 780 CMR Section
number number
ASD-89 Specification for Structural Steel Buildings - Allowable Stress Design and
Plastic Design Table 1705.5.2,2203.1,
2203.5,2208.1
LFRD-93 Load and Resistance Factor Design Specificaiions for Structural Steel
Buildings ; Table 1705.5.2,2203.1,
220~.S, 2208.1
AISC-92 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings 2203.2,2203.2.1
650 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)

APPENDIX A
AISK American Iron and Steel Institute

Suite 1300
IOU) 17th Sftreet, N.W.
number Title 780 CMR Section number
AISI-73 Criteria for Structural Applications of Steel Cables for BuiJdings 2207.2
CFSD-ASQ..86 Specification for Design of Colda Fonned Steel Structural Members -
with 1989 Addendum 2206.1,2206.32206.3.1
CFSD-LRFD-91 !..oad and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Cold-Fonned
Steel Structural Members 2206.1,2206.3.2206.3.1
AITC American Institute oti'Timber CODsftmction

Suite 407
1818 S. E. Mill Plain Blv«ll.
Vancouver, WashingtoBll98684

number
108-93 Standard for Heavy Timber Construction. .. .. . . .. .. .. . .. . .. • . . .. . . .. . .. . . .. . 2304.1
109-90 Standard for Preservative treatment of Structural Glued Laminated Timber 2313.1.1
112-93 Standard for Tongue and Groove Heavy Timl:>er Roof Decking 2304.1
117-93 Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Softwood
Species (Design) ...• :.................................................. 2304.1
119-96 Standard Specifications for HardwoOd Glued Laminated Timber 2304.1
.-.
AI90.1-92 Structural Glued Laminated Timber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 2304.1
ANSI American National Standards Instimfte

n West 42nd Street
New York, New York 10036

number
number
AI08.1-92 Specifications for the installation of Ceramic THe with Portland Cement
Mortar ...•....•............................................. 2105.10t 3607.2.4
Al 08.4-92 InstaUation ofCeramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile
Setting Epoxy Adhesive. .. .. ..... ...... .. .... . .... .... ...... . 210S.10.7t 3607.2.4
AI08.5-92 Installation ofCeramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex- .
Portland Cement Mortar ...•........................•..••..••• 2105.10.1,2105.10.3 9
3607.2.4
AI08.6-92 InstalJation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical lResistan~ Water Cleanable Ti"le
Setting and Grouting Epoxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2105.10.4 3607.2.4
Al 08.7-92 . Specifications for ElectricalJy Conductive Ceramic Tile Installed with
Conductive Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar .•......•..................... 2105.1 0.2,
Al 17.1 ............ 426.14
AI08.8-92 Installation ofCeramic Tile with Chemical Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout. . . . . . . .. 2105.10.5
Al 08.9-92 mstalJation ofCeramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout 2105.10.6
AI08.10-92 Installation ofGrouUn Tilework 2105.10.8
AI08.11-90 Installation ofInterior Cementitious Backer Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3607.2.4
Al 18.1-92 Specifications for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar 2105.10.1,3607.2.4
Al 18.2-92 Specifications for Conductive Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2105.10.2
A118.3-92 Specifications for Chemical Resistant Water Cleanable Tile Setting and
Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive . . . .. 2105.1 0.4, 3607.2.4
Al 18.4-92 Specifications for Latex-Portland Cement Mortar 2105.1003
Al 18.5-92 Specifications for Chemical Resistant Furan 2105.10.5
All 8.6-92 Specifications for Ceramic Tile Grouts 2105.10.8
AI18.8-92 Specifications for Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout 2105.10.6
A136.1-92 Specification for Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile, Types
1 and n 2105.10.7,3607.2.4
AJ37.1-88 Specifications for Ceramic Tile 2105.4t 3607.2.4

Referenced in
Standard reference
number
number
A20S.1-93 Wood Particleboard 2308.1, 2308.2,
3605.3.3.1,
3606. i 1.1, 3608.3.3.1 .
Z97.1·84 Safety Perfonnance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing
Materials Used in Buildings. • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2406.1, 3603.20.1,
. 3603.20.4.1.1
Z21.66-S5 Electrically Operated Automatic Vent Damper Devices for Use with Gas-fired
Appliances • • . • . . . • • . . . • . . . . . . • • • . . . . . • . • • . • . • . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . .. 3621.2.2.2
NWWDA Industry Standard for Wood Window Units •....•••..........•.•.•.....•••. 3606.8.1
I.S.2-87
NWWDA· Industry Standard for Wood Sliding Doors 3606.9.1
I.S.3-88
APA American Plywood Association

P.O. Box 11700
Tacoma,. WA 98411
Standard reference Referenced. in

number
E30-90 Design and Constructiqn Guide: Residential and Commercial , 3608.3.2.3
AseE American Society of Civil Engineers

345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
Standard reference
number
ASCE3-S4
ASCE 5/ACI
530rrMS 402-95
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
Specifications for the Design and Construction ofComposite Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . •. 2206.1.1
Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures ..................•. 707.3, 1705.7,
Table 1705.7, 1812.3.2
Table 1812.3.2,
•
2101.1.1,2104.2,
2104.3,2104.4,
2106.3.1
ASCE6/ACI Specifications for Masonry Structures •.................................... 2112.1.1.
530.lfTMS 602-95
ASCE 7-95 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures 1604.2, 1605.1, 1611.12,
1611.12.2
ASCE 8-SSD- Specifications for Design of Cold-Fonned Stainless Steel Structural
LRFD/ASD-90 Members 2206.1. 2206.3. 2206.3.1
ASHRAE American Society of Heating,

Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30329·2305
Referenced in
Standard reference
number
number
90.1-1989 Energy Code for Commercial and High Rise Residential Buildings 1314.5.2
652 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 12112i97 (Effective 8/28/97)

•
APPENDlXA
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers

345 East 47fth Street
New York, New York 100]7
Referenced in
Standard reference Title 780 CMR Section
number number
AI3.1-81(8S) Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems 416.15.3
B31.3-93 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 416.15
ASTM American Society fOlf Testnng Materialls

1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PenDsylvanK219103
Standard
reference Title Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
number
A6-95c Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet
Piling, and Bars for Structural Use Table 1705.5.2
A36-94 Specification for Structural Steel 1818.1,2105.9.5,
3606.4.14
A82-95 Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 2105.9.2,2105.9.5,
3606.4.14
A153-95 Specification for Zinc Coating"(Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2105.9.6,
Table 3606.4.14.1
Al 67-94a Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel steel Plate,
Sheet, and Strip 2105.9.2,2105.9.5,
" 2105.9.6,3604..14,
Table 3606.4.14.1
Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric. Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
................................................................ 2105.9.4,2105.9.5
(Note: ASTMA2S6 82 has been discontinued and nod I?epla~ed by ASTM)
a
A252~93 Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles 1818.1, 1819.1
A283-93a Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 1818.1,1819.1
A361-94 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc..coated (Galvanized) by Hot~Dip Process,for
Roofing and Siding 1507.3.7,3609.5.2"
A366-91 Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Commercial Quality 2105.9.5
A416-94a Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven Wire for Prestressed Concrete ......•...•. 1821.3.2
A496-95 Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement 2105.9.3
A 497-95 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement 2105.9.4
ASI0-82 Specification for Wire Rods and Course Round Wire. Carbon Steel . . • . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 3606.4.14
AS25-91b Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc _ Coated
(Galvanized) by the Hot - Dip Process 2105.9.6,
Table 3606.4.14.1,
3619.1.1.1.3
A 568-95 Specification for Steel Sheet, Carbon and High - Strength, Low _ Alloy, Hot -
Roiled and Cold _Rolled, General Requirements for Table 1705.5.2
A 572 -94c Specification for High - Strength Low Alloy Columbium - Vanadium Steels of
Structural Quality ". . . . . 1818.1
A 588 ~94 Specification for High _Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel with SO ksi (345
Mpa) Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. (100 mm) Thick 1818.1
A 615 -95c Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete
Re'inforcement " 2105.9.1
A 616 -95b Specification for Rail ~ Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement ." 2]05.9.1
A 617 -95b Specification for Axle -" Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement 2105.9.1
A 641 -92 Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire 2105.9.6,
Table 3606.4.14.1
A 706 -95b Specification for Low _Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. ... 1705.6.1, 1906.5.2.
2105.9.1
A 755 -95 Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic - Coated by the Hot - Dip Process and
Prepainted by the Coil - Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building
Products .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1507.3.7
BI01-92 Specification for Lead - Coated Copper Sheets 1507.3.7

•
Standard
Referenced in
reference Title 780 CMR Section number
number
B 209-89 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 3609.5.2
B 227-80 Specifiation for Hard-Drawn Copper-Clad Steel Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 3606.4.] 4
C 5-79 Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes (Re-approved 1992) Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
C 28-92 Specifications for Gypsum Plasters Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
C 31-95 Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field . . . . . . .. . .. 1908.3.2, 1908.3.3
C 33-93 Specifications for Concrete Aggregates 1906.3, Table 1907.1.1
C34-93 Specifications for Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile 2105.2,
C 35-95 Specifications for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plastc:r Table 2505.2,3607.2.2
C 36-92 Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard Table 2503.2,
3607.2.3.1
C 37-92 Specifications for Gypsum Lath Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
C 39-94 Test Method for Compressive Strength ofCylindrical Concrete Specimens , .......•.. 1908.3.2
C 55-95 Specification for Concrete Building Brick 2105.1
C 56-93 Specification for Structural Clay Non-Load-Bearing Tile 2105.2
C 59-91 Specifications for Gypsum Casting and Molding Plaster Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
C 61-95 Specifications for Gypsum Keene's Cement Table 2505.2,3607.2.2
C 62-95a Specifications for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units made from from Clay or
Shale) 2]05.2,3602.2
C 67-94 Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile 2112.5
C 73-95 Specifications for Calcium Silicate Face Brick (Sand Lime Brick) 2105.1
C 79-95 Specifications for Gypsum Sheathing Board Table 2503.2,
Table 3606.2.3(a)
C 90-85 Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units , 3602.2
C 94-95 Specifications for Ready-Mix Concrete 1908.5.1
C 126-95 Specifications for Ceramic Glaied Structural Clay Facing Tile, Faciing Brick and
Solid Masonry Units 2105.2
C129-85 Nonload-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units 3602.2
C145-85 Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Unit 3602.2
C150-95 Specification for Portland Cement 1906.2, 1907.1.2.1,
•
1907.1.2.2.3, 1908.2.1,
1908.2.2, Table 2505.2,
. 3604.2.2
C 172-90 Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ]908.3.2
C 206-84 Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime " Table 2505.2
C 208-95 Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board 2309.1,
Table 3606.2.3(a)
C 212-93 Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile : 2]05.2
C 216-95a Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) 2105.2
C 222-91 Specifications for Asbestos-Cement Roofmg Shingles .....•.. " 1507.2.1
C 231-91b Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method , . . . . . .. 1907..1.1
C 260-95 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1906.6.2
C 270-95 Specification for Mortar for Unit ".............. 2105.7, 3606.7.1.1
C 330-89 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete" 1906.3
C 406-89 Specification for Roofing Slate " 1507.2.7,3609.4.2
C 474-94 Test Methods for Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Board Construction ' Table 2503.2
C 475-94 Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board Table 2503.2,
3607.2.3.1
C476-95 Specification for Grout for Masonry 2105.11,3606.7.1.1
C494-92 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ,. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1906.6.2
C503-89 Specification for Marble Dimension Stone (Exterior) 2105.3
C514-94 Specification for Nails for the Application ofGypsum Wallboard Table 2503.2,
3607.2.3.1
C532-88 Specification for Structural Insulating Formboard (Cellulosic Fiber) 2309.1
C 557-93 Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing 3607.2.3.1
C 568-89 Specification for Limestone Dimension Stone 2105.3
C 578-87 Specification for Preformed Cellular Polytyrene Thermal Insulation. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 3604.3.3
C 587-91 Specification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster Table 2505.2,
3607.2.2
C 588-95 Specification for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters Table 2505.2,
3607.2.2
•
Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 1907.] .2.1,
1907.1.2.2.1,
]907.1.2.2.2, 1908.2.2,
3604.2.2

APPENDIX A
reference Title
number
C 615-92 Specification for Granite Dimension Stone 2105.3
C 616-95 Specification Quartz- Based Dimension Stone 2105.3
C 618-95 Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural POlZolan for Use as a
Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete 1906.6.3, 1907.1.2.1,
1907.2.2.1
C 629-89 Specification for Slate Dimension Stone 2105.3
C 630-95 Specification for Water - Resistant Gypsum Backing Board Table 2503.2, 2503.4
3607.2.4.1
C 631-95a Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Plastering Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
C 645-958 Specification for Non-Load (Axis) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and
Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application ofGypsum Board Table 2503.2,
. Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.3
C 652-9Sc Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masoruy Units Made from Clay or
Shale) ";. : ..••...... 2105.2
C 685-95 Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous
Mixing 1908.5.1
C 744-958 Specification for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonl)' Units • • • . .. . . . . • . . . . . .• 2105.1
C 754-95a Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-
Attached Gypsum Board Table 2504.1
C 836-89a Specification for High- Solids Content, Cold Liquid- Applied Elastometric
Waterproofing Membrane for Use With Separate Wearing Course 1507.3.6
C 841-90 Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring Table 2504.1
C 842-85 Specification for Application ofInterior Gypsum Plaster Table 2504.1
C 843-94 Specification fOT Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster Table 2504.1, 3607.2.2
•
C844-85 Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to Receive Gypsum Veneer
Plaster Table 2504.1,3607.2.2
C847-93 Specification for Metal Lath (Re-approved 1992) Table 2505.2~ 3607.2.2
C887-95 Specification for Packaged, Dry~ Combined Materials for Surface Bonding
Mortar 1813.3.2.2,2105.8,
3604.6.1
C897-95a Specification for Aggregate for JolrMixed Portland Cement;.JBased Plastell'S .... Table 2505.2,3607.2.2
C926-95 Specification for Application ofPortland Cement Based-Plaster ..••.•...•••.••.•••.••••.. 2506.3
C932-8S Specification for Surface-Applied Bonding Agents for Exterior Plastering Table 2505.2
C933-85 Specification fOT Welded Wire Lath (Re-approved 1990) Table 2505.2,3607.2.2
C946-91 Practice for Construction of Dry-stacked, SurfaceoBonded Walls 2105.8,2106.4
C954-93 Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Boud or
Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84
mm) in Thickness Table 2503.2,
Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.5
C955-95b Specification for Load Bearing (1'ransverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners
(Track), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application ofGypsum and Metal
Plaster Bases Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.3
C957-93 Specification for High- Solids Content, Cold Liquid- Applied Elastometrlc
Waterproofmg Membnme with Integral Wearing Surface ]507.3.6
C960-91 Specifications for Predecorated Gypsum Board 3607.2.3.1
C989-95 Specification for Ground Granulated Blast _Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete
and Mortars 1906.6.4, 1907.1.2.1,
1907.1.2.2.2,
CI002 93 Specification for Drill Screws for abe Application olfGypsum Board or Metal
a
Plaster Bases Table 2503.2,

Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.1,3607.2.3.5
C1007-83 Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Trnnsverse and Axial) Steel Studs
Accessories and Related Accessories Table 2504.1
C1029-90 Specification for Spray - Applied Rigad Cellular J>olyureth8llle Thenmal
Insulation 1507.3.5
CJ0.32-86 Specification for Woven Wire Plaster Base (Re-approved 1990) 3607.2.2-
CI047-85 Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Waillboard and Gypsum Veneer Base
(Re-approved 1990) 3607.2.2, 3607.2.3.1
CI063- 9Sa Specification for Installation ofLathmg and Furring for Portland Cement - Based
Plaster 2506.3, 3607.2.2
12/12/97 (Effective 8128/97) 780 CMR - Six£h Edition 655

Standard
Referenced in
reference Title
number
CI088-94 Specification for Thin Veneer Brick Units Made from Clay or Shale .. ,.,., 2105.2
01586
025-91 Specification for Round Timber Piles , 1822.1
056-93 Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester , ~ 307.2
D86 Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products , 307.2
093-94 Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester , 307.2
D224-89 Specification for Smooth- Surfaced Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) 1507.2.2
D225-95 Specification for Asphalt Shingles (Organic Felt) Surfaced With Mineral
Granules , .. ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .• 1507.2.3
D226-95 ·Specification for Asphalt- Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing Table 1507.3.1
D227-95 Specification for Coal-Tar Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing , Table 1507.3.1
D249-89 Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) Surfaced with Mineral
Granules ;. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . • . . . . . . . . 1507.2.2
D312-95 Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing Table 1507.3.1,
3609.7.4.2
0323-94 Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method) 307.2
D368 Tension Load Test , ~ .,. .
D371-89 Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic F.~lt) Surfaced with Mineral
Granules; Wide- Selvage ...•••••.............. ,.............................. 1507.2.2
D450-91 Specification for Coal-Tar. Pitch ysed in Roofing, Oampproofmg, and
Waterproofing .....................•..........~ Table 1507.3.1
(Note 568-77 has been discontinued and not replaced by ASTM)
0635-91 Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-
Supporting Plastics in a Horiz<:>ntal Position 2601.2,2604.1
01143-81 Test Method for Piles under·Static Axial Compressive Load 1817.4.2, 1817.4.3
D1227-87 Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing . . . . . . . . . . .. 1507.3.6
01248-84 Specification for Polystyrene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials 3619.1.1.2
(1989)
01557 Test methods for Moisture-DensitY Relations ·of Soils and Soil Aggregate
Mixtures Using 10-Jb. (4.54-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop 1804.3.2,1805.3
01586-84 Method for Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils Table 1804.3, App. 0
01761-88 Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood ..•.. , 2312.1,2312.2,2312.3
01784-90 Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (pFC) Compc)unds and Chlorinated
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compc>unds .••..... , .•............. , 3619,1.1.2
D1863- 86 Specification for Mineral Aggregate Used on Built-Up Roofs Table 1507.3.1
D 1929-93 Test Method for Ignition Properties of Plastics ,; 2601.2,2604.2
D2178-89 Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table 1.507.3.1
02412-87 Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic
Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 3619.1.1.2
02487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unifil=d S9il Clas~ification .
System) ~ . .. Appendix 0
02488 Practice for description and Identification of Soils (VisuaH-Manual Procedure) ..••..... Appendix D
02626-95 Specification for Asphalt-Saturated and Coated Organic Felt Base Sheet Used in
Roofing Table 1507.3.1
(Note: D2277-87 has been discontinued and notreplace'd by ASTM)
02843-93 Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of
Plastics .. '.' 2601.2,2604.1
D2898-94 Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant Tested Wood for Fire.
Testing ...•.......•..................................... , . . . .. . . . . .. 1506.2, 2310.3
D2938 Table 1804.3, App; D
03161-81 Test Method for Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles 1505.2.3
D3201-94 Test Method for Hygroscopic Properties of Fire-Retardant Wood and Wood-
based Products 2310.3
03462-93a Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with
Mineral Granules 1507.2.3
•
03468-90 Specification for Liquid- Applied Neoprene and Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene
Used in Roofing and Waterproofing ; 1507.3.6·
03672-86 Specification for Venting Asphalt - Saturated and Coated Inorganic Felt Base
Sheet Used in Roofing ~ .. Table 1507.3.1
D3679-88 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding ................•.... : Table 3607.3.4
03689-90 Test Method Individual Piles under Static Axial Tensile Load , ,. 1817.7.2
D3746-85 Test Method for Impact Resistance of Bituminous Roofing Systems 1505.3.2

780 eMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULAnONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX A
•
reference Title 780 CMR Section number
number
D3909-95a Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Glass Felt) Surfaced with Mineral
Granules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. I507.2.2,
Table 1507.3. I
. D3966--90 Test Method for Piles Under Lateral Loads 1817.6.2
D4099-89 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Prime Wndows , 3606.8.1
D4272-90a Test Method for Total Energy Impact ofPlastic Films by Dart Drop. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1505.3.2
D4434-87 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Sheet Roofing 1507.3.3
D4601-95 Specification for Asphalt Coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing. . . .. . . . . .. Table 1507.3.1
D4637-87 Specification for Vulcanized Rubber Sheet Used in Single-Ply RoofMembrane 1507.3.2
D5055-95a Specification for Establishing and Monitoring Structural Capacities of
Prefabricated Wood I-Joists 2313.5
E72-95 Methods ofConducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction .. , 2305.7
E84-95b Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 412.3.6.3,428.11,
. 704.4.1.2, 722.2, 722.3,
803.2, 803.3.2,2310.2,
2601.2, 2603.3,
2603.6.3,2603.7.4,
2604.1,2805.2.2,
3105.3,3603.1 7. 1.1,
3603.17.2.6,3603.17.3,
3603.18.3,3603.19.1,
3603.19.2,3612.2
lE90-90 Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airbom~ Sound Transmission Loss
ofBuilding Partitions 1214.2,3603.4.3.1
E96-90 Standard Test for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials .
EI08-95 Test Methods for Fire Tests ofRoof Coverings 1506.1, 1506.2,
2608.2, 2608.3
••
E119-95a Test Methods for Fire Tests ofBuilding Construction and Materials 412.3.6.2, 704.1.1,
705.2.4 705.4, 707.7.2,
707.7.3,707.8.1.2,
709.6.1, 709.6.2,
709.6.4, 709.7.1.2,
713.4.2,2105.2,2603.4,
. . 3603.4.1
E136-95 Test Method for Behavior of Materials iIi Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C 704.4.1.1,3612.2
E152-81a Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies ......•.......... : 716.1,716.1.1,
3603.17.3
E163-84 Methods ofFire Tests of Window Assemblies 718.1, 719.1
E283-91 Test Method for Rate ofAir Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors Under Specified PressureDifferences Across the Specimen 3606.8.2,3606.9.2
E492-90 Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission
Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine 1214.3,3603.4.3.3
E648-95 Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source 805.2
E814-94b Test Method for Fire Tests ofThrough-Penetration Fire Stops 707.7.2, 707.7.3,
. 709.6.1, 709.6.2,
713.4.1
E838-81 'Practice for Perfonning Accelerated Outdoor Weathering Using Concentrated
Natural Sunlight ; , 1505.3.1
E970-89 Test Method for Critical Rdiant Flux of Exposed Attic Floor Insulation Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Sources 3603.19.4
E1509- Specification for Room Heaters, Pellet Fuel-Burning Type ' .
G23-95 Practice for Operating Light- Exposure Apparatus (Carbon- Arc Type) With and
Without Water for Exposure ofNonmetallic Materials , 1505.3.1
026-95 Practice for Operating Light- Exposure Apparatus (Xenon- Arc Type) With and
Without Water for Exposure ofNonmetallic Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1505.3.1
053-95 Practice for operating Light- and Water- Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent UV -
••
Condensation TyPe) for Exposure ofNonmetallic Materials 1505.3.1

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BDaDING CODE
•
AWPA American WOOd Preservers Associ~ltion
P.O. Box 5690
Granbury, TX 76049
(1-817-326-6300)
ntle
reference number 780 CMR Section number
Cl-95 All Timber Products -Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes . . .. . . . . . .. 1506.3, 2311.3,
3603.22.3.1
Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties -Preservative Treatment by
Pressure Processes 1808.1, 1808.2,2311.3,
. 2311.4,2311.5,2311.7,
3603.22.3.1,3603.22.4
C3-97 Piles - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. 1808.1, 1822.2,
3603.22.3.1
C4-95 Poles - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 3603.22.3.1
C9-95 Plywood- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 2311.3, 2311.4, 2311.5,
2311.7,3603.22.3.1,
3603.22.4
CI5-90 Wood for Commercial-Residential Constrruction Preservative Treatment
by Pressure Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 3603.22.3.1
CI8-90 Standard for Pressure-treated Material in Marine Construction 3603.22.3.1
C20-93 Structural Lumber - Fire- Retardant Treatment Pressure Processes 2310.2, 3603.22.3. I
C22-93 Lumber and Plywood for Permanent Wood Foundations - Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. 1808.3, 3603.22.3.1,
3604.2.1.2, 3605.4.3
C23-84 Round Poles and Posts Used in Building Constl.llction, Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Process 3603.22.3.1
C24-86 Sawn Timber Piles Used for Residential Conunercc~ Building 3603.22.3.1
C27-93 Plywood- Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process 2310.2, 3603.22.3.1
C28-90 Standard for Preservative Treatment of Structural Glues-Laminated
Members and Laminations Before Cluing of Southern Pine,. Pacific
Coast Douglas Fir, Hem-fir and Western Hemlock by Pressure Process .
M4-95 Standard for the Care of Preservative- Treated Wood Products , .. 1822.2
PI/P13-95 Standard for Coal Tar Creosote for Land and Fresh Water and Marine
(Coastal Water) Use 2311.3, 3603.22.3.1
P2-95 Standard for Creosote Solutions 2311.3, 3603.22.3.1
P3-89 Standard for Creosote - Petroleum Dill Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 3603.22.3.1
P5-95 Standards for Waterborne Preservatives 2311.3,3603.22.3.1,
3604.2.1.2
P8-95 Standards for Oil- Borne Preservatives 2311.3, 3603.22.3.1
P9-92 Standards for Solvents and Formulations for Organic Preservative
Systems .... 2311.3,3603.22.3.1
AWS American Welding Society

550 N.W. Lejeune Road
P.O. Box 351040
Miami, Florida 33135
Referenced in
Standard
. reference number
number
D1.1-92 Structural Welding Code- Steel 1705.5.3.2.1
D1.4-92 Structural Welding Code- Reinforced Steel 1906.5.2
•
658 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 1119/01
APPENDIX A
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators IntematiOlmal

4051 West Flossmoor Road
COUllitry Club Hillis, Illinois 60477-5795
Title
number 780 CMR Section number
BNFOC-93 BOCA National Fire Prevention Code
Note: 527 CMR is the Fire Prevention
code for Massachusetts
BOCA National Mechanical Code 201.3,307.8,408.4.1.408.5,411.3.416.9,417.1,
417.3,418.3.1.4,418.3.2,418.3.2.3,418.3.3,
418.3.4,419.2,419.2.1,602.4.2,602.4.3,717.2,
722.2,913.1, 1203.1, 1208.3, 1209.1, 1210.3,
2114.2,2114.9,2305.12,2801.2,2802.1,2802.3,
2804.1,2805.2.3,2805.2.4,2808.3,2811.1,3107.6,
3309.2,3603.6.7.1
BNPC-93 BOCA National Plumbing Code
Note: 248 CMR is the Plumbing CQde for
Massachusetts
CGSB Canadian Genermll Standards Board

Technical Information Unit
PCl, Phase li, Place Du Portage
Hull, Ottawa, Canada KIA JlG6
Standard reference Referenced in·

•
number
37-GP-52M-84 Roofmg and Waterproofing Membrane, Sheet Applied, Elastometric 1505.3.2, 1507.3.2
37-GP-54M-79 Roofmg and Waterproofing Membrane, Sheet Applied, Flexible, Polyvinyl
Chloride . ~ 1507.3.3
37GP-S6M-80 Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and! Reinforced foil' Roofing-
with Dec. 1985 revision ..................................•.............. 1507.3.4
CPSC COnlil.llmer PffodlUlct Safety C@liiIUnisSnOXll

Office of the Seclretary

number
16CFR Safety Standard foli' Architectural Glazing ••.•....•.••....•.••••.... 2405.1,2406.1,
Part 1201 77
0
2407.2,3603.20Al.I,
3603.20.4.1.1
16CFR interim Safety Standard for Cellulose Insulation •..•..••.....•. •............ 722.4
Part 1209-86
16CFRPart 1404-86 Cellulose Insulation .•.•..........•••.•...•.......•...•.. . . 722.4
16CFR Part 1SOO~84 Hazardous Substances and Articles; Administration and! Enforcement
Regulations •••.•.•..•..••....•.•.•.•.•.•.....•••.•.. . ...........•• 307.2
16CF~ !Part 1630 Standard for the Surface Flammability ofCarpets and Rugs ••.•.......... 80S.3, 805.5
(DOC fF~1}70
eSA Canadian Standlardls Asso€:imltDon

178 Rex Dale BOllllevard
Rex Dale, Ontario9 Canada M9WIR3
.. Standard reference Title Referenced in
•
CSA 0437-M92 OSB and Waferboard ... . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . . . •. . • . .. 3605.3.2.1.2. 3608.3.2.1.3

•
CSSB Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau

515 116TH Avenue, NE, Suite 275
Bellevue, WA 98004
Standard Title Referenced in
referellce nUl1)ger 780 CMR Section
number
CSSB-84 Grading and Packing Rules for Certigrade Red Cedar Shingles (Revised
February I, 1984) ' •............•.............. 3609.8.2
CSSB-85 Grading and Packing Rules for Cert-Split Red Cedar Shakes (Revised
October 1, 1985) •••.............•.......•..•............•....•.••..•.. 3609.9.2
CSSB-90 Grading Rules for Shake Hip and Ridge based on the Standards ofthe Cedar
Shake and Shingle Bureau. . . . . . . . • . • . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . .. 3609.8.3.3, 3609~9.3.4
CSSB-90 Grading Rules for Certi-Sawn Taper-Sawn Cedar Shakes (Revised May 30,.......•... 3609.9.2
1990)
CSSB-90 Wood Shakes (Preservative Treated) based on Grading and Packing Rules for
Treated Southern Pine Taper-Sawn Shakes ofthe Ce:dar Shake and Shingle
Bureau .••.•.............•.....•...•..••.........•.....•.. ...•.... . .. 3609.9.3
CSSB-93 Grading Rules for Wood Shakes and Shingles .......••...........•..... "3607.2.6,3607.3.5
Exterior and Interior Walls -"Design and Application Manual for, 1989 "
New Roof Coverings - Red Cedar Shingle and Shake Design and
Application Manual for, 1989
Red Cedar Shingles - Grading Rules for Certi-Grade, 1984
Wood Shakes -
Grading Rules for Certi-Sawn Taper Sawn Red Cedar Shakes, 1981
Grading Rules for Certi-Split Red Cedar Shakes, 1985
Wood Shingles -
Grading Rules for Certi-Grade Shingles, 1984
ewe
Standard reference
number
Canadian Wood Council
1730 St. Laurent Boulevard - Suite 350
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada KIG 5Ll
Title Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
•
CWC-87 Canadian Dimension Lumber Data Book .............•................... 3608.2.2
DOC United States Department of Commerce

National Institute of Standards and Technology
Gaithersburg, MD 20899

Title
PS 1-95 Construction and Industrial Plywood .••.•.•••..•.•.•..... 2306.4.6,2307.1,3606.10.1,
3608.3.2.1, Table 3604.4.3.3
PS 2-95 Perfonnance Standard for Wood- Based Structural- Use Panels •....... 2307.1,3604.4.3.3,
3605.3.2.1, 3605.3.2.1.2,
3606.1 0.1 3608.3.2. t
PS 20-94 American Softwood Lumber Standard -with 1991 Amendments ' 2302.1,3604.4.3.1,
3605.2.1,3606.2.1,3608.2.1
FF-l(CPSC 16 CFR, Standard for the Surface Flammability ofCarpet and Rugs .••••..•......•.. 805.3,805.5
Part 1630) -70
DOTn U.S. Department of Transportation

do Superintendelllt of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402-9325
Referenced in
Standard reference number Title 780 CMR Section
number
49 CFR, Part 100-178 Specification for Transportation of Explosive and Other Dangerous Articles,
& 179·199 -88 Shipping Containers 307.2
660 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 12112/97 (Effective 8/28/97)

APPENDIX A
EIA Electronics Industries Assocnm~iollB

2001 Penlllsylvania Avenue, NW
Referenced in
Standard reference
number number
222-E - 91 Sttuetural Standards for Steel Antenna Towers and Antenna Supporting Sttuctures 3108.4
FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation

Standards Laboratories Department
1151 Boston ]Providence Turnpike
Norwood, Masss(Cl!Iusetts 02062
Referenced in
Standard reference
number
number
4450-90 Approval Standard for Class I Insulated Steel Deck Roofs -with Supplement (July
1992) 1505.2.2,2603.4.1.5
4470-86 Approval Standard for Class I RoofCoverings -with Supplement 3 (August 1992) •••. 1505.2.2, 1505.3.2
4880-94 Test Procedure for.Building Comer Fire Test 2603.8,3603.17.3
GA GYPSQlIllB Assocla¢ftolll
103 Orrington AvelIlue, Suite 12R@
Evanston, IL 60201
number
GA 253-93 Recommended Specification for the Application of GyPsum Seathing Table 3606.2.3~
HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufactures ASS04:iatiolll

1825 Mic:haellFancllay Drive, P.O. ISox 1789
RestCD, VArginiil 22090-2789

Title
HPo83 Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 2307.1,3607.2.5
HP-SG-86 Sttuctural Design Guide for Hardwood Plywood Wall Panels .•.•....•.•.....•... 2307.1,3605.3.2.1,
3606.10.1

•
MASSACHUSETTS, COMMONWI~ALTH OF
CODE OF MASSACHUSETTS REGULATIONS (CMR)
SpecifIC numbers have been established by the Massachusetts Office ofthe Secretary ofState to identifyfor reference purposes all
rules andregulations promulgated by agencies ofthe Commonwealth ofMassachusetts. These numbers are designated as "Code
of Massachusetts Regulations" (CMR's). Although they may not be cited in the text 0/780 CMR, the CMR's listed below are
pertinent to building construction and design or maintenance.
Board of State Euminers of Plumbers and GIIS Fitters

100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA 02202
CMRnumber Title 780 CMR Section number
248 CMR2.00 Massachusetts State Plumbing Code ..........•.....•.•..... 201.3,408.4.418.3.4.421.7.
602.4.3.1212.7.1813.5.3
248 CMR 4.00·7.00 Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code
Department of Mental Health
25 Staniford Street
Boston, MA 02114
104 CMR 17.13 •.•.............................•...............•........... ; .... 429.1.429.1.6
Department of Mental Retardation
160 North Washington Street
Boston, MA 02114
115 CMR 7.00 - 8.00 .....••.••.....••••.•.•..•..••.••..•.....••.....••....•....... 423.1.1.427.1.1.1
Outdoor AdvertlsingBoard
100 Cambridge Street. Floor 20
Boston, MA 02002
711 CMR3.00 Control and Restriction of Billboards. Signs and Other Advertising Devices
•
Department og Emvironmental Protection
One Winter Street
Boston, MA 02208
310CMR ••••• ! •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 401.2
Department of Public Health
ISO Tremont
Bostol;l, MA 02111
lOS CMR 130.000 Hospital Licensure
lOS CMR 140.000- Licensure ofClinics
Designer's Guide (Bureau of Planning and Construction) Dispensaries and Clinics, December 21,
1966-
lOS CMR ISI.000 General Standards ofConstnJction for Long Tenn Care Facilities in Massachusetts
105 CMR Intensive Care Unit Amendment. October 1. 1972
lOS CMR 400.000 State Sanitary Code Chapter I: General Administrative Procedures
105 CMR410.000 Minimum Standards ofFitness for Human Habitation (State Sanitary Code: Chapter II):
105 CMR 420.000 Housing and Sanitation Standards for Farm Labor Camps (State Sanitary Code: Chapter III)
105 CMR 430.000 Minimum Sanitation and Safety Standards for Recreational Camps for Children (State Sanitary Code:
Chapter IV)
105 CMR43S.000 Minimum Standards for Swimming Pools (State Sanitary Code: Chapter V) ••.•.•.•.••• 421.7
lOS CMR 440.000 Minimum Standards for Developed Family Type Campgrounds (State Sanitary Code: Chapter VI)
105 CMR 590:000 State Sanitary Code Chapter X - Minimum Sanitation Standards for Food Establishments
Division of Industrial Safety
100 Cambridge Street, 11th Floor
Boston, MA 02202
454CMR2.00 Toilets in Industrial Establishments
Industrial Bulletin No.4
454 CMR 10.00 Construction Industry Rules and Regulations
Industrial Bulletin No. 12
454 CMR 11.00 Structural Painting Safety Code
Industrial Bulletin No. JJ
•
454 CMR 12.00 Requirements for the Care of Employees Injured or Taken III in Industrial Establishments
Industrial Bulletin No. /4
454 CMR 16.00 Lighting Code for Factories. Workshops. Manufaetming, Mechanical and Mercantile Establishments
Industrial Bulletin No. /8
454 CMR 19.00 Window Cleaning
Industrial Bulletin No.2 /
662 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 12112/97 (Effective 8/28/97)

APPENDIX A
Architectural Access Board

Department of Public Safety
One Ashburton lPlace, 13 tit Floor
Boston, MA 02B08
Referenced in
Standard reference 780 CMR Section
Title
number number
521 CMR 1.00 • 47.00 Architectural Access Board Regulations , 401.2,421.5.5,424.4.10
Boud of Boiler Rules

Department of Pllllblic Safety
One Ashburton Place, Roon 1301
Boston, MA 02108
522 CMR2.00 Construction of Power Boilers
522 CMR 3.00 Power Boilers, Power Reactor Vessels and Piping and Unfired Pressure Vessels
as Used in Atomic Energy Installations . 401.2
522 CMR4.00 . Steam and Hot Water Boilers and Heat Storage Sources '.' . 401.2
522 CMR 5.00 Heating Boilers . 401.2
522 CMR 6.00 Low Pressure Heating Boilers : . 401.2
./"
522 CMR 7.00 Air Tanks 401.2
522 CMR 8.00 Air Tanks 401.2
522 CMR 9.00 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems . 401.2
522 CMR 10.00 Material Specifications . 401.2
522 CMR 11.00 Welding Specifications . 401.2
522 CMR 12.00 Fiberglass-reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels . 401.2
Board of Elevator Regulations

One Ashburton lPnace, Roon 1301
Boston, MA 02108
524 CMR The Massachusetts State Elevator Code 403.8
Board of Fire Preventionand R.eguladion

1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 022]5
527 CMR:
527 CMR 3.00 Dry Cleaning and Dry Dyeing and the Keeping, Storage and
Use of Cleaning and Dyeing Fluids 401.2
527 CMR4.00 Oil Burning Equipment 401.2
527 CMR5.00 Operation and Maintenance of Buildings or Other Structures
Used as Garages, Service Stations and the Related Storage,
Keeping and Use of Gasoline or Other Motor Fuel 401.2,408.6
527 CMR 6.00 Liquefied Petroleum Gas Containers and Systems 401.2, 418.3.3
527 CMR 7.00 Manufacture and Handling of Plastics 401.2
527 CMR9.00 Tanks and Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 401.2, 3 103.1
527 CMR 10.00 Prevention of Fire in Buildings and in or on Ships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 401.2, 426.15
527 CMR 12.00 1993 National Electrical Code (Amendments) 401.2,403.9.1,405.8,405.9,
410.4.5,414.5,416.11,416.14.6,
416.15.2,417.5.4,421.7,426.14.
3102.6.3,3102.13.1,3107.7
527 CMR 14.00 Flammable and Combustible Liquids, Flammible Solids or
Flammable Gases 401.2,417.1,417.2.1,417.3,417.5,
417.5.1,417.5.2,417.5.3,417.6,
4]7.6.1,417.6.3,418.3.2,418.1,
418.2,418.2.1,418.3,418.3.1,
4]8.4,418.5,705.2.]
527 CMR 21.00 Decorations, Curtains, Draperies, Blinds and Other Window
Treatments 401.2
527 CMR 49.03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 426.5,.426.6, 429.1, 429.1.6
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98) 780 Cv1R - Sixth Edition 663

•
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
2302 Horse Pen Road, P.O. Box 781
Herndon, VA 22070
Title
reference number 780 CMR Section number
NCMA Design and Construction of Plain and Reinforced Concrete Masonry
TR68-A-75 Basement and Foundation Walls .•.•.•.....•........•....................•. '" 3604.4.1
NFPA National Fire Protection Association

Batterymarch Park
Quinc)', Massachusetts 02269
Title
10-94 Portable Fire Extinguishers 920.2
11-02 Low, Medium and High Expansion Foam 91U, 911.5
l1A-94 Medium and High Expansion Foam Systems 91U,911.5
12-93 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems 909.1,909.5
12A-92 Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems 912.1, 912.5
12B-90 Halon 121] Fire Extinguishing Systems 912.1,912.5
13-02 Installation of Sprinkler Systems 4] 2.7, 416.4, 426.3, 426.6,
706.2, 906.2.1,906.9.1,
23] D now part of
907.2.1, 917.7.3
NFPA ]3-02
]30-02 Installation ofSprinkler Systems in One- and Two- Family Dwellings and Mobile
Homes 423.6,427.3.5,906.2.3
13 R-02 Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies Up to Four Stories
in Height 426.7,906.2.2,923.1
14-03 Standpipe and Hose Systems 914.1,914.3,914.4,914.5,
9]4.6
]5-01 Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection 908.1,908.4
•
]6-03 Deluge Foam- Water Sprinkler and Spray Systems 91U, 911.5
17-94 Dry Chemical Extinguishing System 910.1,910.5
17A-94 Wet Chemica] Extinguishing Systems 913.1,913.5
20-03 Standard for the Installation of Sanitary Pumps for Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 924.1, 924.2, 924.3
22-02 Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection .
24-02 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains 417.6.3, 906.9.1, 914.6.1
25-02 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-based Fire Protection Systems 901.4
30-00 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code 307.8,416.14,418.3.2,
419.2.3,426.3,426.5,426.11
30A-00 Automotive and Marine Service Station Code 408.6,417.6.6
30B-94 Manufacture and Storage of Aerosol Products 426.3,426.12
31-92 Oil Burning Equipment 3612.1
32-96 Dry Cleaning Plants , 418.3.4
33-95 Spray Application Using Flammable and Combustible Materials 307.8,419.1
34-95 Dipping and Coating Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids 307.8,419.1
40-94 Cellulose Nitrate Motion Picture Film " 411.1
50-96 Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites 2810.1
51-92 Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes 2810.1
54-92 National Fuel Gas Code 3612.1.1 .
61-95 Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions in Agricultural Food Products Facilities 418.3.1
65-93 Processing and Finishing of Aluminum " .. 418.3.1
69-92 Explosion Prevention Systems " 417.5 .1.2
70-96 National Electrical Code (527 CMR 12.00: Massachusetts Amendments) 416.11,416.14.6,
416.15.2,602.4.4,
1405.4.3, 3102.6.3,
3102.13.1, 3107.7
See also 527 CMR 12.00
72-02 National Fire Alarm Code 403.6,417.5.3,426.14,
427.3.7,427.3.8,428.12.1,
"428.16,906.5,917.1,
917.7.1.1,917.6,917.7,
917.7.3,917.8.1,917.9,
•
917.10,918.1,918.2.1,
918.8,919.1,919.6,921.4,
923.1, 923.2, 923.2.1,
923.2.2, 923.2.3
80-95 Fire Doors and Windows 716.2,716.5,
1017.4.4
80A-96 Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures .

APPENDIX A

Title
82-94 Incinerators, Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment 2807.1
90A-96 Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems .
90B·96 Installation ofWann Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems .
92A-96 Smoke Control Systems .
92B-95 Smoke Management System in Malls, Atria and Alrge Areas ........ . . .
96-01 Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations .
99-96 Health Care Facilities " 2809.1,2809.2
101-94 Life Safety Code .
102-95 Assembly Seating, Tents and Membrane Structures 3104.4
120-94 Coal Preparation Plants ' 418.3.1
130-95 Standard for Fixed Guideway Systems .
211 Chimney, Fireplace and Vents 3610.4
231-95 General Storage 426.3. 426.6
231C-95 Rack Storage of Materials 507.1,426.3. Table 922.2
2310-94 Now also part of NFPA 13-02 Installation of Sprinkler Systems
241-96 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations 903.1.5. 915.1,914.7.2
259-87 Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials '... 3603.17.2.5
409-01 Aircraft Hangers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 426.3,426.5, 426.6
416-93 Construction and Protection of Airport Terminal Buildings .
418-01 Roof-top Heliport Construction and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1511.3
430-95 Storage ofLiqu'id and Solid Oxidizers 426.3,426.5,426.6
495-96 Explosive Material Code 417.5.1 See also 527 CMR
502-96 Access Highways. Tunnels, Bridges. Air Right Structures .
651-93 Manufacture of Aluminum or Magnesium Powder 418.3.1
654-94 Prevention of Fire, and Dust Explosions in the Chemical, Dye, Pharmaceutical,
and Plastics Industries , 418.3.1
655-93 Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions : 418.3.1
664-93 Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking
•
Facilities 418.3.1
701-96 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Resistant Textiles and Films 807.2,807.2.2,
3102.6.4.2.3103.3.2,
3104.5,3105.3
704-96 Identification of the Fire Hazards of Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 416.2,416.15.1
750-03 Installation of Water Mist Fire Protection Systems .
8503-96 Pul verized Fuel Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418.3.1
NFoPA American Forest and lPaper Associllidion*

(AFPA) 1250 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.! Suite 200

Title
NDS-97 National Design Specification for Wood Construction -with 1997
Supplement; Design Values for Wood Construction 1801.1,2303.1,2304.1,
2305.14.1, 2305.15, 2306.4,
2306.4.5.1, 2306.4.5.2, 2306.4.6,
2306.4.6.1.1. 2306.4.6.2.1,
2306.4.7.U. 2306.4.7.2.1,
2312.1,2312.4,2313.3.1,
2313.3.2
TR7-87 Basic Requirements for Permanent Wood Foundation System 1808.3, 1813.3, 2311.3.3
tiThe National Forest Products Association (NFoPA) has changed their name to the American Forest and Paper Association
(AFPA). The referenced standard in this code may be identified with the designation AFPA.
•
. '

RCSC
Standard reference
Research Council On Structural Connections
c/o American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
Suite 3100
One East Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60601-2001
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
•
number
number
RCSC-85 Specifications for Structural Joints Using A325 or A490 Bolts ~ . . . . .. 1705.5.3.2.1
RCSC-88 Specification for Load and Resistance Design : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association

1200 K Street, N.W.
Referenced in
Standard reference
number
number
RP-l- 90 Minimum Requirements for Non- Reinforced Black EPDM Rubber Sheets 1507.3.2
RP-2-90 Minimum Requirements for Fabric- Reinforced Black EPDM Rubber Sheets . 1507.3.2
RP-3-85 Minimum Requirements for Fabric- Reinforced Black Polychlorprene Rubber Sheets 1507.3.2
SJI Steel Joist Institute

1205 48th Avenue North
Suite A
Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29577
•
Referenced in
Standard reference
number
number
SJI-94 Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders
............................................................................ 2205.1
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors

National Asso~iation, Inc.
4201 Lafayette Center Drive
Chantilly, VA 22021
Referenced in
Standard reference
number
number
SMACNA-88 Installation Standards for Residential Heating and Air Conditioning Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3619.1.3.1
TFS Texas Forest Sen'ice

Forest Products Laboratory
P.O. Box 310
Lufkin, Texas 75902-0310
reference Title 780 CMR
number Section number
TFS-90 Grading Rules for Preservative Treated Southern Yellow Pine Tapersawn Shakes 1507.2.9
•
APPENDIX A
TMS The Masonry CoullHIcii

1 Suite B
2619 Spruce Street
Boulder, CO 80302-3808

Title
TMS 4021ACI 5301 Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures 707.3, Table 1705.7, 1812.3.2,
ASCE 5-95 Table 1812.3.2,2101.1.1,2104.1,
2104.2,2104.3, 2104.4.1,2104.4.2,
2106.3.1
TMS602lACI Specifications for Masonry Structures , Table 1705.7,2104.2,2112.1.1
530.l/ASCE 6-95
TPI Tross Plate linsmunte Hnc.

Suite 200
583 Ill'Onofrio Drive
Madison, WisCOflilSlhn 53119

Title
Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses
...•.•.••••..•...•.••.•..•.•••.•••.••.•••....•.•••....•...•..•..• 2305.14.1,2313.3.2,
3605.2.10, 3608.2.11
National Design Standard for Metal Plate ConneCted Wood Truss Construction 2305.15, 2313.3.1,
• • . . .• . • . • • • . . . . . . . • . • . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . ••. • • . . . . . . •• • ••. 3605.2.10,3608.2.11
TPIBWT-76 Bracing Wood Trusses: Commentary and Recommendations •.............•.••. 3605.2.10,3608.2.11
TPI QST-89 Quality Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses 3605.2.10, 3608.2. t I
• lUIL
Standard reference
number
Underwriters lL.aboli'lltories, Hnc.
333 Pfingsten Rosell
Northbrook, IlIhnois 60062
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
10A-93 Standard for Safety Tin- Clad Fire -with Revisions through May 1985 .•.•......•.....•......• 716.2
148-93 Standard for Safety Sliding Hardware for Standard, Horizontally Mounted Tin-Clad Fire
Doors -with Revisions through October 1984 716.2
Standard for Safety Swinging Hardware for Standard TinaClad Fire Doors Mounted
Singly and in Pairs -with Revisions through October 19~ ••.....••....•...••.......••... 716.2
SSA-83 Material for Built-up RoofCoverings (Revised 1989) .•........•..........•............ 3609.7.2
103-94 Standard for Safety Chimneys, Factory Built. Residential Type and Building Heating
Appliance -with Revisions through Febnwy 1989 .............•••............. '720.6.4,3612.2
127-88 Standard for Safety Factory-Built Fireplaces -with Revisions through June, n992. . • • . • . . . .. 720.6.4
181-90 Factory-Made Air Duets and Air Connectors (Revised November, 1990) . . . • . . . . .. •.•..•... 3619.1.2
181A-90 Closure ·System for Use with Rigid Air Duets and Connectors •..••.•...••........•...... 3619.1.2
217-93 Standard for Safety Single and Multiple Station Smoke Detectors -with Revisions
through February 1989 •.••..••.•••.••••••.•..•.••..•••••••••........ •....•.... 409.5.1
Standard for Safety Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems -with
Revisions through MillY i 989 . ••• •. . . • . . • •• . • •••• . . . . •. . . •• • •• . . . •. . . .. .....•..•. 409.5.1
441-86 Gas Vents .•••••.••.••.•••••••••..••.•••..••..•..•••••..•.••....•.•.••.......... 3612.2
jjj-95 Fire Dampers •...•..•....•.••••....•..•.•••.•.••.••..•.....•••..•.... ............ 717.1
S59-85 Heat Pumps (Revised Dm:ember, 1987) 3614.2.1
580-94 Standard for Safety Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies -with Revisions
through December 1989 •••..•••....••••.••••.•.•..•........•......•• ••....... 1505.2.2
641-86 Low-Temperature Venting Systems, Type L 3612.2
790..83 Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Material (Revised, 1989) .•....•••.....•..•.•.. 3609.1.3
910095 Standard for safety Test for Flame Propagation and Smoke-Density Values for Electrical
•
and Optical-Fiber Cables used in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air. ••. . .. 2805.2.5
997-81 Standard for Safety Wind Resistance of Prepared Roof Covering Materials -with
Revisions through July, 1981 1505.2.3
1040071 Outline of Investigation for Insulated Wall Construction. . • . . . •. . . . . •• • ••• . •• •. ....•.•• 3603.17.3
1096-86 Electric Central Air Heating Equipment (Revised January, 1988) • . •• . • • •• . • . . • .. .••..... 3614. B.12
1256-85 Standard for Safety Fire Test ofRoof Deck Constructions .•.....•.•...•....... .•...•. .2603.4.1.5
1715·94 Fire Test oflnterior Finish Material-with Revisions through March 1991 2603.8,3603.17.3
1777-88 Chimney Liners (Revised November, J989) ~ . .. .. .. .. .. .. 3610.2.&4

•

number
1040-89 Outline of Proposed Investigation for Insulated Wall Construction 2603.8
Standard for Safety Fire Test Pneumatic Tubing for Flame and Smoke Characteristics -
with Revisions through April 1991 ........•............................ 2805.2.6
1887-95 Fire Tests of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Flame and Smoke: Characteristics . . . . . . . . .. 2805.2.1
usc United States Code

clo Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402-9325
Referenced in
Standard reference
Titie 780 CMR Section
number
number
Title 18; Importation, Manufacture, Distribution and Storage of Explosive Materials •. . . . . .• •.... . . . . .. 307.2
Chapter 40-70
WWPA Western Lumber

number
WWPA-92 Western Lumber Span Tables for Floor and Ceiling Joists and Roof Rafters 3608.2.2

780 CMR Appendix B
Appendix B contains the following infonnation and documentation;
Appendix B-1
A) Sample Uniform Building Pennit Application Fonn for One and Two Family Dwellings and Accessory
Buildings. This application form is not mandated by 780 Cl\fR, however, the information requested on the
form is the minimum information required to satisfY 780 CMR 110.4.
B) Sample Uniform Building Pennit Application Form for Any Building Other than One and Two Family
Dwellings and Accessory Buildings. This application fonn is not mandated by 780 CMR, however, the
information requested on the form is the minimum information required to satisfy the requirements of
780 C!vIR 110.4.
Appendix B-2
Application Forms required to file an appeal with the State Building Code Appeals Board in accordance
with 780 CMR 122.0.
Appendix JJ..j
OffiCial Interpretations ofthe Building Code issued by the BBRS under authority ofM.G.L. c 143, § 94(e).
These interpretations have been made over the period since the promulgation of the first Edition of
780 CMR. on January 1, 1975. Interpretations are identified by number, in order of interpretation, followed
by the year ofthe interpretation. The edition of 780 under which the interpretation was made is indicated
for each OffiCial Interpretation.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 eMR - Sixth Edition 669

•
APPENDIX B-1
SAMPLE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICAnON FORMS
The following sample building pennit application forms have been developed to simplify the building pennit
application process for the applicant and provide the building department with sufficient detail, in a
standardized and concise form. Wherever possible the forms utilize a check off process for ease of use.
The sample application fonns also reference certain Massachusetts General Laws which impact the issuance
of the building permit.
The primary objective in the development ofthese application forms i8 to promote standardization throughout
the Commonwealth. Standardization will benefit both the building pennit applicant and the building
department.
The sample application fonns are not mandatory, but their use is strongly suggested. The information
contained on the sample application fonns, however, is the minimum requir~d to be conuiined on a building
permit application consistent with 780 CMR 110.4.
Application fonns have been developed for;

• One and two family dwellings and accessory buildings thereto and;
• All other buildings and structures.
670 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19.197 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
APPENDIX B
The Commonwealth @f MassachuseUs

State Board of Buildinlg RegUlatiolllSi mel
Standards FOR MUNICIPALI1Y USE
Massachusetts State BuildiDg Code
780CMR
APPll..ICATION TO CONSTRUCT, REPAiR., RENOVATE OR DEMOLISH A ONE OR TWO FAMILY DWELUNG
1.1lProperty Address: 1l.2 Assessors Map 8£ PuceX Numlber:
Map Number Parcel Number
11.S Zoniag llDformation: 1l..4 Property Dimensions:
ZonJng District Proposed Use Lot Area (sf) Frontage (ft)
1.5 BuilcUDg Setbacks (it)

Front Yard Side Yards Rear Yard
Required Provided ReqUired Provided Required Provided
/ /
•
1.6 Water Supply eM.C.L. c. 40, Ii 54) ll.. '1 Jll'Xoed Zone Informmation: 1.8 Sewage WsJPosal System:
Public 0 Prtvate 0 Zone:__ OUtside Flood Zone 0 Municipal 0 On site disposal system 0
2.11. OWner @If Record:
Name (Pr1nt) Address for Serv1ce:
Signature Telephone
Name (Pnnt) Address for Serv1ce:
Signature Telephone
3.1 Uceased Coustructlon Supemsor: Not Applicable 0
Licensed Construction SUpervisor: License Number
Address Exptratton Date
Signature Telephone
Not Applicable 0
•
Company Name Registration Number
Address Expiration Date
Signature Telephone
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 671

Workers Compensation Insurance affidavit must be completed and submitted With this appIJcation. Failure to provide this
affidavit will result in the denial of the issuance of the buUding permit.
Signed Affidavit Attached yes....... 0 No...... 0
•
New Construction 0 Existing BUilding 0 Repair(s) ICI Alteration(s) o Addition o
Accessory Bldg. o Demolition o Other 0 Specify:
Brief Description of Proposed Work:
Item Estimated Cost (Dollars) to be

completed by pennlt applicant
1. Building
2. Electrical
3. Plumbing
4. Mechanical (HVAC)
5. Fire Protection
•
6. Total =(I + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5)
I. -:-- '. as Owner of the subject property
hereby authorize -------------------- to act on

my behalf. in all matters relative to work authoI1zed by this building permit application.
Signature of Owner Date
I. • as Owner/AuthoriZed Agent
hereby declare that the statements and information on the foregoing appli~~tion are true and accurate. to the best of my
lmowledge and beUef.
Signed under the pains and penalties of peIjury.
PrtntName
Signature of Owner/Agent Date

•
780 CI\1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll...DING REGULATIONS AND STA.1\IDARDS
APPENDIX B
• QJ
~ The CommoDweaIlth of Massach'W!iletts
State Board of BuDding RegulatioXlls and
Standards
Massachusetts State Bullding COde
'180CMR
FOR MUNICIPALIlY USE
APPLICATION TO CONSTRUCT. REPAIR. RENOVATE. CHANGE THE USE OR OCCUPANCY OF. OR DEMOLISH ANY
BUILDING OTHER THAN A ONE OR TWO FAMILY DWELLING
11..1 Property MuelllSl: 11..2 Assessors Map 8£ Parcel Number:
Map Nwnber Parcel Number
1l.4 Property Dimensions:
Zontng Dlstr1ct Proposed Use Lot Area. (sf) Frontage (ft)
1.5 BuUcUDg Setbacks (ft)·

F'lontYard Side Yards Rear Yard
•
Required Provided Required Provided Required Provided
/ /
1.6 Water Supply (M.G.L. c. 40. § 54) 1:7 Flood Zone bllfonnatlon: 1.8 Sewage Dispcsa1 System:
Public 0 PrIvate 0 Zone: Outside Flood Zone 0 Municipal 0 On site disposal system 0
2.1 O.IU')!' of Reconll:
Name (Print) Address:
Signature Telephone
Name (Print) Address:
Signature Telephone
3.1" Licensed Construction Superrisor: Not Applicable [J
Ucensed Construction Supervtsor:

Ucense Number
Address
Expiration Date
Signature Telephone
3.2 Reg.lsten4l1ome Improvemelllt ConUactoll': Not Applicable 0
•
Company Name Registration Number
Address Expiration Date
Signature Telephone
9/l9/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 673

Workers Compensation Insurance affidavit must be completed and submitted with this application. Failure to provide this
affidavit will result In the denial of the issuance of the building permit.
__
Signed Affidavit Attached Yes...... D
_~
NO......D
."'~.flIE";
•
5.1 Registered Architect:
Not Applicable 0
Name (Registrant):
Registration Number
Address
Exp1ration Date
Signature Telephone
5.2 Registered Professional Engineer(s):
Name Area of Responsibility
Address Registration Number
Signature Telephone Exp1ration Date
Name Area of ResponSibility
•
Address Regtstration Number
Signature Telephone Expiration Date
Address Regtstration Number
Slgnature Telephone Expiration Date
Address Registration Number
Signature Telephone Exp1ration Date
5.S General Contractor
Not Applicable 0
Company Name:
Responsible In Charge of Construction
Address
Stgnature Telephone

•
APPENDIXB
New Construction 0 Existing Building 0 RepaIr(s) 0 Alteration(s) 0 I Addition 0
Accessory Bldg. 0 Demolition 0 Other 0 Specify:
USE GROUP (Check as applicable) CONSTRUCTION TYPE

A Assembly o o A-3 o lA 0
o IB 0
B Business 0 2A 0
E Educational 0 2B 0
P Factolj'. 0 F-l o F·2 o 2C 0
Ii High Hazard 0 3A 0
I Institutional 0 1-1 o o 1-3 o 3B 0
!II Mercantile 0 4 0
R Residential 0 R-l 0 R-2 o R-3 o 5A 0
S Storage 0 S-1 0 S-2 o 5B 0
11 Utlllty 0 Specify:
M Mixed Use Specify:
•
0
S SpeCial Use 0 Specify:
ExIsting Use Croup: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 Proposed Use Group: 1

ExIsting Hazard Index 780 CMR 34)~ Proposed Hazard Index 780 CMR 34):
BUIlDING AREA. Existing (If applicable) Proposed

Number of Floors or stories include
basement levels
Floor Area per Floor (sf)
Total Area (sf)
Total Height (ft)
Independent Structural Engineering Structural Peer Review Required Yes...... 0 No......o
H, , as Owner of the subject property
hereby authorize to act on

my behalf, in aU matters relative to work authorized by this bundlng permit application.
Signature or Owner Date
• 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Editnon 675

•
:·SECTioli.·:iob):;toWNER/AUTBORIzED
.':"'::"':"
- . .. ..
."," .~ .'. . '." '.
·AGENT;DEcLARATION:)ii'.t:·.··:
"..-. :' ..-': ".
:.:::. . . ..
'. '." ' "...... ",". '.' ' ::: ' ~: : ;:.":" ..' '. .".:.:~:.:- .. . . ." .'
I. • as Owner/Authorized Agent
hereby declare that the statements and Information on the foregoing appUcation are true and accurate. to the best of my .
knowledge and beUef.
Signed under the pains and penalties ofpeIjwy.
PrtntName
Signature of Owner/Agent Date
Item
1. Building
2. Electrical
3. Plumbing
4. Mechanical (HVAC)
5. FIre Protection
6. Total = (l + 2 + 3 + 4+ 5)

APPENDIXB
Appendix 1J..2
State Building Code Appeals Board Filing Instructions and Application Forms
•
0
677
~ 5kCtf~a/Jtm,4~da
tff~.~o/g;uJk·g*,
9'aza, PA~a/f!A~!Jfe~I~tuut~
v&~~~~f!l~~
tJnh~~ - ~e-I.1(lf
•
KENTAltO TSUTSUMJ
WIJ..LIAM F. WELD f!ACJ41on" ~ ()21()t!
eo-- o..innan
ItAntLEEN M. O'TOOLE THOMAS L ROCERS

SecNWy TEL: (617) 727-3200 FAX: (611) 22'7·1'154 AoIrnioIiotnI«
The procedure outlined below must be followed when filing a Building Code Appeal:
1. The appellant must be in receipt of a letter of denial from the local Building Official as required under
780 C~ 111.1 ofthe State Building Code. An appeal must be filed within 4S days of the date of the letter
of denial. An appeal may be filed either with the local Building Code Appeals Board, if one has been
established, or directly with the State Building Code Appeals Board.
2. Two documents are required to be completed by the appellant or hislher representative - the Appeal
Application Form (2 pages) and the Service Notice (1 page).
The Service Notice, which gives notice to the building official that an appeal is· being filed, should include
the date appearing on the appeal form and the name and address ofthe Building Official under the section
uPERSON/AGENCY SERVEDu.~he Method of Service should list one ofthe following procedures as
set forth in Section 121.2.1 ofthe State lBuilding Code.
A. Personally; or
B. Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested; or
C. By any person authorized to serve civil process.
The Date of Service is the date when a copy of the appeal is delivered or mailed to the Building Official
•
or other party entitled. .
The Service Notice must be signed by the appellant or hislher representative and the signature must be
notarized.
The Appeal Application Form (2 pages) must be completed in total. The application will be reviewed
for completeness prior to a hearing being scheduled. Applications determined to be incomplete will be
returned to the applicant for correction. Questions relating to completing the application should be
directed to your local building department or this office.
3. ~ complete copy of the appeal filing, including the.a.rliinal of the Service Notice, must be delivered
to the Building Official or the official entitled. Emu: complete copies of the appeal filing, including the
original plus three copies ofthe Appeal AppUication form, four copies ofthe Service Notice and four copies
of the letter of denial, together with a check for $150.00 (filing fee)payable to the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts must be filed with this office, if the appeal is made directly to the State Building Code
Appeals Board. (Filing fee requirements for filings before a local Building Code Appeals Board may differ
from the fees prescribed for submission to the State Building Code Appeals Board).
ALL CASES WU,f, BE BEARD ON mE SCHEDULED DATE

POSTPONEMENTS WILL NOT BE GRANTED.

•
APPENDIXB
~ 5ktt'~o/~AAadw4e1a
@~~o/g;uJk9'#
gIa4PA~c1B1~f!Jt,?da~~~
vlk,ct'~~~~~
tJn4?~~ Q ~/.1tJl
UNTAlll.OTStlTSUMB
WlWAN F. WELD PA~ ~ ()21()S 0w0innllR
e-me.
KAnn.EEN M. O'TOOLB mOMAS L.ll'lOCERS
A~
Socmt!irJ TEL: (817) 727-3000 FAX: (61i') 227·1'754
STATE USE ONLy

Fee Received: _ STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD
Check No.: APPEAL APPLICATION FORM
Received By:
DOCKET NillviBER: _ DATE: _
(State Use Only)
The undersigned hereby appeals to the State Board ofBuilding Regulations and Standards from the decision
ofthe:
Building Official from the Cityrrown of: _

Board ofAppeals from the Cityffown of: _
Other Municipal Agency/Official entitled: _
•
State Agency/Official entitled: _
OTHER: - _
Dated: 19 ---' having been aggrieved by such (check as appropriate)
Interpretation 0 Order 0 Requirement 0 Direction o

Failure to Act 0 Other 0 Explain. _
All aJ2J2ropriate code sections must be identified ABU m:illm supporting documell1ltatiollll must lbe
submitted with this application. Parties may present writtellll Mmterial at the hearing. However, the
Board reserves the right to continue the proceeding 811' such material W8nTalrllts extelllsive review.
State Briefly desired relief:
APPELLANT: _
ADDRESS FORSERVICE: _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ TelephoneNo. _
ADDRESS OF SUBJECTPROPERTY: _
APPELLANTS CONNECTION TO SUBJECT PROPERTY: _
• SIGNATURE OF APPELLANTIREPRESENTATIVE

m
(NAME - PLEASE lPRllNT)
679
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BDaDING CODE
•
DESCRIPTION OF BUD..DING OR STRUCTURE RELATIVE TO THE MASSACHUSETIS
STATE BUILDING CODE 780 CMR 6th EDITION: Check as a ro riate
Check Here if Building is a One or Two Family Dwelling 0 Proceed to section entitled "BriefDescription
ofthe Proposed Work" - Do not complete the tables below
New ConstIUctioID Existing Buildingo Repair(s) 0 Alteration(s) o I Addition o

Accessory Bldg. [J Demolition [J Other [J Specify:
USE GROUP (Check as applicable) CONSTRUCTION TYPE

A Assembly 0 A-I 0 A-2 0 A-3 0 1A 0
A-4 0 A-5 0 IB 0
B Business a 2A 0
E Educational 0 2B 0
F Factory 0 F-l 0 F-2 0 2C 0
•
B High Hazard 0 3A 0
I Institutional 0 I-I 0 1-2 0 1-3 0 3B 0
M MercanWe 0 4 0
R Residential 0 R·l 0 R-2 0 R-3 0 SA 0
S Storage 0 5-1 c 5-2 0 5B 0
U UWity 0 Specify:
M Mixed Use c Specify:
S Special Use 0 Specify:
.Btira__IItit• •JIIIIfE.~
Existing Use- Group: Proposed Use Group: - - - - - - - - -
ExiSting Hazard Index (780 CMR 34): _Proposed Hazard Index (780 CMR 34):
Bun-DING AREA Existing (If applicable) Proposed

Number of Floors or stories include
basement levels
Floor Area per Floor (sf)
Total Area (sf)
Total Height (ft)
Brief Description of the Proposed Work:

•
APPENDIXB
•
UNTARO'll'SllTSUMI
o..:orm.an
mONAS L ROGERS
~
TEL: (817) 727-3000 FAX: (8l7) 2Z7-1754
STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD - SERVICE NOTICE
I, ~. 2S_----,. forthe
Appellant/Petitioner --:- in an appeal filed with the

State Building Code Appeals Board on ~. 19_ _
HEREBY SWEAR UNDER THE PAINS AND PENALTIES OF PERJURY TIfAT IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE PROCEDURES ADOPTED BY THE STATE BOARD OF BUlLD][NG REGULATIONS AND
STANDARDS AND SECTION 122.3.1 OF nm STATE BUllDlNG CODE, I SERVED OR CAUSED TO
BE SERVED, A COPY OF THIS APPEAL APPLICATION ON THE FOLLOWING PERSON(S) IN lHE
FOLLOWING MANNER:
•
NAME AND ADDRESS OF
PERSON/AGENCY SERVED METHOD OF SERVICE DATE OF SERVICE
Signature: APPEllANTIPETITIONER
On the ---:Day of 19 - ' PERS~NALLYAPPEARED

BEFORE ME lHEABOVENAMED _
(Type orPrint the Name ofthe Appellant)
AND ACKNOWLEDGED AND SWORE THE ABOVE STAlEMENTS TO BE '!RUE.
• NOTARY PUBLIC
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

MY COMtv.IISSION EXPIRES
. 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 681

ENERGY CONSERVATION MANDATORY CHECKLIST FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION
Owner/Agent Name:
(OTHER THAN LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL) 780 CMR, 1301.8.1
Phone: _
W
,\W
Owner/Agent Address: _
City/StatelZip:
Project Name:
Site Address: Citytrown _
Applicant's Name: Signature:

Applicant's Phone: Date of Application: _
I. Envelope Compliance Option (check ONE)
o Trad~Off (1304.5) - Attach software Compliance Report (COMcheck-EZ)

o Appendix J (1301.2 - For buildings up to 10.000 sf only) - Attach Appendix J compliance documentation
o Systems Analysis (1309) - ~ttach Registered Architect's or Engineer's report
o Prescriptive (1304.2) - Complete this section. and attach copy of applicable Table (1304.2.1 through 13.4.2.12)
Climate Zone (from Table 1303.1) 0 Zone 12a ~ Zone 13a 0 Zone 14a
a. Gross above-grade wall area sq.ft.
b. Total window & glass door area _ _ _ _ _ _ _,sq.ft.
c. Glazing % (100 x b+a) -----_% Tabl.e # utilized: _
o Simple Systems & Equipment (1305.2)

II. HVAC (check ONE:)
0 Complex Systems & Equipment (1305.3)

o Systems Analysis (1309) - Attach Registered Architect's or Engineer's report
m. Lighting (check ONE)

•
o Building Area Method (1308.6.2.1) }
o Space-by-Space Method (1308.6.2.2) Attach Compliance Documentation (COMcheck-EZ or other)
o Systems Analysis (1309) - Attach Registered Architect's or Engineer's report
IV. Approval & Acceptance Construction Documents (1301.8.4.1)
Attach a narrative report describing the HVAC. Lighting. and Electric Di~tribution systems. including:
-For,Official
.' .
. .
Use~ONLY::~
. .. .
'.
•
682 780 C:MR • Sixth Edition 1119/01
APPENDIXB
•
This Side For Use by BWllding Department Only
Official's Name: _ Title:
I. Plans Review
Date Application Received:

o Complete Narrative Report Received (1301.8.4.1)
o Design and Specification Documents prepared by legally recognized professional (1301.8.4.3)
Application is: Approved 0 Date: Signature: _
Denied 0 Date: _
Reason(s) for Denial: (provide additional details as needed on separate sheet)
•
n. Acceptance (JL301.8.4.4)
o Successful system tests witnessed by Building Official, OR 0 satisfactory test report received (check.one)
o Certification by Registered Professional (per 780 CMR 116.2) that systems are installed in accordance with
construction documents
o Confinnatiori by owner (or their authorized representative) that they have received record drawings, reviewed for
reasonable accuracy
o Confinnation by owner (or their authorized representative) that they have received reports) controls documentation,
operations manual(s), maintenance manual(s), and other documents specified in 1301.8.4.1
Building Official's Signature:

780 CMR= STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUllDING CODE
•
~
"'..
CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM· ''SUNROOMS''
.
assachusetts State Building Code (780 CMR, Appendix J, Section Jl.l.2.3.1)
The Massachusetts State Bui.ding Code (780 CMR) includes provisions to ensure that houses and house
additions meet energy efficiency standards. This supplemental CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM is to be
filed as part of the building pennit application when abuilder/contractor or homeowner, constIUctinglinstalling
•
a house addition with very large percentage ofglass to opaque wall, seeks to utilize aspecial energy conservation
exemption option for "sunroom" additions to an existing hous(~ (780 CMR, Appendix J, Section J1. 1.2.3.1).
This FORM is not intended to prevent a homeowner from selecting a "sunroom" of any size, configuration,
orientation, form of construction or percent glazing, but rather is only intended to. assist homeowners in
becoming aware ofsome ofthe important energy conservation and year-round comfort considerations involved
in selecting and utilizing a "sunroom" addition.
The connection of"sunroom" structures to residential buildings may create comfort and energy consumption
issues due to uncontrolled solar gain or uncontrolled radiation cooling of the main house. In the selection and
construction/installation of"sunrooms",includedbelow is anon-required, open-ended list ofproduct and design
considerations that a homeowner may wish to consider before actually constructing/installing a "sunroom". It
is recommended that consumers carefully review these options with their designer, builder, or contractor,· in
order to minimize potential energy consumption andlor house discomfort issues. In addition, the qualifications
and reputation of the company or individuals to be hired are important considerations.
PRODUCT AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO "SUNROOMS"

• Solar Orientation and Natural Shading
• Type of Glazing
• Insulating value
• Solar heat gain
•
• Frame materials
• Glazing to frame sealing and gasketing materials! seal durability and/oll" weather
· tightness of the sunroom
• Adequate ventilation· Operable windows aJl!d fans
• Applied Shading Systems
• Insulation level in floors, walls, and ceilings
• .Possible Sunroom isolation from the main house via a wall and/or door or slider
• Heating ~d Cooling Methods: Efficiency, Zoning and Controls
Homeowner Acknowledgment
The Massachusetts State Building Code, Section J1.1.2.3.1, requires that the actual property owner (not the
owner's agent or representative) acknowledge receipt ofthis CONSUMERl'NFORMATION FORM prior to issuance
of a Building Permit for a project that includes "sunroom" additions to an existing residential building. In
accordance with this requirement, the undersigned hereby acknowledges that shelhe has read the information
in this doc~ent concerning sunroom comfort and energy conservation.
Signature of Actual Building Owner Date
Print Name Address of Permitted Project
Owner Address (if different than project location) Owner's telephone number
•
•
APPENDIXB
Official Interpretation No.l08S

DATE: October 30, 1985
SUBJECf: State Building Code Section 108.5 I
Question 1: Section 108.5.1 requires the periodic inspection of certain buildings, and the issuance of Certificates of
Inspection for these buildings on a regular basis. The standard form Certificate of Inspection which was
developed by the Commonwealth states that "The means of egress are sufficient for the following number
of persons:" and provides space for the listing of permitted occupancy load by story and by place of
assembly. Is it the intent of the Code to require a complete periodic reinspection of the entire building or
is such an inspection limited to the building's egress system?
Answer J: No. Section 108.5.1 states in part "A Certificate of Inspection as herein specified shall not be issued until
an inspection is made certifying that the building or structure or parts thereof complies with ALL the
applicable requirements of this Code ... n (emphasis supplied). The periodic reinspection is not necessarily
limited to the building's egress system but may extend throughout to the entire building, or parts thereof
requiring certification. The Certificate of Inspection serves as a spot check to ensure that other Code
mandated procedures have been followed (e.g. ~nnits obtained for alterations) and that the building has
been maintained in a safe condition. The building has been maintained in a safe condition. The building
official is free to use his judgment in determining how extensive a periodic inspection need be.
Question 2: Do Code requirements for periodic reinspection include a requirement to reinspect by wiring, plumbing, gas
fitting and elevator inspectors fo[' compliance with the various applicable specialized codes?
Answer 2: No. The Massachusetts State Building Code does not include a requirement for periodic reinspection by
plumbing, Wiring, gas fitting or other various specialized code enforcement officials. However, periodic
inspections conducted by the building official may reveal conditions that would require further attention by
local wiring, plumbing, gas oil" elevator inspectors.
Question 3: Maya professional consultant assume or be granted the powers and duties of the Building Official to issue
• Answer 3:
permits and certificates or may he merely submit a report for the Building Official's review and acceptance?
Section 114.1 states in part, ''The Building Commissioner or Inspector of Buildings shall examine or cause
to be examined all applications for permits and amendments thereto within 30 days after filing.... If he is
satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the requirements of this Code and all pertinent law applicable
thereto, he shall issue a permit." Only a Building Official, appointed in accordance with Section 107 to
enforce the building code may issue building permits andlor related certificates. A professional consultant
may submit a report for the Building Official's review, but the issuance or denial of the pennit or certificate
is ultimately the Building Official's responsibility.
Question 4: May such a professional consultant be hired by a municipality to perform inspections in the absence of any
"unusual technical issues" as described in Section 108.5, or should the consultant more properly be engaged
by the building owner in the absence of unusual technical issues?
Answer 4: A professional consultant or expert retained by a municipality in the absence of any "unusual technical
issues" to perform inspections would be required to meet the criteria and qualifications outlined in M.G.L.
c. 143, § 3, and would be deemed a local inspector, and subject to all pertinent requirements of Code and
law. However, a Building Official may review andlor accept reports from other qualified personnel, per
Section 111.2.1 (see Question 3).
Question 5: What, if any, liability under the Code would a municipality assume in utilizing a professional consultant for
the various functions described above?
Answer 5: Opinions relative to broad legal questions of liability are beyond the purpose and scope of the Board of
Building Regulations and Standards. Therefore, we must decline to answer this question, and would direct
the municipality to its legal advisor(s) for such and opinion.
OfficiaR TInterpretatioll1l No. 2 8,5

0

SUBJECf: State Building Code Section 119.3
•
Question 1: Do All existing buildings have a legal use group classification, whether in use or not?
Answer 1: Yes. Section 202.1 states "All buildings and structures shall be classified with respect to use in one (1) of
the use groups listed... n. The use group classification is based on the purpose for which a building or
structure is desfgned, used or intended to be used. A use group classification is requi~d to be assigned to
a building or ·structure whether in actUal use or·not:
1'1/27/98 " 780 CMR - Six.thEditjon ". 683-

•
Question 2: On what is the legal use based?

Answer 2: The Massachusetts State Building Code defines use as "The purpose for which the building or structure is
designed, used or intended to be used." The lawful use and/or use group classification of an existing
building may be based upon the Building Official's records pe:rtaining to the particular structure. In the case
of a vacant structure, the last legal use of record would apply.
Question 3: Does the legal use change or cease to exist when ownership changes?
Answer 3: No. A change in ownership of a building would not change ~he use group classification of the building or
cause the use to cease. A change of use and/or occupancy may take place regardless of ownership when
done in accordance with a pennit issued by the Building Official.
Does the use have any relationship with ownership?
The use and ownership are only related in that the owner, as dlefined by Code, is responsible to comply with
the applicable sections of the Code as regard to use, and must obtain a pennit to change the use of a
building. .
Question 4: Is there ever any such thing as "abandonment" of a use group classification, so that an existing building has
no use group?
Answer 4: No. All buildings are required to be classified with n:spect to their use. The discontinuance or
"abandonment" of the actual using of a building or structure would not change the use group classification.
For example, a vacant office building (formerly legally occupied) would remain in use group "B" (Business
Buildings), the last lawful use ofthe building, until a pennit was obtained to change that use.
Question 5: Upon request by an owner for a certificate of use and occupancy, is the Building Official obligated to cite
in writing any violation of law or orders pending?
Answer 5: Yes. If there are violations of law or orders pending, the provisions of Section 121.0 would apply. Section
121.2.1 states that every notice or order authorized by this Code shall be in writing and shaH be served on
•
the person responsible.
. Question 6: Can the use of a building or portion ofa building, subsequent to January I, 1975, legally change without the
issu~ce of a building pennit and a certificate of use and occupancy?
Answer 6: No. Section 113.0 and Section 113.1 state that a permit is re:quired "...to change the use or occupancy of a
building or structure._".
Section 119.0 and Section 119.2 state" A building or structure, in whole or in part, altered to change from
one use group to another: to a different use within the same use group...shall not be occupied or used until
the certificate shall have been issued certifying that the wOlfk has been completed in accordance with the
provisions of the approved pennits..,".
The Massachusetts State Building Code became effective on January I, 1975. All changes of use or
occupancy subsequent to January I, 1975 would be subject to the provisions of the Code.
Official Interpretation No. 3-85

SUBJECT: .State Building Code Section 609,3
Massachusetts State Building Code Section 609.2 requires not less than two approved independent exitways
serving every building except as modified in Section 609.3.
Massachusetts State Building Code Section 609.3 also allows one exitway in a building of the use group and
characteristics as specified in Table 609.
Massachusetts State Building Code Section 609.3 also allows one exitway from the first story of a building
when the first story is 2,000 square feet or less in area and with an occupancy load not exceeding 50 persons.
Egress from other stories shall comply with Article 6.
Massachusetts State Building Code Section 609.2 also specifies not less than two approved independent
exitways serving every story, except in one and two family dwellings and as modified in Section 609.3.
•
It is our interpretation that Section 609.3 deals with two distinct and separate building design configurations.
In its first essence, Section 609.3 provides for cenain buildings (those complying with Table 609)which are
required to have only one exitway. The remaining sentences in Section 609.3 describe conditions (less than
50 occupants and less than 2,000 square feet in area) in which the first story only of any building is require~
to have' only one exitway. Table 609 does not relate to the latter case.
684 . . '780 CMR·· Si~th Editio.l1. 11/27/9&

APPENDIXB
Official Interpretation No. 4 85

0

SUBJECf: State Building Code Table 214 a~d Section 217.4
An existing three story building is proposed to be of type 3-C constriction. The exterior walls have a fire separation
of 30 feet or more and the walls themselves are non-bearing. The loads are carried by a structural steel frame and
there are structural beams and columns within the exterior wall which are part of the load bearing system.
Therefore, the steel frame is load bearing. The walls themselves are essentially curtain walls.
Question: Are the beams and columns which are on the exterior part of the building, required as load bearing members,
to have a two hour fire rating?
Answer: No. Table 214, line 8 of the State Building Code establishes the fire resistance rating required for the col-
umns and framing(beams) and does not require a fire resistance rating for columns or beams for the proposed
condition. However, it should be noted that, per Section 911.6, beams which support walls required to be
fire resistance rated must be protected to afford not less than the fire resistance rating of the wall supported
and, when supporting masonry walls, must carry a minimum fire resistance of one hour. Further, it should
be noted that, if the framing supports a required fire separation wall such as an exitway enclosure, Section
909.4 would require this framing to be protected to afford a fire resistance rating equal to the wall supported.

DATE: January 28, 1986
SUBJECf: State Building Code Section 2101.10.4.2
Question: In a single fmilily dwelling, the (nominal) width of a second means ofegress doorway is required by Section
2101.10.4.2 to be a minimum of 32 inches. Does a six foot wide sliding glass door providing a net clear
opening of 29 o/.a inches comply with this requirement?
•
Answer: Yes. Section 2101.10.2 allows the use of sliding glass doors for egress. Section 612.3 of the Code allows
means of egress doorways to have a minimum clear width of 28 inches in one- and two-family dwellings.
Per Sections 857.5.6.1 (Item 2) and 2101.7.2 (Item 2) of the Code, and Massachusetts General Laws
(M.G.L.) Chapter 143, Section 3T, safety glass must be used in these sliding glass doors. M.O.L., c. 143,
§ 3D requires that safety glazing be etched or otherwise pennanently identified as such.
Offician Interpretation No. 6-86

SUBJECf: State Building Code Section 909.1.2
Question: Is it the intent to require a fire separation wall and/or fireresistive floor-<:eiling assembly between units which
has a fire rating of one hour, that is, an assembly with one face in one unit and the opposite face in another
-unit, with an assembly between the two faces producing a fireresistance rating of one hour, or, a one hour
fire rated assembly for each dwelling unit, which in effect, produces a two hour fire rated assembly between
the two dwelling units?
Answer: It is the intent of Section 909.1.2 to require a one hour rated dwelling unit separation between dwelling units,
rather than a one I~ur rated assembly ~ dwelling unit.
OfficiaB Hnterpretation No. 7 86 a

SUBJECT: State Building Code Table 214. Line 7 "Dwelling Unit Separations and other Non-Bearing Partitions"
Question: Does Table 214, Line 7. control the fireresistance rating of only the vertical dwelling unit separations, with
Line 10 controlling the horizontal separation?
Answer: No. Table 2 I4, Line 7, regulates the fireresistance rating required between.dwelling units. A rating of not
'less than one hour is required to be provided between dwellings regardless of their orientation and type of
construction. If a certain type of construction is required by Table 214, Line 10 to' provide a greater
•
fireresistance rating for floor-ceiling assemblies, this assembly may also serve as the dwelling unit separation
required by Table 214, Line 7.
Official Knterpretatiol!1l No. 8-86

DATE: August 19, 1986.
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 607.3
11/27/98 .780 CMR ... Si~th Edition ..

~
685
•
Question: Section 607.3 requires that building exitways be ..... as remote from each other as practicable." Do so-called
"scissor stairways" which are constructed side-by-side, usually located in the center of a building, violate
this requirement?
Answer: No. Section 607.3 also states that exit stairways must be .....arranged to provide direct access in separate
directions from any point in the area served." Scissor stairways, especially when located in a center core,
may well satisfy Section 607.3. The exit access passageways or corridors must provide direct access to the
stairways in separate directions. Because the entrances to the scissor stairways are usually at opposite sides
of the core, they may, in fact, be as remote as practicable and accessible in separate directions. Table 214,
Line 4, provides fire resistance requirements for enclosure of the exitways, and Table 214, Line 6, and
Section 610.4 specifies fireresistance requirements for exitway access corridors.

DATE: August 26, 1986
SUBJECf: State Building Code Sections 504.2 and 1009.2
Question: Does the Code allow the usage of flexible duct and duct connector in forced hot air heating systl~ms for
residential construction?
Answer: Yes. Sections 504.2 and 1009.2, which speak to the use of ductwork for heating and ventilating, make
reference to the mechanical code listed in Appendix Bof the State Building Code, which is the BOCA Basic
Mechanical Code, 1978 edition. In Sections M-301.4.3 through M-30 1.4.5 flexible duct and duct connector
are permitted for all occupancies except one and two family dwellings when conforming to the UL 181
standards, and subject to other limits stated therein. Section M-302.2.1 allows non-metallic supply ducts in
one and two family dwellings when in conformance with the applicable standard (UL 181 or SMACNA-75)
listed in the appendix of the Mechanical Code.
•
SUBJECf: State Building Code Sections 1004.0 and 1006.0
Question: Must condensing type oil-fired furnaces (central heating appliances) always be vented into masonry
chimneys?
Answer: No. The purpose of the masonry chimney requirement is to provide safe venting of the high temperature
exhaust gasses generated by conventional type oil-fired c:entral heating appliances. However, certain
condensing type oil-fired furnaces generate low temperature exhaust gases which also contain corrosive
products that can adversely effect masonry. Consequently, condensing type oil-fired furnaces which operate
to produce vent gas temperatures of no greater than 150°F are to be approved for through-wall andlor
through-roof venting with polyvinylchloride or similar pipe when installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations. The appliance and its venting system must have been tested together and "listed" or the
provisions of Section 1006.0 for "unlisted appliance" apply.

DATE: December 30, 1986
SUBJECf: State Building Code Section 2108.3.2
Questioll: Do chimney lining and/or re-lining systems which do not use fire-elay flue lining (ASTM C315) require
specific approval by the State Board of Building Regulatioll1s and Standards?
AnsWer: No. Section 2108.3.2 of the Code permits the use as chimney lining of, .....other approved material that will
resist corrosion, softening or cracking from flue gasses at temperatures up to 1700° Fahrenheit."
Materials andlor systems which satisfy the high te~perature provisions of the Underwriters' Laboratory Test
Standard 103 (UL-l 03 HT) satisfy this performance requirement for lining of masonry chimneys contained.
in Section 2108.3.2.
Since each system is tested in the configuration required by the manufactures' instaUation instructions, these
•
instructions become the requirements for installation of the chimney lining system.

DATE: February 24, 1987..
SUBJECf: State Building Code Sections 616 and 2101
..6&6 780 CMR -.S.ix~h. ~ditim1 11/27/98 '.

APPENDIXB
Question: Are alternating tread stairways, such as the Lapeyre Stair, permitted by Massachusetts State Building Code
as an element of required means of egress?
Answer: No. The exit stairway requirements described in Sections 616 and 2101 of the Code are intended to provide
a stairway of certain minimum exit capacity, with the full width being available for occupant egress, at an
incline that results in motion familiar to the occupants. Alternate tread stairways are intended for use where
floor space is limited and therefore a steeper than usual incline is required. The steeper incline, when
descending the stairway, requires an unfamiliar foot motion more downward and less outward than that
typically required. Imposing such an unfamiliar motion on occupants exiting the building during a life
threatening situation is unwarranted.
The Lapeyre Alternating Tread Stair exceeds the maximum incline permitted by Sections 616 and 210 I and
will, therefore, require an unfamiliar motion by the occupants.
In addition, the overall width of these stairs does not meet the minimum width requirement of Sections 616
and 210 I, nor would the exit capacity be equal to that of a full stairway if the minimum width were satisfied
since these stairs do not permit parallel egress of individuals.
The Lapeyre Alternating Tread Stair is, therefore, not permitted as an element of a required means ofegress.
Official Interpretation No.13-8S

SUBJEcr: State Building Code Section 2108
Question: A single family dwelling is to be constructed with a fuel-fired water heater in the basement and a fireplace
lined with a 2 inch thick refractory brick on the first floor. What construction is required to separate the
water heater flue from the firebox and smoke chamber of the fireplace at the first floor? What separation is
required within the chimney?
Answer: Section 2108.7.2 requires that the firebox of a fireplace constructed of solid masonry and lined with
refractory brick have back and side walls of at least 8 inches total thickness.
Section 2108.7.4.5 requires that the walls of the smoke chamber be a minimum of eight inches thick. Thus
a minimum of eight inches of solid masonry is required in these locations. Once the elevation of the fire-
place flue is reached, Section 2108.3.2.4 allows two adjoining flues to be contained in the same chimney,
so long as the flue liner joints are staggered at least seven inches. If this staggering of flue liner joints is not
provided, or if more than two flues are present, Section 2108.3.2.5 requires that masonry flue partitions of
at least four inch thickness, bonded into the chimney walls, be constructed to separate the flues.
Official [lllterpretatiOllll No. 11.4-89

DATE: March 28, 1989
SUBJECf: State Building Code Section 437 and 616.8
Question J: Section 437.1.3.2 provides that"At least one required exitway shall be accessible without passage through
an atrium." Section 437.2.2, which speaks to the enclosure ofatriums, contains an exception which provides
that "The adjacent spaces of any three (3) floors of the atrium shall not be required to be separated from the
atrium; however, these spaces shall be included in the atrium volume according to Section 437.2." Is it the
intent of Section 437.1.3.2 to require at least one required exitway to be accessible without passage through
an atriumon tho~e floors exempted by Section 437.2.2.frorn the requirement for separation from the atrium?
Answer J: No. The exception in Section 437.2.2 allows the designer to eliminate atrium separations on any three floors
so long as the additional spaces on these floors are added to the atrium volume for purposes of sizing the
smoke control r~quirements of the atrium. What this allowance es~entially does is to add these adjacent
spaces to the atrium. It is impossible to provide an exit which is accessible without passage through an
atrium for spaces within that atrium. The provisions of Section 437.1.3.2 are intended to ensure that spaces
outside the atrium need not depend on the viability of the atrium in order to gain access to an exitway.
Therefore, these provisions are not applicable for any spaces which are already included in the atrium space,
including those spaces added When "the exception in Section 437.2.2 is applied.
Question 2: Is it the intent of the Code that stairways conforming to Section 616.8 and escalators conforming to Article
16 be subject to the requirements of Section 437.3.1 ?
Answer 2: Not necessarily. It is intended that unenclosed supplemental stairways be prohibited from connections with
(required) exit stairways and eltitway access corridors, and that these unenclosed supplemental stairways be
equipped with a draft stop confonning to Section 437.3.1. While there are no provisions in the Code text
to require that escalators be classified and protected as floor ~penings, it is possible that escalators can.be
H/27/98 "780 CMR"- Sixth Edition 687.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUn..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUn.DING CODE
so classified. However, escalators may also be enclosed in fire resistance rated construction, or may be
located within an atrium. Asupplemental stairway may also be enclosed in fire resistance rated construction,
or may be located in an atrium, and may therefore not be classified as a floor opening.
Sequential Gap - OjJiciallnterpretation Number 15

SUBJECf: State Building Code Sections .Q.lQ
Question: Does the installation of a handicapped stair lift in a required exit stairway constitute an obstruction to the
means of egress?
Answer: Yes. Section 616 of the State Building Code makes ~he following provisions:
"Stairways shall not reduce in width in the direction ofexit travel. Projections into a stairway are prohibited
except for handrails as indicated in Section 616.5.1 and for stairway stringers which may project not more
than one and one-half inches." (616.2.3)
"The least dimension of landings and platforms shall be not less than the required width of stairway."
(616.3.1)
"Stairways shall have continuous guards and handrails on both sides..." (616.5)
"An exitway enclosure shall not be used for any purpose other than means of egress." (616.9.2)
Moreover, Section 605 states that "It shall be unlawful to obstruct, or reduce in any manner, the clear widths
ofany doorway, hallway, passageway or any other exitway required by the provisions of this code." Section
605 also requires that "AI~ required means of egress components shall at all times be maintained in a safe
usable condition."
Handicapped stair lifts installed in required egress stairs can conceivably violate all of the above sections.
•
When in use, such lifts render at least a portion of a stainvay unusable. Even when not in use, the lift
equipment projects into the required width, interferes with the use of handrails, and presents a potential
tripping hazard to persons using the stair. Also, the introduction of this equipment into a stair enclosure
does, in a sense utilize an exitway enclosure as an elevator shaft, and there is the possibility that the
equipment, motor, and wiring can catch fire, thereby rendering the exitway unusable. There is also reason
to expect that loss of primary electrical power in an emergency situation could disable the lift in a position
where it would present a greater obstruction than when not in use. For these reasons, we conclude that the
installation of inclined stairway chairlifts in required exitway stairways is potentially hazardous, and is
therefore not permitted. However, the building official may allow the installation of such lifts in stairways
which are not a component of the required means of egress, so long as the building official determines that
the particUlar installation is not hazardous. It is the policy of the Department of Public Safety, Division of
Inspection, Elevator Section to require a letter of approval from the building official before granting a permit
for an inclined stairway chairlift.

SUBJECf: State Building Code Section 1216
Question: Under the new (ASMFJANSI A 17.1) elevator COde, smoke detectors are required in the elevator lobby for
elevator control. Are these same smoke detectors required to be tied into the fire alarm system?
AlIswer: Yes. NfiPA nA, the applicable tire protection standard referenced in Section 1216.1, requires that these
detectors be tied into the fire alann system.
OtTiciallnterprctation No. 18-90

DATE: February.27,199O.
SUBJECf: State BuildjAA Code Section 1006.2
Questioll: Is the "direct venting" (through-the-sidewall combustion product exhaust venting) of "listed" comfort heating
•
and comfort cooling appliances allowed in lieu of venting to a masonry chimney as required in Section 1004
of the State Building Code?
Answer: Yes, Section 1006 of the State Building Code (the Code) defines "listed appliances" and Section 1006.2
addressing appliances to be vented states:
. 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 11/27/98

•
APPENDllX B
- "Appliances shall be connected to a listed venting system or provided with other means for exhausting
the flue gasses to the outside atmosphere in accordance with the venting system selection chart
contained in the mechanical code listed in Appendix B."
In Section 1001.2, the Code recognizes that appliances required to be vented "shall be connected to a vent
or chimney..." and in Section 1002 addresses the performance test and acceptance criteria to insure safe and
proper performance of the venting system.
Direct venting systems that are "listed" or are part of a listed appliance conform to the requirements of the
. Code.
Official Interpretation No. 19-9@

DATE: December II, 1990
SUBJECfS: of Section 602.1 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code and. BBRS Approval of the Use of
Power Venters
In order to immediately correct an inadvertellt oversight in Section 602. J ofthe Fifth Edition ofthe State Building
Code, at is meeting ofNovember 20, 1990. the Board unanimously voted that it should reflect the provisions of
M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 26A* and, therefore, should read-
602.1 Applicability: the provisions of this section shall apply to all buildings more than 70 feet above mean
grade, except that the provisions of this section shall not apply to airport traffic control towers conforming
to the requirements of Section 616.0.
By way ofclarification, Section 602.1, as cited in the Fifth Edition, is in conflict with statutory requirements
of2counts:
I. It ties high rise provisions to floors used for human occupancy and located more than 70 feet above the
lowest level of fire department vehicle access; whereas, the governing statues identify high rise buildings
•
.as !ill buildings of more than 70 feet in height above the mean grade; and
2. The cited section in the Fifth Edition measures from the lowest level of fire department vehicle access;
whereas, the statutes measure from mean grade.
As you know, statutory requirements govern and in this case also reference the high rise provisions of the
State Building Code.
POWER VENTERS
Power Venters, as contained in Section 2513 of the Fifth Edition, are ONLY aHowed for use WITH GAS
OR OIL FIRED comfort heating andlor cooling appliances. Approval from the BBRS is required for use
with solid fuel burning appliances.
Official interpretatiollll No. 21-911.

DATE: July 30, 1991
SUBJECf: Section 908.1 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as related to attached dwelling units (Use
Group R-3) in which the units are separated by interior lot lines.
Question: a) When side by side attached single family dwelling units (Use Group R-3) are constructed such that the
exterior wall of each is located at the lot line which divides them, will two one-hour rated wood stud walls
comply with Section 908.1 (Fire Walls and Party Walls) of the 5th Edition of the Code?
b) Could the two walls referred to in question a) above be supported on a single foundation wall.
Answer: a) For multiple attached single f~mily dwelling units, (Use Group R-3), which are separated by interior lot
lines, the intent of section 908.1 is satisfied by the construction of a single fire separation wall having a
fireresistance rating of one-hour. Such fire separation walls may be used between attached dwelling units
providing that the wall construction meets the requirements of Section 910 and the sound transmission
ratings of Section 714. and that the allowable area limitations .between fire walls of Table 50 I are not
exceeded. Fire walls, constructed in accOrdance with Section 908, are required· when the allowable area
limitations of table 50I are reached. (e.g. 4800 sf per floor for multiple attached single family dwelling units,
Use Group R-3).
•
b) The wall referenced in answer a) above may be supported one a single concrete or masonry foundation
wall of equivalent or greater fire resistance rating.
Discussion.' Section 908.1 of the Code requires party walls to be constructed as fire walls if an interior lot line is present.
Furthermore, the fire wans n ....shall be constructed of any approvoo noncombustible materi,l1s pro~iding
11/27/98 780 CMR - ~iJtth Edition 689

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILD][NG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
the required strength and fireresismnce rating specified in Tab~e 40 I for the type ofconstruction, but not less
than the fire grading of the use group specified in Table 902. Strength.....".
The argument can be made that such party walls can be considered to be exterior walts, thus causing the
requirements of section 908.1 to be in conflict with the exterior wall fireresistance requirements of Table
906.2 (for fire separations of five feet or less).
Table 906.2 requires an exterior wall fireresistance rating of one hour for a fire separation distance of zero
feet. If two dwelling units were constructed on adjacent lots and each were constructed on the common lot
line, such that the fire separation distance of each unit was zero, Table 906.2 would require each exterior
wall to have a fireresistance rating of one hour. However, Code requirements for multiple single family
attached dwelling units when interior lot lines are not present, table 401 would simply require the
construction of dwelling unit separation walls with a fireresistance rating of one hour, between dwelling
units. It would appear to be inconsistent to require the same R-3 structure to have a greater degree of fire
safety due simply to the separation of the dwelling units by an imaginary lot line.
Official Interpretation No. 22·91

DATE: September 24, 1991
SUBJECf: Section 2102.40) of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as it relates to reconstruction in Coastal
High Hazard Areas following Stonn Damage.
At a regular meeting ofthe Board ofBuilding Regulations and Sta,uLards heldon Tuesday 24, September 1991, the
Board approved the following interpretation ofSection 2lO2.4( 1) ofthe 5th Edition of the Massachusetts State
Building Code, effective immediately.
Question: When a structure is located in a Coastal High Hazard Area ("V" zone) and is swept from its foundations
during a storm, and the building remains intact but the foundation system is completely destroyed, does the
code require that the structure be constructed on an elevated pile foundation, in accordance with Section
2102.4 ?
Answer:
Question:
Yes. The structure, as described would be considered to be substantially damaged and as such would be
required to be provided with a n~w foundation system. Section 3203.3, the foundation system would
constitute a "new system", as defined in Section 3201 and therefore would be required to be constructed to
meet the requirements for new construction. Since the structure is located within a "V" zone, Section
2102.4(1) would require the structure to be elevated on piles.
When a structure is located in a Coastal High Hazard Area ("V" zone) and is swept from its foundations
•
during a stonn, and both the building and foundation system remain intact and if the costs associated in
relocating the building onto its existing foundation system ;are less than 50% of the market value of the
structure prior to the damage, does the code require that the structure be constructed on a raised pile
foundation, in accordance with Section 2102.4 ?
Answer: No. Ifboth the foundation system and structure are intact and the cost associated in relocating the structure
to its pre-damaged condition, then the structure is permitted to be relocated on the existing foundation unless,
in the opinion of the building official, under Section 101.3, the proposed reconstruction would constitute an
unsafe structural condition, in which case the structure should be elevated in accordance with Section
2102.4(1).
. .
SUBJECf: Section 816 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as It Relates to Requirements for Stairways
Date ofInterpretation:
The State Board of Building Reglliations and Standards, at it's regular monthly meeting of September 24, /99/,
affirmed the following requirements:
Question: To what extent are the provisions of Massachusetts State Builc1ing Code, Section 816, .applicable to a
stairway providing access to an attic area in a business estabHshment; said attic area used for the storage of
stock used in conjunction with that business?
Answer: Section 816, INTERIOR STAIRWAYS, (in conjunction with Section 819, EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS), of
the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code requires that all stairways, whether interior or
exterior, required or supplemental, must be so constructed to satisfy the applicable requirements imposed
for .interior.exit stairways. •
~" 690 .780.CMR ~ Sixth 'Edition "",. 1-1/27/98 .
•
APPENDIXB
This means that for interior or exterior, required or supplemental stairways, the width, headroom, stairway
allowed width restrictions, the allowed dimensions of platfonns and landings, the acceptable vertical rise
between landings and platfonns, riser height and tread depth and the dimensional uniformity required
between adjacent risers and treads and the requirements for stairway guards and handrails are controlled by
the requirements of Section 816.
Note 1: If classified as a mezzanine, then the subject attic area would fall under the requirements of Section 605 of
the State Building Code; otherwise such area would be treated as an additional story of the building, with
the resulting classification detennining what applicable State Building Code requirements apply.
Note 2: Only ~ interior or exterior, required or supplemental stairways (dimensions and handrail/guardrail
requirements) are controlled by Section 816 -ladder type stairs and "pull-down", non-fixed stair systems are
not explicitly regulated by the Building Code.
Note 3: Article 34, Section 3401, still controls dimensions and handrail/guardrail requirements for fixed stairways
in one and two family detached dwellings.
Officiall Interpretation No. ;MQ92

SUBJECf: Section 1205 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as it relates to Frost Protection for Fence Posts
At a regular meeting ofthe Board ofBuilding Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 28, January, 1992, the
Board approved thefollowing interpretation ofSection 1205 ofthe 5th Edition ofthe Massachusetts State Building
Code, effective immediately.
Question: Is it the intent of the Code to require a four foot deep concrete footing to the posts of a fence up to six feet
in height?
Answer: No. The requirement of section 1205, which requires protection against frost for footings for permanent
•
structures is not applicable to minor fences such as described in the above question.
In certain fence applications, post embedment depths of four feet or more may indeed be required for fences
ofunusual size, or fences which are subjected to unusual loading conditions (such as a prison security fence,
for instance which, in addition to wind loads, may also be subjected to vehicle impact loads). However, it
is not the intent of the Code to require frost protection for fences which are only four feet in height.
As an example consider the construction of a four foot high chain link fence, erected as a property line
demarcoltion. The required post embedment depth is determined by a number of factors including; the
height of the fence; the applied horizontal loads; the nature of the soil and; the intended function of the
fence. Specific reference related to post embedment depths can be found in ASTM F 567-84 "Standard
Practice for Installation of Chain Link Fence", and although not specifically referenced in the Code, is a
recognized national standard of practice. Sections 4.1 and 4.8 of ASTM F 567-84 specify minimum post
embedment depths of 24 inches and 36 inches, for concrete encased and driven posts, respectively, when
used in the construction of a four foot high chain link fence. For this particular type of fence, it is unlikely
that movement due to frost heave would result in a life safety hazard or cause serious damage. However,
it is incumbent upon the designer to make this determination on a site specific·basis (and to submit his
determination to the local building official for approval) and prepare the design accordingly.
.In summary, the intent of the Code relating to these issues is expressed in Section 311.0, USE GROUP U,
UTIl.ITY AND MISCELLANEOUS USES, which states ... " "Buildings and Structures of an accessory
character ... shall be constructed equipped and maintained to meet the requirements of this code
commensurate with the fiv-e and life hazard incidental to their use. [emphasis added] Utility and
miscellaneous uses shall includefences over6feet high,. tanks, cooling towers, retaining walls and bui~dings
such as private garages, carports, sheds and agricultural buildings". The phrase "commensurate with the
fire and life hazard incidental to their use" is the key phrase to consider, as it provides the necessary
guidance to the designer and buil.ding code official to avoid the "blanket" literal interpretation of the
requirements of Section 1205 and other inappropriate sections of the Code.
omciaB Knterpretation No. 25 92 a
•
SUBJECf: Section 921 6.2 of the Fifth Editioo of the State BuUding Code as it relates to Firestopoing.
At a regular meeting ofthe Board ofBuilding Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 28 January, 1992, the
Bo~rd approved t~e following' in.terpretation of Sect~on 921..6.2 of the 5th. Edition of the Massachusetts State
Buildin~ COtle, effective immediately. . .
11'/27/98- 780 CMR~ Sixth Edition -.691·

•
Question: In a building which has suspended ceilings and vertical partitions extending to the underside or suspended
horizontal membrane of the ceiling, is it the intent of Section 921.6.2 to require firestopping at the top of the
partitions to eliminate the open connection between the vertical wall openings and the horizontal ceiling
space?
If firestopping is required, is the requirement applicable to combustible and noncombustible construction?
Answer: If the vertical partition does not penetrate the ceiling membrane, (i.e. if the partition terminates at the
underside of the plane of the ceiling) there is effectively no connection between the horizontal space above
the ceiling and the vertical space within the partition, therefore firestopping is not required. If, however, the
vertical partition penetrated the plane of the ceiling, firestopping would be required at the interface of the
ceiling and partition. For this situation, the firestopping would be required whether the partition and ceiling
materials were combustible or noncombustible.

SUBJECf: Sections 706.1 and 707.1 ofthe Fifth Edition ofthe State Building Code as related to Mechanical Ventilation
of Non Public Bathrooms
At a regular meeting ofthe Board ofBuilding Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 28, January, 1992, the
Board approved the following interpretation ofSection 706. J mu} 707. J ofthe 5th Edition ofthe Massachusetts
State Building Code, effective immediately.
Question: Can a bathroom exhaust fan exhaust into an enclosed ventilated attic space which has soffit vents in
conjunction with continuous ridge vents or eaves vents.
Answer: No. Section 707.1 requires that" Mechanical ventilation, when provided, shall conform to the requirements
of the BOCA National Mechanical Code listed in Appendix A, unless expressly defined within this Code,
•
and may be substituted for the requirements for natural ventilation."
Article 16 of the BOCA National Mechanical Code (1987) lists the required mechanical ventilation air in
Table 1602.2.
Section M·1604.1 (Mechanical Exhaust) ofthe BOCA National Mechanical Code (1987) states, in part, that
ll
II .... The exhaust shall discharge directly to an approved location on the exterior of the building •
Warm, moist air exhausted from bathroom spaces would condense in the cooler attic space, even if the attic
space were adequately ventilated. Moisture from condensation will eventually cause damage to wood
framing members (or sheathing), insulation and ceiling materials and may pose a threat of fire if electrical
circuitry is contacted.
Sequential Gap 27 and 28
SUBJECf: Articles 6 8 and 9 - Smoke Protection in Egress Corridors of Fully Suppressed Buildings
Question J: In a fully sprinklered building, is it the intent of Section 810.4.1 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts
~tate Building Code (the Code) that egress corridors be.constructed so as to serve as an effective barrier to
limit the transfer of smoke?
AnSlver 1: Yes, for USE GROUPS where "sleeping uses" are involved.
The BOCA National Building Code/1987 Conunentary, for Section 810.4.1. (the Massachusetts Code,
utilizes the BOCA Building Code language for this Section) states that Section 810.4.1 "...acknowledges that
an automatic fire suppression system can serve to control oreliminate fire development which could threaten
the exit access corridor. The nonsleeping occupancies are permitted to have nonrated corridors if the
suppression system is installed throughol;lt the area served by the corridor as ~ell as the corridor itselr'. "In
the sleeping uses ...the corridor fireresistance is reduced to one-half hour. The purpose of the fireresist~ce
rated corridor is riot only to provide a fire endurance capability, but ~ to provide a quality of
construction that would ensure such walls would serve effectively as barriers to smoke. The dwelling unit
•
(sleeping uses) separation walls, while reduced to Y1 hour, are to be constructed tight to the ceiling above
(tight to the underside of the floor/roof deck above or tight to the rated floor/ceiling assembly above), to
complete the barrier to smoke function."
The interpretation provided above is DQ1 meant t~ imply that Section 810.4 requires satisfying Section 911 -
"sMokE BARRIERS", as "SMOKE BARRIERS" are unique to certain "defend-in-pJace" concepts,'
specifically associated· with Section 610.5, 1-2 USE.
... ."
692 . . 7'80 CMR S·ixth .Edition

J Iln7/98' .
APPENDIXB
Note that Section 810.4.1 does allow that when an approved fire suppression system is installed and
supervised in accordance with Section 1020.1, parts I, 2 or 3, and has its water flow alarm device connected
to an approved central station system, proprietary system or remote station system of the jurisdiction, a fire
resistance rating for exit access corridors, and tenant separation walls which are also corridor walls, is not
required in USE GROUPS A, B, E. F, M and S.
Question 2: In a fully sprinklered building of USE GROUP 1-2, is it the intent of Section 610.4 of the Fifth Edition of
the Massachusetts State Building Code (the Code) that egress corridors be constructed so as to serve as an
effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke?
Answer 2: Yes - Section 610.4 clearly states that"...in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic fire
suppression system, the corridor wall fireresistance rating is not required provided the corridor walls fonn
a barrier to limit the transfer of smoke."
The BOCA National Building Code/I 987 Commentary, for Section 610.4 (the Massachusetts Code, utilizes
the BOCABuilding Code language for this Section) states that"...ifthe building is protected throughout with
an automatic fire suppression system, thereby reducing the possibility that a fire will develop which is life-
threatening to persons outside the room of origin, the corridor walls need only be able to resist the passage
of smoke."
"...when the building is protected with an automatic fire suppression system, the primarv concern is to
contain the smoke since the suppression system is expected to suppress and thereby cor:atain the fire. "
The interpretation provided above is DQ! meant to imply that Section 610.4 requires satisfying Section 911 -
"SMOKE BARRIERS", unless a wall of the exit access corridor is intended to be a "SMOKE BARRIER"
wall. "SMOKE BARRIERS" are unique to certain "defend-in-place" concepts, specifically associated with
Section 610.5, 1-2 USE.
Question 3: In fully sprinklered buildings of USE GROUPS R-l, R-2 and 1-2, is it the intent of the Code that smoke
•
dampers be provided at duct penetrations through the unrated corridor walls?
Answer 3: No, provided in the case of the 1-2 USE, the corridor wall is not a portion of a "SMOKE BARRIER"
(Section 911.5 would require a smoke damper in a "SMOKE BARRIER"/I-2 USE).
Note that the Code is effectively silent on the use of "smoke dampers", but does provide guidance in Section
918, on the use of "fire dampers". Section 918.2 states that "fire dampers" shall be provided at locations
where airdistribution systems penetrate assemblies required to have a fireresisrance rating", thus the R-l and
R-2 USES, having a one-halfhour rating would require "fire dampers" but not smoke dampers" - the 1-2 USE
corridor walls, if not a portion of a "SMOKE BARRIER" - Section 911 - would not be rated and would not
require a "fire damper".
Exceptions to Section 918.2 "fire damper" requirements include exception no. 3 to Section 918.2, where:
Exception 3 states that a fire damper is not required"...at penetrations oftenant separation and corridor waJls
in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic fire suppression system." Here, the 1987
Commentary states that "since an automatic fire suppression system reduces the potential for duct collapse,
fire dampers are not required to protect penetrations of tenant separation and corridor walls in buildings
protected throughout with an approved automatic suppression system."
Utilizing this same reasoning, a smoke damper would not be required as it is nol expected that a fire can
develop sufficiently in R-I and R-2 or 1-2 buildings that. are .fully suppressed, thus the level of "passive
defense'" required in corridor construction (where such corridor walls are not 'part of a "SMOKE
BARRIER"II-2 USE), is limited to the corridor walls being constructed tight to the ceiling above (tight to
the underside of the floor/roof deck above or tight to the rated floor/ceiling assembly above), to complete
the barrier to smoke function and thus limit the transfer of smoke in the exit corridors of these "sleeping
occupancies.
Questioll4: In fully sprinklered buildings of USE GROUP 1-2, is it the intent of the Code to allow the use of flexible duct
(designed, listed and installed per the requirements of Section M-303 of the BOCA National Mechanical
Code/I 987)?
Answer 4: Yes. As is noted in answers #1, #2, and #3 above, the Code now places great emphasis on "active defense"
•
in the fonn of full suppression and would allow the use of flexible duct when designed, listed and installed
per the BOCA National Mechanical Codel1987 and additionally satisfies the requirements ofNFiPA-90A
in the case of the 1-2 USE.
.OfficiaR Rnterpretation No. 30 93 0
DATE: March 9, 1993
. '. .1.1/27/98 78Q CMR' - Sixth Edition 693"

•
SUBJECf: of Table 401. Item 12 of the Fifth EditiQn Qfthe State Building Code as it relates tQ the Use Qf Skylights in
Fire resistance Rated ROQfConstruction
Question: Is it the intent of the Code to allow the use of unrated skyliglhts in roof construction that is required to have
a fire resistance rating under the provisions of item 12 of table 40 I, by virtue of the type of construction and
height from the floor to the lowest structural member?
Answer: Yes. The intent of the fire resistance rating requirements oftable 40 I are (in protected construction) to offer
a degree of protection to the structural members of the roof system in order to prevent premature structural
collapse of the roof.
FQr a particular type of construction, the degree of fire resistance required by table 40 I to be provided fQr
the roof construction is consistent with the protection required for the remainder of the structural elements
of the building. Damage caused to a skylight during a fin~ event will not promote premature structural
collapse of a rated roof system.
Question: Is it the intent of the code to allow a roof assembly, which is required to be rated under table 40I (item 12),
to be constructed wholly of non rated skylights.
Answer: Yes. Provided that the following conditions exist:
a. the structural members of the roofsystem are protected in accordance with the requirements of table 40 I;
b. the subject building does not require the roof to be rated under the provisions ofsection 906.5. If the roof
system is required to be rated due to vertical protection issues of section 906.5, unrated skylights are
prohibited from being located within 15 feet of the adjacent building.
Question: Are opening protectives required, in accordance with Secti()n 906.5, for exterior wall openings which are
located less than 15 feet vertically above the roof of an adjacent lower building, if the adjacent lower
building has a roof assembly fire resistance rating of one hour or greater and the roof assembly contains
unrated glass skylights ?
•
Answer: Yes. Section 906.5 requires opening protectives for exterior wall openings in an adjacent higher building
if the openings are located less than 15 feet vertically above: the lower roof and the adjacent buildings are
separated horizontally by a distance less than 15 feet. unless the roofconstruction of the lower roof has a fire
resistance rating of Qne hQur Qr greater. Fire in the lower buiilding may be a SQurce of exposure tQ openings
in an adjacent higher building if the fire were to breech the roQf cQnstructiQn. If the rQof of the lower
building has a fire resistance rating which affords the degree of safety against collapse of the roof, the
potential for spread of fire to the adjacent (and taller) building would exist if fire penetrated the skylights
and if the skylights were located within 15 feet vertically and 15 feet horizontally of the skylight. Section
906.5 does not require exterior wall opening protectives, even if the lower adjacent roof assembly is unrated
provided that the buildings are separated horizontally by a fire separation distance of over 15 feet.
Therefore skylights would be permitted in rated roof construction of the lower roof without the need for
exterior wall opening protectives if either the buildings were separated horizontally 15 feet greater, if the
skylights were a distance of 15 feet or more from the adjacent exterior wall, or if the adjacent exterior wall
openings were greater than 15 feet above the lower roof level.

DATE: April 13,1993
SUBJECf: of Section 113.3 and Section 201.0 Definitions (owner) of the Fifth Edition of the State Building·Code as
it relates to the definition of owner.
Question I: If a contractor is hired by an owner, is the contractor considered an agent under the definition of owner
(Section 201.0) ?
Answer J: Yes
Question 2: What information would be necessary to qualify that the contractor was an agent ?
Answer 2: The contractor would need to produce (I) a letter stating th:at he/she has been granted the authority to 8:ct
as an agent Qf (2) a copy of a written contract signed by the owner and the contractor as specified.
•
Question 3: Can a city or town refuse to issue a pennit to a contractor with (I) a letter stating that they may act as an
agent or (2) with a signed contract between the two parties to remodel or construct a structure simply
because he/she is not the owner of the structure or property?
Answer 3: No. The definition of owner (Section 201.0 owner) states" Every person who alone or jointly or severalty
with others ...:..
694· 780 CM~ - Sixt~· Edi"tion 11127/98

APPENDIXB
(b) has care, charge or control of any building or structure in any capacity ..... The contractor is considered
tI.
to have control, care or charge of the building during the time of construction as ling as the contractor has
a letter stating that he/she is authorized to take out a pennit ( act as an agent of the owner) or the contractor
has a signed contract with the owner.
Official Knterpretation No. 32093

DATE: May 14, 1993
SUBJECT: of Section 827.1 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code as it relates to when
guardrails are reguired.
Question 1: Is the 30 inch elevation intended to be the limit above which guardrails are required to be installed in
accordance with Section 827.1 ?
Answer 1: Yes. It is generally established in the BOCA National Building Code (1987) that when the height difference
between the walking surface and the adjacent lower walking surface or grade is 30 inches or greater,
guardrails are required to be provided.
Question 2: Is the 30 inch difference in elevation intended to be the point at which guardrails are required for ramps in
addition to stairs or walking surfaces?
Answer: No. Ramps are required to be provided with guardrails (if the ramp has an open side) irrespective of the
difference in elevation between the ramp and the adjacent walking surface.
Official Interpretatiol/ll No. 33--93

DATE: May 14, 1993
SUBJECT: Section 114.3 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code as it relates building permit
extensions
• Question:
Answer:
Maya building official, if work has not begun as required under a building permit, within the six month
period after t~e issuance of such permit, issue an extension of time for a period of more than six months.
No. Section 114.3 states that the building permit shall be considered abandoned unless the work authorized
by it shall have commenced within six months after its issuance. Section 114.3 pennits the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings, for cause, to grant one or more extensions of time, for periods not
exceeding six months. {emphasis added}.
Building pennit extensions may be granted for periods of greater than six months by variance from a local
or State Building Code Appeals Board pursuant to sections 126 of the Building Code.
Official interpretatiolll No. 340~3

DATE: September 28. 1993
SUBJECT: Reguirements of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code for tlpennanent Foundations",
"Frost-Protected Foundations" and the Building Inspector's Responsibilities Under "Doubtful Use
Classification"
Question I: Do Sections 1205.1 or 3402.3.4 of the Massachusetts State Building Code (the Code) mandate that all
buildings and structures that are cons~cted, be placed on "permanent", frost-protected foundation systems? .
Answer J: No. Neither Section 1205.1. nor·3402.3.4 mandate permanent supports for 9lI. buildings and structures, but
rather state that where pennanent supports exist, they shall be frost-protected in a certain way (in order for
supports to be considered "permanent", they must satisfy the requirements of either Section 1205.1 or
3402.3.4 of the Code).
Questio1l2: Does the State Building Code allow for other than frost-protected foundation systems or permanent
foundation systems for ne~ construction building and structures?
Answer 2: Yes.
(The issue of when such non-pennanent foundation systems should be allowed, often arises when the
Building Official is confronted with a "Doubtful Use" or "Utility Use" building - typically, storage sheds,
• carports. landscape type structures such as detached gazebos, etc.).
Question 3." As the Code does allow for other than frost-protected or permanent foundation systems in buildings and
structures. what Code guidance is provided to assess whether or not frost-protectedlpennanent foundation
systems are required for: new construction ~uildings and structures? .
. f 1/27/')8 . 78.0' CMR" _. Sixth 'Editi"on

Answer 3: Article 3 of the Code. Sections 30t through 313. address USE classification, and review of same will lead
the reader to Sections 311. t and 312.1 of the Code.
Section 31 1.1. in part, states: "Buildings and structures of an accessory character and miscellaneous
structures not classified in any specific use group ~ be constructed, equipped and maintained to meet the
requirements of this code commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their use. Utility and
•
miscellaneous uses shall include... carports, sheds and agricultural buildings." (note underlining emphasis
added).
Section 312.1, in part, states: "When a building or structure is proposed for a use not specifically provided
for in this code, or the classification of which is doubtful, such building or structure shall be included in the
usc group which it most nearly resembles in respect to the existing or proposed life and fire hazard. and it
shall be so classified by the building official." (note underlining emphasis added).
Review of these. Article 3 subsections, reveals that use classification, under utility or doubtful use, allows -
in fact, mandates - that the Building Official make a judgement call and that the classification of use be
commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to the use of the structure. On this basis, if, in the
judgement of the Building Official (whiCh is required to be made under Section 312.1), a utility type
structure, such as a shed, would have a low fire and life hazard, the Building Official could allow a non-frost-
protected. non-permanent foundation system.

DATE: April 12, 1994
SUBJECT: Referenced Standards adopted as listed in Appendix A.
Question: Some of the reference standards, as listed in Appendix A, give the local authority having jurisdiction the
power to amend or vary the requirements of certain provisions contained within the standard. Does this
mean that a building official may, (or the fire official, when reviewing plans pursuant to article 10) when
•
requested, or on his or her own initiative, waive or vary said requirements.
Answer: No. The Board adopts the technical content of the reference standards, as written, but retains jurisdiction to
adjudicate all variance requests pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 100. The variance must be pursued through
the appeals process pursuant to Section 126 of the Building Code and must be heard at the State level or by
local or regional Building Code Appeals Board if local or regional boards exist within your jurisdiction.

SUBJECT: Design of Connections in Structural Steel Braced Frames - Sections 1113.5.2 2(a) and 1113.5 7.2
Question: What design force should be considered for the members of a braced frame constructed of structural steel?
Answer: The connection of members in a structural steel braced frame shall be designed for not less than the lesser
of the following forces;
a. 1.25 times the force detennined in accordance with Section 1113.4.1, without the allowable 113 (one
third) stress increase or;
b. The full axial capacity of the member. based on 0.6 Fy multiplied by the member gross cross sectional
area.
This is a minimum requirement and may be followed in lieu of Section 1113.5.7.2.

SUBJECf: Formal Interpretation Number 3fi.94
The seismic advisory committee. at its meeting ofApri/7. /994. voted to approve the attachedformal interpretation
number 36-94 relating to the design ofconnectiolls in structural steel frames. The request for the ill1erpretatioll
was submitted by Weidlinger Associates, Inc. on December 6: /993.
Advisory Ruling No. 1-94

SUBJECf: Section 119 1of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code as it relates to the Issuance of
Question:
the Certificate of Occupancy
If a contlict occurs between a building official and other local agencies as to whether or not a cenificate of
use and occupancy (c/o) is to issue for a building or structure:, what action should the building official take
pursuant to Section 119.1 C?f the Fifth Ed~tion of the Massachusetts State Building Code?
•
. ..
780 CMR - Sbuh Edition 11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD Of' BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIXB
Answer: The building official has the authority to issue a c/o pursuant to Section 119.1. If a conflict is created with
other local agencies as a result of the issuance of the c/o, the aggrieved party/parties may, in accordance with
M.G.L. c.143, §100, appeal to the State Building Code Appeals Board. Any person aggrieved by a decision
of the State Building Code Appeals Board may appeal to a court of law or equity in confonnance with
M.G.L. c.30A, §14.
OfficiaH Interpretation No. 38-94

DATE: August, 16, 1994
SUBJECf: Use of a Registered Professional Engineers Seal as Required under Section s 113.5.2 and 127
. Discussioll: Section 113.5.2 requires the seal of a qualified registered professional engineer or architect be con-tained
on all plans and specifications for buildings and structures containing over 35,000 cubic feet of enclosed
space. Additionally section 127.2.1 requires that all plans computations and specifica:-tions. involving new
construction, alterations repairs, expansions or additions shall be prepared by ... a registered professional
architect or engineer and shall bear his signature and seal ...
The Board of Registration of Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors (the Board of Registration) is the
Board having statutory authority to register professional engineers in the Commonweaith ofMassachusetts.
The Board of Registration regisaers engineers by discipline, perhaps the those most related to the
construction of buildings and structures being civil, mechanical, HVAC, structural, sanitary, electrical and
fire protection.
.Question 1: Consider the situation where a set ofplans and specifications are filed with the building official at the permit
application stage for an automatic fire suppression (sprinkler) system. The plans and specifications bear the
seal and signature of a Massachusetts Registered Professional Structural (or any other discipline) Engineer.
Do the plans, as filed comply with section 1113.5.2 and 127.2.1? Additionally, is it required that the
discipline of the engineer to be shown on the plans?
• Answer J: The plans and specifications may be sealed by an engineer of any discipline with the following conditions;.
The Board of Registration's regulations 250 CMR are the rules and regulations relating to the practice of
engineering and land surveying.
The Board of Registration initially registers an engineer in one branch of engineering only, fo~lowing a
. determination that the engineer has been found competent by education, experience and specific examination
passed by the registrant. The branch of engineering in which the engineer is registered shall either be
included as part of the seal, or shall be handwritten above the registrant's signature (250 CMR 3.05(2).
The Board of Registration's regulations 250 CMR 3.05(7) requires the engineer to limit professional practice
to areas of professional competence as demonstrated to and approved by (emphasis added} the Board of
Registration.
The Board of Registration does not limit the engineer to the discipline in which he/she is registered but
allows the registrant to practice in branches of engineering outside that indicated on hislher seal provided
that he he/she has demonstrated competence to the Board of Registration. (250 CMR 3.05(6) A registrant
who wishes to practice engineering in an area ofcompetence other than that in which registered may request
a determination of competence by submitting such eviden~e as may be required by the Board of
Registration). The Board of Registrations regulations mandate that the burden of proof ofcompetence rests
with the registrant should a question be raised as to that competence. The Board ofRegistration is the only
authority empowered to determine competency and will do so if requested by the registrant or any person
or entity. The entity could be a city or town and an individual could be the building official acting in his
official capacity or acting as a private citizen.
Question 2: Under the requirements of construction control (section 127), does the building official (or the fire official
when reviewing plans pursuant to Article 10) have to accept the seal of any Massachusetts registered
professional engineer even if the discipline noted on said seal is not the discipline associated with the reports,
design, plans or specifications under the building permit review 1
Answer 2: No, the building official (or the fire official when reviewing plans pursuant to Article 10) does no't have to
accept the seal. In the case where the seal is a different discipline than the work contained in the report,
design, plans or specifications. or where the reviewing official believes there is a question of competency,
the building official, may require that the registered professional engineer demonstrate competence, in
accordance with the Board of Registration's regulations (250 CMR 3.05(6) or (7)}. When the registrant's
competency is questioned, it is incumbent upon the registrant to apply to the Board of Registration for a
determination of competency. It is not the responsibility of the building (or fire) official to make a
detenninatiolll relative to competency, but it is perfectly permissible for a building (or fire) official to request
that t~~ o:gistra;nt prove
t 1/27/98 ° 780 CMR - Sixth E"dition ° °·697

Official Interpretation No. 39~94

DATE: July 12, 1994
SUBJECf: The Impact on the State Building Code Due to the May 17, 1994 Emergency Updating of Reference
Standards in Appendix A (NFiPA Reference Standards>
•
Question I: At its May 17, 1994 Public Hearing, the Board, via emergency adoption, updated numerous NFiPA reference
standards in Appendix A of the Code - did the Board, by this action, intend to cause substantive changes to
the explicit regulatory requirements of the Code proper?
Answer I,' No, The Board was simply updating Appendix A reference standards to reflect currently available NFiPA
reference standards; there was no intention to change explicilt requirements of the Code proper.
Question 2: As NFiPA 72-1993, the "NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE" is one of the reference standards that was
updated at the May 17, 1994 Public hearing and as Section 2-2,1.1,1 of NFiPA 72-93 requires that in new
residential construction, there be smoke detectors installed in each sleeping room, would this requirement
supersede smoke detector requirements historically mandated by the Code?
Answer 2,' No, As indicated in the response to the first question, above, there was no intention on the part of the Board
to cause substantive changes to the explicit requirements of the Code when Appendix A reference standards
were updated in May of 1994.
Also, Section 101.4 of Article 1 ofthe Code states that: "Where differences occur between provisions of this
Code and referenced standards, the provisions of this Code shall apply."
In the case ofsmoke detector requirements for residential occupancies, Section 1018 ofthe Code is explicitly
prescriptive relative to the required location for smoke dete(:tors and therefore supersedes the installation
reguirements of NfiPA 72-93
•
SUBJECf: Section 109,1.1.1 - The Use of Municipal Construction Supervisor Licenses in Municipalitjes Where Such
Licensing was Established Prior to January 1 1975
Background/Discussion:
Section 109.1.1.1 does not prohibit a municipality from requiring a license for individuals engaged in directly
supervising persons engaged in construction, reconstruction, alteration...in those categories of buildings and
structures for which the BBRS is not requiring a license.
Section 109.!, 1.1 goes on to say; provided that those municipalities which have established licensing
requirements for construction supervisors prior to January I, 1975 may maintain their existing licensing
requirements.
As a result ofa Building Code Appeal, a BBRS Appeals Board, on March 18, 1992, unanimously agreed that
no municipality can implement building licensing regulations that conflict with those promulgated by the
Commonwealth. The City of Boston was ordered: (1) "to immediately issue appropriate building permits to
the appellants, provided such work falls within the scope of their State Construction Supervisor's Licenses";
(2) "to immediately cease the illegal activity of denying building permits to holders of valid State
Construction Supervisor's Licenses, provided such work falls within the scope of such State Construction
Supervisor's Licenses"; and (3) to immediately cease the illegal activity of issuing bUilding pennits to holders
of Boston Builders Licenses, but who do not hold a valid State Construction Supervisor's License, where
such work falls within the scope of the State Construction Supervisor's License program."
Question: Considering the current practice of many Building Departments requiring a State Construction Supervisor's
License (CSL) or a Municipal Construction License (of that Municipality, onJy) and where such Municipal
License was established prior to January I, 1975, is the Board, via the Board of Appeal ruling of March 18,
1992, ruling that all building permits awarded to holders of such Municipal Licenses are invalid and illegal?
Also, is it the B'oard's intent to propose a Code Change to Section 109.1.1.1 eliminating Construction
Licensing by Municipalities when such Municipal Licensing was established prior to January 1, 1975?
•
Answer: The Board decision of March 18, 1992 was tied to the City' of Boston refusing to issue building permits to
holders of State CSL's and was based on the language of St. 1972, c. 802, § 75, which states "All by-laws
and ordinances of cities and towns in conflict with the state building code shall cease to be effective on
January 1. 1975,"
The Board is charged with promulgating a single unifonn building code for the Commonwealth and Section
109.1.1.1 of the Code is an explicit portion of said Code and may be formally interpreted by the Board. To
this end, it is.the Board's po~ition that Section IQ9.I, 1.1, for Municipalities that had appropriate co~struction
698 " 780 CM'R ~ Sixth Edition . 11/27/98

• APPENDIXB
supervisor licensing programs in effect prior to January I, 1975, such Municipalities may maintain their
existing practices ofaccepting either their local Municipal construction supervisor license or the State CSL-
Note that a building permit may not be denied to holders of valid State CSLs (provided such work falls
within the scope of the State CSL) even though such holders of the State CSL do not have the Municipal
construction supervisor's license; also note that ahe holder of a local Municipal construction supervisor
license may not utilize that license in another Municipality but must possess the State CSL when performing
building permittable work within the scope ofthe State CSL in a community without a valid, local Municipal
construction supervisor license program.
Officiai Illlterpretation No. 42094

SUBJECf: Section 1011.2 - Acceptable Discharge Testing of Wet Chemical Range Hood Extinguishing Systems
BackgroundlDiscussion.·
Section 10.11.2, "TESTS", in part, states that: "a completed system shall be tested by a discharge of wet
chemical in sufficient amounts to verify that the system is properly installed and functional."
][n reality, that portion of the sprinkler installation industry installing specialized commercial kitchen
suppression tests the various pre-engineered wet chemical systems, not by discharging wet chemical, but
rather by utilizing pressurized gas - this industry approach allows for detennination that piping to spray
nozzle integrity exists and that nozzles are not blocked, but does not create a clean-up problem nor does
such testing wet up the internals of the piping Inozzle system.
NfiPA 17A, "STANDARD ON WET CHEMiCAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS"
and which is referenced in Section 1011 defines pre-engineered wet chemical extinguishing systems as those
having predetermined flow rates, nozzle pressures, and quantities of liquid agent. Such systems may have
specific pipe sizes, maximum and minimum pipe lengths. flexible hose specifications, number of fittings,
•
and number and types of nozzles prescribed by a testing laboratory. The hazards protected by these pre-
engineered systems are specifically limited as to type and size by a testing laboratory. Limitations on hazards
that can be protected and piping and nozzle configurati'ons are contained in the manufacturer's listed
installation and maintenance manual which is part of the listing.
NfiPA 17A also notes that where required by the authority having jurisdiction, the approval tests shall
include a discharge of wet chemical (such a test is not mandated, however, by NFiPA 17A) - the Standard
further notes that the method of verification shall be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
Discussions with a major manufacturer of pre-engineered wet chemical range hood extinguishing systems
indicates that since the basic system is a pre-engineered listed product, acceptance testing of the entire wet
chemicaVpipinglnozzle system need only consist of ensuring piping integrity and further ensuring that the
installed nozzles are not blocked and a full, wet chemical discharge for acceptance testing of a pre-
engineered system is not necessary and a simplified gas discharge test would suffice.
Question: For pre-engineered wet chemical range hood extinguishing systems as discussed in Section 1011 ofthe Code,
is it acceptable to substitute a pressurized gas discharge test for the full wet chemical discharge test as
required by Section 1011.27
Answer: YES, for pre~ngineered systems, since such systems are tested, listed systems, it is sufficient for acceptance
testing that a simple gas discharge test that ensures do.wn stream piping integrity and further ensures that
spray nozzles are not blocked. would be an acceptable test approach since the intent of the Code is to ensure
that the installed range hood extinguishing system is functioning.
Note that it would also be acceptable to test in accordance with the pre-engineered system manufacturer's
recommendations. .
Offid211 Hnterpretatiolll N~. 4309~

DATE: May 9. 1995
SUBJECf: Section 60Q 3 - Impact of Section 600.3 on Egress Reguirements of Sections 631. 636 and 638
•
Section 600.3 is language excerpted directly from the 1987 BOCA National Building Code and directly
adopted into the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code - it's noted that the requirements
ofSection 600.3 of the 1987 BOCA National Buil~ing Code were dropped in the 1990 version of the BOCA
National Building Code and additionally, such requirements are also absent in the latest, 1993 BOCA
National Building Code. .. . . . .

•
In the current Massachusetts State Building Code, Section 600.3 , "MEANS OF EGRESS" states: "The
means of egress for buildings of special uses and occupancies shall conform to the requirements of Article
8, except as is modified by more restrictive provisions of this anicle for specific uses."
This language is sufficiently broad so that one current interpretation of this Section is to require in Section
631,636 and 638 residences EXIT SIGNS and LIGHTS in accordance with Section 823 of Article 8 and
MEANS OF EGRESS LIGHTING in accordance with Section 824 of the Code.
Section 631, "GROUP RESIDENCE"; Section 636, "LIMITED GROUP RESIDENCE"; and Section 638,
"GROUP DWELLING UNITS" are sections of the Codc~ that were developed on a consensus basis in
conjunction with DMRIDMHJOFC** input and the specific requirements contained within these sections
are intended to stand alone as express life-safety requiremtmts for these special uses.
The adoption of Section 600.3 of the 1987 BOCA National Building Code was not intended to impose
additional signage and lighting requirements in these dwellin~ although should certain ofthese dwelling
units be located, for example, in an R-2 USE apanment building, the common egress areas of the apanment
building would be required by Code to possess exit signage and lighting appropriate to the building but exit
signage ~dlor lighting for the dwelling unjtproper and not expressly required by Section 631 or 636 or 638
would not be required in the dwelling unit.
** Department of Mental Retardation (DMR); Department of Mental Health (DMH); Office for Children
(OFC)
Question: Does Section 600.3, "MEANS OF EGRESS" of the Code require that the requirements of Section 823,
"EXIT SIGNS AND LIGHTS" andlor Section 824, "MEAl\lS OF EGRESS LIGHTING" automatically be
imposed on dwelling units falling under Sections 631, 636 and 638 respectively?
Answer: No. Numerous dwelling units with respect to Sections 631, 636 or 638 are found in one- or two-family
buildings ofR-4 or R-3 USE and it is not the intention ofthe: Code to require exit signage or means ofegress
lighting in such dwelljng units unless expressly required by the special Section. For example, the specific
•
requirements ofSection 636.3.3.10 requires MEANS OF EGRESS LIGHTING in accordance with Section
824, but nowhere in Section 636 is there a requirement for EXIT SIGNS and EXIT LIGHTS.
Residences licensed under Sections 631, 636 and 638 are defined as RESIDENTIAL USES and are not
classified as INSTITUTIONAL USE; therefore only the lightinglsignage requirements of 631,636 and 638
proper are to be imposed on the dwelling units of these residences - note the deliberate term "dwelling unit"
as opposed to the term "building".. A Section 638 "GROUP DWELLING UNIT" , for example, could be
found in an R-2 USE apartment building, and by Code, the common egress areas of the R-2 building would
require exit signage, lights and means ofegress lighting, but the Section 638 dwelling unit proper would not
require such signage and lighting unless expressly required by Section 638 and lor other sections of Code
expressly referenced in Section 638.

DATE: June 13, 1995
SUBJECf: Use Group Classification - Warehollse-Mercal!tile Buildings and Structures,
Discussion: Recent trends in retail marketing and sales have seen all.upsurge in the numbers of the "warehouse-
mercantile" type stores. These kinds of facilities utilize bulk storage on the ac.tual sales floor area in racks.
Commodities stored and sold range from hardware and household items through floorcoverings, cabinetry,
lumber paint, adhesives and other building materials, flammables, 'aerosols, pool chemicals and fertilizers.
The building typically functions as both a warehouse and a mtail establishment, and the amounts ofeach type
of product stored is typically orders of magnitude greater than a typical mercantile establishment.
Furthermore, there is usually no.dedicated storage area separate from gross sales area. Aisles are use~ for
staging product prior to storage in the high rack storage system, in addition to merchandizing. Typically,
mercantile stores which utilize separated storage and sales areas are designed as mixed use buildings, and
conform to the separated or non separated requirements of the code. The increasingly popular trend of the
warehouse-mercantile occupancies has raised a quest!on as to which use group is most appropriate for SUCh.
occupancies. Depending upon the amounts and types ofproduct stored, it is possible that the building could
consist ofa variety of uses such as; Mercantile (M), Low Hazard Storage (S-2), Moderate Hazard Storage
(S-l) and High Hazard (H) andlor other uses.
Questiof!: Since the State Building Code does not specifically address warehouse retail (retail warehouse) type
occupancies or use groups (occupancies consisting of open type noor plan utilizing rack storage type
structures consisting of any combination of horizontal, vertical or diagonal members that support stored
material or displayed material gener-lIly exceeding 12 feei in height), is it the intent of the code to classify
such uses as Mercantile, Use Group M. based on the stock of goods for sale an~ accessibility to the public?
•
·700' 780 CMR. ~ Sixth Edition. 11127/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUaDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIXB
Answer: No. Due to the life and fire hazard as noted in Section 312, Doubtful Use Classification, this type of
occupancy should be classified Doubtful Use Group unti) sufficient infonnation is provided to the
satisfaction of the Building Official in order that the Building Official can determine the appropriate use (or
uses) which it most resembles in tenns of life and fire hazard in accordance with section 312.
Regardless of the Use Group classifications determined by the Building Official, it is the responsibility of
the permit applicant in accordance with section 113 (Application/or Permit), to provide sufficient infonna-
tion to show the nature and character of the work. As part of this section, the Building Official shall forward
the available information to the Head of the Fire Department for review and approval of the applicable
sections of Article 6, Special Use and Occupancy Requirements and Article 10, Fire Protection Systems.
As addressed in Article 10. Section 1001.2, the information presented must be "... of sufficient detail to
evaluate the hazard and the effectiveness of the system. The details of the hazards shall include materials
involved, the location and arrangement, and the exposure to the hazard."
To properly address the particular issues and acquire the required infonnation for such a review as identified
in Section 1001.2, any plans, documents and reports which are submitted to the Building Official in
accordance with sections 113 and 127 must bear the seal of a qualified professional engineer or architect
when required by the buildingcode orstatute. Since Section 1001.2 addresses special fire protection features,
it shall be noted that the Building Official and the Head of the Fire Department should refer to the official
interpretation No. 38-94 Relating to· the Use of Registered Professional Engineers Seal as required under
Section 113.5.2 and 127, to determine whether the information submitted is sufficient and properly
documented and sealed by engineers qualified in fire protection concerns. (see Official Interpretation No.
38-94)
Unless the necessary information and documentation is properly submitted in sufficient detail per Section
1001.2, the Head of the Fire Department win not be capable ofproper evaluation and analysis of the hazards
and exposures to property and life and any associated fire and life safety systems provided and therefore can
not approve the plans. In order for the Head of the Fire Department to approve plans and specifications per
•
Section 113.5( Plans and Specifications).
Sufficient details and supportingdocumentation should be included to address..as a minimum, the following;
• Material storage/display arrangement
,. Segregation/separation of incompatiblelhazardous materials
til lEmergency evacuation plans (number and location of exits)
• Warehousing operations (open and closed)

• Emp.loyee training and drills
III Management participation (housekeeping)
.. Fire initiation and development

., Spread of smoke and tmdc products
• Smoke exhaust venting
• Fire Suppression Systems
• Standpipe systems (2 112 " vs. t 112' outlets)
• Requirements for rack sprinklers (NFiPA 231 C)
• Adequacy of water supplies .
• Egress relative to rack aisles (blockage/obstruction~)
• Occupant evacuation time
• Fire alann systems (automatic and manual)
I/j Fire Department notification (master box/central station service)
• Occupant notification
III Fire Department site and building entry access
I/j Seasonal changes in merchandising (in~r~uc.tion of additional flammable and hazardous material)
• Access to floor/merchandising plan (periodic review)

• Review of other agency requirements (CMR 527, Fire Prevention Regulations)
•
• Review of other nationally recognized engineering standards relative to fire hazards and life safety
If sufficient client infonnation is not provided to the Head of the Fire Department as identified above, then
the Building Official shall classify the building as Doubtful Use Group per Section 312, Doubtful Use
Classification, and the structure shall be included in the use group it most nearly resembles, (such as a Use
Group H, High Hazard Uses, Section 306 or as described in Section 308, Mercantile Uses, Use Group M, .
or as the Building Official so deems until adequate information is provid~d as per Section 1001.2, to
detennine otherwise.
I 1I27/98 780".CMR - Sixth "Edition

•
If sufficitmt infonnation is submitted in detail satisfactory to the Building Official and the Head of the Fire
Department to achieve the desired level of life safety and fire: hazard protection, then the building could be
classified Use Group M or other as detennined by the Building Official in cooperation with the Head of the
Fire Department.

DATE: June 27,1996
SUBJECf: Impacts of M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H and 261
At a regular meeting ofthe Board of Building Regulations and Standards held 011 Thursday 27, June 1996, the
Board approved the following interpretation of the application of M.G.L c. 148, § 26G, 26H and 261 as they
impact the building permit process.
Discussion: M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 260, 26H and 261 are "local option statutes". These are state laws which are not
applicable in a municipality until a municipality elects to adopt them, at which time they become law in
that municipality. The statutes are "Fire Safety Statutes", and require the installation of automatic
sprinkler systems in specific buildings identified in the statutes. Once adopted, they are enforced by the
Head of the Local Fire Department (the Fire Chief).
In summary, the statutes require the following
Statute (M.G.L.)(a) Requirements Appeal Provision
Automatic Sprinkler System in:
1) New buildings over 7,500 sf
c. 148. § 26db) 2) Additions to existing buildings (addition only) over Automatic Sprinkler Appeals Board
7,500 sf
3) Major alterations to existing buildings over 7,500 sf
•
Automatic Sprinkler System in lodging and boarding
c. 148, § 26H Automatic Sprinkler Appeals Board
houses
Sprinkler system installation in;
1) New multiple family dwellings containing four or
c. 148, § 261 more dwelling units. State Fire Marshal
2) Substantially rehabilitated buildings in multi falmily
dwellings containing four or more dwelling uniits.
Notes:
(a) Refer to statute for exact wording
(b) Residential uses exempted
In some municipalities, the adoption of these statutes has created an apparent regulatory conflict and has,
in extreme cases resulted in omission of sprinkler systems at the outset of construction resulting in
lawsuits and court judgments requiring the installation of th(: sprinkler systems after occupancy. Needless
to say, such cases have proved to be extremely costly.
Question: How do these particular statutes affect the responsibilities of the Building Official in the enforcement of
the Stale Building Code? In particular, what action does th(~ Building Official take at the building pennit
application stage?
Aflswer: In accordance with the provisions of M.G.L. c. /43. § 3, the Building Official is empowered to enforce
the provisions of the State Building Code and the Architectural Access Board Regulations (521 CMR).
The Fire Chief is empowered to enforce the provisions of M. G.L c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H afld 26/.
The statutes link the requirement to install the automatic sprinkler to the building code by requiring the
installation to be ......ill accordance witll the provisions ofthe state building codeII •This language shall
be properly interpreted as ......ifl accordance with standards referencedfor the iflstallation ofan automatic
sprinkler system", e.g. NFiPA 13, 13R or 13D, etc. Such interpretation would also extend to the
. permitting requirements of Article 1.
The Building Official's approach in municipalities which have adopted said statutes shall be;
The Building Official should become generally aware oftht~ requirements of M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H
and 26/.
If a building permit application is made which may trigger the enforcement of the statutes, lhe
determination is (by law) made by the Fire Chief. It is clear in the subject statutes that the Fire Chief is
the sole authority to determine whe'ther or not a particular t:onstruction activity. is subject to said statutes
and the municipality and its agents. including the Building Official are bound by,this detennination. The
702 780 CMR .':. Sixth Edition' 11127/98

•
APPENDIXJB
pennit applicant is provided avenues of administrative appeal from the Fire Chief s detennination, by way
of the State Fire Marshal or the Automatic Sprinkler Appeals Board. Once a determination has been made
by the Fire Chief that the statute is applicable, the Building Official must ensure, at the building pennit
application stage. that provision has been made for the design and installation of the automatic sprinkler
system. If plans submitted at the building permit application stage do not include the sprinkler system,
the application shall be denied based on non compliance with Section 113 of the Massachusetts State
Building Code, Le. incomplete plans andlor application materials.
If an appeal is taken, the Building Official, pending the outcome of the appeal, may issue a pennit in part
arid shall, in writing, concurrently notify the Fire Chief and the permit applicant. Said notification must
clearly identify the limits placed on the construction.
In communities which have adopted the provisions of M.G.L. c. 148, § 26H, a certificate of inspection,
as required by Table 108 for a lodging or boarding house, shall not be issued if an automatic sprinkler
system has not been installed within the time provided for by said statute, providing that the Building
Official has been notified by the Fire Chief of the date of the adoption of said statute. If an appeal is
pending a temporary certificate of inspection may be issued and renewed, each for periods not exceeding
30 days, pending the outcome of the appeal.
This interpretation is made to foster cooperation between building and fire officials in this particular area
of law which has caused some confusion in the past.
Official IlIlterpretatiollD No. 46-96

DATE: June 27, 1996
SUBJECT: Handrails and Guardrails in One and Two Family Dwellings
Section 340 I. J J of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Thursday 27, June 1996, the
•
Board approved the following interpretation ofthe application ofSection 3401.11 ofthe Fifth Edition ofthe State
Building Code.
Section 340 J.11 states that "... Handrails having I a Jminimum and maximum height ofthirty (30) inches
and 34 inches, respectively, measured vertically from the nosing of the treads shall be provided on at
least one side ofstairways ofthree or more risers. Open sides ofall stairs shall be similarly protected
by guards... ..
Question 1: Is it the intent of Section 3401.11 to require batPs handrails and guardrails set at different heights on the
open sides of stairs in a one or two family dwelling?
Answer 1: No. It is the opinion of the Board that the word similarly refers to the handrail description, which means
that the open side of the stair must be protected with a guardrail that also acts as a handrail. It is not
necessary to provide a guardrail set at 36 inches in height with a handrail set between 30 and 34 inches.
Question 2: At what height should the guardrail be set?

Answer 2: The guardrail may be set between 30 and 34 inches in height measured vertically from the nosing of the
tread. If a handrail is provided on the opposite side of the stair, it shall be set at the same height.

~UBJECT: Application of 780 CMR 3408.6.3 (2) and 2305.6.4 of the Sixth Edition of the State Building Code.
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulatiolls and Standards held 011 Tuesday /0. March, /998,
the Board approved thefollowing interpretation of the application of 780 CMR 3408.6.3 (2) alld 2305.6.4 of
the Sixth Edition ofthe State Building Code.
Discussion: Chapter 34, See 780 CMR 3408.6.3(2), under certain conditions during the renovation of an existing
building, requires masonry walls to be connected to floors and/or roofs in order to improve (Oil" affect)
•
lateral support of the walls.
All masonry walls shall be connected to floor or roof diaphragms, or other elements providing their
lateral support, so as to conform to the requirements of 780 CMR /6/2.7. The design force for the
connection shall not be less than /00 pound per linearfoot ofwall. Connections shall not produce cross-
grain bending in wood members.
'1l/27/98 . . 789 CMR ~ Sixth Edi.ri9n. 703

•
THE MASSACHUSEITS STATE BUD...DING CODE
In existing buildings with wood framed floor and roof systems and masonry loadbearing walls, building
codes have traditionally required (based on traditional construction methods) wood floor and roof
members framing into masonry walls to be "fire cut".
2305.6.4: Fire Cuts: All wood and other combustible floor, roofand other structural membersframing
into masonry walls shall be cut to a bevel of three inches (76 mm) in depth and shall project not more
than four inches (102 mm) into the wall.
Fire cuts are representative of traditional construction detailing methods stemming principally from older
"mill" type buildings which, in the event of a fire resulting in the their collapse of a floor or roof are
intended to allow the framing members to rotate at supports allowing the floors to collapse without
causing the collapse of the wall systems.
Question: Does the seismic requirement for connection of masonry walls to floors override or negate the
requirement to preserve existing fire cuts in wood structural members?
Answer: No. The provision for fire cuts and lateral support of masonry walls serve different purposes and are
independent requirements. Compliance with both code provisions is required.. The designer ofthe lateral
support details requirement must exercise care in the detailing ofsuch connections. The connections must
be detailed to allow the framing members at the wall connection to rotate in the event of a fire while
additionally providing the lateral support for the walls in the event of an earthquake.
Official Interpretation No. 48·98

SUBJECT: Application of 780 CMR 1012.6 and 101.6 of the Sixth Edition of the State Building Code.
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 10, March, /998,
the Board approved thefollowing interpretation ofthe application of780 CMR 1012.6 and 10/.6 of the Sixth
Edition of the State Building Code.
Discussion: 780 CMR 1012.6 of the Sixth edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code governs the requirements
for assembly aisles and aisle accessways. 780 CMR 1012.6 specifically addresses the required width of
an aisle accessway (row) and states;
780 CMR 10/2.6: Row Widths: The minimum clear row width shall not be less than /2 inches (305 mm)
measured as the clear horizomal distance from the back ofthe row ahead and the nearest projection of
the row behind. Where chairs have automatic ofself rising seats, the measurement shall be made with
the seat in the raised position. Where any chair in the row does not have an automatic or selfrising seat,
the measurement shall be made with the seat in the down position. Where tablet arm seating is used the
measurement shall be made with the tablet- arm in Ihe useable position.
The state building code appendix A references the Life Safety Code NFPA 101 (1994), which, in section
8-2.5.7.6, states;
Rows ofseating utilizing tablet-arm chairs shall be permitted only if the clear width ofaisle accessways
complies with the requirements of 8-2.5.7 where the tablet is in the useable position.
Exception: Tablet arms shall be permitted to be measured ill the stored position where the tablet arm automatically
returns to the stored position when raised manually to a vutical position in one motion andfalls to the
stored position by force ofgravity.· .
Question: Is the life safety code section applicable? Can the exception in NFPA 101 8-2.5.7.6 be utilized?
Answer: The State Building Code 780 CMR 101.6 explains under what circumstances referenced standards are
applicable;
10/.6 Referenced Standards: Tlte standards referenced in 780 CMR and listed in Appendix A shall be
considered part ofthe requirements of780 CMR to the prescribed extent ofeach such reference. Where
differences occur between the provisions of 780 CMR and re.ferenced standards, the provisions of 780
CMR shall apply....
Therefore the answer to the forgoing questions is in the negative, for the following reasons;
780 CMR 1012.6 provides no direct reference to NFPA 101 and therefore the provisions ofNFPA 101
as they relate to the measurement of row widths are inapplicable. It is incorrect to assume that simply
because NFPA 101 is referenced in 780 CMR that it is referenced in its entirety, and;
If NFPA 101 were referenced in the subject section, the provisions of NFPA 101, section 8-2.5.7.6
(exception) is in conflict with 780 CMR 1012.6 relative to the measurement of row widths where tablet-
•
704·.. . 780. CMR - Sixth Edition 11"(27/9.8
APPENDIXB
arm seating is present ( 780 CMR contains no such exemption for automatic return of tab~ets). In such
instances 780 CMR 101.6 directs that the provisions of 780 CMR are applicable should a conflict occur
between a provision of 780 CMR and a referenced standard.
In order to use this section of NFPA 101, an applicant must apply for and receive a variance from the
State Building Code Appeals Board in accordance with 780 CMR 126.
Official Interpretation No. 49a98

SUBJECT: Smoke Detector and Heat Detector Requirements in One- and Two-Family Dwellings - 780 CMR 3603.16
of the Sixth Edition of the State Building Code.
At a regular meeting 0/ the State Board 0/ Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday, March 10,
1998, the Board approved the/ollowing interpretation o/the application 0/780 CMR Chapter 36, 780 CMR
3603./6. "FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM$" o/the Sixth Edition o/the Massachusetts State Building Code.
The Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code (the Code), 780 CMR 3603.16 is titled:
"FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS" and specifies allrequired fire protection system requirements for new
construction one-and two-family dwellings that are single or twcrfamily detached buildings; additionally,
780 CMR 3603.16.13 sets requirements for when smoke detector requirements for new construction will
apply to additions, alterations andlor repairs.
The Sixth Edition One- and Two-Family fire protection system requirements, differ from those of the
Fifth Edition Code in several ways.
The Sixth Edition reflects the philosophy ofNFPA 72-1996', "National Fire Alann Code" in that:
1. Household fire warning systems may consist of either ac primary powered single and multiple station
•
smoke detectors complying with ANSIIUL 217, or;
2. Household fire warning systems (note that these household fire warning systems could be referred
to as "a fire alann panel with low voltage connection to detectors, etc."), may consist of a listed control
unit complying with UL 864 or UL 985 with automatic smoke detectors complying with UL 268 and
occupant notification appliances complying with UL 464 or UL 1971 ifsuch notification appliances incor-
porate strobe lights - if supplementary visual signals are utilized they should comply with UL 1638, and;
3. All household fire warning systems shall have secondary power supplied from monitored batteries,
and;
4. Massachusetts provisions require the use of photo electric smoke detectors, rather than the ionization
type smoke detectors when such smoke detectors are on the same floor and within 20 feet of a kitchen or
bathroom containing a tub or shower (to prevent nuisance false alarms characteristic of ionization type
smoke detectors in proximity to kitchens and tub or shower areas), and;
5. Electrical compatibility (listed for intended purpose - see 780 CMR 3603.16.2) between smoke
detectors and/or notification appliances to ensure that all portions of the household fire warning system
will operate properly, and;
6. In addition to smoke detector requirements, the Sixth Edition of the Code has been structured to
address heat detector requirements but at this time. and until 780 CMR 3603. 16.4 is otherwise amended.
HEAT DETECTORS ARE NOT REOUIRED IN ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS, and;
7. 780CMR 3603.16.8.1 addresses "non-required" alann notification appliances and n~n-required smoke
or heat detectors and requires that such are to be installed so that the actuation of any non-required
detector shall cause the alann in all required and non-required detectors in the dwelling unit to sound, and;
8. 780 CMR 3603.16.13 requires fire warning systems for new construction throughout an existing
dwelling when one or more sleeping rooms are added or created in an existing dwelling.
Answers to some frequently asked questions about smoke detectors and heat detectors
. .
Question 1: Are ionization type smoke detectors still allowed in new construction one- and t~o-family dwellings?
Answer} : Yes, provided such smoke detectors satisfy the applicable general listing requirements of 780 CMR
•
3603.16 and are not located (on the same floor) within 20 feet of a kitchen or a bathroom containing a tub
or shower (780 CMR 3603.16.11). Ionization smoke detectors that otherwise satisfy the general
requirements of 780 CMR 3603.16 shall be allowed within 20 feet of a kitchen or bathroom containing
a rub or shower when the ionization detector is on a different floor than the subject kitchen or bathroom.
780 Cl\'1R - Si~th EditioA 705-

Question 2: Would ionization smoke detectors be allowed in bedrooms when the bedrooms are separated from the
kitchen or bath by both a bedroom door and a kitchen Cir bath door, even if such ionization smoke
detectors are within 20 feet of a kitchen or bath door?
Answer 2: No. Once the smoke detector is within 20 feet of a kitchen or bath, then a photo-electric type smoke
detector must be utilized.
•
Question 3: How does one measure the 20 foot distance from a kitchen or from a bathroom containing a tub or
shower?
Answer 3: Refer to the sketches and note that the 20 foot rule applies to smoke detectors only on the same floor as
kitchens or bathrooms containing a tub or shower and that the 20 foot distance from the smoke detector
(ceiling or wall mounted) to the kitchen or bath shall be "true length", measured from:
the centerline of the smoke detector to the nearest edge, front face of the doorway separating the kitchen
or bath from the area in which the smoke detector is located (in "two room" layouts), and;
in "open plan" areas where no doorway separates the kitchen from the detector, the 20 foot rule shall be
the shortest, "true length" 20 foot distance measured from centerline ofceiling-mounted or wall-mounted
smoke detector to nearest edge of fixed smoke-producing appliance (stove, oven, broiler, etc.-note that
movable appliances and/or microwave ovens are not to, be considered relative to the 20 foot distance).
Doorway lintel
t::--
or "head"
Kitchen
mounted smoke
detector or
Bathroom
doorway
Section view of a "two room" layout with the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector (.) shown in the
room on the left and the kitchen or bathroom represented by the room ,on the right.
•
If true length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The troe
length of "x" is the actual distance from the centerline of the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector to the
nearest edge of detector-side, front face of doorway. .
i ~
Wall mounted x~
.
smoke detector ~
• x
~
~
Kitchen
m:
Ceiling mounted Bathroom
smoke detector
Doorway
Plan view of a "two room" layout with either a ceiling-mounted or a wall-mounted smoke detector (.) shown in the
room to the left and the kitchen or bathroom represented by the room on the right.
If troe length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The troe
nearest edge of detector-side, front face of doorway.
•
·706 .780 CM~ - Sixth Edit~on 11/27/98
•
APPENDIXlB
Kitchen
Ceiling or wall
mounted smoke
detector
Near edge of
appliance ~
Section view of an "open plan" layout with the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector (.) shown on the
left and the kitchen represented to the right.
If true length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The true
nearest edge of fixed, smoke-producing appliance.
• Kitchell1
Near edge
of
Plan view of an "open plan" layout with the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector (.) shown on the
left and the kitchen represented to the right.
If true length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The true
nearest edge of fixed, smoke-producing appliance.
Question 4: Are bedrooms now the only areas in which smoke detectors are required to be located?
Answer 4: No. 780 CMR 3603.16.10 defines all required smoke detector locations.
•
11/27/98 ".780 CMR.-.Sixth Edition 707:
•
Question5: 780 CMR 3603.16.7 titled "Secondary electric power" states that all household fire warning systems shall
have secondary (standby) power supplied from monitored baltteries in accordance with the household fire
warning equipment requirements of NFPA72. Does this menn that all smoke detector systems must have
a battery room providing standby power?
Answer 5: No. Single and multiple station, hard-wired smoke detectors that are ac primary powered are now
available with attached, replaceable battery and similar to balttery-only single station smoke detectors, the
battery is monitored via the detector circuitry.
For "alarm panel systems" (listed control unit with automatic detectors and occupant notification
appliances), the monitored battery schemes tested and listed via the manufacturer's compliance to NFPA
72, suffice.
. Question' 6: 780 CMR 3603.16.10 (5) states that fixed temperature heat dl~tectors shall be installed in accordance with
the requirements of 780 CMR 3603.16.4. Does this mean that as of March 1, 1998, heat detectors are
required in one- and two-family dwellings controlled by the requirements of780 CMR Chapter 36 of the
Sixth Edition of the Code?
Answer 6: No. As of March 1, 1998, heat detectors are still not required by 780 CMR Chapter 36 of the Sixth Edition
of the Code as 780 CMR 3603.16.4 is currently "RESERVED" , thus, at this time and until 780 CMR
3603.16.4 is otherwise amended, heat detectors are ~~ by Chapter 36 of the Sixth Edition of the
Code.
Question 7: 780 CMR 3603.16.13 requires that an existing one- or two-falmily dwelling be provided with a household
fire warning system for new construction when one or mom sleeping rooms are added or created in the
existing dwelling. What constitutes a bedroom under this S,ection?
Answer 7: The State Board of Building Regulations and Standards (BBRS), as the Agency p~omulgating the
Massachusetts State Building Code, is the "AUTHORITY HrAVING JURISDICTION" (AHJ) regarding
the interpretation of regulations of the State Building Code and has determined that it is the responsibility
•
of the building owner or the agent of the building owner to identify any new or newly created bedrooms
or other space USES. If submitted plans andlor narratives that describe the work intended identify such
new additions or newly created spaces as other than bedrooms then 780CMR 3603.16.13 does not apply
(note that it is the "REGULATED COMMUNITY" and not the "REGULATOR" who identifies, on plans
andlor narratives submitted as part of the building permit application to the Building Department, if a
bedroom is being added or created).
I Note that although NFPA 72-1996 is titled the "National Fire Alann Code", NFPA 72 is a national reference
.standard and where Massachusetts State Building Code regulations expHcitly differ from the requirements set forth
in the reference standard, the requirements of the State Building Code govern.
•
708 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 11/27/98.
780 CIv1R: STATE BOARD OF Bun..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDJIXB
•
Official! Interpretation No. 50-98
SUBJECT: Height and Area Requirements for Type 5B, One and Two-Family Dwellings as Defined by the Sixth
Edition of the Code
Question: Absent this infonnation, how does one detennine the maximum size of a one and two-family dwelling
building (both in terms of stories above grade and maximum square foot area per floor) if it is designed
and constructed as an R-4 Use according to the provisions of Chapter 36?
Answer: Since Chapter 36 does Dot provide the answers we seek, we must first turn to Chapter 3, Section 310.6
which defines an R-4 structure as a "detached one- or two-family dwelling(s) not more than three stories
in height, and (its) accessory structures." This section states further that "All such structures shall be
designed in accordance with 780 CMR 36 (Chapter 36 o/the Sixth Edition) or in accordance with the
requirements 0/780 CMR (this code) applicable to Use Group R-3".
This section provides the code user with two distinct options for the design and construction of R-4
•
structures (detached one or two family dwellings and their accessory structures). Option 1; design in
accordance with Chapter 36. Option 2; design in accordance with the requirements applicable to R-3
structures.
Question: Does this mean that such buildings may be designed and constructed with habitable floors l11bllree stories
above the exterior grade plane?
Answer. Yes. However, one must assure that all applicable code requirements are satisfied for all inhabited floors
including the upper-most floor (i.e.: light, ventilation, means of egress requirements, etc.).
At times, depending upon the configuration of the exterior grade, it may be difficult to determine the
number of stories above which a building projects. Therefore, we have provided examples of buildings
correctly configured under this defmition. (See Figures la and Ib).
1I'-------->jJ - - 3 II--_Hll"",b_iln_bl_e= = - l I - - 3.
Habitllble Habitable
--1
_~=====;;:=--1
I I I
I I I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ I
----------B
~ - - B
Figure lao Figure Jlb.

780 CMR: STAlE BOARD OFBUllDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
Note: Figures Ia and Ib illustrate typical gable roof, single family dwellings. Figure Ia depicts a dwelling
consisting of three floors of habitable space and a basement. Figure 1b shows a dwelling consisting of
three floors of habitable space, a basement and attic space above the third floor. Assuming requirements
set by local zoning ordinances are met, each structure as depicted satisfies building code requirements
in tenns of its allowable number ofstories above grade. However, be cautioned that the attic area shown
in Figure Ib shall only be used as storage (not habitable or occupiable) space.
Question: Figure 1b illustrates a structure with attic space as the upper-most level. How does one distinguish
habitable space from attic space?
Answer: Habitable space is defined in Chapter 2 of the code as "space in a structurefor living, sleeping, eating,
or cooking. Bathrooms, toilets compartments, closets,. halls, storage or utility space and similar areas
are not considered habitable space". Attic is defined in Chapter 12 as "the space between the ceiling
beams ofthe top story and the roofrafters".
Attic space may only be provided if ~t does not constitute an additional story (Le.: the head height and
o~er conditions of this area do not allow for human occupancy. Remember that by definition, the
structure may only be three stories in height above the exterior grade plane.
Question: Since bathrooms are not considered habitable space, is it pennissible to locate a ~athroom in this attic
level?
Answer: No. The upper-most level, as illustrated in Figure lb, is intended to be used as storage or utility space
only and is limited by one or more construction features which fall short of that required for habitable
or occupiable space (i.e.: ceiling height measures less than seven (7) feet, structural members will
support only loads that are less than that required for habitable space, or room dimensions measure less
than required, etc.).
Question: What about an existing, two story home with attic space; may it be converted into a three story structure
•
with each floor made habitable?
Answer: Again, the key to this question is, does the attic comply with all applicable sections of Chapter 36 for
habitable spaces (Le.: design loads, light, ventilation, means of egress, etc.). If the answer is yes, then
the structure may be converted.. Hportions of the third story do not satisfy code requirements (i.e.: the
access stair is too narrow or rise and run dimensions are not satisfactory) the building official must reject
the pennit application. However, an applicant may seek reliefthrough administrative appeal procedures
(the BuildingCode Appeals Board) as defined in Chapter I, Section 126, oroffercompliance alternatives
as defined in Chapter 34 of the code.
Question: Is a walk-out basement defined as a story above grade, and is it considered to contribute to the height of
the building?
Answer. Chapter 5, Section 502.1 defines a story above grade as "Any story having its finished floor surface
entirely above grade except that a basement shall be considered as a story above grade where the
finished surface ofthe floor above the basement is:
1. More than sixfeet (l829mm) above [the] grade p.lane;
2. More than six feet (1829 mm) above the finished ground level for more than 50% of the total
building perimeter, or
3. More than 12feet (3658mm) above the finished ground level at any point".
As demonstrated by the definition above, the answer to this question is dependent upon exterior grade
conditions; which makes sense. The code limits the number ofstories above grade which a building may
be constructed as a direct function of an occupant's ability to exit the building in the event of an
emergency. The higher up in the building one resides, the farther one must travel to exit the building.
In a fire condition, the code is concerned with smoke conditions in open stairwells and other factors that
may limit one's ability to escape from a building. Consequently, a walk-out basement (or any basement
meeting a part of the definition identified above) may very well contribute to the height of the building
above grade, if it is constIucte4 according to one of the methods defined above. .
•
Figures 2a through 2c illustrate conditions where a basement contributes to the number. of stories above
grade.
708.2 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 1119/01

APPENDIXB.
f - - -.......~---"I-- 3 f--';;;';;;:=~---"l -- 3 ~------~ -- 3
......."""""'H
....a....
b...,ita.bl
..c.....................
.. __ 2 bi;;:;ta.bl.c..=~...-.t-- 2
fIom="""",;H..a.. ~.....H...ab;;;;,;i_tab_l..
e ....."'"""'....-j(__ 2
Hllbitahle Habitable Habitable

1 --,1 1
6'
,
I 1
I·
J 1
I
I
I I I
..3~~e.- _ --i-- B _ ~t~e_ ~ -.J-- B Habitable I
--~-----B
Fjjgure2a. 1F.igure2lb. Figure2te
Note: Both Figures 2a and 2b depict a single family dwelling which is four stories above grade (in reference
to the definition for story above grade). Since the definition ofan R4limits the building to three stories
in height, these buildings (Figures 2a and 2b), erected of Type 5B constroction, would be in violation
of building code provisions. However, as is illustrated in Figure 2c, if the upper-most floor is designed
and used as an attic (as defmed in 780 CMR 202), it shall not be considered an additional story).
Question: To this point, only the height of the building has been addressed. What about the maximum area per
fIoor for an R4 structure?
Answer: Unlike the number of stories above grade, the code is silent on the issue offIoor area for these structures.
Essentially, the area is unlimited. This is not to imply that the code is not concerned with the size of the
building in tenns of its area. and that additional safeguards should not be considered in the design and
constrnction of very large R-4 structures. However, these safeguards are built into the code in that very
large buildings will be afforded additional smoke detection (see Chapter 36, Section 3603.16) and large
stroctures are generally designed with egress capacity well in excess of what the code would nonnalJy
require; usually with many exterior decks and balconies providing additional means of egress andlor
routes of escape from the building.
Question: At the start of this interpretation, it was mentioned that Section 310.6 affords the code user two options
when designing and building R-4 structures. We spoke of Chapter 36 requirements, but what about the
option of designing the building as an R-3 using code provisions applicable to that use group?
Answer: It is clear that the code allows one to utilize thi~ option. In doing so, however, one must recognize that
different code requirements apply. Why? The Sixth Edition of 780 CMRis based on two separate
national model codes; the 1993 BOCA National Building Code and the 1995 CABO One and Two
Family Dwelling Code. As one might expect, uniting· these two codes into a single document (as was
done with the Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Code) sometimes results in conflicts between the
two texts. The subjec~ matter this interpretation illustrates one of these conflicts.
In explanation, R-3 structures are typically designed as multiple, single family, attached units (what are
commonly referred to as row houses). Because these units are adjoined, the code is more concerned with
conflagration and other safety issues, and therefore restricts the design of these structures m(l)re
rigorously than it does for detached one and two-family dwellings.

THE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BunDING CODE
We know that Chapter 36 is silent on height and ar(:a limitations for one and two family structures.
Reviewing code provisions relative to R-3 structures, we find that 780 CMR Chapter 5, Table 503
dermes height and area limitations· for the R-3 Use Gfl)UP Classification, but does not include reference
to detached one and two-family buildings, as does the 1993 BOCA National Code. This reference was
purposely deleted in the Massachusetts code to illustrate that the intended height limitations for detached
one and two-family dwellings is to be three stories above grade as defined herein (and 780 CMR 310.6).
•
• •
•
APPENDlXC
RECOMMENDED FASTENING SCHEDULE
Building element ~
Nail size and! rype Number and locaftiotll
Stud to sole plate 8dcommon 4 toe-nail or 2 direct-nail
16dcommon
Stud to cap plate 16dcommon 2 toe-nail or 2 direct-nail
Double studs 10dcommon I r o.c. direct
Comer studs 16dcommon 24" o.c. direct
Sole plate to joist or blocking 16dcommon 16" o.c.
Double cap plate IOdcommon 16" o.c. direct
Cap plate laps IOdcommon 2 direct-nail
Ribbon strip, 6" or less IOdcommon 2 each direct bearing
Ribbon strip, 6" or more JOdcommon 3 each direct bearing
Roof rafter to plate 8dcommon 3 toe-nail
Roof rafter to ridge 16dcommon 2 toe-nail or direct nail
Jack rafter to hip lOdcommon 3 toe-nail or 2 direct-nail
16dcommon
Floor joists to studs 10dcommon 5 direct or 3 direct
(No ceiling joists) IOdcommon
Floor joists to studs IOdcommon 2 direct
(With ceiling joists)
Floor joists to sill or girder .". 3dcommon 3 toe-nail
Ledger strip 16dcommon 3 each direct
Ceiling joists to plate 16dcommon 3 toe-nail
•
Ceiling joists (laps over partition) 10dcommon 3 direct-nail
Ceiling joists (parallel to rafter) 10dcommon 3 direct
Collar beam IOdcommon 3 direct
Bridging to joists Sdcommon 2 each direct end
Diagonal brace (to stud & plate) Sdcommon 2 each direct bearing
Tail beams to headers 2Odcommon I each end 4 sq. ft. floor area
(When nailing permitted)
Header beams to trimmers 20dcommon 1each end S sq. ft. floor area
I" roof decking Sdcommon 2 ea direct rafter
(over 6" in width) 8dcommon 3 each direct rafter
1 " subflooring (6" or less) 8dcommon 2 each direct joist
I" subflooring (8" or more) Sdcommon 3 each direct joist
2" subflooring 16dcommon 2 each direct joist
I" wall sheathing (8" or less in width) Sdcommon 2 each direct stud
I" wall sheathing (over S" in width) Sdcommon 3 each direct stud
Plywood roof & wall sheathing
(~" or less) 6dcommon 6" o.c. direct edges & 12" o.c intermediate
(Sk" or greater) Sdcommon 6" O.c. direct edges & 12" o.c. intermediate
(S/16", %",or Y2") 16 gauge galvanized wire staples, 3Al"
minimum crown; length of 1" plus
plywood thickness 4" o.c. edges & 8" o.c. intermediate
(Ilk") Same as immediately above 2W' O.c. edges & 58 o.c. intermediate
Plywood subfiooring:
(~8) ~ common or 6d annular or spiral thread ~"o.c. direct edges & 10" O.c. intermediate
(%",%") ~d common or 8d annular or spiral thread 6" O.c. direct edges & 10" o.c. intermediate
(1",1%8) IOd common or 8d ring shank or Sd 6" O.c. direct edges & 6R O.c. intermediate
~ular or spiral thread
(~R) 16d galvanized wire staples 4" o.c. edges & 78o.c. intennediate
(%") ~. minimum crown, I'At" length 2Y2" o.c. edge 4" o.c. intennediate
Built-up girders and beams 20dcommon 32" O.c. direct
•
Continuous header to stud 8dcommon 4 toe nail
Continuous header, two pieces 16dcommon 16" o.c. direct
~" fiber board ·sheathing I W' galvanized roofmg nail or 16 gauge 3" o.c. exterior edge 6" o.c. intennediate
staple, 1~" lonll with min. crown of 7116"

•
Building element Nail size and type Number and location
2'/32" fiber board sheathing 1%" galvanized roofmg nail or 8d common 3" o.c. exterior edge 6" o.c. intennediate
nail or 16 gauge staple, 1VI" long with
min. crown Of7/16"
Gypsum sheathing 12 gauge 1%" large head corrosion- 4" o.c. on edge 8" o.c. intennediate
esistant
Particle board underlayment (W. 3!4") 6d annular threaded 6" o.c. direct edges 10" O.c. intennediate
Particle board roof and wall sheathing 6dcommon 6" o.c. direct edges 12" o.c. intermediate
Vz" orless
IIA," or greater 8dcommon 6" o.c. direct edges 12" o.c. intennediate
Particle board subflooring 8dcommon 6" o.c. direct edges 12" O.c. intennediate
(IIA," or greater)
Shingles, wood· No. 14 B&S Gage corrosion resistive 2 each bearing
Weather boarding 8d corrosion 2 each bearing
..
Note a: Shingle nails shall penetrate not less than 0/..11 mto natlmg stnps, sheathing or supportmg construction except
as otherwise provided in 780 CMR 1225.4.4.
Table C-l
Maximum Spacing of Gypsum Wallboard Fasteners
I For nonfireresistance rated construction assemblies)
MaXimum spacing
Long dimension of Maximum
Thickness of offastenen
Plane of gypsum wall-board spacing of
gypsum (center-to- center
framing sheets in relation to framing members Nails to wood
waUboard In finches)
surface direction of framing (center-to-ceDter
(inch)
members fin inches)
Nails Screws
Vz Horizontal Either direction 16 7 12 No. 13 gage, 13,{,"
- --- - -- long, 19/54" head
Horizontal Perpendicular 24 7 12 No. 098 gage, 1'!4"
--- -- - - 12
•
- long, Annular ringed
Vertical Either direction 24 8 Sd cooler nail
IIA, Horizontal Either direction 16 7 12 No. 13 gage, IliA,"
--
Horizontal
---
Perpendicular
--
24 7
- - 12 long, 19164" head
No .098 gage, 1%"
--
Vertical
---
Either direction
--
24 8
- - 12 long, Annual ringed 6d
cooler nail
FasteDID!!! reau Ire dwit h adb es Ive apPIUcat Olll
~ Horizontal Either direction 16 16 16 As ~quired for Vz"

or Perpendicular 24 12 16 and IIA," gypsum
Ilk Vertical Either direction 24 wallboard, see
above
2 layers Horizontal Perpendicular 24 16 16 Base ply nailed as
each%" required for Vz"
('A" total) Vertical Either direction 24 24 24 gypsum wallboard
and face ply placed
with adhesive
Notes to Table C-l:
Note a. Where the metal framing has a clinching design fonned to receive the nails by two edges of metal, the nails
shall be not less than 6/8 inch longer than the wallboard thickness. and shall have ringed shanks. Where the metal
framing has a nailing groove fonned to receive the nails, the nails shall have barbed shanks or be 5d cooler nail (No.
13 ~ gage, ISAI inches long, 15/64 inch head) for Yz inch gypsum wallboard; 6d cooler (No. 13 gage, 1% inches long.
15164 head) for s/e-inch gypsum wallboard.
Note b. Two nails at 2 inches to 2~ inches apart may be used if the pair.s are spaced 12 inches center·ta-center except
around perimeters.
Note Co Screws shall be No.6 with tapered head and long enough to penetrate into wood framing not less than SAl inch
and metal framing not less than 'A inch
Note d. All nails shall meet ASTM C514 or Federal Specification FF-N-I05C.
•
Note e. For frreresistance rated construction, see the pertinent ftre test infonnation.
Note f. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BUIT..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIXC
•
Table C~2
Allowable Shear for Wnmll or Seismn~ Forces in Poulilds Pell" Foot
For Vertical Diaphra2ms of Lath and Plaster or Gypsum Board Frame Wall Assemblies
Nailspac:mg
Thickness of WaD Shear
Type of material maximum Minimum nail size
Material CCIIIstruc:tloD value
(bn Inches)
3Al" Lath and Unblocked 5 100 No. 13 gage, I%" long, 19/64" head,
Gypswn lath, plain or perforated
~" Plaster plasterboard blued nail.
~Rx2IX8' Unblocked 4 75 No. II gage, IW long, 7/64" head,
Gypswn sheathing board ~·X4' Blocked 7 diamond point, galvanized.
~·X4' Unblocked
7 175 5d Cooler nails
100
1/2" Unblocked 4
Blocked 7 100
4
Gypswn Wallboard 4 125
or Veneer base
5/8" Blocked ISO 6d cooler nails
Two ply Base ply 9
175 Base ply~d cooler nails
Face ply 7
250 Face nlv-8dcooler nails
Note 3. These vertical diaphragms shall not be used to resist loads imposed by masonry or concrete construction.
Values are for short time loading due to wind or earthquake and must be reduced 25% for normal loading
Note b. Applies to nailing at aU studs. top and bottom plates and blocking.
Note Co Values shown are for gypsum board applied to one side only. The shear values may be doubled when identical
materials are applied to both sides of wall
Note do 1 inch=25.4 mm.
• " .
• 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR Sixth Edition

0 7H
NON-TEXT PAGE
712 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

APPENDIXD
GUIDANCE FOR SELECTION OF FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASSES
IN TABLE 180403
D-110100 Purpose: The purpose ofAppendix D is to description and classification of soils are provided in
provide guidance for the selection of the material ASTM 02488-84 Description and identification of
class and consistency in place when using Table Soils (Visual-Manual Procedure) and ASTM D2487-
1804.3. 8S Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
DeJl02.0 Application: Appendix D as provided only DQJl04.0 Cllassification of Rock: Guidelines for
as a general guide to engineering judgment. All generally accepted engineering practice in the
available data should be evaluated and professional description and classification of rocks are provided
engineering judgment exercised in selection of the in Chapter 1 ofDesign Manual 7. I - Soil Mechanics,
appropriate material classification for use with Table Naval Facilities Engineering Command, May 1982
1804.3. The references on soil and rock (NAVFAC DM-7.1)
classification and typical ranges of index properties
provided in this appendix should not be considered J}.Jl05.0 Typical Index Properties: Typical ranges
to be code requirements. of index properties for the Material Classes listed in
Table 1804.3 are provided in Table D-1.
Jl)~n03.0 Classification «Bf SoiD: Guidelines for
generally accepted engineering practice in the
TABLE D-l
TYrICAL RANGE OF INDEX PROPERTIES
Unconfmed Standard
Rock Quality
lMateriai CODsootency CompreslJDVe Penetration
Descriptiollll Designation
CWQ imlwnace SttrengtlD Resistalllce
(RQD%)
(pSlF) (BlowslFoot
la !Massive bedrock - granite. diorite, gabbro. lHard rock, minor >75 >8000 -
~asalt, gneiss, ~ointing
Ib quartzite, well-cemented conglomerate lHard sound rock, 501075
Imoderate jointing
2 Polliated bedrock [Medium hard rock minor >50 >8000 -
~ointing
3 Sedimentary bedrock-cementation shale. silt- Soft rock. moderate >50 -
stone. sandstone. limestone, dolomite. liointing
conglomerate
4 Weakly cemented sedimentary bedrock 0 Very soft rock <SO
compaction shale or other similar rock in
sound condition
5 Weathered bedrock - any ofthe above except Very soft rock. <SO -
shale Iweathered andlor major
jointing and fractwing
6 Slightly cemented sand and/or gravel. glacial Very dense - >50
~ (basal or lodgement). baropan
7 Gravel. widely graded sand and gravel. and Very dense - >50
granular abiation till Dense 41-50
Medium dense 16-40
Loose 8-15
Very loose <8
8 Sands and non-plastic silty sands with little
or no gravel (except for Class 9 materials
Dense
Medium dense
- >30
11-30
Loose . 6-10
Very loose <6
9 Fine sand, silty sand and non-plastic Dense - >30
inorganic silt Medium dense 11·30
loose 6-10
Very loose <6
10 Inorganic sandy or silty clay, clayey sand, Hard - >20
clayey slit, clay or varved clay low to high Stiff 9-20
iPlasticity lMedium 4-8
I Soft <4
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 713

/I 11 IOrganic soils - peat organic silt organic clay I

Notes to table D-l .
Note 1: For discussion ofRQD values see Deere, D.U., Rock Mechanics in Engineering Practice (Chapter 1), Stagg
and Zinkiewicz. Eds., 1968, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Note 2: For determination ofUnconfmed Compressive Strength see ASTM D2938.
Note 3:For determination of Standard Penetration Resistance N-value :see ASTM D1586. The presence of large
particles (coarse gravel, cobbies, boulders) may cause N-vaJues to be unrealistically high. Such values should not be
used. Also standard penetration resistance should not be used over depths less than five feet.

APPENDIXE
PROCEDURE FOR ACCOUNTING FOR SERIES

AND PARALLEL HEAT FLOW PATHS
El: For envelope assemblies containilllg metal Table E-l

framing: The Vi shall be determined by using one WALL SECTIONS WITH METAL STUDS:
ofthe following methods: PARALLEL PATH CORRECTION FACTORS
1. Results from laboratory or field test Size oil'
. Cavity
Gauge of Spacm.g of InsulationD Correctio
measurements. One of the procedures specified in Members Stud Frammg lR-Vahne iii Factoii'
780 ClMR. 3108.2 shall be used.
2. The thermal resistance of those roof and wall 2x4 18 -16 16" O.c. R-ll 0.50
assemblies listed in Tables ED 1 and E-2 shall be 2x4 18 - 16 24" o.c. R-ll 0.60
corrected using the following procedures: 2x6 18 - 16 16" o.C. R-ll 0.40
The total resistance of the heat flow path (Rt) 2x6 18 -16 24" o.c. R-II 0.45
is determined from the Equation ED 1:
Table £..3
Rt=Ri+Re CALCULATION PROCEDURES FOR
Where: EVALUATING ALL SERIES
R = llU AND PARALLEL HEAT FLOW PATHS
Rt = the total resistance of the envelope BRIDGE TYPE
assembly.
Ri for: i = 1 to n, is the resistance of the series Metal Non-Metal
elements. Type ofMaterial Metal Thennal
to whuch bridge Bridges in
Re is the equivalent resistance of the element isanached Sheet Metal Parallel Path
containing the parallel path, and the value of Construction
Reis: Method
Non-Metal Zone Method Parallel Path
Re = R value of insulation x Fc
(where Fc is the parallel path correction factor) 3. For elements with internal metallic structures
The Parallel Path correction Factors (Fc) may be bonded on one or both sides to a metal skin or
obtained from tests conducted using procedures covering, the "Thermal Bridges in Sheet Metal
listing in 780 CMR 3108.2. Parallel Path Correction Construction, II the calculation procedure as
Factors for some envelope assemblies are listed in specified in "Thennal Bridges in Sheet Metai
Tables E-l and E-2. Construction," Studies in Building Physics
(Johannesson, Gudni. 1981. Division of Building
Table E-I Technology, Lund Institute ofTechnology, Lund,
ROOFS: PARALLEL PATH Sweden. Report ofl'VBH-3007) shall be used.
CORRECTION FACTORS I 4. For elements other than those covered above,
Bridged 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 45 SO
S5 the zone method described in Chapter 23 of the
R-Value ASHRAE Handbook, 1985 Fundamentals Volume
Come- shall be lJIsed. The fonnulas on pages 23.13-.14
lion 1.0 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.85 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.69 0.67
Factor shall be used for calculation.
Note 1. Table EDl values are based upon: Metai trusses
Wlith 4-ft. spacing that penetrate the insulation, and 0.66 E2: FOil" elIlvelope assemblies containing NOIlll-
inch diameter crossmembers every one ft. lMetall Framing, the Ui shall be determined from
results from one of the laboratory or field test
measurements specified in 780 CMR 3108.2 or from
the ASHRAE series parallel method. Fonnulas in
Chapter 23, page 23.2 of the ASHRAE Handbook,
1985 Fundamentals Volume shall be used for these
calculations.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 7]5

780 C?v1R: STATE BOARD OF BuILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
NON-TEXT PAGE

•
APPENDIXF
REFERENCE DATA FOR REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND
CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
PART ONEa G U IDE LIN E S 1F 0 R the potential for modification; and establishing the
APPLICAnON acceptability of proposed changes.
F-llOl PURPOSE F-I04.2 Evaluation of existing building:

F-I01.1 Intent of 780 CMR 34: The purpose of Evaluation of existing conditions in a structure is
Appendix F is to provide guidance to users of required to detennine the existence of any hazardous
780 CMR (the Massachusetts State Building Code) conditions, which must be corrected; and to provide
as to techniques of acceptable practice which can be a basis for evaluating the impact of the proposed
used to assess the acceptability of various methods changes on the performance ofthe building.
ofmeeting the intent ofcode provisions of 180 CMR The following list of evaluation tools described in
34 on a case-by-case basis. The purpose of the .Appendix F-I04.1.1 through F-I04.2.7 can be used
provisions in 780 CMR 34 and Appendix IF is to for determining the condition of the structure.
allow the repair, alteration addition, and change of However, this list is not necessarily complete and
use ofeXisting buildings without requiring the entire the use of other methods should not be precluded.
building to be brought up to new construction F-I04.2.1 Available documentation of existillllg
requirements, while still providing for the public building: Prime sources of design information for
health, safety and general welfare. The provisions of existing buildings are the architectural and
780 Cl\1R 34 and Appendix F recognize that the engineering drawings and specifications· used in
provisions of 780 ClVIR for new construction reflect the construction of the building. Although the
the latest improvements in materials, construction
•
passing of time often obscures depositaries of
techniques, standards of living and safety and, such documents, the following are likely
therefor, may preclude the repair, alteration, prospects in attempting to locate such
addition, or change of use of existing buildings that information:
have demonstrated their usefulness and safety. 1. If the building is currently in use, an
individual or office responsible for its
F-I02.0 SCOPE management may have retained drawings and
F..I02.1 Techniques: Appendix F is intended to specifications to facilitate maintenance. A
demonstrate techniques of analysis and compliance building manager, resident engineer,
with 780 CMR 34 in the repair, alteration, addition, superintendent, custodian, stationary engineer
and change ofuse of existing buil4ings. or plant engineer may be the most direct
contact at the building site.
F-ll03.0 2. Other potential sources (especially if the
building is not in use) include the original
F.. I03.1 GeneraD conditions: Conceptually, it is
designer-architect or engineer.
the intent of 780 CMR 34 and Appendix F to allow
3. The building department which issued the
repair, alteration, addition, or change of use of
permit for construction may have
existing buildings without meeting aU new
documentation.
construction requirements under the foHowing
4. Documentation may have been retained by
general conditions: .
the general contractor or numerous
U• all hazardous conditions must be corrected;
subcontractors; i.e.: the mason, carpenter,
2. the existing building becomes the minimum
plumber, electrician, HVAC installer, steel
performance standard; and
erector, etc., as well as manufacturers of
3. the degree of compliance of the building after
component parts, as potential sources of
changes must not be below that existing before
documentation.
the changes, except that nothing in 180 CMR 34
S. In the case of large corporations or
will require compliance with requnrements more
government agencies, a separate contracting
stringent than that required for new construction.
officer may have developed a technical file on
•
the erection of a building.
F-t04.0 IMPLEMENTATION 6. In some cases, individual consultants are
F-I04.i Framework: Implementation of the above contracted to serve as "clerk-of-the-works" and
concept requires that a framework be established for pursue the inspection of a building project
evaluating the condition of the building; determining
211/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR _Sixth Edition 717

from start to finish with the keeping of a file
•
F-I04.2.6 Destructive testing: In destructive
likely.
testing s, sample of the building could be removed
7. Insurance companies sometimes maintain
and tested (e.g., concrete core), or components of
drawings or records of their insured buildings.
the building could be reconstructed and tested in
8. Historical or archaeological societies may
the laboratory.
have considered a building to be important
enough to develop a file of documentation. F-I04.2,.7 Laboratory analysis: In some cases,
tests can be performed in the laboratory. Such
F-I04.2.2 Field surveys: Having drawn upon
tests might include the following:
available documentation to help evaluate a
1. chemical or metallurgical test;
building's condition, such documentation may be
2. optical or electronic microscopic examin-
augmented by on-site data acquired through field
ation which can help identify and evaluate the
survey. The most obvious approach is to make
soundness of materials where' decay or other
use of detailed visual examination to confirm
molecular degradation is involved;
and/or alter any previously available information
3. conventional laboratory tests for deter-
pertaining to the building. mining physical properties (strength, ductility,
F-I04.2.3 Testing: Testing is a tool that may be absOJrption, solubility, permeability, stiffness,
used in evaluating the condition of a building or etc.; and/or
structure or parts thereof when other methods of 4. testing of a scale model of the building
evaluation will not suffice. Testing may be (computer model, wind tunnel model, etc.).
initiated voluntarily on the part of the permit
applicant or may be required by the building F-I04.3 )~valuation of change in performance
official in the absence of approved rules as level: It is necessary to determine if the level of
indicated in 780 CMR 109.0, 116.0, and 34. The performance of the building after alteration is below
costs of all such tests are to be borne by the that which existed before the change. The hazard
pennit applicant and should, therefore, be level could be increased for certain attributes (such
required by the building official only when other as fire safety) while decreased for other attributes
methods of evaluation prove inadequate or (such as floor loads) for a given alteration. The
insufficient. Such testing should be conducted by evaluation of the change in hazard levels of each
•
an approved testing agency under the supervision attribute (~an be accomplished using various tools
ofa'registered architect or engineer. The report of singly or in combination as described below in
the tests shall be submitted to the building official Appendix F -104.3.1 through F-I04.3.5.
and shall include the details of test procedures,
F-I04.3'.1 Data on archaic systems: Performance
references to any accepted test standards used, the
data on architectural and structural systems
results of the tests and any conclusions drawn
encountered are tabulated in Appendix F, Part
from the test results.
Four. This data can be compared to the proposed
F-I04.2.4 Nondestructive testing: This includes altered :;ystems to determine if the performance is
techniques where the structural integrity of the adversely affected.
building is not affected, such as the following:
F-I04.~5.2 Compliance alternatives: Alternate
1. analyzing various portions of the building
solutions tabulated in Appendix F, Part Two were
to determine dimensions, types and condition
developed from appeal data and from accepted
of materials, etc.;
practic(~. The list is not aU-inclusive 'and should
2. portable apparatus for impaCt testing;
not preclude consideration of other alternatives.
3. load application short of failure to
determine capacity of materials and F-I04.~5.3Analysis methods: Analytical methods
components; based em good engineering practice may be used
4. magnetic methods for detecting flaws in to detennine changes in performance levels.
ferrous metal;
F-I04.3.4 Test metbods: Test procedures as
5. proximity magnetometers (locating rebars
discussed in Appendix F-I04.2.3 through F-
in concrete, concealed ferrous fasteners, etc.);
104.2.6 can be used to evaluate the performance
6. electronic means for measuring the sonic
of existing construction.
modulus of elasticity of concrete and masonry
in assessing its soundness; F-I04.:t5 Professional judgement: Professional
7. ultrasonic transmission or reflective judgement based on previous experience with
methods in detecting flaws in various similar buildings should be used to the fullest
materials; and extent 'possible.
8. x-ray or infrared-ray photographic
techniques used to evaluate portions of
elements whose integrity is questionable.

780 CMR: S1ATE BOARD OF Bun..DING REGULATIONS AND S1ANDARDS
APPENDIXF
•
PART TWO- SUGGESTED COMPLIANCE There is only one means of .egress from the
ALTERNATIVES basement.
Solution A. Provide egress windows in each
F-201.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE apartment that comply with 780 CMR 10.
F-201.1 PUll"pose: The purpose ofAppendix Fa201.0
is to assist the building official and those regulated lFo20202 Travel Distance:
by 780 CMR in judging the acceptability of IF-202.2.1 General Compliance Alternatives:
compliance alternatives to specific provisions 1. Add detection system.
required by 780 CI\AR. 2. Add a partial fire suppression system.
3. Add smoke doors.
F-201.2 Application: Appendix F a201.0 contains 4. Increase fireresistance rating of corridor
generally acceptable compliance alternatives· and walls and doors.
examples. The examples are solely for the purpose
of illustrating principles which can be applied to the lFa202.2.2 Example: This example involves a four .
solution of code compliance problems and are not story building of Use Group Ra2 without a fire
necessarily acceptable under all circumstances. It is suppression system. The length of exitway access
recognized that all building systems interact with travel is 150 feet.
each other. Therefore, any consideration of Solution A. Add a partial fire suppression
compliance alternatives must take into account all system off the domestic water supply (if
existing and proposed conditions to determine their adequate) in the exit access corridor.
acceptability. The principles applied can be used for Solution B. Subdivide corridor into segments,
the solution ofsimilar compliance problems in other ifless than 100 feet, with smoke doors.
buildings and occupancy groups. Commentaries are Solutio01 C. If not required by other sections
provided where the philosophy in establishing the of 780 CMR, install smoke and fire detectors
alternatives is not obvious. . The examples were with audible alanns in the corridor.
developed from appeal data and accepted practice. Solution D. Increase the fireresistance rating
They are not all-inclusive and should not preclude of the exit access corridor from one hour to
consideration of other alternatives. two hours and provide "B" label selfaclosing or
•
automatic closing fire doors in all openings
Note: It is anticipated that additional compliance into the corridor.
alternatives will be added to Appendix F-201.0
through the mechanism of appeal decisions and JF<>202.3 Enclosure of exitways:
from results of research being conducted by
various organizations in the field of relative F-202.3.U General Compliance alternatives:
pennanence of life safety systems. 1. Improve enclosure of exitway.
2. Add a partial fire suppression system.
F~2oio COMPLIANCE ALTERNATIVES 3. Add a detection system.
FOR EGRESS REQUIREMENTS 14'-20203.2 Examples: This example involves a
F 20201 Number of exits:
o fOUf story Il"OW building of Use Group R-2 with
connecting fire balconies and! an interior stair.
F-202.1101 General complbince aDtell'llJIatives: The stair as enclosed with lath and plaster, wood
1. Provide connecting fire balconies. stud partitions and paneled doors.
2. Provide alternate egress facilities (windows, SOIUOOO1 A. Cover partitions on the apartment
etc.). side with "At" Type X gypsum wallboard or its
3. Provide a fire escape. equivalent. Replace or build up panel doors
4. Provide fire-rated areas ofll'efuge. ll
until minimum solid portion is 13/a and install
F 20201.2 Examples:
D selfaelosers.
Example Jl. involves a fiveastory Building of Use Solution B. Provide a heat and smoke
Group B without a fire suppression system and detection system in the stairwell with an alarm
with only one means ofegress. audible to all tenants. Provide self-closers on
Solution A. Add one or more fire escapes as all stairwell doors.
may be necessary to provide all tenants with Solution C. Provide a partial fire suppression
reasonable access to two means of egress in system in the stairwell off the domestic water
sepax:ate directions. Access to a street, public supply (if adequate). Provide seifaclosers on
way or area of refuge shall be provided at the all stairwell doors.
termination ofthe fire escape. }Fo202.JoJ Commen~ary: The above example,
•
Solution B. Add cOMecting fire balconi~s while pertaining to a four story, Use Group Ra2
across fire walls if the above solution is building, can also be applied to other buildings of
impractical due to construction difficulties. . occupancies and floor levels. The principle that
Example 2 involves a building of Use Group R-2 the degree of code compliance may 1I10t be
occupancy with an apartment in the basement. reduced should be remembered. Kf the existing
2n/91 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR a Sixth Edition 719

enclosure is of fireresistive construction, it must Solution C. Install a smoke and heat detection
•
be maintained. The primary principle to system in the corridor with and alarm audible
remember, in the required enclosure of exitway, is to all tenants on the floor and install self-
that an enclosure must be provided, whether closers on all corridor doors.
fireresistive or not, so as to provide a smoke
barrier. The purpose of providing a smoke barrier F-203.2 Openings and exterior wall protection:
is to prevent the passage of smoke from a fire on
F-203.2,.1 General compliance alternatives:
one floor to the exitways and exit access corridors
1. Add fire suppression system.
of other floors and thus render them unusable for
2. Improve fireresistance.
egress. This principle is illustrated by solutions
3. Remove or improve openings.
A, B, and C in the above example.
F-203.2,.2 Examples: Example 1 involves a two
F-203.0 COMPLIANCE ALTERNA11VES story of Type 5B construction building, with Use
FOR FIRE HAZARDS Group M, on the first floor the basement and
upper floors. The distance between the building
F-203.1 Fire separations and partitions;
and the side lot line is five feet and ten feet
F-203.1.1 General complia~ce alternatives: between it and the adjacent building. The
1. Improve fire separation. adjacent building is of Type 5B construction and
2. Add a fire suppression system. Use Group R-2. The former occupant was a
3. Add a detection system. grocery store; the new occupant is a hardware
store.
F-203.1.2 Examples: Example 1 involves a
Solution A. Install a deluge sprinkler system
three story building of Type 3A construction,
along the interior side of the wall affected.
containing a Mercantile (M) Use Group, on the
Solution B. Add ~/8 inch Type X gypsum
first floor and occupancy Business (B) Use on the
wallboard to interior side ofthe wall affected.
second and third floors. The required separation
Example 2 is the same as example 1 but with
is three hours.
Solution A. Add a fire suppression system to double-hung wood windows in affected wall.
Solution A. Remove windows and close
the first and second floors.
opening with one hour fireresistive
•
Solution B. Add Sis inch Type X gypsum
construction.
wallboard or its equivalent to the underside of
the second floor and install a system of smoke Solution B. Remove windows and install fire
and heat detectors with audible alarms on the windows.
Solution C. Install a deluge sprinkler system
first and second floors.
as in solution A to example 1.
Example 2 involves the separation between two
tenants ofwood lath and plaster on a wood studs
partition. The required separation is one hour. PART THREE- DETAILED CLASSIFICATION
Solution A. Add Sis inch Type X gypsum OF OCCUPANCY BY HAZARD
wallboard or its equivalent to either side ofthe INDEX NUMBER AND USE
existing partition. GROUP
Example 3 involves a building of Use Group B
Appendix :F, Part Three provides a more detailed
with unrated exit access corridors.
guide for users of 780 CMR to determine hazard
Solution A. Install a partial fire suppression
index numbers and use groups for various types of
system in the exit access corridors.
occupancies. It supplements 780 CMR 3 and Table
Solution B. Add S/8 inch Type X gypsum
34 contaiDl~d in 780 CMR 3404.
wallboard or its equivalent to either side ofthe
corridor partition and install self-closers on all
corridor doors.
720 780 CMR,- Sixth Edition 217/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
APPENDIXF
TABLE 1'-1
HAZARD INDEX AND USE CROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use of'Stnllc¢ure Hazard I.IlIdex No. Use Group
Advertising Displays Manufacture including billboards 3
Airport or other aircraft landing or service facility (see also: Helicopter
rooftop landing facility 3 F
Amusement park, indoor 4 A-3
Animal
Crematorium 3
Hospital, kennel, pound 2
Apartment (see Residences)
Appliances
Manufacture 3 F-I
Sales 3 M
Arenas 4 A-3
Asphalt
~rocessing and products manufacture 8 H
Athletic equipment
Manufacture 3 F-I
Sales 3 M
Auditoriums 6 A-I with stage
5 A-I without stage
4 A-3
Automobile and other motor vehicles
Gasoline service station 3 M
Rental agency within a building 2 B
Repair 3 Sol
Repair incidental to auto sales with limitation 3 Sol
Sales within a building 3 M
Wrecking . 3 F
Washing 3 S-l
•
Awning manufacturer 3 F-I
Baked goods shop 3 M
. Bakeries 3 F-I
Banks 2 B
Banquet halls 5 A-3
Barber shops 2 B
Beauty shops 2 B
Beverages 2
Bottling
Manufacture
Alcoholic 8
Less than 0.5% alcohol @ 60° 3
Bicycle
Manufacture 3 F-I
Rental or repair conducted within a building 3 Sol
Sales 3 M
Billiard Parlor 4 A-3
Blacksmith shops 3 F-I
Blueprinting, etc. establishments 3 F-I
Boarding house 2 R-IorR-2
Boats or ships
Building or repair ofboats 3
Bone distillation 3
Bowling alleys 4
Broom or brush manufacture 3
Building materials
Wholesale business in roofed structures 3 MorS-1
Bus terminals or stations 4 A-3
Business schools or colleges A-4. B or dependent
4,2 or other upon use
Camera and other photo equipment
Manufacture except film sales 3 M
Sales 3 M
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97). 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 721

TABLE F-l (continued)

HAZARD INDEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use or Structure Hazard Index No. Use Group
Canvas or canvas products
Manufacture or repair 3 F-l
Carpet and rug
Cleaning establishments 80r 3 H.F-I
Manufacture or repair 3 F-l
Catering for outside consumption 3 F-I
Cemeteries
Crematory in cemetery 3 F-2
Mausolewn. crypt. colwnbariwn 1 S-2
Mortuary chapel in cemetery 4 A-4
Ceramics products manufacture. including pottery. small glazed tile and
similar items 3 F-2
Charcoal. fuel. briquettes. or lampblack manufacture 8 H
Chemicals H or F-I depending on
Packaging Sor3 nature ofmaterial
Manufacture H or F-I depending on
Sor3 nature ofmaterial
Churches or other places ofworship 4 A-4
Circuses. temporary 4 A-3
Cleaning (see Drycleaning & dying; Laundries; Automobiles. washing)
Clothing
Manufacture H or F-I depending on
Sor3 natur~ ofmaterial
Rental establishment
Retail sales 3 M
Tailoring. custom manufacture or repair (see also Feathers; Felt; Fur, 3 M
Leather) 3 M
Clubs
•
Private
Nightclubs (see Eating & drinking establishments) 4 A-3 without residence
Coal. coke or tar products
Manufacture 8 H
Colleges and Universities
Classroom buildings 4 A-3
Dormitories 2 R-2
Fraternities or sororities 2 R-2
Community centers 4or2 A-3.orB
Convalescent homes (see Nursing homes)
Convents 2 R-2
Cosmetics or toiletries manufacture 8 H
Cotton ginning 8 H
Cotton wadding or linters manufacture 8 H
Courthouses . 2or4 BorA-3
Crematoriwns
Anhnal 3 F-2
Human 3 F-2
Dance halls 7 A-2
Day care agencies 4 1-2 orE
Day nurseries 4 1-2
Dental offices (see Medical & dental)
Department stores 3 M
Donnitories 2 R-lorR-2
Dressmaking shops. custom 8 H
Drinking places (see Eating & drinking establishments)
Drive-in restaurants 5 A-3
Drugstores 3 M
Dry cleaning and dying establishments H or F-I depending on
Sor3 solvents used
Dwellings (see Residences)

APPENDIXF
TABLE F-l (~ntinued)

Use of Structure Hazard Index No. Use GrolUlP
Eating or drinking establishments
LWlchrooms, restaurants, cafeterias, etc., primarily enclosed 5 A-3
Drive-in 4 A-3
With entertainment or dancing 7 A-2
Electric
Power or steam generating plants 3 F-I
Substation 3 F-I
Electrical appliances, bulbs, wiring, supplies, etc.
Manufacture 3 F-I
Sales 3 M
Electronic components & supplies
Manufacture or repair 3 F-I
Feathers
Curing, dyeing, washing or bulk processing 8 H
Manufacturing exclusive of above 8 H
Felt
Curing, dyeing, washing or bulk processing 3 F-I
Products manufacture, exclusive of above 3 F-I
Fertilizer manufacture 8 H
Film, photographic, manufacture 30r8 F-lorH
Storage and studios 30r8 F-IorH
Fire stations 2 B
Fish processing J F-I
Florida shops 3 M
Food
Product processing except meat & fish 3 F-I
Retail saJes 3 M
Fraternities or sororities 2 R-IorR-2
FWleraJ establishments 4 A-J
Fur
Cwing, dyeing, finishing, tanning 8
Products manufacture exclusive of above 3
Garage (see Parking garage)
Garbage incineration or reduction 3 F-I
Gas
Manufacture 8 H
Public utility stations for metering or regulating 2 B
Storage
2500 cu. ft. or less 3
more than 2500 cu. ft. 8
Gasoline service station (see Automobiles)
Gelatin manufacture 3 F-I
Generating plants, electric or steam 3
Gift shops 3 M
Glass products from previously manufactured 3 F-2
Glue manufacture 3 F-I
Golf
Indoor courses or driving ranges 4 A-3
Gymnasiums 4 A-J
Grain storage 8 H
Hair
Curing, dyeing, washing, bulk processing 3
Product manufacture exclusive of above 3
Hardware
Manufacture 3
Retail sales J
Hat bodies manufacture 3
Helicopter landing facility, rooftop 3
Home occupations 2
Homes for the aged 4
Hosiery manufacture 3

TABLE F-l (coDtinued)
HAZARD INDEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICAnON
Use of Structure Hazard Index No. Use Group
Hospitals
Including convalescent, nursing, or rest homes and sanitariums. provided
custodial care is not provided for drug addicts. alcoholics. mentally ill
or mentally deficient 4 1-2
For care of drug addicts. mentally ill. or mentally deficient 5 1-3
Research or teaching laboratories 2 B
(see also Animal hospitals)
Hotels 2 R-I
Ice manufacturing (dry or natural) 3 F-2
Ice skating rinks 4 A-3
Incirieration or reduction of garbage. offal. or dead animals 3 F·}
Industry uses (see specific items)
Without resulting noise. vibration. special danger. hazard. dust, smoke.
fumes. etc. 3 F·2
Other than above 30r8 F-IorH
Ink or inked ribbon manufacture 3 F·I
Jewelry 3 F-l
Kennels (see Animal)
Laboratories
Research laboratory not accessory to school or hospital 2 B
Scientific research or teaching laboratory. non-profit, accessory to school,
or hospital, subject to limitations 2 B
Laundries
Hand laundry
Selfservice; pick-up and delivery station of laundry or dry cleaner 2 B
Steam laundries without limitations 3 F-I
Leather
Curing, dyeing. finishing or tanning 3 F-I
•
Product manufacture exclusive of above 3 F-I
Libraries 4 A-3
Linoleum or oilcloth manufacture 3 F-I
Liquor sales. package 3 M
Luggage manufacture 3 F-I
Lumber (see Wood)
,Manufacturing 3or8 F-lorH
Matches manufacture 8 H
Mattress manufacture and renovation 3 F-I
Meat Markets 3 M
Slaughtering or packaging 3 F-J
Medical & dental offices
(see also Laboratories; Orthopedic & medical appliances; Hospitals) 2 B
Meeting hall 4 A-3
Metals, manufacture 3 F-2
Reduction, refming or smelting 8 H
Monasteries 2 R2
Motels 2 R-l
Motor freight stations (see trucking terminals)
Musewns
Musical instruments manufacture 3 F-l
Newspaper publishing 3 F-l
Newsstands 3 M
Novelty products manufacture 3 F-I
Nursing Homes 4 1-2
Offices 2 B
Oilcloth manufacture 3 F-I
Optical equipment or similar precision instruments manufacture 3 F-I
•
Orphanages 3 1·2
Orthopedic or medical appliance manufacture 3 F-I
Paint. turpentine or varnish
Manufacture 8 H
Spraying booths 8 H

APPENDIXF
TABLE i-I (continued)

Paper products manufacture 3 F-l
Parish houses 4 A-3
Parking garages
Group 1 3 Sol
Group 2 } S-2
Petroleum or petroleum products
Refining 8 H
Storage 3 S-}
Pharmaceutical products manufacture 3 F-}
Photography studio 2 B
Plastics
Product manufacture 8 H
Raw, manufacture 8 H
Police stations 2 B
Poolrooms 4 A-3
Post offices 2 B
Printing
Plant 3 F-l
Printing or newspaper publishing 3 F-I
Prisons & other correctional or detention institutions 5 1-3
Pumping station or substation, water or sewage 3 F-2
Radio 3
Sales 5 M
Studios with audience 2 A-I-B
Studios without audience B
Railroad
Freight terminal 4 A-3
Passenger station 3 S-l
Recreation
Center. indoor 4 A-)
Community center building 4 A-]
Rectories 2 R-2
Residences
One-family 2 R-3.orR-4
Two-family 2 R-3.orR-4
Apartment 2 R-2
Temporary dwelling structure 2 R-3
Boarding or lodging house 2 R-lorR-2
Donnitory 2 R-lorR-2
Fraternity or sorority 2 R-10rR-2
Hotel. motel apartment with accessory services 2 R-I
Convents. monasteries. rectories 2 R-2
Research laboratories ( see Laboratories)
Restaurant, lunch room. cafeteria or other establislunents primarily for eating 5 A-)
Retail business 3 M
Stores with combustible or flammable goods constructing a high hazard 8 H
Rubber
Manufacture (natural or synthetic). including tires, tubes. or similar
products 8 H
Products (exclusive or processing) including washers, gloves, footwear
bathing caps and the like 3 F-I
Sanatariums
Not providing custodial care for drug addicts. alcoholics. mentally ill. or
mentally deficient 4 1-2
Providing care for the above 5 1-3
Schools 4 E
Seminaries 4or2 A-4&R-I
Settlement houses (depending on nature of activities) 4or2 A-3 orB
e Sewage
Disposal plant
Pumping station
Shoddy manufacture
3
3
8
F-l
F-lorF-2
H

0 725
780 CMR.: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE F-l (continued)

Shoes
Manufacture 3 F-I
Repair shop 2 B
Silverware manufacture, plate or sterling 3 F-l
Size manufacture 3 A-3
Skating rinks 4 A-3
Soap and detergents
Manufacturing, including fat rendering 8 H
Packaging 3 F-l
Solvent extracting 8 H
Sporting or athletic goods
Manufacture 3 F-l
Stores 3 M
Stables 3 S-l
Stadiums 4 A-5
Wholesale business, including accessory storage other than flanunable liquids, 5-1 or 5-2
gases and explosives, in roofed structures depending on nature of
3 or I materials
Stores (see Retail stores; or specific items)
Tailor shops, custom 2 B
Tanning (see leather, Fur)
Taxidermist shops 3 M
Telepbone excbanges
Automatic 2 B
Non-automatic 2 B
Television
Sales 3 M
Studios 3 M
6 A-I with scenery "
5 A-I np scenery
2 B no audience
Textiles
Manufacture, including knit & yard goods. thread or cordage, spinning,
weaving, dyeing & printing, shoddy manufacture 3 F-l
Theaters 6 A-I with scenery
A-I no scenery, motion
5 picture
Tires, manufacture 8 H
Tobacco products manufacture including curing 3 F-l
"Tools & bardware
Manufacture 3 F-l
Sales 3 M
Toys
Manufacture" 3 F-l
Trailer park (see Mobile homes)
Truck
Repairs 3 S-I
Sales 3 M
Trucking terminals 3 5-1
Turpentine manufacture 8 H
Warehouses H, 5-1, or S-2 depending
8, 3,or 1 on nature of materials
Waterpumping stations 2 F-2
Wax products manufacture 8 H

•
APPENDIXF
PART FOUR- ARCHAIC CONSTRUCTION IF-402.2.4 Masonry: Masonry shall be laid in
•
SYSTEMS lime-cement or cement mortar, or approved
masonry cement mortar, except that masonry of
F-401.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE gypsum tile shall, and masonry of structural clay
F-401.1 Purpose: The purpose of of Appendix F, tile may, be laid in gypsum mortar. Masonry shall
Part Four is to assist the building official and those be thoroughly bonded by b~eaking joints in
regulated by780 Cl\1R in evaluating the properties successive courses or by the use of metal ties.
of archaic construction systems. F-402.2.5 Brick: Brick shall be burned clay or
shale, concrete or sand-lime brick of Grade C or
F-401.2 Scope: Appendix F, Part Four contains data better.
on construction systems no longer in general use but
which may be encountered in older existing F-402.2.6 Stone: Stone shall be limestone,
buildings. It is meant to be used for assessing marble, slate or equally fireresistive natural stone.
existing conditions when evaluating how proposed Sandstone, granite or other stone which, because
changes will impact upon the perfonnance of the of its crystalline structure or for other reason, is
building. less fireresistive, shall not be considered fire
protection for structural metal, but may be used in
F-401.3 Application: In any given problem, all a masonry wall not less that 12 inches thick
available data should be collected and professional required to have fireresistance. Stone masonry
judgement . exercised in arriving at decisions. shall have the same fireresistive rating as brick
Evaluative judgment should be used when test data masonry.
does not exist or when applying the data contained F-402.2.7 Cast stone: Cast stone masonry shall
in this standard. have the same fireresistive rating as brick
masonry.
F-402.0 ARCHAIC FIRERESISITVE
F-402.2.8 Concrete blocks: Concrete blocks,
SYSTEMS whether solid or hollow, shall have as coarse
F-402.1 General: Appendix F, Part Four contains a aggregate limestone, trap rock,· blast furnace slag,
list of fireresistive materials and construction which cinders containing not more than 20% of
•
are not necessarily currently in common use. Some combustible material, burned clay or shale.
of the hourly ratings contained in the listing predate
ASlM E-119 that is in current use. The hourly F-402.2.9 Stroctural day tile: Structural clay tile
ratings may be higher or lower iftested according to shall conform to the specifications for load-
ASTM E 119. In addition to the data contained bearing tile, floor tile or partition tile. Where
herein, see Report BMS92, Building Materials and partition tile is specified load-bearing tile may be
Structures. dated October 7, 1942, National Bureau used.
of Standards. The data listed below is extracted F-402.2.10 Gypsum: Gypsum tile or pre-cast
from the Boston Building Code, circa 1943. gypsum concrete, whether solid or hollow. shall
confonn to Standard Specifications for Gypsum
F402.2 Fireresistive materials and c:ollBstrlilttion: Partition Tile or Block of the American Society
F-402.2.1 Minimum qualities: Materials, to be for Testing Materials and shall not contain more
given the fireresistive ratings specified in this than 3% by weight ofwood or other combustible
part, shall have the following minimum qualities binder or filler.
set forth in Appendix F F-402.2.2 through F- F-402.2.U Gypsum concrete: Gypsum concrete
402.2.19.
shall not contain more than 12~ by weight of
.JF-402.2.2 Class 1 concrete: Concrete of Class 1 wood or other combustive binder or filler and
shall be so proportioned as to have a strength of at shall have a compressive strength of at least 500
least 1500 pounds per square inch (psi) and the psi. It shall not be used where exposed to the
. coarse aggregate shall consist of limestone, trap elements.
rock, blast furnace slag, cinders containing not
F-402.2.12 Lath: Expanded metal or wire lath as
more that 20% of combustive material, burned
a base or reinforcement for plastering shall weigh
clay or shale.
not less that 2.2 pounds per square yard and shall
F-402.2.3 Class 2 concrete: Concrete of Class 2 have not less than 2 ~ meshes per inch.
shall be so proportioned as to have a strength of at
}F-402.2.13 MetaB mesh for masonry: Metal
least 1500 pounds psi, the coarse aggregate
mesh reinforcement speCified for masonry fire
consisting of sandstone, granite, quartzite,
•
protection of structural metal shall consist ofwire
siliceous gravel or other similar material not over
lath strips the full thickness of the mason.ry, laid
one inch in size.
in the beds thereof, or its approved equivalent.

780 CJvfR.: STATE BOARD OF Bun...DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
F-402.14 Metal mesh for concrete: Metal mesh pneumatically projected mortar or masonry
reinforcement specified for concrete fire protection.
protection of structural metal shall consist of wire
F-402.2.23 Plaster: Where plaster is required
mesh weighing not less than I ~ pounds per without other specification, it shall consist of lh
square yard with wire spaced not over four inches, inch ofcement or gypsum plaster, except that only
or not less than No. 11 gauge steel wire spaced gypsum plaster shall be used on "gypsum masonry.
not over four inches apart, or its approved
equivalent. F-402.2.. 24 Thickness: In this appendix, except
where otherwise specifically stated, the thickness
F-402.2.15 Cement plaster: Cement plaster given in a list of materials applies to the next
shall be proportioned ofone part Portland cement, following item only, and not to the total thickness
and not more than two parts of sand measured by where additional materials are specified.
volume dry and loose to which may be added lime
putty or hydrated lime not exceeding 15% of the F-402.2.25 Embedding limitations: Pipes, wires,
cement. conduits and ducts shall not be embedded in or
placed behind the fire-protective materials
F-402.2.16 Gypsum plaster: Gypsum plaster, required for the protection of structural steel or
except where otherwise specified, may contain iron except as otherwise provided in this
sand, not in excess of three times the weight of paragraph. Above fire-protective hung ceilings
the gypsum. and within the enclosed space in building of
F-402.2.17 Lime plaster: Lime plaster shall Type 1 and Type 2 construction within which,
consist of a mixture of one part lime, not over other than the enclosure, fire protection of steel is
three parts sand, and water. not required, pipes, wires, conduits and ducts may
be placed, provided they are so arranged and so
F-402.2.18 Pneumatically projected mortar: secured that they will not, either by expanding in
Pneumatically projected mortar made ofPortland the event of fire, or otherwise impair, the
cement, sand nd water shall be rated for fire effectiveness of the enclosing protective
protection the same as Class 1 concrete. materials. Electric conduits and wires and gas
F-402.2.19 Concrete fill: Concrete fill, where pipes may be embedded in concrete or masonry
specified in this appendix inconneetion with fire protection of structural steel where the
hollow masonry units shall consist of Class 1 or protective material is reinforced with wire mesh,
Class 2 concrete poured in the hollow spaces of provided they shall have protective covering
the units as they are laid. except over the tops ofbeams and girders, at least
as thick as required for the steel.
F-402.2.20 Reinforced concrete: Portland
cement concrete or gypsum concrete poured in F-402.2.26 Damage protection: In factories,
place as fire protection for beams, trusses and garages, warehouses and other buildings in which
other horizontal or inclined members of structural the fire-protective covering required for steel or
steel and pneumatically projected mortar applied iron columns may be damaged by the movement
to structural steel as' fire protection shall be ofvehic1c~s, materials or equipment, such covering
reinforced with metal mesh reinforcement. shall be protected by metal or other material in a
Concrete protection for vertical columns of manner satisfactory to the building official.
structural metal shall have reinforcing consisting F-402.2.27 Firestopping: Firestopping shall
of No. 5 wire spaced not over eight inches apart mean the; stopping offor enclosure at the ends and
or its equivalent. Reinforcement shall be wrapped wherever else specified of the spaced between
around the structural member and so arranged as studs of partitions, joists of floors and roofs and
to be completely embedded in the fire protection other similar spaces to prevent drafts of air and
material and to ensure its integrity. the communication of fire from one such space to
F-402.2.21 Reinforced plaster: Plaster used as another. Fire-stopping shall consist of wood not
fire protection or to resist the spread of fire shall less than 1~ inches thick, of sheet metal not less
be reinforced with metal lath, except plaster less than No. 24 gauge or of masonry, or a
than one inch thick or masonry or concrete. combination of such materials. Firestopping shall
be tightly fitted in the space to be filled, about
F-402.2.22 Replacement material: In the pipes, wires and ducts and, if cut or disturbed in
protection of structural metal including the placement of pipes, wires and ducts, shall be
reinforcement, ~ inch "f cement or gypsum repaired.
plaster may replace an equal thickness of poured
•
concrete or pneumatically projected mortar as F-402.3 Fire protection of steel columns:
protective material; and one inch of cement or
gypsum plaster reinforced with metal lath may F-402.3.1 Protective thickness: Structural steel
replace an equal thickness of poured concrete, columns required to have fire protection of a
given rating shall be covered on all sides with

APPENDIXF
•
protective material having not less than the 5. Two layers plaster, each on metal lath, with
thickness necessary for the required rating. % inch air space between, two inches total
Except where "no fill" is specified, re-entrant and thickness.
other accessible spaces behind the specified outer 6. Two inches gypsum concrete.
protection shall be filled with concrete or brick 7. Two inches solid or three inches hollow
masonry or the material ofthe outer protection. gypsum tile masonry.
F-402.3.2 Fireresistance rating: Materials shall F-402.3.6 One hour rating:
be assumed to afford to steel columns fire 1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
protection of the rating indicated in the following 2. 1~ inches Class 2 concrete with metal
Appendix F-402.3.3 through F-402.3.6: mesh reinforcement.
F-402.3.J Four hour rating: 3. 2'l4 inches brick masonry.
1. 'fwo inches Class 1 concrete. 4. Two inches structural clay partition tile or
2. Three inches Class 2 concrete, ,metal mesh concrete block masonry.
reinforcement. 5. One inch cement or gypsum plaster on
3. 3 ~ inches brick masonry. metal lath.
4. Two layers two inch structural clay F-402.3.7 Thiclkness: The thickness of protection
partition tile masonry, metal mesh in beds. on the outer edges of lugs or brackets need not
5. Two inches structural clay partition tile exceed one inch.
masonry, concrete fill, metal mesh in beds, %
inch gypsum plaster. F-402.41 Fire protection ofi cast iron columns:
6. Four inches structural clay partition tile·
F-402.4.11 Protective thickness: Gast iron
masonry, concrete fill, metal mesh in beds, 5/s
columns required to have fire protection or a
inch lime plaster.
given rating shall be covered on all sides with
7. Four inches structural clay partition tile or
protective materials having not less than the
concrete block masonry, concrete fill, plaster.
thickness necessary for the required rating. Re-
8. Three inches hollow gypsum tile masonry
entrant spaces, if any on the exterior of cast iron
and plaster.
•
columns, and other accessible spaces behind the
9. Two inches gypsum concrete, metal mesh
specified protection, shall be filled with Class 1
reinforcement.
concrete or brick masonry or the material of the
10. Two inches solid gypsum tile masonry
outer protection.
and plaster.
11. Three inches solid cinder concrete block F-402.4.2 Fireresistance rating: Materials shall
masonry and plaster. be assumed to afford to cast iron columns fire
12. Four inches hollow cinder concrete block protection ofthe rating iridicating in the following
masonry and plaster Appendix F-402.4.3 throug~ F-402.4.5:
F-402.3.4 Three hour rating: F-402.41.J Four bOllllr lI'Jlting: Cast iron columns
1. 1% inches Class 1 concrete. shall not be used where the protection of a four
2. Two inches Class 2 concrete, metal mesh hour rating is required.
reinforcement.
F-402.4.4 Three hour ratting:
3. Two inches gypsum concrete.
1. Two inches Class 2 concrete.
4. Two inches solid cinder concrete block
2. Three inches Class 2 Concrete, metal mesh
masonry and plaster.
reinforcement.
5. Two inches structural clay partition tile
masonry, concrete fill. 3. Two inches structural clay partition tile or
6. Four inches structural clay partition tile concrete block masonry concrete fill.
masonry, concrete fill, metal mesh in beds, 5/8 4. I ~ inches cement or gypsum plaster on
inch lime plaster. metal lath and metal furring to fonn ~ inch air
space.
F-402.3.5 Two bmlllr rating:
S. 1~ inches Class I concrete.
1. 1~ inches Class 1 concrete.
6. Two inches Class 2 concrete with metal
2. Two inches CRass 2 concrete, metal mesh
mesh reinforcement.
reinforcement.
3. One inch Class 1 or Class 2 concrete F-402.4.5 One hour rating:
encased in standard weight steel or wrought 1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
•
iron pipe. 2. 1~ inches Class 2 concrete with metal
4. Two inches structural clay partition tile mesh reinforcement.
masonry and plaster. 3. One inch cement or gypsum plaster on
metal lath.

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll..DIN'G CODE
F-402.5 Fire protection of steel in reinforced F-402.6.6 One hour rating:

concrete columns: 1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
F-402.5.1"Protection thickness: The main steel 2. .1 ~ inches Class 2 concrete.
reinforcement, including spiral reinforcement and 3. 7/8 inch or cement or gypsum plaster on
ties larger than ~ inch, in reinforced concrete meta.llath.
columns required to have fire protection of a
given rating shall be covered with concrete having F-402.7 ][4"ire protection of steel in reinforced
not less than the thickness listed in Appendix F- concrete beams:
402.5 for the rating indicating in the following F-402.7.1 Protective thickness: The main steel
Appendix F-402.5.2·through F-402.5.6. reinforc:ement, including stirrups larger than ~
F-402.5.2 Four hour rating: inch, in reinforced concrete beams, girders and
trusses, including the ribs of reinforced concrete
ribbed floors or roofs where one or both sides of
the ribs, in addition to the soffit, are exposed to
F-402.5.3 Three hour rating: 1~ inches Class 1 fire, required to have fire protection of a given
or Class 2 concrete. rating, shall be covered on all sides with concrete
having not less than the thickness listed in
F-402.5.4 Two hour rating:
Appendix F-402.7 for the required rating. Where
1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
a reinforced concrete floor or roof has a flush
ceiling formed with approved permanent masonry
F-402.5.5 One hour rating: One inch Class 1 or filler between ribs, the reinforcement shall have
Class 2 concrete. the protection required for reinforcing steel of
floors and roofs in Appendix F-402.8.
F-402.5.6 Ties less than ~ inch: The thickness
of protection on column ties not larger than Sh F-402.;'.2 Four hour rating:
inch may be ~ inch may be ~ inch thinner than 1. ISh inches Class 1 concrete.
that listed above.
F-402.7..3 Three hour rating: 1~ inches Class 1
F-402.6 Fire protection of steel beams, girders, or Class: 2 concrete.
and trusses:
F-402.6.2 Protective thickness: Steel beams, 1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
girders and trusses or the members of trusses, 2. 1~ inches Class 2 concrete.
required to have fire protection of a given rating,
shall be covered on all sides with material having F-402.7.5 One hour rating: One inch Class 1 or
not less than the thickness necessary for the Class 2 concrete.
required rating. F-402.7.6 Stirrups less than ~ inch: The
F-402.6.3 Four hour rating: thickness of protection on stirrups not larger than
1. Two inches Class 1 concrete. ~ inch may be less than that listed by not more
2. Three inches Class 2 concrete. than ~ inch.
3. Three inches structural clay partition tile or
concrete block masonry and plaster. F-402.8 F'ire protection of steel reinforcing in
4. Three inches hollow gypsum tile masonry floors and roofs:
and plaster.
5. Two inches gypsum concrete. F-402.8.1 Protection thickness: The steel
6. Two inches solid gypsum tile masonry and reinforcement in reinforced concrete floors and
plaster. roofs with flush or plane ceiling, such that the
exposure to fire is on the soffit only, required to
F-402.6.4 Three hour rating: have fire protection of a given rating, shall be
I 13,4 inches Class I concrete. covered with concrete having not less than the
2. 2 ~ inches Class 2 concrete. thickness listed in Appenfix F-402.8 for the
3. Two inches gypsum concrete. required rating. In floors or roofs having
4. Two inches structural clay partition tile, or reinforced concrete ribs where the concrete
concrete block masonry and plaster. surrounding the steel reinforcement is exposed to
S. Two inches solid, or three inches hollow fire on one or both sides in addition to the soffit,
•
gypsum tile masonry. such reinforcement shall have the protection
specified in Appendix F-402.7 for steel in
F-402.6.5 Two (2) hour rating:
reinforcled concrete beams.
I. I ~ inches of Class 2 concrete.
2. Two inches gypsum concrete. F-402.8.2 Four hour rating:

APPENDIXF
2. 1y.. inches Class 2 concrete. not less than 1Vi inches of solid masonry or
• F-402.8.3 Three hour rating: One inch Class 1

or Class 2 concrete.
F 402.8.4 Two hour rating:
e
1. % inch Class 1 concrete.

F 402.8.5 One hour rating:

e
% inch Class 1 or
reinforced concrete.
4. Four inches combination reinforced
Portland cement concrete slab consisting of
pennanent fillers of concrete block, gypsum or
structural clay tile and one inch concrete
topping; but if structural clay partition tiles are
used for fillers, they shall be plastered on the
Class 2 concrete. soffit.
F-402.9 Fireresistive floor and ll"oof cOltBstruction: 1. 2~ inches solid slab ofreinforced Portland
F-402.9.lt Protective thickness: Floors and roofs cement concrete or reinforced precast gypsum
required to have resistance of a given rating to the concrete.
spread of fire shall have such thickness of the i 2 Y2 inches solid masonry arches or slabs.
materials of which it is constructed, as shall be 3. Three inches structural clay floor tile
necessary for the required rating, and structural masonry, arches or slabs with top covering of
metal forming a part of such floors or roofs shall not less than one inch of solid masonry or
have protection against fire of such required reinforced concrete.
rating. Floors and roofs required to have two hour
F-402.9.6 One hour rating:
or longer resistance to fire be constructed of
noncombustible materials. Granolithic, burned 1. Three inches structural clay floor tile
clay tile, ceramic tile or other similar masonry, arches or slabs with all joints
incombustible floor finish of a given thickness thoroughly filled with cement or gypsum
may be substituted for an equal thickness, and mortar.
sand, cinder or other incombustible filling 2. Wood floor or roof construction with joists
material, with or without embedded wooden not less than 15/a inches in least dimension,
screeds, may be substituted for 0/3 its thickness, of firestopped, double board floor, approved
the floor or roof construction material specified in asbestos felt between lay of boards, and with a
•
Appendix F-402.9, provided that such floors and ceiling of at least % -inch cement or gypsum
roofs shall have adequate thickness for structural plaster on metal lath.
purposes. 3. Steel beams or steel joists not more than 36
inches apart on centers with noncombustible
F-402.9.2 Fireresistance rating: Floor or roof
floor and a ceiling of at least 3.4 inch cement or
construction shall be assumed to afford resistance
gypsum plaster on metal lath furring.
to the spread of fire of the rating indicated in the
following Appendix F-402.9.3 through F-4029.6:
F-402.110 Fireresistive ceiling cOllllstrrudi«Jllll:
F-402.9.3 Four hour ll"ating:
JF-402.10.1 Protective thickness: Ceilings
1. Four inches solid slab of reinforced
required to afford fire protection of a given rating
Portland cement concrete or reinforced precast
to the floor or roof framing under which it is
gypsum concrete.
supported shall be of fireresistive materials of at
2. Four inches solid masonry arched or slabs.
3. Four inches structural clay floor tile least the thickness necessary for the given rating.
A t1reresistive ceiling and all hangers and
masonry arches or slabs with top covering of
fastenings necessary for its support to the
not less than two inches of solid masonry or
protected framing shall be of noncombustible
reinforced concrete.
4. Five inches combination reinforced materials. It shall be capable of sustaining its own
Portland cement concrete slab consisting of weight without exceeding allowable stresses.
permanent fillers of concrete block, gypsum or Metal reinforcement nn such Ii ceiling shall be
protected from fire as specified in Appendix )F-
structural clay tile and 1~ inches of concrete
402.8 for reinforcing in a floor.
topping; but if structural clay partition tiles are
used for fillers, they shall be plastered! on the F-402.10.2 Fireresistanc~ ll"ating: Ceiling
soffit. construction shall be assumed to afford to floor or
roof framing fire protection of the rating indicated
F~402.9.4 Three hour rating:
in the following Appendix F-402.10.3 through Fo
U. Three inches solid slab of reinforced
402.10.6.
Portland cement concrete or reinforced precast
•
gypsum concrete. F-402.10.3 Four hour rating:
2. Three inches solid masonry arches or slabs. 1. 2~ inches solid slab of reinforced Portland
3. Four inches structural clay floor tile cement concrete or reinforced precast gypsum
masonry, arches or slabs with top covering of concrete.

0 731
•
2. Two inches precast reinforced gypsum filling as specified in Appendix F-402.12 for a
concrete, plastered. nonbe:aring wall offour hour rating.
F-402.10.4 Three hour rating:

F-402.1Jl.4 Three hour rating:
1. Two inches .solid slab of reinforced
1. I~ight inches structural clay load-bearing
Portland cement concrete or reinf<>rced precast
tile masonry with two units and not less than
gypsum concrete.
four cells in the thickness of the wall.
2. Two inches precast reinforced gypsum
2. 12 inches structural clay load-bearing tile
concrete, lapped or rabbeted joints.
masonry with one unit and not less than three
F-402.10.5 -Two hour rating: 1 ~ inches solid cells in the thickness if the wall.
slab of reinforced Portland cement concrete or 3. Eight inches one piece concrete block
reinforced precast gypsum concrete. masonry with shells and webs not less than 1~
inches thick, plastered both sides.
F-402.10.6 One hour rating: % inch cement or 4. Eight inches one piece concrete block
gypsum plaster on metal lath. masonry with shells and webs not less than two
inches thick.
F-402.11 Fireresistive bearing walls and 5. Five inches solid reinforced concrete.
partitions: 6. A steel or reinforced concrete frame
F-402.11.1 Protective thickness: Bearing walls bearing wall in which the steel has fire
and partitions required to have resistance to fire or protection of three hour rating, with panel
the spread of fire of a given rating shall be filling as specified in Appemdix F-402.12 for
constructed of fireresistive materials and shall a nonbearing wall of three hour rating.
have at least the thickness necessary for the F-402.11.5 Two hour rating:
required rating. Walls required to have two hour 1. Eight inches structural clay load-bearing
or longer rating shall be of noncombustible tile masonry with not less than three cells in
materials. Steel reinforcement in reinforced the thickness of the w a l l . -
concrete walls shall have the same protection for 2. Eight inches concrete block masonry with
the given rating as is required in Appendix F-
shells and webs not less than 1~ inches thick.
402.9 for floors.
3. A steel or reinforced concrete frame
F-402.11.2 Fireresistance rating: Bearing walls bearing wall in which the steel has fire
and partitions shall be assumed to have resistance protection oftwo hour rating, with panel filling
to fire and the spread offire of the rating indicated as specified in Appendix F-402.12 for a
in the following Appendix F-402.11.3 through F- nonbeming wall of two hour rating.
40211.6:
F-402.11..6 One hour rating:
F-402.11.3 Four hour ratung: 1. A steel or wooden stud bearing wall
1. Eight inches solid brick masonry. covered on both sides with one inch cement or
2. 12 inches hollow wall of brick masonry, gypsum plaster on metal lath, firestopped ifof
minimum eight inch masonry thickness. wood.
3. 12 inches structural clay load-bearing tile 2. A steel or reinforced concrete frame
masonry with two units and not less than three bearing wall in which the steel has fire
cells in the thickness of the wall. protection of one hour rating, with panel filling
4. Eight inches structural clay load-bearing as sp~:cified in Appendix F-402.12 for a
tile masonry with one unit and not less than nonbealring wall of one hour rating.
two cells in the thickness of the wall, plastered
both sides. F-402.12 I~ireresistive nonbearing walls and
S. 12 inches concrete block masonry with one partitions:'
unit and not less than two cells in the thickness
F 402.12..1 Protective thickness: Nonbearing
M
ofthewaU.
walls and partitions required to have resistance to
6. Eight inches one piece concrete block
fire and the spread of fire of a given rating shall
masonry with shells and webs at least 1~
be constnlcted of fireresistive materials and shall
inches thick, plastered both sides.
have at lleast the thickness necessary for the
7. 12 inches total thickness of brick masonry
required rating. Walls required to have two hour
facing bonded to structural clay load-bearing
or longer rating shall be of incombustible
tile masomy backing.
materials. Steel reinforcement in reinforced
•
8. Eight inches solid concrete.
concrete walls shall have the same protection for
9. Six inches solid reinforced concrete.
the given rating as is required in Appendix F-
10. A steel or reinforced concrete frame
402.8.
bearing wall in which the steel has fire
protection of four hour rating, with panel

APPENDIXF
F~402.12.2 Fireresistance rating: Nonbearing 2. Tinoclad, three ply wood core, swinging
walls and partitions shall be assumed to have single leaf, doorway not over six feet wide.
resistance to fire and the spread of fire of the 3. Tin-clad, three ply wood core, swinging in
rating indicated in the following Appendix F- pairs, doorway not over feet wide.
402.12.3 through F402.12.6. 4." Hollow metal, swinging single leaf,
doorway not over four feet Wide.
F-402.12.3 Four hour :rating:
5. Hollow metal, swinging in pairs, doorway
1. Eight inches solid brick masonry.
not over eight feet wide.
2. 3 ~ inches solid brick masonry, plastered 6. Sheet metal, sliding, single, doorway not
goth sides. . over ten feet wide.
3. Six inches structural clay load-bearing tile, 7. Sheet metal, sliding in pairs, doorway not
plastered both sides. over 12 feet wide.
4. Six inches solid concrete. 8. Sheet metal, swinging single leaf, doorway
5. Four inches solid reinforced concrete. not over feet wide.
6. Any wall which, as a bearing wall, has a 9. Sheet metal, swinging in pairs, doorway
three hour or four hour rating in Appendix Fo not over ten feet wide.
402.11, except the steel or reinforced concrete 10. Steel rolling doorway not over 12 feet
frame bearing wall. wide.
F~402.U2.4 Three hour rating: II. Steel plate, doorway not over four feet
1. 3 ~ inches solid brick masonry. wide.
2. Four inches structural clay loadobearing
12. Any other construction equal or superior
to a tin-clad three ply wood core door in a
tile, plastered both sides.
standard fire test, for resistance to fire, the
3. lFour inches solid concrete.
spread of fire and smoke, and transmission of
4. Three inches reinforced concrete.
S. Any wall which, as a bearing wall, has a
heat.
two hour rating in Appendix IF402. I I except F402.13.4 Oass B fire doors: Class B fire doors
the steel or reinforced concrete frame bearing shall be doors ofthe following construction and as
•
wall. specified in Appendix F402.14:
F 402.1l2.5 Two hour rating:
o
1. Tin-clad, three ply wood core.
2. Tin--clad, two ply wood core, sliding,
1. Three inches gypsum tile masonry
doorway not over ten feet wide.
plastered both sides except in exterior walls.
3. Tin-clad, two ply wood core, swinging
2. Eight inches structural clay partition tile
masonry, plastered both sides. single leaf, doorway not over six feet wide.
4. Tinoclad, two ply wood core, swinging in
3. Eight inches structural clay load-bearing tile,
pairs, doorway not over ten feet wide.
with three cells in the thickness ofthe wall.
5. Hollow metal, sliding, doorway not over
4. 2~ inches solid cement or sanded gypsum
eight feet wide.
plaster on metal lath and noncombustible
studding. 6. Metaloclad, paneled, swinging single leaf,
doorway not over three feet wide.
5. Three inches total thickness of hollow wall, % 7. Metal-clad, paneled, swinging in pairs,
inch cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath and doorway not over six feet wide.
noncombustible studding. 8. Any other construction equal or superior to
6. Three inches total thickness of hollow wall, % a tinoelad two ply wood core door in a standard
inch cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath and fire test, for resistance to fire, the spread of fire
wooden studding, firestopped. and smoke, and transmission of heat.
F-402.13 Fireresistive doon: F-402.13.5 Class C fire doors: Class C Fire

doors shall be doors ofthe following construction
F0402.1l3.1 General: Doors which are required to and as specified in Appendix F402.14:
be fire doors, fireresistive doors, or of fireresistive 1. Metaloclad, paneled, swinging single leaf,
construction shall conform to the requirements of doorway not over four feet wide.
Appendix F402.13 and Appendix f402.14 2. Metal-clad, paneled, swinging in pairs,
doorway not over eight feet wide.
JF 402.1J.2 Classification: lFire doors shall be
a
classified for the proposes ofthis code as Cjass A F-402.13.6 StlIbstitutnoll1l: A Class A door may be
Class B, and Class C. used where Class b or Class C is specified; a
•
Class B door may be used where Class C is
F-402.13.3 Oass A fire doors: Class A fire doors specified. Two Class B or Class C doors on
shall be doors ofthe following construction and as opposite sides of the wall may be used where a
specified in Appendix F402.14: single Class A or Class B door is specified.
U. Tin-clad, three ply wood core, sliding.

0 733
F-402.13.7 Overlap: Fireresistive doors, when F-402.13.13 Hinges: Hinges for swinging fire
•
closed, shall completely cover the doorways in the doors, except in wooden stud walls, shall be
walls and partitions or the openings in the floors riveted or through-bolted to the structural steel
or roofs to which they ar fitted. A swinging fire frame of the opening, through-bolted to the wall
door shall either overlap both jambs and the head if of masonry or concrete or secured by approved
of the opening not less than four inches or be inserts in the concrete or built irtto masonry in an
fitted to a fireresistive frame with a-rabbet the fun approved manner
thickness of the door and with not less than ~
F-402.13.14 Strap hinges: Strap hinges and
inch overlap on the door. A sliding fire door,
sliding door hangers shall be secured to fire doors
except in enclosures about passenger elevators,
by through-bolting, riveting or welding.
shall overlap both jambs and the head of the
Swinging fire doors in rabbeted frames, except
opening not less than four inches. A stiding fire
tin-clad, wood core doors, may be hung on butts.
door in an enclosure about a passenger elevator
Other swinging fire doors shall have strap hinges.
shall overlap jambs. head and adjoining panels not
less than V2 inch. Fire doors shaH fit closely at the F-402.13.15 Straps, locks and latches: Sliding
floor with clearance of not over ~ inch. ·fire doors shall have adequate stops for the closed
position. Swinging Class A fire doors shall have
F-402.13.8 Thresholds: In buildings with
surface :lathes or unit locks. Class Band C doors
combustible floors, doorways required to have
shall have surface latches, unit or mortise locks.
fire doors shall have noncombustible thresholds
The latch bolts of unit or mortise l,ocks on fire
the full thickness of the wan, extending at least
doors shall have a throw of % inch. When
four inches from the face of the wall where a door
mounted in pairs, fire doors shall be rabbeted by
is hung and extending laterally at least six inches
means of an astragal or otherwise where they
behind each jamb of the doorway. Thresholds
come together. One of a pair of swinging fire
may be flush with the floor.
doors shall have push bolts at top and bottom with
F-402.13.9 Rabbeted frame: The rabbeted frame a throw of 3;" inch and the other shall be held by
of a swinging fire door shall be constructed of latch to the first.
structural steel built into the concrete, masonry or
other fireresistive material of the wall about the F-402.13.16 Opening hardware: Except in
•
opening and secured thereto, except that the detention buildings, fire doors hung in required
rabbeted frame of a Class B or C door may be of exits shall be so fitted with hardware that they can
wood, covered with sheet metal not less than No. be open,ed from inside without use of a key when
26 gauge in thickness, secured to the wall in the the building is occupied.
opening.
F-402.14 ]?ire door construction:
F-402.13.10 Fit: Fire doors when closed shall fit
tightly against the wall or frame so as to provide F-402.14.1 Fastening: In the construction offire
an effective stop for fire and smoke. Except for doors, solder shall not be used except for filling
the metal-covered wooden frame specified in joints. Sheet metal shall be fastened to wood by
Appendix F-402.10, combustible material shan nailing alnd to metal frame by bolting, riveting or
not intervene between the door and the welding..
fireresistive material of the wall, floor or roof to F-402.14.2 Glass: Class A doors shall not have
which it is fitted. glass panels. Class B doors may have glass
F-402.13.11 Hardware: Hinge hardware for fire panels Inot larger than 100 square inches in
doors shall be of malleable iron or rolled exposed area nor more than 12 inches in width or
height. Class C doors amy have glass panels not
structural steel not less than ~ inch thick except
larger than 2,016 square inches in total exposed
that tubular steel track for sliding doors may be
area, and any single light shall not have an
not less than 1/8 inch thick. Equivalent thickness exposed area exceeding 1,296 square inches.
of solid bronze or brass may be used. Fire doors Glass in :fire doors shall be wire glass not less than
shall not depend upon cords, cables or chains to
~ inch thick and shall be set 5/8 inch in grooves
support them in closed position except in elevator
shafts. % of an inch deep.
F-402.13.12 Tracks: Tracks for sliding fire doors F-402.14.3: Dele~ed
shall be so supported that a track hanger comes at F-402.11~.4 Tin-clay, two ply: In-clad, two ply
each door hanger when the door is closed. Track wood core doors shall be shall be constructed in
hangers shall be secured to wood stud walls by accordance with the specifications of the National
through bolts and to concrete walls by through Board of Fire Underwriters for such doors in
bolts or approved built-in inserts. Expansion Class B openings and shall bear the label of the
shields shall not be used to support fire doors. Underwriters' Laboratories to this effect.

APPENDIXF
F=402.14.5 Hollow metals: Hollow metal doors F~402.16.2 Moveable: Firereisistive windows
shall have substantial stiles and rails of heavy may be fixed or arranged to open and close.
pressed steel, reinforced for hinges and other Fixed fireresistive windows shall be so secured in
hardware. Panels shall be of sheet filled with . the walls in which they are placed that they may
asbestos board or other approved insulating expand in case of fire yvithout buckling.
materials. The door shall be assembled by Moveable firereisitive windows shaH be opened
welding or riveting. or closed in one of the following manners:
1. One or more sashes may slide horizontally
F=402.l1.4.6 Sheet metals: Sheet metal doors
in a fireresistive frame.
shall be constructed with a rolled steel rigid frame
2. One or more sashes may slide vertically
covered both sides with. I/16 inch asbestos board
with counterweights or with tow sashes
and No. 26 gauge corrugated steel metal, with
counterbalanced and hung on chains. If a sash
'corrugations vertical on one side and horizontal
is closed in raised position, it shall have a
on the other, bound on the edges with rolled steel
fastening.
or pressed steel shapes.
3. A sash may be hinged at top, bottom, or
F=402.14.7 Steel rolling: A steel rolling fire door either side.
shall be constructed of sheet steel interlocking 4. A sash may be pivoted at top and bottom or
slats, sliding in grooves, counterweighted by at the sides.
springs, with the roller and mechanism enclosed 5. A sash may be arranged to open and close
in heavy sheet metal. in any other approved manner, with approved
hardware.
F-402.14.8 Steel plate: A steel plate fire door
shall be constructed ofnot less than No. 12 gauge F=402.16.3 Sash: Moveable sashes in
steel plate mounted on a rolled steel frame, fireresistive windows shall be furred to
,assembled by welding or riveting. fireresistive frames of the same or similar
construction. Both sashes and frames, and metal
F=402.14.9 Metal dad: A metal clad, paneled
mullions between window units, shall be so fitted
fire door shan have a wood core with stiles and
in the walls in which they are placed as to be
rails not less than 1% inches 'thick covered with
•
continuous with the fireresistive material of the
No. 26 gauge sheet steel; panels % inch thick wall and so secured that they may expand in case
covered with No. 26 gauge sheet steel, s~t 3,4 inch of fire without buckling.
in grooves; joints of metal lapped and welJ nailed. F0402.16.4 Glass: Glass in firereisistive
F=402.14.10 Class A labeR: A door properly windows shall be wired glass not less than ~
bearing the Underwriters' label certifying that it is inch thick and the area of a single light shall not
suitable for the protection of a Class A opening exceed 720 square inches. Glass shall be set 3/a
shall be acceptable as a Class A door. inch grooves at least ~ inch deep. Glass shall be
F=402.14.11 Class B labet A door properly secured by glazing angles or molding screwed to
bearing the Underwriters' label certifying that it is , the sash and forming continuous grooves for the
suitable for the protection of a Class B opening glass.
shall be acceptable as a Class B door, except that
Fa402J.6.5 Construction: Fireresistive windows
metal clad doors wider than three feet shall not be
shall be ofthe foJlowing construction:
accepted as Class B doo~s.
1. Hollow sheet metal sashes mnd frames
F=402.14.12 Oass C label: A door properly fabricated by pressing, welding, riveting or
bearing the Underwriters' label certifying that it is crimping without the use of solder or other
suitable for the protection of a Class C opening fusible alloy, except for filling joints, and
shall be acceptable as a Class C door. bearing the label ofUnderwriters' Laboratories.
2. Rolled steel or pressed steel sashes
IF-402.15 Fireresistive shutters: Shutters required fabricated by pressing, welding, riveting or
to be fire shutters or fireresistive shutters shall be crimping, of a make and style approved by the
constructed and hung as specified for Class B commissioner.
fireresistive doors in Appendix F402.13 and f~ 3. Any other approved constructions as
402.14. fireresistive as that specified in Appendix fa
402.16.5 item.
F0402.16 Fireresistive windows:
F-41G2.16.6 Hollow sheet metal: Fired
•
F-402.16.1 General: Windows which are fireresistive windows of hollow sheet metal
required to be fire windows, fireresistive construction shall not exceed seven feet in width
windows, or of fireresistive construction shall not ten feet in height. Fireresistive windows of
conform to the requirements of Appendix F- hollow sheet metal construction with moveable
402.16. sashes shall not exceed six feet in width nor tern
feet in height.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BlJILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
asphalt and a finish of burned clay floor tile,

F -402.16.7 Rolled steel: Fireresistive windows
•
stone flagging, cement concrete or other
of ro]Jed steel construction shall not exceed 84
simil~Lr material.
square feet in area not 12 feet in either height or
width. . 5. Sheet metal with locked and soldered joints
not le:ss than No. 26 gauge in thickness.
F-402.16.8 Wind pressure: Fireresistive 6. Shingles of natural slate..
windows and their fastenings shall be capable of 7. Shingles ofbumed clay tile.
resisting the wind pressure on the wa]J of the 8. Shingles of sheet metal not less than No. 26
building applied either on he inside or the outside gauge in thickness. .
ofthe window exceeding allowable stresses. 9. Shingles of asbestos board not less than 1/a
inch thick.
F-402.16.9 Substitution: Where fireresistive
10. Shingles of asphalt saturated felt surfaced
windows are required, wooden windows and plain
with granulated slate or other similar material
glass may be substituted provided the openings
and carrying the Underwriters Class "C" label.
are protection by fireresistive doors or shutters,
11. Corrugated sheet metal with lapped joints
or, in buildings of approved occupancy and
not less than No. 26 gauge in thickness.
construction, by an approved system of open
12. Corrugated asbestos board not less than
sprinklers.
3/16) inch thick.
F-402.17 Fireresistive roof covering: F-402.17.3 Ordinary roofing: Ordinary roofing

shall be of any roof covering which meets the
F-402.17.1 Qassification: Roof covering allowed
requirements of Class C roofing under the
under this code shall be classified as fire-retardant
specifications of the Underwriters' Laboratories,
or ordinary, according to resistance to fire outside,
Inc. The following roof covering shall be
as provided in Appendix F-402.17. Fire-retardant
assumed to meet the requirements for ordinary
roofcovering is the more firereisistive and may be
roofing:
used where fire-retardant roofing is specified.
1. Built-up roofing consisting of successive
Roofcovering less fireresistive than ordinary roof
layers: ofroofing felt impregnated with asphalt,
covering shall not be used on any building.
coal tar or other approved material, not equal
F-402.17.2 Fire-retardant roofing: Fire- in fin:resistance to a fire-retardant rooting.
retardant roofing shall be any roof covering than
meets the requirements of Class A or Class B
roofing under the specifications of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. The following
roof covering shall be assumed to meet the
requirements for fire-retardant roofing:
2. Plrepared roofing consisting of felt or fabric
impn:gnated or coated, or both, with asphalt,
tar oj[' other approved material or shingles of
such prepared roofing, not equal in
fireresistance to fire-retardant roofing.
3. Canvas stretched tightly and coated with
paint..
•
layers ofroofing felt impregnated with asphalt;
F-402.17.4 Means of securing: Built up roofing
a final layer of asphalt in which, while molten,
shall be secured to the roof deck in the following
is embedded a continuous layer of roofing
manner:
gravel or slag.
1. Over masonry slab, the first layer shall be
laid in molted asphalt or tar mopped on the
layers ofroofing felt impregnated with coal tar;
roof deck, after the deck is properly primed, or
a final layer of tar in which, while molten, is
by nailing a layer of building paper to nailing
embedded a continuous layer ofroofing gravel
inserts other than wood placed in the deck.
or slag.
2. Over wood decks, the built-up roofing shall
be secured by nailing a layer of building paper
layers ofroofing felt impregnated with asphalt;
to the roof deck over which the prepared
a final layer of asbestos roofing felt
roofilllg is to be laid with the first layer laid in
impregnated with asphalt weighing not less
molten asphalt or tar.
than 14 pounds per 100 square feet, or a final
3. Roofings other than built-up roofings, such
layer of asphalt-saturated prepared roofing
as shingles, slates, and tile roll roofing shall be
coated with granulated slate or other similar
well secured to the deck by nailing, bolting,
material.
wiring, or other approved methods.
layers of roofing felt impregnated with tar or

•
• APPENDIXG
UNIT DEAD LOADS FOR DESiGN PURPOSES
The intent of 780 CIvlR Appendix (Jis to assist the designer and building official in establishing the
minimum weights for materials commonly used in building construction. Some material assemblies have
a range in weight. A typical figure is indicated, but when there is reason to suspect a considerable
deviation, the actual weight should be determined.
Note on use of780 CIv1R Appendix G tables: When making calculations based on the tables in 780 CMR
Appendix G, the weights of masonry include mortar but not plaster. For plaster, add 5 psf for each face
plastered. Values given represent averages. In.s.o.mc cases there is a considerable range of weight for the
same construction. For metric conversion, 1 psf equals 4.882 kglm3•
Table Gol
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR CONCRETE SLABS
Concrete slabs Pounds per square foot

Concrete, reinforced stone, per inch ofthickness 12~
Concrete, reinforced lightweight sand, per inch of thickness 9~
·Concrete, reinforced, lightweight, per inch of thickness 9
Concrete, plain stone, per inch of thicJs!1ess 12
Concrete, plain, lightweight, per inch of thickness 8~
•
Table Go2-
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR RIBBED SLABS
Pounds per square foot
Ribbed slabs Width of rib, in inches
Depth in inches
(rib depth plus slab
thickness) *
4 5 6 7 8 9
12-inch clay tile fillers

(normal
weight concrete)
4 plus 2 49 51 52 S4 ~ ~
6 plus 2 60 63 65 67 0 0
8 plus 2~ 79 82 85 87 ~ 0
10 plus 3 96 100 103 106 ~ 0
12 plus 3 108 112 116 120 0 0
20 inch wide
0
forms: 45 48 50 50 0 ~
6 plus 2~ 51 S4 57 60 0 ~
8 plus 2~ 57 60 64 68 0 0
10 plus 2~ 63 67 72 76 0 ~
12 plus 2~ 0
74 79 84 - -
14 plus 2~ 0 0
88 93 98 0
16 plus 2~ - ~
- In 118 0
20 plus 2~ ~
• Make appropriate allowances for tapered ends.

780 CIvfR.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Table G-2 (continued)
•
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR RIBBED SLABS
Ribbed slabs Pounds Per square foot

Depth" in inches
(rib depth plus slab Width of rib, in inches
thickness) *
4 5 6 7 8 9
30-inch wide
forms:
6 plus2~ 41 43. 45 47 - -
8 plus 2~ 45 47 50 53 - -
10 plus 2~ 49 52 55 58 - -
12 plus 2~ 53 57 60 64 - -
14 plus 2~ - 62 66 70 - -
16 plus 2~ - - 72 76 80 -
20 plus 2~ - - - 90 95 101
Two-way clay tile fillers
(l2xI2):
4 plus 2" -61 62 64 - - -
6 plus 2 87 89 90 - - -
8 plus 2~ 100 103 107 - - -
10 plus 3 121 126 131 - - -
12 plus 3 136 141 146 - - -
Table G-3
•
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR WAFFLE SLABS
Waftle slabs
Depth, in inches - Pounds per square foot
(Rib depth plus slab thickness)
19x19, 5 @24
6 plus 2~ 66
8 plus2~ 78
10 plus 2~ 84
12 plus 2~ 101
30x30, 6@36
8 plus 3 73
10 plus 3 83
12 plus 3 95
14 plus 3 106
16 plus 3 114
20 plus 3 135
738 780 Ct\.1R - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
APPENDIXG
•
Table G-4
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR FLOOR FINllSH
Floor finish Pounds per square foot
Double 7/a-inch wood on sleepers, light concrete fill 19
Double 7/a-inch wood on sleepers, stone concrete fill 28
Single 7/a-inch wood on sleepers, light concrete fill 16
Single 7fa-inch wood on sleepers, light concrete fill 25
3-inch wood block on mastic, no fill 10
I-inch cement finish on stone concrete fiU 32
I-inch terrazzo on stone concrete fill 32
Marble and mortar on stone concrete fill 33
Linoleum on stone concrete fill 32
Linoleum on light concrete fill 22
1~-inch asphalt mastic flooring 18
3-inch wood block on ~-inch mortar base 16
Solid flat tile on I-inch mortar base 23
2-inch asphalt block, ~- mortar 30
I-inch terrazzo, 2-inch stone concrete 32
Floor finish tile per inch depth 12
Cement finish per inch depth 12
Gypsum slabs per inch depth 4
Precast concrete plank per inch (as determined by test)
Hardwood flooring per inch depth 4
Underflooring per inch depth 3
Linoleum 2
Asphalt tile 2
Brick pavers per inch thickness 10
• Five-plv membrane
Waterproofing
Table (;,5
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR WATERPROOFING
5
Table (;;,,6
-UNIT DESiGN DEAD LOADS FOR FLOOR FILL
Floor Fill Pounds per square foot
Cinder fill, per inch 5
Cinder.concrete per inch 9
Lightweight concrete, per inch 7
Sand, per inch 8
Stone. concrete, per inch 12
Table (;'i
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR WOOD JOIST FLOORS
Wood joist floors (no plaster)
12-mch 16-mch
- double wood floor joist sizes in inches
spacin2 spacin~
2x6 6 5
2x8 6 6
2x 10 7 6
2x 12 8 7
•
3x6 7 6
3x8 8 7
3 x 10 9 8
3 x 12 II 9·
3 x 14 12 10
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 Cl\AR - Sixth Edition 739

Table G-8
•
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR MATERIALS
Materials Pounds per cubic foot
Cast stone masonry (cement, stone, sand) :......... 144

Cinder fill _ ". 57
Concrete, plain:
Cinder , 108
Expanded slag aggregate , ., 100
Haydite (burned clay aggregate) 90
Slag " '" 132
Stone (including gravel) , . . . . .. 144
Vermiculite and perlite aggregate,
nonloadbearing " 25-50
Other light aggregate, loadbearing , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-105
Concrete, reinforced:
Cinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 111
Slag " , 138
Stone (including gravel) " , ", 150
Earth (dry) , , ".. , , , " 96
Earth (damp) , , , , .. 108
Earth (wet) ".. " " 120
Cork ,,"................................ 15
Masonry, ashIer:
Granite .........................._.............."............................. 168
Limestone, crystalline ".............."................... .. ".......... 168
Limestone, oolitic .. "............................"......... 135
Marble -: ,, , , , 173
•
Sandstone 144
Masonry, rubble mortar:
Granite 153
Limestone, crystalline "................................ 147
Limestone, oolitic ."............................"""""........"."................ 138
Marble ,, , 156
Sandstone ....."......"..........."...................."...... .. "............. 137
Rubble stone masonry ".............................................. 156
Terra cotta, architectural: .
Voids filled ..................."".".........".......".......................... 120
Voids unfilled ".........".............................."......... 72
Timber, seasoned:
Ash, commercial white , ' . . . . . . .. 41
Cypress, southern 32
Fir, Douglas, Coast region ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 34
Oak, commercial reds and whites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 45
Redwood " " "" " 28
Spruce, red, white, and Sitka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 28
Southern pine, short leaf " 39
Southern pine, long leaf , ". 48
Timber, hemlock , , " 30

•
APPENDIXG
T2ble (;,,9
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR ROOF AND WALL COVERINGS
Roof and wall coverings Pounds per square foot

Asphalt shingles 2
Cement asbestos shingles 4
Cement tile 16
Clay tile (for mortar add 10 lb):
2-inch book tile 12
3~inch book tile 20
Roman 12
Ludowici 19
Composition: 10
Three-ply ready roofing
Four-ply felt and gravel 1
Five-ply felt and gravel 5~
Copper or tin 6
Corrugated asbestos cement roofing 1
Fiber board, ~ inch 1-3
Formed sheet steel (see manufacturer)
Formed steel decking 2
Gypsum sheathing, ~ inch %
Rigid insulation, ~ inch 3
Sheet lead 8
Skylight, metal frame, 3Ja-inch wired glass 7
Slate 3/16-inch HO
Slate JA inch 20
Spanish tile 3
Wood sheathing, per inch thickness 3
Wood shingles·
Table GoltO
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR SUSPENDED CElILINGS
Suspended ceilings Pounds per sQuare foot

Cement on wood lath 12
Cement on metal lath 15
Gypsum on wood or metal lath 10
Plaster on tile or concrete 5
Suspended metal lath and gypsum plaster 10 ~.
Suspended metal lath and cement plaster 15

Plaster on wood lath 8

780 C:MR: STATE BOARD OF BUTI..OING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUTI..DING CODE
TabDe G-ll
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR UNPLASTERED WALLS AND PARTITIONS
Walls and partitions (unplastered)
4 -inch clay brick. high absorption

4 -inch clay brick. medium absorption
4 -inch clay brick, low absorption
"
"
"............................. 46
4 -inch sand/lime brick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 38
" 34
39
•
4 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate ,,., " 46
4 -inch concrete, light aggregate 33
8 -inch clay brick, high absorption '0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " 69
8 -inch clay brick, medium absorption 0............................ 79
8 -inch clay brick, low absorption 89
8 -inch sand/lime brick 0 •••••••••••••••••••••••••• " 74
8 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate . , 0 •• , ••••••••••••••••••••••• " 89
8 -inch concrete brick, light aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 68
12 -inch common brick : , 120
12 -inch pressed brick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 130
12 -inch sand/lime brick " ""............ 105
12V2 - inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate ' .. , 130
12~ - inch concrete brick, light aggregate " 98
17 -inch clay brick. high absorption , 134
17 -inch clay brick, medium absorption , 155
17 -inch clay brick, low absorption , 173
17 -inch sand/lime brick 138
17 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate 174
17 -inch concrete brick, light aggregate , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 130
22 -inch clay brick, high absorption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 168
22 -inch clay brick, medium absorption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 194
22 -inch clay brick, low absorption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 216
22 -inch sand/lime brick
22 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate
22 -inch concrete brick, light aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. , 160
4 -inch brick, 4 inch load bearing structural clay - tile backing
4 -inch brick, 8 inch loadbearing structural clay - tile backing
8 -inch brick. 4 inch loadbearing structural clay - tile backing
"
173
216
" 60
75
102
•
8 -inch combination brick and concrete block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 72
12 -inch combination brick and concrete block .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 90
8 -inch loadbearing structural clay tile 42
12 -inch loadbearing structural clay tile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 58
8 -inch concrete block, heavy aggregate , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 55
12 -inch concrete block, heavy aggregate 85
8 -inch concrete block, light aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 38
12 -inch concrete block, light aggregate 55
2 -inch furring tile. one side of masonry wall, - add to above figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 12
4 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate 30
-lightweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 20
6 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate ' " 42
-lightweight " 30
8 -inch hollow concrete block "............... 55
-lightweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. " 38
10 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 62
-lightweight '. . . . . . . . . . . " 46
12 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 85
-lightweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 55
4 -inch solid concrete block - stone aggregate 45
-lightweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 34
6 -solid concrete block - stone aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 50
-lightweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 37

APPENDIXG
Table G-ll (continued)
• UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR UNPLASTERED WALLS AND PARTITIONS

Walls and partitions (unpla.stered)
8 -inch solid concrete block _stone aggregate ....

-lightweight . . . . . .
10 -inch solid concrete block - stone aggregate ..
0 0 0.0 0 0 • • • • • • • 0 0 • • • •
0
0
••
0 •
•
0
0
0
••••••••••
••••••
0 0 • • • •
0 •••
• 0 •
0
0
•••••••••••••
•••
0 0 0
0
••
• •
0
•
0
0
•••••••••••••••
• •
• 0 •
'.'
0 0
••
• • •
0
•
•••
• •
0
•
0
0
••
••
••
67
48
84
-lightweight .. 0 0 0 0 •••••• 0 •••••••••••••••••••• 0 •••• 0 0 ••••••• 0 •••••• 0 •• 0 • • • • •• 52
12 -inch concrete block _stone aggregate o. 0 0 0 0 •••••• 0 •• 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 •• 0 •••••• 0 0 108
-lightweight 0 • 0 • 0 • • 0 • 0 0 • 0 • • • o, • • • • • • • 0 • 0 • • • • • • • • 0 • • 0 • 0 • • • 0 • • • • • 0 • 0 0 0 • • • • • 0 • • 72
4 -inch loadbearing clay tile . . . . . . . . 0 • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 • 0 • • 0 • • 0 • • 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 • • • • • • • • • • •• 24
6 -inch loadbearing clay tile 0 •• 0 0 •• 0 0 ••• 0 ••• 0 ••• 0 •• 0 • 0 ••• 0 • • • • • •• 36
2 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 0 0 •• 0 o.
•••• 0 0 •• 0 ••••• 0 0 •• 0 0 ••••••••••• 0 0 •• 0 •• 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 • 11
3 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile ..... 0 0 0 0 0 ••••••• 0 0 •••••••••••• 0 0 ••• 0 •• 0 0 0 ••• 0 • • • • • •• 18
4 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile .. , 0 • 0 0 •••••••• 0 0 •••••••••• 0 • 0 0 ••••••••••••• 0 ••••• 0 • 0 0 20
6 -inch "nonloadbearing clay tile 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 •••• 0 •••••• 0 ••••••• 0 •••• 0 0 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 30
8 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 0 ••••••••••• 0 •• 0 0 0 ••••••••••• 0 0 0 0 •••• 0 0 0 • • • •• 36
10 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile . . . . 0 o.
• • • • • • • • • 0 • • • 0 • 0 • • • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 0 • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • 40
4 -inch nonloadbearing hoHow concrete block . 0 •••••••••• 0 0 0 • 0 ••••••••••••••• 0 •• 0 • • • • •• 20
6 -inch nonloadbearing hollow concrete block ., o' 0 ••• 0 0 0 •••••••••••••• 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 • 30
8 -inch nonloadbearing hollow concrete block 0 0 •••••••••••• 0 0 ••• ',' 0 • 0 •••••••••••••• 0 40
ToC. 1~-inch split terra cotta fumng .. -0" •••••••••• 0 •• 0 0 •••••••• 0. '0' 0 00 ••••••••••••••• 8
2 -inch split terra cotta furring . . . . . 0 • • • • • • • • ••••• 0 • • • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 •• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 •• 10
3 -inch split terra cotta furring . . 0 0 0 •••••••• 0 •• 0 • 0 • • • ••••• 0 0 • • 0 • • • • • • • • •••• 0 • • • • 0 • • • 0 12
2 -inch hollow gypsum block 0 •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 0 0 • 0 •••••• 0 •••••••••• 9.5
3 -inch hollow gypsum block 0 0 ••••••••••• 0 • 0 •• 0 •••••••••• 0 ••• 0 • 0 ••• 0.' • • ." 10
4 -inch hollow gypsum block 0 • 0 0 0 •••••••••• 0 0 •••••••••••••• 0 •••• 0 ••••••••• 0 • • •• 15
5 -inch hollow gypsum block 18
•
0 •• 0 •••••••• 0 •• 0 •••• 0 ••••• 0 • 0 •••• 0 ••••••• 0 ••
6 -inch hollow gypsum block 0 • 0 ••••••••••••••• 0 • 0 ••••••••• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 24

2 -inch solid gypsum block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 • • • • •• 0 • 0 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 • • •• 12
3 -inch solid gypsum block . . . 0 • • • • • • •• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 • • •• 0 •• 0 • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 18
4 -inch solid gypsum block ..... 0 • 0 • 0 ••••••••••• 0 •••••••• 0 ••••••• 0 • 0 0 •••••• 0 • • • • • • •• 24
2 -inch facing tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 • • • • • • •• 0 0 • • • ••• 0 • • • • • • •• 15
4 -inch facing tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 0 • • • • • • • • •• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 • • • • • • •• 25
6 -inch facing tile .... 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••••••••• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • • • 0 • • • •• 38
2 -inch solid plaster '" . . 0 0 0 • • • • • •••• 0 • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • • • 0 • • • • • • • •••••••••• 0 • • • 0 • 0 • • •• 20
4 -inch solid plaster 0 •••••• 0 •••••••••••• 0 •••••••••••••• 0 •• 32
4 -inch hollow plaster 0 • • • • • • 0 • • • • • • ••• 0 • • • • • • 0 • • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 22
Wood studs 2x4, unplastered 0 •••••••••••••• 0 •••• 0 0 •••••• 0 _• • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 4
Wood studs 2x4, plastered one side 0 •• 0 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 0 •••••••• 12
Wood studs 2x4, plastered two sides .. 0 ••••• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 20
4 -inch glass block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 18
Table G--12
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR .!LA1'H AND PLASTER PARTITIONS
lath and plaster partitions Pounds per square foot
2 -inch solid cement on metal lath 0 ••••••••••••• -. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 25

2 -inch solid gypsum on metal lath 18
2 -inch solid gypsum on gypsum lath 0 0 • 0 0 •• 0 0 0 ••••••••••••• 0 18
2 -inch metal studs, gypsum and metal lath both sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 • • • • • • • • 0 • • • •• 18
3 -inch metal studs, gypsum and metal lath both sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o. 0 • • • • • • • • 19
4 -inch metal studs, gypsum and metal lath both sides . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 0 ••• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "20
6 -inch wood studs, plaster and wood lath both sides 0 ••••••••••• 0 0 •• • 18
6 -inch wood studs, plaster and metal lath both sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
•
0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 0 • • ••
6 .. inch wood studs, plaster and plaster boards both sides . 0 • 0 •••••••••••••••• 0 •• 0 • 0 0 • • • • • •• 18
6 -inch wood studs, unplastered gypsum board both sides (dry wall) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 Crvrn. - Sixth Edition 743

780 C.MR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Table G-13
Plaster Work
Gypsum (one side)

Cement (one side)
Gypsum on wood lath
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR I·LASTER WORK
:. . . . . . . . . .. 10
5
'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ·8
Gypsum on metal lath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8
•
Gypsum on plaster board or fiber board 8
Cement on wood lath ... ...... . . . ....... . . . .. ..... ... . ...... 10
Cement on metal lath ;................... 10

•
• APPENDIXH
HISTORIC STRUCTURES
Historic structures eligible for individual listing in the National Register of Historic Places, qualifying as
totally preserved buildings (see 780 CMR 3409.0).
Acton Faulkner Homestead, High Street

Agawam Capt. Charles Leonard House, Main Street
Amesbury Rocky Hill Meetinghouse, Portsmouth Road
Amherst: Emily Dickinson Museum, 280 Main Street
Arlington Fowle-Reed·Wyman House, 64 Old Mystic Street

Jason Russell, 7 Jason Street
Old Schwamb Mill, 17 Mill Lane
Barre Barre Historical Society, Common Street
Barnstable Barnstable Custom House, Route 6A
Bedford Job Lane House, 295 North Road
Beverly John Balch House, 448 Cabot Street

Capt. 1000 Cabot House, 117 Cabot Street
•••• Boston
Rev. John Hale House, 39 Hale Street
Gleason House, Beacon Street

James Blake House, E. Cottage Street (Dor.)
Clapp Houses, 105 Boston Street (Dor.)
Loring·Greenough House, 12 South Street (JP)
Old State House, 15 State Street
Pierce House, 24 Oakten Avenue (Dor.)
South End Historical Soc., 532 Mass. Avenue
Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, 280 The Fenway
Boxford Holyoke-French House, Elm Street

Sylvanius-Thayer Birthplace, 786 Washington St
Brookline Edward Devotion House, 347 Harvard Street
Burlington Francis W~an House, Francis Wyman Road
Cambridge Cooper-Frost·Austin House, 21 Linnaean ~~.
Charlton Ryder Tavern, Stafford Street
Chelmsford Old Chelmsford Garrison House, 105 Garrison Road
Chelsea Gov. Bellingham-Cary House, 34 Parker Street
Cohasset Caleb Lothrop House, 14 Summer Street
Cummington William Cullen Bryant Homestead, Bryant Road
Danvers Fowler House, 166 High Street

Rebecca Nurse House
Glen Magna House
Dennis Josiah Dennis Manse, Nobscuset Road
West Schoolhouse
5/18/07 780 CMR Sixth Edition

0 745
THE MASSACHUSElTS STATE BUILDING CODE
•
Duxbury Gershom Bradford House, 931 Tremont Street
King Caesar House, King Caesar Road
Nathaniel Winsor House, 479 Washington Street
Gloucester Beauport, Eastern Pt. Blvd.

Hammond Castle, 80 Hesperus Avenue
Hadley Hadley Farm Museum, Russell Street

Porter Phelps Huntinghouse, 130 River Dlive
Haverhill The Whittier House, 305 Whittier Road
Holyoke Wisteriahurst, 238 Cabot Street
Ipswich Castle Hill, Argilla Road
Lee Merrell Tavern, Route 102
Lenox Ventfort Hall, 104 Walker Street
Lexington Buckman Tavern, 1 Bedford Street

Sanderson House, 314 Massachusetts Ave.
Monroe Tavern, 1332 Massachusetts Ave.
Lincoln . The Grange, Codman Road
Lowell Whistler House, Worthen Street
Lynnfield Meetinghouse
Medford Peak House, 347 Main Street
Milton Dr. Amos Holbrook House, 203 Adams Street

Daniel Vose House, 1370 Canton Avenue
Nantucket Whaling Museum, Broad Street

Fire Hose Cart House, 8 Gardner Street .
Greater Light, 8 Howard Court
Old Gaol, 15 Vestal Street
1800 House, 4 Mill Street
Old Mill, 50 Prospect Street
Hawden House, 96 Main Street
Nathaniel Macy House, 12 Liberty Street
Thomas Macy Warehouse, 10 Straight Wharf
Fair Street Museum, 7 Fair Street
Quaker Meeting House, 7 Fair Street
New Bedford Benjamin Rodman House, 50 North Second Street
New Salem Whitaker-Clary House, Elm Street
Newbury. Tristram Coffin House, 16 High Road

Spencer-Pierce-Little House, Little Lane
Newton Jackson Homestead, 527 Washington Street
No. Andover Parson Barnard House, Osgood Street
No. Easton Old Colony Railroad Station, Oliver Street
Norwood Fred Holland Day, 93 Bay Street
Orleans French Cable Station, Cove Road

APPENDIXH
Oxford Clara Barton Homestead, Clara Barton Road
Peabody Gen. Gideon Foster House, 35 WashingtOD Street
Pittsfield Hennan melville H~use, 78 Holmes Road
Plymouth Plymouth Antiquarian Society, 126 Water Street

Harlow Old Ft. House, 19 Sandwich Street
Pilgrim Hall. 75 Court Street
Richard Sparrow House, 42 Summer Street·
Quincy . Adams Academy, 8 Adams

Quincy Homestead, 34 Butler Street
Josiah Quincy House, 20 Muirhead Street
Randolph lohnathan Belcher House. 360 N. Main
Reading Parker Tavern, 103 Washington Street
Rockport Old Castle. Castle Lane
Salem House of 7 Gables, 46 54 Turner Street

D
Essex Institute, Essex Street

The Norbone House
Witch Museum
Crowningshield Bently, Essex Street
Gardner-Pingree House. 128 Essex Street
Gedney House, 21 High Street
Cox House, 19 High Street
• Sandwich Hoxie House, 18 Water Street
Sheffield
Eldred House, 4 Water street
Wing Fort House, Spring Hill Road
Col. John Ashley House, Cooper Hill Road
Shrewsbury Gen. Artemas Ward Homestead, Main Street
Springfield Alexander House, State Street

George Walter Vincent Smith Art Museum
Stockbridge Naumkeag, Prospect Hill
Swansea The Luther Store, 160 Old Warren Road

The Martin House, 22 Stoney Hill Road
Taunton Old Colony Historical Society. 66 Church Green

Parson Capen House
Waltham Robert Treat Paine House, 577 Beaver Street
Watertown Edmund Fowle House, 26 Marshall Street
Wenham Claflin-Richard House, 132 Main
West Springfield losiah Day House, 70 Park ~treet
Weston Gold Ball Tavern, Old Post Road
• Woburn
Wilmington
Loanuni Baldwin Mansion, 2 Alfred Street
Harden Tavern, 436 Salem Street

•
Worcester Timothy Pame House, 140 Lincoln Street
National Historic Landmarks
Amesbury John GreenleafWhittier Home, 86 Friend Street
Boston African Meeting House, 8 Smith Court

Nichols House, 55 Mt. Vernon Street
Brook Fann, 678 Baker Street (Rox.)
Christ Church, 191 Salem Street
Faneuil Hall, Dock Square
1st Harrison Gray Otis House, 141 Beacon Street
Paul Revere House, 19 North Street
Concord Ralph WaIdo Emerson House, 28 Cambridge Tpk.

The Old Manse
Orchard House, 299 Lexington Road
Dedham Fairbanks House
Deerfield Old Deerfield Village Historic District
Hancock Hancock Shaker Village
Harvard Fruitlands, Prospect Street
Hingham Old Ship Meetinghouse, Main Street
•
Ipswich John Whipple House, 53 S. ~ain Street
Lexington Hancock Clarke House, 35 Hancock Street
Marblehead Jeremiah Lee House, Washington Street

King Hooper Mansion, Hooper Street
Marshfield Daniel Webster Law Office, Webster Street
Medford Peter Tufts House. 350 Riverside Drive

Isaac Royal House, 15 George Street
Milton Capt. R. B. Forbes House, 215 Adams
Nantucket Nantucket Historic District

Jethro Coffin House, Sunset Hill
New Bedford New Bedford Historic District
Newburyport Caleb Cushing House, 98 High Street
Quincy John Adams Birthplace, 133 Franklin Street

John Quincy Adams Birthplace, 141 Franklin Street
Salem' Peabody Museum

The Custom House, 178 Derby Street
Saugus Scotch Boardman House, 117 Howard Street
Stockbridge Chesterwood, Williamsville Road

The Mission House, Main Street
Waltham The Vale, Lyman Street

APPENDIXH
Gore Place, 52 Gore Street
Woburn Count Rumford Birthplace, 90 Elm Street
Worcester American Antiquarian Society, 185 Salisbury Street
Historic structures determined eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places not qualifying
as totally preserved buildings (see Partially preserved buildings, 780 CIvIR 3409.0). Refer to:
1. National Register ofHistoric Places,

U.S. Federal Register, February 1, 1978, Part H.
2. National Register of Historic Place (additions). Contact the Massachusetts Historical
Commission at the Massachusetts Archives Building, 220 Morrissey Boulevard, Boston, MA
02125.
Historic district~ listed in the National Register ofHistoric Places. Refer to:
1. National Register ofHistoric Places, U.S. Federal Register, February 1, 1979, Part II.
2. National Register of Historic Place (additions). Contact the Massachusetts Historical
Commission at the Massachusetts Archives Building, 220 Morrissey Boulevard, Boston, MA
02125.
Structures proposed for certification as partially preserved not listed in the national register of historic places.
Refer to Massachusetts Historical Commission Inventory Forms.
Contact the Massachusetts Historical Commission at the Massachusetts Archives Building, 220
Morrissey Boulevard, Boston, MA 02125 .
• 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR Sixth Edition

0 749
780 C1v1R: STATE BOARD OF BUll..OING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
NON-TEXT PAGE

•
APPENDIX I
INDEPENDENT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REVIEW
Jel Primary structure: For the purpO&eS of the these calculations. Xf the design criteria and
independent structural engineering review, the design assumptions are not shown on the
primary structure shall be defined as the structural drawings or in the computations, the structural
frame, the load supporting parts of floors, roofs, and engineer of record shall provide a statement of
walls, and the foundations. Cladding, cladding these criteria and assumptions for the review.
framing, stairs, equipment supports, ceiling supports,
non-load bearing partitions, and railings are Structural engineer of record: The structural
][Q41
excluded from this definition of primary structure. engineer of record shall retain sole responsibility for
the structural design, and the activities and reports of
I 2 Reviewing engineer: The reviewing engineer
e the reviewing .engineer shall not relieve the
shall be engaged by the owner. structural engineer of record of this responsibility.
1-2.1 Qualifications: The reviewing engineer
IeS Report and fOUOW-UllP:
shall be a registered professional engineer,
1. The reviewing engineer shall prepare a report
registered in Massachusetts, qualified by
to the building official stating whether or not the
experience and training and who shall have had
structural design shown on the drawings and the
structural design experience with buildings or
specifications conform. with the structural and
structures similar to that covered by the
foundation requirements of 780 CMR.. Said
application for the building pennit. The reviewing
report shall be based on the review as prescribed
engineer shall be impartial, and shall be
in this appendix and shall include a summary of
independent of the architect of record, structural
all deficiencies, if any, which cannot be resolved
engineer of record, and contractors and suppliers
with the structural engineer of record.
who will be involved in the construction of the
•
2. The structural engineer of record shall review
structure.
the report of the reviewing engineer, and notify
the building official in writing, whether or not he
1-3 Criteria for review: The reviewing engineer
agrees with or disputes the conclusions and
shall review the plans and specifications submitted
recommendations of the reviewing engineer.
with the application for the building pennit for
3. Unresolved disputes between the structural
compliance with the structural and foundation design
engineer of record and the reviewing engineer
provisions ofthe Code. The reviewing engineer shall
shall be submitted by the building official, the
perform the following tasks:
owner, the structural engineer of record or the
1. Check to assure that the design loads conform. reviewing engineer to the Structural Peer Review
with 780 C:MR;
Advisory Board for resolution.
2. Check that other design criteria, and design
4. Any changes to the structural design
assumptions, conform to 780 Cl\1R and are in
subsequent to the original submission of the plans
accordance with accepted engineering practice;
and specifications shall be shown on revised
3. Review geotechnical and other engineering
drawings and specifications, submitted with an
investigations that are related to the structural
amendment to the application for permit. The
design to determine if the design properly
reviewing engineer shall review the changes on
incorporates the results and recommendations of
the revised drawings and specifications, and, if
the investigations;
the original report does not account for the
4. Check that the organization of the structure is
changes in said drawings and specifications, a
conceptually correct; and
supplementary report relating to the changes and
5. Make independent calculations for a
prepared by the reviewing engineer shall be made
representative fraction of systems, members, and
to the building official.
details to check their adequacy. The number of
representative systems, members, and details shall
lle6 Foundation permits: When the plans and
be sufficient to form a basis for the reviewer's
specifications are partially complete and an
conclusions.
application is made for a foundation permit, the
1-3.1 Structural Calculations: The structural reviewing engineer may review the foundation plans
calculations prepared by the structural engineer of and specifications on a conditional basis, provided
record shall be submitted to the reviewing that the reviewing engineer is given sufficient
engineer, upon the reviewing engineer's request, documentation so that he can perform Appendix 1-3
for his or her reference only. The reviewing Tasks 1,2, 3, and 4 for the whole structure, and so
engineer shall not be obligated to review or check that he can perform Appendix 1-3 Task 5 for that

•
part ofthe foundation covered by the application for specifications as prescribed in Appendix 1-3, the
foundation permit. The reviewing engineer shall reviewing engineer shall reperform Tasks 1, 2, 3,
prepare a report on that part of the foundation and 4, as necessary, to include all the revisions to the
covered by the application for foundation pennit, as design subsequent to the application for the
prescribed in Appendix 1-5, stating all conditions foundation permit.
upon which the ~~POrt is based. When the reviewing
engineer reviews the completed plans and

• APPENDIXJ
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION

LOW·RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
(780 CMR Appendix J is based upon the Cou11;cil ofAmerican Building Officials
Model Energy Code 1995 Edition.)
780 CMR J1.0 ADMINISTRATION AND Jl01.2.2 Exempt bUlildmgs: The following
ENFORCEMENT buildings or structures shall be exempt from the
Jl.1 Scope and General Requirements: requirements of 780 CMR Appendix J:
1. Buildings and structures or portions thereof
Jl.Jl..l Title: Appendix J reflects the teclmical
.whose peak design rate of energy usage is less
requirements of the Model Energy Code 1995
than 3.4 BtuIh per square foot (10.7 W/m2) or
Edition, but also contains material which reflects
1.0 watt per square foot (10.7 W/m2 ) of floor
the unique requirements of Massachusetts.
area for all purposes;
J1.1..2 Scope: 780 CMR Appendix J sets forth 2~ Greenhouses that are free-standing, or
minimum requirements for the design and attached to a building and separated by a wall
construction of new residential occupancy having the same thermal value as an exterior
buildings and additions to existing residential wall, and provided with a separate temperature
occupancy buildings three stories or less in height control system;
by regulating the design and construction of 3. Buildings with ~ess than 100 square feet of
buil9ing envelopes for adequate thermal resistance gross floor area, and;
and low air leakage, and by the design, selection, 4. Buildings and structures or portions thereof
and installation of mechanical, electrical, and which are neither heated nor cooled.
service water heating systems and equipment to
Jl.1.2.3 Application to existing buildings:
enable efficient use of energy~ It is intended that
•
these provisions provide flexibility to pennit the Jl.1.2.3.1 Additions ~o existing buildings:
use of innovative approaches and techniques to Additions to existing buildings or structures
achieve effective utilization of energy. 780 CMR shall comply with one of the applicable
Appendix J is not intended to abridge safety, criteria below:
health, or environmental requirements under other 1. The new addition, by itself, shall
applicable code sections or ordinances. confonn to the applicable provisions of
Appendix J, OX';
Note: For alterations to existing buildings, see
2. The new addition plus the existing
780 CMR 11.1.2.3 and Chapter 34.
building/dwelling unit may be considered
JJI..Jl..2.1 Building Types: together to ensure compliance with all
Jl.1.2.1.1 Group R residential buildings: . applicable provisions of Appendix J, or;
New construction buildings, or new portions 3. Additions that are open to or separated
thereof, that must comply with the by an exterior wall from the existing housel
requirements of Appendix J are: dwelling unit shall meet the prescriptive
envelope component criteria of Table
1. Detached one- and two-family dwel-
11.1.2.3.1. The total area (rough opening or
lings (Use Groups R4 or R-5 in 780 CMR
310); and, unit dimensions) of glazed fenestration
.products (windows, skylights, and glazed
2. All other residential buildings, three
portion of doors) shall not exceed 40% of
stories or less in height (Use Groups R-2,
the gross wall and gross ceiling area of the
R-3, or R-5 in 780 CMR 310). Note that
Use Group R~1 buildings are to ·be treated addition combined. If any individual fenes-
tration component exceeds the maximum U-
as commercial buildings.
value listed in Table 11.1.2.3.1, then the
Jl.1.2.1.2 Other Buildings: New construc- area-weighted average U-value for aU
tion buildings and structures not included in fenestration components must be less than or
780 CMR J1.1.2.1.1. shall be classified as equal to the listed value. The R-value
CommerciallHigh-Rise Buildings and shall requirements for opaque thermal envelope
be designed and constructed to comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 13.
•
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BunDING CODE
components indicate insulation products buildings, as defmed in 780 CMR 3409, are
(cavity andlor insulating sheathing), and shall exempt from Appendix J.
be equal to or exceed the applicable listed Jl.1.2.3.3 Change of occupancy: A
values found in Table J1.1.2.3.1. If such change in the occupancy or change in use of
additions are separated from the main house by an existing building or structure shall be
a wall and are .conditioned, then a readily permitted, subject to the provisions of
accessible manual or automatic means shall be 780 CMR 3407.
provided to partially restrict or shut off the
Jl.l.2.4 Mixed occupancy: When a building
heating andlor cooling input to the addition
bouses more than one occupancy, each portion
space. That portion of a wall that separates the
of the building shall conform to the
addition from the existing building/dwelling
requirements for the occupancy housed therein.
unit, if an existi~g exterior wall, shall be
~Vhere minor accessory uses do not occupy
allowed to remain and neither that portion of
Dlore than 10% of the area of any floor of a
said wall or any fenestration within said portion
building, the major use shall be considered the
of wall common to the addition need comply
building occupancy. .
with the thermal envelope requirements of·
AppendixJ. Jl.1.3 Compliance: Compliance with Appendix
J shall be detennined by one of the following
TABLE Jl.l.2.3.1 altelnatives:
Prescriptive Envelope Component Criteria 1. 780 CMR J5.0, Residential Building
Additions to Existing Low-Rise Residential Design by Prescriptive Practice (or Default
Btrlldings Package Approach) in which the U and R
MAYTMTTM MINIMUM values are given for the thermal envelope.
Additional requirements are stated in 780 CMR
Slab
Basement J4.0, or;
Fenestration Ceiling Wall Floor Perimeter 2.. 780 CMR J6.0, Residential Building
Wall
U-value R-Value R-Value R-Value R-Value Design by Component Performance (or Manual
R-Value
and Depth Trade-off Approach) which allows trade-offs
1
•
between building envelope components and
I
0.39
..R-37 R·13 R-19 R-IO R-IO. 4 ft
R-30 ceIling msulauon may be used in place ofR- hl~ating and cooling ·equipment efficiencies to
37 if the insulation achieves the full R-value over the minimize cost. Additional requirements are
entire ceiling area (i.e. - not compressed over stated in 780 CMR J4.0, or;
exterior walls, and including any access openings.) 3. 780 CMR 17.0, Residential Building
Design by MAScheck Software which achieves
Exception: Sunroom Additions I Consumer similar results as the Manual Trade-off
Notification: Sunrooms, as defined in 780 CMR. Approach. Additional requirements are stated
Appendix J2.0 DEFINITIONS, shall be exempt in 780 CMR J4.0, or;
from the c.ompliance requirements set forth in 780 4. 780 CMR J8.0, the Systems Approach or
CMR J1.1.2.3.1 and 11.1.3 provided that the Total Energy Analysis for the entire building
actual propertY owner (not the owner's agent or . and its energy using sub-systems, or;
representative) of the structure onto which the 5. 780 CMR J9.0, Buildings Utilizing
sunroom addition. is being made, provides a R,enewable Energy Resources.
signed copy of the Sunroom "CONSUMER. 6. 780 CMR J 11.0, a Home Energy Rating
INFORMATION FORM" (found in 780 CMR, is,sued for the home with a score of 83.0 or
Appendix B) to the Building Department. This more points
signed "CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM" shall
be submitted to the building official as a require- Jl.2 Construction Documents:
ment ofbuilding penni~ issuance, and shall remain
as part of the construction documents. If such Jl.2.1 General: Construction documents
sunroom additions are separated from" the main including necessary computations shall be submit-
house by a wall and are conditioned spaces, then ted·to the building official as part of the building
a readily accessible manual or automatic means
permit application process. Such construction
documents shall indicate confonnance with
shall be provided to partially restrict or shut off
780 CMR J 1.2 and other applicable sections of
the heating andlor cooling input to the sunroom
780 CMR, and in accordance with 780 CMR 110.
addition space. That portion of a wall that
separates the sunroom addition from the existing Jl.2.2 Details: The construction documents shall
building/dwelling unit, ifan existing exterior wall, show in sufficient detail pertinent data and
•
shall be allowed to remain and neither that portion features ofthe building project and the equipment
ofsaid wall or any fenestration within said portion and systems as herein governed, including, but not
and common to the sunroom addition, need limited to, design criteria, exterior envelope
comply with the thermal envelope requirements of component materials, U-values of the envelope
AppendixJ. systems, R-values ofinsulating materials, size and
Jl.l.2.3.2 Historic buildings: Historic type 'Of apparatus and equipment, equipment and

ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUll..OINGS
systems controls, energy calculations ifapplicable, 300 square feet (28 m2) through the attic space.
and other pertinent data to indicate conformance The markers shall be affixed to the trusses or
with the requirements of the Building Code. joists, and marked with the minimum initial
When BVAC equipment sizing information is installed thickness and the minimum settled
not available at the time of initial building permit thickness with numbers at least 1.0 inch (25
application, such information shall be submitted nun) in height. Each marker shall face the attic
prior to the installation of said equipment, and access. The thickness of installed insulation
supporting calculations shall demonstrate compli- shall meet or exceed the minimum initial
ance with 780 CMR J4.4. Installed equipment installed thickness shown by the marker.
must meet or exceed the efficiency rating listed in
Jll.5.2 Maintenance information: Required
the submitted construction documents.
regular maintenance actions shall be clearly
stated and incorporated on a readily accessible
Jl.3 Inspections
label on the equipment or made otherwise
Jl.3.1 General: Construction or work for which available for permanent reference. Such label
a permit is required shall be subject to 780 CMR may be limited to identifying, by title or pub-
III and 115. lication number, the operation and maintenance
manual for that particular model and type of
Jl.4 Precedence: When provisions of 780 CMR . product. Maintenance instructions shall be
Appendix J and a section of a referenced standard furnished for equipment which requires
specify different materials, methods ofconstruction, preventive maintenance for efficient operation.
or other requirements, the explicit provisions of
Jl.S.3 Fenestration JPlroduct rating 9
780 CMR shall govern.
certification and labeling: U-values of
fenestration products (windows, doors and
Jll.5 Materials and Equipment
skylights) shall be detennined in accordance
Jl.S.JI. Identification: with the NFRC 100, as listed in Appendix A,
J1.5.1.1 General: Materials and equipment and labeled (see Figure J 1.5.3 below) and
• shall be identified in a manner that will allow certified by the manufacturer. Such certified
a determination of their compliance with the and labeled values shall be accepted for
applicable provisions of Appendix 1. purposes of detennining compliance with the
building envelope requirements of Appendix J.
.U.5.1.2 Building envelope inSUlation: A
thennal resistance (R) identification mark shall Note 1: NFRC certification and labeling
be required on each piece of building envelope requirements take effect January 1, 1999.
insulation 12 inches (305 mm) or greater in Prior to January I, 1999, window, door, and
width. skylight U-values may be assigned using
Alternatively, the insulation installer shall manufacturers' calculations or the default
provide a signed and dated certification for the values in Tables J 1.5.3a and J 1.5.3b.
insulation installed in each elemernt of the Note 2: After January I, 1999, when a
building envelope, listing the type of insula- manufacturer of windows, glazed and un-
tion, the manufacturer and the R-vaRue. For glazed doors or skylights has not determined
blown-in or sprayed insulation, the installer product U-value in accordance with
shall also provide the initial installed thickness, J 1.5.3for a particular product line,
the settled thickness, the coverage area and compliance 'with the building envelope
number of bags installed. The installer shall requirements of Appendix ] shall be
post the certification in a conspicuous place on determined only by assigning such products
the job site. a default U-value in accordance with Tables
.U.S.l.3 Insulation installation: Roof-ceiling, J 1.5.3a and J 1.5.3b. Product features must
floor and wall cavity insulation shall be be verifiable for the product to qualify for
installed in accordance with manufacturer's the default value associated with those
instructions, and in a manner which will permit features. Where the existence of a particular
inspection o.f the manufacturer's R-value feature cannot be determined with
identification mark. reasonable certainty, the product shall not
Alternatively, the thickness of roof-eeiling receive credit for that feature. Where a
insulation that is either blown or sprayed shall composite of materials from two different
product types are used, the product shall be
•
be identified by thickness markers that are
I~beled in inches installed at least one for every assigned the higher U-value.
·11/27198 .'. 780 CMR- Sixth Edition' . . 7~S

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF Bun.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIGURE Jl.5.3
National Fenestration .... _--

----
nUJUIDA
•
• c~
Accredited
Rating Council CertlflceUon
Program
Manufacturer adpulltel that theMl'ltlnga went determined

In accordance with NFRC 1CJO.91P\I
~value AA 36- X 60- 0.i33 With 51la- HP 5-Argon Filled

U-value SS 48- x.72-
0.3·1 low-E IGlazing
NFRC ,.1fnQs are detemIItJMJ kx. Ifdd., 01 ~ CtJII<J1I/QM .m IMy not ~

'PPlOPf/at. tor detlmllnlng saasonaIlnetgy perfOlT\'lltlC8. For adaftIonaIlnfomlation
cartact: NWWDA 1400 E8t Touhy AVff1W. sun. G-54 oa PIUl.., 1ItInoII600fB;
Ph«HJ (1OB) 2990$200, FIX; (1OB) zgg.1286
. Meets or exceeds C.E.C. Air Infiltration Standards
•
Table Jl.5.3a
U-value Default Table for Windows, Glazed Doors, and Skylights
Double Glazed and

Single Glazed
Single Glazed with Stonn
Metal Without Thermal Break
Operable 1.30 0.87
Fixed 1.17 0.69
Door 1.26 0.80
Skylight 1.92 1.30
Metal with Thermal Break
Operable 1.07 0.67
Fixed 1.11 0.63
Door 1.10 0.66
Skylight 1.93 1.13
Metal-Clad Wood
Operable 0.98 0.60
Fixed 1.05 0.58
Door 0.99 0.57
Skylight 1.50 0.88
WoodIVinyl
Operable 0.94 0.56
Fixed 1.04 0.57
Door 0.98 0.56
Skvlil!ht 1.47 0.85
For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.
Glass block assemblies shall have a V-value of 0.60.
756 !~Q CMR ':" Sixth Edition . 11/27/98

ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Table Jlo503b
U..value Default Table for Nonmglazed Doors
With Foam Core Without Foam Core
Steel Doors (1-% Inches Thick) 0.35 0.60
Without Stonn Door With Stonn Door
Wood Doors (1-% Inches Thick)
Panel with 7/l6-inch panels 0.54 0.36
Hollow core flush 0.46 0.32
Panel with )-Va-inch panels 0.39 0.28
Solid core flush 0.30 0.26
For SI: 1 inch =25.4 nun.
Jll.6 Alternate Materials ~ Method off fired furnaces or boilers, does not include
Construction, Design Or Insulating Systems: The electrical energy.
provisions of Appendix 1 are not intended to prevent
AUTOMATIC: Self-acting, operating by its own
the use of any material, method of construction,
mechanism when actuated by some impersonal
design or insulating system not specifically
influence, as, for example, a change in current
prescribed herein, provided that such construction,
strength, pressure, temperature or mechanical
design or insulating system has been approved, if
configuration (see "Manual").
necessary, by the BBRS as meeting the intent of
Appendix J. BASEMENT WALL: The opaque portion ofa wall
which encloses one side of a basement and is
780 CMR J20 DEFINITIONS partially or totally below grade.
780 CMR J2.1 General Definitions ~OILER CAPACITY: The rate of heat output in
Btulh (W) measured at the boiler outlet, at the
J2.2 Meaning: Unless otherwise expressly stated, design inlet and outlet conditions and rated
the following terms shall, for the purpose of fueVenergy input.
780 CMR Appendix J, have the meaning indicated
BlIJILDING ENVELOPE: The elements of a
in 780 CMR 12.0.
building which enclose conditioned spaces
through which thennal energy may be transferred
J2.3 Tense, gender and number: Words used in
to or from the exterior or to or from spaces
the present tense include the future; words used in
exempted by the provisions of780 CMR J1.1.2.2.
the masculine gender include the feminine and
neuter; the singular number includes the plural and lBlIJILDING PROJECT: A building or group of
the plural the singular. buildings, including on-site energy conversion or
electric-generating facilities, which utilize a single
J2.41 Terms not defined: Where tenns are not submittal for a construction permit or are within
defined, they shall have their ordinarily accepted the boundary of a· contiguous area under one
meanings or such as the context may imply. Any ownership.
terms relating to plumbing and electrical wiring shall
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE
have their tenns as defined by the Regulations of the
(COP)-COOLING: The ratio of the rate of
Commonwealth of Massachusetts pertaining to
heat removal to the rate of energy input in
plumbing and electrical wiring.
consistent units, for a complete cooling system or
ACCESSIBLE (AS APPlLlIED TO factory assembled equipment, as tested under a
nationally recognized standard or designated
EQUIPMENT): Admitting close approach
operating conditions.
because not guarded by locked doors, elevation or
other effective means (see "Readily accessible"). COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE
(COP)-HEAT PUMP-HEATING: The ratio
AIR CONDITIONING, COMFORT: The process
of the rate of heat delivered to the rate of energy
of treating air so as to control simultaneously its
temperature, humidity, cleanliness, and input, in consistent units, for a complete heat
pump system under designated operating
distribution to meet requirements of the
conditions. Supplemental heat shall not be
conditioned space.
considered when checking compliance with the
AIR. TRANSPORT. FACTOR: The ratio of the heat pump equipment (COPs listed in the tables in
rate of useful sensible heat removal from the 780 CMR J4.4).
conditioned space to the energy input to the
COMFORT: The physical conditions represented in
supply and return fan .. motor(s), expressed in
the area on a psychometric chart enclosing all
consistent units and under the designated
those conditions described in Figure 1 in
operating conditions.
ASHRAE 55, as listed in Appendix A, as being
ANNUAL FUEL UTILIZATION EFFICIENCY comfortable.
(AFUE): The ratio of annual output energy to
annual input energy which includes any non- <;OMMERCKAL .BUILDINGS: For purposes of
heating season pilot input loss, and for gas or oil- energy conservation, a commercial building is any
11127/9~ 780 C.M~ - .Sixt~ Edition .757

•
building other than a low-rise residential building, consiste:nt units) the result is equal to the cooling
as defined in 780 CMR 12.0. COP (EER 3.41 = COP.) See also Coefficient of
Performance.
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA: The horizontal
projection of that portion of interior space which ENERGY, RECOVERED: See "Recovered
is contained within exterior walls and which is energy."
conditioned directly or indirectly by an energy-
EXISTING BUILDINGS: For purposes of energy
using system.
conservation, and existing building which has
CONDITIONED SPACE: Space within a building been legally occupied andlor used for a period of
which is provided with positive heat supply (see at least five years. (Also see 780 CMR 2.0 and
definition), or which has heated andlor cooled air 780 CMR 3400.3.1.)
or surfaces, or where required, with
EXTERIOR ENVELOPE: See "Building
humidification or dehumidification means so as to
envelope."
be capable of maintaining a space condition
falling within the comfort zone set forth in FURNAC.E, DUCT: A furnace normally installed
ASHRAE 55, as listed in Appendix A. in distribution ducts ofair conditioning systems to
supply warm air for heating and which depends on
COOLED SPACE: Space within a building which
a blower not furnished as part of the duct furnace
is provided with a positive cooling supply.
for air circulation.
CRAWLSPACE WALL: The opaque portion of a
FURNAC.E, WARM AIR: A self-contained,
wall which encloses a crawl space and is partially
indirect-fired or electrically heated furnace that
or totally below grade.
supplies heated air through ducts to spaces that
DEADBAND: The temperature range in which no require it.
heating or cooling is used.
GLAZING AREA: Interior surface area of all
DEGREE DAY, COOLING: A unit, based upon glazed surfaces (such as windows, sliding glass
temperature difference and time, used in doors, skylights, etc.), sash, curbing, jambs, or
estimating cooling energy consumption. For any other framing elements that enclose conditioned
one day, when the mean temperature is more than spaces.
•
65°P (l8°C), there are as many degree days as
GROSS AREA OF EXTERIOR WALLS: The
degrees Fahrenheit (Celsius) temperature
normal projection of the building envelope wall
difference between the mean temperature for the
area bounding interior space which is conditioned
day and 65°F. (l8°C.). Annual Cooling Degree
by an energy-using system including opaque wall,
Days (COD) are the sum of the degree days over
window and door area.
a calendar year. The gross area of exterior walls consists of all
DEGREE DAY, HEATING: A unit, based upon opaque wall areas, including between floor
temperature difference and time, used in spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof and
estimating fuel consumption and specifying basement knee walls, walls enclosing a mansard
nominal heating load of a building in winter. For roof, window areas including sash, and door areas
anyone day, when the mean temperature is less when such surfaces are exposed to outdoor air,
than 65 OF (18 0 C), there exists as many degree unconditioned spaces, or mechanically cooled
days as there are Fahrenheit degrees difference in space, including interstitial areas between two
. temperature between the mean temperature for the such spaces. For each basement wall that encloses
day and 65°F (18°C). heated space, if the average below-grade area is
less than 50% of the total area for that wall,
DWELLING UNIT: A single housekeeping unit
including openings, the entire wall, including the
comprised of one or more rooms providing
below-grade portion is included as part of the
complete independent living facilities for one or .
gross area of exterior walls. Non-op~que areas
more persons, including permanent provisions for
(windows, doors, etc.) of all basement walls are
living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.
included in the gross area of exterior walls.
EFFICIENCY, HVAC SYSTEM: The ratio of (Note: if the basement is not heated space, and if
useful energy output (at the point of use) to the the basement ceiling is insulated, then the
energy input in consistent units for a designated basement walls are not included in the gross area
time period, expressed in percent. of exterior walls.
ENERGY: The capacity for doing work taking a GROSS FLOOR AREA: The sum of the areas of
number of forms which may be transformed from the several floors of the building, including
one into another, such as thermal (heat), mechani- basements, cellars, mezzanine and intermediate
cal (work), electrical and chemical in customary floored tiers and penthouses of headroom height,
units, measured in kilowatt-hours (kWh) or Brit- measured from the exterior faces ofexterior walls
•
ish thermal units (Btu) (J) (see "New Energy"). or from the center line of walls separating
buildings, but excluding:
ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (EER): The
1. Covered walkways, open roofed-over areas,
ratio of net equipment cooling capacity in Btulh to
porches and si.nilar spaces.
total rate of electric input in watts (W) under
2. Pipe trenc,hes, exterior terraces or 'steps,
designated operating conditions. If the output
chimneys, roof overhangs and similar features.
capacity in BtuJh is· converted to watts (to create
758, 780 CMR -.Sixth E~itior.1 11/27/~8.

ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUIDLDINGS
with controJled temperature and dehumidification,

GROUP R RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: For the and, optionally, either alone or in combination
purpose of Appendix J, Group R residential with a heating plant, the functions of heating and
buildings include: humidifying. The cooling function may be either
L Detached one and two family dwellings electrically or heat operated and the refrigerant
(Use Groups R-4 and R-5 in 780 CMR 310); condenser may be air, water or evaporatively
and, cooled. Where the equipment is provided in more
2. All other residential buildings, three stories than one package, the separate packages shall by
or less in height (Use Groups R-l, R-2, R-3, R- designed by the manufacturer to be used together.
5 in 780 CMR 310). The equipment may provide the heating function
as a heat pump or by the use of electric or fossil-
REAT: The form of energy that is transferred by fuel-fired elements. (The word "equipment" used
virtue ofa temperature difference or a change in without modifying adjective may, in accordance
state of a material. with common industry usage, apply either to
HVAC system equipment or HV AC system
HEATED SLAB: Slab-on-grade construction in components.)
which the heating elements or hot air distribution
system is in contact with or placed within the slab INFILTRATION: The uncontrolled inward air"
or the sub-grade. leakage through cracks and interstices in any
building element and around windows and doors
HEATED SPACE: Space within a building which of a building caused by the pressure effects of
is provided with a positive heat supply. Space wind andlor the effect ofdifferences in the indoor
within a basement with registers OK' heating and outdoor air density.
devices designed to supply heat to a basement
space shall automatically define that space as TINTEGRA'fED PARTaLOAD VALUE (IPLV):
heated space. A single number figure of merit based on part-
load EER or COP expressing part-load efficiency
HEATING SEASONAL PERFORMANCE for air-conditioning and heat pump equipment on
FACTOR (HSPF): The total heating output of a the basis of weighted operation at various load
heat pump during its normal annual usage period capacities for the equipment.
for heating, in Btu, divided by the total electric
energy input during the same period, in watt lLOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUIlLDINGS:
hours, as detennined by Code of federal Residential occupancy buildings (R-2, R-3, R-4,
Regulations, 10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Test or R-5) three stories or less in height. (Exception:
procedures and based on Region 4, as listed in For purposes of energy conservation, R-l use
Appendix A. group buildings shall be treated as commercial
buildings as defined in 780 CMR 12.0.)
HUMIDISTAT: A regulatory device, actuated by
changes in humidity, used for automatic control of MANUAlL: Capable of being operated by personal
relative humidity. intervention (see "Automatic").
HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning. MULTIFAMILY DWELILING: A building

containing three or more dwelling units.
HVAC SYSTEM: The equipment, distribution
network, and terminals that provide either coHee- NET AREA OF EXTERiOR WALlLS: The gross
tively or individually the processes of heating, area of exterior walls, minus the total rough
ventilating, or air conditioning to a building. opening area of all windows and doors set in the
exterior walls.
HvACSYSTEM COMPONENTS: HV AC system
components provide. 'in one or more factory- NEW ENERGY: Energy, other thaOn recovered
assembled packages, means for chilling andlor energy, utilized for the purpose of heating or
heating water with controlled temperature for cooling (see "Energy").
delivery to terminal units serving the conditioned
spaces of the building. Types of HVAC system OPAQUE AREAS: All exposed areas of a building
components include, but are not limited to, water envelope which enclose conditioned space, except
chiller packages, recipro~ating condensing units openings for windows, skylights, doors and
and 'water sour.ce (hydronic) heat pumps (see building service systems. .
"HVAC system equipment").
OUTDOOR AIR: Air taken from the outdoors, (i.e.
HVAC SYSTEM EFFICIENCY: See "Efficiency, - not previously circulated through the HVAC
•
HVAC system." system.)
HV AC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT: HVAC system PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONER

equipment provides, in one (single package) or (PTAC): A factory-selected wall sleeve and
more (split system) factory-assembled packages, . separate unencased combination of heating and
means for air circulation, air cleaning, air cooling cooling components, assemblies or sections
11/27/98 78~ CMR:- Sixth. Edition 759

(intended for mounting through the wall to serve derived from incoming solar radiation, including
a single room or zone). It includes heating natural daylighting and photosynthetic processes;
capability by hot water, steam, or electricity. (For from phenomena resulting therefrom, including
the complete technical definition, see ARI wind, waves and tides, lake or pond thermal
Standard 310 listed in Appendix A.) differen1ces; and from the internal heat of the
earth, including nocturnal thermal exchanges.
PACKAGED TERMINAL HEAT PUMP: A
PTAC capable of using the refrigeration system in RESET: Adjustment of the set point of a control
reverse cycle or heat pump mode to provide heat. instrumc~nt to a higher or lower value
(For complete technical definition, see ARI 380 automatically or manually to conserve energy.
listed in Appendix A.)
RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: For the purposes of
POSITIVE COOLING SUPPLY: Mechanical Appendix J, Group R residential buildings
cooling deliberately supplied to a space, such as include:
through a supply register. Also, mechanical 1. Type I (R-4, R-5): Detached one and two
cooling indirectly supplied to a space through family dwellings; and,
uninsulated surfaces of space-cooling 2. Type IT (R-l, R-2, R-3, R-5): All other·
components, such as evaporator coil cases and residc~ntial buildings, three stories or less in
cooling distribution systems which continually height.
maintain air temperatures within the space of
85°F (29°C) or lower during normal operation. ROOF ASSEMBLY: A roof assembly shall be
To be considered exempt from inclusion in this considered as all components of the roof/ceiling
definition, such surfaces shall comply with the envelop,e through which heat flows, thus creating
insulation requirements of Appendix J4. a building transmission heat loss or gain, where
such u:ssembly is exposed to outdoor air and
POSITIVE HEAT SUPPLY: Heat deliberately encloses a heated or mechanically cooled space.
supplied to a space by design, such as a supply The gross area of a roof assembly consists of
register, radiator or heating element. Also, heat the total interior surface of such assembly,
indirectly supplied to a space through uninsulated includin.g skylights exposed to the heated or
surfaces of service water heaters and space mechanically cooled space.
heating components, such as furnaces, boilers and
heating and cooling distribution systems which ROOM AIR CONDITIONER: An encased
continually maintain air temperature within the assembly designed as a unit for mounting in a
space of 50°F (lO°C) or higher during normal window or through a wall, or as a console. It is
operation. To be considered exempt from designed primarily to provide free delivery of
inclusion in this definition, such· surfaces shall conditioned air to an enclosed space, room or
comply with the insulation requirements of zone. It includes a prime source of refrigeration
Appendix J4. for cooling and dehumidification and means for
circulati.ng and cleaning air, and may also include
READILY ACCESSIBLE: Capable of being means for ventilating and heating.
reached quickly for operation, renewal or
inspections, without requiring those to whom SASH CRACK: The sum of all perimeters of all
ready access is requisite to climb over or remove window sashes, based on overall dimensions of
obstacles or to resort to portable ladders or access such parts, expressed in linear feet. If a portion of
equipment (see "Accessible). one sash perimeter overlaps a portion of another
.sashpe:rimeter, only count the length of the
RECOOLING: The removal ofheat by sensible overlaplPing portions once.
cooling of the supply air (directly or indirectly)
that has been previously heated above the SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO
temperature to which the air is to be supplied to (SEER): The total cooling output of an air
the conditioned space for proper control of the conditioner during its normal annual usage period
temperature of that space. for cooling, in Btulh (W), divided by the total
electric energy input during the same period, in
RECOVERED ENERGY: Energy utilized which watt-hours, as determined by Code of Federal
would otherwise be wasted (Le., not contribute to Regulations, 10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Test
a desired end use) from an energy utilization ~rocedlllres, as listed in Appendix A.
system.
SEQUENCE: A consecutive series of operations.
REHEAT: The application of sensible heat to
supply air that has been previously cooled below SERVICE SYSTEMS: All energy-using systems in
the temperature of the conditioned space by either a building that are operated to provide services for
mechanical refrigeration or the introduction of the occupants or processes housed therein,
outdoor air to provide cooling. including HVAC, service water heating,
illumination, transportation, cooking or food
RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES: Sources of preparation, laundering and similar functions.
energy (excluding minerals and solid fuels)
760 780 Cfy1R .- ~ixth Editi911. 11/27/98

ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUn..OINGS
SERVICE WATER HEATING: Supply of hot THERMAL TRANSMITIANCE, OVERALL

water for purposes other than space heating. (Uo ): The overall (average) heat transmission of
a gross area of the exterior building envelope
SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR INSULATION: (Btulh·ft.2.oF) [W/(m2·k)]. The Vo value applies to
Insulation around the perimeter ofthe floor slab or the combined effect of the time rate of heat flow
its supporting foundation when the top edge ofthe through the various parallel paths, such as
floor perimeter slab is above the finished grade or windows, doors and opaque construction areas,
12 inches (305 mm) or less below the finished comprising the gross area of one or more exterior
grade. building components, such as walls, floors or
roof/ceilings.
SOLAR ENERGY SOURCE: Source of natural
daylighting and of thermal, chemical or electrical THERMOSTAT: An automatic control device
energy derived directly from conversion of actuated by temperature and designed to be
incident solar radiation. responsive to temperature.
SUNROOM: An addition to an existing UNITARY COOLING AND HEATING

building/dwelling unit where the total area (rough EQUIPMENT: One or more factory-made
opening or unit dimensions) ofglazed fenestration assemblies which include an evaporator or cooling
products of said addition exceeds 40% of the coil, a compressor and condenser combination,
combined gross wall and ceiling area of the and may include a heating function as well. When
addition. heating and cooling equipment is provided in
more than one assembly, the separate assemblies
SYSTEM: A combination of central or tenninal shall be designed to be used together.
equipment or components and/or controls,
accessories, interconnecting means, and terminal UNITARY HEAT PUMP: One or more factory-
devices by which energy is transformed so as to made assemblies which include an indoor
perform a specific function, such as HVAC, conditioning coil, compressor(s) and outdoor coil
• service water heating or illumination.
THERMAL CONDUCTANCE (C): Time rate of .

. heat flow through a body (frequently per unit area)
from one of its bounding surfaces to the other for
a unit temperature difference between the two
surfaces, under steady conditions (Btulhft,2' F)0
or refrigerant-to-water heat exchanger, including
means to provide both heating and cooling
functions. When heat pump equipment is
provided in more than one assembly, the separate
assemblies shall be designed to be used together.
VENTILATION: The process of supplying or

2
[W/(m ·k)]. removing air by natural or mechanical means to or
from any space. Such air mayor may not have
THERMAL RESISTANCE (R): The reciprocal of been conditioned.
thermal conductance (h,ft. 2.oFlBtu) [(m2·K)IW).
VENTILATION AIR: That portion of supply air
THERMAL RESISTANCE, OVERALL (R o ): which comes from outside (outdoors) plus any
The reciprocal of overall thermal conductance recirculated air that has been treated to maintain
(h"ft. 2.oFlBtu) [(m2'k)IW]. The overall thermal the desired quality of air within a designated
resistance of the gross area or individual space. (See BOCA Mechanical Code, as listed in
component of the exterior building envelope Appendix A, 780 CMR 13, and definition of
(roof/ceiling, exterior wall, floor, crawl space "Ol.)tdoor air.")
wall,' foundation, w'indow, skylight, door, or
opaque wall, etc.) which includes the weighted R- WATER HEATER, NON-STORAGE: A water
values of the component assemblies (such as air- heater with an input rating of at least 4,000 Btulh
film, insulation, drywall, framing, glazing, etc.). per gallon (310 WIL) stored water and a storage
capacity of less than ten gallons (38 L).
THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE (U): The
coefficient of heat transmission (air to air). It is WATER HEATER, STORAGE: A water heater
the time rate of heat flow per unit area and unit with an input rating of less than 4,000 Btulh per
temperature difference between the wann side and gallon (310 WIL) of stored water or storage
cold side air films (Btulh' ft. 2' F) [W/(m2·k)]. The
0
capacity of at least ten gallons (38 L).
V-value applies to combinations of different
materials used in series along the heat flow path, ZONE: A space or group of spaces within a
single materials that comprise a building section, building with heating and/or cooling requirements
cavity air spaces and surface air films on both sufficiently similar so that comfort conditions can
sides of a building element. The term IFavaDue be maintained throughout by a single controlling
applies to U properties for concrete slabs. device.
11127/98· . 780 CM'B. -. Sixth Edition. 760.1

•
780 CMR J3.0 DESIGN CONDmONS total HVAC system energy use in accordance
J3.1 Design Criteria: with accepted practice.
J3.1.1 General: The criteria of 780 CMR 13.0 J3.3 Livillig Space Ventilation Criteria.
establish the design conditions for use with
780 CMR J5, J6, 17, J8 and J9. J3.3.1 Ventilation: Living space fresh air
ventilataon shall confonn to the requirements of
J3.2 Thermal Design Parameters 780 CMR 12 and the BOCA Mechanical Code, as
J3.2.1 Exterior design conditions. As
Exception: If outdoor air quantities other than
applicable, the design parameters in Table 13.2.1
those specified in the BOCA Mechanical Code
shall be used for calculations required under
are used or required because of special
Appendix J.
occupancy or process requirements, source
control of air contamination, health and safety,
TABLE J3.2.1 or other standards, the required outdoor air
Exterior Design Conditions quantities shall be used as the basis for
Heating Degree Days Base 65 (HDD65 ) calculating the heating and cooling design
loads.
Outside Ambient
Heating Cooling Cooling Heating 780 CMR J4.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degree
(OF) (OF) (oF) DaysJ J4.1 Scope.
Location
Dry Bulb Wet Bulb J4.1.1 General: All buildings that are
Winter l Summerl Summer' Base 65
mechanically heated or cooled and meet the
Boston 9 88 74 5641
provisions of Appendix J using the compliance
Clinton 2 87 73 6698 paths of 780 CMR J5.0, J6.0, or 17.0 shall also
Fall River 9 84 73 5774 meet the requirements of 780 CMR J4.0.
Framingham 6 86 73 6262 Buildings that meet the provisions using the
Gloucester S 86 74 - compliance paths of 780 CMR J8.0 or J9.0 are
Greenfield -2 85 73 - exempt from the requirements of780 CMR J4.0.
Lawrence 0 87 74 6322
Lowell I 88 74 6339 Exception: All buildings 'must comply with the
New Bedford 9 82 73 5426 requirements of 780 CMR J4.2.1
Pittsfield -3 84 72 7578
Springfield 0 87 73 5754
Taunton 9 86 74 6346 J4.2 Builclling Envelope Requirements.
Worcester 4 84 72 6979
J4.2.1 Vapor Retarder: The design shall not
For SI: °F.=1.8°C. + 32. create conditions ofaccelerated deterioration from
I The outdoor design temperature shall be selected from moisture condensation. In all frame walls, floors,
the columns of97Y2% values for winter and 2Y2% values and ceilings not ventilated to allow moisture to
for summer from tables in the ASHRAE Handbook of escape, an approved vapor retarder having a
Fundamentals, as listed in Appendix A. Adjustments
maximum rating of 1.0 perm, when tested in
may be made to reflect local climates which differ from
the tabulated temperatures, or local weather experience .accordance with Standard ASTM E 96, as listed
determined by the building official. in Appendix A, shall be installed on the warm-in-
2 The Degree Days Heating (base 65°F.) and cooling .winter side of the thermal insulation.
(base 65°F.) shall be selected from "NOAA Annual Exce:ption: In construction where moisture or
Degree Days to Selected B'ases Derived from the'1961- its fr,~ezing will not damage the materials or
1990 Nonnals," ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, adversely affect the perfonnance of the
as listed in Appendix A, data available from adjacent
insulation.
military installations, Table 13.2.1, or other source of
local weather data acceptable to the building official. J4.2.2 Basements: The exterior walls of
basements below uninsulated floors shall be
J3.2.2 Interior design conditions. insulated from the top of the foundation wall to a
depth of ten feet (3048 rom) below the outside
J3.2.2.1 Indoor design temperature: Indoor
finish ground level, or to the level of the basement
design temperature shall be 72 OF for heating
floor, whichever is less. Basement walls shall be
and 78 OF for cooling.
insulated if the basement is a conditioned space.
•
J3.2.2.2 Design humidity: Indoor design
relative humidity for heating shall not exceed J4.2.3 Slab-on-grade floors: Insulation shall be
30%. For cooling, the actual design relative placed on the outside of the foundation or on the
humidity within the comfort envelope as inside ofa foundation wall. In climates with less
defined in ASHRAE Standard 55-92 listed in than 6,000 annual Fahrenheit heating degree days
Appendix A shall be selected for minimum (HDD6s)~ the insulation shall extend downward
from the elevation of the top of the slab for a
.7.60..2 780 CMR -.Sixth Ed.ition . . . 2/20/?8 . (Effective 3(1I9.~)

ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUn.,OlNGS
minimum distance of 24 inches (610 mm), or required to be insulated to satisfy the foundation
downward to at least the bottom of the slab and insulation requirement.
then horizontally to the interior or exterior for a
J4.2.7 Return-Air OejJmgPlenums: When
minimum total distance of 24 inches (610 mm)
return-air ceiling plenums are employed, the
and shall be an approved type. In climates equal
roof/ceiling assembly shall: .
to or greater than 6,000 annual Fahrenheit heating
1. For thermal transmittance purposes, not
degree days (HDD6S)' the insulation shall extend
include the ceiling proper nor the plenum space
downward from the elevation of the top of the
slab for a minimum of 48 inches (1219 mm), or
as part of the assembly; and,
2. For gross area pmposes, be based upon the
doWnward to at least the bottom of the slab and
interior face of the upper plenum surface.
then horizontally to the interior or exterior for a
minimum total distance of 48 inches (1219 mm).
780 CMR J4.3 Air leakage.
In all climates, the horizontal insulation extending"
outside of the foundation shall be covered by J4.3.1 The requirements of 780 CMR 14.3 shall
pavement or by soil a minimum of ten inches (254 apply to those locations separating outdoor
mm) thick. The top edge of the insulation ambient conditions or exempted portions of the
installed between the exterior wall and the edge of building (e.g.- attics, unconditioned basements)
the interior slab shall be permitted to be cut at a from interior conditioned spaces.The require-
45-degree .angle away from the exterior wall. (see ments are not applicable to the separation of
Figure J4.2.2.) interior conditioned spaces from each other.
"Figure J4.2.2 J4..3.2 Wind/ow and Door Assemblies: Exterior

doors and windows shall be designed to limit air
Typical Slab.oon"grade fusulation Examples
leakage into and from the building envelope.
ManUfactured doors and windows shall comply
with the maXimum allowable infutration rates in
Table 14.3.2.
Exception: Site constructed windows and
doors sealed in accordance with 780 CMR
" J4.3.3.
e· =
a Insulation depth
Table J4.3.2
Allowable Air Infiltratiolll Rates!
Windows Doors
Frame Type (cfrn per ft of (cfm per fe of door
operable sash area)
crack)
Wood2 0.34 0.355 0.56
3
Alum 0.37 0.37 0.56
PV~ 0.37 0.37 0.56
a + b =lnsuIa1ion depll1
1. When tested m accordance WIth Standard ASTM E
283, as listed in Appendix A.
2. See Standard ANSIINWWDA 1.S.2, as listed in
J4.2.4 Crawl spaces: The floor above a crawl AppendixA. .
space shall be insulated to a minimum of R-19. 3. See Standard ANSIIAAMA 101, as listed in
See also 780 CMR 3603.6.8.2 AppendixA.
J4.2.5 Access openings: Access doors, hatches, 4. SeeStandardsAAMA 101VandASTMD4099,each .
scuttles, pull down staircases and. similar as listed in Appendix A.
constructions that are part of the building 5. Requirement based on door area specified in Standard
envelope shall be insulated to a level equivalent to ANSIINWWDA 1.S.3, as listed in Appendix A.
the insulation of the surrouIllding floor; wall, and 6. Requirement based on assembly area; except for
ceiling. manufactured (mobile) housing for which the
requirement shall be 1.0 cfmlfr (5.08 Us/m 2 ) of door
Exception: If the access opening has less area; in accordance with Standard AAMA 1701.2 as
insulation than the surrounding area, for listed in Appendix A.
calculation purposes the V-value of- the
surrounding floor, wall, and ceiling shall be $4.3..3 Joints, seams or penetrations in the
increased accordingly. building envelope that are sources of air leakage
J4.2.6 Masonry veneer: When insulation is shall be sealed with durable caulking materials,
placed on the exterior of a foundation supporting closed with gasketing systems, taped or covered
a masonry veneer exterior, the horizontal with moisture vapor penneable house-wrap per
fo~dation surface supporting the veneer is not manufacturer's directions. Air leakage locations
11/27/98 (Effective 3/1198) -corrected 780 CMR • Sixth Edition 760.3

to be treated shall include openings, cracks and

joints between framing members and window or
doorframes; between wall assemblies or their sill-
plates and foundations; between walls and
roof/ceilings or attic/ceiling seals and between
separate wall panels; between walls and floor
assernblies;penetrationsofutilityservicesthrough
cooling simultaneously, evaporative coolers,
water chillers, and others,) but such "complex"
systems are only cited in this section, with
reference to the other sections of 780 CMR
where detailed criteria are given.
J4.4.2 Calculation of heating and cooling loads:
•
walls, floors and roof assemblies, penetration J'4.4.2.1 Calculation procedures: For the
through the wall cavity of top andlor bottom pmpose of sizing HVAC systems, heating and
plates; and all other such openings in the building cooling design loads shall be determined in
envelope. Sealing materials shall be compatible accordance with techniques recommended in the
with the construction materials, location, and ASHRAE Handbook ofFundamentals or the Air
anticipated conditions. Sealing materials Conditioning Contractors Association's Manual
spanning joints between dissimilar construction ".f', or other procedure approved by the Board of
materials shall allow for differential expansion Building Regulations and Standards. The design
and contraction of the construction materials. p.arameters specified in 780 CMR .13.0 shall
This includes sealing around tubs and showers, apply for all computations.
at the attic and crawl spac~ access panels, at J4.4.2.1.1 System heating/cooling capacity: The
recessed lights and around all plumbing, raled output capacity of the heating/cooling
electrical, and HVAC penetrations. These are system at design conditions shall not be greater
openings located in the building envelope between than 125% of the design load calculated in
conditioned space and unconditioned space or accordance with this article. Equipment designed
between the conditioned space and the outside. for standby purposes is not included in the
capacity limitation requirement. For a single
J4.3.4 Recessed Ughting fIXtures: When
pi,ece of equipment which has both heating and
installed in the building envelope, recessed·
cooling capability, only one function, either the
lighting flXtures shall meet one of the following
heating or the cooling, need meet the
requirements:
requirements of780 C?vIR 14.4. Capacity for the
1. Type IC rated, manufactured with no
other function shall be, within available
penetrations between the inside ofthe recessed
equipment options, the smallest size necessary to
fixture and ceiling cavity and sealed or
meet the load.
gasketed to prevent air leakage into the
unconditioned space. Exception 1: If the rated output capacity of
2. Type IC rated, in accordance with Standard aVjailable equipment options exceeds 125% ofthe
ASTM E 283, as listed in Appendix A, with no design load, then equipment with the smallest
more than 2.0 cfm (0.944 Us) air movement output capacity above 125% of the load shall be
from the conditioned space to the ceiling utilized.
cavity. The lighting fixture shall have been Exception 2: Where the HVAC system for the
tested at 75 Pa or 1.57 Ibs/ft. 2 pressure buildinguses interconnectedequipmentdesigned
difference and shall be labeled. to .sequence with the load and it can be shown
that such design will use less energy on an annual
J4.4 Building Mechanical Systems basis than one large unit.
J4.4.1 General: 780 CMR J4.4 covers the J4.4.2.1.3 Simultaneous heating and cooling:
determination ofheating and cooling loads~ design Sef~ 780 CMR 1305.3.5.
reqUirements, system and component perfoITIl3D.ce J4.4.2.2 Inflltration: Infiltration for heating and
control requir~ments, insulating systems and duct cooling design loads shall be calculated for all
construction. buildings except one- and two-family dwellings
Note: 780 CMR· J4.4 addresses, in depth, by the procedures in Chapter 22 ofthe ASHRAE
requirements for "simple" heating and cooling Hal1dbook of Fundamentals. Calculations for
systems. "Simple" systems.are characterized as one and two family dwellings may use the
those typically found in one-and two-family methods identified above or other accepted
houses (such as standard design boilers, furnaces, engineering practices.
air conditioners, or heat pumps that provide
J4.4.3 HVAC equipment performance
heating and/or cooling). 780 01R J4.4 also
requirements.
•
covers requirements for more "complex" systems
(such as those designed to deliver heating and J4.~l.3.1 Equipment and components:

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUJILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVAnON FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOWmRISE RESIDENTIAL BUll..DJrNGS
J4.4.3.101 The requirements of 780 C:MR shall be as specified in 780 CMR J4.4.3.2
J4.4,J. 'i apply to equipment and mechanical through J4.4.3.6.
component performance for heating, ventilating, J4.4.3.1.3 Omission of minimum performance
and air-conditioning systems. Equipment requirements for certain classes of HVAC
efficiency levels are specified. Data furnished equipment does not preclude use of such
by the equipment supplier or certified under a equipment where appropriate.
nationally recognized certification program or J4.4.3.2 HVAC system. comblUlstiolDl
rating procedure shall be used to satisfy these equipment: Gas- and oil-fired comfort heating
requirements. equipment shall have minimum efficiency levels
J404.3.1..2 Where components from more than not less than the values in Table J4.4.3.2a
one manufacturer are assembled into systems through J4.4.3.2c.
regulated tmder 780 CrvtR J4.4.3, compliance
TABLE J4.43.2a .
GASm AND OIIrFIRED STEAM AND HOT WATER BOILERS-
STANDARD RATING CONDmONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMA1~CE
REFERENCE MINIMUM
CATEGORY RATING CONDITION
STANDARD PERFORMANCE
Code ofFederal Regulations, 10 CFR Gas-Fired Seasonal Rating AFUE 800IoJ•4
<300.000 BtuIh
Part.430. S~bpart B, Appendix N Oil-Fired Seasonal Rating AFUE 80%3
<300.000 BtuIh
ANSI Z21.13, as listed in Appendix A Gas-Fired 1. Maximum Rating Capacity' El: 1 80010
~300,OOO BtuIh Steady-State
ANSI!ASME PTC 4.1, 2. Minimum Rating Capacityl
UL 795. each as listed in Aopendix A Steady-State
UL 726, as listed in Appendix A Oil~Fired 1. Maximum Rating Capacity' £2
c 83%
1.300,OOO BtuIh Steady-State
•
ANSIIASME PTC4.i, as listed in 2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Appendix A Steady-State
Hydronics InstiMe, Testing & Ratings Oil-Fired L Maximwn Rating CapacitY £2
c 83%
Standard for Heating Boilers, 1982 (Residual) Steady~State
ANSIIASME PTC 4.1, as listed in
Appendix A
,?,300,OOO BtuIh 2. Minimum Rating Capacttyl
Steadv-~tll't ..
For 51: 1 Btu/h = 0.2931 W.
1 Provided and allowed by the controls.
2 Ec = combustion efficiency, 100% minus flue losses. See reference standard for detailed infonnation.
3 To be consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (public Law 100-12).
4 Except for gas-fired steam boilers for which minimum AFUE is 75%.
TABLE J4I.41.3.2b
WARM AIR DUCT FURNACES AND UNIT HEATERS-
STANDARD RATING CONDmONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE MINIMUM
CATEGORY RATrNG CONDITION
ANSI Z83.9, as listed in Duct Furnaces I. Maximum Rating Capacityl £1
I 78%
Appendix A Gas-Fired Steady-State
2. Minimum Rating Capacityl £1
I 75%
Steady-State
ANSI Z83.8, as listed in Unit Heaters L Maximum Rating Capacityl £1
I 78%
Appendix A Gas-Fired Steady-State
2. Minimum Rating Capacity' E2I 74%
Steady-State
UL 731. as listed in Unit Heaters 1. Maximum Ratiilg Capacity I E1I 81%
Appendix A Oil-Fired Steady-State
•
2. Minimum Rating Capacityl £2
I 81%
C\t~~dv.C\t::Ite
1 Provided and allowed by the controls.
:2 E, = thennal efficiency, 100% minus flue losses. See reference standard for detailed definition.

TABLE J4.4.3.2c
WARM AIR FURNACES AND COMBINAnON WARM AIR FURNACES/AIR-CONDmONING
UNITS- STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND l\1INIMUM PERFORMAl~CE
REFERENCE CATEGORY RATING CONomON MINIMUM

Code of Federal Gas-F
Regulations, 10 CFR <225,
iM8
BtuJh
Seasonal Rating AFUE
£:.
,
78%)
SO%
Part ~0'N Subpart B, Oil-Fired
~ SO%
Seasonal Rating 78W
Appen IX <225,000 BtuJh
ANSI Z21.47, as listed in Gas-Fired 1. Maximwn Rating Capacity' £,' SOOIo
Appendix A ~225,OOO BtuIh Steady-State
2. Minimwn Rating Capacity' ,
£4 78%
Steady-State
UL 727, as listed in Oil·Fired 1. MaximwnRating Capacity' £4
I 81%
Appendix A ~225,OOO Btu/h Steady-State
2. Minimwn Rating Capacity' ,
£4 81%
~t~adv-~tate
For SI: OF. = 1.8°C. + 32, 1 Btu/h = 0.2931 W.
I Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls.
2 These requirements apply to combination units not covered by NAECA (three phase power or cooling capacity> 65,000
Btu/h).
3 This is used to be consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA) of 1987 (public Law 100-12).
These values apply to furnace and combination units covered by NAECA.
4 See referenced standard for detailed definition ofthennal efficiency (£,) =(lOO% minus flue losses).
J4.4.3.3 HVAC system heating equipment, J4.4.3.3.1 780 CMR J4.4.3 applies to, but is not
heat pump, heating mode. Heat pumps whose limited to, unitary (central) heat pwnps (air
purchased energy input is entirely electric shall source and water source) in the heating mode, to
water-source (hydronic) heat pumps as used in
•
have efficiency levels for heating not less than
the values in Table J4.4.3.3a through J4.4.3.3d. multiple-unit hydronic HVAC systems, and to
(NOTE: When more than one rating condition is heat pumps in the packaged tenninal air-
listed by the manufacturer for a single piece of conditioner and room air-conditioner fonns in
equipment, the rating type closer to the intended the heating mode.
design conditions should be chosen.)
TABLE J4.4.3.3a
HEAT PUMPS - AIR COOLED, ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED, <135,000 BtuIh COOLING
CAPACITY STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
SUB-eATEGORY & RATING

REFERENCE MINIMUM
CATEGORY CONDITIONS
STANDARD I PERFORMANCE
(Outdoor Temperature °F.Y
ARI 2101240, as <65,000 BtuIh Seasonal Rating'
listed in Appendix A
Cooling Capacity Split systems 6.S HSPF
Heating Mode Single Package 0.6 HSPF
(Heat Pump)
~S.OOO Btu/h Split Systems & Singll~ Package
<135,000 Btu/h High Temperature Rating ~.OCOP
Cooling Capacity (47°F dbl43 OF wb)
Heating Mode Low Temperature Rating ~.OCOP
(17°F dbllsoF wb)
For 51: 0 F = l.soC + 32, I BtuIh =0.2931 W.
l' For multi-capacity equipment, the minimum perfonnance shall apply to each capacity step provided. Multi- capacity
refers to manufacturer published rating for more than one capacity mode allowed by the products' controls.
•
2 db = dry ~ulb; wb = wet bulb.

780 CMR: STATE BOAIRD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVAnON FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J4.4.33b
PACKAGED TERMINAL HEAT PUMPS-AIR COOLED, ELECTRICALLY OlPERATED
SfANDARD RATING CONDmONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
CATEGORY SUB-CATEOORY & RATING
REFERENCE STANDARD PTAC CONDITIONS
HEAT PUMPS OutdoorTem
For SI: of = 1.8°C + 32, I Btulb =0.2931 W.

1db = dry bulb; wb = wet bulb.
2 Capacity (Cap) means the rated cooling capacity of tile product in BtuIh in accordance with Standard ANSI Z21.13, as
listed in Appendix A. If the unit's capacity is less than 7,000 BtuIh, use 7,000 BtuIh in the calculation. If the unit's
capacity is greater than 15,000 BtuIh, use 15,000 BtuIh in the calculation.
TABLE J4.4.3.3«:
WATER-80URCE AND GROUNDWATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS c
ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED <135,000 Btu/h COOLING CAPACITY

STANDARD RATING CONJl)mONS AND MINIM1UM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE STANDARDS RATING CONOmON OF' MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
Water Somce Heat Pumps: Standard Rating
ARI 320. as listed in Appendix A 70°F enterin~ water 3.8 COP
Groundwater-Source Heat Pwnps: 1. High Temperature Rating 3.4 COP
ARt 325, as listed in Appendix A 70°F enterinl! water'
2. Low Temperature Rating 3.0 COP
4iOOF f'ntf"lin~ water3
For SI:ooF =1.8°C + 32.
1 Air entering indoor section 70°F db/60°F wb (max.).
2 Water flow rate per manufacturer's specifications.
TABLE J4.4.J.3d
LARGE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS a AIR COOLED HEATING MODE-ELECTIUCALlLya
OPERATED > 135,000 BmIh COOLING CAPACITY
STANDARD RATING CONDmONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE STANDARDS EFFICIENCY RATING MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
ARI 340, as listed in Appendix A COP (47°F) 2.9
UnitarY Heat 'Pllm"'" • COPi17°F) ".0
J4.4.3.3.2 Heat Pump SuppRemenmry heater. shall be lower than the cut-on temperature for
The rated output capacity of a heat pump the supplementary heat, and the cut-off
supplementary heating source shall not be temperature for the compression heating shall
greater than 125% of the design load as be lower than the cut-off temperature for the
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR supplementary heat. Supplementary heat may
J4.4.2.1. The heat.pump shall be installed with be derived from any source including, but not
a control to prevent supplementary heater limited to, electric resistance, combustion
operation when the operating load can be met heating or solar or stored-energy heating.
by the heat pump alone. J4.4.3.4 HVAC system eqUllipmeIDt7
Supplementary heater operation is permitted electrically operated, cooling mode. HVAC
during transient periods, such as start-ups, system equipment whose energy input in the
following room thennostat set-point advance cooling mode is entirely electric, shall have
and during defrost. efficiency levels not less than the values in
A two-stage thermostat, which controls the Tables J4.4.3.4a through J4.4.3.4f.
supplementary heat on its second stage, shall
be accepted as meeting this requirement. The
cut-on temperature for the compression heating

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUUI.TIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE J4.4.3.4a
UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS - AllR COOLED, ELECI'RICALLY
OPERATED, <135,000 Btalb COOLING CAPACITY-
EXCEPT PACKAGED TERMINAL AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
SUB-CATEGORY & RATING
REFERENCE MiNIMUM
CATEGORY CONDITIONS
(Outdoor Temr>erature OF)'
ARI 2101240, as listed <65,000 BtuIh Seasonal Ratinli
in Appendix A Cooling Capacity Split systems 10.0 SEER .
Coolina Mode Sin2le Packaee 9.7 SEER
1.65,OOO BtuIh and Standard Rating (9S"F db) 8.9 EER
<135,000 Btutb
Cooling Capacity Integrated Pan Load Value (80°F db) 8.3IPLV
Cooling Mode
For SI: OF = 1.8°C + 32, I Btu/h = 0.2931 W.
1 db =dry bulb.
2 This is consistent with the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-12).
TABLE J4.4.3.4b
UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS - ]~VAPORATIVELY COOLED,
ELECTRICALLY OPERATE:D,
AND COOLING MODE <135,000 BtuIh COOLING CAPACITY EXCEPT PACKAGED
TERMINAL AND ROOM AIR COND1ITIONERS
RATING CONDITIONS
REFERENCE CATEGORY INDOOR OUTDOOR MINIMUM
STANDARD (Coolin2 Caoacitv) (Temoeratun: 0F)I PERFORMANCE
ARl2101240, as listed <65,000 BtuJh Standard Rating 9.3 EER
in Appendix A 80°F db/67°F wb 95°F dbnSoF wb
<65.000 BtuIh Inte~ted Part Load Value (80°F db/67°F wb) 8.SIPLV
CTI Standard 20 I, as ~65,OOO but Standard Rating 10.5 EER
listed in Appendix A <13S.000 BtuIh SO°F db/67°F wb 9soF. dbl75°F wb
~6S,OOO but Integrated Part Load Value (80°F db/67°F wb) 9.7 IPLV
<135,000 BtuIh -
For SI: OF = 1.8 °C + 32, 1 BtuIh =0.2931 W.
1 db = dry bulb; wb = wet bulb.
TABLE J4.4.3.4c
WATER COOLED AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS· ELECTRICALLY
OPERATED, AND COOLING MODE <135,000 Btuth COOLING CAPACITY
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIl\ruM PERFORMANCE
RATING CONDITIONS
REFERENCE CATEGORY lNDOORAIR ENTERING WATER MINIMUM
STANDARD (Cooling CaDacitv) (Temoel-ature 0F)I PERFORMANCE
Water Source <65,000 BtuIh Standard Rating 9.3 EER
Heat Pump 80°F db/67°F wb 85°F
ARI 320, as listed in Low Temperature Rating 10.2 EER
Appendix. A SO°F db/67"F wb 75°F
CTI Standard 20 I, as Standard Rating 10.5 EER
~65,OOO but
listed in Appendix A 80°F db/67°F wb 85°F
<135000 BtuIh
Groundwater Cooled <135,000 BtuIh Standard Rating 11.0 EER
Heat Pumps 70°F
ARt 325, as listed in Low Temperature Rating 11.5 EER
Appendix A 50°F
Water Cooled ~5,OOO BtuIh Standard Rating 9.3 EER
Unitary 80°F db/67°F wb 85°F
Air Conditioners Integrated Part Load Value 8.3 IPLV
•
ARI 210/240, as listed in
75°F
Appendix A
CTI Standard 201, as ~65,OOO but Standard Rating 10.5 EER
li~t .. ~ in A ~~6~"';'" .a. <135.000 BtuIh 80°F db/67°F wb il,O\:,
For SI: OF = 1.8°C + 32, 1 BtuIh = 0.2931 W.

1 db = dry bulb; wb = wet bulb.

780 CI\tffi: STATE BOARD OF BUll.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVAnON FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J4.43.4d
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS - AIR COOLED, ELECTllUCAlL.LY OPERATED
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERJF'ORMANCE
CATEGORY SUB-eATEGORY & RATING MINIMUM
REFERENCE EFFICIENCY
PTAC's & PTAC .CONOmONS
STANDARD RATING PERFORMANCE2
HEAT PUMPS (Outdoor TemDerature)1
ARI Standard 310, as Cooling Mode Standard Rating (95 of db) EER 10.0 - (0.16 x Cap/l,OOO)
listed in Appendix A
Low Temnerature Ratinp 182°F db) EER 12.2 - (0.20 x CaDIl 000)
=
For SI: of 1.8 °C + 32, I BtuIh 0.2931 W. =
1 db = dry bulb.
2 Capacity (Cap) means the rated cooling capacity ofthe product in Btu/h in accordance with the cited ARI Standard.
Ifthe unit's capacity is less than 7,000 Btu/h, use 7,000 BtuIh in the calculation. Ifthe unit's capacity is greater than
15,000 Btu/b, use 15,000 BtuIh in the calculation.
TABLE Jl4.4.3.4e
ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONER HEAT PUMPS
REFERENCE MINIMUM
CATEGORY
STANDARDS PERFORMANCE'
ANSIIAHAM Without Reverse Cycle and With Louvered Sides
RAC-has <6,000 Btulb 8.0EER
listed in ~6,OOO BtuIh and <8,000 Btu/h 8.SEER
Appendix A ~8,OOO Btulb and <14,000 Btu/h 9.0EER
2:14,000 Btu/h and <20,000 BtuIh 8.8EER
>20.000 BtuIh 8.2EER
Without Reverse Cycle and Without Louvered Sides
<6,000 BtuIh 8.0EER
~6,000 BtuIh and <20,000 BtuIh 8.5 EER
>20,000 Btu/h 8.2EER
With Reverse Cycle and With Louvered Sides 8.5 EER
With R~verc:p (Vl'lp l'ntf Witnnllt T.nnvPI"pri !'i:irlpc:: 8.0 F:F:R
For SI: I Btu/h =0.2931 W.
I To be consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (public ILaw 100-12).
TABLE J4.43.4f
LARGE UNITARY Am. CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS ELECTRICALlLY-
OPERATED >135,000 BtuIBn COOLING CAPACITY
EFFICIENCY
REFERENCE STANDARDS MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
RATING
Air-Conditioners EER 960,000 Btu/h: >760,000 Btu/h:
8.S 8.2
Air Cooled AR1 360, as listed in IPLV 7.5
AooendixA
Air..conditioners EER 9;6
WaterlEvap. Cooled IPLV 0.9
CTI Standard 201, ARI 360, each
as listed in ADDendix A
Heat Pumps' <760,000 Btu/h ~ 760,000 BtuIh
8.5 8.2
Air Cooled-Cooling. EER
ARI 340, as listed in Aooendix A IPLV 7.5
Condensing Units2 EER 9.9
Air Cooled ARI 365, as listed in IPLV 11.0
Appendix A
Condensing Units2 EER 12.9
WaterlEvap. Cooled IPLV 12.9
cn Standard 201, ARI 365, each
.' A
•
9C: lic:ten in
For SI: 1 BtuIh = 0.2931 W.
I For units that have a heating section, deduct 0.2 from all required EER's and IPLV's.
2 Condensing unit requirements are based on single-number ratings defmed in paragraph 5.1.3.2 ofUL 731, as listed
in Appendix A .

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUn...DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUllDING CODE
•
J4.4.3.5 Mechanical Ventilation: Each provided to partially restrict or shut off the
mechanical ventilation system (supply andl or heating andlor cooling input to each zone or
exhaust) shall be equipped with a readily floor.
accessible switch or other means for shutoff or J4.4.6.3.2 Multifamily dwellings three
volume reduction and shutoffwhen venti-Iation st.ories or less in height: For multifamily·
is not required. Automatic or gravity dampers dwellings, each individual dwelling unit shall
that close when the system is not operating, or have at least one thennostat for regulation of
other acceptable method to prevent air leakage space temperature. A readily accessible
through ducts, shall be provided for outdoor manual or automatic means shall be provided
air intake .and exhausts. to partially restrict or shut off the heating
J4.4.3.5.1 780 CMR J4.4.3.5 applies to, but is audlor cooling input to each room. For spaces
not limited to, unitary (central) cooling other than living units at least one thermostat
equipment (air cooled, water cooled and for regulation of space temperature shall be
evaporatively cooled), the cooling mode of provided for:
unitary (central) and packaged terminal heat 1. Each separate system.
pumps (air source and water source), and 2. Each separate zone as defined in 780 CMR
packaged tenninal air conditioners and room J2. As a minimum, each floor of a building
air conditioners. shall be consid-ered as a separate zone. In a
J4.4.3.6 Applied HVAC system components, multi-story building where the perimeter
electrically· operated, cooling mode: See system offsets only the transmission losses of
780 CMR 1305.3.3c. the exterior wall, an entire side of uniform
exposure may be zoned separately. A readily
J4.4.4 Transport energy: See 780 CMR accessible manual or automatic means shall be
1305.3.9. provided to partially .restrict or shut off the
J4.4.5 Balancing: The HVAC system design heating andlor cooling input to each floor.
shall provide means for balancing air and water J4~.4.6.3.3Control setback and shutoff: The
systems. In doing so, the considerations shall thermostat required in 780 CMR J4.4.6.3.1 and
•
include, but not be limited to, dampers, J4.4.6.3.2 or an alternate means, including, but
temperature· and pressure test connections and not limited to, a switch or a clock, shall provide
balance valves. a readily accessible manual or automatic means
f<;>T reducing the energy required for heating
J4.4.6 Controls.
and cooling during periods of non-use or
J4.4.6.1 Temperature control: Each system reduced need including, but not limited to,
shall be provided with at least one adjustable unoccupied periods and sleeping hours.
thermostat for the regulation of temperature. Lowering thennostat set points to reduce
Each thermostat shall be capable of being set energy consumption of heating systems shall
by adjustment or selection of sensors as not cause energy to be expended to reach the
follows: reduced setting.
J4.4.6.1.1 When used to control heating only:
J4.4.7 Air-handling duct system il1lSulation:
55 to 75°F (12.8 to 23.9°C).
Ducts, plenums, and enclosures installed in or on
J4.4.6.1.2 When used to control cooling only: buildings shall be thermally insulated as follows:
70 to 85°P (21.1 to 29.4°C).
J4.4.7.1 Duct systems, or portions thereof,
J4.4.6.1.3 When used to ·control both heating shall be insulated to provide thermal resistance,
and cooling, it shall be capable of being set as specified in Table J4.4.7.1.
from 55 to 85°P (12.8 to 29.4 DC) and shall be
E,,:ceptions: Duct' insulation, except as
capable of operating the system he~ting and
required to prevent condensation, is not
cooling in sequence. The thermostat andlor
required in the following cases:
control system shall have an adjustable
10 When supply- or return-air ducts are
deadband of 10°F (5.6°C) or more.
installed in basements or cellars having
J4.4.6.2 Humidity control:See 780 CMR insulated walls.
1305.2.4.2, 1305.3.4.5, and 1305.3.4.6. 2. When the heat gain or loss of the ducts,
J4.4.6.3 Zoning for temperature control. without insulation, will not increase the energy
J4.4.6.3.1 One and two family dwellings: At requirements of the building.
•
least one thennostat for regulation of space 3. Within HVAC equipment.
temperature shall be provided for each separate 4. Exhaust air ducts.
HVAC system. In addition, a readily
accessible manual or automatic means shall be

ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCfION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J4.4.7.Jl
:MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION!
COOUNG2 HEATING3
Duct location !Annual Cooling Degree Insulation R-Value Annual Heating Degree ~nsulation R-Value7
7
lDavs base 65°F CDD (hoff°F)lBtu Days base 65 OF l/h°ft2.°F)lBtu

Exterior of building below 500 3.3 4,501 to 7,500 ~.5
500 to 1,150 5.0 ~ove7,5oo 8.0
Inside of building envelope
or in unconditioned spaces4
m'<15 - !Not Required "- Not Required
40>TD5>15 - 3.3 '- 3.3
TD~O I-- 15.06 - ~ n6
For 51: OF = 1.8°C + 32, 1 (h"ff·°F)lBtu = 0.176 m2.kIW, 1 ft = 304.5 mIn.
1. Insulation R-values shown are for the insulation as installed am;! do not include film resistance. The required
minimum thicknesses do not consider water vapor transmission and condensation. Where control of condensation
is required, additional insulation, vapor retarders, or both, shall be provided to limit vapor transmission and
condensation. For ducts which are designed to convey both heated and cooled air, duct insulation shall be as required
by the most restrictive condition. Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls, wall insulation shall be as required
by the most restrictive condition of 780 CMR J4.4.7.
2. Cooling ducts are those designed to convey mechanically cooled air or return ducts in such systems.
3. Heating ducts are those designed to convey mechanically heated air or return ducts in such systems.
4. Unconditioned spaces include basements, crawl spaces, and attics.
5. 1D is defined as the temperature difference at design conditions between the space within which the duct is located
and the design air temperature in the duct.
6. Insulation resistance for 111nouts to terminal devices less than ten feet in length is not required to exceed an R-value
of R-3.3. [(h·ff·°F)lBtu.]
7. Insulation resistance measured on a horizontal plane in accordance with ASTM C 518-85, Test Method for Steady
State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus,
•
at a mean temperature of 75°F at the installed thickness.
J4.4.8 Duct construction: As applicable, Exception 1: Fibrous backing tape need not
ductwork shall be constructed and erected in be used in the following cases:
accordance with: 1.· On duct connections which are
ACCA Manual D' overlapped.
BOCA National Mechanical Code' 2. Where gaps are less than 118" in any
ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Systems and Eouipment;
SMACNA lnstallation Standards for Residential dimension.
. Heating and Air Conditioning Systems,' 3. On flex duct connections with properly
SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal installed tension straps.
and Flexible,'
SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards,'
Exception 2: Lengthwise snap-lock joints
ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook; on round or rectangular ducts .need not be
NAIMA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards sealed if they are tight fitting.
each as listed in Appendix A.
J4.4.9 Piping insuUatioll1: Piping installed for
J4.4.8.1 Higb~pressure and! medium- space conditioning shall be thennally insulated in
pressure ducts: See 780 C:MR 1305.3.13.2. accordance with Table J4.4.9. For service water-
J4.4.8.2 Duct sealing: The accessible joints, heating systems, see 780 CMR J4.5.
seams, and connections of all low-pressure Exceptions: Piping insulation is not required in
supply and return ductwork that is located the following cases:
outside conditioned space, including stud bays 1. Piping installed within HVAC equipment.
or joist cavities/spaces used to transport air, 2. Piping at fluid temperatures between 55 OF
shall be sealed using mastic with fibrous and 120°F (l2.7°C and 48.9°C) when not
backing tape installed in accordance with the required for energy conservation purposes.
manufacturer's installation instructions. Other 3. When the heat loss and/or heat gain of the
sealants may be approved by the Board of piping without insulation does not increase the
Building Regulations and Standards. For energy requirement of the building.
fibrous ducts, pressure sensitive tape may be 4. When piping is ins~led in basements or
• used if installed in accordance with NAIl\1A

Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, as
listed in Appendix A. Duct tape is not
permitted as a sealant on any ducts.
cellars having insulated walls in one and two
family dwellings. .

•
TABLE J4.4.9
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION! mlickness in Inches)
FLUID
Pipe Sizes
PIPING SYSTEM TYPES TEMPERATURE
RANGE, of Run Outs 2"2 I" and Less lW' to 2" 2W't04" 5" to 6" 8" and Lar~er
HEATING SYSTEMS
Steam and hot water
High pressure/temp 306450 1~ 2~ 2~ 3 3~ 3~
Med. Dressme/temp 251-305 1~ 2 2Y2 2~ 3 3

Low Dressweltemp 201-250 1 l~ lY2 2 2 2
Low temperature 120-200 ~ 1 1 l~ lY2 lY2
Steam condensate (for Any 1 1 lY2 2 2 2
feed water)
COOLING SYSTEMS 40-55 Y2 ~ % 1 1 I
Chilled water,
- ~.
nl" hrine hp.lnw40 1 1 Ht., lIJ.. liP, lIJ..
For SI: I Ulch =25.4 mm, OF = I.SoC + 32, I ft = 304.8 mm.
I. For piping exposed to outdoor air, increase insulation thickness by Y2 in.ch.
2. Runouts not exceeding 12 feet in length to individual terminal units.
J4.4.9.1 Other insulation thicknesses: table J4.5.2 if the tank surface area is
Insulation thicknesses in Table J4.4.9 are based lthennally insulated to R-12.5 and ifa standing
on insulation having thermal resistivity in the pilot light is not used.
range of4.0 to 4.6 h-ft2"oFlBtu per inch (0.704 J4.5.2.2 Insulation: Heat loss from unfired hot-
to 0.810 m2.kfW per 25 nun) ofthickness on a water storage tanks shall be limited to a
flat surface at a mean temperature of 75°F maximum of 6.5 Btulh/ft.2 (20.5 W/m2) of
(24°C). external tank surface area, based on 80°F
Minimum insulation thickness shall be (176°C) water-air temperature difference.
increased for materials having values less than Exception: Unfired hot water storage tanks
•
4.0, or may be reduced for materials having having more than 500 gallons (1893 L) of
values greater than 4.6 as follows. storage capacity thennally insulated to R-12.5.
For materials with thermal resistively greater J4.5.2.3 Combination service water heating!
than 4.6, the minimum insulation thickness space heating boilers: Service water-heating
may be reduced as follows: equipment shall not be dependent on year-round
ope:ration ofspace heating boilers; that is, boilers
4.6 x Table 503.9 Thickness .. New Minimum. Thickness that have as another function winter space
Aetua1Resistivity
heating.
For materials with thermal resistively less I~xceptions:
than 4.0, the minimum insulation thickness 1. Systems for which the input rating of the
shall be increased as follows: combined system is less than 150,000 Btu.
2. Systems for which the combined system
4.0 x Table 503.9 Thickness = New Minimum. Thickness capacity (input rating or storage volume) is
Actual Resistivity
less than twice that of the smaller of the
J4.5 Service Water Heating separate heaters required in a system with
J4.5.1 Scope: The purpose of780 CMR J4.5 is to separate space and water heating.
provide criteria for design and equipment 3. Systems with service/space heating boilers
selection that will produce energy savings when having a standby loss (Btu/h) (W) less than:
applied to service water heating. Water supplies 13.3 pmd 400
to ice making machines, refrigerators, and toilets n
shall be taken from a cold-water line ofthe water detennined by the fixture 'count method where:
distribution system. . pmd =probable maximum demand .in
J4.5.2 Water heaters, s10rage tanks and boilerS. gallons/hour as detennined in accordance with
J4.5.2.1 Performance efficiency: Water heat- Chapter 37 of the ASHRAE HVAC Systems
ers and hot water storage tanks shall meet the and Applications Handbook, as listed in
minimum 'performance ofwater heating equip- AppendixA. .
ment specified in Table J4.5.2. Where multiple n =fraction of year when outdoor daily mean
t(~mperature exceeds 64.9°F (18.3°C)
criteria are listed, all criteria shall be met.
•
The standby loss is to be detennined for a test
Excption: Storage water heaters. Storage period of 24 hour duration while maintaining
water heaters and hot water storage tanks a boiler water temperature of 90°F (32.2°C)
having more than 140 gallons (530L) of albove an ambient of 60 to 90°F (15.6 to
storage capacity need not meet tlte standby 32.2°C) and a five-foot (1524.mm) stack on
loss (SL) or heat loss (HL) requirements of appliance.

.ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J4.5.2
MINIMUM PERFORMANCE OF WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT
INPUT TO THERMAL STANDBY
INPUT TEST ENERGY LOS'S
CATEGORY TYPE FUEL· Jl'T' V,. RATIO FACTOR) . EFFICIENCY
RATING METHOD
(Btu/h/gal) Er% o/oIhr7
NAECA all electric ~12kW a11 6 Code of ~0.93-o.00132 V
Covered storage gas $75,000 Btuh a116 Federal ~0.62-0.00 19 V
Water Heating instantaneous gas ~OO,OOO Btuh6 all Regulations, ~0.62-o.0019V
Equipment" storage oil ~105,OOO Btuh all 10 CFRPart ~O.59-o.0019 JI
instantaneous oil ~10,000 Btuh all ~30 Subpart ~0.s9-o.0019V
~, Appendix
gal/oil all all E ~78%
pool heater
ANSI Z21.56,
as listed in
Appendix A
Other Water storage electric ~n all ~SI ~0.30+27/V,
Heating ~155,OOO
Btuh all 2:21.10.3, as
Equipments storage! gas/oil >155,000 Btuh all <4,000 listed in ~78% ~1.3+ Il4/V,.
instantaneous <10 <.4,000 IAppendixA ~78% ~1.3+95/V,.
~10 ?4,00O ~80% i-
>4,000 >77% ~j+671V
Unfired all :s6.5 Btuhl .
StoTaQ:e Tanks ~nJlare, fnntl
For SI: 1 Btuhlft.2 =3.155 W/m2, 1 Btuh:: 0.2931 W, 1 gallon =3.785 L, OF. = 1.8°C + 32.
1. Vr is the storage volume in gallons as measured during the standby loss test. For the purpose of estimating the
standby loss requirement using the rated volume shown on the rating plate, Vr should be no less than 0.95 V for gas
and oil water heaters and no less than 0.90 V for electric water heaters.
3. V is rated storage volume in gallons as specified by the manufacturer.
4. Consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA) of 1987.
5. All except those water heaters covered by NAECA.
•
6. Code ofFederal Regulations, 10 CFR Part 430 Subpart B, Appendix E, as listed in Appendix A, applies to electric
and gas storage water heaters with rated volumes 20 gallons and gas instantaneous water heaters with input ratings of
50,000 to 200,000 Btuh.
7. When testing an electric storage water heater for standby loss using the test procedure of Section 2.9 of ANSI
Z21.10.3-1990 Gas Water Heaters, Volume ill, Circulating Tank, Instantaneous and Large Automatic Storage-Type
Water Heaters, the electrical supply voltage shall be maintained within ±1 % ofthe center ofthe voltage range specified
on the voltage range specified on the water heater nameplate. Also, when needed for calculations, the thermal
efficiency (Et) shall be 98%.
When testing an oil watc::r heater using the test procedures of Section 2.S and 2.9 of ANSI Z21.1 0.3, as listed in
Appendix A, the following modifications will be made:
A vertical length offlue pipe shall be connected to the flue gas outlet ofsufficient height to establish the minimum
draft specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions. All measurements ofoil consumption will be taken by
instruments with an accuracy of±1 % or better.
The burner rate shall be adjusted to achieve an hourly Btu input rate within ±2% ofthe manufacturer's specified input
rate with the CO2 reading as specified by the manufacturer with smoke no greater than 1 and the fuel pump pressure
within ±1 % of the manufacturer's specification.
S. Heat loss oftank surface area (Btuh/ft.~ based on 80 oP. water-air temperature difference.
J4.5.3 Automatic controls: Service water- pump(s) can be conveniently turned off,
heating systems shall be equipped with automatic automatically or manually, when the hot-water
temperature controls capable of adjustment from system is not in operation.
the lowest to the highest acceptable temperature
J4.5.6 Pipe insulation: For re-circulating
settings for the intended use. Temperature setting
systems, piping heat loss shall be limited to a .
range shall be in accordance with Table 2 in
maximum of 17.5 Btu/h per linear foot (5.13 W
Chapter 37 of ASHRAE HVAC Systems and
per m2) of pipe in accordance with Table J4.5.6,
Applications Hand~ook, as listed in Appendix A.
which is based on design external temperature no
J4.5.4 Shutdown: A separate switch shall be lower than 65°F (18.3 °C). Other design
provided to pennit turning offthe energy supplied temperatures must be calculated. .
to electric service water-heating systems. A Exception: Piping insulation is not required
•
separate valve shall be provided to permit turning when the heat loss of the piping, without
off the energy supplied to the main bumer(s) of insulation, does not increase the annual energy
all other types of service water-heating systems. requirements ofthe building.
J4.S.5 Pump operation: Circulating hot-water
systems shall be arranged so that the circulation

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BURDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE J4.5.6
MINIMUM PIPE INSUl~ATION
(Thickness in Inchles)
PIPE SIZES 1
SERVICE WATER
HEATING Noncirculating
Circulating Mains and Runouts
Runouts
TEMPERATURES of Up to I" . Up to lW' lY2" to 2" Over 2"
170-180 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
140-160 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5
100-130 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0
=
For SI: 1 inch 25.4 mm, of = 1.8 o~ + 32.
1. Nominal iron pipe size and insulation thickness. Conductivity K :::: 0.27
J4.5.7 Swimming pools. 780 CMR J5.0 RESIDENTIAL BUll.DING

J4.5.7.1 All pool heaters shall be equipped DESIGN BY PRESCRIPTIVE PACKAGE
with an ON-OFF switch mounted for easy (Also see 780 CMR J1.1.3)
access to allow shutting offthe operation ofthe Compliance Approach #1
heater without adjusting the thermostat setting Notes:
and to allow restarting without re-lighting the 1. The Prescriptive Package Approach is
pilot light. expectedly the most conservative for building
J4.5.7.2 Pool covers: Heated swimming pools envelope compliance. It does not require
shall be equipped with a pool cover. calculation of a building's therm~ performance,
Exception: Outdoor pools deriving over but ~L1lows the user to simply select a set of
20% of the energy for heating from components from a pre-determined group after
renewable sources (computed over an estab.lishing the weather site and glazing area of
the building.
•
operating season) are exempt from this
requirement. 2. There is no interpolation or extrapolation
allowed between packages in Table J5.2.1b.
J4.5.7.3 Time clocks: Time clocks shall be 3. The Prescriptive Package Approach
installed so that the pump can be set to run in (780 CMR J5.0) is intended for one and two-
the off-peak electric demand period and can be family detached buildings heated with fossil fuels
set for the minimum time necessary to maintain and having glazing representing no more than
the water in a clear and sanitary condition in 18% of the gross wall area. Also, such buildings
keeping with applicable health standard. must be either wood frame or mass wall
J4.5.8 Conservation of hot water. constluction (concrete, masonry, log): metal frame
buildings are excluded.
J4.5.8.1 Showers: Shower heads shall have a
4. For one and two-family buildings that do not
maximum flow rate of 2.5 gallons per minute
(gpm) (0.158 Us) at a pressure of 80 pounds meet the requirements in Note 3, and for all multi-
family buildings, refer to 780 CMR J1.1.3.
per square inch (psi) (551 kPa) when tested in
complliance alternatives 2. through 5.
accordance with ASME A112.l8.1. as listed in
5. Table J5.2.1b is based on a number of
AppendixA.
assum.ptions about the buildings it covers. These
assum.ptions are stated fully in the Footnotes to
J4.6 Electrical Power and Lighting.
that table, and should be reviewed to assure that
J4.6.1 Electrical energy consumption: In the Table is suitable for use with any given
multifamily dwellings, provisions shall "be made proposed building.
to determine the electrical energy consumed by
each tenant by separately metering individual J5.1 Scope.
dwelling units. J5.1.1 General: Buildings constructed to
Exception: Motels, hotels, college dormitories 780 CMR" J5.0 that are heated and/or
and other transient facilities. mechanically cooled shall meet the applicable
J4.6.2 Lighting power budget: The lighting requiff:ments of 780 CMR J5.0 and 780 CMR
system shall meet the applicable provisions of J4.0.
780 CMR 1308.
J5.2 Exterior Envelope Requirements
Exception: One-and Two-Family dwellings
and the dwelling portion of multifamily J5.2.1 General: The various building assemblies
residential buildings. (windolw, wall, ceiling, floor, etc.) shall confonn
to the thennal transmittance and resistance values
in Table J5.2.1b.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUJILDING REGULAnONS AND SrANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUXLDINGS
•
TABLE J5.~ola
HEATING DEGREE DAYS BASE 65 (HDD,.,)
City I HDD~~ Deity I HDDIi~
Amherst 6404 Hyannis 6137
Barre Falls Dam 7699 Knightville Dam 7439
Bedford 6521 Lawrence 6322
Birch Hill Dam 7739 Lowell 6339
Blue Hill 6398 Middleton 6268
Boston 5641 Nantucket 5848
Brockton 6225 New Bedford 5426
Chatham 6058 Plymouth 6333
Chester 7279 Provincetown 6044
Clinton 6698 Reading 6573
Cummington Hill 7658 Rochester 6267
East Brimfield Lake 7027 South Weymouth 5936
East Wareham 6297 SpringfieldI 5754
Edgartown 5916 Stockbridge 7060
Falmouth 5713 Taunton 6346
Framingham 6262 Tully Lake 7552
Great Barrington 7445 West Medway 6650
Haverhill- 6413 Worcester 6979
HinQham 6072
Note 1: Table J5.2.1a is only utilized to support Table J5.2.1 b. .
•
Note 2: The heating degree day value for Springfield is only to be used for the cities and towns of Chicopee, Holyoke,
West Springfield, Springfield, Agawam and Longmeadow. For all other surrounding towns of Springfield, design to
the HDD value of Amherst.
Table J5020Rb
Prescriptive Packa~es for One and TWOoFamily Residential Buildin~s Heated with Fossil Fuels
Q
MAXIMUM MINIMUM
Basement Slab
Glazing Glazing Ceiling Wall Floor Heating/Cooling
Package Wall Perimeter
Areal (%) U-value 2 R-value1 R-vatue~ R-value' Equipment Efficiency8
R-value' R_VlIIltll'!'
Less t han 5501 Heatm!!

. DeEl'ee Davs
A UD to 12% 0.50 38 13 19 10 6 minimum from J4 Tables
B 'up to 12% 0.52 30 13 19 10 6 82 AFUE
C 12.1 to 15% 0.42 38 13 19 10 6 minimum from J4 Tables
D 12.1 to 15% 0.50 38 13 19 10 6 85 AFUE
E 15.1 to 18% 0.39 38 13 25 N/A N/A minimum from 14 Tables
F 15.1 to 18% 0.42 38 13 19 10 6 85 AFUE
H .
5501 to 5700 eatm!! De2Tee Davs
G UD to 12% 0.46 38 13 19 10 6 minimum from J4 Tables
H up to 12% 0.52 30 13 19 10 6 85 AFUE
I 12.1 to 15% 0.41 38 13 25 N/A N/A minimum from J4 Tables
J 12.1 to 15% 0.50 38 19 19 10 6 minimum from J4 Tables
K 12.1 to 15% 0.46 38 13 19 10 6 85 AFUE
L 15.1 to 18% 0.36 38 13 25 N/A N/A minimum from 14 Tables
M 15.1 to 18% 0.43 38 19 19 10 6 minimum from J4 Tables
N 15.1 to 18% 0.42 38 13 25 N/A N/A 85 AFUE
0 15.1 to 18% 0.46 38 13 19 10 6 90AFUE
P 15.1 to 18% 0.50 30 19 19 10 6 87 AFUE
5701 to 6500 Heating Degree Days9
Q up to 12% 0.40 38 13 19 10 6 minimum from 14 Tables
R unto 12% 0.52 30 19 19 10 6 minimum from 14 Tables

. THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Package
S
T
MAXIMUM
Glazing
Areal (%)
UP to 12%
12.l to 15%
Glazing
U-value:
0.50
0.36
Ceiling
R-value'
38
38
Wall
R-value" .
13
13
Floor'
R-values
19
25
MINIMUM
Basement
Wall
R_Vl'I!,,.6
10
N/A
Slab
Perimeter
R_v:tlne7
6
N/A
Heating/Cooling
Equipment EfficiencY'
85 AFUE
minimum from J4 Tables
--.
U 12.1 to 15% 0.46 38 19 19 10 6 minimum from J4 Tables
V 12.1 to 15% 0.44 38 13 25 N/A N/A 85 AFUE
W 12.1 to 15% 0.52 30 19 19 10 6 85 AFUE
X 15.1 to 18% 0.32 38 13 25 N/A N/A minimum from J4 Tables
y 15.1 to 18% 0.42 38 19 25 N/A N/A minimum from J4 Tables
Z 15.1 to 18% 0.42 38 13 19 10 6 90AFUE
AA IS.l to 18% 0.50 30 19 19 10 6 90AFUE
Greater Than 6500 Heatin Degree Da S9
BS up to 12% 0.31 38 13 25 N/A N/A minimum from J4 Tables

CC UP to 12% 0.43 38 19 19 10 6 minimum from J4 Tables
DO UP to 12% 0.45 38 13 19 10 6 90AFUE
EE uoto 12% 0.50 30 19 19 10 6 85 AFUE
FF 12.1 to 15% 0.40 38 13 25 N/A N/A 90AFUE
GG 12.1 to 15% 0.50 38 19 19 10 6 90AFUE
HH 12.1 to 15% 0.43 38 19 19 10 6 85 AFUE
II t5.t to 18% 0.35 38 13 25 N/A N/A 90AFUE
JJ 15.1 to 18% 0.35 30 19 19 10 6 90 AFUE
KK IS.l to 18% 0.42 38 19 19 10 6 90 AFUE
N/A - This package may not be used for buildings with insulated Basement Walls or Slabs.
Footnotes to Table J5.2.1 b:
•
1. Glazing area is the ratio of the rough opening area of the glazing assemblies (including sliding-glass doors,
skylights, and basement windows if located in walls that enclose conditioned space, but ·excluding opaque doors) to
the exterior wall gross area, expressed as a percentage. Up to 1% ofthe total glazing area may be excluded from the
V-value requirement. For example, 3 ft2 of decorative glass may be excluded from the V-value requirement of a
building design with 300 ft2 of glazing area.
2. After January 1, 1999, glazing V-values must be tested and documelilted by the manufacturer in accordance with
the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) test procedure, or takelll from Table Jl.5.3a. V-values are for whole
units: center-of-glass U-values cannot be used.
3. The ceiling R-values do not assume raised or oversized framing construction. If the insulation achieves the full
insulation thickness over the exterior walls without compression, or ifnc>n-compressible insulation is used to achieve
full R-value, R-30 insulation may be substituted for R-38 insulation. Ceiling R-values represent the sum of cavity
insulation plus insulating sheathing {if used). For ventilated ceilings, insulating sheathing must be placed between the
conditioned space and the ventilated portion ofthe roof.
4. Wall R-values represent the sum of the wall cavity insulation plus insulating sheathing (if used). Do not include
exterior siding, structural sheathing, and interior drywall. For example, an R-19 requirement could be met EITHER
by R-19 cavity insulation OR R..13 cavity insulation plus R-6 insulating sheathing. Wall requirements apply to wood-
frame or mass (concrete, masonry, log) wall constructions, but do not apply to metal-frame construction.
5. The floor requirements apply to floors over unconditioned spaces (such as unconditioned crawlspaces, basements,
or garages). Floors over outside air must meet the ceiling requirements.
6. The entire opaque portion ofany individual basement wall with an average depth less than 50% below grade must
meet the same R-value requirement as above-grade walls. Windows and sliding glass doors of conditioned basements
must be included with the other glazing. Basement doors must meet the door V-value requirement described in Note
b.
7. The R-value requirements are for unheated slabs. Add an additionallR.-2 for heated slabs.
8. If the building utilizes electric resistance heating use the compliance approaches found in 780 CMR J6, 7,8, or 9.
If you plan to install more than one piece of heating equipment or more than one piece of cooling equipment, the
equipment with the lowest efficiency must meet or exceed the efficiency required by the selected package.
9. For Heating Degree Day requirements of the closest city or town see Table J5.2.1 a
NOTES:
a) Glazing areas and V-values are maximum acceptable levels. Insulation R-values are minimum acceptable levels.
R-value requirements are for insulation only and do not include structural components.
b) Opaque doors in the building envelope must have a U-value no greater than 0.35. Door V-values must be tested and
documented by the manufacturer in accordance with the NFRC test procedure or taken from the door V-value in Table
J 1.5.3b. If a door contains glass and an aggregate V-value rating for that door is not available, include the glass area
of the door with your windows and use the opaque door V-value to detennine compliance of the door. One door may
be excluded from this requirement (Le., may have a U-value greater than 0.35).

ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOWeRlSE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
•
c) If a ceiling, wall t floor, basement wall, sDab-edge. or crawl spmce wall component inclludes two or more areas with
different insulation levelsg the component complies if the average Revalue is greater than or equal to the R-value
requirement for that component. Average R-value must be calculated by applying area-weighted Uevalues to the
components, and determining the reciprocals. Glazing or door components comply if the area-weighted average Ue
yalue of all windows or doors is less than or equal to the Uevalue requirement (0.35 for doors).
780 CMR J6.0 RESIDENTIAL BunDlrNG values can be found in Tables J6.2.2a through
DESIGN BY COMPONENI' PERFORMANCE J6.2.2g. R-values in tables are based on cavity
(Manual Tradeeojfor insulation plus insulating sheathing (if used).
"Paper and Pencil" Approach) If more than one type of insulation or glass
(Also see 780 ClJR Jl.l.3) is used for a building component (Le. two
Compliance Approach #2 different R-values in the ceiling) use the
additional blank lines for each R or U value
Notes: provided in each block ofthe proposed section.
1. The Component Perfonnance Approach
shown in 780 CMR 16.0 is a design-specific (Note: Remember that, for heated
alternative to the Prescriptive Package Approach basements, foundation walls that are 50%
of780 CMR J5.0. and greater above grade are considered
2. The Component Perfonnance Approach "Walls" while foundation walls less that
allows for trade-offs between all building 50% above grade are considered "Basement
envelope components, and heatffig and cooling Walls."
equipm~nt efficiencies. This approach allows STEP 4: Compute the total Proposed UA.
greater flexibility than that allowed in the Multiply all proposed Devalues by their
Prescriptive Packages listed in Table J5.2.lb. corresponding area. .Enter the results in the
3. The Component Perfonnance Approach may VA column. Sum the proposed UAs for all
. be used only for wood or metal framed buildings, components and enter this sum in the Total
16" or 24" on center. For other framing materials . Proposed VA box. Also sum the areas for
or configurations, use 780 CMR J7.0, J8.0, or Ceilings and Walls, and enter in the "Total
Area" boxes. Transfer these "Total Areas" to
•
J9.0.
the respective Required "Axea" boxes.
J6.! Scope STEP 5: Complete the REQUIRED section
J6.1.1 General: Buildings constructed to of the Trade-Off Worksheet. Table J6.2.2h
. 780 CMR J6.0 that are heated and/or lists building component U-value requirements
mechanically cooled shall meet all applicable for each climate zone in Massachusetts. Enter
requirements of 780 CMR J6.0 and 780 CMR the required U-values in the appropriate
J4.0. ReqUired V·value column. Copy the total
areas to the Area column ofthe Required side.
J6.:Z Exterioli Envelope Requill"emellD~s STEP 6: Multiply U-values in the Required
column by their corresponding area; enter
J6.:Z.1 GeneraR: To determine thermal results in the VA colwnn. Sum the UAs on the
transmittance compliance with the various wall, right side of the worksheet.
roof and floor assemblies, the Trade·Off
Worksheet must be completed using the figures STEP 7: If high efficient HVAC is to be
and tables provided. taken into account, complete the HVAC Trade-
off Worksheet. Replace Total Required VA
$6.2.2 Instructions for Using tthe Trade-off with HVAC adjusted UA (the new required
Approach: VA will increase) from HVAC Trade-off
STEP 1: Find your climate zone based on the worksheet.
county in which your building is to be located STEP 8: Check for compliance. If the Total
shown in Figure J6.2.2. Proposed VA is less than or equal to the Total
STElP' 2: Complete the general infonnation at Required VA then your building complies with
the top of the TradeoOffWorksheet. the thennal envelope requirements of
STEP 3: Complete the PROPOSED section
Appendix J. Ifnot, you must adjust insulation
of the TradeooffWorksheet. Provide the area, R-values, areas, andlor HVAC system
R-value and U·value of each component. Use efficiency in your proposed build.ing.
net areas for walls and roof assemblies that
•
contain windows, doors, or skylights. V-

.---.
FIGURE J6.2.2
State Map with Climate Zones
1
(J)
I--
I--
W·
CJ)
::>
::r:
()
«CJ)
.... ,... ....
N(l)~
Q) G) G)
c: c: c:
~~~
•
CJ)
«
~
•
780 CMR: 5TATE BOARD OF BUn.DING REGULAnONS AND 5TANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOWoRlSE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J6..102a
C U
eiliu!! -vaiues
Standard
Insulation Standard Framing Raised Framing llftsulation Raised Framing
RoValue(8) U-Value(b) R-Va/ue(ll) framing UoValue(b)
Uo'Value V-Value
R-O 0.568 0.568 R-33 0.033 0.029
Ro7 0.119 0.119 R-34 0.032 0.028
R-8 0.108 0.108 R-3S 0.032 0.028
R-9 0.098 0.098 R-36 0.031 0.027
R-IO 0.089 0.089 R-37 0.031 0.026
R-ll 0.082 0.082 R-38 0.030 0.025
R-12 0.076 0.076 R-39 0.030 0.025
R-13 0.070 0.070 R-40 0.029 0.024
Rol4 0.066 0.066 R-41 0.029 0.024
RolS 0.062 0.061 R-42 0.028 0.023
Ro16 0.059 0.058 R-43 0.028 0.023
Ro17 0.056 0.055 R-44 0.027 0.022
Rol8 0.053 0.052 R-45 0.027 0.022
R-19 0.051 0.049 R-46 0.027 0.021
R-20 0.048 0.047 R-47 0.026 0.021
Ro2f 0.047 0.045 .R-48 0.026 0.020
R-22 0.045 0.043 R-49 0.026 0.020
R·23 0.043 0.041 R·SO 0.026 0.020
R·24 0.042 0.040 R·51 0.025 0.019
R·2S 0.040 0.038 RoS2 0.025 0.019
R-26 0.039 0.037 R-53 0.025 0.019
•
R-27 0.038 0.035 R-54 0.025 0.018
R-28 0.037 0.034 R-55 0.024 0.018
R-29 0.036 0.033 R-56 0.024 0.018
R-30 0.035 0.032 R-57 0.024 0.018
R-31 0.034 0.031 R-SS 0.024 0.017
R-32 0.034 0.030 R-SQ 0.024 0.017
..
(a) R-values represent the sum of the cellmg cavny msulatlon plus the R-value ofmsulatmg sheathmg (if used.) For
example, R-19 cavity insulation plus R-5 sheathing is reported as R-24 ceiling insulation. For ventilated ceilings,
insulating sheathing must be placed between the conditioned space and the ventilated portion of the roof (typically
applied to the trusses or rafters immediately behind the drywall or other ceiling finish material.)
(b) To receive credit for raised framing, the insulation must achieve its full thickness over the exterior walls, or non-
compressible insulation must be used to achieve full R-value.
1fABLE J6.2.2b
Wood Frame Wan V-values
160m. a.c. 24-in. O.c.
Insulation RoValueo
Wall V-Value Wall U-Value
RoO 0.238 0.241
R-7 0.105 0.104
R-8 0.099 0.097
R-9 0.094 0.092
R-IO 0.090 0.088
R-Il 0.089 0.087
R-12 0.085 0.083
R-J3 0.082 0.080
R-14 0.079 0.077
R-15 0.077 0.074
R-16 0.066 0.064
•
R-17 0.064 0.062
R-18 0.062 0.060
R-19 0.060 0.059
R-20 0.059 0.057
R-21 0.057 0.056

Insulation R-VaJucO 16-in. O.C. 24-in. O.c.

Wall U-Value Wall U-Value
R-22 0.056 0.054
R-23 0.055 0.053
R-24 0.054 0.052
R-25 0.053 0.051
R-26 0.052 0.050
R-27 0.051 0.049
R-?R 0.050 0.048
(a) V-values are for uncompressed insulation.
(b) Wall R-values are the sum of the cavity insulation plus insulating sheathing (if used.)
TABLE J6.2.2c
16 inches O.C. Metal Frame Wall V-values
Insulating Sheathing R- Value
Cavity
R-Value R-O R-2 R-3 R-4 R-5 R-6 R-7 R-B R-9 R-IO
R-O 0.270 0.205 0.170 0.146 0.127 0.113 0.101 0.092 0.084 0.078
R-ll 0.120 0.106 0.096 0.087 0.080 0.074 0.069 0.065 0.061 0.057
R-13 0.114 0.100 0.091 0.084 0.077 0.072 0.067 0.063 0.059 0.056
R-15 0.109 0.096 0.088 0.081 0.075 0.070 0.065 0.061 0.058 0.054
R-19' 0.101 0.090 0.083 0.077 0.071 0.066 0.062 0.059 0.055 0.052
R-21 0.098 0.088 0.081 0.075 0.070 0.065 0.061 0.058 0.054 0.052
R-?'\ o OQ4 n O~<; o n7~ 0071 o n~R o 0~1 n O~O o O'\~ n 0'\1 o OCil
TABLE J6.2.2d
24 inches O.C. Metal Frame Wall U-values
Cavity
R-Value
R-O
R-II
R-13
R-O
0.270
0.106
0.100
R-2
0.205
0.104
0.98
R-3
0.170
0.086
0.082
Insulating Sheathing R-Value
R-4
0.146
0.080
0.076
R-5
0.127
0.074
0.071
R-6
0.113
0.069
0.066
R-7
0.101
0.064
0.062
R-B
0.092
0.060
0.058
R-9
0.084
0.057
0.055
R-IO
0.078
0.054
0.052
•
R-15 0.094 0.093 0.078 0.073 0.068 0.063 0.060 0.056 0.053 0.051
R-19 0.088 0.086 0.074 0.069 0.064 0.060 0.057 0.054 0.051 0.049
R-21 0.085 0.084 0.072 0.067 0.063 0.059 0.056 0.053 0.050 0.048
R-?<; o 0~1 o O~O o OI\Q nO~4 nMO n OCi7 n nCiL1 00'\1 o 04Q n nL1/;;
TABLE J6.2.2e
Floor V-values
Insulation R-Value Floor D-Value
R-O 0.249
R-7 0.096
R-il 0.072
R-13 0.064
R-15 0.057
R-19 0.047
R-21 0.044
R-26 0.037
R-30 0.033

•
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOWoRISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDXNGS
TABLE J6.202f
• Insulation
R·Value
R-O
R-I
R-2
R-3
Basement V-values
Basement Wall
Va Value
0.360
0.244
0.188
0.155
Insulation
R·Value
RalO
Rail
R·12
Ra13
Basement Wall
V-Value
0.072
0.067
0.062
0.059
R-4 0.132 Ra14 0.055
R-5 0.115 R-IS 0.052
R-6 0.102 R-16 0.050
R-7 0.092 Ral7 0.047
R-8 0.084 R-18 0.045
R-9 0.077 R-19 0.043
R-'O 0041
(a) Insulation Ravalues represent the sum ofexterior and/or interior insulation. Basement walls must be insulated from
the top of the basement wall to ten ft. below ground level, or to the floor ofthe basemen~ whichever is less.
TABLE J6.~o2g
Slab F-values
Slab V·Value
Perimeter Insulation 24-in. 48-in.
RaValue rnsulation DeDth Insulation Deoth
R-O 1.04 1.04
R·l 0.91 0.89
R-2 0.86 0.83
R-3 0.83 0.79
R-4 0.82 . 0.76
•
R-5 0.80 0.74
R-6 0.79 0.73
R-7 0.79 0.71
R-8 0.78 0.70
R-9 0.77 0.69
R-I0 0.77 0.68
R-ll 0.68
R-12 0.67
R-13 0.66
R-14 0.66
R-IS 0.65
R-16 0.65
R-17 0.65
R-lS 0.64
Ral9 0.64
R-10 0.64
TABLE J6.:t2b
V-value Requirements by Climate Zone
Single
Multi-
Family Basement Unheated Heated
Family Wall
Climate Ceiling V- Wall Floor V- Wall Slab Slab
V-value
Zone value V-value' value V-value F-value F-value
12 0.026 0.13 0.22 0.05 0.079 0.80 0.79
13 0.026 0.12 0.20 0.05 0.078 0.74 0.71
14 0.026 0.11 0.18 0.05 0.077 0.73 0.70
Note I: Buildings heated by electric resistance require a U=0.1 05 for a Single Family Wall V-value in all zones..

THE MASSACHUSETIS STATE BUILD][NG CODE
Manual Trade-OffWorkshE:et
Pennit #
Builder Name Date
Builder Address , _ Checked By
Site Address _ Zone[]12 []13 []14 Date

Submitted By Phone
PROPOSED REQUIRED
Ceilings. Skylights. and Floors Over Outside Air
Required
Insulation x!:i£!Area U-Value
Descriotion R-Value U-Value == UA ..2h)
(Tabl e 162 x Area UA
Ceiling
l(Table J6.2.2a)
Floor Over Outside Air
tr
-
ft2 f---+
I I
I
(Table J6.2.2a)
ft2
tr
Total Area ft2 t
Walls. Windows. and Doors

Insulation Required
Descriotion R-Value U-Val ue Area = UA UVI
- a ue x Area UA
Walls
(Table J6.2.2b.c.d)
ftl
- I I
Windows
(NFRC or Table J1.5.3a)
- ft2
-
Doors
(NFRC or Table J1.5.3b)
- ftl
-
Sliding Glass Doors
(NFRC or Table J1.5.3a)
- ft2
tr
-
tr
Total Area tr
Floors and Foundations
Insulation Insulation R- x Area or Required
Descriotion Deoth Value UVI
- a ue Penmeter ,: UA U-Value x Area =UA
Floor Over Unconditioned (Table ft2
Soace 16.2.2e)
Basement Wall (Table 16.2.20 ft2
Unheated Slab ft
(Table J6.2.2g) in.
Heated Slab ft
(Table 16.2.22) in.
tr
tr
Total Proposed VA must be less
than or equal to Total (or Adjusted) Required VA
r-------------------------..,
Total
ProposedUA
D ~
OR
• Total
Required UA D
Statement ofCompliance: The proposed building design represented in
these documents is consistent with rhe building plans. specifications.
and other calculations submitted with the oermit aoolicalion.
.. Adjusted
Required UA
D
Builder/Designer Company Name Dare

ENERGY CONSERVAnON FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOWGRISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
HVAC Trade=OffWorkslneet
1. Calculate efficiency Increase in

EFFillstallcd a EFFstandard = % increase -
pe_rc_e_n_t:~~ _ _~_ _~~~~ ----+~ D
EFFSWKIard
2. Adjust the % increase according to TradeaoffRatio (Table 1 below):
(% increase X Trade--off Ratio) + 1 = Adjustetrl! Ratio ===-~~~--=--
..
...
D
~o~~:::~:~:::;e~r:ti~~:j:::: ~:u:m::_t)_:_~ ---a>' D1
D D
4. Use Adjusted Required VA as new Total Required UA, and check if
Total Proposed UA is now less than or equal to it.
Total Proposed UA ~ Total Required VA
• (from Manual Trade-<lff W o _
Work Space:
• ICityrrown
Amherst
Bedford
IHDD~~
6404
6521
1r~lbJRe
Tradecoff Ratios
IRatio, B
1.15 .
1.15
n
DCityrrown
Hvannis
Lawrence
IHDD~~
6137
6322
IRatio, B
- 1.13
1.14
I
Blue Hill 6398 1.15 Middleton 6268 1.14

Boston 5641 1.11 Nantucket 5848· 1.12
Brocton 6225 1.14 New Bedford 5426 1.10
Chatham 6058 1.13 Plvmouth 6333 1.14
Clinton 6698 1.16 Provincetown 6044 1.13
East Wareham 6297 1.14 Rochester 6267 1.14
Ed2artown 5916 1.13 Sorindield 5754 1.12
Falmouth 5713 1.12 StockbridlZe 7060 1.17
Framingham 6262 1.14 Taunton 6346 1.14
Haverhill 6413 1.15 Tully Lake 7552 1.19
Worcester 6979 1.17
• 1
NAEC A MOmimum ;QUloment Effiu:iencles
I Equipment Type I Minimum o Equipment Type I Minimum I
Furnace 78 AFUE Heat Pump: Heating Mode 6.8 HSPF
Boiler: EXcf;Dt Gas Steam 80 AFUE Heat Pump: Cooling Mode 10 SEER
Boiler: Gas Steam 75 AFUE Air Conditioner 10 SEER
•
1. Note: No Trade-off available for electric Resistance Heating.

•
780 CMR J7.0 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING documenltation of post-construction testing to

DESIGN BY MAScheck SOFIWARE verify air change rate shall be provided. ....:--.-
(Also see 780 CMR Jl. 1.3) 3. Cal(~ulation tools shall be approved by the
Compliance Approach #3 BBRS.
Notes: J8.1 Scopc~
1. The MAScheck Software produces similar
results to the Component Perfonnance Approach J8.1.1 General: 780 CMR J8 establishes design
stilted in 780 CMR J6.0. However, the software criteria in tenns of total energy use by a
produces results in less time, perfonns trade-offs residenti,a! building, including all of its systems.
quickly, and creates a spread sheet of building
components and an inspection report. J8.2 Systems Analysis
2. Installation and operating instructions are J8.2.1 I~nergy Analysis: Compliance with
contained in the Users Guide, which comes with 780 CMR J8 will require an analysis ofthe annual
MAScheck Software. energy usage, hereinafter called an annual energy
3. Minimum computer requirements for analysis.
operating MAScheck Software are:
(a) a personal computer with the Intel 80386 Exception: 780 CMR J4 and J6 establish
(386) processor (or higher), criteri.a for different energy-consuming and
(b) a 3~" diskette drive, enclosure elements of the building which, if
(c) 530 kilobytes (KB) of conventional RAM followed, will eliminate the requirement for an
annual energy analysis while meeting the intent
memory,
(d) a hard disk with 1 megabyte (MB) of free of Appendix J.
A building designed in accordance with 780
disk space,
CMR J8 will be deemed as complying with
(e) VGA or Super VGA monitor,
Appendix J if the calculated annual energy
(f) MS-DOS Version 3.1 or later,
(g) Microsoft-compatible mouse is highly consumption is not greater than a similar
building (defined as a "standard design")
recommended but not required.
whose enclosure elements and energy-
•
consuming systems are designed in accordance
J7.1 Scope
with 780 CMR J4 and J6.
J7.1.1 General: Buildings constructed to For a proposed alternate building design to
780 CMR 17.0 that are heated and/or be considered similar to a "standard design," it
mechanically cooled shall meet the applicable shall utilize the same energy source(s) and
requirements of 780 CMR 17.0 and 780 CMR equipment types for the same functions and
J4.0. have lequal floor area and the same ratio of
thennal envelope area to floor area, exterior
J7.2 Exterior Envelope Requirements design conditions, occupancy, climate data,
and usage operational schedule.
J7.2.1 General: To detennine thennal
Building designs and energy calculations
transmittance compliance with the various wall,
shall be supported by documentation consistent
roof and floor assemblies, the MAScheck
with Massachusetts registration laws for engin-
Software analysis must be completed, and the
eers CllIld architects, and otherwise consistent
"Your Home" UA value must be le~s than or
with the requirements of Appendix J.
equal to the "Required" UA value calculated by
the software. J8.2.1.1 Input values for Group R
buildiings: The following input values shall be
780 CMR J8.0 RESIDENTIAL BUll.DING used in calculating annual energy perfonnance.
DESIGN BY SYSTEMS ANALYSIS The requirements of 780 CMR J8 specifically
("Total Energy Analysis '') indica.te which variables shall remain constant
(Also see 780 CMR J1.1.3) between the standard building and the
Compliance Approach #4 proposed building calculations. The standard
building shall be a base-version of the design
Notes: that directly complies with the provisions of
1. The Systems Design Analysis outlined in Appendix J4 and J6. The proposed building
780 CMR J8.0 is the most refined means for may utilize a design that is demonstrated,
Energy Code compliance. through calculations satisfactory to the
•
2. lfthe proposed design takes credit for reduced building official, to have equal or lower annual
air changes per hour (below 0.5 ACH), energy use than the standard design.

. 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUlILDING REGULAnONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVAnON FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOWoRISE RESKDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Gluing Systems
Orientation ofthe standard design Equal area on north, south, east and west exposures.
Shadin~, standard design Draperies shall be assumed to be 'closed during periods of
mechanical air conditioning oPeration.
Glazing areas in the standard design shall not be provided with

extra exterior shading beyond shading that is provided by typical
construction practices-such as roof overhangs. Energy
performance impacts of added exterior shading for glazing areas
may be accounted for in the proposed design for a specific
building, provided that the actual installation of such systems is
approved by the building official. Results from exterior shading
calculations on one proposed building shall not be used for groups
of buildings.
Heat Storage (Thermal Mass)
Internal mass .8 pounds per square foot (39 kglml
Structural mass 3.5 pOunds per square foot (17 kglm:!)
Passive solar building designs shall utilize at least 45 Btu/OF (26 kJ/°C) ofadditional thermal mass, per square "foot (ml
ofadded glass area, when added south-facing glass area exceeds 33% of the total glass area in walls.
Building Thermal Envelope--Surface Area and Volume
Floor, walls, ceiling The standard and proposed designs shall have equal areas.
Foundation and floor type: The foundation and floor tYPe for both the standard and the
proposed design shall be equal.
Glazings, including skylights The area ofglazing in the standard design shall not be greater than
the area of glazing in the proposed design. The UB-value of the
standard design shall be selected to permit calculated Uo-wall
compliance ofthe standard design.
Doors ofTYPE I structures The standard design shall have at least 40 square feet (3.7 m2) of
door area.
Building volume The volumes of both the standard and proposed design shall be
•
equal.
PARAMETER VALUE
Thermostat (constants)
Heating set point 68°F. (20°C.)
Cooling set point 78°F. (26°C.)
Night set back 60°F. (16°C.)
Set back duration 7 hoW'S
Number of set-back periods l(n)"
Maximum number of zones 2
Number ofthennostats per zone I
Internal Sensible Heat Gains (constants)
TYPE I Units 1.500 BtuIhr (440 W)
TYPE II Units 3,000 BtuIhr (879 W)
Domestic Water Heater (calculate, then constants)
Temperature set point 120°F (49°C)
Daily hot water consumption Gallons =(30 x nb • units) +
(10 x n· bedrooms)
a units = number of living units in proposed design (n).
b bedrooms = number of bedrooms in each living unit.
Site Weather Data (constants) The Heating and Cooling Systems Efficiency
The typical meteorological year (TMY), or its shall be proportionally adjusted for those portions
"Ersatz" equivalent, from the National Oceanic of the ductwork located outside or inside the
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Table conditioned space using the values shown above,
J3.2.1, or an approved equivalent. for the closest in the following equation:
available location shall be used.
Total Adjusted Sys~em Efficiency
Distribution System Loss Fadors Equipment Efficiency x Distribution Loss
• Mode
Heating
Cooling
Duct Location
Outside
0.75
0.80
Hnside
1.00
1.00
Factor x percent of ducts outside + Equipment
Efficiency x Distribution Loss Factor x percent
of ducts inside.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98) 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 760.25

Note: Ducts located in a space which J8.2.4 Calculation Procedure: The calculation
contains a positive heat supply shall be procedure shall cover the following items:
considered as in an inside location.· I. lDesign requirements - Environmental
requirements as required in 780 CMR 13.
Air Infiltration
2. Climatic data - Coincident hourly data for
Air changes per hour (ACH) for the standard temperatures, solar radiation, wind and
design is 0.50 (for purposes of calculation only). humidity of typical days in the year
. If the proposed design takes credit for ACH representing seasonal variation.
levels below 0.50, results of a post-constroction 3. Building data - Orientation, size, shape,
blower-door test shall be provided to the building mass, air, moisture, and heat transfer
official using Standard ASTM E 779, as listed in chara(~eristics. .
AppendixA. 4. Operational characteristics -- Temperature,
humidity, ventilation, illumination, control.
J8.2.2 Design: The standard design, confonning mode for occupied and unoccupied hours.
to the criteria of Residential Building Design by S. Mechanical equipment - Design capacity,
Component Perfonnance Approach or Residential part load profile.
Building Design by Acceptable Practice and the 6. Building loads - Internal heat generation,
proposed alternative design shall be designed on lighting, equipment, number of people during
a common basis as specified herein: occupied and unoccupied periods.
1. The comparison shall be expressed as Btu
J8.2.4~.1 Use of Approved Calculation Tool:
input per square foot of gross floor area per
The same calculation tool shCl;11 be used to
year j1t building site.
estimate the annual energy usage for space
2. If the proposed alternative design results in
heating and cooling of the standard design and
an increase in consumption of one .energy
the proposed design.
source and a decrease in another energy source,
even though similar sources are used for J8.2.5 Uocumentation: Proposed alternative
similar purposes, the difference in each energy designs, submitted as requests for exception to the
source shall be converted to equivalent energy stan~ design criteri~ shall be accompanied by
units for purposes of comparing the total an energy analysis comparison report. The report
energy used.
3. The different energy sources shall be
compared on the basis of energy use at the site
where: 1 kWh:= 3,413 Btu.
J8.2.3 Analysis Procedure: The analysis of the
annual energy usage of the standard and the
shall provide technical detail on the two building
and syst1em designs and on the data used in and
resulting from the comparative analysis to verify
that both the analysis and the designs meet the
criteria of780 CMR J8 of Appendix J.
Exc.eption: Proposed alternative designs for
•
proposed alternative building and system design one and two family dwellings and multifamily
shall meet the following criteria: buildi.ngs having a conditioned floor area of
1. The building heating and cooling load 5,000 square feet (464 m2) or less are exempted
calculation procedures used for annual energy from the full-year analysis described in
consumption analysis shall be detailed to 780 CtdR J8.3 and J8.4. However, comparison
permit the evaluation of effect of factors of hei:l.ting, cooling and service water heating
specified in 780 CMR 18.2.4. equipment energy consumption between the
2. The calculation procedure used to simulate alternative design and the standard design shall
the operation of the· building and its service be provided.
systems through a full-year operating period
shall be detailed to permit the evaluation of the 780 CMR J9.0 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING
effect of system design, climatic factors, DESIGN UTILIZING RENEWABLE
operational characteristics, and mechanical ENERGY SOURCES
equipment on annual energy usage. (Also see 780 CMR JI. 1.3)
Manufacturer's data or comparable field test Compliance Approach #5
data shall be used when available in the
Notes:
simulation of systems and equipment. The
1. The Renewable Energy approach outlined in
calculation procedure shall be based upon
780 CMR J9.0 allows for portions of a proposed
8,760 hours of operation ofthe building and its
building's energy use to be di~counted when
service systems and shall utilize the design
perfonning energy compliance calculations.
methods specified in ASHRAE Handbook of
2. 780 CMR J9.0 must be used in conjunction
Fundamentals, ASHRAE HVAC Systems and
with 780 CMR J8.0.
Applications Handbook, ASHRAE, Energy
Calculations I, ASHRAE, Energy Calculations
II, each as listed in Appendix A.

780 CMR: STATE "BOARD OF BUllDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW~RISE RESIDENTIAL BUllDINGS
J9.0 Renewable Energy Source Anallysis

Exception: Proposed alternative designs for
J9.1 General: A proposed building utilizing solar, residential buildings of less than 20,000 square
geothermal, wind or other renewable energy sources feet (1858 m2) that derive a minimum of 30% of
for all or part of its energy source shall meet the their total anp.ual energy usage from renewable
requirements of 78q CMR J8.0, except such energy sources or from nocturnal cooling shall be
renewable energy may be excluded from the total exempt from the requirement of a full-year energy
annual energy consumption allowed for the building system analysis, providing that the annual input of
by 780 CMR J8.0. such renewable sources or the extent of such
nocturnal cooling"can be expected to meet the
J9.1.1 To qualify for this exclusion, such
demands imposed by the proposed alternative
renewable energy must be derived from a specific
design.
collection. storage, and distribution system. The
solar energy passing through windows shall also
be considered as qualifying if such windows are 780 CMR JI0.0 VALIDITY
provided with: Ifa section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of
Operable insulation shutters or other devices Appendix J is. for any reason, held to be
which. when drawn or closed. shall cause the unconstitutional, such section shall not affect the
window area to reduce maximum outward heat validity of the remaining portions of 780 CMR.
flows to those in accordance with 780 C:MR
J4.3.2. JU.O Home Energy Rating
J9.1.2 Exclusion shall be granted for solar energy J1101 General: A proposed building, for which the
passing through windows provided: builder or the buyer obtains a Home Energy Rating
1. The glass is double or triple pane insulating by an accredited Home Energy Rating System
glass with a low emittance coating on one or (HERS), will be considered to comply with the
more air space surfaces of the glass, or intent of Appendix J if the rating score on the
insulating glass with a low~mittance plastic building is 83.0 or more points.
film suspended in the air space, and Jl1.1I..l Accreditation: Accreditation ofthe rating
2. The glass areas are shaded from direct solar
~rganization or agency with the Residential
radiation during periods when mechanical Energy Services Network (RESNET) or the
cooling is requested.
Massachusetts Division of Energy Resources is
J9.1.3 Other criteria covered in 780 CMR J8.0 required for acceptance of the energy rating as a
shall apply to the proposed alternative designs compliance tool for Appendix J.
utilizing renewable energy sources of energy.
JJll.1.2 Rating Scolfe: The minimum compliance
score of 83 points will be based on the national
J9.2 Documentation: Proposed alternative designs HERS Council's guidelines for Home Energy
submitted as requests for exception to the standard Ratings, and the rating score shall be determined
design criteria shall be accompanied by an energy with an acceptable software analysis program as
analysis, as specified in 780 CMR J8.0. The report required byRESNET accreditation procedures. on
shall provide technical detail on the alternative a scale of 0-100 points.
building and systems designs and on the data
employed in and resulting from the comparative
Jl1.2 Documentatiolll: Compliance report which
analysis as to verify that both the analysis and the mcludes a proposed Energy Rating score of 83.0 or
designs meet criteria of 780 CMR J8.0. more points, a description of the building's energy
The energy derived from renewable sources and
"features, and a statement that the rating score is
the reduction in conventional energy requirements "based on plans" will be required for issuance of a
derived from nocturnal cooling shall be ~eparately
building permit. A copy ofthe final rating certificate
identified from the overall building energy use.
indicating the score of 83.0 or more points for the
Supporting documentation on the basis of
finished building will be submitted to the building
performance estimates for the aforementioned
official before the Certificate ofOccupancyis issued.
renewable energy sources or nocturnal cooling
means must be submitted.
1/19/01 780 CMR ~ Sixth Edition 760.27

APPENDIX J REFERENCE]) STANDARDS

Standard Reference Number Where Referenced in Appendix J (by Section Number)
ACCA Manual D J4.4.8
ANSIIASME PTC 4.1 Table J4.4.3.2a
ANSIIAHAM RAC-l Table J4.4.3.4e
ANSI Z21.1O.3 J4.5.2
ANSIZ21.47 Table 14.4.2.2c
ANSI Z21.56 J4.5.2
ANZI Z21.13 Tables J4.4.3.2a; J4.4.3.3b
ANZIZ83.8 Table J4.4.3.2b
ANZIZ83.9 Table J4.4.3.2b
ASHRAE INAC Applications Handbook J4.4.8
ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Systems and J4.4.8
Equipment
ASHRAE55 12.0
ASTM E 779 J8.2.1.1
ARI 2101240 Tables 14.4.3.3a; J4.4.3.4a-d
ARI320 Tables J4.4.3.3c; J4A.3.4c
ARI 325 Tables J4.4.3.3d; J4.4.3.4d
ARI340 Tables J4.4.3.3d; J4.4.3.4f
ARI360 Table J4.4.3.4f(also see 780 CMR 13, Table 1311.6)
ARI365 Table J4.4.3.4f
ARI380 J2.0; Table J4.4.3.3b
ARI 550 Table J4.4.3.4f(als,0 see 780 CMR 13, Table 1311.6)
cn Standard 201 Tables 14.4.3.4b,c lind f (also see 780 CMR 13, Table 1311.6)
Code of Federal Regulations, J2.0; Tables J4.4.3.2a and c; Table 14.5.2
10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B,
Test Procedures
NAIMA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction J4.4.8
Standards
SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, J4.4.8
Metal and Flexible
SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction 14.4.8
Standards
UL726 Table J4.4.3.2a
UL727 Table J4.4.3.2c
UL731 Tables J4.4.3.2b; 14.4.3.4f
UL795 Table J4.4.3.2a
ACCA Air Conditioning Contractors of America, Wasbington, DC

ANSI . American National Standards Institute, Inc.., New York, NY
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air'-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., Atlanta, GA
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA
AR1 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute, Arlington, VA
cn Cooling Tower Institute, Houston, TX
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association, Alexandria, VA
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., Chantilly, VA
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Northbrook, II.,

• APPENDIXK
.FLOOR PROTECTOR THERMAL CONDUCTMTY CALCULATIONS

(Reference 780 CMR 3610.7.1 and 36!O.6.7.1.1)
OVERVIEW in order to minimize ilie thickness of the floor

Floor protection requirements fOli heat producing protector) and noting that the thenna1 conductivity,
appliances are typically included as part of the ~ is linear as a function of thickness (for a given
testedllisted installation criteria for such appliances. single material) then:
Such floor protection, listed as a iliermal kllt l =kit 2'

conductivity factor is often developed utilizing where:
NFPA SUBJECT 1618, "OUTLINE OF k = thennal conductivitY in
INVESTIGATION FOR WALL PROTECTORS, (Btu) (inch) 1 (foof) (hour) (OF) and
FLOOR PROTECTORS, AND HEARTH
EXTENSIONS". (Note that an NFPA SUBJECT is t = iliickness in inches
not treated nor maintained in the same manner as an and therefore knowing any three of the variables of
NFPA STANDARD). lk and t allows one to solve for the remaining
When floor protection is developed utilizing NFPA variable; i.e., :
SUBJECT 1618, or developed via ~'good Engineero Knowing k l , t l and t2, one can solve for k2:
ing Practice", such methodology will typicallly estalr
k2 = (leI) (tvl(t)
Ush floor protection based on 3/0 inch miUboard.
KnoWing k l , t l and k2 , one can solve for t 2 :
As the thermal conductivity of such millboard can
~= <k;0 (t.)/(kI)
•
vary from manufacturer to manufacturer, it will be
necessary to obtain the· thermal conductivity value
from a specific manufacturer for a specific millboard COMPOSITE FLOORPROTECfOR
product. ASSEMBLlIES
When an assembly consists of more than one
Typical thermal conductivity values can range from:
material, the assembly is dermed as a composite
k = 0.21 (Btu) (inch) I (foor) (hom) (OP) 6~terialn.
to
k = 0.84 (Btu) (inch) 1 (foor) (hoW') (OF) When a floor protector is constructed of more ~
one material; i.e., some form of backer board with
Thus the necessity for product specific !hennal
decorative tile over, it is helpful to first establish the
conductivity.
thennal resistance, r, of each material as thennal
Note that the lower the algebraic value of "k", the resistances may be directly added together and then
lower the thennal conductivity and the less heat per convert the resuAting total R to an equivalent·
given time that is transferred across the floor iliermal conductivity.
protector. r = (footl) (hour) (°F)/(Btu) (inch) and;
Note that in the following discussions it is necessary R=(r) (t)
to ·maintain consistent dimensions i.e.; in dealing
0
with the thickness ofmaterials, do not mix feet with where r is for a particular material in the composite
inches, but rather keep all dimensions iJn inches. 2nd t is the thickness ofiliat particular material.
COMPLIANCE Thus for the twoomaterial example of backer board

If the manufacturer of the appliance specifies an pilUS decorative tile,
acceptable material and thicllcness' for floor R total = R backer Board + R decorative tile
protection it is necessary, utilizing that specific and;
material with specific thenna! conductivity, k, to
meet or exceed the thickness specified in order to R baGker board = (r backer bow> (t backer ~
assure compliance with the listed floor protection md;
requirements of the appliance. R tile = (r tile) (t tile)
FSrABUSHING EQUIVALENCY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN k AND R
if it is detennined that another material of different By definition:
thennal conductivity is desired to be utilized for
floor protection (i.e., perhaps for aesthetic reasons or R =( 11k) (t) for each distinct material

•
THE MASSJ\CHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
APPENDIXL
SCHEDULE OF FEES
L 100 Fee Schedule: in accordance with the author- 114.0.
ity conferred by M.G.L. c 143, § 94, the State Board 2. Fees for construction related licenses issued by
of Building Regulations and Standards herebyestab- a city or town shall be in accordance with fee
lishes the following fees as specified in Table IL-l. schedules established by said city or town.
Excepftions: 3. Fees for administrative appeals hearings in
1. Fees for projects which are under the jurisdic- cities of towns having duly established building
tion of a city or town shall be as duly established code appeals boards in accordance with 780 CMR
by said city or town in accordance with 780 CMR 122 shall be as established by said city or town.
Table Lal
Period of 780 Oil' M.G.lLo
Fee
Fee I~em Certification or Authority or
(Dollal!'S)
Licensure Reference
Concrete Testing Laboratory 780 CMRRll
Initial license ........................................ One year 150.00 180 CMIR R1.1.8
Renewal .........•.............•........•........... One year 150.00 180 CMR Rl.l.I0
Concrete Test Technician Class A

Q 780CMRR2
Initial license ......................................... One year 50.00 180 CMR R2.1.9
Renewal ............................................. One year 50.00 180 CMR R2.1.11
e Initial license & Renewal Fees for employees of: municipalities,

counties, Federal Government, Commonwealth of
Massachusetts or any department, commission, agency or
authority of: or created by the Commonwealth
One year No Fee 780 CMR R2.1.9
Examination .......................................... Per exam Note 1 780 CMR R2.1.7
Manufactured BuildiDgs 780CMRR3

Manufacturer - initial certification (per system) ............. One year 1200.00 180 CMR R3.18.1
Manufacturer -renewal of certification ........ ............
' One year 650.00 180 CMR R3.] 8.3
Labels per unit ....................................... Per label 50.00 780 CMR R3.18.4
Replacement label .................................... .Per label 2.00 180 CMR R3.18.4
Labels per component ................................. Per label 2.00 780 CMR R3.18.4
Inspection Agency - initial certification .................... One year 500.00 780 CMR R3.18.2
Inspection Agency - certification renewal .................. One year 500.00 780 eMIR R3.18.3
Registration or Producers of Native ILwnber 180CMRR4

Initial registration fee .................................. Two years 50.00 780 CMR R4.1.4
Registration renewal ................................... Two years 25.00 780 CMR R4.1.S
Construction Supervnsor License (CSL) 180CMRRS
Unrestricted Ricense (silly buildlirng enclosing up to 35,000
cubic' lI'eel of space)
Initial license ....................................... Three years ]50.00 180 CMR R5.2.S
Renewal ........................................... Two years 100.00 180 CMR RS.2.S
Examination fee .................................... Per exam Note 1 780 CMR RS.2.5
Restrnded License (one and mo familly dl'WeRlings)
Knitiallicense ....................................... Three years 150.00 180 CMR RS.2.5
Renewal ........................................... Two years 100.00 180 CMR RS.2.5
Examination fee .................................... Per exam Note 1 180 CMR R5.2.5
e R.estricted License Masonry onBy

a
Initial license .......................................

Renewal ...........................................
Three years
Two years
150.00
100.00
780 CMR RS.2.5
180 CMR R5.2.5
Examination fee ........................ , ........... Per exam 25.00 780 CMR RS.2.5
11/27/98 7~O CM~.-Sixth.Edition . . 762.1 "

•
Period of 780 or M.G.L.

Fee
Fee Item Certifkation or Authority or
(Dollars)
Licensure Reference
Home Improvement Contractor Registration M.O.L. c 142A &
780CMRR6
Initial Certification (applicants holding CSL License) ......... Two years No fee
Initial Application (all other applicants) .................... Two years 100.00
Renewal (applicants holding CSL License) ................. Two years No fee
Renewal (all other applicants) ........................... Two, years 100.00
Guaranty Fund Payment (upon Initial registration • all

applicants)
0-3 employees ................. r •••••••••••••••••••• Note 2 100.00
4-10 employees ..................................... NClte2 200.00
11-30 employees ... " ............. , ................. Note 2 300.00
over 30 employees ................................... Note 2 500.00
Certification of Building Commissioners, Inspectors of M.O.L. c 143 § 3&

Buildings and Local Inspectors. 780CMRR7
Certification fee ...•.................................. no fee

Examination registration ............................... Note 1
Continuing education programs provided directly by
the Board of Building Regulations and Standards ........... Reserved
State Buildinl! Code Appeal Board M.O.L. c 143 § 100
Administrative Hearing ................................ Per hearing 150:00 780 CMR 122.3.1
Structural Peer Review Advisorv lBoard 780CMR 125
Mediation Hearing ....................................
Building Permits and Construction Inspection for State

Projects (except Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority
Projects) subject to 780 CMR and under tbe jurisdiction of
the Department of Public Safety, Division of InsDections.
No fee 780 CMR 125.3
M.O.L. c 143 §§ 93 &

94
M.O.L. c 143 § 3A
•
Plans examination, construction inspection, issuance ofbuilding
permit and certificate of and occupancy ................. Per building or 0.001 times M.G.L. c 143 §§ 93 &
stru'cture. the contract 94
Note: This fee structure shall be deemed to include, but not be amount
limited to, electrical, plumbing mechanical and fire protection (Note 3)
work. Fees shall not be permitted to be levied by local
jurisdictions.
Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Projects M.O.L. c 161A § 18
Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Projects subject to

780CMR. .... ........................... ......... No fee M.G.L. c l61A § 18
Periodic Inspections of Existing Buildings under the 780 CMR 106.5 &
jurisdiction of the Division of Inspections, Department of M.G.L.c III
Public Safety
Hospitals and Clinics (certificate of inspection)

First 100 beds ...................................... Two years 50.00 M.O.L. c 111§ 51
Each additional 25 beds ............................... Two years 10.00
Infirmaries; Convalescent Homes; Nursing Homes; Charitable

Homes for the Aged; Rest Homes; Intermediate Care Facilities
for the Mentallv Retarded. (certificate of insnection) ...... Twovears 50.00 M.G.L. c III § 71
•
762.2 780 CMR • Sixth Editio~, 12/12/97 (Effecti,,:~ 8f28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..OING REGULATIONS AND StANDARDS
SCHEDULE OF fEES
Period of 780 or M.G.lL.

Fee
fee Item Certification or Authority or
(DoDlalI'S)
Licensure Reference
Periodic: Inspections of aU other existing buildings. M.G.L. c 143 § 94
Periodic inspections of specified use groups as As specified by i\s specified by 780 CMR 106.5 and
specified by 780 CMR 106.5 and Table 106 ................ 780CMR Table 780CMR Table 106
106 Table 106
Certification of Building CommissiolllelI'S, lInspedo1l'S of M.G.L c.143 § 94 & §
Buildings, and Local Inspedors 99 & 780 CMR R7
Cenification Preparation Course of Instruction .............. zero - 500.00 M.G.Lc.143 § 94 &
See Note 4 § 99& 780 CMR R7
& the General
Appropriation Act
Building Code Trainmg
One to Two Hour Session ........... , ................... . ..............zero - 25.00 .
See Note 4
~ Day Training Session ................................ .............. zero - 50.00 ..
See Note 4
1 day Training Session ................................. .............. zero - 100.00 ..
Multi Session Training .................................
See Note 4
.............. zero - 1000.00 ..
See Note 4
Subscription to "Codeword" Educational Newsletter I year 16.00 ..
•
Notes:
1. Examination fees established by examining institution.
2. M.G.L. c 142 A § 11 provides that additional payments into the guaranty fund may be required if the fund
administrator determines that the amount of the fund is insufficient to maintain it at a level commensurate with
claims made against said fund.
3. Contract amount, for the basis calculation of permit fees, shall include the entire scope of work of the
project and shall include all incidental constructions. Contract amount, for the basis of calculation of pennit
fees, shall not be deemed to include design fees or any other professional fees associated with construction
observation or supervision or construction management.
4. Fees for continuing education of building officials and building code training will be established by the
agency and may vary due to costs associated with each individl.;lal training session. Cost of materials, space
rental, and contracted instructors, may influence fees.
•
~ 1/27/98 780 CMR -Sixth Edition .762.3
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
. ~62A 780 CMR, - Sixth Editio.n . 1202/97 (Eff~ctive 8/28/97) .

780CMRRI
CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES LICENSlING
780 CMR Ri.l ADMINISTRATION i U6 will be licensed by the BBRS in accordance

Rl.Jl.l Title As authorized by M.G.L. c. 143, §§ 93 with 780 CMR RI.
through 100, and in accordance with 780 CMR
123.0, establishing the Construction Materials Safety Rl.l.4 Application for Licensmg Each laboratory
Board,780 CMR Rl is adopted for Licensing of desiring to obtain such license shall make
Concrete Testing Laboratories. application to the BBRS upon such form and in such
manner as the BBRS shall prescribe and shall
Rl.1.2 Definitions Unless otherwise expressly furnish evidence satisfactory to the BBRS that the
stated in 780 CMR, the following terms shall, for the Uaboratory equipment meets the requirements of
purpose of 780 CMR RI, have the meaning 780 CMR Rl.2 and its manageqlent personnel are
indicated in 780 CMR R1.2: qualified in accordance with 780 CMR RIA and .5.
Such application shall also include p~yment of the
Accredited Laboratory: A laboratory which has llicensing fee set forth in 780 CMR RI.I.S.
been licensed in accordance with 780 CMR RI
bytheBBRS. Rl.1.5 Preaqualifying Agency The BBRS hereby
BBRS: State Board ofBuilding Regulations and designates the Construction Materials Safety Board
Standards ~ its PreoQualifying Agency, provided, however,
iliat the BBRS may revoke such designatiolll at any
Board: Construction Materials Safety Board time, and may designate any other agency or
(CMSB). agencies which it deems qualified, from time to
Branch Laboratories: A branch of a Testing time, to act as its PreoQualifying Agency. The Pre a
laboratory physically removed from the Qualifying Agency shall examine, or cause to be
location of the headquarters or main testing examined, the evaluation performed by the Testing
facility of the Testing laboratory. Agency and the personnel on each Concrete Testing
Laboratory application and make its
Laboratories: Testing laboratory, branch recommendation to the BBRS regarding such
laboratory, and project laboratory. Incense.
Penon: Individual, partnership, corporation,
trust, joint venture, etc. RI.I.6 Testing Agency The BBRS hereby
designates the Cement and Concrete Reference
Pre--Qualifying Agency: Construction Materials laboratory ofthe National institute of Standards and
Safety Board (CMSB). - ilie Anny Corps of Engineers as the agencies to
~xamine and evaluate all laboratories desiring to be
Project Laboratory: A temporary onmsite
facility providing concrete testing services for licensed in the practice ofconcrete testing, provided,
a specific project under the direction of a however, that the BBRS may revoke such
testing or branch laboratory licensed by the designation at any time, and may designate any other
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. agency or agencies which it deems qualified, from
time to time, to act as its Testing Agency.
Testing Agency: National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIS'I), Cement and Concrete R!.l.' Notification of TestJilllg anell TestJi!lllg
Reference Laboratory (CCRL)p the Anny ResuRts The Testing Agency shall notify the
· . ....... Corps ofEngineers, or other agency designated a.pplicant ofthe date for evaluation and shalljprovide
by the BBRS. ilie audited laboratory with al report ofaudit findings.
Testing Laboratory: A proprietorship, Note: UnHess specific permission has been granted
corporation, partnership or agency which by the BBRS, accredited laboratories must have
conforms to the requirements of ASTM E 3290 the capability to test both concrete and concrete
72 as modified in 780 CMR RI. aggregate.
Rl.1.3 Licensing All laboratories defined by Rl.1.7.1 Audit findings respolllse: The audited
180 CMR Rl.l.2 as Testing Laboratories, Branch laboratory shall rrequest that the testing agency
Laboratories and Project Laboratories which are forward al copy of the audit report to the BBRS.
engaged in the testing of concrete and concrete The audited laboratory shall prepare formal
materials for use in buildings and structures subject responses to each and all aludit findings and issue
to control according to the provisions of 780 CMR such response report to the BBRS for reviewt.
(Also see 780 CMR RI.3
12112/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR Sheth Edition

a 763
RI.I.8 Licensing Fee The fee for licensing shall be . of 780 CMR shall confonn to the requirements of
$150.00 per annum or in accordance with the fee ASTM E 329 as modified by 780 CMR R1.2.
schedule established by the BBRS from time to time. c. Reports of evaluations by the testing ~gency
shall be filed with the BBRS within ten days of
RI.I.9 Number and Classification Each receipt of the report by the laboratory, unless a
laboratory so licensed by the BBRS shall be issued waiver is granted by the laboratory to have the
a number and classification. report sent directly to the BBRS by the testing
agency..
Rl.I.IO Renewals Commencing January 1, 1978, d. Laboratory deficiencies cited in the report of
all licenses issued shall expire on December 31 of the testing agency shall be corrected within 30
the year issued. Within 60 days before the days of the date of issue of the report and shall be
expiration date of any such license, the so certified by an affidavit submitted by the
. Administrator of the BBRS shall forward to each laboratory on a fonn supplied by the BBRS.
laboratory so licensed an application fonn for
renewal. Said renewals shall be returned to the . Rl.3.2 R.~view of Deficiencies: Laboratories which
BBRS by December 31. The said Administrator, fail to meet the requirements of 780 CMR R1.3.l
upon receipt of the completed fonn and fee, shall items c. ,and d. shall be subject to review and
renew the license for a period of one year or notify revocation of their license by the BBRS.
such applicant of the BBRS's refusal with reasons
thereof. Rl.3.3 Testing Machines: Compression testing
machines used for testing materials subject to
RI.I.lt Penalties Any such person .and/or 780 CMR Rl shall be calibrated and verified, with
laboratory who fails to comply with the equipment traceable to the National Institute of
requirements of 780 CMR Rl or who files a false Standards and Technology (NISl), at least annually
report shall be subject to the penalties and actions as or as required by the BBRS, and the results
prescribed in 780 CMR 118. submitted to the BBRS.
780 CMR RI.2 LABORATORY LICENSING

REQUIREMENTS
RI.l.! ASTM Testing Requirements Except as
modified in 780 CMR Rl, all testing laboratories
..- including branch laboratories shall confonn to
Sections 5 and 6 of the ASTM E 329-72 standard
"/80 CMR RIA PERSONNEL
The management -and supervision ofeach laboratory
subject to 780 CMR Rl shall be in accordance with
the following requirements:
Rt.4.1 Required: Each accredited licensed

•
requirements for testing of concrete and its Concrete Testing Laboratory must have an
constituent materials. individual approved by the BBRS in each of three
distinctly different categories: Director of Testing
Exception: The following sections of ASTM E
Services, Supervisory Laboratory Technician and
329-72 shall not apply:
Supervisory Field Technician. An individual may
Sections 2.2; 2.3; 2.7; 3.2.7; 3.3; 3.4 C360 of
6.2; 7; 8; 9 and 10.
fill more than one position at the particular
laboratory ifhe meets all the qualifications for each
position, but he may not fill positions concurrently
RI.2.2 ASTM Equipment and Personnel
at a separ.ate (branch or project) laboratory. The
Requirements: All laboratories subject to
project laboratory must have a full-time resident
780 CMR Rl shall be approved and licensed in
supervisory laboratory technician qualified in
accordance with the ASTM E 329-72 standard for
accordance with 780 CMR RI.
the perfonnance of those functions recommended in
standard ASTM E 329-72, for equipment and
RI.4.2 Filing of Qualifications: Each individual
personnel, as modified in 780 CMR Rl.
being certified for a position must submit his or her
credentials and qualifications under penalty of
780 CMR Rl.3 PRFAjUALIFICATION perjury \\~th signature notarized. Individuals
REQUIREMENTS FOR LABORATORIES applying for certification in more than one category
RI.3.1 Evaluation: must file separate applications for each position as
a. Testing and branch laboratories subject to described in 780 CMR Rl.5. Application for
780 CMR Rl shall be examined and evaluated, certification shall be filed within 30 days of
•
upon notification from the BBRS, by a testing employment for such duties. It is the responsibility
agency designated by the BBRS. The interval of the Director of Testing Services to notify the
between such examination and evaluation shall BBRS within seven days of any vacancy of any
not exceed three years. position. Any vacant position shall be filled within
b. Project laboratory equipment which is used in 30 days.
the testing of concrete materials for use in
buildings and structures subject to the provisions
764 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8128197)

•
. CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES LICENSING RULES AND REGULATIONS
780 CMR ID.5 QUALIFICATIONS 116, affidavits must be submitted with the building
Rl.S.1 Qu.alifications for Diredor of Testing permit application that the individuals and testing
Services: The testing services of each laboratory laboratories responsible for carrying out the duties of
(main, branch or project) shall be under the direction 780 CMR 116 have been licensed and registered by
theBBRS. .
ofa Director of resting Services who shall be a full D
time resident employee of that laboratory and shall

be qualified in accordance with anyone of the Rll..601 Affidavit: In accordance with 780 CMR
following three sets of requirements: Rl.6, an affidavit shall be furnished to the building
a. He or she shall be a Professional Engineer, department by the licensed laboratory and shall be
registered in the Commonwealth ofMassachusetts provided by the licensed laboratory for each building
. with a least five years ofexperience in responsible project.
charge of work related to Structural Engineering,
Construction Engineering or Construction Rl.6.2 Notice of Termmation: The building
Materials Testing. He shall be subject to official shall receive written notification of the
demonstrate his ability to interpret the results of termination of laboratory functions certifying that
tests of concrete and concrete aggregates as stated the owner has also been so notified. Such
in ASTM E 329D72; Of, termination shall be effective no' earlier than three
b. He or she shall have a Bachelor's Degree in working days from the notification received by the
Engineering from an accredited institution and an building official.
additional total of three years experience
performing tests on concrete and concrete materio Rl.6.3 Successor Laboratory: Ifconcrete testing
als which shall include two ye;lI'S as a laboratory is to be continued for the said project by a successor
technician or supervisor. He or she shall be laboratory, such notice shall be given to the building
subject to demonstrate his ability to interpret the official and a new project affidavit shall be filed
results of tests of concrete and concrete with the building official.
aggregates as stated in ASTM E 329 72; or
0
c. He or she shall have at least eight years i80CMRRl.7 REVOCATIONAND

experience including five years experience as a SUSPENSION PROCEDURES
laboratory technician or supervisor and shall be mo1.1 Revocatioll1 and Suspension: The BBRS on
subject to demonstrate his ability to interpret the its own initiative or upon the recommendation ofthe
results of tests of concrete and concrete Construction Materials Safety Board may suspend or
aggregates as stated in ASTM E 329 72.0
revoke the license of any Testing Laboratory or
Projt!ct Laboratory found to be in noncompliance
Rl.5.2 Qu.alifications for Supervisory Labonl m
with 780 CMR Rl, 780 eMF., or the Standards of
tory Technician: A Supervisory Laboratory good practice. Notice ofsuspension or revocation of
Technician shaH have at least five years' experience such license shall be in writing with the reasons for
performing tests on construction materials including s1JJSpension or revocation clearly set forth therein,
concrete and concrete aggregates. He or she shall be and served in accordance with"780 CMR 118.6.
subject to demonstrate his ability to perform
correctly tests ofconcrete and aggregates as stated in Rl.i.2 Notice and Conference: Prior to
ASTM E 329 72. "Class A" accreditation foy the
D
sUlSpCnsion, revocation, or refusal to renew the
PreDQualifying Agency shall be required as license of an accredited laboratory, written notice of
qualification for concrete only. (See 780 CMR R2 sUllch intent shaIR be served by the Construction
Concrete Testing Personnel Licensing Rules and Materials Safety Board ofBBRS in accordance with
Regulations.) 780 CMR 118.6. Within ten calendar days ofreceipt
of such notice, the affected accredited laboratory
RJl.5.3 Qualifications foli" SilIperwisol!'Y Field may request a conference before a three member
Technician: A Supervisory Field Technician shall panel designated by the Chairman of the
have at least five years experience performing tests Construction Materials Safety Board; said panel will
on construction materials including concrete. He Of hear facts and make their recommendations to the
.she shall be subject to demolllStrate either by oral or Construction Materials Safety Board, who in tum
written examination, or both, his ability to perform shall report such fmdings to the BBRS for BBRS
correctly the tests of concrete as stated in ASTM E consideration and action.
329 72. "Class A" accreditation \by the Pre
0 o
•
Qualifying Agency shall be required as qualification llU.7.3 Effect of suspension or revocation: Upon
for concrete only. (See 780 CMR R2 Concrete suspension or revocation ofllie license, the accredha
Testing Personnel Licensing Rules and Regulations.) cd laboratory shall immediately cease engaging in
the testing ofconcrete and concrete materials for use
788 CMR Rt6 PROJECf AFlFIDAVIT KKll buildings and structures which are subject to the
In accordance with 780 CMR 110.12, those provision of 780 CMR 116 and no action brought
structures subject to control as required in 780 CMR before the Board of Appeals as specified in

D 165
780 CMR Rl.8.1 or in any court of competent 780 CMR Rl may appeal to the State Building Code
jurisdiction shall stay the said suspension or Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR 122;
revocation unless said Board of Appeals or court however, entry of an appeal from the BBRS's order
shall issue an order for a stay of the BBRS's of revocation or suspensio.n shall not stay such
suspension or revocation. revocation or suspension unless so ordered by the
State Building Code Appeals Board in a preliminary
780 CMR Rl.8 APPEALS hearing conducted expressly for the purpose of a
. Rl.8.1 Boilding Code Appeals Board: Any stay in al::cordance with that part of 780 CMR
laboratoJY or individual aggrieved by the suspension 122.3.2 dealing with procedure required for a
or revocation oftheir license or by an interpretation, hearing on such stay..
order, requirement, direction or failure to act under

780CMRR2
CONCRETE TESTING PERSONNEL LICENSING
780 CMR R2.1 ADMINISTRATION recommendation to the BBRS regarding such

R2.11.1 Title: As authorized by M.G.L. c. 143, license.
§§ 93 through 100, and in accordance with 780
CMR 123.0 establishing the ConstrJction Materials Wo1.6 Testing AgenlC}': The BBRS hereby
Safety Board, 780 CMR R2 is adopted for Concrete designates the Massachusetts Construction Industry
Testing Personnel. Board (MCIB) as the agency to examine and
evaluate aU persons desiring to be licensed in the
R2.lI.o2 Def'mitions: Unless otherwise expressly practice of concr~te testing, provided, however, that
stated in 780 CMR, the following terms, for the ~e BBRS may revoke such designation at any time,
purpose of 780 CMR R2, shalt have the meaning and may designate any other agency or agencies
indicated in 780 CMR R2.1.2. which it deems qualified, -from time to time, to act as
its Testing Agency. The Testing Agency shall
BBRS: State Board of Building Regulations and submit all examination results and evaluation on
Standards each Concrete Testing Application and make its
Board: Construction Materials Safety Board recommendations to the Pre-Qualification Agency
(CMSB) . regarding such license.
Concrete Testing PenoDllleR: A person issued a lRl.l.i Examination: Accompanied by the

Class "A" license by the BBRS authorizing application, there shall be paid to the Testing
such person to test/inspect concrete. Agency an initial examination fee to cover the cost
Field! Concrete Technician: A person issued a ofsuch testing. The Testing Agency may also assess
• Class "A" license by the BBRS to test concrete fees for partial or complete retesting. The Testing
in the field. Agency is authorized to require the applicant to
provide all required test equipment.
Pre-Qualifying Agency: Construction Materials
Safety Board (CMSB) IDoLS Notificaftiolll of E~aminationn amll
Testnng Agency: Massachusetts Construction Examination Results: The Testing Agency shall
Industry Board (MClB) notify the applicant of the time and place for the
examination. The BBRS shall be informed by the
lU.ll.3 Licensing: All Concrete Personnel engaged Testing Agency/Pre-Qualifying Agency of the
in the testing/inspection of concrete for use in examination results, evaluation and
buildings and structures subject to control according recommendations. Within 14 days therefrom, the
to the provisions of 780 CMR 116.0.shall be BBRS shall notify the applicant of its decision. If
licensed by the BBRS in accordance with 780 CMR the applicant fails fully or partially, he may request
R2. of the Testing Agency a retesting. If the applicant is
notified by the BBRS that he has met all the
Rl.L4 Application for LicelIlsing: Each· person requirements herein established, he shall submit to
desiring to obtain such license shall make the said BBRS, the license fee in accordance with
application to the BBRS upon such form and in such 780 CMR 2.1.9, and his 1W' x 1Y-l 1I , full face, black
manner as the BBRS shall prescribe and shall and white or color photograph.
furnish evidence satisfactory to the BBRS that he is
qualified to be licensed in accordance with llUol.9 JLncensing Fee: The fee for licensing shall
780CMRR2. be $50 in accordance with the fee schedule
established by the BBRS. Concrete Testing
Rlo1.5 Pre-qualifying Agency: The BBRS hereby Personnel employed for that purpose by a
designates the Construction Materials Safety Board municipality or county or the federal government, or
as its Pre-Qualifying Agency, provided however, the Commonwealth or any department, commission,
that the BBRS may revoke such designation at any agency or authority of, or created by, the
time and may designate any other agency or Commonwealth, shall be exempt from this fee.
•
agencies which it deems qualified. from time to
time, to act as its Pre-Qualifying Agency. The Pre- llUol.to Number and Classfifncmtion: Each person
Qualification Agency shall examine, or cause to be so licensed by the BBRS shall be issued a number
examined, the examination results and evaluation and classification.
performed by the. Testing Agency on each Concrete
. Testing PersoDl1el Application and make its
12/ 12/97 (Effec~ive 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 767

•
R2.1.11 Renewals: Licenses shall be valid for one tests and must take a complete re-
year and the license renewal fee shall be $50 dollars. test.
Within 30 days before the expiration date of any
such license. the Administrator of the BBRS shall 780 CMR R23 REVOCATION AND
forward to each person so licensed an application S.'USPENSION PROCEDURES
fonn for renewal. The said Administrator. upon R2.3.1 R(~vocation and Suspension: The BBRS on
receipt of the completed fonn and fee. shall renew its own initiative or upon the recommendation of the
the license for a period of two years or notify such Constructilon Materials Safety Board or the
applicant of the BBRS's refusal with the reasons Massachusetts Construction Industry Board, may
thereof. An applicant shall submit a renewal suspend OJ: revoke the licenses ofanyone so engaged
application with fees within one year of the in the practice of Concrete Testing found to be in
expiration date of the license. Failure to submit a noncompliance with 780 CMR R2, 780 CMR or the
renewal application within this time period shall be standards of good practice. Notice of suspension or
cause for examination or re-examination. Upon revocation of such license shall be in writing with
successful completion of a Class A Technician's the reasons for suspension or revocation clearly set
.examination said applicant is eligible to be licensed forth therein, and served in accordance with 780
upon submittal of an application and fee. Said CMR 118.6.
application and fee shall be submitted within one
year of the date of the examination. Failure to· R2.3.2 Notice of Conference: Prior to suspension.
acquire a license within. this time period shall be . revocation or refusal to renew such license. written
cause for examination or re-examination. notice of such intent shall be served by the Pre-
Qualifying Agency or BBRS in accordance with
780 CMR R22 PRE-QUALIF1CATION 780 CMR 118.6. Within ten calendar days of receipt
REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONS . of such notice. the affected licensee may request a
DFSIROUS OF BEING UCENSED FOR hearing before a three member panel designated by
CONCREfE TFSfING the chairman of the said agency. who will hear facts
R2.2.1 Evaluation: Field Concrete Technicians, and make recommendations to the Pre-Qualifying
subject to 780 CMR R2, shall be examined and Agency.
evaluated by the Massachusetts Construction
Industry Board to detennine the applicant's R2.3.3 E:ffect of Suspension or Revocation of
knowledge and ability to perform the following License: Upon suspension or revocation of the
ASTM Standard Test Procedures: license. the licensee shall immediately cease
a. ASTM C 172: Sampling Fresh Concrete engaging in the testing of concrete and concrete
b. ASTM C143: Test for Slump materials for use in buildings and structures which
c. ASTM C31: Making and Curing Test are subject to the provision of 780 CMR and no
Specimens in the Field action brought before the State Building Code
d. ASTM C231: Test for Air Content - Pressure Appeals Board as specified in 780 CMR R2.4.1 or in
Method any court of competent jurisdiction shall stay the
e. ASTM C173: Test for Air Con ten t - said suspension or revocation unless said Appeals
Volumetric Method Board or (:ourt shall issue an order for a stay of the
f. ASTM C138: Test for Weight per Cubic Foot BBRS's sllspension or revocation.
(Density)
g. ASTM C192: Storage and Transportation of . 780 QvIR R24 APPEALS
Test Cylinders R2.4.1 Massachusetts State Building 'Code
The applicant's performance of these tests is to be Appeals !Soard Anyone engaged in the practice of
observed and evaluated by two qualified jurors Concrete Testing aggrieved by the suspension or
designated by the Testing Agency (MCffi), using revocation of their license or by an interpretation.
detailed data sheets. The said jurors' evaluations are order, requirement, direction or failure to act under
appraised by the Certification Committee of the 780 CMR R2 may appeal to the State Building Code
Testing Agency and reappraised by the Board of Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR 122.0;
Trustees of the said Testing Agency. Three however. entry of an appeal from the BBRS's order
categories of perfonnance are to be used in the final of revocation or suspension shall not stay such
evaluation process as follows: revocation or suspension unless so ordered by the
1. PASS: The applicant has satisfactorily said Appeals Board in a preliminary hearing
completed the examination. conducted expressly for the purpose of a stay in
2. PARTIAL: The applicant has failed one of accordance with that part of 780 CMR 122.3.2
the five performance tests and dealing with the procedure required for a hearing on
must take a partial re-test. such stay.
3. FAIL: The applicant has failed two or
more of the five performance
768 . 780 CMR.· Sixth Edition 11/27/98

780CMRRJ
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS
AND MOBILE HOMES
PART K GENERAL
780 CMR R3.1 ADMINISTRATION manufactured building component or manufac~

R3.1..1Title: The BBRS, Massachusetts Board of tured home on the building site, and connecting it
Fire Prevention Regulations (Massachusetts Board to utilities, and/or to an existing building.
of State Examiners of Electricians), and the Installation may also mean the connecting oftwo
Massachusetts Board of State Examiners· of or more manufactmed housing units designed and
Plumbers and Gas Fitters herewith adopt the Rules app~ved 't9·OO so connected for use as a dwelling.
and Regulations for Manufactured Buildings,
Manufactured Building Components and Installer of Manufactured Buildings: An
Manufactured Homes. individual, who on the basis of training and
experience, has been certified by a specific manu~
R3.1.2 Dermitions: Unless otherwise expressly facturer of manufactured homes as competent to
stated in 780 CMR., the following tenns shall, for the supervise the placement and connection required
purpose of 780 CMR R3, have the meaning to install the manufactured homes of that manu-
indicated in 780 CMR R3.1.2: facturer. Said certification by the manufacturer
shall be in writing; additionally, the certified
Applioval: Approval by th~ State Board ofBuilding instal!er shall possess picture identification in the
Regulations and Standards (BBRS) form of a driver's license or other picture
identification acceptable to the building official.
Building System: Plans, specifications and
,documentation for a system of manufactured Label: An approved device or seal evidencing
buildings or for a type or a system of certification in accordance with the applicable
manufactured building components, which may Codes and Rules and Regulations promulgated
include structural, electrical, mechanical, pursuant thereto.
plumbing and fire protection systems and other
lLo~al Enforcement Agency: A department or
systet;ns affecting health and safety, including
variations which are submitted as part of the agency in a municipality charged with the
building system. enforcement of 780 CMR and appropriate
specialized codes which include, but are not
Certificatftolll: Any manufactured building, limited to, 248 CMR (the State Plumbing and Gas
manufactured building component or Fitting code) and 527 CMR 12.00 (the State
manufactured home which meets the provisions Electrical Code) as listed in Appendix A..
of the applicable Codes and Rules and
Regulations pursuant thereto; and which has been Manufactured Building: Any manufactured.
labeled accordingly. building which has concealed elements, such as
electrical, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection,
Code: 780 CMR or Specialized Codes as defined insulation, and other systems affecting health and
herein. safety, and which is manufactured or assembled in
accordance with 780 CMR and pertinent
Department ~ DPS: The Department of Public
regulations, in manufacturing facilities, on or off
Safety, Division of Inspections. the building site. Also, any manufactured
building as defined above which does not have
Inspectiollll Agency: Independent agency, concealed·elements, but which has been approved
sometimes referred to as "third-party agency", by the BBRS at the request of the manufacturer.
retained by the manufacturer and approved by "Manufactured building" does not mean
BBRS to perform inspections and evaluations of "manufactured horne".
building systems, compliance assurance
•
programs, manufactured buildings, and Manufactured Building Component: Any
manufactured building components. manufactured subsystem, manufactured
subassembly, or other system designed for use in
l[nstaUatiol1l: The process ofaffixing, or assembling or as part of a structure having concealed
and affixing a manufactured building, elements such as electrical, mechanical, plumbing
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1198) 780 CMR Sixth Edition .

0 769
,
\
and fire protection systems and other systems Rl.3 Scope:

affecting health and safety. 1. 780 CMR R3 shall govern the design,
manufacture, handling, storage, transportation and
Manufactured Homes (Housing): As defined in 24 installation of manufactured buildings, and
CFR, Part 3280.2; a structure, transportable in manufactured building components intended for
one or more sections, which in the traveling installation in this State andlor manufactured in
mode, is eight body feet or more in width or forty thi:; State for shipment to any other state in which
body feet or more in length, or, when erected on su(:h building, building components, or
site, is 320 or more square feet, and which is built manufactured homes and the labels thereon are
on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as ae<:epted.
a dwelling with or without a pennanent 2. The Federal Manufactured Home
foundation when connected to the required Construction and Safety Standards promulgated
utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air- ° by the Department ·of Housing and Urban
conditioning, and electrical systems contained Development govern the design, manufacture,
therein. Calculations used to determine the handling, storage and transportation of
number ofsquare feet in a structure will be based manufactured homes for installation in this state.
on the structure's exterior dimensions measured at 3. Subject to local zoning ordinances and by-
the largest horizontal projections when erected on laws, manufactured buildings, manufactured
site. These dimensions will include all building components or manufactured homes may
expandable rooms, cabinets, and other projections be sold for, delivered to, or installed on, building
containing interior space, but do not include bay sitc~ located in any jurisdiction of this State if
windows. (See 24 CFR, Part 3280.2 for a more suc:h buildings, building components or
detailed description of manufactured homes as manufactured homes have been approved and
defined by the Department ofHousing and Urban certified pursuant to the applicable Codes and
Development.) 78() eMIt R3.
Specialized Code: All building codes, rules or RJ.l.4 Administration and Enforcement: The
regulations pertaining to building construction, BBRS and the State Enforcement Agencies shall
•
reconstruction, alteration, repair or demolition enfoflce all provisions of 780 CMR R3. The State
promulgated by and under the authority of the Enforcement Agencies shall have the responsibility
various agencies which have been authorized for evaluating and recommending approval to the
from time to time by the General Court of the BBRS of building systems, and for inspecting and
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The reconunending certification of manufactured
specialized codes shall include, but not be limited buildilllgs and manufactured building components for
to, 248 CMR (the State Plumbing and Gas Fitting compliance with 780 CMR R3 and the applicable
Code land 527 CMR 12.00 (the Electrical Code) codes:. The State Enforcement Age~cies and the
as listed in Appendix A. local enforcement agencies shall accept
manufactured buildings, manufactured building
State Administrative Agencies: Boards, components, building systems and compliance
commissions, departments or agencies authorized assurance programs labeled and certified by
to promulgate, adopt and amend codes and rules inspec:tion agencies approved by the BBRS and
and regulations relating to buildings and those manufactured homes certified as in
structures and parts thereof and limited to the conformance with the Federal standards by the
BBRS, Massachusetts Board of Fire Prevention applic:ation ofthe applicable required HUD label.
Regulations. Massachusetts State Examiners of
Electricians, and the Massachusetts Board of State RJ.I.:5 Authorization of Third Party Inspections:
Examiners ofPlumbers and Gas Fitters. Upon recommendation of the State Enforcement
Agem;ies. the BBRS may authorize inspection
State EOnforcement Agencies: Boards, agencies. sometimes referred to as third party
commissions, departments or agencies authorized inspe(;tion agencies, to perform all or part of the
to enforce the provisions of the codes and rules inspection and certification of manufactured
and regulations which have been promulgated, buildings and manufactured building components,
adopted and amended and which relate to building systems and .compliance assurance
buildings or structures and parts thereof and progr.ams, including either or both the issuance and
limited to the Department of Public Safety, the attachment of labels thereto. The BBRS may
Massachusetts Board of State Examiners of suspend or revoke and such authorization for cause.
•
Plumbers and Gas Fitters, and the Massachusetts
State Examiners ofElectricians. RJ.l.6 Approvals and Compliance: Upon the
recommendation ofthe State Enforcement Agencies,
the BBRS may approve building systems and
compliance assurance programs which comply with

780 Cl\tlR.: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED BillLDINGS, BUILDING COl\1PONENTS AND MOBILE HOl\t1ES
the codes, standards, specifications and requirements RJ.2.4 Notifi~atiol/ll of Disapproval: In the event a
and 780 Cl\tIR. RJ. compliance assurance program is disapproved by the
BBRS, the BBRS shall notify the applicant with a
R3.!.7 Time of Manufacture: For purposes of written explanation of the reasons for such
780 ClVfR RJ, a manufactured building, disapproval thereto.
manufactured building component or manufactured
home is deemed to be manufactured at such time as 10.2.5 Approval - Evidence: Approval of a
the label is attached to it in accordance with the compliance assurance program shall be evidenced by
approved compliance assurance program. a letter of certification issued by the BBRS.
RJ.t.8 Retroactive Changes: No changes in the R3.2.6 Approval Report: The State Enforcement
0
codes, standards, specifications and requirements of Agencies shall prepare and the BBRS shall issue to
780 Cl\.1R R3 shaH apply retroactively. the applicant a building system approval report
which shall include therein any conditions imposed
R3.l1..9 Amendments: The State Administrative for its use.
Agencies shall notify the BBRS, and the BBRS shall
notify all interested parties including State ro.7 Appll'oval- Varia~iol/lls: A building system
Enforcement Agencies, inspection agencies, and compliance assurance program or any
manufacturers with approved building systems, and amendment there to which has been approved, shall
local governmental jurisdictions of all amendments not be varied in any way without prior written
to 780 CMR R3, and each manufacturer shall have authorization by the BBRS. All amendments shall
no more than 180 days following the sending of be in writing and shall be made a part of the written
notification to submit to the BBRS compliance record of the approval.
assurance program revisions in order to comply with
such amendments. Where imminent danger to life llU.8 Amendments Proposed: Amendments to
m
safety is involved, the State Administrative Agencies compliance assurance programs may be proposed by
may require that immediate effect be given such submitting to the BBRS for its approval, appropriate
amendments to the codes, standards, specifications plans, specifications, or documentation showing the
and requirements so adopted. effect of the proposed amendment on each building
system and the required fee.
780 CMR RJ.2 COMPUANCE ASSURANCE
PROGRAMS RJ.2.9 Compliance Assurance Program: A
RlU.2.1 ApprovaB: In order to obtain appmval for manufacturer shall obtain approval from the BBRS
manufactured buildings or manufactured building of a compliance assurance program for his building
components a manufacturer shall submit a building system. Buildings or building components shall be
system for evaluation to the BBRS for approvals in manufactured in accordance with an approved
accordance with 780 CMR R3. program in order to be certified. Compliance
assurance programs shall be submitted to the BBRS
R3.2.2 Suitability: Prior to a full evaluation, the fOil" its approval in accordance with 780 CMR R3.
State Enforcement Agencies shall detennine that
building systems and/or the application for approval 780 CMR RJ.J CERllFJICAnON
ofthe compliance assurance program submitted to it Manufactured buildings or manufactured building
are suitable for processing. In the event that the components or manufactured homes, accepted by the
.application is found to be unsuitable for processing, State Enforcement Agencies and an inspection
the applicant shall be notified· in writing of such agency as having been manufactured according to an
unsuitability and the basis thereof, within 30 days of approved building system and an approved
the date the application is received by the BBRS. In compliance assurance program, shall be certified by
such event, all but $25 of the fee win be returned the BBRS upon the recommendation of the State
and the findings of unsuitability will be without Enforcement Agencies as complying with the
prejudice. Any subsequent submission shaH be requirements of the applicable codes and 780 CMR
treated as a new application. R3. Certification shall be evidenced by the
attachment of a label to each certified manufactured
RJ.2.3 Requisites: The State Enforcement building or manufactured building component (or
Agencies may require tests to determine whether a groups of components).
compliance assurance program meets the codes,
standards and requirements of the evaluation of R3.3.11 Malllufacturer's Data Plate:
•
plans, specifications and documentation. The
RJ.J.l.l Contents: The following information
procedures used shall be reviewed and evaluated by
shall be placed directly or by reference on one or
the BBRS in accordance with 780 CMR R3. The
more permanent manufacturer's data plates in the
costs ofsuch tests shan be borne by the applicant.
vicinity of the electrical distribution panel, or in

some other designated location acceptable to the of Building Regulations and Standards and
State Enforcement Agencies, on the manufactured inspected by .n;
building or manufactured building component b. Label serial number;
where it will be readily accessible for inspection: c. Building system approval number;
a. Manufacturer's name and address~ d. Manufacturer's serial number~
b. Serial number of the unit; e. The words "See data plate located on
c. Label serial number; , .n; and
d. Name and date of applicable building, f. Date of manufacture.
plumbing, gas and electrical codes and issue of At the direction of the BBRS labels and data
their accumulative supplements complied with; plates may be limited in size and content for
e. Model designation and name of components whose shape and size does not permit
manufacturer of major factory-installed the full information to be placed thereon.
appliances;
RJ.3.2.2 Issuance: The approved label shall be
f. Identification of permissible type ofgas for
issued by the BBRS or its agents in accordance
appliance and directions for water and drain
with the following:
connection;
a. If the BBRS delegated the issuance of
g. Snow, wind, seismic and other live loads;
labels to an inspection agency, the agency shall
h. Electrical· ratings - instructions and
be n:quired to obtain approval from the BBRS
warnings on voltage;
for the manner in which they are handled;
i. Special conditions or limitations on use of
b. tabels must be serially numbered;
the units, including unsuitability for areas in
c. A manufacturer's compliance assurance
which specified environmental conditions
program submitted in accordance with
prevail;
780 CMR R3 shall include requirements for
j. Methods of assembly or joining multiple
units; . issuance, possession of, attachment of and
accounting for aU labels to assure that labels
k. Type of construction, including fire rating,
·are attached only to manufactured buildings,
occupancy class, and interior finish flame
manufactured building components, or
spread class;
manlLlfaetured homes manufactured pursuant to
1. Building height and story limitation;
an approved building system and inspected
m. Floor area; and
pursuant to an approved compliance assurance
n. Minimum side yard requirements for fire
program; and
rating.
d. Upon request of the inspection agency, the
If, in the opinion of the State Administrative
BBRS may determine that the manufacturets
Agencies, the shape or size ot a building
record of compliance is such that the
component is such that this information cannot be
insp1ection agency need not maintain an
attached to it permanently, the information may
insp,ector in a given plant at aU times,
be placed in a manual crated with the component
insp1ection agency may entrust labels to the
or on a tag attached to the crate in which the
cust,ody of one or more employees of the
component is shipped, if the information is not
manufacturer, who shall be charged with
such that the future occupant of the building
controlling the use of the such labels. Such
should know it. Ifthe occupant will need to know
employees shall not be given custody of more
the information, it shall be contained in a manual
labels than are necessary. If the conditions of
which shall be presented to the occupant upon
custody are violated, the BBRS or an
transfer of possession. If life safety is involved,
inspection agency shall immediately regain
the item in question shall be plainly labeled.
possession of all labels that have not been
applied to the manufactured buildings or
R3.3.2 Labels: Each manufactured building or
manufactured building components and shall
manufactured building component which is certified
take such further action with respect to 'future
pursuant to the applicable codes and 780 CMR RJ,
labeling, as it may deem necessary to assure
shaH have permanently attached thereto, in a visible
compliance with the applicable codes and
location as shown on the approved building system,
780CMRRJ.
an approved label which cannot be removed
therefrom without destroying such label.
RJ.3.3 R.~cords or Labels: Permanent records shall
RJ.3.2.1 Contents: An approved label shall bear be kept of the handling of all labels, indicating at
the following information: least how may labels have been applied to
a. "This label certifies that this building (or manufactured buildings or manufactured building
building component) has been manufactured in components (or groups ofcomponents), which labels
accordance with an approved building system have been applied to which buildings or building
and compliance assurance program approved components, the disposition of any damaged or
by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Board rejected labels, and the location and custody of all
unused labels. Such records shall be maintained by

•
. MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
the manufacturer or by the inspection agency. A inspection agency have inspected such building or
copy of such records covering attachment of each building component and is satisfied that all
label shall be sent to the; BBRS on the tenth of each requirements for certification have been met. If
month and the BBRS shall forward all such records the State Enforcement Agency acts under
to the State Enforcement Agencies. 780 CMR R3.3.5, it must notify the inspection
agency.
RJ.3.4 Attachment of Labels: The inspection b. The manufacturer shall return all labels
agency shall attach in numerical sequence labels to allocated for a manufactured building or
manufactured buildings or manufactured building manufactured building component to the BBRS
components manufactured in accordance with an no later than 30 days from the effective date of
approved building system and meeting the any suspension or revocation of the State
requirements of an approved compliance assurance Enforcement Agencies or inspection agency, of
program. . the building system or compliance assurance
Manufacturers shall attach labels in the same program pursuant to which the manufactured
manner to manufactured buildings or building building or manufactured building component is
components manufactured in accordance with an being manufactured. _The manufacturer shall also
approved building system and meeting the return to the BBRS all labels which lit detennines
requirements of an approved compliance assurance for any reason are no longer needed.
program. -
Manufacturers shall attach labels in the same R3.t» Vari21tions ofCertffied Units: Manufactured
manner to manufactured buildings or building buildings, manufactured building components or
components manufactured in accordance with a manufactured homes certified and labeled pursUant
approved compliance assurance program, if custody to the applicable codes and 780 CMR R3 shall not
of the labels has been entrusted to them in be varied in any way prior to the issuance of a
accordance with 780 CMR R3.3.3.4. certificate ofoccupancy without resubmission to the
BBRS for its approval of the variation and of tile
•
R3.3.5 Suspension and Revocatiolll\: The BBRS writ which includes the variation. The State
may suspend or revoke, or cause to be suspended or Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency shall
revoke~ the certification of any' manufactured inspect the manufactured building, manufactured
building or manufactured building component which building component or manufactured home wherever
the State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection it is located and such inspection may include such
agency finds not to comply with the applicable codes tests or destructive or nondestructive disassembly as
or 780 CMR R3, or which has been manufactured the State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection
pursuant to a "building system or a compliance agency deems necessary to assure compliance with
assurance program for which approval has been the applicable Codes and 780 CMR R3. Local
suspended or revoked, or which has not been Enforcement Agencies may be designated by the
manufactured in accordance with the approved BBRS or State Enforcement Agencies as inspection
compliance assurance program. The State agencies for such purposes.
Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency shall
remove or cause to be remove~ labels from any i80 CMR R3.4 INSPEcrRON BY THE STATE
such manufactured building, manufactured building ENFORCEMENf AGENCHES OR THEIR
component or manufactured home until it is brought AGENTS
into compliance with the applicable codes and
The State Enforcement Agencies shalll make, or
780 CMR R3. Notice ofsuspension or revocation of
cause to be made, such inspections of the entire
certification shall be in writing with the reasons for
processing of manufacturing, certifying, handling,
suspension or revocation clearly set forth therein.
storing and transporting of manufactured buildings
a. Upon suspension or revocation ofthe approval
or manufactured building components produced
of any building system or compliance assurance
pursuant to approved building systems as they deem
program, no further labels shall be attached to any
necessary.
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components manufactured pursuant to the
R3.4.li Inspection of FacUities: As part of tlle
building system or compliance assurance program
process of evaluating building systems and
with respect to which the approval was suspended
compliance assUJrance programsp ilie State
or revoked. Upon tennination ofsuch suspension
Enforcement Agencies shall inspect, or cause to be
or revocation, labels may again be attached to the
•
inspected, ilie manufacturing facilities in which the
manufactured building Oil" manufactured building
buildings Oli building components are to roe
components manufactured after the date approval
manufactured.
was reinstated. Should any building or building
component have been m"anufactured during the
RJ.41.2 Inspection Accordilllg to COlllllplianc~
period ofsuspension or revocation, it shall not be
Assurance Programs: The State Enforcement
labeled unless the State Enforcement Agencies or
Agencies or an inspection agency shalll make such
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR .. Sixth Edition ii3

THE MASS~CHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
inspections as may be required by an approved

compliance assurance program, or as may be
deemed necessary by the State Enforcement
Agencies.
RJ.4.3 Inspection of DallUlged Components: Prior

notified by the BBRS of any deficiencies and of the
manner and time by which such deficiencies must be
eliminated. If deemed necessary by the State
Enforcement Agencies an inspection agency's
approval may be suspended or revoked by the BBRS
as provid~:d herein.
•
to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the
RJ.4.4.1 Prior to Approval: Such examinations
State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency
may also be conducted before approving an
shall inspect, or cause to be inspected, certified
inspection agency.
components which it determines to have been
RJ..5 Inspection by Disassembly: No inspection
sufficiently damaged after certification to warrant
entailing disassembly, damage to or destruction of
such inspection and to take such action with regard
certified manufactured buildings, manufactured
to such buildings or building components as is
building components or manufactured homes shall
authorized hereof, or as i~ otherwise necessary to
be conducted except to implement 780 CMR R3.
eliminate dangerous - conditions. The local
enforcement agencies may be designated by the
BBRS or the State Enforcement Agencies as the 780 CMR ro.5 LOCAL ENFORCEMENf
inspection agency. AGENCY PROCEDURES AND INSPECTIONS
RJ.4.3.1 Repairing Damaged Components: RJ.5.1 Issuance of building permits: Upon
The State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection application and in conformity with the provisions of
agency shall require manufactured buildings or 780 CMR, the building official shall issue building
manufactured building components which are so permits for installation of certified manufactured
damaged as to no longer comply with the buildings, manufactured building components or
applicable Codes and 780 CMR RJ, to be repaired manufactured housing.
and made to comply within a reasonable time; or RJ.5.1.1 Licensed Construction Supervisors
if they are so damaged that they cannot be and Certified Installers: A construction
brought in~o compliance, the State Enforcement supervisor, duly licensed in accordance with
Agencies or inspection agency shall order that the 780 CMR RS, shall, in accordance with 780 CMR.
labels be removed from such buildings, building 108.3.5:. act as the agent for the owner for the
components or manufactured homes. A report purpose of applying for and obtaining any and all
under this section shall be filed with the building: permits required for the field erection of
inspection agency, BBRS and State Enforcement all one or two family manufactured dwellings
Agency. subject to the provisions of 780 CMR 35 and
RJ.4.3.2 Irreparably Damaged Components: applicable 780 CMR R3.
Irreparably damaged buildings or building As part of the building permit application
components shall be disposed of by the process, the licensed construction supervisor shall
manufacturer. submit to the building official, in writing, the
name of the installer, who shall be duly certified
RJ.4.4 Monitoring Inspection Agency: The State by the manufacturer to install said -manufacturer's
Enforcement Agencies or their designated agents product, and is identified as a certified installer of
shall examine each approved inspection agency, at manufactured buildings (certified installer) by
any reasonable time, and without prior said manufacturer. The certified installer shall be
announcement, in order to monitor the reliability of responsible for the safe and proper placement and
each agency and of its monitoring of each connectnon of the manufactured home units in
compliance assurance program,. Each such accordance with 780 CMR. 35, 780 CMR R3 and
examination shall investigate the adequacy of all specialized codes as listed in Appen~ A.
procedures used by the agency in monitoring The licensed construction supervisor shall be
compliance assurance programs including responsible for the construction ofthe foundation
inspection, tests, production methods, process system, and all pertinent site work, in accordance
controls, operator performance, materials, receipts, with 780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR RJ listed in
storage and handling, workmanship standards, Appendix A. The licensed construction
records and all other activities which implement the supervisor shall provide at least 48 hours notice to
compliance assurance program in the-manufacturing the building official before the placement and
facility, during transport, on-site, and at critical connection of such units shall begin An
subcontractors' facilities. The results of such application to local enforcement agencies for an
examinations shall be filed with the office of the appropriate pennit shall, when [<:Quested in
BBRS. Copies of such reports shall be sent to the addition to any other requirements contain:
inspection agency and the State Enforcement RJ.5.1.~~ Permit Application - Statement of
Agencies. Inspection agencies shall be specifically Contenll: A statement that the work to be

780·CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
• performed under such permit is to include the

installation of a certified manufactured building,
manufactured building component
manufactured home in accordance with the
provisions of the applicable codes, the statement
or
to be signed by the applicant or his agent, with the

noncomplying manufactured buildings and building
components.
R3.5.5 Certificates of Occupancy: Appropriate

local inspectors shall issue certificates of occupancy ,
for certified manufactured buildings and
appropriate address. manufactured homes containing certified building
components which otherwise comply with all the
R3.5.1.3 Permit Application Building System:
q
applicable codes, after they have been installed and

A true copy of the approved building system with
inspected pursuant to the applicable codes and
respect to which the manufactured building or
780 CMR R3, provided that any manufactured
manufactured building component was
building or manufactured building component found
manufactured or is to be manufactured, where one
not to comply with the Building System Approval
has not previously been furnished to that local
Report or any manufactured home found not to
enforcement agency.
comply with "Hud's" Manufactured Home
RJ. 5.1.4 Permit Applicatiolll Building System
a Construction and Safety Standards shall be brought
Approval: A copy ofthe Building System Report, into compliance before such certificate of occupancy
as approved by the BBRS, where it has not shall be issued.
previously been furnished to the Local
Enforcement Agency. R3.5.6 Reporting of Viollations to Departmentt of
Pallblic Safety: When any local enforcement agency
R3. 5.2 Inspection of Site Preparation and! Service is making an inspection and finds violations or
Connections: Appropriate local enforcement suspected violations, it shall report the details of the
agencies shall inspect site preparation work violations in writing to the BBRS. Where violations
including foundationS, not within the scope of the are hazardous to occupants, a certificate of
approval and certification, and the structural, occupancy shall not be issued and the building shall
mechanical, plumbing and electrical connections not be occupied before such hazards are corrected.
among units, for compliance with applicable law, If the violations are not hazardous,. a temporary
rules and regulations. certificate of occupancy may be issued.
R3.S.3 Compliance with Instmctnoll1S: Appropriate 780 CMR R3.6 FEES

local enforcement agencies shall inspect all· JR3.6.li Deposit for AppXication to the BBRS: A
manufactured buildings, manufactured building deposit shall be required upon application to the
components or manufactured homes upon, or BBRS to perform any of the functions in 780 CMR
promptly after, installation at the building site to R3.
determine whether all instructions in the Building
System Approval Report or conditions listed on the lR3.6.2 Establishment olfFees: Fees charged by the
manufacturer's data plate have been followed. BBRS for functions performed shall be in
This may include tests for tightness of plumbing accordance with the fee schedule-established by the
and mechanical systems, and for malfunctions in the State Administrative Agencies as specified in
electrical system and a visual inspection for obvious 780 CMRR3.18.
nonconformity with the approved building system.
R3.5.3.1 Disassembly Pro>hibited: Unauthorized 780 CMR JR3.7 NOTIFICATION OF
destructive disassembly of certified buildings and CHANGES IN NAME, ADDRESS,
building components and mobile homes shall not OWNERSHIP OR LOCATION
be perfonned in order to conduct such: tests or R3.'.l Notification by Mamxfadureli'$:
inspections, except as provided in 780 CMR Manufacturers shall notify the BBRS in writing
R3.3.4.3, nor shall there be imposed standards or within ten days ofany ofthe foHowing occurrences:
test criteria different from those adopted by the a. The corporate name is changed;
State Enforcement Agencies or specified in the b. The main address ofthe company is changed;
Building System Approval Report, or the c. There is a change in 25% or more of the
"HUD's" Manufactured Home Construction and ownership interest of the company within a 12
Safety Standards. month period;
R3.S•.:t2 Opening Panels: Nondestructive d. The location of any manufacturing facility is
•
disassembly may be performed only to the extent changed;
of opening access panels and cover plates. e. A new manufacturing facility is established; or
f. There are changes in principal officers of the
RJ.5•.$ Noncomplying New Unfits: Local fum.
enforcement agencies shall report to the BBRS in The BBRS shall notify the State Administrative
accordance with 780 CMR R3.S.6 any Agencies of such occurrences.

R3.7.2 Notification by Inspection Agencies:

Inspection agencies shall notify the BBRS in writing
within ten days of any of the following occurrences:
a. The company name is changed~
b. The main address of the company is changed~
c. There is a change in 25% or more of the
ownership interest or control of the company
R3.9.1.4 Plans Showing Elements: Plans shall
be submitted showing all elements relating to
specific systems on properly identifiable sheets.
R3.9.1.5 Application - Approved Architect or
Enginee:r: Each building system application shall '
bear the signature and seal of an approved
•
registemd architect or registered professional
within a 12 month period~
engineer certifying that the building system
d. The location of any testing facility is changed;
complies with the applicable codes and standards
e. A new testing facility is established; or
promulgated herein.
f. There are changes in principal officers and key
supervisory and responsible personnel of the firm. R3.9.Ui On-site Work Identified: All work to
The BBRS shall notify the State Administrative be performed on-site, including connection of all
Agencies of such occurrences. systems" equipment and appliances, shall be
identified and distinguished from work to be
780 CMR RJ.S ·PROPRIETARY perfoIll1ed in the manufacturing facility.
INFORMATION R3.9.1.7 Space for State Administrative
All information relating to building systems and Agencies Approval Stamp: A 3 11 x 4 11 blank
compliance assurance programs which the rectangular space shall be provided on all sheets
manufacturer or other party considers proprietary of plans near the title box for the BBRS's stamp of
shall be so designated by him at the time of its approval.
submission, and shall be so held by the State .
Enforcement Agencies and State Administrative R3.9.1.U Material Grade and Quality: Grade,
Agencies, except as the State Administrative quality Clnd identification of all material shall be
Agencies determine in each case, that disclosure is specified.
necessary to carry out the purposes of the applicable RJ.9.1.9 Calculations and Test Reports: Design
codes and 780 CMR R3. calculation~ and test reports shall be specified.
•
RJ.9.1.9.1 Drawings to Scale: Drawings shall
PARTll REQUIREMENTS FOR be drawn to scale and be legible.
SUBMISSION OF BUll..DING RJ.9.1.9.2 Label and Data Plate Location:
SYSTEMS AND COMPLIANCE Drawings shall indicate the location of the
ASSURANCE PROGRAMS appmved label and data plate.
R3.9.1.9.3 Drawings Dated and Identified:
780 CMR R3.9 BUll.DING SYSTEMS
Drawings shall be dated and identified. The
Building systems shall meet the requirements set number of sheets in each set shall be indicated.
forth below to be evaluated for compliance with the
standards, specifications and requirements adopted R3.9.2 Required Construction Details: Building
by the State Administrative Agencies. systems fo:r manufactured buildings shall provide or
show, but not be limited to, the .~tails listed below
RJ.9.1 General Requirements: including the method of their testing or evaluation,
or both. These requirements shall apply to the
RJ.9.1.1 Plans, Specifications and building systems for building components only to
Documentation: Building systems, including all the exten.t deemed necessary by the State
plans, specifications and other documentation, Enforcement Agencies to pennit a proper evaluation
shall be submitted in quadruplicate to the BBRS of the building component.
who shall act as the depository and disburser of
all such items. The BBRS shall fOIWard to the R3.9.2.1l General:
appropriate State Enforcement Agencies plans, a. Details and methods of installation of
specifications and documentation for their manufactured buildings or manufactured
recommendations. building components on foundations and/or to
each other.
RJ.9.1.2 Form and Fees: Building systems shall b. All exterior elevations.
be submitted in the form prescribed by the BBRS c. Cross sections as necessary to identify
and shall be accompanied by all required fees. major building components.
RJ.9.1.3 Identification: All documents d. Details offlashing, such as at openings and
submitted with the application shall be identified at penetrations through roofs and
•
to indicate the manufacturer's name, office subcomponent connections. Indicate flashing
address and address of the manufacturing facility. material and gauge to be used.
e. Attic access and attic ventilation.
f. Exterior wall, roof and soffit material as
well as finish.

MANUFACTURED BUll..DINGS, BUILDING COrvIPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
g. Interior wall and ceiling finish material. f. Method of providing required combustion
h. Fire separation walls. air and return air.
i. Sizes, locations and types of doors, g. Location of flues, vents and chimneys and
windows and fire/smoke detectors. clearances from air intakes and other vents and
j. Recommended foundation plans, vents and flues.
underfloor access. h. Details regarding dampers in ducts
penetrating fire separations.
1U.9.2.2 Building Classification:
i Complete drawings offire sprinkler system,
a. Occupancy or use.
standpipe system or smoke/fire alarm system
b. Area, height, and number of stories.
as required.
c. Type of construction.
j. Detail of elevator or escalator system,
d. Fireresistance ratings.
including method of emergency operation.
k. Duct and piping insulation thickness.
RJ·.9.2.3 Space and Fire Safety:
1.. Ventilation air calculations.
a. Details of fire resistance rated assemblies
for all stairway enclosures, doors, walls, floors, JRJ.9.2.6 Plumbing Detail Requiremell1lts:
ceilings, partitions, columns, roof and shaft a Plan or schematic drawing ofthe plumbing
enclosures. layout, including but not limited to, size of
b. Detail of Fire Protection Systems. piping, fitting, traps and vents, cleanouts and
c. Details as to width of all aisles, exits, valves, gas, water, and drainage system.
corridors, passageways and stairway b. Plumbing materials, and location of all
enclosures. equipment and appliances to be used. Indicate
d. Toxicity and flame spread classification of fixture unit capacity of system(s) and the make,
finished materials. model, and rating/capacity of equipment and
appliances. Indicate equipment and appliances
RJ.9.2.4 Structural Detail Requirements: listed or labeled by approved agencies.
a. Engineer's calculations of structural c. Make and model of safety controls (such as
members, where appropriate. for water heaters), their location, and whether
b. Structural and framing details of all floors, listed or labeled by approved agencies.
•
roof and walls. d. How piping is to be supported and intervals
c. Details and stress diagrams of roof trusses. of support.
d. Details of reinforcing steel. e. Location of vents above roofs and required
e. Complete loading schedule. . clearances, including but not limited to
r. Column loads and column schedule. clearances from air intakes, other vents and
g. Lintel schedule. flues.
h. Size, spacing and details of all structural f. Methods of testing.
elements.
R3.9.2.i Electrical Detail Requirements:
i. Grade or quality of all structural elements
a. Plan of service equipment, including
(lumber, steel, etc.).
service entrance, conductors, service raceway
j. Elevation of structural elements, walls or
and clearances above ground and above
sections thereof. providing resistance to
structures.
vertical loads or lateral forces.
k. Complete details of all structural b. Method and detail for grounding service
equipment.
connections.
c. Single line diagram of the entire electrical
1U.9.2.S Mechanical Detail Requirements: installation.
a. Location of all equipment and appliances. d. Load calculations for service and feeders.
Indicate equipment and appliances listed or e. Sizes of aU feeders and branch circuits.
labeled by approved agencies. f. Size, rating and location of main
b. Heat loss and heat gain calculations. disconnectlovercurrent protective devices.
c. Manufacturer's name, make, model, g. Method of interconnection between
number, BTU, input and output rating of all manufactured buildings or manufactured
equipment and appliances, as appropriate, or building components and location of
the equal thereof. . connections.
d. Duct and register locations, sizes, and h. Location of all outlets and junction boxes.
materials. i. Method of mounting fixtures and wiring
e. Clearances from combustible material or installations.
j. Lighting power calculations.
•
surfaces for aU ducts, flues and chimneys.

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BirrLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
780 CMR RJ.I0 COIVWLIANCE ASSURANCE R3.10.2 l\Jlaterials Control
•
PROGRAMS FOR MANUFACIlJRED a. Procedure to assure effective control over
BUILDINGS AND MANUFACIlJRED procurement sources to ensure that materials,
BUll.J>ING COl\1PONENfS supplies and other items used in production and
site operations, if any, conform to the approved
Compliance assurance programs shall be plans, specifications and quality requirements;
approved if they meet the requirements set forth in b. Procedures for inspection of materials,
780 CMR R3.3.10. It is the manufacturer's supplies and other items at the point of receipt;
responsibility to execute every aspect of this c. Method of protection of materials, supplies
program. The manufactu!er sh~lI contin~e to be and other items against deterioration prior to their
responsible for aU corrective actIOns required and incorporation in the certified buildings or building
the contractual relationship between the component; and
manufacturer and the inspection agency shall not d. Provision for disposal of rejected materials,
diminish such responsibility. The manufacturer supplies and other items.
shall cooperate with the inspection agency by
providing the inspection agency with all nec~~s.ary R3.10.3 Plroduction Control:
reports, information, documents: records, faclbt~es, a. Procedures for timely remedial and preventive
equipment, samples and other assistance for assunng . measures to assure product quality;
compliance. b. Provision, maintenance and use oftesting and
The manufacturer's compliance assurance inspection; .
program shall be submitted to the BBRS in.the form c. ]~rovision for frequency of samphng
of a compliance assurance manual which shall inspections;
contain complete documentation of all compliance d. Provision of necessary authority to reject
assurance activities of both the manufacturer and the defectivc~ work and carry out compliance
inspection agency. The manual shall be assuranc:e functions, notwithstanding any conflict
comprehensively indexed, and shall treat the with production department goals and needs;
material listed here in detail, as follows: e. A sc;hematic of the manufacturing operation
showing the location of inspection stations, and
RJ.I0.1 Organization Requirements: "hold" points for mandatory inspection
•
a. A procedure for periodic revision of the characteristics;
manual; f. Inspection and test procedures, including
b. An organizational structure for implementing accept/rl~ject criteria and mandatory inspection
and maintaining the compliance assurance characteristics;
program and its functional relationship to other g. Standards of workmanship; and
elements of the organization structure of the h. Provision of disposal of rejects.
manufacturer, which structure shall provide for
independence from the production department; R3.10.4 Finished Product Control:
Company offi"cer$ and employees in charge of the a. Procedure for final inspection of all
compliance assurances program must be manufactured buildings or manufactured building
identified, and their training and qualifications components before shipment to the site or storage
specified; point, including identification and labeling;
c. A uniform system of audit (in-depth analysis b. Procedures for handling and storing all
of program effectiveness and means to identify finished manufactured buildings or manufactured
deficiencies) to monitor program performance building components, both at the manufacturing
periodically; plant or other storage point and after delivery to
d. Complete and reliable records of the building site; .
manufacturing and site operations, if any (suitable c. Procedures for packing, packaging and
means of storage, preservation and accessibility of shipping operations and related inspections; and
copies offorms to be utilized shall be included); . d. Procedures for transportation, including all
e. A system to control changes in production or measures to protect against damage while in
inspection procedures; transit, and setting forth the modes of
f. A system to assure that working drawings and
transportation to be utilized and the carrying
specifications, working instructions and standards, equipment and procedures.
procurement documents, etc. conform to the
approved building system; R3.10.5 Installation Control:
g. A serial number system for buildings or a. Installation procedures including component
building components; and .
placement, equipment and pr?~edures, fi~ld
h. The method of safekeeping, handling and erection and finishing work, utIhty connection
attaching labels and identification of those instructions and all appropriate on-site inspection
employees responsible therefor. criteria a,nd test descriptions; and

780 C1V1R: STATE BOARD OF Bun..OING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COl\1PONENTS AND MOBILE HOl\.1ES
b. Organizational provisions for field repair and R3.H.7 Experience of Employees: Names and
disposal of rejects. years of experience of employees practicing in the
following disciplines: architecture, structural
R3.10.6 Permission for Inspection: The engineering, mechanical engineering, electrical
manufacturer shall provide the BBRS with written engineering, fire protection and other branches of
permission. signed and notarized, for the State engineering; the state in which each is registered and
Enforcement Agencies to inspect his maqufacturing the service each performs.
facilities. his products. and building sites under his
control at any reasonable time without prior ro.u.s Organizatnon Chart: An organization
announcement. chart showing management and supervisory persons
including the number of graduate engineers and
RJ.I0.7 Inspections by the State Enforcement architects, and the names of all consulting engineers
Agencies: The Compliance Assurance Manual shaU or architects. designating which are ful1~time and
contain detailed plans for inspections by the State which are part-time employees.
Enforcement Agencies or inspection agency.
RJ.l1.9 Number and Location of PeJrSonneR:
PART m APPROVAL OF INSPECTION Number and location of factory inspectors.
AGENCIES supervisors. and other technicians. including
evaluators of factory inspectors and the
780 CMR RJ.ll REQUIREMENTS FOR qualifications of each specialized group, including
SUBMISSION records of work experience. licenses held and other
pertinent qualifications; description of types of work
An inspection agency seeking approval shall
each group and each technician is expected to
submit a quadruplicate application to the BBRS
perform and the qualifications of each group and
which shall include the items listed in 780 CMR
3.11.
each technician to perform the work assigned.
RJ.H.I0 Employees Training Programs: An

R3.II.t Articles 'of Incorporation: ·The original
outline of the training program, if any, of the agency
Articles of Incorporation of the agency and all
subsequent amendments thereto, as flIed in the State to assure that aU inspectors. evaluators and other
technicians are properly trained to do each job
ofIncorporation.
assigned to them.
RJ.l1.2 By~Jaws: The by~laws of the organization,
JRJ.IJl.Jll Employee Supervision: An outline of the
if any.
general procedures for supervision of inspectors and
evaluators, including checking and evaluation of
RJ.U.3 Business Affiliations of Members: The
their work.
names, addresses and business affiliations of all
members of the Board of Directors and of top
management personnel. lR3.U.Jl2 Non~emlPBoyees; Relatiolllsll1nps: All
engineers, technicians and other personnel who will
R3.H.4 Stock: Individual interests representing perform services for the organization but who are
more than 10% of the outstanding ownership not employees of the organization, and the
reflecting the financial interest of the agency's supervisory and other relationships which each will
have to the agency.
Board of Directors and top management personnel.
R3.11.Ji3 Products Evaluated:
m.u.s Certifications: Certification by the agency
that: Type ofproducts, components, equipment, structures
a. Its Board of Directors, as a body, and its and other items which the organization has
technical personnel, as individuals. can exercise evaluated, tested or' inspected and the number of
independence ofjudgment; and years of experience the organization has had with
b. Its activities pursuant hereto will result in no each, and the type ofcodes, standards, specifications
financial benefit to the agency via stock and requirements with respect to which the
ownership, or other financial interests in any organization has had experience in providing
producer, supplier or vendor of products involved, evaluation, inspection or testing services, and the
number of years experience with each.
other than through standard published fees for
services rendered.
lRJ.1I.1.14 Frequency Capability: Description of
the frequency with which the agency is capable of
&3.11.6 Experience of Directors: Names, years of
experience, state in which professionally registered performing inspections Of evaluations.
and other qualifications of the directors of inspection
or evaluation programs. RJ.ll.15 State Approved! in: List of the states in
which the agency is now approved to inspect or
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 C!V1R - Sixth Edition 779

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUTI..OfNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
evaluate manufactured buildings or manufactured contain instructions to the manufacturer and to the
building components or parts thereof for compliance local enforcement agency as to the procedures to
with approved building systems. be followed regarding manufactured buildings or
manufac:tured building components previously
786 CMR RJ. 12 PROCEDURES FOR certified by an agency whose approval has been
APPROVING INSPECTION AGENCIES suspended or revoked.
RJ.t2.t Qualifications: Upon the recommendation RJ.13.2.2 Records: An inspection agency whose
of the State Enforcement Agencies, the BBRS may approYal has been suspended or revoked shall
approve inspection agencies which meet the within 90 days of the suspension or revocation
requirements of the applicable codes and 780 CMR deliver to the custody of the BBRS the originals
3.0 and which the State Administrative Agencies ofall rec:ords required to be maintained during the
find otherwise qualified· to perform the functions course of the inspection agency's operations
proposed to be delegated to them. pursuant to the applicable codes and 78() Cl\fR.
R3.0
R3.12.2 SuitabiJity of Application: Prior to a full
RJ.13.2,.3 Labels: An inspection agency for
evaluation of an application for approval, the BBRS
which approval has been suspended or revoked
shall determine whether such application is
shall within 90 days of the suspension or
unsuitable for processing. In the event the
revocation deliver to the custody of the BBRS all
application is found to be suitable for processing, the
labels in the agency's possession, under its
applicant shall be notified in writing of such
control, or for which it is responsible pursuant to
unsuitability and the basis thereof within 30 days of
the applicable codes and 780 CMR 3.0.
the date ofthe application is received by the BBRS.
In such event, all but $25.00 of the fee will be
returned, and the rulings of unsuitability shall be
PART IV RECIPROCITY
without prejudice: Any subsequent submission shall
If the BBRS finds that the standards for the
be treated as a new application.
manufacture and inspection of manufactured
buildings or manufactured building components
RJ.12.3 Approvals: In the event of approval ofthe
prescribed by statute or rules and regulations of
•
BBRS, an inspection agency shall be notified by a
another state, governmental agency or private
letter from the BBRS indicating such approval and
agency mE~et the objectives of the applicable codes
stating specifically the functions which the applicant
and 780 CJ\IfR 3.0, and are enforced satisfactorily by
has been approved to perform. Such approval shall
such other state or other agency, or by their agents,
not constitute the actual delegation of such
the State Enforcement Agencies shall accept
functions.
components which have been certified by such other
780 CMR RJ. 13 SUSPENSION AND state or other agency, and the BBRS shall assure or
.. REVOCATION
be assured that the appropriate label is attached
thereto. The standards of another state or agency
RJ.13.1 Grounds: The BBRS may suspend or shall not b.~ deemed to adequately be enforced unless
revoke its approval of any inspection agency if the such other state or agency provides for notification
approval was issued in error; was issued on the basis to the Department of suspensions or revocations of
of incorrect information; was issued in violation of approvals issued by that other state or agency in a
any of the applicable Codes or 780 CMR R3; if the manner satisfactory to the BBRS and State
inspection agency violates any of the applicable Enforcement Agencies and so notify the BBRS. The
Codes or 780 CMR R3; if examination discloses that BBRS shall notify the State Enforcement Agencies
the agency failed to perform properly; or for such of any action taken under 780 CMR R3.3.13.
other cause as may be deemed sufficient by the State
Enforcement Agencies to warrant such action.
780 fCMR R3.14 PROCEDURES FOR
GRANTING OR REFUSING RECIPRQCI1Y
RJ.13.2 Procedures:
TO ANOTHER JURISDICTION
R3.13.2.1 General: If the BBRS suspends or R3.14.1 Evaluation: The State Enforcement
revokes the approval of an inspection agency, the Agencies may evaluate the statute, codes, rules and
inspection agency shall be given notice in writing regulations of another state or other state or other
from the BBRS of the suspension or revocation agency at any time.
with the reasons therefore set forth therein.
Manufacturers being evaluated or inspected by
•
RJ.14.2 Methods of Extending Reciprocity: If the
such agencies, all local enforcement agencies BBRS find that the standards prescribed by the
within this State, and the State Enforcement statute or rules and regulations of another state or
Agencies shall also be notified in writing of such another agency meet the objectives of the
suspension or revocation. Such notices shall appropriate codes and that 780 CMR 3.0 are

••
. MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
satisfactorily enfofced, it may upon the PART V APPEALS

recommendation ofthe State Enforcement Agencies,
as provided in 780 CMR 3.2.1, extend reciprocity to 780 CMR RJ.!7 HEARINGS
that jurisdiction by: All hearings shall comply with the applicable
a. Giving -notice to any requesting manufacturer; sectiQns of the applicable' codes and the Rules and
b. Giving notice to the Administrative Agency of Regulations thereof established for the purpose of
the other jurisdiction; appeal.
c. Giving notice to the State Enforcement
Agencies and all local enforcement agencies in PART VI SCHEDULE OF FEJES
this state.
780 CMR RJ.18 ESTABLISHMENT .
R3.14.3 Rejections: If the standards of the other
state or other agency do not meet the objectives of The following is the SCHEDULE OF FEES
the appropriate codes or are inadequately enforced, established by the BBRS for certifying manufactured
or both, reciprocity shall not be extended. In that buildings or manufactured building components.
event, the BBRS shall notify any requesting Fees shall be made payable to the "Commonwealth
manufacturer and the Administrative Agency ofthe ofMassachusetts Board ofBuilding Regulations and
other state or other agency of the refusal and the Standards" and shall accompany all applications for
reasons therefore. certification. '
780 CMRRJ.1S PROCEDURES FOR lR3.18.11 ComplRance AssQ.lrao4:e Programs alllld

Building Systems: An initial fee of $1 ,200.00 shaH
RECIPROCITY CERTIFYING
foe charged each manufacturer for its certified
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS OR compliance assurance program for each plant
BUILDING COMPONENTS desiring certification. The maximum fee charged
A manufacturer from a jurisdiction to which under 780 CMR R3.18 shall be $1,200.00 for each
reciprocity has been extended shall submit to the manufacturing plant.
•
BBRS evidence that his building system and
compliance assurance program have been approved R3.18.2 ,,[,hird Party Inspedion Agem:ies: An
by such state Of other agency. The BBRS shall initial fee of $500.00 shall be charged to each third
verify the approval and shall notify the State party inspection agency.
Enforcement Agencies, local enforcement agencies
and the manufacturer in writing of such verification lR3.18.3 Anoual Renewai Fees:
and that properly labeled buildings or building 8. One year from the date of certification of the
components of his manufacture will be accepted. manufacturer and every year therea~er
certification is in effect, there shall be paid an
780 om R3.16 SUSPENSION AND annual renewal fee of $650.00 for each such
REVOCATION certification.
The BBRS shall suspend Qr revoke, or cause to be b. One year from the date of certification of the
suspended or revoked, the acceptance or certification .Third Party Inspection Agency, and every year
or both of such reciprocally certified manufactured thereafter certification is in effect, there shall be
buildings or manufactured building components if paid an annual renewal fee ofS500.00.
the State Enforcement Agencies determine that the
standards for the manufacture and inspection of lRJ.18.4 Labels
which manufactured buildings or manufactured a. A fee of $50.00 per unit of a manufactured
building components of such other state or other building shall be charged for each label issued by
agency do not meet the objectives ofilie appropriate theBBRS.
codes and 780 CMR R3.0, or that such standards are Not~: A "unit" as used in 780 CMR R3.I8
not being enforced to the satisfaction of the State shall mean any building or proportion thereof
Enforcement Agencies. If such other ,state or other which is towed or shipped separately to be
agency or its agents should suspend or revoke its somehow tied together at the site.
approval and certification, the acceptance of lb. A fee of $1.00 per building component shall
certification or both granted under 780 CMR 3.16 be charged for each label issued by the BBRS for
shall be revoked or suspended accordingly. Notice building componen~.
to the State Enforcement Agencies, local
•
Note: Manufacturers of building components
enforcement agencies, manufacturer and to the
shaH be permitted to use any labels as
Administrative Agency of such other state or agency
approved by the BBRS. If such labels are
ofsuch suspension or revocation shaH be in writing
supplied by any source other than the BBRS,
with the reasons for such suspension or revocations
there shall be no charge for such labels..
set forth therein. Appeals from such suspension or
revocations shall receive timely review. c. Mutilated labels may be replaced at the option
of the BBRS at a cost of $2.00 each.

c 781
THE MASSACHUSETIS STATE.BUILDING CODE
d. Upon satisfactory proofto the BBRS of lost or

stolen labels, not the result of negligence, labels
may be replaced at a c.ost of $2.00 each.
e. Labels shall be purchased from the BBRS by
the inspection agency or manufacturer. •
•
780CMRR4
USE OF NATIVE LUMBER
780 CMR R4.1 ADMINISI'RATION R4.1.6 Renewals: Registration shall be valid for
R4.1.1 Title: As authorized by St. 1972, 802, and two years and shall be renewed biennially. Within
in accordance with 780 CMR 123 establishing the 30 days before the expiration date of any such
Construction Materials Safety Board, 780 CMR R4 registration, the Administrator of the BBRS shall
is adopted for Controlling the Use ofNative Lumber. forward to each person so registered an application
form for renewal. The said Executive Director, upon
R4.:H..2 Definitions: Unless otherwise expressly receipt of the completed form and fee, shall renew
stated in 780 CMR, the following terms shall, for the the registration for a period of two years or notify
purpose of 780 CMR R4, have the meaning such applicant of his refusal with reasons thereof.
indicated in 780 CMR R4.1.2. . Any application for renewal of registration which
has expired shall require the payment of a new
BBRS: State Board of Building Regulations and registration fee.
. Standards
Board: Construction Materials Safety Board R4.1.7 Preaqualifying Agency: The BBRS hereby
designates the Massachusetts Wood Producers'
Native Lumber: Native lumber is wood Association as its pre-qualifying agency, providing,
processed in the Commonwealth of however, that the BBRS may revoke such
Massachusetts by a mill registered in designation at any time and may designate any other
accordance with the regulations of the BBRS. agency or agencies which it deems qualified, fro.m
Such wood is ungraded but is stamped or time to time, to act as its pre-qualifying agency for
certified in accordance with the requirements pre-examination registration.
•
of 780 CMR 2303.1.1. For the purpose this
definition, native lumber shall be restricted to R4I.l.8 Penalties: Any such person who fails to
use in one-and two-story dwellings, barns, comply with the requirements of 780 CMR 4 or who
sheds, agricultural and accessary buildings and files a false report shall be subject to the penalties
structures and other uses as pennitted by and actions as prescribed in 780 CMR 118:
780 CMR 23.
PersOllll: Individual, partnership, corporation, 180 CMlR 4. 2 REGISmATION
trust, joint venture, etc. 41.2.1 Stamp: Each person registered by the BBRS
shall be issued a name and number for use in
Wood Producers: Persons or corporations in the
stamping or certifying the native lumber which he
business of milling wood into native lumber
produces.
within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
4l.2.2 Stamp Contents: Each stamp filed with the
R4.1.3 Registrants: No person shall engage in the
lBBRS shall be a minimum of two inches by four
producing of native lumber for use in buildings or
inches with a minimum of 36 pt. letters and shall
structures within the Commonwealth of
contain the following information:
Massachusetts unless registered by the BBRS.
a. Name of native lumber producer;
b. Registration number; and
R4.:BA A.pplication for Registration: Each person
c. Species of wood.
desiring to obtain registration as a wood producer of
native lumber shall make application to the BBRS
4.2.3 Stamp Use: Each piece of native lumber
upon such form and in such manner as the BBRS
produced shall bear the stamp so registered with the
shall prescribe and shall furnish evidence
BBRS.
satisfactory to the BBRS that he is qualified to be
registered in accordance with 780 CMR R4.
4.2.4 Stamp UnlawfunR Use: Each registered mill
0
shall be assigned an individual number. It shall be

R4.1.5 Application Fee: Applications shall be
unlawful to use such registration number in any mill
accompanied by a registration fee of $50.00. This
other than the mill so registered.
initial registration fee shall be for two years.
• Registration shall be reviewed every two years in

accordance with 780 CMR R4. The fee thereafter for
a two year renewal shall be $25.00.
R4.2.S Stamp Manufacture: lEach producer shall
m
be responsible for the manufacture and use of his

stamp in accordance with the requirements of the
BBRS and 780 CMR R4.

THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll.OING CODE
780 CMR R4.3 REVOCATION AND

SUSPENSION PROCEDURES
R4.3.1 Revocation and Suspension: The BBRS on
its own initiative or upon the recommendation of the
Construction Materials Safety Board may suspend or
revoke the registration of any such mill registered in
mill shall immediately cease engaging in the
stamping or certifYing of native lumber. The filing
of an appeal with the State Building Code Appeals
Board shall stay such suspension or revocation
subject to 780 CMR 122.3.2.
•
accordance with 780 CMR R4, 780 CMR or the 780 CMR R4.4 APPEALS
standards ofgood practice. Notice of suspension or R4.4.1 Building Code Appeals Board: Anyone
revocation of such registration shall be in writing aggrieved by the decision of the BBRS, the
with the reasons for suspension or revocation clearly Construction Materials Safety Board, the
set forth therein, and served in accordance with Massachusletts Wood Producers' Association or
780 CMR 118.6. others may appeal to the State Building Code
Appeals Board in accordance with 780 CMR 122.
R4.3.2 Notice and Conference: Prior to
suspension or revocation of the registration of any 780 CMR R4.5 QUAUF1CATION
such mill so registered, written notice of such intent R4.5.1 J~valuation: Evaluation by the pre-
shall be served by the Construction Materials Safety qualifying agency shall be required prior to
Board in accordance with 780 CMR 118.6. Within registration of a mill subject to 780 CMR R4. The
ten calendar days of receipt of such notice, .the agency shall examine and evaluate the application of
affected mill may request a confere~ce before a three all mills and make its recommendations to the
member panel designated by the Chainnan of the Construction Materials Safety Board. The
Construction Materials Safety Board, who will hear Construction Materials Safety Board shall make its
facts and make their 'recommendations to the recommendations to the BBRS who shall act on the
Construction Materials Safety Board. application of the mill so requesting registration.
R4.3.3 Effect of: Upon suspension or revocation of

the registration of any such mill so registered, such

780 CMRR5
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISORS
780 CMR R5 covers the licensing rules and regulations for construction supervisors as defined in 780 CMR
109.11.
180 CMR RS.l GENERAL 780 CMR R5. The BBRS or those designated by i.t.
R5.1.1 Title: As authorized by M.G.L. c.. 143. shall administer examinations, under 780 CMR R5.
§ 94(i). the BBRS herewith establishes the Rules and of persons desirous of being registered as qualified
Regulations for Licensing·Constructi<?n Supervisors. to receive a license as a construction supervisor..
R5.1.2 Definitions: Unless otherwise expressly R5.1.5 Hearings Officer: The Chairman of the
stated in 780 CMR, the following tenns shall. for the BBRS shall appoim. a Hearings Officet who shall
purpose of 780 CMR R5. have the meaning serve for one year or until a successor is appointed.
indicated in 780 CMR R5.l.2: whichever is later.
. BBRS: 'Sta~e Board of Building Regulations and RS..1.6 Meetings:. The Hearings Officer shall
Standards convene Licensed Construction Supervisor
Construction Supervisor: Any individual directly Complaint Hearings at such times as the Hearing
supervising· persons engaged in construction, Officer deems necessary to carry out hislher function
reconstruction. alteration,' repair. removal or established herein by the BBRS.
demolition involving any activity regulated by any
provision of 780 CMR. Such term shall also RS.l.7 Cities and Towns:
apply to p'ersons supervising themselves. 5.1.7.1 Existing Licensed Construction'
A lice.nsed construction supervisor shall be Supervisors: (Historical Nott~) All individuals
required for the installation of all manufactured directly supervising persons engaged in construe.:
one and two family homes' as required by tion. reconstruction. alteration, repair, ,removai or
780 CMR 3508.1.1. demolition involving structural elements of
Headrlgs ,OWcer: .: TLe· Hearinl:;s Officer is ~he·· buildings' or structures who are duly licens.ed.aild "
person 'sfdected by the Chainnan of the BBRS to .qualified on January i. ··19~ 1 within ·al)y city or
carry out the disposition oJ complaints against town shall be allowed to continue in such capacity
licensed construction supervisors. under. the Rules and Regulations established by
.such jurisdiction until December 31, 1981. Such
,Licensed·Designee: Any individual designated by duly licensed person shall only b~ allowed to.
the license holder to be present. in the absence of engage in such practice only within the city or
said license holder. during any of the periods town granting such licensing.
stated in 780 CMR R5.2.12. Such designee shall
also hold a Construction Supervisor's License, but 780 Cl\1R RS.2 REGJrSTRAnON AND
his name or license number need not be contained UCENSING·
'on the building pennit ~pplication.
, . RS.2.:u. Experience: Each applicant for license
l{ecognition: The approval by the BBRS of an must prove to the Board that he has had at least three
application and related documents by one desirous years of experience in building construction or
.of being licensed as a construction supervisor. design in the field in which he desires to be licensed,
together with any technical knowledge the Board
R5J..3 Scope: may require him to possess. Successful c~mpletion
1. 780 CMR R5 shall govern the testing and of a three or four year vocational high school or
licensing of individuals who are found to possess oth~r vocational school program in the field of buil-
the requisite qualifications to be licensed as q~ali ding construction shall be dee,med as satisfying one
fied to have charge or control of construction, year of the required three years experience as cited in
reconstruction, alteration, repair. removal or 780 CMR R5.2.1. (The BBRS sh~ll determine when
rtemolition of buildings 01" structures. vocational training other than in building. constru.;-"
2.. Except for those structures governed by Con- tion, satisfies a portion of the three year experi~ncf.
struction Control as regulated by 780 CMR 116.0, criteria.
.any individual directly supervising persons en-·
RS.2.1.1 Other Requisites: (Historical Note)
gaged in construction, reconstruction. alteration.
Any person who met one .·of the following
repair, removal or demolition involving the
requisites shall· b~ licensed by the Board without
structural ,elements of buildings and structures
testing until July 1. 1982.
shall be licensed according to 780 CMR R5.
1. Filed with the BBRS prior to July 1. 1982
an application and applicable documents inclu-
RS.l.4 Administration and Enforcement:· The
.. ding an' affidavit on a form provided by the
BBRS shall administer and enforce the 'provisions of
, BBRS attesting to his meeting the following
2/~4/06 (Effective 8/26/05) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 785

780 CMR: -STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETfS STATE BVD...DING CODE
• qualifications: _ _ authorized agent.

a. A registered professional architect or
RS.2.6.2 Forms: The applicable forms may be
engineer; or
mailed to the appropriate testing agency as
b. A four·year undergraduate ~egree. in a
detailed in the Massachusetts Candidates Bulletin
field related to building construction -or de·
(MACS). It shall be the responsibility of the
sign and at least one year, out of the previous
applicant to assure that the required forms are
ten years, of experience in the supervision of
r,eceived by the testing agency. All forms shall be
building- construction or design; or
accompanied. by the required license fee.
- c. At least three years, out of the previous
ten years, of experience in.the supervision of RS.2.6.3 Records: The.BBRS shall keep a copy
building construction or design and a general of the application and a computer file ·listing.all
knowledge of the quality and strc;ngth of licensed construction supervisors.
building materials; a general knowledge of
RS.2.6.4 Notification of Examination Date:
the accepted requirements for building con·
Upon receipt of a fully completed application, an
struction, fire prevention, light, ventilation
e"amination date shall be set and the applicant so
and safe exits; and a general knowledge of
notified.
other equipment and materials essential for
safety, comfort and convenience of the
R5.2.7 False Statements: Any·false statement on
occupants of a .building or structure..
the application or references shall be sufficient
reason to refuse to issue a license, or to suspend or
RS.2.2Examinations: Examinations ·shaH be held
revoke a license if issued.
only by appointment. All applications must be filed
·in accordance with the Massachusetts Construction
R5.2.8 Cause for Suspension or Revocation: Any
Supervisor (MACS) Candidate bulletin of
false statement on the application for license, or in
Infonnation.
answer to. any subsequent request for information,
shall be:cause for suspension or· revocation ·of
RS.2.3 License Approval: A majo~ity vote of the
license: Any violation of a provision of 780 CMR
members of the Board shall be required to grant a
shall be cause for suspension or revocat~on of a·
license. .
lice.nse as the committee sees ·fit, or any false'
'statemenras ,identified in·780t:MR K52.7, or work,....
RS.2.4 ExpiraLiGli;. Ucc:;ust:s b.sued pursuant to
perfOmied without a building permit as identified in
these rules and regulations shall expire three years
780 CMR R5:2.9.1.1
from the date of issuance which shall be noted on
said license and may be renewed.
. RS.2.,9 Procedure for Suspension· Andlor
A renewal of an original license shall be for.
Revocation of License:
_periods of two years and a renewal license shall
expire two years from the date of issuance which RS.2.9.1 Complaints: Upon receipt of a written
shall be noted on said license and may be renewed. complaint from a building official, or upon written
A renewal license shall not be issued unless cornplaint from ·other persons, or upon complaint
application therefore is made within one year of the of the Board itself, the Hearings Officer shall
dare ofexpiration of the most recently issu~d license. detennine whether or not a hearing shall be: held.
Fallure .to submit a renewal application and to It shall not -be considered as a complaint if such .
acquire a license within this time period shall be work was pe.rforrned prior to the· Licensed
cause for examination or re-examination. Construction Supervisor being licensed or prior to
January I, 1982·, whichever is later.
RS.2.S Fees: Any and all fees charged for examin- EXI:eption: See 780 CMR R5.2.9.1.1 for
ation, for license fees, or for licensed renewal fees complaints that may involve Home Improvement
. shall be determined by the Commonwealth and Con.tractor complaints.
enforced by the BBRS.. Examination fees are to be
R5.2.9.1.1 Basis of Complaint: Only work
established from -time to as ·necessary. .
related to a specific building permit shall be the
RS.2.S.1 Building Oftici~1 Fees: The BBRS.shalI basis of stich complaint. Any work requiring a
grallt a license at no fee to any building official building· permit- -whiCH ·is-· performr.:d withour.
who, as a condition of his emploYli)':'~H r~quires. such permit shall be considered cause for
such license; provided that such person meets ~he suspensio~ or revocation.
necessary qualifications for licensure and pro- Exception: If, upon review of a Construction
vided further, that such license shall be authorized Supervisor License complaint the Board or the.
for use only during the course of employment and Hearings Officer deterrn,ines that· such
shall be appropriately stamped to indicate as such. complaint may involve possible Home
Improvement Contractor violations of M.O.L.
RS.2.6 Procedure for Obtaining a License: c. 142A and/or 780 CMR R6, such Home
RS.2.6.1 Application: Applications shall be Improvement Contractor complaint hearing
submitted on forms supplied by theBBRS or its may ~e conducted simultaneously with the

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILoING.REGULATiONS AND ST~DARDS
. CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISORS RULES AND REGULATIONS
Construction Supervisor License complaint of warning may result in a suspension or revo- ,

hearing. cation 'of the license after a hearing before the
Where possible violations ofM.G.L c. 142A Hearings Officer. The Hearings Officer may,-
andlor 780 CMR R6 exist, the notification and at his/her discretion, order the license holder to
hearing shall also conform to the requirements take ,the. Construction Supervisor License
of 780 CMR R6 as applicable. examination or re-examination. A decision of
the Hearing,s Officer that orders th~ Licensed,
R5.2.9.2 Hearings on CmnpJaints: If the
Construction Supervisor to take th~ Construe·
Hearings Officer shall so detennine that a hearing
tion Supervisor License ,examination or re-
shall be held, he/she shall give at least seven days
exami,nation may be rendered even if the
notice to the complainant and license holder in
Hearings Officer has detennined to suspend,
accordance with 780 CMR 118.6. The sending of
revoke or issue a letter of warning against the
notice to the address recorded on the records of
license holder.
the BBRS shall be deemed sufficient notice to the
license holder. RS.2.9.6.1.1 Decisions a'Iso' llnvolving
Home Improvement Contrador
RS.2.9.3 Notice of nearing: The notice of
responsibilities: If the Dec~sio':l involves
hearing shall contain:
consider.ation of Home Improvement
1. The n.arne of the comp,lainant.
Contractor matters per M.G.L. c.' 142A
2. A copy of the complaint.
and/or 780 CMR R6 then such Decision
.3. The date, time and place of said hearing.
shall also comply with the requirements of .
The complete file of complaint is available for 780 CMR R6 as applicable.
inspection at the Office of the BBRS during its
regular hours. RS.2.9. 7 Suspel1lsion~ Revocation or
The license holder may present oral and written Continuance: If, after notice has been duly
evidence ,to refute. or mitigate any charge given, a licensee shall not attend a ~earing. the
contained in the complaint and present witnesses Hearings Officer may in his/her discretion.
in his behal f. . immediately ,suspend/revoke said' li~ense or
Anyone may ~e represented by legal c~unsel. 'proceed with the hearing so scheduled a~d make
All license holders 'shaH have hislher license in . de,cision on the evjdence so _presented, or continue
"i""~'·'JN~.po.sscs.sion at,the.tim~ of the hearing. .. the he;iring to anoth~r ,date. ._
R5.2.9.4 Continuati~n of Hearings:, The RS.2.9.8 N~ti~~'·: pC ':'Suspension~ R~v~cation~

'Hearings Officer in hislher discretion may ~etter of W~rni~g or Order of Examination:
continue the date for hearing or in hislher Iil the event that the Hearings: Officer detennines
discretion and upon request by the license holder to suspend, revoke or issue a warning against said
or complainant rna)' continue th~ date for hearing. license holder pursuant to this hearing or" if the
Hearings Officer orders the license.holder to take
RS.2.9.5 Timing of Decision: The Hearings an examination or re-examination, the iicense
Officer shall make a decision within ten days after holder, upon notice of the written decision, shall
t~e hearing. A written decision sh'all be issued immediately comply with said orders. A refusal .
within 30 days of the hearing date. Failure to tl) comply shall automatically revoke the licensee's
render a decision within 30 days'shall not affect right to supervise construction.
.the·validity of any such decision or appeal.
R5.2.9.8.1 Terms of Suspension: Suspension
,RS.2.9.6 Decision of the Hearings Officer: The by the Hearings Officer shall be for a d~finite
He'arings Officer is authorized to determine and term.
issue decisions relative to Licensed Construction RS.2.9.8.2 Reapplication: Any licensee whose
Supervisor complaints via the process set forth in license has, been revoked by the Hearings
780 CMR R5. Officer may reapply for a license in accordance
RS.2.9.6.! Decisions: The decision of the with 780 CMR R5 only after seeking and
Hearing Officer shall be final and binding upon receiving approval to, reapply from the BBRS.
the license holder and the complainant. If the
Hearing~. Officer votes to revoke or suspend the R5.2.~O Appeal: Any person aggrieved by a ~ ",_·,.t·.":-~ .,- ~.:
IJCense 6fa:c.onstl:liCl'ion super~lij;or'at the time decIsion of the· Hearings Officer ma.x,...i.n ,wriring,
•• :=-"'. i ' '-
of the heanng, the holder shall immediately request review of said decision by'tn~·BBRS Of the
surrender said license to the Hearings Officer. Licensed Construction Supervisor determines not to
The Hearings Officer may, at hislher'discretion, . seek administrati ve review by the BE R~ then appeal
determine that instead of suspension or of said decision shall be in accordance with
revocation, the action's of the license holder 780 CMR R5.2.1O.1). The BBRS mayor may not
warrant a letter of warning be placed on file review such decision at its discre,tion. Such review is
with the BERS.Said letter of warning will be an administrative review and is not to be construed
referenced in the event of future complaints as a second Hearing' on the same complaint(s). The
against the license holder. Future complaints BBRS may concur with the decision or not. If the
against a license holder who has received letter EERS does not concur with the decision, the BERS

THE MASsACHUSETIS STATE BUILDING CODE
e·
. .
shall remand the case back to the Hearings Officer :aIterati.on, repair, removal or demolition invol ving
with written reason as to why the case is being any activity regulated .by any provision of
remanded and the Hearings Officer shall re-open the 780 CMR only pursuant to 780 CMR and all other
case for further consideration and decision. . applicable Laws of the Commonwealth even
If the BBRS detemiines that the decision is t.hough he, the license holder, is not the pennit
acceptable a record of such determination shall be holder but only" a subcontractor or contractor to
made and the decision stands and appeal of said· the pennit holder.
decision shal) be in accordance with 780 CMR
RS.2.1S.3 Notification of Violations: The
R5.2.10.1.
license holder shall immediately notify the
R5.2.10.1 Appeal to a court: Any person building official in wri ting of the discovery of any
aggrieved by a decision of the Hearings Officer violations which are covered by the building·
may appeal such decision to a· court of law or pennie .
. equity in conformance with M.G.L. c. 30A, § 14.
RS.2.1S.4· WiJlfulViolation: Any licensee who
RS.2.11 Change' of Address: The license holder shall willfully violate 780. CMR R5.2.15.1,
shall have the responsibility of reporting any change 5.2.15.2 or 5.2.15.3 or an"y other Sections of
of address andlor change of circumstance to the 780 CMR R5 and any procedures, as amended,
BBRS. The information on file at the BBRS shall be shall be subject -to revocation or suspension of
deemed accurate unless .changed by the license license by the BBRS in accordance with the
holder. applicable complaint requirements of 780 CMR
R5. .
RS.2.12 On-site Presence of Supervisor: A
licensed indi vidual or a licensed designee shall be ·RS.2.16 Permit Applications: All building pemlit
present .on the site at some point to approve applications shall contain th~ name, signature and
construction, reconstruction, alterations, removal or license number of the construction supervisor who
demolition involving the following work:· is to supervise those persons engaged ·in
1. Excavation .construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair,
2. ·Foundation (pouring or other) r~m()val or demolition as regulated by 780· CMR
~e
3. Decking·~ 108.3.5 and 780.CMR R5 in the .event that such
. 4... Rough fr~.ming .li~ensee. is. DO .lo~g~r._~upervising said persops, -the
5. Finished framing .- ··""··Wor1:·:;shaif irr{ffiedi~t~ly cease until a successor·
6. Chimneys license holder is substituted on the records of the
a. Excavation/foundation. building department.
b. At the topoqhe smoke chamber and support
of the flue liner. Rs:i.17 GENDER OF TERMS: The term "he!' as
c. When erection of the chimney is completed. used in 780 CMR R5 shall include the pronoun "he"
and/or "she."
Exception A licensed construction supervisor
shall be required for installation of manufactured .
one .and two family _homes as required by
780 Cl\1R R53· ADMINISI'RATION
780 CMR 3508.1.1. RS.3.1 Identification: The BBRS shall issue a card
or a c:ertificate or other form of identification.
RS.2.13 Lost/stolen Licenses: License holders are
required to keep the license in their possession at all RS.3.. 2 Records of Licensees: The BBRS shall
times during the course of construction at any and all maintain a computer listing which will be available
building sites. If said license is lost, stolen or to the: public at the office of the BBRS containing all
mutilated, it shall be the responsibility of the license licenses issued by the BBRS.
holder to notify the BBRS.
RS.3.3 Examination: The Board shall determine
RS.2.14 Requi~ement to .Show License: Any whether an examination shall be required,or shall be . _
building official may require the license holder to oral or written and shall determine the content oflhe
produce the license at any time on a job site. "examination. if applicable.· .
RS.2.1S
. Responsibility of Eadl License Ho!d~r:
~ .....
" .. .
RS.3A· --, ·S:ubje~t· ·to Rules, Regulations ····and
RS.2.15.1 Responsibility fm' 'Nork: The license
Procedures: All persons licensed shall be·subject to
holder shall be fully and completely responsible
these regulations as well as other rules, tegulations,
for aU work for which he. is supervising. He shall
and procedures promulgated by this BBRS.
be responsible for seeing that all work is done
pursuant to 780 CMR and the drawings as
approved by the Building Official.
RS.2.1S.2 Responsibility. to Supervise Work:
RS.3.S Fees: Any and-all fees charged for license
fees, examination fees, renewal fees, ~nd registration
fees shall be determined by the Commonwealth and
e
The license holder shall be· r~sponsible to enforced by the BBRS. Examination fees shall be
supervise the construction, reconstruction, established from time to time as necessary.

780CMRR6
REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF

HO~UMPROVEMENTCONTRACTORPROG~
FORWARD
780 CMR R6 covers the registration of home improvement contractors and subcontractors and enforcement of the
requirements of M.G.L. c. 142A as they pertain to home improvement contractors and subcontractors. Other
regulations applicable to the Home Improvement Contractor program include:
201 CMR. 14.00 Operation of the home improvement arbitration program authorized by M.O.L. c. 142A,
promulgated by the secretary of the Office ofConsumer Affairs and Busine~ Regulations.
201 CMR 15.00 Operation of the home improvement guaranty fund, promulgated by the secretary of the Office
ofConsumer Affairs and Business Regulations. .
780 CMR R6.1 General Provisions R6.3.5 Injunction, Restitution

R6.1.1 Title R6.3.6 Fines and Criminal Penalties
R6.1.2 Definitions
R6.1.3 Scope 180 CMR IR6.4 Enforcemelllt Actions
R6.1.4 Administration and Enforcement R6.4.1 Administrative Penalties
R6.1.4.1 Director responsibility R6.4.1 J Allowable actions
R6.1.4.2 Advisory board R6.4.1.2 Pendency of claims
R6.1.5 Persons Who Must Register R6.4.2 Fines and Criminal Penalties
R6.1.S.1 Filing of application R6.4.2.1 Sought by attorney general or
R6.l.S.2 Designated individual district attorney
R6.l.S:3 Liability R6.4.2.2 Operating without certificate
R6.1.6 Persons Exempt From Registration R6.4.2.3 Other violations
R6,4.3 ][njunction, Restitution
780 CMR R6.2 Registration Pll'ocedhulIl'te R6.4.3.1 Order from superior court
R6.2.1 Applicant Actions R6.4.3.2 Director bond not required
R6.2.1.1 Application. R6.4.4 Permit Requirements, Prohibited Acts
R6.2.1.2 Supporting documentation and Penalties
R6.2.1.3 Mailing address R6.4.4.1 Pennit requirements
R6.2.1.4 Certified check/money order R6.4.4.2 Prohibited acts
R6.2.1.5 Lost/destroyed certifica.te R6.4.4.3 Penalties
R6.2.1.6 Licensee liability R6.4.4.4 Deceptive act
R6.2.2 Director's Action on Application
R6.2.2.1 Issuance of certificate '180 CMR R6.S Contnld!
R6.2.2.2 Grounds for refusal to register R6.5.1 Contract in Writing
R6.2.2.3 Application refused R6.5.2 Contents of Contract
R6.2.2.4 Record retention R6.5.2.1 Documents and information
R6.2.3 Duration of Registration R6.S.2.2 Permit notice
R6.2,4 Fees to be Paid Upon Registration or R6.5.2.3 Acceleration ofpayment
Renewal R6.5.2.4 Copy to owner
R6.2.4.1 Registration and renewal fee R6.5.2.5 Alternative dispute resolution
R6.2.4.2 Contribution to guaranty fund - R6.S.3. Dispute Resolution
initial registration R6.S.3.1 Court action
R6.2.5 Responsibilities of Each Registrant R6.5.3.2 Owner right to arbitration
R6.2.5.1 Changes in status R6.5.3.3 Contractor right to arbitration
R6.2.5.2 Display of certificate number R6.5.4 Validity of contract
R6.2.5.3 Return ofcertificate
'180 CMR R6.6 Supplementary Identificatiollll
780 CMR R6.3 Enforcement Procedure Cards
R6.3.1 Notification of Violation R6.6.1 Definitions
R6.3.2 Consideration of Factors R.6.6.2 Certificates ofregistrants
R6.3.3 Letter of Reprimand R.6.6.2.2 Non-Individual Registrants
R6.3,4 Suspension, Revocation, Administrative R6.6.3 Fees
Penalties R6.6.4 Expiration
R6.3.4.1 Hearing procedure

D 789
•
780 CMR R6.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS Director: The administrator of the State Board of
R6.1.1 Title: 780 CMR R6 is authorized and Building Regulations and Standards, an agency
promulgated by the administrator of the State Board within the executive office of public safety
of BuIlding Regulations and Standards under the established by M.G.L. c. 6A, § 19. '
authority ofM.G.L. c. 142A.
Employe(e: For the purposes of 780 CMR &6 in
R6.1.2 Definitions: determining the number of employees of an
applicant for registration, any individual engaged
Application: The fonn provided by the director in construction related activities who, in the
which, along with other documentation and fee(s) weekly pay period prior to the date of registration
that may be required, must be duly filed to worked 20 or more hours for the registrant and for
become a registered home improvement whom, the registrant withheld or was required to
contractor or subcontractor. withhold federal or state income taxes and who
during the same pay period, was not otherwis~
Advertisement: Any commercial message in any paid 01' had such taxes withheld by any other
newspaper, magazine, leaflet, flyer, catalog, registrant Included would be all construction
.display space in the telephone book, on radio, worker:s, supervisors, sales personnel, designers, .
television, public address system, or made in estimators, active partners and officers of
person, by letter or other printed material, or any corporations.
interior or exterior sign or display, including on a
vehicle, which is delivered or made available to Fund: The residential contractor's guaranty fund.
an owner by a registrant in any manner See "guaranty fund". .
whatsoever. .
Fund administrator: the administrator of the
Applicant: Any person who files an application to residential contractor's guaranty fund, appointed
become registered as a home improvement by the slecretary ofthe Office ofConsumer Affairs
contractor or subcontractor. and Business Regulation.
BBRS: The State Board ofBuilding Regulations and Guaranty fund: The residential contractor's
Standards guaranty fund. A fund out of which an owner, as
defmed herein, aggrieved by a registrant(s) may
Certificate: The document provided to the registrant be paid part or all of their damages under rules
which lists the certificate number and other and regulations promulgated by the secretary of
information required by the director. the Office of Consumer Affairs and Business
Regulation.
Certificate number: See registration number.
Home improvement contractor: Any person who
Clear and Conspicuous: The material owns or operates a contracting business who,
representation being disclosed is often point type through himselfor others, undertakes, purports to
and is so presented as to be readily noticed and have the capacity to undertake, offers to
understood by a reasonable person. Language in undertake, or submits a bid for residential
the body of a contract is "conspicuous" if it is in contracting work to an owner, as such work is
larger or contrasting type or color, or underscored. defined in 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A, and
such wo,rk for each project is in a total amount in
Contract: Unless specifically noted otherwise in excess of $1 ,000, and is registered or required to
the text, a written agreement between a home be registered in accordance with M.O.L. c. 142A
improvement contractor and an owner contained and 780 CMR R6.
in one or more documents for the perfonnance of
certain residential contracting work, including all Homeowner: See "owner".
labor, material, goods and services set forth under
said agreement for a total amount exceeding Local consumer group: A local or regional agency
$1,000.00. which deals with the resolution of consumer
problem.s and who is determined eligible by the
attorney general under standards set by the
•
Contractor: Any person who, through himself or
others, undertakes, offers to undertake, purports to attorney general in accordance with M.G.L. c. 12,
have the capacity to undertake, or submits a bid § 110.
for construction work. (See "home improvement
contractor") Mortgage broker: Any person, who, for
compensation or gain; or in the expectation· of
compem;ation or gain, directly or indirectly

CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEl\1ENT OF HOME INIPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
negotiates, places, assists in placement, finds or existing owner-occupied building containing at

offers to negotiate, place, assist in placement of least one but not more than four dwelling units,
mortgage loans on residential property for others, which building or portion thereof is used or
or as otherwise defined in M.O.L. c. 255E. designed to be used as a residence or dwelling
unit, or to structures which are adjacent and
Mortgage lender: Any person· engaged in the accessory to such residence or building, including
business of making mortgage loans, or issuing but not necessarily limited to: garages, sheds,
commitmentS to fund mortgage loans, or cabanas, poolhouses, gazebos.
accepting applications or fees associated with the
making ofmortgage loans which are secured by a Salesperson: any person, other than a supplier of
mortgage on residential property, or as otherwise materials or a laborer, who solicits, offers,
defmed in M.G.L. c. 255E. negotiates, executes, or otherwise endeavors to
procure by any means whatsoever, directly or
Mortgage loan: A loan to any person made indirectly, a contract for residential contracting
primarily for personal, family, or household services from an owner on behalf of a home
pwposes, secmed wholly or partially by a ·improvement contractor or subcontractor.
mortgage on a residential propeJ;ty, or as
otherwise defined by M.G.L c. 255E. Secretary: The secretmy ofthe Office ofConsumer "
Affairs and Business Regulations.
Owner: Any homeowner ofa building which is an
existing building at the time of acontract that is Subcontract: A contract, written or verbal, in any
owner occupied, containing at least one but not amount, between a home improvement contractor
more than four dwelling units, or a tenant and a subcontractor or between two
authorized by the homeowner thereof, who orders, subcontractors for the performance of any part of
contracts for, or purchases the services of a the home improvement contractor's or
contractor or subcontractor. An owner occupying subcontractors contract
a condominium unit in a building containing no
•
more than four dwelling units qualifies· as an Subcontractor: Any person, other than a supplier
owner under this definition, provided the owner of only materials, who enters into a contract,
owns a total of not more than four condominium written or verbal, with a home improvement
units. A condominium association does not contractor for the perfonnance of any part of a
qualify as an owner. home improvement contractor's contract with an
owner for residential contracting, or who enters
Owner-occupied: The residential building ofat least into a contract with any other subcontractor for
one but not more than four dwelling units and the performance of any part ofthe subcontractor's
occupied by the owner as a primary residence. contract.
Pennit~ For the purposes of 780 CMR R6, any . R6.1.3 Scope:
construction-related permit, excluding any
R6.1.3.1 M.G.L. c. "142A and 780 CMR R6
permits required by the owner which are not
require the registration of persons who engage in
considered construction-related, such as zoning,
residential contracting work "as defined in
environmental, historical commission, and the
780 CMR R6 and M.GL. c. 142A after July 1,
like.
1992, and define the requirements of M.G.L.
c. 142A and enforcement of these requirements,
Person: Any individual, partnership, corporation,
as they pertain to home improvement contractors
soCiety, trust, association, or any other legal
and subcontractors.
entity.
R6.JI..3.2 Except for those persons who are
Registrant: Any duly registered home improvement specifically exempt .from the provisions of
contractor or subcontractor. 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A, all contractors
and subcontractors .who engage in residential
Registration Dumber: The number assigned to the contracting as defined in 780 CMR R6 and
applicant after he has been approved for M.G.L. c. 142A shall be subject to and shall
registration by the director and the Board of comply with 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A.
Building Regulations and Standards.
• R6.JlA Administration and Enforcement:

Residential contracting: The reconstruction,
R6.1.4.1l. Director responsibility: The director
alteration, renovation, repair, modernization,
shall promulgate and enforce the provisions of
conversion, improvement, removal or demolition
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A as to all home
or the construction of an addition to any pre-
12/I2/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 791

improvement contractors and subcontractors who

are registered or required to register.
R6.1.4.2 Advisory board: The director may
appoint an advisory board which may review
proposed suspensions, revocations, and
4. persons dealing in the sale of goods or
mate:rials who neither arrange to perfonn nor
perform directly or indirectly any work or labor in
conn.ection with the installation of or application
of the goods or materials;
5. any owner personally doing residential
•
administrative penalties against any registrants,
contracting work on hislher own horne;
and shall make recommendations to the director
6. any individual who performs construction
relative thereto. The advisory board shall include
related labor or services for a home improvement
six members, any four of whom will constitute a
contractor or subcontractor, for wages or salary
quorum; the fund administrator, a representative
and who does not act in the capacity of a home
of the attorney general, a representative of a
improvement contractor or subcontractor;
consumer group appointed by the secretary, a
7. any contractor or subcontractor who works on
representative ofthe Massachusetts Homebuilders
one residential contracting undertaking or project
Association who is a registered home
by one or more contracts where the aggregate
improvement contractor or subcontractor, a
contract price to the owner is less than $500;
Representative of the National Association of the .
provi.ded, however, that the cop-tract is not in an
Remodeling Industry, and a BBRS staff member.
amount of less than $500 for the purpose of
evadilng 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L. c. 142A.
R6.1.5 Persons Who Must Register:
8. any person who engages in the business of a
R6.1.5.1 General: All home improvement home improvement contractor or subcontractor on
contractors and subcontractors, as dermed in other than a full-time basis, and who has eamed in
780 CMR R6, except those exempt in 780 CMR gross revenues from residential contracting work,
R6.1.6, shall register with the director by filing an less than $5,000 in the previous 12-month period;
application prescribed by the director. 9. any person acting as a home improvement
contr.actor or subcontractor who was enrolled as a
R6.1.5.2 Designated individual: In the case of
full-time student in a secondary school or college
registration by a corporation or partnership, an
with degree granting authority from the
individual shall be desjgnated to be responsible
govemment of the state in which the school is
for the corporation's or partnership's residential
located, for the immediately preceding academic
contracting work.
semester and is also enrolled as a full-time student
R6.1.S.3 Liability: The corporation or for the next academic semester, in the same or a
partnership and its designee shall be jointly and similar degree granting secondary school or
severally liable for the payment ofthe registration college provided that at least 0/3 of the number of
fee, the payment to the guaranty fund, and for employees of the contractor or subcontractor are .
violations of any provisions of 780 CMR R6, similarly enrolled in secondary schools orcolleges
including actions by the registrant's employees, and that the home improvement contractor or
subcontractors or salespersons. subcontractor doe~ not reasonably expect to earn
or doc~s not in fact eam, in gross revenues, more
R6.1.6 Persons Exempt From Registration or than $5,000 from residential contracting work;
Renewal: Any person exempt from registration 10. persons who install any or all of the
under 780 CMR R6.1.6, and does not voluntarily following:
register, is not subject to any of the provisions of • cc~ntral heating,
780 CMR R6 or M.G.L. c. 142A. Persons exempt • ailr..conditioning systems,
from regi.stration are: • energy-conservation devices, of
1. the Commonwealth or its. political • provides conservation services conducted by
subdivisions; . or on behalfof a public utility under a program
. 2. any school, public or private, offering as part approved by the department of public utilities;
of a vocational education program courses and 11. any contractor or subcontractor who works
training in any aspects of home construction or exclusively in any of the following home
home improvements; improvement areas:
3. electricians, plumbers, architects or any other • landscaping;
persons who are required by law to attain • interior painting or wall covering;
standards of competency or experience as a • finished floor covering, including, but not
•
prerequisite to licensure for and engaging in such limited to, carpeting, vinyl, tile, non-structural
trade or profession and who are acting exclusively hardwood;
within the scope of the profession for which they • fencing or freestanding masonry walls;
are currently licensed pursuant to such law, • above-ground swimming pools;
construction supervisors excepted.

CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCE1\1ENT OF HOME IlVIPROVEMENT
CONTRACTORPROG~
o shutter or awning installation; included - one for the registration fee. if required,
o ground level patios; includes flagstone. and one for the guaranty fund. Make checks or
concrete. block, and wood set directly onto the money· orders payable to the Commonwealth of
ground; excludes decks which are supported Massachusetts.
above ground. As noted in 780 CMR R6.2.4.1.2. licensed
o asphalt and driveway installation and individual constnlction supervisors and individual
maintenance. motor vehicle repair shops who desire to register
are exempt from the registration fee only; there
780 CMR R6.2 REGISTRATION are no exemptions to the requirement for a
PROCEDURE contribution to the guarantyfund
R602.1 Applicant Actions:
R602o1.5 Lost/destroyed certificate Il)f
R6.201o11 Application: Each applicant for IJ"egistration: Upon receipt of a nominal fee as
registration as a home improvement contractor or established by the Commonwealth. and a
subcontractor shall submit a completed copy of an completed affidavit provided by the director. that
application fonn supplied by the director and a certificate of registration has been lost or
necessary supporting documents to the director. destroyed. a replacement certificate clearly
along with such fees as required by the provisions identified as such, shall be issued by the director.
of780 CMRR6.2.4, and M.G.L. c. 142A.
R6.2.ll.o6 Licel1lsee liabilitie§: The provisions of
R6.201.2 Supporting documentation:
780 CMR R6 and those ofM.G.L. c. 142A shall
Supporting documentation shall nnclude, as
not be construed to relieve or lessen the
applicable:
responsibility of any person registered under
I. For corporations: an official document
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A or licensed
which lists the names and addresses of officers.
under M.G.L. c. 143. § 94(i), nor shall the
directors. and major stockholders such-as: a
Commonwealth be deemed to have assumed any
copy of the articles of incorporation. a current
such liability by reason of the issuance of
annual report as filed with th~ Secretary of
registration or licensure.
State. a copy of the registration as a foreign
corporation filed with the Secretary of State, or
R602o2 Dirrectoris ActioDll 0111 Applicatiollll:
any other documentation which lists the names
and addresses of officers, directors. and major R6.2.201 Issuance of certificate: Upon receipt of
stockholders, will be accepted in lieu of listing a completed application fonn. supporting
these names on the application. documentation, and the proper fee(s) therefor, the
2. For partnerships: either a copy of the director shall:
current partnership agreement containing the G ascertain whether such applicant meets all of
requested information. or listing of the names the registration requirements and there are no
and addresses of all partners on the application grounds for rejection as specified in 780 CMR
form. R6.2.2.2;
3. For all non-corporate applicants: a copy G if all requirements are met, the Director,
of the business registration certificate filed within 30 days of receipt of the application
with a city or town pursuant to M.G.L. c. 110. shall assign a registration number. with the
§ 5, ifapplicable. approval ofthe BBRS;
o prepare and send by first class mail to such
R602.1.3 Mailing address: The application.
applicant, at the address stated on the
supporting documentation and fees may be mailed
registration fonn. a certificate indicating the
or delivered as follows:
applicant's registration number. name, address,
Director Illame of the entity of the applicant, and such
Home Improvement Contractor Registration other infonnation as is deemed necessary by
One Ashburton Place, Room 1301 the director. The registration certificate is not
Boston. MA 02108 transferable to any other person.
It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to R602o2o2 Groundsfof IJ"efusal to register OIJ"
assure that the required registration material is Il"tmew: No application for registration or renewal
received by the director. confonning to 780 Cl\AR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A
may be denied except for a finding by the director
R602.1.4 Certified check/money lDrrder: All
ahat the applicant has done one or more of the
applications shall be accompanied by the
following acts which are grounds for denial after
registration fee or by evidence of exemption, and
the effective date of 780 CMR lR.6:
by the fee for the guaranty fund. Fees shall be in
1. made material. omissions or mis~
the fonn of a money order or certified check.
repr~sentations of. fact on the home
Two money orders or certified checks shall be

improvement contractor or subcontractor

application for registration or renewal and
supportmg documentation or on an application
for licensure or renewal under M.G.L. c. 143,
§ 94(i). (construction supervisor license);
2. failed to pay either the registration fee or the
payment to the fund as required under
R6.2.3 Duration of Registration:
R6.2.3.1 Initial registration: Each such
registration shall be in effect for two years from
the date of issuance, unless suspended or revoked
prior to that time, as provided in 780 CMR. R6
and M.G.L. c. 142A.
•
780 CMR. R6.2.4. R6.2.3.2 Renewal of registration: Not less than
3. failed consistently to perform contracts or 90 days before the date of the expiration of such
has performed said contracts in an registration, the director shall send or cause to be
unworkmanlike manner or has failed to sent, to each registered contractor or
complete said contracts with no good cause or subcontractor, at the address on record, a notice
has engaged in fraud or bad faith with respect for renewal of the registration and a copy of all
to said contracts; forms necessary for such renewal, by first class
4. failed to meet or has violated any of the mail, along with a schedule of such fees as are
requirements for registered home improvement necessary for said renewal. Renewals will remain
contractors or subcontractors as defined in in effect for two years from date of renewal if not
780 CMR R6, or has performed or is suspended or revoked prior to that time. The
attempting to perfonn any act prohibited by responsibility for timely renewal of registration
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A. remains with the registrant, notwithstanding this
5. is under suspension or revocation of notice. An applicant shall submit a renewal
registration as a home improvement contractor application with fees .within one year of the
or subcontractor; expiration date of the registration. Failure to
6. has failed to repay the guaranty fund for submit a renewal application within this time
any payments made by the fund on the period shall subject the applicant to a fee equal to
registrant's account. the amount for initial registration.
R6.2.2.3 Application refused: If the application
•
R6.2.4 Fees to be Paid Upon Registration or
is refused, the director shall, within thirty days of
Renewal:
the application, notify the applicant in writing by
first class mail of the reasons for the (ejection. R6.2.4.1 Registration and renewal fee: All
R6.2.2.3.1: If applicable, the applicant may home improvement contractors and
correct the deficiencies in the application subcontractors, except those that are exempt from
material and return the corrected data to the the registration or renewal fee in 780 CMR.
director within ten days of the date of mailing R6.2.4.1.2, shall, at the time of registration or
ofthe director's notice of refusal, who will then renewal, pay to the Commonwealth, a fee in the
assign a registration number and issue a amount of the fee then being charged for the
certificate. construction supervisor's license under M.G.L.
c. 143, § 94(i).
R6.2.2.3.2: If the grounds for rejection are
based upon substantive grounds for refusal of R6.2.4.1.2 Exemptions from registration
780 CMR R6.2.2.2, and M.G.L. 142A, the and rtmewal fee:
applicant may request that the director 1. Every individual construction supervisor
reconsider the application as submitted by licensed by the BBRS in accordance with
stating· hislher reasons therefore, in writing, M.G.L. c. 143, § 94(i), and every individual
within ten days of the date of mailing of the motor vehicle repair shop registered in
notice of the director's rejection of the accordance with M.G.L. c. 100A, § 2, who
application. desires to be registered or renew their
registration as a home improvement
R6.2.2.4 Record retention: The director shall contractor or subcontractor, and whose
keep a record of the date the application and all license or registration fee has been paid and
pertinent documents are received. In addition, the is current, shall be deemed to have paid the
director shall keep on file, in convenient fonn and registration fee required by 780 CMR
open to public inspection, all applications for R6.2.4.I.
registration, copies of certificates issued, and the 2. If the applicant is a corporation or
names of all home improvement contractors or partnership and the named individual
subcontractors whose registration has been
•
responsible for home improvement
revoked, suspended or surrendered. contracting work is a licensed construction
supervisor and a substantial owner (10% or
mon: of ownership), the applicant entity is
exempt from the registration and renewal fee.

CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
R6.2.4.2 Contribution to guarallltJ fllllnd a initial other pertinent changes in circumstances to the
registration: At the time of initial registration, director.
contractors and subcontractors shall also pay to the
R6.2.5.2 Display of certificate number: Every
Commonwealth, in a separate certified check or
contract, building pennit and advertisement for
money order from the above stated registration fee,
residential contracting as defined in 780 CMR R6
if any, a fee payable to the guaranty fund.
shall display the home improvement contractor's
R6.2.4.2.1 The fee paid by contractors and or subcontractor's certificate of registration
subcontractors to the guaranty fund shall be number.
determined based on the number of employees
(active construction-related personnel) of the R.6.2.5.3 Return of certificate: Upon the
home improvement contractor or expiration, tennination or voluntary surrender of
subcontractor, as defined in 780 CMR R6.1.2, a registration, the registrant shall, deliver, the
on the date of initial registration, as follows: certificate to the director who shall cancel the
registration and endorse the date of expiration,
1. Zero to 3 employees $100.00
tennination or surrender. fu such case, no further
2. 4 employees up to and including 10 $200.00
residential contracting work will be engaged in by
3. 11 employees up to and including 30 $300.00
the contractor or subcontractor.
4. More than 30 employees $500.00
R6.2.4.2.2: The fee to the guaranty fund shall 780 CMR R6.3 ENFORCEMENT
be paid by evel}' registered home improvement PROCEDURES
contractor and subcontractor regardless of JR6.3.1 Notification of Violation: The fund
whether such registrant is exemptfrom paying administrator shall notify the director if a registrant
the registration fee because of the home fails to repay the fund for any payment made from
improvement contractor or subcontractor's the fund to an owner because of the conduct of said
status as a licensed construction supervisor or registrant. In addition, the secretary, attorney
registered motor vehicle repair shop owner. general, district attorney, or local consumer groups
•
R6;2.4.2.3: Any registrant who fails to as defined in 780 CMR R6.1.2, shall advise the
accurately deterrhine the number of employees director of orders resulting from arbitration or court
and pay the correct fee therefor shall be action, or other significant complaint activity against
deemed to have failed to pay the fees required individual registrants, accompanied by a
for registration and shall be subject to recommendation for enforcement action against a
enforcement action by the director, in regi·strant. Significant complaint activity shall
accordance with 780 CMR R6.2.2.2, 4.1 and include but not necessarily be limited to:
4.3. 1. repeated acts prohibited under 780 CMR
R6.4.4;
R6.2.4.2.4: No home improvement contractor 2. a flagrant complaint or complaints involving
or subcontractor shall be required to pay the substantial harm to an owner or owners.
contribution to the guaranty fund more than Nothing in 780 CMR R6.3.1 shall preclude the
once unless the fund administrator determines director from initiating enforcement action on his
that the amount of the fund is insufficient to own initiative.
maintain it at a level commensurate with
R6.3.1.1 Determination that a Home
claims made against the fund. If such a
Improvement Contractor complaint 'may
detennination is so made, after conducting a
involve Construction Supervisor Licensing: If,.
public hearing, the director, in consultation
upon review of a Home hnprovement Contractor
with the fund administrator, may assess each
complaint the Board or the Hearings Officer
registered home improvement contractor or
detennines that such complaint may involve
subcontractor an appropriate fee, the amount to
possible Construction Supervisor License
be determined .by the commissioner of
violations per 780 CMR R5, such Construction
administration and finance, which shall not
Supervisor License complaint hearing may be
exceed the amount of the original assessment;
conducted simultaneously with the Home
provided, however,. that the director shall not
Improvement Contractor complaint hearing.
assess any registrant more than once in any 12
Where possible violations of 780 CMR R5
month period.
exist, the notification and hearing shall also
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR R5 as
R6.2.5 ResponsibUities of Each Registrant
applicable.
R6.2.5.1 Changes in status: Each registrant
shall be responsible for reporting, in writing, JR6.3.2 Consideration of Factors: The director,
within thirty days, changes in trade name or upon receipt of the notification under 780 CMR
address or additions of business name(s), and any R6.3.1 shall consider the pertinent factors in the

particular situation, and decide what enforcement request is received not less than seven days
action in accordance with 780 CMR R6.4, if any, prior to such hearing.
shall be taken against the registrant considering,
R6.3.4.1.3 Decision: Following the close of
among any other pertinent factors, the recommenda-
the hearing, the director shall issue a written
tions of the secretary, attorney general, district
decision on the violation within 30 working
attorney, and/or the local consumer group(s), the
days. A copy of the decision shall be sent to
severity of the violation(s), the frequency of repeti-
the registrant, the secretary, the attorney
tive violations, the hann to the complainant or the
general, the involved district attorney and local
general public, and the impact upon the registrant.
consumer group.
R6.3.3 Letter of Reprimand: The director, on his Rti.3.4.1.3.1 Decisions also involving
own initiative, may send a letter of reprimand to the Construction Supervisor License
registrant containing the facts of the situation, which responsibilities: If the Decision involves
may include that the incident has been noted on the consideration of Construction Supervisor
registrant's official records, and the possibility of License matters per 780 CMR R5 then such
more severe disciplinary action in the event of De:cision shall also comply with the require-
m(~nts of 780 CMR R5 as applicable.
repetitive violations.
R6.3.4.1.4 Appeal: Any party to the hearing
R6.3.4 Suspension, Revocation, Administrative who is aggrieved by the decision may appeal
Penalty: The director may institute a suspension or unde~r the applicable provisions of the
revocation ofregistrant's certificate ofregistration, or Massachusetts Administrative Procedures Act,
administrative penalty against a registrant, subject to M.G.L. c. 30A.
the following hearing provisions:
R6.3.4.1 Hearing procedure: R6.3.5. Injunctions, Restitution: The director, on
his own initiative, may institute court action in
R6.3.4.1.1 Notice of hearing:
accordance with 780 CMR R6.4.3, to obtain a
1. The director shall give at least 14 days
permanent or temporary injunction or an order
notice of a scheduled hearing to the
requiring restitution or completion of a home
registrant, and all parties to the hearing i.e.,
improvement contractor's contract with an owner.
the secretary, the attorney general, the district
attorney, and/or the local consumer group
R6.3.6 Fines and Criminal Penalties: The attorney
from whom the recommendation for
general or a district attorney may initiate court action
enforcement action was received. Notice to
on his own initiative in accordance with 780 CMR
the registrant will be deemed sufficient if it is
R6.4.2.
mailed to thf! most recent address of record in
the director's file.
780 CMR R6.4 ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
2. The notice of hearing shall contain, at
minimum: R6.4.1 Administrative Penalties: If the director
a. The nature of the violation; determines that any registrant is liable for a violation
b. A statement of the enforcement action of any of the provisions of 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L.
recommendation; c. I 42A, the director may institute one or more of the
c. The date, time and place for the following actions:
hearing; R6.4.1.1 Allowable actions:
d. Notice that the registrant may be 1. suspend the registrant's certificate of
represented by legal counsel; registration for such period of time as shall be
e. Advise that the complete investigation determined by the director;
file is available for review at the office of 2. revoke the registrant's certificate of
the director during regular business hours; registration;
f. Notice that the registrant may present 3. s'end a letter of reprimand to the registrant;
written and oral testimony and evidence to 4. assess an administrative penalty not to
mitigate any planned enforcement action. exceed $2,000, payable within 30 days of the
3. The hearing will be conducted by the date of the order of assessment, for each
director or a bearings officer appointed by the violation of any provisions of 780 CMR R6
director. and M:.G.L. c. 142A committed by the home
improvement contractor(s) or subcontractor(s)
•
R6.3.4.1.2 Rescheduling of hearing: The
director, at his discretion, may delay and who are registered or required to be registered
reschedule the date for such hearing upon under 780 CMR R6. This penalty shall be
written request of the registrant, the secretary, deposited to the fund.
the attorney general, a district attorney, or the
involved local consumer group, provided the
.796 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05

CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
R6.4J1..2 Pendency of a daum: The pendency of to any administrative penalty otherwise applicable
a claim against the fund shall not limit the director thereto.
from taking enforcement action against any
JR6.4.2.2 Operating without a certificate: Any
registrant pursuant to 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L
home improvement contractor or subcontractor
c.142A.
who shall knowingly, willfully, or negligently
operate without obtaining a certificate of
R.6.4.2 Fines and CriminallPenalties:
registration as required by 780 CMR R6 and
R6.4.2.1 Sought by attorney general or district M.G.L. c. 142A and who is not otherwise exempt
attorney: Fines and imprisonment specified in from the registration requirements or any home
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A may be sought improvement contractor or subcontractor who
by the attorney general or a district attorney, and continues to operate after revocation of or during
such fines and imprisonment shall be in addition suspension of, or who had failed to renew his
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS·
CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IIMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
certificate of registration, shall be punished by a fine except for changes in plans, specifications, or
not exceeding $5,000 or imprisonment not . construction techniques required by building
exceeding two years or both. regulations;
3. failing to credit the owner any payment
R6.4.2.3 Other violations: Any person who
they have made to the contractor or his
knowingly and willfully violates any of the
salesperson in connection with a residential
provisions of 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L. c. 142A,
contracting transaction;
with respect to which a greater penalty is not
4. making any material misrepresentation in
otheJWise provided by the provisions of 780 CMR
the procurement of a contract or making any .
R6 or M.G.L. c. 142A or by any other law may be
false promise of a character likely to influence,
punished by a fine of not more than $2,000 or by
persuade or induce the procurement of
imprisonment for not more than one year or both.
contract;
5. acting directly, regardless of the receipt or
R6.4.3 Injunctions, Restitution:
expectation of receipt of compensation or gain
R6.4.3.1 Order from superior COlUlrt: If the from the mortgage lender, in connection with
director concludes that the continuing conduct of a residential contracting transaction by
any person alleged to be in violation of 780 CMR preparing, offering or negotiating or attempting
R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A may result in substantial t.o or agreeing to prepare, arrange, offer or
or irreparable harm to any citizen of the negotiate a mortgage loan on behalf of a
Commonwealth, the director may seek: mortgage lender;
1. a permanent or temporary injunction with 6. acting as a mortgage broker or agent for
respect to the conduct from the superior court any mortgage lender;
of any county in which the alleged violation is 7. publishing, directly or indirectly, any
occurring, or in which the violator has its advertisement relating to residential
principal place of business; or contracting which does not contain the home
2. an order requiring restitution or satisfactory improvement contractor's or subcontractor's
completion of the home improvement certificate ofregistration number or which does
•
contractor's contract with an owner. contain an assertion, representation or
statement of fact which is false, deceptive, or
R6.4.3.2 Bond not required: The director shall
misleading;
not be required to file a bond or to show a lack of
8. advertising in any manner that a registrant
an adequate remedy at law when seeking an
is registered under 780 Cl\.1R R6 unJess the
injunction under M.G.L. c. 142A against any
advertisement includes an accurate reference to
person, association, partnership, or corporation
the home improvement contractor's or
not registered under 780 Cl\ttR R6 and M.G.L.
subcontractor's certificate of registration;
c. 142A.
9. violating any of the building laws of the
Commonwealth or of any political subdivision
R6.4.4 Permit Requirements, Prohibited! Acts
thereof;
and! PenaDties: .
10. misrepresenting a material fact by an
R6.4.4.1 Permit requiremelllts: All building' applicant in obtaining a certificate of
pennits for residential contracting work covered registration;
by 780 CMRR6 and M.G.L. c. 142A shall: 11. failing to notify the director of any change
1. clearly state that persons contracting with of trade name or address as required by
unregistered contractors do not have access to 780 CMR. R6.2.5.1;
the guaranty fund; . 12. conducting a residential contracting
2. contain the registered home improvement business in any name other than the one in
contractor's or subcontractor's certificate which the home improvement contractor or
number. subcontractor is registered;
13. failing to pay for materials or services
R6.4.4.2 Prohibited acts: The following acts
rendered in connection with his/her operating
are prohibited by registered home improvement
as a home improvement contractor or
contrac!ors or subcontractors, and those required
subcontractor where he/she has received
to register under the provisions of 780 CMR. R6
sufficient funds as payment for the particular
and M.G.L. c. 142A:
construction work, project or operation for
1. . operating without a certificate of
which the services or materials were rendered
•
registration issued by the director;
or purchased;
2. abandoning or failing to penorm, without
14. failing to comply with any order, demand
justification, any contract or project engaged in
or requirement lawfully made by the director
or undertaken, or deviating from or
or fund administrator under and withi'n the
disregarding plans or specifications in any
authority of 780 CMRR6 and M.G.L. c. 142A;
material way without the consent of the owner,
217/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 eMR - Sixth Edition 797

15.
5.2.2;
16.
demanding or recelvmg payment in
violation of 780 CMR R6.5.2. item 5, 6, or
violating any other provisions of

780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A.
17. failing to pay to the guaranty fund in full,
4. a detailed description of the work to be
done and the materials to be used;
5. the total amount agreed to be paid for the
work to be performed under the contract;
6. a time schedule of payments to be made
under said contract and the amount of each
•
including interest, any amount paid from said payment stated in dollars, including all finance
fund because of the conduct of the registrant. charges, if any. Any deposit required under the
18. any of the grounds for refusal to register contract to be paid in advance of the
or renew in 780 CMR R6.2.2.2 are also commencement of work under said contract
considered prohibited acts. shan not exceed the greater of % of the total
19. failing, within 21 days, to comply with, or contract price or the actual cost of any material
advise the owner of intent to comply with, or or equipment of a special order or custom made
appeal the decision of, an arbitrator as provided nature, which must be ordered in advance of
for in M.G.L. c. 142A and 201 CMR 14:00. the commencement of the work, in order to
20. failing to display the registration number assure that the project will proceed on
on every contract, building pennit and schedule. No final payment shall be demanded
advertisement as required by 780 CMR until the contract is completed to the
R6.5.2.1 item 2, R6.4.4.1 item 2, R6.4.4.2 item satisfaction of the parties thereto;
7, and R6.4.4.2 item 8. 7. the signature of all parties shall be affixed
to the contract;
R6.4.4.3 Penalties: Violations of 780 CMR R6
8. there shall be a clear and conspicuous
or M.G.L. c. 142A shall subject the violator to the
notice appearing in the contract stating:
administrative sanctions of 780 CMR R6.4.1 and
a. that all home improvement contractors
to criminal prosecution or other court action as
and subcontractors shall be registered by the
prescribed in 780 CMR R6.4.2 and 4.3.
director and that any inquiries about a
•
R6.4.4.4 Deceptive act: Violations of any of the contractor or subcontractor relating to a
'provisions of 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A registration should be directed to:
shall constitute an unfair or deceptive act under Director
the provisions of M.G.L. c. 93A. Home Improvement Contractor Registration
One Ashburton Place; Room 1301
780 CMR R6.5 CONTRACfS Boston, MA 02108
R6.5.1 Contract in Writing: Every agreement (617) 727-8598
between a home improvement contractor and an b. the registration number of the home
owner to perform residential contracting services in improvement contractor on the first page of
an amount in excess of $1 ,000 shall be in writing. the contract.
c. the owner's three-day cancellation rights
R6.5.2 Contents of Contract: under M.G.L. c. 93, § 48; M.G.L. c. 140D,
§ 10 or M.G.L. c. 255D, § 14, as may be
R6.5.2.1 Documents and information: Every applicable.
agreement to perform residential contracting d. all warranties and the owner's rights under
services in excess of $1,000 shall include, but not the provisions of 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L.
be limited to, the following documents and c. 142A;
information: e. in ten point bold type or larger, directly
1. the complete agreement between the owner above the space provided for the signature,
and the contractor and a clear description of the following statement:
any other documents which are or shall be
DO NOT SIGN THIS CONTRACT IF THERE
incorporated i.nto said agreement;
2. the full names, federal ill number if
ARE ANY BLANK SPACES
f. whether any lien or security interest is on
applicable, (exclusive of social security
the residence as a consequence of the
number), address (exclusive of post office box
contract;
addresses), registration number of the home
(9) an enumeration of such other matters upon
improvement contractor, the name(s) of the
which the owner and the contractor may
salesperson(s), if any, who solicited or
lawfully agree; provided, however that no such
negotiated the contract and the date when said
agreement may waive any rights conveyed to
. contract was executed by the parties;
the owner under the provisions of 780 CMR
3. the date on which the work under the
R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A;
contract is scheduled to begin and the date on
(10) any other provision otherwise required by
which said work is scheduled to be
the applicable laws of the Commonwealth.
substantially completed;

CONTRACTOR REGISTRAnON AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
R6.5.2.2 Permit notice: Any contract entered SUCH ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED IN

into between a home improvement contractor and M.G.L. c.l42A.
an owner shall contain a clause informing the
owner ofthe following: Contractor
1. any and all necessary construction-related
pennits; .
2. that it shall be the obligation of the borne Owner
improvement contractor to obtain such permits
as the owner's agent; NOTICE~ THE SIGNATIJRES OF THE
3. that owners who secure their own PARTIES ABOVE APPLY ONLY TO THE
construction-related permits or deal with AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES TO
unregistered contractors will be excluded from ALTERNATNE DISPUTE SETILEMENT
the guaranty fund provisions of M.G.L. INITIATED BY THE CONTRACTOR THE_
c.142A; OWNER MAY INITIATE ALTERNATIVE
DISPUTE RESOLUTION EVEN WHERE THIS
R6.5.2.3 Acceleration of payment: No contract
SECTION IS NOT SEPARATELY SIGNED BY
- shall contain an acceleration clause under which
THE PARTIES.
any part or all of the balance not yet due may be
declared due and payable because the bolder
R6.5.3 Dispute ResolutioJlll
deems himselfto be insecure. However, where the
contractor deems himself to be insecure helshe R6.5.J.l Court action: Any party may bring an
may require as a prerequisit¢ to continuing said action to enforce any provisions of780 CMR R6
work that the balance of funds due under the and M.G.L. c. 142A, in superior court, the disti'ict
contract, which are in the possession ofthe owner, court, or the small claims division of the district
shall be placed in ajoint escrow account requiring court.
the signatures of the home improvement
R6.5.3.2 Owllller right to all"Jbitratiol!ll~ ][n the
contractor and owner for withdrawal.
alternative, an owner may request that a dispute
R6.5.2.4 Copy to owner: At the time ofsigning, resulting from and! relating to residential
the owner shall be furnished with a copy of the contracting be decided under the terms of a
contract signed by both the home improvement private arbitration service approved by the
contractor and the owner. No work shall begin secretary.
prior to the signing ofthe contract and transmittal
R6.5.3.3 Contractor ll"ight to arJ;»itntion: The
to the owner of a copy ofsuch contract
home improvement contractor may initiate dispute
R6.5.2.5 Arbitration: Any contract entered into liesolution ilirough private arbitration services
between a home improvement contractor and approved by the secretary, provided: iliat the
owner may provide that the home improvement contract between the owner and the home
contractor may initiate alternative dispute improvement contractor contains such a clause as
resolution through any private arbitration services provided in 780 CMR R6.5.2.5.
approved by the secretary, as provided in M.G.L.
c. 142A; provided, that said alternative dispute R,6.5.4 V lllIlidity of contn-ad: Contracts which fain
resolution provision is clearly and conspicuously to comply with the requirements of 780 CMR R6
disclosed in the contract, in language designated md M.O.L. c. 142A shal! not be invalid solely
by the secretary, and that each party separately because ofnoncompliance.
signs and dates the provision, thereby assenting to
the procedure. The following language and format 780 CMR R6.6 SUPPlLEMENTARY
is -acceptable: IDENTIFICATION CARDS
THE CONTRACTOR AND THE R.6.6.1 DeHiinitioDs
HOMEOWNER HEREBY MUTUALLY
AGREE IN -ADVANCE THAT IN THE Certificate of registration: The document issued by
EVENT THE CONTRACTOR HAS A the Director showing the registrant's certificate
DISPUTE CONCERNING THIS number and other data as required by the director.
CONTRACT, THE -CONTRACTOR MAY
SUBMIT SUCH DISPUTE TO A PRIVATE Iaientification card: The document issued to the
ARBITRAnON SERVICE WHICH HAS respoIllSible individual or 10 one or more
BEEN APPROVED BY THE SECRETARY individuals in the employ of the
OF THE EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF applicant/registrant.
CONSUMER AFFAIRS AND BUSINESS
REGULATIONS AND THE CONSUMER R6.6.2 Certificates of registJrantl!l: For applicall'ilts
SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT TO liegistering as individuals, the certificate of

registration and identification card will be issued in appropriate request fonn and fee. The
the name of the registrant. Only one identification applicant is responsible for the prompt return
card will be issued to individual registrants. of individual identification cards if there is a
ch~1IlIge in status of individuals holding such
R6.6.2.2 Non-Individual Registrants:
supplementary cards.
R6.6.1.2.1 If the Applicant is a corporation,
partnership, proprietorship with a fictitious R6.6.3 Fees: For each additional identification card
name, or other non-individual entity, the request inl accordance with 780 CMR R6.2.2.1, an
certificate of registration 'and the initial additional fee per card in an amount of 51 0.00 must
identification card will bear the name of the acc0D:1pan,y the request for additional cards.
registrant entity and the individual responsible
for the home improvement residential R6.6.4 E:xpiration: Supplementary cards will
contracting activities ofthe registrant." ' expire on the same date as the expiration date ofthe
o R6.6.2.2.2 Supplementary identification cards registrant tmtity, and must be renewed along with the
may be issued, upon request of the registrant, renewal of the registrant entity's registration by
to named officers, partners, of key individuals submission of the required application and fee of
in the employ of the registrant" under. the SIO.OO per card requested.
certificate of registration number' 'of the
applicant entity, upon submission of the
•
800 780 CMR • Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780CMRR7
CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUILDINGS, BUILDING

COMMISSIONERS AND LOCAL iNSPECTORS
FORWARD
Contained herein are the RULES and REGULATIONS for the certification of all inspectors of buildings,
building commissioners and local inspectors (collectively referred to as building code enforcement officials)
ofthe Board ofBuilding Regulations and Standards (BBRS). In accordance with M.G.L. c. 143 §§3 and 94,
the BBRS is authorized to adopt rules and regulations which govern the administration of such program.
780 Cl\AR. R7 covers the certification rules and regulations for inspector of buildings, building
commissioners and local inspectors as defined in M.G.L. c. 143, § 3, and 780 CM[R 105.
General Provisions
R7.1.1 Title
R7.1.2 Definitions
R7.1.3 Scope, intent
R7.1.4 Powers and duties
R7.1.5 Inspector Certification Advisory Committee (Building Official Certification Committee)
R7.1.6 Categories of certification
R7.1.7 Certifications required
Requirements for Initial Certificatioull
R7.2.1 Application
R7.2.2 Building Code Enforcement Officials in office as ofNovember 12, 1992
R7.2.3 After November 12, 1992
R7.2.4 Requirements for certification as a local inspector
R7.2.5 Requirements for certification as an inspector of buildings/building commissioner
Requirements for Maintenance of Certification
R7.3. 1 Continuing education
R7.3.2 Renewal of certification
Procedures for Complaints
R7.4.1 Complaints
R7.4.2 Revocation of certificates and altematesanctions
R7.4.3 Violations and penalties
780 CMR R7.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS R7.1.3 Scope, intent: 780 CMR R7 shall control all
R7.1.1 Title: 780 CMR. R7 entitled "Certification of matters relating to qualifications and certification of
Inspectors of Buildings, Building Commissioners all building code enforcement officials engaged in or
and Local Inspectors" (hereinafter collectively to be engaged in the administration and enforcement
referred to as Building Code Enforcement Officials) of 780 CMR, categories of certified building code
is authorized and promulgated by the State Board of enforcement officials; procedures for application,
Building Regulations and Standards under the issuance, denial and revocation of certifications;
authority ofM.G.L. c. 143, §§ 3 and 94. approval of training andlor educational programs
offered to meet the requirements for certification;
R7.11.2 Definitions: Any tenns not herein defined maintenance of certification through continuing
shall assume the definition ofthe tenn as used in the ~ducation; application fees for certification; and
Massachusetts State Building Code (780 CMrR). enforcement of780 CMR R7.. .
It is the purpose of 780 C:MR R7 to establish
BBRS: State Board ofBuilding Regulations and standards and procedures for certification, and to
Standards require all persons performing duties with respect to
Registrant: Any individual registered with the the inspection of building construction for any
Board of Building Regulations and Standards political subdivision within the Commonwealth to be
(BBRS) as a building code enforcement certified as provided in 780 CMR R7.
official in the capacity of an inspector of
buiIdings/building commissioner or local R'7.1.4 Powers and Duties: The BBRS, working
inspector. through the Administrator and the Board statT, shall
2/7/97 (Effe.etive 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 801

have the following responsibilities in addition to all

others provided in 780 CMR R7.
R7.1.4.1 Upon recommendations from the
Building Official Certification Committee,
established under 780 CMR R7.1.5, to issue
certifications to individuals deemed qualified as
a.
designee
b
One member of the BBRS or his/her
Six members who are active building

officials consisting of:
- Onl~ member from each of the three
. Municipal Building Official's Associations
•
(Southeastern Building Officials
provided for herein.
Association, Building Officials of Westem
R7.1.4.2 To maintam accurate records of all 1vlassachusetts, Massachusetts Building
applications for certification and any official Commissioners and Inspectors
action thereon and to make such records available Association). .
for inspection by the public at all reasonable - Three members at large to be appointed by
times. theBBRS.
c. One member from academia who is an
R7.1.4.3 To suspend or revoke a certification
educator of construction at the colleg~ level
provided for herein upon the establishment of
(e.g. architectural, civil, structural) to be
good cause.
appointed by the BBRS.
R7.1.4.4 Any person aggrieved by any notice, d. One member of the Massachusetts
action, ruling or order of the Board, or the Municilpal Association.
Building Official Certification Committee with
respect to 780 CMR R7, may have a right to a R7.1.6 Categories of Certification:
hearing as provided for by law.
R7.1.6.1 Categories of certification for building
code enforcement officials are as follows:
R7.1.5 Inspector Certification Advisory
Committee (Building Official Certification R7.1.6.1.1 Inspector of Buildings or
Committee): Building Commissioner: An individual
certified as an inspector of buildings building
•
R7.1.5.1: There is hereby established in the commissioner shall perform the duties as
BBRS the Inspector Certification Advisory defined in 780 CMR 105.3 and M.G.L. c. 143.
Committee hereafter known as the Building
R7.1.6.1.2 Local Inspector: An individual
Official Certification Committee.· This Committee
certified as a local inspector shall perform the
shall be supported by such staff of the BBRS as
duties as defined in 780 CMR 105.4 and
may be required for the effective operation of
M.G.L. c. 143.
780CMRR7.
R7.1.6.. 1.3 Conditional appointment of a
R7.1.5.2 Powers and Duties: The Building building code enforcement official: A
Official Certification Committee shall have the conditional appointee shall meet the
responsibility to advise and to· recommend to the requirements of 780 CMR R7.1.7.4 through
BBRS on all items relating to the certification of 1.7.6.3.
building code enforcement officials, including,
R7.1.6.1.4 Alternate inspectors of buildings/
but not limited to:
buildiIlg commissioners: An alternate
a. issuance of certificates
inspector of buildingslbuilding commissioner
b. review of credentials of applicants
shall be~ certified prior to appointment.
c. maintenance ofapplicant records
d. . hearing of complaints and appeals pertain-
R7.1.7 Cerltifications required:
ing to inspector certification
e. review and approval of all courses of study: R7.1.7.1: After November 12, 1992, no
seminars, and other educational programs as individual shall be permanently appointed to the
deemed necessary, for credit toward continuing position of inspector of buildings, building
education requirements. commissioner or local inspector in a· local
f monitoring all appointments to assure com- enforcing agency for which a certification
pliance with 780 CMR R7. requirement has been established by 780 CMR
g. reciprocity may be considered upon petition R7, unless that individual has been· deemed
of the Building Official Certification qualified and certified in that category by the
Committee on forms· provided for such Building Official Certification Committee.
purpose.
•
R7.1.7.1.1 Conditional appointments:
R7.1.5.3 Make-up of the Committee: The Conditional appointments may be made
Building Official Certification Committee shall pursuantto 780 CMRR7.1.7.4, 1.7.5 and 1.7.6.
consist of nine members appointed by the BBRS R7.1.7.2 Reporting by appointing authorities:
as follows: (Terms of committee members are as Immediatelly upon the appointment of an inspector
established by lot at the March 31, 1993 meeting.)
802 780 Cf\.1R - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUll..DINGS, BUll.DING COMMISSIONERS
•
AND LOCAL INSPECTORS
of buildings, building conurusslOner or local

R7.1.7.6 Requests for Extensions of Time to
inspector, the appointing authority shall notify the
Comply with Examination Scltnedules:
BBRS in writing on fonns provided for such
purpose of the name of the appointee, the R7.1.7.6.1: Any conditional appointee unable
appointed position and the date of appointment. to comply with the examination schedule as
cited in 780 CMR R7.1.7.5 may, for cause, be
R7.1.7.3: Any individual employed as inspector granted an extension of time in order to
of buildings, building conunissioner or local comply, upon written petition to the Building
inspector and who was in office on November 12, Official Certification Committee. Petitions
1992 and who was qualified (in accordance with shall be forwarded to the clerk of said
M.G.L. c. 143, § 3) to be in office at time of hire, committee, and addressed to the office of the
and who has presented acceptable evidence of BBRS (current address listed at the front of the
these facts to the BBRS, shall be deemed certified building code). The conditional appointee shall
in the category held on said date, and shall be state all reasons to substantiate the request for
provided with a certificate by the BBRS. an extension of time.
R7.:n..7.4 Conditional Appointments: After R7.1.7.6.2: The Building Official Certification
November 12, 1992, individuals who meet or Committee shall, within ten days of any action
exceed the experience requirements pursuant to taken by the committee pursuant to 780 CMR
M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR but who are not R7, notify the appointing authority in writing of
certified under the provisions of 780 CMR R7 such action.
may be appointed on a conditional basis only.
R7.:Jl.7.5 Regulations for the Conditional 780 CMR R7.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR
Appointment of Building Code Enforcement INITIAL CERTIFICATION
Officials: Ri.2.li Application: Any candidate for certification
R7.1.7.5.1: Any individual conditionally in any category of building code enforcement official
issued pursuant to 780 CMR R7 shall submit an
•
appointed as a building code enforcement
official, on or after November 12, 1992 who is application to the BBRS, accompanied by the
not certified in the appropriate category of required application fee as prescribed, on forms
certification at the time of the conditional provided for this purpose by the BBRS. The
appointment; shall comply with the following: application shall include such infonnation and
a. Immediately upon appointment, the documentation as the BBRS may require pursuant to
appointing authority shall report the 780 CMR R7.
conditional appointment to the BBRS in
accordance with 780 CMR R7.1.7.2. R7.2.2 Building Code Enforcement Officials ilm
b. Within the first six months of Office as of November 127 1992: Upon receipt of
employment the conditional appointee shall acceptable evidence as established by the BBRS,
make application to take the examination(s) signed by the city or town clerk and the appointing
required for the appropriate category of authority in attestation that the applicant for
certification as identified in 780 CMR certification was employed in the position of
R7.2.0. inspector of buildings, building commissioner or
c. Within one year following the first six local inspector and met the qualificational
months of employment the conditional requirements of said position pursuant to M.G.L.
appointee shall attain a passing score on all c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR as of the date of hire, the
of the examinations required for the category applicant shall be deemed certified in the applicable
of certification of the conditional category and shall be issued a certificate. The
appointment. certificate shall indicate the name of the individual
d. In accordance with 780 CMR R7.1.7.6, and the category of certification and other
a conditional appointee may petition the information as may be deemed necessary by the
Building Official Certification Committee in BBRS.
writing for an extension of time to comply
with the examination schedule of 780 CMR Ri.2.3 After November 127 19927 applicants for
R7. Upon establishment of cause, the certification as a Building Code EnforcemeJl1lt
Building Official Certification Conunittee Officiall shaH meet the following requirements:
rna)' grant such extensions of time as it may
• consider appropriate. R7.2.4 Requirements for certification as a Locan

Knspector:
R7.1.7.5.2: Conditional appointees shall
notify the BBRS of any change in the status R7.2.4.J1.: All candidates shall meet or exceed the
of their employment, within· one month of qualifications for the position of local inspector
such change. pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR prior

to any examinations. The Board of Building

Regulations via the certification committee shall
approve all candidates prior to any examinations.
The certification committee shall maintain a list of
all qualified candidates for any and all city and
towns appointing building officials.
R7.3.1.2: The Committee may publish a list of
acceptable educational programs, courses,
seminars, and the like. The Committee may also
accept educational activities in which registrants
have participated after the fact, upon application
•
and review of the course information. The
. R7.2.4.2: All candidates shall attain a passing Committee shall assign credits to each
score in all examinations required for certification educational/training event.
as either a Building Plans Examiner or a
Building Inspector under the Construction Code R7.3.2 Renewal of certificate:
Inspector Certification Program of the Building
R7.3.2.1 Term of certificate: Each certified
Officials and Code Administrators International
individual shall maintain a recoid of hislher
(BOCA).
continuing education credits and forward such
R7.2.4.3 Prior approval for examination as a information to the office of the BBRS in care of
Local Inspector: No candidates shall be allowed the Building Official Certification Committee
to take said examinations without prior approval (address is listed at the front ofthe building code)
of the Board of Building Regulations and as it is accumulated. The BBRS shall maintain a
Standards or the certification committee at the record of each inspector's progress.
Board's discretion. At the end of each three year period, each
inspector who has successfully maintained hislher
R7.2.5 Requirements for Certification as an continuing education credit shall be duly notified
Inspector of BuildingslBuilding Commissioner: by the BBRS.
R7.2.5.1: All candidates shall meet or exceed the
R7.3.3: In accordance with M.G.L. c. 143, § 99, no
qualifications for the position of local inspector
building code enforcement official attending BBRS
pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR prior
•
required educational programs, shall lose any rights
to any examinations. The Board of Building
relative to compensation or vacation.
Regulations via the certification committee shall
approve all candidates prior to any examinations.
780 ClVIR R7.4 PROCEDURES FOR
The certification committee shall maintain a list of
COMPLAINTS
all qualified candidates for any and all city and
towns appointing building officials. R7.4.1 Complaints:
R7.2.5.2: All candidates shall meet the R7.4.1.1l Cause for complaint: Any individual
examination requirements for certification as a who has been alleged to have violated the
local inspector pursuant to 780 CMR R7.2.4.2 provisions of 780 CMR R7 or 780 CMR may be
herein, or hold a certification as a local inspector entitled to a hearing in accordance with M.G.L. c.
pursuant to 780 CMR R7. 30A before the Building Official Certification
Conmlittee or subcommittee thereof. A complaint
R7.2.5.3: All candidates shall attain passing shall be made in writing to the BBRS, attention;
scores in all examinations required for Building Official Certification Committee.
certification as a Certified Building Official
under the Certified Building Official Program of R7.4.1.2 Hearings on complaints: 1£ a hearing is
the Council of American Building Officials to convene, the committee shall give at least ten·
(CABO). days notice to all those party to the complaint.
The sending of notice to the address recorded on
R7.2.5.4 Prior approval for examination as a the records of the BBRS shall be deemed
Local Inspector: No candidates shall be allowed sufficient notice.
to take said examinations without prior approval
of the Board of Building Regulations and R7.4.1.3 Notice of hearings: The notice shall
Standards or the certification committee at the contain:
Board's discretion. a. The name of the complainant
b. A copy of the complaint
780 CMR 7.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR c. The date, time and place of said hearing.
MAINTENANCE OF CERTIFICATION The complete file of complaint shall be available
for inspection at the office of the BBRS during
•
R7.3.1 Continuing education:
regular business hours. Parties may present
R7.3.1.1: Within each three year period following written or oral evidence to refute or mitigate any
initial certification, the registrant shall complete charge c:ontained in the complaint and present
45 hours of continuing education credit acceptable witnesses in hislher behalf. In the event that the
to the Building Official Certification Committee. committl~e votes to take action against said

CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMMISSIONERS
AND LOCAL INSPECTORS
certification pursuant to this hearing, the building provisions of780 CMR R7;
code enforcement official, upon notice of the c. Has fraudulently or deceitfully practiced as
decision,' shall immediately comply with said a certified building code enforcement official,
orders. d. Has been grossly negligent or has engaged
in misconduct in the performance of any of his
R7.4.1.4 Continuation of hearings: the
duties;
committee, in its discretion, may continue the date
e. Has failed, over a period 'of time, to-
for hearing upon request by building official, the
maintain continuing education requirements as
complainant or the committee itself.
specified in 780 CMR R7;
R7.4.Jl.S Timing of decisions: The committee f. Has been found to have failed to report an
shall make a decision within 15 days of the offer, or bribe, or other favor in a proceeding
hearing. A written decision shall be issued within under 780 CMR R7 or other appropriate law of
30 days of the hearing date. this or any other state or jurisdiction;
g. Has made a false or misleading statement,
R7.4.1.6 Decisions: The decision shall be final
or has made a material omission in any
and binding upon the building code enforcement
submission to the BBRS;
official and the complainant.
h. Has failed to enforce the provisions of
R,7.4.1.7 Notke of action: In the event that the 780 CMR as prescribed by M.G.L. c. 143, § 3.
committee votes to take action against said
,certification pursuant to this hearing, the building Ri.4.3 Violations and Penalties:
code enforcement official, upon notice of the
R7.4.3.1: It shall be a violation of 780 CMR R7
decision, shall immediately comply with said
on or after November 12, 1992, for any individual
orders.
to represent himselflherself to be qualified for a
R7.4.J1..8 Appeal: Any person aggrieved by a position that the individual does not currently
decision of the committee may appeal such hold, or to use a title or otherwise represent
decision to a court of law or equity in himself/herself to be qualified for a position that
•
conformance with M.G.L. c. 30A, § 14. the individual does not currently hold, or to use a
title or otherwise represent himself/herself as
R7.4.2 Revocation of certificates and aHe:rnative certified or authorized to act under the 780 CMR
sanctions: if that individual does not possess a certificate,
unless such person is appointed subject to the
R7.4.2.1: The BBRS, upon recommendation of
provisions of780 CMR R7 1.6.1.3. In addition to
the Committee, and subject to the requirements of
any other remedy available under law, such
the Administrative Practices in accordance with
representation shall be deemed a violation of
M.G.L. c. 30A, may suspend or revoke a
780 CMR R7 and any other penalties as provided
certification, or assess any other penalties as
for by law.
provided for by law, if it is detennined that the
registrant: (The following is not an exhaustive R7.4.3.2: It shall be a violation of 780 CMR R7
list.) on and after November 12, 1992, for any local
a. Has obtained a certification by fraud or enforcing agency to offer employment, to retain
misrepresentation, or the person named in the for employment or to pennanently appoint any
certificate has obtained it by fraud or individual who is not certified in accordance with
misrepresentation; 780 CMR R7, except on a conditional basis in
b. Has aided or abetted in practice as a accordance with 780 CMR R7.1.6.1.3.
certified building code enforcement official any
person not authorized to practice as a certified
building code enforcement official under the
•
NON-TEXT PAGE
•
• INDEX
By section nwnber
A Concrete, 1906.3
Masonry. mortar and grout, 2105.0
Special tests. 1906.3.1
A. use group. assembly, 303.0
Access Air ducts (see Ducts)
Attics, 1211.2 Air nntakes
Courts. 1212.4 Combustion, 3620.0
Crawl spaces, 1211.1 Courts. 1212.5
Roofs,1027.0 From attic areas, 3620.3, 3620.3.3
Accessibility, 780 CMR 11 From under floor areas, 3620.3. 3620.3.4
Return. 3619.2
AccessOlY structures
Supply, 3619.3
Defmition, 202.0. 3602.2
Use Group U, utility and miscellaneous, 312.0 Air plenum (see Plenums)
Adjoining property Airplane hangars (see Garages)
Demolition and excavation, 3310.0 Airport traffic control towers.- 414.0
Existing buildings, 3309.0 Air~supported structures
Fences, 3311.0 Membrane structures, general, 3103.0
Grade control, 3310.4 Temporary, 3104.0
Notice to owners, 3310.1
Aisles
Protection of. 3308.0
Assembly, Use Group A, 1011 .3, 1012.0
Storage of materials, 3312.0
Exit access, other use groups. 1011.0
Adjoining spaces lllwnination, 1024.0
Natural light, 1206.0
Alarm systems (see Fire protection systems)
Natural ventilation, 1208.0
A!lowable areas and heights of buildings (also see Areas,
Administrative
building)
Administration, Chapter 1,3601.0
Existing buildings, 3400.3
Alternate materials and methods, 109.3
General, 503.0, Table 503
Application for permits, 106.2
Unlimited areas, 507.0
Board of appeals, 122.0
Building classified by code official, 302.1 Allowable spans
Certificate ofoccupancy, 120.0 Floor joists, 3605.2.3.1
Code official approves plans, 109.0 Headers, 3606.2.6
Code official, definition, 202.0 Rafters and ceiling joists. 3608.2.4
Conditions of permi~ 111.0, 113.0 MRoys
Drawings and specifications required, 110.8 Aluminum, 2002.1
Existing structures, 102.5 Special steel. 2207.1
Foundation permits, 108.1, 111.13 Alterations
Inspections required, 115.0 Additions, 3404.2,3408.2.3 , 3408.4
Inspectors appointed, 105.1 Area and height limitations. 3404.9
Liability, liOS.7 Certificate ofoccupancy, H20.0
Maintenal1lce of buildings, 103.1.3401.2 Definition. 202.0
Organization of building department, 105.0 Existing buildings, 3400, 3404.0
Permit fees, 114.0 Inspections, 115.0
Permits required, HO.l, 1l0.2 light and ventilation in existing buildings, 3400.6
Powers and duties of code official, 105.0 Minor changes, 3404. I
Records ofdepartment, 105.8 Nonstructural alterations and repairs, 3401.2
Requirements not in code, 102.2, 102.3 Permit fees, I 14.0
Restrictions on employees, 105.6 Permit required, 11].0
Revocation ofpermits, 111.12 Signs, 3102.4.2
Scope of code. 101.2 Structural alterations and repairs, 3404.0
Stop work orders, 119.0
Alternative materials and construction
Tests and test reports, 1108.0
Approved by code official, 109.0,3601
Unsafe structures,12I.O
Board ofappeals, 122.0
Validity of code. 104.0
Suitability of, 1707.1
Violations and penalties, 118.0
Aluminum alloys, 2002.0
Aged, homes for
Use Gr9uP I. institutional, 308.0 Amendments to plans. 110.12, 110.13
Aggregates
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) ~ corrected 780 Cl\IiR - Sixth Edition 807

Anchorage, anchors Open parking structures. 406.4

Flood~resistant construction, 3107.5.2 Separate buildings, 313.1.3,503.1.402.16
Framing into girders, 2305.6.1 Special industrial uses, 503.1.1
Intersecting masonry walls, 2111.2 Unlimited areas, 507.0
Masonry, general, 2110.0, 2111.0 Waiting rooms, 409.2 .1
Masonry, veneer, 1405.5 Areaways, 3203.12.1
Metal veneers, 1405.4.1
Artificial light, 1207.0, 1024.1
Projecting masonry, 2112.0
Wood, sill, 2305.16 Asphalt roof shingles, 1507.2.3,3609.3
Antennas, radio and television, 3109.0 Assembly buildings
Aisles. I 012.0
Apartment bouse (see Multiple dwellings)
Area allowed, 503.0
Appeals, board of, 122.0 Classification of, 303.0
Application for permit Determining capacity of means ofegress, 1009.0
Action by code official on application. 111.1 Fire suppl"ession requirements, 904.0, 914.0
Application fonn, 1l0A Occupancy load requirements, 1008.0
Awnings, 3205.0, Stages and platfonns, 412.0
Conditions ofpennit, 113.0 Use Group A, 303.0
Drawings required, 110.8 Atriums, 404.0
For demolition of buildings, 112.0
Attic
FOWldation pennits, 108.7, 111.13
Access, 1211.2
Moving buildings, 3407.1
Combustion air, 3620.3.3
Pennit fees, 114.0
Definition" 202.0
Plot diagram required, 107.6
Draftstopping,720.7.2
Records to be kept, 105.8
Furnaces, insulation in,
Registered architect or engineer, 107.3
Insulation, exposed, 722.2
Signs, 3102.4
Ventilation of. 1210.1
Swimming pools, 421.3
Temporary structures, 3104.0 Auditoriums
What required, 110.0, 111.0 Foyers and waiting spaces, 1006.2.4
When required, 110.0, 111.0 Means of (~gress, 1006.2.2
Use Group A~I, assembly, 303.2
Appointment of code official, 105.1
Use Group A~3, assembly, 303.4
Approval
Automatic fire detection systems (see Detection systems,
Alternative materials and methods of construction,
automatic fire)
109.3
Certificate of occupancy, 120.0 Automatic fire suppression systems (also see Sprinklers)
For use of plastic material, 2601.3 Atriums, 404.2
General, 106.0 Carbon dioxide systems, 909.0
Inspections, 115.0 Covered mlall buildings, 402.10
Materials, 1704.0 Dry~hemical systems, 910.0
Modifications, 106.2 Foam sysbmlS, 911.0

Moving buildings, 3407.0 General, 901.0
Of plans for permit, 108.5 Halogenab=d systems, 912.0
Used materials, 109.2 High-rise buildings, 403.2, 403.3
Limited arle8 systems, 907.0
Approved, definition, 202.0, 3602.2
Plans and. specifications (consbUction documents).
Approved agency 903.1
Criteria, 1704.3 .1 System selection, 905.0
Definition, 202.0 Water sprinkler systems, 906.0
Architect Where required, 904.1
Report, permits issued, 116.4 Automobiles, parking
Drawings and specifications, by, 110.8 Open parking structures, 313.2, 406.0
Special professional services, 116.2 Private garages, 202.0, 407.0
Architectural trim (see Exterior trim restrictions) Public garages, 202.0, 402.16, 408.0
Areas, building Awnings
Allowable areas for buildings (also see Allowable Clearance, 3205.0
areas and heights of buildings), 503.0, Table 503, Covers and boxes, 3203.10
3408.6.2 Fixed, 3205.3
Allowable, required reductions of, 506.4, Table 506.4 Loads, 1609.0
Definition, 202.0 Moveable, 3205.2
Existing buildings, 3404.1 Over public property, 3203.9, 3205.1
•
Floor area, definition, 202.0 Permit for" 3205.1
General area limitations, 503.0 Plastic, 2604.8
Increase for street frontage, 506.2 RetractabI4~. 3205.2
Increase for suppression, 506.3
Mezzanines, 505.2
Modifications, 506.0, 506.4

INDEX
B Bond, masonry
Foundation walls. 1812.3.5
B, me group, business, 304.0 Masonry veneers,1405.5
Masonry walls. 2110.0, 2111.0
Balcony
Exits, 1006.2.2 BoriJigs and tests of soils. 1802.0,1803.0, 1804.0
Exterior balconies, 3203.8 Bracing
Exterior construction of. 1406.4 Adjoining existing buildings, 3309.3
Live loads, 1606.0 Exterior stud walls, 2305.7
Over public property, 3203.8 For stud walls and partitions. bearing, 2305.4.2
Pennissible street projections, 3203.8 Masonry walls. lateral. 2108.0
Railings, 1012.8, 1021.4, 1615.5 Seismic, 1903.0. 1904.0. 2104.0. 2204.0, 2305.8.
Steps, 1012.0 2306.0
Banner and cloth signs, 3102.12.1 Brick (see Masonry)
Barricades Bridges
Construction, where required, maintenance, 3304.2, Over sidewalks (wrecking), 3304.3
3310.1 Pedestrian walkways, 3106.0
Bars, reinforcing Bridging, wood floors, 2305.14.2
Clear cover in concrete footings, 1810.3.2
Building
Details of reinforcement, 1910.0. 1911.4
Allowable areas and heights, 503.0, Table 503
Reinforcing steel, 2208.0
Alterations of existing buildings. 3400.0. 3404.0
Basement Ceiling height, 3603.8
Dmnpproofing,1813.0 Certificate of use and occupancy, 120.0
Definition, 202.0 Cbange in use, 3400.3 .
Enclosure ofstairways, 1014.11 Classified by type ofconstruction, 602.1
Fire suppression system required, 904.10 Classified by use or occupancy, 302.1
Floors above, protection of, 1006 3.1 Construction precautions. Chapter 33
Ratproofing, 1215.0 Definition, 202.0
Required exits, 1010.2 Design criteria, 3603.1
Stairway construction 1014 Doors, 3603.11
•
UndergroWld structures, 405.0 Exits. 3603.10
Waterproofing, 1813.0 Flood resistant, 3107.0
Bathrooms Garages. 3603.5
Light and ventilation, 1205.0 General limitations, Chapter 5
Mechanical ventilation allowed, 1205.2 Glazing, 3603.20
Window area required for, 12082 Height, definition, 202.0
Bay window (also see Windows, bay) Height modifications, 504.0
Construction of, 1406.5 Heights, allowable, 503.0, Table 503, 504.0, 507.1
Over public property, projection, 3203.7 Higharise,403.0
Historic, 3409.0
Beams
Maintenance, 103.0
Bottom flange protection, 715.6
Permissible street projections, 3203.0
Fireresistance, rating of, Table 602, 715.0
Room dimensions, 3603.7
Fireresistance, reinforced concrete, Table 602
Stairways, 3603.13
Reinforced concrete 1901. Temporary, 110.2
Steel, formed, 2206.0
Two or more on same lot, 503.1.3, 1201.2
Steel, structural, 2203.0
Unlimited area, 507.0
Stmctwal, glued-laminated, 2307.1
Unsafe, 121.0
Supports, 3605.2.4
Wood, 2303.0, 2305.0 Building department
Wood in heavy timber construction, 2304.0 Annual report, 105.5.1
General, 1 05.0
Bearing (Loadbearing)
Records, 106.7
For wood beams allld girders, 2305.6.1, 2305.6.3
On hollow masomy units. 1812.3.3.2112.1.2.2 Building official (see Code official). 202.0
Bearing partitions (see Walls) Building paper, 1405.3.6
Bearing, soil capacity, 1804.0 Building permits (see Permits)
Bearing walls (see Walls) Business buildings, Use Group B, 304.0
Bleachers, 1013.0
Blocks concrete masonry units (See Masonry)
c
Board and care facilities (see 1, use group, institutional)
• Board of appeals, 121.0

Boarding houses (see Residential buildings)
Cansson piles, 1824.0
Calculations required. 110.8

•
Canopies Churches
Construction, 3105.0, 3205.4 Use Group A-4, assembly, 303.0
Loads, 1609.6.2 Chutes
On exterior walls, 3205.4 Linen and refuse, 2807.0
Over public property, 3205.1
Classification
Carbon dioxide extinguishing system (see Automatic fire Of buildings, by code official, 302.1
suppression systems) Of buildings, by occupancy. 302.0
Cast iro~ 2209.0 Ofbuildings, by types of construction, 602.0
Cast stone Of types of construction, 603.0.604.0,605.0,606.0
Bonding, 2110.0 Clay tile
General requirements, 2105.3 General, 2105.0
Cavity walls Veneer, 1405.0
Definition (see Walls), 202.0, 3606.6 Clearances
Ceilings Around concrete reinforcing, 1810.3.2
Finishes, 3608.5 Around fJI'(~places, 2114.6
Fireresistance rated assemblies, 713.0 Around timber in masonry, 2305.6.3
. Height 1204.0, 3603.8 Awnings, movable, 3203.9, 3203.10,3205.2
Panels, 713.1.1 Marquee awnings, 3203.11
Plenums, 2805.0 Minimum (:eiling heights, 1204.0
Ofbalconit~ above grade. 3203.8
Cellar (see Basement)
Of wood above grade, 2311.4.2
Cement Projection c)ver sidewalks, 3203.0
Concrete, materials, mixes, 1906.0 Under first floor joists, 1210.2
Stucco, 2506.0
Coal pockets, 418.3.1.6
Water-cement ratio, 1908.2
Code official
Central-station system
Appoints inspectors, 105.1
Definition, 202.0
Charge of building department (duties and powers).
Fire suppression system supervision, 923.1
106.1
Ceramic tile Classifies building, 302.1
•
Mortar, types and mix, 2105.10 Defmition, 202.0
Veneers, 1405.5 Deputies, 104.4
Certificate ofoccupancy Duties and powers of, 105.0, 106.0. 110.0
Definition, 202.0 Inspections by, 106.4, 115.0
Existing buildings, 120.2, 120.3, 120.4 Issues pemlits, 105.0, 106.2. 108.0
, General, 120.1 Liability, 105.7
Temporary occupancy, 120.3 Record of permits required, 105.8
Change or use, 202.0, 3400.0, 3405.0 Records, oflicial, 105.8
Reports, 105.5
Changes in plans, 110.1
Rule-makiDlg authority, 108.1
Changes to buildings
Alterations, 3400.1, 3404.0 Columns
Existing, 3400.1 Cast-iron construction, 2209.4.1
Rehabilitation, 3400.1, 3404.0 Concrete-filled pipe, 1912.0
Fireresistarllcc and protection of. Table 602, 715.0
Chases (see MasoOl)')
Fireresistanlcc tests, 704.0
Chemicals Heavy timber construction, 605.1, 2304.0
High-hazard use group, 307.0 Live load n:ductiorn, 1608.0
Child day care center Working stresses, cast iron, Table 2210.2
Use Group E, 305.0 Combustibility tests, 704.7
Use Group 1-2,308.3.1
Combustible
Use Group R. 310.5.1
Dusts, grain processing and storage, 307.4, 418.3.1
Chimneys Fibers, 307.5
Chimneys and fireplaces, 3610.0 Liquids, 307.4, 418.3.2
Clearance, 3610.2.14
Combustible materials
Crickets, 3610.2.16
Decorative :material restrictions, 807.0
Design, 3610.0
Definjtio~ 202.0
Factory Built, 3610.3
Exterior trim restrictions, 1406.0
Firestopping, 3610.2.15
Flameresistancc tests, 807.2
Flue lining, 3610.2.7, 3610.2.8
Insulation, '707.4, 722.0
Load,3610.2.4
Interior trim, 803.5
. MasoOl)',
Permitted in noncombustible construction, 602.4,
Multiple flue, 3610.2.9
806.0
Support, 3610.2.1
Termination, 3610.2.5 Compliance with permit, 113.3
Wall thickness, 3610.2.6 Computations" required. 107.7
810 780 CMR - Sixth Edition c;orrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BlJll.,DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
Concealed spaces, 605.1, 720.6.1, 720.7.2,722.3 Cornices

Concentrated loads, 1613.0 Masonry. 2112.2.1
Concrete Projections. 3203.3
Aggregates, 1906.3 Type ofconstruction, 1406.0
Caissons, 1824.0 Corridors
Cementitious material, limitations, 1901.1.2.2 Arrangements, 1006.2. 101l.1
Columns, concrete·filled pipe, 1912.0 Capacity ofegress width, 1009.0
Definition, 202.0 Dead ends. 101l.2
Ducts, 3619.1 DefInition. 202.0
Floors (on grade), 3605.5 Fireresistance ratings, Table 602
Footings, 1810.0 Height, 1204. I
Minimum dimensions, 1905.0 Obstructions, 1011.1
Piles. 1818.0, 1819.0, 1820.0, 1821.0 Prohibited use, 1005.0
Pipes in, 1909 3 Widths, 1009.2. 1011.3
Plain concrete, 1901.2, 1904.0 Courts
Reinforced (also see Reinforced concrete), 1901.1, DefInition. 1202.0
1910.0 General. 1212..1
Shingles, ~609.6 Obstructions, 1213.0
Shoterete, 1911.0 Pennissible encroachments, 1213.2
Units (also see Masonry), 2105.1
Covered mall buildings
Weathering, 3604.2.2
Definition, 402.2
Concrete, masomy blocks (see Blocks, concrete masomy General. 402.0
units) Smoke control systems, 921.1
Condensation, 1210.0, 1405.3.10 Coverings
Condition ofpermits, 113.0 For exterior stairs, 1014.12
Construction For exteriors, weather protection, 1405.2.1.3607.3
Approval of materials, etc., 109.0, 1704.0 Interior fInishes, 803.0,3607.2
Basement walls, 3604.4 Roofs, Chapter 15,3609.0
Cavity wall masonry, 3606.6 WaH,3607.0
•
Classification ofconstruction materials, 1707.0 Crawl spaces
Concrete, 1908.0 Foam plastics, 2603.4.1.4
Covered by code, 102.0 Plenums, 2805.1
Fences, 3304.2 Ventilation, 1210.2,3604.9
Footings, 3604.3 Waterproofing, 1813.1.2,3604.9.1
Foundations, 3604.0 Curtain boards, 922.3
General requirements, 602.0, 1701.0
Cwtainwall
Groutedmasomy,3606.7
Ratproofing, 1215.0
Inspection, 115.0, 1105.0
Masonry, 2112.0, 3606.4 Curtains (also see Decorations)
Metal, 3608.4 Atrium separations, sprinkler obstructions, 404.5
Reinfon:ed hollow masonry, 3606.7.4 Decorative material.restrictions, 404.3, 807.1
Roof·cCiling,3608.0 Proscenium, 412.3.6
Stage, 413.2
SteeB, 2203.0, 2205.0, 2206.0, 2207.0, 2209.0, 2210.0
Types ofconstruction, 603.0, 604.0, 605.0, 606.0 . D
Wall, 3606.0
Wood, 2305.0 Dampers
Construction operations Fire, aCcessibility, 117.3
Demolition, 3310.0 Fire, approved type, 717.1
Excavation, 3310.0 fire. definition, 202.0
Existing buildings, 3309.0 Where required, 717.2
Fire hazards, 3305.0 Dampproofing 1813.0
General, 3301.0 Dance halls
lLighting, 3315.0 Use Group A 2, assembly, 303.2
a
Retaining walls, 3311.0

Storage, materials, 3312.0 Dangerous structures,121.0
Conveyors, 3010.0 Day care facilities (see Child day care center)
Cooling towers 1510. Dead loads
Decay, 3603.22
Coping Definition (see Load), 202.0
•
Flashing, 1405.3.10 .Design, 1605.0
On retaining walls, 1825.4
Decisions of board of appeals. 122.4
Corbeling
Foundation walls, 1812.5
Masonry, 2112.2
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR Sixth Edition

D 811
TIIE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
•
Decorations (also see Interior fmish and trim) Display of pe:rmit, 111.14
Atriums, 404.3
Curtains, 404.5, 412.3.6,807.1
Doors
Air-supported structures, 3104.8
Flameresistance tests, 807.2
Approved type, fire, 716.1, 716.2
Restrictions, 807.1
Arrangement, 1006.2, 1017.2.3
Stages, 412.3.5.1
Automatic-closing devices for, 716.5
Decorative features Bolts, surface, 1017.4.1.1
Projections, 3203.4 Corridors 409.3.1, 1011.1.3. 1011.4.2
Definitions, 202.0 Egress, mf:ans of, 1017.0
Deflection criteria, 604.5.1, 709.3.2,2308.2.6 Exterior walls, 706.4
Fire (see Fire doors)
Demolition
Fire partitions, 711.0
General, 112.0
Fire separation assemblies, 709.0
Pennit, when required, 112.1
Fire walls, 707.0
Standpipes maintained, 3305.3.4
In horizontal exits, 1019.2
Unsafe buildings, 121.0, 121.5
Location of, lO06.0, 1017.4
Depth of footings Panic hardware, 1017.4.2
Governed by frost line, 1806.1 Power opelrated, 1017.4.3
Governed by loading, 1805.0 Rated fire door assemblies, 716.1
Design Required tt) open out, 1014.8.2, 1017.4
Approved by code official, 1704.1 Revolving, lO 18.0
Cast-in-place concrete piles, 1820.0 Stairways, exterior, 1014.12
Composite piles, 1823.1 Stairways, interior, 1014.8. 1014.11
Dead load, 1605.0 Security grilles, 1017.5
Fire protective requirements (see Fire protection Signs, 1017.4.1, 1017.4.1.2
systems) Smokeproof enclosures. 1015.4.1, 1015.5.1. 1015.5.2,
Fonned steel construction. 2206.1 1015.6.1
Foundation walls, 1812.1 Stages, 412.3.4
General 1601.0 Use Group 1-2,409.3.1
Glass, glazing, 2402.0, 2403.0 Use GToup 1-3,410.3,410.4
Live loads, 1606.0, 1607.0 Width of, 1017.3
Lwnber and timber construction. 2303.1 Wired glass in, 719.2
Masonry wall construction, 2101.0 Donners, 1510.6
Plain concrete, 1901.2 Dormitories
Plastics, 2603.0 DefInition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Precast concrete piles 1821.1
Use Group R-l, residential, 310.0
Prosceniwn curtains, 412.3.6
Reinforced concrete, 190.1 Doubtful use c:lassification, 302.1
Retaining walls, 1825.2 Downspout
Safe load, 1604.0 For roofs, 3203.11.3
Seismic (earthquake), 1612.3 Materials, 1406.0
Signs, general requirements, 3102.6 Draftstopping
Special steels, 2207.1 Definition, 202.0
Steel"pipe and tapered tubular piles, 1819.0 General, 72:0.0
Wind loads,161 1.0
Drainage
Detection systems, automatic fire (also see Fire protection Foundation systems, 1813.5
systems) Marquees, 3203.11.3
Airport traffic control towers, 414.3
Dressing rooms (see Theaters)
Approval, 918.3
Atriums, 404.6 Dry cleaning plants
Definition, 202.0 General, 418.3.4
General requirements, 918.0 Use group dassification, 306.0
High-rise buildings, 403.4 Drying rooms, 2806.0
RPM facilities, 416.9.2 DIywall (see C"JYPsum board)
Plans and specifications, 918.2
Ducts
Sprinldered buildings exception, 918.5
Fire dampers required in, 717.0
Use Group 1-2,409.5.1
Firestoppin,g openings, 720.6.4
Where required, 918.4
Zones, 918.6 Dumbwaiter
Definition, 202.0
Deviations
From code, 109.3 Dusts, combustible, 307.2, 418.3.1
Devices for window cleaning, 3110.0
812 780 CMR - Sixth Edition (;orreeted - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

INDEX
Duties Encroachments
Of board of appeals, 122.0 Awnings and canopies, 3203.9
Of code official, 106.0 Court, 1213.0
Dwellings Existing, 3202.6
Area and height limitations, general, 503.0. Table 503 General. 3201.0
Ceiling height, 1204.1 Special and temporary, 3204.0
Definition, 202.0 Street, 3202.0
Fire partitions in. 310.5. 711.4 Yar<L 1213.0
Floor area, minimum, 1204.2 Energy conservation
Use Group ~ residential. 310.0 Alternative systems, 1316.0
Exceptions, 1301.4
Exterior envelope requirements, 1309.0. 1314.0
E General, 1300.0
In electrical distribution systems, 1312.0
E, use group, educational, 305.0 In mechanical systems, 1310.0, 1311.0
In water heating systems, RESERVED
Earthquake (seismic) design
Plans and specifications, 1303.0
Concrete,1903.0,1904.0
Foundations. 1810.2.1, 1815.2.1, 1816.3, 1816.7.1. Enforcement of code, 106.0
1816.11.1, 1818.3 1819.3, 1820.1.2, 1820.5.4, Engineering calculations, 107,7. HO.8
1821.3.5, 1821.3.6, 1824.3 Engineenng practice, 116.0
Inspection related to 1705.3.3.2, 1705.4.5, 1705.9,
Escalators, 1006.6,3001.0
1705.10,1705.11
Loads, 1612.0 Excavations
Masomy, 2i01.2, 2104.0 Protection of, 3310.0
Soils,1802.1.1,1805.2,1805.3 Protection of adjoining property, 3308.0
Steel, 2203.2, 2203.2.1, 2204.0, 2206.3, 2207.2.1 Walkways over. 3304.3
Wood, 2305.8,2305.9,2306.0 Exhaust systems
Eaves Contaminants to outdoor air, 1208.3
Construction, 1406.0 Spray spaces, 419.2
Draftstopping,120.7.2 Existing buildings
Projection, 3203.0 Additions, alterations, repairs, Chapter 34
Educational buildings, Use Group E. 305.0 Areas, allowable, Table 503, 3404.9
Certificate of occupancy, 120.0
Egress (see Means of egress)
Change in existing use, 3405.0
Electrical equipment and systems, Chapter 27 Change of occupancy, 3405.0
Elevated walkways, 3106.0 Condemnation of, 119.1
Elevators,3000.0 . Continuation of, 102.2
Definition (see Building), 202.0
Emergency
Demolition, 1i 2.0
Controls, proscenium curtains, 412.3.6.4
Generalll'equirements, 3400.1
Escape, 1010.4 Inspection of, 106.4, 106.5, US.O
Lighting, 1024.0
Moving, 102.5.6, 3407.0
Signs for exits, 1023.0
Nonstructural alterations and repairs, 3404.4
Emergency electrical systems (also see Standby power Protection during construction operations. 3304.0
systems) Roof coverings, 1512.0
High-rise buildings, 403.9.3 Unsafe, 121.0
Emergency measures Existing electrical installations, 2708.0
Closing meets, 121.5 Existing signs, 3401 0
Cost ofemergency repairs, 121.5
Exit Bights, 1023.0, 1024.0
Emergency repairs, 121.2,121.4
Exit signs, 1023.0 ~
Temporary safeguards, 121.3
Vacating structures, 120.1 Exits (see Means ofegress), 3603.10·
Employees, restrictions on, 105.6 Expiration ofpermit 111.7
Enclosure Explosion hazards, 307.3, 417.5.1
For elevators, 3001.1.1 Exterior envelope
Formterior stairs, 1014.11 Definition, 202.0
For motion picture projection rooms, 411.2 Requirements, 1301.0,1305.0. 1309.0.1314.0
Of exterior stairways, 1014.12 Exterior opening, protection required, 706.0
Ramps, 1016.0
Exterior stairways,1014.I2
Shafts, 110.0
Exterior trim restrictions, 1406.0, 705.1.2
Enclosure walls (see Walls)

780 C:MR.: STATE BOARD OF BUTI..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Exterior walls Stairways, 1014.9

Fireresistance ratings, 507.2, Table 602, 705.0 Wired glass, 716.4, 719.0
General, Chapter 14 Fire escapes
Extinguishers, fire, 920.0 General, 1025.0
Maintenance of 1028.0
Fire extinguishers, 920.0
F Fire protection systems
Area incre:ased by, 506.3
F, use group, factory and industrial, 306.0 Automatic: fire detection systems, 918.0
Faced (veneered) walls (see Walls) Automatic: fITe detection, where required, 918.4
Factory buildings Carbon dioxide extinguishing system, 909.0
Use Group F, factory and industrial, 306.0 Design, 903.1.3
Use Group H, high-hazard, 307.0 Dry-chemical extinguishing system, 910.0
Fire department connection, 915.0
Fasteners Foam-extinguishing system, 911.0
Roof construction, 1505.2, 1507.0 General requirements, 901.0
Schedule, Table 2305.2 Halogenated fire-extinguishing system, 912.0
Weather coverings, 1405.3.7 Height increased by, 504.2
Wood construction, 2305.2 Limited area sprinkler system, 907.0
Fees' Manual fu'e alann system, 917.0
For demolition, 112.2 Manual fire alann system, where required, 917.4
For moving of buildings, 112.2 Nonrequin:d systems, 901.3
For new construction and alterations. 114.3 Outside sprinklers, 706.2
For signs, 112.2 Plans and :)pecifications, 903.0
General, 114.0 Smoke control systems, 921.0
Payment of, 113.1 Standpipes, where required, 914.2
Refunds, 112.5 Supervision, 923.0
Schedule, 114.3.1 Suppression system selection, 905.0
Special, 114.2 Temporary standpipe requirements, 3305.3
Fences Water-spmy fixed systems, 908.0
•
Excavations, 3310.0 Water sprinkler system, 906.0
For construction purposes, 3304.2 Where required, 904.1
General requirements, 3311.0 Yard hydnmts 916.0
Use Group U, 312.0 Fire pwnps, power source, 403.9.1.3
Film Fire separation distance, 202.0, 5'07.1, Table 602, 705.0
Projection rooms, 411.0 Fire shutters, 718.0
Storage and use of flammable film, 411.1
Fire suppressiion system (see Automatic fITe suppression
Finish, interior (see Interior finish and trim) systems)
Fire
Fire towers (see Smokeproofenclosure), 1015.0
Alann system (see Fire protection system)
Area, definition, 202.0 Fire walls, 707.0
Dampers, 717.0 Fire windows" 718.0
Firestopping, 202.0, 720.0 Fireplaces, 2114.0, 3610.0
Hydrants, 916.0 Fireresistance ratings
Sprinklers and standpipes, 904.0,906.0,914.0,915.1 Assemblies, Table 602, 704.0
Fire department Defmition,202.0
Central.control station for, 923.0 Exterior opening protectives, 706.0
Connections, 915.0, 915.2 Exterior. wlllls, 705.0
Fire detection systems, 918.0 Fire dampers, 717.0
Fire doors Fire doors, 716.0
Closing devices, 716.5 Fire partitic)ns,711.0
Corridors, 1011.4.2 Fire separation walls, 709.0
Definition (see Doors), 202.0 Fire wall openings, 708.0
Dressing rooms, 412.5.2 Fire walls, 707.0
Exterior walls, 706.0 Fire windows, 718.0
Fire partitions, 711.3 Floor construction, 709.0, 713.0
Fire separation walls, 709.3 General, 701.0
Fire walls, 708.3 Plans and specifications, 703.1
General, 704.3, 716.0 Roofconsnrtlction,714.0
•
Horizontal exits, 1019.2.1 Shafts, 710.0
Proscenium walls, 412.3.5 Smoke baniers, 712.0
Shafts,710.3.1 Special requirements, 504.6,504.7
Smoke barriers, 712.3 Strucwral members, 715.0
Stage enclosures, 412.3.4 Tests, 704.0
814 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition -corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR.:STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
•
Fireresistance ratings ofstructure elements, Table 602 Prepared fIll, 1705.7
Fireretardant-treated wood Reinforced concrete, 1810.3.2
Labeling, 2310.2.2 Soils report, 1804.1
Strength modifications. 2310.2.1 Steel grillage, 1809.0
Tests, 2310.2 Timber. 1808.0
Use limitations, 2310.1 Formed steel construction. 2206.0
Firestopping Foundation systems
Architectural trim, 720.6.5,1406.2.4 Allowable loads, 1805.0
Between wood sleepers, 806.2 Caissons, 1824.0
Definition, 202.0 Cripple walls, 3606.2.8
Floor/roofcelling assemblies, 720.0, 720.7.1, 3606.2.7 Design, 1812.1
General requirements, 720.0, 720.1 Footings (see Footings)
Of attic spaces, 720.0, 720.7.2 For neighboring building, 3310.2
Flag poles, 1510.1 May project beyond property line, 3202.4
Minimwn depth, 1806.0
Flameresistance
Minimum thickness, 1812.3
General, 807.2
Piers. 1815.0
Interior floor fmishes, 805.0
Piles, 1816.0 through 1824.0
Interior hangings and decorations, 807.0
Ratproofing, 1215.1
Interior trim, 803.5
Steel grillage, 1809.0
Interior wall and ceiling finishes. 80j.4
Walls, 1812.0
Tests, 807.2.2
Wood and timber, 1808.0
Textile wall coverings, 803.6
Frame construction, wood
Flammable liquids, 307.0,417.0,418.0
General requirements, 2303.0, 2305.0. 2306.0
Flashing, 1405.3.10
Frost protection
Floodproofmg, 3107.0 Depth offootings, 1806.2
floor
Area, 503.0, Table 503, 506.0, 507.0
Assemblies, construction. 713.0
Combustible materials pennitted in Types 1 and 2
•
construction, 602.4,806.0
Concrete, 3605.5 Garages
Metal,3605.6 Beneath a dwelling, 407.3
Treated-Wood, 3605.4 Construction of public garages, 408.3
Wood, 3605.2 Definition, 202.0
Floor Fire doors, 407.6
Area, definition, 202.0 Open Parking structures, 406.0
Level ofexit discharge protection, 1006.3.1 Private, 407.0
Loads, 1606.0 Public, 408.0
Public garages, 408.3.3 Separations, 407.3, 407.4, 407.7
Ratproofing, 1215.0 Storage of flammables, 408.4, 408.5
Theater stages, 412.3.1 Ventilation, 408.5
Wood paJllel sheathing, 2307.3.1 Garages, private
Floor openings Connected lei dwelling, 407.3,407.4,407.7,3603.5
Atriums, 404.0 Definition, 202.0
Public garages, 408.3.3 Use Group U, utility and miscellaneous, 312.0
Shaft enclosure exceptions, 713.3 Garages. public
Floor surface at doors, 1017. R.I Construction limited, 408.3
Foam--extinguishing systems, 91 LO Definition, 202.0
Fire suppression system required, 408.3.1
Foam plastics
Use Group S-I, storage, 311.0
Diversified tests, 2603.8
Ventilation required, 408.5
Exterior walls, 2603.4.1.8
General,2603.1 Gardens, roof, 1008.3
Insulation, 722.0, 2603.4.1.5 Gas
Interior finish and trim, 804.3.1,2603.7 Hazardous, 307.0, 417.0,418.1
Labeling, 2603.2 Glass and glazing
Prescriptive installations, 2603.4.1 Area required for natural light. 1206.2. 1208.2
Footings Atriwn enclosure. 404.5
Allowable loads, 1804.0, 1805.0 Block reinforcement. 2115.4
•
Concrete, design, 1810.0.3605.2 Block walls, 2105.5,2115.0
Depth, 1806.0 Dimensional tolerances, 2402.4
Design, 1807.0 Doors, 2405.2
Forming, 1810.6 Fire windows, 718.0
Frost Protection 1806.1 Greenhouses. 2404.4
Masonry, 1811.0 Guards, 2406.0
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) corrected 780 ClVfR - Sixth Edition

D 815
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OFBUTI..DINGREGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE :MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUll-DING CODE
•
Handrails, 2406.0 Halogenated extinguishing systems, 912.0
Impact loads, 2405.1 Handicapped and aged. requirements for, Chapter 11.
In fire doors, 718.0, 719.2 3006.3
Jalousies, 2402.5
Hand,rails
Labeling, 2402.1
Details, 1022.2
Plastic (see Light-transmitting plastics)
General, 1022.0,3603.14
Protected openings, 718.0, 719.0
Grandstands and bleachers, 1022.0
Racquetball and squash courts, 2407.0
Ramped lllisles, 1012.5
Safety, 2405.0, 3603.20.4
Ramps, 1016.5, 1022.2
Skylights, 2404.0
Retaining walls, 1825.5
Sloped, 2404.0
Stairways, 1014.7, 1022.2
Supports, 2402.2 .
Structural design, 1615.5
Unsupported edges, 2402.3
Veneer, structural, 1405.7 Hardware on exit doors, 1017.4
Wind loads, 1611.0,2403.1
Hazardous uses
Wired glass, 719.0
General, 416.0, 417.0, 418.0
Glazed masonry units, 2105.2 High-hanll'd,307.0
Glazing (see Glass and glazing) Low-hazard, 311.1
Glued-laminated lumber construction, 2313.1 Moderate··hazard, 311.2
Production materials (HPM), 416.0
Grade
Prohibitecillocations, 313.2
Definition, 202.0
Storage segregation, 417.0
Depth of footings and foundations below, 1806.0,
1808.0, 1810.0, 1812.0 Headroom
Ceiling heights, 1204.1
Grading a lot, 3310.4
Ramps, 1016.2.2
Grain processing and storage, 418.3.1 Stairways" 1014.4
Grandstands, 1002.1, 1013.0 Hearth for fireplace. 2114.5, 3610.4.5, 3610.5.1
Greenhouses Heated space:, defmition, 202.0
Glazing, 2404.4
Heating sysu:rns
Membrane structure materials, 3103.3.2
•
Fireplaces, 2114.0
Grounding Gas-fired ,equipment, 2801.2
Metal veneer, 1405.4.3 General requirements, 2801.0
Radio and television antennas, 3109.3
Heavy timbeJ~ construction, 605.0, 2306.1
Radio and television towers, 3108.5
Height
Group homes
Awnings, 3203.9, 3203.10
Use Group I-I, institutional, 308.0
Buildings (see Height, buildings)
Grout (also see Mortar), 2105.0 Ceiling, 1204.1,3603.8
Guards Guards. 1021.2
Balconies, 1005.5 Handrails, 1022.2.2
General, 1021.0, 3603.14.2 Marquees, 3203.11.1
Glass in, 2406.0 Masonry veneers, 1405.5.1
Open parking structures, 406.5 Parapet walls, 705.6
Retaining walls,1825.5 Permissible street projections, 3203.0
Stairways, 1014.7 Stairway, maximum vertical rise, 1014.5
Structural design, 1615.5, 1615.8 Towers, s:pires, cupolas, aerial supports, poles, etc.,
Wheel 406.6, 408.3.2 1510.0 .
Gutters Height, buildings
For roof, 3203.11.3 Airport traffic control towers, 414.0
Materials, 1406.0 Allowable, 503.0, Table 503
Gypsum Alterations for existing buildings, 3403.1, 3404.4
Construction, 2504.0 Covered mall buildings, 402.1, 402.7
Day care centers, 504.4
Gypsum board
DefInition. 202.0
Installation, 2503.3
High-rise, 403.1, 403.3.3.1
Materials, 2503.0
HPM facilities, 416.3
Standards. 2503.2,3607.2.3
Membrane structures, 3103.3.5
Modifications, 504.0
Open parking structures, 406.4
H ReStriCtiOlllS, 503.3, 507.1
Special industrial uses, 503.1.1
H, use group, high-hazard, 307.0 Unlimited area buildings. 507.0
Habitable space
Definition, 202.0
816 780 CIvIR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

INDEX
High-hazard Insane asylums

Accessory areas to, 302.1.2.1 Use Group 1-3, institutional, 308.0
Application of flammable finishes, 419.0
Inspection
Classification, 302.1.2.1
By code official. 105.4, 106.4, 11'5.0
Control areas, 307.8, 417.2
Final, 115.5
Definition, 307.2
Ofelectrical wiring, 2704.0
Exceptions, 307.8
Ofexisting buildings, 106.4
Exempt quantities, 307.8, Table 307.8(1), Table
Of heating systems, 2804.0
307.8(2)
Of prefabricated construction, 113 2.2
Explosion control, 417.5.1
Of signs, 3102.5.4
Flammable and combustible liquids, 418.3.2
Of unsafe buildings, 121.0
Hazardous materials, 417.0
Required preliminary, 115. I, 115.2
Liquefied petrolewn gas distribution facilities, 418.3.3
Special. 202.0, 1705.0
Multiple hazards, 307.7
Outside storage, dispensing and utilization, 417.6 Insulation
Unlimited area structures, 507.1. 507.1.2 Fiberboards for roof, 2309.3
Use group requirements, 417.0. 418.0 Fiberboards for wall. 2309.4
Use group structure height exemption, 504.5 Foam plastics, 803.3.1,2603.0
Use groups, 307.0 Thennal insulating materials, requirements, 722.0
High-rise buildings Interior environmental requirements, Chapter 12
Alarm and communication systems, 403.5, 403.6 Interior fmish and trim
Applicability, 403.1 Application of, 804.0
Automatic sprinkler system, 403.2,403.3 Classification of materials, 803.2. 803.4
Central control station. 403.7 Decorative material restrictions, 807.1
Elevators. 403.8 Flame spread of. 803.2, 803.4
Emergency systems, 403.9 Flameresistance tests, 807.2
Exits in, 403.10 Floor finishes. 805.1, 805.2
Maintenance and inspection, 901.4 Foam plastics, 803.3.1,2603.0
Seismic consideration in, li 612 6 General requirements, 803.0
Smoke detection systems, 403.4 Lath, 3607.2.2
Plaster, 3607.2.2
•
Historic buildings and districts, 3409.0
Homes for aged Restrictions in Types 1 and 2 buildings, 806.0
Use Group I-I, institutional. 308.2 Special amusement buildings. 413.6
Horizontal exits
Textile wall coverings. 803.7
Use group requirements. 803.4. Table 803.4
Definition (See Means ofegress). 202.0
General requirements, 1019.0 Interior lot lines
Hospitals Definition (S~ Lot), 202.0
Use Group 1-2, institutional, 308.3
Hotels
Definition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Use Group R-I, residential, 310.3
Jails
House, lodging Use Group R-3, institutional. 308.4
Use Group R, residential, 310.0
Jalousies
RPM me facilities, 416.0 Windows and doors, 2402.5
Hydrants, fire yard systems. 916.1 Jurisdiction
Adopting this rode, 101.1
lL
I, UiSe group, institutional, 308.0
Identification for plastics, 2601.4 Label, definition, ·202.0
. Identification for signs, 3102.4.5 Labeling, 1703.1.1, 1704.3
illuminated signs, 3102.13 Landing of stairs,10 14.3.2, 1014.5
Industrial Landings ofrnmps. 1016.4
Use Group F, factory and industrial. 306.0 Lathing and plastering, 2505.0, 2506.0
Industrial heating appliances, classification, 2801.2.1 Liability. code official, 105.7
Infirmaries Licenses
Use Group 1~2, institutional. 308.3
•
Fees for, 114.0
hmercourt
Definition (see Courts), 202.0
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 Cl\AR - Sixth Edition 817

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUll..DING REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARD5
•
Light, illumination Wind (see Load, wind)
Artificial, 1207.0,3603.6.5 Load, wind
Court requirements for, 1212.0 Chimneys., 1611.12
For existing buildings, 3401 0 Exterior walls, 1611.0
For exit signs, 1023.0 General requirements. 1611.0
General, 1201.0 Glass, 2403.1
Natural, 1206.0 Roofs, 1609.0,1611.10, 1611.11
Required, 1205.0 Signs. 1611.12.2
Window requirements, 1206.2
Lobbies and lpassageways as exits. 1020.0
Light-transmitting plastics
Lodging houses
Approved types, 2604.1
. Definition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Bathroom accessories, 2604.7
Use Group R. residential, 310.0
COIUlections, 2604.3
Definition (see Plastics), 202.0 Lot
Glazing ofunprotected openings, 2606.0 Definition.. 202.0
Light-diffusing systems, 2604.5 Interior lot line, defmition (see Lot line), 202.0
Partitions, 2604.6 Line fences, 3311.1
Roof panels, 2607.0 Regulations for, 3310.4, 3310.5
Skylights, 2608.0 Lumber (also see Wood construction)
Linen chutes, 2807.0 Grade of, 2301.1. 3606.2.2
Lintel
Fire protection, 715.2
Masonry suppon, 1405.5.2 M
Over openings, frame construction, 2305.11
M, use group:. mercantile, 309.0
Liquids
Flammable and combustib1e,.307.4, 417.3. 418.3.2 Maintenance
Liquefied petroleum gases, 307.4, 418.3.3 Of exit facilities, 1028.2
OffIre protection systems, 901.4
Load design, 16040, 1605.0, 1607.0, 1708.0
Of signs. 3102.5.2
Load earthquake (see Earthquake design)
Malls, covered, 402.0
•
Load, glass
Manlifts,3000.1
Impact loads, 2405.1
Jalousies, 2402.5 Manual fire alann systems, 917.5.1
Wind loads, 2403.1 Marquees and canopies
Load, impact Constructil)n requirements, 3105.0, 3203.11.5. 3205.3
Assembly structures, 1614.5 Definition (see Siglls), 202.0
Craneways,1614.4 Drainage of water, 3203.11.3
Definition, 202.0 Signs, 3102.11, 3203.11
Elevators, 1614.2 Masonry
General, 1614.1 Anchorage, 2111.0, 3606.4.10
Machinery, 1614.3 Attachment, 3607.3.7.2
Load (live, dead, floor) Bonding, 2110.0, 2111.2.1
Combination of, 1616.0 Brick, 2105.0
Concentrated, 1613.0 Cavity wall, 3606.6
Craneways, 1614.4 Chases and recesses, 2113.1
Definition, 202.0 Concrete units, 2105.1
Deflections allowable, 1604.5 Construction requirements, 2112.0
Documentation of, 1603.0 Corbeled al1d protected, 2112.2
Earthquake, 1612.0 Cornices, 2112.2.1
Floor loads, occupancy, 1606.1. Table 1606.1 Definition, 202.0
Footings and foundations, 1805.0, 1807.0 Design, 2101.1.1, 2101.1.2
For concrete footings, 1807.0, 1810.0 Fireplaces, 2114.0
For retaining wall design, 1615.2 Footings, 1811.0
Glass (see Load, glass) Foundations, 1&12.3.2
Guards, 1615.8 Freezing protection, 2112.3
Impact (see Load, impact) General, 3606.4.1
Interior finish, 803.7 Glass block, 2115.0
Piles, allowable, 1817.0 Glazed unilts, 2105.2
Railings, 1615.5 Grouted, 3606.7
Reductions allowed, 1608.0 Hollow, de:finition of, 202.0
Hollow units, 2105.1, 3606.5.1.2.2, 3606.7
•
Roof, 1609.0, 1611.0
Snow, 1610.0,3603.1.5 .Lateral braicing, 2106.0, 2108.0
Soil, bearing capacity, 1804.0 Lintels, 2113 2
Special, 1615.0 Minimum thickness, 2109.. 1.1
Tests, 1604.3 Mortar, 2105.7
Unifonn, 1606.0 Reinforced. 2101.1.1, 3606.7.3
818 780 CMR • Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BlJU,DING REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARDS
INDEX
Reuse of, 2105.6 Mezzanines

Solid, definition of, 202.0 Definition, 202.0
Solid units, 2105.1. 2105.2 General. 505.0
Stone, cast, 2105.3 Miscellaneous buildings
Stone, natural, 2105.3 l!se Group U. utility and miscellaneous. 312.0
Support on wood, 2113.3
Miscellaneous signs. 3102.0
Tests, general, 1701.0
Tile, structural, 2105.2 Mixed uses, 313.0
Veneers, 1405.5.3 Mobile units, requirements, 420.0
Matches Modification of code provisions
Use Group H, highDhazard, 307.0 By board of appeals. 122.0
Materials Of area, 506.0
Alternative, 1701.2 Ofheight, 504.0
Approvals, 1704.0 Variations, 105.6, 106.2, 106.4
Used, 1701.3 Written, 106.2.1
Mortar. 2105.7, 2112.0
Matters not provided for, 102.3
Motion picture film storage, 411.1
Means of egress
Aisles and aisle accessways, 1012.0 Motion picture projection and screening rooms, 411.0
Arrangement, 1006.2 Motion picture screening rooms. 411.6
Buildings with one exit, 1010.3. Table 1010.3 Motion picture smdios, 411.7
Capacity. 1009.0
Moved structUres. 3407.0
Corridors, 1011.0
Corridors and passageways, required width for, Multiple dwelling
WH.3,1012.0 Definition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Definition, 202.0 Use Group R-2. residential, 310.0
Doors, revolving, 1018.0
Doorways, 1011.4.2,1014.8, 1017.0, 1018.0, 1019.2.1
Elevator and escalator restrictions, 1006.6 N
Exitsigns,1023.0
Exterior exit stairways, 1014.12 Nails
'Fire escapes, 1025.0 Fastening schedule. 2305.2, Table 2305.2
From places of assembly, 1006.2.2 New materials or methods ofconstruction
General provisions, 1001.0 Altemative materials and methods of construction,
Hardware, 1017.4 106.4, 1701.0
Hazards to, 1005.0 Board ofadjustments and appeals, 121.!
Horizontal exits, 1019.0
Interior exit stairways, 1014.0 Noncombustible construction
Length of travel, 1006.5
Definition, 202.0
Level of exit discharge passageways and lobbies, General,603.0
1020.0 NOlllcombustible material (see Definitions), 202.0.
Lighting, 1024.0 704.4.1.1
Location and type of, 1006.0 Notices
Maintenance ofexits, 1028.0 Board of appeals meeting, 121.3
Number of exits required, 1010.0 OfvioJations, 116.1
Occupant load, 1008.0 Ofwork starting, 108.9
Opening protectives, 1011.4 Posting occupancy load, 1003.2, 1003.3
Passageways and corridors. 1011.0 Posting permits, 108.8
Prohibited use, ]005.0 Stop work order, 117.0
Ramps, 1016.0 Unsafe buildings,119.3,119.4,120.1
Slidescapes, 1026.0
Smokeproofenclosure, 1015.0
Spiral stairways, 1014.6.4
Stairway, construction, !014.9
Through adjoining spaces, 1006.2.1 Oooupancy
To roof, 1027.0 Certificate of, 120.0
Mechanical ventilation (see Ventilation) Change in occupancy, 3405.0
Membrane structures Covered by co4e, 102.0
Definition, 202.0 Definition, 202.0
General,3103.1 Occupant load
Metal siding Allowances, 1008.0, Table 1008.1.2
•
Corrosion protection, 1405.3.8 Definition, 202.0
Thickness, 1403.3 Maximum, 1008.1.5
Posted, 1003.3

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF Bun.DING REGULATIONS AND 5TANDARDS
Occupiable room. defInition, 202.0 Penthouse
Office buildings Definition, 202.0
Use Group B, business, 304.0 General r,equirements, 1510.3
Oil storage, 2801.2 Permits
Open parking structures Action 0111 applications. Ill. I
Height and area, 406.4 Amendml:nts to, 110.14
Protective railings, 406.5 Application for, 110.4. 110.13. 110.14
Type of construction pennitted, 406.2 Approval in part, 110.2.2
Use Group 8-2, storage, low-hazard, 311.0 Awnings, 3205.1
Wheel guards required, 406.6 Condition.s of, 11l.0
DefInition, 202.0
Openings
Electrical" Chapter 27
Exterior opening protectives, 706.0
Examination of drawings, 10&.5
Horizontal protection, 705.3
Expiration, 11 0.14
In fire partitions, 711.0
Fees, 114.. 0
In floors, 713.3
For awnin.gs and canopies, 3205.1
In shaft enclosure walls, 710.3.1
Issued upon affidavits, 110.12
On or near exterior stairways. 1014.12.2
Posting ot: 111.14
Protected with fIre doors or windows, 704.3
Records to be kept 106.6, 106.7
Vertical protection, 705.5
Required, 107.1
Ordinal)' repairs, 3401.2 Revoked, 111.12
Oriel window Signs, 3102.4
Definition, 202.0 Suspension of. 108.2
Materials, 3203.2 Temporary, 110.2.1
Owner Time limitation, 110.14
Definition, 202.0 To demolish buildings 112.0
Responsibility, 1401.2 To move buildings, 3407.0
Validity, 103.0
Valuations, 112.0
p Petroleum storage
•
Flammabl\~ and combustible liquids. 417.0, 418.0
Paint LiquefIed petroleum gases, 418.3.3
Offormed steel, 2206.4 Piers
Ofstructural steel, 2203.5 Isolated masonry, 2110.0
Spraying and spray booths, 419.0 Piles
Storage, 419.2.3 Cast-in-plilce concrete, 1820.0
Panel walls Composite:, 1823.0
Glass block, 2115.0 Foundations, 1816.0
11rickness, 1404.6 Loads allowable, 1817.0
Panels Precast concrete,1821.0
Stressed skin, 2313.2 Special, 1824.0
Steel pipe ;and tubular, 1819.0
Panic hardware, on exit doors, 1017.4
Structural :steel, 1818.0
Parapet wall, 705.6, 707.5 Timber, 1822.0
Parking structure, open (see Open parking structures) Pipe
Particleboard CoIwnns, (:oncrete-filled,1912.0
Definition, 202.0 Piles, 1819.0
Requirements, 2308.0, 3606.11 Plans and specifications
Party walls Approval elf, 108.5
Affected by excavations, 3310.0 Changes illt, 107.1
Construction of, 707.0 Required, 1l07.5, 107.6
Continuity, 707.5 Plastering and lathing
Definition (see Walls), 202.0 Application, interior, 2505.1
Parapets required, 707.5 Exterior, 3607.3.6
Size and construction of openings, 708.2 Fireresistance requirements, 721.0
Passageways General re<luirements, 2505.0. 2506.0
Corridors, 1011.0 Gypsum plaster, 2505.0
Horizontal exits, 1019.0 Interior lathing and gypsum plastering, 2505.0,
Lobbies as exits, 1020.3 3607.2.2
•
Obstructions prohibited, 1028.1 Materials, 2505.0
Pedestrian walkways, 3106.0 Portland cement stucco, 2506.0
Penalties and violations, provided by code, 118.0

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF Bun..DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
•
Plastics Protected construction
Approval for use, 2601.3 Definition, 202.0
Approved. 2601.2
Protection against corrosion
Bathroom accessories, 2604.7
Fonned steel, 2206.4
Definition, 202.0
Structural steel, 2203.5
Design and installation, 2604.0
Fastenings, 2604.0 Protection against dampness
Foam, 803 3.1,2603.0 Ofcrawl spaces, 1210.2
Glazing ofunproteeted openings, 2606.0 Of foundation walls, 1813.0
Interior finish and trim, 803.0 Protection against decay and tennites, 2311.0, 3603.22
Light-diffusing systems, 2604.5 Protection during construction
Of signs, 3102.6.4 2 During wrecking, 3304.0
Partitions, 2604.6 Of adjoining property, 3308.0
RoofpaneJs,2607.0 Ofexcavation, 3310.0
Scope and use, 2601.1
Protection of exterior openings
Skylights, 2608.0
Ofexterior wall, 706.0, 718.0
Structural requirements, 2604.2
Offrre wall opening, 708.0
Thermoplastics, defmition, 202.0, 2604.1
Thermosetting, definition, 202.0, 2604.1 Public assembly
Veneer, 2605.1 Use Group A, assembly, 303.0
Wall panels exterior, 2605.1 Public way, definition, 202.0
Platforms
Construction of, 412.4
Fire suppression, 412.6 Q
Plenums, 1005.7,2805.0
Qualifications
Plot plan, required, 110.10
Of board of appeals, 121.2. I
Plumbing
Certificate of approval, 2904.3
Existing, 2908.0
Permits, 2904.0
••
Plans and specifications, 2902.0,2904.1,2904.2
Sewer and water supply data. 3404.0 R.. use group, residential, 310.0
Violations, 2904.5 Radio antennas and towers, 3108.0, 3109.0
Water supply systems, 2905.0 Rafters
Plywood, 2307.0, 3607.3.3, 3606.10 Grade oflumber, 3608.2
Portable signs, 3102.14 Railings (see Handrails)
Positive heat supply, definition, 202.0 Ramps, 1016.0
Posting . Ratproofing, 1215.0
Occupant load, 1003.3 Recesses (see Masonry and Walls)
Permits, III 1.14 Records
Unsafe building, 121.0 Ofdecisions. 121.6
Projecting signs, 3102.10 Ofdepartments, 104.7
Projection rooms Recreation buildings
Construction of, 411.2 Use Group A, assembly, 303.0
Generalll'equirements.411.0 Reductions, live load, 1608.0
Ventilation of, 411.3
Refmenes
Projections from buildings Use Group H. high-hazard, 307.0
Awnings and canopies, 3203.9, 3205.0 Reformatories
Projections Use Group 1-3, institutional, 308.0
Balconies and stairs, 3203.8 Refuse, chutes, 2807.0
Bay windows, 3203.7
Below sidewalk, 3202.2 Refuse vaults, 2808.0
Belt courses, 3203.4 Reinforced
Cornices and eaves, 3203.3 Definition, concrete, 202.0
General, 3201.1 Foundation walls, concrete, 1812.3.1
In alleys, 3204.0 Grouted masonry, 3606.7.3
~arquees,3203.11 Gypsum concrete, 2504.0
Signs, H9.0, 3102.11, 3202.10 Hollow~unit masonry, 3606.5.1.2.2, 3606.7.4
Special and temponuy, 3204.0 Masonry, foundation wails, 18123.2
Street encroachments, 3202.0 Walls, 1812.0
Street projections, permissible, 3203.0
Yard and court, 1213.0

780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUTI...DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
•
Reinforced concrete (also see Concrete) Roof structures, 1510.0
Definition (see Concrete), 202.0
Roofmg repairs on existing buildings, 1512.0
Design, 1901 1
Footings, 1811.0 Room size. 3603.7
Gypsum, 2504.0 Rooming houses
Pipes in, 1909.3 Use Group R, residential, 310.0
Removal Rubbish chutes, 2807.0
Of buildings and structures, 121.3 Rubble stonc~ foundation walls, 1812.3.4
Qfwaste during construction, 3313.0
Rule-making authority
Repair Promulgated by code official. 108.0
Ofexisting buildings, 107.1.1,3401.2,3404.0
Rust proteetiion
Of unsafe buildings or structures, 121.0
For formed steel, 2206.4
Petmit not required, 107.1.1
For structural steel, 2203.5
To roofs ofexisting buildings, 1512.0
Repair shops, motor vehicle
Definition (see Garage~ public), 202.0
Public garages, 408.0
s
Use Group S-I, storage, moderate-hazard, 311.0
S, use group,. storage, 311.0
Residential buildings
Safe loads on soil, 1804.0
Sound transmission control, 1214.0
Use Group R, 310.0 Safeguards during consbUction, 3301.0
Restaurants Safety devict:s for window cleaning, 3110.0
Use group A-3, assembly, 303.0 Sanitariums
Restrictions Use Group 1-2. institutional, 308.0
Area, 503.2 Scale of plans, 107.5
Height, 503.3 Schools
On employees, 104.5 Use Group E, educational. 305.0
Special occupancy, 401.0
Scope ofcode
Retail stores General 101.0
Use Group M, mercantile, 309.0
Screening rooms, motion picture, 411.0
Retaining wall
Screens for skylights, 2404.3
Definition (see Walls), 202.0
Design, 1825.2 Scuttle
General, 1825.1 Scuttle size and construction, IS 10.2
Guardrails for, 1825.5 Seating
Reviewing stands, 1013.0 Aisles and, 1012.0
Folding aIild telescopic, 1013.0
Revocation of permit, 111.12
Seismic (earthquake) design
Revolving d~rs, 1018.0
Concrete, 1903.0. 1904.{)
Right of entry, 113.4 FoundatiolQS, 1810.2.1, 1815.2, 1816.3, 1816.11.1,
Risers for stairways (see Stairways) 1818.3, 1819.3.1, 1820.1.2.1. 1820.5.4, 1821.3.5,
Roofconstruction 1821.3.6,1824.3
As required by type of construction, 603.0, 604.0, Inspection related to. 1705.3.3.2, 1705.4.5, 1705.9,
605.0,606.0 1705.1 0, 1705.11
Builtup, 3609.7 Loads, 1612.0
Cooling towers, 1510.8 Masonry, 2101.2, 2104.0
Covering, 1503.0,3609.0 Soils, 1802.1.1, 1805.2,1805.3
Definition of roof structure, 202.0 Steel, 2203.2, 2203.2.1,2204.0,2206.3,2207.2.1
Drainage, 3608.1.3 Wood, 2305.8, 2305.9,2306.0
Fireresistance requirements, Table 602 Shaft
Flashing, 3607.3.8 Definitio~ 202.0
Loads, 1609.0, 1611.0 General, 710.0
Mansard or ordinary construction, 510.5 Shall, definition, 202.0
Ofapproved plastics, 2604.1, 2607.0
Sheathing
Parapets above, 705.6, 707.5
Floor, 2307.3.1, 2307.3.2
Ponding 1609.S
General requirements for, 2307.0, 2308.0, 2309.0
Stadiums, 714.2
Roof, 2305.15.1, 2307.3.1, 2308.4
Wind loads, 1611.0
Subfloor, 2307.3.3
Wood construction, 2305.15
•
Wall, 2305.13
Roof covering
Classified, 1506.0 Shed
Sidewalk, 3304.4
General, Chapter 15
Roofsigns, 3102.8

JrNDEX
Shingles and shakes Spans
Asphalt shingles, 3609.3 Allowable, 3605.2.3,3608.2.4
Materials, 1507.0 Special frreresistance requirements
Metal, 3609.5 For grade floor protection, 1006.3.1
Slate, 3609.4 For residential buildings, 313.3
Tile, clay, or concrete, 3609.6 Spray painting
Wood shakes, 3609.9 Booths, 419.2.1
Shutters Construction requirements for booths. 419.2.1
Shutters on exterior wall openings, 718.0 Fire protection, 419.3
Rooms 419.2.2
Sidewalks
Sprinklers (also see Automatic fIre suppression systems)
Bridge, 3304.3
Area increase permitted, 506.3
Elevated pedestrian walkways, 3106.0
Capacity of means of egress, widlli pennitted 1009. O.
Siding, 3607.3.2 Table 1009.2
Minimum material requirements, 1403.3 General requirements. 901.0, 906.0
Signs Length of travel, increase permitted. 1006.5
Alley, 119.2.4 Outside, 706.2
Alterations to, 119.0 Where required, 904.1
Banner and cloth, 3102.12.1 Stadiums
Definition, 202.0 Roof construction, 714.2
Design loads, 3102.6, 3102.10.4 Use Group A-5, assembly, 303.6
Doors, 1017.4.1.1017.4.1.2 Stages
Exemptions, 3102.4.3 ConsbUction, 412.3
Existing. 102.2 Curtain. proscenium, 412.3.6
Extending over curb prohibited. 3102.10.2 Defmition.412.2
For exits, 1023.0 Fire suppression, 412.6
General requirements, 3102.6 Proscenium wall, 412.3.5
Ground, 3102.7 Rooms, accessory, 412.5
Identification, 3102.8.3 Standpipes. 412.7
illuminated, 3102.6.3, 3102.13 Ventilation of. 412.3.8
Inspection of. 3102.5.4 Stairways
•
Maintenance, 3102.5.2 Access to roof, 1027.0
Marquee, 3102.11 Circular, 3603.13.6
Miscellaneous,3102.12 Definition, 202.0
Pennits for, 3102.4 Door to stairway, IO 14. 8
Plans and specifications, 3102.4 Enclosures, exterior, 1014.12.2
Plastics for, 3102.6.4.2, 2601.2 Enclosures, interior, 1014.1 I
Pole, 3102.7 Exterior, 1014.12
Projecting. 3102.2 Fire escapes, 1025.0
Roof, 3102.8 Guardrails, 1014.7, 1021.0
Temporary, 3102.12 HandraiEs, 1014.7, 1022.0
UlllSafe, unlawful, 1Jl9 0 Headroom clearance, 1014.4,3603.13.3
Wall, 3102.9 Illumination, 3603.13.7
Wind loads,161 1.0,3102.6. 1 Landings, width, 1014.3.2,1014.5
Skylights Means of egress. 1010.2,1014.0
General, 2404.0, 3603.20.5 Means of egress lighting, 1024.0
Plastic, 2601.2, 2608.1 Rise between landings, 1014.5
Slidescapes, 1026.0
Siidescapes, 202.0,1026.0
Spiral, 1014.6.4,3603.13.5
Smoke detection, 3603.16.3 Treads and risers, 1014.1.1,1014.6.3603.13.2
Smokeproofenclosure,202.0, 1015.0 Width, 1014.3,3603.13.1
Snow load 1610.0,3603.1.5 Winders. 1014.6.3,3603.13.4
Soil Swndards. referenced. which gov~, 101.6, 102.4
Bearing, allowable, 1804.0, 1805.0 Standby power systems, 2707.0
Bearing capacity, 1804.0,1 805.0
Prepared fill. 1705.9, 1804.3.2 Standpipes
Soils report, 1804.Jl, 1804.1.1 Definition, 202.0
Tests. 1802.0, 1803.0 During construction, 3305.3
Sound stages, motion picture. 41 LO Water supply, 914.0
SOWld transmission control in residential buildings _ Where required, 914.0
Air-borne noise, 1214.2 Starting work
•
Scope. 1214.1 Notice to buiUding official, 108.9
Structure-borne sound. 1214.3
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR. - Sixth Edition 823

•
Steel, construction Television antennas and towers, 3108.0. 3109.0
Cast·iron construction, 2209.0 Temporary
Cast-steel construction, 2208.0 Buildings or structures, 110.2, 3104.0
DefInition, 202.0 Electrical use, 2705.0
Fire escapes, 1025.0 Occupancy, 120.3
Grillages in footings, 1809.0 Pennits. 111.0
Joists, open-web construction, 2205.0 Safeguards, 120.1
Light gage and formed steel construction, 2206.0 Signs, 3102.12
Painting, 2203.5 Stairs, 33 1l4.1
Reinforcing, 2105.9.3, 2105.9.4, 2208.0 . Terminati()n of approval for temporary buildings,
Special steel, 2207.0 110.2.3
Structural, 2203.0
Tents, air·supported structures. requirements, 3104.0
Steel pipes
Termite probx:tion
Concrete·fIlled, 1819.1, 1819.5
Approved pressure preservative treatment of wood.
Stone 2311.0
Cast, 2105.3
Tests
Foundation walls, 1812.3.4
Fireresistance, 704. L1
Natural,2105.3
Flameresistance,802.0
Veneer, 1405.5.6
General, Chapter 17
Stop work orders, 119.0 New materials and devices, 1701.2
Storage Of construction equipment, 3303.0
Of combustible dusts, grain processing and storage, OffIre prcltection systems, Chapter 9
418.3.1 Pilecapac:ity,1817.0
Offlammable liquids, 418.3.2 Prefabricated construction. 1703.3
Of liquefIed petroleum gas, 418.3.3 Procedure for soil, 1803.3
Use Group S, storage, 311.0 Soil bearing values, 1804.0
Story above grade, definition, 202.0 Structural steel unit, 2203.0
Ties venee:r, 3607.3.7.2.1
Street
Definition, 202.0 Theaters
Aisles. 1012.0
•
Encroachments, 3202.0
Permissible projections, 3203.0 Use Group A·l, assembly, 303.2
Structural clay tile, 2105.2 Thennal insulating materials, 722.0
Structural glass block, 2115.1 Thennoplasti.cs, accepted, 2604.0, 2606.3
Structural panels, wood, Chapter 23 Thermosetting plastics, accepted. 2604.0
Structural requirements for plastics, 2604.2 Towers
Cooling, 1510.8
Structural steel (see Steel, construction)
Radio and television, requirements, 3108.0
Structure Wind, loads, 1611.0,31084
Definition, 202.0
Travel, length of, to exits, 1006 5
Unsafe, 121.0
Treads, stairs:, 3402.2
Stucco, 2506.0
Trim, exterior, 1406.0
Swimming pools
DefInition, 421.2 Trim, interior (see Interior fInish and trim)
Design and construction, 421.5 Trusses
Hot tub, 421.2, 421.10 Individual encasement, 714.1
Permit and plans, 421.3 Roofslabs: and arches, 714.4
Safety precaution, 421.9, 421.10 Roofs, 20 feet or higher, 714.3
Spa, 421.2, 421.10 Wood cOlnstruction, 2305.14, 2305.15, 3605.2.10,
Water supply treatment and drainage system, 421.6 3608.2.11
Tunnel flame spread test, 1702 4.1
Types ofconstruction
T Type 1, noncombustible, 603.0
Type 2, noncombustible, 603.0 .
Tanks Type 3, noncombustible/combustible, 604.0
Storage of flammable liquids, 418.3.2 Type 4, heavy timber, 605.0
Storage ofliquetied petroleum gas, 418.3.3 Type 5, combustible, 606.0
Telescopic seating, 1013.0
824 780 GMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)

•
INDEX
u Wallboard (also see Sheathing)

Fiberboard, 2309.0
U, use group, utility mid miscellaneous, 312.0 For frame construction, 2305.13
Gypsum. 2503.0, 3607.2.3
UndergroWld structures, 405.0
Hardboard, 1403.3
Underpinning, 3309.3 Particleboard, 2308.0
Unfired pressure vessels, 2801.2 Wood structural panel. 2307.0
Unlimited area, buildings, 507.0 Walls (also see Masonry)
Unsafe structures, 121.0 Basement, 3604.4
Bearing, chases and recesses in, 2113.1
Unusable space, 713.1.2
Bearing, lateral bracing of, 2108.2
Use Group Bearing, wood frame construction, 2305.4
Doubtful classification, 302.1 Bonding of, 2110.0, 2111.0
Classification, 302.0 Bracing, 3606.2.9
Mixed use classification, 313.0 Concrete masonry units, 2105.1
Utilities public, discontinuance of Construction, 3606.2.3
In demolition of structures. 112.0 Corbeled and projecting masonry, 2112.2
DefInition, 202.0
Deflection, 3607.3
v Design for wind on vertical surfaces, 1611.0
Ducts in fireresistance rated walls, 717.0
Validity Enclosures for theater stages, 412.2
Of code, 104.0 Exterior protection, 3607.3
Fire and party. 707.0
Vaporretarder, 722.3.1,1403.3 Fire partitions, 711.0
Vaults, refuse, 2808.0 Fire separation, 709.0 .
Veneers Fire wall openings, 708.0
Height of, for frame buildings, 1405.5.1 Fireplace, 3610.4.3
Masomy,1405.5, 1405.6,3607.3.7 Foundation walls, 1812.0
Metal, 1405.4 Glass block, 2115.0
Plastic, 1404.6 Hollow, 2105.1, 2105.2
Stone and tile, 1405.5.6 Hollow panels, thickness of, 1404.6
Structural glass, 1405.7 Masonry wall construction, 2113.1
Wall facings and, 1403.3 Panel, 1404.6
Weather resistance, 1403.3,3607.3.2 Parapet, 705.6, 707.5
Ventilation Penthouse, 1510.3
Attics, 1210.1 Plain concrete, 1901.2
Court requirements for, 1212.0 Proscenium, 412.3.5
Crawl space, 1210.2 Protection ofexterior openings in, 706.0
Definition, 202.0 Reinforced concrete,1901.1,1910.0
For existing buildings, 3400.6 Reinforced concrete walls, 1812.3.1
Garages, 408.5 Retaining, 1825.0
General requirements, 1201.0 Roof structure, ASI O. 0
Mechanical, 1209.0 Shaft enclosure. 710.3.1
Motion picture projection rooms, 411.3 Smoke barriers, 712.0
Natural, 1208.0 Stone foundation, 1812.3.4
Roof, 3608.6 Thickness of panel, 1404.6
Windows, 1208.2 Veneers, glass. 1405.7
Veneers, metal, 1405.4
Vertical openings
Veneers, plastic, 2605.0
Conveyor openings, 3009.1
Veneers thickness of, 1403.3
Enclosures, 710.4, 710.5 Veneers thin and tile, 1405.5.6
Violations and penalties Warehouse
Abatements,1I8.S Use Group S, storage, 311.0
Notice of, 118.6 Waste chutes, 2807.0
Penalties, 118.4
Stop work, 119.0 Waste to be removed. 3313.0
Unsafe buillding 121.0 Water
Supply, definition, 202.0
Supply for plumbing, 2905.0
w Tanks, 1510.7
•
Waterproofing ofexterior structural elements, i 813.0
Walkways, pedestrian, 3106.0 WaterproofIng of foundation walls, 1813.4.2,3604.6
Wall signs, 3102.9

Welding Nailing, 1405.3 7,2305.2

Inspection, 1705.3.3.2 Nonbearing walls, 2305.5
Piles. 1822.0
Width
Plywood. 2307.0
Aisles, 1012.0
PrefabricElted I-joists, 2313.5
Lobbies used as an exit element, 1020.3
Protection near grade, 2311.4
Means ofegress doors, 1017.3
Roof-ceiling,3608.2
Stair exit doors, 1014.8.1
Roofshea.thing, 2305.15.1, 2307.3.1
Units of exit width, 1009.1
Shear walls, 2502.0
Wind load design Zoning Sheathing lath, 2305.13.2
Buildings, 1611.0 Shingles and shakes, 1506.3. 1507.2.8. 1507.2.9.
Deftnition, 202.0, see Load 3609.8,3609.9
Glass, 2403.1 . Spans for plywood sheathing. 2307.3
Radio and television towers. 3108.4 Stressed skin panels, 2313.2
Signs, 1611.12, 3102.6. I Structural glued-laminated timber. 2313.1
Winders, 1014.6.3 Structural members, 2303.0
Structural panels, 2307.0
Windows
Stud spacimg, 2307.3.5
Bay, 1406.5
Subfloors" 2307.3.3
Cleaning safeguards, 3110.0 Trusses, 3605.2.10, 3608.2.1 I
Dormer, t 5 10.6
Veneer, height of, 1405.5.1
Fire, 718.0
Veneer, masonry, 14055
Fireresistive design, 718.1 Veneer. m.etal, 1405 4
Glass area required, 1206.2,1208.2
Wall sheathing, 2305.13. 3606.2
Required for light and ventilation, 1205.0
Weatherboarding, exterior. 1403.3
Wired glass
Work
In fireresistive doors and windows, 719.0
Start, 111.15
Wood construction Stop order. 119.0
Bearingwa}ls,2305.4
Workmanship, 117.0
Bracing, 2305.7
Bridging, 2305.14.2 Written notic:e
Cambering, 2301.1 DefmitioJl,202.0
Cornices, 1406.2.2
Cutting and notching, 2305.3
Designated type of, 606.1 y
Fiberboards,2309.0
Fireretardant-treated, 707.5.2,2310.0 Yard
Flashing, 1405 3.10 Definition, 202.0
Floor sheathing, 2307.3.1 Obstruction of, 1213.0
Floors, 3605.2 Pennissible encroachments, 1213.2
Foundation anchorage, 2305.16 Yard system fire mains, 916.0
Foundation, general, 1812.0,3604.4.3,3604.5.2
Framing around flues and chimneys, 2304. I 1
Heavy timber construction, 2304.0

Ma Building

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Ma Building

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

William Francis Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth

REGULATION FILING AND PlUBLICAT~ON

1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780CMR

2. Name of Agency: THE MASSACHU·SETTS STATE BUIl.DIING· CODE

Sixth Edition of1l:he Massachusetts State Bui~ding Code

Compiled as in full force and effect: 1!1J!2008

BUILDING CODE 9/9/85 A true copy attest: I A I

• 30.00 WlILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN

REGULATION FmL~NG AND PUBLICATION

1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780 eMIR

2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILD~NG CODE

(780 CMR 11 ~S ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)

Com piled as in full force and effect: . 1/1/2008

REGULATION F~LING AND PUBL~CATDON

1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780CMR

2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE IBUILDING CODE

7.80 CMR:16 STRUCTURAL LOADS

Compiled as in full force and effect: 1/1/2008

REGULATION F~LING AND PUBLICATION

1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 780C.MR

2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE

180 CMR:30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS

Compiled as in full force and effect: 1/112008

REGULATUON FILING AND PUBLICATION

1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading: 78(J) CMR

2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE

Compiled as in full force and effect: 1/1/2008

FOREWORD and ACKNOWLElDGMENTS

11 780 CMR - Sixth Edition

BOARDS AND CO!\1MITIEJES

Daniel P. O'Sullivan, Vice Chainnan Thomas L. Rogers (Ex-Officio)

Alexander H. Macleod, RA.

PAST- MEMBERS.CONTlRJ!BlOTING TO THIS CODE: .

Richard McIntosh Douglas Cole Smith, RA

Thomas L. Rogers. Administrator .

780 CMR - Sixth Edition iii

CONSTRUcnON MATERIALS SAFElY BOARD (CMSB)

Staff Liaison -Thomas M. Riley

FIRE PREVENTION - FIRE PROlECIlON BOARD

Chief James W. Clarke Steven Conn, State Fire Marshal

Chief William V. Dolan Carlisle V. Smith, PE

Walter B. Adams, AIA Commissioner Martin Pierce

Staff Liaison • Thomas M. Riley

GEOTECHNICAL ADVISORY COMMITIEE

Nino Catalano; P.E. Eldon L: Abbot. P.E.

P. A. O'Neill, P.E. David Shields, P.E.

Asaf A. Qazilbash, P.E. Dr. Richard M. Simon, P.E.

Robert Hoyler, P,E,

Staff Liaison· Robert A. Anderson

• Norton S. Remmer. P.E., Chainnan

Dr. John. T. Christian, P.E.

Kenneth B. Weisner, P.E., Vice Chairman

Joseph 1. Zona, PoE.

Francis D. Leathers, P.E. Dr. Cetm Soydemir, PoE.

Nicholas Mariani, P.E. Wayne Siladi, P.E.

Maurice A. Reidy. Jr., P.E. Richard Henige. P.E.

Professor Kentaro Tsutswni, P.E.

Staff Liaison • Brian Gore, P.E.• C. Eng.

WADS ADVISORY COMMITI'EE

Rubin M. Zallen, P.E. Michael loliffe. PoE.

Hans WiUiam Hagen, P.E. Edward LeNonnand, P.E.

Arthur L. Brown. P.B. Tom McGarrigle. PoE.